OBAMA CSI: EXPOSING THE FUTURE ASSASSINATION OF BARACK OBAMA & FUTURE U.S.

FALSE-FLAG TERROR ATTACKS

NOVEMBER 2011

David Chase Taylor

www.obamacsi.com www.truther.org www.nuclearbible.com www.facebook.com/davidchasetaylor

CHAPTER 1: THE OBAMA ASSASSINATION SET-UP ..10 Predictors of Assassination Provocateurs of Assassination The Gaddafi Angle The U.S. Department of Homeland Security Memos The 2010 State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment Obamas Secret Presidential Threat Task Force The Lone Wolf Scenario The Weapon? (Dragunov Sniper Rifle) Obama Assassination on LIVE TV Osamas Revenge White Al Qaeda (2.0) CHAPTER 2: PRESIDENTIAL ASSASSINATION: AS SEEN ON TV..81 The Manchurian Candidate 24 Shooter Death of a President Rise of the New Right Homeland Obama Assassination Humor CHAPTER 3: OBAMA ASSASSINATION PLOTS..119 2008: 5 Assassination Plots 2009: 13 Assassination Plots 2010: 13 Assassination Plots 2011: 14 Assassination Plots So Far CHAPTER 4: OBAMA ASSASSINATION DATES..157 November 11, 2011 February 6, 2012 April 19, 2012 July 4, 2012 September 11, 2012 November 6, 2012 Other Potential Dates for Assassination

CHAPTER 5: OBAMA ASSASSINATION LOCATIONS 169 Chicago, Illinois Dallas Texas Iowa New York, New York Philadelphia, Pennsylvania San Diego, California Washington D.C. CHAPTER 6: OBAMA ASSASSINATION SCAPEGOATS189 9/11 Truthers Al Shabaab Christians Gun Owners Iran Palestine The Irish The Tea Party & Ron Paul The Haqqani Network U.S. Military Veterans CHAPTER 7: OBAMA ASSASSINATION SUSPECTS..305 Fox News Israeli Al Qaeda The Secret Service Alex Jones CHAPTER 8: NEW FALSE-FLAG TERROR ATTACKS342 Airplane Terror Attack Chicago Terror Attack Cruise Ship Terror Attack Cyber Terror Attack Dirty Bomb Terror Attack Mall Terror Attack NASCAR Terror Attack NCAA Terror Attack NFL Terror Attack Nuclear Terror Attack School Terror Attack Seattle Terror Attack Transit Terror Attack 3

CHAPTER 9: OBAMA ASSASSINATION & TERROR AFTERMATH..591 Anti-Gun Laws Car Bombings Check Points COG, Martial Law, & FEMA Camps The North American Union Philadelphia Riots President Schwarzenegger Race War CHAPTER 10: INFO.649 Press FAQs About Donate David Chase Taylor

OBAMACSI.COM: INTRODUCTION
OBAMACSI.COM has exposed the plot to assassinate U.S. President Barack Hussein Obama. The assassination of Obama would divide America between black and white, Democrat and Republican, and would inevitably cause riots, looting, violence, bloodshed, and chaos across America. The assassination of Obama will likely be complimented by a barrage of new terror attacks that will rock America shortly before, during, or after the assassination attempt, and it is highly likely that the Occupy Wall Street protestors will be targeted. These terror attacks will be quickly scapegoated onto Iran or Pakistan via The Haqqani Network, and potentially domestic groups within the United States. It is still unclear whether the U.S. government will attempt to resurrect Obama politically in the aftermath of the new terror attacks, or just assassinate Obama for real, declare martial law, and suspend the U.S. Constitution. Terror drills entitled Operation Mountain Guardian, Operation Urban Shield, Operation Focused Lens, the Falcon Virgo exercise by NORAD, and the first ever activation of the Emergency Alert System on November 9, 2011, all indicate that a false-flag terror event the likes of which the world has never seen is about to go down. An Obama assassination will likely trigger the wave of attacks starting on November 11, 2011 , with an Obama assassination attempt in San Diego, California. PLEASE TAKE THE TIME TO RESEARCH THE CLAIMS PUT FORTH AND ACT ACCORIDNGLY The Obama Assassination Scenarios: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Obama may be targeted and killed. Obama may be targeted and injured. Obama may be targeted and come away unscathed. Obama may be targeted, injured, come away unscathed, only to be assassinated later. Obama may be targeted, only to be replaced with a stunt double as to give the appearance that he was killed.

"Serious threat of a new false-flag event; a new false-flag terror event on some large scale seems now to be highly plausible, perhaps probable. Its time for vigilance. Its time to look ahead to see the drills, the exercises, the war games, the other activities of the military and the security apparatus that could be used to bootleg and conduit the coming event if such there may be... ...The point of predicting a terror event is not to say after the fact, look how smart I am. That is despicable. The point of it is to prevent it from happening. Your goal is to be wrong and make yourself wrong. That's the whole point. To be wrong is to be successful when you've identified something serious." ~Dr. Webster Griffin Tarpley, 9/10/2011 OBAMACSI.COM: Operation Mountain Guardian, which occurred in Denver, Colorado, on September 23, 2011, involved over 100 local, state, and federal agencies. These agencies drilled for terror attacks at Park Meadows Mall, Smedley Elementary School, Denver Union Station, Community College of Aurora (Lowry Campus), Denver International Airport, Sky Ridge Medical Center, Denver Health Medical Center, University of Colorado Hospital, Catholic Charities (NW Denver), and Sports Authority Field at Mile High.

Operation Urban Shield, was another massive terror drill which was conducted in Boston in May of 2011 and again in San Francisco in October of 2011. Like Operation Mountain Guardian, these terror drills focused solely on Operations Northwoods and Mumbai style terror attack and were designed to "evaluate regional tactical capabilities related to a variety of terrorist threats". Based on these last three major terror drill operations, it can be concluded that the new concept of simultaneous terror attacks at multiple locations appears to be next stage in the war on terror. This change in "counter-terror" policy is likely due to two distinct events; the 2006 Sears Tower false-flag terror plot in Chicago which was foiled by Army Captain Eric May, and the foiled false-flag nuclear terror attack at 2011 Super Bowl. The U.S. government and its terror sidekick Israel have apparently shifted terror gears in a desperate attempt to fly under the false-flag radar and to recapture the element of surprise. With the national Emergency Alert System being activated weeks after these terror drills concluded, it unfortunately confirms that massive false-flag terror attacks are planned for the near future. These attacks will likely be committed in a desperate attempt to save the presidency of U.S. President Barack Obama and possibly institute martial law in America.

NATIONWIDE EMERGENCY ALERT SYSTEM ACTIVATED 11/9/11

OBAMACSI.COM: The first ever activation of the Emergency Alert System is November 9, 2011, and comes on the heels of Operation Mountain Guardian and Urban Shield. These seemingly unrelated events show that some sort of national tragedy is in the works and that Americans should brace themselves for what could likely be the worst terror attacks to date. Even former Fox News host Glenn Beck stated that the EAS test allows the U.S. government to "seize control" of communications.

This Emergency Alert System will cut into tv, radio, internet and cell phones in an attempt to terrorize the public as the attacks are transpiring. Should the upcoming terror attacks follow the Mumbai blueprint, as Operation Mountain Guardian was drilling for, the attacks will take place over an unspecified period of time at various locations. The combination of the random attacks and the Emergency Alert System will give the impression to all Americans that the attacks could happen anywhere at anytime and there will be no real escape from the news coverage. The new system allows U.S. President Barack Obama the ability to speak directly to the American people, if he is not assassinated, and most everyone in America will be informed minute by minute as the terror attacks transpire. The goal of the Emergency Alert System is use communication, namely social media, to terrorize and frighten the American people in an attempt to garner anger and hatred for the impending invasion of Iran or Pakistan which have been conveniently scapegoated for acts of terror. READ MORE

WAR GAME EXERCISE FALCON VIRGO

OBAMACSI.COM: NORAD will conduct a low flying airplane exercise entitled "Falcon Virgo" in the Washington D.C. area. The date of the exercise is not given but it should theoretically occur between October 24th and October 30th. Shortly before 9/11, NORAD conducted drills on both the Pentagon and the World Trade Center. Title: NORAD Plans Exercise In Washington Region Date: October 25, 2011 Source: CBS News Abstract: NORAD is planning an exercise this week in the Washington region to enhance its skills and test a warning system. The North American Aerospace Defense Command will conduct exercise Falcon Virgo 12-01 Wednesday morning. The exercise is designed to hone NORADs intercept and identification operations and test the regions visual warning system. Civil Air Patrol aircraft, Air Force F-16s and a U.S. Coast Guard HH-65 Dolphin helicopter will participate in the exercise. These flights will take place between 3 a.m. and 5 a.m. A civilian Beechcraft King Air aircraft will also fly patterns about 1,000 feet above ground level between 12:30 a.m. and 2:30 a.m. to help calibrate systems and equipment (CBS News, 2011).

OBAMA ASSASSINATION ON LIVE TV

OBAMACSI.COM: Spectacular terrorism demands an audience and there is no better place for it than Live TV. The images of terror must be burned into the collective mind of the masses in order have their desired terrorizing effect. Due to the the 30-60 second lifespan of an assassination attempt, a sitting TV audience must already be in place prior to the assassination taking place. The future assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama will be no different and it is highly likely that his assassination will transpire at some live political or sports function that is being broadcast worldwide on television. As the L.A. Times headline from the 2008 Democratic National Convention foreshadowed, "Plot Unfolds To Assassinate Obama On National TV". With history as our guide, it is highly likely that Barack Obama will assassinated on Live TV. Due to Obama's fame and celebrity status, it is likely that the event Obama attends will have a massive TV audience ranging somewhere between 75 and 100 million people who will witness the assassination. READ MORE

NOVEMBER 11, 2011

OBAMACSI.COM: U.S. President Barack Obama will attend the Carrier Classic in San Diego, California, on November 11, 2011. The Carrier Classic will feature a men's NCAA basketball game between the #1 ranked North Carolina Tar Heels and the Michigan State Spartans. The game will be played on the deck on the U.S.S. Vinson, which allegedly fired the first shots in the War on Terror against AL Qaeda. Obama will be surrounded by U.S. military service men and woman as he becomes a sitting duck perched atop the aircraft carrier in San Diego Bay. Should Obama be targeted, bet on the fact that many NAVY sailors will be slaughtered in the process with the dead likely ranging in the hundreds if not thousands. Although Obama will likely escape unarmed, the act of terror will enrage the American public to go to war, exactly as it was designed to do. READ MORE

AS SEEN ON TV

OBAMACSI.COM: As with most earth changing events of the last 50 years, the slogan "AS SEEN ON TV" can be dutifully applied. The election and future assassination of a black U.S. President is no different. The information contained within movies and television is scientifically and subliminally preprogramming America for future events. So remember, if you see something on TV, there is a distinct possibility that one day that plot, scenario, or event will transpire in reality. The following TV shows and movies give insight into the future assassination of U.S. Barack Obama: "The Manchurian Candidate" (2004), "24" (2006), "Shooter" (2007), "Death of a President" (2008), "Rise of the New Right" (2010), "Homeland" (2011). READ MORE

PREDICTORS OF ASSASSINATION

OBAMACSI.COM: As if singing in concert, individuals from all walks have life have predicted the future assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama. Do these characters know something we don't? Is there a master plan to assassinate Obama? Only time will tell, but until then, the words of these prophets will have to suffice. Nobel winner Doris Lessing (2008), Governor Jesse Ventura (2008), Secretary of State Hillary Clinton (2008), Oscar winner Samuel L. Jackson (2008), Libyan President Muammar Gaddafi (2008), Libyan President Muammar Gaddafi (2009), KKK Head Ray Larson (2009), the Nostradamus Child (2010), TV personality Glenn Beck (2010), Infowars host Alex Jones (2010), and First Lasy Michelle Obama (2011) have all gone on record that Obama will be assassinated. READ MORE

THE WEAPON?

OBAMACSI.COM: On July 15, 2011, a Dragunov sniper rifle was stolen from a U.S. military base along with 26 AK 74's. Why the U.S. is storing Russian made weapons at a U.S. military base is beyond comprehension, but the weapons were allegedly stolen nonetheless. Should Obama be killed JFK style, rest assured a sniper rifle will be used and the Russian angle regarding the Dragunov will again be played up in the media. The Dragunov sniper rifle features a mechanically adjustable backup iron sight with a sliding tangent rear sight. The sight can be adjusted to a maximum range of 1,200 meters or 312 yards (312 yards is more than 3 American football fields in length and more than 2 times the height of the former World Trade Center towers). The rifle is so accurate at exceptionally long distances, it makes an assassination possible from almost any angle. The countries of Afghanistan, Iran, Iraq, the Soviet Union and Venezuela have all issued the rifle, making the list potential Obama assassination scapegoats almost endless. READ MORE

THE SECRET "PRESIDENTIAL THREAT TASK FORCE"

OBAMACSI.COM: Three distinct and rather shocking events regarding Obama's security occurred within a 13 month time frame, none of which have ever occurred to any of the previous 43 U.S. Presidents. The first two incidents, the "White House Fence Jumper" and the "White House Security Breaches", appear to be false-flag operations aimed at subverting the reputation of the Secret Service in order to convince Obama that he needed an extra layer of security and protection. The third incident a few months later was likely hinged on the fallout from two previous security breaches when Obama was subsequently given a secret and unprecedented security team entitled the "Presidential Threat Task Force". This new task force enables access to Obama outside of the Secret Service and makes a future assassination all the more likely. The "Presidential Theat Task Force" is so secret that to date there has only been one news article written about it, ever. Roughly 8 months after the security breaches, the new Presidential Threat Task Force that now protects Obama was instituted. The "special" U.S. Presidential protection task force operates within the FBIs Natio nal Security Branch and consists of 20 representatives from pertinent agencies including the FBI, the Secret Service, the CIA, the NSA, the Defense Department, and unnamed analysts. READ MORE

THE 2010 STATE OF THE UNION: JOINT THREAT ASSESSMENT

OBAMACSI.COM: Just as Super Bowl XLV on February 6, 2011, had its own Joint Threat Assessment memo from the U.S. government, so too does the future assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama. In reality, a "Joint Threat Assessment" nothing more than public premeditation, issued in writing, of the act of terror itself and are issued to gain plausible deniability whereby providing political cover if and when an act of terror is committed. After a terror attack, the government agencies who issue the memo can emphatically state that there was a known threat and that they issued the warning in response to the alleged known threat. The "2010 State of the Union Address: Joint Threat Assessment" is the first ever know U.S. Presidential "Joint Threat Assessment" and unfortunately 8 of the 10 pages are either missing or have been classified. Shortly after its release, the

Israeli Haaretz echoed the Joint Threat Assessment stating that Obama assassination "Is most likely, though, to be a lone assassin...rather than an organized network". READ MORE

PLOTS & PATSIES

OBAMACSI.COM: The amount of individuals and terror groups that allegedly want to assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama is staggering. While some of the noted cases may in fact have been legit threats to Obama, most if not all of them appear to be staged events conducted to give the appearance that Obama is in tremendous danger. Subsequently, almost all suspects charged have never had a trial or been convicted of any crime. An evaluation of the weapons, plots, and rhetoric contributed to these men and woman appear to be ripped from a bad movie. After almost four years and more than 45 blatantly unsuccessful assassination plots, mental deficiency or retardation must be attribute to these suspects unless they are indeed patsies in a bigger scheme orchestrated by intelligence agencies. While not infallible, the following data regarding would be Obama assassins and plots is the most comprehensive list ever compiled. To date, there have been 5 plots discovered in 2008, 13 plots discovered in 2009, 13 plots discovered in 2010, and at least 14 plots discovered so far in 2011. READ MORE

THE LONE WOLF SCENARIO

OBAMACSI.COM: The U.S. and Israeli government apparently know the inner workings of the plot to assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama because they are all predicting the exact same thing: a "lone wolf" or "lone offender" will attack Obama. A "lone wolf" or a "lone shooter" is much easier to handle publicly, criminally and politically than a grand conspiracy. The propaganda groundwork for the "lone" Obama assassin has been fed to the American public via mainstream and alternative media outlets in an attempt to divert attention from the real terrorist group that will execute Obama: Israeli Mossad. Remember, "Lone Wolf" is the new terror buzzword and it means that everyone in America is now a terror suspect. READ MORE

THE POLICE SHOOTER SCENARIO

OBAMACSI.COM: On April 25, 2010, would-be Obama assassin Joseph McVey, 23, was arrested while impersonating a police officer in North Carolina. Aside from being armed with a gun, McVey was "driving a car that was made to look like a law enforcement vehicle with working lights and sirens." Anders Behring Breivik, the alleged shooter of the Norway Terror Attacks, was also dressed as a police officer and so too may be Obama's shooter. At Obama's presidential inauguration in January of 2009, 40,000 agents and officers from some 94 police, military and security agencies were on duty including more than a dozen counter-sniper teams that were stationed along the inauguration parade route. An officer could go rouge at any moment and there is no way to know which officers are on the take.

TIMOTHY McVEIGH 2.0

OBAMACSI.COM: Coincidentally, just in time for the upcoming Obama assassination, two white individuals with McVeigh sounding names were arrested in attempted assassination plots on U.S. President Barack Obama. On April 25, 2010, Joseph S. McVey, 23 was arrested in North Carolina, and on July 7, 2011, James V. McVay, 41, was arrested in North Dakota. Interestingly, Anders Behring Breivik, the alleged shooter of the Norway Terror Attacks, has also been repeatedly compared to Timothy McVeigh. Should Obama be assassinated, the shooter will likely suffer the same fate.

THE HOMELAND SECURITY MEMOS

OBAMACSI.COM: The memos produced by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) actually predict the future. The DHS is so in tune with terrorist activity that they routinely predict what type of terror events will occur, who will commit them, and why the perpetrators were inspired to carry out the attacks. All that seems to be missing from their memos is the actual date of the attack and the names of the individuals responsible. In regards to the assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama, DHS's "Rightwing Extremism" states that "rightwing terrorists" are "antagonistic" and that these terrorists are in the "early planning stages" of an attack on Obama. A few months after this report was published, DHS along with the FBI, US Capitol Police, U.S. Northern Command, the National Counterterrorism Center and a host of other agencies published the 2010 State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment which basically spell out the who, what, and where of the upcoming assassination of Obama. READ MORE

OSAMA'S REVENGE

OBAMACSI.COM: The Osama bin Laden assassination ordered by U.S. President Barack Obama on May 1, 2011, clearly puts a fresh bulls-eye on Obama by the alleged terror group Al Qaeda. The blatant murder of Bin Laden, whether real or perceived, gives well needed plausible deniability to the Israeli Mossad if and when they decide to assassinate Obama. While it's not clear who's responsible for the horrendous war on terror script writing, it is clear that it's getting more pathetic and predictable by the day. While news sources confirmed that Osama passed away on December 26, 2011, killing him again to incite an alleged revenge killing appears to be the underlying motive as evidenced by the rash of recent news articles that Osama bin Laden has a plan to assassinate Obama. The assassination of SEAL Team 6 on August 6, 2011, shows that an Obama assassination plan by "Al Qaeda" may already be underway. This was the exact same SEAL team that allegedly killed Osama bin Laden in Pakistan on May 1, 2011, and it plays quite nicely into the narrative of revenge. Although the military and the media state that none of the SEAL Team 6 members that died in the crash actually participated in the Osama bin Laden assassination, intelligence from the military families who lost their sons state otherwise. READ MORE

AL QAEDA 2.0

OBAMACSI.COM: Zbigniew Brzezinski, pictured left with Osama bin Laden in the early 1980's is none other than Barack Obama's foreign policy adviser. Since Osama bin Laden's death, Brzezinski appears to be recycling the bearded Islamic boogeyman myth with alleged terror mastermind Anwar al-Awlaki who was coincidentally dining at the Pentagon months after 9/11. Should Barack Obama be assassinated, there is little doubt that Anwar alAwlaki & Co. will take the credit for the attack and finger alleged "rightwing" white American accomplices in the process. An assassination of Obama by Al Qaeda would give America, and the world for that matter, a newly conceived perception that Al Qaeda has the power to remove world leaders. This would obviously be a huge shot in the arm for the flailing War on Terror. READ MORE

THE SCAPEGOATS

OBAMACSI.COM: The list of potential scapegoats for the assassionation of Obama and future false-flag terror attacks is quite long, but fails to include Israel which has routinely committed acts of terror against their own people, the Palestinians, and the American people. The biggest threat to U.S. world domination domestically and globally are as follows: 9/11 Truthers, Christians, Gun Owners, Iran, Palestine, The Haqqani Network, The Irish, The Tea Party & Ron Paul, and U.S. Military Veterans. READ MORE

ALEX JONES

OBAMACSI.COM: Alex Jones is the host of the Infowars radio show which boasts an audience of over 2 million gun-owning Americans. Aside from calling for a violent revolution, but not in those words, Jones' Infowars crew was allowed unfettered access to Operation Mountain Guardian and will likely play some role (judas goat) in the aftermath of future Mumbai style terror attacks on America. If Alex Jones' behavior on December 31, 1999, is any indication (Jones went on air and repeatedly stated that Russia had nuked America on the eve of Y2K), Jones will again attempt to bait his listeners into a full-blown panic and subsequently order his audience to attack the U.S. federal government in the wake of staged terror attacks. Coincidentally, Jones is holding a "money bomb" on November 3, 2011, in which he is attempting to bilk another $500,000 dollars out of his audience just prior to his scheduled betrayal of America. Pictured on the Jones' webpage is a rocket ship taking off, which is exactly what Jones will do after his attempt at prematurely ejaculating the 2nd American Revolution is completed. As Alex Jones himself stated on October 14, 2011, "You don't know who's good or bad until you get to that crisis point." READ MORE

OBAMA ASSASSINATION PREDICTIONS

OBAMACSI.COM: 1. 2. 3. The alleged Obama assassin will either be a white male from the Southern (Confederate) part of the United States, or a "terrorist" linked to Al Qaeda. The Obama assassination will occur in the evening (EST) when most Americans are at home watching TV. There may be more than one Obama assassination attempt.

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

As demonstrated in the Norway Terror Attack, the Obama assassin will likely be dressed in a policeman uniform although he is likely to be a current member or veteran of the U.S. military. The Obama assassin will remain at large for some time, making every gun owning American an immediate suspect. After the assassination or assassination attempt, a manhunt will ensue and roadblocks with checkpoints will be resurrected throughout America. These roadblocks and checkpoints will remain in place, despite the alleged capture of the Obama assassin The assassination will likely come right before or right after a homeland terror attack. Like 9/11, there will be multiple attacks in a short period of time, thus giving the illusion that America is under attack. Ron Paul will likely be the most popular presidential candidate in America come November 2012, and therefore should Obama be assassinated, the blame will surely be placed on the shoulders of a Ron Paul supporter. Although the actual assassination will likely be executed by Mossad, Palestinians, Pakistanis and other Middle Eastern nations may be blamed for the attack.

"The assassin always dies, baby. It's necessary for the national healing. I'm sure you will never entirely comprehend this, darling." ~Meryl Streep, The Machurian Candidate

CHAPTER 1: THE OBAMA ASSASSINATION SET-UP

Predictors of Assassination
OBAMACSI.COM: As if singing in concert, individuals from all walks have life have predicted the future assassination of Barack Obama. Do these characters know something we don't? Is there a master plan to assassinate Obama? Only time will tell, but until then, the words of these prophets will have to suffice. 1. Doris Lessing (2008): The Nobel Peace Prize winner Doris Lessing goes on record stating that U.S. President Barack Obama will not last long and that "they" would murder him. Who "they" is, is anybody's guess, but if you ask Gaddafi, he would say Israel. 2. Jesse Ventura (2008): The former Governor of Minnesota, Jesse Ventura, states that if U.S. President Barack Obama wins he would be assassinated by the U.S. government. Unfortunately, the "Conspiracy Theory" host only leaves us with vague generalizations and no specifics. 3. Hillary Clinton (2008): Current U.S. Secretary of State, Hillary Clinton, invokes the assassination of Robert F. Kennedy in California and predicts that then U.S. Presidential hopeful Barack Obama may suffer the same fate. 4. Samuel L. Jackson (2008): Oscar winning actor Samuel L. Jackson wonders when someone going to try and kill U.S. President Barack Obama and predicts that someone at a Sarah Palin rally will finally say "Kill that nigger!' 5. Muammar Gaddafi (2008): Muammar Gaddafi is the only known Head of State to implicate Israel in the assassination of JFK and the future assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama. How much longer Gaddafi will be alive is not clear, but his prophetic statement that Israel will assassinate Obama may soon come to fruition. 6. Muammar Gaddafi (2009): As if the world did not hear him the first time, Gaddafi again predicted he future assassination of Barack Obama by the state of Israel. Roughly 2 years later after his last prediction, Libya was invaded and Gaddafi was removed from power. 7. Ray Larson (2009): The International Imperial Wizard of the National Knights of the Klu Klux Klan, Ray Larsen, predicts that someone from the South (Confederate part of the U.S.) wi ll eventually assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama. 8. Nostradamus Child (2010): Oliver, the alleged child Nostradamus of Columbia, predicts the future assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama. Unfortunately, Oliver was unable to divulge the exact date that Obama would be assassinated and who would ultimately be responsible. 9. Glenn Beck (2010): Fox News TV anchor and nationally syndicated radio host, Glenn Beck, states that "9/11 Truthers" will ultimately assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama. Does Beck know something we don't? Is there a plan to assassinate Obama and blame 9/11 Truthers? 10. Alex Jones (2010): Infowars radio host and renowned fear monger, Alex Jones, states that the assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama is the next false-flag, but ultimately fails to produce one shred of evidence as to why this may be the case. Jones appears to be acting on insider information, as he states that he is now 100% sure Obama will be targeted for assassination. 11. Michelle Obama (2011): U.S. President Barack Obama's wife, Michelle Obama, made a ghastly statement when she stated to the Secret Service" Just tell me when - where to run". This statement clearly infers that an assassination of her husband involving the Secret Service is just around the corner. Mrs. Obama's statement indicates that the White House is leaking future assassination insinuations in an attempt to prepare the American public for what is about to transpire.

1. DORIS LESSING

10

OBAMACSI.COM Date: February 10, 2008 Name: Doris May Tayler Age: 91 Ethnicity: White Location: England Affiliations: Nobel Prize Winner Suspect: "They" Quote: "[Obama] would certainly not last long, a black man in the position of president. They would murder him." OBAMACSI.COM: The Nobel Peace Prize winner Doris Lessing goes on record stating that U.S. President Barack Obama will not last long and that "they" would murder him. Who "they" is, is anybody's guess, but if you ask Gaddafi, he would say Israel. Title: Nobel Winner: Obama Will Be Assassinated If He Wins Date: February 10, 2008 Source: Huffington Post Abstract: If Barack Obama becomes the next US president he will surely be assassinated, British Nobel literature laureate Doris Lessing predicted...Obama, who is vying to become the first black president in US history, "would certainly not last long, a black man in the position of president. They would murder him" (Huffington Post, 2008).

2. JESSE VENTURA

OBAMACSI.COM Date: April 2, 2008 Name: James George Jano Age: 60 Ethnicity: White Location: Baja, Mexico Affiliations: U.S. Government, Navy SEALS Suspect: U.S. Government Quote: "I believe that [Obama] would either be physically assassinated or would be assassinated credibility-wise or in some manner by our [U.S.] government" OBAMACSI.COM: The former Governor of Minnesota, Jesse Ventura, states that if U.S. President Barack Obama wins he would be assassinated by the U.S. government. Unfortunately, the "Conspiracy Theory" host only leaves us with vague generalizations and no specifics. Title: Jesse Ventura Warns Of Obama Assassination Attempt Date: April 2, 2008 Source: Prison Planet Abstract: Former Minnesota Governor Jesse Ventura caused shockwaves during a national radio interview today when he warned Barack Obama to be wary of a potential assassination attempt..."If the polls looked like he had a chance to win, I believe that candidate would either be physically assassinated or would be assassinated credibility-wise or in some manner by our government" (Prison Planet, 2008).

3. HILLARY CLINTON

OBAMACSI.COM Date: May 24, 2008 Name: Hillary Diane Rodham Clinton Age: 63 Ethnicity: White Location: Washington D.C. Affiliations: Bill Clinton, U.S. Government, Bilderberg, CFR Suspect: N/A Quote: 'Maybe Barack Obama will be assassinated'.

OBAMACSI.COM: Current U.S. Secretary of State, Hillary Clinton, invokes the assassination of Robert F. Kennedy in California and predicts that then U.S. Presidential hopeful Barack Obama may suffer the same fate. Title: Hillary Clinton: 'Maybe Barack Obama Will Be Assassinated' Date: May 24, 2008

11

Source: Telegraph Abstract: Uttering one of the most outrageous public statements of any candidate who has run in this long and arduous presidential camp aign...My husband did not wrap up the nomination in 1992 until he won the California primary somewhere in the middle of June, right? We all remember Bobby Kennedy was assassinated in June in California. I dont understand it (Telegraph, 2008).

4. SAMUEL L. JACKSON

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 31, 2008 Name: Samuel Leroy Jackson Age: 62 Ethnicity: African American Location: Los Angeles, California Affiliations: Hollywood, The Academy Awards Suspect: Tea Party Quote: "They just haven't announced on the news that somebody in the back of some Sarah Palin rally is going, 'Kill that n-----!" OBAMACSI.COM: Oscar winning actor Samuel L. Jackson wonders when someone going to try and kill U.S. President Barack Obama and predicts that someone at a Sarah Palin rally will finally say "Kill that nigger!' Title: Samuel L. Jackson Worries Someone Will Try To Kill Obama Date: October 31, 2008 Source: Star Pulse Abstract: Samuel L. Jackson fears Barack Obama will face assassination attempts from racists if he's elected America's first black president next week. Democrat Obama is ahead of Republican opponent John McCain in the polls, and he has tremendous support from the biggest celebrities - including Jackson. But he fears if Obama wins, he will be marked as soon as he takes office next year, if not before. He says, "At some point, somebody is gonna say something about 'that n----- in the White House. They just haven't announced on the news that somebody in the back of some (vice-president candidate) Sarah Palin rally is going, 'Kill that n-----!' "It really bothers me sometimes that we have to be so politically correct. What we fear most as black people, who want him (Obama) to win or be elected, is when is someone gonna try and kill him? Everybody acts like that's not the elephant in the room but it is (Star Pulse, 2008).

5. MUAMMAR GADDAFI

OBAMACSI.COM Date: December 6, 2008 Name: Muammar Muhammad Abu Minyar al-Gaddafi Age: 69 Ethnicity: Arab Location: Tripoli, Libya Affiliations: Libyan Government Suspect: Israeli Mossad Quote: "We suspect he may fear being killed by Israeli agents and meet the same fate as Kennedy."

OBAMACSI.COM: Muammar Gaddafi is the only known Head of State to implicate Israel in the assassination of JFK and the future assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama. How much longer Gaddafi will be alive is not clear, but his prophetic statement that Israel will assassinate Obama may soon come to fruition. Title: Gaddafi: Obama Fears Israel Will Assassinate Him Like It Did JFK Date: December 6, 2008 Source: Haaretz Abstract: Libyan leader Muammar Gaddafi said on Wednesday that U.S. Democratic presidential candidate Barack Obama's expressed support for Israel stems from his fear that the Mossad would assassinate him, just as it did President John F. Kennedy. "We suspect he may fear being killed by Israeli agents and meet the same fate as Kennedy when he promised to look into Israel's nuclear program," Gaddafi said. "We still hope he will be proud of Africa and change America and free America of its past policy, namely with the Arabs," said Gaddafi (Haaretz, 2008).

12

6. MUAMMAR GADDAFI

OBAMACSI.COM Name: Muammar Muhammad Abu Minyar al-Gaddafi Date: December 6, 2008 Age: 69 Ethnicity: Arab Location: Tripoli, Libya Affiliations: Libyan Government Suspect: Israeli Mossad Quote: "There is a fear that they would liquidate [Obama] as they liquidated Kennedy, Martin Luther King and Abraham Lincoln." OBAMACSI.COM: As if the world did not hear him the first time, Gaddafi again predicted he future assassination of Barack Obama by the state of Israel. Roughly 2 years later after his last prediction, Libya was invaded and Gaddafi was removed from power. Title: Libya's Gaddafi Says Fears Obama Assassination Date: April 7, 2009 Source: Reuters Abstract: "I fear that they could liquidate this young man or force him to submit to their imperialist policies," Gaddafi told a university gathering of his supporters in Sirte, without specifying who might put Obama under pressure. Gaddafi, known for his controversial statements, did not say who might want to kill Obama but gave the examples of the assassinations of Presidents John F. Kennedy and Abraham Lincoln, as well as black rights leader Martin Luther King. "Obama is a flicker of hope in the middle of the imperialist darkness," the Libyan leader said, adding: "There is a fear that they would liquidate him as they liquidated Kennedy, Martin Luther King and Abraham Lincoln" (Reuters, 2009).

7. RAY LARSON

OBAMACSI.COM Date: April 17, 2009 Name: Ray Larsen Age: ? Ethnicity: White Location: Osceola, Indiana Affiliations: KKK, U.S. Government Suspect: A Southerner Quote: "If that man is elected President, he'll be shot sure as hell...It would definitely be a southerner."

OBAMACSI.COM: The International Imperial Wizard of the National Knights of the Klu Klux Klan, Ray Larsen, predicts that someone from the South (Confederate part of the U.S.) will eventually assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama. Title: Indiana KKK Says Obama Will Be Assassinated Date: April 17, 2009 Source: Fox News Chicago Abstract: Ray Larsen, International Imperial Wizard of the National Knights of the Klu Klux Klan states, "Well, I'm not going to have to worry about it because somebody else down south is gonna take him out. If that man is elected President, he'll be shot sure as hell. The hate would be so deep, from down south, it would definitely be a southerner (Fox News, 2009).

8. NOSTRADAMUS CHILD

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 8, 2009 Name: Oliver Age: 6 Ethnicity: Colombian

13

Location: Columbia Affiliations: Unknown Suspect N/A Quote: Translated: "There will be an assassination attempt on the life of U.S. President Barack Obama."

OBAMACSI.COM: Oliver, the alleged child Nostradamus of Columbia, predicts the future assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama. Unfortunately, Oliver was unable to divulge the exact date that Obama would be assassinated and who would ultimately be responsible. Title: Obama Assassination Predicted By Colombian Nostradamus Child Date: September 8, 2009 Source: YouTube Abstract: The alleged Colombian Nostradamus emphatically stated that there will be an assassination attempt on the life of U.S. President Barack Obama (YouTube, 2009).

9. GLENN BECK

OBAMACSI.COM Date: January 21, 2010 Name: Glenn Edward Lee Beck Age: 47 Ethnicity: White Location: New York, New York Affiliations: Fox News, U.S. Government? Suspect: Truthers Quote: "[Obama] has invited 9/11 truthers into the White House...He's in danger!"

OBAMACSI.COM: Fox News TV anchor and nationally syndicated radio host, Glenn Beck, states that "9/11 Truthers" will ultimately assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama. Does Beck know something we don't? Is there a plan to assassinate Obama and blame 9/11 Truthers? Title: Beck Says Progressives Will Kill Obama Date: January 21, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: Glenn Beck of Fox News stated on his radio program: "Watch the uber left. Pray that Obama moves to the center. If he does, pray that the Secret Service care for that man and that that man is never left alone. He has invited 9/11 Truthers into the White House and into his administration. If they believe that he's just another one of these guys, he's in danger (Fox News, 2010).

10. ALEX JONES

OBAMACSI.COM Date: February 15, 2010 Name: Alex Emerick Jones Age: 37 Ethnicity: White Location: Austin, Texas Affiliations: Judas, CIA, U.S. Government, Israel Suspect: Truthers Quote: "Obama Is The Next False Flag!!!"

OBAMACSI.COM: Infowars radio host and renowned fear monger, Alex Jones, states that the assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama is the next false-flag, but ultimately fails to produce one shred of evidence as to why this may be the case. Jones appears to be acting on insider information, as he states that he is now 100% sure Obama will be targeted for assassination. Title: Obama Is The Next False Flag!!! Date: February 15, 2010 Source: YouTube

14

11. MICHELLE OBAMA

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 5, 2011 Name: Michelle LaVaughn Robinson Obama Age: 47 Ethnicity: Black Location: Washington D.C. Affiliations: The White House, Princeton, Harvard Suspect: N/A Quote: "Just Tell Me When Where To Run"

OBAMACSI.COM: U.S. President Barack Obama's wife, Michelle Obama, made a ghastly statement when she stated to the Secret Service" Just tell me when - where to run". This statement clearly infers that an assassination of her husband involving the Secret Service is just around the corner. Mrs. Obama's statement indicates that the White House is leaking future assassination insinuations in an attempt to prepare the American public for what is about to transpire. Title: Michelle Obama Tells Secret Service: 'Just Tell Me When Where To Run' Date: October 5, 2011 Source: Politico Abstract: First lady Michelle Obama made a rare trip to Secret Service headquarters Wednesday, where she glimpsed the intricate work that goes into protecting her family and the potential danger of that mission. After an hourlong tour of the agencys protective intelligence division and the join t operations center, Obama called the daily tasks performed by the Secret Service pretty scary. All I can say is, after my little tour, is ignorance is bliss, Obama told a packed crowd of Secret Service employees who ha d gathered in a conference room to hear her speak. I just I just dont want to know, the first lady continued to laughter. You all can handle that. Just tell me when where to run. Obama who has spoken in interviews about the constraints of living inside the presidential bubble and the loss of privacy that comes with being watched every moment said the Secret Service agents at the White House have become like family over the past two-and-a-half years. In fact, she said, the first family has grown so close to the agents around the house that they will sometimes have little spats about who gets which Secret Service agent on various outings. Obama said her youngest daughter, Sasha, will tell her sister Malia, You took Scott! And sometimes Malia, who apparently ha s grown close to the same agent, will say You took Scott? Thats not fair! The first lady said she can relate to that sentiment. Ill say the same thing to Barack its like, Why do you get Beth? she said, adding, Its dinner table conversation. More seriously, Obama lauded the agencys employees for their work, adding that she and the president believe the Secret Service is always 100 percent on point, truly. I mean, not just in terms of how you all do your job, but how you all make us feel, she said, as Secret Service employees s napped pictures of her with their digital cameras. And that is important when youre trying to live a normal life and raise a couple of girls in the White House. You all have rea lly made us feel at home and safe, and there is no amount of thanks that I could convey that would give you a sense of how important you all are to us. Appearing on stage with the first lady, Mark Sullivan, the director of the Secret Service, told Obama that her visit means so much to all of us. Sullivan also thanked her for the way you have treated the men and women of our organization. A first lady visit to Secret Service headquarters is unusual, said Ed Donovan, a spokesman for the agency. It has happened, he said, but its not a regular occurrence (Politico, 2011).

Provocateurs of Assassination

OBAMACSI.COM: With roughly 10 "celebrities" predicting the future assassination of Barack Obama, there are a few "celebrities" out-right attempting to provocateur it or profit off of it when it happens. If these celebrity provocateurs weren't part of some organized government operation, they would be

15

arrested and charged with felonies just like the other 45 non-celebrities who have made "threats" against Obama's life. The simple fact that none of these "celebrities" were ever charged in any way shows that there is an organized attempt to rile up hatred of Obama to the point of violence. 1. Ted Nugent (2007): Singer Ted Nugent likely started the entire media mantra of assassinating U.S. President Barack Obama. Before there were any plots or patsies to parade in front of the media, Nugent was on stage screaming inflammatory and hateful messages about Obama while holding his machine gun. 2. Yazmany Arboleda (2008): An alleged Colombian, Yazmany Arboleda produced one of the most hateful and despicable works of art in recorded history. His collection, "The Assassination of Barack Obama", was allegedly shut down by the Secret Service after a big media storm descended onto his New York Gallery. Naturally, Yamany was never charged, and his gallery remained open for business. 3. Doron Braunshtein (2008): An Israeli born citizen, Doron Braunstein, also known as Apollo Braun, is selling sweatshirts with the words "Who Killed Obama?" in New York City for $129.00, and has plans to profit tremendously off the upcoming assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama. 4. Gregory S. Parks & Danielle C. Heard (2009): "Assassinate the Nigger Ape" is a scholarly paper written by Gregory S. Parks and Danielle C. Heard. While the paper appears on its face to be against racism and in defense of U.S. President Barack Obama, its title alone is basic stochastic terrorism. Since the release of the paper, both Parks and Heard have taken on new and more lucrative positions in academia. 5. Peter Fonda (2011): Hollywood has always had an interesting relationship with intelligence agencies and Peter Fonda is Hollywood if there ever was such a thing. A person of his notoriety and fame would be scapegoated along with the other Obama assassination patsies if he wasn't on the take for his inflammatory words. Fonda stated that, Im training my grandchildren to use long-range rifles, said the actor, 71. For what purpose? Well, Im not going to say the words 'Barack Obama, but

1. TED NUGENT

OBAMACSI.COM Date: August 21, 2007 Name: Theodore Anthony "Ted" Nugent Age: 62 Ethnicity: White Location: California Affiliations: Hollywood Weapon: Words Quote: "Obama, he's a piece of shit. I told him to suck on my machine gun."

OBAMACSI.COM: Singer Ted Nugent likely started the entire media mantra of assassinating U.S. President Barack Obama. Before there were any plots or patsies to parade in front of the media, Nugent was on stage screaming inflammatory and hateful messages about Obama while holding his machine gun. Title: Ted Nugent Threatens To Kill Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton During Vicious Onstage Rant Date: August 24, 2007 Source: Rolling Stone Abstract: Renegade right-winger Ted Nugent recently went on a vicious onstage rant in which he threatened the lives of Democratic presidential candidates Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton. Decked out in full-on camouflage hunting gear, Nugent wielded two machine guns while raging, "Obama, he's a piece of shit. YouTube Video I told him to suck on my machine gun. Hey Hillary," he continued. "You might want to ride one of these into the sunset, you worthless bitch." Nugent summed up his eloquent speech by screaming "freedom!" This isn't the first time Nugent has been caught spewing hatred. Last January, the guitarist caused a scandal for Republican Texas governor Rick Perry when he wore a Confederate flag shirt and insulted immigrants at Perry's inauguration event. In July, Nugent was quoted in a Wall Street Journal story blaming "stoned, dirty, stinky hippies" for "rising rates of divorce, high school drop-outs, drug use, abortion, sexual diseases and crime, not to mention the exponential expansion of government and taxes" (Rolling Stone, 2007).

2. YAZMANY ARBOLEDA

OBAMACSI.COM

16

Date: February 29, 2008 Name: Yazmany Arboleda Age: 30 Ethnicity: Colombian* Location: New York, New York Affiliations: Huffington Post, Jewish Community Project Weapon: Art Quote: "Once you go Barack..."

OBAMACSI.COM: Yazmany Arboleda produced one of the most hateful and despicable works of art in recorded history. His collection, "The Assassination of Barack Obama", was allegedly shut down by the Secret Service after a big media storm descended onto his New York Gallery. Yamany was never charged, and his gallery remained open for business. Based on his birth name, his inflammatory art, his ability to legally get away with his assassination art and not be charged, his ability to immediately get his art collection into the New York Times, his position at Huffington Post, his political contacts and associates, and to where he donates his money (Jewish Charities), we can assume that Yazmany Arboleda is more likely Jewish and/or Israeli than Colombian. Title: Art Installation Envisions "The Assassination Of Barack Obama" Date: February 29, 2008 Source: The Assassination of Barack Obama

(The Assassination of Barack Obama, 2008).

Title: Assassination Artist Is Questioned And Released Date: June 4, 2008 Source: New York Times Abstract: This morning, a Boston-born performance artist, Yazmany Arboleda, tried to set up a provocative art exhibition in a vacant storefront on West 40th Street in Midtown Manhattan with the title, The Assassination of Hillary Clinton/The Assassination of Barack Obama, in neatly stenciled letters on the plate glass windows at street level. By 9:30 a.m., New York City police detectives and Secret Service agents had shut down the exhibition, and building workers had quickly covered over the inflammatory title with large sheets of brown paper and blue masking tape. The gallery is across the street from the southern entrance to The New York Times building. The police officers declined to answer any questions, and at first would not permit reporters to speak with Mr. Arboleda, who was wearing a black T-shirt and making cellphone calls from inside the makeshift gallery. Later, Mr. Arboleda, who is 27, said in an interview: Its art. Its not supposed to be harmful. Its about character assass ination about how Obama and Hillary have been portrayed by the media. He added, Its about the media. The Secret Service had to do a whole questionnaire with me, he said. It was about an hour of questioning. They asked if I owned guns, if I was a violent person, if I had ever been institutionalized. Mr. Arboleda answered no. Nonetheless, he said the Secret Service asked him if he would voluntarily take down the exhibition title from the window. Im renting that space; the space was allocated for an exhibition and its my right to put those words up, he said. They s aid it could incite someone to do something crazy, like break the window. Its terrible, because theyre violating my rights. If someone breaks a window, theyre committing a crime. He added, The exhibition is supposed to be about character assassination. Its philosophical and metaphorical. He said he had not yet decided whether to take down the exhibitions title, saying he first needed to speak to representatives of the buildings owner. Police Commissioner Raymond W. Kelly, speaking to reporters at 1 Police Plaza around noon, said, I am not certain he has been arrested, then added, He put up signs indicating the assassination of Senator Clinton and Barack Obama. And we notified the Secret Service. This individual is being spoken to. He apparently made statements that had to with their reputation. This is all under investigation. Asked whether the artwork was being seen as dangerous, Mr. Kelly said: Obviously, it sounds totally inappropriate. We need m ore information as to what the purpose of it was. As I say, apparently he made some statements that he was referring to their reputations dont know, we will have to get more information. But he is being questioned now by our detectives and the Secret Service. Mr. Kelly was also asked why the artist would be questioned at all. Why would we question him? he responded. Well, we want to determine what his motives are. Obviously they could be interpreted as advocating harm to protectees; both of the senators, of course, are now being provided Secret

17

Service protection, thats why the Secret Service was interested; both of them are federal employees, so, ah, of course it is a concern to federal authorities as it is to ourselves. Our lawyers are researching it and will determine if there are any violatio ns of law; right now he is being questioned. (In fact, when Mr. Kelly spoke, Mr. Arboleda had already been released from custody a short while earlier.) Special Agent Eric P. Zahren, a spokesman for the Secret Service in Washington, emphasized in a telephone interview that the agency did not seek to shut down the show. We did not shut down that exhibit or request that anybody else shut it down, Agent Zahren said. This was brought to our at tention, we went out there and had a conversation with the individual, but we did not shut it down (New York Times, 2008).

Title: All Emotional Life Is Grounded In The Present: A New Collection Of Paintings By Yazmany Arboleda Date: May 14, 2009 Source: Charity Happenings Abstract: The JCPs (Jewish Community Project) mission is to meet the needs of Lower Manhattans diverse Jewish population. The proceeds of the event will go to benefit the preschool, classes for all ages, and community-wide events! The event opening takes place on May 14th from 5:30 to 7:30 but the show will be open until the end of June. This is a free event, however, charitable donations are greatly appreciated. All purchased art will benefit the JCP (Charity Happenings, 2011).

3. DORON BRAUNSHTEIN

OBAMACSI.COM Date: March 21, 2008 Name: Doron Braunshtein Age: 28? Ethnicity: Israeli Location: New York, New York Affiliations: Israel Weapon: Sweatshirts Quote: "Who Killed Obama?"

OBAMACSI.COM: An Israeli born citizen, Doron Braunstein, also known as Apollo Braun, is selling sweatshirts with the words "Who Killed Obama?" in New York City for $129.00, and has plans to profit tremendously off the upcoming assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama. Title: WHO KILLED OBAMA? Asks Sweatshirt Date: March 21, 2008 Source: Gawker Abstract: Designer Doron Braunshtein, a.k.a. Apollo Braun, expresses his interest in matters political with his newest work of sweatshirt-related art. And you can too, for the low price of $129! Braunshtein, who describes himself as "very punk rock," says his message is one of love, not of assassination [NY Press]. Though he worries, "Could you imagine if Obama were killed? They might blame me. Then I'd be taken to jail and have to have prison sex." Let's all hope no such thing comes to pass! To be fair, this sweatshirt fits with a certain ongoing theme, as this picture of Braunshtein's last big t-shirt design ($250) attests (Gawker, 2008).

Title: Apollo Braun Comes Out With Yet Another Anti-Obama T-Shirt Date: June 12, 2008 Source: Jews Against Obama Abstract: Israeli born, New York based pop artist and fashion designer Doron Braunshtein, also known as Apollo Braun, owner of the five year old Apollo Braun boutique on Orchard Street on the Lower East Side, crossed all limits and boundaries with his new creation: a t-shirt bearing the slogan Obama = Hitler. As of yesterday, the batch of the first 200 t -shirts came to his store and seven of his most devoted customers already bought the tshirt, which cost only $30. I never thought I would ever sell something that I created at such a cheap price, Braunshtein says, but you have to understand me, I want to see as many people as I can wearing my idea, and I dont want money to stand between them and th is fabulous t-shirt. Braunshtein explains why he made the association between Obama and Hitler: I have an incredible imagination, you can call it a Jewish imagination if you want and it is what it is, Obama reminds me of Hitler in more ways than I can explain. I mean, every time I hear Obama speak, I automatically think about Hitler. Hitler was an excellent speaker, who gave great speeches and made the masses follow him almost blindly, Obama is also an excellent speaker, who gives great speeches like the incredible speech about race who encourages the masses to follow him.

18

But exactly like Hitler, in my opinion, Obama doesnt talk, he just preaches, for Gods sake, does anyone understand a word h e is saying? All I hear him do is just preach and preach. Also, Obama, exactly like Hitler in his time, will tell you whatever you want to hear, can manage any kind of crowd of people and will promise you the world, but what can I tell you, I am just not his fan. He cannot fool me. Also, the second reason which made me put this idea on a t-shirt was the fact that as an artist, it is amazing in my opinion to have the ability, the creative right, and the freedom of speech to use someone as Hitler and to compare him to someone like Obama. I mean, Hitler would turn in his grave right now if he only knew that a Jewish, Lower East Side pop artist like me is comparing him to a black presidential candidate in 2008 in the United States. The artist, like I always say, always beats any politician in the end (Jews Against Obama, 2011).

4. GREGORY S. PARKS & DANIELLE C. HEARD

OBAMACSI.COM Date: August 14, 2009 Name(s): Gregory S. Parks, Danielle C. Heard Age(s): ? Ethnicity: Black Location: Washington D.C., Palo Alto California Affiliations: Cornell, Stanford, UC Davis Weapon: Words Quote: "Assassinate the Nigger Ape."

OBAMACSI.COM: "Assassinate the Nigger Ape" is a scholarly paper written by Gregory S. Parks and Danielle C. Heard. While the paper appears on its face to be against racism and in defense of U.S. President Barack Obama, its title alone is basic stochastic terrorism. Since the release of the paper, both Parks and Heard have taken on new and more lucrative positions in academia. Title: Assassinate the Nigger Ape[] : Obama, Implicit Imagery, And The Dire Consequences Of Racist Jokes Date: August 14, 2009 Source: Cornell University Abstract: In 1994, Congress passed legislation stating that Presidents elected to office after January 1, 1997 would no longer receive lifetime Secret Service protection. Such legislation was unremarkable until the first Black President Barack Obamawas elected. From the outset of his campaign until today, and likely beyond, President Obama has received unprecedented death threats. These threats, we argue, are at least in part tied to critics and commentators use of symbols, pictures, and words to characterize Obama as a primate in vari ous forms. As a point of departure, we refer specifically to the racist humor in Sean Delonas controversial New York Post cartoo n of February 2009. Against this backdrop while looking to history, cultural studies, theories of humor, federal case law, as well as cognitive and social psychology, we explore how the use of seemingly harmless imagery may still be racially-laden and evoke violence against its object. By employing this rigorously interdisciplinary approach to the topic, we bridge the theoretical with the empirical in order to make a compelling case for the direct link between jokesand cultural symbolism more broadlyand assassination threat to the United States first Black President (Cornell University, 2009).

5. PETER FONDA

OBAMACSI.COM Date: May 22, 2011 Name: Peter Henry Fonda Age: 71 Ethnicity: White Location: Cannes, France Affiliations: Hollywood, CIA? Weapon: Words Quote: "Im training my grandchildren to use long-range rifles, said the actor, 71. For what purpose? Well, Im not going to say the words 'Barack Obama, but OBAMACSI.COM: Hollywood has always had an interesting relationship with intelligence agencies and Peter Fonda is Hollywood if there ever was such a thing. A person of his notoriety and fame would be scapegoated along with the other Obama assassination patsies if he wasn't on the take for his inflammatory words. Fonda stated that, Im training my grandchildren to use long-range rifles, said the actor, 71. For what purpose? Well, Im not going to say the words 'Barack Obama, but Title: Peter Fonda Encourages His Grandchildren To Take Up Arms Against President Barack Obama Date: May 22, 2011 Source: Telegraph

19

Abstract: Lars von Trier, who was banned from Cannes for praising Hitler, was not the only one making unsavoury comments at the film festival. Peter Fonda, the star of Easy Rider, suggested to Mandrake that he was encouraging his grandchildren to shoot President Barack Obama. YouTube Video Im training my grandchildren to use long-range rifles, said the actor, 71. For what purpose? Well, Im not going to say the words 'Barack Obama, but He added, enigmatically: Its more of a thought process than an actuality, but we are heading for a major conflict between t he haves and the have nots. I came here many years ago with a biker movie and we stopped a war. Now, its about starting the world. I prefer to not to use the words, 'lets stop something. I prefer to say, 'lets start something, lets start the world' (Telegraph, 2011).

The Gaddafi Angle

OBAMACSI.COM: Muammar Gaddafi, the former leader of Libya, has predicated the assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama, twice. Whether Gaddafi was just playing politics in a grander scheme or was genuinely concerned about the safety of Obama's safety is secondary, because for the first time in history, a Head of State has fingered the Israeli Mossad in the future assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama as well as in the 1963 assassination of U.S. President JFK. 1. 2008 Gaddafi Assassination Prediction: Libya's former Head of State predicts the assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama by the state of Israel. Although Gaddafi was assassinated, his prophetic statements may soon come to fruition. 2. 2009 Gaddafi Assassination Prediction: As if the world did not hear him the first time, Gaddafi again predicted the assassination of Obama by the state of Israel. Roughly 2 years after his last Obama assassination prediction, Libya is invaded, Gaddafi is removed from power, and subsequently assassinated. OBAMACSI.COM: Since the Super Bowl XLV nuclear terror plot was subverted in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011, Obama's handlers appear ready to dispose of him since his usefulness as the "sports loving black president hell bent on revenge after the Super Bowl got nuked" type of presidency has apparently failed. Since this watershed moment in history, two very distinct events have transpired:

3. U.S. & NATO Invasion of Libya: The illegal attack of February 15, 2011, on Libya occurred exactly 1 week after Super Bowl XLV. Had Gaddafi not been assassinated, the Libyan leader would come off as prophetic to the Arab community and would likely be a potential witness against Israel should there ever be an international trial for the assassination of Obama. Did NATO and Israel silence Gaddafi prior to an Obama assassination? 4. Barack Obama Assassinates Osama bin Laden: The assassination of Osama bin Laden in Pakistan on May 1, 2011, appears to be staged cover for the future assassination of Barack Obama. If and when Obama is assassinated, Israel can blame the killing on a bin Laden sympathizer and subsequently market the assassination as "Osama's Revenge". This scenario would divert attention away from Gaddafi's testimony while Israel would likely come away unscathed in the political fallout. A two for one if you will. On July 30, 2011, NATO bombed Libyan State TV. This now makes it virtually impossible for Gaddafi to tell the world "I told you so" if and when Israel assassinates yet another U.S. President.

1. 2008 GADDAFI PREDICTION

OBAMACSI.COM: Libya's former Head of State predicts the assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama by the state of Israel. Although Gaddafi was assassinated, his prophetic statements may soon come to fruition. Title: Gaddafi: Obama Fears Israel Will Assassinate Him Like It Did JFK Date: December 6, 2008 Source: Haaretz Abstract: Libyan leader Muammar Gaddafi said on Wednesday that U.S. Democratic presidential candidate Barack Obama's expressed support for Israel stems from his fear that the Mossad would assassinate him, just as it did President John F. Kennedy. "We suspect he may fear being killed by Israeli agents and meet the same fate as Kennedy when he promised to look into Israel's nuclear program," Gaddafi said. "We still hope he will be proud of Africa and change America and free America of its past policy, namely with the Arabs," said Gaddafi (Haaret, 2008).

20

2. 2009 GADDAFI PREDICTION

OBAMACSI.COM: As if the world did not hear him the first time, Gaddafi again predicted the assassination of Obama by the state of Israel. Roughly 2 years after his last Obama assassination prediction, Libya is invaded, Gaddafi is removed from power, and subsequently assassinated. Title: Libya's Gaddafi Says Fears Obama Assassination Date: April 7, 2009 Source: Reuters Abstract: "I fear that they could liquidate this young man or force him to submit to their imperialist policies," Gaddafi told a university gathering of his supporters in Sirte, without specifying who might put Obama under pressure. Gaddafi, known for his controversial statements, did not say who might want to kill Obama but gave the examples of the assassinations of Presidents John F. Kennedy and Abraham Lincoln, as well as black rights leader Martin Luther King. "Obama is a flicker of hope in the middle of the imperialist darkness," the Libyan leader said, adding: "There is a fear that they would liquidate him as they liquidated Kennedy, Martin Luther King and Abraham Lincoln" (Reuters, 2009). At 4:25 in the video, Gaddafi emphatically states that Israel assassinated John F. Kennedy for his inquiry into Israel's illegal nuclear program.

3. U.S. & NATO INVASION OF LIBYA

OBAMACSI.COM: The illegal attack of February 15, 2011, on Libya occurred exactly 1 week after Super Bowl XLV. Had Gaddafi not been assassinated, the Libyan leader would come off as prophetic to the Arab community and would likely be a potential witness against Israel should there ever be an international trial for the assassination of Obama. Did NATO and Israel silence Gaddafi prior to an Obama assassination? Title: 2011 Libyan Civil War Date: February 15, 2011 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The 2011 Libyan civil war, also known as the Libyan Revolution, is an ongoing armed conflict in the North African state of Libya being fought between forces loyal to Muammar Gaddafi and his regime and those seeking to depose him. The situation began on 15 February 2011 as a series of peaceful protests which were met with military force by the Gaddafi regime. The protests escalated into an uprising that spread across the country, with the forces opposing Gaddafi establishing a government based in Benghazi named the National Transitional Council whose stated goal is to overthrow the Gaddafi-led government and hold democratic elections. The United Nations Security Council passed an initial resolution freezing the assets of Gaddafi and ten members of his inner circle, and restricting their travel. The resolution also referred the actions of the government to the International Criminal Court for investigation, and an arrest warrant for Gaddafi was issued on 27 June. This was followed by an arrest warrant issued by Interpol on 8 September. In early March, Gaddafi's forces rallied, pushed eastwards and re-took several coastal cities before attacking Benghazi. A further U.N. resolution authorized member states to establish and enforce a no-fly zone over Libya. The Gaddafi government then announced a ceasefire, but failed to uphold it. In August, rebel forces engaged in a coastal offensive and took most of their lost territory, and captured the capital city of Tripoli, while Gaddafi evaded capture and loyalists engaged in a rearguard campaign. Until 16 September 2011, Libya under Gaddafi was officially known as the Libyan Arab Jamahiriya by the United Nations. The UN now recognises the National Transitional Council as the legal representative of the country. On 20 September, the African Union officially recognised the National Transitional Council as the legitimate representative of Libya (Wikipedia, 2011).

4. BARACK OBAMA ASSASSINATES OSAMA BIN LADEN

OBAMACSI.COM: The assassination of Osama bin Laden in Pakistan on May 1, 2011, appears to be staged cover for the future assassination of Barack Obama. If and when Obama is assassinated, Israel can blame the killing on a bin Laden sympathizer and subsequently market the assassination as "Osama's Revenge". This scenario would divert attention away from Gaddafi's testimony while Israel would likely come away unscathed in the political fallout. A two for one if you will. Title: Osama Bin Laden, The Face Of Terror, Killed In Pakistan Date: May 1, 2011 Source: CNN

21

Abstract: The most prominent face of terror in America and beyond, Osama Bin Laden, has been killed in Pakistan, U.S. officials said Sunday night. Bin Laden was the leader of al Qaeda, the terrorist network behind the September 11, 2001, attacks on the United States. U.S. officials said that their forces have the body of bin Laden. The enormity of the destruction -- the World Trade Center's towers devastated by two hijacked airplanes, the Pentagon partially destroyed by a third hijacked jetliner, a fourth flight crashed in rural Pennsylvania, and more than 3,000 people killed -- gave bin Laden a global presence The Saudi-born zealot commanded an organization run like a rogue multinational firm, experts said, with subsidiaries operating secretly in dozens of countries, plotting terror, raising money and recruiting young Muslim men -- even boys -- from many nations to its training camps in Afghanistan. He used the fruits of his family's success -- a personal fortune estimated in the hundreds of millions of dollars -- to help finance al Qaeda in its quest for a new pan-Islamic religious state. How much bin Laden got in the settlement of the family estate is still a matter of contention. Estimates range from tens of millions to hundreds of millions. Even before September 11, bin Laden was already on the FBI's Ten Most Wanted Fugitives list. He had been implicated in a series of deadly, high-profile attacks that had grown in their intensity and success during the 1990s. They included a deadly firefight with U.S. soldiers in Somalia in October 1993, the bombings of two U.S. embassies in East Africa that killed 224 in August 1998, and an attack on the USS Cole that killed 17 sailors in October 2000. Bin Laden eluded capture for years, once reportedly slipping out of a training camp in Afghanistan just hours before a barrage of U.S. cruise missiles destroyed it. On September 11, sources said, the evidence immediately pointed to bin Laden. Within days, those close to the investigation said they had their proof. Six days after the attack, President George W. Bush made it clear Osama bin Laden was the No. 1 suspect. "I want justice," Bush said. "There's an old poster out West that said, 'Wanted, dead or alive.'" Osama bin Laden was born in the kingdom of Saudi Arabia in 1957, the 17th of 52 children in a family that had struck it rich in the construction business (CNN, 2011).

The U.S. Department of Homeland Security Memos

OBAMACSI.COM: The memos produced by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) actually predict the future. The DHS is so in tune with terrorist activity that they routinely predict what type of terror events will occur, who will commit them, and why the perpetrators were inspired to carry out the attacks. All that seems to be missing from their memos is the actual date of the attack and the names of the individuals responsible. In regards to the assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama, DHS's "Rightwing Extremism" states that "rightwing terrorists" are "antagonistic" and that these terrorists are in the "early planning stages" of an attack on Obama. A few months after this report was published, DHS along with the FBI, US Capitol Police, U.S. Northern Command, the National Counterterrorism Center and a host of other agencies published the 2010 State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment which basically spell out the who, what, and where of the upcoming assassination of Obama. In order to coordinate local, state, and federal authorities for upcoming terror attacks, DHS memos must be issued years ahead of time. Therefore, it is up to conscious individuals worldwide to read, analyze and research the information contained within these memos in order adequately understand exactly what the U.S. federal government is planning. By paying close attention to DHS's own words, future tragedies may be avoided. 1. DHS: Obama's "Rightwing" Assassin: The DHS states that "Rightwing extremists have capitalized on the election of the first African American president...but they have not yet turned to attack planning...Extremists appeared to be in the early planning stages of some threatening activity targeting [Obama], but law enforcement interceded. The memo also goes on to state that "rightwing extremists will attempt to recruit and radicalize returning veterans in order to exploit their skills and knowledge derived from military training and combat. These skills and knowledge have the potential to boost the capabilities of extremistsincluding lone wolves or small terrorist cellsto carry out violence". 2. 2010 State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment: In the first ever know U.S. Presidential "Joint Threat Assessment", U.S. President Barack Obama is specifically named by DHS, FBI, U.S. Capitol Police, and countless other governmental agencies as s target of assassination by a "Lone Offender", which includes U.S. military veterans and 9/11 Truthers. 3. MIAC Report: Defining the "Rightwing" Terrorist: In this stunning report issued by Missouri Law Enforcement (likely authored by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security), sweeping generalizations and scapegoating are made by law enforcement officials regarding the American people, their alleged threat to the U.S. government, and their classification as would be "terrorists".

22

4. DHS: The Domestic Terrorist: The counter-terrorism focus of DHS has now been turned away from Muslim extremists and onto the American people. The evidence of this transition comes way of DHS memos which openly state that a new form of terror will materialize from a broad range of American citizens, namely U.S. military veterans, 9/11 "Truthers", etc.

1. DHS: OBAMA'S "RIGHTWING" ASSASSIN

OBAMACSI.COM: The DHS states that "Rightwing extremists have capitalized on the election of the first African American president...but they have not yet turned to attack planning...Extremists appeared to be in the early planning stages of some threatening activity targeting [Obama], but law enforcement interceded. The memo also goes on to state that "rightwing extremists will attempt to recruit and radicalize returning veterans in order to exploit their skills and knowledge derived from military training and combat. These skills and knowledge have the potential to boost the capabilities of extremistsincluding lone wolves or small terrorist cellsto carry out violence". Title: Rightwing Extremism: Current Economic And Political Climate Fueling Resurgence In Radicalization And Recruitment Date: April 7, 2009 Source: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Abstract: (U//LES) Rightwing extremists have capitalized on the election of the first African American president, and are focusing their efforts to recruit new members, mobilize existing supporters, and broaden their scope and appeal through propaganda, but they have not yet turned to attack planning. (U//LES) Rightwing extremists are harnessing this historical election as a recruitment tool. Many rightwing extremists are antagonistic toward the new presidential administration and its perceived stance on a range of issues, including immigration and citizenship, the expansion of social programs to minorities, and restrictions on firearms ownership and use. Rightwing extremists are increasingly galvanized by these concerns and leverage them as drivers for recruitment. From the 2008 election timeframe to the present, rightwing extremists have capitalized on related racial and political prejudices in expanded propaganda campaigns, thereby reaching out to a wider audience of potential sympathizers. (U//LES) Most statements by rightwing extremists have been rhetorical, expressing concerns about the election of the first African American president, but stopping short of calls for violent action. In two instances in the run-up to the election, extremists appeared to be in the early planning stages of some threatening activity targeting the Democratic nominee, but law enforcement interceded (U) Disgruntled Military Veterans (U//FOUO) DHS/I&A assesses that rightwing extremists will attempt to recruit and radicalize returning veterans in order to exploit their skills and knowledge derived from military training and combat. These skills and knowledge have the potential to boost the capabilities of extremistsincluding lone wolves or small terrorist cellsto carry out violence. The willingness of a small percentage of military personnel to join extremist groups during the 1990s because they were disgruntled, disillusioned, or suffering from the psychological effects of war is being replicated today. (U) After Operation Desert Shield/Storm in 1990-1991, some returning military veteransincluding Timothy McVeighjoined or associated with rightwing extremist groups. (U) A prominent civil rights organization reported in 2006 that large numbers of potentially violent neo -Nazis, skinheads, and other white supremacists are now learning the art of warfare in the [U.S.] armed forces. (U//LES) The FBI noted in a 2008 report on the white supremacist movement that some returning military veterans from the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan have joined extremist groups. (U//FOUO) Lone Wolves and Small Terrorist Cells (U//FOUO) DHS/I&A assesses that lone wolves and small terrorist cells embracing violent rightwing extremist ideology are the most dangerous domestic terrorism threat in the United States. Information from law enforcement and nongovernmental organizations indicates lone wolves and small terrorist cells have shown intentand, in some cases, the capabilityto commit violent acts. (U//LES) DHS/I&A has concluded that white supremacist lone wolves pose the most significant domestic terrorist threat because of their low profile and autonomyseparate from any formalized groupwhich hampers warning efforts. (U//FOUO) Similarly, recent state and municipal law enforcement reporting has warned of the dangers of rightwing extremists embracing the tactics of leaderless resistance and of lone wolves carrying out acts of violence. (U//FOUO) Arrests in the past several years of radical militia members in Alabama, Arkansas, and Pennsylvania on firearms, explosives, and other related violations indicates the emergence of small, well-armed extremist groups in some rural areas (U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2011).

2. 2010 STATE OF THE UNION: JOINT THREAT ASSESSMENT

OBAMACSI.COM: In the first ever know U.S. Presidential "Joint Threat Assessment", U.S. President Barack Obama is specifically named by DHS, FBI, U.S. Capitol Police, and countless other governmental agencies as s target of assassination by a "Lone Offender", which includes U.S. military veterans and 9/11 Truthers.

23

Title: 2010 State Of The Union Address: Joint Threat Assessment Date: January 25, 2010 Source: DHS, FBI, US Capitol Police, U.S. Northern Command, National Counterterrorism Center, etc. Abstract: (8 of 10 pages of the "2010 State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment" are missing) (DHS, FBI, US Capitol Police, 2011).

3. MIAC REPORT: DEFINING THE "RIGHTWING" TERRORIST

OBAMACSI.COM: In this stunning report issued by Missouri Law Enforcement (likely authored by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security), sweeping generalizations and scapegoating are made by law enforcement officials regarding the American people, their alleged threat to the U.S. government, and their classification as would be "terrorists". Title: MIAC Strategic Report: The Modern Militia Movement Date: February 20, 2009 Source: Missouri State Highway Patrol Abstract: In the now declassified document entitled the MIAC report, the following groups of people have been labeled as potential "rightwing" terrorists: 1. Christian Identity 2. White Nationalists 3. Sovereign Citizens 4. Pro-Lifers 5. Tax Resistors 6. Anti-Immigrationists 7. Gadsden Flag "Don't Tread on Me" Wavers 8. Zeitgeist & America: Freedom to Fascism Watchers 9. Ron Paul Supporters 10. End the Federal Reservers (Missouri State Highway Patrol, 2011).

Title: Secret State Police Report: Ron Paul, Bob Barr, Chuck Baldwin, Libertarians are Terrorists Date: March 11, 2009 Source: Infowars Abstract: Alex Jones has received a secret report distributed by the Missouri Information Analysis Center (MIAC) entitled The Modern Militia Movement and dated February 20, 2009. A footer on the document indicates it is unclassified but law enforcement sensitive, in other words not for public consumption. A copy of the report was sent to Jones by an anonymous Missouri police officer. The MIAC report specifically describes supporters of presidential candidates Ron Paul, Chuck Baldwin, and Bob Barr as militia influenced terrorists and instructs the Missouri police to be on the lookout for supporters displaying bumper stickers and other paraphernalia associated with the Constitutional, Campaign for Liberty, and Libertarian parties. Missouri Information Analysis Center (MIAC) provides a publ ic safety partnership consisting of local, state and federal agencies, as well as the public sector and private entities that will collect, evaluate, analyze, and disseminate information and intelligence to the agencies tasked with Homeland Security responsibilities in a timely, effective, and secure manner, explains the MIAC website. MIAC is the mechanism to collect incident reports of suspicious activities to be evaluated and analyzed in an effort to identify potential trends or patterns of terrorist or criminal operations within the state of Missouri. MIAC will also function as a vehicle for two-way communication between federal, state and local law enforcement community within our region. MIAC is part of the federal fusion effort now underway around the country. As of February 2009, there were 58 fusion cente rs around the country. The Department has deployed 31 officers as of December 2008 and plans to have 70 professionals deployed by the end of 2009. The Department has provided more than $254 million from FY 2004-2007 to state and local governments to support the centers, explains the Department of Homeland Security on its website. Missouri is mentioned as a participant in this federal intelligence effort. Last month, the ACLU issued a news release highlighting the activity of a fusion center in Texas as the latest example of inappropriate police intelligence operations targeting political, religious and social activists for investigation, in particular Muslim civil r ights organizations and anti-war protest groups. The MIAC report does not concentrate on Muslim terrorists, but rather on the so-called militia movement and conflates it with supporters of Ron Paul, Chuck Baldwin, Bob Barr, the so-called patriot movement and other political activist organizations opposed to the North American Union and the New World Order. The MIAC document is a classic guilt by association effort designed to demonize legitimate political activity that stands in opposition to the New World Order and its newly enshrined front man, Barack Obama.

24

In September of 2008, Missouri sheriffs and prosecutors organized truth squads to intimidate people opposed to Obama and threatened to arrest and prosecute anybody who ran misleading television ads. Missouri governor Matt Blunt eventually denounced the use of police state tactics on the part of the Obama-Biden campaign. MIAC claims members of a rightwing militia movement organized in the 1990s generally in response to the Oklahoma City bombing and the events at Waco continuously exploit world events in order to increase participation in their movements. Due to the current economical and p olitical situation, a lush environment for militia activity has been created and supposedly exploited by constitutionalists and white supremacists, the latter an oft employed canard used to demonize activists as dangerous and potentially violent lunatics. MIAC notes many of the political issues cited by the so-called patriot movement the Ammunition Accountability Act, the impending economic collapse of the government, the possibility of a constitutional convention, the North American Union, Obamas Universal Service Program, and the implementation of RFID, issues that are not limited to the patriot movement but are shared by a wide array of political activists. The MIAC document includes a map of the North American Union not dissimilar from one released by NASCO, the North America SuperCorridor Coalition (see the NASCO map here). The MIAC report is similar to one created by the Phoenix Federal Bureau of Investigation and the Joint Terrorism Task Force during the Clinton administration (see page one and page two of the document). The FBI document explicitly designates defenders of the Constitution as right -wing extremists. The MIAC report expands significantly on the earlier document. [efoods]In order to artificially heighten the perceived threat threshold, MIAC rolls in Christia n Identity, white nationalism, militant anti-abortion activists, opposition to illegal immigration, and income tax resistance. MIAC deceptively blurs the lines between these disparate political ideologies and underscores the possibility for violence in a summary of the organizational structure of the militia movement and a section describing how members strive to train in combat readiness. The MIAC effort to characterize Libertarians and Constitutionalists as racists is reminiscent of an attempt by the corporate media in early 2008 to portray Ron Paul as a racist by attempting to link him to a series of vaguely racist newsletters produced in the 1980s. Paul did not exercise editorial control over the newsletters and went so far as to apologize for them, but this did not prevent the corporate media from characterizing him as a racist. According to MIAC, opposition to world government, NAFTA, federalization of the states, and restrictive gun laws are a threat to the police. The militia subscribes to an anti-government and NWO mindset, which creates a threat to law enforcement officers. They view the military, National Guard, and law enforcement as a force that will confiscate their firearms and place them in FEMA concentration camps, the document claims in a section entitled You are the Enemy. In regard to supposed militia movement literature and media, the MIAC report mentions Aaron Russos America: Freedom to Fasci sm and William Luther Pierces The Turner Diaries the latter was penned by the former leader of the white nationalist organization National Alliance and the former by a Libertarian filmmaker. In order to underscore the absurdity of the MIAC attempt to link Pierces novel and Russos anti -tax documentary, it should be noted that the late Aaron Russo was Jewish and The Turner Dairies posits a Zionist government in America (or ZOG, the Zionist Occupation Government) run by Jews. The award-winning film Zeitgeist, featuring Alex Jones, is also mentioned as terrorist material. The MIAC report is particularly pernicious because it indoctrinates Missouri law enforcement in the belief that people who oppose confiscatory taxation, believe in the well-documented existence of a New World Order and world government (a Google search of this phrase will pull up numerous references made by scores of establishment political leaders), and are opposed to the obvious expansion of the federal government at the expense of the states as violent extremists who are gunning for the police. It specifically targets supporters of mainstream political candidates and encourages police officers to consider them dangerous terrorists. MIAC is attempting to radicalize the police against political activity guaranteed by the U.S. Constitution and the Bill of Rights. If Missouri police indoctrinated by MIAC propaganda overreact to political activists and supporters of Ron Paul in their state and injure or kill people involved in entirely legal and legitimate political activity, MIAC, the governor of Missouri (his name appears on the MIAC document), and the DHS and federal government should be held directly responsible and prosecuted the fullest extent of the law (Infowars, 2011).

4. THE DOMESTIC TERRORIST

OBAMACSI.COM: The counter-terrorism focus of DHS has now been turned away from Muslim extremists and onto the American people. The evidence of this transition comes way of DHS memos which openly state that a new form of terror will materialize from a broad range of American citizens, namely U.S. military veterans, 9/11 "Truthers", etc. Title: National Strategy For Counterterrrorism Date: June 2011 Source: U.S. Department fo Homeland Security Abstract: Although this Strategy focuses predominantly on the al-Qaida linked and inspired threats, we also need to maintain careful scrutiny of a range of foreign and domestic groups and individuals assessed as posing potential terrorist threats, including those who operate and undertake activities in the

25

United States in furtherance of their overseas agendas. And even as the core of al-Qaida in Pakistan and Afghanistan continues to be dismantled through our systematic CT actions, we have expanded our focus in this Strategy to articulate the specific approaches we must take to counter al-Qaida affiliates and adherents on the periphery, be they established affiliated groups in Yemen or Somalia or individual adherents in the Homeland who may be mobilized to violence in al-Qaidas name (U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2011)

Tile: New Counterterrorism Strategy Unveiled By White House Official Date: June 29, 2011 Source: Huffington Post Abstract: President Barack Obama's top adviser on homeland security unveiled a new national strategy for counterterrorism Tuesday, formalizing actions taken over the past two and a half years. The strategy also lays out a vision for U.S. operations going forward given the death of Osama bin Laden and the changing political climate across the Middle East. Al Qaeda, "its affiliates and its adherents" will be the main focus of operations, said John Brennan, deputy national security adviser for homeland security and counterterrorism. "This is the first counterterrorism strategy that focuses on the ability of al Qaeda and its network to inspire people in the United States to attack us from within," he said in a speech at Johns Hopkins University's School of Advanced International Studies. "Indeed, this is the first counterterrorism strategy that designates the homeland as a primary area of emphasis in our counterterrorism efforts" (Huffington Post, 2011).

Title: Napolitano: Domestic Terrorists Central To Threat Date: July 21, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: The killing of Usama Bin Laden in May by Navy SEALS may have damaged the al Qaeda organization in Pakistan and Afghanistan, but the terror groups franchise in Yemen, its American-born leader Anwar al-Awlaki and homegrown threats are the next wave of terrorism, according to a new government report. YouTube Video Nearly a decade after the Sept. 11 terror attacks, Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano said Bin Laden was only part of the story. Terrorism didn't begin with him and hasnt ended with him and we have all these other groups in addition to core al Qaeda, Napolitano said of Bin Laden in an interview with Fox News. Napolitanos comments come on the heels of a new Department of Homeland Security progress report that examines whether the 9/11 Commissions recommendations are being implemented. The 9/11 Commission was a bipartisan, independent study group created in the wake of the 2001 terror attacks to account for what happened and to find ways to prevent the next attack. The new DHS progress report shows that homegrown terrorism is central to the emerging threat picture. Recent Justice Department documents show a case of homegrown terrorism with links to an international group have popped up every two to three weeks since January 2009. Just last week, a 22-year-old Pennsylvania man was accused of using the Internet to encourage domestic attacks by jihadists. We cannot presume that a threat would come at us from abroad, so the whole notion of violent extremism happening within our shores is very different, Napolitano said. She also confirmed that plots have been disrupted without the public's knowledge, but wouldnt say how many. There have been many plots that have been interfered with over time, yes, Napolitano said. The new report claims information sharing has been expanded since 9/11 and a multilayered approach to airline security has been adopted. Intelligence is used more broadly to identify high-risk passengers and cargo before they enter the U.S. The agency contends those measures could lead to lessinvasive screening in the future. What is called divestment, Napolitano said. [A]ll the things you have to take off as you go through the (airport) gate - we'll be able to relieve some of those restrictions over time.

26

But Napolitano says cyber-security remains a weakness. We are still somewhat new at it, she said. It's so rapidly developing and ch anging so rapidly that almost by the time to talk about a particular virus, or piece of malware it's already anachronistic, it's already out of date. The former chairman and vice chairman of the 9/11 Commission said in a statement the Department of Homeland Security had made progress in the time since the terror attacks, but gaps still exist, and the nation is not as safe as it could be. They pointed specifically to the communications of first responders. Fox News National Correspondent Catherine Herridge contributed to this report (Fox News, 2011).

The 2010 State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment

OBAMACSI.COM: Just as Super Bowl XLV on February 6, 2011, had its own Joint Threat Assessment memo from the U.S. government, so too does the future assassination of Barack Obama. In reality, a Joint Threat Assessment nothing more than public premeditation, issued in writing, of the act of terror itself and are issued to gain plausible deniability whereby providing political cover if and when an act of terror is committed. After a terror attack, the government agencies who issue the memo can emphatically state that there was a known threat and that they issued the warning in response to the alleged known threat. In the case of the foiled Super Bowl XLV nuclear terror plot, the planned acts of terror were exposed in time to thwart the attack. Hopefully, the same result will be garnered in regards to the future assassination of Barack Obama. 1. "2010 State of the Union Address: Joint Threat Assessment": In the first ever know U.S. Presidential "Joint Threat Assessment", in which 8 of 10 pages are either missing or have been classified, the U.S. government emphatically states that Obama may be targeted for assassination. A. Obama Specifically Named as Target: A host of U.S. government agencies and officials have put into writing that Obama is indeed a target for assassination. While this is highly suspicious in its own right, the fact that it was released for public consumption clearly shows that the government is prepping the pubic for an Obama assassination. B. Lone Offender will attack Obama: As with the JFK, MLK, RFK, and the recent Norway Terror Attacks, a "lone wolf" or "lone offender" will be scapegoated in the Obama assassination. A "lone" shooter is much easier to handle publicly, criminally and politically than a grand conspiracy. The propaganda groundwork for the "lone" Obama assassin has been fed to the American public via mainstream and alternative media outlets in an attempt to divert attention from the real conspirators. C. 9/11 Truther Attacker: The "2010: State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment", states that a Obama may be targeted by "Lone Offender" such as "9/11 Truther", in reference the alleged "9/11 Truther" shooter at the Holocaust Museum in Washington D.C. D. U.S. Military Veteran Assassin: The Joint Threat Assessment states that a Obama may be targeted by "Lone Offender" such as a U.S. military. The memo states the following example of a U.S. military member committing a mass shooting: "In November, U.S. Army officer stationed at Fort Hood, Texas, allegedly opened fire on individuals at the instillation, killing 12 and wounding at least 31". E. Target City: Washington D.C.: In all likelihood, the assassination of Obama will end America as we know it. With America in deep financial trouble, an Obama assassination would cause a mass panic globally with many investors pulling out of the unstable American environment. Washington D.C., the capitol of the United States of America, was chosen as the target of the public execution of a U.S. President in the Joint Threat Assessment more as a symbolic gesture, for when Obama dies, so too will America. F. State of the Union: A Nationally Televised Event: The Joint Threat Assessment memo specifically chose the State of the Union as the event where Obama may be targeted. The State of the Union is a TV event that is broadcast locally, nationally and internationally, and should Obama be assassinated, it will likely be on Live TV for all the world to see. While the State of the Union may indeed be targeted, it is more likely that the assassination location would be outside rather than inside. 2. Israel Echoes Obama Joint Threat Assessment: The Israeli newspaper Haaretz states that, "Obama's election may usher a political climate that could produce an assassination attempt. It is most likely, though, to be a lone assassin, he says, rather than an organized network...Potential threats to the life of American presidents have come from a wide spectrum of circles: Islamic terrorists, fundamentalists, anarchists, and far-leftists; and now, due to Obama's skin color, from the American reactionary far-right as well..." How and why Israel knows this pertinent information is likely due to their continuous spying on America.

1. "2010 STATE OF THE UNION: JOINT THREAT ASSESSMENT"

OBAMACSI.COM: In the first ever know U.S. Presidential "Joint Threat Assessment", in which 8 of 10 pages are either missing or have been classified, the U.S. government emphatically states that Obama may be targeted for assassination.

27

Title: 2010 State Of The Union Address: Joint Threat Assessment Date: January 25, 2010 Source: DHS, FBI, US Capitol Police, U.S. Northern Command, National Counterterrorism Center, etc. Abstract: (DHS, FBI, US Capitol Police, 2011).

Title: 'Lone Offenders' Biggest Threat To Presidential Address, Report Finds Date: January 27, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: The joint threat assessment for Wednesday's State of the Union address finds no specific targeting of President Obama or the U.S. Capitol, but says the most likely potential threat comes from "lone offenders." "Lone offenders pose the greatest potential threat because their operational independence and limited trusted associations make it difficult to detect, monitor, and disrupt their intentions," reads the bulletin sent to local, federal and state law enforcement. Significantly, the assessment gives as two examples of "lone offenders" the Holocaust Museum shooter and Major Nidal Hasan, the alleged shooter in the Fort Hood attack. "In November, a U.S. Army officer stationed at Fort Hood Texas allegedly opened fire on individuals at the installation killing 12 and wounding at least 31," the assessment reads. The assessment does not use the word "terrorism" or "Al Qaeda," in relationship to Hasan, even though a senior administration official has acknowledged that Fort Hood was "an act of terrorism." Although these attacks were not related to the State of the Union address, potential lone offenders have made numerous threats against the president and other government officials," reads the bulletin. It adds that no credible information has arisen "of an international terrorist threat to the Capitol or participants present during the State of the Union address" though Al Qaeda remains interested in attacking the United States.

2. ISRAEL ECHOS OBAMA JOINT THREAT ASSESSMENT

OBAMACSI.COM: The Israeli newspaper Haaretz states that, "Obama's election may usher a political climate that could produce an assassination attempt. It is most likely, though, to be a lone assassin, he says, rather than an organized network ...Potential threats to the life of American presidents have come from a wide spectrum of circles: Islamic terrorists, fundamentalists, anarchists, and far-leftists; and now, due to Obama's skin color, from the American reactionary far-right as well..." How and why Israel knows this pertinent information is likely due to their continuous spying on America. Title: Obama Will Be Most Threatened U.S. Leader In History Date: March 29, 2010 Source: Haaretz Abstract: One does not have to be a security expert to realize that Barack Obama's presidency constitutes an unprecedented challenge to the Secret Service...American presidents, a coveted target of various Islamic Jihad networks, have always received the most watertight degree of security the service is able to provide, but it seems even more crucial in light of the American intervention in Iraq and Afghanistan. Moreover, the United States is highly unpopular in many corners of the world due to its allegedly domineering culture and economy. Potential threats to the life of American presidents have come from a wide spectrum of circles: Islamic terrorists, fundamentalists, anarchists, and far-leftists; and now, due to Obama's skin color, from the American reactionary far-right as well... A similar view is held by Mark Potok of Alabama's Southern Poverty Law Center, which, among others, monitors extreme right groups...Even though these attempts were seemingly amateurish, he says, they may point to an emergent trend. The threat from white supremacist hate groups has certainly increased, he says. Combined with the credit crunch, growing immigration and demographic change, Obama's election may usher a political climate that could produce an assassination attempt. It is most likely, though, to be a lone assassin, he says, rather than an organized network (Haaretz, 2010).

Obamas Secret Presidential Threat Task Force

OBAMACSI.COM: Something very sinister is clearly going on in regards to the Secret Service and their protection of U.S. President Barack Obama.

28

Three distinct and rather shocking events regarding Obama's security occurred within a 13 month time frame, none of which have ever occurred to any of the previous 43 U.S. Presidents. The first two incidents, the "White House Fence Jumper" and the "White House Security Breaches", appear to be false-flag operations aimed at subverting the reputation of the Secret Service in order to convince Obama that he needed an extra layer of security and protection. The third incident a few months later was likely hinged on the fallout from two previous security breaches and Obama was subsequently given a secret and unprecedented security team entitled the "Presidential Threat Task Force". This new task force enables access to Obama outside of the Secret Service and makes a future assassination all the more likely. The "Presidential Threat Task Force" is so secret that to date there has only been one news article written about it, ever. 1. The White House Fence Jumper (June, 2009): During a meeting between U.S. President Barack Obama and lawmakers at the White House, Pamela Morgan, a 46-year old white female jumped the White House fence while carrying a back pack and screamed, "There is a bomb 150 yards away!" 2. The White House Security Breaches (November, 2009): For the first time in history, a U.S. President was accessed by individuals that had no business entering the White House. Michaele and Tareq Salahi, a married couple from Virginia, and Carlos Allen (from the District of Columbia), and an Unknown man were able to pass through two security checkpoints (including one requiring positive photo identification), and enter the White House complex eventually meeting President Barack Obama in person. 3. The Presidential Threat Task Force (July, 2010): Roughly 8 months after the security breaches, the new Presidential Threat Task Force that now protects Obama was instituted. This is the first known "special" U.S. Presidential protection task force. The task force oper ates within the FBIs National Security Branch. It consists of 20 representatives from pertinent agencies, including agents from the FBI and Secret Service and operatives from the CIA, the NSA, and the Defense Department, as well as analysts.

1. THE WHITE HOUSE FENCE JUMPER

OBAMACSI.COM: During a meeting between Obama and lawmakers at the White House, Pamela Morgan, a 46-year old white female jumped the White House fence while carrying a back pack and screamed, "There is a bomb 150 yards away!" Title: Fence-Jumper Immediately Apprehended At White House Date: June 9, 2009 Source: Washington Times Abstract: Secret Service spokesman Ed Donovan said that the fence-jumper was a 46-year old white female, Pamela Morgan, who has been transferred into the custody of the Metropolitan Police Department.Morgan jumped the fence in the northeast corner of the compound and was carrying a back pack with her. YouTube Video Secret Service apprehended Morgan immediately but left her backpack where it was so that explosives experts could examine it, which is standard procedure whenever a package of any sort is thrown or carried onto the grounds. The White House went into lockdown mode Tuesday after a person jumped the fence around the compound and was immediately apprehended, a Secret Service spokesman said. The north side of the compound, where the fence-jumping is believed to have occurred, was shut down, with reporters and staff unable to walk around outside. But after the compound had been on lockdown for roughly 20 minutes, reporters in the Brady Press Briefing Room saw members of the House Ways and Means Committee, a key panel in the current healthcare reform effort, walking down the driveway from the West Wing to the north gate on their way out of the compound. The lawmakers had been at the White House for a meeting with President Obama. Given the high stakes of the healthcare debate, members of the press wanted to speak with the lawmakers. Since they were walking down the driveway freely, I stuck my head out of the door to the briefing room and asked a uniformed Secret Service officer (different than the plain clothes Secret Service) whether we were still on lockdown. "There is a bomb 150 yards away!" she yelled, which was an alarming claim to make, but highly dubious given the fact that members of Congress were strolling down the driveway toward the area in which the officer was saying there was a bomb. When I pointed this out to the officer she yelled, "Step back inside sir!" I called the Secret Service public affairs office to see if there was any truth to the officer's assertion. They said absolutely not, there was definitely no bomb, and that the only information they had was that a person had jumped the fence and been taken into custody immediately (Washington Times, 2009).

29

2. THE WHITE HOUSE SECURITY BREACHES

OBAMACSI.COM: For the first time in history, a U.S. President was accessed by individuals that had no business entering the White House. Michaele and Tareq Salahi, a married couple from Virginia, and Carlos Allen (from the District of Columbia) and an Unknown man were able to pass through two security checkpoints (including one requiring positive photo identification), and enter the White House complex eventually meeting President Barack Obama in person. Title: 2009 U.S. State Dinner Security Breaches Date: November 24, 2009 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: On November 24, 2009, Michaele and Tareq Salahi, a married couple from Virginia, and Carlos Allen (from the District of Columbia), attended a White House state dinner for Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, allegedly without being invited guests. The Salahis and Allen arrived separately and did not appear to have colluded in their efforts. They were able to pass through two security checkpoints (including one requiring positive photo identification), enter the White House complex, and meet President Barack Obama. Fallout from the incident included an array of security investigations, legal inquiries, and sensationalistic reporting (Wikipedia, 2009). Title: Crashers Met Obama; Secret Service Apologizes Date: November 28, 2009 Source: NBC Abstract: The White House has released a photo showing that the couple who crashed President Barack Obama's first state dinner actually shook hands and talked to him contradicting earlier Secret Service claims that Obama was never endangered by the security breach. As the White House was disclosing that the couple, Michaele and Tareq Salahi, met Obama in the receiving line, a "deeply concerned and embarrassed" Secret Service on Friday acknowledged that its officers never checked whether the two were on the guest list before letting them onto the White House grounds. "This incident compromised the safety and security of the president and undermined our confidence in the protection we expect of the Secret Service," said Rep. Edolphus Towns, chairman of the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee (NBC, 2009).

Title: Secret Service Let Third Intruder Into White House Date: January 4, 2010 Source: Newsmax Abstract: Michaele and Tareq Salahi were not the only uninvited guests at the White House state dinner in honor of Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh. At the last minute, someone from the Indian diplomatic delegation invited a man to attend the White House event on Nov. 24 without the knowledge or consent of the White House. As with the Salahis, the Secret Service ignored the fact that the man was not on the guest list and failed to conduct a background check on him. This new example of Secret Service laxness came to light when the agency was investigating why Secret Service Uniformed Division officers let the Salahis into the state dinner. At a hearing on Dec. 3 by the House Homeland Security Committee, Eleanor Holmes Norton, D-D.C., asked Secret Service Director Mark Sullivan whether any other interlopers might have been allowed into the event by the Secret Service. Maam, that was a concern of mine, as well, Sullivan replied. That is something we have focused on; I cannot talk about it in this setting, but I believe that I can satisfy you in explaining that there were no other people there that night that should not [have been let in]. Subsequently, the Secret Service examined surveillance video of arriving guests and attempted to match the images with the guest list. The agency spotted an African-American man wearing a tuxedo who had not been invited. He appeared to be with members of the Indian delegation. Checking further, agents found that a State Department official had picked him up, along with others from the Indian delegation, at the Willard InterContinental Hotel and had driven him from the hotel to the White House. The man turned out not to pose a threat, but because the Secret Service failed to perform a background check, the agency never would have known if he was, for example, wanted for murder or involved with terrorist groups. Ironically, in the movie In the Line of Fire, an assassin was able to gain access to the president in similar fashion. Secret Service spokesman Ed Donovan initially did not respond to a request from Newsmax for comment. After the Newsmax story ran, the Secret Service issued a statement confirming that a third individual, who was not on the White House guest list, entered the state dinner. The statement added, It appears at this point that the subject traveled from a local hotel, where the official Indian delega tion was staying, and arrived at the dinner with the group, which was under the responsibility of the Department of State. This individual went through all required security measures

30

along with the rest of the official delegation at the hotel and boarded a bus/van with the delegation guests en route to the White House. "At present, there is nothing to indicate that this individual went through the receiving line or had contact with the president or first lady. Unlike the rest of the members of the official delegation, this individual was not entered into the WAVES system [for a background check]. The reference to the individual's going through unspecified required security procedures appears to mean he went through magnetometer screening. But as the Secret Service statement said, the man was neither invited by the White House nor given a background check through the WAVES system. Nor did the State Department official know him. The fact that someone in the Indian delegation vouched for the man did not mean he was not an assassin. Under Secret Service procedures, even if the White House chief of staff invites his parents to the the White House, they still must submit to a background check. Until the Newsmax story ran, mortified Secret Service officials had failed to notify the House committee investigating the Salahi security breach of this latest embarrassment to the agency. As outlined in my book In the Presidents Secret Service: Behind the Scenes with Agents in the Line of Fire and the Presidents They Protect, the Secret Service routinely misleads members of Congress by presenting as spontaneous threat scenarios that were in fact secret rehearsed and by citing in congressional hearings arrest statistics that are padded with arrests made by local law enforcement. In addition, since it was absorbed into the Department of Homeland Security in 2003, the Secret Service has been cutting corners. For example, it does not pass people through magnetometers or shuts down the devices early. It has cut back on the size of counterassault teams. It does not allow agents time for regular firearms requalification or physical training. As pointed out in the Newsmax story "White House Security Breach Is Tip of Iceberg," the decision by uniformed officers to ignore the fact that people were not on the guest list is an expected outcome of such corner cutting and lowering of standards. In part, the corner cutting stems from Secret Service managements refusal to demand more funds. Because the agency is understaffed, the wo rkload overwhelms uniformed officers, who protect the White House, and agents, who protect the president. Within the Uniformed Division alone, the attrition rate is as high as 12 percent a year. In addition, the agency bows to political pressure. As revealed in the book, when Dick Cheneys daughter Mary insisted that h er detail drive her friends to restaurants and the agents refused, she got her detail leader removed. The fact that Secret Service management does not back personnel when they are doing their job properly no doubt contributed to the uniformed officers decision not to turn away the glamorous couple a t a state dinner, avoiding possible repercussions. In his testimony to the House committee, Secret Service Director Sullivan referred only once to the Secret Services own fail ure in operating the White House guard post. He said it used only one magnetometer, although it usually operated with two. That suggests that uniformed officers were under even more pressure than usual to move everyone through the checkpoint. It is another symptom of the Secret Services disregard for the need for more funds and more personnel. Yet Sul livan denied to committee Chairman Bennie G. Thompson, a Democrat from Mississippi who ran the hearing with remarkable fairness, that the agency needs more funds. I dont believe it is an institutional problem, Sullivan said. I believe it is an isolated incident. According to a high-level Secret Service official who requested anonymity, Sullivans own staff is convinced he must go for the good of the agency and the people it protects. In the latest example of lack of leadership, the official said, Sullivan has failed to distribute new funds authorized by the agencys current budget, which President Obama signed into law two months ago. Sullivan has also been routinely acceding to requests by White House officials for Secret Service protection when there are no threats against those individuals, and the agency is undermanned as it is. The Secret Service official cited the fact that the Secret Service has taken no steps to update security technology. For example, he said, while the uninvited guests passed through magnetometers to detect metal, they could have been carrying biological or chemical weapons or an explosive such as Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab concealed in his crotch on Northwest Airways Flight 253 on Christmas Day. To provide adequate security, the Secret Service should use whole-body imaging scanners that use radio waves or X-rays to reveal objects under a persons clothes, the official said. The official noted that prior to the state dinner, Secret Service agents met with the White House social office and agreed that there was no need for the social office to staff the guard posts with aides, placing further pressure on uniformed officers. To this date, not one high-level person has been held accountable for these failures and corner c utting, the official said. Secretary Janet Napolitano has failed to hold this director accountable. He [Sullivan] doesnt want to ruffle anyones feathers. He doesnt want to ask for more money. He is more concerned about appeasing the administration. The official added, A large majority at headquarters has lost faith in him. Everybodys waiting for the day he leaves. This agency has some very talented people, and that is clearly lacking in the case of the director (Newsmax, 2011).

3. THE PRESIDENTIAL THREAT TASK FORCE

31

OBAMACSI.COM: Roughly 8 months after the security breaches, the new Presidential Threat Task Force that now protects Obama was instituted. This is the first known "special" U.S. Presidential protection task force. The task force operates within t he FBIs National Security Branch. It consists of 20 representatives from pertinent agencies, including agents from the FBI and Secret Service and operatives from the CIA, the NSA, and the Defense Department, as well as analysts. Title: Threats Against Obama Prompt Secret Task Force Date: July 26, 2010 Source: Newsmax Abstract: Threats against President Obama have become so disturbing that a secret Presidential Threat Task Force has been created within the FBI to gather, track, and evaluate assassination threats that might be related to domestic or international terrorism. The task force operates within the FBIs National Security Branch. It consists of 20 representatives from pertinent agencies, including agents from the FBI and Secret Service and operatives from the CIA, the NSA, and the Defense Department, as well as analysts. The disclosure appears in a new chapter to the paperback edition of my book In the Presidents Secret Service: Behind the Scenes With Agents in the Line of Fire and the Presidents They Protect, which hits bookstores Aug. 3. The hardcover edition reported that threats against Obama rose by as much as 400 percent compared with when President Bush was in office. Although threats fluctuate, the level continues to be at high enough levels to call for the threat task force. Many of the threats are from racists who have no connection with politics. At the same time, the Secret Service, which let party crashers into the White House in November, has been spinelessly acceding to requests of the Obama administration officials for Secret Service protection in instances where there are no threats against them. As a result, 40 Obama administration officials and White House aides are under Secret Service protection, compared with 32 under George W. Bush. No one outside of the government has heard of most of these officials, but they have one thing in common: They enjoy being chauffeured free of charge by the Secret Service. The expansion in protection has occurred while the Secret Service is jeopardizing the presidents safety by cutting corners b ecause of understaffing and a management culture that is indifferent to the potential risks, as detailed in the book. The Secret Services deficiencies led to the intrusion by Michaele and Tareq Salahi at the White House state dinner for India n Prime Minister Manmohan Singh. As it turned out, they werent the only party crashers, as revealed in the Newsmax story "Secret Service Let Third Intruder into White House." The Secret Service knew about the third intruder for weeks and had identified him, but mortified Secret Service officials failed to inform the House Homeland Security Committee, which was investigating the original breach at the White House. After I asked the Secret Service for comment, I wrote a story for Newsmax.com revealing that a third intruder had crashed the state dinner. Having failed to respond to my request for comment, the Secret Service issued a statement within two hours confirming that a third individ ual, who was not on the White House guest list, entered the state dinner. The breach was a deliberate, conscious decision by uniformed officers to ignore the fact that the Salahis and Carlos Allen, the third intruder, were not on the guest list. Those decisions are an expected consequence of the agencys practice of cutting corners. The Corner-Cutting Includes: Not passing crowds through magnetometers, or shutting down the devices early, at presidential events. Cutting back on the size of counter-assault teams and bowing to demands of staff that the teams remain at a great distance from protectees. Not keeping up to date with the latest, most powerful firearms used by the FBI and the military. Not allowing agents time for regular firearms requalification or physical training. The Secret Service covers that up by asking agents to fill out their own test scores. No doubt the uniformed officers who decided to wave the Salahis into the state dinner were aware of the corner-cutting and were overwhelmed by the workload. In part because the Secret Service refuses to demand funds for adequate staffing, the attrition rate is as high as 12 percent a year within the Uniformed Division alone. In addition, the agency bows to political pressure. When agents refused to drive friends of Dick Cheneys daughter Mary to re staurants, she got her detail leader removed. The fact that Secret Service management does not back personnel when they are just doing their jobs had to contribute to the uniformed officers reluctance to turn away guests at the state dinner and face possible repercussions. To this date, not one high-level person has been held accountable for these failures and corner cutting, a Secret Service official, who declined to be named, tells me. Secretary Janet Napolitano has failed to hold this director accountable. He [Mark Sullivan] doesnt want to ruffle anyones feathers. He doesnt want to ask for more money. He is more concerned about appeasing the administration. The official adds, A large majority at headquarters has lost faith in him. Everybodys waiting for the day he leaves. This a gency has some very talented people, and that is clearly lacking in the case of the director.

32

Despite the breaches and corner-cutting, Obama has said he has complete confidence in the Secret Service, signaling that he sees no need for a change in management. Given the clear warning signs, that is just as reckless as Abraham Lincolns and John F. Kennedys disregard for security. Lincoln resisted efforts of his friends, the police, and the military to safeguard him. Finally, late in the Civil War, he agreed to allow four Washington police officers to act as his bodyguards. But on the night of his assassination, only one D.C. patrolman, John F. Parker, was guarding him. Instead of remaining on guard outside the presidents box at Fords Theatre on April 14, 1865, Parker went to a n earby saloon for a drink. As a result of Parkers negligence, just after 10 p.m., John Wilkes Booth made his way to Lincolns box, sneaked in, and shot him in the bac k of the head. The president died the next morning. Kennedy told Secret Service agents he did not want them to ride on the small running boards at the rear of his limousine in Dallas on Nov. 22, 1963. If agents had been allowed on the rear running boards, they would have pushed the president down and jumped on him to protec t him before the fatal shot, Charles Chuck Taylor, who was an agent on the Kennedy detail, tells me. Confirming that, Secret Service Director Lewis Merletti later said, An analysis of the ensuing assassination, including the trajectory of the bullets which struck the president, indicates that it might have been thwarted had agents been stationed on the cars running boards. In the case of Obama, in the view of many current Secret Service agents interviewed for In the Presidents Secret Service, the result of the Secret Services corner-cutting could be a security breach with deadly consequences. Although Secret Service agents are brave and dedicated, the agencys management needs to be replaced. On the night of Obamas state dinner, it was a pretty blonde. Tomorrow, it could be an assassin (Newsmax, 2010).

The Lone Wolf Scenario

OBAMACSI.COM: The U.S. and Israeli government apparently know the inner workings of the plot to assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama because they are all predicting the exact same thing: a "lone wolf" or "lone offender" will attack Obama. A "lone wolf" or a "lone shooter" is much easier to handle publicly, criminally and politically than a grand conspiracy. The propaganda groundwork for the "lone" Obama assassin has been fed to the American public via mainstream and alternative media outlets in an attempt to divert attention from the real terrorist group that will execute Obama: Israeli Mossad. Remember, "Lone Wolf" is the new terror buzzword and it means that every American is now a terror suspect. 1. The "Lone Wolf" Trademarks: In the assassinations of John F. Kennedy (1963), Robert F. Kennedy (1968), John Lennon (1980), Ronald Reagan (1981), and the terror attacks Oklahoma City Bombing* (1995), the Tuscon Massacre (2010), and Norway Terror Attacks (2011), "Lone Wolves" or individuals said by the media and the government to be acting alone, all share three distinct trademarks: A. Apprehended within Hours: Alleged suspects were smart enough to hide their secret and murderous plans for months, but stupid enough to stay at the scene or get apprehended by police within hours. B. "Lone Wolf" Never Alone: Alleged suspects were all witnessed by bystanders to be with at least one other unidentified person (likely their handler) which appeared to be accompanying or helping the suspect at the scene of the crime. C. Mentally Unstable: Alleged suspects were either under a doctors control at the time of the crime or were severly mentally unstable at the time of their arrest. Many of the suspects did not recall the crimes that they are alleged to have committed. *Although Timothy McVeigh was allegedly working with Terry Nichols, McVeigh shares the "Lone Wolf" Trademarks. 2. MKULTRA & Mind Control: While there are many forms of Mind Control, the most famous and lethal form known to date is codenamed MKULTRA (a covert, illegal CIA human experimentation program, run by the CIA's Office of Scientific Intelligence). This official U.S. government program began in the early 1950s, continuing to the present day, and has repeatedly used unwitting U.S. and Canadian citizens as its test subjects. Most frightening of all, MKULTRA can program unwitting assassins to kill political enemies and/or act as patsies. The assassinations of Robert F. Kennedy and John Lennon both appear to both be MKULTRA hits with many other political assassinations bearing the MKULTRA trademark. 3. Stochastic Terrorism: Stochastic terrorism is the use of mass communications (radio, tv, and internet) to stir up random lone wolves to carry out violent or terrorist acts that are statistically predictable but individually unpredictable. The biggest stochastic terrorizer aside from the federal U.S. government is Alex Jones of Infowars.com. 4. The Jewish "Lone Wolf" of Al Qaeda: Alleged Al Qaeda mastermind, Adam Gadahn, is not Arab but rather Jewish. Gadahn's grandfather was none other than Carl Pearlman, a prominent urologist and on the Board of Directors of the Anti-Defamation League. Dressed as an Arab, Gadahn repeatedly goes on TV and threatens America with Arab "Lone Wolf" terrorism. 5. "Lone Wolf" Plots & Patsies: The term "Lone Wolf" or "Lone Offender" came from none other than the U.S. Department of Homeland Security in their 2009 memo. Since the memo's release, America and the world have seen "Lone Wolf" attacks increase by 10,000%. Recent "Lone Wolf" attacks indicate that counter-terror officials are steering clear of terror groups and are focusing their "attention" on the "lone" individual.

1. THE "LONE WOLF" TRADEMARKS

33

OBAMACSI.COM: In the assassinations of John F. Kennedy (1963), Robert F. Kennedy (1968), John Lennon (1980), Ronald Reagan (1981), and the terror attacks Oklahoma City Bombing* (1995), the Tuscon Massacre (2010), and Norway Terror Attacks (2011), "Lone Wolves" or individuals said by the media and the government to be acting alone, all share three distinct trademarks: A. Apprehended within Hours: Alleged suspects were smart enough to hide their secret and murderous plans for months, but stupid enough to stay at the scene or get apprehended by police within hours. B. "Lone Wolf" Never Alone: Alleged suspects were all witnessed by bystanders to be with at least one other unidentified person (likely their handler) which appeared to be accompanying or helping the suspect at the scene of the crime. C. Mentally Unstable: Alleged suspects were either under a doctors control at the time of the crime or were severly mentally unstable at the time of their arrest. Many of the suspects did not recall the crimes that they are alleged to have committed. *Although Timothy McVeigh was allegedly working with Terry Nichols, McVeigh shares the "Lone Wolf" Trademarks.

2. MKULTRA & MIND CONTROL

OBAMACSI.COM: There are many forms of Mind Control,but the most famous and lethal form known to date is codenamed MKULTRA (a covert, illegal CIA human experimentation program, run by the CIA's Office of Scientific Intelligence). This official U.S. government program began in the early 1950s, continuing to the present day, and has repeatedly used unwitting U.S. and Canadian citizens as its test subjects. Most frightening of all, MKULTRA can program unwitting assassins to kill political enemies and/or act as patsies. The assassinations of Robert F. Kennedy and John Lennon both appear to both be MKULTRA hits with many other political assassinations bearing the MKULTRA trademark. Title: Mind Control Date: Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Mind control (also known as brainwashing, coercive persuasion, mind abuse, thought control, or thought reform) refers to a process in which a group or individual "systematically uses unethically manipulative methods to persuade others to conform to the wishes of the manipulator(s), often to the detriment of the person being manipulated". The term has been applied to any tactic, psychological or otherwise, which can be seen as subverting an individual's sense of control over their own thinking, behavior, emotions or decision making. Theories of brainwashing and of mind control were originally developed to explain how totalitarian regimes appeared to succeed in systematically indoctrinating prisoners of war through propaganda and torture techniques. These theories were later expanded and modified, by psychologists including Margaret Singer, to explain a wider range of phenomena, especially conversions to new religious movements (NRMs). A third-generation theory proposed by Ben Zablocki focused on the utilization of mind control to retain members of NRMs and cults to convert them to a new religion. The suggestion that NRMs use mind control techniques has resulted in scientific and legal controversy (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: MKULTRA Program Date: 1950's to Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Project MKULTRA, or MK-ULTRA, was the code name for a covert, illegal CIA human experimentation program, run by the CIA's Office of Scientific Intelligence. This official U.S. government program began in the early 1950s, continuing to the present day, and it used U.S. and Canadian citizens as its test subjects. The published evidence indicates that Project MKULTRA involved the use of many methodologies to manipulate individual mental states and alter brain functions, including the surreptitious administration of drugs and other chemicals, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, isolation, and verbal and sexual abuse. Project MKULTRA was first brought to wide public attention in 1975 by the U.S. Congress, through investigations by the Church Committee, and by a presidential commission known as the Rockefeller Commission. Investigative efforts were hampered by the fact that CIA Director Richard Helms ordered all MKULTRA files destroyed in 1973; the Church Committee and Rockefeller Commission investigations relied on the sworn testimony of direct participants and on the relatively small number of documents that survived Helms' destruction order. In 1977, a FOIA request uncovered a cache of 20,000 documents relating to project MKULTRA, which led to the Senate Hearings of 1977. In recent times most information regarding MKULTRA has been officially declassified. Although the CIA insists that MKULTRA-type experiments have been abandoned, 14-year CIA veteran Victor Marchetti has stated in various interviews that the CIA routinely conducts disinformation campaigns and that CIA mind control research continued. In a 1977 interview, Marchetti specifically called the CIA claim that MKULTRA was abandoned a "cover story." On the Senate floor in 1977, Senator Ted Kennedy said:

34

The Deputy Director of the CIA revealed that over thirty universities and institutions were involved in an "extensive testing and experimentation" program which included covert drug tests on unwitting citizens "at all social levels, high and low, native Americans and foreign." Several of these tests involved the administration of LSD to "unwitting subjects in social situations." At least one death, that of Dr. Olson, resulted from these activities. The Agency itself acknowledged that these tests made little scientific sense. The agents doing the monitoring were not qualified scientific observers. Lawrence Teeter, attorney for convicted assassin Sirhan Sirhan, believed Sirhan was under the influence of hypnosis when he fired his weapon at Robert F. Kennedy in 1968. Teeter linked the CIA's MKULTRA program to mind control techniques that he claimed were used to control Sirhan (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: Manchurian Candidate Date: January 6, 2010 Source: TV.com Abstract: Jesse Ventura and his team learn about the "Manchurian Candidate" program - the Government's use of ordinary citizens as super soldiers to carry-out Government black ops, like assassinations. Governor Ventura learns how candidates are chosen, subjected to intense psychological stress and trauma, hypnotized, given microchip implants, and given keywords that when activated instruct them to kill on command without any recollection of the events. Jesse and the team interview an author and experts on the subject, and Jesse meets a man who claims to be a member of the Manchurian Candidate program (TV.com, 2010).

3. STOCHASTIC TERRORISM

OBAMACSI.COM: The most dangerous of all Stochastic terror propagandizes is Alex Jones of Infowars.com. While many of the things Jones speaks about are indeed true, his continual violent rhetoric and exaggeration of news and information will likely push some people over the edge. 4. THE JEWISH "LONE WOLF" OF AL QAEDA

OBAMACSI.COM: Alleged Al Qaeda mastermind, Adam Gadahn, is not Arab but rather Jewish. Gadahn's grandfather was none other than Carl Pearlman, a prominent urologist and on the Board of Directors of the Anti-Defamation League. Dressed as an Arab, Gadahn repeatedly goes on TV and threatens America and the world with Arab terrorism from Al Qaeda.

Title: Adam Gadahn Date: 2004 - Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Adam Yahiye Gadahn. born Adam Pearlman, September 1, 1978) is an American senior operative, cultural interpreter, spokesman and media advisor for the Sunni islamist group Al-Qaeda. Since 2004, he appeared in a number of videos produced by Al-Qaeda as "Azzam the American" ('Azzm al-Amrki, , sometimes transcribed as Ezzam Al -Amerikee). Gadahn converted to Sunni Islam in 1995, at the age of 17, at a California mosque and is described as a "homegrown", meaning that he has converted to an ideology so firmly that he is now willing to harm his country of origin. He is believed to have inspired the 2007 Osama bin Laden video. In 2004, he was added to the FBI Seeking Information War on Terrorism list. On October 11, 2006 he was removed from that list, and placed on the Bureau of Diplomatic Security Rewards for Justice Program list of wanted criminals. On the same day, Gadahn was indicted based on the testimony of the FBI case agent E.J. Hilbert II, in the Southern Division of the United States District Court for the Central District of California by a federal grand jury for the capital crime of treason for aiding an enemy of the United States (i.e. Al-Qaeda). Gadahn is the first American charged with treason since Tomoya Kawakita in 1952. Gadahn was born Adam Pearlman, the son of musician Phil Pearlman. Gadahn's Jewish paternal grandfather, Carl Pearlman, was a prominent urologist; and on the Board of Directors of the Anti-Defamation League. According to Gadahn, he was a "zealous supporter" of Israel. Gadahn's paternal grandmother, Agnes Branch, a Christian, was an editor for The Christian Family Chronicles ( genealogical publication for people with the surname "Christian").Gadahn's father, originally Phil Pearlman, grew up in Orange County, California. He was involved in the counterculture movement at the University of California at Irvine, and before Adam's birth became a Christian. Gadahn described his father as having been "raised agnostic or atheist, but he became a believer in One God when he picked up a Bible left on the beach. His father's religious perspective was flex ible and based upon his own spiritual needs and as a new convert to Islam, Gadahn portrayed his father in manner sympathetic to his religion of conversion. Phil and his wife Jennifer changed their name to Gadahn, after the Biblical warrior Gideon (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: American Al Qaeda Member Acknowledges Jewish Ancestry Date: June 13, 2009 Source: CNN Abstract: In a new anti-Israel, anti-U.S. video, an American al Qaeda member makes reference to his Jewish ancestry for the first time in an official al Qaeda message.

35

In the video, Adam Yahiye Gadahn, also known as Azzam the American, discusses his roots as he castigates U.S. policies and deplores Israel's offensive in Gaza that started in late December 2008 and continued into January. "Let me here tell you something about myself and my biography, in which there is a benefit and a lesson," Gadahn says, as he elicits support from his fellow Muslims for "our weapons, funds and Jihad against the Jews and their allies everywhere." "Your speaker has Jews in his ancestry, the last of whom was his grandfather," he says. Growing up in rural California, Gadahn embraced Islam in the mid-1990s, moved to Pakistan and has appeared in al Qaeda videos before. He was indicted in the United States in 2006 on charges of treason and material support to al Qaeda, according to the FBI. Gadahn is on the FBI's Most Wanted List, with a reward of up to $1 million leading to his capture. FBI records show Gadahn's date of birth as September 1, 1978. The video -- in which Gadahn speaks Arabic, with English subtitles -- surfaced on Saturday. This account is based on an English transcript provided by As-Sahab Media, the media production company used by al Qaeda. Gadahn's Jewish ancestry has been reported in the news media. But terrorism analyst Laura Mansfield says it is the first time Gadahn acknowledged his Jewish ancestry in an official al Qaeda message. Gadahn says his grandfather was a "Zionist" and "a zealous supporter of the usurper entity, and a prominent member of a number of Zionist hate organizations." "He used to repeat to me what he claimed are the virtues of this entity and encouraged me to visit it, specifically the city of Tel Aviv, where relatives of ours live," says Gadahn, referring to Israel. He says his grandfather gave him a book by Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu called "A Place Among the Nations" -- in which the "rabid Zionist" sets out "feeble arguments and unmasked lies to justify the Jews' rape of Muslim Palestine." But Gadahn says that despite his youth at the time, he didn't heed his grandfather's words. "How can a person with an ounce of self-respect possibly stand in the ranks of criminals and killers who have no morals, no mercy, no humanity and indeed, no honor?" he says in reference to Zionists and Israel (CNN, 2009).

Title: American Al-Qaeda Spokesman Adam Gadahn Continues Group's Focus On Encouraging Lone Wolf Attacks in West, Calls On Muslims In Detroit, London, And Paris To Carry Out Terror Operations Date: October 23, 2010 Source: MEMRI (Middle East Media Research Institute) Abstract: On October 23, 2010, Al-Qaeda's media production company Al-Sahab posted a video featuring American Al-Qaeda operative Adam Gadahn, aka 'Azzam Al-Amriki. The video came out as response to the March 10, 2010 "Mardin: Abode of Peace" conference in Mardin, Turkey, in which a number of Islamic scholars from various countries convened to denounce violent jihad; this was the same conference that was criticized by the radical Yemeni-American cleric in the second issue of Al-Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula's English-language Inspire magazine. In addition to his comments on the conference, Gadahn devoted much of his talk to calling on Muslims living in the West to carry out attacks in their host countries. This is another in a series of statements from Al-Qaeda leaders aimed at encouraging "lone wolf" attacks. Gadahn took a number of tacks in criticizing the "Mardin: Abode of Peace" conference, but without going into much detail about the technical jurisprudential arguments. According to him, those types of issues should be dealt with by the religious scholars. Instead, he argued more generally that conferences of this sort only serve the "Zio-Crusaders" and their proxies (i.e. the Western-allied regimes in Muslim countries). Gadahn also addressed the conference's clear attempt to promote its peaceful message to the West, saying that Muslims should worry more about the image of Islam in the eyes of other Muslims than in the eyes of non-Muslims. In addition, Gadahn confessed that he prefers that Muslims be labeled "terrorists" over their being regarded as "lustful," as he claims Muslims were described by Orientalists in the past. After presenting his arguments against the Mardin conference, Gadahn called upon Muslims who want to participate in the jihad to go to the hot jihad fronts or to attack "interests" belonging to the "Americans, Zionists, Europeans and their allies" all over the world. He said that those Muslims who have a valid shari'a exemption from taking an active role in the jihad should support their fighting brethren in any way they can. He also stressed the importance of destroying the West's "usurious economy" by adhering to the advice of Muslim economists. He mentioned three important fronts in the jihad Iraq, Yemen and North Africa and then added that the fourth "front" is the targeting of interests belonging to the Zio-Crusaders throughout the world. He added that he could not see why there should not be more high profile attacks like the attack on the US consulate in Peshawar or the bombing of the Danish embassy in Islamabad. Likewise, he said that all U.S. bases (e.g. those in the Arabian Peninsula) should suffer attacks similar to the 2009 Fort Hood shooting. In the most significant portion of the video, Gadahn continued Al-Qaeda's recent emphasis on encouraging Muslims living in the West to plan and carry out jihad attacks of their own. As Gadahn put it, "Don't wait for someone else to do what you can do for yourself, and don't delay until tomorrow what you can do today."

36

Gadahn added a message specifically addressed "to my Muslim brothers residing in the states of the Zio-Crusader coalition, whether they are from the emigrant communities, like those which live on the margins of society in the miserable suburbs of Paris, London, and Detroit, or are from those arriving in America or Europe to study in its universities or seek their daily bread in the streets of its cities. My brothers: Know that jihad is your duty as well, and that you have an opportunity to strike the leaders of unbelief and retaliate against them on their own soil, as long as there is no covenant between you and them. Here you are in the battlefield, just like heroes before you like Muhammad Atta and his fellow [9/11] pilots, [7/7 London bomber] Muhammad Siddique Khan and his fellow Fedayeen, [Theo Van Gogh's murderer] Muhammad Bouyeri, [Fort Hood shooter] Nidal Malik Hasan, [Christmas Day bomber] Umar Farouk Abdulmuttalab, [Times Square bomber] Faisal Shahzad, and hundreds of others" (MEMRI, 2010).

5. "LONE WOLF" PROPAGANDA & PATSIES

OBAMACSI.COM: The term "Lone Wolf" or "Lone Offender" came from none other than the U.S. Department of Homeland Security in their 2009 memo. Since the memo's release, America and the world have seen "Lone Wolf" attacks increase by 10,000%. Recent "Lone Wolf" attacks indicate that counter-terror officials are steering clear of terror groups and are focusing their "attention" on the "lone" individual. Title: Rightwing Extremism: Current Economic And Political Climate Fueling Resurgence In Radicalization and Recruitment Date: April 7, 2009 Source: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Abstract: (U//FOUO) Lone Wolves and Small Terrorist Cells (U//FOUO) DHS/I&A assesses that lone wolves and small terrorist cells embracing violent rightwing extremist ideology are the most dangerous domestic terrorism threat in the United States. Information from law enforcement and nongovernmental organizations indicates lone wolves and small terrorist cells have shown intentand, in some cases, the capabilityto commit violent acts. (U//LES) DHS/I&A has concluded that white supremacist lone wolves pose the most significant domestic terrorist threat because of their low profile and autonomyseparate from any formalized groupwhich hampers warning efforts. (U//FOUO) Similarly, recent state and municipal law enforcement reporting has warned of the dangers of rightwing extremists embracing the tactics of leaderless resistance and of lone wolves carrying out acts of violence. (U//FOUO) Arrests in the past several years of radical militia members in Alabama, Arkansas, and Pennsylvania on firearms, explosives, and other related violations indicates the emergence of small, well-armed extremist groups in some rural areas (U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2009).

Title: DHS Ties Arizona Attack To Lone Wolf Terrorism Date: January 11, 2010 Source: Infowars Abstract: The Department of Homeland Security and the FBI sent a bulletin to local law enforcement after Rep. Gabrielle Giffords and others were shot in Arizona last week. The bulletin, issued Saturday night, provided information about lone wolf attackers, according to Fox News. YouTube-Video We have seen an increase in the lone wolf type attacks, which, from a law enforcement and investigation perspective, are the most challenging, DHS Secretary Janet Napolitano said earlier this year. Why? Because by definition theyre not conspiring. Theyre not using the phones, the computer networks, or any theyre not talking with others any other way that we might get some inkling about what is being planned. The government has characterized Joseph Andrew Stack, John Patrick Bedell, Johnny Lee Wicks, and others as lone wolf attackers. Stack allegedly plowed a small aircraft into an IRS office building in Austin, Texas. Bedell, described as a mentally ill marijuana user, opened fire outside of the Pentagon in March. Johnny Lee Wicks was killed at federal courthouse in Las Vegas after his Social Security check was reduced. In 2009, a DHS do cument, Right-wing Extremism: Current Economic and Political Climate Fueling Resurgence in Radicalization and Recruitment, was leaked to the media. The possible passage of new restrictions on firearms and the return of military veterans facing significant challenges reint egrating into their communities could lead to the potential emergence of terrorist groups or lone wolf extremists capable of carrying out violent attacks, the report conc ludes (emphasis added). Michael Leiter, the director of the National Counterterrorism Center, recently told the Senate Homeland Security Committee that the prospect of lone wolf attacks keep him awake at night, according to the Chicago Tribune (Infowars, 2011).

37

Title: 2010 State Of The Union Address: Joint Threat Assessment Date: January 25, 2010 Source: DHS, FBI, US Capitol Police, U.S. Northcom, National Counterterrorism Center, etc. Abstract: (DHS, FBI, US Capitol Police, etc., 2010).

Title: 'Lone Offenders' Biggest Threat To Presidential Address, Report Finds Date: January 27, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: The joint threat assessment for Wednesday's State of the Union address finds no specific targeting of President Obama or the U.S. Capitol, but says the most likely potential threat comes from "lone offenders." "Lone offenders pose the greatest potential threat because their operational independence and limited trusted associations make it difficult to detect, monitor, and disrupt their intentions," reads the bulletin sent to local, federal and state law enforcement. Significantly, the assessment gives as two examples of "lone offenders" the Holocaust Museum shooter and Major Nidal Hasan, the alleged shooter in the Fort Hood attack. "In November, a U.S. Army officer stationed at Fort Hood Texas allegedly opened fire on individuals at the installation killing 12 and wounding at least 31," the assessment reads. The assessment does not use the word "terrorism" or "Al Qaeda," in relationship to Hasan, even though a senior administration official has acknowledged that Fort Hood was "an act of terrorism." Although these attacks were not related to the State of the Union address, potential lone offenders have made numerous threats against the president and other government officials," reads the bulletin. It adds that no credible information has arisen "of an international terrorist threat to the Capitol or participants present during the State of the Union address" though Al Qaeda remains interested in attacking the United States (Fox News, 2010).

Title: Obama Will Be Most Threatened U.S. Leader In History Date: March 29, 2010 Source: Haaretz Abstract: One does not have to be a security expert to realize that Barack Obama's presidency constitutes an unprecedented challenge to the Secret Service. American presidents, a coveted target of various Islamic Jihad networks, have always received the most watertight degree of security the service is able to provide, but it seems even more crucial in light of the American intervention in Iraq and Afghanistan. Moreover, the United States is highly unpopular in many corners of the world due to its allegedly domineering culture and economy. Potential threats to the life of American presidents have come from a wide spectrum of circles: Islamic terrorists, fundamentalists, anarchists, and farleftists; and now, due to Obama's skin color, from the American reactionary far-right as well. A similar view is held by Mark Potok of Alabama's Southern Poverty Law Center, which, among others, monitors extreme right groups...Even though these attempts were seemingly amateurish, he says, they may point to an emergent trend. The threat from white supremacist hate groups has certainly increased, he says. Combined with the credit crunch, growing immigration and demographic change, Obama's election may usher a political climate that could produce an assassination attempt. It is most likely, though, to be a lone assassin, he says, rather than an organized network (Haaretz, 2010).

Title: Welcome To The Era Of The 'Lone Wolf'

38

Date: July 28, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Last December, I met with senior Swedish officials, including a cabinet minister, over security concerns related to the safety of the Jewish community. Truth be told, I didnt make much progress. It was explained to me that authorities have a list of about 800 extremists, roughly divided between Islamist militants and far-right neo-Nazis. Subtext: We have the situation in our country under control. Was Taimur Abdulwahab al-Abdaly on your list, I asked. The answer was no. Authorities were apparently clueless about the radicalized Iraqi-born Swedish citizen who blew himself up prematurely in the heart of Stockholm, just yards away from hundreds of Christmas shoppers. Sweden dodged a bullet that day, but Norway had no such luck. In the wake of the carnage carried out by Andres Behring Breivik, authorities expressed shock he had escaped their scrutiny, since they had long-since infiltrated extremist groups. Welcome to the era of the leaderless, "Lone Wolf." "Lone Wolf," or leaderless resistance, probably traces back to anarchists of the late 19th century but re-emerged a quarter of a century ago in the United States when, in reaction to the government's successful infiltration of violent groups like The Order, ex-klansman Louis Beam urged like-minded, antigovernment extremists to re-form into small, untraceable cells. That strategy has been deployed across Americas political and social spectrum: from radical environmentalists and animal rights protesters, to extreme anti-abortion activists, to Oklahoma City bomber Tim McVeigh, and neo-Nazi types. In 1999, one of them, white supremacist Buford O. Furrow, Jr., went on a lone wolf terror rampage in Los Angeles, shooting up a day camp at a Jewish community center and murdering a Filipino-American postal worker. The ultimate lone wolf, of course, was Unabomber Ted Kaczynski. Indeed, Andres Beivik ripped off parts of the Unabombers w ritings in his 1,500page cut-and-paste manifesto. But there are profound differences between the ultimate loner, Kaczynski, and Breivik. The self-appointed latter day Templar was quite social and gained empowerment and validation from like-minded bigots while evading police scrutiny. How? The Internet. Intelligence and police agencies in the UK and the U.S. already have their hands full with Al Qaeda's decentralized Internet-based recruitment of individuals or small groups, who act without central direction. Deadly examples include the 7/7 London bombers and Colonel Hassan, the perpetrator of the Fort Hood Massacre. And now the attacks in Norway. There is, for now, no neo-Nazi guru of terror equivalent to Sheik al-Awlaki, but there is a significant subculture of hate pre-positioned to validate and inspire bigots like Breivik. Take, for example, the Swedish Nazi web forum Nordisk (Nordic) that Breivik has been an active member of since 2009. Some members have called for political terrorism and bomb attacks on government buildings. According to the anti-Nazi group EXPO, the common denominator of the Nordisk Forum online community is a hatred for immigrants and a multicultural Europe. Discussions went way beyond pseudo-intellectual posturing. The Turner Diaries, the book labeled the terrorist bible that inspired the Oklahoma City bombing (using a fertilizer-based bomb) was also promoted in the Forum. And in March 2010, EXPO reported the anonymous posting: "Cars parked by a large building carrying fertilizer and gasoline can make a nice explosion. The skyscrapers will come down like the twin towers of the World Trade Center. We are not talking about killing people. We hope the buildings will be empty, but if they aren't, that will be unfortunate ... I don't understand why people are not aware that we must wage war. Leading politicians in the government, who live at a remove from the threat that immigrants pose, have decided they can come here to live with us in our society. They are misusing what our ancestors built here. In my opinion, nothing you could do to those creatures would be immoral." Breivik appears to have used the full spectrum of the Internet. The Norwegian newspaper Verdens Gang reports that Breivik has posted at least 75 Islamophobic and racist commentaries on Facebook. "When will multiculturalism stop being an ideology designed to disintegrate European culture, identity, nation states and traditions?" Breivik demanded.

39

Authorities are combing through Breiviks property and belongings to try to ascertain how he learned to build so powerful a b omb. In fact, you dont have to go far beyond YOUTUBE, which boasts dozens of how-to videos instructing the uninitiated about converting a cellphone into a detonator and other practical tips to blow up a watermelon or your neighbor. So while bowing our heads in prayer for the innocents and innocence lost in Norway, we all need to come to grips with the growing threat of digitally inspired lone wolves. Hate may be as old as Cain and Abel, but the combination of hate and technology presents a new threat we have yet to fully fathom, let alone thwart (Fox News, 2011).

Title: Security Chief: Norway Attacks Work Of Lone Wolf Date: July 28, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: The man who admitted killing 76 people in a bombing and youth camp massacre last week is a sociopath who acted without accomplices or a network of like-minded right-wing extremists, and kept his plans to himself for more than a decade, Norway's top police official said Thursday. Levels of right-wing violence across Europe have been generally low and there are no clear indications of imminent danger from networks of extremists, security officials said. But they expressed concern that Norway attacker Anders Behring Breivik could inspire imitators among the continent's extremist, anti-immigrant fringe. Particularly worrying are similar loners who give no clues of their intentions to others before acting, officials said. European Union counterterrorism officials held a special meeting with Norwegian representatives Thursday dedicated to preventing future extreme-right attacks, saying they would try to share information faster and better understand what triggers the rare radical to turn to violence. "Clearly, one major risk is that somebody may actually try to mount a similar attack as a copycat attack or as a way of showing support," said Tim Jones, principal adviser to the EU's counterterrorism coordinator. Police were on high alert across Europe: Finnish officers said they had arrested an 18-year-old man who ordered 22 pounds of fertilizer from Poland to build make explosives. Police said the case appeared to have no connections to the massacre; the national broadcaster YLE cited police as saying the man told them he wanted to make fireworks. Breivik claims he carried out the July 22 attacks as part of a network of modern-day crusaders plotting a revolution against a multicultural Europe, and that there are other cells ready to strike. But investigators have found no signs -- before or after the attacks -- of a larger conspiracy, Janne Kristiansen, the director of the Norwegian Police Security Service told The Associated Press. "It's a unique case. It's a unique person. He is total evil," she said. "On the information we have so far, and I emphasize so far, we have no indication that he was part of a network or had any accomplices, or that there are other cells." Kristiansen told AP Breivik doesn't appear to have shared his plot with anyone, and lived an outwardly lawful and moderate life before carrying out the attacks with "total precision." Europol, the European police agency said it had agreed with police chiefs from Norway, Denmark, Finland, Germany, Poland, Sweden and Britain that its operations center in The Hague, Netherlands, would be expanded to include their senior experts. The agency said that team would "urgently assess the wider implications of the incidents in terms of the threat from right-wing extremism across Europe." The new network held its first meeting Wednesday, Europol said. Europol's 2010 report, which covers the calendar year 2009, says there were four failed, foiled or successful right-wing attacks in 2009, all of them in Hungary. Two security officials said there didn't appear to be any imminent threats associated with Breivik to countries around Europe, but that didn't mean a regional investigation would be ended. They spoke on condition of anonymity because of the sensitivity of the information. Experts said Breivek was successful in his attacks partially because he did act alone. "The Norwegians have his computer," said Bob Ayers, a London-based former U.S. intelligence officer. "If there was significant dialogue, there would have been a footprint. Acting alone gave him the advantage of not being watched by security personnel.

40

Breivik has admitted that he set off a car bomb in the government district of Oslo, killing at least eight people, then drove several miles (kilometers) northwest of the Norwegian capital to an island where the youth wing of the ruling Labor Party was holding its annual summer camp. He arrived at Utoya island posing as a police officer, then opened fire on scores of unsuspecting youth, executing them one after the other as they tried to flee into the water. Sixty-eight people died, many of them teenagers. There has been no large-scale violence by the right-wing in Germany in years, but the Office for the Protection of the Constitution said it considered some 9,500 of the far-right in Germany as potentially violent, "with the readiness to use violence to achieve their political goals on the rise," the Office for the Protection of the Constitution said. German Interior Minister Hans-Peter Friedrich told the Rheinische Post newspaper after the attacks that Germany's intelligence agencies had the farright groups under "intensive" surveillance, but that they were still a danger. "Among the right extremists we know of some who could be dangerous, but they're not the problem -- those who we have an eye on -- but rather those who radicalize in secret." Investigators will interview Breivik again on Friday and will focus on whether there is "any more danger," police attorney Paal-Fredrick Hjort Kraby told reporters (Fox News, 2011).

Title: Obama Frets Over Lone Wolf Attack As Sept 11 Looms Date: August 16, 2011 Source: Raw Story Abstract: US President Barack Obama on Tuesday played down prospects for a spectacular Al-Qaeda attack 10 years after the September 11th strikes, saying he worried more now about solitary extremists. "The most likely scenario that we have to guard against right now ends up being more of a lone wolf operation than a large, well coordinated terrorist attack," he told CNN television during a campaign-style swing through Iowa. "We still have to stay on top of it, though. We're never letting our guard now, that's part of our job," said Obama, who vowed "heightened" security measures and "extra vigilance" ahead of the grim anniversary. He had been asked about the prospects of a terrorist attack either to mark 10 years since the strikes on the Pentagon and the World Trade Center or in retaliation for the May raid in which US commandos killed Osama bin Laden. Obama said US officials were "constantly monitoring potential risks" but said a punishing US campaign had left Al-Qaeda "a much weaker organization with much less capability than they had just two or three years ago." "The risk is always there, and obviously on a seminal event like the tenth anniversary of 9/11, that makes us more concerned -- it means we've got heightened awareness," he said. But "the biggest concern we have right now is not the launching of a major terrorist operation -- although that risk is always there." "The risk that we're especially concerned over right now is the lone wolf terrorist, somebody with a single weapon being able to carry out wide-scale massacres of the sort we saw in Norway recently," said Obama. He was referring to Anders Behring Breivik, who shot dead 69 people, many of them teenagers, in a July 22 rampage on the island of Utoeya after killing eight others in a bombing of government offices in Oslo. "When you've got one person who is deranged or driven by a hateful ideology they can do a lot of damage and it's a lot harder to trace those lone wolf operators," he added (Raw Story, 2011).

Title: Napolitano: 'Lone Wolf' Terrorists On The Rise, Most Difficult To Intercept Date: August 17, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: "Lone wolf" terror plots are on the rise and are "much more difficult to intercept" than the major coordinated effort that went into the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks, Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano said Wednesday. In a speech at a Chamber of Commerce event, Napolitano said the U.S. has a "layered system of security that would give us multiple ways to deter" an attack like the one a decade ago in which airplanes were weaponized. "What we see now is smaller plots," she said. "We are also seeing a rise of activities by individuals who are actually in the country, and they are acting

41

by themselves and that kind of attack is the most difficult to prevent because there is nothing to intercept." Napolitano's comments echoed what President Obama said in an interview Tuesday in discussing the 10-year anniversary of Sept. 11. The FBI and Homeland Security sent a bulletin late Tuesday to local and state law enforcement agencies and obtained by Fox News that warns of potential lone wolf threats to the U.S., specifically "small arms operations." The six-page document cites specific examples, including a July incident where a U.S. soldier is accused of plotting to attack Fort Hood with improvised explosive devices (IEDs) and guns. And the attack in Norway, where Anders Brevik, described as a right-wing extremist, car-bombed government buildings and opened fire on a camp, killing 69. A Homeland Security official told Fox News that the bulletin is not driven by new intelligence, but the growing concern about lone wolf operations. With the nation preparing to observe the 10th anniversary of hijacked airliners crashing in New York and Washington and in the Pennsylvania countryside, Obama said the government is in a state of heightened awareness. "The biggest concern we have right now is not the launching of a major terrorist operation, although that risk is always there," the president said. "The risk that we're especially concerned over right now is the lone wolf terrorist, somebody with a single weapon being able to carry out wide-scale massacres of the sort that we saw in Norway recently," he said. "You know, when you've got one person who is deranged or driven by a hateful ideology, they can do a lot of damage, and it's a lot harder to trace those lone wolf operators." In Norway, Anders Behring Breivik, 32, was charged with killing 69 people last month at a youth camp. A lawyer for Breivik says his client believes the massacre was necessary to save Norway and Europe from Muslims and punish politicians who have embraced multiculturalism. In recent years the U.S. has endured terror-linked attacks that authorities believe were carried out by a single person. In November 2009, 13 people were killed at Fort Hood, Texas, in a shooting that led to charges against an Army psychiatrist who authorities allege had become an Islamic extremist. A botched car bomb in New York's Times Square in 2010 and a Dec. 25, 2009, attempt to bring down a U.S.-bound jetliner with a bomb also were tied by authorities to one person in each instance. In the CNN interview, Obama said the government continues to monitor and gather information about potential terror plots, even though Al Qaeda's capabilities have been degraded. Al Qaeda leader Usama bin Laden was killed by Navy SEALs during a raid in Pakistan last May. Asked if Americans do not have to worry about a nuclear or radiological attack or some other "spectacular" event, Obama said: "Look, as president of the United States, I worry about all of it. But I think the most likely scenario that we have to guard against right now ends up being more of a lone wolf operation than a large, well-coordinated terrorist attack. We still have to stay on top of it, though, and we're never letting our guard down. That's part of our job" (Fox News, 2011).

The Weapon? (Dragunov Sniper Rifle)

OBAMACSI.COM: On July 15, 2011, a Dragunov sniper rifle was stolen from a U.S. military base along with 26 AK 74's. Why the U.S. is storing Russian made weapons at a U.S. military base is beyond comprehension, but the weapons were allegedly stolen nonetheless. Should Obama be killed JFK style, rest assured a sniper rifle will be used and the Russian angle regarding the Dragunov will again be played up in the media. 1. The Dragunov Sniper Rifle: The Dragunov sniper rifle features a mechanically adjustable backup iron sight with a sliding tangent rear sight. The sight can be adjusted to a maximum range of 1,200 meters or 312 yards (312 yards is more than 3 American football fields in length and more than 2 times the height of the former World Trade Center towers). The rifle is so accurate at exceptionally long distances, it makes an assassination possible from almost any angle. The countries of Afghanistan, Iran, Iraq, the Soviet Union and Venezuela have all issued the rifle, making the list potential Obama assassination scapegoats almost endless. 2. Russian Weapons Heist: Aside from the Dragunov sniper rifle, 26 fully automatic AK 74 assault rifles were stolen from a U.S. military base. These weapons will likely be used in a bloody massacre reminiscent of the Norway Terror Attacks sometime before or after an Obama assassination. 3. Obama Warns of Norway Style Terror Attacks: Roughly one month after the gun heist, Barack Obama states, "The risk that we're especially concerned over right now is the lone wolf terrorist, somebody with a single weapon being able to carry out wide-scale massacres of the sort we saw in Norway recently." It is highly likely that the weapons obtained from this heist will be used in some form of terrorism in the near future.

1. THE DRAGUNOV SNIPER RIFLE

OBAMACSI.COM: The Dragunov sniper rifle features a mechanically adjustable backup iron sight with a sliding tangent rear sight. The sight can be adjusted to a maximum range of 1,200 meters or 312 yards (312 yards is more than 3 American football fields in length and more than 2 times the height

42

of the former World Trade Center towers). The rifle is so accurate at exceptionally long distances, it makes an assassination possible from almost any angle. The countries of Afghanistan, Iran, Iraq, the Soviet Union and Venezuela have all issued the rifle, making the list potential Obama assassination scapegoats almost endless. Title: Dragunov Sniper Rifle Date: 1963-Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Dragunov sniper rifle (formally Russian: , Snayperskaya Vintovka Dragunova (SVD), literally "Dragunov's sniper rifle") is a semi-automatic sniper rifle/designated marksman rifle chambered in 7.62x54mmR and developed in the Soviet Union. The Dragunov was designed as a squad support weapon, since according to Soviet and Soviet-derived military doctrines the long-range engagement ability was lost to ordinary troops when submachine guns and assault rifles (which are optimized for close-range and medium-range, rapid-fire combat) were adopted. It was selected as the winner of a contest that included three competing designs: the first was a rifle designed by Sergei Simonov (known as the SSV58), the second design, a prototype designated 2B-W10 by Alexander Konstantinov, and the third rifle, the SVD-137, a design submitted by Yevgeny Dragunov. Extensive field testing of the rifles conducted in a wide range of environmental conditions resulted in Dragunovs proposal being accepted into service in 1963. An initial pre-production batch consisting of 200 rifles was assembled for evaluation purposes, and from 1964 serial production was carried out by Izhmash. Since then, the Dragunov has become the standard squad support weapon of several countries, including those of the former Warsaw Pact. Licensed production of the rifle was established in China (Type 79 and Type 85) and Iran (as a direct copy of the Chinese Type 79). Operating Mechanism The Dragunov is a semi-automatic gas-operated rifle with a short-stroke gas-piston system. The barrel breech is locked through a rotating bolt (left rotation) and uses three locking lugs to engage corresponding locking recesses in the barrel extension. The rifle has a manual, two-position gas regulator. After discharging the last cartridge from the magazine, the bolt carrier and bolt are held back on a bolt catch that is released by pulling the cocking handle to the rear. The rifle has a hammer-type striking mechanism and a manual lever safety selector. The rifle's receiver is machined to provide additional accuracy and torsional strength. The Dragunov's receiver bears a number of similarities to the AK action, such as the large dust cover, iron sights and lever safety selector, but these similarities are primarily cosmetic in nature. Sights The rifle features mechanically adjustable backup iron sights with a sliding tangent rear sight (the sight can be adjusted to a maximum range of 1,200 m). The iron sights can be used with or without the standard issue optical sight in place. This is possible because the scope mount does not block the area between the front and rear sights. The Dragunov is issued with a quick-detachable PSO-1 optical sight. The PSO-1 sight (at a total length of 375 mm with a lens cover and sun shade, 4x magnification and 6 field of view) mounts to a proprietary side rail mount that does not block the view of the iron sight line. The PSO-1 sight includes a variety of features, such as a bullet drop compensation (BDC) elevation adjustment knob, an illuminated rangefinder grid, a reticle that enables target acquisition in low light conditions as well as an infrared charging screen that is used as a passive detection system. The PSO-1 sight enables targets to be engaged at ranges upwards of 1,300 m; effective ranges in combat situations have been stated at between 600 to 1,300 m, depending on the nature of the target (point or area target) quality of ammunition and skill of the shooter. Several other models of the PSO sight are available with varying levels of magnification and alternative aiming reticules. Rifles designated SVDN come equipped with a night sight, such as the NSP-3, NSPU, PGN-1, NSPUM or the Polish passive PCS-6 and can be used to engage targets at night (Wikipedia, 2011).

2. RUSSIAN WEAPONS HEIST

OBAMACSI.COM: Aside from the Dragunov sniper rifle, 26 fully automatic AK 74 assault rifles were stolen from a U.S. military base. These weapons will likely be used in a bloody massacre reminiscent of the Norway Terror Attacks sometime before or after an Obama assassination. Title: Feds: AK-74 Assault Rifles Stolen From Fort Irwin Date: July 30, 2011 Source: CNN Abstract: Federal authorities are investigating whether any of the 26 AK-74 assault rifles and a Dragunov rifle stolen from the Fort Irwin Army Post has ended up in Fresno, California, a spokesman said Saturday.

43

The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation have offered a $10,000 reward for information leading to the arrest and conviction of individuals behind the July 15 theft of firearms from an army supply warehouse in Fort Irwin, California, an ATF official said. Authorities said some arrests were made after employees at the storage warehouse were interviewed, but no further details were available Saturday and other suspects were still being sought. Federal authorities have received reports that some of the firearms have reached Fresno, and authorities have notified officials there of that possibility, a spokesman told CNN. "Although our agents and officers are vigorously investigating this theft, we request the public's assistance to help us arrest and prosecute those individuals responsible for this crime," special agent John A. Torres of the ATF's Los Angeles office said in a statement. "Community participation is necessary to improve the likelihood that ATF and our law enforcement partners will track down the firearms as well as the criminals who have sought to destabilize our community through illegal activity" (CNN, 2011).

3. OBAMA FEARS "LONE WOLF" ATTACK

OBAMACSI.COM: Roughly one month after the gun heist, Barack Obama states, "The risk that we're especially concerned over right now is the lone wolf terrorist, somebody with a single weapon being able to carry out wide-scale massacres of the sort we saw in Norway recently." It is highly likely that the weapons obtained from this heist will be used in some form of terrorism in the near future. Title: Obama Frets Over Lone Wolf Attack As Sept 11 Looms Date: August 16, 2011 Source: Raw Story Abstract: US President Barack Obama on Tuesday played down prospects for a spectacular Al-Qaeda attack 10 years after the September 11th strikes, saying he worried more now about solitary extremists. YouTube Video "The most likely scenario that we have to guard against right now ends up being more of a lone wolf operation than a large, well coordinated terrorist attack," he told CNN television during a campaign-style swing through Iowa. "We still have to stay on top of it, though. We're never letting our guard now, that's part of our job," said Obama, who vowed "heightened" security measures and "extra vigilance" ahead of the grim anniversary. He had been asked about the prospects of a terrorist attack either to mark 10 years since the strikes on the Pentagon and the World Trade Center or in retaliation for the May raid in which US commandos killed Osama bin Laden. Obama said US officials were "constantly monitoring potential risks" but said a punishing US campaign had left Al-Qaeda "a much weaker organization with much less capability than they had just two or three years ago." "The risk is always there, and obviously on a seminal event like the tenth anniversary of 9/11, that makes us more concerned -- it means we've got heightened awareness," he said. But "the biggest concern we have right now is not the launching of a major terrorist operation -- although that risk is always there." "The risk that we're especially concerned over right now is the lone wolf terrorist, somebody with a single weapon being able to carry out wide-scale massacres of the sort we saw in Norway recently," said Obama. He was referring to Anders Behring Breivik, who shot dead 69 people, many of them teenagers, in a July 22 rampage on the island of Utoeya after killing eight others in a bombing of government offices in Oslo. "When you've got one person who is deranged or driven by a hateful ideology they can do a lot of damage and it's a lot harder to trace those lone wolf operators," he added (Raw Story, 2011).

Obama Assassination on LIVE TV

OBAMACSI.COM: Spectacular terrorism demands an audience, and there is no better place for it than Live TV. The images of terror must be burned into the collective mind of the masses in order for the terror to have its desired effect. Due to the the 30-60 second lifespan of an assassination attempt, a sitting TV audience must already be in place prior to the assassination taking place. The future assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama will be

44

no different, and it is highly likely that his assassination will transpire at some live political or sports function that is being broadcast worldwide on television.

1. Live TV Assassination Plot Foiled: As the L.A. Times headline from the 2008 Democratic National Convention foreshadowed, "Plot Unfolds To Assassinate Obama On National TV". With history as our guide, it is highly likely that Barack Obama will assassinated on Live TV. 2. Obama's TV Ratings: Due to Obama's fame and celebrity status, it is highly likely that if Obama is assassinated at a public political event, there will be a massive TV audience ranging somewhere between 75 and 100 million in place to witness the assassination.

1. LIVE TV ASSASSINATION PLOT FOILED

OBAMACSI.COM: As the L.A. Times headline from the 2008 Democratic National Convention foreshadowed, "Plot Unfolds To Assassinate Obama On National TV". With history as our guide, it is highly likely that Barack Obama will assassinated on Live TV. Title: Plot Unfolds To Assassinate Obama On National TV Date: August 26, 2008 Source: L.A. Times Abstract: More details emerging from Denver as we write this in the predawn hours on the now-suspected plot to assassinate Democratic presidential nominee Barack Obama with a high-powered rifle on national television during his outdoor acceptance speech at Invesco Field on Thursday night. Authorities have reported a fourth arrest in the unfolding plot that The Ticket first wrote about here a few hours ago at the end of Monday night's Democratic National Convention events at the Pepsi Center. We knew then that authorities in suburban Aurora had stopped a pickup truck for swerving between lanes early Sunday morning in what they thought was a routine drunk driving incident. But in the rented vehicle of Tharin Gartrell, a 28-year-old convicted felon (see photo), they found two high-powered scoped rifles, ammunition, sighting scopes, radios, a cellphone, a bulletproof vest, wigs, drugs and fake IDs. According to Brian Maass of Denver's KCNC Channel 4, under questioning Gartrell implicated two other men -- Nathan Johnson. who is 32, and Shawn Adolph, who is 33 -- and Johnson's girlfriend, Natasha Gromack. Johnson also reportedly confirmed the plot to FBI and Secret Service interrogators. One of the men, Adolph, reportedly wore a ring with the Nazi swastika. He was injured when he jumped out of a hotel window fleeing Secret Service agents. All are now in custody on drug and weapons charges. U.S. Atty. Troy Eid declined to elaborate on Monday but said there is no credible threat to the party's convention or to the freshman Illinois senator, who was campaigning in Kansas City on Monday and traveling to Montana today. But the television station reports that under questioning the men admitted there was indeed a plot to kill Obama during his speech before some 70,000 supporters and a nationwide television audience. More details are expected to emerge later today when Eid holds a news conference at 4 p.m. Denver time (L.A. Times, 2008).

2. OBAMA'S TV RATINGS

OBAMACSI.COM: Due to Obama's fame and celebrity status, it is highly likely that if Obama is assassinated at a public poltical event, there will be a massive TV audience ranging somewhere between 75 and 100 million in place to witness the assassination. Title: Obama Acceptance Speech Believed To Set TV Record Date: August 29, 2008 Source: Reuters Abstract: Over 38 million Americans tuned in for television coverage of Barack Obama accepting the Democratic nomination for U.S. president on Thursday in what is believed to be the most watched convention speech ever. Obama's TV audience, reaching nearly a fourth of all U.S. households, was by far the largest of the four-day Democratic National Convention, surpassing the addresses by his running mate, U.S. Sen. Joe Biden of Delaware, and his onetime rival for the nomination, Sen. Hillary Clinton of New York. It also easily eclipsed the acceptance speeches of either of Obama's two immediate Democratic predecessors or the 27.6 million viewers President George W. Bush drew on the fourth night of the Republican National Convention in 2004, when he was nominated for a second term.

45

Obama's historic address, by the first African American chosen to lead a major political party in the race for the White House, averaged 38.4 million U.S. viewers across all major networks, Nielsen Media Research reported on Friday. That figure is the highest for any single night of any major party convention going back to 1996, the last election cycle for which Nielsen keeps night-bynight data. The 1992 conventions as a whole garnered higher household ratings in prime time than this week's Democratic gathering in Denver, meaning a larger percentage of homes were tuned in to those earlier events. The same is true for most conventions held from 1960 to 1984. But because today's household ratings translate into a larger number of individuals based on population growth, Nielsen analyst Anne Elliot said Obama's audience tally is probably the biggest for any televised convention speech in history. By comparison, 24.4 million viewers saw the 2004 Democratic nominee, Massachusetts Sen. John Kerry, give his acceptance speech, and fewer still, 21.8 million, tuned in for the final night of the 2000 convention when then-Vice President Al Gore was nominated as the party's standard bearer. The robust total for Obama, who delivered his speech in a football stadium packed with 84,000 cheering supporters, was yet another sign of the excitement generated by the Illinois senator's charisma and message of change. The prime-time TV audience for all four days of the convention, averaging 30.2 million viewers, also easily topped the 24.4 million total for 2004 and 20.6 million from 2000. Still, comparisons with previous election cycles are not precise matchups due to different Nielsen metrics. In 2004, for example, Nielsen measured viewership across six networks -- the Big Three broadcasters ABC, CBS and NBC and cable news networks Fox News Channel, CNN and MSNBC -- whereas this year Nielsen added four smaller networks -- BET, TV One, Univision and Telemundo. Moreover, Nielsen is now including time-shifted viewing by people watching later the same day through digital video recorders -- data not included in previous cycles. The Republican National Convention kicks off in St. Paul, Minnesota, on Monday. Presumptive Republican nominee, Arizona Sen. John McCain, is hoping his bold pick of Alaska Gov. Sarah Palin as his vice presidential running mate, will raise the excitement level for his campaign (Reuters, 2008).

Title: Record TVs Tuned To The Obama-Biden Victory Over McCain-Palin Date: November 5, 2008 Source: L.A. Times Abstract: With a precision that can only come from the knowledge that none of us are doing our own count, The Nielsen Co. just announced that 71,478,000 of us in 47,508,000 households watched the election returns on TV during normal prime-time hours last night. This compares with audiences of 59.2 million in 2004 and 61.6 million in 2000, both Bush victories. You remember those numbers, don't you? As The Times' Matea Gold points out over on the Show Tracker blog, this year's election night viewers far outnumbered previous quadrennial elections. In fact, almost one in four U.S. TV sets were tuned to the results. Actually, the election reports were very hard to avoid, unless you can stomach Capt. Kirk or country music videos. The high ratings confirm what any political website, like The Ticket, has known for weeks -- American news consumers were very much into this election cycle, more so with each passing day. Even on days when online traffic is normally slow, hundreds of thousands clicked their way through virtually anything of interest on the campaign and prospects. As The Ticket reported earlier today, traffic on LATimes.com set a new one-day record above 3.36 million. And many newspapers including The Times are printing thousands of extra copies of today's editions to meet consumer demand. As Jay Leno used to say about Doritos, "Eat all you want. We'll make more." The Nielsen numbers showed that even when the viewing hours were expanded past midnight in the East to include the concession speech by Sen. John McCain and the acceptance speech by President-elect Barack Obama to a joyous Chicago throng, the audience didn't fall off as much as you might expect. The number of people watching then faded only to 59.2 million in 40.5 million households.

46

ABC scored the best by claiming 9.1 million of the earlier audience and about 8.8 million of the later audience. NBC, CBS and Fox Broadcast came in next, followed by Univision and Telemundo. On cable, CNN was followed by Fox News, then MSNBC, BET and CNBC and BBC-America, according to the Nielsen Wire blog. Likely some Fox News viewers called it an early nigh (L.A. Times, 2008).

Title: Barack Obama Inaugural May Set TV Ratings Records Date: January 16, 2009 Source: L.A. Times Abstract: To the historic nature of Barack Obama's swearing-in as the 44th president Tuesday, we may add this: The telecast will probably set TV ratings records. Live coverage will run throughout the day on the broadcast and cable news networks, as well as on CSPAN, BET and even Comedy Central. And the intense interest in the new president virtually guarantees high numbers. The most-watched presidential inauguration was the 1981 ceremony for Ronald Reagan, which totaled nearly 42 million viewers, according to Nielsen Media Research. The lowest audience was the 15.5 million viewers for George W. Bush's second inaugural in 2005. Nielsen says that first inaugurals tend to do better than second ones which proves that in politics, as in entertainment, viewers gravitate toward the new. One wild card for the Obama viewership, however, will be online viewing, which is not included in Nielsen's TV measurements (L.A. Times, 2009).

Title: Nearly 37.8 Million Watch President Obamas Oath And Speech On TV Date: January 29, 2009 Source: Nielsen Abstract: Nearly 37.8 million Americans watching at home viewed President Barack Obamas oath of office and inaugural speech between th e hours of 10:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. ET on January 20, 2009. This is the most viewed inauguration since the record of 41.8 million viewers who watched Ronald Reagans 1981 inauguration (Nielsen, 2009).

Osamas Revenge
OBAMACSI.COM: The Osama bin Laden assassination ordered by U.S. President Barack Obama on May 1, 2011, clearly puts a fresh bulls-eye on Obama by the alleged terror group Al Qaeda. The blatant murder of Osama, whether real or perceived, gives well needed plausible deniability to the Israeli Mossad if and when they decide to assassinate Obama. While it's not clear who's responsible for the horrendous war on terror script writing, it is clear that it's getting more pathetic and predictable by the day. 1. Osama bin Laden Re-Killed after 10 Years: Despite multiple news sources confirming that Osama bin Laden passed away on December 26, 2011, bin Laden was again killed 10 years later on May 1, 2011. The staged death of bin Laden was apparently designed to bring about the revenge killing of Barack Obama by an alleged member of Al Qaeda 2.0. An Obama assassination would likely bring about the emergence of a new Al Qaeda leader and the re-branding of Al Qaeda as a whole. 2. Osama's Revenge: In its report on the death of Osama bin Laden, CNN was clear to point out that bin Laden was assassinated, not martyred. This is key because if and when Obama is assassinated, the media and likely the Arab world will see it as a revenge killing and justification for what the illegal assassination of bin Laden. This is an apparent media ploy aimed at making an Obama assassination scenario seem more plausible as evidenced by the recent news articles which state that Osama bin Laden has a plan to assassinate Obama. 3. The Assassination of SEAL Team 6 : The assassination of SEAL Team 6 on August 6, 2011, shows that an Obama assassination plan by "Al Qaeda" may already be underway. This was the exact same SEAL team that allegedly killed Osama bin Laden in Pakistan on May 1, 2011, and it plays quite nicely into the narrative of revenge. Although the military and the media state that none of the SEAL Team 6 members that died in the crash actually participated in the Osama bin Laden assassination, intelligence from the military families who lost their sons state otherwise. 4. "Death of Obama": Hip-hop artist Ty Hustle all but predicts the exact scenario of Osama bin Laden's revenge killing of U.S. President Barack Obama in his future hit track entitled "DEATH of Obama (Shooting at the President)". 1. OSAMA BIN LADEN RE-KILLED AFTER 10 YEARS

OBAMACSI.COM: Despite multiple news sources confirming that Osama bin Laden passed away on December 26, 2011, bin Laden was again killed 10 years later on May 1, 2011.

47

The staged death of bin Laden was apparently designed to bring about the revenge killing of Barack Obama by an alleged member of Al Qaeda 2.0. An Obama assassination would likely bring about the emergence of a new Al Qaeda leader and the re-branding of Al Qaeda as a whole.

Title: Report: Bin Laden Already Dead Date: December 26, 2001 Source: Fox News Abstract: Usama bin Laden has died a peaceful death due to an untreated lung complication, the Pakistan Observer reported, citing a Taliban leader who allegedly attended the funeral of the Al Qaeda leader. "The Coalition troops are engaged in a mad search operation but they would never be able to fulfill their cherished goal of getting Usama alive or dead," the source said. Bin Laden, according to the source, was suffering from a serious lung complication and succumbed to the disease in mid-December, in the vicinity of the Tora Bora mountains. The source claimed that bin Laden was laid to rest honorably in his last abode and his grave was made as per his Wahabi belief. About 30 close associates of bin Laden in Al Qaeda, including his most trusted and personal bodyguards, his family members and some "Taliban friends," attended the funeral rites. A volley of bullets was also fired to pay final tribute to the "great leader." The Taliban source who claims to have seen bin Laden's face before burial said "he looked pale ... but calm, relaxed and confident." Asked whether bin Laden had any feelings of remorse before death, the source vehemently said "no." Instead, he said, bin Laden was proud that he succeeded in his mission of igniting awareness amongst Muslims about hegemonistic designs and conspiracies of "pagans" against Islam. Bin Laden, he said, held the view that the sacrifice of a few hundred people in Afghanistan was nothing, as those who laid their lives in creating an atmosphere of resistance will be adequately rewarded by Almighty Allah. When asked where bin Laden was buried, the source said, "I am sure that like other places in Tora Bora, that particular place too must have vanished" (Fox News, 2001).

Title: Osama Bin Laden Dead, Ground Zero Celebrates Date: May 2, 2011 Source: CBS News Abstract: A crowd of perhaps 1,000 has gathered in lower Manhattan at the site of the 2001 terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center. With chants of "USA, USA," revelers celebrating the death of Osama Bin Laden, the man behind the attacks, have spilled into the street, bringing traffic to a standstill. "It's like the World Series down here," CBS News chief national correspondent Byron Pitts reported from the celebration. For Ashley Smith, the news of Bin Laden's death brings a bit of closure. She worked two blocks from Ground Zero on the day of the attacks and was forced to run from her office for safety when the buildings collapsed. She joined the impromptu rally in lower Manhattan. She was skeptical of the U.S.'s response initially but now says it was all worth it. "I felt like we had all of our money fighting this endless war over there, now it totally validates it," said Smith. Diane Massaroli lost her husband, Michael, nearly 10 years ago on 9/11. She only comes to Ground Zero once a year on the anniversary of the attacks but felt compelled to come tonight. "We can never celebrate ever since this happened. [Tonight] is sad also but it's a celebration," Massaroli said. President Barack Obama said in an address from the White House late Sunday night that a small team of Americans carried out the operation to kill bin Laden in Pakistan, and that cooperation from Pakistani authorities was crucial. "Shortly after taking office, I directed Leon Panetta, the director of the CIA, to make the killing or capture of bin Laden the top priority of our war against al Qaeda," Mr. Obama said. "Tonight, we can say to those who have lost loved ones to al Qaeda's terror, justice has been done."

48

A massive crowd of ignorant Americans gathered in New York City to celebrate the alleged murder of Osama bin Laden. Despite evidence to the contrary, thousands of people supported the murder of a man who has been dead for almost 10 years. Should Obama be assassinated, we can expect crowds much larger screaming for revenge (CBS News, 2011).

2. OSAMA'S REVENGE

OBAMACSI.COM: In its report on the death of Osama bin Laden, CNN was clear to point out that bin Laden was assassinated, not martyred. This is key because if and when Obama is assassinated, the media and likely the Arab world will see it as a revenge killing and justification for what the illegal assassination of bin Laden. This is an apparent media ploy aimed at making an Obama assassination scenario seem more plausible as evidenced by the recent news articles which state that Osama bin Laden has a plan to assassinate Obama.

Title: 'Obama's Grandmother Receives Death Threats From Al-Qaida' Date: May 12, 2011 Source: Haaretz Abstract: Al-Shabaab, al-Qaida's African affiliate, threatens U.S. President's step-grandmother, prompting heightened security and 24-hour surveillance of her Kenya home. Sarah Obama, the U.S. president's step-grandmother, informed the Kenyan police that she had received a personal threat from al-Shabaab, the Somalia-based branch of al-Qaida. Security personnel were sent to guard the elder Obama's home the day after her grandson announced the killing of al-Qaida mastermind Osama bin Laden (Haaretz, 2011).

Title: Kill Obama: Bin Laden Plotted To Assassinate President Before 2012 Election Date: May 13, 2011 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: Osama Bin Laden wanted to assassinate President Obama as in the run up to the 2012 presidential elections, the terror leader's journal seized by U.S. forces reveals. YouTube Video The mastermind behind the 9/11 attacks wanted to kill the President in a follow up mission, 10 years after the devastating 2001 attack. U.S. intelligence officials are currently analysing over one million pages of data taken from the terror leader's compound, including his handwritten journal. Former intelligence officials said that Bin Laden was focussed on killing the President. 'I would say this is probably very personal on Bin Laden's part, to kill [Obama] that he believes has violated the Muslim faith,' Brad Garrett, a former FBI profiler, told ABC News. 'He is incensed, inflamed, obsessed about killing the President.' The handwritten journal included significant dates bin Laden noted as preferred for attacking American targets, including the Fourth of July and the 10th anniversary of 9/11, a U.S. official said (Daily Mail, 2011).

Title: Documents In Bin Laden Compound Speak Of Plan To Attack Obama Date: July 15, 2011 Source: CNN Abstract: Documents recovered from Osama bin Laden's compound in Pakistan show that al Qaeda spoke of attacking President Barack Obama. The documents refer to an attack that would destroy the aircraft carrying Obama. [Osama] bin Laden wrote about "identifying a team of operatives to attack the homeland." But the official said there was nothing specific and "it's unclear his discussions about those operatives were more than discussion" (CNN, 2011).

3. THE ASSASSINATION OF SEAL TEAM 6

49

OBAMACSI.COM: The assassination of SEAL Team 6 on August 6, 2011, shows that an Obama assassination plan by "Al Qaeda" may already be underway. This was the exact same SEAL team that allegedly killed Osama bin Laden in Pakistan on May 1, 2011, and it plays quite nicely into the narrative of revenge. Although the military and the media state that none of the SEAL Team 6 members that died in the crash actually participated in the Osama bin Laden assassination, intelligence from the military families who lost their sons state otherwise.

Title: Navy SEALs From Unit That Killed Bin Laden Among Those Lost In Helicopter Crash Date: August 6, 2011 Source: Global Post Abstract: More than 20 Navy Seals died in the helicopter crash that killed 31 in Afghanistan yesterday. Some of those Seals were members of Seal Team 6 that took part in the raid that killed Osama Bin Laden, the AP reported today; although they were not actual participants in the Pakistan raid, according to the New York Times. One source says the team was thought to include 22 SEALs, three Air Force air controllers, seven Afghan Army troops, a dog and handler, and a civilian interpreter, plus the helicopter crew. Seven Afghan commandos were also reportedly killed. The operators from SEAL Team Six were flown by a crew of the 160th Special Operations Aviation Regiment, the same regiment that flew the bin Laden raid. U.S. officials spoke on condition of anonymity because families of those killed are still being notified. It was the largest single loss of life for Seal Team 6, also known as the Naval Special Warfare Development Group, (DEVGRU) in the unit's history. An initial investigation indicates the helicopter was shot down by insurgents in the volatile Tangi valley of Wardak province, several hours south of Kabul. "Their deaths are a reminder of the extraordinary sacrifices made by the men and women of our military and their families, including all who have served in Afghanistan,'' President Obama said Saturday. "We will draw inspiration from their lives, and continue the work of securing our country and standing up for the values that they embodied." The police chief of Wardak said the attack occurred around 1 a.m. Saturday after an assault on a Taliban compound in the village of Jaw-e-Mekh Zareen in the Tangi Valley. The fighting lasted at least two hours, he said, the New York Times reported. A spokesman for the Taliban, Zabiullah Mujahid, confirmed that insurgents had been gathering at the compound, adding that eight of them had been killed in the fighting (Global Post, 2011).

4. "DEATH OF OBAMA"

OBAMACSI.COM: Hip-hop artist Ty Hustle all but predicts the exact scenario of Osama bin Laden's revenge killing of U.S. President Barack Obama in his future hit track entitled "DEATH of Obama (Shooting at the President)".

White Al Qaeda (2.0)

OBAMACSI.COM: Zbigniew Brzezinski, pictured left with Osama bin Laden in the early 1980's is none other than Barack Obama's foreign policy adviser. Since Osama bin Laden's death, Brzezinski appears to be recycling the bearded Islamic boogeyman myth with alleged terror mastermind Anwar al-Awlaki who was coincidentally dining at the Pentagon months after 9/11. Should Barack Obama be assassinated, there is little doubt that Anwar al-Awlaki & Co. will take the credit for the attack and finger alleged "rightwing" white American accomplices in the process. An assassination of Obama by Al Qaeda would give America, and the world for that matter, a newly conceived perception that Al Qaeda has the power to remove world leaders. This would obviously be a huge shot in the arm for the flailing War on Terror. 1. Anwar al-Awlaki: Aside from dining at the Pentagon days after 9/11, Anwar al-Awlaki is alleged to be the Al Qaeda mastermind behind the London Bombing of 7/7, the Fort Hood massacre, the Christmas Day bombing, and the Times Square bombing. There is little doubt that the next "domestic terror attack" will be masterminded by the new leader of Al Qaeda 2.0, Anwar al-Awlaki. 2. "White" Al Qaeda: Although not yet successful, the "White Al Qaeda" myth was first introduced back in 2008. This was the first major attempt by the U.S. government and the mainstream media to link white people with alleged Islamic terrorists. 3. Joe Stack Kamikaze Attack: The alleged airplane attack by white American Joe Stack on the IRS building in Austin, Texas, again raised the issue of the "white" terrorist. The fact that the attack was an airplane being flown into a building, just like 9/11, made the connection between the alleged Islamic hijackers and the new white American terrorists.

50

4. Jihad Jane: "Jihad Jane" was the second major attempt to link white people with alleged Islamic terrorists. With the alleged Joe Stack attack only a month earlier, the "Jihad Jane" narrative seemed to stick around a bit longer and was again recycled in 2011 when a Pakistani American woman was accused of conspiring to attack an American school. 5. Al Qaeda Name Change: Osama bin Laden is alleged to have stated in his final writings that Al-Qaeda was suffering from a marketing problem and that a name change might change Al Qaeda's appeal to the Arab world. Right on cue, the U.S. government and mainstream media began stating that Al Qaeda is going to a new and upgraded version now dubbed "Al Qaeda 2.0". 6. Al Qaeda 2.0: With names such as "White Al Qaeda" and "Jihad Jane" not quite doing the job, Al Qaeda has apparently decided to go with the tried and true "2.0" name upgrade. After all, Americans are very electronically savvy and understand exactly what a "2.0" upgrade means: Al Qaeda will now be faster, stronger, better, and more deadly than Osama bin Laden's AL Qaeda 1.0. 7. DHS Changes Counter-Terror Strategy: Since the nuclear terror false-flag fail at the Super Bowl on February 6, 2011, when the mainstream media claimed that Al Qaeda now had a nuclear weapon, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security has radically changed their counter-terrorism strategy and focus onto the American public, namely the U.S. military. 8. Demonization of the U.S. Military: Recent news articles feature Marines, Army, Navy, and National Guard personnel who are wanted for horrific crimes. These types of news articles, whether true or not, will likely continue to increase over the next few years until U.S. military veterans are ultimately scapegoated in the assassination of Brack Obama or for future terror attacks. 9. U.S. Military Heists: A number of recent military computers, weapons and ammunition heists from U.S. military bases are unprecedented and may indicate that large scale false-flag attacks from the "thieves2 may be imminent. These thefts coincide with the large number of U.S. military personnel accused of hanus crimes which could lead to U.S. military men and women being scapegoated in future terror attacks.

1. ANWAR AL-AWLAKI OBAMACSI.COM: 1. Aside from dining at the Pentagon days after 9/11, Anwar al-Awlaki is alleged to be the Al Qaeda mastermind behind the London Bombing of 7/7, the Fort Hood massacre, the Christmas Day bombing, and the Times Square bombing. There is little doubt that the next "domestic terror attack" will be masterminded by the new leader of Al Qaeda 2.0, Anwar al-Awlaki. Title: EXCLUSIVE: Al Qaeda Leader Dined At The Pentagon Just Months After 9/11 Date: October 20, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: Anwar Al-Awlaki may be the first American on the CIA's kill or capture list, but he was also a lunch guest of military brass at the Pentagon within months of the Sept. 11, 2001, terror attacks, Fox News has learned. Documents exclusively obtained by Fox News, including an FBI interview conducted after the Fort Hood shooting in November 2009, state that Awlaki was taken to the Pentagon as part of the militarys outreach to the Muslim community in the immediate aftermath of the attack s. The incident was flagged by a current Defense Department employee who came forward and told investigators she helped arrange the meeting after she saw Awlaki speak in Alexandria, Va. The employee "attended this talk and while she arrived late she recalls being impressed by this imam. He condemned Al Qaeda and the terrorist attacks. During his talk he was 'harassed' by members of the audience and suffered it well," reads one document. According to the documents, obtained as part of an ongoing investigation by the specials unit "Fox News Reporting," there was a push within the Defense Department to reach out to the Muslim community. "At that period in time, the secretary of the Army (redacted) was eager to have a presentation from a moderate Muslim." In addition, Awlaki "was considered to be an 'up and coming' member of the Islamic community. After her vetting, Aulaqi (Awlaki) was invited to and attended a luncheon at the Pentagon in the secretary of the Army's Office of Government Counsel." Awlaki, a Yemeni-American who was born in Las Cruces, N.M., was interviewed at least four times by the FBI in the first week after the attacks because of his ties to the three hijackers Nawaf al-Hazmi, Khalid al-Mihdhar and Hani Hanjour. The three hijackers were all onboard Flight 77 that slammed into the Pentagon. Awlaki is now believed to be hiding in Yemen after he was linked to the alleged Ft. Hood shooter Major Nidal Malik Hasan, who e-mailed Awlaki prior to the attack. Sources told Fox News that Awlaki, who is a former Muslim chaplain at George Washington University, met with the Christmas Day bomber Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab in Yemen and was the middle-man between the young Nigerian and the bombmaker. Awlaki was also said to inspire would-be Times Square bomber Faisal Shahzad.

51

Apparently, none of the FBI's information about Awlaki was shared with the Pentagon. Former Army Secretary Tommy White, who led the Army in 2001, said he doesn't have any recollection of the luncheon or any contact with Awlaki. "If this was a luncheon at the Office of Government Counsel, I would not necessarily be there," he said. The Pentagon has offered no explanation of how a man, now on the CIA kills or capture list, ended up at a special lunch for Muslim outreach. After repeated requests for comment on the vetting process beginning on October 13th, an Army spokesman insisted Wednesday that the lunch was not an Army event. "The Army has found no evidence that the Army either sponsored or participated in the event described in this report," spokesman Thomas Collins said. Collins also noted that the FBI document referred to the Office of Government Counsel but should read Office of General Counsel. Collins said he believed the event was sponsored by the office of the Secretary of Defense. A spokeswoman there said she would look into it and get back to Fox News. A former high-ranking FBI agent told Fox News that at the time Awlaki went to lunch at the Pentagon, there was tremendous "arrogance" about the vetting process at the Pentagon. "They vetted people politically and showed indifference toward security and intelligence advice of others," the former agent said (Fox News, 2010).

Title: Fox News Reporting: The American Terrorist Date: May 28, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: This Fox News investigative special goes deep inside the mysterious and deadly world of American born terrorist Anwar al-Awlaki. Fox News correspondents Catherine Herridge and Greg Palkot follow Awlaki's twisted and destructive trail from suburban communities in the U.S. to his hideout in Yemen. New evidence emerging in the details about the Times Square bomber, the failed attempt to blow up a plane on Christmas Day and the massacre at Fort Hood has put for the first time a U.S. citizen on the CIA's "capture or kill" list. Evidence includes documents that relate to the investigation of Anwar Al-Awlaki, the Muslim cleric who has been associated with 9/11 hijackers, Major Nidal Hasan, the alleged-Fort Hood shooter, and Umar Abdulmutallab, the so-called Christmas Day bomber. They include declassified memoranda for the record from the 9/11 Commission, the warrant for Awlaki's arrest from June 2002 as well as the motion to dismiss the warrant from October 2002. Also included is the Justice Department's statement to Fox News regarding our inquiry into the decision to rescind Awlaki's arrest warrant. Exclusive interviews with former and current government agents raise several questions: Was Awlaki part of a terrorist cell within this country that attacked America on 9/11? And following the attacks, was there an attempt by our government to turn Awlaki into an informant or track him for intelligence? Following last week's original airing of "Fox News Reporting: The American Terrorist," Rep. Frank Wolf, R-Va., wrote a letter to FBI direct Robert Mueller where he raised "troubling" issues about the handling of the investigation into terror suspect Anwar Awlaki and called to bring back the 9/11 Commission to review purported flaws in national security. You will see for yourself how this American terrorist is using our system against us (Fox News, 2010).

2. "WHITE" AL QAEDA

OBAMACSI.COM: Although not yet successful, the "White Al Qaeda" myth was first introduced back in 2008. This was the first major attempt by the U.S. government and the mainstream media to link white people with alleged Islamic terrorists. Title: Al-Qaeda's White Army Of Terror Date: January 13, 2008 Source: Scottsman Abstract: Hundreds of British non-Muslims have been recruited by al-Qaeda to wage war against the West, senior security sources warned last night. As many as 1,500 white Britons are believed to have converted to Islam for the purpose of funding, planning and carrying out surprise terror attacks inside the UK, according to one MI5 source. Lord Carlile, the Government's independent reviewer of anti-terrorism legislation, said many of the converts had been targeted by radical Muslims while serving prison terms. Security experts say the growing secret army of white terrorists poses a particularly serious threat as they are far less likely to be detected than

52

members of the Asian community. Since the 7/7 and 21/7 London bombings, police and intelligence services have had considerable success in identifying, disrupting and stopping extremist plots. As a result, groups such as al-Qaeda, Lashkar-e-Taiba and Harkat-ul-Mujahideen have been forced to change tack. Converting white non-Muslims has been one response. The trend is well established in the United States. American-born Adam Gadahn is one of the FBI's top 10 most-wanted terrorists after converting to Islam and rising through al-Qaeda's ranks to become a prominent spokesman. One British security source last night told Scotland on Sunday: "There could be anything up to 1,500 converts to the fundamentalist cause across Britain. They pose a real potential danger to our domestic security because, obviously, these people blend in and do not raise any flags. "The exact figure of those who have converted to Islam and turned to terror is not precisely known. Not everyone who converts becomes radicalised and it may be that just two-fifths go down that path, but it remains a significant and dangerous problem." Carlile said he was not aware of specific numbers, but confirmed to Scotland on Sunday that Whitehall was aware of the new threat and was actively tackling it. He said: "These people are an issue and are potentially very dangerous. There have been cases of non-Muslims converting before, and of these, Richard Reid, the so-called Shoebomber, is the most obvious example. "They are more difficult to detect and the security services are right to place some focus on this issue." Carlile said the majority of converts were targeted when they were in prison: "These (converts] are outside the standard type of profile which most police forces would have of a terrorist, which is male, young, and of Middle Eastern or Asian appearance. That is why they are so potentially dangerous." Carlile added: "The Home Office has a lot of money, millions of pounds, which is being put forward for communities and fighting radicalisation. There is no question how tackling this issue is best achieved: it is achieved at a community level." Security experts say radical Muslims in prison have become adept at identifying potential new recruits to their cause. Those in custody for the first time, the young and the lonely are particularly susceptible. Initially, the approach is made to comfort, console and support, with very little reference, if any, to religion. However, after several 'chats', the conversation will be turned towards the subject and, gradually, over a period of weeks or months, it is possible to complete the conversion. Robert Leiken, director of the Immigration and National Security Programme and a specialist on European Muslims based at the Nixon Centre in Washington DC, said: "To me, the figure of 1,500 seems reasonable as many, perhaps less than a third, will actually go on to become radicals. "New religious recruits always tend to be more zealous than those who have grown up with that specific religion." Edwin Bakker, a Dutch-based security specialist, has studied at length the issue of radical conversions. He said: "The question is relevant and timely. Newcomers to Islam are extra-sensitive to perceived discrimination of Muslims and Islam-bashing. "They feel they have to defend Islam one of the essential concepts of Jihad and they feel they have to prove themselves as newcomers." But one of Scotland's leading Muslims disputed the claims of radicalisation, saying Islam's strict moral code made it unattractive to many westerners. Bashir Maan added: "I do not know of any Islamist terror group in Scotland and, considering as a Muslim a person must pray five times daily, abstain from drinking (and] sex outside marriage, adhere to strict dietary and many other rules, it is impossible to convert to Islam a young person brought up in this very liberal society. "I agree that the security services must be vigilant and keep their eye on everybody, but I think in this case they seem to be over-reacting" (Scottsman, 2008).

Title: Fox Hypes Terror Of 'White Al Qaeda Army' Date: January 14, 2008 Source: Raw Story Abstract: The hosts of Fox & Friends are all worked up over a claim in the British press that al Qaeda may be recruiting Caucasian members to infiltrate Western societies. "Have you heard about this new thing going on in Great Britain," asked host Gretchen Carlson, "[where] Al Qaeda [is] rooting up all these Britons, essentially, 1400 strong, apparently, in a new, what's being called a new 'White al Qaeda Army.' Tougher to detect, potentially ..." "Yeah, because they're not Muslims," co-host Steve Doocy commented. "They look just like regular British people." "This is what we've always talked about," Carlson went on, "That if you have people in one country transplanting to another religion and they maybe aren't exactly what you think they are, that can be more difficult to fight. "Yeah. They're converting them in prison, to, uh..." "To kill us!" "Yeah, great," said co-hosts Brian Kilmeade and Steve Doocy in turn. Brian Kilmeade then brought on Mike Baker, a former CIA agent and professional counter-terrorism expert. "Mike Baker's here -- this word that al

53

Qaeda's building up a white terror army of up to 1500 operatives in the UK:" said Kilmeade. "How soon could they strike us here, and would they be trying to do something similar using convicted criminals?" Baker told Kilmeade that al Qaeda looks for operatives who can fit in, just as the CIA does, saying, "If they can recruit a Scandinavian, that's the holy grail for them." He added, "They need people who can move around freely and do their bidding," apparently implying that blue-eyed blondes are the people who blend most seamlessly into Western society. However, Baker dismissed Kilmeade's suggestion that al Qaeda would be particularly interested in recruiting in US prisons. "To go into a prison and try to recruit individuals -- that person's already tainted. What they really need, they need people who haven't run afoul of law enforcement in the past. ... Their problems are extreme in trying to recruit someone who can go out there and carry out their business (Raw Story, 2008).

3. JOE STACK KAMIKAZE ATTACK

OBAMACSI.COM: The alleged airplane attack by white American Joe Stack on the IRS building in Austin, Texas, again raised the issue of the "white" terrorist. The fact that the attack was an airplane being flown into a building, just like 9/11, made the connection between the alleged Islamic hijackers and the new white American terrorists. Title: Joseph Stack and Right-Wing Terror: Isolated Incidents or Worrying Trend? Date: February 18, 2010 Source: Newsweek Abstract: Thursday's antitax domestic terror attack on an IRS building in Austin, Texas, may reopen a debate that's been quiet since last summer: are violent incidents against the federal government on the rise? The notion of far-right terror was much discussed following the June incident at the Holocaust Memorial Museum in Washington, D.C., in which white supremacist James von Brunn killed a security guard and injured two other people. That followed on the brutal February murder of abortion provider Dr. George Tiller in Wichita, Kansas, by a militant abortion foe. Meanwhile, there had been a spike in threats against Barack Obama since his inauguration. Suddenly much of the media was in an uproar about a new domestic terror threat, with Fox News' Shep Smith offering a stunningly frank and heartfelt statement of concern live on the air. And then things quieted down. Joseph Stack's suicide note, a lengthy screed posted onlineit's since been removed but can be viewed hereshows signs of both right- and left-wing extremism. The tax protest movement has historically been linked to right-wing groups like the Sovereign Citizen movement, white supremacist groups, and militias. Stack mentions meetings with groups that meet that rubric, and his antigovernment rhetoric fits that mold too. But he also takes traditionally left-wing swipes at corporations for keeping the little guy down, and signs off, "The communist creed: From each according to his ability, to each according to his need. The capitalist creed: From each according to his gullibility, to each according to his greed." Groups that track extreme right-wing violence say they see a definitive spike in activity. "This attack comes in the context of an absolute explosion in militias and the larger antigovernment 'patriot' movements in the last 12 to 18 months," says Mark Potok, director of the Intelligence Project at the Southern Poverty Law Center. "This has been driven initially by nonwhite immigration for the last 10 years, which is reflected in the person of Barack Obama, which represents a very real and irreversible demographic change. Second, the economy has played a role. Unemployment has stayed high. There's a huge amount of anger about bonuses for bankers, at the same time that most middle-class and working-class Americans don't see things getting better, and in fact getting worse." In a report tracing far-right terror between the Oklahoma City bombings and fall 2009, SPLC found six cases of attacks targeting the Internal Revenue Service. More important,12 of the 75 overall incidents documented have happened since Obama's election, or else happened prior but involved Obama (as a motive or a target) anyway. Potok says the level of violence is reaching levels last seen during the 1990s, when a wave of militias arose especially in states like Montana and Michiganof people who believed they needed to protect themselves from the government. But that activity was fed by fears of large government, and especially confrontations involving the government at the Branch Davidian compound in Waco, Texas, and in Ruby Ridge, Idaho. Although left-wing administrations are a common denominator, these groups didn't like the Bush administration's record on civil liberties, either. It's just that after the movement ran out of gas in the 1990s, the economic crisis provided a new burst of energy. Mark Pitcavage, the director of investigative research at the Anti-Defamation League, also says that Obama's election has "energized" the extreme right. In strict numbers of members, he says the biggest increases are in antigovernment groups, while white-supremacist groups, though more active, have seen less growth. Pitcavage, who has recently begun tracking the number of domestic terror incidents, says there was a marked increase in such attacks in 200933 attacks (a figure that includes Islamist attacks at Fort Hood and in Little Rock, Ark., as well as a suspected left-wing attack in Seattle) as compared with 13 in 2008, 21 in 2007, and 14 in 2006.

54

But he warns against assuming that the difference between the Obama and Bush administrations is too vast. "In terms of violent incidents, they did not stop [when Bush was in office]," he says, adding that the number of hate-related incidents tend to be undercountedthe motives often aren't clear, they don't become clear until later. "A lot don't get covered beyond local and regional news" (Newsweek, 2010).

4. JIHAD JANE

OBAMACSI.COM: "Jihad Jane" was the second major attempt to link white people with alleged Islamic terrorists. With the alleged Joe Stack attack only a month earlier, the "Jihad Jane" narrative seemed to stick around a bit longer and was again recycled in 2011 when a Pakistani American woman was accused of conspiring to attack an American school. Title: Profile: 'Jihad Jane' From Main Street. Date: March 11, 2010 Source: BBC News Abstract: The blonde middle-aged woman apparently raised no concerns with her boyfriend or her neighbours on Main Street, Pennsburg, near Philadelphia. But online she had allegedly agreed to kill in the name of holy war, believing her European looks would allow her to blend in among Swedes as she homed in on her target. Colleen LaRose, according to a US court indictment, posted messages online under the name Jihad Jane, expressing her desire to participate in jihad, or holy war. Arrested in October 2009, Ms LaRose had exchanged emails over 15 months to recruit fighters for "violent jihad". Her activities apparently came as a surprise to her boyfriend Kurt Gorman, whom she met in 2005. Mr Gorman told Associated Press: "She was a good-hearted person. She pretty much stayed around the house." She looked after his father until his death in August 2009, but left their residence a day after the father's funeral, taking Mr Gorman's passport with her, allegedly to give to a contact in South Asia she had agreed to marry. "I came home and she was gone. It doesn't make any sense," he said. Having left the US in August, by the end of September, she had allegedly written online that it would be "an honour & great pleasure to die or kill for" her intended spouse, the indictment said. "Only death will stop me here that I am so close to the target!" she is accused of writing. A Department of Justice statement said Ms LaRose and five others "recruited men on the internet to wage violent jihad in South Asia and Europe, and recruited women on the internet who had passports and the ability to travel to and around Europe in support of violent jihad". Ms LaRose, a US citizen born in 1963, is charged with "conspiracy to provide material support to terrorists, conspiracy to kill in a foreign country, making false statements to a government official and attempted identity theft." She was apparently approached by others after she posted a video on YouTube in June 2008, saying she was "desperate to do something somehow to help" ease the suffering of Muslims, the indictment said. Web images show her wearing a Muslim headscarf, but Mr Gorman said he never saw anything like that at their home, nor did she attend any religious services. Unknown to him, she had allegedly agreed to travel to Sweden and kill Swedish artist Lars Vilks, who had angered Muslims by drawing the Prophet Muhammad with the body of a dog. She denies soliciting funds for terrorist groups and of being the Jihad Jane of online postings, the indictment said. Very few women have been charged with terrorism in the US, the Justice Department said (BBC, 2010).

Title: Source: Teen In U.S. Custody In 'Jihad Jane' Plot

55

Date: August 26, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A U.S. teen from Pakistan is in secret custody, accused of helping recruit terrorists for the woman known as "Jihad Jane," a person close to the boy's family said Friday. Charges filed last month accuse the 17-year-old of helping Colleen LaRose in her alleged efforts to incite an Islamic holy war. Prosecutors have said LaRose was a convert to Islam who wrote of being driven by an urge to help suffering Muslims. The high school graduate had accepted a full scholarship to Johns Hopkins University, according to the person. He is instead in custody at a youth facility. He could be moved to an adult prison -- and have his case moved to adult court -- when he turns 18 next month. A law-enforcement source confirmed the details to The Associated Press. Both people spoke on condition of anonymity because they aren't authorized to speak publicly about the sealed case. The AP is not publicizing the teen's name because he is charged as a juvenile. The Philadelphia Inquirer first reported on his arrest in Friday editions. The teen came to the U.S. four years ago and has lived with his strict, education-minded family in suburban Baltimore. He is the rare juvenile to be charged or detained in federal custody. According to both sources, he met LaRose in a chat room when he was about 15 and later agreed to help her raise money and recruits for the jihadist cause. LaRose, 48, had dubbed herself "Jihad Jane" in a YouTube video that caught the FBI's attention in 2009. She faces a possible life term after pleading guilty to four federal charges, including conspiracy to murder a foreign target and lying to the FBI. LaRose, an elder caretaker in small-town Pennsylvania, cultivated a shadow life online and agreed to move to Ireland and try to kill a Swedish cartoonist who had offended Muslims. No sentencing date has been set in her case while the investigation continues. The teen is referenced as a co-conspirator in her case. According to the family source, the FBI searched his family's home and interviewed the teen several times at FBI headquarters without a lawyer or family member present. However, the source said the parents had authorized the interviews (Fox News, 2011).

5. AL QAEDA NAME CHANGE

OBAMACSI.COM: Osama bin Laden is alleged to have stated in his final writings that Al-Qaeda was suffering from a marketing problem and that a name change might change Al Qaeda's appeal to the Arab world. Right on cue, the U.S. government and mainstream media began stating that Al Qaeda is going to a new and upgraded version now dubbed "Al Qaeda 2.0". Title: Bin Laden Eyed Name Change For Al-Qaeda To Repair Image Date: June 24, 2011 Source: USA Today Abstract: As Osama bin Laden watched his terrorist organization get picked apart, he lamented in his final writings that al-Qaeda was suffering from a marketing problem. His group was killing too many Muslims and that was bad for business. The West was winning the public relations fight. All his old comrades were dead and he barely knew their replacements. Faced with these challenges, bin Laden, who hated the United States and decried capitalism, considered a most American of business strategies. Like Blackwater, ValuJet and Philip Morris, perhaps what al-Qaeda really needed was a fresh start under a new name. The problem with the name al-Qaeda, bin Laden wrote in a letter recovered from his compound in Pakistan, was that it lacked a religious element, something to convince Muslims worldwide that they are in a holy war with America. Maybe something like Taifat al-Tawhed Wal-Jihad, meaning Monotheism and Jihad Group, would do the trick, he wrote. Or Jama'at I'Adat al-Khilafat alRashida, meaning Restoration of the Caliphate Group. As bin Laden saw it, the problem was that the group's full name, al-Qaeda al-Jihad, for The Base of Holy War, had become short-handed as simply alQaeda. Lopping off the word "jihad," bin Laden wrote, allowed the West to "claim deceptively that they are not at war with Islam." Maybe it was time for al-Qaeda to bring back its original name.

56

The letter, which was undated, was discovered among bin Laden's recent writings. Navy SEALs stormed his compound and killed him before any name change could be made. The letter was described by senior administration, national security and other U.S. officials only on condition of anonymity because the materials are sensitive. The documents portray bin Laden as a terrorist chief executive, struggling to sell holy war for a company in crisis. At the White House, the documents were taken as positive reinforcement for President Obama's effort to eliminate religiously charged words from the government's language of terrorism. Words like "jihad," which also has a peaceful religious meaning, are out. "Islamic radical" has been nixed in favor of "terrorist" and "mass murderer." Though former members of president George W. Bush's administration have backed that effort, it also has drawn ridicule from critics who said the president was being too politically correct. "The information that we recovered from bin Laden's compound shows al-Qaeda under enormous strain," Obama said Wednesday in his speech to the nation on withdrawing troops from Afghanistan. "Bin Laden expressed concern that al-Qaeda had been unable to effectively replace senior terrorists that had been killed and that al-Qaeda has failed in its effort to portray America as a nation at war with Islam, thereby draining more widespread support." Bin Laden wrote his musings about renaming al-Qaeda as a letter but, as with many of his writings, the recipient was not identified. Intelligence officials have determined that bin Laden only communicated with his most senior commanders, including his deputy, Ayman al-Zawahri, and his No. 3, Mustafa Abu al-Yazid, according to one U.S. official. Because of the courier system bin Laden used, it's unclear to U.S. intelligence whether the letter ever was sent. Al-Yazid was killed in a U.S. airstrike last year. Zawahri has replaced bin Laden as head of al-Qaeda. In one letter sent to Zawahri within the past year or so, bin Laden said al-Qaeda's image was suffering because of attacks that have killed Muslims, particularly in Iraq, officials said. In other journal entries and letters, they said, bin Laden wrote that he was frustrated that many of his trusted longtime comrades, whom he'd fought alongside in Afghanistan, had been killed or captured. Using his courier system, bin Laden could still exercise some operational control over al-Qaeda. But increasingly the men he was directing were younger and inexperienced. Frequently, the generals who had vouched for these young fighters were dead or in prison. And bin Laden, unable to leave his walled compound and with no phone or Internet access, was annoyed that he did not know so many people in his own organization. The U.S. has essentially completed the review of documents taken from bin Laden's compound, officials said, though intelligence analysts will continue to mine the data for a long time (USA Today, 2011).

6. AL QAEDA 2.0

OBAMACSI.COM: With names such as "White Al Qaeda" and "Jihad Jane" not quite doing the job, Al Qaeda has apparently decided to go with the tried and true "2.0" name upgrade. After all, Americans are very electronically savvy and understand exactly what a "2.0" upgrade means: Al Qaeda will now be faster, stronger, better, and more deadly than Osama bin Laden's AL Qaeda 1.0. Title: Special Ops Chief Warns Of Al Qaeda 2.0 Date: July 28, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: The top commander of U.S. special operations forces said Wednesday that Usama bin Laden's Al Qaeda is bloodied and "nearing its end," but he warned the next generation of militants could keep special operations fighting for a decade to come. Navy SEAL Adm. Eric T. Olson described the killing of bin Laden by a special operations raid on May 2 as a near-killing blow for what he called "Al Qaeda 1.0," as created by bin Laden and led from his hideout in Pakistan. Olson said the group had already lost steam because of the revolts of the Arab Spring, which proved the Muslim world did not need Al Qaeda to bring down governments, from Tunisia to Egypt. "I think the death of bin Laden was an upper cut to the jaw," Olson told a packed crowd, opening the Aspen Security Forum. "It just knocked them on their heels." Olson echoed other administration officials who are predicting Al Qaeda's demise if a few more key leaders can be eliminated. But the four-star admiral warned of the fight to come against what he called Al Qaeda 2.0, with new leaders like American-born radical cleric Anwar alAwlaki in Yemen, who Olson said understands America better than Americans understand him. "It will morph, it will disperse," he said. "It will become in some ways more westernized, (with) dual passport holders" and "fewer cave dwellers," he said. Olson said others like al-Awlaki will probably refine their message to appeal to a wider audience, and seek ungoverned spaces to operate from, where they can smuggle in weapons and train their followers. He described how current offshoots like al-Awlaki's Al Qaeda of the Arabian Peninsula in Yemen are cooperating with militants in Somalia, describing what he called an "invisible bridge" between the two.

57

Nor did the admiral write off bin Laden's successor, Ayman al-Zawahri. He said al-Zawahri had not yet put his stamp on the organization, so U.S. counterterrorist forces do not yet know what kind of threat he will present. He said the fight against all versions of Al Qaeda could keep U.S. special operations forces deploying at the same pace for another decade, even as U.S. conventional forces draw down from places like Iraq and Afghanistan. The admiral said that will keep the pressure on his own already frayed force, which is now seeing the departure of many mid-level troops who joined just after the attacks of Sept. 11, 2001. The force has nearly doubled in size since the attacks, from 32,000 to some 60,000, including SEALs, Army Special Forces Green Berets and Rangers, and Marine Special Operators. But he said nearly half that force is deployed at any one time, and that tempo is taking its toll on troops and their families, resulting in divorces or separations. Olson agreed with the White House's newly announced policy to strike terrorists through focused action rather than full-scale invasion, preferably by training and working with the host country's forces. He cautioned against thinking raids would solve all U.S. foreign policy problems. "This idea of being able to wait over the horizon and spring over and chop off heads doesn't really work," he said, describing the "yin and yang" of special operations as including capture-and-kill raids as well as long-term engagement with host countries' militaries. The latter involves U.S. troops "developing long-term relationships, learning languages, meeting people, studying histories, learning black markets." "If you don't know that, you won't be an effective counterterrorism force," Olson said. Currently the longest serving Navy SEAL, Olson is less than two weeks from retiring after 38 years of service. He'll be replaced by another Navy SEAL: Adm. Bill McRaven, the commander of the raid that got bin Laden (Fox News, 2011).

Title: Al Qaeda 2.0? Date: July 28, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Top commander of U.S. special operations forces warns of new terror threat. VIDEO

Title: Al Qaeda 2.0 On The Rise? Date: July 29, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Is Al Qaeda evolving? VIDEO

Title: Al Qaeda 2.0 Behind Fresh 9/11 Terror Threat? Date: September 9, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: With visible security on subways in Washington D.C. and throughout New York City, officials are taking seriously a joint FBI Homeland Security Intelligence Bulletin, first obtained by Fox News, that states the timing and method of a potential terror plot around the 10th anniversary of Sept. 11. "Al Qaeda possibly planned to carry out attacks...including a possible car bomb attack..." In New York, for events marking the murder of nearly three thousand Americans a decade ago, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton said the intelligence -even though it came from a single source -- could not be ignored. We are taking this threat seriously. Federal, state and local authorities are taking all steps to address it, she said. Cli nton also justified putting single source threat information out there, by suggesting it had a deterrent effect. And of course, making it public, as was done yesterday, is intended to enlist the millions and millions of New Yorkers and A mericans to be the eyes and the ears of vigilance." With the already heavy police presence, investigators are seeking a handful of potential suspects, which may include American citizens or legal permanent residents, such as green card holders. The bulletin emphasizes this point, that " ...such attacks may involve operatives carrying U.S. documentation."

58

A leading analyst and co-author of a new report by the Washington think tank Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS), called Confronting An Uncertain Threat the Future of Al Qaeda and Associated Movements, said it may be another case of Al Qaeda 2.0 the new generation of American recruits. What's particularly troubling is we're seeing these operatives with U.S. documentation not just doing minor tasks like surveillance, Rick Ozzie Nel son, a senior fellow at CSIS, told Fox News. But they're taking leadership roles in some of the affiliate organizations, such as Anwar al-Awlaki in the Arabian Peninsula. Fox News' specials unit has reported extensively on Awlaki, the first American on the CIAs kill or capture list, who has bec ome an operational planner for Al Qaeda in Yemen. Fox News was first to confirm that the American-born cleric was the middle man between the underwear bomber, Umar Farouk Abdulmutullab, who tried to bring down flight 253 on Christmas Day 2009 and the bomb maker in Yemen. U.S. officials confirmed the threat information came from Pakistan and from a source known to the U.S. intelligence community, but not from a telephone intercept. There are strong indicators the threat is linked to Ayman Al-Zawahiri, who took over Al Qaeda after Usama bin Laden's death in May. The Egyptian doctor has long lived in bin Laden's shadow, which may explain the push for a new attack on 9/11. Zawahiri has a leadership challenge," Nelson said. He has to prove that the organization of Al Qaeda is bigger than the pers onality of bin Laden. And he has to solidify his leadership, so obviously conducting an attack on this anniversary would go a long way to doing that" (Fox News, 2011).

Title: Al Qaeda 2.0 Behind Fresh 9/11 Terror Threat? Date: September 9, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: With visible security on subways in Washington D.C. and throughout New York City, officials are taking seriously a joint FBI Homeland Security Intelligence Bulletin, first obtained by Fox News, that states the timing and method of a potential terror plot around the 10th anniversary of Sept. 11. "Al Qaeda possibly planned to carry out attacks...including a possible car bomb attack..." In New York, for events marking the murder of nearly three thousand Americans a decade ago, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton said the intelligence -even though it came from a single source -- could not be ignored. We are taking this threat seriously. Federal, state and local authorities are taking all steps to address it, she said. Clinton also justified putting single source threat information out there, by suggesting it had a deterrent effect. And of course, making it public, as was done yesterday, is intended to enlist the millions and millions of New Yorkers and Americans to be the eyes and the ears of vigilance." With the already heavy police presence, investigators are seeking a handful of potential suspects, which may include American citizens or legal permanent residents, such as green card holders. The bulletin emphasizes this point, that " ...such attacks may involve operatives carrying U.S. documentation." A leading analyst and co-author of a new report by the Washington think tank Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS), called Confronting An Uncertain Threat the Future of Al Qaeda and Associated Movements, said it may be another case of Al Qaeda 2.0 the new generation of American recruits. What's particularly troubling is we're seeing these operatives with U.S. documentation not just doing minor tasks like surveillance, Rick Ozzie Nelson, a senior fellow at CSIS, told Fox News. But they're taking leadership roles in some of the affiliate organizations, such as Anwar al-Awlaki in the Arabian Peninsula. Fox News' specials unit has reported extensively on Awlaki, the first American on the CIAs kill or capture list, who has become an operational planner for Al Qaeda in Yemen. Fox News was first to confirm that the American-born cleric was the middle man between the underwear bomber, Umar Farouk Abdulmutullab, who tried to bring down flight 253 on Christmas Day 2009 and the bomb maker in Yemen. U.S. officials confirmed the threat information came from Pakistan and from a source known to the U.S. intelligence community, but not from a telephone intercept. There are strong indicators the threat is linked to Ayman Al-Zawahiri, who took over Al Qaeda after Usama bin Laden's death in May. The Egyptian doctor has long lived in bin Laden's shadow, which may explain the push for a new attack on 9/11. Zawahiri has a leadership challenge," Nelson said. He has to prove that the organization of Al Qaeda is bigger than the personality of bin Laden. And he has to solidify his leadership, so obviously conducting an attack on this anniversary would go a long way to doing that" (Fox News, 2011).

59

Title: Al Qaeda 2.0: What The Next 10 Years Will Bring Date: September 12, 2011 Source: CNN Abstract: How has al Qaeda changed in the last decade - and what does that tell the world's counter-terrorism experts about what it will look like ten years from now? As Congress prepares to hold a joint House and Senate Intelligence Hearing on the threat Tuesday, U.S. counter-terrorism officials tell CNN that al Qaeda today would find it very difficult to repeat an attack on the scale of 9/11 - but it has become a more diffuse and complex organization. The very name has become a label and an inspiration for terror cells on three continents. Even if, as U.S. Defense Secretary Leon Panetta asserts, Osama bin Laden's organization is mortally wounded, tracking and countering Islamist terrorism will continue to consume billions of dollars and some of the best minds in western intelligence for years to come. And that's precisely the goal of al Qaeda new generation of leaders - in their 30s and 40s. They are focused less on the spectacular - hijackings and "dirty" nuclear bombs - and more on a war of attrition. And they see opportunities for establishing new bridgeheads as the Arab revolts undermine authoritarian rulers and their ruthless intelligence services. Ten years ago al Qaeda was a bureaucratic organization headquartered in Taliban-run Afghanistan which had its own personnel and IT departments. It comprised mainly Arab fighters and had loose ties to other jihadist outfits - in Chechnya and south-east Asia for example. Today groups proclaiming their affiliation to al Qaeda find a home in ungoverned spaces in Somalia, Yemen, the Russian Causcasus and the Sahara. There are even al Qaeda cells in Egypt's Sinai desert, according to Egyptian military intelligence. Under pressure, al Qaeda "central" - the remnants of bin Laden's group - has developed links with militant groups such as the Pakistani Taliban, the Haqqani Network and Lashkar-e-Tayyiba - all of which are well entrenched in Pakistan. The battle against al Qaeda in the next ten years will be on a much broader canvas. The Rise of the Affiliates In the last two years, three groups - al Qaeda in Pakistan, al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsular (AQAP) based in Yemen, and the Pakistani Taliban - have tried to carry out attacks in the United States, while Europe has been threatened by an even wider constellation of jihadist groups. Al Shabaab staged its first attack beyond Somalia with a double bombing in Kampala, Uganda in 2010. "The affiliates are playing a greater role today - a more menacing role today - than in quite some time," U.S. State Department Coordinator for Counterterrorism Daniel Benjamin told a recent conference of the New America Foundation. "While the AQ core has weakened operationally, the affiliates have become stronger and consequently the broader AQ threat has become more geographically and ethnically diversified." Better intelligence and a relentless campaign of drone attacks has weakened al Qaeda central and cut off its sources of funding. In one video that emerged from his compound in Abbottabad, Osama bin Laden cut a lonely, isolated figure - hunched over a TV screen. It seemed like a metaphor for his organization. While jihadists still travel to Pakistan and Afghanistan for training and the opportunity to take part in attacks on western forces, a growing number are heading to Yemen and Somalia - just as they headed to Iraq at the height of the insurgency there. U.S counter-terrorism officials already see AQAP in Yemen as the most immediate threat to the United States. Under the guidance of American cleric Anwar al Awlaki, the group attempted to blow up a plane over Detroit on Christmas Day 2009 and in October 2010 dispatched two printer bomb packages from Yemen's capital Sanaa that were timed to explode over the Eastern Seaboard of the United States. The group has taken advantage of political turmoil in Yemen to expand its safe haven in the south. "Our highest priority is the United States. Anything there, even on a smaller scale compared to what we may do in the United Kingdom, would be our choice, " Anwar al Awlaki told an operative based in the UK in an encrypted internet communication in 2010. While Osama bin Laden thought in terms of weapons of mass destruction and mass casualties, Awlaki's template recognizes that western intelligence has vastly improved its ability to detect such ambitious plots. Instead, his group looks for vulnerable niches: in air cargo, or using explosives such as PETN that are difficult to detect. It is less about the destruction such attacks might cause and more about the expense in defending against them, and the psychological effect should they succeed. It is less about establishing bin Laden's dream of a global Caliphate and more about disrupting western economies. Above all, it's about attacks by individuals, some of them directed and mentored in the mountains of Yemen, others self-radicalized by the slick online propaganda being produced by AQAP. And it seems this approach is finding favor elsewhere. Al Qaeda central's media arm As Sahab recently released a video titled "You are Only Responsible for Yourself," encouraging followers to carry out acts of individual terrorism in the West - by buying weapons at gunshows in America for example, where background checks are not carried out. In it, American al Qaeda propagandist Adam Gadahn said: "It's simply a matter of taking precautions, working in total secrecy, and making use of all means to do damage to the enemy."

60

Gun attacks by terrorists are one of the scenarios that are now causing most concern to Western-counter-terrorism officials because of the relative ease with which such weapons can be acquired. Their potential lethality was demonstrated by alleged Norwegian terrorist Anders Breivik in his shooting rampage outside Oslo in July, an attack that has drawn comment on jihadist forums. Counter-terrorism sources in Europe and the United States tell CNN that their greatest concern is the vulnerability of soft targets such as hotels and shopping malls to gun attacks and hostage-taking. The Mumbai attack in November 2008 captivated global media attention for three days, as a small group of Lashkar-e-Taiyyiba terrorists held off Indian security forces in two of the city's luxury hotels. A total of 164 people were killed. Senior al Qaeda figures have publicly called for the Mumbai model to be exported. The New Global Al Qaeda Network If al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula seems the most potent affiliate today, al Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM) may not be far behind it. It has established a presence in areas of Mali, Mauretania and Niger where government is weak - and has made millions of dollars through kidnapping westerners and working with drug smugglers. It could take advantage of chaos in Libya to obtain sophisticated weaponry including surface to air missiles. So far relatively few of its fighters appear to have entered Libya but that could change. Libya's National Transitional Council has also been grappling with the increasing assertiveness of Salafi Islamists in the east of the country, some of whom they fear are sympathetic to al Qaeda, according to a former Libyan jihadist. AQIM may also forge links with other jihadist-terrorist groups such as Boko Haram in Nigeria which has claimed responsibility for killing dozens in a suicide car bombing of a U.N. building in Abuja last month. "What is concerning about AQIM is that it's a group that's Africanizing and is trying to extend its zone of influence - making contact with Boko Haram in the north of Nigeria and with [Somali group] Al Shabaab, says EU Counter-terrorism Coordinator Gilles de Kerchove. Its reach may not yet extend to the West, but nor did that of AQAP two years ago. Like AQIM, al Shabaab in Somalia is beset by internal rivalries and lost one of its key operatives Fazul Abdullah Mohammed in a fire-fight in Mogadishu recently. But it also has plenty of recruits from north America and Europe in its ranks. And there are signs that it is co-operating with al Qaeda in Yemen, a short distance across the Arabian Sea. Ahmed Abdulkadir Warsame, a Somali citizen captured in April and interrogated aboard a U.S. navy ship for two months before being taken to New York to face terrorism charges, had been in direct contact with Anwar al Awlaki and had attempted to broker a weapons deal between the groups according to the indictment in his case. Warsame has pleaded not guilty. In Iraq, the U.S. strategy to turn Sunni tribal sheikhs against al Qaeda vastly degraded the group, but under the title Islamic State of Iraq (ISI) it is still able to launch co-ordinated bombing attacks, as was illustrated by a wave of deadly bombings across the country in August. If allowed to re-establish itself, the group would try again to ignite sectarian conflict between Sunni and Shiite Iraqis, and sabotage the investment Iraq badly needs to revive its economy. In a recent paper for the New America Foundation, Brian Fishman argued that ISI "will have to look outside Iraq's borders to engage directly in al-Qaeda's global strategy of bleeding and weakening the United States." Globally, the only unambiguously positive picture in the fight against al Qaeda terrorism is in South East Asia where groups affiliated with al Qaeda - like Jamma Islamiya - have been significantly weakened by counter-terrorism operations by security services and by a hemorrhaging in local support because of the number of Muslim civilians killed in its attacks. Al Qaeda Central Trying to Adapt Al Qaeda central has suffered one blow after another this year. Besides the death of Osama bin Laden, drone strikes have taken out several top al Qaeda commanders in Pakistan, most recently Atiyah al Rahman, al Qaeda's chief of operations. A senior U.S. counter-terrorism official told CNN that from an operational standpoint the death of al Rahman was a more severe blow to the terrorist organization even than the death of bin Laden. Another senior figure, Younis al Mauretani, was detained by Pakistani authorities in August, and Ilyas Kashmiri, one of the most effective terrorists in the world, was reported killed in a drone strike in June. But al Qaeda central remains the "policy-making" authority and has the allegiance of its regional affiliates. It has powerful associates who thrive on Pakistan's inability to control its border territory and its ambivalence towards the "new" Afghanistan. A grand bargain that led moderate the Taliban to join the political process and sever links with al Qaeda - and at the same time injected new stability into Pakistan - would further shrink al Qaeda's space. But that seems a distant prospect. And there are signs that al Qaeda is adapting to its new circumstances. It appears to have moved some of its operations to Pakistan's settled areas to escape drone strikes. Al Mauretani and two other operatives were captured in the teeming city of Quetta in south-western Pakistan. And both al Qaeda and the Pakistan Taliban have established a foothold in Karachi, Pakistan's violent metropolis on the Arabian Sea. In May an al Qaeda unit attacked and occupied a Pakistani naval station in the city. In recent years al Qaeda has tried to 'turn' western jihadists intent on fighting in Afghanistan, training them to return to Europe and the United States to carry out attacks. Najibullah Zazi, a young Afghan living in Denver, was one such recruit. Bryant Neal Vinas from Long Island was another. And it's not just al Qaeda. Pakistani American Faisal Shahzad who tried to blow up a car bomb in New York's Times Square on May 1, 2010 was recruited and trained by the Pakistani Taliban, not al Qaeda. British authorities say hundreds of Western militants are currently training or operating in Pakistan.

61

Al Qaeda has also promoted new recruits who have a keen understanding of Western vulnerabilities. One of them is American but Saudi-born Adnan Shukrijumah, who is thought to have orchestrated Zazi's bomb plot against the New York subway system. And the organization appears to be using increasingly sophisticated encryption techniques in internet communications with operatives dispatched to the West. Even so, it is now a more fragmented organization. Rami Makanesi, a militant from the German city of Hamburg who spent time in al Qaeda camps in Waziristan in 2009-2010, and was subsequently convicted of involvement in plans to attack European targets, told German interrogators that al Qaeda had split up into 30-40 subgroups. He said al Qaeda was now a "title" for a constellation of jihadist groups in the area, including militants from the Arab world, Turkmenistan, Tajikistan, and "even the Taliban." Vinas, the American al Qaeda recruit, convicted of helping to plot an attack on the Long Island Railroad in 2008, said cooperation was so close between al Qaeda, the Pakistani Taliban, and other Pakistani militant groups that lines blurred between them. U.S. counter-terrorism officials say it is this blurring between different jihadist groups - together with the danger posed by completely homegrown "al Qaeda inspired" terrorists - that makes the terrorist threat to the United States so complex today. "The fact that the threat can now come at us from so many directions means that our work is more challenging than ever," a senior U.S. counterterrorism official told CNN. The New Al Qaeda Strategy New al Qaeda leader Ayman al Zawahiri's strategy is to harness the energies of al Qaeda's affiliates but to exert greater direction over them, according to Noman Benotman, a former Libyan jihadist once acquainted with bin Laden, Zawahiri, and several other al Qaeda leaders. While every al Qaeda affiliate has recognized Zawahiri as al Qaeda's new leader, counter-terrorism analysts believe it will be difficult for Zawahiri - long a polarizing figure in the jihadist movement - to exert strategic direction over them. The death of Libyan operative Al Rahman appears to have been a further blow in this regard. "Atiyah was the one affiliates knew and trusted, "a U.S. official told CNN. According to Benotman, now a senior analyst at the Quilliam Foundation, a UK counter-terrorism think-tank, Zawahiri is determined to take advantage of political turmoil in the Arab world. "Their top priority right now is not Afghanistan or Pakistan or launching attacks against the United States, but reorganizing themselves in the Arab world," Benotman told CNN. Benotman says he has detected a noticeable softening in Zawahiri's ultra-hardline rhetoric in recent months, and believes he may be trying to revive support for the organization in the Arab world after a backlash against it because of the barbaric violence of its Iraqi affiliate. In the short term Benotman predicts that al Qaeda will devote significant energy to building up a capability to strike Israel from the Sinai, Gaza, and neighboring countries because of the group's ideological view that Israel props up what it views as a secular Arab political order that it seeks to topple. Launching attacks against Israel would also be a calculated attempt by the group to re-energize its support base, according to Benotman. The Importance of the Arab Spring Most counter-terrorism analysts agree that key to al Qaeda's fortunes will be the evolution of the Arab Spring. The dismantling of oppressive security and intelligence police in several Arab countries has given it an opportunity to re-organize and more easily transit operatives though the region. "Some of their comrades from the Afghan days are now commanding rebel units in Libya. They see Islamist-only rebel brigades being formed there. They see what is going on in Yemen - of course they feel they have a huge opportunity," Benotman told CNN. While the origins of the protests made al Qaeda seem irrelevant for a period, the well-organized young professionals who led those protests are vastly outnumbered by poor, conservative Muslims who - in Egypt at least - are beginning to display their political muscle. For al Qaeda the Arab revolts are a double-edged sword. Prolonged instability and a deepening economic crisis would work in its favor. But a new political model in the Arab world, where popular Islamist parties play a constitutional role, would undercut al Qaeda's appeal. U.S. State Department Counter-terrorism Coordinator Benjamin says that should events in the Arab world lead to "durable, democratic, elected, nonautocratic governments then AQ's single-minded focus on violence as an instrument of political change will be severely, and I think irretrievably delegitimized." But the Arab Spring is like a ladder whose rungs are far from secure, and the events of 2011 are just a couple of steps up that ladder (CNN, 2011).

7. DHS CHANGES COUNTER-TERROR STRATEGY

OBAMACSI.COM: Since the nuclear terror false-flag fail at the Super Bowl on February 6, 2011, when the mainstream media claimed that Al Qaeda now had a nuclear weapon, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security has radically changed their counter-terrorism strategy and focus onto the American public, namely the U.S. military. Title: Homegrown Terrorist Threat To Be Part Of National Security Strategy

62

Date: May 26, 2010 Source: CNN Abstract: Homegrown terrorism will be part of the United States' National Security Strategy for the first time, according to President Barack Obama's chief counterterrorism adviser, who called it a new phase of the terrorist threat. When the Obama administration unveils its National Security Strategy on Thursday, it will be the first time any president "explicitly recognizes the threat to the United States posed by individuals radicalized here at home," National Security Adviser John Brennan said Wednesday. The strategy acts as a blueprint for how a White House administration intends to protect Americans. In the past, it has focused mostly on international threats. But a spate of terror-related plots in the United States recently prompted the Obama administration to include homegrown terrorism in the document, Brennan said. Earlier this month, Pakistani-American Faisal Shahzad was charged with trying to detonate a car bomb in New York's bustling district of Times Square. U.S. Army Major Nidal Malik Hasan is suspected of fatally shooting 13 people at Fort Hood in November. Colorado resident Najibullah Zazi, an Afghan national, pleaded guilty in February for conspiring to detonate explosives in the New York subway system. And David Headley, an American citizen from Chicago, Illinois, is accused of providing surveillance in the Mumbai, India, terrorist attacks that killed 160 people. "We've seen an increasing number of individuals here in the United States become captivated by extremist ideology or causes," Brennan said. "We have seen individuals, including U.S. citizens armed with their U.S. passports, travel easily to extremist safe havens, return to America, their deadly plans disrupted by coordinated intelligence and law enforcement." Brennan, who made his comments at the Center for Strategic and International Studies in Washington, said that as the United States has strengthened its defenses against massive attacks like 9/11, al Qaeda has shown itself to be a "resilient, resourceful and determined enemy." Brennan said al Qaeda is recruiting individuals with little training, attempting relatively unsophisticated attacks and seeking people living in the United States to launch such attacks. "They are seeking foot soldiers who might slip through our defense," Brennan said. "As our enemy adapts and evolves their tactics, so must we constantly adapt and evolve ours." Brennan did not provide any specific details about the president's strategy for combating al Qaeda and its affiliates, but said it "will require a broad, sustained and integrated campaign that harnesses every tool of American power, military and civilian, kinetic and diplomatic" (CNN, 2010).

Title: Former CIA Director Calls Homegrown Terror Threat 'A Witch's Brew' Date: December 26, 2010 Source: The Hill Abstract: A former director of the CIA described the greater likelihood that terror attacks on U.S. soil would come from an American resident as "a witch's brew." Appearing on CNN's "State of the Union," Michael Hayden, who served under President George W. Bush and stepped down in February 2009, said the "new flavor of threat" was different from "the traditional high-threshold mass casualty attack" that would originate in the al Qaeda stronghold in the tribal regions of Pakistan. "It's much more difficult for us to defend against those kinds of attacks," Hayden said of terror plots originating from franchises in the U.S. "They will be less lethal if they do succeed," he said. "But they will unfortunately almost certainly be more numerous." Mike McConnell, the former Director of National Intelligence under Bush, commended the Obama administration for how it has been handling the evolving threats. "My observation is the new administration has been as aggressive, if not more aggressive, in pursuing these issues, because they're real," McConnell said. "Regardless of which side of the political spectrum you come from or what your political views might be, these threats are very real and very serious and we have to deal with them in a very serious way," he said. Hayden stressed that even though the homegrown terrorists would be more amateur in conducting "low-threshold" attacks, the threat was "almost like penalty kicks in soccer." "No matter how good your goalie is, sooner or later this ball is going to get into the back of the net," he said. McConnell said he would most worry about a chemical or biological attack from al Qaeda. "The most likely event is going to be an explosion. They want death and destruction and blood and mayhem," he said. "That's what they strive for. But there are other things that they could consider. "And of course, one of the things I'm identified with is worrying about someday they'll figure out how to cause us harm through a cyber attack, against what I call the soft underbelly of the country," which could disrupt financial or transportation sectors, McConnell added. "We have to take the fight to them, make them spend most of their day worrying about their survival rather than figuring out ways to threaten our survival," Hayden said. Of the White House efforts including drone strikes that continue to rankle Pakistan, Hayden said, "I've seen over two administrations, and I thank God every day for the continuity" (The Hill, 2010).

63

Title: Napolitano: Domestic Terrorists Central To Threat Date: July 21, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: The killing of Usama Bin Laden in May by Navy SEALS may have damaged the al Qaeda organization in Pakistan and Afghanistan, but the terror groups franchise in Yemen, its American-born leader Anwar al-Awlaki and homegrown threats are the next wave of terrorism, according to a new government report. Nearly a decade after the Sept. 11 terror attacks, Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano said Bin Laden was only part of the story. Terrorism didn't begin with him and hasnt ended with him and we have all these other groups in addition to core al Qaeda, Napolitano said of Bin Laden in an interview with Fox News. Napolitanos comments come on the heels of a new Department of Homeland Security progress report that examines whether the 9/11 Commissions recommendations are being implemented. The 9/11 Commission was a bipartisan, independent study group created in the wake of the 2001 terror attacks to account for what happened and to find ways to prevent the next attack. The new DHS progress report shows that homegrown terrorism is central to the emerging threat picture. Recent Justice Department documents show a case of homegrown terrorism with links to an international group have popped up every two to three weeks since January 2009. Just last week, a 22-year-old Pennsylvania man was accused of using the Internet to encourage domestic attacks by jihadists. We cannot presume that a threat would come at us from abroad, so the whole notion of violent extremism happening within our shores is very different, Napolitano said. She also confirmed that plots have been disrupted without the public's knowledge, but wouldnt say how many. There have been many plots that have been interfered with over time, yes, Napolitano said. The new report claims information sharing has been expanded since 9/11 and a multilayered approach to airline security has been adopted. Intelligence is used more broadly to identify high-risk passengers and cargo before they enter the U.S. The agency contends those measures could lead to lessinvasive screening in the future. What is called divestment, Napolitano said. [A]ll the things you have to take off as you go through the (airport) gate - we'll be able to relieve some of those restrictions over time. But Napolitano says cyber-security remains a weakness. We are still somewhat new at it, she said. It's so rapidly developing and changing so rapidly that almost by the time to talk about a particular virus, or piece of malware it's already anachronistic, it's already out of date. The former chairman and vice chairman of the 9/11 Commission said in a statement the Department of Homeland Security had made progress in the time since the terror attacks, but gaps still exist, and the nation is not as safe as it could be. They pointed specifically to the communications of first responders. Fox News National Correspondent Catherine Herridge contributed to this report (Fox News, 2011).

Title: Report Shows Spike In Homegrown Terror Cases, But Intelligence Gaps Remain Date: September 7, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A spike in domestic terrorism and attacks by American citizens directed from overseas are top concerns for police departments across the country, according to a new survey by the Homeland Security Policy Institute at George Washington University. Homegrown and foreign-directed jihadi terrorism and radicalization are perceived as a real threat by local law enforcement in the United States, the report, Counterterrorism Intelligence: Law Enforcement Perspectives, says. The survey covered the police intelligence chief s for the 56 largest cities in the U.S. in advance of the 10-year anniversary of the 9/11 attacks. The survey identifies 21 homegrown terrorism cases from Sept. 11, 2001 through May of 2009, but 31 cases in the last two years alone -- more than one new case of homegrown terrorism every month. Speaking at the Intelligence and National Security Alliance in Washington, the chairman of the House Intelligence Committee said the plots are real and credible.

64

Yes it's a threat. Yes, we worry about somebody grabbing a gun and then going down some place and doing something awful, Re p. Mike Rogers, RMich. told the forum. But they will never just do that. In all the cases you have seen, there are indicators leading up to t hat particular event. They were radicalized in order to get there. After 9/11, the U.S. intelligence community believed there needed to be person-to-person contact for an individual to cross the threshold to violence. Now, it may be possible to do it virtually. Social networking is creating a new generation of digital jihadists. Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano, also speaking at the event, acknowledged that the web is the driver of radical Islam and the new generation of Al Qaeda 2.0. The increasingly savvy use of the Internet, mainstream and social media and information technology by these groups adds an additional layer of complexity to an already complex threat picture, she said. The new report also found that the intelligence chiefs believe gaps remain a decade after the attacks. In addition to believi ng that the U.S. lacks an adequate understanding of the counterterrorism intelligence enterprise, the chiefs cited a lack of access to some intelligence products and said in some cases the information lacked detail: it wasnt shared adequately, or the data was stale or there was just too much of it. Philip Mudd, a fellow at the liberal New America foundation who worked in the counterterrorism world for more than two decades and served in both the Bush and Obama administrations, told Fox News that marrying the federal, state and local law enforcement systems was not an easy task. We need to have standard rules and regulations about if we get something in San Francisco can we give it to Topekam he said . Mudd added that Al Qaeda has evolved and homegrown plots are the latest manifestation. He said it is unlikely the number of cases has peaked. This is a new art form and it's not even the art form we would have had five or six years ago, Mudd said referring to intelligence analysis. This homegrown phenomenon is really only about three or four years old. So it's not just how do we respond after 10 years of the terrorism problem, it's how do we respond to the problem of the Al Qaeda revolution when we're not even dealing with Al Qaeda members anymore (Fox News, 2011).

8. DEMONIZATION OF THE U.S. MILITARY

OBAMACSI.COM: Recent news articles feature Marines, Army, Navy, and National Guard personnel who are wanted for horrific crimes. These types of news articles, whether true or not, will likely continue to increase over the next few years until U.S. military veterans are ultimately scapegoated in the assassination of Brack Obama or for future terror attacks. Title: Military Granting More Criminal Waivers Date: February 11, 2007 Source: CBS News Abstract: More recruits with criminal records, including felony convictions, are being allowed to join the Army and Marine Corps as the armed services cope with a dwindling pool of volunteers during wartime. The military routinely grants waivers to take in recruits who have criminal records, medical problems or low aptitude scores that would otherwise disqualify them from service. Most are moral waivers, which include some felonies, misdemeanors, and traffic and drug offenses. Defense Department statistics show that the number of Army and Marine recruits needing waivers for felonies and serious misdemeanors, including minor drug offenses, has grown since 2003. Some recruits may get more than one waiver. The Army granted more than double the number of waivers for felonies and misdemeanors in 2006 than it did in 2003. The number of felony waivers granted by the Army grew from 411 in 2003 to 901 in 2006, according to the Pentagon, or about one in 10 of the moral waivers approved that year. Other misdemeanors, which could be petty theft, writing a bad check or some assaults, jumped from about 2,700 to more than 6,000 in 2006. The minor crimes represented more than three-quarters of the moral waivers granted by the Army in 2006, up from more than half in 2003. Army and Defense Department officials defended the waiver program as a way to admit young people who may have made a mistake early in life but have overcome past behavior. And they said about two-thirds of the waivers granted by the Marines are for drug use, because they unlike the other services require a waiver if someone has been convicted once for marijuana use. Lawmakers and other observers say they are concerned that the struggle to fill the military ranks in this time of war has forced the services to lower their moral standards. "The data is crystal clear. Our armed forces are under incredible strain and the only way that they can fill their recruiting quotas is by lowering their standards," said Rep. Marty Meehan, D-Mass., who has been working to get additional data from the Pentagon. "By lowering standards, we are endangering the rest of our armed forces and sending the wrong message to potential recruits across the country." Army spokesman Paul Boyce said Tuesday he is concerned because the Pentagon data differs from Army numbers. But overall, he said, "anything that

65

is considered a risk or a serious infraction of the law is given the highest level of review." "Our goal is to make certain that we recruit quality young men and women who can keep America defended against its enemies," Boyce said. The data was obtained through a federal information request and released by the California-based Michael D. Palm Center, a think tank that studies military issues. "The fact that the military has allowed more than 100,000 people with such troubled pasts to join its ranks over the past three years illustrates the problem we're having meeting our military needs in this time of war," said Aaron Belkin, director of the center. Belkin said a new study commissioned by the center also concludes that the military does not have any programs that help convicted felons adjust to military life. In recent years, as the Iraq and Afghanistan wars have dragged on, the military has also relaxed some standards in order to meet recruitment demands. The Army, for example, increased its age limit for recruits from 35 to 42, and is accepting more people whose scores on a standardized aptitude test are at the lower end of the acceptable range. In its report, the Pentagon said, "The waiver process recognizes that some young people have made mistakes, have overcome their past behavior, and have clearly demonstrated the potential for being productive, law-abiding citizens and members of the military." According to the Pentagon, nearly a quarter of new military recruits needed some type of waiver in 2006, up from 20 percent in 2003. Roughly 30,000 moral waivers were approved each year between 2003 and 2006. The military in its report divides moral waivers into six categories: felonies, serious and minor non-traffic offenses, serious and minor traffic offenses and drug offenses. Because many states have different crimes categorized as a felony or misdemeanor, the groupings are more general. About one in five Army recruits needed a waiver to enlist in 2006, up from 12.7 percent in 2003. In addition, the report showed that the Army granted substantially fewer waivers for drug use and serious traffic violations last year than in 2003. More than half of the Marine recruits needed a waiver in 2006, a bit higher than in 2003, and largely due to their more strict drug requirements. Felony waivers made up about 2 percent of the Marine waivers, while other lesser crimes made up about 25 percent, both up slightly from 2003. About 18 percent of Navy recruits required a waiver, up only slightly from 2003. Two-thirds of the waivers granted by the Navy were for misdemeanortype crimes and about 5 percent were for felonies. Just 8 percent of Air Force recruits had waivers, down a bit from 2003. Nearly all of the waivers were for the misdemeanor-type crimes (CBS News, 2007).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: November 5, 2009 Suspect: Major Nidal Malik Hasan Age: 39 Ethnicity: Arabic, Jordanian Location: Fort Hood, Texas Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: FN Five-seven semi-automatic pistol fitted with two Lasermax laser sights: one red, and one green Crime: Fatally shooting 12 and wounding 31 fellow Army co-workers

Title: Officials: Fort Hood Shootings Suspect Alive; 12 Dead Date: November 5, 2009 Source: CNN Abstract: A soldier suspected of fatally shooting 12 and wounding 31 at Fort Hood in Texas on Thursday is not dead as previously reported by the military, the base's commander said Thursday evening. A civilian officer who was wounded in the incident shot the suspect, who is "in custody and in stable condition," Army Lt. Gen. Robert Cone told reporters. "Preliminary reports indicate there was a single shooter that was shot multiple times at the scene," Cone said at a news conference. "However, he was not killed as previously reported." The suspect, identified as Maj. Nidal Malik Hasan, opened fire at a military processing center at Fort Hood around 1:30 p.m., Cone said. Three others initially taken into custody for interviews have been released, Cone said. Hasan, 39, is a graduate of Virginia Tech and a psychiatrist licensed in Virginia who was practicing at Darnall Army Medical Center at Fort Hood, according to military and professional records. Previously, he worked at Walter Reed Army Medical Center.

66

A federal official said Hasan is a U.S. citizen of Jordanian descent. Military documents show that Hasan was born in Virginia and was never deployed outside the United States. In a statement released Thursday, Hasan's cousin, Nader Hasan, said his family is "filled with grief for the families of today's victims." "Our family loves America. We are proud of our country, and saddened by today's tragedy," the statement said. "Because this situation is still unfolding, we have nothing else that we are able to share with you at this time." Hasan was scheduled to be deployed to Iraq "and appeared to be upset about that," Sen. Kay Bailey Hutchison, R-Texas, said. "I think that there is a lot of investigation going on now into his background and what he was doing that was not known before," Hutchison said. Hutchison said she was told that the soldiers at the readiness facility "were filling out paper processing to go to Iraq or Afghanistan," according to CNN affiliate KXAN in Austin, Texas. The readiness center is one of the last stops before soldiers deploy. It is also one of the first places a soldier goes upon returning to the United States. The base reopened Thursday night after being under lockdown for more than five hours. At a news conference earlier in the day, Cone said at least 10 of the dead were soldiers. The shooter had two weapons, both handguns, Cone said (CNN, 2009).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: February 19, 2010 Suspect: Unknown Age: ? Ethnicity: Arabic Location: Fort Jackson, South Carolina Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: Poision Crime: Attempted Food Poisoning

Title: Army Investigates Alleged Attempt By Soldiers To Poison Food At Fort Jackson Date: February 19, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: The U.S. Army is investigating allegations that soldiers were attempting to poison the food supply at Fort Jackson in South Carolina. The ongoing probe began two months ago, Chris Grey, a spokesman for the Armys Criminal Investigation Division, told Fox News . The Army is taking the allegations extremely seriously, Grey said, but so far, "there is no credible information to support the allegations." Five suspects, detained in December, were part of an Arabic translation program called "09 Lima" and use Arabic as their first language, two sources told Fox News. Another military source said they were Muslim. It wasn't clear whether they were still being held. Grey would not confirm or deny the sources information (Fox News, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: June 16, 2010 Suspect: Anthony Todd Saxon Age: 34 Ethnicity: White Location: Fort Gordon, Georgia Affiliation(s): Nationsl Guard Weapons: Laser sighted military rifles, land mine, grenades, night vision devices Crime: Falsely pretended to be an Army Master Sergeant, attempted theft of infrared laser targeting sight

Title: Man Seized At Army Post Had Land Mine, Laser Scope

67

Date: June 16, 2010 Source: Army Times Abstract: A former national guardsman pretending to be an active-duty soldier convinced an officer to give him a sophisticated laser sight for military rifles before he was caught hours later on the base with a land mine, several grenades and night vision devices, prosecutors said Wednesday. Federal prosecutors said in a criminal complaint that Anthony Todd Saxon, 34, falsely pretended to be an Army master sergeant on Tuesday and sought to steal the infrared laser targeting sight. He was expected to appear in federal court later Wednesday. Saxon was wearing a full combat uniform, including rank and insignia, when he was stopped at Fort Gordon by military police and questioned about his activities, according to the complaint. After Saxon gave them consent to search his vehicle, authorities said they found several grenades and the land mine, among other equipment. According to the complaint, Saxon told investigators he was able to obtain the las er sight by telling a captain in the bases military police office that he was a master sergeant in the Armys 82nd Airborne Division and that he needed it to train a soldier. He told investigators he was able to obtain the device after signing a receipt, according to the court documents. He also said he was a member of the Army National Guard between 1993 and 1995, but was medically discharged for heart problems. Florida National Guard spokeswoman Crystal McNairy said that Saxon joined the Guard in 1993 and left with an honorable discharge in 1994. She said his rank was private 1st class, but she would not provide any other details about his service. Fort Gordon spokesman Buz Yarnell said Saxon was stopped on the Army post because his car matched the description of a vehicle suspected in an earlier theft of military equipment from the post in April. Yarnell would not say what had been stolen. Yarnell said the grenades, called flash bangs, use blinding light and loud noise to stun people but dont explode i nto lethal shrapnel. He couldnt have done any serious damage, said Yarnell, who would not say whether the explosives were detonated. He said theres no suspected connection between Saxon and an AWOL serviceman arrested Monday in Florida after he tried t o enter MacDill Air Force Base with weapons and ammunition in his vehicle. But Yarnell said military authorities still dont know what Saxon was doing on Fort Gordon. Yarnell also didnt know if Saxon used a military ID, either fake or real, to get onto th e base. Fort Gordon, near Augusta, is home to the Army Signal Corps, which is in charge of the services global communication and information systems. He said the post, which is also home to the Eisenhower Army Medical Center, typically allows civilians to enter if they show some form of identification. Anybody can get on Fort Gordon with a drivers license, Yarnell said. Its open to the public, basically (Army Times, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 9, 2010 Suspect(s): Calvin Gibbs, Jeremy Morlock, Andrew Holmes, Michael Wagnon, Adam Winfield Age(s): 19-25 Ethnicity: White Location: Afghanistan Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: Machine gun, fragmentary grenade Crime: Shot Afghan civilians at random and collected their fingers as trophies

Title: US Soldiers 'Killed Afghan Civilians For Sport And Collected Fingers As Trophies' Date: September 9, 2010 Source: The Guardian Abstract: Twelve American soldiers face charges over a secret "kill team" that allegedly blew up and shot Afghan civilians at random and collected their fingers as trophies. Five of the soldiers are charged with murdering three Afghan men who were allegedly killed for sport in separate attacks this year. Seven others are accused of covering up the killings and assaulting a recruit who exposed the murders when he reported other abuses, including members of the unit smoking hashish stolen from civilians. In one of the most serious accusations of war crimes to emerge from the Afghan conflict, the killings are alleged to have been carried out by members of a Stryker infantry brigade based in Kandahar province in southern Afghanistan.

68

According to investigators and legal documents, discussion of killing Afghan civilians began after the arrival of Staff Sergeant Calvin Gibbs at forward operating base Ramrod last November. Other soldiers told the army's criminal investigation command that Gibbs boasted of the things he got away with while serving in Iraq and said how easy it would be to "toss a grenade at someone and kill them". One soldier said he believed Gibbs was "feeling out the platoon". Investigators said Gibbs, 25, hatched a plan with another soldier, Jeremy Morlock, 22, and other members of the unit to form a "kill team". While on patrol over the following months they allegedly killed at least three Afghan civilians. According to the charge sheet, the first target was Gul Mudin, who was killed "by means of throwing a fragmentary grenade at him and shooting him with a rifle", when the patrol entered the village of La Mohammed Kalay in January. Morlock and another soldier, Andrew Holmes, were on guard at the edge of a poppy field when Mudin emerged and stopped on the other side of a wall from the soldiers. Gibbs allegedly handed Morlock a grenade who armed it and dropped it over the wall next to the Afghan and dived for cover. Holmes, 19, then allegedly fired over the wall. Later in the day, Morlock is alleged to have told Holmes that the killing was for fun and threatened him if he told anyone. The second victim, Marach Agha, was shot and killed the following month. Gibbs is alleged to have shot him and placed a Kalashnikov next to the body to justify the killing. In May Mullah Adadhdad was killed after being shot and attacked with a grenade. The Army Times reported that a least one of the soldiers collected the fingers of the victims as souvenirs and that some of them posed for photographs with the bodies. Five soldiers Gibbs, Morlock, Holmes, Michael Wagnon and Adam Winfield are accused of murder and aggravated assault among other charges. All of the soldiers have denied the charges. They face the death penalty or life in prison if convicted. The killings came to light in May after the army began investigating a brutal assault on a soldier who told superiors that members of his unit were smoking hashish. The Army Times reported that members of the unit regularly smoked the drug on duty and sometimes stole it from civilians. The soldier, who was straight out of basic training and has not been named, said he witnessed the smoking of hashish and drinking of smuggled alcohol but initially did not report it out of loyalty to his comrades. But when he returned from an assignment at an army headquarters and discovered soldiers using the shipping container in which he was billeted to smoke hashish he reported it. Two days later members of his platoon, including Gibbs and Morlock, accused him of "snitching", gave him a beating and told him to keep his mouth shut. The soldier reported the beating and threats to his officers and then told investigators what he knew of the "kill team". Following the arrest of the original five accused in June, seven other soldiers were charged last month with attempting to cover up the killings and violent assault on the soldier who reported the smoking of hashish. The charges will be considered by a military grand jury later this month which will decide if there is enough evidence for a court martial. Army investigators say Morlock has admitted his involvement in the killings and given details about the role of others including Gibbs. But his lawyer, Michael Waddington, is seeking to have that confession suppressed because he says his client was interviewed while under the influence of prescription drugs taken for battlefield injuries and that he was also suffering from traumatic brain injury. "Our position is that his statements were incoherent, and taken while he was under a cocktail of drugs that shouldn't have been mixed," Waddington told the Seattle Times (The Guardian, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: December 5, 2010 Suspect: Bryan Minkyu Martin Age: 22 Ethnicity: Asian Location: Fort Bragg, North Carolina Affiliation(s): Navy, Joint Special Operations Command Weapons: Words Crime: Sold top secret documents to an undercover FBI agent posing as a foreign intelligence officer

Title: NCIS: Sailor At Bragg Sold Secret Documents Date: December 5, 2010 Source: Military.com Abstract: A Navy intelligence specialist stationed at Fort Bragg is in custody after an investigation revealed he allegedly sold top secret documents to an undercover FBI agent posing as a foreign intelligence officer. Navy Reserve Intelligence Specialist 3rd Class Bryan Minkyu Martin, of Mexico, N.Y., is being held in custody in Norfolk, Va., said Ed Buice, a public affairs specialist for the Naval Criminial Investigative Service.

69

Martin, 22, was asssigned to the Joint Special Operations Command at Fort Bragg. Buice said Martin was taken into custody Wednesday by NCIS and the FBI and is being held while investigative materials are being reviewed. No charges had been filed as of Friday night, Buice said. Martin could face charges and a court-martial under the Uniform Code of Military Justice, Buice said. According to a search warrant unsealed in federal court Friday, Martin sold secret and top secret documents in several staged buys of intelligence at two Spring Lake hotels. According to the search warrant, filed Wednesday by Special Agent Richard J. Puryear with NCIS, Martin was assigned to the Joint Special Operations Command at Fort Bragg on Sept. 16. Two months later, on Nov. 15, Martin met an undercover FBI agent in the lobby of the Hampton Inn on Bragg Boulevard in Spring Lake, according to the warrant. The special agent, posing as a foreign intelligence officer, brought Martin to his room, where Martin discussed his access to military computer networks and classified networks, according to the warrant. Martin also told the agent that he was seeking "longterm financial reimbursement," and that he could be very valuable over a 15- or 20-year career, which he expected would take him to the Defense Intelligence Agency, the warrant says. Martin offered to bring the agent two documents at their next meeting and accepted $500 in cash from the agent, the warrant says. At a meeting the next day at the same hotel, Martin produced two documents one labelled "secret" and the other "top secret" and accepted $1,500 in cash, the warrant says. He agreed to meet the agent again Nov. 19, when he produced 51 pages of secret and top secret documents, according to the warrant. He was paid another $1,500, according to the warrant. Martin also failed to report the contacts to any member of his chain of command, the warrant says. The warrant authorized NCIS agents to search the room Martin was using at the Landmark Inn on Fort Bragg and his 2009 gold Nissan Altima. It does not address how Martin came under suspicion or how he came into contact with the undercover FBI agent. Buice would not clarify the matter Friday night, but said, "We have a high level confidence that classified information was not delivered to any unauthorized person." Martin enlisted in the Navy on Nov. 30, 2006, and completed basic training on July 20, 2007. He received a top secret clearance on Sept. 20, 2007, and was subsequently assigned to temporary duty with the Defense Intelligence Agency between May 9 and Aug. 22, according to the warrant. A spokesman for the Army's Special Operations Command referred all questions to NCIS. Messages left for Martin's family in New York were not returned Friday night (Military.com, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: July 28, 2011 Suspect: Naser Jason Abdo Age: 21 Ethnicity: White Location: Fort Hood, Texas Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: Weapons, explosives, jihadist materials, firearms, bomb making components Crime: Likely will be charged with being in possession of bomb-making materials

Title: AWOL Soldier Arrested In What Police Say Was New Fort Hood Terror Plot Date: July 28, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: An Army private has been arrested in connection with an alleged plot to attack Fort Hood soldiers that authorities suggest was close to being carried out. The arrest, first reported by Fox News, comes nearly two years after a deadly shooting rampage at the base. Pfc. Naser Jason Abdo, an AWOL soldier from Fort Campbell in Kentucky, was arrested by the Killeen, Texas, Police Department near Fort Hood and remains in custody at the Killeen jail.

70

Abdo, 21, was found with weapons, explosives and jihadist materials at the time of his arrest, a senior Army source confirms to Fox News. He was arrested at around 2 p.m. Wednesday after someone called authorities to report a suspicious individual. Eric Vasys, a spokesman with the FBI's San Antonio Office, said authorities found firearms and bomb making components inside Abdo's motel room. Sources also say Abdo was attempting to make a purchase at Guns Galore in Killeen, the same ammunition store where Maj. Nidal Hasan purchased weapons that were allegedly used to gun down 13 people and wound 30 others at the base on Nov. 5, 2009. Sources said Abdo had enough materials to make two bombs, including 18 pounds of sugar and six pounds of smokeless gunpowder -- a possible trigger for an explosive. A pressure cooker was also found. Another counterterrorism source said the bomb making materials and methodology came "straight out of Inspire (a terrorist magazine) and an Al Qaeda explosives course manual." Killeen Police Chief Dennis Baldwin alluded to the severity of the threat at a news conference Thursday afternoon announcing the arrest. "We we would probably be here today giving you a different briefing had he not been stopped," Baldwin said, and military personnel appeared to be the target. ABC News reported, citing law enforcement documents, that the target wasn't the base itself but a nearby restaurant that is popular with personnel from Fort Hood. Police in Killeen said their break in the case came from Guns Galore LLC -- the same gun store where Maj. Nidal Hasan bought a pistol used in the 2009 attack. Store clerk Greg Ebert said the man arrived by taxi Tuesday and bought 6 pounds of smokeless gunpowder, three boxes of shotgun ammunition and a magazine for a semi-automatic pistol. Ebert said he called authorities because he and his co-workers "felt uncomfortable with his overall demeanor and the fact he didn't know what the hell he was buying." According to an Army alert sent via email and obtained by The Associated Press, Killeen police learned from the taxi company that Abdo had been picked up from a local motel and had also visited an Army surplus store where he paid cash for a uniform bearing Fort Hood unit patches. Bob Jenkins, a Fort Campbell spokesman, told Fox News that Abdo was also being investigated for child pornography found on his government computer. Abdo went AWOL on July 4. On the eve of his first deployment to Afghanistan -- after only one year in the Army -- Abdo applied for conscientious objector status as a Muslim. It was denied by his superiors at Fort Campbell but later overturned by the Assistant Deputy Secretary of the Army review board. Another source told Fox News that two other U.S. soldiers have been questioned as part of the investigation. Abdo's Facebook page, which has since been taken down, showed that he traveled to New York City in September to attend an antiwar vigil and show support for Pfc. Bradley Manning, the alleged source for the classified war documents released by controversial group WikiLeaks. Vasys said Abdo likely will be charged with being in possession of bomb-making materials. Killeen Chief Baldwin said the case would be referred for federal charges, though a Justice Department official would not confirm that. In the 2009 shooting case, Maj. Hasan, an Army psychiatrist, was arraigned on July 20 and is currently standing trial. His civilian lawyer withdrew from the case as it began (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: August 15, 2011 Suspect: Charles Alan Dyer Age: 31 Ethnicity: White Location: Duncan, Oklahoma Affiliation(s): Marines, Oath Keepers Weapons: Colt M-203 grenade launcher Crime: Rape of a 7 year old girl

Title: FBI Manhunt For 'Timothy McVeigh-Like' Ex-Marine On The Lam Date: August 24, 2011 Source: ABC News Abstract: A former Marine who is part of a right wing group that calls for an uprising is the target of an FBI manhunt ranging from Oklahoma to Florida.

71

Charles Alan Dyer, 31, of Duncan, Okla., failed to appear in court on Monday, Aug. 15, on charges he raped a 7-year-old girl. His failure to appear launched a federal dragnet covering 12 states in the South. Authorities are warning that Dyer is believed to be armed and dangerous. Sheriff Wayne McKinney of Stephens County, Okla., described him as a "Timothy McVeigh" like individual, referring to the right wing militia member executed for blowing up a federal building in Oklahoma City in 1995. Dyer is part of a controversial group called Oath Keepers that includes current and former law enforcement and military members who take an oath to obey the Constitution rather than the president. Dyer has posted videos on YouTube talking about a "New World Order" and calling for people to "rise up" against "tyrannical government." An ABC News review of court records reveals that Dyer was indicted on federal charges for possessing an unregistered Colt M-203 grenade launcher. Authorities believe Dyer was in the Houston area last week following reports from residents in nearby Wallis that a man matching Dyer's description knocked on doors there asking for a ride to Houston, according to ABC News affiliate KTRK. "My older brother had him there. He was knocking on his window," witness Greg Hatton said. "When I pulled up, for example, first I called him to see if that's him, hold him. That's the guy we're looking for, hold him. And we're always armed. We're concealed gun licensed carriers and he had him right at the point there, but he took off running. And when he took off running he ran across this track here, went to my neighbor's house and asked him for a ride." The FBI said that Dyer does not seem to have a car and is instead using a network of people he knows from Oath Keeper websites to get around, according to special agent Clay Simmonds, a spokesman for the agency. FBI Chasing Ex-Marine Charles Dyer Three days before his court date, Dyer's residence was found burned to the ground, according to the FBI. Two men believed to have started the fire are in custody and are believed to be affiliated with Dyer's organization, according to McKinney. The day of the fire, Dyer's attorney filed a motion requesting that the trial date be pushed back due to the fire at Dyer's home. "Oath Keeper" Charles Dyer Target of Federal Manhunt This is the second trial Dyer was scheduled for the charges. In April, the first trial was declared a mistrial, McKinney said. The sheriff also said that Dyer had been seen hanging around the courthouse in the days leading up to the trial, wearing a thigh holster and backpack and carrying a Bible. McKinney said the behavior was meant to intimidate people at the court. The FBI is asking for the public's assistance in locating Dyer, putting up digital billboards depicting Dyer's image at locations in Oklahoma, Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Tennessee, Virginia, Arkansas, North Carolina and South Carolina. A reward of up to $5,000 is being offered for any information leading to Dyer's arrest. Dyer is described as a white male, 5-foot-10 and 175 to 200 pounds, brown hair and blue eyes. Information obtained has indicated Dyer may have grown a beard, lost some weight and his head is no longer shaved (ABC News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: August 28, 2011 Suspect: Capt. Leonard John Egland Age: 37 Ethnicity: White Location: Fort Lee, Virginia Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: Semiautomatic rifle Crime: Alleged murder of ex-wife, her boyfriend, boyfriend's young son, and a grandmother

Title: Va. Army Officer Sought In 4 Slayings Found Dead In Pa. Date: August 28, 2011 Source: MSNBC Abstract: Manhunt punctuated by gunfire amid wind and rain of tropical storm terrorizes community An Army officer suspected of killing four people in Pennsylvania and Virginia was found dead in a wooded area Sunday after a manhunt during Tropical Storm Irene's winds and drenching rains paralyzed residents in the Philadelphia suburb. Hours after he fired at several officers, wounding two of them, the body of Capt. Leonard John Egland, 37, of Fort Lee, Va., was found around 3:30 p.m. in the Bucks County community of Warwick Township, Police Chief Mark Goldberg said. Egland's body was found several hundred yards behind a Lukoil gas station where authorities say he had fired a semiautomatic rifle at SWAT team members who discovered his truck and found him before dawn in a trash bin. The officers, who were not injured, chased him into the woods but lost him as the storm raked the area, Goldberg said.

72

"It was bad," he said. "Weather conditions were horrible and it was a very dangerous situation." He said the SWAT teams had "performed courageously." With Egland on the run, armed with two weapons, residents were warned to stay indoors and keep their doors locked, the police chief said. The manhunt, Goldberg said, "tied up departments all over Bucks County ... It didn't prevent us from responding during the storm but it certainly taxed our resources." Three Bucks County SWAT teams, state police and numerous police departments searched for Egland after his former mother-in-law was found shot to death in her home in Buckingham. Authorities in Virginia said Egland had earlier killed his ex-wife, her boyfriend and the boyfriend's young son before taking his own young daughter on a frantic drive through Pennsylvania. The girl, believed by Goldberg to be about 6 years old, was abandoned Saturday night by Egland, physically unharmed, at St. Luke's Hospital in Quakertown, apparently after the child's grandmother was killed. A note was left with the child, authorities said. Bucks County District Attorney David Heckler said a nurse or orderly confronted Egland but the suspect flashed a pistol and got away. The hospital worker called police with a description of the suspect and his black pickup truck. Just before midnight, the truck was stopped by state and local police in Doylestown Township. Officers said the suspect fired shots from a semiautomatic rifle, hitting an officer in the arm and shattering a windshield that sent glass into the face of a Dublin officer. Goldberg said both officers had been released from a hospital. The body, found in woods behind the gas station and a business under renovation, matched Egland's description, Goldberg said. The police chief said Egland had a gunshot wound but he would leave it to the coroner to determine whether it was self-inflicted. Goldberg said that because of the lockdown, numerous residents were prevented from checking for storm damage at their homes. "I know just from the way the phones were ringing in the police station that it was causing a great deal of anxiety among our people, and for us as well," he said. "It's a tragic event, but at least our residents can rest easy." Police in Chesterfield County, Va., said Pennsylvania police had asked officers at 1 a.m. Sunday to check on the welfare of people at a home, where officers found the bodies of Egland's ex-wife, her boyfriend and his child. Names of the victims were not being released pending notification of relatives. A spokesman said the suspect had no known criminal history in the area. Egland's former mother-in-law, 66-year-old Barbara Reuhl of Buckingham, was believed to have been killed Saturday night, Heckler said. Goldberg said other family members were under police protection during the search for Egland, including one person who was at the police department. The police chief said he believed Egland's daughter girl was being cared for Sunday afternoon by relatives (MSNBC, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 15, 2011 Suspect: Russell C. Marcum Age: 20 Ethnicity: White Location: Fort Drum, New York Affiliation(s): Army First Class Private Weapons: Hand Gun, Bullet Proof Vest Crime: Burglary, Grand Theft Auto

Title: New York Police Search for Armed Soldier Who Escaped Military Custody Date: September 16, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Police in central New York are searching for an armed, suicidal Fort Drum soldier dressed in camouflage who escaped military custody and led police on a multi-county car chase Thursday night, authorities said.

73

Russell C. Marcum, 20, had been in custody facing burglary charges when the camouflage-clad soldier escaped and stole a white 2003 Chevy Avalanche. A vehicle chase through Madison, Oneida and Otsego counties ended when police damaged the tires of the car. He fled on foot into a wooded area near Richfield Springs, south of Utica. The Observer-Dispatch of Utica reports that Marcum was armed with a handgun and may be wearing a bullet-proof vest. Marcum, who is considered dangerous, reportedly said that he would force police to shoot him to end his life. The Watertown Daily Times reports that Marcum was arrested Monday on a charge of third-degree burglary after being accused of stealing a $700 plasma TV from a storage unit. Marcum is a private first class from Morgantown, W.Va., who joined the Army in August 2010 and was deployed to Afghanistan this year from January to March, according to officials at Fort Drum. Fort Drum spokeswoman Julie Cupernall said Marcum had been under "unit custody" in barracks Thursday after making bail on the civilian charge. Marcum was not under military police custody, but was being watched by a member of his unit, she said. Police reportedly set up a scanning area Friday morning to check cars passing through for any sign of Marcum. A state police helicopter could also be seen searching the area, the Observer-Dispatch reports. Marcum was last reported to be in a swampy area, according to the newspaper (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 20, 2011 Suspect: Cleve Foster Age: 47 Ethnicity: White Location: Fort Worth, Texas Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: Gun Crime: Rape, Murder

Title: Supreme Court Halts Execution Of Former Army Recruiter Date: September 20, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A former Army recruiter who for the third time this year was hours away from his scheduled execution for the rape-slaying of a woman in Fort Worth nearly 10 years ago was granted yet another reprieve by the U.S. Supreme Court on Tuesday. Cleve Foster, 47, was set to die Tuesday evening. The high court twice earlier this year stopped Foster's scheduled lethal injection. The latest court ruling came about 2 1/2 hours before Foster could have been taken to the Texas death chamber. Foster was meeting with one of his lawyers in a small holding cell a few steps from the death chamber when a Texas Department of Criminal Justice spokesman delivered the news. "He thanked God and pointed to his attorney, saying this woman helped save his life," prison spokesman Jason Clark said. He also said Foster repeated his insistence that he was innocent. "I did not do this crime," Foster told him. "I know there are those out there who have hard feelings against me, but I did not do this." Unlike his previous trips to the death house, the reprieve came before he was served his requested final meal, which included two fried chickens and a five-gallon bucket of peaches. Instead, he immediately was returned to death row, at a prison about 45 miles to the east. Foster was one of two men convicted and sent to death row for fatally shooting a 30-year-old woman whose body was found in a ditch by pipeline workers in Fort Worth in February 2002. His partner died last year of cancer.

74

The court's brief order, similar to one issued last week in the case of Duane Buck, another Texas inmate facing execution, said the reprieve would remain in effect pending the outcome of Foster's request for a review, known as a petition for a writ of certiorari. If the writ is denied, the reprieve is lifted, clearing the way for a new execution date to be set. In January, just before the start of a six-hour window when Foster could be strapped to the death chamber gurney for injection, he won a reprieve so the justices could further review an appeal in his case. Then in April, the high court again halted his execution when lawyers sought a rehearing on arguments he was innocent and had poor legal help at his trial and in early stages of his appeal. His lawyers returned to the court with similar arguments he was innocent and had previous deficient legal help, specifically asking the court to decide whether prisoners like Foster had a constitutional guarantee for a competent lawyer when he first raised claims in a state appeals court. State lawyers said the issues had been resolved by the courts, that the Supreme Court has ruled there's no constitutional right to a competent state-provided lawyer for appeals, and the last-day appeal was just another attempt to delay Foster's punishment. Foster would have been the 11th Texas prisoner executed this year. On Wednesday, Lawrence Russell Brewer, 44, was set to die for participating in the notorious dragging death case in Jasper in East Texas. Brewer was one of two white men condemned for the death of a black man, James Byrd Jr., more than 13 years ago, in a hate crime that shocked the nation for its brutality. Foster was one of two men convicted and sent to death row for fatally shooting Nyaneur Pal. Her body was found on Valentine's Day 2002. "I didn't do this," he said recently from outside his cell on death row. "I'll fight it to the end." Foster and a companion, Sheldon Ward, were convicted of fatally shooting Pal, who came to the U.S. from Sudan and was known as Mary. Pal, who worked at a country club, was seen talking with Foster and Ward at a Fort Worth bar. Evidence showed she had been shot once in the head and raped. A gun identified as the murder weapon was found in a motel room where Foster and Ward were living. Authorities determined the same gun was used two months earlier to kill another woman, 22-year-old Rachel Urnosky, at her Fort Worth apartment. She also had been raped. Foster and Ward were implicated but never tried in her slaying. An aunt and uncle of Pal and the parents of Urnosky were to witness the execution. They had not yet arrived at the Huntsville Unit of the Texas Department of Criminal Justice, where executions are carried out, when the court ordered the punishment stopped. Foster blamed Pal's death on Ward, who was one of his Army recruits. Prosecutors said evidence showed Foster actively participated in the woman's killing, offered no credible explanations, lied and gave contradictory stories about his sexual activities with Pal. Her blood and tissue were found on the weapon and DNA evidence showed both men had sex with her. Ward said the sex was consensual. Foster said he was passed out from sleeping pills at the time Pal would have been murdered. Ward died of cancer last year while on death row. Foster also denied any involvement in Urnosky's slaying in December 2001. He told detectives he and Ward were at her apartment but they left when she refused to have sex with them. The Texas Tech honors graduate was found dead in her bed after she failed to show up for work. In appeals, attorneys referred to Ward's several statements claiming sole responsibility for Pal's murder. "The most striking feature of Ward's `confessions' is that they are incompatible with each other," state lawyers said in their responses to the appeals courts. Foster grew up in Henderson, Kentucky, and spent nearly two decades in the Army, reaching the rank of sergeant first class. He was deployed to the Middle East during Desert Storm and was assigned to Fort Worth as a recruiter. Records showed court martial proceedings were started against him after allegations he gave alcohol to underage students as a recruiter and had sex with an underage potential recruit. He was denied re-enlistment in the Army and had been out of the service only a short time when the slayings occurred (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 24, 2011 Suspect: Andrew Holmes Age: 21 Ethnicity: White Location: Boise, Idaho Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: Machine gun Crime: Fired a heavy machine gun at a boy from 15 feet away

75

Title: US Soldier Jailed For Seven Years Over Murders Of Afghan Civilians Date: September 24, 2011 Source: The Guardian Abstract: A US soldier has been sentenced to seven years in prison for his role in the murders of Afghan civilians last year. Pvt 1st Class Andrew Holmes, 21, was among five soldiers charged over the "thrill killings" of the three civilians during patrols in Kandahar. The murders have been described as among the most serious war crimes charges to emerge from the Afghanistan war. Holmes, from Boise, Idaho, confessed in court to firing a heavy machine gun at a boy from 15 feet away, after his co-defendant threw a grenade at him. He was accused of directly participating in the first killing and initially charged with premeditated murder among other charges. But in a deal with prosecutors, Holmes pleaded guilty to murder by an inherently dangerous act, as well as possessing a finger bone from his victim and smoking hashish. Judge Lt Col Kwasi Hawks sentenced him on Friday to seven years in jail, saying there was no excuse for the murder. "You aimed a fully loaded squad automatic weapon at [a] child that stood 15 feet away," he said. However, Hawks also told the defendant, "I hope and I believe you will have a long and productive life, and I believe a happy life." Holmes told the judge he wanted the "opportunity to be a son, a brother, a nephew". His family cried as his sentence was given. The soldiers, from Joint Base Lewis-McChord, south of Seattle, were arrested in Afghanistan last year after prosecutors said they killed the three men for sport in January, February and May of 2010. Prosecutors say that in addition to the murders by the group, formerly known as the 5th Stryker Brigade but renamed the 2nd Stryker Brigade, some of the defendants kept body parts severed from the corpses and photos as war trophies. Holmes' sentence came one day after he changed his plea to guilty in a deal with army prosecutors. Holmes will receive credit for the 499 days he has already been behind bars and could leave prison early on good behaviour, it was reported. He will receive a dishonorable discharge after serving his sentence, said army spokesman Joe Kubistek. Holmes will also forfeit his army pay. During the closing argument in his case, prosecutor Major Rob Stelle showed a large photo of Holmes standing over his victim. "It was callous, reckless indifference, a depraved heart," he said of the killing. "The accused had a choice. He pulled the trigger and ended that man's life." Holmes' lawyer, Dan Conway, argued his client was a 19-year-old soldier placed in a difficult situation. Drug use was said to be rampant in the army unit. One soldier who blew the whistle on hash smoking by his comrades was beaten up and threatened in retaliation (The Guardian, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 20, 2011 Suspect: Jared Berman, Richard Daley, Claude Byrd, Kevon McLaren Age: 20, 22, 24, 27 Ethnicity: White, African-American Location: Fort Sill, Oklahoma Affiliation(s): Army, 75th Fires Brigade Weapons: Crime: Robbery, burglary, kidnapping, shooting with intent to kill

Title: Four U.S. Soldiers Charged In Home Invasion Leaving Four Wounded

76

Date: September 28, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Four soldiers from Fort Sill in Oklahoma were charged in a home invasion in which four people were shot and wounded. Three of the Fort Sill soldiers in Oklahoma broke into the home in Lawton on Sept. 20, and the fourth served as the getaway driver, prosecutors contend in charging documents filed Tuesday. Prosecutors did not immediately respond to phone messages Wednesday seeking comment and further details about the attack. The three who allegedly entered the home -- Pvt. Richard Daley, 24; Pfc. Claude Byrd II, 27; and Pfc. Kevon McLaren, 22 -- were each charged Tuesday with one count of conspiracy to commit first-degree robbery, three counts of first-degree robbery, and five counts of kidnapping. McLaren, who witnesses said fired the shots, according to a probable cause affidavit, was also charged with shooting with intent to kill and first-degree burglary. The alleged getaway driver, 20-year-old Pfc. Jared Berman, was charged with being an accessory to a crime. The four were in jail Wednesday and online court records did not list attorneys for any of them. According to affidavits filed in the case, McLaren shot the four adult victims and he, Daley and Byrd stole several items from the apartment in Lawson, southwest of Oklahoma City and where the post is located. Fort Sill commander Maj. Gen. David Halverson said in a statement Tuesday that post officials are cooperating with the investigation. "This was an isolated incident, well outside the norm in terms of the way our soldiers behave off-duty, and especially in Lawton, where our various unit relationships and community support initiatives have showcased our soldiers as good neighbors," Halverson said. The four soldiers are assigned to the 75th Fires Brigade, which Fort Sill spokesman Keith Pannell described as a field and air defense artillery unit (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 17, 2011 Suspect: N/A Age: Early 20's Ethnicity: White Location: Seoul, South Korea Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: N/A Crime: Rape

Title: 2 U.S. Soldiers Accused Of Raping Teenagers In Korea Date: October 8, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Two U.S. soldiers have been accused of raping teenage girls in South Korea in separate incidents, prompting U.S. military officials to apologize Saturday as they tried to ease growing public anger. Army Brig. Gen. David Conboy, who supervises the U.S. garrison in Seoul, issued a statement apologizing for "pain" caused by allegations that a U.S. soldier raped a girl in her rented room in Seoul on Sept. 17. That solider -- a private in his early 20s -- is being questioned by police but has not been arrested. Another U.S. private has been arrested on suspicion of raping a teenage girl on Sept. 24 in a city north of Seoul. The top U.S. diplomat for East Asia, Kurt Campbell, apologized Friday for what he called a "tragic and inexcusable rape that took place about a week ago." It was not clear which of the two incidents he was referring to. The alleged assaults have prompted small protests near the U.S. Embassy in Seoul, while the Internet has been abuzz with Koreans expressing their anger. On Saturday, a minor labor party called for restricting the movement of American soldiers outside their bases. The U.S. has 28,500 troops stationed in South Korea, a legacy of the 1950-53 Korean War. Gen. James Thurman, America's top commander in South Korea, said Friday that he has instated a curfew following "the incidents over the last several months." He did not clarify his comments, but said the curfew would last 30 days.

77

U.S. officials are wary of an anti-American sentiment that could be rekindled in countries where their troops are stationed. In 2002, the acquittals of two American soldiers whose armored vehicle ran over and killed two South Korean schoolgirls during training prompted nationwide protests against the U.S. military presence in the country. In 1995, the rape of a 12-year-old Japanese girl by U.S. service members in Okinawa sparked one of the biggest anti-U.S. protests in Japan. About 50,000 U.S. troops are stationed in Japan in a post-World War II security pact (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 15, 2011 Suspect: Sgt. Larry Hutchins Age: 27 Ethnicity: White Location: Camp Pendleton Affiliation(s): Marines Weapons: Unknown Crime: Kidnapping, Murder

Title: Convicted Marine Gets Temporary Release For Birth Date: October 15, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A Marine squad leader who was convicted of leading troops to kill an Iraqi civilian will get a temporary release from prison to witness the birth of his second child. Sgt. Larry Hutchins is currently serving an 11-year sentence at the prison facility at Miramar Marine Corps Air Station. In 2006, Hutchins led an eight-man squad that kidnapped an Iraqi man from his home, marched him into a ditch and killed him. Hutchins' wife became pregnant after he was freed by an appellate decision, but returned to prison several months later when it was overturned. Hutchins has lost numerous appeals (Fox News, 2011).

Title: The FBI Announces Gangs Have Infiltrated Every Branch Of The Military Date: October 22, 2011 Source: Business Insider Abstract: The FBI has released a new gang assessment announcing that there are 1.4 million gang members in the US, a 40 percent increase since 2009, and that many of these members are getting inside the military (via Stars and Stripes). The report says the military has seen members from 53 gangs and 100 regions in the U.S. enlist in every branch of the armed forces. Members of every major street gang, some prison gangs, and outlaw motorcycle gangs (OMGs) have been reported on both U.S. and international military installations. From the report: Through transfers and deployments, military-affiliated gang members expand their culture and operations to new regions nationwide and worldwide, undermining security and law enforcement efforts to combat crime. Gang members with military training pose a unique threat to law enforcement personnel because of their distinctive weapons and combat training skills and their ability to transfer these skills to fellow gang members. The report notes that while gang members have been reported in every branch of service, they are concentrated in the U.S. Army, Army Reserves, and the Army National Guard. Many street gang members join the military to escape the gang lifestyle or as an alternative to incarceration, but often revert back to their gang associations once they encounter other gang members in the military. Other gangs target the U.S. military and defense systems to expand their territory, facilitate criminal activity such as weapons and drug trafficking, or to receive weapons and combat training that they may transfer back to their gang. Incidents of weapons theft and trafficking may have a negative impact on public safety or pose a threat to law enforcement officials. The FBI points out that many gangs, especially the bikers, actively recruit members with military training and advise young members with no criminal record to join the service for weapon access and combat experience. The full assessment is definitely worth checking out, if only for the pictures (Business Insider, 2011).

78

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 25, 2011 Suspect: Leo Sharp Age: 87 Ethnicity: White Location: Detroit, Michigan Affiliation(s): Army? Weapons: N/A Crime: Allegedly had 228 pounds of cocaine (worth nearly $3 million) in the car he was driving.

Title: 87-Year-Old Vet Arrested In Michigan After Cops Reportedly Find Cocaine In Car Date: October 25, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Detroit police arrested an 87-year-old veteran last week after reportedly finding more than 228 pounds of cocaine in the car he was driving. Leo Sharp refused to allow a state trooper to search his car after being pulled over for improper lane use, according to records. Police called a drugsniffing dog to the scene and found 104 brick-shaped packages of cocaine worth nearly $3 million in his car, MyFoxDetroit.com reports. In a court appearance Monday, Sharp claimed he was forced at gunpoint to haul the drugs. Attorney Ray Richards said this was his client's first time in the federal court system and Sharp was likely confused by the questioning. "It's not what it seems," Richards told MyFoxDetroit."There's a lot more to this story to be played out later." Sharp is charged with possession with intent to distribute. He could be sentenced to at least 10 years in prison, if convicted. Sharp is married with children and works full-time growing exotic plants for a horticulture company in Indiana, MyFoxDetroit.com reports. Judge Mark Randon released Sharp Monday on $10,000 bond and scheduled the next hearing in the case for Nov. 10 (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 26, 2011 Suspect: Benjamin E. Johns, Jacob D. Jacoby, Carlos Orozco III Age: ? Ethnicity: White Location: Hawaii based Affiliation(s): Marines Weapons: Words Crime: Charged with wrongfully humiliating and demeaning 21-year-old Lance Cpl. Harry Lew, who killed himself April 3, 2011.

Title: Three Marines Will Go To Trial For Alleged Hazing Of Marine Who Committed Suicide Date: October 26, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Three Hawaii-based Marines accused of hazing a fellow Marine who later committed suicide in Afghanistan will be tried in a general courtmartial, the Marine Corps said Wednesday. A trial date for Sgt. Benjamin E. Johns, Lance Cpl. Jacob D. Jacoby and Lance Cpl. Carlos Orozco III has not been set. The three are charged with wrongfully humiliating and demeaning 21-year-old Lance Cpl. Harry Lew, who killed himself April 3. The two lance corporals have also been charged with assault, and one was charged with cruelty and maltreatment. A general court-martial is a forum for the most serious charges in the military justice system. Less serious charges may be addressed in summary courts-martial or a special courts-martial. Lew, of Santa Clara, Calif., was a nephew of U.S. Rep. Judy Chu of California.

Brig. Gen. Frederick Padilla, 3rd Marine Division commander, decided the case should go to trial, Lt. Col. Curtis Hill, a spokesman for Marine Corps Forces Pacific, said in an email. "The Marine Corps prides itself on holding its members to the highest levels of accountability. The Marine Corps does not tolerate hazing of any kind," Hill said. "When allegations of hazing are made, they are investigated and if substantiated, appropriate corrective action is taken."

79

An Article 32 hearing -- similar to a civilian grand jury hearing -- was held regarding the charges last month. The hearing depicted a squad of Marines actively fighting on the front lines while at the same time trying to cope with a habit Lew developed of falling asleep on watch duty. Lew fell asleep four times in the 10 days he spent at Patrol Base Gowragi, a remote outpost in Afghanistan. Because Lew's life and the lives of his fellow Marines depended on him being awake and alert, several Marines in his squad grew increasingly frustrated with the dozing. Lew's leaders tried various approaches to keep him awake, including taking him off patrols so he could get more rest, according to testimony at the hearing. But on Lew's last night, those efforts escalated into alleged acts of violence and humiliation, according to the charges heard. The Marines are accused of punching and kicking him, making him do pushups and pouring sand in his face. Commanders in retrospect said Lew's sleeping may have been a symptom that he was suffering from depression or some other medical condition. Hill stressed the Marines are presumed innocent until proven guilty (Fox News, 2011).

4. U.S. MILITARY HEISTS

OBAMACSI.COM: A number of recent military computers, weapons and ammunition heists from U.S. military bases are unprecedented and may indicate that large scale false-flag attacks from the "thieves2 may be imminent. These thefts coincide with the large number of U.S. military personnel accused of hanus crimes which could lead to U.S. military men and women being scapegoated in future terror attacks. Title: Thousands Of Laptops Stolen During 9-hour Heist Date: July 13, 2010 Source: CBS News Abstract: Thousands of laptops have been stolen from the Florida office of a private contractor for the U.S. military's Special Operations Command. Surveillance cameras caught up to seven people loading the computers into two trucks for nine hours. U.S. Special Operations Command coordinates the activities of elite units from the Army, Navy, Air Force and Marines. A spokeswoman said Tuesday that none of the stolen laptops contained military information or software. The Virginia-based company iGov was awarded a $450 million contract earlier this year to supply mobile technology services linking special operations troops worldwide. A company executive says iGov is cooperating with authorities and the March 6 break-in at its Tampa facility remains under investigation (CBS News, 2010).

Title: Feds: AK-74 Assault Rifles Stolen From Fort Irwin Date: July 30, 2011 Source: CNN Abstract: Federal authorities are investigating whether any of the 26 AK-74 assault rifles and a Dragunov rifle stolen from the Fort Irwin Army Post has ended up in Fresno, California, a spokesman said Saturday. The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation have offered a $10,000 reward for information leading to the arrest and conviction of individuals behind the July 15 theft of firearms from an army supply warehouse in Fort Irwin, California, an ATF official said. Authorities said some arrests were made after employees at the storage warehouse were interviewed, but no further details were available Saturday and other suspects were still being sought. Federal authorities have received reports that some of the firearms have reached Fresno, and authorities have notified officials there of that possibility, a spokesman told CNN. "Although our agents and officers are vigorously investigating this theft, we request the public's assistance to help us arrest and prosecute those individuals responsible for this crime," special agent John A. Torres of the ATF's Los Angeles office said in a statement. "Community participation is necessary to improve the likelihood that ATF and our law enforcement partners will track down the firearms as well as the criminals who have sought to destabilize our community through illegal activity" (CNN, 2011).

Title: Officials Investigate Missing Ammo At Fort Bragg Date: September 10, 2011

80

Source: Fox News Abstract: Officials at Fort Bragg say an investigation is under way into the disappearance of nearly 14,000 rounds of ammunition at the Army base. Staff Sgt. Joshua Ford, a spokesman for the 82nd Airborne Division, says the ammunition went missing from the 1st Brigade Combat Team at Fort Bragg. The Fayetteville Observer reports that Ford believed the ammunition was taken overnight on Tuesday. The 1st Brigade team was placed on lockdown for a few hours Wednesday night while officials conducted a search. The missing ammunition can be used in an M-4 or M-16 assault rifle. Ford says the 82nd Airborne Division and military police are taking the matter seriously and that "any amount of ammunition that goes missing" has "got to be accounted for" (Fox News, 2011).

CHAPTER 2: PRESIDENTIAL ASSASSINATION: AS SEEN ON TV

The Manchurian Candidate
OBAMACSI.COM: Information within the movie "The Manchurian Candidate", especially the revelations regarding mind control, could be applied in theory to the presidency of one Barack Obama. While there is currently no way of knowing 100% if Obama is a real-life Manchurian Candidate, the evidence thus far concludes that this it is a real and distinct possibility. 1. "The Manchurian Candidate" (2004): The eerie similarities between the movie entitled "The Manchurian Candidate" and the presidency of Barack Obama are frightening to say the least. Should you reverse the roles of Denzel Washington (Army veteran) and Liev Schreiber, (U.S. Presidential candidate), you would have what many people consider to be the situation in the White House today: A Black U.S. President (Barack Obama), under mind control, with the head scars to prove it. Should Obama be assassinated by a member of the Armed Services, the movie plot would be reflected in its entirety. 2. The 2011 NFL Super Bowl: Barack Obama was trained, and possibly programmed, to be the Nuclear President. A nuclear president (one willing to nuke millions) would have to be a 100% controlled Manchurian Candidate that was politically untouchable due to his race (black), status (celebrity), religion (Muslim), and his Nobel Peace prize (justifying nuclear retaliation). Under Obama's watch, "terrorists" were supposed to nuke the Super Bowl and Obama was slated to play the black, sports loving president hell bent on revenge. The nuclear attack was to be blamed on Pakistan (a Muslim nation), and there is little doubt that a full-scale nuclear retaliation by the U.S. would have ensued. Due to release of The Nuclear Bible, the plot was exposed and Obama now appears slated for disposal since his usefulness as a nuclear war hero president has apparently failed. 3. Obama's Head Scars: Roughly 8 weeks after the nuclear false-flag fail at Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011, Barack Obama appeared at political functions sporting what appear to be massive brain surgery scars located on the back of his head. The White House, CNN and Fox News addressed the issue of the scars, but the claim that Obama had brain surgery was scoffed at and ridiculed. If Obama is truly a Manchurian type of candidate, the brain surgery post Super Bowl makes perfect sense in that Obama would have to be re-programmed, possibly electronically, due to the unexpected change in plans. 4. Obama's Odd Presidential Behavior: The odd behavior of Barack Obama, in both public and private settings, appear to be that of mind control. According to a Washington D.C. insider, "on the campaign trail, Obama is a machine", which would mean that he could be under the hypnosis of mindcontrol. Off the campaign trail, the insider states, "When he [Obama] is off script, he is what I call a real slow talker. Lots of ummms, and lots of time in between answers where you can almost see the little wheel in his head turning very slowly. I am not going to say the president is a dumb man, because he is not, but yeah, there was a definite letdown when you actually hear him talking without the script." If Obama is truly a Manchurian type of candidate, the reported behavior makes complete sense in that Obama is programmed, mentally. 5. Mind Control & MKULTRA: There are many forms of Mind Control,but the most famous and lethal form known to date is codenamed MKULTRA (a covert, illegal CIA human experimentation program, run by the CIA's Office of Scientific Intelligence). This official U.S. government program began in the early 1950s, continuing to the present day, and has repeatedly used unwitting U.S. and Canadian citizens as its test subjects. Most frightening of all, MKULTRA can program unwitting assassins to kill political enemies and/or act as patsies. The assassinations of Robert F. Kennedy and John Lennon both appear to both be MKULTRA hits with many other political assassinations bearing the MKULTRA trademark.

1. "THE MANCHURIAN CANDIDATE"

OBAMACSI.COM: The eerie similarities between the movie entitled "The Manchurian Candidate" and the presidency of Barack Obama are frightening to say the least. Should you reverse the roles of Denzel Washington (Army veteran) and Liev Schreiber, (U.S. Presidential candidate), you would have what many people consider to be the situation in the White House today: A Black U.S. President (Barack Obama), under mind control, with the head scars to prove it. Should Obama be assassinated by a member of the Armed Services, the movie plot would be reflected in its entirety. Title: The Manchurian Candidate

81

Date: July 30, 2004 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "The Manchurian Candidate" is a 2004 American thriller film based on the 1959 novel of the same name by Richard Condon, and a reimagining of the previous 1962 film. The film stars Denzel Washington as Bennett Marco, a tenacious, virtuous soldier; Liev Schreiber as Raymond Shaw, a U.S. Representative from New York, manipulated into becoming a vice-presidential candidate; Jon Voight as Tom Jordan, a U.S. Senator and challenger for vice president and Meryl Streep as Eleanor Prentiss Shaw, also a senator and the manipulative, ruthless mother of Raymond Shaw. Major Bennett "Ben" Marco (Denzel Washington) is a war veteran who begins to doubt what is commonly known about his famous Army unit. During Operation Desert Storm, Sergeant First Class Raymond Shaw (Liev Schreiber) supposedly rescued all but two members in his unit, of which Marco was the commanding officer. This made Shaw a war hero, gained him the Medal of Honor, and launched him into a career in politics. One of Marco's former NCOs, Corporal Al Melvin (Jeffrey Wright), contacts him and says that he has had some 'dreams', and mentions himself, Marco, and Shaw inside a big room, with confusing memories of the lost army unit. He is clearly deranged. He also shows Major Marco some images he's drawn from the dreams, including one of a tattooed woman. The members begin to come together in a dystopian near-future America defined by xenophobia, defacto martial law, environmental degradation, and increasing corporate control. Shaw, now a United States Congressman, becomes his party's candidate for Vice-President. He is an unexpected candidate, as Connecticut Senator Tom Jordan (Jon Voight) was the leading choice for some time. Jordan is pushed aside by Shaw's mother, Virginia Senator Eleanor Shaw (Meryl Streep), who convinces the party leaders into nominating her son. An obvious rivalry exists between Eleanor Shaw and Tom Jordan, partly due to a past relationship between Raymond Shaw and Jordan's daughter Jocelyne (Vera Farmiga). That evening, Marco has a nightmare in which he is trapped in a large room, with tattooed women placing large television sets in front of the soldiers, and repeatedly saying, "Raymond Shaw is probably the kindest, bravest, warmest, most selfless human being I've ever known." Meanwhile, Melvin desperately pleads for Marco to help him, but Marco cannot, as he is incapacitated by his surgery, chemical infusion, and hypnotism. After Shaw is nominated, Marco begins investigating what really happened during the war. He finds an implant inside of his back, and, having it analyzed, realizes that it is a nano-technological experiment dating from the Gulf War, and having to do with Manchurian Global, an international weapons manufacturer with major political connections, including former prime ministers, trust-fund terrorists, ayatollahs, and the Shaw family. Marco also finds a newspaper clipping with a person in a photograph who he recognizes as a scientist from his nightmares. Looking him up, he finds that his name is Atticus Noyle (an anagram of Dr. Yen Lo, an evil Chinese brain-washer from the original 1962 film), a genetic engineer and soldier of fortune, who used to work for Manchurian global, on a nanotechnology experiment. Marco shows this to Tom Jordan, who, although he doesn't entirely believe the story, does realize that there is a strong possibility that Raymond Shaw was brainwashed, and confronts the Shaws about this. When he suggests that Raymond bow out gracefully from the campaign, Eleanor Shaw pretends to think that this is an idiotic ruse to eliminate competition. Taking matters into her own hands in fear and desperation as the conspiracy is hours away from being revealed, she 'activates' her son. In a trance-like state, under his mother's orders, Raymond Shaw murders Tom Jordan and his daughter. Eleanor Shaw is furious at Manchurian Global because they gave her their word that the brainwashing conspiracy could never have been found out, and while it's true that she was trusted with their technology, they were trusted with her son. As she becomes more and more controlling, it is soon revealed that the Vice-Presidential spot is not what she has in mind for her son, but the presidency. On election night, the newly elected president will be assassinated, and the planned assassin of Shaw's running mate is none other than Marco himself, who was also brainwashed in the war. With the help of the FBI, Marco arranges a private meeting with Shaw in a school which he was to cast his vote in. Marco tries once again to convince Shaw of what is happening to him and that there is a deeper link between them that Manchurian technology has not managed to obliterate. Shaw seems to agree, and gives Marco his Medal of Honor, which he says he does not deserve. Marco takes it, and Shaw receives a phone call from his mother, who wants to talk to Marco. Marco answers it, and is soon "activated" by her. After Eleanor Shaw activates her son, he becomes helpless and weak. The latent ambiguity of their relationship is revealed when Eleanor washes down her son, kissing him repeatedly on the lips and stroking the back of his neck. They then get ready to go to the election party. Shaw and Marco begin to regain a conscious state even while under Manchurian Global's control. At the election night celebration party, the newly elected Shaw and Major Marco realize what must be done. Shaw leads his mother onto the stage with him, moving them into the spot where the President should be and blocking Marco's shot. Marco then fires one shot, killing both of them as they hug. Just before Marco can kill himself (which had been part of Eleanor Shaw's plan), FBI Agent Eugenie "Rosie" Rose (Kimberly Elise) stops him by shooting him in the shoulder. The FBI seemingly covers up Marco's involvement, framing a Manchurian Global conspirator with the shooting. In the last scene, Rosie takes Marco to the compound he was brainwashed in, apparently in conjunction with the FBI investigation. Marco realizes what has happened, and lets the sea take away a picture of the "lost platoon" along with Shaw's Medal of Honor (Wikipedia, 2011).

2. THE 2011 NFL SUPER BOWL

OBAMACSI.COM: Barack Obama was trained, and possibly programmed, to be the Nuclear President. A nuclear president (one willing to nuke millions) would have to be a 100% controlled Manchurian Candidate that was politically untouchable due to his race (black), status (celebrity), religion (Muslim), and his Nobel Peace prize (justifying nuclear retaliation). Under Obama's watch, "terrorists" were supposed to nuke the Super Bowl and Obama was slated to play the black, sports loving president hell bent on revenge. The nuclear attack was to be blamed on Pakistan (a Muslim nation), and there is little doubt that a full-scale nuclear retaliation by the U.S. would have ensued. Due to release of The Nuclear Bible, the plot was exposed and Obama now appears slated for disposal since his usefulness as a nuclear war hero president has apparently failed.

82

Title: Super Bowl False-Flag Fail Date: January 28, 2011 Source: The Nuclear Bible Abstract: As with any legal matter, a full, independent and open investigation must be conducted prior to filing any legal charges. However, after reviewing the evidence regarding Super Bowl XLV, it's hard to believe that all the news, evidence and events are just sheer coincidence. There have been 44 Super Bowls prior to Super Bowl XLV, and nothing remotely similar has ever occurred before, at, or after the game: Terror warnings, terror alerts, nuclear terror alerts, travel warnings, mass casualty and terror drills, 400 abandoned seats at the game, suspicious alibis, mass cancellations, etc., makes the 2011 Super Bowl different in every regard. 2011 Super Bowl Anomalies & Headlines: The Super Bowl XLV Terror Memo The Bi-Polar Homeland Security Super Bowl Terror Warnings The NFL Laptop Thefts at the Super Bowl Al Qaeda has a Nuke! (5 days before Super Bowl) The Worldwide Terror Alerts The Nuclear Terrorism Detection Plan Submitted to Congress Report: Nuclear Devices Not Properly Tested The Nuclear Terror Rehearsal Meeting (2 weeks before Super Bowl) The Mass Causality & Terror Drills in Texas The 400 Empty Seats at Super Bowl XLV The Super Bowl Alibis The DHS & NFL Partnership The 2010 Nuclear Summit The Super Bowl Cancellations (The Nuclear Bible, 2011)

3. OBAMA'S HEAD SCARS

OBAMACSI.COM: Roughly 8 weeks after the nuclear false-flag fail at Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011, Barack Obama appeared at political functions sporting what appear to be massive brain surgery scars located on the back of his head. The White House, CNN and Fox News addressed the issue of the scars, but the claim that Obama had brain surgery was scoffed at and ridiculed. If Obama is truly a Manchurian type of candidate, the brain surgery post Super Bowl makes perfect sense in that Obama would have to be re-programmed, possibly electronically, due to the unexpected change in plans. Title: Obama Major Brain Surgery? An Obot? Massive Head Scars Date: April 4, 2011 Source: Rense Abstract: What is up with these [Obama] scars and why haven't they received any major news attention? Is this why Obama's medical records have been sealed? (Rense, 2011)

Title: Mystery Scars On Obama's Head Prompt Another Question From Conspiracy Theorists - Has The President Had Brain Surgery? Date: April 6, 2011 Source: Daily Mail

83

Abstract: He has been plagued with questions and doubts concerning his background throughout his first term as President. Questions like - is Barack Obama actually American? Is he a Muslim? Is he actually an alien from another planet? - have frequently been asked. The next question circulating on the internet - has President Obama had brain surgery? Internet blog sites, conspiracy theorists and forums are awash with rumours as to what those mystery scars on the president's head are from. In pictures, Obama appears to have a long scar which goes up the side of his head and over his crown. Some conspiracy theorists claim they are scars that you would see on someone who has had brain surgery. But without medical records (along with his school records and birth certificate) no one seems to be able to provide an answer as to the cause of the mystery scars. Ben Hart, a blogger for Escape The Tyranny a website which presents itself as a Social Network & Forum For Conservatives, said: 'Obama's almost done with his first term, and we still know almost nothing about the background of the President of the United States. "Whatever happened to create that scar, it was clearly something serious. Was it a brain operation? Has it affected his thinking? 'No one is allowed to see his birth certificate. He is just one big mystery man, which adds intrigue to what that huge scar is all about.' Speculation about different aspects of Obama's life first gathered momentum when questions over his actual birthplace started to emerge, with many believing he was born in Kenya rather than Hawaii, as he has stated. Millions of dollars have allegedly been spent trying to ensure that it is not released to the public, not even the Hawaiian governor has access to it. Added to that are the fact his medical records have also been sealed. A spokeswoman from the White House said they were not willing to comment on such claims, saying they were 'ridiculous'. Countless neurosurgeons said it is 'not their place' to comment on whether or not distinctive scars on the President's head are as a result of brain surgery. Others offered explanations such as a bad haircut or even a birthmark though many did agree that the scars are similar to those a produced after major brain surgery. Without medical records or an admission from the White House, the public may never know the answer to the question, along with the contents of his birth certificate (Daily Mail, 2011).

Title: People Think Head Scars Prove Obamas Had Brain Surgery Date: April 11, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: He has been plagued with questions and doubts concerning his background throughout his first term as President. Questions like - is Barack Obama actually American? Is he a Muslim? Is he actually an alien from another planet? - have frequently been asked. The next question circulating on the internet - has President Obama had brain surgery? Internet blog sites, conspiracy theorists and forums are awash with rumours as to what those mystery scars on the president's head are from. In pictures, Obama appears to have a long scar which goes up the side of his head and over his crown. Some conspiracy theorists claim they are scars that you would see on someone who has had brain surgery (Fox News, 2011).

Title: Truck With Obama's Teleprompter, Audio Equipment Stolen In Virginia Date: October 18, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: In an ironic twist, President Obama's Teleprompter had an unscripted moment when it was apparently stolen along with a stash of other audio equipment inside a truck awaiting the president's arrival in Virginia.

84

The Defense Information System Agency on Tuesday confirmed the theft of the truck, which was later recovered, but said no sensitive information was lost. "No classified or sensitive information was in the vehicle," the agency said in a statement. "We take incidents such as this very seriously, and a formal investigation is continuing in coordination with relevant law enforcement agencies." White House Press Secretary Jay Carney said he was "aware" of the incident, adding "there is not a concern" about the equipment and information that was inside the truck. The truck was stolen in Henrico County outside Richmond. It was stationed there in advance of a presidential visit on Wednesday, while the president started his bus tour in North Carolina. The theft does not appear to be related to a bill by freshman Rep. Steve Womack, R-Ark., who in February proposed defunding the president's Teleprompter. He pulled his bill after the Congressional Budget Office told Womack it could not estimate the cost of toting around the equipment affectionately known as TOTUS -- Teleprompter of the United States. Womack's office did not have any comment on its recovery. The incident was first reported by NBC12 in Richmond. According to the network, authorities found the truck Monday afternoon in a Holiday Inn Express parking lot. NBC12 reported that the truck contained about $200,000 worth of equipment -- including podiums and presidential seals, sound equipment and the Teleprompter. A Defense Information System Agency spokeswoman would not say whether anything was stolen from the truck before the thieves ditched it (Fox News, 2011).

4. OBAMA'S ODD PRESIDENTIAL BEHAVIOR

OBAMACSI.COM: The odd behavior of Barack Obama, in both public and private settings, appear to be that of mind control. According to a Washington D.C. insider, "on the campaign trail, Obama is a machine", which would mean that he could be under the hypnosis of mind-control. Off the campaign trail, the insider states, "When he [Obama] is off script, he is what I call a real slow talker. Lots of ummms, and lots of time in between answers where you can almost see the little wheel in his head turning very slowly. I am not going to say the president is a dumb man, because he is not, but yeah, there was a definite letdown when you actually hear him talking without the script." If Obama is truly a Manchurian type of candidate, the reported behavior makes complete sense in that Obama is programmed, mentally. Title: White House Insider On Obama: President Losing It Date: September 7, 2010 Source: News Flavor Abstract: A longtime Washington D.C. insider, and former advisor to the Obama election campaign and transition team, speaks out on an administration in crisis, and a president increasingly withdrawn from the job of President. 2008 gave America an incredibly charismatic candidate for President of the United States. Speech after speech showed a candidate with increasing momentum as primary race after primary race concluded. And then came the nomination, more speeches, culminating in an election night victory. According to the person sitting across from me, those were incredibly exciting times, even for one who had been a participant with three previous presidential hopefuls. Barack Obama appeared to move from one city to the next effortlessly, gaining confidence and motivation with each campaign stop. He was remarkable to watch. He took the script, elevated it with his oration, left the crowds screaming for more, and then would do it all over again, time after time after time. On the campaign trail, Obama is a machine. When I asked this insider if the media gave candidate Obama an assist throughout his campaign, it elicits a sly smile. Sure we definitely had people in the media on our side. Absolutely. We went so far as to give them specific ideas for coverage. The ones who took that advice from the campaign were granted better access, and Obama was the biggest story in 2008, so yeah, that gave us a lot of leverage. Could Obama have succeeded without the medias help? Yeah, I think so. As I said, on the campaign trail he is very-very good. The opposition didnt have near the energy, or the celebrity attraction that Obama brings. Plus, the country was burned out after eight years of Bush. We knew that going in. We knew that if we won the Democrat nomination, we were likely going to cruise our way to the White House and that is exactly what we did. But after Obama was sworn in, things began to change? Almost immediately. Obama loved to campaign. He clearly didnt like the work of being President though, and that attitude was felt by the entire White House staff within weeks after the inauguration. Obama the tireless, hard working candidate became a very tepid personality to us. And the few news stories that did come out against him were the only things he seemed to care about. He absolutely obsesses over Fox News. For being so successful, Barack Obama is incredibly thin-skinned. He takes everything very personally. And you state he despises Joe Biden? Oh yeah. That is very well known in the White House. Obama chose Biden for one reason to have an older white guy with some international policy credentials. Period. If Biden has all of this international experience that Obama found so valuable, why has he

85

buried him under the pile of crap that became the stimulus bill? What does Joe Biden know about budgets and economics? Not much but Obama didnt care. Give Joe a job and get him the hell out of my hair that pretty much sums up the presidents feelings toward Joe Biden. What about Hillary Clinton? Obama is scared to death of Hillary. He doesnt trust her obsesses over her almost as much as he does Fox News. He respects her though, which might be why he fears her so much as well. He talks the game, but when it comes down to it, she has played the game on a far tougher level than he has, and Obama knows that. How about Bill Clinton? I never heard Obama say anything about Bill Clinton personally, though I was told he has cracked a few jokes about the former president since getting into the White House. I have heard that Bill Clinton does not like Barack Obama. That really started when Obama played the race card against him during the primary campaign. Apparently Clinton was apoplectic over that and still hasnt gotten over it. If there is one thing I have learned in this town dont make an enemy of Bill Clinton. So if Obama doesnt appear interested in the job of president, what does he do day after day? Well, he takes his meetings just like any other president would, though even then, he seems to lack a certain focus and on a few occasions, actually leaves with the directive that be given a summary of the meeting at a later date. I hear he plays a lot of golf, and watches a lot of television ESPN mainly. Ill tell you this if you want to see President Obama get excited about a conversation, turn it to sports. That gets him interested. You start talking about Congress, or some policy, and he just kinda turns off. Its really very strange. I mean, we were all led to believe that this guy was some kind of intellectual giant, right? Ivy League and all that. Well, that is not what I saw. Barack Obama doesnt have a whole lot of intellectual curiosity. When he is off script, he is what I call a real slow talker. Lots of ummms, and lots of time in between answers where you can almost see the little wheel in his head turning very slowly. I am not going to say the president is a dumb man, because he is not, but yeah, there was a definite letdown when you actually hear him talking without the script. That sounds like you are calling Obama stupid to me. No I am not going to call him stupid. He just doesnt strike me as particularly smart. Bill Clinton is a smart guy he would run intellectual circles around Barack Obama. And Bill Clinton loved the politics of being president. Obama seems to think he shouldnt have to be bothered, which has created a considerable amount of conflict among his staff. So how bad are things at the White House these days? I dont know about right now, because I have not been there in over a month. But I still hear things, and I know what it was like when I left. Its not good. As bad as it might look to voters based on what they do know, its much worse. The infighting is off the charts. You got a Chief of Staff who despises cabinet members, advisors who despise the Chief of Staff, a President and First Lady having their own issues Come again what about the First Lady? (The insider takes a deep breath) Ok, look, just like any other marriage, folks have issues. The Obamas are no different, except of course they are very high profile. I was told they were having issues before the campaign, and they have even more issues now. Maybe that is why Obama seems so detached not so much the stress of the White House, but the stress of personal issues. I can certainly relate to that kind of situation. Care to clarify some more on the Obama marriage? No. That is all I will say about that. Dont ask again. Ok, back to President Obama then. In just a few words, how would you describe him these days? Like I said, its been a while since I was last at the White House, but I dont have a problem saying that the president is losing it. I dont mean he is like losing his mind. I mean to say that he is losing whatever spark he had during the campaign. When you take away the crowds, Obama gets noticeably smaller. He shrinks up inside of himself. He just doesnt seem to have the confidence to do the job of President, and its getting worse and worse. Case in point just a few days before I left, I saw first hand the President of the United States yelling at a member of his staff. He was yelling like a spoiled child. And then he pouted for several moments after. I wish I was kidding, or exaggerating, but I am not. The President of the United States threw a temper tantrum. The jobs reports are always setting him off, and he is getting increasingly conspiratorial over the unemployment numbers. I never heard it myself, but was told that Obama thinks the banking system is out to get him now. That they and the big industries are making him pay for trying to regulate them more. That is the frame of mind the President is in these days. And you know what? Maybe he is right, who knows? Will Obama run again in 2012? I dont know. That subject was never brought up again after 2008, at least not ar ound me. If he does, I think it would have more to do with allowing him another year and a half of campaigning again. He just loves it so much. He really needs the crowds, the cheering, the support of the people. Can he win in 2012? Oh absolutely. Who else campaigns as well as Barack Obama? Nobody. What politician is more loved and supported by the media? Nobody. I dont see the Republicans offering up a candidate as powerful as Obama. I mean Sarah Palin? Really? Obama would defeat her by a 20 point landslide! Romney? The Republicans will enjoy these midterm elections, but 2012 is Obamas year if he chooses to run again. As a president, Obama has many flaws, but as a candidate, he is near flawless. But would another four years of an Obama presidency be the best thing for America? (Long pause) Now that is a much more interesting question right there, and a question I think more and more Democrat Party insiders are asking themselves these days, myself included. I am going to come right out and say it No. Obama is not up to the job of being president. He simply doesnt seem to care about the work involved. You want to know what? Obama is lazy. He really is. And it is getting worse and worse. Would another four years of Obama be the best thing for America? No it would not. What this country needs is a president who is focused on the job more than on themselves. Obama is not that individual. I actually hope he doesnt run again. Looking back, as much fun as the campaign in 2008 was, Hillary Clinton should have been the nominee. Hillary was ready to be president. Obama was not ready. He had never lost a campaign. Everything was handed to him. He doesnt really understand the idea of work real, hard, get your heart and soul into it work. And frankly, that is very disappointing to a whole lot of us (News Flavor, 2010).

5. MKULTRA & MIND CONTROL

86

OBAMACSI.COM: There are many forms of Mind Control,but the most famous and lethal form known to date is codenamed MKULTRA (a covert, illegal CIA human experimentation program, run by the CIA's Office of Scientific Intelligence). This official U.S. government program began in the early 1950s, continuing to the present day, and has repeatedly used unwitting U.S. and Canadian citizens as its test subjects. Most frightening of all, MKULTRA can program unwitting assassins to kill political enemies and/or act as patsies. The assassinations of Robert F. Kennedy and John Lennon both appear to both be MKULTRA hits with many other political assassinations bearing the MKULTRA trademark. Title: Mind Control Date: Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Mind control (also known as brainwashing, coercive persuasion, mind abuse, thought control, or thought reform) refers to a process in which a group or individual "systematically uses unethically manipulative methods to persuade others to conform to the wishes of the manipulator(s), often to the detriment of the person being manipulated".The term has been applied to any tactic, psychological or otherwise, which can be seen as subverting an individual's sense of control over their own thinking, behavior, emotions or decision making. Theories of brainwashing and of mind control were originally developed to explain how totalitarian regimes appeared to succeed in systematically indoctrinating prisoners of war through propaganda and torture techniques. These theories were later expanded and modified, by psychologists including Margaret Singer, to explain a wider range of phenomena, especially conversions to new religious movements (NRMs). A third-generation theory proposed by Ben Zablocki focused on the utilization of mind control to retain members of NRMs and cults to convert them to a new religion. The suggestion that NRMs use mind control techniques has resulted in scientific and legal controversy (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: MKULTRA Program Date: 1950's to Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Project MKULTRA, or MK-ULTRA, was the code name for a covert, illegal CIA human experimentation program, run by the CIA's Office of Scientific Intelligence. This official U.S. government program began in the early 1950s, continuing to the present day, and it used U.S. and Canadian citizens as its test subjects. The published evidence indicates that Project MKULTRA involved the use of many methodologies to manipulate individual mental states and alter brain functions, including the surreptitious administration of drugs and other chemicals, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, isolation, and verbal and sexual abuse. Project MKULTRA was first brought to wide public attention in 1975 by the U.S. Congress, through investigations by the Church Committee, and by a presidential commission known as the Rockefeller Commission. Investigative efforts were hampered by the fact that CIA Director Richard Helms ordered all MKULTRA files destroyed in 1973; the Church Committee and Rockefeller Commission investigations relied on the sworn testimony of direct participants and on the relatively small number of documents that survived Helms' destruction order. In 1977, a FOIA request uncovered a cache of 20,000 documents relating to project MKULTRA, which led to the Senate Hearings of 1977. In recent times most information regarding MKULTRA has been officially declassified. Although the CIA insists that MKULTRA-type experiments have been abandoned, 14-year CIA veteran Victor Marchetti has stated in various interviews that the CIA routinely conducts disinformation campaigns and that CIA mind control research continued. In a 1977 interview, Marchetti specifically called the CIA claim that MKULTRA was abandoned a "cover story." On the Senate floor in 1977, Senator Ted Kennedy said: The Deputy Director of the CIA revealed that over thirty universities and institutions were involved in an "extensive testing and experimentation" program which included covert drug tests on unwitting citizens "at all social levels, high and low, native Americans and foreign." Several of these tests involved the administration of LSD to "unwitting subjects in social situations." At least one death, that of Dr. Olson, resulted from these activities. The Agency itself acknowledged that these tests made little scientific sense. The agents doing the monitoring were not qualified scientific observers. Lawrence Teeter, attorney for convicted assassin Sirhan Sirhan, believed Sirhan was under the influence of hypnosis when he fired his weapon at Robert F. Kennedy in 1968. Teeter linked the CIA's MKULTRA program to mind control techniques that he claimed were used to control Sirhan (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: Manchurian Candidate Date: January 6, 2010 Source: TV.com Abstract: Jesse Ventura and his team learn about the "Manchurian Candidate" program - the Government's use of ordinary citizens as super soldiers to carry-out Government black ops, like assassinations. Governor Ventura learns how candidates are chosen, subjected to intense psychological stress and trauma, hypnotized, given microchip implants, and given keywords that when activated instruct them to kill on command without any recollection of the events. Jesse and the team interview an author and experts on the subject, and Jesse meets a man who claims to be a member of the Manchurian

87

Candidate program (TV.com, 2010).

24
OBAMACSI.COM: As with most earth changing events of the last 50 years, the slogan "AS SEEN ON TV" can be dutifully applied. The election and future assassination of a black U.S. President is no different.

The fact that black leaders such as Malcolm X and Martin Luther King Jr. have been be victims of assassination is not by accident, and neither is the constant rehashing of this narrative on television and in the movies. This idea is propagated in an attempt to scare black political candidates, delegitimize their campaigns, and divide the American public via racism. Just like 9/11, the future assassination of Barack Obama has already been seeded into the minds of the American public via propaganda long before the actual event transpires in real life. This propaganda is spewed in-order to mentally prepare the American people for what is about to occur, inspire would-be assassins to act, and to make the assassination seem more likely and plausible.

1. BLACK PRESIDENT ASSASSINATED ON "24": On the hit TV series "24", black U.S: president, David Palmer, is assassinated via sniper rifle by a white hit-man that was secretly working for the government. 2. "24" IS NEO-CON SEX FANTASY: As detailed by CNN, "24" is a dubbed as a "Neo-Con sex fantasy" that "feels real". Former head of U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Michael Chertoff, states that "24" reflects real life, and notorious Neo-Cons such as former Vice President Dick Cheney, Senator John McCain, Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas, and radio host Rush Limbaugh have vocalized that they are big fans of the show. Either "24" is a lucky case of art imitating life or the makers of "24" are colluding with government officials on some level. You decide.

1. BLACK PRESIDENT ASSASSINATED ON "24"

OBAMACSI.COM:On the hit TV series "24", black U.S: president, David Palmer, is assassinated via sniper rifle by a white hit-man that was secretly working for the government.

Title: President David Palmer Assassinated On Hit TV Show "24" Date: January 15, 2006 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: At 7:02 a.m., a sniper from the adjacent building shot through the window, hitting Palmer in the neck, killing him instantly. It was later revealed that the assassin, a man named Conrad Haas, had received his orders from Christopher Henderson, who, in secretly working for President Charles Logan (Wikipedia, 2011) At 3:30 in the video below, black U.S. President David Palmer is assassinated via sniper rifle:

2. "24" IS NEO-CON SEX FANTASY

OBAMACSI.COM: As detailed by CNN, "24" is a dubbed as a "Neo-Con sex fantasy" that "feels real". Former head of U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Michael Chertoff, states that "24" reflects real life, and notorious Neo-Cons such as former Vice President Dick Cheney, Senator John McCain, Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas, and radio host Rush Limbaugh have vocalized that they are big fans of the show. Either "24" is a lucky case of art imitating life or the makers of "24" are colluding with government officials on some level. You decide.

Title: Neo-Con Sex Fantasy? The Politics Of "24 Date: January 16, 2011 Source: CNN The plot depicted in the episode of "24" entitled "Terror in California", was subverted in real life at Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011.

Shooter
OBAMACSI.COM: Just like 9/11, the future assassination of a U.S. President by a "9/11 Truther" has been seeded into the minds of the American

88

public via propaganda long before the actual event transpires in real life. This propaganda is spewed in-order to mentally prepare the American people for what is about to occur, paint "9/11 Truthers" as terrorists, and to make the "9/11 Truther" assassin scenario seem more plausible. Should the attempted or real assassination of Barack Obama transpire, not only will "9/11 Truthers" and U.S. military veterans be targeted, but all gun owning Americans will be suspects in the nationwide manhunt that is sure to ensue. The chain of events following the release of "Shooter" clearly show intent to frame "9/11 Truthers" for the murder of a U.S. President. In all likelihood, that president would be Barack Obama. 1. "Shooter" (March, 2007): In the major motion picture "Shooter" (2007), U.S. military veteran and implied "9/11 Truther" (one who does not believe the official narrative put forth by the U.S. government regarding the attacks of 9/11), Bob Lee Swagger, is played by the actor Mark Wahlberg. Swagger is ultimately set up for the murder of an Ethiopian Archbishop as well as the attempted assassination of a sitting U.S. President via sniper rifle. At 9:08 into the film, with the "9/11 Commission Report" in clear view, Swagger states, "Let's see what lies they're trying to sell us today". Later in the movie, at 13:55 precisely, Swagger states, "Don't really like the President much...Didn't like the one before that much either". 2. Holocaust Museum Shooter (June, 2009): Alleged "9/11 Truther", James W. von Brunn, allegedly shoots a security guard at a Holocaust Museum in Washington D.C., before being killed by police. 3. 9/11 Truthers will Kill Obama (January, 2010): Glenn Beck of Fox News stated on his nationally syndicated radio program: "Watch the uber left. Pray that Obama moves to the center. If he does, pray that the Secret Service care for that man and that that man is never left alone. He has invited "9/11 Truthers" into the White House and into his administration. If they believe that he's just another one of these guys, he is in danger." 4. 2010 State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment (January, 2010): The "9/11 Truther" shooter threat was rehashed in the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and FBI's "2010: State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment", wherein it specifically states that Obama may be targeted by an individual like the Holocaust Museum Shooter, a 9/11 Truther.

1. "SHOOTER"

OBAMACSI.COM: In the major motion picture "Shooter" (2007), U.S. military veteran and implied "9/11 Truther" (one who does not believe the official narrative put forth by the U.S. government regarding the attacks of 9/11), Bob Lee Swagger, is played by the actor Mark Wahlberg. Swagger is ultimately set up for the murder of an Ethiopian Archbishop as well as the attempted assassination of a sitting U.S. President via sniper rifle. At 9:08 into the film, with the "9/11 Commission Report" in clear view, Swagger states, "Let's see what lies they're trying to sell us today". Later in the movie, at 13:55 precisely, Swagger states, "Don't really like the President much...Didn't like the one before that much either". Title: "Shooter" Date: March 23, 2007 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "Shooter" is a 2007 thriller film directed by Antoine Fuqua based on the novel "Point of Impact" by Stephen Hunter. The film concerns a former United States Marine Corps Scout Sniper, Bob Lee Swagger (Mark Wahlberg), who is framed for murder by a rogue secret private military company unit. It was released in cinemas on March 23, 2007. Bob Lee Swagger (Mark Wahlberg), a retired USMC Force Recon Gunnery Sergeant and Scout Sniper, is one of the few snipers in the world whose marksmanship abilities allow him to "take out a target from a mile away". He reluctantly leaves a self-imposed exile from his isolated mountain home in the Wind River Range at the request of Colonel Isaac Johnson (Danny Glover). Johnson appeals to Swagger's expertise and patriotism to help track down an assassin who plans on shooting the president from a great distance with a high powered rifle. Johnson gives him a list of three cities where the President is scheduled to visit so Swagger can determine if an attempt could be made at any of them. Swagger assesses each of the locations and determines that a site in Philadelphia would be most conducive to a long range assassination attempt. He passes this information to Johnson, who purportedly arranges for a response. This turns out to be a set-up; while Swagger is working with Johnson's agents including a local police officerto find the rumored assassin, the Ethiopian archbishop is instead assassinated while standing next to the president. Swagger is shot by the officer, but manages to escape. The agents tell the police and public that Swagger is the shooter, and stage a massive manhunt for the injured sniper. However, Swagger has a stroke of luckhe meets a rookie FBI special agent, Nick Memphis (Michael Pea), disarms him and steals his car. Swagger uses the first aid supplies in the car to treat his wounds and escapes by driving into the Delaware River while being chased. He then takes refuge with Sarah Fenn (Kate Mara), widow of Swagger's late spotter and close friend Donnie Fenn, killed years before in a mission in Africa that Swagger himself barely survived. She saves his life by cleaning and stitching Swagger's gunshot wounds, and he later convinces her to help him contact Memphis with information on the conspiracy. Memphis is blamed for allowing Swagger's escape and is disciplined for negligence. He independently learns that Swagger may have been framed for the assassination by finding several inconsistencies in the evidence and witness statements provided to the FBI by an unnamed private agency. When the rogue agents realize their secret is compromised, they kidnap Memphis and attempt to stage his suicide. Swagger tails the agents and kills Memphis' captors with a scoped .22 rifle equipped with a homemade silencer. Swagger and Memphis then join forces and visit a firearms expert (Levon Helm) in Athens, Tennessee. Together they plot to capture the person who they think is the real assassin, an ex-sniper allied with Colonel Johnson.

89

Once they find him in Lynchburg, Virginia, he commits suicide after revealing that the archbishop was actually the real target and he was murdered to prevent his speaking out against U.S. involvement in the genocide of an Ethiopian village. The genocide was carried out on behalf of a consortium of American corporate oil interests headed by corrupt Senator Charles Meachum (Ned Beatty). Swagger learns that the mission in which Fenn was killed was also a part of the genocide, as they were tasked to cover the withdrawal of the contractors assigned to the job. Swagger records the exsniper's confession of his involvement in the African genocide. Then, with Memphis' assistance, Swagger escapes from an ambush by killing 24 mercenaries. Meanwhile, other rogue mercenaries, led by Johnson's psychotic right-hand man Jack Payne (Elias Koteas), have kidnapped Sarah in order to lure Swagger out of hiding. With his new evidence and cat and mouse strategy, Swagger and Memphis are able to rescue her when Colonel Johnson and Senator Meachum arrange a meeting to exchange their hostage for the evidence of their wrongdoing. After killing Payne and several enemy snipers in an isolated mountain range and rescuing Sarah, Swagger and Memphis finally surrender to the FBI. Later appearing in a closed meeting with the Director of the FBI and the United States Attorney General present, Swagger clears his name by loading a rifle round (supplied by Memphis) into his rifle (which is there as evidence since it was supposedly used in the killing), aiming it at the Colonel and pulling the triggerwhich fails to fire the round. Swagger explains that every time he leaves his house, he takes out all the firing pins, replacing them with slightly shorter ones, thus rendering them unable to fire until he returns. Although Swagger is exonerated, Colonel Johnson takes advantage of a legal loopholethe Ethiopian genocide is outside American legal jurisdictionand walks free. The attorney general approaches Swagger and states that, as a law enforcement official, he must abide by the law ("It's not the Wild West anymore, you can't just clean up the streets with a gun, even though sometimes, that's exactly what's needed"). Afterwards, the Colonel and the Senator plan their next move while at the Senator's vacation houseonly to be interrupted by an attack by Swagger. He kills both conspirators, one of the Colonel's aides, and two bodyguards, then breaks open a gas valve before leaving. The fire in the fireplace ignites the gas, blowing up the house. The final scene shows Swagger getting into a car with Sarah and driving away (Wikipedia, 2011).

2. HOLOCAUST MUSEUM SHOOTER

OBAMACSI.COM: Alleged "9/11 Truther", James W. von Brunn, allegedly shoots a security guard at a Holocaust Museum in Washington D.C., before being killed by police. Title: Holocaust Museum Shooter Von Brunn A 9/11 'Truther' Who Hated 'Neo-Cons', Bush, McCain Date: June 10, 2009 Source: Examiner Abstract: The man accused of opening fire at the Holocaust Museum in Washington, DC on June 10, James W. von Brunn left a trail of unhinged writings around the internet. The anti-semitism of von Brunn is the first thing one notices when visiting these bizarre websites. However, like those of most "white supremacists", many of von Brunn's political views track "Left" rather than "Right." Clearly, a re-evaluation of these obsolete definitions is long overdue. For example, he unleashed his hatred of both Presidents Bush and other "neo-conservatives" in online essays. As even some "progressives" such as the influential Adbusters magazine publicly admit, "neoconservative" is often used as a derogatory code word for "Jews". As well, even a cursory glance at "white supremacist" writings reveals a hatred of, say, big corporations that is virtually indistinguishable from that of anti-globalization activists. James von Brunn's advocacy of 9/11 conspiracy theories also gives him an additional commonality with individuals on the far-left. None of this will surprise readers of Jonah Goldberg's bestseller Liberal Fascism: The Secret History of the American Left, From Mussolini to the Politics of Change , which clearly demonstrates that "fascism" of the kind advocated by the British National Party (BNP) and the likes of James W. von Brunn is just as likely to reflect "leftwing" views as "rightwing" ones. In fact, anti-semitism is something the New Left and the "Far Right" have had in common since the 1980s, which is why so many former leftists like David Horowitz defected from one side to the other during the Reagan era and beyond. It also helps explain the otherwise baffling alliance between the Left and radical Islam. That this shooting occurred shortly after President Obama's former mentor, Rev. Jeremiah Wright, blamed "the Jews" for his lack of access to his former parishioner is a troubling confluence of events as well (Examiner, 2009)

Title: Holocaust Museum Suspect Was A 9/11 Truther Date: June 10, 2009 Source: Now Hampshire Abstract: James W. von Brunn, the suspect in Wednesdays shooting at the Holocaust Memorial Museum in Washington, DC, believed that ma ny grave and still unresolved crimes were committed by US officials prior to, during and after the events of 9/11 according to an online petition he signed.

90

Von Brunn was the 9,196th person to sign the Petition of Solidarity hosted on the website Justicefor911.org, which claims it is sponsored in part by the organization 911Truth.org. According to the website over 16,600 people have signed the petition. The petition reads, most of these apparent crimes [by US officials], including but not limited to abetment of mass murder, criminal negligence, insider trading, and obstruction of justice, fall well within the jurisdiction of New Yorks top law enforcement officials, who thus become the Peoples last recourse when federal intervention yields no credible answers, relief or accountability. Von Brunn and other petitioners wanted the Attorney General of the State of New York and the District Attorney of the Borough of Manhattan to open investigations into federal culpability for the terror attacks in New York City of September 11, 2001 (New Hampshire, 2009)

3. 9/11 TRUTHERS WILL KILL OBAMA

OBAMACSI.COM: Glenn Beck of Fox News stated on his radio program: "Watch the uber left. Pray that Obama moves to the center. If he does, pray that the Secret Service care for that man and that that man is never left alone. He has invited 9/11 Truthers into the White House and into his administration. If they believe that he's just another one of these guys, he is in danger." Title: Beck Says Progressives Will Kill Obama Date: January 21, 2010 Source: Fox News

4. 2010 STATE OF THE UNION: JOINT THREAT ASSESSMENT

OBAMACSI.COM: The "9/11 Truther" shooter threat was rehashed in the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and FBI's "2010: State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment", wherein it specifically states that Obama may be targeted by an individual like the Holocaust Museum Shooter, a 9/11 Truther.

Title: 2010 State Of The Union Address: Joint Threat Assessment Date: January 25, 2010 Source: DHS, FBI, US Capitol Police, U.S. Northern Command, National Counterterrorism Center, etc. Abstract: (DHS, FBI, US Capitol Police, 2008).

Death of a President
OBAMACSI.COM: Filmed in 2006 but released in 2008, "The Death of a President" is an apparent script for the future assassination of Barack Obama. The assassination in the film takes place at 8:13pm on October 19th in Chicago, Illinois, Obama's home town. The president depicted in the movie, George W. Bush, is shot twice at the Sheraton Hotel in downtown Chicago by an assassin with a sniper rifle. The top three suspects for the assassination are a full-time peace activist, a U.S. military veteran, and a Syrian man with alleged Al Qaeda ties. Although the Syrian man was charged, tried and convicted for the assassination, the true perpetrator of the crime was the U.S. military veteran's father, a Major in U.S. military and a Desert Storm veteran. If there was ever a blueprint for the assassination of Barack Obama, "The Death of a President" is definitely it.

Title: Death Of A President Date: September 10, 2006 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "Death of a President" is a 2006 British high concept motion picture about the fictional assassination of George W. Bush, the 43rd U.S. President, on 19 October 2007 in Chicago, Illinois. The film is presented as a future history mockumentary and uses actors, archival video footage as well as computer-generated special effects to present the hypothetical aftermath the event had on civil liberties, racial profiling, journalistic sensationalism and foreign policy. Broadcast in the year 2008, the film is presented in a TV documentary style format, combining talking head interviews, news coverage clips and video surveillance footage surrounding the assassination of U.S. President George W. Bush in Chicago around a year earlier on 19 October 2007. The president is fatally shot by a sniper after he addresses an economic forum at the Chicago Sheraton Hotel, before which an anti-war rally had taken place. News outlets immediately begin reporting on the incident along with its political ramifications. After authorities earlier arrest and interrogate war-

91

protesting detainees such as Frank Molini (Jay Whittaker) and Samir Masri (Seena Jon); an IT professional of Syrian origin, Jamal Abu Zikri (Malik Bader), becomes the prime suspect. Vice President Dick Cheney, now president, uses the possible al-Qaeda relationship in connection with the suspected assassin, Zikri, to push his own domestic political security agenda. He calls for the legislation of PATRIOT Act III, trying to increase the investigative powers of the FBI, the police, and other government agencies over U.S. citizens and resident aliens as he contemplates attacking Syria. As his wife Zahra (Hend Ayoub) listens to the verdict with family attorney Dawn Norton (Patricia Buckley) in a packed courtroom, Zikri is convicted of killing the U.S. President and sentenced to death based upon dubious forensic evidence. Meanwhile, a new report which surfaces, substantiated by interviews with Marianne Claybon (Chavez Ravine), indicates that the perpetrator is most likely her husband Al Claybon (Tony Dale), a veteran of the 1991 Persian Gulf War, who lived in Rock Island, Illinois, and who also was the father of David Claybon, a U.S. soldier recently killed in the Iraq War. The assassin, who blames President Bush for the death of his son, killed himself after Bush's assassination. Claybon's suicide note, addressed to a second son, Casey Claybon (Neko Parham), an Iraq War veteran living in Chicago who was previously considered as a suspect, reads:

Everything I stood for and raised you to stand for has turned bad. There's no honor in dying for an immoral cause. For lies. I love my country, but I love God, and the sons He gave me even more. I must do the right thing by you and by David. George Bush killed our David, and I cannot forgive him for that.

Ten months after President Bush's assassination, Zikri remains on death row at the Stateville Correctional Center, because government officials are deliberately delaying his legal appeal. Moreover, in his dead father's Rock Island house, Casey Claybon finds evidence of his father's planning of the shooting. The most incriminating piece of evidence is a copy of a top secret presidential itinerary outlining, to the minute, President Bush's Chicago whereabouts on 19 October 2007. The news report ends while the U.S. Government continues investigating how presidential assassin Al Claybon obtained that top secret document. The final closing titles of the film inform the viewer that President Cheney's USA PATRIOT Act III, was signed into permanent law in the U.S., stating the following: "It has granted investigators unprecedented powers of detention and surveillance, and further expanded the powers of the executive branch". Filming The funeral scenes in the film include footage taken from archival coverage of President Reagan's funeral, and President Cheney's eulogy for President Bush is a news clip of Cheney's eulogy for Reagan. CGI special effects and existing footage of President Bush helped to re-create the filming of his assassination. The rifle used by the perpetrator in the film was actually an airsoft replica of an AR-15. Image editing software was used to add the actors' images to photographs with President Bush. Although all imagery related to Bush's assassination was created using digital special effects, an apparent actual death, captured on tape, is included in the film during a piece of war footage in which an Iraqi insurgent prepares to launch a rocket, but is shot in the head first. Except for specific scenes, most of the actors portrayed in the film were not told of the premise surrounding the story. During a post emergency surgery news conference, the chief physician's comment that he had "never seen such a strong heart in a man of the president's age", is a reference to President Ronald Reagan's own assassination attempt. In addition, the interview of a middle-aged African American outside the hospital is also a reference to a similar interview of a witness on the streets of Washington, D.C. in 1981 following that assassination attempt. Filming was done entirely on location in Chicago, Illinois Reception The central conceit of "Death of a President" was much criticised by those who believed it exploited the subject of presidential assassination, and that by doing so, was in bad taste. Gretchen Esell of the Texas Republican Party described the subject matter saying, "I find this shocking, I find it disturbing. I don't know if there are many people in America who would want to watch something like that." Hillary Clinton, then junior United States Senator from New York, told The Journal News of Rockland, Westchester, and Putnam counties at the annual New Castle Community Day in Chappaqua that, "I think it's despicable. I think it's absolutely outrageous. That anyone would even attempt to profit on such a horrible scenario makes me sick." Simon Finch, the co-screenwriter, replied saying that Clinton had not seen the film when she commented. The Bush administration did not comment about the film; as White House spokesperson Emily Lawrimore remarked, "We are not commenting because it doesn't dignify a response." Two U.S. cinema chains, Regal and Cinemark, refused to screen "Death of a President", which was distributed by Newmarket Films in the United States. CNN and NPR also refused to broadcast advertisements for the film. Critics had varied opinions about "Death of a President". The Metacritic aggregate website rated it at 49, "Mixed or Average", based upon 30 reviews. Rotten Tomatoes rated it at 37%, "Rotten", based upon 90 reviews. In Time magazine, Richard Corliss said it was "engrossing, but not enthralling", placing it in the context of other fictional assassinations, such as The Assassination of the Duke of Guise (1908), Suddenly (1954) and television programmes like 24 (20012010); concluding that it was "not an incendiary documentary, but a well-made political thriller." In the Village Voice, J. Hoberman said it was "dramatically inert, but a minor techno-miracle" and that it "skews more theoretical than sensationalist ... Bush is presented as a martyr." James Berardinelli commented that "If this was a serious examination of the possible long-term ramifications of George Bush's current foreign policy, or if it had anything interesting to say about Bush's legacy, it might be justifiable. But that's not the case. The decision to use Bush rather than a fictional representation of him is for no reason other than self-promotion."

92

Of the critics who liked "Death of a President", Rex Reed of The New York Observer identified the film as "Clever, thoughtful, and totally believable. This is a film without a political agenda that everyone should see." In the Toronto Star, Peter Howell said, "The film's deeper intentions ... elevate it into the company of such landmark works of historical argument as Peter Watkins's The War Game, Costa-Gavras's Z and, closer to home, Michel Brault's Les Ordres. Every thinking person should see Death of a President." In Film Journal International, Frank Lovece mused that the film's condemnation "by politicians and pundits from James Pinkerton to Hillary Clinton is understandable and completely predictable: They can't not comment, so when they do, they have to play to their audiences. None of them seriously believes that this work of fiction will really make someone take a potshot at the president, and anyway, the attempt on President Ronald Reagan's life came out of a crazy guy's fascination with Jodie Foster, so you may as well decry movies starring blonde former child actresses." Jim Emerson, editor of RogerEbert.com exclaimed, "Death of a President is electrifying drama, and compellingly realistic. The actors chosen for interview segments (including the mom from Freaks & Geeks as a presidential speechwriter) are unerringly authentic as real people, speaking spontaneously before a documentary lens -- even when it's clear they've rehearsed in their heads what they're going to say, and may even have told these same stories any number of times before." Awards The film won a total of 6 awards including; the International Critics Prize (FIPRESCI) from the 2006 Toronto Film Festival, the International Emmy Award for the TV Movie/Mini-Series category in the (UK), the RTS Television Award in the Digital Channel Programme category from the Royal Television Society, the RTBF TV Prize for Best Picture Award from the Brussels European Film Festival for director Gabriel Range, the Banff Rockie Award from the Banff Television Festival for the film, and one for director Gabriel Range. The film also received a nomination for Best Visual Effects from the British Academy TV Awards in 2007. Film Festivals The official premiere was at the 2006 Toronto International Film Festival on 10 September 2006. Television In Europe, it was broadcast in the UK on 9 October (More4), 19 October 2006 (Channel 4), in Finland on 18 October 2007 and in Switzerland on 21 August 2011 (SF 1).

Box Office Newmarket paid one million dollars for the U.S. distribution rights. The total production budget for the film is estimated to have been two million dollars. The film was screened in the U.S. for 14 days, showing at 143 theatres at its widest release. Worldwide, it grossed $869,352. The Japanese motion picture ethics committee, the Eirin, prevented Death of a President from being shown in most cinemas in 2007, saying that the film's Japanese title ("Bush Ansatsu", translated as "Bush Assassinated") is inappropriate. The film was scheduled to begin showing in Japanese cinemas on 6 October 2007 (Wikipedia, 2011).

Rise of the New Right

OBAMACSI.COM: A 2010 documentary by Chris Matthews of MSNBC is entitled "Rise of the New Right" and it has effectively laid the blame of a future assassination of Barack Obama directly on the shoulders of the Tea Party. The Tea Party and other well-meaning Americans are portrayed as dangerous lunatics that are not out protesting the current political situation in mass because of bad economic conditions, endless wars, and eroding civil rights, but because they are racists who hate Barack Obama. In regards to the Tea Party, Matthews states, "Their common enemy, the president of the United States, Barack Obama". Parallels are continually drawn between Tea Party activists and Oklahoma City Bomber Timothy McVeigh and Matthews makes sure his audience understands that it's just a matter of time before violence towards Obama will erupt. To add insult to injury, Alex Jones of Infowars.com is interviewed and does his best to paint the Tea Party as loons who believe that the government will conduct an "orderly extermination" of between 80 and 99 percent of the world population". WATCH THE FULL DOCUMENTARY HERE

Title: Rise Of The New Right MSNBC Documentary Cites Alex Jones, Rand Paul As Extremists Date: May 16, 2010 Source: Prison Planet Abstract: MSNBC has begun airing trailers for an upcoming documentary, which the network has titled Rise Of The New Right, that prominently features interview footage with Alex Jones. The show, to be broadcast on June 16th, is presented by Hardball host Chris Matthews and will include segments of an interview Matthews conducted with Jones earlier this year in Austin, Texas.

93

Theres a rising tide on the right voiced not just by extremists but by recruits from the neighborhood. Matthews states in the trailer, which also features footage from Rand Pauls victory speech after he won the Kentucky primary two weeks ago. The Tea Party is determined to take power what does that mean for America? Matthews continues, as the trailer cuts to Alex saying that America has fallen into deep tyranny. Im Chris Matthews with a hard look at the rise of the new right the MSNBC anchor states as the trailer ends. The slick graphics include an image of the Gadsden flag. The iconic flag depicting a rattlesnake with the words Dont tread on me, dates from around 1775 and was used by The United States Marine Corps as an early motto flag. Apparently MSNBC now think its an extremist right wing symbol. When Chris Matthews asked the Infowars team if he could travel to Austin to interview Alex some months ago, the general consensus was that MSNBC was preparing another hit piece on the freedom movement and the alternative media, targeting Alex as a key figure. Alex has had previous run ins with the network, and with Chris Matthews, however, despite these misgivings Alex and the team decided to go ahead with the interview, knowing that though the finished article may be a smear attempt, those with enough intelligence to see through it could be reached. It remains to be seen how the interview with Alex is used and to what extent parts of it will be taken out of context, however, judging from the trailer we are about to get everything we expected from MSNBC. The network also seems to be carrying on where Rachel Maddow left off with its attack on Rand Paul. Following the release of a falsified transcript from the Maddow interview, the network devoted a full day to attacking and smearing Paul last week, painting up the mild mannered son of Congressman Ron Paul as some kind of virulent racist extremist. No doubt the ridiculous attempt to smear the anti-establishment candidate for the Senate will continue in this special. Chris Matthews himself has a history of injecting phony race talking points into his programming as a divisive technique in an attempt to alienate anyone who questions government policy or the actions of President Obama (Prison Planet, 2010).

Title: Chris Matthews: 'Rise Of The New Right' Special Will 'Scare The Heck Out' Of Liberals Date: June 16, 2010 Source: Huffington Post Abstract: MSNBC host Chris Matthews says he is sure his new special, "Rise of the New Right" will stir people up, no matter where they fall on the political spectrum. "I think that the left will say this scares the heck out of me, people in the middle will say this is amazing, and people on the right will be cheering for all I know," he said in an interview with HuffPost Tuesday. The documentary examines the rise of the Tea Party movement and various right-wing militias that have formed in the wake of the 2008 election of President Obama. Matthews said the disparate people and groups profiled in the special share a fear of the power of the American government. "There's a similar message," he said. "This government's a tyranny and it has to be, if not overthrown, then something like it. They treat the American government like a foreign occupying force." He pointed to the right's use of the "Don't Tread On Me" flag originally flown to protest the British during the American Revolution as an example of the way it views the current administration as an occupying power. "They've taken the flag of nationalism and turned it into a flag of revolution," he said. The hour-long special includes interviews with a host of prominent figures on the right, including Dick Armey, the former House Majority Leader whose organization, FreedomWorks, is a major player in the Tea Party movement; "birther" advocate Orly Taitz; Senate candidate Rand Paul and Internet radio host Alex Jones. In one eye-opening clip, Jones discusses his view that a "global guild of psychopaths" is in control of the planet to carry out an "orderly extermination" of between 80 and 99 percent of the world population. "I don't know what motivates them," Matthews said, "whether it's a piece of showbiz or true ideology." Matthews said he thinks the most extraordinary thing in the special is the disfigured images of Obama that some Tea Party protesters have held up in ralles.

94

"It's sort of the kind of thing you'd see against American leaders in foreign countries," he said. "The contempt with which they view their government...this is really personal." Matthews said he has a deal with MSNBC to produce several one-off specials a year. "I really like doing them," he said. "What we're trying to do is get a big audience, to be honest with you. The bigger audience I get, the more I can do." He also praised the recent addition of Lawrence O'Donnell to MSNBC's primetime lineup. "I think it's a good call," he said. "I think he's great. I've always liked him." "Rise of the New Right" premieres Wednesday June 16 at 7PM on MSNBC (Huffington Post, 2010).

Title: MSNBC's Matthews: Fear Mongering Over "New Right" Date: June 19, 2010 Source: The New American Abstract: For weeks MSNBC's Chris Matthews had been hyping and hawking his new soon-to-be-unveiled "documentary" on the Tea Party movement and the "New Right": On his own MSNBC nightly program, Hardball with Chris Matthews; on his NBC weekend program, The Chris Matthews Show; on the MSNBC Hardblogger post; on MSNBC's The Rachel Maddow Show; as well as on left-wing blogs and websites The Daily Beast, The Daily Kos, The Huffington Post, etc. The great unveiling of "Rise of the New Right," came on a special presentation of Hardball on June 16. For all of the hand wringing and hyperventilating by Matthews, Maddow, and company about the supposedly scary, violent, angry, hateful, extremist, racist nature of the growing opposition to Big Government in general and President Obama in particular, the hour-long program was amazingly threadbare. Unable to produce any genuine evidence to back up the ongoing liberal meme of a dangerous threat to the Republic posed by conservatives and Tea Party activists, Matthews and his MSNBC crew resorted to the usual media tricks: heavy on quick-cut images of Tea Party rallies and activists interspersed with anti-Obama signs, lots of images of people with guns, and snippets of interviews with and statements by conservatives carefully cropped to fit a menacing narrative boosted by ominous music and Matthews' angst-ridden commentary. "Rise of the New Right" opens with Matthews gravely intoning: "Tea parties, birthers, patriot groups, militias. Their common cause: a raging hostility toward the elected government of the United States.... Their common enemy: the President of the United States, Barack Obama.... Tonight, a hard look at the rise of the New Right." Actually, rather than a "hard look," the Matthews "documentary" turned out to be the predictable hard-left attack on virtually everyone to the right of Nancy Pelosi and Fidel Castro. It adds nothing of substance to the months of scurrilous propaganda (which The New American exposed in our May 13 cover story, "Media Bias: Demonizing the Right") that have been lobbed at the Tea Parties, constitutionalists, and opponents of Obamacare, the "stimulus" spending, bailouts, and Big Government. It is more of the frothing, vacuous fulminations for which Matthews and the MSNBC chorus are infamous. Some of Matthews' pals on the far left confirm our take on it. Samuel P. Jacobs of the left-wing Daily Beast, in his admiring review of "Rise of the New Right," makes these revealing comments: Matthews' mission is two-fold. He wants to suggest that there's little daylight between people who figure in Washington polite company, like fellow commentator Pat Buchanan or Dick Armey, the leader of the activist outfit FreedomWorks, and those who are positioned closer to the fringe, like Beck or online radio host Alex Jones. Placing Buchanan and Armey, as well as Palin and Paul, in the same space as Jones, who warns of a forthcoming "police state" designed "to carry out an orderly extermination of at least 80 percent" of Americans, is a neat trick. It will come in handy for those on the left looking for a compelling storyline heading into this fall's election. A "neat trick"? Perhaps, but nothing new. Actually, it's rather old hat: the media cooking up something "handy for those on the left" going into the election cycle. Jacobs continues: Matthews' second aim is to show that the hate and fear on the right is nothing new. It existed before the stock analyst's rant and before [Glenn] Beck's chalkboard displays of paranoia. Matthews gathers the whole gang of conservative prophets, who bemoaned the coming totalitarianism of the American state during the last century, for a brief reunion. Father Coughlin, Strom Thurmond, Joseph McCarthy, Barry Goldwater, a young Ronald Reagan, Phyllis Schlafly, and Buchanan, once again, are all invited to take credit for the right's current hysteria. Matthews' point is clear: The tea partier, spouting off about her Muslim president who wants to steal her liberties, may be shallow, but her connection to American history is deep. Hate, fear, paranoia, hysteria the default emotive lexicon of the liberal-left when they can't honestly debate the issues. Jacobs culminates with the following comments: At last, Matthews offers his own bit of prophecy, pointing to the violence of the recent past in Oklahoma City as one possible path for the American future. When the words of Barry Goldwater "Extremism in the defense of liberty is no vice" turn up on a brick thrown through the window of a local Democratic committee, the pundit's history lesson doesn't seem so farfetched. That, of course, is precisely what Matthews is aiming at. In "Rise of the New Right" Matthews attempts to sharpen and concentrate the message he has been harping on for months: that the angry rhetoric of Tea Partiers and other voters ticked off about unresponsive Big Government and destructive, outof-control spending, is somehow seditious and portends violent insurrection.

95

In his "documentary," as on his past Hardball episodes, Matthews feigns serious alarm over the adoption by the Tea Party movement and other patriot groups of the Gadsden flag the historic Revolutionary War flag with a yellow field and the coiled rattlesnake, with the legend "DON'T TREAD ON ME." For some reason Matthews insists on seeing in this patriotic invocation of a symbol of our heritage (which was also one of the earliest symbols of the United States Marine Corps) some sort of threat of violent armed rebellion. We are not aware of any similar anxiety from Matthews regarding the ubiquitous Che Guevarra images adorning the t-shirts, caps, and posters of his fellow left-wing anti-war demonstrators. Of course, in the circles which he associates, the Gadsden symbol of defiance against tyranny is probably more threatening than a silk screen of Che, who helped institute murderous Communist tyranny in Cuba and endorsed and supported it elsewhere. Scare the Heck Out of Liberals? The liberal-left Huffington Post carried this headline over a story by Jack Mirkinson on June 16: "Chris Matthews: 'Rise Of The New Right' Special Will 'Scare The Heck Out' Of Liberals." Will the Matthews hit piece really scare that many people? Hard telling. Regular MSNBC viewers with a penchant for going weak in the bladder at the sight of a firearm, or who tend toward apoplexy or coronary when someone speaks less than reverentially about Savior Obama, may want to stock up on Depends and Digitalis before viewing this presentation. However, judging by the posts on HuffPo and other similar liberal-left web sites, it appears many liberals are disappointed that Matthews couldn't come up with scarier material with which to indict his chosen targets. Despite all his huffing and puffing, Matthews couldn't even build a strong enough case to blow down his own straw man. Apart from the MSNBC studio's creative editing and atmospherics, the raw material is pretty tame ... and Matthews is pretty lame. His MSNBC crew and his leftist allies at the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) and Media Matters obviously cherry-picked through mountains of opposition research to find the few "damning" quotes and video clips they spliced together for this montage. However, except for those already disposed to this kind of febrile propaganda, even Matthews narrating theatrics will probably fail to generate the fear he's obviously aiming for. The villains he has lined up for his Rogues Gallery of the Right Senator Joe McCarthy, Senator Barry Goldwater, John Birch Society founder Robert Welch, Sarah Palin, Glenn Beck, Rep. Michele Bachman, Rush Limbaugh, Pat Buchanan, Rev. Jerry Falwell, Phyllis Schlafly, Alan Keyes, former Rep. Dick Armey, Tea Party activists really just don't look or sound that scary or crazy. They are expressing concern about the ever-growing power, reach, and cost of government, and the concomitant steady destruction of the constitutional restraints on that government. Their appeals are for rolling back government to its proper constitutional bounds, not for overthrowing or destroying it, as Matthews implies. Even the militia members, who were interviewed while conducting armed exercises in the snow-covered Michigan woods, probably wouldn't come across to most Americans as the menacing threat Matthews had hoped; those interviewed seemed pretty calm, rational, thoughtful, and level-headed. Matthews' main "trick" (to repeat the compliment of Daily Beast's Jacobs) in "Rise of the New Right" is to insinuate repeatedly that the common political expressions and symbols used by both Democrats and Republicans, liberals and conservatives, should be seen as uniquely and especially dangerous when spoken by "right-wing" patriots. For instance, the documentary features a news clip of Dr. Rand Paul, who recently won the Republican Senate primary in Kentucky, saying, "We've come to take our government back." This and other similar expressions by conservatives, alleges Matthews, are harbingers of violent revolution to come. Nonsense!, notes Matt Lewis of PoliticsDaily.com. Lewis writes: Matthews feigns that this is dangerous talk, but the "take our country back" slogan has been around forever and employed by both parties. As Matthews' own documentary shows, MSNBC's Pat Buchanan used the line back in 1992. But Matthews fails to note that Howard Dean even wrote a book titled You Have the Power: How to Take Back Our Country and Restore Democracy in America . Matthews has welcomed Howard Dean as a guest on Hardball without ever suggesting that Dean's rhetoric had put him in league with Timothy McVeigh or other terrorists. We follow below with a few more examples of Matthews' charges in "Rise of the Right" that not only are absurd but hypocritical as well. Who's Targeting Whom? Reproducing a map from a Sarah Palin web page, Matthews ominously intones: "Sarah Palin posted a map on Facebook putting the districts of Democrats who voted for the health care bill in the cross hairs of a rifle. It's controversial imagery, but gun symbolism plays to the New Right." The implication is that Palin was suggesting to her followers that those members of Congress should be gunned down. But, as Jim Hoft of GatewayPundit and others have pointed out, the Democratic Leadership Council used a similar map with similarly "violent" targeting in 2004 (still on the DLC website here). It can be argued the DLC even went further, since they refer to their targeting strategy for the Midwest as a "heartland strategy [that] would wreak havoc behind enemy lines." Oh my! Strategy, havoc, enemy lines? Sounds ominously militant and violent, doesn't it? Undoubtedly, numerous other examples could be unearthed. Obviously, this kind of lingo is used all the time in political campaigns by all sides, as Matthews well knows. Chris Matthews regularly reminds his Hardball guests and viewing audience that he's been around politics a long time. And indeed he has; he was a staffer for Presidents Carter and Clinton, as well as for Democratic Speaker of the House Tip O'Neill, all of whom are/were notorious for brass-knuckled political action and incendiary political rhetoric. It strains credulity to suggest that Matthews is honestly fearful that the Palin political targets were really meant to paint bullseyes for assassins on the backs of Democratic incumbents. Whose "Regime" is Being Gored? Like the Gadsden flag issue, in "Rise of the Right," Matthews returns to an issue he has flogged many times before: Obama critics such as Rush

96

Limbaugh who refer to the Obama administration as the "Obama regime." This is beyond the pale, completely unacceptable, says Matthews, and is obviously a dark portent (he suggests) of a violent right-wing coup in the offing. Matthews began making a major issue of this back in April. "I've never seen language like this in the American press," Matthews said on Hardball, "referring to an elected representative government, elected in a totally fair, democratic, American election.... We know that word, 'regime.' ... You go to war with regimes. Regimes are tyrannies. They're juntas. They're military coups. The use of the word 'regime' in American political parlance is unacceptable, and someone should tell the walrus [Rush Limbaugh] to stop using it." Matthews continued on the rant. "I never heard the word 'regime,' before, have you?" he asked NBC's Chuck Todd. "I don't even think Joe McCarthy ever called this government a 'regime.'" Yes, Matthews seems really, really traumatized by this supposedly completely unprecedented, barbarous, uncivil use of provocative, disrespectful terminology in reference to the presidency. Except that he would be more convincing if he and his colleagues had observed the same decorum in reference to the previous regime (er, administration). All of this prompted Byron York at the WashingtonExaminer.com, to suggest: "It appears that Matthews has suffered a major memory loss." As York noted, "a search of the Nexis database for 'Bush regime' yields 6,769 examples from January 20, 2001 to the present." This includes many references by writers for the New York Times, Washington Post, and MSNBC commentators, including yes, you guessed it, Chris Matthews. York writes: [O]n June 14, 2002, Chris Matthews himself introduced a panel discussion about a letter signed by many prominent leftists condemning the Bush administration's conduct of the war on terror. "Let's go to the Reverend Al Sharpton," Matthews said. "Reverend Sharpton, what do you make of this letter and this panoply of the left condemning the Bush regime?" (Full disclosure: This writer and others at The New American have applied the word "regime" to both the Bush and Obama administrations. We are completely nonpartisan in this respect and condemn authoritarian and unconstitutional usurpations of power regardless of the party label worn by the usurper.) Who's Throwing Bricks and Hurling Insults? As mentioned above, Samuel Jacobs of the Daily Beast was impressed by Matthews' use of the image of the brick wrapped with a Barry Goldwater slogan that was thrown through the window of the Democratic Party headquarters in New York after passage of the Obamacare bill. The film's unmistakable message is that this is the violent behavior that comes from those stirred by the supposedly hateful, anti-government, antiObama rhetoric of Palin, Bachman, Limbaugh, Beck, the Tea Parties, et al. Next thing you know they'll be blowing up federal buildings! However, the fact is we don't know who threw the brick. And even if it had been proven to have been thrown by someone affiliated with the Tea Parties, that would be a pretty flimsy way to indict a movement representing millions of law-abiding citizens. Beyond that, though, is the fact that the odds are pretty good whoever did it was a pro-Obama, anti-Tea Party agent provocateur, rather than a right-wing activist. As noted in our expose, "Agents Provocateurs Fuel Anti-Right-wing Propaganda," this ruse has been used many times before. That's precisely what Maurice Schwenkler, an activist for Democratic Party and the SEIU, did in August 2009, when he and an accomplice smashed windows of the Colorado Democratic Party headquarters. Democratic leaders and their media allies had a field day denouncing the "hate" of their opponents, who were blamed for the incident: Republicans, Tea Partiers, opponents of Obamacare. And, of course, there were no retractions or apologies when Schwenkler was arrested and the scheme exposed. Likewise, there were no condemnations by the Chris Matthews media choir for Obama activist Jason Levin, founder of CrashTheTeaParty.org, who urged fellow liberals to infiltrate, discredit, and sabotage Tea Party events and to "dismantle and demolish the Tea Party by any means necessary." Who's the Expert? As is usually the case on Hardball, "Rise of the Right" resorts to experts who posture as non-partisan, fair, and balanced. Here's the lineup of supposedly impartial authorities, who disgorge the predictably long-on-accusation, short-on-substantiation charges against the "New Right": Mark Potok, Southern Poverty Law Center: Potok, a darling of the liberal-left media, has established himself as the "go to" guy for defamatory charges against conservatives and hit pieces masquerading as "research" and "intelligence reports" that smear opponents by bracketing them with neo-Nazis or other miscreants guaranteed to taint by association even if there is no genuine association. Potok tells Matthews: "We've gone from numbers like, you know, 170 militias, to well over 500. There is a huge amount of anger out there. What we're really lacking at this moment is a kind of spark." Eric Burns, president of Media Matters for America: Media Matters is a far-left organization funded by homosexual activist James Hormel (of the Hormel Foods empire), George Soros, Peter Lewis of Progressive Insurance, the Ford Foundation, the Furman Foundation, the Tides Foundation, and Hollywood producer/activist Stephen Leo Bing. Media Matters regularly issues reports claiming to show that the major media not just talk radio and Fox News, but virtually all the major media are actually conduits of right-wing propaganda. According to these folks, claims of a liberal-left bias in the media are completely baseless. Allan Lichtman, political historian at American University: Although I am not familiar with Prof. Lichtman, according to the entry for him on Wikipedia, "Lichtman has testified as an expert witness ... for civil rights groups such as the NAACP, the Mexican-American Legal Defense and Education Fund and Puerto Rican Legal Defense and Education Fund, and the Southern Poverty Law Center. He also consulted for Vice President Al Gore and Senator Edward Kennedy." Lichtman's appearance was used to provide the documentary with the obligatory academic imprimatur and a Lichtman statement tying conservatives to anti-Semitism. Who's the Real Extremist? Although Matthews claims in "Rise of the New Right" to be seriously worried about the "extreme talk" of Tea Party activists, patriots, and conservatives, any fair-minded observer willing to spend some time viewing him on YouTube or checking out his Hardball and The Chris Matthews Show archives will

97

quickly see that he engages in far more "extreme talk" and associates with people who are far scarier than any of the supposed right-wing villains featured in his new documentary. One of the easiest ways to pull up a bountiful harvest of outr Matthews quotes is to type "Chris Matthews" into the search engine at Newsbusters.org, a website of the Media Research Center. It will pull up hundreds of examples of his frenetic bloviations, over-the-top hyperboles, and near frothing-at-the-mouth demonization of his opponents. Matthews, for instance, calls Florida Republicans Stalinists and accuses them of engaging in "Stalinesque" purges, simply because they tossed out liberal RINO (Republican In Name Only) Charlie Crist for conservative Marc Rubio. Soviet dictator Josef Stalin, of course, was a communist mass murderer; millions of people were tortured and slaughtered in his purges. As far as we know, the Rubio faction in the Florida GOP has not harmed a single hair on the head of Charlie Crist or any of his followers; they simply used the legal election process to indicate their preference for Rubio. Isn't that what Matthews claims he is after when he complains about criticism of the "legally elected" government of President Barack Obama? Should Republicans in the Sunshine State be branded as murderers simply because they refuse to choose the "progressive" Republican that liberal-left Democrats like Matthews are comfortable with? Apparently, that's the way Matthews sees it. In a January 29, 2010 appearance on the Rachel Maddow Show, Matthews compared conservative Republicans to the Khmer Rouge, the Cambodian communist regime that brutally annihilated over two million Cambodians and put many more into "re-education camps" for brainwashing: "What's going on out there in the Republican Party," Matthews told Maddow, "is kind of a frightening, almost Cambodia re-education camp going on in that party, where they're going around to people, sort of switching their minds around saying, if you're not far right, you're not right enough." Again, isn't that engaging in really inflammatory, defamatory "extreme talk" by Matthews' own definition? (Please note that Rachel Maddow, who feigns an alarm equal to Matthews concerning the "extreme talk" of the New Right, apparently was not bothered by the Hardball host's holocaust hyperbole.) But perhaps the best illustration of the utter vacuity and hypocrisy of Matthews' claim to concern over supposed "extremism" in America and its possibly leading to violence and terrorism is his Hardball interview with "former" (but still unrepentant) Weather Underground terrorist Bill Ayers. Matthews the hard-knuckled hardballer was all softballs and solicitude, and oh-so willing to help the terrorist-turned-teacher (and Obama neighbor, colleague, and early prominent supporter) avoid having to answer any tough questions. (Because even many well-informed readers may be somewhat hazy on Bill Ayers' terrorist background and his ongoing extremist ties to anti-American groups and foreign communist regimes, I am providing links here to several previous online articles on Ayers from The New American that provide considerable detail on his notorious recent and past activities: "Terrorist Bill Ayers Misrepresents His Past", "Obama's Terrorist Ties and Radical Roots" and "Obama's Friend Ayers: Kill 25 Million Americans.") Armed with the information in the articles above, it should be pretty difficult for any thinking, moral person to view Matthews' "interview" with Ayers as anything less than a disgusting syrupy valentine for an unreconstructed terrorist who participated in bombings (and with his wife, Bernadine Dohrn, may have actually planted bombs himself) and armored car robberies that resulted in the murder of several police officers. And, after watching William Ayers on Hardball, it should be obvious that it is Chris Matthews and his ilk in the Big Media, Big Government, and Big Academia whose extremism threatens America (The New American, 2010).

Homeland
OBAMACSI.COM: In 2006, the TV series "24" sold America on the assassination of a black U.S. President. In 2011, a new TV series entitled "Homeland" sells America the concept that U.S. military veterans are now terrorists. Coincidentally, both plots just happen to be made by the same television group. "Homeland" also coincides with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's public service announcements (commercials) which prominently feature white American citizens as terrorists, the recent news reports depicting U.S. military members as terrorists, and the large scale weapons thefts reported at military bases across America. Lights, camera, action! 1. "Homeland" TV Series: "Homeland" is an upcoming American psychological thriller television series that depicts U.S. military veterans as terrorists trying to attack America. The terror suspects have now transitioned from the Islamic/Arab type to the white American U.S. military veteran type. In the pilot episode of "Homeland", the main character, Sergeant Nicholas Brody, rapes his estranged wife before scoping out the U.S. Capitol building in Washington D.C. for upcoming terror attack. 2. The DHS Commercials: The "Homeland" TV series just happen to coincides with the latest anti-terror videos from the U.S. Department of Homeland Security in which terrorists are now portrayed as white Americans. A coincidence? Not a chance. 3. Demonization of the U.S. Military: Recent news articles feature Marines, Army, Navy, and National Guard personnel who are wanted for horrific crimes. These types of news articles, whether true or not, will likely continue to increase over the next few years until U.S. military veterans are ultimately scapegoated in future terror attacks. 4. U.S. Military Heists: A number of recent military computers, weapons and ammunition heists from U.S. military bases are unprecedented and may indicate that large scale false-flag attacks from the alleged thieves may be imminent. These thefts coincide with the large number of U.S. military personnel accused of hanus crimes which could lead to U.S. military men and women being scapegoated in future terror attacks. 5. "Homeland's" Israeli Origins: "Homeland" is based on Gideon Raff's Israeli series "Hatufim", also known as "Prisoners of War", in which Israel "deals with the fate of IDF prisoners of war when they are caught by Arab terrorists and what can come after." It now appears that the makers and funders of "24" and "Homeland" would like to project the Israeli worldview onto America, turning a once free country into the Gaza Strip. 6. "Homeland" a Neo-Con Sex Fantasy?: "Homeland" is made by the same group as the TV show "24", which is a dubbed as a "Neo-Con sex fantasy" that "feels real". Former head of U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Michael Chertoff, states that "24" reflects real life, and notorious Neo-Cons such as former Vice President Dick Cheney, Senator John McCain, Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas, and radio host Rush Limbaugh have vocalized that they are big fans of the show. Can we also assume that "Homeland" is a "Neo-Con Sex Fantasy"?

98

1. "HOMELAND" TV SERIES

OBAMACSI.COM: "Homeland" is an American psychological thriller television series that depicts U.S. military veterans as terrorists trying to attack America. The terror suspects have now transitioned from the Islamic/Arab type to the white American U.S. military veteran type. In the pilot episode of "Homeland", the main character, Sergeant Nicholas Brody, rapes his estranged wife before scoping out the U.S. Capitol building in Washington D.C. for upcoming terror attack. WATCH HOMELAND NOW: Season 1: Episode 1 - Pilot Season 1: Episode 2 - Clean Skin Season 1: Episode 3 - Grace Season 1: Episode 4 - Semper I

Title: "Homeland" TV Series Date: October 2, 2011 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "Homeland" is an American psychological thriller television series created by Howard Gordon, Alex Gansa and Gideon Raff. The series stars Claire Danes as Carrie Mathison, a CIA operations officer who has come to believe that an American Marine, who was held captive by Al-Qaeda as a prisoner of war, was turned by the enemy and now poses a significant risk to national security. The series will be broadcast in the United States on the cable channel Showtime, and is produced by Fox 21. It is due to premiere on October 2, 2011. The first episode was made available online, over two weeks prior to broadcast, with viewers having to complete some tasks to unlock access. The series follows Carrie Mathison, a CIA operations officer who, after conducting an unauthorized operation in Iraq, is put on probation and reassigned to the CIA's counterterrorism center in Langley, Virginia. While she was conducting the operation in Iraq, Carrie was warned by an asset that an American prisoner of war had been turned by Al-Qaeda. Carrie's job is complicated when her boss, Director of the Counterterrorism Center David Estes, calls Carrie and her colleagues in for an emergency briefing. It is then that Carrie learns that Nicholas Brody, a U.S. Marine Sergeant who had been reported as missing in action in Iraq since 2003, has been rescued during a Delta Force raid on a compound belonging to terrorist Abu Nazir. Carrie comes to believe that Brody was the American prisoner of war that her asset in Iraq was talking about. However, the federal government and her superiors at the CIA consider Nicholas Brody a war hero. Realizing it would be next to impossible to convince her boss, David Estes, to place Brody under surveillance, Carrie approaches the only other person she can trust, Saul Berenson. The two must now work together to investigate Brody and prevent another terrorist attack on American soil Based on Gideon Raff's Israeli series Hatufim, also known as Prisoners of War, Homeland was created by Howard Gordon, Alex Gansa and Gideon Raff in early 2010. On September 19, 2010, Showtime place a pilot order for Homeland, this was the first project David Nevins had undertaken since leaving Imagine Entertainment to become president of Showtime. Howard Gordon, Alex Gansa and Gideon Raff wrote the pilot, Michael Cuesta was attached to the project as director, with Howard Gordon, Alex Gansa, Gideon Raff, Avi Nir and Ron Telem serving as executive producers. Casting announcements began in November 2010, with Claire Danes first to be cast, Danes portrays Carrie Mathison, "a driven CIA officer battling her own psychological demons." Next to join the series was Mandy Patinkin as Saul Berenson, "the smart and politically savvy CIA Division Chief Saul Berenson who is Carrie's main champion in the intelligence upper echelon and her sounding board." Laura Fraser was next to be cast as Jessica Brody, "Scott Brody's smart, strong wife." Next to join the series was Damian Lewis and David Harewood, with Lewis playing Scott Brody, "who returns home after spending eight years as a prisoner of war in Baghdad", while Harewood was cast as David Estes, "a rising star in the CIA, Carrie's boss David Estes is the youngest director of the Counterterrorism Center in the Agency's history." Diego Klattenhoff, Morgan Saylor and Jackson Pace were the last actors to join the main cast, with Klattenhoff playing Mike Faber, "Brody's close friend and fellow Marine, Mike Faber was convinced that Brody was dead, which is how he justified falling in love with Brody's wife Jessica", Saylor playing Dana Brody, "The Brodys' oldest child", and Pace playing Chris Brody, "Nick and Jessica's eager-to-please, self-conscious thirteen year-old son." Filming of the pilot took place in Charlotte, North Carolina. On April 7, 2011, Showtime green-lighted the series with an order of 12 episodes. Along with the series pickup Showtime announced that Laura Fraser would not be continuing past the pilot and her role had been re-cast with Morena Baccarin taking over the role of Jessica Brody. It was also announced that Chip Johannessen would be joining the series as a a producer, while Michael Cuesta, who had served as the director on the pilot, would join the series as an executive producer. Showtime later announced that Jamey Sheridan, Navid Negahban, Amir Arison and Brianna Brown had joined the series as recurring guest stars. Sheridan was cast as the Vice President of the United States, Negahban was cast as Abu Nazir, with Arison playing Prince Farid Bin Abbud and Brown playing Lynne Reed. On July 21, 2011, at the San Diego Comic-Con, Showtime announced that the series would premiere on October 2, 2011. Along with the announcement of the premiere date for the series, the network also announced that the names of the characters portrayed by Claire Danes and Damian Lewis had been renamed Carrie Mathison and Nicholas Brody, respectively. The series is produced by Fox 21 (Wikipedia, 2011).

2. DHS COMMERCIALS

99

OBAMACSI.COM: The "Homeland" TV series just happen to coincides with the latest anti-terror videos from the U.S. Department of Homeland Security in which terrorists are now portrayed as white Americans. A coincidence? Not a chance. Title: DHS Video Characterizes Terrorists As White Americans Date: July 22, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A new promotional video released by the Department of Homeland Security characterizes white middle class Americans as the most likely terrorists, as Big Sis continues its relentless drive to cement the myth that mad bombers are hiding around every corner, when in reality Americans are just as likely to be killed by lightning strikes or peanut allergies. DHS has confirmed this is their video but adamantly deny there are any racial or politically correct overtones to it (Fox News, 2011).

3. DEMONIZATION OF THE U.S. MILITARY

OBAMACSI.COM: Recent news articles feature Marines, Army, Navy, and National Guard personnel who are wanted for horrific crimes. These types of news articles, whether true or not, will likely continue to increase over the next few years until U.S. military veterans are ultimately scapegoated in future terror attacks. Title: Military Granting More Criminal Waivers Date: February 11, 2007 Source: CBS News Abstract: More recruits with criminal records, including felony convictions, are being allowed to join the Army and Marine Corps as the armed services cope with a dwindling pool of volunteers during wartime. The military routinely grants waivers to take in recruits who have criminal records, medical problems or low aptitude scores that would otherwise disqualify them from service. Most are moral waivers, which include some felonies, misdemeanors, and traffic and drug offenses. Defense Department statistics show that the number of Army and Marine recruits needing waivers for felonies and serious misdemeanors, including minor drug offenses, has grown since 2003. Some recruits may get more than one waiver. The Army granted more than double the number of waivers for felonies and misdemeanors in 2006 than it did in 2003. The number of felony waivers granted by the Army grew from 411 in 2003 to 901 in 2006, according to the Pentagon, or about one in 10 of the moral waivers approved that year. Other misdemeanors, which could be petty theft, writing a bad check or some assaults, jumped from about 2,700 to more than 6,000 in 2006. The minor crimes represented more than three-quarters of the moral waivers granted by the Army in 2006, up from more than half in 2003. Army and Defense Department officials defended the waiver program as a way to admit young people who may have made a mistake early in life but have overcome past behavior. And they said about two-thirds of the waivers granted by the Marines are for drug use, because they unlike the other services require a waiver if someone has been convicted once for marijuana use. Lawmakers and other observers say they are concerned that the struggle to fill the military ranks in this time of war has forced the services to lower their moral standards. "The data is crystal clear. Our armed forces are under incredible strain and the only way that they can fill their recruiting quotas is by lowering their standards," said Rep. Marty Meehan, D-Mass., who has been working to get additional data from the Pentagon. "By lowering standards, we are endangering the rest of our armed forces and sending the wrong message to potential recruits across the country." Army spokesman Paul Boyce said Tuesday he is concerned because the Pentagon data differs from Army numbers. But overall, he said, "anything that is considered a risk or a serious infraction of the law is given the highest level of review." "Our goal is to make certain that we recruit quality young men and women who can keep America defended against its enemies," Boyce said. The data was obtained through a federal information request and released by the California-based Michael D. Palm Center, a think tank that studies military issues. "The fact that the military has allowed more than 100,000 people with such troubled pasts to join its ranks over the past three years illustrates the problem we're having meeting our military needs in this time of war," said Aaron Belkin, director of the center. Belkin said a new study commissioned by the center also concludes that the military does not have any programs that help convicted felons adjust to military life. In recent years, as the Iraq and Afghanistan wars have dragged on, the military has also relaxed some standards in order to meet recruitment demands. The Army, for example, increased its age limit for recruits from 35 to 42, and is accepting more people whose scores on a standardized aptitude test are at the lower end of the acceptable range. In its report, the Pentagon said, "The waiver process recognizes that some young people have made mistakes, have overcome their past behavior, and have clearly demonstrated the potential for being productive, law-abiding citizens and members of the military."

100

According to the Pentagon, nearly a quarter of new military recruits needed some type of waiver in 2006, up from 20 percent in 2003. Roughly 30,000 moral waivers were approved each year between 2003 and 2006. The military in its report divides moral waivers into six categories: felonies, serious and minor non-traffic offenses, serious and minor traffic offenses and drug offenses. Because many states have different crimes categorized as a felony or misdemeanor, the groupings are more general. About one in five Army recruits needed a waiver to enlist in 2006, up from 12.7 percent in 2003. In addition, the report showed that the Army granted substantially fewer waivers for drug use and serious traffic violations last year than in 2003. More than half of the Marine recruits needed a waiver in 2006, a bit higher than in 2003, and largely due to their more strict drug requirements. Felony waivers made up about 2 percent of the Marine waivers, while other lesser crimes made up about 25 percent, both up slightly from 2003. About 18 percent of Navy recruits required a waiver, up only slightly from 2003. Two-thirds of the waivers granted by the Navy were for misdemeanortype crimes and about 5 percent were for felonies. Just 8 percent of Air Force recruits had waivers, down a bit from 2003. Nearly all of the waivers were for the misdemeanor-type crimes (CBS News, 2007).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: November 5, 2009 Suspect: Major Nidal Malik Hasan Age: 39 Ethnicity: Arabic, Jordanian Location: Fort Hood, Texas Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: FN Five-seven semi-automatic pistol fitted with two Lasermax laser sights: one red, and one green Crime: Fatally shooting 12 and wounding 31 fellow Army co-workers Title: Officials: Fort Hood Shootings Suspect Alive; 12 Dead Date: November 5, 2009 Source: CNN Abstract: A soldier suspected of fatally shooting 12 and wounding 31 at Fort Hood in Texas on Thursday is not dead as previously reported by the military, the base's commander said Thursday evening. A civilian officer who was wounded in the incident shot the suspect, who is "in custody and in stable condition," Army Lt. Gen. Robert Cone told reporters. "Preliminary reports indicate there was a single shooter that was shot multiple times at the scene," Cone said at a news conference. "However, he was not killed as previously reported." The suspect, identified as Maj. Nidal Malik Hasan, opened fire at a military processing center at Fort Hood around 1:30 p.m., Cone said. Three others initially taken into custody for interviews have been released, Cone said. Hasan, 39, is a graduate of Virginia Tech and a psychiatrist licensed in Virginia who was practicing at Darnall Army Medical Center at Fort Hood, according to military and professional records. Previously, he worked at Walter Reed Army Medical Center. A federal official said Hasan is a U.S. citizen of Jordanian descent. Military documents show that Hasan was born in Virginia and was never deployed outside the United States. In a statement released Thursday, Hasan's cousin, Nader Hasan, said his family is "filled with grief for the families of today's victims." "Our family loves America. We are proud of our country, and saddened by today's tragedy," the statement said. "Because this situation is still unfolding, we have nothing else that we are able to share with you at this time." Hasan was scheduled to be deployed to Iraq "and appeared to be upset about that," Sen. Kay Bailey Hutchison, R-Texas, said. "I think that there is a lot of investigation going on now into his background and what he was doing that was not known before," Hutchison said. Hutchison said she was told that the soldiers at the readiness facility "were filling out paper processing to go to Iraq or Afghanistan," according to CNN affiliate KXAN in Austin, Texas. The readiness center is one of the last stops before soldiers deploy. It is also one of the first places a soldier goes upon returning to the United States.

101

The base reopened Thursday night after being under lockdown for more than five hours. At a news conference earlier in the day, Cone said at least 10 of the dead were soldiers. The shooter had two weapons, both handguns, Cone said (CNN, 2009).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: February 19, 2010 Suspect: Unknown Age: ? Ethnicity: Arabic Location: Fort Jackson, South Carolina Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: Poison Crime: Attempted Food Poisoning

Title: Army Investigates Alleged Attempt By Soldiers To Poison Food At Fort Jackson Date: February 19, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: The U.S. Army is investigating allegations that soldiers were attempting to poison the food supply at Fort Jackson in South Carolina. The ongoing probe began two months ago, Chris Grey, a spokesman for the Armys Criminal Investigation Division, told Fox News . The Army is taking the allegations extremely seriously, Grey said, but so far, "there is no credible information to support the allegations." Five suspects, detained in December, were part of an Arabic translation program called "09 Lima" and use Arabic as their first language, two sources told Fox News. Another military source said they were Muslim. It wasn't clear whether they were still being held. Grey would not confirm or deny the sources information (Fox News, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: June 16, 2010 Suspect: Anthony Todd Saxon Age: 34 Ethnicity: White Location: Fort Gordon, Georgia Affiliation(s): National Guard Weapons: Laser sighted military rifles, land mine, grenades, night vision devices Crime: Falsely pretended to be an Army Master Sergeant, attempted theft of infrared laser targeting sight

Title: Man Seized At Army Post Had Land Mine, Laser Scope Date: June 16, 2010 Source: Army Times Abstract: A former national guardsman pretending to be an active-duty soldier convinced an officer to give him a sophisticated laser sight for military rifles before he was caught hours later on the base with a land mine, several grenades and night vision devices, prosecutors said Wednesday. Federal prosecutors said in a criminal complaint that Anthony Todd Saxon, 34, falsely pretended to be an Army master sergeant on Tuesday and sought to steal the infrared laser targeting sight. He was expected to appear in federal court later Wednesday. Saxon was wearing a full combat uniform, including rank and insignia, when he was stopped at Fort Gordon by military police and questioned about his activities, according to the complaint. After Saxon gave them consent to search his vehicle, authorities said they found several grenades and the land mine, among other equipment. According to the complaint, Saxon told investigators he was able to obtain the laser sight by telling a captain in the bases military police office that he was a master sergeant in the Armys 82nd Airborne Division and that he needed it to train a soldier. He told investigators he was able to obtain the device after signing a receipt, according to the court documents. He also said he was a member of the Army National Guard between 1993 and 1995, but was medically discharged for heart problems.

102

Florida National Guard spokeswoman Crystal McNairy said that Saxon joined the Guard in 1993 and left with an honorable discharge in 1994. She said his rank was private 1st class, but she would not provide any other details about his service. Fort Gordon spokesman Buz Yarnell said Saxon was stopped on the Army post because his car matched the description of a vehicle suspected in an earlier theft of military equipment from the post in April. Yarnell would not say what had been stolen. Yarnell said the grenades, called flash bangs, use blinding light and loud noise to stun people but dont explode into lethal shrapnel. He couldnt have done any serious damage, said Yarnell, who would not say whether the explosives were detonated. He said theres no suspected connection between Saxon and an AWOL servi ceman arrested Monday in Florida after he tried to enter MacDill Air Force Base with weapons and ammunition in his vehicle. But Yarnell said military authorities still dont know what Saxon was doing on Fort Gordon. Yarnell also didnt know if Saxon used a military ID, either fake or real, to get onto the base. Fort Gordon, near Augusta, is home to the Army Signal Corps, which is in charge of the services global communication and information systems. He said the post, which is also home to the Eisenhower Army Medical Center, typically allows civilians to enter if they show some form of identification. Anybody can get on Fort Gordon with a drivers license, Yarnell said. Its open to the public, basically (Army Times, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 9, 2010 Suspect(s): Calvin Gibbs, Jeremy Morlock, Andrew Holmes, Michael Wagnon, Adam Winfield Age(s): 19-25 Ethnicity: White Location: Afghanistan Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: Machine gun, fragmentary grenade Crime: Shot Afghan civilians at random and collected their fingers as trophies

Title: US Soldiers 'Killed Afghan Civilians For Sport And Collected Fingers As Trophies' Date: September 9, 2010 Source: The Guardian Abstract: Twelve American soldiers face charges over a secret "kill team" that allegedly blew up and shot Afghan civilians at random and collected their fingers as trophies. Five of the soldiers are charged with murdering three Afghan men who were allegedly killed for sport in separate attacks this year. Seven others are accused of covering up the killings and assaulting a recruit who exposed the murders when he reported other abuses, including members of the unit smoking hashish stolen from civilians. In one of the most serious accusations of war crimes to emerge from the Afghan conflict, the killings are alleged to have been carried out by members of a Stryker infantry brigade based in Kandahar province in southern Afghanistan. According to investigators and legal documents, discussion of killing Afghan civilians began after the arrival of Staff Sergeant Calvin Gibbs at forward operating base Ramrod last November. Other soldiers told the army's criminal investigation command that Gibbs boasted of the things he got away with while serving in Iraq and said how easy it would be to "toss a grenade at someone and kill them". One soldier said he believed Gibbs was "feeling out the platoon". Investigators said Gibbs, 25, hatched a plan with another soldier, Jeremy Morlock, 22, and other members of the unit to form a "kill team". While on patrol over the following months they allegedly killed at least three Afghan civilians. According to the charge sheet, the first target was Gul Mudin, who was killed "by means of throwing a fragmentary grenade at him and shooting him with a rifle", when the patrol entered the village of La Mohammed Kalay in January. Morlock and another soldier, Andrew Holmes, were on guard at the edge of a poppy field when Mudin emerged and stopped on the other side of a wall from the soldiers. Gibbs allegedly handed Morlock a grenade who armed it and dropped it over the wall next to the Afghan and dived for cover. Holmes, 19, then allegedly fired over the wall. Later in the day, Morlock is alleged to have told Holmes that the killing was for fun and threatened him if he told anyone. The second victim, Marach Agha, was shot and killed the following month. Gibbs is alleged to have shot him and placed a Kalashnikov next to the body to justify the killing. In May Mullah Adadhdad was killed after being shot and attacked with a grenade.

103

The Army Times reported that a least one of the soldiers collected the fingers of the victims as souvenirs and that some of them posed for photographs with the bodies. Five soldiers Gibbs, Morlock, Holmes, Michael Wagnon and Adam Winfield are accused of murder and aggravated assault among other charges. All of the soldiers have denied the charges. They face the death penalty or life in prison if convicted. The killings came to light in May after the army began investigating a brutal assault on a soldier who told superiors that members of his unit were smoking hashish. The Army Times reported that members of the unit regularly smoked the drug on duty and sometimes stole it from civilians. The soldier, who was straight out of basic training and has not been named, said he witnessed the smoking of hashish and drinking of smuggled alcohol but initially did not report it out of loyalty to his comrades. But when he returned from an assignment at an army headquarters and discovered soldiers using the shipping container in which he was billeted to smoke hashish he reported it. Two days later members of his platoon, including Gibbs and Morlock, accused him of "snitching", gave him a beating and told him to keep his mouth shut. The soldier reported the beating and threats to his officers and then told investigators what he knew of the "kill team". Following the arrest of the original five accused in June, seven other soldiers were charged last month with attempting to cover up the killings and violent assault on the soldier who reported the smoking of hashish. The charges will be considered by a military grand jury later this month which will decide if there is enough evidence for a court martial. Army investigators say Morlock has admitted his involvement in the killings and given details about the role of others including Gibbs. But his lawyer, Michael Waddington, is seeking to have that confession suppressed because he says his client was interviewed while under the influence of prescription drugs taken for battlefield injuries and that he was also suffering from traumatic brain injury. "Our position is that his statements were incoherent, and taken while he was under a cocktail of drugs that shouldn't have been mixed," Waddington told the Seattle Times (The Guardian, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: December 5, 2010 Suspect: Bryan Minkyu Martin Age: 22 Ethnicity: Asian Location: Fort Bragg, North Carolina Affiliation(s): Navy, Joint Special Operations Command Weapons: Words Crime: Sold top secret documents to an undercover FBI agent posing as a foreign intelligence officer

Title: NCIS: Sailor At Bragg Sold Secret Documents Date: December 5, 2010 Source: Military.com Abstract: A Navy intelligence specialist stationed at Fort Bragg is in custody after an investigation revealed he allegedly sold top secret documents to an undercover FBI agent posing as a foreign intelligence officer. Navy Reserve Intelligence Specialist 3rd Class Bryan Minkyu Martin, of Mexico, N.Y., is being held in custody in Norfolk, Va., said Ed Buice, a public affairs specialist for the Naval Criminial Investigative Service. Martin, 22, was asssigned to the Joint Special Operations Command at Fort Bragg. Buice said Martin was taken into custody Wednesday by NCIS and the FBI and is being held while investigative materials are being reviewed. No charges had been filed as of Friday night, Buice said. Martin could face charges and a court-martial under the Uniform Code of Military Justice, Buice said. According to a search warrant unsealed in federal court Friday, Martin sold secret and top secret documents in several staged buys of intelligence at two Spring Lake hotels. According to the search warrant, filed Wednesday by Special Agent Richard J. Puryear with NCIS, Martin was assigned to the Joint Special Operations Command at Fort Bragg on Sept. 16. Two months later, on Nov. 15, Martin met an undercover FBI agent in the lobby of the Hampton Inn on Bragg Boulevard in Spring Lake, according to the warrant. The special agent, posing as a foreign intelligence officer, brought Martin to his room, where Martin discussed his access to military computer networks and classified networks, according to the warrant. Martin also told the agent that he was seeking "longterm financial reimbursement," and that he could be very valuable over a 15- or 20-year career, which he expected would take him to the Defense Intelligence Agency, the warrant says.

104

Martin offered to bring the agent two documents at their next meeting and accepted $500 in cash from the agent, the warrant says. At a meeting the next day at the same hotel, Martin produced two documents one labelled "secret" and the other "top secret" a nd accepted $1,500 in cash, the warrant says. He agreed to meet the agent again Nov. 19, when he produced 51 pages of secret and top secret documents, according to the warrant. He was paid another $1,500, according to the warrant. Martin also failed to report the contacts to any member of his chain of command, the warrant says. The warrant authorized NCIS agents to search the room Martin was using at the Landmark Inn on Fort Bragg and his 2009 gold Nissan Altima. It does not address how Martin came under suspicion or how he came into contact with the undercover FBI agent. Buice would not clarify the matter Friday night, but said, "We have a high level confidence that classified information was not delivered to any unauthorized person." Martin enlisted in the Navy on Nov. 30, 2006, and completed basic training on July 20, 2007. He received a top secret clearance on Sept. 20, 2007, and was subsequently assigned to temporary duty with the Defense Intelligence Agency between May 9 and Aug. 22, according to the warrant. A spokesman for the Army's Special Operations Command referred all questions to NCIS. Messages left for Martin's family in New York were not returned Friday night (Military.com, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: July 28, 2011 Suspect: Naser Jason Abdo Age: 21 Ethnicity: White Location: Fort Hood, Texas Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: Weapons, explosives, jihadist materials, firearms, bomb making components Crime: Likely will be charged with being in possession of bomb-making materials

Title: AWOL Soldier Arrested In What Police Say Was New Fort Hood Terror Plot Date: July 28, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: An Army private has been arrested in connection with an alleged plot to attack Fort Hood soldiers that authorities suggest was close to being carried out. The arrest, first reported by Fox News, comes nearly two years after a deadly shooting rampage at the base. Pfc. Naser Jason Abdo, an AWOL soldier from Fort Campbell in Kentucky, was arrested by the Killeen, Texas, Police Department near Fort Hood and remains in custody at the Killeen jail. Abdo, 21, was found with weapons, explosives and jihadist materials at the time of his arrest, a senior Army source confirms to Fox News. He was arrested at around 2 p.m. Wednesday after someone called authorities to report a suspicious individual. Eric Vasys, a spokesman with the FBI's San Antonio Office, said authorities found firearms and bomb making components inside Abdo's motel room. Sources also say Abdo was attempting to make a purchase at Guns Galore in Killeen, the same ammunition store where Maj. Nidal Hasan purchased weapons that were allegedly used to gun down 13 people and wound 30 others at the base on Nov. 5, 2009. Sources said Abdo had enough materials to make two bombs, including 18 pounds of sugar and six pounds of smokeless gunpowder -- a possible trigger for an explosive. A pressure cooker was also found. Another counterterrorism source said the bomb making materials and methodology came "straight out of Inspire (a terrorist magazine) and an Al Qaeda explosives course manual." Killeen Police Chief Dennis Baldwin alluded to the severity of the threat at a news conference Thursday afternoon announcing the arrest. "We we would probably be here today giving you a different briefing had he not been stopped," Baldwin said, and military personnel appeared to be the target. ABC News reported, citing law enforcement documents, that the target wasn't the base itself but a nearby restaurant that is popular with personnel from Fort Hood.

105

Police in Killeen said their break in the case came from Guns Galore LLC -- the same gun store where Maj. Nidal Hasan bought a pistol used in the 2009 attack. Store clerk Greg Ebert said the man arrived by taxi Tuesday and bought 6 pounds of smokeless gunpowder, three boxes of shotgun ammunition and a magazine for a semi-automatic pistol. Ebert said he called authorities because he and his co-workers "felt uncomfortable with his overall demeanor and the fact he didn't know what the hell he was buying." According to an Army alert sent via email and obtained by The Associated Press, Killeen police learned from the taxi company that Abdo had been picked up from a local motel and had also visited an Army surplus store where he paid cash for a uniform bearing Fort Hood unit patches. Bob Jenkins, a Fort Campbell spokesman, told Fox News that Abdo was also being investigated for child pornography found on his government computer. Abdo went AWOL on July 4. On the eve of his first deployment to Afghanistan -- after only one year in the Army -- Abdo applied for conscientious objector status as a Muslim. It was denied by his superiors at Fort Campbell but later overturned by the Assistant Deputy Secretary of the Army review board. Another source told Fox News that two other U.S. soldiers have been questioned as part of the investigation. Abdo's Facebook page, which has since been taken down, showed that he traveled to New York City in September to attend an antiwar vigil and show support for Pfc. Bradley Manning, the alleged source for the classified war documents released by controversial group WikiLeaks. Vasys said Abdo likely will be charged with being in possession of bomb-making materials. Killeen Chief Baldwin said the case would be referred for federal charges, though a Justice Department official would not confirm that. In the 2009 shooting case, Maj. Hasan, an Army psychiatrist, was arraigned on July 20 and is currently standing trial. His civilian lawyer withdrew from the case as it began (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: August 15, 2011 Suspect: Charles Alan Dyer Age: 31 Ethnicity: White Location: Duncan, Oklahoma Affiliation(s): Marines, Oath Keepers Weapons: Colt M-203 grenade launcher Crime: Rape of 7 year old girl

Title: FBI Manhunt For 'Timothy McVeigh-Like' Ex-Marine On The Lam Date: August 24, 2011 Source: ABC News Abstract: A former Marine who is part of a right wing group that calls for an uprising is the target of an FBI manhunt ranging from Oklahoma to Florida. Charles Alan Dyer, 31, of Duncan, Okla., failed to appear in court on Monday, Aug. 15, on charges he raped a 7-year-old girl. His failure to appear launched a federal dragnet covering 12 states in the South. Authorities are warning that Dyer is believed to be armed and dangerous. Sheriff Wayne McKinney of Stephens County, Okla., described him as a "Timothy McVeigh" like individual, referring to the right wing militia member executed for blowing up a federal building in Oklahoma City in 1995. Dyer is part of a controversial group called Oath Keepers that includes current and former law enforcement and military members who take an oath to obey the Constitution rather than the president. Dyer has posted videos on YouTube talking about a "New World Order" and calling for people to "rise up" against "tyrannical government." An ABC News review of court records reveals that Dyer was indicted on federal charges for possessing an unregistered Colt M-203 grenade launcher. Authorities believe Dyer was in the Houston area last week following reports from residents in nearby Wallis that a man matching Dyer's description knocked on doors there asking for a ride to Houston, according to ABC News affiliate KTRK. "My older brother had him there. He was knocking on his window," witness Greg Hatton said. "When I pulled up, for example, first I called him to see if that's him, hold him. That's the guy we're looking for, hold him. And we're always armed. We're concealed gun licensed carriers and he had him right at the point there, but he took off running. And when he took off running he ran across this track here, went to my neighbor's house and asked him for a ride." The FBI said that Dyer does not seem to have a car and is instead using a network of people he knows from Oath Keeper websites to get around, according to special agent Clay Simmonds, a spokesman for the agency.

106

FBI Chasing Ex-Marine Charles Dyer Three days before his court date, Dyer's residence was found burned to the ground, according to the FBI. Two men believed to have started the fire are in custody and are believed to be affiliated with Dyer's organization, according to McKinney. The day of the fire, Dyer's attorney filed a motion requesting that the trial date be pushed back due to the fire at Dyer's home. "Oath Keeper" Charles Dyer Target of Federal Manhunt This is the second trial Dyer was scheduled for the charges. In April, the first trial was declared a mistrial, McKinney said. The sheriff also said that Dyer had been seen hanging around the courthouse in the days leading up to the trial, wearing a thigh holster and backpack and carrying a Bible. McKinney said the behavior was meant to intimidate people at the court. The FBI is asking for the public's assistance in locating Dyer, putting up digital billboards depicting Dyer's image at locations in Oklahoma, Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Tennessee, Virginia, Arkansas, North Carolina and South Carolina. A reward of up to $5,000 is being offered for any information leading to Dyer's arrest. Dyer is described as a white male, 5-foot-10 and 175 to 200 pounds, brown hair and blue eyes. Information obtained has indicated Dyer may have grown a beard, lost some weight and his head is no longer shaved (ABC News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: August 28, 2011 Suspect: Capt. Leonard John Egland Age: 37 Ethnicity: White Location: Fort Lee, Virginia Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: Semiautomatic rifle Crime: Alleged murder of ex-wife, her boyfriend, boyfriend's young son, and a grandmother

Title: Va. Army Officer Sought In 4 Slayings Found Dead In Pa. Date: August 28, 2011 Source: MSNBC Abstract: Manhunt punctuated by gunfire amid wind and rain of tropical storm terrorizes community An Army officer suspected of killing four people in Pennsylvania and Virginia was found dead in a wooded area Sunday after a manhunt during Tropical Storm Irene's winds and drenching rains paralyzed residents in the Philadelphia suburb. Hours after he fired at several officers, wounding two of them, the body of Capt. Leonard John Egland, 37, of Fort Lee, Va., was found around 3:30 p.m. in the Bucks County community of Warwick Township, Police Chief Mark Goldberg said. Egland's body was found several hundred yards behind a Lukoil gas station where authorities say he had fired a semiautomatic rifle at SWAT team members who discovered his truck and found him before dawn in a trash bin. The officers, who were not injured, chased him into the woods but lost him as the storm raked the area, Goldberg said. "It was bad," he said. "Weather conditions were horrible and it was a very dangerous situation." He said the SWAT teams had "performed courageously." With Egland on the run, armed with two weapons, residents were warned to stay indoors and keep their doors locked, the police chief said. The manhunt, Goldberg said, "tied up departments all over Bucks County ... It didn't prevent us from responding during the storm but it certainly taxed our resources." Three Bucks County SWAT teams, state police and numerous police departments searched for Egland after his former mother-in-law was found shot to death in her home in Buckingham. Authorities in Virginia said Egland had earlier killed his ex-wife, her boyfriend and the boyfriend's young son before taking his own young daughter on a frantic drive through Pennsylvania. The girl, believed by Goldberg to be about 6 years old, was abandoned Saturday night by Egland, physically unharmed, at St. Luke's Hospital in Quakertown, apparently after the child's grandmother was killed. A note was left with the child, authorities said. Bucks County District Attorney David Heckler said a nurse or orderly confronted Egland but the suspect flashed a pistol and got away. The hospital worker called police with a description of the suspect and his black pickup truck.

107

Just before midnight, the truck was stopped by state and local police in Doylestown Township. Officers said the suspect fired shots from a semiautomatic rifle, hitting an officer in the arm and shattering a windshield that sent glass into the face of a Dublin officer. Goldberg said both officers had been released from a hospital. The body, found in woods behind the gas station and a business under renovation, matched Egland's description, Goldberg said. The police chief said Egland had a gunshot wound but he would leave it to the coroner to determine whether it was self-inflicted. Goldberg said that because of the lockdown, numerous residents were prevented from checking for storm damage at their homes. "I know just from the way the phones were ringing in the police station that it was causing a great deal of anxiety among our people, and for us as well," he said. "It's a tragic event, but at least our residents can rest easy." Police in Chesterfield County, Va., said Pennsylvania police had asked officers at 1 a.m. Sunday to check on the welfare of people at a home, where officers found the bodies of Egland's ex-wife, her boyfriend and his child. Names of the victims were not being released pending notification of relatives. A spokesman said the suspect had no known criminal history in the area. Egland's former mother-in-law, 66-year-old Barbara Reuhl of Buckingham, was believed to have been killed Saturday night, Heckler said. Goldberg said other family members were under police protection during the search for Egland, including one person who was at the police department. The police chief said he believed Egland's daughter girl was being cared for Sunday afternoon by relatives (MSNBC, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 15, 2011 Suspect: Russell C. Marcum Age: 20 Ethnicity: White Location: Fort Drum, New York Affiliation(s): Army First Class Private Weapons: Hand Gun, Bullet Proof Vest Crime: Burglary, Grand Theft Auto

Title: New York Police Search for Armed Soldier Who Escaped Military Custody Date: September 16, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Police in central New York are searching for an armed, suicidal Fort Drum soldier dressed in camouflage who escaped military custody and led police on a multi-county car chase Thursday night, authorities said. Russell C. Marcum, 20, had been in custody facing burglary charges when the camouflage-clad soldier escaped and stole a white 2003 Chevy Avalanche. A vehicle chase through Madison, Oneida and Otsego counties ended when police damaged the tires of the car. He fled on foot into a wooded area near Richfield Springs, south of Utica. The Observer-Dispatch of Utica reports that Marcum was armed with a handgun and may be wearing a bullet-proof vest. Marcum, who is considered dangerous, reportedly said that he would force police to shoot him to end his life. The Watertown Daily Times reports that Marcum was arrested Monday on a charge of third-degree burglary after being accused of stealing a $700 plasma TV from a storage unit. Marcum is a private first class from Morgantown, W.Va., who joined the Army in August 2010 and was deployed to Afghanistan this year from January to March, according to officials at Fort Drum. Fort Drum spokeswoman Julie Cupernall said Marcum had been under "unit custody" in barracks Thursday after making bail on the civilian charge. Marcum was not under military police custody, but was being watched by a member of his unit, she said. Police reportedly set up a scanning area Friday morning to check cars passing through for any sign of Marcum. A state police helicopter could also be seen searching the area, the Observer-Dispatch reports. Marcum was last reported to be in a swampy area, according to the newspaper (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 20, 2011

108

Suspect: Cleve Foster Age: 47 Ethnicity: White Location: Fort Worth, Texas Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: Gun Crime: Rape, Murder

Title: Supreme Court Halts Execution Of Former Army Recruiter Date: September 20, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A former Army recruiter who for the third time this year was hours away from his scheduled execution for the rape-slaying of a woman in Fort Worth nearly 10 years ago was granted yet another reprieve by the U.S. Supreme Court on Tuesday. Cleve Foster, 47, was set to die Tuesday evening. The high court twice earlier this year stopped Foster's scheduled lethal injection. The latest court ruling came about 2 1/2 hours before Foster could have been taken to the Texas death chamber. Foster was meeting with one of his lawyers in a small holding cell a few steps from the death chamber when a Texas Department of Criminal Justice spokesman delivered the news. "He thanked God and pointed to his attorney, saying this woman helped save his life," prison spokesman Jason Clark said. He also said Foster repeated his insistence that he was innocent. "I did not do this crime," Foster told him. "I know there are those out there who have hard feelings against me, but I did not do this." Unlike his previous trips to the death house, the reprieve came before he was served his requested final meal, which included two fried chickens and a five-gallon bucket of peaches. Instead, he immediately was returned to death row, at a prison about 45 miles to the east. Foster was one of two men convicted and sent to death row for fatally shooting a 30-year-old woman whose body was found in a ditch by pipeline workers in Fort Worth in February 2002. His partner died last year of cancer. The court's brief order, similar to one issued last week in the case of Duane Buck, another Texas inmate facing execution, said the reprieve would remain in effect pending the outcome of Foster's request for a review, known as a petition for a writ of certiorari. If the writ is denied, the reprieve is lifted, clearing the way for a new execution date to be set. In January, just before the start of a six-hour window when Foster could be strapped to the death chamber gurney for injection, he won a reprieve so the justices could further review an appeal in his case. Then in April, the high court again halted his execution when lawyers sought a rehearing on arguments he was innocent and had poor legal help at his trial and in early stages of his appeal. His lawyers returned to the court with similar arguments he was innocent and had previous deficient legal help, specifically asking the court to decide whether prisoners like Foster had a constitutional guarantee for a competent lawyer when he first raised claims in a state appeals court. State lawyers said the issues had been resolved by the courts, that the Supreme Court has ruled there's no constitutional right to a competent state-provided lawyer for appeals, and the last-day appeal was just another attempt to delay Foster's punishment. Foster would have been the 11th Texas prisoner executed this year. On Wednesday, Lawrence Russell Brewer, 44, was set to die for participating in the notorious dragging death case in Jasper in East Texas. Brewer was one of two white men condemned for the death of a black man, James Byrd Jr., more than 13 years ago, in a hate crime that shocked the nation for its brutality. Foster was one of two men convicted and sent to death row for fatally shooting Nyaneur Pal. Her body was found on Valentine's Day 2002. "I didn't do this," he said recently from outside his cell on death row. "I'll fight it to the end." Foster and a companion, Sheldon Ward, were convicted of fatally shooting Pal, who came to the U.S. from Sudan and was known as Mary. Pal, who worked at a country club, was seen talking with Foster and Ward at a Fort Worth bar. Evidence showed she had been shot once in the head and raped. A gun identified as the murder weapon was found in a motel room where Foster and Ward were living. Authorities determined the same gun was used two months earlier to kill another woman, 22-year-old Rachel Urnosky, at her Fort Worth apartment. She also had been raped.

109

Foster and Ward were implicated but never tried in her slaying. An aunt and uncle of Pal and the parents of Urnosky were to witness the execution. They had not yet arrived at the Huntsville Unit of the Texas Department of Criminal Justice, where executions are carried out, when the court ordered the punishment stopped. Foster blamed Pal's death on Ward, who was one of his Army recruits. Prosecutors said evidence showed Foster actively participated in the woman's killing, offered no credible explanations, lied and gave contradictory stories about his sexual activities with Pal. Her blood and tissue were found on the weapon and DNA evidence showed both men had sex with her. Ward said the sex was consensual. Foster said he was passed out from sleeping pills at the time Pal would have been murdered. Ward died of cancer last year while on death row. Foster also denied any involvement in Urnosky's slaying in December 2001. He told detectives he and Ward were at her apartment but they left when she refused to have sex with them. The Texas Tech honors graduate was found dead in her bed after she failed to show up for work. In appeals, attorneys referred to Ward's several statements claiming sole responsibility for Pal's murder. "The most striking feature of Ward's `confessions' is that they are incompatible with each other," state lawyers said in their responses to the appeals courts. Foster grew up in Henderson, Kentucky, and spent nearly two decades in the Army, reaching the rank of sergeant first class. He was deployed to the Middle East during Desert Storm and was assigned to Fort Worth as a recruiter. Records showed court martial proceedings were started against him after allegations he gave alcohol to underage students as a recruiter and had sex with an underage potential recruit. He was denied re-enlistment in the Army and had been out of the service only a short time when the slayings occurred (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 24, 2011 Suspect: Andrew Holmes Age: 21 Ethnicity: White Location: Boise, Idaho Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: Machine gun Crime: Fired a heavy machine gun at a boy from 15 feet away

Title: US Soldier Jailed For Seven Years Over Murders Of Afghan Civilians Date: September 24, 2011 Source: The Guardian Abstract: A US soldier has been sentenced to seven years in prison for his role in the murders of Afghan civilians last year. Pvt 1st Class Andrew Holmes, 21, was among five soldiers charged over the "thrill killings" of the three civilians during patrols in Kandahar. The murders have been described as among the most serious war crimes charges to emerge from the Afghanistan war. Holmes, from Boise, Idaho, confessed in court to firing a heavy machine gun at a boy from 15 feet away, after his co-defendant threw a grenade at him. He was accused of directly participating in the first killing and initially charged with premeditated murder among other charges. But in a deal with prosecutors, Holmes pleaded guilty to murder by an inherently dangerous act, as well as possessing a finger bone from his victim and smoking hashish. Judge Lt Col Kwasi Hawks sentenced him on Friday to seven years in jail, saying there was no excuse for the murder. "You aimed a fully loaded squad automatic weapon at [a] child that stood 15 feet away," he said. However, Hawks also told the defendant, "I hope and I believe you will have a long and productive life, and I believe a happy life." Holmes told the judge he wanted the "opportunity to be a son, a brother, a nephew". His family cried as his sentence was given.

110

The soldiers, from Joint Base Lewis-McChord, south of Seattle, were arrested in Afghanistan last year after prosecutors said they killed the three men for sport in January, February and May of 2010. Prosecutors say that in addition to the murders by the group, formerly known as the 5th Stryker Brigade but renamed the 2nd Stryker Brigade, some of the defendants kept body parts severed from the corpses and photos as war trophies. Holmes' sentence came one day after he changed his plea to guilty in a deal with army prosecutors. Holmes will receive credit for the 499 days he has already been behind bars and could leave prison early on good behaviour, it was reported. He will receive a dishonorable discharge after serving his sentence, said army spokesman Joe Kubistek. Holmes will also forfeit his army pay. During the closing argument in his case, prosecutor Major Rob Stelle showed a large photo of Holmes standing over his victim. "It was callous, reckless indifference, a depraved heart," he said of the killing. "The accused had a choice. He pulled the trigger and ended that man's life." Holmes' lawyer, Dan Conway, argued his client was a 19-year-old soldier placed in a difficult situation. Drug use was said to be rampant in the army unit. One soldier who blew the whistle on hash smoking by his comrades was beaten up and threatened in retaliation (The Guardian, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 20, 2011 Suspect: Jared Berman, Richard Daley, Claude Byrd, Kevon McLaren Age: 20, 22, 24, 27 Ethnicity: White, African-American Location: Fort Sill, Oklahoma Affiliation(s): Army, 75th Fires Brigade Weapons: Crime: Robbery, burglary, kidnapping, shooting with intent to kill Title: Four U.S. Soldiers Charged In Home Invasion Leaving Four Wounded Date: September 28, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Four soldiers from Fort Sill in Oklahoma were charged in a home invasion in which four people were shot and wounded. Three of the Fort Sill soldiers in Oklahoma broke into the home in Lawton on Sept. 20, and the fourth served as the getaway driver, prosecutors contend in charging documents filed Tuesday. Prosecutors did not immediately respond to phone messages Wednesday seeking comment and further details about the attack. The three who allegedly entered the home -- Pvt. Richard Daley, 24; Pfc. Claude Byrd II, 27; and Pfc. Kevon McLaren, 22 -- were each charged Tuesday with one count of conspiracy to commit first-degree robbery, three counts of first-degree robbery, and five counts of kidnapping. McLaren, who witnesses said fired the shots, according to a probable cause affidavit, was also charged with shooting with intent to kill and first-degree burglary. The alleged getaway driver, 20-year-old Pfc. Jared Berman, was charged with being an accessory to a crime. The four were in jail Wednesday and online court records did not list attorneys for any of them. According to affidavits filed in the case, McLaren shot the four adult victims and he, Daley and Byrd stole several items from the apartment in Lawson, southwest of Oklahoma City and where the post is located. Fort Sill commander Maj. Gen. David Halverson said in a statement Tuesday that post officials are cooperating with the investigation. "This was an isolated incident, well outside the norm in terms of the way our soldiers behave off-duty, and especially in Lawton, where our various unit relationships and community support initiatives have showcased our soldiers as good neighbors," Halverson said.

111

The four soldiers are assigned to the 75th Fires Brigade, which Fort Sill spokesman Keith Pannell described as a field and air defense artillery unit (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 17, 2011 Suspect: N/A Age: Early 20's Ethnicity: White Location: Seoul, South Korea Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: N/A Crime: Rape

Title: 2 U.S. Soldiers Accused Of Raping Teenagers In Korea Date: October 8, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Two U.S. soldiers have been accused of raping teenage girls in South Korea in separate incidents, prompting U.S. military officials to apologize Saturday as they tried to ease growing public anger. Army Brig. Gen. David Conboy, who supervises the U.S. garrison in Seoul, issued a statement apologizing for "pain" caused by allegations that a U.S. soldier raped a girl in her rented room in Seoul on Sept. 17. That solider -- a private in his early 20s -- is being questioned by police but has not been arrested. Another U.S. private has been arrested on suspicion of raping a teenage girl on Sept. 24 in a city north of Seoul. The top U.S. diplomat for East Asia, Kurt Campbell, apologized Friday for what he called a "tragic and inexcusable rape that took place about a week ago." It was not clear which of the two incidents he was referring to. The alleged assaults have prompted small protests near the U.S. Embassy in Seoul, while the Internet has been abuzz with Koreans expressing their anger. On Saturday, a minor labor party called for restricting the movement of American soldiers outside their bases. The U.S. has 28,500 troops stationed in South Korea, a legacy of the 1950-53 Korean War. Gen. James Thurman, America's top commander in South Korea, said Friday that he has instated a curfew following "the incidents over the last several months." He did not clarify his comments, but said the curfew would last 30 days. U.S. officials are wary of an anti-American sentiment that could be rekindled in countries where their troops are stationed. In 2002, the acquittals of two American soldiers whose armored vehicle ran over and killed two South Korean schoolgirls during training prompted nationwide protests against the U.S. military presence in the country. In 1995, the rape of a 12-year-old Japanese girl by U.S. service members in Okinawa sparked one of the biggest anti-U.S. protests in Japan. About 50,000 U.S. troops are stationed in Japan in a post-World War II security pact (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 15, 2011 Suspect: Sgt. Larry Hutchins Age: 27 Ethnicity: White Location: Camp Pendleton Affiliation(s): Marines Weapons: Unknown Crime: Kidnapping, Murder

Title: Convicted Marine Gets Temporary Release For Birth Date: October 15, 2011 Source: Fox News

112

Abstract: A Marine squad leader who was convicted of leading troops to kill an Iraqi civilian will get a temporary release from prison to witness the birth of his second child. Sgt. Larry Hutchins is currently serving an 11-year sentence at the prison facility at Miramar Marine Corps Air Station. In 2006, Hutchins led an eight-man squad that kidnapped an Iraqi man from his home, marched him into a ditch and killed him. Hutchins' wife became pregnant after he was freed by an appellate decision, but returned to prison several months later when it was overturned. Hutchins has lost numerous appeals (Fox News, 2011).

Title: The FBI Announces Gangs Have Infiltrated Every Branch Of The Military Date: October 22, 2011 Source: Business Insider Abstract: The FBI has released a new gang assessment announcing that there are 1.4 million gang members in the US, a 40 percent increase since 2009, and that many of these members are getting inside the military (via Stars and Stripes). The report says the military has seen members from 53 gangs and 100 regions in the U.S. enlist in every branch of the armed forces. Members of every major street gang, some prison gangs, and outlaw motorcycle gangs (OMGs) have been reported on both U.S. and international military installations. From the report: Through transfers and deployments, military-affiliated gang members expand their culture and operations to new regions nationwide and worldwide, undermining security and law enforcement efforts to combat crime. Gang members with military training pose a unique threat to law enforcement personnel because of their distinctive weapons and combat training skills and their ability to transfer these skills to fellow gang members. The report notes that while gang members have been reported in every branch of service, they are concentrated in the U.S. Army, Army Reserves, and the Army National Guard. Many street gang members join the military to escape the gang lifestyle or as an alternative to incarceration, but often revert back to their gang associations once they encounter other gang members in the military. Other gangs target the U.S. military and defense systems to expand their territory, facilitate criminal activity such as weapons and drug trafficking, or to receive weapons and combat training that they may transfer back to their gang. Incidents of weapons theft and trafficking may have a negative impact on public safety or pose a threat to law enforcement officials. The FBI points out that many gangs, especially the bikers, actively recruit members with military training and advise young members with no criminal record to join the service for weapon access and combat experience. The full assessment is definitely worth checking out, if only for the pictures (Business Insider, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 25, 2011 Suspect: Leo Sharp Age: 87 Ethnicity: White Location: Detroit, Michigan Affiliation(s): Army? Weapons: N/A Crime: Allegedly had 228 pounds of cocaine (worth nearly $3 million) in the car he was driving.

Title: 87-Year-Old Vet Arrested In Michigan After Cops Reportedly Find Cocaine In Car Date: October 25, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Detroit police arrested an 87-year-old veteran last week after reportedly finding more than 228 pounds of cocaine in the car he was driving. Leo Sharp refused to allow a state trooper to search his car after being pulled over for improper lane use, according to records. Police called a drugsniffing dog to the scene and found 104 brick-shaped packages of cocaine worth nearly $3 million in his car, MyFoxDetroit.com reports.

113

In a court appearance Monday, Sharp claimed he was forced at gunpoint to haul the drugs. Attorney Ray Richards said this was his client's first time in the federal court system and Sharp was likely confused by the questioning. "It's not what it seems," Richards told MyFoxDetroit."There's a lot more to this story to be played out later." Sharp is charged with possession with intent to distribute. He could be sentenced to at least 10 years in prison, if convicted. Sharp is married with children and works full-time growing exotic plants for a horticulture company in Indiana, MyFoxDetroit.com reports. Judge Mark Randon released Sharp Monday on $10,000 bond and scheduled the next hearing in the case for Nov. 10 (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 26, 2011 Suspect: Benjamin E. Johns, Jacob D. Jacoby, Carlos Orozco III Age: ? Ethnicity: White Location: Hawaii based Affiliation(s): Marines Weapons: Words Crime: Charged with wrongfully humiliating and demeaning 21-year-old Lance Cpl. Harry Lew, who killed himself April 3, 2011.

Title: Three Marines Will Go To Trial For Alleged Hazing Of Marine Who Committed Suicide Date: October 26, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Three Hawaii-based Marines accused of hazing a fellow Marine who later committed suicide in Afghanistan will be tried in a general courtmartial, the Marine Corps said Wednesday. A trial date for Sgt. Benjamin E. Johns, Lance Cpl. Jacob D. Jacoby and Lance Cpl. Carlos Orozco III has not been set. The three are charged with wrongfully humiliating and demeaning 21-year-old Lance Cpl. Harry Lew, who killed himself April 3. The two lance corporals have also been charged with assault, and one was charged with cruelty and maltreatment. A general court-martial is a forum for the most serious charges in the military justice system. Less serious charges may be addressed in summary courts-martial or a special courts-martial. Lew, of Santa Clara, Calif., was a nephew of U.S. Rep. Judy Chu of California. Brig. Gen. Frederick Padilla, 3rd Marine Division commander, decided the case should go to trial, Lt. Col. Curtis Hill, a spokesman for Marine Corps Forces Pacific, said in an email. "The Marine Corps prides itself on holding its members to the highest levels of accountability. The Marine Corps does not tolerate hazing of any kind," Hill said. "When allegations of hazing are made, they are investigated and if substantiated, appropriate corrective action is taken." An Article 32 hearing -- similar to a civilian grand jury hearing -- was held regarding the charges last month. The hearing depicted a squad of Marines actively fighting on the front lines while at the same time trying to cope with a habit Lew developed of falling asleep on watch duty. Lew fell asleep four times in the 10 days he spent at Patrol Base Gowragi, a remote outpost in Afghanistan. Because Lew's life and the lives of his fellow Marines depended on him being awake and alert, several Marines in his squad grew increasingly frustrated with the dozing. Lew's leaders tried various approaches to keep him awake, including taking him off patrols so he could get more rest, according to testimony at the hearing. But on Lew's last night, those efforts escalated into alleged acts of violence and humiliation, according to the charges heard. The Marines are accused of punching and kicking him, making him do pushups and pouring sand in his face. Commanders in retrospect said Lew's sleeping may have been a symptom that he was suffering from depression or some other medical condition. Hill stressed the Marines are presumed innocent until proven guilty (Fox News, 2011).

4. U.S. MILITARY HEISTS

114

OBAMACSI.COM: A number of recent military computers, weapons and ammunition heists from U.S. military bases are unprecedented and may indicate that large scale false-flag attacks from the alleged thieves may be imminent. These thefts coincide with the large number of U.S. military personnel accused of hanus crimes which could lead to U.S. military men and women being scapegoated in future terror attacks. Title: Thousands Of Laptops Stolen During 9-hour Heist Date: July 13, 2010 Source: CBS News Abstract: Thousands of laptops have been stolen from the Florida office of a private contractor for the U.S. military's Special Operations Command. Surveillance cameras caught up to seven people loading the computers into two trucks for nine hours. U.S. Special Operations Command coordinates the activities of elite units from the Army, Navy, Air Force and Marines. A spokeswoman said Tuesday that none of the stolen laptops contained military information or software. The Virginia-based company iGov was awarded a $450 million contract earlier this year to supply mobile technology services linking special operations troops worldwide. A company executive says iGov is cooperating with authorities and the March 6 break-in at its Tampa facility remains under investigation (CBS News, 2010).

Title: Feds: AK-74 Assault Rifles Stolen From Fort Irwin Date: July 30, 2011 Source: CNN Abstract: Federal authorities are investigating whether any of the 26 AK-74 assault rifles and a Dragunov rifle stolen from the Fort Irwin Army Post has ended up in Fresno, California, a spokesman said Saturday. The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation have offered a $10,000 reward for information leading to the arrest and conviction of individuals behind the July 15 theft of firearms from an army supply warehouse in Fort Irwin, California, an ATF official said. Authorities said some arrests were made after employees at the storage warehouse were interviewed, but no further details were available Saturday and other suspects were still being sought. Federal authorities have received reports that some of the firearms have reached Fresno, and authorities have notified officials there of that possibility, a spokesman told CNN. "Although our agents and officers are vigorously investigating this theft, we request the public's assistance to help us arrest and prosecute those individuals responsible for this crime," special agent John A. Torres of the ATF's Los Angeles office said in a statement. "Community participation is necessary to improve the likelihood that ATF and our law enforcement partners will track down the firearms as well as the criminals who have sought to destabilize our community through illegal activity" (CNN, 2011).

Title: Officials Investigate Missing Ammo At Fort Bragg Date: September 10, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Officials at Fort Bragg say an investigation is under way into the disappearance of nearly 14,000 rounds of ammunition at the Army base. Staff Sgt. Joshua Ford, a spokesman for the 82nd Airborne Division, says the ammunition went missing from the 1st Brigade Combat Team at Fort Bragg. The Fayetteville Observer reports that Ford believed the ammunition was taken overnight on Tuesday. The 1st Brigade team was placed on lockdown for a few hours Wednesday night while officials conducted a search. The missing ammunition can be used in an M-4 or M-16 assault rifle. Ford says the 82nd Airborne Division and military police are taking the matter seriously and that "any amount of ammunition that goes missing" has "got to be accounted for" (Fox News, 2011).

5. "HOMELAND'S" ISRAELI ORIGINS

115

OBAMACSI.COM: "Homeland" is based on Gideon Raff's Israeli series "Hatufim", also known as , in which Israel "deals with the fate of IDF prisoners of war when they are caught by Arab terrorists and what can come after." It now appears that the makers and funders of "24" and "Homeland" would like to project the Israeli worldview onto America, turning a once free country into the Gaza Strip. Title: 'Prisoners Of War' On Israeli TV Date: April 25, 2010 Source: Arutz Sheva Abstract: Israeli television is beginning to focus on what can happen to IDF soldiers when they are caught by Arab terrorists and what can come after. The fictional series, Prisoners of War, (called Hatufim or abductees in Hebrew) revolves around the lives of three IDF reservists who are captured during service in Lebanon. Their fate initially is unknown, and they become symbols to the society from which they came. In their families, they are perceived as something between a misty memory, and an ever-lasting glimmer of hope until the day 17 years later, when they return. Only two come back alive. The third returns in a coffin. The series follows the families, and the two remaining soldiers as they try to pick up the pieces of their lives. The questions asked as part of the program are troubling, as are the answers. Gideon Raff, the show's creator, told the Los Angeles Times that his research revealed conflicting and complex issues. One soldier released in a prisoner exchange deal told him that for years, people blamed him for every terrorist attack that took place after the swap. Another Israeli POW said bitterly that Israel prefers dead heroes to live returnees. Former POW David Senesh said recently in an interview that Israeli interrogations were worse than the physical brutality he suffered as a captive in Egypt. As a society we're busy with 'bringing the boys back home,' Raff said. We're preoccupied with their return and the price, but few turn their thoughts to the day after. He said he was surprised that no one had considered address ing the issue before, noting there are some 1,500 former POWs in Israel who live with their captivity every day and can't get rid of it. An American remake of the series will be offered in the United States through 20th Century Fox, which cut the deal with the Israeli network Keshet before the Hatufim series began shooting. Keshet provides half of the programming on Israel's Channel 2, where the show's s eventh episode aired Saturday night (Arutz Sheva, 2010).

6. "HOMELAND" A NEO-CON SEX FANTASY?

OBAMACSI.COM: "Homeland" is made by the same group as the TV show "24", which is a dubbed as a "Neo-Con sex fantasy" that "feels real". Former head of U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Michael Chertoff, states that "24" reflects real life, and notorious Neo-Cons such as former Vice President Dick Cheney, Senator John McCain, Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas, and radio host Rush Limbaugh have vocalized that they are big fans of the show. Can we also assume that "Homeland" is a "Neo-Con Sex Fantasy"? Title: Neo-Con Sex Fantasy? The Politics Of "24 Date: January 16, 2011 Source: CNN The plot depicted in the episode of "24" entitled "Terror in California", was subverted in real life at Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011.

Obama Assassination Humor

OBAMACSI.COM: While there nothing is funny about the future assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama, the following art, articles, and videos are either funny or sick, depending on one's sense of humor. Nonetheless, they deal with the future assassination of Obama and must be documented for research's sake. 1. Students Chant "Assassinate Obama": Students in Idaho allegedly start chanting "Assassinate Obama" as they rode the public school bus. No children were taken into custody. 2. Obama: "This will be the Day that I Die": At Barack Obama's Presidential Inauguration at the National Mall in Washington D.C., Obama sings along with "Bye Bye Miss American Pie" and can be clearly seen singing "This will be the day that I die". 3. Obama Startled by Gunshot in Turkey: On a diplomatic trip to Turkey in 2009, U.S. President Barack Obama appears quite jumpy after a nearby gunshot is heard at a formal greeting. To be fair, there was an alleged plot to assassinate Obama that was foiled only hours before the incident. 4. The Onion: The Obama Assassination: The "Onion" chimes in on an attempted Barack Obama assassination in which the white assassin states

116

that he wanted to assassinate Obama, "'But Not Because He's Black Or Anything'. 5. Math Lesson: Obama Assassination Angles: A math teacher from Alabama gets in hot water with the Secret Service for teaching possible angles to use while assassinating U.S. President Barack Obama. 6. The Assassination of Obama: A Short Film: In what appears to be an amateur short film, British children act out the future assassination of the U.S. President Barack Obama. 7. Obama's Brain Surgery: Claims that U.S. President Barack Obama had major brain surgery following the nuclear false-flag fail at the 2011 Super Bowl are openly debated as Obama now sports massive scars on the back of his head. Is Obama a Manchurian Candidate? An Obot? Who knows? 8. Ty Hustle's "Death of Obama" Rap: In his soon to be famous rap song, Ty Hustle raps that due to the death of Osama bin Laden, Al Qaeda will revenge their leaders death and assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama. 9. Obama Lego Assassination: A creative Lego lover goes to great lengths to create the future assassination of U.S President Barack Obama, Lego style.

1. STUDENTS CHANT "ASSASSINATE OBAMA"

OBAMACSI.COM: Students in Idaho allegedly start chanting "Assassinate Obama" as they rode the public school bus. No children were taken into custody. Title: Students Chant 'Assassinate Obama' On School Bus Date: December 18, 2008 Source: KBOI News Abstract: Controversial words spoken by kids on a school bus have some Madison County parents concerned. Matthew Whoolery and his wife aren't blaming the school district for what happened on the bus but they do think all parents need to be careful about what they say and teach their children. YouTube-Video Whoolery and his wife couldn't believe it when their second and third graders got off the bus last week and told them what other students were saying. "They just hadn't heard anything like this before," said Whoolery. "They were chanting on the bus, 'Assassinate Obama. Assassinate Obama.' Then adding in a name sometimes of a classmate on the bus, 'Assassinate Obama and Kate.'" The Whoolery's explained to their kids what assassinate means then contacted the school about what was happening. "I think the thing that struck us was just like, 'Where did they get the word and why would they put that word and that person together?'" said Whoolery. It's not that the Whoolery's are big Obama fans they just don't like people joking about a serious matter concerning any leader of the country. "I'm assuming if it were, 'Assassinate McCain' you'd feel the same way?" asked reporter Nate Eaton. "No question about it," replied Whoolery. After the incident, the Madison School district superintendent sent an email to all teachers, principals, and bus drivers saying that all students should show proper respect for elected officials. If a student does say something inappropriate, the adult is to calm them down and tell them the behavior is unacceptable. "I don't think that the majority of people in Rexburg have extreme ideas like that but we were just surprised that it would go that far," said Whoolery. The Whoolery's moved to Rexburg a year ago. They came from the Middle East where they lived for three years. In all their time living there, they never heard any comments similar to these about any leaders there or here (KBOI News, 2008).

2. OBAMA: "THIS WILL BE THE DAY THAT I DIE"

OBAMACSI.COM: At Barack Obama's Presidential Inauguration at the National Mall in Washington D.C., Obama sings along with "Bye Bye Miss American Pie" and can be clearly seen singing "This will be the day that I die". Title: Barrack Obama "This Will Be The Day That I Die"

117

Date: February 12, 2009 Source: YouTube

3. OBAMA STARTLED BY GUNSHOT IN TURKEY

OBAMACSI.COM: On a diplomatic trip to Turkey in 2009, U.S. President Barack Obama appears quite jumpy after a nearby gunshot is heard at a formal greeting. To be fair, there was an alleged plot to assassinate Obama that was foiled only hours before the incident. Title: Obama's Fear At Turkey Visit Date: April 6, 2009 Source: YouTube

4. THE ONION: THE OBAMA ASSASSINATION

OBAMACSI.COM: The "Onion" chimes in on an attempted Barack Obama assassination in which the white assassin states that he wanted to assassinate Obama, "'But Not Because He's Black Or Anything'. Title: Man Attempts To Assassinate Obama, 'But Not Because He's Black Or Anything' Date: April 6, 2010 Source: YouTube, The Onion

5. MATH LESSON: OBAMA ASSASSINATION ANGLES

OBAMACSI.COM: A math teacher from Alabama gets in hot water with the Secret Service for teaching possible angles to use while assassinating U.S. President Barack Obama.

Title: Teacher Suspended For President Obama Assassination Lesson Date: May 19, 2010 Source: The Gaurdian Abstract: An Alabama teacher has been suspended after a national outcry for using an assassination attempt against President Obama to illustrate a maths problem to his class. Gregory Harrison, the teacher at Corner High School in Jefferson County, Alabama, was to receive a slap on the wrist in the form of a "long conversation" with the local school authorities, after sparking a Secret Service investigation when he discussed possible angles to use in shooting at the president. But officials only later decided they needed to take tougher action against Harrison following a flood of calls from people outraged at the lenient treatment. Harrison's deadly lesson was revealed this week by the local newspaper, Birmingham News, which reported: The teacher was apparently teaching his geometry students about parallel lines and angles, officials said. He used the example of where to stand and aim if shooting Obama."He was talking about angles and said, 'If you're in this building, you would need to take this angle to shoot the president,'" said Joseph Brown, a senior in the geometry class. Another student said: "We were going over a test and getting reviewed for our finals and were going over tangency. A student walked in and said, 'Well, if you shoot the president...' and the teacher picked up on it and said, 'OK, if you shoot off his ear, that is a point of tangency.'" District schools superintendent Phil Hammonds said Harrison had shown a lack of judgment and was now suspended pending further investigation. "As a district, we are embarrassed by his actions and what he said. There is nothing that can be said to rationalise what was said. We take this very seriously. There is no place in our society for a person to make these comments," Hammonds said. Before the flood of complaints, however, Birmingham News reported that Hammonds's initial response was: "We are going to have a long conversation with him about what's appropriate." The Secret Service confirmed that it investigated Harrison before the story was made public, saying: "We did not find a credible threat."

118

Malia Drummond, a student in Harrison's class during the lesson, defended him as an conscientious teacher who didn't deserve to be fired. She told Birmingham News: "Yeah, the comment was probably inappropriate, but who in America hasn't make a joke about Obama? They make it sound like he was plotting an assassination, but it wasn't like that" (The Gaurdian, 2010).

6. SHORT FILM: THE ASSASSINATION OF OBAMA

OBAMACSI.COM: In what appears to be an amateur short film, British children act out the future assassination of the U.S. President Barack Obama.

Title: The Assassination of Obama - A Short Film By GFS Productions Date: March 29, 2011 Source: YouTube

7. OBAMA'S BRAIN SURGERY

OBAMACSI.COM: Claims that U.S. President Barack Obama had major brain surgery following the nuclear false-flag fail at the 2011 Super Bowl are openly debated as Obama now sports massive scars on the back of his head. Is Obama a Manchurian Candidate? An Obot? Who knows? Title: Obama Major Brain Surgery? An Obot? Massive Head Scars Date: April 4, 2011 Source: Rense Abstract: What is up with these [Obama] scars and why haven't they received any major news attention? Is this why Obama's medical records have been sealed? (Rense, 2011)

Title: Did Obama Have Secret Brain Surgery? Date: April 11, 2011 Source: CNN

8. TY HUSTLE'S "DEATH OF OBAMA" RAP

OBAMACSI.COM: In his soon to be famous rap song, Ty Hustle raps that due to the death of Osama bin Laden, Al Qaeda will revenge their leaders death and assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama. Title: Death Of Obama (Shooting At The President) By Ty Hustle Date: May 4, 2011 Source: YouTube

9. OBAMA LEGO ASSASSINATION

OBAMACSI.COM: A creative Lego lover goes to great lengths to create the future assassination of U.S President Barack Obama, Lego style.

Title: Lego Assassination HD Date: May 29, 2011 Source: YouTube

CHAPTER 3: OBAMA ASSASSINATION PLOTS

2008: 5 Assassination Plots 119

OBAMACSI.COM: The following plots all occurred within the calendar year of 2008. While some of these cases may in fact have been legit threats to Barack Obama, most if not all of them appear to be staged events conducted to give the appearance that Obama is in tremendous danger. Subsequently, almost all suspects charged have never had a trial or been convicted of any crime. An evaluation of the weapons, plots, and rhetoric contributed to these men and woman appear to be ripped from a bad comic book. After almost four years and more than 45 blatantly unsuccessful assassination plots, mental deficiency or retardation must be attribute to these suspects unless they are indeed patsies in a bigger scheme orchestrated by intelligence agencies. 01. Florida (August 2, 2008) 02. North Carolina (August 8, 2008) 03. Colorado (August 21, 2008) 04. Pennsylvania (October 14, 2008) 05. Tennessee (October 27, 2008)

1. FLORIDA (August 2, 2008)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: August 2, 2008 Suspect: Raymond Hunter Geisel Age: 22 Ethnicity: White Location: Miami, Florida Weapons: Loaded 9mm, knives, dozens of rounds of ammo including armor-piercing types, body armor, military-style fatigues, machete, SUV wired with flashing red and yellow emergency lights Quote: "If he gets elected, I'll assassinate him myself."

Title: Man Held In Florida For Threatening Obama's Life Date: August 7, 2008 Source: MSNBC Abstract: A man who authorities said was keeping weapons and military-style gear in his hotel room and car appeared in court Thursday on charges he threatened to assassinate Democratic presidential candidate Barack Obama. YouTube Video Raymond Hunter Geisel, 22, was arrested by the Secret Service on Saturday in Miami and was ordered held at Miami's downtown detention center without bail Thursday by a federal magistrate. A Secret Service affidavit charges that Geisel made the threat during a training class for bail bondsmen in Miami in late July. According to someone else in the 48-member class, Geisel allegedly referred to Obama with a racial epithet and continued, "If he gets elected, I'll assassinate him myself." Obama was most recently in Florida on Aug. 1-2 but did not visit the South Florida area. Another person in the class quoted Geisel as saying that "he hated George W. Bush and that he wanted to put a bullet in the president's head," according to the Secret Service. Geisel denied in a written statement to a Secret Service agent that he ever made those threats, and the documents don't indicate that he ever took steps to carry out any assassination. He was charged only with threatening Obama, the presumptive Democratic nominee, but not for any threat against President Bush. Geisel's courtappointed attorney declined comment. In the interview with a Secret Service agent, Geisel said "if he wanted to kill Senator Obama he simply would shoot him with a sniper rifle, but then he claimed that he was just joking," according to court documents. A search of Geisel's 1998 Ford Explorer and hotel room in Miami uncovered a loaded 9mm handgun, knives, dozens of rounds of ammunition including armor-piercing types, body armor, military-style fatigues and a machete. The SUV was wired with flashing red and yellow emergency lights. Geisel told the Secret Service he was originally from Bangor, Maine, and had been living recently in a houseboat in the Florida Keys town of Marathon, according to court documents. He said he used the handgun for training for the bail bondsman class, had the knives for protection and used the machete to cut brush in Maine.

120

In the affidavit, the Secret Service said Geisel told agents that he suffered from psychiatric problems including post-traumatic stress disorder, but he couldn't provide the names of any facilities where he sought treatment (MSNBC, 2008).

2. NORTH CAROLINA (August 8, 2008)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: August 8, 2008 Suspect: Jerry Blanchard Age: 48 Ethnicity: White Location: Charlotte, North Carolina Weapons: Military sniper rifle Quote: I'll get a sniper rifle and take care of it myself. Somebody's got to do it...We both know Obama is the anti-Christ."

Title: Charlotte Man Charged With Making Threats Against Obama Date: August 8, 2008 Source: WSOCTV Abstract: A Charlotte man is in federal custody accused of threatening to assassinate a major presidential candidate. An affidavit sworn out by a Secret Service agent details the accusations against Jerry Blanchard, a Charlotte accountant. It states that Blanchard threatened to use a military sniper rifle to kill, kidnap and inflict bodily harm upon U.S. Sen. Barack Obama. The threats were first heard, the agent claims, last month at a Waffle House on Pineville-Matthews Road. Two customers said as they talked with Blanchard, he told them, Obama and his wife are never going to make it to the White House. He needs to be taken out and I ca n do it in a heartbeat. The customers contacted Secret Service agents in Charlotte, who questioned Blanchard. They said he denied threatening to kill Obama, but admitted he considers Obama to be the anti-Christ prophesied in the bible. Agents said they explained to Blanchard that it was illegal to threaten a presidential candidate, and they said Blanchard said he understood. But two weeks ago, the Secret Service got a second call regarding Blanchard. An employee of the Crown Plaza Hotel in uptown Charlotte said Blanchard was making threats again.The employee told agents he was in the lobby restroom when he overheard Blanchard on his c ell phone saying, I'll get a sniper rifle and take care of it myself. Somebody's got to do it . . . . We both know Obama is the anti-Christ." The affidavit states that Blanchard claimed he planned to buy a sniper rifle and a pistol from Hyatt Gun Shop on Wilkinson Boulevard.Gun shop owner Larry Hyatt said Blanchard was in his store but bought neither weapon.Blanchard is charged with the felony offense of making threats against a major candidate for the office of president of the United States. Federal prosecutors have filed a request for a psychiatric evaluation of Blanchard and for him to be transferred to a federal facility. He is currently being held in the Mecklenburg County jail.A spokesman for the Obama campaign said, The campaign does not comment on these stories (WSOCTV, 2008).

3. COLORADO (August 21, 2008)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: August 21, 2008 Suspect(s): Tharin Gartrell, Nathan Johnson, Shawn Adolf Age: 28, 32, 33 Ethnicity: White Location: Denver, Colorado Weapons: Two high-powered scoped rifles, ammunition, sighting scopes, radios, cellphone, bulletproof vest, wigs, drugs, fake IDs Quote: "Shoot Obama from a high vantage point using a [rifle].

Title: Plot Unfolds To Assassinate Obama On National TV Date: August 26, 2008 Source: L.A. Times Abstract: More details emerging from Denver as we write this in the predawn hours on the now-suspected plot to assassinate Democratic presidential nominee Barack Obama with a high-powered rifle on national television during his outdoor acceptance speech at Invesco Field on Thursday night. Authorities have reported a fourth arrest in the unfolding plot that The Ticket first wrote about here a few hours ago at the end of Monday night's Democratic National Convention events at the Pepsi Center.

121

We knew then that authorities in suburban Aurora had stopped a pickup truck for swerving between lanes early Sunday morning in what they thought was a routine drunk driving incident. But in the rented vehicle of Tharin Gartrell, a 28-year-old convicted felon (see photo), they found two high-powered scoped rifles, ammunition, sighting scopes, radios, a cellphone, a bulletproof vest, wigs, drugs and fake IDs. According to Brian Maass of Denver's KCNC Channel 4, under questioning Gartrell implicated two other men -- Nathan Johnson. who is 32, and Shawn Adolph, who is 33 -- and Johnson's girlfriend, Natasha Gromack. Johnson also reportedly confirmed the plot to FBI and Secret Service interrogators. One of the men, Adolph, reportedly wore a ring with the Nazi swastika. He was injured when he jumped out of a hotel window fleeing Secret Service agents. All are now in custody on drug and weapons charges. U.S. Atty. Troy Eid declined to elaborate on Monday but said there is no credible threat to the party's convention or to the freshman Illinois senator, who was campaigning in Kansas City on Monday and traveling to Montana today. But the television station reports that under questioning the men admitted there was indeed a plot to kill Obama during his speech before some 70,000 supporters and a nationwide television audience (L.A. Times, 2008).

Title: Barack Obama Assassination Scare In Denver Date: August 21, 2008 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Barack Obama assassination scare in Denver refers to an alleged plot by Shawn Robert Adolf, Tharin Robert Gartrell and Nathan Dwaine Johnson to assassinate Barack Obama, then the 2008 Democratic Party presidential nominee. The trio allegedly planned to shoot Senator Obama with a high-powered rifle during the Democratic National Convention in Denver, Colorado. The alleged motive for the attempted assassination was a white supremacist belief that an African American should not be elected President of the United States. Gartrell was arrested August 24, 2008, and found to be in possession of rifles and other weaponry; Adolf and Johnson were arrested shortly thereafter. In a televised interview after his arrest, Johnson identified Adolf as the man who allegedly hatched the assassination plot and planned to be the shooter. Although their suspected white supremacist affiliations led federal authorities to investigate possible ties to a larger group, authorities later downplayed the trio as drug addicts who had little chance of actually carrying out the plot. The three men were charged with drug and weapons charges, but did not face federal charges of threatening a presidential candidate (Wikipedia, 2008).

4. PENNSYLVANIA (October 14, 2008)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 14, 2008 Suspect: N/A Age: ? Ethnicity: ? Location: Scranton, Pennsylvania Weapons: ? Quote: "Kill him!

Title: Feds Probe Comment At Palin Rally Date: October 17, 2008 Source: The Times Leader Abstract: Scranton reporter heard someone yell kill him when Obamas name mentioned. The agent in charge of the Secret Service field office in Scranton said allegations that someone yelled kill him when presidential hopeful Barack Obamas name was mentioned during Tuesdays Sarah Palin rally are unfounded. The Scranton Times-Tribune reported the alleged incident on its Web site Tuesday and in its print edition Wednesday. The story, written by reporter David Singleton, included allegations that a man in the audience shouted kill him while congressional candidate Chris Hackett was addressing the crowd and mentioned Obamas name. News organizations including ABC and MSNBCs Countdown with Keith Olbermann , as well as several Internet blogs, repeated the claim, with most attributing the allegations to The Times-Tribune. Agent Bill Slavoski said he was in the audience along with an undisclosed number of Secret Service agents and not one heard the comment. I was baffled, he said after reading the report.

122

He said the agency conducted an investigation Wednesday, and could not find one person to corroborate the allegation other than Singleton. Slavoski said more than 20 non-security agents were interviewed Wednesday, all of whom were at the Republican vice presidential candidates rally at the Riverfront Sports Complex. We have yet to find someone to back up the story, Slavoski said. We had people all over and we have yet to find anyone who said they heard it. Hackett said he did not hear the remark. Slavoski said Singleton was interviewed Wednesday and stood by his story but couldnt give a description of the man because he said he didnt see him, he only heard him. Singleton referred questions to Times-Tribune Metro Editor Jeff Sonderman who said: We stand by the story. The facts reported are true and thats really all there is. Slavoski said the agents take such threats or comments seriously and immediately opened an investigation, but after due dilig ence as far as were concerned, its closed unless someone comes forward. He urged anyone with knowledge of the alleged incident to call him at 346-5781 (The Times Leader, 2008).

5. TENNESSEE (October 27, 2008)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 27, 2008 Suspect(s): Daniel Cowart, Paul Schlesselman Age: 20, 18 Ethnicity: White Location: Bells, Tennessee Weapons: FASI .308 rifle, Mossberg Model 500 AT 12-gauge shotgun Quote: "We must secure the existence of our people and a future for white children."

Title: Feds Thwart Alleged Obama Assassination Plot Date: October 27, 2008 Source: ABC News Abstract: Authorities in Tennessee have arrested two men described as white supremacists for an alleged plot to assassinate Democratic presidential candidate Sen. Barack Obama and more than 100 others. The alleged plotters were also planning a "killing spree" that included murdering 88 individuals by gunfire and 14 African-Americans by decapitation, with the attempt on Obama's life as the "final act of violence," according to an affidavit filed by a special agent with the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF). Authorities arrested Daniel Cowart, 20, of Bells, Tenn., and Paul Schlesselman, 18, of West Helena, Ark., in Tennessee after the Crockett County Sheriff's Department received a tip from the Haywood County Sheriff's Department. According to the affidavit, Cowart told investigators that he and Schlesselman planned to use two rifles in the alleged assassination attempt, and that they "planned to drive their vehicle as fast as they could toward Obama shooting at him from the windows. Both individuals stated they would dress in all white tuxedos and wear top hats during the assassination attempt." The two men "further stated they knew they would [die] and were willing to die during this attempt," the document continued. A criminal complaint filed with the affidavit in the Western District of Tennessee charges the men with possession of an unregistered firearm, conspiring to steal from a licensed firearms dealer and threats against a major candidate for the office of president. The affidavit says Cowart and Schlesselman met online about a month ago and both claim to have "very strong beliefs and views regarding 'White Power' and 'Skinhead' views." The affidavit refers to the significance of the numbers 88 and 14 in the "White Power" movement. Fourteen represents the 14 words "We must secure the existence of our people and a future for white children," according to a law enforcement source. Eighty-eight represents "Heil Hitler," H being the eighth letter in the alphabet. On Saturday, authorities say the men decorated their car with a Swastika and drew the numbers 14 and 88 on the hood using window chalk. They were arrested later that night.

123

According to law enforcement sources and the affidavit, the suspected plotters admitted to investigators that they were planning to rob a gun shop to steal weapons for their killing spree, and that their final act was to be a plan to kill Obama. The court documents say Cowart cased a specific gun store in Jackson, Tenn., taking pictures and drawing a diagram of the shop, which he then sent to Schlesselman. Investigators say the men had several weapons, including a FASI .308 rifle and sawed off shotguns. The affidavit states that Schlesselman said he owns a Mossberg Model 500 AT 12-gauge shotgun and that he "advised that he cut the barrel down to approximately 16 inches in length in order to make it 'easier to maneuver' during the 'killing spree.'" ATF agents say they recovered a firearm matching that description. Additionally, according to the affidavit, Schlesselman and Cowart admitted to stealing other guns from family members (ABC News, 2008).

2009: 13 Assassination Plots

OBAMACSI.COM: The following plots all occurred within the calendar year of 2009. While some of these cases may in fact have been legit threats to Barack Obama, most if not all of them appear to be staged events conducted to give the appearance that Obama is in tremendous danger. Subsequently, almost all suspects charged have never had a trial or been convicted of any crime. An evaluation of the weapons, plots, and rhetoric contributed to these men and woman appear to be ripped from a bad comic book. After almost four years and more than 45 blatantly unsuccessful assassination plots, mental deficiency or retardation must be attribute to these suspects unless they are indeed patsies in a bigger scheme orchestrated by intelligence agencies. 01. California (January 7, 2009) 02. California (January 8, 2009) 03. Colorado (January 12, 2009) 04. Mississippi (January 16, 2009) 05. Illinois (February 27, 2009) 06. North Carolina (March 21, 2009) 07. Turkey (April 6, 2009) 08. Nevada (June 6, 2009) 09. Washington D.C. (June 9, 2009) 10. Somalia (July 20, 2009) 11. California (September 28, 2009) 12. New Jersey (October 20, 2009) 13. Hawaii (December 23, 2009)

1. CALIFORNIA (January 7, 2009)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: January 7, 2009 Suspect: Roger Hudnall Age: 54 Ethnicity: White Location: Eureka, California Weapons: N/A Quote: N/A

Title: Roger Hudnall Accused Of Threatening To Kill Obama Date: November 25, 2010 Source: Huffington Post Abstract: An indictment filed by a federal grand jury accuses a Northern California man of sending a letter threatening to kill President Barack Obama. Court documents state 54-year-old Roger Hudnall of Eureka made the threat in a letter mailed Jan. 7, 2009. It's not clear from court documents whether Hudnall has an attorney. Wednesday's indictment says he's currently in state custody on another conviction. The San Francisco Chronicle says Hudnall previously served federal prison time for mailing a threatening letter containing white powder to the FBI's San Francisco office in 2002. The substance turned out to be baby powder (Huffington Post, 2010).

2. CALIFORNIA (January 8, 2009)

124

OBAMACSI.COM Date: January 8, 2009 Suspect: Walter Edward Bagdasarian Age: 47 Ethnicity: White Location: San Diego, California Weapons: Three handguns, three rifles (30.06 with a telescopic sight, Remington .50 caliber muzzle-loading rifle) Quote: "Fk the niggar, he will have a 50 cal in the head soon."

Title: Online Threat To Kill Obama Leads to Arrest Date: January 9, 2009 Source: Wired Abstract: A Southern California man was charged Thursday with threatening a presidential candidate, for posting a racist note to a Yahoo message board in October expressing displeasure over Barack Obamas candidacy, and predicting "he will have a 50 cal in the head soon." YouTube Video Walter Edward Bagdasarian, 47, was found with an arsenal of six weapons when Secret Service agents raided his La Mesa home in November, according to court records (.pdf). He had three handguns and three rifles, including a 30.06 with a telescopic sight and a Remington .50 caliber muzzleloading rifle. Bagdasarian is not accused of actually plotting against Obama, and he was released last month on a $100,000 real estate bond. Bagdasarians attorney did not return a phone call Friday. The post in question showed up on a Yahoo Finance board on Oct. 22, about two weeks before the election, under the handle "californiaradial." The message was titled "Shoot the nig." "County fkd for another 4+ years, what nig has done ANYTHING right???? Long term???? Never in history, except sambos." "Fk the niggar, he will have a 50 cal in the head soon," the message concludes. The message thread has been deleted by Yahoo, but traces in Googles cache show that several other users announced that they were reporting californiaradials comments. In subsequent posts, the author calls one critic a "crybaby," but does offer an explanation for the apparent threat. "I was drunk." U.S. Secret Service agents in Los Angeles traced the post to Bagdasarian through the IP address. When they interviewed him, Bagdasarian reportedly admitted authoring the message (Wired, 2009).

Title: What?! Court Rules Threat To Kill Obama Was Freedom Of Speech Date: July 21, 2011 Source: News One Abstract: The 9th circuit Federal Court of Appeals overturned the conviction of a man who posted internet messages threatening President Barack Obama during his 2008 presidential campaign. Walter Bagdasarian was convicted in 2009 of two felony counts of threatening a major presidential candidate. Bagdasarian posted several messages to a Yahoo Finance message board, including one that called Obama a racial epithet and another that said he will have a 50 cal in the head soona reference to a .50 caliber gun. A divided three-judge panel of the 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals ruled that violent and racist creeds against Obama were repugnant but not criminal. The court also said it was obvious the San Diego man wasnt planning to attack the candidate and that the postings were protected by Bagdasarians free speech rights (News One, 2011).

3. COLORADO (January 12, 2009)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: January 12, 2009 Suspect: Timothy Ryan Gutierrez Age: 21

125

Ethnicity: Latino Location: Cortez, Colorado Weapons: N/A Quote: N/A

Title: Cortez Man Accused Of Obama Death Threat Held Without Bail Date: January 30, 2009 Source: Rocky Mountain News Abstract: A Colorado man accused of threatening to kill President Barack Obama and blow up a suburban Minneapolis mall has been ordered held without bail until his next court appearance. YouTube Video Twenty-year-old Timothy Ryan Gutierrez of Cortez will be held at least until Tuesday, when he faces a hearing in federal court on charges of transmitting threats and falsely threatening to use explosives. A judge formally advised Gutierrez of the charges on Friday and assigned him an attorney. The attorney, Michael Goldman, said he didn't want anybody to rush to judgment. Gutierrez wasn't arrested the day FBI agents questioned him, and he was at his house Thursday when prosecutors announced his indictment but wasn't arrested there. Gutierrez turned himself in at the FBI's office in Durango. "These are all question that we all have that might suggest that there are mitigating circumstances," Goldman said. Before turning himself in, Gutierrez told the Cortez Journal the threats were a prank. A grand jury indictment alleges Gutierrez sent the FBI two e-mails on Jan. 12 threatening to assassinate Obama and blow up the Mall of America (Rocky Mountain News, 2009).

4. MISSISSIPPI (January 16, 2009)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: January 16, 2009 Suspect: Steven Joseph Christopher Age: 42 Ethnicity: White Location: Brookhaven, Mississippi Weapons: ? Quote: "Yes, I have decided I will assassinate Barack Obama. It's really nothing personal about the man, but I know it's for the country's own good that I do this."

Title: Steven Joseph Christopher Charged With Threatening Obama On The Internet Date: January 16, 2009 Source: Huffington Post Abstract: A Wisconsin man was arrested Friday in Mississippi after authorities said he threatened on the Internet to kill President-elect Barack Obama. Steven Joseph Christopher, 42, was taken into custody by the Secret Service in Brookhaven, Miss., and charged with threatening to assassinate Obama for what he claimed was "the country's own good," federal prosecutors said. The criminal complaint was sealed until Christopher's appearance in federal court. Federal Judge James C. Sumner ordered Christopher held until a bail hearing next Thursday. "Threats against the president-elect will be taken very seriously," Dunn Lampton, U.S. attorney for the southern district of Mississippi, said in a release. "Use of Internet chat rooms to express those threats is as much a crime as uttering the words. Threats of this nature will be pursued swiftly and vigorously." An affidavit from Secret Service Special Agent Kelly Adcox released by Lampton's office quotes Christopher as saying he has nothing personal against Obama and that he's not a racist.

126

Authorities said Christopher made the threats Jan. 11 and 15 on the Web site http://www.alien-earth.org

"Yes, I have decided I will assassinate Barack Obama. It's really nothing personal about the man," Christopher said, according to the release. "But I know it's for the country's own good that I do this." Authorities didn't say whether Christopher had weapons, but the affidavit said he wrote in his posting that he did not own a gun and needed one donated. A reporter was prevented from speaking to Christopher, who appeared in court Friday in shorts and a yellow T-shirt full of holes, or his attorney as they were escorted from the courthouse by authorities. A message left with prosecutors seeking further comment and contact information for the defense attorney wasn't immediately returned. Christopher faces up to five years in prison and up to $250,000 in fines if convicted on the charge. Authorities say the man was arrested without incident. It is unclear if he was living in Mississippi or just visiting. No hometown was given. But online court records in Wisconsin show someone by that name and with the same birthdate was charged last February in Walworth County with knowingly violating a domestic abuse restraining order. A hearing in that case was scheduled next Wednesday, records show. He used his chat-room postings to also solicit funds for bus fare to Washington, D.C., authorities said. "And I'll need a leak in the secret service to get a close up shot, somewhere close to the podium, since I've never fired a gun, so I need to an easy shot off," Christopher was quoted as saying. "Wattdysay fellas? Any help?" (Huffington Post, 2009).

5. ILLINOIS (February 27, 2009)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: February 27, 2009 Suspect: Saad Hussein Age: ? Ethnicity: Ethiopian Location: Chicago, Illinois Weapons: HIV Infected Letter Quote: "Purposely cut one of his fingers with a razor so he could bleed [HIV] on the letter,"

Title: Man Held After Mailing HIV-Tainted Blood To Obama Date: February 27, 2009 Source: CNN Abstract: An Ethiopian immigrant with a history of mental health problems is in custody after being accused of mailing a letter with HIV-tainted blood to Barack Obama when he was president-elect, according to court records. YouTube Video Saad Bedrie Hussein told investigators that he is an admirer of Obama and that the letter -- containing his photo, an admission ticket to Obama's election night victory party in Chicago's Grant Park and six index cards containing writing and reddish stains -- was his way of seeking government help and tickets to Obama's inauguration. Hussein, who has HIV, said he "purposely cut one of his fingers with a razor so he could bleed on the letter," according to an affidavit by Terry L. Cullivan, an investigator with the U.S. Postal Inspection Service. The letter, postmarked December 27 and written in an Ethiopian language, was addressed to Obama at the Illinois Department on Aging in Springfield, Illinois. When the letter was opened two days later, it was found to contain an orange powder, Cullivan said. A state employee then took the letter to another state office, resulting in a two-hour lockdown of the building, affecting more than 300 people, the affidavit says. During an interview, Hussein was unable to remember what the orange powder was, but tests revealed it to be a drink-mix powder, the affidavit says.

127

According to the affidavit, during a December 29 interview, Hussein denied mailing any additional letters. But, the affidavit said, two days later, the Illinois Department of Revenue notified him it had received two similar letters, both with Hussein's return address. One was addressed to the Illinois Department on Aging, and the second to "Emanuel," which investigators believe was intended for Obama aide Rahm Emanuel. Both letters contained what appeared to be dried blood and an orange powder. The criminal complaint filed in the U.S. District Court in Illinois alleges that Hussein "knowingly mailed" the letters containing HIV-infected blood "with the intent to kill or injure another." In January, a federal judge ordered a mental evaluation of Hussein, saying "there is reasonable cause to believe [Hussein] may ... be suffering from a mental disease or defect rendering him mentally incompetent [and] unable to understand the nature and consequences of the proceedings against him." According to court records, Hussein was arrested March 29, 2006, by Chicago police after setting a fire in the middle of a Chicago intersection, waving a Quran in the air and yelling "Allah[u] Akbar" -- Allah is great -- and other words. Hussein "created a standstill in the traffic and refused to comply" with police commands, Cullivan's affidavit says. Hussein's attorney, public defender Robert J. Scherschlight, could not immediately be reached for comment (CNN, 2009).

Title: Obama Assassination Attempt: Give Him AIDS Date: February 28, 2009 Source: Politics Daily Abstract: An apparent would-be assassin who mailed Barack Obama a letter smeared with HIV-infected blood was arrested in Chicago yesterday. There are a few problems with the story, though: the man, an Ethiopian immigrant named Saad Hussein, included his own picture and mailing address in the letter, along with a note saying that the red substance inside was his own blood, infected with the HIV virus. Also, the letter was mailed to Obama in Springfield, IL, a place where he has not lived or worked since 2004. Oh yeah, and the perpetrator was also arrested in 2006 after setting a fire in the middle of a busy Chicago intersection. Probably not a vast, organized criminal conspiracy to kill the President. (Politics Daily, 2009).

6. NORTH CAROLINA (March 21, 2009)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: March 21, 2009 Suspect(s): Kody Brittingham, Daniel Hanke, Age: 20, 20 Ethnicity: White Location: Jacksonville, North Carolina Weapons: Bomb? Quote: N/A

Title: Marine Duo Accused Of Threatening Obama Date: March 21, 2009 Source: Marine Times Abstract: Less than three months into his term, President Barack Obamas life allegedly has been threat ened twice by people who swore an oath to obey his orders. Pfc. Nicholas Daniel Hanke and Kody Brittingham, a former lance corporal who was separated from the Corps in early January, both face criminal charges stemming from recent threats authorities said the men made against the commander-in-chief. Hanke, 20, a student at Marine Corps Engineer School, Camp Lejeune, N.C., was arrested March 10 for allegedly shouting threats, including one against Obama, after boarding a plane at Wilmington International Airport in Wilmington, N.C., about 50 miles south of Lejeune. His arrest came two weeks after a federal grand jury indicted Brittingham for allegedly threatening Obamas life. Two days after Brittinghams Feb. 25 indictment, Obama visited the base, where he received a warm reception from about 2,000 Marines, sailors and Coast Guardsmen. If Hanke was at the school house that day, he was several miles from Goettge Field House, where the president announced his plan to withdraw U.S. troops from Iraq by the end of 2011.

128

On March 10, Hanke boarded a US Airways flight about 6 p.m. Before the planes aircrew had a chance to taxi on the runway, Ha nke started shouting there was a bomb on the plane, Gary Broughton, the airports director of operations, told the Wilmington Star-News. Hanke allegedly pushed a flight attendant and the captain, and then ran from the plane. Airport security chased him down and, as they were cuffing him, authorities say Hanke head-butted an officer and shouted more threats, including some against Obama. He was just yelling everything he could think of to yell, Broughton told the Star-News. Airport officials notified the FBI and the Secret Service. Local authorities charged Hanke with making a bomb threat, resisting arrest, assault and battery, communicating threats, and three counts of assaulting government officials, according to a New Hanover County Sheriffs Offic e spokesman. He was placed in the local jail on a $5,000 bond and released March 11. Brittingham remains in Onslow County jail under a $40,500 bond. Brittingham, 20, was with Headquarters and Support Battalion, 2nd Tank Battalion, when he allegedly made the threats against Obama, president-elect at the time. Brittingham was administratively separated from the Corps on Jan. 3. Brittinghams legal troubles began in mid-December, when he and three other Lejeune Marines were arrested by Jacksonville police in connection with attempted robbery. He was charged Dec. 16 with attempted robbery, breaking and entering, and conspiracy. His bond was set at that time. After his arrest, Naval investigators found a journal allegedly written by Brittingham in his barracks room, containing plans on how to kill the president and white supremacist material, a federal law enforcement official told The Daily News of Jacksonville. However unlikely it may be that such threats would be carried out, they conjure up an unfortunate historical connection coming from Marines. The alleged shooter in President John F. Kennedys assassination Nov. 22, 1963, Lee Harvey Oswald, enlisted in the Corps in 1957. The Corps currently has more than 201,000 Marines, so two separate incidents shouldnt be considered a trend, according to a spokesman with Marine Corps headquarters in Washington. We consider these to be isolated incidents involving two Marines who allegedly made inappropriate comments or threats, Gunnery Sgt. Frederick Zimmerman said. We have and will continue to cooperate with law enforcement in these matters (Marine Times, 2009).

Title: Former Marine Gets 8 Years For Obama Threat, Robbery Date: June 15, 2010 Source: JD News Abstract: A former Camp Lejeune Marine who told investigators he was going to shoot President Barack Obama was sentenced Monday to more than 8 years in federal prison, according to a news release issued by U.S. Attorney George E.B. Holding. Kody Ray Brittingham, 22, formerly a lance corporal with 2nd Tank Battalion, 2nd Marine Division, was arrested by the Jacksonville Police Department in December 2008 for his role in the attempted armed robbery of the My Motel in Jacksonville. Upon his arrest, Naval investigators discovered a journal in Brittinghams barracks in which he had written plans on how to kill then-President Elect Obama. Investigators also located several documents in Brittinghams wall locker related to Obamas upcoming inauguration cer emony. The documents included maps of the area around the Capitol building, W ikipedia results for Inauguration Day queries and photographs, according to the release. Brittinghams sentence includes time for the assassination threat and his role in the attempted robbery. Two other former Marines involved in the attempted robbery were also sentenced Monday, according to the release. Charles Lee Anderson, 21, formerly a lance corporal with Combat Logistics Regiment-27, 2nd Marine Logistics Group, was sentenced to 12 and a half years in federal prison for his role in the attempted robbery as well as involvement in the November 2008 armed robbery of the Liberty Inn Hotel in Jacksonville. Before fleeing My Motel, Anderson and the hotel security guard exchanged gunfire, according to the release. Natalie Denise Byrdsong, 22, formerly a lance corporal with Combat Logistics Regiment-27, 2nd Marine Logistics Group, was sentenced to 17 months in federal prison for driving the getaway car for the attempted robbery of the My Motel (JD News, 2010).

7. TURKEY (April 6, 2009)

129

OBAMACSI.COM Date: April 6, 2009 Suspect: M.G. Age: ? Ethnicity: Syrian Location: Istanbul, Turkey Weapons: Knife Quote: ?

Title: Plot To Assassinate Obama Foiled In Turkey Date: April 6, 2009 Source: CNN Abstract: U.S. officials have taken "very seriously" a plot to assassinate President Barack Obama involving a Syrian man who was arrested late last week in Turkey, according to two U.S. officials familiar with the matter. But the officials strongly cautioned that American presidents are frequent targets of threats that are all watched very carefully, and in this case the alleged plotter did not appear to get anywhere close to Obama during his European tour. The officials also noted that while Obama gets more threats than usual as the first African-American U.S. president, this particular threat did not force any change to his schedule. "Life goes on," said one of the officials familiar with the matter, who suggested the threat may be getting more attention because there has been a heavy international focus on Obama's first overseas trip since taking office. White House officials declined to comment on the matter, citing a policy of not talking about security and threats around the president. U.S. Secret Service officials spoke only briefly about the case."We work closely with the host country whenever there is an arrest, which we are doing in this matter," Secret Service spokesman Ed Donovan said. The plot was first reported by the Saudi Arabian newspaper al-Watan, which revealed that Turkish security services arrested a man of Syrian origins Friday in connection with a plan to kill Obama during his visit to Turkey. Obama was in Strasbourg, France, on Friday for a NATO summit and did not arrive in Turkey for the final leg of his trip until Sunday. The Saudi paper reported the suspect, who was carrying an Al-Jazeera TV press credential in the name of "M.G.," confessed to authorities after his arrest that he and three alleged accomplices plotted to stab Obama with a knife during the Alliance of Civilizations Summit in Istanbul, which Obama attended on Monday evening. The U.S. officials confirmed those allegations, but stressed to CNN that the information provided by the man is still being verified. Al-Jazeera's bureau chief in Ankara, Turkey, Yucef al-Sharif, told the newspaper his news organization knew nothing about the man and suggested he may have obtained a forged press credential. According to U.S. officials, it's unclear whether the man, a permanent resident of Istanbul, had obtained a real press credential. On Sunday, U.S. and international journalists covering Obama's trip did face more extensive searches of their baggage than usual by the U.S. Secret Service before boarding a press charter flight from the Prague, Czech Republic, region to Ankara. The same extensive searches were conducted Monday before a flight from Ankara to Istanbul. But U.S. officials downplayed the possibility the more extensive searches were done out of concern that plotters may have infiltrated the media. Instead, the officials suggested that since Turkish security officials had not necessarily handled such a large crush of media before, U.S. Secret Service officials simply wanted to go the extra mile in their searches (CNN, 2009).

8. NEVADA (June 6, 2009)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: June 5, 2009 Suspect: Daniel James Murray Age: 36 Ethnicity: White Location: Laughlin, Nevada Weapons: 8 guns

Title: Man Who Threatened To Kill Obama, Arrested At Nevada Casino

130

Date: June 6, 2009 Source: Daily Contributor Abstract: Authorities have arrested the man who went to a bank and allegedly made threats against President Barack Obama. The Secret Service said Daniel James Murray, 36, was arrested at a casino in Laughlin, Nevada on Friday, ending a nationwide manhunt. Murray, who owns at least eight guns, allegedly told authorities he was part of a mission to kill Obama. He is facing felony charges and is due back in a Nevada court on Monday. At Zion First National Bank on May 19, Murray opened an account with an $85,000 check. He then asked if the bank was solvent and predicted chaos if citizens were to lose their money, according to a criminal complaint filed today in federal court in Salt Lake City. Murray returned eight days later to withdraw $12,698 from his savings account, but failed to provide proper identification, tellers told the Secret Service. He then allegedly threatened if he didnt receive the money, someone would die. A bank manager was summoned and the suspect w as allowed to withdraw the money without proper ID. After receiving his cash, Murray added: We are on a mission to kill the President of the United States, the complaint states. The next day, he withdrew the remaining $72,000 and closed his account. Federal authorities found it strange that the 36-year-old upstate New York native had visited to close a savings account he had opened just nine days ago. Leighann Nastasia, a former neighbor of Murrays in Rexford, said Murray appeared to be mentally ill. He used to walk down th e street waving his arms, talking to himself. He wore a cape, she said (Daily Contributor, 2009).

9. WASHINGTON D.C.

OBAMACSI.COM Date: June 9, 2009 Suspect: Pamela Morgan Age: 46 Ethnicity: ? Location: Washington D.C. Weapons: Backpack Quote: "There is a bomb 150 yards away!"

Title: Fence-Jumper Immediately Apprehended At White House Date: June 9, 2009 Source: Washington Times Abstract: Secret Service spokesman Ed Donovan said that the fence-jumper was a 46-year old white female, Pamela Morgan, who has been transferred into the custody of the Metropolitan Police Department. Morgan jumped the fence in the northeast corner of the compound and was carrying a back pack with her. Secret Service apprehended Morgan immediately but left her backpack where it was so that explosives experts could examine it, which is standard procedure whenever a package of any sort is thrown or carried onto the grounds. The White House went into lockdown mode Tuesday after a person jumped the fence around the compound and was immediately apprehended, a Secret Service spokesman said. The north side of the compound, where the fence-jumping is believed to have occurred, was shut down, with reporters and staff unable to walk around outside. But after the compound had been on lockdown for roughly 20 minutes, reporters in the Brady Press Briefing Room saw members of the House Ways and Means Committee, a key panel in the current healthcare reform effort, walking down the driveway from the West Wing to the north gate on their way out of the compound.

131

The lawmakers had been at the White House for a meeting with President Obama. Given the high stakes of the healthcare debate, members of the press wanted to speak with the lawmakers. Since they were walking down the driveway freely, I stuck my head out of the door to the briefing room and asked a uniformed Secret Service officer (different than the plain clothes Secret Service) whether we were still on lockdown. "There is a bomb 150 yards away!" she yelled, which was an alarming claim to make, but highly dubious given the fact that members of Congress were strolling down the driveway toward the area in which the officer was saying there was a bomb. When I pointed this out to the officer she yelled, "Step back inside sir!" I called the Secret Service public affairs office to see if there was any truth to the officer's assertion. They said absolutely not, there was definitely no bomb, and that the only information they had was that a person had jumped the fence and been taken into custody immediately (Washington Times, 2009).

10. SOMALIA (July 20, 2009)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: July 20, 2009 Suspect: Al Shabaab Age: N/A Ethnicity: Somali Location: Somalia Weapons: ? Quote: N/A

Title: U.S. Probes Potential Obama Inauguration Threat Date: July 20, 2009 Source: Reuters Abstract: U.S. authorities were investigating a potential threat, of uncertain credibility, in connection with the inauguration of president-elect Barack Obama, the U.S. Homeland Security Department said on Tuesday. The threat concerned an unspecified incident involving the Somali Islamist insurgent group al Shabaab, authorities said. Obama was due to be sworn in as president just before noon EST and huge crowds gathered in central Washington for the event. Security was unprecedented, with tens of thousands of U.S. troops and police. "The FBI, the Department of Homeland Security ... and the intelligence community are coordinating with other law enforcement authorities to investigate and analyze recently received information about a potential threat on inauguration day," department spokesman Russ Knocke said. "This information is of limited specificity and uncertain credibility," he said. The FBI and Homeland Security Department notified law enforcement around the United States of the potential threat on Monday, authorities said, speaking on condition of anonymity. The bulletin was part of regular efforts to keep local officials aware of security developments. There was no change to the overall threat level, the department said. A law enforcement official said the United States had been tracking the al Shabaab-related threat for several days. The Somali group is on the U.S. list of terrorist groups. It has primarily acted in the violence-wracked Muslim East African country, but U.S. intelligence officials have recently expressed concern about young Somalis living in the United States who have gone to train with al Shabaab. Obama's transition team had been briefed on the threat warning, Knocke said. He said the public should continue with their plans to attend the inaugural, but be vigilant.

132

"Inauguration events could present an attractive target due to the large public gatherings and participation of many dignitaries," Knocke said. "Authorities are constantly reviewing security measures in light of this threat information" (Reuters, 2009).

11. CALIFORNIA (September 28, 2009)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 28, 2009 Suspect: John Gimbel Age: 59 Ethnicity: White Location: Crescent City, California Weapons: N/A Quote: "Do it to his children and family first in front of him. Failure to comply. That'll teach him,"

Title: John Gimbel, California Man, Charged With Threatening Obama Date: October 16, 2009 Source: Huffington Post Abstract: A Northern California man remained in federal custody without bail Friday after being charged with sending racist, profanity-laced e-mail threatening to kill President Barack Obama and his family. John Gimbel, 59, of Crescent City was arrested Oct. 6 by U.S. Secret Service officers and indicted two days before the president's Thursday appearances at a pair of Democratic fundraisers in the city. He is accused of sending the message to Obama, Vice President Joseph Biden, a Louisville newspaper and about 70 other people on Sept. 28. Gimbel is scheduled to be arraigned Monday. Randall Davis, a defense lawyer assigned to serve as Gimbel's co-counsel because Gimbel wants to represent himself, said he expects him to plead not guilty. "He contends he didn't violate the law" and only was exercising his free speech rights," Davis said. The e-mail rambled on and included specific references to first lady Michelle Obama and the phrase, "do it to his children and family first in front of him. Failure to comply. That'll teach him," according to the indictment. A similar e-mail was sent earlier in the month, according to a criminal complaint prepared by the Secret Service. When officers interviewed Gimbel at his home, he admitted sending the first message but said he wanted to get attention, not hurt Obama, authorities said. He was warned that he would be prosecuted if he sent any more. The Secret Service listed a history of more volatile e-mails directed at President George Bush, Vice President Dick Cheney and the Crescent City police chief over the past two years. In seeking an arrest warrant, authorities asked for permission to enter Gimbel's house without knocking because sheriff's deputies had found him with a loaded handgun during an earlier arrest and some of his e-mails included threats against law enforcement officers (Huffington Post, 2009).

12. NEW JERSEY (October 20, 2009)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 20, 2009 Suspect: John Brek Age: 55 Ethnicity: White Location: Newark, New Jersey Weapons: 35 rifles, 8 handguns, 50 hollow point bullets Quote: "Cut a hole in a fence and shoot the president." (Hearsay)

133

Title: Newark Airport Security Worker Pleads Not Guilty To Threatening Obama Date: October 22, 2009 Source: New Jersey Abstract: The 55-year-old Newark airport security guard arrested on charges of threatening to shoot President Obama could have realistically carried out those threats, a judge said today during the mans arraignment. "We really have to take these matters seriously," said Municipal Court Judge Amilkar Velez-Lopez, speaking in Superior Court in Newark, where John Brek was formally charged via video conference from Essex County Jail. "It was not just an idle threat." Brek, a longtime Linden resident, was arrested Tuesday night after two airport employees alerted police to comments he made hours earlier about cutting a hole in a fence so he could shoot the president, who stopped at Newarks airport Wednesday afternoon to campa ign for Gov. Jon Corzine. A subsequent search of Breks Linden home found a stash of 43 guns, including one that was stolen. Brek, dressed in an orange jail uniform, pleaded not guilty today through his attorney to charges of making terroristic threats and possessing a rifle stolen from Alabama, both third-degree crimes and possessing hollow-point bullets, a fourth-degree offense. He faces up to five years in prison if convicted on the first count. Velez-Lopez said he wanted more information before a request for a psychological evaluation could be granted, and added that a comment by Brek about Obamas ethnicity might bring additional hate crime charges. The investigation continues and federal charges have not b een ruled out, the U.S. Secret Service confirmed. The judge raised Breks bail to $220,000, from $100,000. His next court date has not been set. About a dozen reporters watched Brek from the courtrooms three overhead TV screens. The proceeding lasted about 15 minutes. In a clear voice, Brek answered when the judge asked for his name, but said nothing else. Breks private attorney, Moses Rambarran, called the charges against his client, "hearsay." Rambarran said to reporters after the hearing that Brek "understands the serious challenges against him." He said the case may involve constitutional questions, adding, "We are protected to make offensive, distasteful, repugnant statements. Those types of statements are not punishable as a crime." In a press conference following the hearing, Essex County Prosecutor Paula Dow, joined by members of the Port Authority police and her own staff, provided more details about the alleged incident. During a Tuesday afternoon conversation at a coffee cart in Newark airport, Brek allegedly told another employee that he had cut a hole in an airport fence, which he would use to shoot the president. Obamas arrival would have been a short distance from the fence Brek is alleged to have discussed with the employee, Dow said . After describing the cut fence, Brek "simulated holding a rifle in the direction of where the president would be," she said. The employee notified police, according to the prosecutors office, and authorities are questioning another person who may have overheard the conversation. No weapons were found at the airport location, outside Continental Cargo building 157, where Brek worked security for FJC Security Services Inc. He checked vehicles entering and exiting the tarmac. FJC has a contract with the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, which operates Newark airport. A Port Authority spokesman said no hole had been cut in any fence. Brek, who has been described as an avid deer and rabbit hunter, gave authorities permission to search his Hampden Street home in Linden. There, they found 35 rifles and 8 handguns, all but one legally owned. One rifle had been reported stolen out of Alabama in 1998, according to the criminal court complaint. Brek received the rifle "believing it was probably stolen," the report said. Police also found 50 hollow point bullets, which are illegal in New Jersey. Breks friends and relatives described him as a troubled man with a difficult past, but someone who seemed incapable of that kind of violence, and was more likely guilty of bad judgment. His 79-year-old father, also named John Brek, said his son was a gun collector and kept the weapons to hunt. Some of the guns found belong to the elder Brek, who also lives in Linden. Their relationship grew strained over the years because of his sons substance abuse, John Breks father said. The father said he threw his son out of his house years ago because of the problem. Still, he maintained that his son is not violent. Jack Sheehy, a Linden councilman and lifelong city resident, echoed those words "Hes no wac ko, no militant." Sheehy, 50, called Brek "a pretty straight guy." An elderly couple who have rented out an apartment to Brek for 11 years described him as deeply patriotic, a longtime member of the National Rifle Association, and someone who enjoys weekend hunting trips. "It might just have been a figure of speech," said one of the landlords, who both insisted their names not be published. "Hes not violent, and I cant even remember him being disrespectful." But other people who knew him well said Brek appeared deeply depressed in recent years, since he lost the maintenance business he had owned for more than a decade. Brek fell into financial trouble and began borrowing money from friends he could not repay. Steve Czomko, 81, who has known Brek since he was a teenager, had advised him to see a psychiatrist. "All these problems piled up on top of him," Czomko said. "Hed say, I cant take it any more" (New Jersey, 2009).

134

13. HAWAII (December 23, 2009)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: December 23, 2009 Suspect: Kristy Lee Roshia Age: 35 Ethnicity: White Location: Honolulu, Hawaii Weapons: ? Quote: "I will kill Michelle Obama."

Title: Woman 'Threatened To Murder' Michelle Obama Date: December 23, 2009 Source: Sky News Abstract: A woman accused of threatening to "blow away" Michelle Obama on the family's Christmas trip to Hawaii has been arrested by the US Secret Service. Kristy Lee Roshia called the Boston office of the Secret Service and told them "I will kill Michelle Obama", according to a Secret Service document. During the same call she threatened to "blow away" the First Lady, the Affidavit states. The 35-year-old told agents she knew where the Obama family would be staying when they visited Honolulu for the festive season. She was arrested just two miles from the house they had booked. Roshia has been charged with threatening a family member of the president and assaulting a federal agent after being arrested. She is alleged to have struck an officer in the face and arms while the officer tried to detain her. Roshia has a history of making rambling telephone calls to the Secret Service office in Boston, according to the affidavit. As early as 2004 she told the agency that "although her mission is to assassinate the president, she has no desire to hurt him," the affidavit said. The Boston Secret Service office received a letter which included pictures of Roshia and a love letter she had written to a non-existent Secret Service agent on November 9 this year. She made her alleged threat to kill Michelle Obama the next day. Barack Obama has said he will not leave for the family Christmas break until his controversial healthcare overhaul is passed by the Senate. A major vote on the issue is taking place on Christmas Eve (Sky News, 2009).

Title: Woman Who Threatened To Kill Michelle Obama Likely A U.S. Federal Government Employee Date: December 24, 2009 Source: Examiner Abstract: Kristy Lee Roshia, the 35 year old woman arrested and charged with threatening First Lady Michelle Obama, is most likely an employee of the U.S. federal government, if documents cited by the U.S. Secret Service are accurate. Roshia, currently being held without bail in federal custody in Hawaii, was arrested Saturday December 19th less than two miles away from the house where President Obama and his family will be staying for Christmas. The rental house, which is the same one the Obamas rented last Christmas, is a 7,000 square foot beachfront home which reportedly rents for $4,000 a night. According to media reports, on November 9th of this year Roshia sent a rambling letter to the Boston Secret Service office along with photographs of herself, and included a Hawaii return address located on Kane'ohe Bay Drive. A public listing for one "Kristy L Roshia" states she has lived in the Massachusetts cities of Chelmsford, New Bedford, Dracut, Bedford, and Lowell, and is related to one James L. Roshia. The Boston Globe refers to Roshia as being from New Bedford, MA. Wikipedia notes that Kaneohe, Hawaii is home to nearly 35,000 people and that the "Marine Corps Base Hawaii lies across the south end of K?ne?ohe Bay from the central part of K?ne?ohe, although the town stretches along K?ne?ohe Bay Drive to the base perimeter."

135

The Honolulu Advertiser, in their article Woman allegedly menaced first lady, reported that on November 10th, "Roshia called the Boston office and told a receptionist "I will kill Michelle Obama" and "I will kill Marines," according to the affidavit, signed by Secret Service Special Agent John Woodruff....On Nov. 10, agents informed Kane'ohe Marine Corps Base officials of the threats and law enforcement agents here began investigating the matter". Nothing is noted as what to occurred, if anything, from November 10th to December 19th. Three secret service agents visited Roshia at the same Kane'ohe Bay Drive address this past Saturday December 19th and took her into custody. The report continues, "She said she had traveled to Hawai'i in September "to protect Obama" and since then has been "working the golf course at the Marine Base," according to the affidavit". Roshia reportedly "lunged at and assaulted an agent" while in custody and made further threats to the Oval Office. The report goes on to state "National federal court records show that a woman named Kristy Roshia was arrested in Tewksbury, Mass., in November 2007 on a Washington, D.C., charge of threatening bodily harm. She pleaded guilty to the charge in July 2007 and was placed on two years' probation. According to Woodruff's affidavit, Roshia appeared at Secret Service headquarters in Washington, D.C., in May 2007 and threatened to kill an agent there as well as "any woman that got in her (Roshia's) way." MSNBC reported that the Secret Service affidavit mentions Roshia's history of strange behavior going back to when George Bush was in office: "As early as 2004, she told the agency that "although her mission is to assassinate the president, she has no desire to hurt him," the document states." Roshia was is being held without bail for a mental competency exam with the next hearing scheduled February 9th. The golf course in question, which Roshia allegedly claimed to work at, is Kaneohe Klipper Golf Course , part of the Marine Corps Community Services (MCCS), a nonprofit organization whose stated mission is "To contribute to the readiness and retention of Marines, Sailors, and family members aboard Marine Corps Base Hawaii by providing fitness and recreation programs, Marine and family services, and business activities in garrison and deployed environments." The golf course itself is touted as "one of the world's best military golf courses, consistently voted Number One by DoD patrons. The Kaneohe Klipper is an 18-hole championship golf course with separate driving range, chipping green and putting green... Enjoy the refreshing ocean breeze as it caresses beautifully manicured fairways." The course, open 6am to 630pm in the summer, also offers a "Young Chippers" program, open to "authorized patrons aged 5 18". Marine Corps Community Services offers a wide variety of services to Marines and their families, including a 24-Hour Car Wash, 24-Hour Laundromat, Adventure Training, Auto Skills Center, Barber & Beauty Shops, Tailor Shops, Veterinary services, and recreation such as a bowling alley, movie theatre, two libraries, fitness programs, personal trainers, counseling services, etc. MCCS offers volunteer opportunities to the public as well, encouraging those in the community to get involved: "Volunteers are making a difference in the Marine Corps! You too can make a difference in your military community by volunteering!...Volunteering allows you to: Le arn new skills or brush up on old ones.Meet new people and make new friends. Work flexible hours.Learn about the different base services. Receive on -the-job training. Fill resume gaps. Receive references and letters of recommendation. Network and build working relationships with individuals within your community. The volunteer organization you choose may require special skills for the volunteer position. Therefore a resume and interview may be requested." Employment at MCCS facilities, on the other hand, is a different matter. An extensive background check is purportedly required for what is, in actuality, a job with the United States Marine Corps in a Nonappropriated Fund (NAF) federally funded position. Their webpage states: MCCS - Employment: Welcome to the MCCS Employment website. We are thrilled that you are contemplating employment with our organization. You will see as you browse this site, that we offer an exciting array of employment opportunities as well as a very competitive Benefits package for our regular status employees. To see the full list of vacancies available with MCCS at each Marine Corps Command click on Job Vacancies in the left menu and select the appropriate Command." The MCCS employment section lists job vacancies in Arizona, California, Missouri Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virgina, as well as Japan. The employment application for MCCS is entitled NAF EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION FORM -MARINE CORPS COMMUNITY SERVICES (MCCS) United States Marine Corps, and asks if the applicant has "Previous Nonappropriated Fund (NAF) & Appropriated Fund (APF) Employment", meaning previous government employment. The question here is, if Kristy Roshia has a several-year history of making mentally unstable and violent death threats against presidents and government agents, why was she allowed, if she in fact works at the Marine Base golf course, to pass the security screening and exttensive background check, which is outlined below? She also allegedly threatened Marines in November, and wasn't arrested until late December. If she was indeed employed by MCCS golf course, she had the opportunity for intimate contact with enlisted Marines and their families. Why did it take so long to arrest her, even if she wasn't employed by the MSCC? Having close proximity and familiarity with the location of both the Marine base, their operations, as well as the presidential vacation home, would seemingly qualify as posing a legitimate threat to any competent and discerning agency. If Roshia was on two year probation less than two years ago for her crime in Washington D.C., did her probation officer know that she had moved to Hawaii and was supposedly working at a Marine base? If not, why not? Weren't all these death threats Roshia made put on the record and available via a background check? (Examiner, 2009).

136

2010: 13 Assassination Plots

OBAMACSI.COM: The following plots all occurred within the calendar year of 2010. While some of these cases may in fact have been legit threats to Barack Obama, most if not all of them appear to be staged events conducted to give the appearance that Obama is in tremendous danger. Subsequently, almost all suspects charged have never had a trial or been convicted of any crime. An evaluation of the weapons, plots, and rhetoric contributed to these men and woman appear to be ripped from a bad comic book. After almost four years and more than 45 blatantly unsuccessful assassination plots, mental deficiency or retardation must be attribute to these suspects unless they are indeed patsies in a bigger scheme orchestrated by intelligence agencies. 01. Louisiana (January 4, 2010) 02. Unknown (March 21, 2010) 03. Washington (March 21, 2010) 04. England (March 26, 2010) 05. North Carolina (April 25, 2010) 06. Texas (April 29, 2010) 07. Kentucky (July 6, 2010) 08. Michigan (September 13, 2010) 09. Maryland (October 6, 2010) 10. Oregon (October 12, 2010) 11. Vermont (October 14, 2010) 12. South Carolina (November 26, 2010) 13. Pennsylvania (December 16, 2010)

1. LOUISIANA (January 4, 2010)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: January 4, 2010 Suspect: John Turnpaugh Age: 47 Ethnicity: Location: New Orleans, Louisiana Weapons: Firearm Quote: "The next American with a clear shot should drop Obama like a habit."

Title: John Turnpaugh Obama Death Threat: New Orleans Man Arrested And Charged Date: January 4, 2010 Source: Huffington Post Abstract: A New Orleans man has been arrested and charged with threatening to kill President Barack Obama. In a court filing Monday, a Secret Service agent said 47-year-old John Turnpaugh dialed 911 early last Friday and told a police dispatcher that he planned to kill the president and first lady Michelle Obama. The agent said he used telephone records to trace the call to Turnpaugh's cell phone. Police arrested him Saturday and he was booked into jail on state charges that included illegal possession of a firearm and drug possession. Turnpaugh remained in custody Monday. He's scheduled to make his initial appearance in federal court Friday. Kathy English, a spokeswoman for U.S. Attorney Jim Letten, said it wasn't known if Turnpaugh has an attorney (Huffington Post, 2010).

Title: John Turnpaugh, Man Who Sent Obama Death Threats, Sentenced To 8 Years In Prison Date: May 11, 2010 Source: Huffington Post Abstract: A 47-year-old New Orleans man has been sentenced for making death threats against President Obama. U.S. District Judge Jay Zainey on Tuesday sentenced John Turnpaugh to three years in prison for that charge and another five years for possession of marijuana with intent to distribute it and possession of four firearms to aid his drug trafficking. According to court records, Turnpaugh admitted calling a New Orleans Police Department 911 operator on Dec. 30 and saying he was going to kill the President and his wife. A subsequent investigation by the police and U.S. Secret Service determined that the caller was Turnpaugh.

137

He pleaded guilty to the charges Feb. 2 (Huffington Post, 2010).

2. UNKNOWN (March 21, 2010)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: March 21, 2010 Suspect: Solomon "Solly" Forell Age: ? Ethnicity: Black Location: ? Weapons: N/A Quote: "The next American with a clear shot should drop Obama like a habit."

Title: Angry Over Health Reform Vote, Conservative Blogger Posts Twitter Call For Obama Assassination Date: March 22, 2010 Source: New York Times Abstract: FBI officials are investigating a self-proclaimed conservative blogger after he used his Twitter account to call for the assassination of President Obama on Sunday night. Solomon "Solly" Forell tweeted: "ASSASSINATION! America, we survived the assassinations of Lincoln and Kennedy. We'll surely get over a bullet 2 Barack Obama's head." Another post said, "The next American with a clear shot should drop Obama like a habit." Forell, who has several anti-Obama blogs, including one called "Anybody But Barack Obama 2010," quickly backtracked after several tweeters protested (New York Times, 2010).

3. WASHINGTON (March 21, 2010)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: March 21, 2010 Suspect: Jay Martin Age: ? Ethnicity: Black Location: Federal Way, Washington Weapons: N/A Quote: "FUCK YOU You should be Assassinated!! @BarackObama."

Title: Obama Gets Another Twitter Death Threat Date: March 22, 2010 Source: Newser Abstract: Meet Jay Martin, the latest level-headed individual to tweet to the world that hed like to see Barack Obama shot. FUCK YOU You should be Assassinated!! @BarackObama, he tweeted last night after the health care vote, with a subsequent tweet adding, If I lived in DC id shoot him myself.. Point Blank. Dead Fucking Serious. And soon thereafter came the inevitable follow-up: AndIve just been reported to the FBI. Its Obamas second Twitter-borne threat in as many days; yesterday, conservative blogger Solly Forrell came under investigation for tweeting that the next American with a clear shot should kill Obama. So is Martin worried about the authorities? Not really. He tells Gawker he was speaking out of anger, and doesnt really want Obama killed. Bu t he added: As for the FBI? I dont really care about them. I said what I said (Newser, 2011).

138

4. ENGLAND (March 26, 2010)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: March 26, 2010 Suspect: MI5, MI6 Age: N/A Ethnicity: N/A Location: London, England Weapons: All Quote: N/A

Title: Stop British Obama Assassination Plot Date: March 26, 2001 Source: LaRouchePAC

5. NORTH CAROLINA (April 25, 2010)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: April 25, 2010 Suspect: Joseph Sean McVey Age: 23 Ethnicity: White Location: Asheville, North Carolina Weapons: Gun, Law enforcement vehicle with working lights and sirens Quote: N/A

Title: Man Arrested After Obama Leaves North Carolina Date: April 25, 2010 Source: CNN Abstract: Police in Asheville, North Carolina, arrested a man they said was impersonating a police officer at the city's airport after President Obama flew out of town on Sunday. Joseph McVey, 23, was being held on a charge of going armed to the terror of the public, according to the Buncombe County jail's booking office. McVey's bail was set at $100,000, Officer Donna Player told CNN. Journalists saw police put the handcuffed man into an Asheville Regional Airport police car in the facility's parking lot after Obama's plane departed following the first family's weekend vacation in the western North Carolina mountains. Airport police Capt. Kevan Smith said the suspect was driving a car that was made to look like a law enforcement vehicle with working lights and sirens. He would provide no further details about the suspect, but emphasized that the president was never in any danger. Additional charges were pending Sunday evening, he said (CNN, 2010).

Title: Joseph McVey, Armed Man, Arrested At Airport Where Obama Was Leaving Date: April 25, 2010 Source: Huffington Post Abstract: An armed man spotted at a North Carolina airport parking lot just after Air Force One departed Sunday told an officer he wanted to see the president and had a car equipped with police gear, including a siren and flashing lights, authorities said. Joseph Sean McVey, 23, of Coshocton, Ohio, is charged with going armed in terror of the public, a misdemeanor, said Asheville Regional Airport Police Capt. Kevan Smith. Security was heightened at the airport because President Barack Obama was leaving after spending the weekend vacationing in Asheville. He was headed to a memorial service for 29 West Virginia coal miners killed in an explosion. At about 2 p.m., airport police saw McVey get out of a maroon car with Ohio plates and that he had a sidearm, Smith said. Both airport police and the Secret Service questioned him and he was taken into custody. The suspect was nowhere near the president's plane, which had just departed, and was in a rental car return lot that is open to the public, Smith said.

139

His car was equipped with clear LED law enforcement-style strobe lights in the front and rear dash, Smith said. The car also had a mounted digital camera in the front window, four large antennas on the trunk lid, and under the steering wheel was a working siren box. Smith said McVey was not in law enforcement. When McVey got out of the car, he was listening to a handheld scanner and radio that had a remote earpiece, Smith said. Police said he was monitoring local agencies and had formulas for rifle scopes on a note in his cup holder. Police did not immediately elaborate on what the formulas might mean and Smith was not available to comment late Sunday. McVey gave authorities an Ohio driver's license, but a computer check failed to show the number was valid, police said. His hometown of Coshocton is about halfway between Pittsburgh and Columbus, Ohio. When Officer Kaleb Rice asked him what he was doing, McVey told him he heard the president was in town and wanted to see him. Rice removed the firearm and took McVey into custody. He was being held at the Buncombe County jail on $100,000 bond (Huffington Post, 2010).

6. TEXAS (April 29, 2010)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: April 29, 2010 Suspect: Brian Dean Miller Age: 43 Ethnicity: White Location: Dallas, Texas Weapons: ? Quote: Obama must die. "I am dedicating my life to the death of Obama and every employee of the federal government."

Title: Texas Terrorist Arrested For Posting Obama Death Threat Date: April 29, 2010 Source: National Terror Alert Abstract: A Dallas man describing himself as a terrorist threatened to kill President Barack Obama in an online posting because he was upset about health care reform, according to a criminal complaint. Brian Dean Miller, 43, faces one count of making threats against the president, which carries a maximum sentence of five years in prison and a $250,000 fine. He is scheduled for arraignment in federal court Friday. His public defender and his mother did not return phone messages Thursday. According to a criminal complaint, Miller made the death threats March 21 on Craigslist under a postin g titled Obama must die. The posting said he was following through on a promise to become a terrorist if the federal health care bill passed (National Terror Alert).

Title: Dallas Man Who Wanted Obama Dead Faces Arraignment Date: April 30, 2010 Source: NBC Abstract: A Dallas man who posted a death threat against President Barack Obama online is set to be arraigned in federal court Friday. Brian Dean Miller was apparently upset over the new health care law. A criminal complaint says the 43-year-old man admitted to a Secret Service agent that he threatened to kill the president in a post on Craigslist March 21. Calling for a revolution, the post in part reads: "I am dedicating my life to the death of Obama and every employee of the federal government." Agents subpoenaed Craigslist and AT&T to track down the originating e-mail address. Agents arrested Miller and seized his computer March 25. They found no weapons at his home. If convicted, Miller faces a maximum five years in prison and $250,000 fine (NBC, 2010).

7. KENTUCKY (July 6, 2010)

140

OBAMACSI.COM Date: July 6, 2010 Suspect: Johnny Logan Spencer Jr. Age: 28 Ethnicity: White Location: Louisville, Kentucky Weapons: ? Quote: "DIE negro DIE."

Title: Johnny Spencer Pleads Guilty To Threatening Obama With Poem Date: July 7, 2010 Source: KSDK Abstract: Dropping his First Amendment defense, a 28-year-old Louisville man pleaded guilty Tuesday to threatening the president of the United States in a poem. Johnny Logan Spencer Jr., had said he would contest the charge on free-speech grounds. But appearing in U.S. District Court in Louisville, he entered a guilty plea to a single count of threatening to inflict bodily harm on the president through a poem titled "The Sniper," which he posted on the Internet earlier this year. Spencer, who admitted the offense without a plea bargain, will be sentenced Nov. 2 by Judge Joseph H. McKinley Jr. The charge carries a maximum penalty of five years in prison and a $250,000 fine. The poem, which was posted on a white supremacist website, describes a sniper killing the president and includes the language "DIE negro DIE." Magistrate Judge Dave Whalin had previously ruled that the threat wasn't protected merely because it appeared in a poem, saying it wouldn't have mattered if Spencer "carved the message into a stone sculpture" or "cross-stitched it on a pillow." Whalin noted that the 16-line poem is "entirely dedicated to the assassination of the current president of the United States based solely on his race" and "expresses no larger theme or commentary on social or political issues of the day." Spencer's lawyers didn't immediately respond to requests for comment. However, in a motion to change his plea, one of them, Laura Wyrosdick, said that Spencer was incarcerated while awaiting trial and "eager to resolve his case." The trial was set for Aug. 3. Spencer had apologized to the Secret Service for writing the poem and said he never intended to assassinate the president. But Whalin said that doesn't matter because the question is whether reasonable people to whom the message is addressed would construe it as an intention to harm the president. Spencer was arrested after the poem was posted on the website NewSaxon.org, which purports to be "An Online Community by and for White Americans." The case was prosecuted by Assistant U.S. Attorney's Marisa J. Ford and Lettricea Jefferson-Webb and investigated by the Secret Service (KSDK, 2010).

8. MICHIGAN (September 13, 2010)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 13, 2010 Suspect: Richard Scott McLeod Age: 48 Ethnicity: White Location: Brighton, Michigan Weapons: A loaded gun, a bullet-proof vest, tips on how to build bombs Quote: Hearsay: "Bumper stickers quoting Adolf Hitler"

Title: Michigan Man Arrested With Bomb Materials, Loaded Gun, Bullet-Proof Vest And Picture Of Obama Date: September 16, 2010 Source: WJBK Fox 2 Abstract: Richard Scott McLeod of Brighton was arrested Monday in Webberville on weapons charges and is under suspicion for potential threats against President Barack Obama. On the outside of the 48-year-old's vehicle were bumper stickers quoting Adolf Hitler. On the inside, police say there was a picture of Obama, a loaded gun, a bullet-proof vest and tips on how to build bombs. The incident caught the attention of federal law enforcement. McLeod faces charges for illegally possessing body armor and a loaded gun.

141

He's currently behind bars in the Ingham County jail (WJBK, 2010).

9. MARYLAND (October 6, 2010)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 6, 2010 Suspect: Unknown Age: 51 Ethnicity: White Location: Hagerstown, Maryland Weapons: N/A Quote: "Death to Obama"

Title: "Death To Obama" Sign Holder Detained By Secret Service Date: October 6, 2010 Source: NBC Abstract: There were signs comparing President Barack Obama to a Nazi and showing him with an Adolf Hitler-style mustache, but federal officials believe another sign referencing the president and his family went too far. A man who was holding a sign reading "Death to Obama" Wednesday outside a town hall meeting on health care reform in Hagerstown, Md., has been turned over to the Secret Service. Washington County Sheriff's Capt. Peter Lazich said the sign also read, "Death to Michelle and her two stupid kids." Lazich said U.S. Secret Service agents took the unidentified 51-year-old man into custody Wednesday afternoon after deputies detained him near the entrance to Hagerstown Community College. Obama was not at the meeting held Wednesday by Maryland Democratic Sen. Ben Cardin. Barbara Golden, special agent in charge of the agency's Baltimore field office, said Thursday that an investigation is ongoing but declined further comment. A spokesman at the agency's Washington headquarters also declined to discuss the investigation. Police said there were no other arrests among the nearly 1,000 people, some carrying protest signs, who came to the college for the meeting or demonstrated off-campus. Cardin's national communications director, Sue Walitsky, called the incident "unfortunate." She said she was unaware of it until Thursday morning (NBC, 2010).

10. OREGON (October 12, 2010)

OBAMACSI.COM Date of Incident: October 29, 2009 Date Reported: October 12, 2010 Suspect: David Earl Anderson Age: 27 Ethnicity: White Location: Portland, Oregon Weapons: N/A Quote: I feel it is my right to feel the way I do, and if I want to kill the president like I plan on doing that is also my right.

Title: Oregon Inmate Admits Threatening To Kill President Date: October 12, 2010 Source: KVAL News Abstract: A prison inmate who sent letters proclaiming his "100% serious" intent to kill President Obama faces up to 5 years in prison after pleading guilty Tuesday to mailing a letter threatening to kill the president.

142

David Earl Anderson Jr., 27, pleaded guilty in federal court Tuesday U.S. District Judge Anna J. Brown scheduled sentencing for Jan. 10, 2011. The offense carries a maximum sentence of 5 years in prison and a fine of $100,000. According to prosecutors, in August 2009, Anderson was serving a sentence in the custody of the Oregon Corrections Department in a secure unit for criminal defendants at the Oregon State Hospital. Anderson broke out of the hospital on August 15, 2009, and fled to Utah with the help of a girlfriend, prosecutors said. Police arrested him on August 16, 2009, in Ogden, Utah. After his return to Oregon, he was placed in the Oregon State Penitentiary. In October 2009, Anderson mailed a series of letters from the penitentiary claiming he was part of a group that intended to kill President Obama. The letters, sent to the Oregon State Police, his girlfriend in Idaho and a family in Utah, proclaimed Andersons white separatist beliefs and his 100% serious intent to kill the president for racial reasons. The U.S. Secret Service interviewed Anderson at the Oregon State Penitentiary on Oct. 29, 2009. He acknowledged sending the letters and expressed his desire to see the president killed, prosecutors said. He reiterated his white separatist views and admitted a fascination with firearms. A federal grand jury indicted him on December 8, 2009. On December 10, 2009, the U.S. Attorneys Office received a letter from Anderson stating, I feel it is my right to feel the way I do, and if I want to kill the president like I plan on doin g that is also my right. In a second letter received by the U.S. Attorneys Office on Dec. 21, 2009, Anderson withdrew his threat and apologized. The Secret Service investigation revealed that the white separatist group mentioned by Anderson did not exist, prosecutors said (KVAL News, 2010).

Title: Judge Gives Inmate Four More Years For Obama Threat Date: August 3, 2011 Source: OPB News Abstract: A federal judge in Portland Wednesday sentenced an inmate to four additional years in prison for making threats against President Obama. David Earl Anderson has spent much of the past four years at the State Penitentiary. He's serving a five-year state sentence for identity theft, but he's been in federal custody while this case got sorted out. In October of 2009, he started writing a series of letters from prison saying he would not take orders from a black man, and that he wanted President Obama to die. Anderson pleaded guilty last fall to charges he threatened to kill the president of the United States. His attorney, Renee Manes argued he was delusional. She says Anderson wanted a transfer to a federal prison. But Judge Anna Brown says she believes mental illness alone did not account for Anderson's threats. She noted Anderson made additional death threats against a Marion County deputy prosecutor just days after entering his guilty plea. Anderson will serve his federal sentence after his state sentence is complete (OPB News, 2011).

11. VERMONT (October 14, 2010)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 14, 2010 Suspect: Chris King Age: 43 Ethnicity: White Location: Rockingham, Vermont Weapons: N/A Quote: "Death to Obama"

Title: Chris King Charged With Obama Death Threat Date: October 14, 2010 Source: Nashua

143

Abstract: The United States District Attorney's office in Vermont today announced the indictment of Christopher King, 43, of Rockingham, Vt., on charges that he threatened to kill President Barack Obama. The grand jury sat in Burlington, Vt., and handed up the indictment on Oct. 7. According to court documents, King maintained an Internet blog and a Twitter account. On the blog, he posted the following threats to kill President Obama: "I am dying inside. And I am plainly stating to you that I am going to kill the president" and "So since I intend to kill the president, should I set the timer? Huh?" If convicted, King faces a maximum term of five years in prison, and a fine of up to $250,000 (Nashua, 2010) 12. SOUTH CAROLINA (November 26, 2010)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: November 26, 2010 Suspect: Michael Stephen Bowden Age: 51 Ethnicity: White Location: South Carolina Weapons: N/A Quote: ?

Title: Threats Against Obama: Michael Stephen Bowden Is Just The Latest Date: November 26, 2010 Source: Christian Science Montitor Abstract: The arrest of former New York City cop Michael Stephen Bowden for telling a Secret Service agent he'd like to put President Obama up against a wall and shoot him underscores the daily threat matrix for a job that is much more dangerous than, say, the harrowing experience of Bering Sea fishermen as dramatized on the popular TV show "The Deadliest Catch." Nearly 1 in 10 presidents have been assassinated or shot while in office (the last being Ronald Reagan, in 1981), with another 11 escaping assassination attempts unscathed. The Secret Service has been particularly busy chasing down threats to Mr. Obama, who faced a barrage of death threats and at least one credible assassination plot while a presidential candidate and since taking office in January 2009. Last summer, author Ron Kessler wrote that Obama was receiving 30 death threats a day. Other reports state that federal agents had seen a 400-fold increase in threats from President George W. Bush's last year in office. Secret Service head Mark Sullivan later pushed back at that assertion, saying "threats are not up" in the Obama era. Nevertheless, in the past two years the Secret Service has arrested more than a dozen Americans for posing credible threats to the president. Because of concerns about his safety, candidate Obama received Secret Service protection earlier than any other presidential hopeful in US history. The Secret Service doesn't publicize most threats, fearing that they could inspire copycat attempts. The most famous Obama assassination plot involved two neo-Nazi skinheads in Tennessee, who were accused in late 2008 of planning to shoot 88 black people, behead another 14, and then kill Obama. Both men pleaded guilty this year to charges of conspiring to kill Obama. According to the law, "Whoever knowingly and willfully deposits for conveyance in the mail or for a delivery from any post office or by any letter carrier any letter, paper, writing, print, missive, or document containing any threat to take the life of, to kidnap, or to inflict bodily harm upon the President of the United States ... shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than five years, or both." Vermont comedian Chris King was arrested Oct. 8 for tweeting: "I am dying inside. And I am plainly stating to you that I am going to kill th e president. Such "death tweets" on the social media network Twitter have figured in several high-profile threat arrests (Christian Science Monitor, 2010).

13. PENNSYLVANIA (December 16, 2010)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: December 16, 2010 Suspect: Gregory Dale Brockman Age: 32 Ethnicity: ? Location: Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

144

Weapons: N/A Quote: "Kill President Barack Obama and eat his flesh."

Title: Gregory Dale Brockman, Pennsylvania Inmate, Accused Of Threatening To Kill & Eat Obama Date: December 17, 2010 Source: Huffington Post Abstract: A career burglar from Pennsylvania is accused of writing a prison letter in which he threatened to kill President Barack Obama and eat his flesh. Secret Service agents say 32-year-old Gregory Dale Brockman also threatened first lady Michelle Obama and former President George W. Bush. Brockman pleaded not guilty to the charges Thursday before a federal magistrate in Philadelphia. His public defender, Mara Meehan, declined to comment. Prosecutors say Brockman told Secret Service agents that his anger stems from the U.S. involvement in Iraq. The agents say he also admired cannibal Jeffrey Dahmer and other serial killers, and vowed to act on his threats if released. Brockman, formerly of Lehighton, is serving 30 months for burglary and other crimes (Huffington Post, 2010).

2011: 14 Assassination Plots So Far

OBAMACSI.COM: The following plots all occurred within the calendar year of 2011. While some of these cases may in fact have been legit threats to Barack Obama, most if not all of them appear to be staged events conducted to give the appearance that Obama is in tremendous danger. Subsequently, almost all suspects charged have never had a trial or been convicted of any crime. An evaluation of the weapons, plots, and rhetoric contributed to these men and woman appear to be ripped from a bad comic book. After almost four years and more than 45 blatantly unsuccessful assassination plots, mental deficiency or retardation must be attribute to these suspects unless they are indeed patsies in a bigger scheme orchestrated by intelligence agencies. 01. Texas (February 23, 2011) 02. Texas (March 2, 2011) 03. Africa (May 5, 2011) 04. Ireland (May 12, 2011) 05. Pakistan (May 13, 2011) 06. Ohio (June 3, 2011) 07. Wisconsin (June 8, 2011) 08. Puerto Rico (June 11, 2011) 09. Oregon (July 5, 2011) 10. North Dakota (July 7, 2011) 11. California (July 12, 2011) 12. Alabama (July 26, 2011) 13. Washington D.C. (August 2, 2011) 14. Washington D.C. (September 2, 2011)

1. TEXAS (February 23, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: February 23, 2011 Suspect: Robert Lee Berkley, Jr. Age: 29 Ethnicity: White Location: Tusk, Texas Weapons: N/A Quote: N/A

Title: Rusk Inmate Sentenced For Making Death Treats Against Obama Date: July 12, 2011 Source: Beaumont Enterprise Abstract: A 29-year-old Rusk inmate on Tuesday was sentenced to three years and four months in federal prison for making threats against President Barack Obama.

145

Robert Lee Berkley, Jr. pleaded guilty on Feb. 23 to making threats against the president, according to the U.S. Attorney's office. A federal grand jury indicted him on July 14, 2010. According to information presented in court, Berkley wrote a letter claiming that when he was released from the Texas Department of Criminal Justice's Hodge Unit in Rusk, he planned to travel to Washington, D.C. to kill Obama and his family. Berkley confirmed his plan in at least two interviews with law enforcement officers, the U.S. Attorney's office said. The U.S. Secret Service investigated the case and Assistant U.S. Attorney Christopher T. Tortorice was the prosecutor. U.S. District Judge Leonard E. Davis handed down the sentence (Beaumont Enterprise, 2011).

2. TEXAS (March 2, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: March 2, 2011) Suspect: Jeremiah Krakowski Age: ? Ethnicity: White Location: Kerrville, Texas Weapons: AR-15 .233-caliber rifle, Glock 9mm handgun, two loaded magazines Quote: N/A

Title: Man Arrested In Obama Death Threats Date: March 11, 2011 Source: NBC News Abstract: A Central Texas man caught the attention of the U.S. Secret Service and is behind bars Friday morning, accused of threatening to kill the president of the United States. Kerrville Police Chief John Young said they arrested self-proclaimed terrorist Jeremiah Krakowski because he made threats on Facebook on March 2 to kill President Barack Obama and any "cop" that came into his home. San Antonio police tipped off the Special Crimes Unit in Kerrville about Krakowski's alleged Facebook threats about wanting to kill the president and Kerrville police officers. "The Kerrville Police Department appreciates the cooperation from SAPD Intelligence for providing the initial information and the U.S. Secret Service for the investigative support," said Young. "We have had several occasions to conduct joint investigations with the SAPD and the Secret Service, all with successful outcomes." The U.S. Secret Service was pulled into the investigation, and authorities arrested Krakowski at a local Kerrville bar. Two Special Agents went to Kerrville to interview Krakowski, who they said admitted to making threats on Facebook against former President George W. Bush and Obama. Authorities said Krakowski referred to himself as a "terrorist" and also admitted to making threats against Kerrville police. Krakowski also allegedly admitted to making threats against the Kerrville Police Department and other city officials in different e-mail forum, called InfoWars, on Jan. 26. The Secret Service confiscated an AR-15 .233-caliber rifle and a Glock 9mm handgun after they searched Krakowski's house, work office and car. Both weapons had two loaded magazines. Secret Service agents also confiscated a laptop from his car and a desktop computer from his job. Authorities said they released Krakowski and are still investigating. The Secret Service also continues working on the case and is forensically examining his computers. Federal prosecution will depend on what the Secret Service finds, which will be reviewed by the United States Attorney in San Antonio.

146

Krakowski's bond is set at $50,000 (NBC News, 2011).

3. AFRICA (May 5, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: May 5, 2011 Suspect(s): Al-Shabaab Age: N/A Ethnicity: Location: Kenya, Africa Weapons: ? Quote: N/A

Title: 'Obama's Grandmother Receives Death Threats From Al-Qaida' Date: May 11, 2011 Source: Haaretz Abstract: Al-Shabaab, al-Qaida's African affiliate, threatens U.S. President's step-grandmother, prompting heightened security and 24-hour surveillance of her Kenya home, ABC News reports. YouTube-Video U.S. Presidnet Barack Obama's grandmother has received death threats from the African branch of al-Qaida, prompting stepped up security around her home in Kenya, ABC News reported on Thursday. Sarah Obama, the U.S. president's step-grandmother, informed the Kenyan police that she had received a personal threat from al-Shabaab, the Somalia-based branch of al-Qaida, ABC reported. Security personnel were sent to guard the elder Obama's home the day after her grandson announced the killing of al-Qaida mastermind Osama bin Laden, but the personal threat has prompted increased security and round-the-clock surveillance of her Africa home, the report said. Sarah Obama said that the security, which a police chief told ABC was enough officers "to patrol and entire village", has not been affected in any way. "It has not restricted my movement," she reportedly added, saying "if the government has decided to bring more security personnel, we are OK with it." Al-Shabaab, which is linked to al-Qaida, claimed responsibility for twin explosions at a crowded restaurant and a rugby club in Uganda's capital Kampala during the last moments of the World Cup final last July. The insurgent group has affiliated itself with al-Qaida since 2007, and in 2008 the United States added the group to its list of foreign terrorist organizations (Haaretz, 2011).

4. IRELAND (May 12, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: May 12, 2011 Suspect: Khalid Kelly Age: 44 Ethnicity: White Location: Dublin, Ireland Weapons: ? Quote: "Personally I would feel happy if Obama was killed. How could I not feel happy when a big enemy of Islam is gone?"

Title: Irish Muslim Arrested In Dublin Over Obama Threats Date: May 12, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Police arrested Ireland's most notorious Muslim convert Thursday over his reported death threats against President Barack Obama.

147

YouTube-Video Police said Khalid Kelly, a 44-year-old dubbed "Taliban Terry" by Dubliners, was arrested at his Dublin residence on suspicion of threatening to kill the U.S. leader. He could be held for up to three days before being charged or released. The arrest came 10 days before Obama's arrival in Ireland and four days after a British newspaper, the Sunday Mirror, printed an interview with Kelly. He is Ireland's most outspoken supporter of al-Qaida and its slain founder, Osama bin Laden. Kelly was quoted as telling the newspaper that he expected al-Qaida to kill Obama during his visit to Ireland in part because the country's police force is poorly armed. The article said Kelly would like to kill Obama himself but was too well-known to police here. "Personally I would feel happy if Obama was killed. How could I not feel happy when a big enemy of Islam is gone?" Kelly was quoted as saying. Obama is scheduled to spend May 23 in Dublin and the village of Moneygall, ancestral home of a great-great-great-grandfather who emigrated to the United States in 1850. Ireland is already ramping up a security operation involving 10,000 police and troops to protect both him and Queen Elizabeth II, who arrives Tuesday in Ireland for a four-day visit. Kelly, a former Catholic altar boy from inner-city Dublin, converted to Islam while imprisoned in Saudi Arabia in 2000 for selling illegal alcohol. He since has praised al-Qaida and Osama bin Laden on Irish TV, trained with the Taliban in northwest Pakistan and married a Pakistani woman, and has named one of their two sons Osama. He told an Irish TV documentary in March that Osama "is a name to be proud of" and now prefers himself to be called Abu Osama "father of Osama." But childhood friends and neighbors, who knew him by his pre-conversion name Terry, have nicknamed him "Taliban Terry" instead. Kelly appears in a 2010 U.S. documentary, "Holy Wars," inspecting guns for sale in a Pakistani border arms market. He returned to Dublin in April 2010 in murky circumstances. He claimed to have been deported from an unspecified country in Eastern Europe and lost his passport along the way. Upon his return to Dublin he declared his interest in founding an al-Qaida support group called Islam for Ireland, an idea denounced by the city's Muslim community leaders. Kelly says he seeks the imposition of strict Sharia law in Ireland, with public beheadings of drug dealers on Dublin's main thoroughfare, O'Connell Street (Fox News, 2011).

5. PAKISTAN (May 13, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: May 13, 2011 Suspect: Osama bin Laden Age: 44 Ethnicity: Arab Location: Abbottobad, Pakistan Weapons: ? Quote: N/A

Title: Kill Obama: Bin Laden Plotted To Assassinate President Before 2012 Election Date: May 13, 2011 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: Osama Bin Laden wanted to assassinate President Obama as in the run up to the 2012 presidential elections, the terror leader's journal seized by U.S. forces reveals. YouTube-Video The mastermind behind the 9/11 attacks wanted to kill the President in a follow up mission, 10 years after the devastating 2001 attack. U.S. intelligence officials are currently analysing over one million pages of data taken from the terror leader's compound, including his handwritten journal. The documents reveal that the Al Qaeda leader was still plotting attacks against the U.S. and wanted to find a way to kill Obama.

148

Bin Laden's own writings indicate that he had urged followers to assassinate Obama as a way of disrupting the 2012 presidential election. Former intelligence officials said that Bin Laden was focussed on killing the President. 'I would say this is probably very personal on Bin Laden's part, to kill [Obama] that he believes has violated the Muslim faith,' Brad Garrett, a former FBI profiler, told ABC News. 'He is incensed, inflamed, obsessed about killing the President.' Video footage of Bin Laden watching TV in his hideout showed that whenever Obama came on the screen, the terror leader would quickly try to change the channel. The seized documents could be the most valuable find of all - a written record that takes readers inside the mind of America's greatest enemy. Osama Bin Laden's handwritten journal was found at the Pakistan compound where the terror chief was killed in a dramatic U.S. raid more than a week ago. In it, he directed Al Qaeda operatives to not only focus on New York City, but spread their operations to target smaller cities such as Los Angeles. The discovery shatters previously held beliefs that Bin Laden was a 'has been' - acting simply as Al Qaeda's spiritual leader rather than its operational chief. The journal, as well as hundreds of computer 'pen' drives also containing directives, will only add to the heightened threat level across the U.S. Among the edicts, one particularly macabre note reveals a mathematical calculation of how many people Al Qaeda would have to kill to finally force the U.S. out of the Middle East - concluding it would take another 9/11 at least. U.S. officials said the Al Qaeda leader's diary is filled with planning ideas and details of operations. Among them were the notes for the potential plots against the U.S. rail system which prompted an advisory from the FBI and Department of Homeland Security last week. In the journals he tells his disciples that only a body count of thousands, something on the scale of the September 11 attacks in 2001, would shift U.S. policy. He also schemed about ways to sow political dissent in Washington and play political figures against one another, officials said. They give a clear indication that Bin laden was communicating with other extremists. 'There are strong indications there is back and forth with other terrorists,' an official said. The handwritten journal included significant dates bin Laden noted as preferred for attacking American targets, including the Fourth of July and the 10th anniversary of 9/11, a U.S. official said. No imminent plots have been discovered in the journal, which officials have been pouring over since the raid, officials said. The journal was part of a huge cache of intelligence that included about 100 flash drives and five computers taken by a U.S. Navy SEALs assault team after they swept through the compound in Abbottabad, Pakistan. Officials said that the terror leader had become fixated on attacks on the U.S. - a drive which had alienated some of his followers, who were more focused on regional issues. The notes also reveal Bin Laden's sinister plans to target non-Muslim blacks and Hispanics in the U.S. who had felt oppressed. And rather than reducing his role, Bin Laden had worked frantically to direct Al Qaeda operations from his secret hideout. One official said Bin Laden had worked like a 'crime boss'. But the 51-year-old killer had become so arrogant that he believed he was virtually untouchable - plotting destruction by day and bedding down with his wife at night. 'Bin Laden got lazy and complacent,' a source told the Washington Post.

149

'I dont think he thought he would meet his maker in that house. And he certainly didnt m ake any preparations.' Another raised the possibility that he may not have been restricted to his compound. 'There are strong indications there is back and forth with other terrorists,' the official said. Questions were raised about why Bin Laden did not attempt to escape the building during the raid or hide in a secret compartment, but it now appears that he never feared he would be caught there. Bin Laden has long been known to record his thoughts, but the discovery of his journal is a real coup for American intelligence chiefs. His son, in a memoir, has described his father as recording his thoughts and plans, spending hours speaking into a Dictaphone. The diary may also reveal more about the psyche of the man - his secret fears and terrors. The treasure trove of intelligence recovered from the 'safe' house is producing a new lead every hour, it has emerged. Intelligence officials told CBS News that Bin Laden had actually been killed 'relatively early' in the 40-minute operation inside the house. At least half the time was then spent scooping up every single document, laptop, hard drive and CD that the hit team could find. In the aftermath of the raid, the CIA has been analysing the information - which comes in at 2.7 terrabytes of data or 220 million pages of text - round the clock. 'Home videos' of Bin Laden recovered from the compound which show the terror chief watching Barack Obama on the news and fluffing his lines in a recorded message, have already been released. The terror journal shows Bin Laden was communicating from his walled compound in Pakistan with al-Qaeda's offshoots - including the Yemen branch that has emerged as the leading threat to the United States. Though there is no evidence yet that he was directly behind the attempted Christmas Day 2009 bombing of a Detroit-bound airliner or the nearly successful attack on cargo planes heading for Chicago and Philadelphia, it's now clear that they bear some of bin Laden's hallmarks. Officials have not yet seen any indication that bin Laden had the ability to coordinate timing of attacks across the various al-Qaeda affiliates in Pakistan, Yemen, Algeria, Iraq and Somalia, and it is also unclear from bin Laden's documents how much the affiliate groups relied on his guidance. The Yemen group, for instance, has embraced the smaller-scale attacks that bin Laden's writings indicate he regarded as unsuccessful. However, the real value of the intelligence is likely to come from leads to other members of Al Qaeda and an insight into the terror network, including how Bin Laden communicated with his subordinates. The diary could play a key role in that. Speaking in a 60 Minutes interview on Sunday, President Obama described the information as a treasure trove that 'could serve us well in the weeks and months to come'. 'We've got a chance to, I think, really deliver a fatal blow to this organisation if we follow through aggressively in the months to come,' he said. In a chilling statement posted on Islamic extremist sites last night, Al Qaeda warned the U.S. that it had made a 'big mistake' and a 'serious sin' in killing Bin Laden. The terror group's media arm, al-Fajr, said the American people 'will pay the price' for the May 2 raid. It acknowledges that Barack Obama 'is protected by armies', but asks Americans: 'Who will protect you from our assault?' It also urges Muslims to use Bin Laden's death as motivation to carry out attacks, according to a transcript provided yesterday by the SITE Intel group, which monitors militant messages. Tensions are still running high in Pakistan where politicians hijacked a parliamentary session in Islamabad to pray for the dead Bin Laden. The group, including former minister Atta-ur-Rehman, claimed it was their duty as Muslims to carry out the action.

150

Maulvi Asmatullah, who led the prayers, said: 'Bin Laden was an international figure and above all a Muslim. 'I took it as my religious duty to offer prayers for him.' The killing of Bin Laden has given Obama's approval rating a huge bounce to the highest point in two years. It now stands at 60 per cent with more than half of Americans saying he deserves to be re-elected, according to The Associated Press-GfK poll. Al-Qaeda has not named bin Laden's successor, but all indications point to his Number two, Ayman al-Zawahri. The question is whether al-Zawahri, or anyone, has the ability to keep so many disparate groups under the al-Qaida banner. The groups in Somalia and Algeria, for instance, have very different goals focused on local grievances. Without bin Laden to serve as their shepherd, it's possible al-Qaida will further fragment. Osama Bin Laden was vehemently opposed to a sadistic plot to fit rotating blades to a tractor and use it to 'mow down the enemies of Allah', on the grounds that it would cause 'indiscriminate slaughter'. This is according to a U.S. official familiar with documents seized in the raid on the al-Qaida chief's hideout. A hoard of documents and computer discs taken by U.S. special forces is said to have consisted more of 'strategic musings' than concrete terror plots, the official told ProPublica, the U.S. non-profit making investigative news organisation. The documents show he was a fierce advocate of mass-casualty attacks in the west, for instance his attempts to calculate the number of Americans who would have to be killed to force the US to withdraw from the Arab world. But, surprisingly, he appeared angry at a suggestion by the Yemen-based Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula that a tractor or farm vehicle could, suitably adapted, be used in an attack. The official told ProPublica: 'Bin Laden said this is something he did not endorse. He seems taken aback. He complains that this tactical proposal promotes indiscriminate slaughter. He says he rejects this and it is not something that reflects what Al Qaeda does.' The tractor plan was mooted in Inspire, an English-language jihadi magazine, by a young U.S. convert and Al Qaeda recruit. Bin Laden and his associates also attempted to make sure that their PR machine ran smoothly. They repeatedly admonished leaders of affiliated groups such as Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula or Al Qaeda in Iraq for not paying sufficient attention to avoiding targets that could not be portrayed as "legitimate" to the leadership's target audience in the Middle East. A series of letters and emissaries were sent to Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, the leader of Al Qaeda in Iraq, warning him to stop attacks on local Shia Muslims and to avoid civilian casualties. One senior Al Qaeda figure close to Bin Laden told Zarqawi that he should be careful to avoid the fate of militants in Algeria in the 1990s who lost public support through indiscriminate and random violence (Daily Mail, 2011).

6. OHIO (June 3, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: June 3, 2011 Suspect: Michael Bradley Age: ? Ethnicity: ? Location: Toledo, Ohio Weapons: N/A Quote: "REVERSE EVERYTHING YOU HAVE DONE IN THIS CITY OR YOU WILL BE DEAD! THIS IS YOUR LAST WARNING. DO IT OR IT WILL BE WAR AND YOU AND YOUR FAMILY WILL DIE."

Title: Toledo Man Allegedly Threatens President Obama Date: August 9, 2011 Source: FOX Toledo

151

Abstract: A Toledo man has been accused of making threats against President Barack Obama and his family. The Secret Service is investigating Michael Bradley and according to documents, Bradley e-mailed threats shortly after President Obama's June 3 visit to the city's Jeep plant. Bradley was unavailable for comment when contacted by FOX Toledo (FOX Toledo, 2011).

7. WISCONSIN (June 8, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: June 8, 2011 Suspect: Nikko Krohn Age: 21 Ethnicity: White Location: Green Bay, Wisconsin Weapons: N/A Quote: N/A

Title: Inmate Charged With Threatening Obama Date: June 8, 2011 Source: Fox News 11 Abstract: An inmate at the Green Bay Correctional Institution has been charged with threatening President Obama. Authorities say Nikko Krohn, 21, allegedly mailed the death threat to the president in February. They say the letter was rece ived by the White Houses correspondence office and did not reach Obama. The case was investigated by the United States Secret Service. Krohn is currently serving a sentence for a 2007 robbery in Wood County. Krohn is scheduled to appear in federal court on Tuesday. If convicted he faces a maximum of 5 years in prison (Fox News 11, 2011).

8. PUERTO RICO (June 11, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: June 11, 2011 Suspect: N/A Age: N/A Ethnicity: Latino? Location: San Juan, Puerto Rico Weapons: N/A Quote: N/A

Title: Death Threats To President Obama On His Trip To Puerto Rico Date: June 11, 2011 Source: El Nuevo Da Abstract: Nothing new when it comes to President Obama (or any US President for that matter) and all the international trips have proven the extra security that always brings me back to the trips of India and Ireland. Police Superintendent Jos Figueroa Sancha pointed out this morning that they received a phone call with a threat to murder president Barack Obama, during his visit to the Island next Tuesday.

152

The Police chief stated that the call was received at about 3:00 PM yesterday, and it went straight to the Headquarters of Tactical Operations in San Juan and informed that this matter was turned over directly to the Secret Service. As El Nuevo Da found out, this threat was specifically involving a shooting against the president of the United States. Figueroa Sanchas statements happened when he toured along with thirteen regional commanders of Puerto Ricos Poli ce on any possible routs that Obama may take, from US Muiz National Guard Airbase towards Fortaleza and Caribe Hilton Hotel, where Obama will hold several fundraising activities for his re-election. UPDATE: Puerto Ricos Police Chief cleared the air, and no such death threat is dismissed at this point: The Superintendent of the Police, Jos Figueroa Sancha, cleared today that theres no real death threats against the preside nt of the United States, Barack Obama. After an anonymous phone call received on Friday afternoon, the Secret Service as well as the policeLuego de la llamada annima recibida el viernes en la tarde, tanto el Servicio Secreto como la Polica, investigated the matter and we corroborated that it had no merits to it This was the Superintendents press release. Hes after the Hispanic vote (at least from Florida, because he cant really get any support from Puerto Rico -after all, they cant vote for him.) I will upload some propaganda thats all over possible areas that Obama may use. Nobody knows which road(s), avenues, streets and so forth. All that the whole island knows is that he will attend an event at the Caribe Hilton hotel and will discuss economic policy, plus get his donations from prominent Democrats in the island, and hit the road at about 5:00 PM EST. It is significant that Obama visits Puerto Rico, because the last president to do so was JFK (El Nuevo Da, 2011).

9. OREGON (July 5, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: July 5, 2011 Suspect: Darryl James Swanson Age: 45 Ethnicity: White Location: Portland, Oregon Weapons: ? Quote: N/A

Title: Portland Man Held For Repeated Threats Against Obama Date: July 5, 2011 Source: KOMO News Abstract: An Oregon man has been detained for a mental health evaluation after appearing in federal court Tuesday to face charges that he threatened to kill President Barack Obama and the president's family. The Secret Service arrested Darryl James Swanson, of Portland, on Friday. Prosecutors say Swanson made threats in numerous phone calls to federal prosecutors' offices in Oregon and Washington, a county government office in Florida, and The Associated Press. Assistant U.S. Attorney Stephen Peifer told a federal judge in Portland that he considered Swanson, 45, a flight risk and a safety risk. Swanson's arraignment was set for next month, when he'll enter a plea. "I do consider him to be a threat to the community," Peifer told the AP afterward. According to the criminal complaint, Swanson made threatening calls to a series of government offices, including three to the county commissioner's office in Palm Beach County, Fla., 44 voicemail messages left June 19 with the U.S. attorney's office in Portland, and three calls to the U.S. attorney's office in Seattle on June 30. He was arrested the following day. He also had called the AP bureau in Seattle on May 2, leaving a message that said he would seek weapons for al-Qaida to shoot the president and his family. The AP told the U.S. attorney's office and the Secret Service about the call. The day after the call to the AP, Swanson told Secret Service agent Ronald Brown that he made the call because he was frustrated that the president has not sent him a check for $70 million, which he claims he is owed from a trust fund set up at his birth, court documents show. Brown told him that no trust fund exists. The Secret Service did not find weapons in Swanson's apartment and warned him not to make threats against the president. But authorities say he continued leaving the angry and threatening messages at the government offices.

153

In court Tuesday, Swanson consented through his public defender to a mental health evaluation. Mert Rockney Jr., who described himself as a friend of Swanson's family, said the defendant has struggled with his mental health for more than a decade. "Darryl's harmless," Rockney said. "He just needs to have someone to intervene with him so he takes the right medication." Secret Service spokesman Max Milien said the agency doesn't comment on threats made against the president (KOMO News, 2011).

10. NORTH DAKOTA (July 7, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: July 7, 2011 Suspect: James V. McVay Age: 41 Ethnicity: White Location: Madison, North Dakota Weapons: N/A Quote: "I'm going to kill and kill until I get him."

Title: Bizarre Plot To Assassinate Obama: Ex-Con 'Killed Woman To Steal Car, Pick Up A Gun And Drive To White House' Date: July 8, 2011 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: A man charged with the murder of a woman was allegedly plotting to kill the President of the United States, it emerged yesterday. Prosecutors revealed the ultimate ambition of James McVay yesterday as he appeared in court accused of killing Maybelle Schein, 75, as she slept. The 41-year-old's horrific plot included a bid to kill several others, including policemen. Mrs Schein's throat was slashed with a camping knife as she lay in her bed in Sioux Falls, South Dakota. McVay is accused of taking her white Buick to Madison, where he allegedly planned to 'ambush and kill a police officer and take their guns'. According to the charges,he told investigators "I'm going to kill and kill until I get him,' referring to the president. The former South Dakota inmate planned to travel to Chicago or Indianapolis where he would kill again before stealing another vehicle to drive to Washington. Once there, he allegedly told investigators he intended to shoot Obama with a rifle. According to the complaint McVay told authorities he began developing his plan to kill the president two years ago while in a South Dakota prison. Hours after leaving a community transition programme on June 30,he walked to a Wal-Mart, where he stole clothing and knives. He later selected the nurse's house to break into and commit the crime because he saw a garage door slightly ajar and a vehicle in the garage, and he "was going to kill people whenever the opportunity arose". The complaint stated that he needed to 'get blood on (his) hands' and to 'get experience' killing people.' After a chase and brief stand-off with police.McVay was arrested on July 2, in Madison, Wisconsin where he has been held and attended court. South Dakota State's Attorney Aaron McGowan said he was working with the Dane County district attorney's office to transport McVay back to South Dakota. He said: 'What we do here depends on what (McVay) does there,' He added that if he waived extradition he could be back in South Dakota within days (Daily Mail, 2011).

154

11. CALIFORNIA (July 12, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: July 12, 2011 Suspect: Ted Grubbe Age: 26 Ethnicity: ? Location: Modesto, California Weapons: ? Quote: N/A

Title: Modesto Man Under Investigation For Making Threats To Obama Date: July 14, 2011 Location: Source: KCRA News Abstract: A Modesto man who is being accused of making threats to kill President Obama was arrested on Tuesday and is being investigated by U.S. Secret Service, according to officials. Authorities say that Ted Grubbe, 26, told a mental health worker that he disapproved of the Obamas handling of the budget. A spokesperson for the Secret Service said that Grubbe is accused of making the death threat when talking to friends via internet. Agents were expected to work with Modesto officials, who arrested Grubbe, to determine if federal charges are appropriate or if this will remain a local investigation. The Secret Service is talking to Modesto police today. The spokesman was unsure if Grubbe was still in custody. Modesto Police have not responded to KCRA calls for information (KCRA News, 2011).

12. ALABAMA (July 26, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: July 26, 2011 Suspect: Ulugbek Kodirov Age: 21 Ethnicity: Uzbekan Location: Birmingham, Alabama Weapons: M15 machine gun, Grenades Quote: N/A

Title: Uzbeck Man Charged Over Obama Threats Date: July 27, 2011 Source: Radio Liberty Abstract: A U.S. federal grand jury has indicted an Uzbek man for allegedly threatening to kill President Barack Obama and possessing illegal firearms. U.S. officials said a grand jury in Birmingham, in the southern state of Alabama, indicted Ulugbek Kodirov, 21, on July 26 on four counts of threatening Obama on four separate occasions earlier this month. The statement gave no details about the alleged threats. It said the Uzbek was charged with "repeatedly threatening to kill the president of the United States and with possessing grenades and an M15 machine gun." The statement said Kodirov was arrested on July 13 at a motel in Leeds, Alabama, after buying the gun from an undercover agent who was working with U.S. authorities. He faces a maximum sentence of five years in prison on each count of threatening Obama, and 10 years for each weapons charge. Officials said Kodirov has been living in the United States illegally after his student visa was revoked in April, 2010, after he failed to enroll in school (Radio Liberty, 2011).

155

13. WASHINGTON D.C. (August 2, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM: Date: August 2, 2011 Suspect: James Dirk Crudup Age: 41 Ethnicity: Black Location: Washington D.C. Weapons: ? Quote: N/A

Title: James Dirk Crudup Held After Jumping White House Fence Date: August 2, 2011 Source: Vancouver Sun Abstract: A homeless man jumped the White House fence Tuesday triggering a security alert, but was quickly stopped by the US Secret Service and arrested. Two agents swiftly approached the man with their rifles drawn at him as he lay face down on the North Lawn of the White House. The suspect, identified by the Secret Service as 41-year-old homeless man James Dirk Crudup, was swiftly arrested and taken to a Washington police station "where he will be charged with unlawful entry," Secret Service spokesman Edwin Donovan told AFP. He was also to be charged with contempt of court, Donovan said, apparently for violating a stay away order from the White House. Several police vehicles were parked outside the White House gates with their lights flashing, and security personnel could be seen patrolling the compound, including several with body armor and automatic weapons. Reporters working at the White House were asked to leave the lawn and the platform where television journalists stand for their live shots a standard procedure in the event of a security breach. An AFP reporter saw several security agents with their weapons drawn, including one on the roof peering through binoculars. Donovan said the suspect had a backpack that was confiscated and examined for possible explosives. An all-clear was given some 90 minutes after the incident. CNN was conducting a live shot from the outdoor platform, and aired footage of the man being detained on the grass and then led off the north lawn on the Pennsylvania Avenue side of the mansion, where tourists gather to take pictures. Protests outside the White House gates are routine and had taken place earlier in the day, but it was not clear whether Crudup had been a participant. Security breaches involving someone jumping over the White House fence have occurred multiple times in recent years, but it is rare that a major threat to the president arises from such incidents (Vancouver Sun, 2011).

14. WASHINGTON D.C. (September 20, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 20, 2011 Suspect: N/A Age: N/A Ethnicity: N/A Location: Washington D.C. Weapons: Backpack Quote: N/A

156

Title: Male Suspect In Custody After Jumping White House Fence Date: September 21, 2011 Source: CNN Abstract: A male suspect wearing a backpack scaled the White House fence Tuesday and "took off at a full sprint," but was chased down and arrested, a spokesman for the U.S. Secret Service said. The president and the first lady were not in the White House at the time, and a search of the suspect's bag revealed that he was not armed, said Secret Service spokesman Max Millen. The fence-jumper, who has not yet been identified, complied with officers' commands to stop, was taken into custody and will be charged with unlawful entry, Millen said. It is not uncommon for people to scale a fence at the White House, only to come to a similar fate. One recent fence-jumper's short-lived jaunt was caught live on CNN, as John King was hosting his August 2 show on the North Lawn (CNN, 2011).

CHAPTER 4: OBAMA ASSASSINATION DATES

November 11, 2011
OBAMACSI.COM: U.S. President Barack Obama will attend the Carrier Classic in San Diego, California, on November 11, 2011. The Carrier Classic will feature a men's NCAA basketball game between the #1 ranked North Carolina Tar Heels and the Michigan State Spartans. The game will be played on the deck on the U.S.S. Vinson, which allegedly fired the first shots in the War on Terror against AL Qaeda. Obama will be surrounded by U.S. military service men and woman as he becomes a sitting duck perched atop the aircraft carrier in San Diego Bay. Should Obama be targeted, bet on the fact that many NAVY sailors will be slaughtered in the process with the dead likely ranging in the hundreds if not thousands. Although Obama will likely escape unarmed, the act of terror will enrage the American public to go to war, exactly as it was designed to do.

1. The Carrier Classic: The Carrier Classic will feature a men's NCAA basketball game between the #1 ranked North Carolina Tar Heels and the Michigan State Spartans. The game will be played on the deck on the U.S.S. Vinson, which allegedly fired the first shots in the War on Terror against AL Qaeda. The Carrier Classic is the opening game of the 2011 NCAA college basketball season and will be broadcast nationally and internationally on the ESPN family of sports network with a TV audience ranging somewhere between 100-150 million. 2. San Diego & Terrorism: San Diego has recently made national headlines for alleged terror threats, and the Obama assassination scenario in San Diego plays out nicely with the "Fast and Furious Scandal" involving Mexican drugs gangs and guns (especially considering that Mexico is only about 10 miles from San Diego). In May of 2011, reports surfaced that Al-Qaeda was attempting to use trains in an upcoming terror strike. Coincidentally, trains ride along the San Diego Bay, making a perfect sniper's nest. New reports also surfaced of an alleged Hezbollah terror cell across the border in Mexico that's waiting to strike in America. As the 10th anniversary of 9/11 approached, Keith Slotter, special agent in charge of the San Diego office of the FBI, told a news conference, "Al Qaeda and others have always had a fascination with significant dates in history". Knowing whether 11/11/11 is that date Slotter is referring to is just a matter of time.

1. THE CARRIER CLASSIC

OBAMACSI.COM: The Carrier Classic will feature a men's NCAA basketball game between the #1 ranked North Carolina Tar Heels and the Michigan State Spartans. The game will be played on the deck on the U.S.S. Vinson, which allegedly fired the first shots in the War on Terror against AL Qaeda. The Carrier Classic is the opening game of the 2011 NCAA college basketball season and will be broadcast nationally and internationally on the ESPN family of sports network with a TV audience ranging somewhere between 100-150 million

Title: Aircraft Carrier That Launched First Attack On Al Qaeda To Host Opening Game Of College Basketball Season Date: July 16, 2011 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: It launched the first attacks against al Qaeda and the Taliban after the 9/11 terror attacks - and now the aircraft carrier USS Carl Vinson has another important mission on its hands: hosting the opening game of the 2011 NCAA college basketball season. Navy Chief of Information Rear Admiral Dennis Moynihan has confirmed that after more than a month of discussions with a promoter, an agreement has been reached to hold the game on the carrier. A company called Morale Entertainment will organise the game and be responsible for all the costs. Mr Moynihan stressed: 'There will be no cost to the taxpayer.'

157

The Carl Vinson has played key roles in the fight against terrorism since the global war on terror began. Aside from launching the first wave of attacks on targets in Afghanistan, it also carried the body of Osama bin Laden for burial at sea after he was killed in the U.S. military raid in Pakistan earlier this year. Now the mighty vessel is on track to make sports history as the first-ever carrier to host an NCAA basketball game. The Michigan State Spartans will play the University of North Carolina Tar Heels on Veterans Day, November 11, on the top deck of the carrier at the U.S. Naval Base in San Diego. Former UNC star Michael Jordan and former MSU star Earvin 'Magic' Johnson are the honorary captains for the game. The 'Carrier Classic,' as the game has been dubbed, will be the first televised college basketball game of the season for ESPN. But it will take more than a deal to pull the game off, CNN reports. Unlike indoor arenas, players will be exposed to the elements on the deck of an aircraft carrier. To prevent any weather delays, two courts will be built on the ship: one on the flight deck, and the other in the hangar deck, which will be protected from rain and some wind. The seating for the flight deck stadium will be wrapped with fabric to help block the wind, and the ship will be moored alongside a pier that would put the sun about midcourt, so no players will have to shoot into the setting sun. A professional lighting crew that does lighting for rock concerts has been contacted about bringing in lights to help keep the court bright enough for the players and the TV cameras. The game will attract about 7,000 fans to the nuclear-powered carrier, one of the Navy's most important assets. Getting them onto a secure Navy base and then on board the vessel will take a significant security effort. Part of that has been addressed by the promoters, who won't sell tickets to the public. Instead, some tickets will go to UNC and MSU, a few to sponsors, and some to coaches who take part in a game-week youth clinic. The rest of the tickets will go to service members, veterans and their families. Plus, Morale Entertainment spokesman Mike Whalen said, each ticket will be printed with the name of the ticket-holder, which must match that person's identification as they enter the venue. The Navy also made sure that the promoters and ESPN, which plans to bring a dozen or more cameras to cover the game, know that at any moment President Barack Obama could order the Carl Vinson to leave port for a mission. Basketball courts, bleachers, lights, etc., would have to come off the ship at the same time that more than 5,000 sailors and Marines would come aboard. Whalen said he has assured the Navy his company would be prepared to break down both courts and all the seating very quicky. If the event goes off as planned, there are already talks in the works to hold more games on the carrier, including a match up between the Notre Dame and Ohio State women's basketball teams (Daily Mail, 2011).

Title: Barack Obama To Attend Carrier Classic Date: October 13, 2011 Source: ESPN Abstract: President Barack Obama, the nation's basketball-fan-in-chief, will have the seat of his choice at the Carrier Classic hoops game on Veterans Day on the flight deck of the USS Carl Vinson, the aircraft carrier that buried Osama bin Laden at sea. The White House announced Thursday that Obama has accepted an invitation to attend the Nov. 11 matchup between North Carolina and Michigan State, the first college basketball game on an active flat top. The Carl Vinson and its sailors have attracted considerable attention since early May, when the carrier conducted bin Laden's burial at sea after he was killed by Navy SEALs in a raid ordered by Obama. It'll be an impossible ticket, except for the lucky 7,000 or so who will be granted permission to come aboard the 1,092-foot, nuclear-powered carrier. Most of the tickets will go to active military personnel. Tickets won't be sold to the public. Obama can sit "wherever he wants," said Mike Whalen of the Morale Entertainment Foundation, which is organizing the game. The president, a huge hoops fan, will be in his element, even if it is an unusual venue for big-time basketball.

158

Known for playing pickup games, Obama needed 12 stitches in his lip after he was inadvertently elbowed during such a scrimmage last November. His brother-in-law, Craig Robinson, is the coach at Oregon State. Obama has filled out an NCAA tournament bracket the last three years for ESPN, which will televise the Carrier Classic. Plus, he has a history with the Tar Heels. Obama played a pickup game with UNC's players during a 2008 campaign stop. The following spring, he correctly picked the Tar Heels to win the 2009 NCAA title -- which they did by routing Michigan State -- and then hosted them at the White House. Tar Heels coach Roy Williams was excited to hear Obama will be at the Carrier Classic. "My guess is he wouldn't be there unless things in the world were in good shape," Williams said with a grin at preseason media day. "So I hope he can stick to that commitment and be there. "This is one of the biggest thrills in my coaching career, to be involved in that kind of game," Williams said. "It really is as neat of a deal as you can possibly imagine." Obama is scheduled to begin Veterans Day by laying a wreath at Arlington National Cemetery before flying to San Diego. "He looks forward to a great game," the White House said in a statement. Whalen said there will be appropriate security considering the dignitaries who are expected to attend. Besides Obama, top Navy officials and congressional delegations from North Carolina and Michigan have been invited. A postgame concert is scheduled, but organizers haven't announced the acts. James Worthy and Magic Johnson will serve as honorary captains for their alma maters. The carrier, which has been in San Francisco for Fleet Week, will be at its berth at North Island Naval Air Station. To the south is Naval Amphibious Base Coronado, where SEALs train. Across San Diego Bay is Naval Base San Diego. The court, surrounded by temporary stadium-style seating, will be located between the island and the forward catapults. In case of rain, the game will be moved below to the hangar deck. Navy officials got the news on the sea service's 236th birthday. "We're honored that President Obama plans to attend the game on the Carl Vinson," said Rear Admiral Dennis Moynihan, the Navy's chief spokesman. "The ship is a representative of more than 100 Navy ships that are deployed right now. We see this as a celebration of service for all veterans, and we also see this as a great opportunity to showcase what our Navy does on a daily basis." Whalen, a former Marine, was happy, too. "We're excited that President Obama would even consider showing up. We feel like we won the lottery," he said. Morale Entertainment Foundation, which hopes to help raise the visibility of the Navy with the Carrier Classic, brings notable Americans, such as former astronauts Neil Armstrong, Gene Cernan and Jim Lovell, as well as coaches and race car drivers to visit troops in the Middle East and Afghanistan. The Carrier Classic is sponsored by Quicken Loans (ESPN, 2011).

Title: ESPN To Televise Hoops Game From Deck Of U.S. Aircraft Carrier Date: May 12, 2011 Source: ESPN Abstract: ESPN has reached an agreement with the Morale Entertainment Foundation to televise Michigan State vs. North Carolina in the Carrier Classic 11-11-11, the first men's college basketball game to be played on the deck of a United States military aircraft carrier, on Friday, Nov. 11, at 7 p.m. ET. The United States military ship to host the unique Veteran's Day event honoring the men and women in the armed forces is to be determined but will be positioned in the San Diego harbor. As part of the telecast, ESPN will televise a special halftime entertainment show and post-game concert organized by Morale Entertainment Foundation. Specific coverage plans for the Carrier Classic 11-11-11, featuring a rematch of the 2009 National Championship won by North Carolina, are being finalized. A basketball court with seating for approximately 7,000 fans will be constructed on the flight deck. The game will be played below the flight deck in the event of rain. Tickets will not be for sale.

159

The Carrier Classic 11-11-11 will mark the first mens college basketball telecast of the 2011-12 season on ESPN or ESPN2 (ESPNU will open the season with Coaches vs. Cancer matchups). "We are privileged to be a part of this tremendous initiative honoring our veterans and troops, said Nick Dawson, ESPN director, programming. We commend Morale Entertainment, Michigan State University and the University of North Carolina and the United States Navy for their creativity and enthusiasm. Its exciting to still be able to televise new and unique games after 32 years and more than 9,500 live game telecasts. Michigan State Coach Tom Izzo said, I cant think of a better way to start the season tha n playing in the Carrier Classic 11-11-11 on Veterans Day. The opportunity to give something back to those that serve in the military and their families is a humbling experience. On the court, the game will feature two of the top programs in America, but it also provides an opportunity for life lessons off the court, including those about the real meaning of sacrifice and dedication. As coaches and athletes, we are familiar with terms like wins and losses, but to our servicemen and women, those phrases have very different meanings. Its a concept that first hit home during one of my trips to visit our troops in Kuwait, and one that Ive carried with me since then. Im sure that being a part of this game will create life-lasting memories for all involved. I know it certainly will for me. North Carolina Coach Roy Williams said, It is an honor for Carolina Basketball to play in such a unique game that will benef it and salute the United States armed forces. We thank the U.S. Navy for presenting us with this remarkable opportunity. The look on our players faces when I told them they would be playing outdoors on the deck of an aircraft carrier was priceless. The experience will create for them a lifetime of memories. Even more important is the chance to combine the start of the college basketball season with saluting and thanking our military personnel for all they do to allow us to safely live and play each day in the United States of America. Mike Whalen, director of the Morale Entertainment Foundation, added, From the very beginning, we felt the only outlet that could capture the significance of this event, and the excitement surrounding it, was ESPN. We are thrilled ESPN is joining the Foundation to honor the service of our current members of the Armed Forces and recognizing the service of the millions of veterans and their families who have gone before them." The Navy-Marine Corps Relief Society, Wounded Warrior Project, the San Diego Air and Space Museum and the San Diego Sports Commission are assisting game organizer Morale Entertainment Foundation with various elements surrounding the event (ESPN, 2011).

2. SAN DIEGO & TERRORISM OBAMACSI.COM: San Diego has recently made national headlines for alleged terror threats, and the Obama assassination scenario in San Diego plays out nicely with the "Fast and Furious Scandal" involving Mexican drugs gangs and guns (especially considering that Mexico is only about 10 miles from San Diego). In May of 2011, reports surfaced that Al-Qaeda was attempting to use trains in an upcoming terror strike. Coincidentally, trains ride along the San Diego Bay, making a perfect sniper's nest. New reports also surfaced of an alleged Hezbollah terror cell across the border in Mexico that's waiting to strike in America. As the 10th anniversary of 9/11 approached, Keith Slotter, special agent in charge of the San Diego office of the FBI, told a news conference, "Al Qaeda and others have always had a fascination with significant dates in history". Knowing whether 11/11/11 is that date Slotter is referring to is just a matter of time. Title: Terrorist Group Setting Up Operations Near Border Date: May 4, 2011 Source: 10 News San Diego Abstract: A terrorist organization whose home base is in the Middle East has established another home base across the border in Mexico."They are recognized by many experts as the 'A' team of Muslim terrorist organizations," a former U.S. intelligence agent told 10News.The former agent, referring to Shi'a Muslim terrorist group Hezbollah, added, "They certainly have had successes in big-ticket bombings."

Some of the group's bombings include the U.S. embassy in Beirut and Israeli embassy in Argentina.However, the group is now active much closer to San Diego. "We are looking at 15 or 20 years that Hezbollah has been setting up shop in Mexico," the agent told 10News. Since the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks, U.S. policy has focused on al-Qaida and its offshoots. "They are more shooters than thinkers it's a lot of muscles, courage, desire but not a lot of training," the agent said, referring to al-Qaida.Hezbollah, he said, is far more advanced." Their operators are far more skilled they are the equals of Russians, Chinese or Cubans," h e said. "I consider Hezbollah much more dangerous in that sense because of strategic thinking; they think more long-term. "Hezbolah has operated in South America for decades and then Central America, along with their sometime rival, sometime ally Hamas. Now, the group is blending into Shi'a Muslim communities in Mexico, including Tijuana. Other pockets along the U.S.-Mexico border region remain largely unidentified as U.S. intelligence agencies are focused on the drug trade. "They have had clandestine training in how to live in foreign hostile territories," the agent said. The agent, who has spent years deep undercover in Mexico, said Hezbollah is partnering with drug organizations, but which ones is not clear at this time. He told 10News the group receives cartel cash and protection in exchange for Hezbollah expertise."From money laundering to firearms training and explosives training," the agent said. For example, he tracked, along with Mexican intelligence, two Hezbollah operatives in safe houses in Tijuana and Durango. "I confirmed the participation of cartel members as well as other Hezbollah individuals living and operating out of there," he said. Tunnels the cartels have built that cross from Mexico into the U.S. have grown increasingly sophisticated. It is a learned skill, the agent said points to Hezbollah's involvement. "Where are the knowledgeable tunnel builders? Certainly in the Middle East," he said. Why have Americans not heard more about Hezbollah's activities happening so close to the border? "If they really wanted to start blowing stuff up, they could do it," the agent said.According to the agent, the organization sees the U.S. as their "cash cow," with illegal drug and immigration operations.

160

Many senior Hezbollah leaders are wealthy businessmen, the agent said."The money they are sending back to Lebanon is too important right now to jeopardize those operations," he said. The agent said the real concern is the group's long-term goal of radicalizing Muslim communities. "They're focusing on developing infiltrating communities within North America," the agent told 10News (10 News San Diego, 2011).

Title: San Diego Officials React To Al-Qaeda Railway Threat Date: May 6, 2011 Source: Fox News 5 Abstract: Intelligence officials said Thursday that U.S. railways may be the next target for Al-Qaeda, but San Diego law enforcement officials say they are not worried. Department of Homeland Security issued a warning Thursday following the transcription of a note found in Osama Bin Laden's Pakistan compound indicating a potential attack on the 10th anniversary of 9/11.

According to the DHS bulletin, the terror group in early 2010 envisioned sabotaging a railway to cause a wreck. DHS said it isn't clear if there has been any further planning since February 2010. The department didn't offer details on the location or type of train to be targeted, because the original information was vague, officials said. San Diego FBI Special Agent Darrell Foxworth said he is not overly concerned. "We do not have any information which indicates that we have an imminent threat to the rail sector here in San Diego or Imperial counties," he said. "These bulletins are sent out on a regular basis out of an abundance of caution to provide situation awareness so authorities know what to look for and what activity may be suspicious." The DHS message was prompted by notes discovered in the Abbottabad, Pakistan, compound where bin Laden was killed. According to U.S. officials, the handwritten notes, which were contained in a book, weren't addressed to any particular operative. They were described as "ramblings" and "aspirational" by one Obama administration official. It isn't clear if bin Laden or someone else wrote them. The notes talked about "attacking America during symbolic times and using mass transit," one administration official said. "If there's a specific threat toward the City of San Diego, a verified threat, then we are immediately notified and will take the appropriate actions," said San Diego Police Chief William Lansdowne. "Right now there isn't one. There is no need to panic." FOX-5 talked to some rail riders Thursday hours after the DHS issued its warning. "Anything can happen right now, you just have to do what you do, have a blessing from God and say 'here I go,'" said Alicia Barker, who frequently rides the Amtrak to visit her daughter in Los Angeles. "I think culturally we've been prone to think that it's going to happen on a plane, but why not a train?" said Adam Boone. "Even so, I still don't think about that." Foxworth said often times members of the Joint Terrorism Task Force or other agents are on modes of mass transit without the public ever knowing it. He said if there ends up being a real threat to San Diego, JTTF along with FBI and SDPD would take the necessary actions to keep the city safe. "The strength of the JTTF is the intelligence sharing, it's the collection of information of all the agencies looking at what potential threats are here," said Foxworth. "It's not something that should stop people from enjoying themselves and doing what they normally do, there's absolutely no information specific to San Diego," Lansdowne said (Fox News 5, 2011).

Title: San Diego Officials Urge Vigilance As 9/11 Anniversary Nears Date: August 25, 2011 Source: LA Times Abstract: Reporting from San Diego -- With the 10th anniversary of the Sept. 11 attacks approaching, San Diego political and law enforcement officials launched a campaign Wednesday to warn residents to look for signs of terrorist planning. "Al Qaeda and others have always had a fascination with significant dates in history," Keith Slotter, special agent in charge of the San Diego office of the FBI, told a news conference.

Public service announcements are scheduled for local television stations warning residents to be on the alert and to contact police if they see anything suspicious. A locally produced six-minute video titled "The Eight Signs of Terrorism" is posted on a county government website: http://www.ReadySanDiego.org.

161

San Diego's proximity to the U.S.-Mexico border and the presence of numerous military bases require an extra level of vigilance, said San Diego Mayor Jerry Sanders, a former police chief. The eight warning signs were compiled by the San Diego Joint Terrorism Task Force and the federal Department of Homeland Security. The department has begun a national campaign, "If You See Something, Say Something." Among the signs of possible terrorism: People appearing to watch potential targets to gain information and people impersonating law enforcement officers or letter carriers. Other signs include people using cash for large purchases; people buying large quantities of products such as fertilizer, weapons or uniforms; and people appearing to rehearse an attack or moving equipment or supplies into position. "When in doubt, call law enforcement," San Diego County Sheriff William Gore said. "We'll handle it.... We're not targeting any particular group, we're looking at suspicious activity regardless of who is doing it." San Diego Police Chief William Lansdowne recalled the police and firefighters who dashed into the second building of the Twin Towers when it was struck by a plane. "Remember what happened on 9/11 and show that level of courage," he said. Three of the hijackers who flew a plane into the Pentagon had lived in San Diego. Two of the three had taken flying lessons in San Diego. In the wake of the Sept. 11 attacks, there was criticism about lack of coordination and sharing of information between federal and local law enforcement and U.S. intelligence agencies. Without directly mentioning that criticism, officials at Wednesday's news conference said that coordination has improved. "We've never been more prepared," Lansdowne said (LA Times, 2011).

February 6, 2012
OBAMACSI.COM: The vote of the Iowa Caucuses is February 6, 2012, a huge day politically in the 2012 U.S. Presidential election. Barack Obama could be assassinated on this date or while stumping in Iowa in the weeks prior to the vote from early January until the 6th of February. To date, the following incidents have referenced Iowa in regards to the assassination of Barack Obama: 1. Osama bin Laden Threat (2011): The handwritten journal of Osama bin Laden found in Pakistan allegedly states that Osama wanted to kill U.S. President Barack Obama and includes significant dates for attacking American targets such as the run up to the 2012 presidential election. Coincidentally, this type of attack would re-infuse the 9/11 myth and would bring about the emergence of Al Qaeda 2.0 2. Fox News Twitter Hoax (2011): On July 4, 2011, Fox News Tweeted: "BarackObama shot twice at a Ross' restaurant in Iowa while campaigning." The allegedly hacked Obama death tweet on Fox News' Twitter was likely a beta-test of the American public in order to evaluate the reaction and ultimate terror effect that an Obama assassination would have on America.

1. OSAMA BIN LADEN THREAT

OBAMACSI.COM: The handwritten journal of Osama bin Laden found in Pakistan allegedly states that Osama wanted to kill U.S. President Barack Obama and includes significant dates for attacking American targets such as the run up to the 2012 presidential election. Coincidentally, this type of attack would re-infuse the 9/11 myth and would bring about the emergence of Al Qaeda 2.0. Title: Kill Obama: Bin Laden Plotted To Assassinate President Before 2012 Election Date: May 13, 2011 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: Osama Bin Laden wanted to assassinate President Obama as in the run up to the 2012 presidential elections, the terror leader's journal seized by U.S. forces reveals. The mastermind behind the 9/11 attacks wanted to kill the President in a follow up mission, 10 years after the devastating 2001 attack. U.S. intelligence officials are currently analysing over one million pages of data taken from the terror leader's compound, including his handwritten journal. Former intelligence officials said that Bin Laden was focussed on killing the President. 'I would say this is probably very personal on Bin Laden's part, to kill [Obama] that he believes has violated the Muslim faith,' Brad Garrett, a former FBI profiler, told ABC News. 'He is incensed, inflamed, obsessed about killing the President.'

162

The handwritten journal included significant dates bin Laden noted as preferred for attacking American targets, including the Fourth of July and the 10th anniversary of 9/11, a U.S. official said (Daily Mail, 2011)

2. FOX NEWS TWITTER HOAX

OBAMACSI.COM: On July 4, 2011, Fox News Tweeted: "BarackObama shot twice at a Ross' restaurant in Iowa while campaigning." The allegedly hacked Obama death tweet on Fox News' Twitter was likely a beta-test of the American public in order to evaluate the reaction and ultimate terror effect that an Obama assassination would have on America.

Title: Fox News Hackers Claim Barack Obama Assassinated Date: July 4, 2011 Source: Telegraph Abstract: "Hackers, who identified themselves as "The Script Kiddies" and said they shared the spirit of prominent hacking group Anonymous, used the account to write: BREAKING NEWS: President @BarackObama assassinated, 2 gunshot wounds have proved too much. It's a sad 4th for #america. #obamadead RIP....In another tweet they wrote: #ObamaDead, it's a sad 4th of July. RT to support the late president's family, and RIP. The shooter will be found. The hackers added: @BarackObama shot twice at a Ross' restaurant in Iowa while campaigning. RIP Obama, best regards to the Obama family" (Telegraph, 2011)

April 19, 2012

OBAMACSI.COM: The date of April 19th is notorious in American history for violence, bloodshed, and gore. Aside from being the date of the first battle of the Revolutionary War, April 19th has long been a date when the U.S. government attacks its own people. On three distinct occasions in the last 25 years, the date of April 19th has resulted in innocent American citizens being slaughtered at the hands of the ATF and FBI. Should U.S. President Barack Obama be assassinated, there is a distinct possibility that the perpetrators will choose April 19th in an attempt to tie it to a "rightwing" type group of American citizens. An attack on this date would also likely be tied to Ron Paul supporters in an attempt to derail his bid for the U.S. Presidency in 2012. 1. Battles of Lexington & Concord (1775): The American Revolutionary War started with American victories against the British at the battles of Lexington and Concord on April 19, 1775. The assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama may also occur on April 19th and would likely be touted as the start of the "2nd American Revolution War". 2. "The Covenant, The Sword, and the Arm of the Lord" (1985): The FBI siege on "The Covenant, The Sword, and the Arm of the Lord", was initiated on the morning of April 19, 1985, and is conveniently linked to the Oklahoma City Bombing by the U.S. government. 3. Branch Davidian Massacre (1993): The 50-day siege of the Branch Davidian compound in Waco, Texas, ended on April 19, 1993, with the ATF attacking the Branch Davidians, killing 74 people. This attack on innocent Americans is conveniently linked to the Oklahoma City Bombing by the U.S. government. Evidence surrounding the massacre clearly shows that the attack was a false-flag terror attack committed by criminal elements within ATF. 4. Oklahoma City Bombing (1995): The Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, was bombed on April 19, 1995, by alleged Christian and militia member Timothy McVeigh. Evidence surrounding the bombing clearly shows that the attack was a false-flag terror attack committed by criminal elements within the FBI and the ATF.

1. BATTLES OF LEXINGTON & CONCORD

OBAMACSI.COM: The American Revolutionary War started with American victories against the British at the battles of Lexington and Concord on April 19, 1775. The assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama may also occur on April 19th and would likely be touted as the start of the "2nd American Revolution War". Title: Battles of Lexington And Concord Date: April 19, 1775 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Battles of Lexington and Concord were the first military engagements of the American Revolutionary War. They were fought on April 19, 1775, in Middlesex County, Province of Massachusetts Bay, within the towns of Lexington, Concord, Lincoln, Menotomy (present-day Arlington), and Cambridge, near Boston. The battles marked the outbreak of open armed conflict between the Kingdom of Great Britain and its thirteen colonies in the mainland of British North America.

163

About 700 British Army regulars, under Lieutenant Colonel Francis Smith, were given secret orders to capture and destroy military supplies that were reportedly stored by the Massachusetts militia at Concord. Through effective intelligence gathering, Patriot colonials had received word weeks before the expedition that their supplies might be at risk and had moved most of them to other locations. They also received details about British plans on the night before the battle and were able to rapidly notify the area militias of the enemy movement. The first shots were fired just as the sun was rising at Lexington. The militia were outnumbered and fell back, and the regulars proceeded on to Concord, where they searched for the supplies. At the North Bridge in Concord, approximately 500 militiamen fought and defeated three companies of the King's troops. The outnumbered regulars fell back from the minutemen after a pitched battle in open territory. More militiamen arrived soon thereafter and inflicted heavy damage on the regulars as they marched back towards Boston. Upon returning to Lexington, Smith's expedition was rescued by reinforcements under Brigadier General Hugh Percy. The combined force, now of about 1,700 men, marched back to Boston under heavy fire in a tactical withdrawal and eventually reached the safety of Charlestown. The accumulated militias blockaded the narrow land accesses to Charlestown and Boston, starting the Siege of Boston. Ralph Waldo Emerson, in his "Concord Hymn", described the first shot fired by the Patriots at the North Bridge as the "shot heard 'round the world" (Wikipedia, 2011).

2. THE COVENANT, THE SWORD, & THE ARM OF THE LORD

OBAMACSI.COM: The FBI siege on "The Covenant, The Sword, and the Arm of the Lord", was initiated on the morning of April 19, 1985, and is conveniently linked to the Oklahoma City Bombing by the U.S. government.

Title: The Covenant, The Sword, and the Arm of the Lord (CSA) Date: April 19, 1985 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Covenant, The Sword, and the Arm of the Lord (CSA) was a radical Christian Identity organization formed in 1971 in the small community of Elijah in southern Missouri, United States.The ATF positioned around 300 federal agents in Elijah, having them pose as fisherman because the area was a common destination for anglers.On the morning of April 19, 1985, they moved in and surrounded the CSA compound, putting some in fishing boats to seal off the lakeside area of the Compound. There they waited, until a few hours later when two guards emerged from the compound. They appeared to be unaware of the presence of the officers, and walked towards a sniper hold-out, until finally an officer yelled commands to return to the compound, with which the guards complied. Later, an unnamed individual emerged from the compound and talked with the federal agents and reported to Ellison that the FBI were outside to negotiate his surrender and the emptying of the Compound. Ellison emerged later. FBI agents had expected he would not go down without a firefight, but the FBI negotiators convinced him that the CSA would certainly lose if they had one. They convinced him that they wanted peaceful cooperation, and he asked that his spiritual adviser, assumed to be Millar, come to the compound to instruct him. The individual was flown to the area and seemed eager to convince Ellison to stand down, understanding that otherwise there would be certain bloodshed. They allowed the individual into the compound, and the FBI instructed him to call in every 30 minutes to report how negotiations were going. The date of the siege, coincidentally, was the 210th anniversary of "the shot heard round the world" from the Revolutionary War. Eight years later in 1993, this was the date that the FBI chose to end the standoff in Waco, after specifically having studied the outcome of the CSAL standoff. Two years after that, in 1995, this was the date chosen by Timothy McVeigh, in protest against the Waco incident among others, to bomb the Federal building in Oklahoma City. Attorney Asa Hutchinson, who would later go on to successfully prosecute Ellison and other leaders of the CSA, put on an FBI flak jacket and entered the compound to personally join negotiations, ultimately leading to a peaceful conclusion to the armed stand-off. After several calls requesting more time, early on the morning of the 4th day of the siege, Ellison, his command, and all of the males in the compound emerged, and surrendered themselves to authorities. Women and children were earlier evacuated to nearby motel housing at government expense (Wikipedia, 2011).

3. BRANCH DAVIDIAN MASSACRE

OBAMACSI.COM: The 50-day siege of the Branch Davidian compound in Waco, Texas, ended on April 19, 1993, with the ATF attacking the Branch Davidians, killing 74 people. This attack on innocent Americans is conveniently linked to the Oklahoma City Bombing by the U.S. government. Evidence surrounding the massacre clearly shows that the attack was a false-flag terror attack committed by criminal elements within ATF.

Title: Waco Siege Date: April 19, 1993 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Waco siege began on February 28, 1993, and ended violently 50 days later on April 19. The siege began when the United States Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) attempted to execute a search warrant at the

164

Branch Davidian ranch at Mount Carmel, a property located 9 miles (14 km) east-northeast of Waco, Texas. On February 28, shortly after the attempt to serve the warrant, an intense gun battle erupted, lasting nearly 2 hours. In this armed exchange, four agents and six Branch Davidians were killed. Upon the ATF's failure to execute the search warrant, a siege was initiated by the Federal Bureau of Investigation. The siege ended 50 days later when a second assault on the compound was made and a fire destroyed the compound. 76 people (24 of them British nationals) died in the fire, including more than 20 children, two pregnant women, and the sect leader David Koresh (Wikipedia, 2011).

4. OKLAHOMA CITY BOMBING

OBAMACSI.COM: The Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, was bombed on April 19, 1995, by alleged Christian and militia member Timothy McVeigh. Evidence surrounding the bombing clearly shows that the attack was a false-flag terror attack committed by criminal elements within the FBI and the ATF.

Title: Oklahoma City Bombing Date: April 19, 1995 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Oklahoma City bombing was a terrorist bomb attack on the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in downtown Oklahoma City on April 19, 1995. It was the most destructive act of terrorism on American soil until the September 11, 2001 attacks. The Oklahoma blast claimed 168 lives, including 19 children under the age of 6, and injured more than 680 people. The blast destroyed or damaged 324 buildings within a sixteen-block radius, destroyed or burned 86 cars, and shattered glass in 258 nearby buildings. The bomb was estimated to have caused at least $652 million worth of damage. Extensive rescue efforts were undertaken by local, state, federal, and worldwide agencies in the wake of the bombing, and substantial donations were received from across the country. The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) activated eleven of its Urban Search and Rescue Task Forces, consisting of 665 rescue workers who assisted in rescue and recovery operations.

Within 90 minutes of the explosion, Timothy McVeigh was stopped by Oklahoma State Trooper Charlie Hanger for driving without a license plate and arrested for unlawfully carrying a weapon. Forensic evidence quickly linked McVeigh and Terry Nichols to the attack; Nichols was arrested, and within days both were charged. Michael and Lori Fortier were later identified as accomplices. McVeigh, an American militia movement sympathizer, had detonated an explosive-filled Ryder truck parked in front of the building. McVeigh's co-conspirator, Terry Nichols, had assisted in the bomb preparation. Motivated by his hatred of the federal government and angered by what he perceived as its mishandling of the Waco Siege (1993) and the Ruby Ridge incident (1992), McVeigh timed his attack to coincide with the second anniversary of the deadly fire that ended the siege at Waco. The official investigation, known as "OKBOMB", was the largest criminal investigation case in American history; FBI agents conducted 28,000 interviews, amassing 3.5 short tons (3.2 t) of evidence, and collected nearly one billion pieces of information. The bombers were tried and convicted in 1997. McVeigh was executed by lethal injection on June 11, 2001, and Nichols was sentenced to life in prison. Michael and Lori Fortier testified against McVeigh and Nichols; Michael was sentenced to twelve years in prison for failing to warn the U.S. government, and Lori received immunity from prosecution in exchange for her testimony. As with other large-scale terrorist attacks, conspiracy theories dispute the official claims and allege the involvement of additional perpetrators. As a result of the bombing, the U.S. government passed the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996 which tightened the standards for habeas corpus in the United States as well as legislation designed to increase the protection around federal buildings to deter future terrorist attacks. On April 19, 2000, the Oklahoma City National Memorial was dedicated on the site of the Murrah Federal Building, commemorating the victims of the bombing. Annual remembrance services are held at the same time of day as the original explosion occurred (Wikipedia, 2011).

July 4, 2012
OBAMACSI.COM: The date of July 4th as a potential date for the assassination of Barack Obama assassination comes from two distinct sources: Fox News and Osama bin Laden. The obvious question here is whether Fox News and bin Laden getting their information from the same entity. 1. Osama bin Laden Threat (2011): The handwritten journal of Osama bin Laden found in Pakistan allegedly states that Osama wanted to kill U.S. President Barack Obama and even included significant dates for attacking American targets such as the 4th of July. Coincidentally, this type of attack would re-infuse the 9/11 myth and would bring about the emergence of Al Qaeda 2.0. 2. Fox Twitter Hoax (2011): On July 4, 2011, Fox News Tweeted: BREAKING NEWS: President @BarackObama assassinated, 2 gunshot wounds have proved too much. It's a sad 4th for #america. #obamadead RIP....In another tweet they wrote: #ObamaDead, it's a sad 4t h of July. The allegedly

165

hacked Obama death tweet on Twitter was likely a beta-test of the American public in order to evaluate the reaction and ultimate terror effect that an Obama assassination would have on America.

1. OSAMA BIN LADEN THREAT

OBAMACSI.COM: The handwritten journal of Osama bin Laden found in Pakistan allegedly states that Osama wanted to kill U.S. President Barack Obama and even included significant dates for attacking American targets such as the 4th of July. Coincidentally, this type of attack would re-infuse the 9/11 myth and would bring about the emergence of Al Qaeda 2.0. Title: Kill Obama: Bin Laden Plotted To Assassinate President Before 2012 Election Date: May 13, 2011 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: Osama Bin Laden wanted to assassinate President Obama as in the run up to the 2012 presidential elections, the terror leader's journal seized by U.S. forces reveals. The mastermind behind the 9/11 attacks wanted to kill the President in a follow up mission, 10 years after the devastating 2001 attack. U.S. intelligence officials are currently analysing over one million pages of data taken from the terror leader's compound, including his handwritten journal. Former intelligence officials said that Bin Laden was focussed on killing the President. 'I would say this is probably very personal on Bin Laden's part, to kill [Obama] that he believes has violated the Muslim faith,' Brad Garrett, a former FBI profiler, told ABC News. 'He is incensed, inflamed, obsessed about killing the President.' The handwritten journal included significant dates bin Laden noted as preferred for attacking American targets, including the Fourth of July and the 10th anniversary of 9/11, a U.S. official said (Daily Mail, 2011)

2. FOX TWITTER HOAX OBAMACSI.COM: On July 4, 2011, Fox News Tweeted: BREAKING NEWS: President @BarackObama assassinated, 2 gunshot wounds have proved too much. It's a sad 4th for #america. #obamadead RIP....In another tweet they wrote: #ObamaDead, it's a sad 4th of July. T he allegedly hacked Obama death tweet on Twitter was likely a beta-test of the American public in order to evaluate the reaction and ultimate terror effect that an Obama assassination would have on America.

Title: Fox News Hackers Claim Barack Obama Assassinated Date: July 4, 2011 Source: Telegraph Abstract: "Hackers, who identified themselves as "The Script Kiddies" and said they shared the spirit of prominent hacking group Anonymous, used the account to write: BREAKING NEWS: President @BarackObama assassinated, 2 gunshot wounds have proved too much. It's a sad 4th for #america. #obamadead RIP....In another tweet they wrote: #ObamaDead, it's a sad 4th of July. RT to support the late president's famil y, and RIP. The shooter will be found. The hackers added: @BarackObama shot twice at a Ross' restau rant in Iowa while campaigning. RIP Obama, best regards to the Obama family (Telegraph, 2011).

September 11, 2012

OBAMACSI.COM: 9/11 is no doubt the darkest day in American history. An assassination of Barack Obama on 9/11 would obviously make it even darker and shake the very core of America. Based on the news and information available, there is a chance that Obama may be targeted on September 11, 2012, just prior to the 2012 U.S. presidential election. 1. Osama bin Laden's 9/11 Threat: The handwritten journal of Osama bin Laden found in Pakistan allegedly states that Osama wanted to kill U.S. President Barack Obama, and it even included significant dates for attacking American targets, explicitly the 10th anniversary of 9/11. Coincidentally, this type of attack would re-infuse the 9/11 myth and would bring about the emergence of Al Qaeda 2.0. 2. The 9/11 Anniversary: On September 11, 2011, both George W. Bush and Barack Obama were in New York City for the 10th anniversary of 9/11. Therefore, it is plausible that Obama may be in New York City for the 11th anniversary of 9/11 as well. The shooter could access Obama from one of the thousands of windows that surround Ground Zero and could likely make a clean escape. 3. Norway Terror Deja Vu on 9/11?: As a precursor to the 10th anniversary of 9/11, Obama stated, "The risk is always there, and obviously on a seminal event like the tenth anniversary of 9/11, that makes us more concerned -- it means we've got heightened awareness...The risk that we're especially concerned over right now is the lone wolf terrorist, somebody with a single weapon being able to carry out wide-scale massacres of the sort we saw in Norway recently,"

166

1. OSAMA BIN LADEN'S 9/11 THREAT

OBAMACSI.COM: The handwritten journal of Osama bin Laden found in Pakistan allegedly states that Osama wanted to kill U.S. President Barack Obama, and it even included significant dates for attacking American targets, explicitly the 10th anniversary of 9/11. Coincidentally, this type of attack would re-infuse the 9/11 myth and would bring about the emergence of Al Qaeda 2.0. Title: Kill Obama: Bin Laden Plotted To Assassinate President Before 2012 Election Date: May 13, 2011 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: Osama Bin Laden wanted to assassinate President Obama as in the run up to the 2012 presidential elections, the terror leader's journal seized by U.S. forces reveals. The mastermind behind the 9/11 attacks wanted to kill the President in a follow up mission, 10 years after the devastating 2001 attack. U.S. intelligence officials are currently analysing over one million pages of data taken from the terror leader's compound, including his handwritten journal. Former intelligence officials said that Bin Laden was focussed on killing the President. 'I would say this is probably very personal on Bin Laden's part, to kill [Obama] that he believes has violated the Muslim faith,' Brad Garrett, a former FBI profiler, told ABC News. 'He is incensed, inflamed, obsessed about killing the President.' The handwritten journal included significant dates bin Laden noted as preferred for attacking American targets, including the Fourth of July and the 10th anniversary of 9/11, a U.S. official said (Daily Mail, 2011).

2. THE 9/11 ANNIVERSARY OBAMACSI.COM: On September 11, 2011, both George W. Bush and Barack Obama were in New York City for the 10th anniversary of 9/11. Therefore, it is plausible that Obama may be in New York City for the 11th anniversary of 9/11 as well. The shooter could access Obama from one of the thousands of windows that surround Ground Zero and could likely make a clean escape. Title: Obama, Bush To Attend New Yorks 9/11 Memorial Ceremony, Bloomberg Says Date: July 29, 2011 Source: Bloomberg Abstract: President Barack Obama and former President George W. Bush will attend New York Citys ceremony observing the 10th anniversary of the Sept. 11 terrorist attack on the World Trade Center, Mayor Michael Bloomberg said. Obamas and Bushs presence marks the first time a U.S. president has participated in the annual event, which this year will coincide with the opening of a memorial plaza featuring reflecting pools, meant to be symbolic voids, on the footprints of the destroyed Twin Towers. The attack occurred eight months after Bush took office. Bush and Obama will join governors Andrew Cuomo of New York and Chris Christie of New Jersey; George Pataki, who was New York s governor in 2001; former Mayor Rudolph Giuliani; and Bloomberg. The ceremony will include poetry and quotations, and a reading of the names of all who died that day after al Qaeda terrorists hijacked jets that also crashed into the Pentagon in Washington and in Pennsylvania. Family members only will be allowed to walk onto the plaza, look at their loved ones names, look down into the voids, Bloomberg said during his weekly appearance on WOR radio. The first day its reserved for those family members who lost somebody on 9/11. Visitors must apply for reservations to see the site after Sept. 11, to avoid crowding, Bloomberg said. Tickets may be obtained through the citys Website, www.nyc.gov. The mayor is 9/11 National Memorial chairman, and founder and majority owner of Bloomberg News parent Bloomberg LP (Bloomberg, 2011)

3. NORWAY TERROR DEJA VU ON 9/11?

OBAMACSI.COM: As a precursor to the 10th anniversary of 9/11, Obama stated, "The risk is always there, and obviously on a seminal event like the tenth anniversary of 9/11, that makes us more concerned -- it means we've got heightened awareness...The risk that we're especially concerned over right now is the lone wolf terrorist, somebody with a single weapon being able to carry out wide-scale massacres of the sort we saw in Norway recently," Title: Obama Frets Over Lone Wolf Attack As Sept 11 Looms Date: August 16, 2011 Source: Raw Story

167

Abstract: US President Barack Obama on Tuesday played down prospects for a spectacular Al-Qaeda attack 10 years after the September 11th strikes, saying he worried more now about solitary extremists. "The most likely scenario that we have to guard against right now ends up being more of a lone wolf operation than a large, well coordinated terrorist attack," he told CNN television during a campaign-style swing through Iowa. "We still have to stay on top of it, though. We're never letting our guard now, that's part of our job," said Obama, who vowed "heightened" security measures and "extra vigilance" ahead of the grim anniversary. He had been asked about the prospects of a terrorist attack either to mark 10 years since the strikes on the Pentagon and the World Trade Center or in retaliation for the May raid in which US commandos killed Osama bin Laden. Obama said US officials were "constantly monitoring potential risks" but said a punishing US campaign had left Al-Qaeda "a much weaker organization with much less capability than they had just two or three years ago." "The risk is always there, and obviously on a seminal event like the tenth anniversary of 9/11, that makes us more concerned -- it means we've got heightened awareness," he said. But "the biggest concern we have right now is not the launching of a major terrorist operation -- although that risk is always there." "The risk that we're especially concerned over right now is the lone wolf terrorist, somebody with a single weapon being able to carry out wide-scale massacres of the sort we saw in Norway recently," said Obama. He was referring to Anders Behring Breivik, who shot dead 69 people, many of them teenagers, in a July 22 rampage on the island of Utoeya after killing eight others in a bombing of government offices in Oslo. "When you've got one person who is deranged or driven by a hateful ideology they can do a lot of damage and it's a lot harder to trace those lone wolf operators," he added (Raw Story, 2011)

November 6, 2012
OBAMACSI.COM: The 2012 U.S. Presidential election will be unlike any time in American history. The political atmosphere during this fragile election cycle will be so politically and racially charged that a political assassination could spark a full out race war or even a civil war. Should Obama, or Ron Paul for that matter, be assassinated, the political fallout will no doubt be felt for the next 100 years. 1. Osama Bin Laden 2012 Threat: The alleged handwritten journal of Osama bin Laden stated that Osama wanted to kill U.S. President Barack Obama and also included significant dates for attacking American targets, specifically the run up to the 2012 presidential elections. Coincidentally, this type of attack would re-infuse the 9/11 myth and would bring about the emergence of Al Qaeda 2.0. 2. Obama' 2012 Acceptance/Concession Speech: Should Obama win or lose the 2012 U.S. Presidential election, he will have to give an acceptance or concession speech similar to the one that he gave in Denver, Colorado, on August 26, 2008. This event will be broadcast on LIVE TV and it's possible that Obama may be assassinated in front of a television audience of hundreds of millions.

1. OSAMA BIN LADEN THREAT

OBAMACSI.COM: The alleged handwritten journal of Osama bin Laden stated that Osama wanted to kill U.S. President Barack Obama and also included significant dates for attacking American targets, specifically the run up to the 2012 presidential elections. Coincidentally, this type of attack would re-infuse the 9/11 myth and would bring about the emergence of Al Qaeda 2.0. Title: Kill Obama: Bin Laden Plotted To Assassinate President Before 2012 Election Date: May 13, 2011 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: Osama Bin Laden wanted to assassinate President Obama as in the run up to the 2012 presidential elections, the terror leader's journal seized by U.S. forces reveals. The mastermind behind the 9/11 attacks wanted to kill the President in a follow up mission, 10 years after the devastating 2001 attack.

168

U.S. intelligence officials are currently analysing over one million pages of data taken from the terror leader's compound, including his handwritten journal. Former intelligence officials said that Bin Laden was focussed on killing the President. 'I would say this is probably very personal on Bin Laden's part, to kill [Obama] that he believes has violated the Muslim faith,' Brad Garrett, a former FBI profiler, told ABC News. 'He is incensed, inflamed, obsessed about killing the President.' The handwritten journal included significant dates bin Laden noted as preferred for attacking American targets, including the Fourth of July and the 10th anniversary of 9/11, a U.S. official said (Daily Mail, 2011).

2. OBAMA'S 2012 ACCEPTANCE/CONCESSION SPEECH

OBAMACSI.COM: Should Obama win or lose the 2012 U.S. Presidential Election, he will have to give an acceptance or concession speech similar to the one that he gave in Denver, Colorado, on August 26, 2008. This event will be broadcast on LIVE TV and it's possible that Obama may be assassinated in front of a television audience of hundreds of millions.

Title: Plot Unfolds To Assassinate Obama On National TV Date: August 26, 2008 Source: LA Times Abstract: More details emerging from Denver as we write this in the predawn hours on the now-suspected plot to assassinate Democratic presidential nominee Barack Obama with a high-powered rifle on national television during his outdoor acceptance speech at Invesco Field...Authorities in suburban Aurora had stopped a pickup truck... In the rented vehicle of Tharin Gartrell, a 28-year-old convicted felon, they found two high-powered scoped rifles, ammunition, sighting scopes, radios, a cellphone, a bulletproof vest, wigs, drugs and fake IDs. Under questioning Gartrell implicated two other men -- Nathan Johnson, who is 32, and Shawn Adolf, who is 33 -- and Johnson's girlfriend, Natasha Gromack. Johnson also reportedly confirmed the plot to FBI and Secret Service interrogators (LA Times, 2008) SEE: OBAMA ASSASSINATION ON LIVE TV

Other Potential Dates for Assassination

Due to their historical significance, the assassination of Barack Obama may occur on one of the following dates:

February 21: Malcolm X Assassinated (1965) March 30: Assassination Attempt of U.S. President Ronald Reagan (1981) April 4: Martin Luther King Jr. Assassinated (1964) April 12: Start of American Civil War (1861) April 15: Abraham Lincoln Assassinated (1865) April 15: Tax Day (Every Year) June 5: Robert F. Kennedy Assassinated (1968) June 16: John F. Kennedy Jr. Assassinated (1999) November 22: John F. Kennedy Assassinated (1963)

CHAPTER 5: OBAMA ASSASSINATION LOCATIONS

Chicago, Illinois
OBAMACSI.COM: Chicago, Illinois, is the political home-town of U.S. President Barack Obama. Obama is most popular in Chicago and an assassination in his home town would likely garner the most outrage politically. In order to pull off a successful false-flag terror attack, the right personal must be in power positions prior to the event taking place. On 9/11, Rudy Giuliani was mayor of New York City to ensure that loose ends go tied up and that no real investigation into the events of the take took place. Likewise, Rahm Emanuel has been conveniently placed into the Chicago mayorship to oversee and execute false-flag terror attacks, just as his father did so many years ago.

169

1. "Death of a President": Filmed in 2006 but released in 2008, "The Death of a President" is an apparent script for the future assassination of Barack Obama. The assassination in the film takes place at 8:13pm on October 19, in Chicago, Illinois, Obama's home town. 2. Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel: Chicago's new mayor is none other than Rahm Emanuel, Obama's former White House Chief of Staff and the son of a Israeli terrorist. On February 22, 2011, Emanuel won the Chicago mayorship ensuring that if there were to be false-flag terror attack in Chicago, such as an Obama assassination or a bio-terror attack, the Israeli Mossad would never be implicated in any subsequent investigation. On 9/11, Rudy Giuliani was mayor of New York City to ensure that loose ends go tied up and that no real investigation into the events of the take took place. Likewise, Rahm Emanuel has been conveniently placed into the Chicago mayorship to oversee and execute false-flag terror attacks, just as his father did so many years ago.

1. DEATH OF A PRESIDENT

OBAMACSI.COM: Filmed in 2006 but released in 2008, "The Death of a President" is an apparent script for the future assassination of Barack Obama. The assassination in the film takes place at 8:13pm on October 19 (date of the MLB World Series), in Chicago, Illinois, Obama's home town. The president depicted in the movie, George W. Bush, is shot twice at the Sheraton Hotel in downtown Chicago by an assassin with a sniper rifle. The top three suspects for the assassination are a full-time peace activist, a U.S. military veteran, and a Syrian man with alleged Al Qaeda ties. Although the Syrian man was charged, tried and convicted for the assassination, the true perpetrator of the crime was the U.S. military veteran's father, a Major in U.S. military and a Desert Storm veteran. If there was ever a blueprint for the assassination of Barack Obama, "The Death of a President" is definitely it. READ MORE

2. CHICAGO MAYOR RAHM EMANUEL

OBAMACSI.COM: Chicago's new mayor is none other than Rahm Emanuel, Obama's former White House Chief of Staff and the son of a Israeli terrorist. On February 22, 2011, Emanuel won the Chicago mayorship ensuring that if there were to be false-flag terror attack in Chicago, such as an Obama assassination or a bio-terror attack, the Israeli Mossad would never be implicated in any subsequent investigation. On 9/11, Rudy Giuliani was mayor of New York City to ensure that loose ends go tied up and that no real investigation into the events of the take took place. Likewise, Rahm Emanuel has been conveniently placed into the Chicago mayorship to oversee and execute false-flag terror attacks, just as his father did so many years ago. READ MORE Title: Obamas First Appointment Is Son Of Zionist Terrorist Date: November 6, 2008 Source: Prison Planet Abstract: Rahm Emanuels father was member of militant terror group that bombed hotels, massacred villagers Obama pick is keen supporter of lobbying group aimed at creating militarized youth brigades President elect Barack Obamas first appointment, Rahm Emanuel, who is set to become chief -of-staff, is the son of a member of the Zionist terrorist group Irgun, which was responsible for bombing hotels, marketplaces as well as the infamous Deir Yassin massacre, in which hundreds of Palestinian villagers were slaughtered. Revelations about Obamas relationship with Bill Ayers, a Weather Underground domestic terrorist, which dogged him during the final weeks of the campaign trail, pale in significance to his selection of Emanuel, whose father, Benjamin M. Emanuel, was an Irgun member. Irgun has been labeled a terrorist organization by both The New York Times newspaper and by the Anglo-American Committee of Enquiry. Irgun was closely affiliated with the widely feared hardcore terrorist Stern Gang, an organization that carried out assassinations, train bombings and bombed police stations in an attempt to pave the way for unrestricted immigration of Jews into Palestine. Irgun operated in Palestine between 1931 and 1948. Following the ideology of right-wing Revisionist Zionism, Irguns doctrine was that, Every Jew had the right to enter Palestine; only active retaliation would deter the Arabs and the British; only Jewish armed force would ensu re the Jewish state. This manifested itself by way of terror attacks such as the July 1946 bombing of the King David Hotel in Jerusalem, which killed 91 people. In 2006, Israelis including former Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and former members of Irgun, attended a 60th anniversary celebration of the bombing organized by the Menachem Begin Centre. Buses and marketplaces were also a target for Irgun, who were widely chastised for favoring attacks against civilian targets. The widely condemned Deir Yassin massacre, which occurred in April 1948, involved Irgun working in consort with the Stern Gang and going house to house slaughtering Palestinian villagers. Eyewitness accounts of spies working for mainstream Jewish authorities, such as Mei r Pail, reported Irgun members running around shooting civilians full of lust for murder.

170

I saw the horrors that the fighters had created. I saw bodies of women and children, who were murdered in their houses in co ld blood by gunfire, with no signs of battle and not as the result of blowing up the houses, said eyewitness Eliahu Arbel. [One body was] a woman who must have been eight months pregnant, noted Jacques de Reynier, a French -Swiss Representative of the International Red Cross, He hit in the stomach, with powder burns on her dress indicating shed been shot point-blank.. The son of a man who helped carry out this slaughter has now been selected by Obama to be his chief-of-staff. Cries of sins of the father lose their gusto when one considers the fact that, after the 1996 re-election of Bill Clinton, Rahm Emanuel Was so angry at the presidents enemies that he stood up at a celebratory dinner with colleagues from the campaign, grabbed a steak knife and began rattling off a list of betrayer s, shouting Dead! Dead! Dead! and plunging the knife into the table after every name. Sounds like a nice guy. Rahm Emanuel is also an enthusiastic supporter of the United States Public Service Academy Act, a lobbying group founded in 2006 in order to promote the foundation of an American public service academy modeled on the military academies a youth corps whose students would be trained in civilian internship in the armed forces. This rings the alarm bells when we recall Obamas pledge to create a civilian national security force that is just as powerful, just as strong, just as well funded as the U.S. military. A creepy You Tube video of a brown-shirt style Obama youth brigade chanting and marching military style emerged last month, raising fears about where the messianic cult-like status of Obamas image could eventually lead (Prison Planet, 2008).

Title: Rahm Emanuel's Father: An Israeli Terrorist? Date: November 8, 2008 Source: Belfast Telegraph Abstract: The appointment of Rahm Emanuel triggered widespread interest in Israel, the native country of his former Jewish underground fighter father. The older Emanuel, a paediatrician born in Jerusalem, was a member of Irgun, the hard-line militant group which fought for Jewish independence until 1948. It was described as "terrorist" at the time by Britain. Mr Emanuel's appointment could reassure Israel that Mr Obama will continue America's close alliance. The Ynet news service quoted Michael Kotzin, a leader of the Jewish Federation of Metropolitan Chicago, as saying Mr Emanuel is a frequent attender at Israel-related events. He co-sponsored a Bill defending Israel against a world court advisory opinion in 2004 criticising the route of the military's separation barrier for cutting deep into the West Bank, and co-sponsored another Bill congratulating Israelis and Palestinians who work together for peace. He is credited with choreographing the famous handshake between Yasser Arafat and Yitzhak Rabin on the White House lawn in 1993 (Belfast Telegraph, 2008)

Title: Wikipedia Deletes Benjamin Emanuel Entry Date: November 13, 2008 Source: Uruknet Abstract: Wikipedia has deleted Rahm Emanuel's father's page. Benjamin M. Emanuel's entry was recommended for deletion shortly after Obama named the younger Emanuel as his Chief of Staff, and it looks like it had already been deleted (or recommended for deletion) once before in January of 2007. "Benjamin M. Emanuel" is no longer searchable in Wikipedia, but the former-page can be accessed through the original URL: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Benjamin_M._Emanuel The old entry is no longer even in Google cache. The Progressive Mind was forward-thinking enough to save the original entry, including the original links. Here's what is used say: http://www.theprogressivemind.info/2008/11/benjamin-m-emanuel-wikipedia-free.html And here's a screenshot (from Blog-Reporter): (Uruknet, 2008).

171

Title: Rahm Emanuel Apologizes For Father's Disparaging Remarks About Arabs Date: November 14, 2008 Source: Haaretz Abstract: U.S. President-elect Barack Obama's chief of staff Rahm Emanuel apologized to an Arab-American group on Thursday for comments disparaging Arabs made by his father. The American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee sent a letter to Emanuel calling on him to distance himself from remarks made by the elder Emanuel in an interview with an Israeli newspaper following his son's appointment last week. In the interview, Benjamin Emanuel was reported as saying: "Obviously, he will influence the president to be pro-Israel. Why wouldn't he? What is he, an Arab? He's not going to clean the floors of the White House." While some political analysts have said Rahm Emanuel, a veteran Democratic congressman, should not be held responsible for the actions of his father, there was also a sense that an apology was unavoidable. "Today, Rep. Emanuel called Mary Rose Oakar, president of the American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee, apologized on behalf of his family and offered to meet with representatives of the Arab-American community at an appropriate time in the future," a statement from his office said. The committee, in a statement on its website, said Emanuel told Oakar it was unacceptable to make such remarks against any ethnic or religious group. "From the fullness of my heart, I personally apologize on behalf of my family and me. These are not the values upon which I was raised or those of my family," the group quoted him as saying. Oakar welcomed the apology, saying: "We cannot allow Arabs and Muslims to be portrayed in these unacceptable terms." Some commentators in the Middle East have raised concern about the appointment of Emanuel, who has a pro-Israel record, suggesting he could use his position to influence Obama's policies in the region. But political analysts and Emanuel himself this week dismissed such suggestions. The congressman said Obama did not need his influence to "orientate his policy toward Israel." The chief of staff position serves as one of the closest advisers to the president and typically can decide who gains access to the president, while also developing administration policies (Haaretz, 2008).

Title: Rahm Emanuel Elected Mayor Of Chicago Date: February 22, 2011 Source: ABC News Abstract: Rahm Emanuel, the former White House chief of staff, has realized his lifelong ambition to become mayor of Chicago. With 97 percent of the vote in the Chicago mayor's race counted this evening, Emanuel, 51, had 55 percent, winning the mayoral election outright and avoiding a runoff in April. "Looking forward to working together as your next mayor," he tweeted tonight. After a topsy-turvy campaign, in which his Chicago residence was repeatedly challenged, Emanuel easily outdistanced a crowded field. His closest challenger, longtime city official Gery Chico, drew only 25 percent of the vote. Former Sen. Carol Moseley Braun, the so-called "consensus" African-American candidate, polled a distant fourth with only about 8 percent. In his victory address at Plumbers Hall, Emanuel thanked his supporters and spoke about his vision for the city. "We have not won anything until a child can go to school and not think of their safety we have not won anything. Until a parent can think of their work, and not where they're going to find work, we have not won anything," Emanuel said. "The plural pronoun of 'we' is how we're going to meet the challenges. ... I do not want to see another child's name in memorial killed by violence." President Obama, Emanuel's longtime friend and former employer, issued a statement congratulating him after all five other candidates in the race had conceded.

172

"I want to extend my congratulations to Rahm Emanuel on a well-deserved victory tonight," the president said. "As a Chicagoan and a friend, I couldn't be prouder. Rahm will be a terrific mayor for all the people of Chicago." For more on the history of the job of mayor in Chicago, why so many politicians want it, and an interview by George Stephanopoulos with current Mayor Richard Daley click here. Turnout in Chicago was far lower than expected, according to city election officials, who said fewer than half of the city's registered voters showed up at the polls. Emanuel takes office in May, succeeding Richard M. Daley who is retiring after 22 years in office -- serving longer than his famous father, Richard J. Daley, the last of America's big-city bosses. Despite his big victory, Emanuel faces huge challenges including a crippling city budget deficit. The city faces a $655 million budget gap in the current fiscal year and unfunded pension liabilities estimated at more than $20 billion. The results were not a surprise, as the most recent polls showed Emanuel far out in front, trailed by Chico. Since Mayor Richard Daley announced he would not seek a record seventh term, Emanuel has led the pack in polling and fund-raising, amassing more than $12 million in campaign contributions. An attempt by Rev. Jesse Jackson and others to solidify African-American support behind Braun largely fizzled as the former senator's campaign suffered numerous embarrassing gaffes. Emanuel's most serious challenge had been expected to come from Chico, a former school board president and Daley chief of staff who had the support of Chicago's police and firefighters unions (ABC News, 2011).

Dallas, Texas
OBAMACSI.COM: Dallas, Texas, was the location of the John F. Kennedy assassination as well as the chosen city of the now subverted false-flag nuclear terror attack at Super Bowl XLV on February 6, 2011. Also, Texas has a deep history of terrorism, and has likely had the most terror related events of any U.S. state which makes it all the more curios why the Secret Service stopped checking for weapons at an Obama event in Dallas during the 2008 U.S. Presidential campaign. 1. JFK Deja Vu?: There is possibility that a JFK type of assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama may occur in Dallas, Texas. During an Obama visit to Dallas, Texas, in 2008, the U.S. Secret Service purposely stopped checking for weapons at the Obama political event. 2. Super Bowl XLV: Dallas, Texas, was the city where a false-flag nuclear terror attack was to take place on February 6, 2011. This horrific event was postponed, but the city of Dallas, Texas, unfortunately remains a target for future terror attacks. 3. Texas Terror: Terror is nothing new in Texas, as its been happening since 1963. Every form of terror including a presidential assassination, a professional football franchise, shootings, massacres, horror movies, plane attacks, and attempted nuclear terror at the Super Bowl, has occurred in Texas. Obviously, terror is always bigger in Texas.

1. JFK DEJA VU?

OBAMACSI.COM: There is possibility that a JFK type of assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama may occur in Dallas, Texas. During an Obama visit to Dallas, Texas, in 2008, the U.S. Secret Service purposely stopped checking for weapons at the Obama political event. Title: Secret Service Order Dallas Police To Stop Screening For Weapons At Obama Rally Date: February 22, 2008 Source: Belfast Telegraph Abstract: The US Secret Service ordered Dallas police to stop screening for weapons at a campaign rally for Barack Obama...Police were told to stop checking people for weapons at the front gates of the Reunion Arena over an hour before the Democratic presidential hopeful appeared on stage...Officers handling security were reportedly ordered to put down metal detectors and to stop checking bags and purses. Several Dallas police officers said they believed it was a lapse in security (Belfast Telegraph, 2008).

2. SUPER BOWL XLV

173

OBAMACSI.COM: Dallas, Texas, was the city where a false-flag nuclear terror attack was to take place on February 6, 2011. This horrific event was postponed, but the city of Dallas, Texas, unfortunately remains a target for future terror attacks. Title: Super Bowl XLV Date: February 6, 2011 Source: The Nuclear Bible Abstract: The Nuclear Bible was a FREE EBOOK which was distributed worldwide via the internet on January 28, 2011. Based on the political fallout and subsequent blowback, it has now been confirmed that the book was successful in subverting a nuclear terror attack by the Obama administration at Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011. The Nuclear Bible is composed of over 1,000 news articles which ultimately connect the dots of an upcoming false-flag nuclear terror attack. Due to the 30-60 second nature of a nuclear explosion, it is highly likely that the Super Bowl, World Cup, NBA Finals, World Series or Olympics will be targeted in the future with millions watching on LIVE TV. Unfortunately, Pakistan has been set up over the last 30 years as the scapegoat of all terror and nuclear proliferation. "Revolutions" in the Middle East are now likely to domino all the way to Pakistan where alleged terrorists will gain access to Pakistan's nuclear arsenal. Therefore, it is imperative that the information contained within The Nuclear Bible be forwarded to media and governmental agencies worldwide so that we can collectively avoid this impending nuclear holocaust and the World War III scenario (The Nuclear Bible, 2011).

3. TEXAS TERROR OBAMACSI.COM: Terror is nothing new in Texas, as its been happening since 1963. Every form of terror including a presidential assassination, a professional football franchise, shootings, massacres, horror movies, plane attacks, and attempted nuclear terror at the Super Bowl, has occurred in Texas. Obviously, terror is always bigger in Texas.

Title: Terrorism & Texas Date: 1963 - Present Source: The Nuclear Bible: Terrorism & Texas Abstract: Access The Nuclear Bible: Terrorism & Texas here.

Iowa
OBAMACSI.COM: The state of Iowa is most famous for its widely acclaimed "Iowa Caucus", and is one of the most famous presidential stumping grounds in the U.S. presidential campaign. The Iowa Caucus vote is February 6, 2012, but the presidential candidates will be stumping there in the weeks prior from early January until the date of February 6th.

To date, the following incidents have referenced Iowa in regards to the assassination of Barack Obama: 1. Osama bin Laden Threat (2011): The handwritten journal of Osama bin Laden found in Pakistan allegedly states that Osama wanted to kill U.S. President Barack Obama and it even included significant dates for attacking American targets, specifically the run up to the 2012 presidential election. Coincidentally, this type of attack would re-infuse the 9/11 myth and would bring about the emergence of Al Qaeda 2.0. 2. FOX News Twitter Hoax (2011): On July 4, 2011, FOX News Tweeted: "BarackObama shot twice at a Ross' restaurant in Iowa while campaigning. The allegedly hacked Obama death tweet on Twitter was likely a beta-test of the American public in order to evaluate the reaction and ultimate terror effect that an Obama assassination would have on America.

1. OSAMA BIN LADEN THREAT

OBAMACSI.COM: The handwritten journal of Osama bin Laden found in Pakistan allegedly states that Osama wanted to kill U.S. President Barack Obama and it even included significant dates for attacking American targets, specifically the run up to the 2012 presidential election. Coincidentally, this type of attack would re-infuse the 9/11 myth and would bring about the emergence of Al Qaeda 2.0. Title: Kill Obama: Bin Laden Plotted To Assassinate President Before 2012 Election Date: May 13, 2011 Source: Daily Mail

174

Abstract: Osama Bin Laden wanted to assassinate President Obama as in the run up to the 2012 presidential elections, the terror leader's journal seized by U.S. forces reveals. The mastermind behind the 9/11 attacks wanted to kill the President in a follow up mission, 10 years after the devastating 2001 attack. U.S. intelligence officials are currently analysing over one million pages of data taken from the terror leader's compound, including his handwritten journal. Former intelligence officials said that Bin Laden was focussed on killing the President. 'I would say this is probably very personal on Bin Laden's part, to kill [Obama] that he believes has violated the Muslim faith,' Brad Garrett, a former FBI profiler, told ABC News. 'He is incensed, inflamed, obsessed about killing the President.' The handwritten journal included significant dates bin Laden noted as preferred for attacking American targets, including the Fourth of July and the 10th anniversary of 9/11, a U.S. official said (Daily Mail, 2011)

2. FOX NEWS TWITTER HOAX

OBAMACSI.COM: On July 4, 2011, FOX News Tweeted: "BarackObama shot twice at a Ross' restaurant in Iowa while campaigning. The allegedly hacked Obama death tweet on Twitter was likely a beta-test of the American public in order to evaluate the reaction and ultimate terror effect that an Obama assassination would have on America. Title: Fox News Hackers Claim Barack Obama Assassinated Date: July 4, 2011 Source: Telegraph Abstract: "Hackers, who identified themselves as "The Script Kiddies" and said they shared the spirit of prominent hacking group Anonymous, used the account to write: BREAKING NEWS: President @BarackObama assassinated, 2 gunshot wounds have proved too much. It's a sad 4th for #america. #obamadead RIP....In another tweet they wrote: #ObamaDead, it's a sad 4th of July. RT to support the late president's family, and RIP. The shooter will be found. The hackers added: @BarackObama shot twice at a Ross' restaurant in Iowa while campaigning. RIP Obama, best regards to the Obama family" (Telegraph, 2011)

New York, New York

OBAMACSI.COM: New York City has been the target major terror attacks in the past and would provide the perfect cover for the Osama bin Laden revenge killing of U.S. President Barack Obama. Ground Zero is surrounded by a myriad of sniper nests and just happens to be where Obama was on September 11, 2011, and may again visit in the near future. A potential investigation into the crime of the Obama assassination would be easily controlled by the Mayor of New York City, Michael Bloomberg, thus making New York City a prime location for the future assassination of Obama.

1. Osama bin Laden Threat: The handwritten journal of Osama bin Laden found in Pakistan allegedly states that Osama wanted to assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama. The journal also included significant dates for attacking American targets, explicitly the 10th anniversary of 9/11. While the 10th anniversary of 9/11 occurred without incident, the 11th anniversary of 9/11 may have a different outcome. The anniversary of 9/11 is a date forever linked to Osama bin Laden and may serve as a potential assassination date in the near future. 2. Obama at Ground Zero on 9/11: On September 11, 2011, both George W. Bush and Barack Obama were in New York City for the 10th anniversary of 9/11. This was the first time that a U.S. President visited Ground Zero, and on the 10th anniversary of 9/11, two U.S. Presidents visited New York City. While the 10th anniversary of 9/11 occurred without incident, the 11th anniversary of 9/11 may have a different outcome. 3. New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg: The current mayor of Mayor of New York City is none other than Zionist Michael Bloomberg. Bloomberg has played a key role in restricting 9/11 first responders from adequate heath care, and has stonewalled an independent investigation into the attacks of 9/11. Because of Bloomberg's political allegiances, there is no possible way that an Obama assassination would receive an full, independent and open investigation, thus making New York City a prime location for a U.S. Presidential assassination.

1. OSAMA BIN LADEN THREAT

OBAMACSI.COM: The handwritten journal of Osama bin Laden found in Pakistan allegedly states that Osama wanted to assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama. The journal also included significant dates for attacking American targets, explicitly the 10th anniversary of 9/11. While the 10th anniversary of 9/11 occurred without incident, the 11th anniversary of 9/11 may have a different outcome. The anniversary of 9/11 is a date forever linked to Osama bin Laden and may serve as a potential assassination date in the near future. Title: Kill Obama: Bin Laden Plotted To Assassinate President Before 2012 Election Date: May 13, 2011 Source: Daily Mail

175

Abstract: Osama Bin Laden wanted to assassinate President Obama as in the run up to the 2012 presidential elections, the terror leader's journal seized by U.S. forces reveals. The mastermind behind the 9/11 attacks wanted to kill the President in a follow up mission, 10 years after the devastating 2001 attack. U.S. intelligence officials are currently analysing over one million pages of data taken from the terror leader's compound, including his handwritten journal. Former intelligence officials said that Bin Laden was focussed on killing the President. 'I would say this is probably very personal on Bin Laden's part, to kill [Obama] that he believes has violated the Muslim faith,' Brad Garrett, a former FBI profiler, told ABC News. 'He is incensed, inflamed, obsessed about killing the President.' The handwritten journal included significant dates bin Laden noted as preferred for attacking American targets, including the Fourth of July and the 10th anniversary of 9/11, a U.S. official said. (Daily Mail, 2011).

2. OBAMA AT GROUND ZERO ON 9/11

OBAMACSI.COM: On September 11, 2011, both George W. Bush and Barack Obama were in New York City for the 10th anniversary of 9/11. This was the first time that a U.S. President visited Ground Zero, and on the 10th anniversary of 9/11, two U.S. Presidents visited New York City. While the 10th anniversary of 9/11 occurred without incident, the 11th anniversary of 9/11 may have a different outcome. Title: Obama, Bush To Attend New Yorks 9/11 Memorial Ceremony, Bloomberg Says Date: July 29, 2011 Source: Bloomberg Abstract: President Barack Obama and former President George W. Bush will attend New York Citys ceremony observing the 10th anniversar y of the Sept. 11 terrorist attack on the World Trade Center, Mayor Michael Bloomberg said. Obamas and Bushs presence marks the first time a U.S. president has participated in the annual event, which this year will coincide with th e opening of a memorial plaza featuring reflecting pools, meant to be symbolic voids, on the footprints of the destroyed Twin Towers. The attack occurred eight months after Bush took office. Bush and Obama will join governors Andrew Cuomo of New York and Chris Christie of New Jersey; George Pataki, who was New York s governor in 2001; former Mayor Rudolph Giuliani; and Bloomberg. The ceremony will include poetry and quotations, and a reading of the names of all who died that day after al Qaeda terrorists hijacked jets that also crashed into the Pentagon in Washington and in Pennsylvania. Family members only will be allowed to walk onto the plaza, look at their loved ones names, look down into the voids, Bloomberg said during his weekly appearance on WOR radio. The first day its reserved for those family members who lost somebody on 9/11. Visitors must apply for reservations to see the site after Sept. 11, to avoid crowding, Bloomberg said. Tickets may be obtained through the citys Website, www.nyc.gov. The mayor is 9/11 National Memorial chairman, and founder and majority owner of Bloomberg News parent Bloomberg LP (Bloomberg, 2011).

3. NEW YORK CITY MAYOR MICHAEL BLOOMBERG

OBAMACSI.COM: The current mayor of Mayor of New York City is none other than Zionist Michael Bloomberg. Bloomberg has played a key role in restricting 9/11 first responders from adequate heath care, and has stonewalled an independent investigation into the attacks of 9/11. Because of Bloomberg's political allegiances, there is no possible way that an Obama assassination would receive an full, independent and open investigation, thus making New York City a prime location for a U.S. Presidential assassination. Title: A New 9/11 Investigation in New York City? The Voters Will DecideIf the Lawyers Let Them Date: September 10, 2009 Source: Baltimore & Sun Sentinel Abstract: In the five years since the 9/11 Commission released its studious but timid report, Americans of all political stripes have advocated for a new investigation into the attacks of September 11, 2001. Since Obama seems intent upon putatively pardoning the Bush Administration for all of its crimes and misdemeanors, such an investigation will clearly not take place at the federal level. But a New-York based organization has been pursuing a local effortand on the eve of the eighth anniversary of the attacks, it has achieved what could be an important step toward its goal. The New York City Coalition for Accountability Now (NYC CAN), which describes itself as a group comprising 9/11 family members, first responders, and survivors, has gathered signatures to place a referendum for a new 9/11 investigation on the November ballot in New York City. The Bloomberg administration fought the effort by claiming that only about 26,000 of the 52,000 signatures submitted by NYC CAN were valid, leaving the group some 4,000 short of the requirement for a ballot measure. After the New York courts appointed a referee to review the tossed-out petitions, NYC CAN scrambled to validate thousands of signatures, and submitted 28,000 more. And just yesterday, the group announced in a press release that

176

in a last minute decision, lawyers for the City of New York have conceded that [NYC CAN] indeed did submit over 30,000 valid signatures...The Citys concession...paves the way for lawyers for both sides to argue the legality of the petition. There are several more hurdles ahead: New York City has a long history of blocking citizen-generated ballot initiatives on the grounds of legal technicalities. And all legal issues must be resolved by September 30 for the measure to make it onto the November ballot. But if the referendum were to be presented and passed, it would lead to the creation of what its authors describe as a local, independent commission wi th subpoena power that would be tasked with comprehensively reinvestigating the attacks (Baltimore & Sun Sentinel, 2009).

Title: First Responders Decry Exclusion From 9/11 Ceremony Date: August 16, 2011 Source: CNN Abstract: When debris rained from the sky in lower Manhattan on September 11, 2001, the first responders to the terrorist attack did not turn away. They rushed to the World Trade Center buildings while the world around them crumbled. Yet now, after all the wreckage has been cleared and the rebuilding has begun, their path is again blocked -- not by flying chunks of smoldering rubble, but by space constraints. YouTube-Video The first responders are not invited to this year's September 11 memorial ceremony at ground zero, New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg's office confirmed Monday. It's a painful insult for many of the approximately 3,000 men and women who risked their lives, limbs and lungs on that monumental day, puncturing another hole in a still searing wound. In a statement, Bloomberg spokesman Andrew Brent said the commemoration ceremony is for the victims' families. "While we are again focused on accommodating victims' family members, given the space constraints, we're working to find ways to recognize and honor first responders, and other groups, at different places and times," Brent said. But first responder John Feal, founder of an advocacy group for the police officers, firefighters, civilian volunteers and others who worked at ground zero, assailed Brent's response, saying Bloomberg "lives in his own world." "The best of the best that this country offered 10 years ago are being neglected and denied their rightful place," Feal said. Denise Villamia, a first responder who worked at ground zero for several months, cried over the phone as she recalled her "totally heartbroken" reaction to the news that she could not attend the memorial service. "I'm crying because it's really a big betrayal on the part of the city, to rob me from my way to pay homage and to find that comfort and healing," she said. "I feel that I have been robbed of my way to pay tribute." In addition to the victims' families, several politicians, including two presidents, are expected to be in attendance. Bloomberg's office would not provide specifics on the ceremony's arrangements, but did note that the first responders have not been invited to the preceding nine memorial services, either. Yet first responder Morris Faitelewicz, vice president of the Auxiliary Police Supervisors Benevolent Association, called that explanation "nonsense." Faitelewicz said that, while there are not usually formal invitations, first responders have been able to attend all of the previous ceremonies simply by showing up (CNN, 2011).

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
OBAMACSI.COM: The state of Pennsylvania may serve as a site for the future assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama for numerous reasons. Shanksville, Pennsylvania, the 3rd 9/11 memorial location where Flight 93 allegedly crashed into the ground on September 11, 2001, may be attended by Obama for a future 9/11 memorial, a date that Osama bin Laden explicitly threated Obama with assassination. The state of Pennsylvania was also directly attacked by Barack Obama in the U.S. Presidential campaign of 2008, and Philadelphia was featured as the most conducive city for a U.S. presidential assassination in the film "Shooter" (2007).

1. Osama bin Laden's 9/11 Threat: A "shank" is a slang term for a sharpened weapon used by inmates to kill other inmates in prison, and Shanksville, Pennsylvania, is the 3rd 9/11 memorial location where Flight 93 allegedly crashed into the ground on September 11, 2001. The handwritten journal of Osama bin Laden found in Pakistan allegedly states that Osama wanted to kill U.S. President Barack Obama, and it even included significant dates for attacking American targets, explicitly the 10th anniversary of 9/11. While the 10th anniversary of 9/11 occurred without incident, the 11th anniversary of

177

9/11 may have a different outcome. The anniversary of 9/11 is a date forever linked to Osama bin Laden and Shanksville, Pennsylvania may serve as a potential assassination site in the near future. 2. "Shooter" (2007): Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, was the chosen location for a U.S. Presidential assassination by implied 9/11 Truther, Bob Lee Swagger, in the movie "Shooter" (2007). Swagger was eventually set up by the U.S. government for the assassination of the Archbishop of Ethiopia as well as the attempted assassination of the U.S. President. 3. Obama's Guns and Religion Remark (2008): During the 2008 U.S. presidential campaign, Obama made an absurd comment that may come back to haunt him, politically. Obama stated, "You go into these small towns in Pennsylvania and, like a lot of small towns in the Midwest, the jobs have been gone now for 25 years and nothing's replaced them...And it's not surprising then they get bitter they cling to guns or religion."

1. SHANKSVILLE, PENNSYLVANIA

OBAMACSI.COM: A "shank" is a slang term for a sharpened weapon used by inmates to kill other inmates in prison, and Shanksville, Pennsylvania, is the 3rd 9/11 memorial location where Flight 93 allegedly crashed into the ground on September 11, 2001. The handwritten journal of Osama bin Laden found in Pakistan allegedly states that Osama wanted to kill U.S. President Barack Obama, and it even included significant dates for attacking American targets, explicitly the 10th anniversary of 9/11. While the 10th anniversary of 9/11 occurred without incident, the 11th anniversary of 9/11 may have a different outcome. The anniversary of 9/11 is a date forever linked to Osama bin Laden and Shanksville, Pennsylvania may serve as a potential assassination site in the near future. Title: Kill Obama: Bin Laden Plotted To Assassinate President Before 2012 Election Date: May 13, 2011 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: Osama Bin Laden wanted to assassinate President Obama as in the run up to the 2012 presidential elections, the terror leader's journal seized by U.S. forces reveals. The mastermind behind the 9/11 attacks wanted to kill the President in a follow up mission, 10 years after the devastating 2001 attack. U.S. intelligence officials are currently analysing over one million pages of data taken from the terror leader's compound, including his handwritten journal. Former intelligence officials said that Bin Laden was focussed on killing the President. 'I would say this is probably very personal on Bin Laden's part, to kill [Obama] that he believes has violated the Muslim faith,' Brad Garrett, a former FBI profiler, told ABC News. 'He is incensed, inflamed, obsessed about killing the President.' The handwritten journal included significant dates bin Laden noted as preferred for attacking American targets, including the Fourth of July and the 10th anniversary of 9/11, a U.S. official said (Daily Mail, 2011).

2. "SHOOTER"

OBAMACSI.COM: Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, was the chosen location for a U.S. Presidential assassination by implied 9/11 Truther, Bob Lee Swagger, in the movie "Shooter" (2007). Swagger was eventually set up by the U.S. government for the assassination of the Archbishop of Ethiopia as well as the attempted assassination of the U.S. President. READ MORE

Title: "Shooter" Date: March 23, 2007 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "Shooter" is a 2007 thriller film directed by Antoine Fuqua based on the novel "Point of Impact" by Stephen Hunter. The film concerns a former United States Marine Corps Scout Sniper, Bob Lee Swagger (Mark Wahlberg), who is framed for murder by a rogue secret private military company unit. It was released in cinemas on March 23, 2007. Bob Lee Swagger (Mark Wahlberg), a retired USMC Force Recon Gunnery Sergeant and Scout Sniper, is one of the few snipers in the world whose marksmanship abilities allow him to "take out a target from a mile away". He reluctantly leaves a self-imposed exile from his isolated mountain home in the Wind River Range at the request of Colonel Isaac Johnson (Danny Glover). Johnson appeals to Swagger's expertise and patriotism to help track down an assassin who plans on shooting the president from a great distance with a high powered rifle. Johnson gives him a list of three cities where the President is scheduled to visit so Swagger can determine if an attempt could be made at any of them. Swagger assesses each of the locations and determines that a site in Philadelphia would be most conducive to a long range assassination attempt. He passes this information to Johnson, who purportedly arranges for a response (Wikipedia, 2011).

3. OBAMA'S GUNS AND RELIGION REMARK

178

OBAMACSI.COM: During the 2008 U.S. presidential campaign, Obama made an absurd comment that may come back to haunt him, politically. Obama stated, "You go into these small towns in Pennsylvania and, like a lot of small towns in the Midwest, the jobs have been gone now for 25 years and nothing's replaced them...And it's not surprising then they get bitter they cling to guns or religion." Title: Obama Angers Midwest Voters With Guns And Religion Remark Date: April 14, 2008 Source: Guardian

YouTube-Video Abstract: Obama was caught in an uncharacteristic moment of loose language. Referring to working-class voters in old industrial towns decimated by job losses, the presidential hopeful said: "They get bitter, they cling to guns or religion or antipathy to people who aren't like them or anti-immigrant sentiment or anti-trade sentiment as a way to explain their frustrations." The comments were seized on by his rival for the Democratic party candidacy, Hillary Clinton, who saw in them the hope of reviving her flagging campaign by turning voters in the important Pennsylvania primary on April 22 against what she classed as Obama's revealed "elitism" (Guardian, 2008).

San Diego, California

OBAMACSI.COM: U.S. President Barack Obama will attend the Carrier Classic in San Diego, California, on November 11, 2011. The Carrier Classic will feature a men's NCAA basketball game between the #1 ranked North Carolina Tar Heels and the Michigan State Spartans. The game will be played on the deck on the U.S.S. Vinson, which allegedly fired the first shots in the War on Terror against AL Qaeda. Obama will be surrounded by U.S. military service men and woman as he becomes a sitting duck perched atop the aircraft carrier in San Diego Bay. Should Obama be targeted, bet on the fact that many NAVY sailors will be slaughtered in the process with the dead likely ranging in the hundreds if not thousands. Although Obama will likely escape unarmed, the act of terror will enrage the American public to go to war, exactly as it was designed to do. 1. The Carrier Classic: The Carrier Classic will feature a men's NCAA basketball game between the #1 ranked North Carolina Tar Heels and the Michigan State Spartans. The game will be played on the deck on the U.S.S. Vinson, which allegedly fired the first shots in the War on Terror against AL Qaeda. The Carrier Classic is the opening game of the 2011 NCAA college basketball season and will be broadcast nationally and internationally on the ESPN family of sports network with a TV audience ranging somewhere between 100-150 million. 2. San Diego & Terrorism: San Diego has recently made national headlines for alleged terror threats, and the Obama assassination scenario in San Diego plays out nicely with the "Fast and Furious Scandal" involving Mexican drugs gangs and guns (especially considering that Mexico is only about 10 miles from San Diego). In May of 2011, reports surfaced that Al-Qaeda was attempting to use trains in an upcoming terror strike. Coincidentally, trains ride along the San Diego Bay, making a perfect sniper's nest. New reports also surfaced of an alleged Hezbollah terror cell across the border in Mexico that's waiting to strike in America. As the 10th anniversary of 9/11 approached, Keith Slotter, special agent in charge of the San Diego office of the FBI, told a news conference, "Al Qaeda and others have always had a fascination with significant dates in history". Knowing whether 11/11/11 is that date Slotter is referring to is just a matter of time. 1. THE CARRIER CLASSIC

OBAMACSI.COM: The Carrier Classic will feature a men's NCAA basketball game between the #1 ranked North Carolina Tar Heels and the Michigan State Spartans. The game will be played on the deck on the U.S.S. Vinson, which allegedly fired the first shots in the War on Terror against AL Qaeda. The Carrier Classic is the opening game of the 2011 NCAA college basketball season and will be broadcast nationally and internationally on the ESPN family of sports network with a TV audience ranging somewhere between 100-150 million. Title: Aircraft Carrier That Launched First Attack On Al Qaeda To Host Opening Game Of College Basketball Season Date: July 16, 2011 Source: Daily Mail

Abstract: It launched the first attacks against al Qaeda and the Taliban after the 9/11 terror attacks - and now the aircraft carrier USS Carl Vinson has another important mission on its hands: hosting the opening game of the 2011 NCAA college basketball season. Navy Chief of Information Rear Admiral Dennis Moynihan has confirmed that after more than a month of discussions with a promoter, an agreement has been reached to hold the game on the carrier. A company called Morale Entertainment will organise the game and be responsible for all the costs. Mr Moynihan stressed: 'There will be no cost to the taxpayer.' The Carl Vinson has played key roles in the fight against terrorism since the global war on terror began.

179

Aside from launching the first wave of attacks on targets in Afghanistan, it also carried the body of Osama bin Laden for burial at sea after he was killed in the U.S. military raid in Pakistan earlier this year. Now the mighty vessel is on track to make sports history as the first-ever carrier to host an NCAA basketball game. The Michigan State Spartans will play the University of North Carolina Tar Heels on Veterans Day, November 11, on the top deck of the carrier at the U.S. Naval Base in San Diego. Former UNC star Michael Jordan and former MSU star Earvin 'Magic' Johnson are the honorary captains for the game. The 'Carrier Classic,' as the game has been dubbed, will be the first televised college basketball game of the season for ESPN. But it will take more than a deal to pull the game off, CNN reports. Unlike indoor arenas, players will be exposed to the elements on the deck of an aircraft carrier. To prevent any weather delays, two courts will be built on the ship: one on the flight deck, and the other in the hangar deck, which will be protected from rain and some wind. The seating for the flight deck stadium will be wrapped with fabric to help block the wind, and the ship will be moored alongside a pier that would put the sun about midcourt, so no players will have to shoot into the setting sun. A professional lighting crew that does lighting for rock concerts has been contacted about bringing in lights to help keep the court bright enough for the players and the TV cameras. The game will attract about 7,000 fans to the nuclear-powered carrier, one of the Navy's most important assets. Getting them onto a secure Navy base and then on board the vessel will take a significant security effort. Part of that has been addressed by the promoters, who won't sell tickets to the public. Instead, some tickets will go to UNC and MSU, a few to sponsors, and some to coaches who take part in a game-week youth clinic. The rest of the tickets will go to service members, veterans and their families. Plus, Morale Entertainment spokesman Mike Whalen said, each ticket will be printed with the name of the ticket-holder, which must match that person's identification as they enter the venue. The Navy also made sure that the promoters and ESPN, which plans to bring a dozen or more cameras to cover the game, know that at any moment President Barack Obama could order the Carl Vinson to leave port for a mission. Basketball courts, bleachers, lights, etc., would have to come off the ship at the same time that more than 5,000 sailors and Marines would come aboard. Whalen said he has assured the Navy his company would be prepared to break down both courts and all the seating very quicky. If the event goes off as planned, there are already talks in the works to hold more games on the carrier, including a match up between the Notre Dame and Ohio State women's basketball teams (Daily Mail, 2011).

Title: Barack Obama To Attend Carrier Classic Date: October 13, 2011 Source: ESPN Abstract: President Barack Obama, the nation's basketball-fan-in-chief, will have the seat of his choice at the Carrier Classic hoops game on Veterans Day on the flight deck of the USS Carl Vinson, the aircraft carrier that buried Osama bin Laden at sea. The White House announced Thursday that Obama has accepted an invitation to attend the Nov. 11 matchup between North Carolina and Michigan State, the first college basketball game on an active flat top. The Carl Vinson and its sailors have attracted considerable attention since early May, when the carrier conducted bin Laden's burial at sea after he was killed by Navy SEALs in a raid ordered by Obama. It'll be an impossible ticket, except for the lucky 7,000 or so who will be granted permission to come aboard the 1,092-foot, nuclear-powered carrier. Most of the tickets will go to active military personnel. Tickets won't be sold to the public. Obama can sit "wherever he wants," said Mike Whalen of the Morale Entertainment Foundation, which is organizing the game. The president, a huge hoops fan, will be in his element, even if it is an unusual venue for big-time basketball.

180

Known for playing pickup games, Obama needed 12 stitches in his lip after he was inadvertently elbowed during such a scrimmage last November. His brother-in-law, Craig Robinson, is the coach at Oregon State. Obama has filled out an NCAA tournament bracket the last three years for ESPN, which will televise the Carrier Classic. Plus, he has a history with the Tar Heels. Obama played a pickup game with UNC's players during a 2008 campaign stop. The following spring, he correctly picked the Tar Heels to win the 2009 NCAA title -- which they did by routing Michigan State -- and then hosted them at the White House. Tar Heels coach Roy Williams was excited to hear Obama will be at the Carrier Classic. "My guess is he wouldn't be there unless things in the world were in good shape," Williams said with a grin at preseason media day. "So I hope he can stick to that commitment and be there. "This is one of the biggest thrills in my coaching career, to be involved in that kind of game," Williams said. "It really is as neat of a deal as you can possibly imagine." Obama is scheduled to begin Veterans Day by laying a wreath at Arlington National Cemetery before flying to San Diego. "He looks forward to a great game," the White House said in a statement. Whalen said there will be appropriate security considering the dignitaries who are expected to attend. Besides Obama, top Navy officials and congressional delegations from North Carolina and Michigan have been invited. A postgame concert is scheduled, but organizers haven't announced the acts. James Worthy and Magic Johnson will serve as honorary captains for their alma maters. The carrier, which has been in San Francisco for Fleet Week, will be at its berth at North Island Naval Air Station. To the south is Naval Amphibious Base Coronado, where SEALs train. Across San Diego Bay is Naval Base San Diego. The court, surrounded by temporary stadium-style seating, will be located between the island and the forward catapults. In case of rain, the game will be moved below to the hangar deck. Navy officials got the news on the sea service's 236th birthday. "We're honored that President Obama plans to attend the game on the Carl Vinson," said Rear Admiral Dennis Moynihan, the Navy's chief spokesman. "The ship is a representative of more than 100 Navy ships that are deployed right now. We see this as a celebration of service for all veterans, and we also see this as a great opportunity to showcase what our Navy does on a daily basis." Whalen, a former Marine, was happy, too. "We're excited that President Obama would even consider showing up. We feel like we won the lottery," he said. Morale Entertainment Foundation, which hopes to help raise the visibility of the Navy with the Carrier Classic, brings notable Americans, such as former astronauts Neil Armstrong, Gene Cernan and Jim Lovell, as well as coaches and race car drivers to visit troops in the Middle East and Afghanistan. The Carrier Classic is sponsored by Quicken Loans (ESPN, 2011).

Title: Barack Obama To Attend Carrier Classic Date: October 13, 2011 Source: ESPN Abstract: President Barack Obama, the nation's basketball-fan-in-chief, will have the seat of his choice at the Carrier Classic hoops game on Veterans Day on the flight deck of the USS Carl Vinson, the aircraft carrier that buried Osama bin Laden at sea. The White House announced Thursday that Obama has accepted an invitation to attend the Nov. 11 matchup between North Carolina and Michigan State, the first college basketball game on an active flat top. The Carl Vinson and its sailors have attracted considerable attention since early May, when the carrier conducted bin Laden's burial at sea after he was killed by Navy SEALs in a raid ordered by Obama.

181

It'll be an impossible ticket, except for the lucky 7,000 or so who will be granted permission to come aboard the 1,092-foot, nuclear-powered carrier. Most of the tickets will go to active military personnel. Tickets won't be sold to the public. Obama can sit "wherever he wants," said Mike Whalen of the Morale Entertainment Foundation, which is organizing the game. The president, a huge hoops fan, will be in his element, even if it is an unusual venue for big-time basketball. Known for playing pickup games, Obama needed 12 stitches in his lip after he was inadvertently elbowed during such a scrimmage last November. His brother-in-law, Craig Robinson, is the coach at Oregon State. Obama has filled out an NCAA tournament bracket the last three years for ESPN, which will televise the Carrier Classic. Plus, he has a history with the Tar Heels. Obama played a pickup game with UNC's players during a 2008 campaign stop. The following spring, he correctly picked the Tar Heels to win the 2009 NCAA title -- which they did by routing Michigan State -- and then hosted them at the White House. Tar Heels coach Roy Williams was excited to hear Obama will be at the Carrier Classic. "My guess is he wouldn't be there unless things in the world were in good shape," Williams said with a grin at preseason media day. "So I hope he can stick to that commitment and be there. "This is one of the biggest thrills in my coaching career, to be involved in that kind of game," Williams said. "It really is as neat of a deal as you can possibly imagine." Obama is scheduled to begin Veterans Day by laying a wreath at Arlington National Cemetery before flying to San Diego. "He looks forward to a great game," the White House said in a statement. Whalen said there will be appropriate security considering the dignitaries who are expected to attend. Besides Obama, top Navy officials and congressional delegations from North Carolina and Michigan have been invited. A postgame concert is scheduled, but organizers haven't announced the acts. James Worthy and Magic Johnson will serve as honorary captains for their alma maters. The carrier, which has been in San Francisco for Fleet Week, will be at its berth at North Island Naval Air Station. To the south is Naval Amphibious Base Coronado, where SEALs train. Across San Diego Bay is Naval Base San Diego. The court, surrounded by temporary stadium-style seating, will be located between the island and the forward catapults. In case of rain, the game will be moved below to the hangar deck. Navy officials got the news on the sea service's 236th birthday. "We're honored that President Obama plans to attend the game on the Carl Vinson," said Rear Admiral Dennis Moynihan, the Navy's chief spokesman. "The ship is a representative of more than 100 Navy ships that are deployed right now. We see this as a celebration of service for all veterans, and we also see this as a great opportunity to showcase what our Navy does on a daily basis." Whalen, a former Marine, was happy, too. "We're excited that President Obama would even consider showing up. We feel like we won the lottery," he said. Morale Entertainment Foundation, which hopes to help raise the visibility of the Navy with the Carrier Classic, brings notable Americans, such as former astronauts Neil Armstrong, Gene Cernan and Jim Lovell, as well as coaches and race car drivers to visit troops in the Middle East and Afghanistan. The Carrier Classic is sponsored by Quicken Loans (ESPN, 2011).

Title: ESPN To Televise Hoops Game From Deck of U.S. Aircraft Carrier Date: May 12, 2011 Source: ESPN Abstract: ESPN has reached an agreement with the Morale Entertainment Foundation to televise Michigan State vs. North Carolina in the Carrier Classic 11-11-11, the first men's college basketball game to be played on the deck of a United States military aircraft carrier, on Friday, Nov. 11, at 7

182

p.m. ET. The United States military ship to host the unique Veteran's Day event honoring the men and women in the armed forces is to be determined but will be positioned in the San Diego harbor. As part of the telecast, ESPN will televise a special halftime entertainment show and post-game concert organized by Morale Entertainment Foundation. Specific coverage plans for the Carrier Classic 11-11-11, featuring a rematch of the 2009 National Championship won by North Carolina, are being finalized. A basketball court with seating for approximately 7,000 fans will be constructed on the flight deck. The game will be played below the flight deck in the event of rain. Tickets will not be for sale. The Carrier Classic 11-11-11 will mark the first mens college basketball telecast of the 2011-12 season on ESPN or ESPN2 (ESPNU will open the season with Coaches vs. Cancer matchups). "We are privileged to be a part of this tremendous initiative honoring our veterans and troops, said Nick Dawson, ESPN director, programming. We commend Morale Entertainment, Michigan State University and the University of North Carolina and the United States Navy for their creativity and enthusiasm. Its exciting to still be able to televise new and unique games after 32 years and more than 9,500 live game telecasts. Michigan State Coach Tom Izzo said, I cant think of a better way to start the season than playing in the Carrier Classic 11-11-11 on Veterans Day. The opportunity to give something back to those that serve in the military and their families is a humbling experience. On the court, the game will feature two of the top programs in America, but it also provides an opportunity for life lessons off the court, including those about the real meaning of sacrifice and dedication. As coaches and athletes, we are familiar with terms like wins and losses, but to our servicemen and women, those phrases have very different meanings. Its a concept that first hit home during one of my trips to visit our troops in Kuwait, and one that Ive carried with me since then. Im sure that being a part of this game will create life-lasting memories for all involved. I know it certainly will for me. North Carolina Coach Roy Williams said, It is an honor for Carolina Basketball to play in such a unique game that will benefit and salute the United States armed forces. We thank the U.S. Navy for presenting us with this remarkable opportunity. The look on our players fac es when I told them they would be playing outdoors on the deck of an aircraft carrier was priceless. The experience will create for them a lifetime of memories. Even more important is the chance to combine the start of the college basketball season with saluting and thanking our military personnel for all they do to allow us to safely live and play each day in the United States of America. Mike Whalen, director of the Morale Entertainment Foundation, added, From the very beginning, we felt the only outlet that c ould capture the significance of this event, and the excitement surrounding it, was ESPN. We are thrilled ESPN is joining the Foundation to honor the service of our current members of the Armed Forces and recognizing the service of the millions of veterans and their families who have gone before them." The Navy-Marine Corps Relief Society, Wounded Warrior Project, the San Diego Air and Space Museum and the San Diego Sports Commission are assisting game organizer Morale Entertainment Foundation with various elements surrounding the event (ESPN, 2011).

2. SAN DIEGO & TERRORISM

OBAMACSI.COM: San Diego has recently made national headlines for alleged terror threats, and the Obama assassination scenario in San Diego plays out nicely with the "Fast and Furious Scandal" involving Mexican drugs gangs and guns (especially considering that Mexico is only about 10 miles from San Diego). In May of 2011, reports surfaced that Al-Qaeda was attempting to use trains in an upcoming terror strike. Coincidentally, trains ride along the San Diego Bay, making a perfect sniper's nest. New reports also surfaced of an alleged Hezbollah terror cell across the border in Mexico that's waiting to strike in America. As the 10th anniversary of 9/11 approached, Keith Slotter, special agent in charge of the San Diego office of the FBI, told a news conference, "Al Qaeda and others have always had a fascination with significant dates in history". Knowing whether 11/11/11 is that date Slotter is referring to is just a matter of time. Title: Terrorist Group Setting Up Operations Near Border Date: May 4, 2011 Source: 10 News San Diego Abstract: A terrorist organization whose home base is in the Middle East has established another home base across the border in Mexico."They are recognized by many experts as the 'A' team of Muslim terrorist organizations," a former U.S. intelligence agent told 10News.The former agent, referring to Shi'a Muslim terrorist group Hezbollah, added, "They certainly have had successes in big-ticket bombings." Some of the group's bombings include the U.S. embassy in Beirut and Israeli embassy in Argentina.However, the group is now active much closer to San Diego. "We are looking at 15 or 20 years that Hezbollah has been setting up shop in Mexico," the agent told 10News. Since the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks, U.S. policy has focused on al-Qaida and its offshoots. "They are more shooters than thinkers it's a lot of muscles, courage, desire but not a lot of training," the agent said, referring to al-Qaida.Hezbollah, he said, is far more advanced." Their operators are far more skilled they are the equals of Russians, Chinese or Cubans," h e said. "I consider Hezbollah much more dangerous in that sense because of strategic thinking; they think more long-term. "Hezbolah has operated in South America for decades and then Central America, along with their sometime rival, sometime ally Hamas. Now, the group is blending into Shi'a Muslim communities in Mexico, including Tijuana. Other pockets along the U.S.-Mexico border region remain largely unidentified as U.S. intelligence agencies are focused on the drug trade. "They have had clandestine training in how to live in foreign hostile territories," the agent said.

183

The agent, who has spent years deep undercover in Mexico, said Hezbollah is partnering with drug organizations, but which ones is not clear at this time. He told 10News the group receives cartel cash and protection in exchange for Hezbollah expertise."From money laundering to firearms training and explosives training," the agent said. For example, he tracked, along with Mexican intelligence, two Hezbollah operatives in safe houses in Tijuana and Durango. "I confirmed the participation of cartel members as well as other Hezbollah individuals living and operating out of there," he said. Tunnels the cartels have built that cross from Mexico into the U.S. have grown increasingly sophisticated. It is a learned skill, the agent said points to Hezbollah's involvement. "Where are the knowledgeable tunnel builders? Certainly in the Middle East," he said. Why have Americans not heard more about Hezbollah's activities happening so close to the border? "If they really wanted to start blowing stuff up, they could do it," the agent said.According to the agent, the organization sees the U.S. as their "cash cow," with illegal drug and immigration operations. Many senior Hezbollah leaders are wealthy businessmen, the agent said."The money they are sending back to Lebanon is too important right now to jeopardize those operations," he said. The agent said the real concern is the group's long-term goal of radicalizing Muslim communities. "They're focusing on developing infiltrating communities within North America," the agent told 10News (10 News San Diego, 2011).

Title: San Diego Officials React To Al-Qaeda Railway Threat Date: May 6, 2011 Source: Fox News 5 Abstract: Intelligence officials said Thursday that U.S. railways may be the next target for Al-Qaeda, but San Diego law enforcement officials say they are not worried. Department of Homeland Security issued a warning Thursday following the transcription of a note found in Osama Bin Laden's Pakistan compound indicating a potential attack on the 10th anniversary of 9/11. According to the DHS bulletin, the terror group in early 2010 envisioned sabotaging a railway to cause a wreck. DHS said it isn't clear if there has been any further planning since February 2010. The department didn't offer details on the location or type of train to be targeted, because the original information was vague, officials said. San Diego FBI Special Agent Darrell Foxworth said he is not overly concerned. "We do not have any information which indicates that we have an imminent threat to the rail sector here in San Diego or Imperial counties," he said. "These bulletins are sent out on a regular basis out of an abundance of caution to provide situation awareness so authorities know what to look for and what activity may be suspicious." The DHS message was prompted by notes discovered in the Abbottabad, Pakistan, compound where bin Laden was killed. According to U.S. officials, the handwritten notes, which were contained in a book, weren't addressed to any particular operative. They were described as "ramblings" and "aspirational" by one Obama administration official. It isn't clear if bin Laden or someone else wrote them. The notes talked about "attacking America during symbolic times and using mass transit," one administration official said. "If there's a specific threat toward the City of San Diego, a verified threat, then we are immediately notified and will take the appropriate actions," said San Diego Police Chief William Lansdowne. "Right now there isn't one. There is no need to panic." FOX-5 talked to some rail riders Thursday hours after the DHS issued its warning. "Anything can happen right now, you just have to do what you do, have a blessing from God and say 'here I go,'" said Alicia Barker, who frequently rides the Amtrak to visit her daughter in Los Angeles. "I think culturally we've been prone to think that it's going to happen on a plane, but why not a train?" said Adam Boone. "Even so, I still don't think about that." Foxworth said often times members of the Joint Terrorism Task Force or other agents are on modes of mass transit without the public ever knowing it. He said if there ends up being a real threat to San Diego, JTTF along with FBI and SDPD would take the necessary actions to keep the city safe. "The strength of the JTTF is the intelligence sharing, it's the collection of information of all the agencies looking at what potential threats are here," said Foxworth. "It's not something that should stop people from enjoying themselves and doing what they normally do, there's absolutely no information specific to San Diego," Lansdowne said (Fox News 5, 2011).

Title: San Diego Officials Urge Vigilance As 9/11 Anniversary Nears Date: August 25, 2011 Source: LA Times Abstract: Reporting from San Diego -- With the 10th anniversary of the Sept. 11 attacks approaching, San Diego political and law enforcement officials launched a campaign Wednesday to warn residents to look for signs of terrorist planning. "Al Qaeda and others have always had a fascination with significant dates in history," Keith Slotter, special agent in charge of the San Diego office of the FBI, told a news conference.

184

Public service announcements are scheduled for local television stations warning residents to be on the alert and to contact police if they see anything suspicious. A locally produced six-minute video titled "The Eight Signs of Terrorism" is posted on a county government website: http://www.ReadySanDiego.org. San Diego's proximity to the U.S.-Mexico border and the presence of numerous military bases require an extra level of vigilance, said San Diego Mayor Jerry Sanders, a former police chief. The eight warning signs were compiled by the San Diego Joint Terrorism Task Force and the federal Department of Homeland Security. The department has begun a national campaign, "If You See Something, Say Something." Among the signs of possible terrorism: People appearing to watch potential targets to gain information and people impersonating law enforcement officers or letter carriers. Other signs include people using cash for large purchases; people buying large quantities of products such as fertilizer, weapons or uniforms; and people appearing to rehearse an attack or moving equipment or supplies into position. "When in doubt, call law enforcement," San Diego County Sheriff William Gore said. "We'll handle it.... We're not targeting any particular group, we're looking at suspicious activity regardless of who is doing it." San Diego Police Chief William Lansdowne recalled the police and firefighters who dashed into the second building of the Twin Towers when it was struck by a plane. "Remember what happened on 9/11 and show that level of courage," he said. Three of the hijackers who flew a plane into the Pentagon had lived in San Diego. Two of the three had taken flying lessons in San Diego. In the wake of the Sept. 11 attacks, there was criticism about lack of coordination and sharing of information between federal and local law enforcement and U.S. intelligence agencies. Without directly mentioning that criticism, officials at Wednesday's news conference said that coordination has improved. "We've never been more prepared," Lansdowne said (LA Times, 2011).

Washington D.C.
OBAMACSI.COM: The marriage between U.S. capitol Washington D.C. and guns, snipers, and shootings has been repeatedly made since the D.C. Sniper terrorized America in the 9/11 aftermath. Aside from real-life gun tragedies that have occurred in the Washington D.C. area, two propaganda films have rehashed the D.C. Sniper narrative for television audiences worldwide. In regards to the assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama, the city of Washington D.C. was specifically chosen as the city of the first ever known presidential "Joint Threat Assessment", which was issued by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, the FBI, U.S. Northern Command, National Counterterrorism Center and a host of other intelligence agencies. Should Obama be assassinated in Washington D.C., it would fit nicely into the current culture of gun violence that the American capitol has been recently known for.

1. D.C. Sniper (2002): The Washington D.C. sniper, better known as the "D.C. Sniper", went on a killing spree in Washington, D.C., Maryland, and Virginia, during three weeks in October of 2002. Ten people were killed and three others were critically injured in various locations throughout the Washington D.C. metropolitan area and along Interstate 95 in Virginia. 2. Movie: "Sniper: 23 Days of Fear" (2003): The 2003 propaganda movie chronicles the period when alleged shooters John Allen Muhammad (played by Bobby Hosea) and Lee Boyd Malvo (played by Trent Cameron) went on a serial shooting spree in October 2002 in Virginia, Washington, D.C., and Maryland. 3. D.C. Gun Ban Reversed (2008): "District of Columbia v. Heller", 554 U.S. 570 (2008), was a landmark case in which the Supreme Court of the United States held that the Second Amendment to the United States Constitution protects an individual's right to possess a firearm for traditionally lawful purposes in federal enclaves, such as self-defense within the home. Should Obama be assassinated in Washington D.C., it is likely that the reversal of the gun ban will be blamed and permanent gun bans will be instituted nationwide. 4. D.C. Holocaust Museum Shooter (2009): James W. von Brunn, an 88-year-old gunman and alleged 9/11 Truther, allegedly opened fire with a rifle inside the crowded U.S. Holocaust Memorial Museum in Washington D.C., killing one security guard before being killed by police. 5. Movie: "D.C. Sniper" (2009): The "D.C. Sniper" is a 2009 American direct-to-video drama-thriller propaganda film directed by Ulli Lommel and written by Lommel and Ken Foree. It stars Ken Foree, Christopher Kriesa and Maria Ochoa. The film is an expose of the Beltway sniper attacks the crimes of John Allen Muhammad and Lee Malvo and depicts the story of a mysterious sniper who shocks the Washington D.C. district and kills ordinary people, one after the other in the night.

185

6. 2010 State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment (2010): In the first ever know U.S. Presidential "Joint Threat Assessment", U.S. President Barack Obama is specifically named as target of assassination by a "Lone Offender" and/or 9/11 "Truther". READ MORE 7. D.C. Shooter (2010): The "D.C. Shooter" made national headlines when he sprayed a crowd with bullets in a drive-by shooting that killed four and wounded five, resulting in the worst shooting in Washington D.C. in at least 16 years.

1. D.C. SNIPER

OBAMACSI.COM: The Washington D.C. sniper, better known as the "D.C. Sniper", went on a killing spree in Washington, D.C., Maryland, and Virginia, during three weeks in October of 2002. Ten people were killed and three others were critically injured in various locations throughout the Washington D.C. metropolitan area and along Interstate 95 in Virginia. Title: D.C. Sniper Date: October 2-22, 2002 Suspect: John Allen Williams (Muhammad) Location: Washington, D.C., Maryland, and Virginia Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Washington sniper attacks took place during three weeks in October 2002 in Washington, D.C., Maryland, and Virginia. Ten people were killed and three others critically injured in various locations throughout the Washington Metropolitan Area and along Interstate 95 in Virginia. It was widely speculated that a single sniper was using the Capital Beltway for travel, possibly in a white van or truck. It was later learned that the rampage was perpetrated by one man, John Allen Muhammad, and one minor, Lee Boyd Malvo, driving a blue 1990 Chevrolet Caprice sedan, and had apparently begun the month before with murders and robbery in Louisiana and Alabama, which had resulted in three deaths. In September 2003, Muhammad was sentenced to death. One month later, Malvo was sentenced to six consecutive life sentences without the possibility of parole. On November 10, 2009, Muhammad was executed by lethal injection (Wikipedia, 2011).

2. MOVIE: SNIPER: 23 DAYS OF FEAR

OBAMACSI.COM: The 2003 propaganda movie chronicles the period when alleged shooters John Allen Muhammad (played by Bobby Hosea) and Lee Boyd Malvo (played by Trent Cameron) went on a serial shooting spree in October 2002 in Virginia, Washington, D.C., and Maryland. Title: "Sniper: 23 Days Of Fear" Date: October 17, 2003 Source: Wikipedia

Abstract: The movie chronicles the period when John Allen Muhammad (played by Bobby Hosea) and Lee Boyd Malvo (played by Trent Cameron) went on a serial shooting spree in October 2002 in Virginia, Washington, D.C., and Maryland, all parts of the Washington Metropolitan Area, the entire area of which was held in a grip of terror. The protagonist is Charles Moose (played by Charles S. Dutton), the chief of the Montgomery County Police Department in Montgomery County, Maryland, who is one of those heading the efforts to track down the snipers. Unable to give anything but small pieces of information at various press conferences held during the 23 dark days, Moose finds himself vilified and derided in many corners as ineffectual and incompetent. Indeed, quite a few newspapers outside the area targeted by snipers came right out and called for Moose's resignation. But the chief's dogged persistence ultimately paid off and in the sort of twist that a professional writer of thrillers might dismiss as inconceivable the two men arrested for the carnage turned out to be the archetypal "least likely suspects" (Wikipedia, 2011).

3. D.C. GUN BAN REVERSED

186

OBAMACSI.COM: "District of Columbia v. Heller", 554 U.S. 570 (2008), was a landmark case in which the Supreme Court of the United States held that the Second Amendment to the United States Constitution protects an individual's right to possess a firearm for traditionally lawful purposes in federal enclaves, such as self-defense within the home. Should Obama be assassinated in Washington D.C., it is likely that the reversal of the gun ban will be blamed and permanent gun bans will be instituted nationwide. Title: "District of Columbia v. Heller" Date: June 26, 2008 Location: Washington D.C. Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "District of Columbia v. Heller", 554 U.S. 570 (2008), was a landmark case in which the Supreme Court of the United States held that the Second Amendment to the United States Constitution protects an individual's right to possess a firearm for traditionally lawful purposes in federal enclaves, such as self-defense within the home. The decision did not address the question of whether the Second Amendment extends beyond federal enclaves to the states, which was addressed later by McDonald v. Chicago (2010). It was the first Supreme Court case in United States history to decide whether the Second Amendment protects an individual right to keep and bear arms for self defense. On June 26, 2008, the Supreme Court affirmed the Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit in "Parker v. District of Columbia". The Court of Appeals had struck down provisions of the Firearms Control Regulations Act of 1975 as unconstitutional, determined that handguns are "arms" for the purposes of the Second Amendment, found that the District of Columbia's regulations act was an unconstitutional banning, and struck down the portion of the regulations act that requires all firearms including rifles and shotguns be kept "unloaded and disassembled or bound by a trigger lock." "Prior to this decision the Firearms Control Regulation Act of 1975 also restricted residents from owning handguns except for those registered prior to 1975" (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: Supreme Court Shoots Down D.C. Gun Ban Date: June 28, 2008 Source: ABC News Abstract: The Supreme Court ruled Thursday that the District of Columbia cannot ban a citizen from keeping a handgun at home, throwing out one of the nation's strictest gun control laws. Writing for the 5-4 majority, Justice Antonin Scalia said that the Constitution protects an individual's right to keep and carry a gun. The decision will affect gun control laws across the country. "We hold that the District's ban on handgun possession in the home violated the Second Amendment, as does its prohibition against rendering any lawful firearm in the home operable for the purpose of immediate self-defense." He addressed the "problem of handgun violence" by saying there are a "variety of tools" such as "measures regulating handguns" available. But he said that the "enshrinement of constitutional rights necessarily takes certain policy choices off the table," which includes measures such as an "absolute prohibition of handguns" (ABC News, 2008).

4. D.C. HOLOCAUST MUSEUM SHOOTER

OBAMACSI.COM: James W. von Brunn, an 88-year-old gunman and allged 9/11 Truther, allegedly opened fire with a rifle inside the crowded U.S. Holocaust Memorial Museum in Washington D.C., killing one security guard before being killed by police. Title: Holocaust Museum Shooting In Washington D.C. Date: June 10, 2009 Suspect: James W. von Brunn Source: Huffington Post Abstract: An 88-year-old gunman with a violent and virulently anti-Semitic past opened fire with a rifle inside the crowded U.S. Holocaust Memorial Museum...Washington Police Chief Cathy Lanier said the gunman was "engaged by security guards immediately after entering the door" with a rifle. "The second he stepped into the building he began firing." Law enforcement officials said James W. von Brunn, a white supremacist, was under investigation in the shooting and that his car was found near the museum and tested for explosives. The weapon was a .22-caliber rifle, they added. Von Brunn has a racist, anti-Semitic Web site and wrote a book titled "Kill the Best Gentiles," alleging a Jewish conspiracy...In 1983, he was convicted of

187

attempting to kidnap members of the Federal Reserve Board and served more than six years in prison. He was arrested two years earlier outside the room where the board was meeting, carrying a revolver, knife and sawed-off shotgun. At the time, police said von Brunn wanted to take the members hostage because of high interest rates and the nation's economic difficulties (Huffington Post, 2009).

Title: Holocaust Museum Shooter Von Brunn A 9/11 'Truther' Who Hated 'Neo-Cons', Bush, McCain Date: June 10, 2009 Source: Examiner Abstract: The man accused of opening fire at the Holocaust Museum in Washington, DC on June 10, James W. von Brunn left a trail of unhinged writings around the internet. The anti-semitism of von Brunn is the first thing one notices when visiting these bizarre websites. However, like those of most "white supremacists", many of von Brunn's political views track "Left" rather than "Right." Clearly, a re-evaluation of these obsolete definitions is long overdue. For example, he unleashed his hatred of both Presidents Bush and other "neo-conservatives" in online essays. As even some "progressives" such as the influential Adbusters magazine publicly admit, "neoconservative" is often used as a derogatory code word for "Jews". As well, even a cursory glance at "white supremacist" writings reveals a hatred of, say, big corporations that is virtually indistinguishable from that of antiglobalization activists. James von Brunn's advocacy of 9/11 conspiracy theories also gives him an additional commonality with individuals on the far-left. None of this will surprise readers of Jonah Goldberg's bestseller Liberal Fascism: The Secret History of the American Left, From Mussolini to the Politics of Change , which clearly demonstrates that "fascism" of the kind advocated by the British National Party (BNP) and the likes of James W. von Brunn is just as likely to reflect "leftwing" views as "rightwing" ones. In fact, anti-semitism is something the New Left and the "Far Right" have had in common since the 1980s, which is why so many former leftists like David Horowitz defected from one side to the other during the Reagan era and beyond. It also helps explain the otherwise baffling alliance between the Left and radical Islam. That this shooting occurred shortly after President Obama's former mentor, Rev. Jeremiah Wright, blamed "the Jews" for his lack of access to his former parishioner is a troubling confluence of events as well (Examiner, 2009).

Title: Holocaust Museum Suspect Was A 9/11 Truther Date: June 10, 2009 Source: Now Hampshire Abstract: James W. von Brunn, the suspect in Wednesdays shooting at the Holocaust Memorial Museum in Washington, DC, believed that many grave and still unresolved crimes were committed by US officials prior to, during and after the events of 9/11 according to an online petition he signed. Von Brunn was the 9,196th person to sign the Petition of Solidarity hosted on the website Justicefor911.org, which claims it is sponsored in part by the organization 911Truth.org. According to the website over 16,600 people have signed the petition. The petition reads, most of these apparent crimes [by US officials], including but not limited to abetment of mass murder, c riminal negligence, insider trading, and obstruction of justice, fall well within the jurisdiction of New Yorks top law enforcement officials, who thus become the Peoples last recourse when federal intervention yields no credible answers, relief or accountability. Von Brunn and other petitioners wanted the Attorney General of the State of New York and the District Attorney of the Borough of Manhattan to open investigations into federal culpability for the terror attacks in New York City of September 11, 2001 (New Hampshire, 2009).

5. 2010 STATE OF THE UNION: JOINT THREAT ASSESSMENT

OBAMACSI.COM: In the first ever know U.S. Presidential "Joint Threat Assessment", U.S. President Barack Obama is specifically named as target of assassination by a "Lone Offender" and/or 9/11 "Truther". READ MORE

Title: 2010 State Of The Union Address: Joint Threat Assessment Date: January 25, 2010 Source: DHS, FBI, US Capitol Police, U.S. Northern Command, National Counterterrorism Center, etc. Abstract: READ MORE (DHS, FBI, US Capitol Police, 2010).

188

6. MOVIE: "D.C. SNIPER"

OBAMACSI.COM: The "D.C. Sniper" is a 2010 American direct-to-video drama-thriller propaganda film directed by Ulli Lommel and written by Lommel and Ken Foree. It stars Ken Foree, Christopher Kriesa and Maria Ochoa. The film is an expose of the Beltway sniper attacks the crimes of John Allen Muhammad and Lee Malvo and depicts the story of a mysterious sniper who shocks the Washington D.C. district and kills ordinary people, one after the other in the night.

Title: "D.C. Sniper" Date: March 16, 2010 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "D.C. Sniper" is a 2010 American direct-to-video drama-thriller film directed by Ulli Lommel and written by Lommel and Ken Foree. It stars Ken Foree, Christopher Kriesa and Maria Ochoa. The film tells over the Beltway sniper attacks the crimes of John Allen Muhammad and Lee Malvo. A mysterious sniper shocks the Washington D.C. district and kills ordinary people, one after the other in the night (Wikipedia, 2011).

7. D.C. SHOOTER

OBAMACSI.COM: The "D.C. Shooter" made national headlines when he sprayed a crowd with bullets in a drive-by shooting that killed four and wounded five, resulting in the worst shooting in Washington D.C. in at least 16 years.

Title: D.C. Shooter Attacked Mourners After Funeral Date: April 1, 2010 Source: MSNBC Abstract: A crowd sprayed with bullets in a drive-by shooting that killed four and wounded five had just returned from the funeral of a man slain nearby, and a 20-year-old is suspected in both shootings. Two men and a 14-year-old boy accused of driving the minivan from which the bullets were fired were charged with first-degree murder in Tuesday night's shooting, the worst in D.C. in at least 16 years. One other person who was in the van was not caught, court documents said. One of the suspects, Orlando Carter, also has been charged with second-degree murder in the March 22 death of Jordan Howe. On March 23, Carter was shot in the head and shoulder hours after his brother was charged in Howe's death, court documents said (MSNBC, 2010).

CHAPTER 6: OBAMA ASSASSINATION SCAPEGOATS

9/11 Truthers
OBAMACSI.COM: The set-up of a "9/11 Truther" (one who does not believe the official narrative put forth by the U.S. government regarding the attacks of 9/11) for the assassination of Barack Obama has been clearly laid out over the past few years. This propaganda come from a blockbuster movie, a shooting in Washington D.C., a Joint Threat Assessment from the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and the FBI, as well as Fox News host Glenn Beck. The following chain of events clearly show intent to frame "9/11 Truthers" for the murder of a U.S. President, and in all likelihood that president would be Barack Obama. 1. "Shooter" (March, 2007): In the major motion picture "Shooter" (2007), U.S. military veteran and implied "9/11 Truther", Bob Lee Swagger, is played by the actor Mark Wahlberg. In the movie, Swagger is ultimately set up for the murder of an Ethiopian Archbishop as well as the attempted assassination of a sitting U.S. President via sniper rifle. 2. Holocaust Museum Shooter (June, 2009): Alleged "9/11 Truther", James W. von Brunn, allegedly shoots a security guard at a Holocaust Museum in Washington D.C., before being killed by police. 3. Glenn Beck: 9/11 Truthers will Kill Obama (January, 2010): Glenn Beck of Fox News stated on his nationally syndicated radio program: "Watch the uber left. Pray that Obama moves to the center. If he does, pray that the Secret Service care for that man and that that man is never left alone. He has invited "9/11 Truthers" into the White House and into his administration. If they believe that he's just another one of these guys, he is in danger."

189

4. 2010 State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment (January, 2010): The "9/11 Truther" shooter threat was rehashed in the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and FBI's 2010: State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment, wherein it specifically states that Obama may be targeted by an individual like the Holocaust Museum Shooter. Just like 9/11, the future assassination of a U.S. President by a "9/11 Truther" has been seeded into the minds of the American public via propaganda long before the actual event transpires in real life. This propaganda is spewed in-order to mentally prepare the American people for what is about to occur, paint "9/11 Truthers" as terrorists, and to make the "9/11 Truther" assassin scenario seem more plausible. Should the attempted or real assassination of Barack Obama transpire, not only will "9/11 Truthers" and U.S. military veterans be targeted, but all gun owning Americans will be suspects in the nationwide manhunt that is sure to ensue.

1. "SHOOTER"

OBAMACSI.COM: In the major motion picture "Shooter" (2007), U.S. military veteran and implied "9/11 Truther", Bob Lee Swagger, is played by the actor Mark Wahlberg. In the movie, Swagger is ultimately set up for the murder of an Ethiopian Archbishop as well as the attempted assassination of a sitting U.S. President via sniper rifle.

At 9:08 into the film, with the "9/11 Commission Report" in clear view, Swagger states, "Let's see what lies they're trying to sell us today". Later in the movie, at 13:55 precisely, Swagger states, "Don't really like the President much...Didn't like the one before that much either". Title: "Shooter" Date: March 23, 2007 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "Shooter" is a 2007 thriller film directed by Antoine Fuqua based on the novel "Point of Impact" by Stephen Hunter. The film concerns a former United States Marine Corps Scout Sniper, Bob Lee Swagger (Mark Wahlberg), who is framed for murder by a rogue secret private military company unit. It was released in cinemas on March 23, 2007. Bob Lee Swagger (Mark Wahlberg), a retired USMC Force Recon Gunnery Sergeant and Scout Sniper, is one of the few snipers in the world whose marksmanship abilities allow him to "take out a target from a mile away". He reluctantly leaves a self-imposed exile from his isolated mountain home in the Wind River Range at the request of Colonel Isaac Johnson (Danny Glover). Johnson appeals to Swagger's expertise and patriotism to help track down an assassin who plans on shooting the president from a great distance with a high powered rifle. Johnson gives him a list of three cities where the President is scheduled to visit so Swagger can determine if an attempt could be made at any of them. Swagger assesses each of the locations and determines that a site in Philadelphia would be most conducive to a long range assassination attempt. He passes this information to Johnson, who purportedly arranges for a response. This turns out to be a set-up; while Swagger is working with Johnson's agents including a local police officerto find the rumored assassin, the Ethiopian archbishop is instead assassinated while standing next to the president. Swagger is shot by the officer, but manages to escape. The agents tell the police and public that Swagger is the shooter, and stage a massive manhunt for the injured sniper. However, Swagger has a stroke of luckhe meets a rookie FBI special agent, Nick Memphis (Michael Pea), disarms him and steals his car. Swagger uses the first aid supplies in the car to treat his wounds and escapes by driving into the Delaware River while being chased. He then takes refuge with Sarah Fenn (Kate Mara), widow of Swagger's late spotter and close friend Donnie Fenn, killed years before in a mission in Africa that Swagger himself barely survived. She saves his life by cleaning and stitching Swagger's gunshot wounds, and he later convinces her to help him contact Memphis with information on the conspiracy. Memphis is blamed for allowing Swagger's escape and is disciplined for negligence. He independently learns that Swagger may have been framed for the assassination by finding several inconsistencies in the evidence and witness statements provided to the FBI by an unnamed private agency. When the rogue agents realize their secret is compromised, they kidnap Memphis and attempt to stage his suicide. Swagger tails the agents and kills Memphis' captors with a scoped .22 rifle equipped with a homemade silencer. Swagger and Memphis then join forces and visit a firearms expert (Levon Helm) in Athens, Tennessee. Together they plot to capture the person who they think is the real assassin, an ex-sniper allied with Colonel Johnson. Once they find him in Lynchburg, Virginia, he commits suicide after revealing that the archbishop was actually the real target and he was murdered to prevent his speaking out against U.S. involvement in the genocide of an Ethiopian village. The genocide was carried out on behalf of a consortium of American corporate oil interests headed by corrupt Senator Charles Meachum (Ned Beatty). Swagger learns that the mission in which Fenn was killed was also a part of the genocide, as they were tasked to cover the withdrawal of the contractors assigned to the job. Swagger records the exsniper's confession of his involvement in the African genocide. Then, with Memphis' assistance, Swagger escapes from an ambush by killing 24 mercenaries. Meanwhile, other rogue mercenaries, led by Johnson's psychotic right-hand man Jack Payne (Elias Koteas), have kidnapped Sarah in order to lure Swagger out of hiding. With his new evidence and cat and mouse strategy, Swagger and Memphis are able to rescue her when Colonel Johnson and Senator Meachum arrange a meeting to exchange their hostage for the evidence of their wrongdoing. After killing Payne and several enemy snipers in an isolated mountain range and rescuing Sarah, Swagger and Memphis finally surrender to the FBI.

190

Later appearing in a closed meeting with the Director of the FBI and the United States Attorney General present, Swagger clears his name by loading a rifle round (supplied by Memphis) into his rifle (which is there as evidence since it was supposedly used in the killing), aiming it at the Colonel and pulling the triggerwhich fails to fire the round. Swagger explains that every time he leaves his house, he takes out all the firing pins, replacing them with slightly shorter ones, thus rendering them unable to fire until he returns. Although Swagger is exonerated, Colonel Johnson takes advantage of a legal loopholethe Ethiopian genocide is outside American legal jurisdictionand walks free. The attorney general approaches Swagger and states that, as a law enforcement official, he must abide by the law ("It's not the Wild West anymore, you can't just clean up the streets with a gun, even though sometimes, that's exactly what's needed"). Afterwards, the Colonel and the Senator plan their next move while at the Senator's vacation houseonly to be interrupted by an attack by Swagger. He kills both conspirators, one of the Colonel's aides, and two bodyguards, then breaks open a gas valve before leaving. The fire in the fireplace ignites the gas, blowing up the house. The final scene shows Swagger getting into a car with Sarah and driving away (Wikipedia, 2011).

2. HOLOCAUST MUSEUM SHOOTER

OBAMACSI.COM: Alleged "9/11 Truther", James W. von Brunn, allegedly shoots a security guard at a Holocaust Museum in Washington D.C., before being killed by police. Title: Holocaust Museum Shooter Von Brunn A 9/11 'Truther' Who Hated 'Neo-Cons', Bush, McCain Date: June 10, 2009 Source: Examiner Abstract: The man accused of opening fire at the Holocaust Museum in Washington, DC on June 10, James W. von Brunn left a trail of unhinged writings around the internet. The anti-semitism of von Brunn is the first thing one notices when visiting these bizarre websites. However, like those of most "white supremacists", many of von Brunn's political views track "Left" rather than "Right." Clearly, a re-evaluation of these obsolete definitions is long overdue. For example, he unleashed his hatred of both Presidents Bush and other "neo-conservatives" in online essays. As even some "progressives" such as the influential Adbusters magazine publicly admit, "neoconservative" is often used as a derogatory code word for "Jews". As well, even a cursory glance at "white supremacist" writings reveals a hatred of, say, big corporations that is virtually indistinguishable from that of anti-globalization activists. James von Brunn's advocacy of 9/11 conspiracy theories also gives him an additional commonality with individuals on the far-left. None of this will surprise readers of Jonah Goldberg's bestseller Liberal Fascism: The Secret History of the American Left, From Mussolini to the Politics of Change , which clearly demonstrates that "fascism" of the kind advocated by the British National Party (BNP) and the likes of James W. von Brunn is just as likely to reflect "leftwing" views as "rightwing" ones. In fact, anti-semitism is something the New Left and the "Far Right" have had in common since the 1980s, which is why so many former leftists like David Horowitz defected from one side to the other during the Reagan era and beyond. It also helps explain the otherwise baffling alliance between the Left and radical Islam. That this shooting occurred shortly after President Obama's former mentor, Rev. Jeremiah Wright, blamed "the Jews" for his lack of access to his former parishioner is a troubling confluence of events as well (Examiner, 2009)

Title: Holocaust Museum Suspect Was a 9/11 Truther" Date: June 10, 2009 Source: Now Hampshire Abstract: James W. von Brunn, the suspect in Wednesdays shooting at the Holocaust Memorial Museum in Washington, DC, believed that ma ny grave and still unresolved crimes were committed by US officials prior to, during and after the events of 9/11 according to an online petition he signed. Von Brunn was the 9,196th person to sign the Petition of Solidarity hosted on the website Justicefor911.org, which claims it is sponsored in part by the organization 911Truth.org. According to the website over 16,600 people have signed the petition. The petition reads, most of these apparent crimes [by US officials], including but not limited to abetment of mass murder, crimi nal negligence, insider trading, and obstruction of justice, fall well within the jurisdiction of New Yorks top law enforcement officials, who thus become the Peoples last recourse when federal intervention yields no credible answers, relief or accountability. Von Brunn and other petitioners wanted the Attorney General of the State of New York and the District Attorney of the Borough of Manhattan to open investigations into federal culpability for the terror attacks in New York City of September 11, 2001 (New Hampshire, 2009)

3. GLENN BECK & FOX NEWS

191

OBAMACSI.COM: Glenn Beck of Fox News stated on his radio program: "Watch the uber left. Pray that Obama moves to the center. If he does, pray that the Secret Service care for that man and that that man is never left alone. He has invited 9/11 Truthers into the White House and into his administration. If they believe that he's just another one of these guys, he is in danger." Title: Beck Says Progressives Will Kill Obama Date: January 21, 2010 Source: Fox News

4. 2010 STATE OF THE UNION: JOINT THREAT ASSESSMENT

OBAMACSI.COM: The "9/11 Truther" shooter threat was rehashed in the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and FBI's 2010: State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment, wherein it specifically states that Obama may be targeted by an individual like the Holocaust Museum Shooter.

Title: 2010 State Of The Union Address: Joint Threat Assessment Date: January 25, 2010 Source: DHS, FBI, US Capitol Police, U.S. Northern Command, National Counterterrorism Center, etc.

Al Shabaab
OBAMACSI.COM: Al Shabaab is the African legion of the CIA. This group was designed to do exactly what Al Qaeda did for the Middle East, namely terrorize western nations until they invade the area that the terror group allegedly comes from. Just as Afghanistan was invaded hours after 9/11, so too will Africa be invaded hours after Al Shabaab attacks America in the near future. Americans who have allegedly joined Al Shabaab will be blamed in the impending attacks, making all American citizens future terror suspects. As Former British Foreign Secretary Robin Cook so eloquently stated: "The truth is, there is no Islamic army or terrorist group called Al Qaida. And any informed intelligence officer knows this. But there is a propaganda campaign to make the public believe in the presence of an identified entity representing the 'devil' only in order to drive the TV watcher to accept a unified international leadership for a war against terrorism. The country behind this propaganda is the U.S..." 1. Al Shabaab: Al Shabaab is the Al Qaeda of Africa and the group has been built up, organized, and funded the exact same way as Al Qaeda was. The U.S. government, namely the CIA, need a "reason" to invade and destroy Africa, so they create a terror group to cause mayhem so they have a reason to eventually invade and play the savior after the terror group has destroyed the region. 2. Al Shabaab Threat to Obama: The U.S. government chose the inauguration of Barack Obama to disseminate a potential assassination plot by Al Shabaab. Had the threat been legitimate, it would never have gotten the press coverage that it did, indicating that the U.S. government wants to legitimize Al Shabaab any way possible. Al Shabaab also allegedly threatened Obama's mother in Kenya, something so bizarre which indicates that there is a great possibility Al Shabaab may be the scapegoat for the Obama assassination in the future. 3. Al Shabaab & Al Qaeda Connection: The alleged connections between Al Qaeda and Al Shabaab have been made from Al Shabaab's inception. The connection between the two groups is legitimate, given that both groups are run by western intelligence agencies, namely the CIA. Therefore, it would stand to reason that the groups would share the same political and religious affiliations and that they would execute the same problem, reaction, solution type of strategy. Following in the Al Qaeda footprint, Al Shabaab has allegedly stated that to Kenya that Your skyscrapers will be destroyed, your tourism will disappear. Based on the rhetoric from Al Shabaab, skyscrapers and planes will be terror targets in the near future. 4. Al Shabaab Threat to America: Al Shabaab urges their "brothers and sisters" to "do jihad" in America, Canada, England, "anywhere in Europe, in Asia, in Africa, in China, in Australia, anywhere you find kuffar," a derogatory term for non-Muslims. The U.S. Congress states that Al Shabaab poses a "Direct Threat" to the U.S. and that there is growing evidence that the Al Qaeda affiliate in Somalia, known as al-Shabaab, is becoming more of a regional terrorist player, with the potential to go global as it targets U.S. citizens and interests. 5. Al Shabaab Terror Attacks: Al Shabaab's terror attacks have targeted scores of innocent civilians and have been growing bolder and more international by the week. The Al Shabaab blueprint is modeled after Al Qaeda and it is just a matter before the CIA terror group is blamed for terror attacks in America. The largest attack to date has been the July 11, 2011, World Cup bombing in Uganda, which clearly indicates that Al Shabaab will attack sporting events in the future. 6: Al Shabaab Terror Threat Propaganda: Government and media outlets worldwide are sounding the propaganda alarm that Al Shabaab will attack western targets with the help of Al Qaeda in the near future. Al Shabaab's leader is allegedly American and they have successfully recruited Americans to join their "jihad" against America and the west. As attacks by Al Shabaab continue to rise, so too will the terror propaganda stating that terrorists from Africa are an imminent threat even from 10,000 miles away. 7. Al Shabaab & the CIA: Since Al Qaeda and Al Shabaab are terror arms of the CIA, they must publicly appear that they are at war with each other in order to give the perception that they are not one and the same entity. Although these terror groups are organized and funded by the CIA, some of the dirty work (killing) is outsourced to private corporations such as Blackwater Xe. As the political situation in Africa continues to

192

intensify, more killings by the CIA against Al Shabaab will occur. 8. The War on Al Shabaab: In order to gain plausible deniability prior to a terror attack by Al Shabaab against America, the U.S. government must at least act like they are at war with the alleged terror group. The war against Al Shabaab is mostly fought in the media as the various incidents of drone strikes are reported in western media outlets. 9. Al Shabaab White Papers: As expected, Al Shabaab has been written about extensively in think-tanks and government white papers. As Al Shabaab prepares to make its grand entrance into the world with spectacular new terror attack in America, the white papers are there to say "we told you so". How the authors of these white papers know intament details of Al S habaab such as their fighters passport status, groups numbers, goals, ambitions, funding, and other insider information is amazing, unless of course they are running the group themselves.

1. AL SHABAAB

OBAMACSI.COM: The U.S. government chose the inauguration of Barack Obama to disseminate a potential assassination plot by Al Shabaab. Had the threat been legitimate, it would never have gotten the press coverage that it did, indicating that the U.S. government wants to legitimize Al Shabaab any way possible. Al Shabaab also allegedly threatened Obama's mother in Kenya, something so bizarre which indicates that there is a great possibility Al Shabaab may be the scapegoat for the Obama assassination in the future. Title: Al Shabaab Date: Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Harakat al-Shabaab al-Mujahideen (HSM), more commonly known as al-Shabaab (Arabic: , "The Youth", "The Boys" or "The Lads"), is a terrorist group of militants fighting to overthrow the government of Somalia. As of 2011, the group controls large swathes of the southern parts of Somalia, where it is said to have imposed its own strict form of Sharia law. Al-Shabaab's troop strength as of May 2011 is estimated at 14,426 militants. The group is an off-shoot of the Islamic Courts Union, which splintered into several smaller organizations after its removal from power by Ethiopian forces in 2006. It describes itself as waging jihad against "enemies of Islam", and is engaged in combat against the Somali Transitional Federal Government (TFG) and the African Union Mission to Somalia (AMISOM). Al-Shabaab members, alleging ulterior motives on the part of foreign organizations, have also reportedly intimidated, kidnapped and killed aid workers, leading to a suspension of humanitarian operations and an exodus of relief agents. The group has been designated a terrorist organization by several western governments and security services. It has also been described in The New Yorker as having "ties to Al Qaeda," which its leaders denied until early 2010. In early August 2005, the TFG's troops and their AMISOM allies reportedly managed to capture all of Mogadishu from the Al-Shabaab militants. An ideological rift within Al-Shabaab's leadership also emerged in response to pressure from the recent drought and the assassination of top officials in the organization (Wikipedia, 2011).

2. AL SHABAAB THREAT TO OBAMA

OBAMACSI.COM: The U.S. government chose the inauguration of Barack Obama to disseminate a potential assassination plot by Al Shabaab. Had the threat been legitimate, it would never have gotten the press coverage that it did, indicating that the U.S. government wants to legitimize Al Shabaab any way possible. Al Shabaab also allegedly threatened Obama's mother in Kenya, something so bizarre which indicates that there is a great possibility Al Shabaab may be the scapegoat for the Obama assassination in the future. Title: U.S. Probes Potential Obama Inauguration Threat Date: July 20, 2009 Source: Reuters Abstract: U.S. authorities were investigating a potential threat, of uncertain credibility, in connection with the inauguration of president-elect Barack Obama, the U.S. Homeland Security Department said on Tuesday. The threat concerned an unspecified incident involving the Somali Islamist insurgent group al Shabaab, authorities said. Obama was due to be sworn in as president just before noon EST and huge crowds gathered in central Washington for the event. Security was unprecedented, with tens of thousands of U.S. troops and police. YouTube-Video "The FBI, the Department of Homeland Security ... and the intelligence community are coordinating with other law enforcement authorities to investigate and analyze recently received information about a potential threat on inauguration day," department spokesman Russ Knocke said. "This information is of limited specificity and uncertain credibility," he said.

193

The FBI and Homeland Security Department notified law enforcement around the United States of the potential threat on Monday, authorities said, speaking on condition of anonymity. The bulletin was part of regular efforts to keep local officials aware of security developments. There was no change to the overall threat level, the department said. A law enforcement official said the United States had been tracking the al Shabaab-related threat for several days. The Somali group is on the U.S. list of terrorist groups. It has primarily acted in the violence-wracked Muslim East African country, but U.S. intelligence officials have recently expressed concern about young Somalis living in the United States who have gone to train with al Shabaab. Obama's transition team had been briefed on the threat warning, Knocke said. He said the public should continue with their plans to attend the inaugural, but be vigilant. "Inauguration events could present an attractive target due to the large public gatherings and participation of many dignitaries," Knocke said. "Authorities are constantly reviewing security measures in light of this threat information" (Reuters, 2009).

Title: 'Obama's Grandmother Receives Death Threats From Al-Qaida' Date: May 11, 2011 Source: Haaretz Abstract: Al-Shabaab, al-Qaida's African affiliate, threatens U.S. President's step-grandmother, prompting heightened security and 24-hour surveillance of her Kenya home, ABC News reports. U.S. Presidnet Barack Obama's grandmother has received death threats from the African branch of al-Qaida, prompting stepped up security around her home in Kenya, ABC News reported on Thursday. Sarah Obama, the U.S. president's step-grandmother, informed the Kenyan police that she had received a personal threat from al-Shabaab, the Somalia-based branch of al-Qaida, ABC reported. Security personnel were sent to guard the elder Obama's home the day after her grandson announced the killing of al-Qaida mastermind Osama bin Laden, but the personal threat has prompted increased security and round-the-clock surveillance of her Africa home, the report said. Sarah Obama said that the security, which a police chief told ABC was enough officers "to patrol and entire village", has not been affected in any way. "It has not restricted my movement," she reportedly added, saying "if the government has decided to bring more security personnel, we are OK with it." Al-Shabaab, which is linked to al-Qaida, claimed responsibility for twin explosions at a crowded restaurant and a rugby club in Uganda's capital Kampala during the last moments of the World Cup final last July. The insurgent group has affiliated itself with al-Qaida since 2007, and in 2008 the United States added the group to its list of foreign terrorist organizations (Haaretz, 2011).

3. AL SHABAAB & AL QAEDA CONNECTION

OBAMACSI.COM: The alleged connections between Al Qaeda and Al Shabaab have been made from Al Shabaab's inception. The connection between the two groups is legitimate, given that both groups are run by western intelligence agencies, namely the CIA. Therefore, it would stand to reason that the groups would share the same political and religious affiliations and that they would execute the same problem, reaction, solution type of strategy. Following in the Al Qaeda footprint, Al Shabaab has allegedly stat ed that to Kenya that Your skyscrapers will be destroyed, your tourism will disappear. Based on the rhetoric from Al Shabaab, skyscrapers and planes will be terror targets in the near future. Title: Somali Islamists Al-Shabab 'Join Al-Qaeda Fight' Date: February 1, 2010 Source: BBC Abstract: Somali Islamist rebel group al-Shabab has confirmed for the first time that its fighters are aligned with al-Qaeda's global militant campaign. The group said in a statement that the "jihad of Horn of Africa must be combined with the international jihad led by the al-Qaeda network". Meanwhile, several people have died in fighting in Mogadishu after government troops shelled militant positions.

194

Islamist insurgents control much of southern and central Somalia. The government, which is backed by the UN and African Union, holds sway only in a small part of Mogadishu. Despite repeated accusations by the US that al-Shabab is linked to al-Qaeda, the group denied the connection in a recent interview with the BBC. The BBC Somali service's Mohamed Mohamed says it is the first time the group has officially confirmed its fight is linked to al-Qaeda. 'Financer of Terrorism' The group's statement also announced that its militants had joined forces with a smaller insurgent group called Kamboni. The group, based in the southern town of Ras Kamboni, was previously allied to Hizbul-Islam - another militant group fighting the government. Kamboni is led by Hassan Turki, a militant the US accuses of being a "financer of terrorism". Al-Shabab said it was trying to unite all Islamist forces to create a Muslim state under its hard-line interpretation of Sharia law. The group, which controls swathes of Somalia, has carried out public beheadings and stonings. 'Human Shields' Meanwhile in Mogadishu reports said at least eight civilians were killed in fighting overnight. "Our team collected eight bodies of civilians who were killed in the shelling and 55 others who were injured, some of them seriously," health official Ali Musa told the AFP news agency. Militants had launched an artillery attack on the presidential compound, and government and African Union forces responded with several mortar shells. AFP quoted an unnamed police official accusing the rebels of hiding in civilian areas and using "human shields". Somalia has been wracked by violence for much of the past 20 years. It has not had a functioning central government since 1991 (BBC, 2010).

Title: CIA Says Al-Shabaab Has Close Ties With Yemen Based Al-Qaeda Date: July 18, 2011 Source: Bar Kulan Abstract: The CIA has announced that Yemen based Al-Qaeda has closer ties with Al-Shabaab militias in Somalia. U.S. counter-terrorism officials told Los Angeles Times that they gathered the information from a Somali militant who was captured en route from Yemen to Somalia and interrogated aboard a U.S. warship before being arraigned in New York on terrorism charges this month. According to a newly developed American intelligence, Al-Qaedas powerful branch in Yemen has provided weapons, f ighters and training with explosives over the last year to Al-Shabaab militia group battling for power in Somalia, urging members of the hard-line Al-Shabaab militia to attack targets outside Africa. The CIA also gained other information when Somali authorities allowed them to interview Al-Shabaab militants held in Somalias capital, Mogadishu, saying that they asked about the militants ability to launch attacks outside Somalia as well as the groups command structur e (Bar Kulan, 2011).

Title: Al-Qaida Weapons Reaching Al-Shabaab Date: August 3, 2011 Source: IPT Abstract: The Somali terrorist group al-Shabaab has acquired weapons from the Yemeni-based al-Qaida in the Arabian Peninsula (AQAP), a Somali official told VOA News. Ten ships filled with weapons from al-Qaida set sail recently from the coast of Yemen, but the Yemeni government intercepted two of them.

195

Hussein Haji Ahmed, the Somali consul in Yemen, said that he thinks the remaining ships successfully sailed across the Gulf of Aden and reached part of the Somali coast controlled by al-Shabaab. The news confirms fears of collaboration between al-Shabaab and al-Qaida's Yemeni branch expressed during a recent House hearing held by Rep. Peter King, R.-N.Y. "There are growing concerns that al-Shabaab in Somalia is linking up with al-Qaida in the Arabian Peninsula in Yemen to better train these radicalized young men in order to attack Americans around the world, as well as launch attacks against our homeland," King said. "Shabaab's most senior leaders, including its founders, have longstanding ties to al Qaeda," hearing witness Thomas Joscelyn, a senior fellow at the Foundation for the Defense of Democracies, said in written testimony. Witnesses agreed that al-Shabaab poses a "direct threat to the U.S." Al-Shabaab's foreign support isn't limited to AQAP, indicating that the group has a growing support network in the region. A recent United Nations report found that members of the Kenyan Muslim Youth Centre (MYC) "openly engage in recruiting for al-Shabaab in Kenya and facilitate travel to Somalia for individuals to train and fight for 'jihad' in Somalia." MYC Chairman Ahmad Iman Ali, the report said, moved to Somalia in 2009 and has recruited a force of 200-500 fighters there. The Kenyan group also publishes a weekly bulletin that includes al-Shabaab and al-Qaida support material. Eritrea, which is separated from Somalia's northern border only by the small African country of Djibouti, also has been accused of aiding the Somali terrorist group. A UN report released in July said that Eritrea has been funneling $80,000 a month to al-Shabaab through its embassy in Kenya. Ethiopian Justice Minister Berhane Hailu claimed there is concrete evidence of Eritrea's al-Shabaab support. Eritrea denies the claims (IPT, 2011).

Title: Al Shabaab/Al Qaeda Terror Plot Uncovered Date: September 18, 2011 Source: Somalia Report Abstract: After the kidnapping of a British tourist in Kenya, Somalia Report sent teams to investigate the details, but instead uncovered an alleged master plan by the al-Shabaab insurgent group to disrupt Kenya's tourism industry and kidnap foreigners using their own foreign fighters, all planned by Al-Qaeda's Horn of Africa mastermind. The British tourist, Mrs. Judith Tebbutt, kidnapped by Somali gunmen from a resort in Kenya, was taken to Kismayo by speed boat and later moved to Baidoa and today she allegedly arrived in Hiin Dawa'o, a town between Harardhere and Hobyo. A Somalia Report investigation in Lower Juba, Middle Juba and Lower Shabelle has unearthed a wider plan of terror directed against Kenya's tourism industry within the coastal region that was abruptly put on hold when the mastermind, Fazul Abdullah Mohammed, Al-Qaeda's point man in the Horn of Africa, was gunned in Mogadishu in June. His death forced the scouting team to abort the plan and return back to the coastal town of Marka for further orders. This advance team within al-Shabaab was made up of only foreign fighters from Kenya and Tanzania selected for their knowledge of the area and are believed to have assisted in Mrs. Tebbutt's kidnapping to avenge Kenyan support for Somalia's government, which is battling the Islamic terror group. Somalia Report sources indicate that the chairman of al-Shabaab in Kismayo, Sheikh Hassan Yaqub Ali who also serves as the (Amniyat) intelligence chief for the Juba regions, was given the mandate to come up with covert action against the coastal towns of Kenya by the high council of the group for consultations known as Shura following a meeting in Kismayo two months ago. The plan was reportedly to recruit both al -Shabaab combatants, former pirates, and relatives of some of the top officials within al-Shabaab to carry out the attacks. Despite al-Shabaab's denial of being behind the kidnapping, this operation had the blessings and logistical support of the local administration on ground since nobody can undertake such action without the permission of al-Shabaab which controls the region. The initial plan was to kidnap or kill as many tourists as possible but this was not to be since Mrs. Tebbutt and her husband, who was killed during the kidnapping, were the only guests at the resort. To compensate for their 'failure' by kidnapping only one foreigner, al-Shabaab fighters within the Amniyat or Al-Shabaabs intelligence team (the dreaded al-Shabaab hit squad) were directed to kidnap more foreigners outside Somalia's border. To do this, they turned to the foreign Jihadists from Kenya and Tanzania who had been operating under Fazul. To identify a secure location to keep their victims, the intelligence leadership sent advance teams to the towns of Jamame, J ilib and Buale, specifically to the former World Vision compound in Bua'le town in Middle Juba region. The compound is currently used as a training, command and lodging base by al-Shabaab's high ranking officials, particularly foreign fighters. The final location has yet to be determined due to a disagreement between the kidnappers and the al-Shabaab point person about the next course of action.

196

All the top officials in the Juba regions were ordered to deny any knowledge of the kidnapping and halt any outgoing information by intimidating locals. By denying the kidnapping, al-Shabaab believes they successfully inflicted a blow to the Kenyan government and tourism industry without subjecting themselves the wrath of the international community. Despite their tactic of denial, analysts believe this will only bring more military force against the militants which have already been targeted by drones in southern Somalia. Kidnapping foreigners like the British woman may finally cause more foreign military intervention into the Somalias rebel held areas if the radical Islamists cannot be stopped from jumping the Somalia border to neighboring nations, Kismayo based Somali political Analyst M use Dirir told Somalia Report (Somalia Report, 2011).

Title: Links Between Al Shabaab, Al Qaeda Threaten Americans, Witnesses Warn Date: September 28, 2011 Source: HS Today Abstract: An alliance between terrorist organizations Al Shabaab and Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula (AQAP) threatens Americans due in part to Al Shabaab's proven ability to recruit from the US Somali American population, witnesses told the House Homeland Security Committee Wednesday. Rep. Peter King (R-NY), chair of the committee, convened a third hearing in a series on Muslim radicalization to examine Al Shabaab's recruitment and radicalization of Somali American youth. "With Al Shabaab's large cadre of American jihadis and unquestionable ties to Al Qaeda, particularly its alliance with AQAP, we must face the reality that Al Shabaab is a growing threat to our homeland," King declared. King's committee released an investigative report that found Al Shabaab has recruited more than 40 Muslim Americans and 20 Canadians to join its activities inside of Somalia. Fifteen of those Americans and three Canadians likely died fighting for the terror group, the report added. Of those, Shirwa Ahmed from Minneapolis, Minn., became the first confirmed American suicide bomber in US history when he died in an attack overseas on behalf of Al Shabaab, King said. APAQ's resources with Al Shabaab's reach could form a deadly combination where APAQ could train Al Shabaab terrorists to attack Americans, he added. Those that do not believe Al Shabaab poses a threat to Americans suffer "a failure of imagination" of the sort that permitted the 9/11 attacks to occur, King insisted, citing the words of the 9/11 Commission. Rep. Bennie Thompson (D-Miss.), ranking member of the committee, disagreed with King. "While I acknowledge that the intelligence community sees a need to monitor Al Shabaab's activities, I also know that vigilance must be in direct proportion to the probability and likelihood of the threat. Al Shabaab does not appear to present any danger to this homeland," Thompson said, speaking for most Democrats on the committee. "At the same time, we must wonder whether Americans who joined Al Shabaab would return to this country and commit acts of terrorism. I think that is a fair question that deserves a factual answer. A few people have been convicted in the United States for providing support and assistance to Al Shabaab," he added. While the radicalization of Somali American youth largely occurred between 2007-2009, Thompson conceded that an examination of methods to counter that radicalization were worthwhile. William Anders Folk, a former assistant US Attorney in Minnesota, told the committee that those radicalized by Al Shabaab definitely have the means and motivation to attack Americans. Al Shabaab has looked to Al Qaeda for leadership and guidance in the past and perpetuates the same messages as Al Qaeda, said Folk, who worked on some of 20 cases the US Attorney's Office in Minnesota to indict 20 individuals connected to Al Shabaab in the past. "It is impossible to predict with certainty what, if anything, and who, if anyone, will come to the United States after training and indoctrination by Al Shabaab," Folk testified. "It is obvious, however, that individuals who are trained, indoctrinated and deployed in combat by Al Shabaab have learned how to carry-out acts of lethal violence. Additionally, it is clear that the ideology espoused by Al Shabaab echoes that of Al Qaeda. "This combination of ability and ideology illustrates the threat that is posed by even one Al Shabaab veteran residing in the United States. The ability to prevent or detect such a person from entering the United States or carrying-out any terrorist acts in the United States requires continued vigilance of the group's activities in Somalia, but also to ensure that supporters or sympathizers within the United States are targeted for investigation," he added. Thomas Joscelyn, senior fellow at the Foundation for Defense of Democracies, said Al Shaabab and Al Qaeda already have demonstrated operational links dating back to the US embassy bombings in Africa in 1998. Senior Shabaab leader Mukhtar Robow pledged loyalty to Osama bin Laden in August 2008, Joscelyn noted. And Somali terrorists fighting for Al Shabaab largely trained in Al Qaeda camps. Several terrorists working for Al Shabaab were part of the group that carried out the 1998 embassy bombings in Kenya and Tanzania, participating in Al Qaeda's most deadly attack before the 9/11 terrorist attacks, Joscelyn said.

197

Just as terror experts did not take APAQ seriously before the Christmas Day bombing attempt in 2009, so many could be discounting the threat posed by Al Shabaab, he added. "Indeed, my worry is that some counterterrorism analysts may be falling into the same trap analysts fell into previously with respect to another Al Qaeda affiliate, Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula," Joscelyn stated. "Although AQAP was well known to counterterrorism and intelligence officials prior to the failed Christmas Day 2009 attack on Flight 253, they did not consider AQAP a major threat to the United States." The committee also heard from Tom Smith, chief of police for Saint Paul, Minn., and Ahmed Hussen, president of the Canadian Somali Congress, on Muslim outreach and counterradicalization strategies (HS Today, 2011).

Title: Al Qaeda Allies In Africa Pose New Threat Date: October 26, 2011 Source: Global Post Abstract: Al Qaeda has been hit hard by high-level assassinations and constant drone strikes, but the next big threat to international security may come from subsidiary Islamic extremist groups in Africa and the Middle East, according to two New York Times correspondents. As Al Qaeda is wounded, the affiliates become the leaders, said Pentagon correspondent Thom Shanker during a book seminar at the Harvard Kennedy Schools Shorenstein Center. Theres a worrying trend of networking in Al Qaeda. The core of Al Qaeda has been eroded since the Sept. 11 attacks, said Shanker and terrorism reporter Eric Schmitt, co-authors of the book Counterstrike: The Untold Story of Americas Secret Campaign Against Al Qaeda. Better intelligence and a more nuanced understanding of the terrorist groups have resulted in the successful U.S. military mission to kill Osama bin Laden and an influx of drone strikes targeted at senior leaders incidents that could not have happened 10 years ago, they said. But the threat is now shifting from the central command to Al Qaeda affiliates elsewhere in t he world who are not under the U.S.s magnifying glass. While the Al Qaeda branch is Yemen is considered the most dangerous threat to the U.S. the underwear bomber and the cargo-plane bomb attempt both originated in Yemen militant groups in North and East Africa also have the U.S. rife with concern, said Schmitt. Boko Haram in Nigeria, Al Shabaab in Somalia and Al Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb in North Africa have all become more sophisticated and more capable of attacks that move beyond the local arena and have international reverberations. But the allied extremist groups in Africa differ from Al Qaeda in the kind of attacks they pursue, Schmitt said. One of Al Qaeda's main pursuits continues to be obtaining weapons of mass destruction for major attacks. The militants in Somalia and Nigeria focus on smaller, less expensive blasts directed toward both Westerners and citizens of their home country. Nigerias radical Islamist group Boko Haram escalated its violence when it attacked the U.N. headquarters in Nigerias capital, Abuja, in August. At least 18 people were killed and dozens more injured in the suicide car bombing outside the heavily guarded building where international officials worked. In Somalia, another group allied to Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, has wreaked havoc in a country that hasnt seen an effective central government in two decades. The African Union has sent 9,000 troops, mostly Ugandans, to support the transitional government in Mogadishu against Al Shabaab. This month Kenya has sent troops into Somalia, too, in pursuit of the kidnappers of four foreigners from Kenya. The Kenyan authorities blame Al Shabaab. The militant group denies the kidnappings and has threatened Kenya with a campaign of violent terror in retaliation for sending its troops into Somalia. Your attack to us means your skyscrapers will be destroyed, your tourism will disappear, a spokesperson for Al Shabaab warned Kenya. France announced Monday that it would help support Kenyan troops in their offensive by sending supplies to the region, and the U.S. has planted new drone bases in the Seychelles and Ethiopia. Those bases will be used to attack the group in Somalia, according to anonymous U.S. officials and leaked diplomatic cables. Somalia has plenty of ungoverned space right now, Schmitt said, adding that some are worried of a possible teaming up between Al Shabaab and Al Qaeda for joint operations. But dont expect U.S. boots on the ground in Somalia any time soon, Shanker said.

198

It isnt out of the realm of possibility for the U.S. to send military advisers to Somalia, much like President Barack Obamas recent move to send troops to Uganda to combat the Lords Resistance Army, he said. But he added that anything more than working in an advising role would not be politically possible in the U.S. But U.S. policy toward militant groups like Al Shabaab is divided and complicated, according to Shanker and Schmitt. Some U.S. officials believe targeting militia leaders in Somalia does more harm than good, and others worry that going after Shabaab may radical ize the Somali population in the U.S. A group like Al Shabaab attacking the U.S. from within is a real threat because of their "safe haven" in cyberspace, where recruiters have the chance to inspire a network of homegrown terrorists, Schmitt said. Already some young Somalis who are U.S. citizens have returned to Somalia to join Al Shabaab. Shanker and Schmitt also warned the U.S. to be ready for another attack on its soil. "There will be another attack here in the United States," Schmitt said. The rise of militant groups in Africa and their move to fill the power void left by Al Qaeda has made the possibility very probable, according to the pair of reporters. But they said they can't predict when the attack will occur or whether it will originate from a militant group like Al Shabaab or from a radicalized community within the U.S. The current goal, instead, is to drive [terrorism] down to a more manageable level, or to the criminal level, Shanker said. In his view the best choice the U.S. can make in combatting terrorism is "by beating away at the ferocity and frequency of attacks" because it will probably never go away completely. "The good news is that organization is very much on its heels," Schmitt said, referring to Al Qaeda's ability to coordinate attacks. He said that the U.S. intelligence community has developed into a group adept at deterring potential terrorist attacks. But Shanker added, "Other affiliates and networks have come up with brilliant ideas" (Global Post, 2011).

4. AL SHABAAB THREAT TO AMERICA

OBAMACSI.COM: Al Shabaab urges their "brothers and sisters" to "do jihad" in America, Canada, England, "anywhere in Europe, in Asia, in Africa, in China, in Australia, anywhere you find kuffar," a derogatory term for non-Muslims. The U.S. Congress states that Al Shabaab poses a "Direct Threat" to the U.S. and that there is growing evidence that the Al Qaeda affiliate in Somalia, known as al-Shabaab, is becoming more of a regional terrorist player, with the potential to go global as it targets U.S. citizens and interests. Title: Feds Issue Terror Watch For The Texas/Mexico Border Date: May 26, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: The Department of Homeland Security is alerting Texas authorities to be on the lookout for a suspected member of the Somalia-based Al Shabaab terrorist group who might be attempting to travel to the U.S. through Mexico, a security expert who has seen the memo tells FOXNews.com. The warning follows an indictment unsealed this month in Texas federal court that accuses a Somali man in Texas of running a large-scale smuggling enterprise responsible for bringing hundreds of Somalis from Brazil through South America and eventually across the Mexican border. Many of the illegal immigrants, who court records say were given fake IDs, are alleged to have ties to other now-defunct Somalian terror organizations that have merged with active organizations like Al Shabaab, al-Barakat and Al-Ittihad Al-Islami. In 2008, the U.S. government designated Al Shabaab a terrorist organization. Al Shabaab has said its priority is to impose Sharia, or Islamic law, on Somalia; the group has aligned itself with Al Qaeda and has made statements about its intent to harm the United States. In recent years, American Somalis have been recruited by Al Shabaab to travel to Somalia, where they are often radicalized by more extremist or operational anti-American terror groups, which Al Shabaab supports. The recruiters coming through the Mexican border are the ones who could be the most dangerous, according to law enforcement officials. Security experts tell FOXNews.com that the influx of hundreds of Somalis over the U.S. border who allegedly have ties to suspected terror cells is evidence of a porous and unsecured border being exploited by groups intent on wrecking deadly havoc on American soil. The DHS alert was issued to police and sheriffs deputies in Houston, asking them to keep their eyes open for a Somali man named Mohamed Ali who is believed to be in Mexico preparing to make the illegal crossing into Texas. Officials believe Ali has ties to Al Shabaab, a Somali terrorist organization aligned with Al Qaeda, said Joan Neuhaus Schaan, the homeland security and terrorism fellow at Rice Universitys Baker Instit ute, who has seen the alert. An indictment was unsealed in Texas federal court earlier this month that revealed that a Somali man, Ahmed Muhammed Dhakane, led a human smuggling ring that brought East Africans, including Somalis with ties to terror groups, from Brazil and across the Mexican border and into Texas.

199

In a separate case, Anthony Joseph Tracy, of Virginia, who admitted to having ties to Al Shabaab, is currently being prosecuted for his alleged role in an international ring that illegally brought more than 200 Somalis across the Mexican border. Prosecutors say Tracy used his Kenya-based travel business as a cover to fraudulently obtain Cuban travel documents for the Somalis. The smuggled Somalis are believed to have spread out across the United States and remain mostly at large, court records show. Somalis are classified by border and immigration officials as special interest illegal immigrants who get caught trying to cross the Mexican border into the U.S. who come from countries that are considered a high threat to the U.S., Neuhaus Schaan explained. DHS did not respond to multiple e-mail and phone requests for comment. In addition to the Somali immigration issue, Mexican smugglers are coaching some Middle Eastern immigrants before they cross the border schooling them on how to dress and giving them phrases to help them look and sound like Latinos, law enforcement sources told FoxNews.com. There have been a number of certain communities that have noticed this, villages in northern Mexico where Middle Easterners try to move into town and learn Spanish, Neuhaus Schaan said. People were changing there names from Middle Eastern names to Hispanic names. Security experts say the push by illegal immigrants to try to fit in also could be the realization of what officials have feared for years: Latin American drug cartels are helping jihadist groups bring terrorists across the Mexican border. J. Peter Pham, senior fellow and director of the Africa Project at the National Committee on American Foreign Policy, said that for the past ten years theres been suspicion by U.S. law enforcement that drug cartels could align with international terrorist organizations to bring would-be-jihadists into the U.S. That kind of collaboration is already being seen in Africa, said Dr. Walid Phares, director of the Future Terrorism Project at the Foundation for the Defense of Democracies. Al Qaeda could easily say, Ok, now we want your help getting these guys into the United States, Phares said. Eventually the f ederal government will pay more attention, but there is a window of time now where they can get anyone they want to get in already. Experts also say the DHS alert and recent court case highlights the threat of terrorists penetrating the Mexican/Texas border and the growing threat of Somali recruitment efforts to bring Americans of Somali descent back to Somalia for jihadist training, creating homegrown terrorists. Pham says the DHS alert comes too late. Theyre just covering themselves for the fact that DHS has been failing to date to deal effectively with this, he said. Theyre already here. Michael Weinstein, a political science professor at Purdue University and an expert on Somalia, said, In the past year, its become obvious that theres a spillover into the United States of the transnational revolutionaries in Somalia. Its something that certainly has to be watched, but I dont think its an imminent threat, he said. This has to be put in context with people smuggling everybody and their brother is getting into the United States through Mexico; I read last week that some Chinese were crossin g, its just a big market. Pham disagrees. The real danger is something along the lines of jihadist version of find a classmate, he said, referring to Al Shabaabs potential to set up sleeper cells in the U.S. Most of them rely on personal referral and association. That type of social networking is not beyond their capabilities. Pham says the DHS alert is too little, too late. This is like shutting the barn door after the horses got away, he said (Fox News, 2010).

Title: House Panel: Al-Shabaab Poses "Direct Threat" To U.S. Date: July 27, 2011 Source: IPT Abstract: More than 40 Somalis living in America and 20 in Canada have traveled to Somalia to join the jihad waged there by the terrorist group alShabaab, a House Homeland Security Committee staff report finds. At least 15 of the Americans have died in al-Shabaab violence, but the whereabouts of 21 others remain unknown. Although that violence has been limited so far to Africa, two witnesses who appeared before the committee Wednesday said the United States should consider them, and al-Shabaab, as "a direct threat to the U.S. homeland." Al-Shabaab's recruiting success in the West is unrivaled, said committee chairman Peter King, R-N.Y. "Not al-Qaeda, nor any of its other affiliates, have come close to drawing so many Muslim-Americans and Westerners to jihad," King said in opening remarks. The bulk of those American recruits came from the Minneapolis area. But one of the most dangerous is Omar Hammami of Daphne, Ala., a Southern Baptist convert to Islam who has promised to avenge the killing of Osama bin Laden in May. "Hammami poses a direct threat to the U.S. homeland with his ability to assist Shabaab, core Al Qaeda or AQAP with plots, but he also has become a source of inspiration for jihadis," the report said. "Two terror defendants in New York, Betim Kaziu and Saujah Hadzovic, were inspired to travel to Egypt for violent Islamic jihad by watching Hammami tapes."

200

It was the third hearing held by the committee on radicalization within the American Muslim community. As with the previous two hearings, committee Democrats protested King's emphasis on radicalization of Muslims, rather than extremism in general. Rep. Sheila Jackson Lee, D-Tex., for example, requested a hearing on right wing extremists who advocate violence and submitted a list of active American hate groups into the hearing record. Rep. Michael McCaul, R-Tex., said he was "mystified by the controversy" and asked the four witnesses present, including St. Paul Police Chief Thomas Smith, whether anyone doubted the security threat posed by efforts to radicalize Muslim youth. None did. The ranking Democrat, Bennie Thompson of Mississippi, used his opening remarks to say al-Shabaab is a relatively small terrorist group. While intelligence agencies need to pay attention to it, that focus should be kept in proportion to the likelihood of the threat posed. Al-Shabaab "does not appear to present any threat to the homeland," Thompson said. The witnesses disagreed. Before the failed attempt to bomb a Detroit-bound airliner on Christmas Day 2009, few American policy leaders saw al-Qaida in the Arabian Peninsula as a threat to attack the United States, said Thomas Joscelyn, a senior fellow at the Foundation for the Defense of Democracies. In response to committee questions, Joscelyn noted that information found at Osama bin Laden's Abbottabad compound showed he was issuing directions to al-Shabaab. In addition, al-Shabaab members have been trained by al-Qaida operatives who were part of past attacks against American interests, including the 1998 attack on embassies in Kenya and Tanzania. Because Somalia has no functioning central government, it is difficult for American security officials to track movement of the Americans and Canadians who traveled there, said W. Anders Folk, a former federal prosecutor who was part of a dozen cases in Minnesota involving Somali recruitment. In the Abdulmutallab case, Folk noted, a relative even warned U.S. officials that the man might be part of a jihadist plot but he still was able to board the flight. The threat of al-Shabaab trying to get people back into the United States is "incredibly scary," he said. Ahmed Hussen, president of the Canadian Somali Congress, disagreed that the hearings' focus had a stigmatizing effect on Muslims. Rather, they "empowered" his community to speak out against recruitment by al-Shabaab. His organization has no relationship with the Canadian branch of the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR) one of the loudest critics of the hearings because it doesn't share the Congress' goal of combating the false narrative that the West is racist and that Islam cannot coexist with democracy. Part of the problem, Hussen told the committee, is that many young Canadian Somalis graduate from college but find themselves unemployed or working at menial jobs. Most of them "persevere and keep working hard" to improve their situation. "A minority of them become alienated and fall victim to a narrative that turns them against Canada and the United States the very countries that have sustained them and also gave refuge to their parents as they fled the civil war in Somalia," he said. This "dangerous and constant anti-Western narrative is fed to them by radicals in our community who do not hesitate to use these vulnerable youth as gun fodder in their efforts to establish a base for the al-Qaida terrorist group in Somalia," Hussen added. Most of that radicalizing message is sent through the Internet, he said. But the recruits still need chaperones to help arrange and pay their travels. King noted that, in a guilty plea in Minnesota last week, Omer Mohamed admitted recruiting took place in mosques, among other places around Minneapolis. Shabaab-related indictments "account for the largest number and significant upward trend in homegrown terrorism cases filed by the Department of Justice over the past two years," the staff report said, with at least 38 cases unsealed since 2009. On July 5 in Minneapolis, "a Saudi cleric who denounced Shabaab and other Somali combatants inside the Abubakr As-Saddique Islamic Center where most of the missing Somali-American men once congregated was allegedly assaulted by men shouting 'Allahu Akhbar' ('God is great!')," according to the staff report. A recording and account glorifying the assault were posted on overseas-based jihadi chat rooms before most people in Minneapolis learned of the incident. A local news report on the confrontation can be seen here. It's possible that al-Shabaab maintains its focus on Somalia and other regional conflicts. American security officials still need to pay attention to the possibility that the group's aspirations change, and with them, its targets. "We don't know what terrorist organizations are able to do looking forward," Folk said (IPT, 2011).

201

Title: Peter King's Reckless Claim Of Al-Shabaab's Menace To The US Date: July 31, 2011 Source: Guardian Abstract: This past week, Congressman Peter King, chairman of the House homeland security committee, held the third in a series of highly publicised hearings on the radicalisation of Muslims in the United States and the threat they allegedly pose to the American homeland. King's focus this time around was on Americans who support al-Shabaab, an organised insurgency in Somalia known for its brutal tactics and the ruthless control it exerts over its own members. According to King, the danger this faraway rebellion poses for the United States should not be minimised: "With al-Shabaab's large cadre of American jihadis and unquestionable ties to al-Qaida, particularly its alliance with AQAP, we must face the reality that al-Shabaab is a growing threat to our homeland." King claimed to base his findings on an investigation conducted by his staff. His conclusion was that the call of al-Shabaab has placed the American homeland in imminent peril. Most of the criticism leveled at King has focused on his reckless use of Congress to articulate distrust and fear of Muslims in a way that upends the basic tenets of non-discrimination in the United States. But more to the point, there are numerous factual and interpretive mistakes in King's representation of the Somalia issue. These errors are worth noting, because if left uncorrected, they may propel the United States along another erroneous pathway, both at home and abroad. First, King misrepresents the magnitude of the exodus of Americans to Somalia. King's figures are correct, but his conclusions are misleading. Since 2009, nearly 40 individuals have been indicted in the United States for providing some sort of support or wanting to provide some sort of support to al-Shabaab. According to the terrorism database at the Centre on Law and Security, which I direct, 20 individuals have been indicted for travelling to Somalia to fight for al-Shabaab, and an additional five have been indicted for attempting to travel there. Of these, 15 were US citizens. This is hardly a "large cadre of Americans". Second, King confuses internationalist jihad with nationalist foreign insurgency. In the case of Somalia, the main imperative for fighting is not international jihad; it is the wresting of power from the group now in nominal control of the government, the Transitional Federal Government (TFG). The individuals who join this insurgency are most often of Somali descent and are fighting to help their former countrymen and their families in a failed state where violence, famine and chronic water shortage plague one the poorest nations on earth. In fact, contrary to King's assumptions, recent research done by Thomas Hegghammer at the Norwegian Defence Research Establishment suggests that most foreign fighters do not have terrorist intentions at the outset beyond the nationalist cause they are looking to serve. Third, King infers that tenuous links between foreign insurgency and jihadi violence will result in terrorism in the United States, once these foreign fighters return, now trained in the tactics of violence. This may, in fact, be a realistic worry for the future. But at present, the statistics show, according to the study done by Hegghammer (who is currently a fellow at the Centre on Law and Security), that "not more than one in eight foreign fighters returned to perpetrate terrorism in the west", once they have left the nationalist cause for which they were fighting abroad. As to facts on the ground in the United States, there are no Somalia returnees who have been charged with planning to attack America. On the contrary, returnees who have been indicted have been charged with attempts to recruit for the struggle abroad. Fourth, to bolster his conflation of terrorism and nationalist struggle, King misrepresents the strength of the ties between al-Shabaab and al-Qaida. While there may be some connection between some of the leaders, al-Shabaab's mission is very much its own. According to the National Counterterrorism Centre, al-Shabaab's links to al-Qaida have not reached the organisational level; it can therefore in no way be classified as a strong partner in the alQaida network. To quote from the NCC's website: "While most of [Shabaab's] fighters are predominantly interested in the nationalistic battle against the TFG and not supportive of global jihad, alShabaab's senior leadership is affiliated with al-Qaida, and certain extremists aligned with al-Shabaab are believed to have trained and fought in Afghanistan." A summary report by the Council on Foreign Relations concurs: "Experts say there are links between individual al-Shabaab leaders and individual members of al-Qaida, but any organizational linkage between the two groups is weak, if it exists at all." These exaggerations and errors suggest that King has fallen prey to three fallacies that have, unfortunately, characterised American counterterrorism policy since 9/11, generating a string of counterproductive policies. King, too, fails to distinguish between the various terrorists threats that is, the difference posed by Americans who reach out to al-Shabaab, as opposed to AQAP; he risks playing into the worldview of al-Qaida, which is constantly trying to claim inroads into foreign struggles; and finally, he succumbs to fantasy threat-inflation rather than encouraging realistic risk-avoidance it is one thing to be vigilant about fighters returning from Somalia and quite another to prosecute individuals merely for a desire to fight in the civil conflict there. A more feet-on-the-ground approach would begin with a simple observation: the only Somali American who attempted to commit violence against US targets was Mohamed Osman Mohamud and he appears to have no links to al-Shabaab or their cause. The accurate analysis of homegrown terrorism in the United States is yet to be written. But its contours would look something like this: the incidence of terrorism arrests and indictments have gone down precipitously in 2011. Yet the serious nature of terrorism arrests for domestic terrorism has risen in recent years, as illustrated notably by the Times Square bomber Faisal Shahzad, the New York City subway bomber Najibullah Zazi and Major Hassan at Fort Hood. Somalis have not yet emerged as a group with the motivation and capacity to harm Americans at home or abroad.

202

It is responsible to consider the possibility of what will happen as Somali fighters are exposed to al-Qaida operatives and foreign training; it is not so to make the claim, as Peter King has, that Somali Muslims represent a real and present danger to the United States. Until the United States can have a fact-based discussion of terrorism and look towards threat management, rather than prevention strategies based on guesswork and hyperbole, the excesses of the war on terror and the harm that it has caused to America's core values will rage on (Guardian, 2011).

Title: Al-Shabaab: A Jihadist Threat To America Date: September 13, 2011 Source: IPT Abstract: The Somali jihadist organization al-Shabaab did not exist a decade ago. Today, its success in recruiting and radicalizing Muslims inside the United States has made al-Shabaab "a direct threat to the U.S. homeland," according to an investigative report by the House Homeland Security Committee. Al-Shabaab, which is affiliated with al-Qaida, is fighting to oust the Transitional Federal Government (TFG), an "interim" regime that has served as the nominal government of Somalia since 2004. The TFG is supported by the African Union Mission in Somalia (AMISOM) military force, comprised of approximately 8,000 troops from Uganda and Burundi. Until recently, the Somali government controlled little more than a few parts of Mogadishu, the capital, while al-Shabaab exercised control over much of southern and eastern Somalia and part of Mogadishu. But al-Shabaab has been plagued by defeats and desertions, and last month the terror group withdrew from territory it occupied in Mogadishu. Al-Shabaab evolved out of the Islamic Courts Union (ICU), an Islamist group that went to war against the Somali government five years ago. The ICU captured Mogadishu in June 2006. By late October, the ICU had effectively encircled the TFG in Baidoa, located in south-central Somalia. The only thing preventing the city's destruction were Ethiopian soldiers defending the city. Shortly after the ICU emerged, "hundreds of terrorists from Afghanistan, Chechnya, Iraq, Pakistan and the Arabian Peninsula arrived to train in or staff these camps," wrote Daveed Gartenstein-Ross of the Foundation for the Defense or Democracies. A United Nations Monitoring Group on Somalia warned that the ICU "is fully capable" of turning the country into "an Iraq type scenario, replete with roadside and suicide bombers, assassinations and other forms of terrorist and insurgent-type activities." That warning would soon appear prophetic. Al-Shabaab's priority in 2006-07 was driving the Ethiopians out of Somalia, and its military campaign took a heavy toll on the invaders. In 2008, the foreign forces faded into obscurity, as al-Shabaab established a Sharia-based regime in Somalia. That October, al-Shabaab carried out five suicide bombings in northern Somalia, killing 28 people. One of the killers was Shirwa Ahmed of Minneapolis, who became the first American suicide bomber. Several months later, the Associated Press reported on "growing evidence" that battle-hardened jihadists had migrated from Afghanistan and Pakistan, and had begun moving into Somalia and other locations in southern Africa. The report came one month after al-Qaida leader Osama bin Laden called for a jihad against the Somali interim government. After driving out the Ethiopian Army, al-Shabaab conducted terrorist operations outside Somalia's borders. In August 2009, police in Melbourne, Australia arrested five Australian nationals of Somali and Lebanese origin who were allegedly planning to attack an Australian army base with automatic weapons. The arrests came following seven months of surveillance on the suspects, who the government says were connected with al-Shabaab. Another Shabaab-linked plot involved a Jan. 1, 2010 attack on Danish cartoonist Kurt Westergaard, who has been targeted by Islamists over his depictions of the prophet Muhammad. A Somali man linked to the terror group was convicted of attempted murder for attempting to break into Westergaard's home with an axe. Al-Shabaab has threatened Uganda and Burundi for contributing troops for the AMISOM force, and on July 11, 2010, it bombed two locations in Kampala, Uganda where crowds had gathered to watch the World Cup soccer tournament. Seventy-six people died in the Kampala bombings, which targeted a rugby complex and an Ethiopian restaurant. "This is only the beginning," al-Shabaab warned following the attack. The jihadist group vowed to "unleash a new tide of terror" against its enemies. Could al-Shabaab Attack the United States? Al-Shabaab's first threats against the United States came in 2008. In February, the group responded to reports that the United States had launched covert airstrikes against terror targets in Somalia. It vowed to give the United States "a taste of hardship in all the regions where they are present in the east and west of Somalia." One month later, it vowed once again to attack the United States, but hinted the next attack would come outside of Somalia. Al Shabaab declared that it would take action that would make America "forget the blessed attacks in Nairobi and Dar es Salaam" referring to the August 7, 1998 bombings in Kenya and Tanzania that killed 224 people including 12 Americans.

203

On June 1, 2008, Abu Zubeyr, the group's current leader, declared al-Qaida's intention to attack the United States. He warned "cursed America" that future attacks would occur against America, which was conspiring to retard Muslims "economically and politically and (sic) technologically and religiously and morally." When the House Homeland Security Committee held a hearing on al-Shabaab in July, ranking Democrat, Rep. Bennie Thompson of Mississippi, argued that the group "does not appear to present any threat to the homeland." Hearing witnesses disagreed. Information found at Osama bin Laden's Abbottabad, Pakistan compound showed he was issuing orders to al-Shabaab, said Thomas Joscelyn of the Foundation for the Defense of Democracies. Also, al-Shabaab members have been trained by al-Qaida operatives involved in past attacks targeting Americans. Fazul Abdullah Mohammed, architect of the 1998 embassy bombing and a founder of al-Shabaab, was shot to death in June by soldiers near a Mogadishu military checkpoint. Somalia's lack of a functioning government makes it difficult for U.S. security officials to monitor the movement of Americans and Canadians who travel to Somalia. At a 2009 hearing, then-FBI Associate Executive Assistant Director Philip Mudd downplayed the idea that al-Shabaab could pose a threat to the United States but with one important caveat. "I would talk in terms of tens of people, which sounds small but it's significant, because every terrorist is somebody who could potentially throw a grenade into a shopping mall," Mudd said. Information about the number of American recruits for al-Shabaab is "fuzzy," he said, because there "are thousands of people thousands going to the Horn of Africa every month. You can go to Kenya to look at game parks, and it's hard for me to tell you if somebody's going to a game park or going to Shabaab. So, I am sure there are people out there that we're missing." The Homeland Security Committee report found that al-Shabaab-related indictments "account for the largest number and significant upward trend in homegrown terrorism cases filed by the Department of Justice over the past two years," with at least 38 cases since 2009. Al-Shabaab "has an active recruitment and radicalization network inside the U.S. targeting Muslim-Americans in Somali communities," the report said. At least 40 Americans have joined al-Shabaab, and at least 15 Americans have been killed while fighting alongside the group, the report said. At least 21 American al-Shabaab fighters are still at large or unaccounted for, while as many as 20 Canadians of Somali descent have disappeared and are believed to have joined al-Shabaab, according to Canadian security officials. A Saudi cleric who denounced al-Shabaab and other Somali combatants outside the Abubakr As-Saddique Islamic Center in Minneapolis in July was allegedly attacked by an angry mob shouting "Allahu Akhbar!" ("God is Great!"). A recording of the assault was posted on overseas jihadist chatrooms "before most in Minneapolis knew it happened," the report found. "They glorified Allah and showered [the al-Shabaab critic] and showered him with hits and kicks," one jihadist wrote. "Next time, with permission from Allah, cut off the head of the likes of this filthy one." One of al-Shabaab's rising combat commanders is Omar Hammami, who has vowed to avenge the killing of bin Laden in May. A native of Daphne, Ala., Hammami (AKA Abu Mansour al-Amriki,) is a convert to Islam who has been designated a terrorist by the Treasury Department. In 2009, he was indicted for providing material support for terrorism. Hammami "poses a direct threat to the U.S. homeland with his ability to assist Shabaab, core Al Qaeda or AQAP [al-Qaida in the Arabian Peninsula] with plots, but he also has become a source of inspiration for jihadis. Two terror defendants in New York, Betim Kaziu and Saujah Hadzovic, were inspired to travel to Egypt for violent Islamic jihad by watching Hammami tapes," the House report said. Al-Shabaab has forged operation ties with AQAP in Yemen, and Shabaab operative Ahmed Abdulkadir Warsame was indicted in July for receiving explosives training from AQAP, and attempting to organize a weapons deal with that group. "No Al Qaeda allied group, including core al Qaeda or the Yemen basedAQAP, has attracted anywhere near as many American and Western recruits as Shabaab over the past three years," the House report said. There "is a looming danger of American Shabaab fighters returning to the U.S. to strike or helping Al Qaeda or its affiliates attack the homeland. U.S. intelligence underestimated the Pakistani Taliban and Al Qaeda in Yemen's capability of launching attacks here; we cannot afford to make the same mistake with Shabaab" (IPT, 2011).

Title: Al Shabaab In Mexico? Date: October 18, 2011 Source: Global Post Abstract: A Mexican radio station on Tuesday claimed it had a report that the Mexican marines had foiled a plot by the Somalian Islamic group alShabaab to attack the U.S. embassay in Mexico City. MVS anchor Carmen Aristegui announced the scoop, which if confirmed would provide the strongest evidence to date that Islamic militant groups are operating in Mexico.

204

According to the alleged leaked report, marines raided a house in the middle-class Mexico City Roma neighborhood on 9 June, 2010 and found 22.7 kilos of explosive material along with detonators. They had located the house which is less than a mile from the U.S. embassy after tracking a Somali national who worked for al-Shabaab, the report says. It is unclear if the individual was arrested and where he currently is. The June raid had been previously covered by the Mexican media, but Mexicos attorney generals office had said the material seized were not dangerous explosives. Asked about the latest report, a press officer at the attorney generals office said he could not immediately verify whether the new evidence was reliable. In the U.S. embassy in Mexico City, press officers said they did not immediately have information about the foiled attack. However, they said they had received information from Mexicos immigration service that a Somali national with alleged links to al Shabaab had been arrested in Mexico City in April 2010. That individual was deported for entering Mexico illegally, they said. Al-Shabaab controls large swathes of the southern parts of Somalia and has declared its allegiance to Al Qaeda. The latest report comes amid increased concerns that radical Islamic groups will take advantage of the insecurity in Mexico, and its porous border with the U.S., to launch attacks on the United States and its allies. Last week, U.S. officials claimed they had foiled a plot by Iranian agents to hire drug cartel gunmen to attack the Saudi ambassador the United States (Global Post, 2011).

Title: Deadly Attacks Show Al-Shabaab Expanding Its Reach, With Potential For U.S. Targets Date: October 24, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: There is growing evidence that the Al Qaeda affiliate in Somalia, known as al-Shabaab, is becoming more of a regional terrorist player, with the potential to go global as it targets U.S. citizens and interests. "We have been getting threats from al-Shabaab against Americans and Westerners," Secretary of State Hillary Clinton told ABC News when asked about a decision to warn Americans in Kenya of an imminent terrorist threat. "So it's a very dangerous, uncertain situation. And we want to be sure that whatever information we have, we immediately present to Americans who live, work or may be visiting in Kenya." In the past day, two targets in the Kenyan capital of Nairobi were attacked with explosive devices. An explosion at a bus stop Monday evening killed at least one person and injured eight others. An earlier attack on a Nairobi night club with a grenade left 13 injured. Both incidents came after the U.S. warned that al-Shabaab would carry out retaliatory attacks after Kenyan troops entered Somalia in mid-October. A rambling statement posted to a jihadist website purportedly from al-Shabaab promised more violence if foreign troops failed to withdraw. Although the online statement specifically mentioned troops from nearby Burundi, it seemed to underscore al-Shabaab's intention to rid Somalia of any foreign military presence. "You now have a choice to make," the statement warned. "Either you call for the immediate withdrawal of your troops from our country or you shall receive the bodies of your remaining sons delivered to you in bags. Think long. Think hard. Think of your sons' futures." YouTube-Video In Washington, the State Department could not immediately comment on the latest attack or the intelligence that led to warning American citizens in Kenya to avoid crowds and malls, but department spokeswoman Victoria Nuland did not dispute that the warning was tied to al-Shabaab. Last summer, when al-Shabaab launched suicide attacks in Uganda to coincide with the World Cup, U.S. officials questioned whether Uganda was the seminal attack, which showed the group was no longer a local player but could launch suicide bombings in other countries. U.S. officials have consistently warned that the Al Qaeda affiliate has been adept at recruiting Western Europeans and Americans by playing off their allegiance to their native country. A new photo, from the Middle East Media Research Institute, or MEMRI, purports to show an American citizen and spokesman for Al Qaeda, Abu Abdallah al-Muhajir, who recently travelled to Somalia to deliver Korans, clothing and food for victims of the drought. Seeming to take a page out of Usama bin Laden's playbook, Alabama native Omar Hammami, first identified by Fox News as a spokesman and battlefield operative for al-Shabaab, released an audio message to his followers on Oct. 8. Hammami claimed Islam and life in the West were incompatible, and to reconcile the two is a "dream world."

205

In a translation by MEMRI, Hammami stresses that the life of jihad may lack modern conveniences, but it is worth the sacrifice and doesn't take long to get used to. Hammami appears to quote an American TV commercial, another nod to his Alabama upbringing, when he says, "If I can do it, you can do it too." Also known as al-Amriki, which translates as the American, Hammami says the life of the fighter "is not what you see in movies." And appearing confident in his own security, Hammami seems to bait the U.S. intelligence community that monitors the Horn of East Africa. He mocks the "incompetence" of agents claiming that "They always seem to recruit the dumbest of spies to do their dirty work." Nearly two dozen Americans of Somali descent have disappeared into the al-Shabaab camps since 2007. Last week, two Minneapolis women who claimed they were helping the poor were convicted of providing money to the terrorist group. And Minneapolis native Shirwa Ahmed was the first documented case of an American suicide bomber when he blew himself up as part of al-Shabaab operation in Northern Somalia in late 2007. U.S. officials tell Fox News that al-Shabaab and the Al Qaeda affiliate in Yemen, which was behind the last two major plots involving planes against the United States, are now working together -- sharing training and bomb-making techniques. It is creating what one analyst described as an arc of instability that now stretches from Yemen and Somalia in the east, to North Africa and west to Nigeria where a little known Islamist group called Boko Haram has increasingly adopted Al Qaeda tactics, including car bombs (Fox News, 2011).

Title: American Carried Out Somalia Suicide Bombing, Islamists Claim Date: October 30, 2011 Source: CNN Abstract: A suicide bomber who carried out an attack in Somalia this weekend was an American citizen of Somali descent, a website associated with the Al-Shabaab Islamist movement claimed Sunday. The website named the bombers as Aden al-Ansari and Cabdi Salaam al-Muhajir, and posted what it said was an audio interview with al-Muhajir speaking American-accented English. The speaker urges his "brothers and sisters" to "do jihad" in America, Canada, England, "anywhere in Europe, in Asia, in Africa, in China, in Australia, anywhere you find kuffar," a derogatory term for non-Muslims. The African Union force trying to establish order in Somalia said there had been an attack Saturday involving two suicide bombers in the capital Mogadishu, but said AU troops "beat off" the attack by "al-Qaeda linked terrorists." Al-Shabaab is associated with al Qaeda and is considered a terrorist organization by the United States. The African Union military spokesman in the country did not immediately respond to a CNN question about the identity of the bombers or whether any AU troops were injured. Omar Jamal, a Somali diplomat at the United Nations, identified the person who made the audio recordings as Abdisalam Ali of Minneapolis. He told CNN that friends of Ali had listened to the messages in English and Somali and were "convinced it is him." The discrepancy in names may mean that the name released by Al-Shabaab is a nom de guerre. Jamal said Abdisalam left Minneapolis on November 4, 2008, with another man, Burhan Hassan, who has since been killed. Kyle Loven, an FBI spokesman in Minneapolis, told CNN, "We're aware of the reporting but not able to confirm any IDs at this time." In the Somali-language interview that Al-Shabaab released, the speaker says he has been fighting with the group for two years and killed "many infidels" with his own hands. Jamal said this weekend's bombing was the third time a Minnesota Somali-American had carried out a suicide bombing in Somalia. The previous two were Shirwa Ahmed, 27, who was the first confirmed American suicide bomber in U.S. history, and Farah Mohamed Beledi, also 27. Ahmed killed himself and 29 others in the fall of 2008. The FBI identified Beledi as one of two suicide bombers responsible for killing two African Union soldiers in Somalia in May. In recent years, approximately 20 young men -- most of them Somali-Americans -- have traveled from the Minneapolis area to Somalia to train with AlShabaab, and a number of them have gone on to fight with the terrorist organization, U.S. officials said. And this month, a federal jury found two Minnesota women guilty of raising money for Al-Shabaab. According to the federal indictment, Amina Farah Ali, 35, and Hawo Mohamed Hassan, 64, of Rochester, Minnesota, solicited funds in ways that included going door-to-door "under the false pretense that the funds were for the poor and needy."

206

The two were charged with one count of conspiracy to provide material support to a foreign terrorist organization. Ali was also found guilty of 12 other counts including sending more than $8,000 in 2008 and 2009 (CNN, 2011).

Title: FBI Seeks Evidence American Man Was Behind Suicide Attack In Somalia Date: October 31, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: The FBI is working to obtain the remains of a suicide bomber in Somalia, to try to determine whether he was one of at least 21 young SomaliAmerican men believed to have left Minneapolis in recent years to join the terrorist group al-Shabab. If the remains are confirmed to belong to Abdisalan Hussein Ali, it will mark the third time someone from Minnesota has been involved in a suicide attack in Somalia. "I don't understand," said Nimco Ahmed, a Somali community activist in Minnesota, home to the nation's largest Somali population. "It's really, really painful to actually see one of the kids who has a bright future ahead of them do this. ... It's a loss for our whole society." Al-Shabab said over the weekend that Abdisalan Taqabalahullaah, whom they identified as a Somali-American, carried out the suicide attack Saturday against an African Union base in Mogadishu. The attack killed 10 people, including the two suicide bombers, a Mogadishu-based security official said. The militia group posted online a recording purported to be Taqabalahullaah, calling on others to carry out a jihad. Omar Jamal, first secretary of the Somali mission to the United Nations, said friends of Abdisalan Hussein Ali listened to the recording and identified the voice as Ali's. But other friends told Minnesota Public Radio News the voice is not Ali's, saying his English doesn't match the man's on the recording. E.K. Wilson, the supervisory special agent who oversees the FBI's investigation in Minneapolis, said the agency is in the process of trying to obtain DNA samples for testing. Ali, a U.S. citizen known by friends in Minneapolis as "Bullethead," was 19 when he left Minnesota in November 2008. He had graduated from Edison High School in Minneapolis the year before. At the time of his disappearance, his family told reporters he was studying health care at the University of Minnesota. At the Ali family's apartment building in Minneapolis on Monday, a woman who identified herself as Ali's older sister but declined to give her name said the family knew only what it had seen in the news. They hadn't heard from Abdisalan or anyone else in Somalia, she said. According to a missing persons report filed in his case, Ali's mother and a cousin told police he left his home on the morning of Nov. 4, 2008, to pray and go to school -- as was his normal routine -- but never returned. Ali's car was left at his house, and his cell phone had been turned off, the report said. Police reported that "for an unknown reason" the family thought Ali might have left Minnesota by plane. Authorities said Ali and five other young men left Minneapolis in early November 2008. Ali went to Somalia, according to a July 2010 indictment that charges him with five counts, including conspiracy to provide material support to terrorists. Over the past three years, Minnesota has been the center of a federal investigation into the recruitment of people from the U.S. to train or fight with alShabab in Somalia, which hasn't had a functioning government since 1991. Shirwa Ahmed, 26, of Minneapolis, became the first known American suicide bomber in Somalia when he blew himself up in October 2008 in the northern breakaway republic of Somaliland, as part of a series of coordinated explosions that killed 21 people. On May 30 of this year, Farah Mohamed Beledi, 27, of St. Paul, was one of two suicide bombers who carried out an attack in Mogadishu. Beledi was shot before he could detonate his suicide vest (Fox News, 2011).

5. AL SHABAAB TERROR ATTACKS

OBAMACSI.COM: Al Shabaab's terror attacks have targeted scores of innocent civilians and have been growing bolder and more international by the week. The Al Shabaab blueprint is modeled after Al Qaeda and it is just a matter before the CIA terror group is blamed for terror attacks in America. The largest attack to date has been the July 11, 2011, World Cup bombing in Uganda, which clearly indicates that Al Shabaab will attack sporting events in the future.

Title: Al Shabaab's First International Strike: Analysis Of The July 11 Uganda Bombings Date: July 14, 2010 Source: Critical Threats

207

Abstract: Key Points 1. The Somali terror group al Shabaab has taken credit for Sundays bombings in the Ugandan capital, Kampala. Al Shabaab has become more internationalized since early 2007 and has threatened to attack international targets, but Sundays event marks the groups f irst successful attack beyond Somalias borders. Al Shabaab seeks al Qaedas recognition and, likely, an al Qaeda franchise designation. Currently, only three such franchises exist. The groups first international attack was likely at least partially driven by that aim. Al Shabaab seeks to weaken the forces that hinder its expansion in and control of Somalia, the most notable of which is the African Union Mission in Somalia (AMISOM). Uganda and Burundi are the only two countries that contribute troops to the AMISOM force, making their interests key targets for al Shabaab. Al Shabaab has proven on multiple occasions its ability to execute on its threats. This capacity was demonstrated again with the Uganda bombings, as al Shabaab had threatened to strike Ugandan targets on numerous occasions. Al Shabaabs ambitions are not limited to the continent of Africa. The group has threatened the West, including the U.S., and it has numerous international militants, including Americans and Europeans. The Uganda attack should serve as a wakeup call for the entire international community. Somalias al Qaeda-linked terror group al Shabaab claimed credit for the near-simultaneous twin bombings that ripped through the Ugandan capital of Kampala on Sunday, July 11, killing at least 76 and injuring at least another 85.[1] Three bombings, one at an Ethiopian restaurant and two at a rugby club twenty minutes later, targeted crowds watching the World Cup soccer final.[2] Al Shabaab had made numerous threats against Uganda, and it has targeted Ugandan troops in Somalia, which form much of the African Union Mission in Somalia (AMISOM) force in the Horn of Africa country. Sundays operation was the groups first successful terror attack beyond Somalias borders. The attack demonstrates al Shabaabs capability to follow up on its threats to strike internationally and its desire to remov e barriers to its control of southern and central Somalia. The attack also contributes to al Shabaabs goal of receiving recognition from al Qaeda. Al Shabaab, which has set up Islamic administrations to govern nearly all of southern and central Somalia, seeks to topple Somalias fragile Transitional Federal Government (TFG) and establish an Islamist state throughout the Horn of Africa. The group has fought TFG and AMISOM forces in Mogadishu since it began operating as an autonomous entity in early 2007 and has managed to relegate the TFGs authority to only a few neighborhoods inside Mogadishu, the capital of Somalia. The groups rhetoric and previous attacks reflect two objectives for al Shabaab in helping it achieve its long -term goal of establishing an Islamist state. First, it seeks recognition and likely a franchise designation from al Qaedas senior leadership. Second, it seeks to weaken and deter the forces in Somalia hindering its expansion. The high-profile, mass casualty bombings in Kampala contributed to both of those objectives. Earning al Qaedas Respect Al Shabaab has continuously sought to attract the attention of al Qaedas central leadership since early 2008, and its first successful strike outside of Somalia was likely partially driven by that aim. The group adheres to the same global Islamist ideology as al Qaeda, and it has made numerous public statements pledging allegiance to al Qaeda and praising its leaders. Al Shabaabs leader, Mukhtar Abu Zubair, for instance, released a video in June 2008, in which he offered greetings and praise to al Qaeda leaders Osama bin Laden, Ayman al Zawahiri, and Abu Yahya al Libi and praised the nineteen 9/11 hijackers.[3] The group also released a video in September 2009 entitled, At Your Service, Oh Osama. Voices heard throughout the video pledge loyalty to bin Laden.[4] Al Shabaab reiterated its fidelity to al Qaeda in February 2010, when it released the following statement: Jihad in the Horn of Africa must be combined with the international jihad led by the al Qaeda network. [5] Much of al Shabaabs leadership trained or fought with al Qaeda in Afghanistan, and today its ranks include roughly 800 -1,100 foreign fighters, scores of whom have also fought in Afghanistan, Iraq, and Pakistan.[6] The group has made a concerted effort to recruit Westerners by producing Englishlanguage propaganda videos and promoting Americans to leadership positions. At least two dozen Americans and 100 Europeans have joined the group to-date.[7] Further, the group has made numerous threats to strike beyond Somalias borders , including American and European targets. Al Shabaabs statements of allegiance to al Qaeda, its efforts to internationalize, and success in fighting TFG forces in Som alia have elicited valuable statements of support from al Qaedas leadership. Praise from leaders such as bin Laden and Zawahiri help establish credibility among Islamists and serve as a valuable recruiting tool. Al Shabaabs successful international attack will certainly earn the group praise throughout jihadi web forums, and it will likely elicit some recognition from al Qaeda leadership as well. More importantly, al Shabaab appears eager to earn a franchise designation from al Qaeda. Currently, only three al Qaeda franchises exist: al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula (AQAP), al Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM), and the Islamic State of Iraq (ISI). Islamist groups bid through both actions and words to earn the franchise designation, generally bestowed on a group by Zawahiri. A franchise designation serves as a valuable recruiting tool, giving credibility and a known brand name to groups seeking to attract aspiring Islamist militants. It also gives the groups access to al Qaeda resources, including fundraising and financial support (however limited that may be at the present time). No publicly available official criteria exists detailing the requirements to become an al Qaeda franchise, but contributing to a l Qaedas overall goals, including the establishment of an Islamic Caliphate, the expulsion of perceived infidels from Islamic lands, and the targeting of U.S. interests appear to

2.

3.

4. 5.

208

have helped the three current franchises receive their designations. The ISI, for instance earned its designation for fighting American forces in Iraq, which al Qaeda then perceived to be the primary front against the West. AQIM gained its status in part by providing militants to the ISI, was led by veterans of the fighting in Afghanistan, and grew out of militant Islamist groups that had maintained an active insurgency against the Algerian government for over a decade at the time of its receipt of franchise status. AQAPs top leadership had all fought in Afghanistan or Iraq; its leader was even the personal assistant to bin Laden. Further, AQAP had launched attacks to destabilize the perceived infidel Yemeni (and later Saudi) regime. Al Shabaabs bid for a franchise designation has included numerous statements of allegiance to al Qaeda, the establishment of Islamic administrations (which is only one step shy of the establishment of an Islamist state), and a sustained effort to drive perceived infidel invaders out of Somalia. Al Shabaab has enhanced its bid by proving its ability to conduct a mass casualty attack outside of Somalia, thus increasing the confidence al Qaedas central leadership may have in the groups capabilities. Moreover, the attack targeted an ally of the United States and a government with troops in a Muslim country. The importance of Somalia as a central front for the fight against the West has not been lost on bin Laden. The al Qaeda leader released only five statements in 2009, and he dedicated one of them entirely to the situation in Somalia, saying: The war taking place [in Somalia]is a war between Islam and the international Crusade.[8] Targeting Uganda Al Shabaab has long indentified Uganda as a target. The group has killed at least a dozen Ugandan soldiers in Mogadishu since the start of 2010 using suicide bombs, roadside improvised explosive devices, and mortar attacks. Uganda initially deployed 1,700 troops to Somalia in March 2007 to support the new AMISOM mission there.[9] Currently, Uganda contributes about half of the 6,100-soldier strong AMISOM force (Burundi supplies the remainder), and a Ugandan officer, Major General Nathan Mugisha, commands the force.[10] Uganda also serves as a training site for Somali TFG troops. The European Union has already trained at least 600 Somali troops in western Uganda, and it plans on training at least another 1,400 there.[11] Additionally, Ugandas AMISOM forces receive training, equipment and logist ical support from the United States.[12] The current AMISOM mandate stipulates that its forces support the TFG and defend important government infrastructure, allowing its troops to only engage in defensive, peacekeeping operations.[13] Ugandan and Burundi troops do not have the mandate to go on the offensive against al Shabaab and therefore remain stationary at their strategic posts throughout Mogadishu, including near the Presidential Villa, the airport, and seaport, while al Shabaab fires on them at will. AMISOM forces have a history of responding to such attacks by returning fire indiscriminately, occasionally leading to civilian casualties. Ugandan military officials have attempted to remedy this situation by lobbying to expand the AMISOM mandate and calling for a significant increase in the number of AMISOM troops on the ground in Mogadishu.[14] The Ugandan AMISOM commander, for instance, has said that he needs 20,000 troops to maintain peace in Somalia, and Ugandas Deputy Foreign Minister, Okello Oryem, said as rec ently as last week that Uganda will send more troops to Somalia but only if the AMISOM mandate changes so that the troops can go on the offensive against al Shabaab.[15] The Ugandans efforts, however, have been to no avail. Al Shabaabs selection of its first international target was well-thought out and meticulously timed. The groups primary objective was to influence the Ugandan policy of support for AMISOM and to provoke Uganda to withdraw its troops. An al Shabaab spokesman, Sheikh Ali Mohamud Rage, took credit for the attack by stating: We thank the Mujahideen that carried out the attack. We are sending a message to Uganda an d Burundi, if they do not take out their AMISOM troops from Somalia, blasts will continue.[16] The current government of Uganda, led by President Yoweri Museveni, has remained steadfast in its dedication to AMISOM. Museveni, for instance, called on the international community to support an expanded AMISOM mandate just one week after the September 2009 al Shabaab bombing of the AMISOM headquarters.[17] Ugandan military officials have likewise pledged on several occasions since then that Ugandan troops would remain in Somalia until militants are eradicated and peace is restored.[18] Deputy Foreign Minister Oryem reiterated that pledge just hours after Sundays bombings: Ugandans are not cowards and we are not going to run away from Mogadishu just because of this cowardly act. [19] Uganda, however, is scheduled to hold a presidential election in 2011, and the leading opposition candidate, Kizza Besigye, has long called for the withdrawal of Ugandan troops from Somalia.[20] A high-profile terror attack has the potential to alter public opinion. Al Shabaab may have sought to capitalize on such an opportunity in an effort to influence the upcoming Ugandan elections in a way that may help it achieve its long-term goals. The upcoming annual African Union Summit, which Kampala will host from July 19 to July 27, likely played a role in al Shabaab s timing and target of the attack, as well. The expansion of the AMISOM mandate will almost certainly be on the summits agenda. Notably, the Intergovernmental Authority on Development (IGAD), a bloc of six East African countries, decided on July 5 that it would seek to deploy an additional 2,000 troops to support AMISOM, which would bring the total number of troops in the force to the 8,100-troop level called for in the mandate.[21] Further, IGAD agreed to work with the African Union and the UN Security Council to increase the total number of troops in Somalia to 20,000.[22] Al Shabaab ideologically opposes soccer and has banned the playing and watching of the sport, so its decision to specifically target World Cup fans may have reinforced that ideology, but the potential for mass casualties was likely the driving force for selecting the specific targets inside Uganda. Ugandan police, in fact, have announced that they discovered an unexploded suicide vest at a local discotheque, suggesting that the g roups opposition to soccer had a minimal impact on the selection of targets.[23] The bombings took place at venues reportedly frequented by expatriates, and at least one American died in the attack. Al Shabaab, however, seemed more concerned with killing Ugandans than Westerners, as revealed by its statement released the day after the attack: These attacks have killed close to 100 people - mostly Ugandans - who were having fun at those locationsThe Ugandan people are experiencing the beginning of what they have been warned about.[24] Executing on Threats Al Shabaab issued a string of threats against Uganda and Burundi in the days leading up to Sundays attacks. The groups spiritual leader and main spokesman, Sheikh Mukhtar Robow Ali, who is believed to have trained in Afghanistan and set up the first militant training camps in Somalia, reportedly called on followers at Friday prayers last week to attack sites in Uganda and Burundi.[25] He also told a group of supporters on July 5, "We tell the Muslim youths and Mujahideen, wherever they are in the Muslim world, to attack, explode and burn the embassies of Burundi and Uganda."[26] Al Shabaabs leader, Mukhtar Abu Zubair, issued a similar statement on Somali airwaves on July 5 threatening the people of Ugand a and Burundi:

209

You should know that the massacres against the children, women and the elderly of Mogadishu will be revenged against you. Keep in mind that [revenge for] the aggressions being committed by your leaders and soldiers is awaiting you. We have to carry out an all-out Jihad campaign against the enemy and everyone should take part, both young and old. That is the only way to end the massacres being carried out by the infidels in our country against the weak among us.[27] Al Shabaab also released an English-language video through its media arm, al Kataib, on June 27 that called on the Ugandan and Burundi Crusaders to leave Somalia and advised the Mujahideen to make the Ugandans their top priority.[28] The volume of al Shabaab threats directed at Uganda increased in the past two weeks, but the group has been threatening to strike Ugandan interests, including inside Uganda, for over two years. Al Shabaab issued a lengthy statement on January 3, 2008, in which it warned that the same destruction caused by the alliance of Ethiopia, Uganda, and Burundi in Mogadishu would be reciprocated by al Shabaab in those countries capitals.[29] The group also specifically threatened the capitals of Burundi and Uganda in an October 2009 statement by a senior commander: We shall make their people cry. Well attack Bujumbura and Kampala; we will move our fighting to those two cities and we shall destroy them.[30] It should come as no surprise that al Shabaab managed to follow through on its threats against Uganda. The group is perhaps more adept than any terror group in the world at executing on its threats. It conducted twin suicide bombings on September 17, 2009 at the African Union headquarters in Mogadishu, for instance, less than a week after it vowed to avenge the death of al Qaeda in East Africa leader Saleh Ali Nabhan.[31] Similarly, the group attacked a college graduation ceremony in December 2009, killing around 20 graduates and the Minister of Education, just three months after it warned the Ministry of Education about using un-Islamic textbooks.[32] Al Shabaab has also followed through on several threats made against nongovernmental organizations operating inside Somalia, including the World Food Program and the UN Mine Action Service.[33] Significance and Conclusion Abu Mansour al Amriki, an American commander in al Shabaab, stated in January 2008 that al Shabaab had a global goal inc luding the establishment of the Islamic Caliphate in all parts of the world.[34] The group has steadily become more internationalized since then, increasing the number of foreign fighters in its ranks, making international threats, and even establishing a brigade whose sole purpose is to liberate Islamic holy places around the world. The bombings in Uganda confirmed al Shabaabs desire to strike its enemies beyond Somalias borders and proved its ability to do so. Sundays attacks must serve as a warning to the West. Al Shabaab controls vast swaths of territory more than any Islamist group in the world where it can plan and train for attacks. It has many militants with experience fighting in war zones and dozens with American and European passports. Uganda is separated by one country from Somalia, and Kampala sits nearly 600 miles from Somalias closest border. Sundays attack was not merely a cross-border raid, but rather a highly coordinated and sophisticated international attack. Al Shabaabs ambitions are not limited to the African continent, and western policymakers cannot afford to make the costly mistake of dismissing the group as merely a regional threat. The group has made clear on several occasions its desire to strike the United States, perhaps most boldly in a June 2008 message from its leader:

So wait, oh cursed America, for the events of the coming September [i.e. the next major attacks]. For it is not a strike, but strikes!!! They conspired against us and made us retarded economically and politically and [sic] and technologically and religiously and morally and even mentally!!! And all of these tragedies are caused by the mother of [all evil] America!!! It continues, and [America] did not learn sufficiently from the previous strikes!! The curses of Allah [are] upon America and those who are loyal to it or protect it or love it!!![35] Al Shabaab has proven time and time again its ability to execute on threats in Somalia, and now it has also proven its ability to execute on threats internationally. The group will continue to seek recognition and support from al Qaeda and will attempt to ascend to a position of prominence within the Islamist community. Al Shabaab operates with relative impunity in southern and central Somalia. Ugandas decision in the coming year, along with that of other African nations, on whether or not to fight al Shabaab will be significant for the peace and stability of the region. Perhaps more important, though, will be the Wests decision on whether or not it will develop a strategy to hinder and weaken the growing global threat posed by al Shabaab (Critical Threats, 2010).

Title: Somalia's Al Shabaab Kills 70 in Mogadishu Bomb Date: October 5, 2011 Source: Reuters Abstract: Somalia's al Qaeda-linked rebels struck at the heart of the capital on Tuesday, killing more than 70 people with a truck bomb in the group's most deadly attack in the country since launching an insurgency in 2007. Somali President Sheikh Sharif Ahmed denounced the blast, which caused the most casualties among young students waiting for exam results at the education ministry, as a "cruel and inhumane act of violence". Another 150 people were wounded. The African Union force in Somalia (AMISOM) said a truck laden with drums of fuel rammed a checkpoint outside a compound housing government ministries in the K4 (Kilometre 4) area of Mogadishu, where students had gathered to register for scholarships offered by Turkey. Hundreds of parents stood weeping outside the Madina Hospital in Mogadishu after being denied access for security reasons and nurses said they were overwhelmed.

210

The al Shabaab insurgents who carried out the attack later warned Somalis to stay away from government buildings and military bases. "More serious blasts are coming," spokesman Sheikh Ali Mohamud Rage told reporters. The twisted axle from the exploded truck lay on blackened soil. A body draped with a red shawl lay nearby. People used corrugated iron, rugs and white sheeting to carry corpses away from the devastation at a normally bustling junction. Ambulances rushed to and fro past twisted, charred trees and a burnt out car. "I was among the first people to arrive here moments after the explosion. I looked around and reassured those who were still alive," said witness Halma Abdi. Britain condemned the attack and France reasserted its support for the country's U.N.-backed transitional government. U.N. Secretary General Ban Ki-moon said he was appalled by the vicious attack. "It is very difficult to prevent these types of terrorist attacks which we have consistently warned are likely to be on the increase," the U.N. special envoy to Somalia, Augustine Mahiga, said. The government said no senior officials were hurt in the attack on the ministry buildings. Burns & Fractures Al Shabaab insurgents pulled most of their fighters out of Mogadishu in August allowing government troops and African Union soldiers to seize much of the capital. But the rebels vowed to still carry out attacks on government installations. "AMISOM still considers al Shabaab as a terrible group and will work with other partners to stop their horrible attacks on civilians," the AU force spokesman Paddy Ankunda said. The blast flattened kiosks near the compound and a charred body lay near a blazing car. Debris from the explosion landed hundreds of metres away. Scores of people with burns walked to a nearby hospital and police were trying to evacuate more students trapped inside the damaged buildings. Doctors said they were shocked by the number of casualties, in a city that has endured years of violence. The International Committee of the Red Cross said more than 90 people, including five women and nine children, had been admitted to the Madina Hospital, many with burns and fractures. Some analysts said they were worried the blast might prompt international agencies helping famine victims in Somalia to pull out, leaving operations in the hands of local organisations prone to corruption or theft by militias. "Most humanitarian agencies were complaining about a lack of security and this might put off international agencies from going anywhere near Mogadishu now," said Hamza Mohamed, a London-based Somali analyst. "This is my worst fear now." President Ahmed said al Shabaab could not have "attacked the Somali people at a worst time", as the country struggles with the worst drought to hit the country in decades, but vowed to hit back at the rebels. "They cannot attack our resolve and will not turn us away from a future in our own safety and security, united in peace and prosperity," he said in a statement. Suicide Bombers When al Shabaab fighters pulled out of Mogadishu in August, analysts warned the conflict was far from won and a shift in the insurgents' tactics could herald a wave of al Qaeda-style attacks. Others analysts said the attack was a stark reminder the group still poses a threat to Somalia, and other countries in the region. Al Shabaab killed 79 people watching the soccer World Cup final in Uganda last year. Analysts also said the blast underscored the government's failure to take advantage of the August withdrawal. "The fact al Shabaab has reoccupied at least three of the districts it abandoned at the time and is apparently able to operate freely in others to the extent of pulling off the bombing is an indictment of the regime's failure to capitalise on the opportunity, which was handed to it on a silver platter," said J. Peter Pham, Africa director with U.S. think-tank the Atlantic Council.

211

Al Shabaab has used suicide bombers to devastating effect in past attacks on African Union compounds, government buildings and a medical graduation ceremony. A suicide bomber killed three government ministers in the December 2009 attack on the graduation ceremony in Mogadishu and a fourth minister died from his wounds two months later. A female suicide bomber killed the interior minister in June. Al Shabaab is fighting to oust the U.N.-backed transition government that it sees as a puppet of the West and wants to impose its own harsh version of sharia law throughout Somalia. The militants still hold sway over large chunks of southern and central Somalia, which is also in the grip of a famine. Al Shabaab had appeared to be on the back foot and there were reports of internal rifts and funding problems. However, al Shabaab has renewed its attacks on government troops and militia near the Kenyan border in the past few weeks and the Kenyan government has also blamed the militants for the kidnapping of two Western tourists from its beach resorts. The attack also comes at a time the government has just embarked on a 12-month political road map which is supposed to lead to elections for a new parliament and president by Aug. 20 next year (Reuters, 2011).

Title: Al Shabaab Kidnap Aid Workers At Kenyan Camp Date: October 13, 2011 Source: Daily Nation Abstract: Two Spaniards were on Thursday kidnapped by al Shabaab gunmen at the Dadaab refugee camp in Garissa. The victims were relief workers with Mdecins Sans Frontires (Doctors Without Borders). YouTube Video Emergency response teams comprising the police and the military were airborne minutes after the incident at Dadaab Ifo camp was reported. But by the time of going to press, there was no indication that the Kenyan forces had tracked down the kidnappers. This marks an escalation of cross-border raids by the Islamic militants who have so far abducted two tourists and killed another in Lamu. (READ: Kenya's security forces on the spot after attacks) On Thursday, they struck at midday in a raid that took about 40 minutes. Officers aboard military and police helicopters complained of poor visibility because it was raining heavily. Police spokesman Eric Kiraithe said: Weve dispatched a helicopter. Another chopper from the military is also involved. They have reported that manoeuvring is difficult because of bad weather but the operation is under way. A witness told the Nation by phone from Dadaab that the victims were doctors and were being driven home from work. Shot the Driver The attackers, who were armed with AK-47 rifles waited for them outside. As soon as the vehicle carrying them left the gate, they blocked it, shot the driver and abducted the two foreigners to an unknown destination, the witness, a Kenyan worker at the camp, said. He added: The attackers were among the refugees who have stayed here for some time. It is difficult to know when they came because we have new arrivals every day. He believes there are many more al Shabaab fighters in the camp pretending to be refugees. Thursdays incident was the third in two months, in which foreigners were abducted by gunmen and taken to lawless Somalia. French woman Marieu Dedieu was kidnapped on Manda Island on October 1 while Mrs Judith Tebbutt, a Briton, was abducted and her husband David shot dead at Kiwayu resort in Kiunga in September. The victims were taken away in speedboats in the earlier incidents. The latest incursion happened in spite of heightened security operation on the vast Kenya-Somalia border, on land, sea and air.

212

n the Indian Ocean, naval ships have been deployed in the high seas while boats from the Maritime Police Unit, Kenya Wildlife Service, the Fisheries department as well as the Navy are patrolling the coastline. Military and police helicopters are also being used for round-the-clock aerial surveillance at the Coast (Daily Nation, 2011).

Title: Grenade Attack Man To Spend Life In Jail Date: October 29, 2011 Source: All Africa Abstract: Self-confessed Al-Shaabab member Elgive Bwire who confessed to launching Monday's twin grenade attacks in the city will spend the rest of his life in jail. Twenty eight year old Bwire smiled as senior principal magistrate Grace Macharia read out the sentence at the end of the first ever criminal case to be determined in 72 hours. She said Bwire deserved a harsh sentence as he had intentions of killing people when he launched the grenade attacks. "I concede that the offences were done with an aim of killing and the sentence will be given so at to deter others with such similar intentions," said the magistrate. Macharia asked the Anti Terrorism Police unit to safely keep or destroy the weapons recovered at Bwire's house during a police raid on Tuesday. The life sentence was handed for his involvement in the OTC grenade attack that caused grievous harm to Justus Makau Mulwa and Patrick Ndolo Kinyingi. He received another 15-year sentence for being a member of the Al Shabaab and engaging in criminal activity. "I have considered all the facts in this matter which I concede to, that the offences were aimed at killing the victims. So a deterrent sentence is called for not only to serve the interest of the public but also to deter other offenders," Macharia said. She also sentenced Bwire to seven years in prison for the six charges of being in possession of firearms and ammunition without respective firearm certificates. Bwire was arrested on Tuesday, appeared in court on Wednesday and confessed to being in possession of an AK-47 rifle, a sub machine gun, two revolvers, two automatic pistols, 717 rounds of ammunition, a sub machine gun magazine and 13 live hand grenades and was sentenced yesterday. Bwire, who kept looking at the wall clock as the magistrate read out the sentence, was unperturbed by the sentence. He kept fiddling with the metal handcuffs which restrained his hand. He said he was not remorseful and was happy with spending the rest of his life in prison. "I am just happy, a sad man is a remorseful man," when asked by journalists about his reaction to the sentence. Saying he had no regrets, Bwire, who converted to Islam in 2005 sand took up the name Mogammed Seif, joked with the press as he stood next to a table where the guns, ammo and grenades had been displayed. At one point he joked with the journalists not to get too close to the table as "anything can happen!" Bwire who had refused legal representation, said he would not appeal against the sentence. "Whats done is done," he said. The court was told how Bwire made an unsuccessful attempt to travel to Somalia soon after he converted to Islam in 2005. He was reportedly stopped at the Kenya- Somalia border and had to come back. He succeeded in travelling to Somalia through Liboi a few months later. While in Somalia, Bwire received training by the Al Shabaab on arms, ammunitions and how to conduct attacks (including practical on-the-ground training)and was qualified in those fields before he was deployed to the field to carry out the attacks. In August 2011, Bwire left Mogadishu and came back to Nairobi. On arrival he went to Kayole where he rented a house for himself and his family. He said he recruited other people to join the militia group. Bwire admitted that he and an accomplice launched the grenade at Kaka bus stage along Race Course Road that killed one person and injured more than 20 others. The grenade attack came barely 18 hours after a man hurled a grenade into Mwaura's night club along Mfangano Lane, injuring 14 people. Bwire took responsibility for both attacks. Bwire smiled for the cameras as he taken away by anti-terrorism police unit under tight security.Bwire, who has a son, studied engineering at the Kenya Polytechnic. Two other people - Omar Muchiri alias Orima Hussein and Stephen Macharia alias Muchango who were charged in connection with the Kaka bus stage grenade attack denied the charge and also denied they were Al Shabaab members. Their case will be heard on November 4 (All Africa, 2011).

6. AL SHABAAB TERROR THREAT PROPAGANDA

213

OBAMACSI.COM: Government and media outlets worldwide are sounding the propaganda alarm that Al Shabaab will attack western targets with the help of Al Qaeda in the near future. Al Shabaab's leader is allegedly American and they have successfully recruited Americans to join their "jihad" against America and the west. As attacks by Al Shabaab continue to rise, so too will the terror propaganda stating that terrorists from Africa are an imminent threat even from 10,000 miles away. Title: Somalia's Al-Shabab: A Global Or Local Movement? Date: August 20, 2010 Source: TIME Abstract: When Somalia's al-Shabab militia claimed responsibility for the July 11 suicide bombings that killed 76 people watching soccer on TV in Uganda, the media described the event as an al-Qaeda attack on the World Cup. That's a misrepresentation, of course, but one that illustrates many of the problems with viewing and reacting to events in Somalia through a war-on-terrorism paradigm. The Shabab certainly has a relationship with al-Qaeda, but it is an independent organization, and the Kampala bombings were motivated not by some global jihadist agenda but by the Shabab's ongoing struggle against foreign military intervention in Somalia. That primarily means Uganda, which is a key component of the African Union (A.U.) mission in Somalia. That mission props up the beleaguered remains of a government that is widely seen as corrupt, greedy, inefficient and illegitimate. The Shabab perceives that government as a foreign-imposed regime; in fact, it does not even qualify as a regime, simply the faction that controls the airport and the presidential villa buttressed by Ugandan arms. (Read "How Did al-Shabab Emerge from the Chaos of Somalia?") The Shabab's current credibility in Somalia is rooted in the deep unpopularity of foreign intervention, including the U.S.-backed Ethiopian invasion of 2006-09 and the A.U. forces that went in after to keep the peace. Ethiopian gunships flew missions over Mogadishu, strafing civilian neighborhoods and returning to the airport, which was held and protected by A.U. troops. In the eyes of many Somalis, the two forces were one and the same. Indeed, Somalis sneer at Uganda's claim that its soldiers are peacekeepers. Those troops clearly take the side of the ruling faction in the civil war. The day after the soccer bombings in Uganda, the A.U. bombarded civilian neighborhoods in Mogadishu more fiercely than usual. In all of July, close to 200 civilians were killed in the capital by A.U. shelling. (A different perspective: TIME's Alex Perry on al-Shabab.) The declared motive for the Uganda bombings was revenge for the thousands of Somali civilians killed by A.U. forces. Another motive was the Shabab's frustration at the stalemate in which it finds itself. While able to prevent the so-called government from being effective, the Shabab is not strong enough to take power outright or even to overrun a Ugandan position. That is because the Shabab is militarily very weak. Nowhere close to a highly sophisticated jihadist network, the Shabab is composed of dedicated fighters as well as criminal gangs involved in kidnapping. While its forces operate in more territory than anybody else, they do not control much of it, on occasion meeting their match in rival Islamist militias. The Shabab leadership is also aware that attacking Somali targets may cost it popular support. Some clans in central Somalia recently expelled the Shabab from their territory; its presence in others shouldn't be confused with control. (See a brief history of al-Shabab.) The Shabab may have been prompted to reach further afield for targets because it has reached the limits of its ability to extend control in Somalia. It is likely to be plotting attacks in Ethiopia, Djibouti and Kenya, perhaps as part of a retributive cycle in the mistreatment of expatriate Somalis. But even its capacity to export its struggle is limited and not particularly well organized. In 2008, during the peak of its struggle against the Ethiopians, one Shabab faction couldn't guarantee the security of foreign journalists from other Shabab factions. The Shabab certainly has some foreign fighters in its midst, and some of the group's Somali leaders earned their stripes fighting as volunteers in Afghanistan. Some of its members consider themselves part of Osama bin Laden's movement, but they don't take orders from it. In fact, a major motivation for the Shabab declaring al-Qaeda allegiance is attracting funding from al-Qaeda's Arab donors, in the same way that its local enemies use the discourse of counterterrorism to win backing from the West. Even there, the Shabab faces a problem in that its Islamist rivals in Somalia are better known and respected in Salafist circles abroad. While some of the Shabab rank and file may think they are fighting for God and glory (much like the average U.S. Marine), their leaders are more pragmatic and domestically focused. The leadership of the Shabab is entirely Somali, drawn from a number of different clans. Indeed, in order to survive in the chaos of Somalia, the Shabab has had to become skillful in taking advantage of clan conflicts. The primary form of identity among Somalis is the clan, and while Western policymakers might like to imagine the Somali conflict as pitting Islamist extremists against moderates, in reality it's a complex struggle of clan rivalry between merchants, traders, farmers and cattle herders, over issues including loss of property, fear of disenfranchisement, access to aid money, social inequality and political power anything but a jihad. Still, the Shabab has to tread carefully, even though Islam has, in some cases, begun to compete with clan identity as a trust mechanism. Clan leaders sometimes tolerate the Shabab's presence on their turf not because they identify with its goals, but to signal to the government that they're unhappy over official distribution of resources or political positions. Indeed, if all of the clan leaders turned on the Shabab, it would be reduced to a small hard-core jihadist group incapable of imposing its will on any portion of the country. The irony is that the Shabab was originally the youth wing of a short-lived Islamist regime that promised to overcome the dominance of the warlords and the clans. Now, it has to navigate through those factional dynamics. It is quite the balancing act. Somali clans don't have one leader: influence is in the hands of numerous elders, businessmen, militia leaders and others. If too much influence adheres to one prominent clan member, the clan will split, rivalries will develop and carefully calibrated agendas come unglued. And at this point, the Shabab seems to be able to rely only on minority clans or weaker ones with grievances.

214

These extremely local factors make it a problem to view Somalia as a conflict between moderates and jihadis. But, oh, the Shabab does have a main foreign backer. That would be Eritrea, a decidedly secular state that is in the game because it is a mortal enemy of Ethiopia. And there is another big outside source of funding. Whatever support the Shabab receives from foreign governments and organizations, its biggest overseas backers are members of the Somali diaspora, who send support not because the Shabab emulates al-Qaeda but because its members are their cousins, friends and clansmen (TIME, 2010).

Title: The Al Shabab Threat Date: January 9, 2011 Source: Independent Abstract: Just before the December 20, 2010 grenade attack on a Kampala-bound bus in Nairobi, two major incidents had taken place in the Kenyan capital. First, on the morning of December 3, 2010, attackers suspected to be ethnic Somalis threw a grenade at a police patrol vehicle in Eastleigh, a city neighbourhood. The attack killed one policeman and injured several. The police pursued and killed two people it claimed were involved in the attack. Later in the afternoon of the same day, Kenyan traffic police stopped two people on a motorbike in Nairobi on purely traffic considerations. Instead of stopping, the riding duo shot at the police, killing two officers. The police pursued them and killed two people it claimed were involved in the attack. Both were ethnic Somalis. When their bodies were searched, intelligence sources say, police picked mobile phone handsets from them. According to Kenyan security sources, these two incidents triggered a search and cordon operation in Nairobi that led to the arrest of 183 suspects. Apparently, when police took the handsets from the two people it had killed, they retrieved previous calls made. Upon examining telephone numbers these two handsets had been calling, they were able to break into a large network of terrorists all leading to one Al Zubairi aka Godoni, the leader of Al Shabab, the Somali militant group in Mogadishu. According to Kenyan intelligence sources, the two people on the motor bike were also found to belong to Al Shabab. The question then was: Why was Al Shabab attacking the Kenyan police when their stated enemy was the Ugandan army and government? According to Ugandan intelligence sources, all the planning, resourcing and strategising for the July 11, 2010 Kampala bombings, the biggest such attack ever in East Africa in which over 80 people, was done in Kenya. Once the plan was done, it was only transferred to Kampala for execution. It is, however, suspected that since the Kenyan police was critical in helping Uganda to arrest and extradite suspects, there has been growing resentment against the government of Kenya and the police specifically in Kenya's large Muslim community generally and among ethnic Somalis specifically. Uganda became a target of Islamic militants when it joined the US in its global war against Islamic extremism. It seems President Yoweri Museveni sought to cultivate American support by positioning himself as the promoter of US geo-strategic interests in the Great Lakes region. It remains debatable whether the net benefits of this strategy of political consolidation on Uganda's national interest - as opposed to Museveni's personal political ambitions - exceed the gross costs to the country. Some analysts say that Uganda is paying too high a price for Museveni search for continued American support. Burundi, the only other country to contribute troops to the African Union peace-keeping force in Somalia (AMISOM) has also been targeted by the Al Shabab. On December 31, 2010, just minutes before mid-night, a grenade suspected to be the handwork of Al Shabab exploded in the Burundi capital Bujumbura killing three people and injuring several. In early September, Al Shabab issued a new threat against Uganda. The threat was renewed in early December but no incidents occurred over Christmas and the New Year. X-mas, New Year Arrests The Independent has learnt of increased activity between the Kenyan police and intelligence services that have been working closely with their Ugandan counterparts to apprehend suspects and avert attacks. When the two attacks against the police occurred in Nairobi, Kenyan police submitted to Ugandan intelligence all the corresponding telephone communication between the suspects in Kenya with some people in Uganda. Two days before New Year's Day on December 29, 2010, security at the Uganda-Kenya border at Busia arrested three suspected Al shabab operatives. They included two men, Abudala Karim and Abed Jamar Mohammed, and a woman, Abudinasia Mohammed. Earlier over the Christmas season, Uganda police arrested a number of people, among them two other women and a Somali Imam of Tawfiq Mosque in Kisenyi, a low cost suburb of Kampala city. But the most important arrest was of a man only identified as Al Sahel.

215

Earlier still, on December 10, 2010, when a Gateway Bus Service bus bound for Kampala from Nairobi was stopped and searched by security and materials the Koran and Somali written scripts which when read were on radicalism- the police concluded that the materials were meant for Al Sahel. Ugandan security sources say that upon pleading from an influential Ugandan businessman of Somali descent, Ugandan police released the Imam and the two women but retained Al Sahel. When his communications were tracked, intelligence found that Al Sahel is linked to the terrorists in Kenya; especially one Hasan Yusuf Bilari and above all, to Al Zubairi aka Godoni. Ugandan intelligence is now putting the different pieces of the puzzle together. Hasan Yusuf Bilari had been linked to the bombing of the Kampala bound bus in Nairobi on December 20, 2010. He had been arrested by the Kenya police alongside one Abu Logo, a prominent sheik in Mombasa. Abu Logo was also linked by Ugandan security agencies to the July 11, 2010 bombings in Kampala. However, the Kenyan government had been reluctant to arrest him largely because Logo is politically influential and the politicians did not want to risk a political backlash from their Muslim constituents. Secondly, intelligence sources say, Kenya has a large, wealthy and well-organised Muslim and Somali community. Whenever one Muslim is attacked, they rally behind them by organising their legal defense, financial support and even mobilising their political connections to stop the process. Thus when Uganda submitted Logo's name to the Kenyan police, little happened. But when he was linked to the killings of the Kenyan police, they had no option but to arrest the powerful sheik. Indeed, another sheik, Mohamed Sharif, considered among the most politically powerful Muslim clerics in Kenya was also arrested in connection to growing Islamic militancy in the country. This showed that the Kenyan government was beginning to find political courage to take on politically sensitive issues. The mid-December 2010 visit to Uganda by Kenyan Prime Minister, Raila Odinga, who is strong in Kenya's coastal region which is largely dominated by Muslims, appears tohave been partly due to the growing convergence of interests between him and President Yoweri Museveni in regard to combating Islamic extremism. Odinga and Museveni reportedly also discussed the International Criminal Court indictment of six senior Kenyan politicians. The challenge for Odinga, experts say, is whether he can afford to politically alienate the powerful Islamic political interests in the coastal region. Threats Real Concern is high in Uganda's intelligence services that a terrorist attack is still possible in the country. On July 11, 2010, the day of the terrorist bombing of Kampala, security agencies retrieved a phone handset from a suicide jacket that had failed to explode in Makindye. According to a classified memo from the Joint Anti-Terrorism Taskforce (JATT), the phone, a Nokia series 1208, was attached to the suicide jacket as a detonator. Security agencies retrieved the sim card and began to follow leads. JATT has over the years of fighting terrorism developed critical phone tracking systems. This system has been successfully used to build a communication matrix for the Allied Democratic Forces (ADF) terrorist group. This Matrix (see graph on page 15) allows JATT to track down the entire communication infrastructure of the rebels first, and then begin eliminating them one by one. According to the classified memo, when the phone was retrieved, JATT went to work. They collected phone records from MTN and traced the persons whom that phone network had called. Among them was a lady called Ida Nabwami running a lock-up shop at Pioneer Mall; her phone number was found to have links with a serial number on the Makindye phone. She was the first person to be arrested and taken to JATT headquarters on Summit View, Kololo. According to security sources, JATT soon found out that Nabwami was not directly involved in terrorism activities even though the terrorists were in contact with her. Apparently, she was employed by one Haruna Luyima, brother of Isa Ahmed Luyima, the suspected leader of the 7/11 bombings. Haruna had employed her as a shop attendant. JATT asked her for the names of the people she had been communicating with on telephone. She was cooperative and revealed all of them to security. According to sources inside the interrogation room, JATT officers realised that she actually did not know what was taking place. She was released. Meanwhile, the Federal Investigations Bureau (FBI) officers from the United States who had come to Uganda after the bombings to help in the investigations had returned home. Upon hearing of this progress, the FBI got excited and returned to Uganda immediately. Security had already established that the lead terrorist in the bombings was not a Somali, but a Ugandan Muslim called Issa Ahmed Luyima. The people whose names Nabwami revealed to security as calling her were brothers of Luyima. JATT positioned its agents around Pioneer Mall and Wilson Street when both of them were later picked and taken for interrogation. One by one, more terrorists were arrested and interrogated. Many suspects were arrested. During the interrogations, security had learnt that terrorists had prepared 12 bombs but used only four. Eight were still unaccounted for.

216

Till today, security has failed to locate them. In his confessions one of the terrorists had confirmed that he had seen the bombs and tried some of them on his chest in a terrorist safe house in Najanankumbi along Entebbe Road in Kampala. The concern of the Joint Intelligence Committee (JIC) has since then been to find these bombs. Ugandan security is concerned that, according to the interrogation transcripts, the explosives had been brought into Uganda through Malaba and driven across the border in a Toyota Land Cruiser without being caught. "This brings into question the effectiveness of border security to deter terrorism," an August Uganda Security assessment report says. Apparently, security officials believe that the unused explosives are still inside Uganda; they are the major source of Al Shabab's confidence. Security officials say they are likely to be deployed with devastating effect. Information from the interrogations shows that some of the terrorist involved in masterminding the bombings went missing and security has not tracked anyone of them down since September. Also, the vehicle that brought the explosives into the country was impounded from Kenya, showing that it had been able to drive back into the country. However, the driver of the vehicle is still missing as is one of the major coordinators of the attacks. The real problem with border security in Uganda, security officials say, is that its officials are trained mainly to verify travel documents only. This is a major weakness given that terrorists often travel on valid travel documents. "Tax officials at the border are purely concerned with revenue collection, not with national security threats," the assessment report said, "The explosives that killed so many people passed through the border without any question. It is possible that revenue officials looked at them and concluded that these items were none taxable. The challenge is to integrate tax administration and security vigilance." Terrorists Exposed Those arrested also revealed how the bombings were organised and the entire chronology of the bombing plan. They also revealed a lot about what they planned to do next. According to records of the interrogation, copies of which The Independent has seen, the terrorists said they had planned to hijack planes and crash them into Kampala; specifically into Entebbe International Airport, State House Entebbe, the American Embassy, the British High Commission, security installations and other diplomatic missions especially those of Western countries in Kampala. According to the interrogation transcripts, the terrorists had planned to hijack planes coming in from Juba enroute to Nairobi and Kampala because the airport in Juba has less rigorous security measures. They said they could not succeed to hijack a plane from Kenya, Tanzania or Rwanda because of the more elaborate and effective security measures. In a report to President Yoweri Museveni and later in their own internal security assessments, security organs argued that the challenge in fighting an asymmetric war against terror is the difficulty of being able to establish exactly when and where the terrorists would strike. As a result, security at the airport was heavily reinforced; cars were stopped from driving up to the departure's area for fear of terrorists driving a truck into the check-in counters at the airport. Security also began checking bags of people entering the country from abroad. It is in this context that changes within Uganda's security organisations began in earnest. President Museveni fired the Director General of Internal security organization (ISO), Amos Mukumbi, as the first step in solving the crisis in security. In an interview with The Independent at State House Entebbe in September, the President confirmed that he had fired Mukumbi because "that man had literally killed ISO, an entire national institution was almost dead. Now our challenge is to resuscitate it." From July, funding for security agencies increased for both operations and staff welfare. Sources inside security now say morale is high. The interrogations also revealed that terrorists are getting money from religious extremist groups across the Muslim world. Secondly, the people responsible for transferring monies were not Ugandans, not even ethnic Somalis but Kenyans. This has added a major twist to the problem as one would have expected the terrorists to be ethnic Somalis. Has Al Shabab decided to outsource terrorists or is it supported by a widespread network of Islamic extremists? For example, Ugandan security sources say that Isa Luyima is highly "radicalised." He fought UPDF alongside Al Shabab in Mogadishu together with one Mugisha, a Rwandese by ethnicity and one of the leading Islamic militants responsible for the 7/11 bombings in Kampala. It is Mugisha who in his confession talked about the training of pilots by Al Shabab among Somalis in the Diaspora, especially Sweden, to crash planes at targets in Entebbe and Kampala. In June 2010, Senegalese Security in Dakar had arrested four Moroccans going to the Democratic Republic of Congo. Later it was found that they were headed to the eastern town of Beni where they planned help build the capacity of the Allied Democratic Front (ADF) rebels there. ADF rebels belong to the Salaaf sect of Islam as do the leaders of the Al Qaeda. These pieces of information have cast significant light on the extent of the terrorist problem Uganda faces (Independent, 2011).

Title: Al Shabaab Recruited Dozens Of Americans: U.S. Report Date: July 27, 2011

217

Source: Reuters Abstract: An al Qaeda-affiliated group in Somalia, al Shabaab, has recruited more than 40 Muslim Americans to its battle in the war-ravaged country and at least 15 have been killed, a congressional report said on Wednesday. U.S. officials have become increasingly worried about the group, particularly after capturing an al Shabaab commander who had allegedly been a liaison with al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula, an active Yemeni group that has tried to strike the United States. So far, al Shabaab has conducted only limited attacks outside of Somalia, notably the twin bombings in Uganda that killed 79 people watching the World Cup final last year. The group has waged a long, violent battle to control Somalia. Republican Peter King of New York, chairman of the House of Representatives Homeland Security Committee, has been holding a series of hearings to probe concerns about Muslim Americans becoming radicalized and joining militant groups. A report by his staff found that more than 40 Muslim Americans and 20 Canadians have been recruited to al Shabaab and at least 15 Americans were killed in fighting, including three suicide bombers. "Senior U.S. counterterror officials have told the committee they are very concerned about individuals they have not identified who have fallen in with alShabaab during trips to Somalia, who could return to the U.S. undetected," King said during a hearing he convened on al Shabaab. Of the more than 40 Americans who have joined the cause, as many as 21 are believed to still be at large and unaccounted for, according to the staff report. The U.S. Justice Department has charged several people from the Somali community in Minnesota for allegedly going to Somalia to fight, as well as individuals who were accused of trying to help al Shabaab or those going to fight there. HOW SERIOUS A THREAT? Anders Folk, a former federal prosecutor from Minnesota who handled some of those cases, said that while there are doubts about the ability of al Shabaab to strike the United States, it is hard to predict whether they might do so one day. "The difficulty is we don't know when they are going to cross the line from aspiration to operation and the reality is ... that cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty," he told the committee. Some Democrats on the panel raised questions about how serious a threat al Shabaab was to the U.S. homeland. "While I acknowledge that the intelligence community sees a need to monitor al Shabaab's activities, I also know that vigilance must be in direct proportion to the probability and likelihood of the threat," said Bennie Thompson, the top Democrat on the panel. "Al Shabaab does not appear to present any danger to this homeland." On Tuesday, President Barack Obama's nominee to head the National Counterterrorism Center, Matt Olsen, warned that al Qaeda operatives in Somalia represented a significant threat. "I would say that beyond al Qaeda senior leadership in Pakistan, its presence in Yemen, that probably the next most significant terrorist threat may emanate from the al Qaeda presence in Somalia in terms of the willingness and apparent ability, or at least the intent, to strike outside of that particular country," Olsen told a Senate committee (Reuters, 2011).

Title: Somali Militants Threaten Kenyan Skyscraper Attack Date: October 18, 2011 Source: France 24 Abstract: Somali militants threatened to bring down Nairobi skyscrapers after Kenya sent hundreds of troops into Somalia. The threat emanated from the same lawless country in which the al-Qaida masterminds behind 1998 bombings of two U.S. embassies sought refuge. The Kenyan invasion comes at a time when al-Shabab has been weakened by famine in its strongholds, has been pushed from the capital of Mogadishu by African Union troops and finds itself increasingly challenged by clan militias. The U.S. has also launched airstrikes against al-Shabab leaders amid concerns over terrorist training camps in the failed state of Somalia. The men who masterminded the 1998 bombings of U.S. embassies in Kenya and Tanzania found shelter in the chaos of its 20-year-old conflict. Al-Shabab lashed out in a news conference and an eloquent English statement on Monday, sayi ng that the bloody battles that will ensue as a result of this incursion will most likely disrupt the social equilibrium and imperil the lives of hundreds of thousands of civilians.

218

The statement urged Kenyans to tell their saber-rattling politicians to not let the flames of war spill over into Kenya, destroying the East African nations sense of stability. Your skyscrapers will be destroyed, your tourism will disappear. We shall inflict on you the same damage you inflicted on us, Sheik Ali Mohamud Rage, a spokesman for the Islamist militia al-Shabab, said at a Mogadishu news conference. Kenya on Sunday moved two battalions of about 800 troops each across the border in two locations, a Nairobi-based official said. Tanks, helicopters and artillery have also been deployed. The invasion is the most significant foreign deployment of the Kenyan military since independence from Britain in 1963. The official asked for anonymity because he was not authorized to speak to the press. Maj. Emmanuel Chirchir, a Kenyan military spokesman, would only say there were sufficient troops in Somalia. He would not disclose their final objective, how long they were prepared to stay or any other details. He did say that five Kenyan military personnel were killed when their helicopter crashed near the border on Sunday. Kenya says the invasion is retaliation for the kidnappings of four Europeans two aid workers and two tourists from Kenyan soil. An Englishwoman was taken last month by gunmen who killed her husband, a Frenchwoman was seized two weeks later and two Spanish aid workers were taken from a refugee camp near the border on Thursday. The attacks have already hit Kenyas tourism industry, the countrys third biggest foreign exchange earner last year. But Europeans have been kidnapped before, and it is still unclear if al-Shabab carried out the attacks. Analysts also say it is highly unlikely that Kenya could organize such a complex military operation so quickly. The kidnaps could be a catalyst for something in the works for a long time, said Lauren Gelfand, the Africa and Middle East editor of Janes Defense Weekly. The Kenyans had already been conducting air strikes in Somalia for the past two weeks, a Nairobi-based diplomat said. He asked for anonymity because he was not authorized to speak to the media. Al-Shabab itself dismissed the kidnappings as a motivation. The allegations put forward by the Kenyan authorities with regard to the recent kidnappings are, at best, unfounded and, apa rt from the mere conjectural corroborations, not substantiated with any verifiable evidence, the al -Shabab statement said. Last year al-Shabab suicide bombers killed 76 people in Kampala, Uganda as they watched the World Cup final. The group said it was retaliation for Uganda sending troops to the African Union force supporting the weak U.N.-backed government. Rage, the al-Shabab spokesman, raised the image of the bombings Monday. Remember what happened in Ugandas capital, he said. So far al-Shabab has put up little resistance to the Kenyan forces, melting away into the thorny scrub. A militia supported by the Kenyans took control of Qoqani, about 60 miles (100 kilometers) from the Kenyan border, late on Sunday, residents said. Residents in the nearby town of Afmadow said al-Shabab fighters were leaving, but that families were also fleeing into the bush, preferring to sleep in the open and face wild animals than risk any fighting. We know there are lions in the jungle but fighting is worse, said Abdiqadir Mohamed. Kenyas final objective remains unclear. It has spent the last two years pushing for a buffer zone between itself and troubled Somalia. Kenyan forces trained and equipped the so-called Jubaland militia of more than 2,000 Somalis and have frequently said they want to take Kismayo, a port city whose customs revenues are the insurgencys biggest cash cow. Al-Shababs key line of defense for Kismayo is in front of the Juba river. There are only three bridges across it strong enough to take the movement of vehicles. On Monday, bearded men wearing masks drove around Kismayo, using megaphones to urge residents to join the fight, residents said. The insurgents have a history of kidnapping children to use as child soldiers. Families in Kismayo said they were already fleeing, fearing forced recruitment. Every family is running away with his children, said resident Nuh Abdi. Otherwise al -Shabab will conscript them for fighting (France 24, 2011).

219

Title: Al-Shabaab A Looming Threat Date: October 5, 2011 Source: CNN Abstract: The assassin was dropped off into the bitter cold by a taxi near the home of his target in Aarhus, Denmark's second largest city. His task for the night of January 1, 2010 was simple: kill Kurt Westergaard, the Danish cartoonist responsible in 2005 for a controversial depiction of the Prophet Mohammed. Armed with an ax and a knife, the would-be killer approached the front door and shattered the glass, setting off an alarm which alerted Westergaard and police to the intrusion. Westergaard grabbed his five-year-old granddaughter and rushed with her to a specially built safe room before the killer could reach them. When the police arrived minutes later the assassin lunged at them with his weapons but they managed to overpower him by firing shots into his left hand and right leg and then took him into custody. The man they arrested - Mohamed Geele, 28, a Somali who first moved to Denmark in 1995 and who this February was convicted of the attack - was no amateur homegrown terrorist. He had already been under observation for an extended period of time by Danish security services because of his suspected close links to the Somali terrorist group Al-Shabaab. Even though the Somali group distanced itself from the attack in the hours after the attack, Danish investigators established that Geele had close ties to Al-Shabaab and senior al Qaeda leaders in east Africa, and had emerged as a hard-nosed player in the group during time he spent in Kenya in the 2000s. The investigation indicated that what Western counter-terrorism officials had long feared had indeed become a reality. The Somali militant group in control of more than half the war-torn east African country had embraced al Qaeda's global Jihad and was now actively plotting attacks in the West. Swedish authorities are investigating whether Al-Shabaab had any connection to four men arrested in Gothenburg on September 10 who were allegedly plotting to murder Swedish cartoonist Lars Vilks at an art gallery in the city. Three of the suspects were Swedish residents of Somali descent and one was of Iraqi descent. According to Swedish and U.S. counter-terrorism sources, it is possible the suspects were merely inspired by Al-Shabaab propaganda. In November 2010 Al-Shabaab explicitly threatened Vilks in a propaganda video subtitled in English and Swedish. "We will catch you wherever you are," said Abu Zaid Sweden, a Swedish-Somali member of the group who was filmed in the stands of a dilapidated sports arena with bursts of gunfire audible in the background. "In whatever hole you are hiding know what awaits you as it will be nothing but this: slaughter," as he simulated slitting his throat. He also urged Al-Shabaab's supporters in the West to join them in Somalia and to carry out an attack on Vilks if they could. "If you can kill this dog called Lars Vilks then you will receive a great reward from Allah," he promised them. Western Reach Such messages are especially concerning to Western counter-terrorism officials, because Al-Shabaab's propaganda, amongst the most sophisticated and savvy of any Jihadist group, has resonated amongst a small but significant fringe of the 1.5 million Somali diaspora community. Radicalized Somalis have been implicated in a string of terrorism cases in the United States, Canada, the UK, Australia, and across Europe. But it is in Scandinavia that counter-terrorism officials have recently had most cause for concern. In the 1990s an open-door policy by Nordic countries led to tens of thousands of Somalis refugees from the war-torn country settling across Scandinavia, many of them in Denmark and Sweden. It has been a difficult process integrating them into mainstream society and a radical fringe has emerged in violent opposition to the West. There is perhaps nobody who has more closely tracked Islamist militancy in the Somali community in Scandinavia than Michael Taarnby, one of Denmark's leading experts on Al-Shabaab and a Research Associate at the University of Central Florida. He has conducted extensive field research in Scandinavia and Somalia over the last decade and the trends he sees concern him profoundly. "There is a significant radicalization problem in the Somali Diaspora community in Denmark and Sweden," Taarnby told CNN, "and intelligence services have very little understanding of what's going on-recruiting informants has been an uphill battle because Somalis don't trust them to protect them." Taarnby says that well informed sources in the Somali diaspora community tell him that there are around 300 to 800 hardcore Shabaab sympathizers in Denmark out of a total Somali population of 18,000. "These hardliners have been harassing Somalis who do not share their view and just want to get on with their lives. There is nasty infighting going on," he told CNN. Taarnby says that the attempted assassination of Kurt Westergaard woke up many in the Somali community to the threat of Islamist extremism. But he says their efforts have not yet turned the tide of young Somalis being indoctrinated by Al-Shabaab's propaganda videos. "Those attracted are usually quite young - there's the usual issue of a clash of cultures - of being stuck between east Africa and Scandinavia and not knowing where they belong," Taarnby told CNN. Some young radicalized Somalis are gravitating away from mainstream Somali mosques to mosques associated with radical preachers attended by hard-line Islamists of all stripes. "There's a lot more cross-fertilization going on in radical circles," Taarnby told CNN, "and this may explain why an Iraqi was arrested along with the Somalis in Gothenburg." Unlike al Qaeda or its affiliate in Yemen which in recent years have only been able to recruit Western militants after they have already traveled to Jihadist fronts on their own initiative Al-Shabaab has recruiters directly working for it in several Western countries who not only are trying to persuade young Somalis to join the group in Somalia, but are also facilitating getting them there, according to Western counter-terrorism officials.

220

In recent years an estimated 40 young Somalis have been recruited from the United States in this manner, many from the Minneapolis area where there is a sizable Somali community. Dozens of others have been recruited from other Western countries. Somalis living in Canada have grown so fearful of youngsters being recruited that that some have reportedly started hiding their children's passports. "For young Somalis it is culturally difficult to refuse to meet someone with status in the community, especially if they are linked to organizations in the homeland and have combat experience. Some of these young Somalis are also adventurous and want to be Jihadist James Bonds. The recruiters lure them in by making fighting with Al-Shabaab sound like an adventure with friends with some shooting of AK-47s." Taarnby told CNN. Militant Pipeline An organized facilitation network transports Western recruits into Somalia, says Taarnby. Most arrive in Kenya's capital, now home to a quarter million Somalis, where Al-Shabaab has an extensive presence. There they are housed in safe houses for around a month and then transported in 4-by-4 pickup trucks northwards across the lightly patrolled border into Somalia. What happens when they arrive in Somalia, he says, is less clear. But what is plain, he says, is the reality facing many Western recruits is very different from the message they hear in Minneapolis or Malmo. Unlike local fighters, Al-Shabaab commanders do not have to worry about alienating clan leaders if they send them off to carry out suicide bombings, says Taarnby. A significant proportion of Western recruits, he says, have taken this path. According to Taarnby, several Westerners objecting to becoming cannon fodder have later been found with bullets in their head, like a group that recently arrived from Canada. Some of the western volunteers are valued by Al-Shabaab, according to Taarnby, because they are more educated than most Somalis and have technical skills in short supply in the country - for example in operating computers. One Western jihadist in particular - Omar Hammami, a 27 year old Syrian-American from Alabama - rose to a prominent position in the group. Somalia experts believe that recruits from the diaspora have been crucial to the evolution of Al-Shabaab from a gun-totting militia to a political force in Somalia. Taarnby says it's unclear what level of training Shabaab's Western recruits receive in Somalia. Most of the group's rank and file recruits receive only very rudimentary fire-arms training. Taarnby says there is no clear evidence that Western recruits are getting the sort of bomb-making training that al Qaeda has provided Western militants in the tribal areas of Pakistan. "In some terrorist training camps, AQ-affiliated foreign fighters led the training and indoctrination of the recruits," the U.S. State Department warned in an August 2011 report on terrorist trends in Somalia in 2010. Somali experts say the group operates at least two large camps in Somalia on which there is little open source information. Counter-terrorism officials across the West are now worried that the group may use Westerners for attacks back in their home countries. In July, Homeland Security Committee Chairman Peter King stated that "Al-Shabaab now has more capability than ever to strike the U.S. homeland," adding that "as many as two dozen Muslim-Americans with Al-Shabaab - who in many cases were trained by top al Qaeda leaders - remain unaccounted for." British authorities warned in July, "Over the past 12 months, the threat to UK interests from terrorists in Yemen and Somalia has significantly increased. People from the UK are also travelling to these countries to engage in terrorist-related activity; some are returning to the UK to plan and conduct terrorist operations." Setbacks in Somalia In July, after an offensive by Somali and African Union forces, Al-Shabaab started pulling fighters away from central Mogadishu and have since vacated most neighborhoods of the city. The withdrawal has been seen as turning point in the struggle against Al-Shabaab in the country. For years a fragile transitional federal government (known by its acronym TFG) and AMISOM, the African Union's peace-support forces, had been boxed into just a few city blocks of the seaside capital by Shabaab fighters. A failed offensive by Al-Shabaab earlier in the year in which hundreds of its fighters were ordered to launch suicidal frontal charges had left the group weakened. Al-Shabaab, however, has far from given up designs on the capital. On Tuesday a truck filled with explosives barreled into a government complex in the heart of Somalia's restive capital killing dozens in an attack authorities have blamed on the militant group. Taarnby's sources in Mogadishu tell him that Al-Shabaab are still active in two or three neighborhoods in the capital, and that they will likely regroup and return. Reports of increased in-fighting amongst factions that had united to push out Al-Shabaab have not been an encouraging sign. And the militia still has tight control over most of central and southern Somalia, where it controls the strategically and commercially vital port of Kismaayo, from where it collects lucrative customs tolls and fees. The famine in Somalia, which has been most acute in southern Somalia, appears however to be starting to take a toll on Al-Shabaab. There are reports of rising anger against the group in the south because of the group's refusal to let in international aid. According to Somali experts the famine has also hurt Al-Shabaab's bottom line by making it more difficult for the group to raise money within Somalia. According to U.S. authorities the group raises most of its income internally and has in recent years raised $70-100m per year from taxation and extortion, according a report released by the U.N. last July. The 2008 designation by the U.S. of Shabaab as a terrorist group has also reduced remittances sent to the group from overseas, according to Somalia analysts. Western counter-terrorism agencies have also cracked down on financial donations by Western-based sympathizers of the group. On Monday

221

Amina Farah Ali, a 35 year old American-Somali woman, went on trial in Minneapolis charged with trying to send the group $11,000 she had raised by soliciting money door to door and through teleconferences. She is the first of twenty individuals charged with fundraising or recruiting for Shabaab in the FBI's long-running investigation in Minnesota to go to trial. The revenue Shabaab receives from Somali pirates has been exaggerated by some, Taarnby says. Though the group takes a cut when it can from the estimated $150m in ransoms and illicit revenue obtained by pirates each year operating off the Somali coast, there is no clear evidence the group has ever become directly involved in piracy or is directly cooperating with pirates. There are also reports of in-fighting between Al-Shabaab commanders who disagree over the need to continue taxing southern Somalis during the famine. Historically Al-Shabaab commanders from the north have been less sensitive to the needs of locals in the south than their southern counterparts and are viewed by locals as foreigners, according to Somalia analysts. Al-Shabaab has won few friends in territory that it controls. Unused to governing, it has resorted to brutally imposing Taliban-like restrictions on the local population, alienating many. A popular backlash against the group in the south - along the lines of the Anbar awakening in Iraq is a real possibility, according to Somalia analysts. While there are reports that the group has opened several of its own aid camps and has been cooperating with charities from Saudi Arabia and the Gulf, the famine appears to have significantly dented its support. According to Ken Menkhaus, an American expert on Al-Shabaab, and the author of the 2004 book "Somalia: State Collapse and the Threat of Terrorism," the militia group reached the peak of its power in 2008 and has been in decline ever since. "Their draconian interpretations have appalled Somalis," he told a conference organized by the New America Foundation in April, "Whole clans have taken the decision to distance themselves from AlShabaab." Global Jihadist Ambitions Some experts believe that setbacks for Al-Shabaab in Somalia may make the group more likely to plot attacks outside Somalia, including against the West - in frustration and in a calculated attempt to boost their recruitment and prestige. "They are more dangerous when weak and their weakness now worries me. I think it's in their interest to regionalize or globalize the conflict," Menkhaus stated. In July 2010 the group carried out a trio of deadly bombing in Kampala, Uganda killing more than 70 - its first attack outside Somalia, in retaliation, it claimed, for Uganda's deployment of peace support forces in Somalia. Al-Shabaab's loose structures makes it difficult for counter-terrorism agencies to decipher its global terrorist ambitions. Somalia analysts say the militia is a messy constellation of different factions with differing agendas, and no one leader is in absolute control. "It's difficult to know how to rank Al-Shabaab as a threat. It's not clear how serious they are about attacking the West and what sort of networks they really have. There are too many unknowns and that's what really scares counter-terrorism officials in Europe," Taarnby told CNN. At his presentation at the New America Foundation, Menkhaus identified three main strands within Al-Shabaab: those seeking to establish an Islamist state, those who saw the country as a base for global jihad, and a third group that had degenerated into feeding off the war economy and favored the status quo. For years, the leading light of the global Jihadist faction was Fazul Abdullah Muhammad, a Kenyan al Qaeda terrorist wanted for years for his alleged role in the 1998 bombings of U.S. embassies in Nairobi and Dar es Salaam. According to Taarnby, Jihadist websites have also boasted he was the al Qaeda operative who orchestrated a failed surface-to-air missile attack on an Israeli passenger jet in Mombasa, Kenya in 2002. His death in a shootout in Mogadishu in June was a big blow to the Somali group's capabilities to carry out complex operations outside the country. "He was the gatekeeper to al Qaeda Central and was believed to have an extensive network across east Africa, including safe houses," Taarnby told CNN, "and the question is who can now replace him?" Al Qaeda itself has struggled to establish a base of operations in Somalia. In the 1990s Osama Bin Laden's group made a concerted effort to build up operations there but found Somalia a difficult place to navigate because of its complex tribal structures and the chaotic situation on the ground, realities which have changed little since then. Taarnby believes recent setbacks for the group may make it more cautious in plotting terrorist attacks against the West. "They need to re-organize, they need to respond to the famine, they need to respond to the fact they've been evicted from Mogadishu - they may not want to get too adventurous right now," Taarnby told CNN, "they are more likely to focus on 'do-ables' like the attack in Kampala or assisting Nigerian group Boko Haram." Regional Expansion This would mean the group in the short term could be focusing more on expanding its operational reach in Africa. Nigerian newspapers have reported that the suspected planner of Boko Haram's deadly suicide car bomb attack on a UN building in Abuja in August recently received training with AlShabaab in Somalia. According to Taarnby, Al-Shabaab bomb-making capabilities took a leap forward around 2009 after al Qaeda in Iraq operatives shared their technical expertise with the group. "The same devices being used in Iraq started turning up in Mogadishu. Around 80% of AMISOM's deaths have been from such devices," he told CNN. Western counter-terrorism officials have recently expressed concern over cooperation between Al-Shabaab and other militant groups in Africa. In September the U.S. Africa Command (AFRICOM) warned that Al-Shabaab, Boko Haram, and al Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM )were trying to

222

more closely synchronize their efforts to launch attacks on U.S and Western interests, but had yet to show a significant capability to launch attacks outside their homelands. In recent weeks Al-Shabaab has been linked to two kidnappings of Westerners in northern Kenya, indicating that elements of the group may be intensifying their efforts to target Westerners in east Africa. On Saturday ten Somali gunmen kidnapped a French woman from her home in a resort in northern Kenya early Saturday, near where a Briton was seized and her husband killed last month, according to Kenyan authorities, who blamed AlShabaab. One of the most disturbing scenarios of all, according to Taarnby, is if cooperation deepens in the coming months between Al-Shabaab and al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsular (AQAP) in Yemen, just a short distance across the Arabian sea. For some time Western counter-terrorism officials have been concerned about an emerging alliance between the two groups. Ahmed Abdulkadir Warsame, a Somali citizen captured by U.S. forces in April and interrogated aboard a U.S. navy ship for two months before being taken to New York to face terrorism charges, had been in direct contact with Anwar al Awlaki and had attempted to broker a weapons deal between the groups according to the indictment in his case. Warsame has pleaded not guilty. There have been unconfirmed reports that hundreds of Somali fighters have taken part in recent fighting in the south of Yemen after making the short trip over the Arabian Sea and disembarking at ports under Islamist control. According to Taarnby both AQAP and Al-Shabaab have a strong interest in deepening cooperation. "The Yemenis have all the guns you could dream of, and also funds from donors in the Gulf, but what AQAP needs if they want to establish an Islamic emirate is manpower. The Somalis have this in abundance but what they need is weapons and cash." "If such an alliance took root, the Horn of Africa would really then be a new front in the global war on terrorism," Taarnby told CNN. In recent months the United States has stepped up its ability to launch drone attacks in Somalia and Yemen, killing senior AQAP cleric Anwar al Awlaki in a drone strike Friday. The Threat to the West Taarnby expects the group to carefully weigh the cost and benefit of launching terrorist plots against the West. "They know their fundraising and recruiting network in the Somali diaspora will take a blow if they launch an attack." Taarnby says that Al-Shabaab's cost-benefit calculation is illustrated by the fact it has not launched any attacks in Nairobi. "They could easily tear apart Nairobi but they've done nothing there at all because they realize this is their golden egg," he told CNN. With regard to Scandinavia, Taarnby believes the group has decided that assassinating the cartoonists would provide a sufficient boost to the group's prestige to be worth such a backlash. "The cartoon controversy really agitated Shabaab. They go on about them much more than any other Jihadist group. They are really carrying the torch on this it's possible Somali militants in Scandinavia channeled their anger back to the group in some way," Taarnby told CNN. Menkhaus, the American expert on Al-Shabaab, agrees that there are constraints on Al-Shabaab when it comes to launching attacks in the West because any international law enforcement crackdown which affects powerful Somali interests and which further reduces the flow of remittances will likely see a violent reaction against the group. "In that case they won't have to worry about what we do to them but what the Somali people will do to them," Menkhaus stated, "and I think that's one of our great advantages in trying to outflank this group" (CNN, 2011).

Title: U.S.: Imminent Terror Attack In Kenya Possible Date: October 22, 2011 Source: USA Today Abstract: The U.S. Embassy is warning that an imminent terrorist attack in Kenya is possible. The warning said likely targets include places that foreigners congregate, including shopping malls and night clubs. The embassy issued the warning from what it called credible information. The U.S. did not specify who might carry out such an attack, but the warning comes a week after Kenyan troops pushed into Somalia to attack alShabab militants. Al-Shabab carried out attacks in July in Uganda which killed 76 people (USA Today, 2011).

7. AL SHABAAB & THE CIA

OBAMACSI.COM: Since Al Qaeda and Al Shabaab are terror arms of the CIA, they must publicly appear that they are at war with each other in order to give the perception that they are not one and the same entity. Although these terror groups are organized and funded by the CIA, some of the dirty work (killing) is outsourced to private corporations such as Blackwater Xe. As the political situation in Africa continues to intensify, more killings by the CIA against Al Shabaab will occur.

223

Title: Blackwater/Xe Mercs Arrive In Somalia, Al-Shabab Says Date: January 12, 2010 Source: Press TV Abstract: At least 18 people have been killed in clashes between rival factions in southern and central Somalia, and there are reports that Blackwater/Xe mercenaries have entered the country. A battle broke out between the pro-government Ahlu Sunnah militia and Hizbul Islam fighters in the town of Baladwayne on Sunday and went well into Monday, during which at least 13 people lost their lives, witnesses said. In addition, five people were killed when Hizbul Islam fighters engaged Al-Shabab fighters in the town of Dhobley near the Kenyan border, Reuters reported. There are also allegations of US-sponsored bomb plots in the capital. The bombings will be carried out in order to create a pretext to launch a campaign against Al-Shabab, a spokesman of the group, Sheikh Ali Mohammed Rage, told Reuters. "We have discovered that US agencies are going to launch suicide bombings in public places in Mogadishu," he told reporters. "They have tried it in Algeria, Pakistan and Afghanistan We warn of these disasters. They want to target Bakara Market and mosques, then use that t o malign us." At a meeting with tribal elders in Mogadishu on Monday, the Al-Shabab spokesman said that mercenaries of the Xe private security firm formerly known as Blackwater have arrived in the Somali capital, the Press TV correspondent in Mogadishu reported on Monday. Blackwater/Xe mercenaries plan to carry out bombings in Mogadishu in order to accuse Al-Shabab of being the culprits in the attacks, the Al-Shabab spokesman added. He went on to say that the Blackwater/Xe mercenaries have already recruited many lackeys to help them carry out bombings targeting prominent individuals and innocent civilians. The Al-Shabab spokesman also told the tribal elders that a system based on Islam should be established in Somalia (Press TV, 2010).

Title: Somali 'Cleric Spying For CIA' Is Killed By Al-Shabab Date: January 31, 2011 Source: BBC Abstract: A Somali man accused of spying for the CIA has been killed by firing squad in the capital, Mogadishu. Ahmed Ali Hussein, 44, was also accused of belonging to a sect opposed to Islamist group al-Shabab, which runs much of southern and central Somalia. An al-Shabab judge said Mr Hussein had admitted helping the US for the past 16 months. Correspondents say those who criticise al-Shabab, which is linked to al-Qaeda, are often accused of spying and killed. Meanwhile, at least six people have been killed in fighting in Mogadishu between pro-government forces loyal to different commanders. Journalist Mohamed Sheikh Nor says Mr Hussein was chained and riddled with bullets as hundreds of people were forced to watch the execution. Al-Shabab said Mr Hussein was a cleric with the Ictizam sect which opposes al-Shabab policies but the group did not confirm this. Judge Sheikh Omar said Mr Hussein had admitted helping the CIA find information about those behind the 1998 bombings of the US embassies in Nairobi and Dar es Salaam, which killed 224 people. US officials have long accused al-Shabab of links to those behind the twin attacks. Last week, Tanzanian Ahmed Ghailani, 36, was sentenced to life for conspiracy over the bombings. Somalia has not had a functioning national government for 20 years - al-Shabab is battling the UN-backed administration for control of Mogadishu (BBC, 2011).

8. THE WAR ON AL SHABAAB

224

OBAMACSI.COM: In order to gain plausible deniability prior to a terror attack by Al Shabaab against America, the U.S. government must at least act like they are at war with the alleged terror group. The war against Al Shabaab is mostly fought in the media as the various incidents of drone strikes are reported in western media outlets. Title: US Drones Kill 17 Al-Shabab Fighters Date: September 17, 2011 Source: Press TV Abstract: Seventeen al-Shabab fighters have been killed in drone attacks by the US military that targeted their bases in southern Somalia, Press TV reports. On Friday, three high-ranking members and 14 fighters of the al-Shabab militant group were killed when the US military used remote-controlled unmanned aerial vehicles in an attack on Dhoobley town, which is located near Kismayo, the capital of the lower Juba region and a port city about 500 kilometers (310 miles) south of the Somali capital Mogadishu, a Press TV correspondent reported on Saturday. On Thursday, nine civilians were killed and 30 others wounded in US airstrikes on the outskirts of Kismayo. Somalia is the sixth country where the US military has used remote-controlled aircraft to conduct deadly airstrikes. The United States has also used drones in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Libya, Iraq, and Yemen. Somalia has been without a functioning government since 1991, when warlords overthrew former dictator Mohamed Siad Barre. Strategically located in the Horn of Africa, Somalia remains one of the countries generating the highest number of refugees and internally displaced persons in the world (Press TV, 2011).

Title: U.S. Drones Strike Al Shabaab In Somalia Date: September 26, 2011 Source: Global Post Abstract: The United States launched drone strikes against the anti-government group Al Shabaab in southern Somalia this weekend. An official from the Al Qaeda-allied militant group and local residents confirmed three targets were hit in the southern port city Kismayo, Reuters reported. The city is currently controlled by Al Shabaab. A surveillance drone crashed in Kismayo, though reports differ on whether it was shot down by militants or crashed due to a technical glitch. The U.S. embassy in Nairobi has so far declined to comment on the recent series of attacks. Kismayo is of key importance to Al Shabaab because the city provides taxes to the militant group for its operations and is a gateway for goods reaching areas under their control, according to the BBC. Renewed violence has plagued the famine-stricken country for the past four years, when Al Shabaab began its insurgency against the West-backed ruling government. Since then, more than 21,000 people have been killed in the fighting. Though drone strikes are far more extensive in Pakistan and Afghanistan, attacks have been reported in Somalia before. In July this year Al Jazeera reported the first strike against Al Shabaab in East Africa, which wounded two leaders of the militant group. The Wall Street Journal reported last week the United States is escalating its drone war in East Africa. New installations in Ethiopia and Seychelles will launch drones into Somalia and Yemen to strike militant groups based there. U.S. officials have warned that the success of the U.S. drone campaign in Pakistan might push Al Qaedas base of operations w est to the Horn of Africa (Global Post, 2011).

Title: 28 Civilians Die In Battle For Mogadishu Date: October 26, 2011 Source: Press TV Abstract: At least 28 civilians have been killed and tens of others injured after African Union forces and al-Shabab fighters turned on each other and clashed in war-ravaged Somali capital of Mogadishu, Press TV reported. Bitter clashes broke out between al-Shabab fighters and African Union (AU) soldiers in Mogadishu's northern neighborhoods of Dayniile and Gupta as well as Hodan neighborhood in southern Mogadishu.

225

Over 45 people were also injured as the two sides exchanged heavy gunfire, and barrages of mortar shells were fired. Somali ambulance workers transported the injured to nearby hospitals. Thousands of local residents are also fleeing for their lives in the wake of bloody battles in the Somali capital. Somalia has not had a functioning government since 1991 when warlords overthrew former dictator Mohamed Siad Barre. The Somali government has struggled for years to restore security, but efforts have not yet yielded results in the nation (Press TV, 2011).

9. AL SHABAAB WHITE PAPERS

OBAMACSI.COM: As expected, Al Shabaab has been written about extensively in think-tanks and government white papers. As Al Shabaab prepares to make its grand entrance into the world with spectacular new terror attack in America, the white papers are there to say "we told you so". How the authors of these white papers know intament details of Al Shabaab such as their fighters passport status, groups numbers, g oals, ambitions, funding, and other insider information is amazing, unless of course they are running the group themselves.

Title: Al Shabaabs Foreign Threat To Somalia Date: Spring 2011 Source: Foreign Policy Research Institute Abstract: This article focuses on the threat to Somalia by al Shabaab (The Youth), an extremist organization that controls most of southern and central Somalia. It learned its strategy and tactics from al Qaeda and the Taliban and relies heavily on a relatively small number of foreign fighters, most of whom are Somalis with foreign passports from the large Somali diaspora. The non-Somali contingent probably numbers only about 200 to 300, although it brings battlefield experience from Afghanistan and Iraq and provides al Shabaab with expertise in bomb making, remote-controlled explosions, suicide bombing and assassinations. Some of the foreigners occupy key positions in al Shabaab. The connection between al Shabaab and al Qaeda is growing stronger but has not yet reached the level of operational control by al Qaeda. Al Shabaabs draconian tactics, which are impo rted from outside and are anathema to most Somalis, and its foreign component may be its undoing. The employment of foreign fighters by al Shabaab is both a strength and a weakness. In some cases, they bring specialized skills such as bomb making, battlefield experience and fluency in English. On the other hand, al Shabaab attracted much of its support by condemning the engagement in Somalia of foreign troops from Ethiopia and the African Union. Somalis generally do not want foreigners involved in their political life. Somalis from the diaspora who are supporting al Shabaab are probably fully accepted by indigenous Somalis. Non-Somalis, on the other hand, are looked upon with disapproval and may become the Achilles heel of al Shabaab. The skills provided by foreign fighte rs are likely to diminish over time as al Shabaab develops these same skills within its Somali supporters. Even now, al Shabaab makes every effort to minimize the overt role of non-Somalis in the organization. When al Shabaab militia, for example, took control of Afmadow District in the Lower Juba, the visible fighters were all Somalis. Behind the scenes, however, were several non-Somalis who made the key decisions. A huge question, for which we do not yet have an answer, is the degree to which al Shabaab s draconian tactics such as suicide bombings, occasional beheadings, forced marriages between Somali women and foreign fighters, etc. will alienate a critical mass of Somalis. In 2010, during the holy month of Ramadan, al Shabaab even stepped up its reign of terror against the TFG and African Union forces in Mogadishu. In October 2010, al Shabaab deputy commander in chief, Sheikh Mukhtar Robow, reportedly sent his Rahanweyn clan fighters from Mogadishu to his stronghold in Baidoa in south-central Somalia over disagreements with Godane. However, speaking from a mosque in Baidoa, Robow subsequently denied any rift within al Shabaab. As of late 2010, there was no clarification of Robows status. If the initial report is accurate, however, it would be a major bl ow to al Shabaab. Although Somalis are speaking out increasingly against imported foreign tactics, the situation has not reached a point where it endang ers al Shabaabs control over nearly all of southern and central Somalia. Al Shabaab filled a political vacuum and there is not yet any equivalent, opposing force to challenge its control. One recent hypothesis suggests that al Shabaab wants to maintain the status quo rather than capture all of Mogadishu and then be saddled with responsibility for governing Somalia. It is true that al Shabaab has subcontracted governance to local groups in many but not all of the areas that it controls. While preferring the status quo is an interesting concept, the evidence does not support this hypothesis. Al Shabaab continues to make every effort to dislodge from Mogadishu African Union troops, the only military force that permits the TFG to maintain its presence in the capital. To underscore its intentions, al Shabaab conducted suicide bombings in Kampala in an effort to force Uganda to remove its troops from the African Union force in Mogadishu. In August and September 2010, al Shabaab initiated major attacks, without success, to seize parts of Mogadishu under the control of African Union forces. These are not the actions of an organization satisfied with the status quo. Rather, they reflect a desire to control as much of Somalia, and probably beyond, as it can seize. Perhaps a more important question is whether al Shabaabs priority is to take political power in Somalia or transform Somali society into a strict Islamic state. Different al Shabaab leaders probably have different priorities, but for the time being the organization seems committed to achieving both goals (Foreign Policy Research Institute, 2011).

Title: Al Shabaab Date: August 10, 2011 Source: CFR Abstract:

226

Introduction Al-Shabaab (aka the Harakat Al-Shabaab al-Mujahidin, al-Shabab, Al-Shabaab, the Youth, Mujahidin al-Shabaab Movement, Mujahideen Youth Movement, Mujahidin Youth Movement), is an Islamic organization that controls much of southern Somalia, excluding the capital, Mogadishu. It has waged an insurgency against Somalia's transitional government and its Ethiopian supporters since 2006. Originally the militant wing of the Islamic Courts Union, the group that controlled Somalia prior to the country's invasion by Ethiopian forces, al-Shabaab leaders have claimed affiliation with alQaeda since 2007. Though most analysts believe al-Shabaab's organizational links to al-Qaeda are weak, in February 2008 the United States added the group to its list of foreign terrorist organizations. In what marked the group's first major attack outside of Somalia, al-Shabaab claimed responsibility for twin bombings that killed more than seventy people in Kampala, Uganda (NYT) during the World Cup final on July 11, 2010. The 2011 widespread famine in southern Somalia weakened the group, some analysts say. Rashid Abdi, International Crisis Group's Horn of Africa analyst, says many in Somalia, even former supporters of the group, saw them as being culpable in the crisis because they prevented aid groups from helping needy populations in time. In 2009, alShabaab banned some international aid agencies, including the UN World Food Program, from southern Somalia. Though they reversed this decision in July 2011 after the famine, restrictions remain (Telegraph). Leadership and Divisions Al-Shabaab is nominally led by Sheikh Mohamed Mukhtar Abdirahman "Abu Zubeyr," though experts say a core group of senior leaders guide its actions. The group is divided into three geographical units: Bay and Bokool regions, led by Mukhtar Roobow "Abu Mansur," the group's spokesman; south-central Somalia and Mogadishu; and Puntland and Somaliland. A fourth unit, which controls the Juba Valley, is led by Hassan Abdillahi Hersi "Turki," who is not considered to be a member of al-Shabaab, but is closely aligned with it. These regional units "appear to operate independently of one another, and there is often evidence of friction between them," says a December 2008 UN Monitoring Group report. Estimates of al-Shabaab's size vary, but analysts generally agree that the group contains several thousand fighters, many of whom are from the Hawiye clan. The group has been able to expand its footprint in Somalia with relatively small numbers for two reasons: Somalia hasn't had a central government since 1991; and many of the clan warlords that filled the power vacuum have proven willing to cooperate with al-Shabaab, at least in Somalia's south. AlShabaab has engaged in forced recruitment among Somalis, so it's unclear how many members of the group truly believe the organization's ideology. Experts say the number of rank-and-file members is less important than the number of hardcore ideological believers, which could range between three hundred and eight hundred individuals. Foreign fighters have traveled to Somalia to fight with al-Shabaab, as have Somalis from the United Kingdom and the United States. "We have seen an increasing number of individuals here in the United States become captivated by extremist ideologies or causes," said White House National Security Adviser John Brennan in a May 2010 speech, noting, among others, five Somali-Americans that left Minnesota to fight in Somalia. U.S.-born Abu Mansoor Al-Amriki joined al-Shabaab in 2007 and has become the recognizable face of the group (NYT), starring in propaganda videos that have helped recruit hundreds of foreign fighters, according to intelligence officials. In June 2010, two U.S. citizens from New Jersey (CSMonitor) were arrested at New York's JFK Airport after allegations that they planned to travel to Somalia to join al-Shabaab. The arrests came amid a growing trend in which radicalized Americans have become involved in terrorism-related activities. Some experts say there are deep divisions within al-Shabaab. In a February 2009 report for the Enough Project, Somalia expert Ken Menkhaus writes that, "The al-Shabaab faces multiple internal divisions--over clan, leadership, tactics, and ideology--which a new unity government can exploit to convince parts of the al-Shabaab to abandon the movement and gradually outmaneuver, marginalize, and defeat the core hardliners." Each unit of alShabaab is led by individuals who must combine their ideological aims with pragmatic considerations of different clan-based agendas. It's important to "focus on what they do, not what they say," writes Menkhaus. Roland Marchal, senior research fellow of the National Center for Scientific Research in Paris, says that reports of increasing divisions within al-Shabaab are overstated. They are "based on the assumption that they were once united," he notes. However, he says the organization must decide "to what extent they want to accommodate the Somali society and to what extent they want to keep the ideology they have developed." Tactics and Motivations Al-Shabaab's tactics have evolved over time. When it began its insurgency in late 2006, it used classic guerrilla tactics--suicide bombings, shootings, and targeted assassinations--to oppose the Somali government and what it perceives as its allies, from aid groups to the Ethiopian military to African Union peacekeepers. Much of the violence was concentrated in Mogadishu; battles between the Ethiopian military and al-Shabaab in August 2007 caused roughly four hundred thousand people to flee the city. In 2008, al-Shabaab began to reach out to the Somali public with a series of town visits. A December 2008 International Crisis Group report describes these outings as "well choreographed, with clerics addressing public rallies and holding talks with local clan elders." Al-Shabaab would hand out food and money to the poor, give criminals quick trials with "mobile sharia courts," and attempt to settle local disputes. As the group sought to take control of towns in southern Somalia, it began to use political strategies as well. Before a particular town was captured, insurgents had meetings with local clan leaders to convince them that their intentions were good. By February 2009, al-Shabaab controlled most of southern Somalia, as depicted in this map by the Long War Journal. However, the group continued to launch suicide attacks. In February 2009, al-Shabaab killed eleven Burundian soldiers in the deadliest attack on AU peacekeepers since their deployment and engaged in heavy fighting that killed at least fifteen people in Mogadishu. Al-Shabaab carried out twin bombings in Uganda--another country participating in Somalia peacekeeping efforts--in July 2010. The attacks point to an internationalization of al-Shabaab's terrorist activities, which could destabilize East Africa (Atlantic) and unleash repercussions abroad. Experts say al-Shabaab's methods and ideologies aren't necessarily consistent with each another. According to Marchal of the National Center for Scientific Research in Paris, "al-Shabaab has tried to evolve from a group that has a purely militaristic approach to a group that pretends to rule and wage jihad at the same time." On the one hand, the group espouses a strict form of Islam, Salafi/Wahhabism, and websites for the group claim to be

227

waging jihad against infidels. On the other hand, al-Shabaab has extended its political power in southern Somalia through pragmatic means, not radicalism. It has imposed sharia law in some of the towns it controls, such as Baidoa, but "imposing the puritanical brand of Islam it espouses . . . would quickly alienate many Somalis," says the International Crisis Group report. Links to al-Qaeda When the United States placed al-Shabaab on its list of foreign terrorist organizations in February 2008, it claimed the group has an allegiance with alQaeda. Specifically, it said that senior al-Shabaab leaders trained in Afghanistan with al-Qaeda. Experts say there are links between individual alShabaab leaders and individual members of al-Qaeda, but any organizational linkage between the two groups is weak, if it exists at all (many experts note that al-Qaeda operates in a disaggregated manner--so linking self-proclaimed members of al-Shabaab to self-proclaimed members of al-Qaeda would not necessarily indicate that the two groups are coordinating with one another in a systemic way). There is evidence that foreign fighters have trained al-Shabaab members on the use of weapons and how to construct roadside bombs. But Marchal says many of these foreign fighters are not part of al-Qaeda. The strongest tie between al-Shabaab and al-Qaeda seems to be ideological. In September 2008, a senior al-Shabaab leader released a video in which he pledged allegiance to Osama bin Laden and called for Muslim youth to come to Somalia. In February 2009, Ayman al-Zawahiri, then al-Qaeda's second-in-command, released a video that began by praising al-Shabaab's seizure of the Somali town of Baidoa. The group will "engage in Jihad against the American-made government in the same way they engaged in Jihad against the Ethiopians and the warlords before them," Zawahiri said. Though al-Qaeda appears to support al-Shabaab's jihad, it's unclear whether al-Shabaab has ambitions beyond Somalia. According to a report by Chris Harnisch of the American Enterprise Institute, the group's "rhetoric and behavior" have shifted over the past two years, "reflecting an eagerness to strike internationally" (PDF). Future of the Organization The withdrawal of Ethiopian forces from Somalia in January 2009 removed the group's principal adversary. Yet al-Shabaab continues to launch suicide attacks against African Union peacekeepers in Somalia that often result in civilian casualties. As evidenced in the July 2010 Uganda bombings, the group has also directly targeted civilians in what may have been a retaliatory attack (Bloomberg) against Uganda for sending its troops on peacekeeping operations to Somalia. The FBI and U.S. Department of Homeland Security have warned that al-Shabaab's actions in Uganda could signal the group's capability of launching a successful attack beyond Africa, and even in the United States. Some experts see early signs of public opinion turning against al-Shabaab. First, clan-based militias have started to oppose al-Shabaab. In January 2009, militias repelled al-Shabaab's attempts to assert control in the central Somalia area of Galgadud. "There is a mobilization of various groupings of orthodox Sunni Muslims all over Somalia to form a broad front" against al-Shabaab, the International Crisis Group's Somalia observer told Voice of America in February 2009. Looking ahead, there are several measures that will indicate al-Shabaab's level of strength and internal coherence: first, whether the group is able to maintain its territorial control over parts of Mogadishu and how far it can expand this control in Somalia; second, whether Somalia's business community decides to support the group; third, whether the Somali diaspora continues to fund al-Shabaab through the hawala money transfer system (it is not clear how much money al-Shabaab currently receives from the diaspora or other sources). Finally, analysts are closely watching the extent to which the Somali government, led by Sheikh Sharif Sheikh Ahmed, negotiates with al-Shabaab. The United States has launched air strikes to target high-level members of al-Shabaab it believes have links to al-Qaeda. In April 2010, President Barack Obama issued an executive order (PDF) aimed at blocking the finances of al-Shabaab's leaders and those who are contributing to the conflict in Somalia. Following the Uganda bombings, the Obama administration also indicated that it would boost its efforts against al-Shabaab, most likely in the form of increased assistance (IPS) to the African Union Mission in Somalia, which plans to send two thousand additional troops to the country, as well as to the Western-backed Transitional Federal Government (TFG) in Mogadishu. But experts say these activities have only increased popular support for al-Shabaab. In a March 2010 CFR report, Bronwyn E. Bruton argues that "the open blessing of the TFG by the United States and other Western countries has perversely served to isolate the government and, at the same time, to propel cooperation among previously fractured and quarrelsome extremist groups." She proposes a "constructive disengagement" policy that recognizes al-Shabaab's Islamist rule in Somalia as long as it does not engage in regional violence or terrorism (CFR, 2011).

Christians
OBAMACSI.COM: Whether Christians know it or not, they have been slated right behind Islamic Extremists as the new breed of terrorist. The progression from Arabs to white Christians in regards to terrorism has been a lengthy one, but it has quickened since the Norway Terror Attacks of July 22, 2011. Should Barack Obama be assassinated, it is quite possible that the shooter would allegedly be a white Christian who decides to kill the black Muslim president.

1. The MIAC Report: Defining the "Rightwing" Terrorist: In the stunning report from Missouri Law Enforcement (no doubt authored by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security), sweeping generalizations and scapegoating are made by law enforcement officials regarding the American people, their alleged threat to the U.S. government, and their classification as would be "terrorists". 2. Obama's "Rightwing" Assassin: The DHS memo states that "Rightwing extremists have capitalized on the election of the first African American president...but they have not yet turned to attack planning...Extremists appeared to be in the early planning stages of some threatening activity targeting [Obama], but law enforcement interceded." 3. The "Christian Terrorist: The link between terrorists such as Timothy McVeigh (Oklahoma City Bombing) and Behring Breivik (Norway Terror Attacks) has been repeatedly made, and it is clear that Christians will now be scapegoated in future terror attacks.

228

1. THE MIAC REPORT

OBAMACSI.COM:In the stunning report from Missouri Law Enforcement (no doubt authored by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security), sweeping generalizations and scapegoating are made by law enforcement officials regarding the American people, their alleged threat to the U.S. government, and their classification as would be "terrorists". Title: MIAC Strategic Report: The Modern Militia Movement Date: February 20, 2009 Source: Missouri State Highway Patrol Abstract: In the now de-classified document, the following groups of people have been labeled as potential "rightwing" terrorists: Christians White Nationalists Sovereign Citizens Pro-Lifers Tax Resistors Anti-Immigrationists Gadsden Flag "Don't Tread on Me" Wavers Zeitgeist & America: Freedom to Fascism Watchers Ron Paul Supporters End the Federal Reservers

2. OBAMA'S "RIGHTWING" ASSASSIN

OBAMACSI.COM: The DHS memo states that "Rightwing extremists have capitalized on the election of the first African American president...but they have not yet turned to attack planning...Extremists appeared to be in the early planning stages of some threatening activity targeting [Obama], but law enforcement interceded." Title: Rightwing Extremism: Current Economic And Political Climate Fueling Resurgence In Radicalization and Recruitment Date: April 7, 2009 Source: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Abstract: (U//LES) Rightwing extremists have capitalized on the election of the first African American president, and are focusing their efforts to recruit new members, mobilize existing supporters, and broaden their scope and appeal through propaganda, but they have not yet turned to attack planning. (U//LES) Rightwing extremists are harnessing this historical election as a recruitment tool. Many rightwing extremists are antagonistic toward the new presidential administration and its perceived stance on a range of issues, including immigration and citizenship, the expansion of social programs to minorities, and restrictions on firearms ownership and use. Rightwing extremists are increasingly galvanized by these concerns and leverage them as drivers for recruitment. From the 2008 election timeframe to the present, rightwing extremists have capitalized on related racial and political prejudices in expanded propaganda campaigns, thereby reaching out to a wider audience of potential sympathizers. (U//LES) Most statements by rightwing extremists have been rhetorical, expressing concerns about the election of the first African American president, but stopping short of calls for violent action. In two instances in the run-up to the election, extremists appeared to be in the early planning stages of some threatening activity targeting the Democratic nominee, but law enforcement interceded.

229

3. THE CHRISTIAN TERRORIST

OBAMACSI.COM: The link between terrorists such as Timothy McVeigh (Oklahoma City Bombing) and Behring Breivik (Norway Terror Attacks) has been repeatedly made, and it is clear that Christians will now be scapegoated in future terror attacks. Title: Timothy McVeigh, Christian Terrorist Date: October 28, 2002 Source: Free Republic Abstract: Not again, I thought. In the middle of a cogent argument against giving in to terrorist demands in a vain attempt to win their hearts and minds, New York Post columnist Jonathan Foreman tries to construct an analogy to the Oklahoma City bombing: "It was committed by young white Christians who felt great rage again the United States government...What would winning the hearts and minds of these people have involved? Mandatory Christian prayer in schools, perhaps?" Timothy McVeigh, Christian terrorist? I certainly did not remember him that way. Where had any responsible journalist gotten the idea that McVeigh murdered 168 Americans in order to get prayer in schools? I spent the afternoon looking over years of press clippings probing the mind of McVeigh. In contemporaneous accounts, McVeigh was never described as killing out of religious motives. Nor was there any evidence that, at the time of the bombing, he even considered himself a Christian. On the two great state occasions McVeigh had, at his sentencing and his execution, Jesus made no appearance in his rhetoric. At the sentencing, McVeigh quoted from Louis Brandeis' 1928 decision: "Our government is the potent, the omnipresent teacher. For good or for ill, it teaches the whole people by its example." McVeigh's last public act before he was executed was to distribute copies of the 1875 poem "Invictus." It begins: "I thank whatever gods may be/ for my unconquerable soul," and ends "I am the master of my fate: I am the captain of my soul" -- sentiments that to a Christian are at least vaguely blasphemous. In a letter to the Buffalo News and in conversations with author Dan Herbeck, McVeigh said he had no firm convictions about an afterlife: "And he told us that when he finds out if there's an afterlife, he will improvise, adapt and overcome, just like they taught him in the Army," Herbeck said. In May 2001, Esquire published 13 letters of McVeigh's. In them, he portrays himself variously as a patriot, a lover of "The Simpsons," a "Star Trek junkie," a fan of the movie "Unforgiven," a reader of Ayn Rand's "Atlas Shrugged," an enthusiastic consumer of Hustler and Penthouse magazines. His only direct religious reference (other than a Christmas card) was a letter dated April 11, 1998: "Yesterday was Good Friday; tomorrow is Easter; and it's been so long since I've been to church (except Christian Identity) (kidding!)." Reporting on his execution, the Atlanta Journal-Constitution described McVeigh as "an avowed agnostic" whose sudden last-minute decision to see a Catholic priest just before his execution surprised everyone who knew him. As recently as July 2001, even a lefty like Barbara Ehrenreich (writing in the Progressive) did not portray McVeigh as having religious motives. She called McVeigh a "homegrown neo-Nazi mass murderer," yes; Christian fundamentalist, no. So when did the media begin to routinely portray McVeigh as a Christian terrorist? Right after 9-11. Here are two early examples: On Sept. 17, 2001, a San Francisco Chronicle columnist blurted: "The hijackers are no more typical Muslims than Timothy McVeigh is a typical Christian." On Oct. 4, a USA Today columnist picked up the refrain, describing Sept. 11 terrorists as having "more in common with Timothy McVeigh, whose twisted paramilitary take on Christian retribution led him to avenge the Davidians' death." Timothy McVeigh, Christian terrorist. How has such a patent falsehood spread so quickly and easily through responsible media? Evidently the psychic need to equate Christian fundamentalists, millions of whom have lived peacefully in America since its founding, with radical Islamic terrorists who commit mass murder simply overwhelmed standards of journalism. Or, one might add, common decency (Free Republic, 2002)

Title: 'Christians Are Terrorists, Too' Date: January 7, 2010 Source: World Net Daily Abstract: I don't know how many times I've heard it. Over the years I've had many debates with moral relativists who insist on turning a deaf ear to the obvious connection between Islam and terrorism. They never fail to minimize the direct connection between Islam's embrace of violent jihad and the actions of its adherents, while claiming, "Christians are terrorists, too." When you ask for an example of a Christian terrorist, the name Timothy McVeigh, the man executed for his role in the Oklahoma City bombing, is usually offered as exhibit A.

230

Next month, ABC will be airing a documentary called "Different Books, Common Word: Baptists and Muslims" featuring the Rev. Bruce Prescott, executive director of something called "Mainstream Oklahoma Baptists." In publicizing the documentary, Prescott made the following statement: "We have extremists in both our faiths. We're just trying to find some common ground to promote peace." Ask Prescott about who those extremists are within his faith and he will readily point to McVeigh. There's just one problem with this example: McVeigh was not a Christian. McVeigh was a secular humanist who claimed "science is my religion." On May 11, 2001, Time magazine published a jailhouse interview with McVeigh where he elaborated on his beliefs about religion. Here's what he said: "I was raised Catholic. I was confirmed Catholic (received the sacrament of confirmation). Through my military years, I sort of lost touch with the religion. I never really picked it up, however I do maintain core beliefs." Asked if he even believed in God, McVeigh offered: "I do believe in a God, yes. But that's as far as I want to discuss. If I get too detailed on some things that are personal like that, it gives people an easier way to alienate themselves from me and that's all they are looking for now." Try as one might, you will not find McVeigh ever associating himself with Christian beliefs. In all the interviews he gave on this subject, he does just opposite distancing himself from Christianity. Nevertheless, in the nine years since his execution as a mass murderer, he continues to be the poster boy for some non-existent link between Christian belief and terrorist violence. Now, this is not to suggest that the name of Christianity hasn't been misused throughout history to perpetrate some horrific crimes and injustices. Indeed it has. But to suggest a moral and quantitative equivalence between terrorist violence inspired by Islam and terrorist violence inspired by Christianity is so absurd it hardly needs to be stated. One would need to be willingly blind of horrors taking place around the world on a daily basis beheadings, bombings, riots, misogyny in unspeakable forms, genocidal policies and the forcible imposition of Saudi-style and Taliban-style Shariah law. On the other side of the coin, there is McVeigh a man with a tenuous childhood connection to the Catholic faith who openly rejected it as an adult and embraced "science." Is this the best evidence Prescott and others have for "extremism" among Christians? I suspect there's a subtle form of racism at play here. McVeigh is a white guy who was raised in a Western country. As he makes clear himself in more than one interview, his religious beliefs were secular, not Christian. But being a white Westerner is enough, apparently, to lump him in with Christianity, which is somehow perceived as a "white" religion which it is clearly not. Christianity is growing rapidly in Africa and other non-white countries. Nowhere is it used as a justification for terrorist violence on a scale approaching Islam. Christians, Jews and other non-Muslims are disproportionately the victims of terrorist violence in the U.S. and around the globe. To continue to blame the terrorism we see at work around the world on "extremists" and to pretend it is simply the work of individuals disconnected from any ideology is a disservice to reason and, to be put it mildly, a disservice to the truth (World Net Daily, 2010).

Title: Stephanie Miller: A Christian Terrorist...Like Timothy McVeigh Date: August 30, 2010 Source: CNN Abstract: At 8:30 in the video below, CNN's Stephanie Miller states "Just like a Christian terrorist like Tim McVeigh".

Title: The Greater Threat: Christian Extremism From Timothy McVeigh To Anders Breivik Date: July 25, 2011 Source: Common Dreams Abstract: Timothy McVeigh, meet Anders Behring Breivik.

231

Those two jihadiststwo right-wing reactionaries, two terrorists, two anti-government white supremacists, two Christianshave a lot in common, down to the way the massacres they carried out were first mistaken for the work of Islamists by an American press rich in zealotry of its own. And they have a lot more in common with the fundamentalist politicians and ideologues among us who pretend to have nothing to do with the demons they inspire. After the Oklahoma City bombing in April 1995, speculation flew on television news stations about Arab terrorists seen in the vicinity of the federal building. The thought that a home-grown, Midwestern Army veteran of the first Gulf war could possibly murder 168 people, including 19 children at a day care center, seemed as foreign as those Islamic lands that were then inspiring so much of bigotrys latest American mutant. McVeigh turned out to be as all-American as he could possibly be, with extras. His paradoxical worship of the Second Amendment was the faith that fueled his hatred of a government he felt had betrayed American ideals by enabling what he called Socialist wannabe slaves. His idealism of a gold en-age white America was the Christian translation of al-Qaedas idealized caliphate. It became quickly evident that the bombing in Oslo and the massacre on Utoya Island on Friday had been carried out by Anders Breivik, who surrendered to police 40 minutes after beginning his killing spree on the island. Yet the Wall Street Journal ran an editorial on Saturday putting the blame for the attack on Islamist extremists, because in jihadist eyes, the paper said, it will forever remain guilty of being wh at it is: a liberal nation committed to freedom of speech and conscience, equality between the sexes, representative democracy and every other freedom that still defines the West." The paper subsequently amended its editorial to concede that Breivik was an ethnic Norwegian with no previously known ties to Islamist groups. But the rest of the piece still framed the attack in the context of Islamist terrorism. Its a common tactic at the Journal and Fox Newsco-owned by Rupert Murdochs scandal-riddled News Corp.where facts are incidental to ideology. It is enough for the Journal to insinuate a connection for its Foxified audience to catch the drift and run with it. Breivik may be Norwegian. But he wouldnt be doing what he did if it werent for the pollution of white, Christian European blood by Muslims and multiculturalists, by leftists, by Socialist wannabe slaves. McVeigh and Breivik are bloody reminders that Western cultures original sinthe presumption of supremacyis alive and well and clenching many a trigger. Itll be easy in coming days, as it was in 1995, to categorize the demons as exceptions unrepresentative of their so cieties. Easy, but false. Norway, like much of Europe, like the United States, is in the grips of a disturbing resurgence of right-wing fanaticism. The success of populist parties appealing to a sense of lost national identity, The Times reports, has brought criticism of minorities, immigrants and in particular Muslims out of the beer halls and Internet chat rooms and into mainstream politics. While the parties themselves generally do not condone violence, some experts say a climate of hatred in the political discourse has encouraged violent individuals." Its convenient duplicity. The parties dont explicitly condone violence. But they would have no appeal without e xplicitly endorsing beliefs of supremacy and projecting the sort of scorn and hatred for those who fall outside the tribe that cannot but lead to violence or the sort of fractured society weve become so familiar with. Those Take Back America bumper stickers share most of their DNA with the same strain of rejectionist white Europeans who think their culture is being bankrupted by Socialism and immigrants. Those idiotic anti-Sharia laws creeping up in Oklahoma, Arizona and Florida take their cues from the likes of Geert Wilder, the Dutch Peoples Party leader who compares the Koran to Hitlers Mein Kampf. Floridas own Koran-burning Terry Jones or the Rev. Franklin Grahams velvety crusade against Islam are Wilders American clones. Timothy McVeighs rhetoric may have been more extreme, but it was indistinguishable from the more college -polished and aged rhetoric of antigovernment reactionaries now pretending to speak for American i deals under the banner of patriots, tea parties, Fox Newss hacking of the fair and balanced parody, or more establishment oriented zealots in Congress. The common denominator is exclusion and heresy: those who supposedly belong to true American values, and those who dont. Al-Qaedas loyalty oath is identical: those who belong to true Islamic values and those who dont. Either way, the inclusive, tolerant, broad-minded, and yes, multicultural outlook is under siege by fundamentalism in virtually every part of society as we know it: cultural, political, economic, religious. Timothy McVeigh and Anders Breivik used bombs and rifles. More seasoned zealots use rhetoric and policies. The ongoing march of folly over the national debt is merely one example among many. We tend to think of national security narrowly as the risk of a military or terrorist attack, the columnist Nicholas Kristo f writes today. But national security is about protecting our people and our national strength and the blunt truth is that the biggest threat to Americas national security this summer doesnt come from China, Iran or any other foreign power. It comes from budget machinations, and budget maniacs, at home. Islamists who may want us harm need only sit back and enjoy the view. They might as well have outsourced the job to their Christian brethren, with plenty of assists from mainstream conservatives. Theres no segregating these demons and maniacs. Theyre an integral part of western culture. Theyre us (Common Dreams, 2011).

Title: Coming To Terms With 'Christian Terrorist' Date: July 31, 2011 Source: San Francisco Chronicle Abstract: When the "enemy" is different, an outsider, it's easier to draw quick conclusions, to develop stereotypes. It's simply human nature: There is "us," and there is "them." But what happens when the enemy looks like us from the same tradition and belief system? That is the conundrum in the case of Norway and Anders Behring Brevik, who is being called a "Christian extremist" or "Christian terrorist." As westerners wrestle with such characterizations of the Oslo mass murder suspect, the question arises: Nearly a decade after 9/11 created a widespread suspicion of Muslims based on the actions of a fanatical few, is this what it's like to walk a mile in the shoes of stereotype? "Absolutely," said Mark Kelly Tyler, pastor of Mother Bethel African Methodist Episcopal Church in Philadelphia. "It clearly puts us in a position where we can't simply say that extreme and violent behavior associated with a religious belief is somehow restricted to Muslim extremists."

232

"It speaks to cultural assumptions, how we are able to understand something when it [comes from] us," Tyler said. "When one of us does something terrible, we know that's not how we all think, yet we can't see that with other people." Psychologists say stereotypes come from a deeply human impulse to categorize other people, usually into groups of "us" and "them." "Our brains are wired that way," said Cheryl Dickter, a psychology professor at the College of William and Mary who studies stereotypes and prejudice. When Dickter examined brain waves, she found that people process information and pictures about their "us" group differently compared with information about "them" groups. People remembered information better when it reinforced their stereotypes of other groups, she said, and when information didn't fit their stereotype, it was often explained or simply forgotten. "That's how stereotypes get maintained in the face of all this [contradictory] information," Dickter said. So during the first reports that someone had detonated a car bomb and then opened fire at a youth camp in Norway, many assumptions clicked into place. "In all likelihood the attack was launched by part of the jihadist hydra," Thomas Joscelyn, a senior fellow at the Foundation for Defense of Democracies, wrote within hours on the Weekly Standard website. The massacre was actually committed, police say, by a blond Norwegian whose photo would not seem out of place in an American college directory. As Breivik's 1,500-page manifesto emerged, calling for violence to rid Europe of non-Christians and those he deemed traitors to Christian Europe, some seized on the religious aspect of his delusions. Mark Juergensmeyer, editor of the book "Global Religions: An Introduction" and a sociology professor at the University of California, Santa Barbara, wrote an essay likening Breivik to Timothy McVeigh, the American who killed 168 people in the 1995 Oklahoma City bombing. It was the deadliest terrorist attack on U.S. soil until 9/11. McVeigh and Breivik were both "good-looking young Caucasians, self-enlisted soldiers in an imagined cosmic war to save Christendom . and both were Christian terrorists," Juergensmeyer wrote. In a column for Salon.com, Alex Pareene said Breivik is not an American-style evangelical, but he listed other connections to Christianity. "All of this says 'Christian terrorist,'" Pareene wrote. Such claims drew strong resistance. "Breivik is not a Christian. That's impossible. No one believing in Jesus commits mass murder," Bill O'Reilly said on his Fox News show. That makes sense to Joyce Dubensky, CEO of the Tanenbaum Center for Interreligious Understanding. She said it also makes sense that "millions of Muslims say Osama bin Laden is not a Muslim, that no one who believes in the prophet Muhammad commits mass murder." "We need to hear Bill O'Reilly, but we also need to hear and understand the voices of the overwhelming Muslim majority around the world who condemn those who are terrorists in the name of their faith," she said. People have a hard time seeing extremism in their own religion. For Christians who think of their faith as preaching peace, how to explain the faith-sanctioned killing of the Crusades? For Muslims, what about the thousands of jihadists now following violent interpretations of Islam? Or consider the Ku Klux Klan's burning crosses. If those were the actions of a misguided minority, shouldn't the same be said of the 19 men who hijacked airliners on 9/11? Art Markman, a psychology professor at the University of Texas at Austin, said research shows that when people are asked to describe someone else's behavior, they focus on personal characteristics who that person is. But when asked to describe their own behavior, people focus on their individual situation. "If you're a Christian and you see this Norway murderer, you say, I have these teachings and I haven't murdered anyone, so the teachings can't be the problem," Markman said. "But if you're talking about the 'other,' it's different. And if you don't know what the actual Muslim teachings are, it seems like a plausible explanation." Some Christians say they do know the Muslim teachings, and that they are the problem. "There is a lot of text to justify the link between Islam and terrorism," said Michael Youssef, founder of the Evangelical-Anglican Church of the Apostles in Atlanta. "In the Quaranic text, and in the tradition that was written by the followers."

233

Many Islamic scholars say violent interpretations are wrong, and Youssef acknowledges that. However, "If your role model is Jesus, then nonviolence will be the way you change things. If your role model is somebody who waged war and killed people, then you say, 'I can do that,'" said Youssef, who was born in Egypt to Christian parents. But Arsalan Iftikhar, an international human rights lawyer and author of the upcoming book "Islamic Pacifism: Global Muslims in the Post-Obama Era," said the Norway attacks "proved that terrorism can be committed by a person of any race, nationality or religion." Iftikhar, who is Muslim, said one effect of the tragedy would be "to restart a debate on the term terrorism, and who and when the term should be applied." "Sadly, the last ten years, the term has been co-opted in public discourse and only applies to Muslims," he said. "Now here we have a right-wing Christian extremist who has committed an act of terror, and many people don't know how to react" (San Francisco Chronicle, 2011).

Title: Norway Massacre: A Christian Terrorist Debate Date: August 1, 2011 Source: Christain Post Abstract: The attacks that shocked the world in Norway have also led to much needed debate about the stereotyping of the other that has b ecome quite a common reality since two airplanes crashed into New York's twin towers in 2001. Breivik, the admitted orchestrator of the massacre that killed 77 people in Norway, is being dubbed everything from a 'Christian Terrorist' to a 'Christian Right Wing Extremist' to 'Christian Fundamentalist,' and it has sparked a global debate about the use of religion as way to define the acts of a fanatical extremist. Bill O'Reilly said on his news show, "Breivik is not a Christian. That's impossible. No one believing in Jesus commits mass murder." However, scholar Mark Juergensmeyer wrote an article that linked Breivik's actions to those of Timothy McVeigh calling them, "Self-enlisted soldiers in an imagined cosmic war to save Christendom both were Christian terrorists." Juergensmeyer argues that so long as we label people like Osama Bin Laden an "Islamic Terrorist" we should label Breivik a "Christian Terrorist" as well. Debates on the label of "Christian Terrorist" run the gamut with some Christian leaders believing the label is fair, even though they point out that he has lost his connection with true Christianity. Like us on Facebook Others argue that labeling Breivik Christian is incorrect and misleading due to the fact that Breivik himself differentiated his version of Christianity, one based upon social and cultural affiliation, from the religious aspect of faith, and a relationship with God, which he did not maintain. In his 1,500-page manifesto that was put online prior to the attacks Breivik stated, If you have a personal relationship with Jesus Chris t and God then you are a religious Christian. Myself and many more like me do not necessarily have a personal relationship with Jesus Christ and God. We do however believe in Christianity as a cultural, social, identity and moral platform. This makes us Christian. Some critics find that although Breivik may consider himself a social Christian who is fighting a battle for Christianity that he has made up in his mind, he is no different from other extremists that are labeled as Muslim Terrorists. But advocates argue that neither groups are acting out the true tenants of their alleged faiths. Thus the death and devastation that Breivik has brought about has ushered in a new debate on the appropriate label for a terrorist. The new debate seems to place more emphasis on the question of stereotyping that the world has grown accustomed to. The labeling debate is so heated and strong that it is unlikely a consensus will ever be reached by all on what to call mass-murderer Anders Breivik. However, the important thing is that it is sparking debate, and people are forced to reassess the affects stereotyping and labeling can have on groups. One thing is becoming increasingly clear; that terrorists can come from any country, any socioeconomic background, and can call choose to label themselves as from any religion however, does just an outside label confirm what is true on the inside? (Christian Post, 2011).

Gun Owners
OBAMACSI.COM: The right to bear arms is an American tradition greater than apple pie and baseball put together. So rooted are guns in the hearts

234

and minds of all Americas that an attack on the 2nd Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, is to attack America, its principles, its freedoms, and its people. That being said, either the U.S. government wants an armed conflict with the American people or they are trying desperately hard to pretend that they do. Regardless, the American people must NEVER EVER engage the U.S. government in an armed conflict. This will only make a bad situation worse. Defend yourself, your family and your property, but DO NOT engage the U.S. government for ANY REASON! There is no way that the American people can win a war against the U.S. government, ever. An armed revolution, the likes of which Alex Jones is advocating, only serves the purpose of the U.S. government. The U.S. government has planes, helicopters, and nuclear weapons and if there ever was a physical revolution they would not hesitate to use them. Non-violent Peace action like Jesus, Gandhi and Martin Luther King Jr. advocated is the ONLY viable political option.

If history is our guide, we can logically assume that if Barack Obama is assassinated, draconian gun legislation will be passed in Washington D.C. during the weeks and months after the attack. As of 2010, there were over 250 million privately owned guns in America, and that number has surly increased. Should Obama be assassinated with a firearm, it is highly likely that anyone with a gun would be painted as a potential suspect or even worse as a terrorist. As evidenced by the recent events surrounding the Tuscon Massacre, Congresswoman Gabrielle Giffords of Arizona is likely the new James Brady. Once a guns rights advocate, Giffords will likely champion new anti-gun legislation in the post-Obama assassination era with the power of her new found celebrity.

1. The Brady Bill (1993): After presidential assistant James Brady was injured during the Ronald Reagan assassination attempt of 1981, he became a staunch anti-gun pit-bull in Washington D.C. With the passage of his "Brady Bill" in 1993, millions of Americans had their Constitutional right to own guns stripped away. 2. The DHS Memo (2009): The U.S. Department of Homeland Security memo states that "Proposed imposition of firearms restrictions and weapons bans likely would attract new members into the ranks of rightwing extremist groups, as well as potentially spur some of them to begin planning and training for violence against the government." Clearly, the U.S. government is planning on further restricting firearms and ammunition and is preparing for violence in the aftermath. 3. The Giffords Bill? (2012): The likely choice for the new anti-gun pit-bull post Obama assassination is none other than Jewish Congresswoman Gabrielle Giffords of Arizona. On January 8, 2011, Giffords was an alleged victim in the Tuscon Shooting in which Jewish gunman Jared Loughner killed 6 and injured 14. On August 2, 2011, roughly eight months after her near-death experience, Giffords made a surprise return to Washington D.C. for the historic Debt Ceiling vote and was greeted with a standing ovation. Exactly what role Mrs. Giffords will play in regards to gun control is not yet clear, but she was pro 2nd Amendment prior to the shooting.

1. THE BRADY BILL

OBAMACSI.COM: After presidential assistant James Brady was injured during the Ronald Reagan assassination attempt of 1981, he became a staunch anti-gun pit-bull in Washington D.C. With the passage of his "Brady Bill" in 1993, millions of Americans had their Constitutional right to own guns stripped away. Title: James Brady Date: February 28, 1994 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: James Scott "Jim" Brady is a former Assistant to the President and White House Press Secretary under U.S. President Ronald Reagan. After nearly being killed and becoming permanently disabled as a result of an assassination attempt on Reagan in 1981, Brady became an ardent supporter of gun control. Brady championed the Brady Bill, legally known as the "Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act" (Pub.L. 103-159, 107 Stat. 1536) which was ian Act of the United States Congress that, for the first time, instituted federal background checks on firearm purchasers in the United States. The Brady Bill was signed into law by President Bill Clinton on November 30, 1993, and went into effect on February 28, 1994. The "Brady Bill" prohibits guns to any American who: Has been convicted in any court of a crime punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year; Is a fugitive from justice; Is an unlawful user of or addicted to any controlled substance; Has been adjudicated as a mental defective or committed to a mental institution;

235

Is an alien illegally or unlawfully in the United States; Has been discharged from the Armed Forces under dishonorable conditions; Having been a citizen of the United States, has renounced U.S. citizenship; Is subject to a court order that restrains the person from harassing, stalking, or threatening an intimate partner or child of such intimate partner, or; Has been convicted in any court of a misdemeanor crime of domestic violence, or Has a record of being a felon (Wikipedia, 2011).

2. THE DHS GUN MEMO

OBAMACSI.COM: The U.S. Department of Homeland Security memo states that "Proposed imposition of firearms restrictions and weapons bans likely would attract new members into the ranks of rightwing extremist groups, as well as potentially spur some of them to begin planning and training for violence against the government." Clearly, the U.S. government is planning on further restricting firearms and ammunition. Title: Rightwing Extremism: Current Economic And Political Climate Fueling Resurgence In Radicalization and Recruitment Date: April 7, 2009 Source: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Abstract: Proposed imposition of firearms restrictions and weapons bans likely would attract new members into the ranks of rightwing extremist groups, as well as potentially spur some of them to begin planning and training for violence against the government. The high volume of purchases an stockpiling of weapons and ammunition by rightwing extremists in anticipation of restrictions and bans in some parts of the country continue to be a primary concern to law enforcement (U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2009).

3. THE GIFFORD'S BILL?

OBAMACSI.COM: The likely choice for the new anti-gun pit-bull post Obama assassination is none other than Jewish Congresswoman Gabrielle Giffords of Arizona. On January 8, 2011, Giffords was an alleged victim in the Tucson Shooting in which Jewish gunman Jared Loughner killed 6 and injured 14. On August 2, 2011, roughly eight months after her near-death experience, Giffords made a surprise return to Washington D.C. for the historic Debt Ceiling vote and was greeted with a standing ovation. Exactly what role Mrs. Giffords will play in regards to gun control is not yet clear, but she was pro 2nd Amendment prior to the shooting.

Iran
OBAMACSI.COM: The allegations against Iran, whether they are of the nuclear caliber or the latest assassination charges, are beginning to pile up. Neo-cons and hawks from all corners of the political spectrum are calling for a new war with Iran and it appears that Israel and America are complimenting the rhetoric with war games that are preparing troops for an upcoming invasion. A closer look at the evidence regarding the alleged assassination plot shows that it is a well concocted plan with the goal of starting a well needed war to fund the military industrial complex, crackdown on dissent in America, and distract from the economic problems that continue to haunt U.S. President Barack Obama. The Iranian assassination plot also programs people psychologically for a future assassination, likely that of Obama. 1. The Iranian Assassination Plot: The alleged plot by Iran to assassinate a Saudi Ambassador is a desperate attempt to foment hatred in America towards the nation of Iran. When examined by any standard, the plot quickly falls apart and warrants an arrest of the politicians pushing the story rather than the war preparations that are currently taking place. This plot is part of a bigger plot that will be validated at a later date when false-flag terror attacks occur in American and are ultimately blamed on Iran. 2. Irans Alleged Nuclear Program: Although we have heard about Iran's alleged nuclear program for years, recent news and propaganda is attempting to convince the world that America and the world cannot wait to find out if it is a peaceful nuclear program. This propaganda is flanked by the recent assassination plot accusations and is very reminiscent of the WMD accusations leveled prior to te invasion of Iraq. 3. War Games: Before, during, and after the alleged Iranian assassination plot was propagandized around the world, the Unites States and Israel have been executing war games on a massive level. As evidenced, troops are executing full invasion tactics and Israel is conducting war games with the specific goal of attacking a neighbors nuclear program and reactors. 4. Iranian War Propaganda: While the news about the Iranian assassination plot and nuclear program makes the rounds on television, blatant war propaganda is being circulated in an attempt to delegitimize and disparage the Iranian government prior to a new war. Accusations about Iranian woman

236

getting lashed, U.S. troops getting murdered, and inequality in education are suddenly everywhere. This propaganda is a sign that an attack on Iran is imminent. 5. The Iranian War: Before any evidence or legitimate public debate can be had regarding the alleged Iranian assassination plot, calls for war are being repeatedly rehashed in the U.S. and world media. As if singing in concert, these blatant warmongers are desperate to attack Iran for Israel while using American blood and treasure in the process. 6. Iranian Censorship: As the war rhetoric and propaganda against Iran intensifies worldwide, censorship of Iranian media is beginning to occur in the U.S. and Britain. This censorship is a blatant attempt to shield the public from the future war crimes that will undoubtedly occur in Iran once the green light for the attack is given. Dead bodies of innocent civilians and American troops are bad for moral and must be removed prior to an Iranian invasion.

1. THE IRANIAN ASSASSINATION PLOT

OBAMACSI.COM: The alleged plot by Iran to assassinate a Saudi Ambassador is a desperate attempt to foment hatred in America towards the nation of Iran. When examined by any standard, the plot quickly falls apart and warrants an arrest of the politicians pushing the story rather than the war preparations that are currently taking place. This plot is part of a bigger plot that will be validated at a later date when false-flag terror attacks occur in American and are ultimately blamed on Iran. Title: Alleged Plot To Kill Saudi Ambassador Fuels U.S. Push To 'Isolate' Iran As Pols Call Plot an 'Act of War' Date: October 11, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: The alleged Iranian government-backed plot to assassinate the Saudi ambassador to the United States is quickly exacerbating already flaring tensions between Washington and Tehran. Members of Congress were quick to condemn Iran over the plot. Rep. Michael McCaul R-Texas, said if it was indeed sponsored by the Iranian government, "this would constitute an act of war not only against the Saudis and Israelis but against the United States as well." Rep. Peter King, R-N.Y., issued a similar statement saying, "Iran's assassination of a foreign diplomat in our country would have violated both U.S. and international law, and represented an act of war." Rep. Ted Poe, R-Texas, speaking on Fox News, called the plot an "act of war" against the United States. "We have to do something," he said, saying the specifics of the response should be left up to the Defense Department and the president. But a senior Defense official told Fox News the announcement Tuesday "is not a trip wire for military action in Iran." "No one should read into this as a pretense for any type of military response," another senior Defense official added. Speaking to Fox News on the condition of anonymity due to the sensitive nature of the subject, the officials said the Pentagon sees the alleged plot as a criminal act that is rightly being handled by the Department of Justice. Late Tuesday night, the State Department issued a travel alert for Americans, warning those at home and aboard to watch out for possible attacks linked to the alleged plot. Attorney General Eric Holder, in announcing the plot and criminal charges filed against two individuals, would not say exactly how high up the plot went in the Iranian government. He said it was "directed and approved by elements of the Iranian government," specifically noting the alleged involvement of members of Iran's special operations Quds Force. But U.S. officials made clear they will use the plot to marshal international pressure against the regime. "The United States is committed to holding Iran accountable for its actions," Holder said. A State Department official on Tuesday called the case a "flagrant violation of international law." And Secretary of State Hillary Clinton said the U.S. would work with its allies to "send a very strong message that this kind of action, which violates international norms, must be ended." In a separate interview with the Associated Press, Clinton said the plot "crosses a line," and that she and President Obama were calling international leaders to tell them what happened. She said they want to "pre-empt" any efforts by Iran to deny responsibility, as well as "enlist more countries in

237

working together against what is becoming a clearer and clearer threat" from Iran, according to the Associated Press. She said the reaction could "further isolate Iran." The Treasury Department fired the first diplomatic shot Tuesday afternoon, imposing sanctions on five people allegedly linked to the plot, including four members of the Quds Force -- which is part of the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps. Two of them, Manssor Arbabsiar and Gholam Shakuri, were charged Tuesday in New York federal court, though Skahuri remains at large. The Treasury Department said the other Quds officials named were also involved in the plot. The sanctions will freeze any U.S. assets held by the individuals and prohibit anyone in the U.S. from doing business with them. U.S. officials say the suspects in the case were working on a "murder for hire" scheme to kill the Saudi ambassador to the United States using explosives. They allegedly reached out to a U.S. source in Mexico posing as a drug cartel representative. Arbabsiar allegedly tried to hire the source and his accomplices to carry out the attack. Arbabsiar, who was arrested by federal agents on Sept. 29, later confessed to his involvement and said senior Quds officials were directing the plot, according to the Justice Department. A brief analysis from Stratfor Global Intelligence cautioned against any claims of high-up Iranian involvement. The analysis said the plot as described "seems far-fetched" considering "its ramifications would involve substantial political risk." "Iran has been known to carry out preoperational surveillance in the United States, but it has not yet used this intelligence to carry out a high-profile attack," the analysis said, suggesting the Tehran links were "exaggerated." An Iranian representative at the United Nations has denied the U.S. allegations. But Clinton said in the AP interview Tuesday that the claims are "well-founded." Clinton plans to meet Wednesday with the Swiss ambassador to Iran, a meeting that will surely provide an opportunity to address the allegations unveiled Tuesday. The Swiss serve as the United States' diplomatic representatives in Iran in the absence of any formal U.S.-Iran relations (Fox News, 2011).

Title: Unanswered Questions Over The Alleged Iranian Assassination Plot Date: October 13, 2011 Source: The Guardian Abstract: The alleged plot to kill the Saudi ambassador to the US does not fit with what is known about the supposed perpetrators. It has the ring of a far-fetched Hollywood thriller and even the senior law enforcement official involved in the investigation admitted to journalists that the alleged plot to kill the Saudi ambassador to the US did not fit with what was known about the methods and practices of the supposed perpetrators, the Quds force of the Revolutionary Guards. But $100,000 was clearly transferred by someone as a downpayment on the assassination. Washington is taking the case seriously enough to make unprecedented allegations against Tehran and threaten further isolation. The affair leaves several questions unanswered: It appears very unlikely that Iran's supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, would approve such a brazen plot with such unpredictable consequences, in effect going to war with Iran's three greatest enemies Saudi Arabia, the US and Israel at the same time. The watchwords of Khamenei's 23-year tenure have been caution and regime stability. He has attempted, not always successfully, to calibrate the nuclear programme to avoid uniting the UN security council against Iran, while pushing on steadily. Iran, under his guidance, has worked very hard to mitigate the international impact of sanctions and is sensitive to its standing in the Islamic world. Things are generally going well for Tehran in the triangular relationship with the US and Saudi, as Washington and Riyadh had fallen out badly over the Arab spring and Palestinian recognition. Why would Khamenei and his regime risk all this on such a bizarre plot? Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, right, is also a problematic suspect. The president has little influence on the Quds force and is currently on what passes in Tehran for a charm offensive, releasing two US hikers after two years in custody and proposing a new uranium deal last month. Ahmadinejad is in a tense standoff with Khamenei and in the past has backed a limited accommodation with the west. Would he risk his own precarious position to back a plot and would he have the power to orchestrate such a venture without the supreme leader's knowledge and approval? The Quds force has previously gone to great lengths to ensure its fingerprints are not found on attacks abroad. It almost always operates through trusted proxies such as Hezbollah and Iraqi Shia militias which the Revolutionary Guards have trained in most cases. Despite years of investigations, there is suspicion but no proof of Iranian involvement in the 1983 bombing of the US embassy in Beirut and the 1996 attack on the Khobar Towers in Saudi Arabia. In this latest alleged plot, the Quds force was purported to be working with a Mexican drugs cartel, the Zetas, with an Iranian-American used-car salesman as middleman (the plot was said to be codenamed Chevrolet). The link was made because the car salesman, Mansour Arbabsiar, was allegedly a cousin of a "big general" in the Quds force and a friend of the aunt of a Texas "associate" of the Zetas. Arbabsiar revealed the Iranian nature of the plot to this man, who turned out to be a US government informant. Why would the Quds force now throw its professionalism and caution to the wind?

238

The key evidence that the alleged plot was serious was the $100,000 wire transfer. It came from a foreign bank account, but that cannot be an Iranian account because such transfers are impossible under US law. The money must have come from a third country, but which? And how can the US authorities be so sure the foreign accounts were under the control of the Quds force? Arbabsiar boasted that his cousin, who is said to have instigated the plot, "worked for [the] government [of Iran] but he's working outside. He's working like like [a named non-Iranian intelligence agency]". Arbabsiar's absent co-defendant, Golam Shakuri, was allegedly a Quds colonel working for the cousin. Who is this cousin and how sure are the US authorities that he is a senior member of the Quds force? Arbabsiar was told by his cousin and another high- ranking member of the Quds force that the head of the force, presumably Qassem Suleimani, approved of the plot and would eventually meet Arbabsiar. But is there any proof that he was involved? Could the alleged conspiracy be the work of an extremist cell within the Quds force? In that case, the unit is far more fragmented than previously thought and we should shortly see top people in the organisation disappearing from view. There is a precedent for such a cell: in 1999 the deputy minister of intelligence, Saeed Emami, was arrested and accused of carrying out a series of murders of intellectuals, known as the chain murders, without official authority. He was also reported to have tried smuggling missiles to Brussels to attack Nato. Emami was reported to have killed himself in prison. Could the alleged plot be provocation by an outside agency seeking to start a conflict between Iran and its enemies? In that case, Arbabsiar is consciously misleading his interrogators or is being used by his cousin and his associates, who are working for this third party. If that was the case, how did Arbabsiar correctly identify a senior Quds officer whose identity is not widely known? (The Guardian, 2011).

Title: Feinstein Questions Whether Iran Backing More Plots in Wake of Alleged Assassination Scheme Date: October 13, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A top senator warned that the United States should be on "alert" about other Iran-driven terror plots in the wake of the alleged scheme to assassinate the Saudi ambassador to Washington. Sen. Dianne Feinstein, D-Calif., chairwoman of the Senate Intelligence Committee, said she's been aware of the investigation for about a month and that "intelligence indicates" there could be "problems" elsewhere. Feinstein declined to get into detail and stressed that she wasn't saying other diplomats are necessarily in danger. But she raised the question of whether an Israeli ambassador or American ambassador could also be targeted, if Iran's special operations Quds Force was involved in this plot as alleged. "It's hard for me to believe that there is just one plot involving the U.S. ... I think we need to explore whether there are other plots going on in other countries," she said Wednesday. "I'm not saying there's a broader plot. I'm just saying that we need to look at that." Other senators will be briefed on the assassination plot Thursday. The State Department acknowledged that the plotters were looking at other targets but assured that the administration believes the entire operation was short-circuited after the Justice Department went public with the investigation. "I would simply say that we do believe that there were other targets, and there were follow-on notions by these plotters. But we do believe that the entire plot now has been disrupted," State Department spokeswoman Victoria Nuland said. Aside from aiming to assassinate the Saudi ambassador to the United States, the plotters apparently were looking at possible attacks on the Saudi and Israeli embassies. According to the Justice Department, the lone suspect in custody initially inquired about the possibility of attacks on a Saudi Arabian embassy. A separate alert obtained by Fox News outlined a possible plot regarding attacks on the Saudi embassies in Washington, D.C., and in Buenos Aires, Argentina. Nuland, without getting into detail, acknowledged that a top State official had called Argentina's government in the wake of the investigation. Meanwhile, U.S. lawmakers continue to speculate over whether the top echelons of the Iranian government knew of the plot. Feinstein said she doesn't know whether, for example, Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad was aware. But she said the Quds Force would probably not have proceeded without high-level approval from the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps and other elements (Fox News, 2011).

Title: FBI Insider: Obama Administration Likely Manufactured Dubious Terror Plot

239

Date: October 13, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: Retired U.S. Army Lieutenant Colonel Anthony Shaffer says that an FBI insider told him the dubious terror plot to assassinate a Saudi ambassador which has been blamed on Iran was likely manufactured by the Obama administration, because no information about the plot even exists within FBI channels. The plot, an assassination attempt against Saudi Arabias ambassador to the United States, Adel al -Jubeir, was pinned on an Iranian-American used-car salesman from Texas and subsequently linked by the Obama administration to a wider conspiracy controlled by Irans Islamic Re volutionary Guards Corps. According to the administration, used car salesman Mansour J. Arbabsiar tried to hire assassins from a Mexican drug gang to carry out the murder, but the head of the drug gang turned out to be a DEA agent posing as a Mexican Los Zetas gangster. The story has all the hallmarks of classic FBI entrapment tactics that have characterized almost every major terror bust in recent times. Having personally interrogated Iranians, Shaffer doubted the fact that members of the elite Quds Force would risk carrying out an assassination in the United States when it would be far easier to conduct such a plot in the middle east. It does not smell correctly, Shaffer told Fox Business host Andrew Napolitano, adding that it was doubtful a successful use d car salesman who has been part of the community for 15 years would suddenly become embroiled in an international assassination plot. Asked by Napolitano if Arbabsiar was the victim of another FBI sting, Shaffer responded, I think thats part of it. The FBIs had a record lately and I did talk to one of my inside guys and he is saying he thinks the same thing, you know why, because he cant find any real information and hes got a clearance so that tells him that theres something going on thats extraordinary by the fact that hes an inside investigator, knows whats going on and yet, Im gonna quote here, Theres nothing on this within the DOJ beyond what theyve talked about publicly which means to him that theres something very wrong with it, said Shaffer. Even the New York Times is now reporting that the dubious nature of the plot has caused a wave of puzzlement and skepticism from some foreign leaders and outside experts. The military-industrial complex has long been searching for a pretext that could be used to justify military strikes against Iran. In a 2009 report entitled Which Path to Persia?, the elitist Brookings Institution wrote, It would be far more preferable if the United States could cite an Iranian provocation as justification for the airstrikes before launching them. Clearly, the more outrageous, the more deadly, and the more unprovoked the Iranian action, the better off the United States would be. The dubious plot has been instantly seized upon by the likes of Hillary Clinton and John Kerry to push for Iran to be further isolated by the international community. Kerrys comments were perhaps the most bellicose, telling reporters yesterday, I dont think anything should be taken off the table at this point in time. It has also served as a useful distraction for Attorney General Eric Holder, who is currently under investigation for his role in the infamous Fast and Furious program, which saw the federal government deliver thousands of military-grade weapons to leaders of Mexican drug gangs. That the current alleged plot pinned on Iran revolves around yet another undercover federal agency conducting a long -term sting operation defies belief, writes Tony Cartalucci. That we are expected to believe one of Irans most elite military forces left such a sensitive, potentially war -starting operation to a used-car salesman and a drug gang reported in the papers daily for its involvement with US government agencies (and who turns out to actually be undercover DEA agents) is so ridiculous it can only be made up as Secretary Clinton puts it. More accurately, i t is the result of an impotent US intelligence community incapable of contriving anything more convincing in the face of an ever awakening American public, to bolster its morally destitute agenda. The cartoonish nature of the plot and the arms length even its proponents treat it with to maintain plausi ble deniability is indicative of a dangerously out of control ruling elite and an utterly incompetent, criminally insane government (Infowars, 2011).

Title: Republicans Adopt Obamas Bad Movie Iran Terror Plot Date: October 13, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: Despite the fact experts on Iran and its Quds force have responded with skepticism to an alleged plot and many have dismissed it as fantasy, a number of establishment politicians are demanding the Obama administration take action. Arizona Senator John McCain lost little time exploiting the unproven plot. He told CBS today that Iran is a threat in the Persian Gulf and Obama is to blame for not meddling in Irans internal affairs and exploiting the 2009 street protests many believe were orchestrated in color revolution fashion by the CIA to overthrow the government in Tehran.

240

This kind of reckless behavior theyve displayed here could translate into a real serious problem, said McCain, citing Irans alleged nuclear weapons program. Although the U.S. and Israel have tried for years to convince the world Iran is secretly working on nuclear weapons, the international community has admitted there is no evidence Iran is doing so. Another Arizona politician, Rep. Trent Franks, used the dubious plot to attack Obama. If this effort had been successful, it would have constituted an act of war against the United States of America, and it should demonstrate Irans true intentions toward America in the clearest possible terms, even to this administration, Franks said on Wednesday. He called for a military response to the alleged assassination plot. If they are committed enough to try to foment an attack here, and literally try to blow up the Israeli embassy here, or kill the Saudi Arabian ambassador to the U.S., let me suggest to you that the intent is so clear that our entire focus now should be upon dealing with the capa city, he said. Perhaps this president would do better if he were able to focus on the threats of our nation without being so bu sy apologizing for American at every opportunity. Speaking from the House Floor Wednesday night, House Republicans said the Obama administration needs to take immediate action. This event that has occurred should tell us a lot of things, declared Texas Republican Ted Poe. One, that the country of Iran is so bold that they believe they can commit a crime of terror on the soil of the United States and get away with it. It is a real concern when youre talking about 1,200 miles of border between the U nited States and Mexico, that someone would have a plan to invade our country and take control of those border counties, Rep. John Carter, another Texan Republican, added. I would call that invasion. Not to be left behind in the rush to exaggerate the dubious plot, Texas governor Rick Perry mentioned the imaginary plot from the campaign trail in Indiana and linked it to border security. He said the supposed plot is business as usual for Iran. Establishment Tea Party diva Michele Bachmann also weighed in. If I was president I wouldnt have taken my eye of the number one issue in the Middle East, which is Iran obtaining nuclear weapons. The problem with the Obama administration is they put serious daylight between Israel and the United States from day one of the Obama presidency, so the president unfortunately sent signals of weakness, Bachmann told CNN. Republicans received support from hysterical Democrats. Senator Dianne Feinstein of California said Congress needs to investigate the supposed plot. There may be a chain of these things, she speculated. I think we need to explore whether there are other plots going on in to other countries. Feinstein chairs the Senate Intelligence Committee. As should be expected, the corporate media by and large is falling in line with the desperate effort to demonize Iran. A Washington Post editorial today admits there is skepticism about the alleged threat and states it is certainly prudent to reserve final judgment until all the facts of the case are known. It then dismisses the skepticism and states the alleged plot is not a large leap from Tehrans past acts and concludes whatever the cause, the schemes discovery should serve as a warning of the escalating threat posed by Iran and the need to act more forcefully against it (Infowars, 2011).

Title: What The Alleged Iran Assassination Plot Means For 2012 Date: October 17, 2011 Source: TIME Abstract: Confronted with a President who has killed Osama bin Laden and an almost comically long list of his deputies and associates being al Qaedas military commander is like being the Spinal Tap drummerthe Republican presidential candidates have struggled to attack Obamas national security policies. They went after his Libya intervention, then piped down after the fall of Gaddafi and the absence of an Islamist government in his place. Obama was supposedly enabling a Muslim Brotherhood takeover in Egypt until it turned out that he was in effect backing a status quo military dictatorship. Few on the right are complaining about his detention and interrogation policies, not even after Obama officials Mirandized a suspected Iranian-backed terrorist on U.S. soil this week. Republicans have generally settled on the broad critique that Obama has been weak in his support for popular uprisings in Iran and Syria, and that he has traveled the world apologizing for Americas actions abroad, which bears little resemblance to reality. And then there is, of course, the charge that Obama has abandoned Israel, throwing the Jewish state under the bus by pressuring Bibi Netanyahu to freeze settlements and strike a peace deal with the Palestinians. Note that Republicans are ardently courting disenchanted Jewish Democratic donors. But this weeks news about an audacious, bizarreand, some suspect, overblownIranian plot to kill the Saudi ambassador in Washington suddenly thrusts Obamas policy towards Tehran back into the political conversation in an explosive way. Republicans had grown quiet about Iran and its ongoing nuclear program in recent months. Thats partly thanks to regional distractions like the Arab Spring, and a recent lull in the Green Movements public demonstrations . Its also a tribute to Obamas success at winning strong new sanctions against Tehran at the United Nations last year, temporarily placating conservatives who had been bashing him for extending a hand to Iran soon after he took office. But the weird Iranian plan to kill Adel al Jubeir is reminding the right of their loathing for Tehran, that Irans nuclear pr ogram has been steadily marching on, and their sense that Obama has gone soft on Irans leaders. On Fox News last night, John McCain complained that the new sanctions are not doing

241

enough harm, and insisted that Obama take tougher steps against the countrys leadership and shipping industry. The GOP candi dates still seem to be sorting out their exact reactions to the alleged terror plotRick Perry seized on it to talk about border security, of all thingsbut with a new poll showing that almost half the country views Iran as an enemy of the U.S., they surely see the political opportunity here. The big question is whether the coming months will reignite the debate about a potential military strike to disable Irans ad vancing nuclear program. With some expert warning that the window to inflict serious damage on that program is closing, the GOPs Iran hawks may reassert themselves. Several of those hawks are advisers to Mitt Romney, for instance, and last week Romney advocated rattling our saber by moving U.S. aircraft carrier groups to the eastern Mediterranean and the Persian Gulf region. Rick Santorum, Herman Cain and even the foreign policy minimalist Jon Huntsman have all said military strikes on Iran might be necessary to stop its nuclear program, while Michele Bachmann calls Irans nuclear program the most important thing. For his part, President Obama has remained measured, saying that Iran must be held accountable for the terror plot, but not taking any visible steps just yet. However, some experts think the plot may have dealt the final blow to Obamas long-standing hopes for a diplomatic solution to the nuclear standoff. If so, that places into the 2012 debate a fundamental, and extremely unpleasant, question. Namely, which is worse: a military strike on Iranor a nuclear-armed Iran? (TIME, 2011).

2. IRAN'S ALLEGED NUCLEAR PROGRAM

OBAMACSI.COM: Although we have heard about Iran's alleged nuclear program for years, recent news and propaganda is attempting to convince the world that America and the world cannot wait to find out if it is a peaceful nuclear program. This propaganda is flanked by the recent assassination plot accusations and is very reminiscent of the WMD accusations leveled prior to te invasion of Iraq. Title: IAEA to Release Evidence Iran Secretly Working On Nuke Program Date: October 14, 2011 Source: Press TV Abstract: The United Nations International Atomic Energy Agency is preparing to release a document that will link Irans nuclear program to weapons development, according the French newspaper Le Figaro (English translation here). The report will be released next month. The newspaper characterizes the release as a race against time to head off Irans nuclear weapons program. The move would ensure an Israeli attack on Irans nuclear facilities, Isabelle Lasserre writes. IAEA boss Yukiya Amano said last month the agency would release more information on Irans program. At that time, Amano said Iran had demonstrated "greater transparency" than usual when it allowed a senior IAEA official to tour previously restricted nuclear sites in August. In February, 2010, the agency said Iran was working to develop a nuclear-armed missile. In unusually blunt language, an International Atomic Energy Agency report for the first time suggested Iran was actively pursuing nuclear weapons capability, throwing independent weight behind similar Western suspicions, Reuters reported. According to Wikileaks documents, Amano has described himself as being in line with the United States and Israel on key strategic issues. Israel assumes that Iran will develop a nuclear weapon that represents an existential threat to the Jewish nation. It has threatened to take out Irans nuclear facilities on a number of occasions. IAEA inspectors have expressed frustration with Irans level of cooperation, but have been unable to find any evidence sugge sting that enriched uranium has been diverted to an illicit weapons program, Seymour Hersh wrote in June. Theres a large body of evidence, however, including some of Americas most highly classified intelligence assessments, suggesting that the U .S. could be in danger of repeating a mistake similar to the one made with Saddam Husseins Iraq eight years ago allowing anxieties about the policies of a tyrannical regime to distort our estimates of the states military capacities and intentions, he continues. The two most re cent National Intelligence Estimates (N.I.E.s) on Iranian nuclear progress have stated that there is no conclusive evidence that Iran has made any effort to build the bomb since 2003. The highly dubious Iran terror plot now gaining momentum, despite a growing number of skeptics, appears to be pushing the United States into backing either an Israeli strike on Iran or providing a pretext for an outright attack by the United States. The IAEA report either coincides with the move in the direction of war or was designed to appear at precisely the right time as the U.S. repeats the same mistake it made when it attacked Iraq in March of 2003 (Press TV, 2011).

3. WAR GAMES

OBAMACSI.COM: Before, during, and after the alleged Iranian assassination plot was propagandized around the world, the Unites States and Israel have been executing war games on a massive level. As evidenced, troops are executing full invasion tactics and Israel is conducting war games with the specific goal of attacking a neighbors nuclear program and reactors.

242

Title: Headed To The Beach? Heads Up For An Invasion Force Date: June 19, 2011 Source: CNN Abstract: It's mid-June, a perfect time to visit the beach to watch porpoises play in the surf or seagulls strut the sand -- or you could watch a formation of Marine Corps warplanes darting over the shore at hundreds of miles per hour. But don't worry -- the United States hasn't declared war on your family's beach house. It's just part of a major Marine Corps exercise called Exercise Mailed Fist (translation: armored fist). The exercise is designed to test the capability of every type of Marine Corps aircraft, including MV-22 Ospreys and F/A 18 Hornets, as well as some Navy ships and Air Force planes. The drill will stretch from Quantico Marine Base in northern Virginia to the Navy's Pinecastle Bombing Range in Florida. With thousands of Marines and other service members involved, it's the biggest such drill ever on the U.S. East Coast. "Exercise Mailed Fist is the first exercise of its specific kind and the largest 2nd Marine Aircraft Wing exercise conducted in recent history," said Staff Sgt. Roman J. Yurek, Marine Corps spokesman. "In the past, 2nd Marine Aircraft Wing units had to deploy to the West Coast to conduct this type of training." Mailed Fist was not originally supposed to be one big exercise. But the 2nd Marine Aircraft Wing's commander, Maj. Gen. Jon Davis, decided to combine several smaller drills into one big exercise. Not only do the Marines train closer to home, the Pentagon saves money. Most of the exercises will take place in the skies above or near Marine bases along the North and South Carolina coast. From Monday until Friday, vacationers "who are located near the bases ... will see an increase in air and ground traffic at various times throughout the week, but there should be minimal impact on activity near beaches other than occasional fly-overs at relatively high altitudes," the spokesman said (CNN, 2011).

Title: [Israeli! Defense Establishment To Simulate Strike On [Iranian] Nuclear Facility Date: September 4, 2011 Source: YNet News Abstract: Security forces to hold 'worse case scenario' drill testing enemy strike on nuclear compound, lessons learned from Japan's Fukushima disaster. The defense establishment will hold a special emergency drill this week, simulating an enemy strike on Israel's nuclear facility. "Operation Fernando" will aim to test the defense establishment's readiness for the worst case scenario a missile strike on the facility itself or its immediate surroundings, Yedioth Ahronoth reported. The drill, whose details have been classified as top secret, is scheduled for Tuesday. Given its classification, only a handful of senior defense establishment officials are privy to its outline. The Israel Atomic Energy Commission will oversee the drill, along with the Home Front Command and Ministry for Home Front Defense. Apart from an enemy strike scenario, "Operation Fernando" also aims to test the implementation of various lessons learned from Japan's Fukushima disaster. "Operation Fernando" is the first of its kind to be held in Israel in the past seven years. Meanwhile, the defense establishment has finished its review of the results of "Turning Point 5" the nationwide Home Front Command emergency drill, which tested war readiness in 85 cities and towns across Israel. The report found that while emergency services and municipalities' communication and coordination with the Home Front Command had improved, the coordination between the emergency services themselves was still lacking (YNet News, 2011).

Title: Dozens Of U.S. Paratroopers Injured After Parachute Jump During Mock Battle Goes Horrifically Wrong

243

Date: October 7, 2011 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: Dozens of U.S. Army paratroopers have been hurt during a massive airborne drop in Germany. Sixteen of the 47 injured men are still in hospital, two of them in intensive care after the jump involving 1,000 soldiers went terribly wrong. They suffered head, spine and pelvic injuries. The exercise pitted soldiers from the Vicenza, Italy-based 173rd Airborne Brigade in a mock-battle scenario with Slovakian soldiers and American troops from the 173rd Airborne Brigade Combat Team over the Hohenfels training area in Bavaria, southern Germany. The American army said the drop was part of a scheme to switch the military focus back to fighting conventional forces as operations in Iraq and Afghanistan wind down. It is unclear what precisley happened to cause the numerous injuries. Officers at the clinic where the soldiers were treated said some of the injuries appeared related to parachutes drifting into nearby trees. Most of the injuries occurred during the first wave of the morning drop, which involved about 650 soldiers. Officers at the clinic where the soldiers were treated said some of the injuries appeared related to parachutes drifting into nearby trees. Polish troops also took part in the exercise but none of them were hurt. The victims suffered a variety of broken bones and spinal injuries and every one of them required hospital treatment. They were ferried to a local hospital in a fleet of ambulances. A German civilian who witnessed the drop told Radio Bavaria: 'Ive never seen so many para chutes in the sky. It was incredible sight, but I had no inkling that anything was wrong. I didnt see any chutes tangled or men appearing to drop too fast.' But the military said that they would not be staging an inquiry into what happened because the inj ury rate was acceptable. Civilian spokeswoman for the Joint multinational Training Command, which is under U.S. Army command, Denver Makle, said as the numbers injured 'was within expected margins' an investigation was not necessary. Speaking to The Local, a German website, she added: 'Airborne operations are always dangerous. There is very little margin for error.' She explained an injury rate of up to 3 per cent is normal in this type of exercise. The units involved will continue their training, which is one part of an exercise involving thousands of soldiers from 10 countries (Daily Mail, 2011).

Title: US Begins Huge Military Maneuvers Aimed At Iran Date: October 17, 2011 Source: Prison Planet Abstract: The United States will this week commence huge military maneuvers aimed at Iran, with a massive air fleet patrolling middle eastern skies ready to land at any time, in response to Irans involvement in an alleged assassination plot that experts have labeled dubio us, amidst fears that US and Israeli targets could be hit by attacks. As we reported last week, during US Defense Secretary Leon Panettas October 3 Tel Aviv visit, Israeli hawks attempted to persuade Panetta to give the green light for a military strike on Iran. Within ten days, details of an alleged assassination plot against a Saudi ambassador emerged and the foiled attack was blamed on Iran. Innumerable experts immediately voiced their doubts about the authenticity of the plot, with 21-year CIA veteran Robert Baer labeling the story a truly awful Hollywood script. The US military will respond this week with a series of significant military maneuvers designed to threaten Iran, including, an American air fleet in Middle East skies ready to land at any moment for any contingency, reports DebkaFile. The United States launches a large-scale exercise over the Middle East deploying 41 giant transports of the 22nds Airlift Squadron Monday Oct. 17, states the report, adding that the aircraft will be packed with fully equipped, battle ready troops. A further seven warships from the Stennis Battle Group will also provide ground troops with combat support and strike land a nd sea targets.

244

The Israeli, Egyptian and Saudi armies have also been placed on maximum preparedness, echoing reports that U.S. troops being sent to the region have also been put on full alert. The maneuvers are also linked to the scheduled release of Israeli soldier Gilad Shalit by Hamas on Tuesday, an event that US intelligence officials fear could set off a chain of attacks in the region against US and Israeli targets. Should embassies be targeted, US troops will be in place to react swiftly. Geopolitical experts have been consistent in their warnings that Israel was preparing to strike Iran this fall. Back in July, CIA veteran Baer told KPFK Los Angeles that Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was planning an attack on Iran in September to coincide with the Palestine bid for UN membership. Whether the maneuvers are merely designed to be an act of belligerence against Iran or represent preparations for an actual military strike in support of Israel remains to be seen, but as Gulf News reporter Patrick Seale pointed out Friday, the window of opportunity for an attack on Iran is closing. Some western military experts have been quoted as saying that the window of opportunity for an Israeli air attack on Iran will close within two months, since the onset of winter would make such an assault more difficult, writes Seale, adding that the Israelis eagerness to launch the attack has caused considerable alarm in Washington and in a number of European capitals. Both Republican and Democratic US lawmakers have issued strong statements against Iran in recent days, with several all but calling for war. Last week, New York Republican Peter King called on the Obama administration to put troops on standby, labeling the alleged Iranian assassination plot an act of war. On Sunday, Democrat Dianne Feinstein, the head of the Senate Intelligence Committee, warned that the US and Iran were on a collision course (Prison Planet, 2011).

Title: US Forces 'Massing On Afghanistan-Pakistan Border' Date: October 18, 2011 Source: Telegraph Abstract: US forces are massing on the Pakistan border in eastern Afghanistan amid reports of an imminent drone missile offensive against fighters from the feared Haqqani Network, a Taliban faction which operates from safe havens in Pakistan's North Waziristan Agency, Pakistan Army sources have confirmed. The scale of the American build-up, including helicopter gunships, heavy artillery and hundreds of American and Afghan troops, caused panic in north Waziristan where tribal militias who feared they could be targeted gathered in the capital Miranshah to coordinate their response. Local officials in the Federally-Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) warned that Pakistan's armed forces would repel any incursion across the border by American forces, but military sources in Islamabad and Afghan officials suggested the build-up was part of a coordinated operation. Relations between Washington and Islamabad have deteriorated dramatically in recent months as American officials increased pressure on Pakistan to launch an offensive against the Haqqani Network, which mounts attacks on Nato forces in Afghanistan from bases in North Waziristan. Islamabad has fiercely resisted American pressure, claiming its forces are overstretched and stating its priority is to fight Taliban factions which have declared war on Pakistan, rather than those, like the Haqqanis, who focus on cross-border attacks on Nato forces. Last month Admiral Mike Mullen, the chairman of the U.S Joint Chiefs of Staff, recently accused Pakistan's ISI intelligence service of plotting the attack on the US embassy in Kabul with Haqqani network fighters and claimed the militant group was a "veritable arm" of the ISI. Islamabad and Washington have traded accusations since then, but the massing of American troops on the Afghan border appears to suggest some understanding may have been reached. According to Pakistan Army sources, the U.S had informed Islamabad about the planned build-up and described it as part of a "cordon and search operation" in which Haqqani Network fighters will be pushed over the Afghan border from North Waziristan and then "encircled, arrested or killed" by American forces lying in wait. A spokesman for the International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) in Kabul declined to comment on the build-up. A spokesman for the Pakistan Army said it had not been informed about the number of American troops on the border but it was reported that American and Afghan troops had established curfews in eastern Khost province, conducted house to house searches, established checkpoints and occupied hilltops close to Ghulam Khan on the Pakistan side of the border. The Haqqani Network and militant allies have increased in strength on both sides of the border over the last two years and have been blamed for a summer increase in cross-border raids on Nato positions in eastern Afghanistan (Telegraph, 2011).

245

Title: Russia Delivers Radar Jammers To Iran Date: October 25, 2011 Source: Emirates 24/7 Abstract: Russia has sent a set of mobile radar jammers to Iran and is negotiating future deliveries that Moscow believes do not contravene the current UN sanction regime on the Islamic state, an official said Tuesday. The Avtobaza truck-mounted jammers are a part of a broader line of arms that Russia hopes to sell Iran despite concerns over Tehran's nuclear programme, the deputy head of the military and technical cooperation agency said. "This is a defensive system," the agency's deputy director Konstantin Biryulin was quoted as saying by the state RIA Novosti news agency. "We are not talking about jets, submarines or even S-300 (missile) systems. We are talking about providing security for the Iranian state." "We are in constant talks with Iran over that country's purchases of military technology that does not fall under UN sanctions," he was quoted as saying. The arms delivery was disclosed the same day as one Western diplomat said that Russia and China were both urging the UN atomic agency to soften or even hold back a report detailing Iran's suspected efforts to develop nuclear weapons. Russia had strongly defended its close trading partner until agreeing in September 2010 to cancel a planned sale of S-300 missile systems and supporting stronger sanctions against Tehran. But limited arms shipments have continued and Iran last month finally put a Russian-made nuclear power plant on stream after several years of delays in Bushehr. Biryulin did not disclose when the radar systems were delivered or how many units were sold (Emirates 24/7, 2011).

4. IRANIAN WAR PROPAGANDA OBAMACSI.COM: While the news about the Iranian assassination plot and nuclear program makes the rounds on television, blatant war propaganda is being circulated in an attempt to delegitimize and disparage the Iranian government prior to a new war. Accusations about Iranian woman getting lashed, U.S. troops getting murdered, and inequality in education are suddenly everywhere. This propaganda is a sign that an attack on Iran is imminent. Title: Iran Commander Behind Killing of U.S. Troops Reportedly Linked to Washington Bomb Plot Date: October 15, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A key player in the Iran-backed plot to assassinate Saudi Arabia's ambassador to the U.S. was a senior military commander linked to the slaughter of U.S. troops in Iraq, The Washington Post reported Saturday. Abdul Reza Shahlai is the cousin of accused plotter Mansour Arbabsiar, 56, an Iranian-American currently in custody and charged with a string of offenses including conspiracy to commit murder and an act of international terrorism. Along with a co-conspirator who remains at large in Iran, Arbabsiar -- a used car salesman based in Corpus Christi, Texas -- allegedly planned to bomb a Washington, D.C. restaurant where he believed Saudi Ambassador Adel al Jubeir was a regular customer. The plotters also allegedly discussed bombing the Saudi and Israeli embassies in Washington and the Israeli embassy in Argentina. After the details of the foiled plan were announced Tuesday, the U.S. Treasury Department moved to block the assets of five individuals believed to be directly linked to the conspiracy. One of them was Shahlai. The 54-year-old is a commander in Iran's Quds Force, the body believed to have been behind the Saudi ambassador plot and described to the Post by a US official as "Iran's arm for supporting terrorists and planning attacks." In 2007 Shahlai ran a group of elite killers within the Iraqi militia of the cleric Moqtada al Sadr, who dressed as US and Iraqi soldiers and launched an attack on official buildings in Karbala -- a raid which left five Americans dead. He also supplied al Sadr's group with weaponry, according to a Treasury report cited by the Post.

246

He was allegedly dealing with Arbabsiar when the Texas-based salesman returned to Iran earlier this year, hoping to use him as a link to Mexican drug traffickers who would be involved in the assassination plot. "The Quds Force ... has, in the past, reached out to groups that might seem unlikely partners," a U.S. official told the newspaper. "The U.S. government has known for quite some time that the Quds Force was involved in this type of external plotting and has known that Shahlai has been behind much of it. That he is still at it is no surprise" (Fox News, 2011).

Title: Iranian Students Barred For Beliefs, Say Campaigners Date: October 14, 2011 Souce: CNN Abstract: Iranian student Puyan Mahmudian scored the sixth highest marks in his year group in his entrance exam, but was rejected for a Masters degree in chemical engineering at Amirkabir University in Tehran. The problem was not his academic record, but his political background, according to human rights groups, which note that Mahmudian had previously been jailed for being editor of a student magazine that was critical of the government. Mahmudian, now 25, believes he is one of hundreds of so-called "starred students," whom campaigners claim are denied access to university or expelled because of their religious or political beliefs. A report called "Punishing Stars" by the non-governmental organization International Campaign for Human Rights in Iran names 217 students who it says have been deprived of education because of their religion or political activism in the last five years. It says the real number is much higher as many did not want to be named. Many of those listed are members of the Baha'i Faith, the largest religious minority in Iran, with around 300,000 members, according to the official website of the faith in the United States. It says Baha'is have been persecuted in Iran since the faith started there in the mid-19th century. The conservative clergy considers followers of the Baha'i faith to be part of a wayward sect and apostates. Other "starred students" are human rights activists, supporters of women's rights, members of the political opposition and student journalists, campaigners claim. Now, a grassroots campaign, which began in Germany and has spread to other countries around the world, is drawing attention to alleged denial of education in Iran. The campaign, called "Can You Solve This?" publicizes a QR code which, when scanned by smart phones, directs people to a website with an animated video. The QR code has been printed on flyers, banners, pavements and t-shirts in coffee shops, streets and university campuses. In Germany, the QR code was used without any other information to build up mystery around the campaign. Ruha Reyani, a second generation Iranian living in Germany and one of the architects of the campaign, said: "We are at the start of the university year and there's a big push from the Iranian government to use denial of education as a tool of persecution. "We want people to come to take action by sending letters to their political leaders." Events to support the campaign have already been held in Germany, the United Kingdom, Brazil, India and the Netherlands, and are planned for Canada, the United States, France, Italy and other countries. Esra'a Al Shafei, founder of Mideast Youth, one of the organizations supporting the campaign, said: "It's a creative and dynamic campaign that appeals to young people everywhere. The video has had more than 70,000 views and more than 5,000 letters have been sent through the website." Mahmudian, now living in Germany, was arrested and jailed in 2007 while editor of a student magazine at Amirkabir University of Technology in Tehran. In a case highlighted at the time by Human Rights Watch, Amnesty International and the Committee to Protect Journalists, Mahmudian and seven other students were arrested, accused of defaming Islam in their publications. Mahmudian said the members of the information ministry had circulated forged editions of their publications containing offensive articles. Sarah Leah Whitson, Middle East director at Human Rights Watch, said in a press release at the time: "The Iranian authorities are using the flimsiest of pretexts to arrests student journalists and activists. "Even the Judiciary has admitted that these students had nothing to do with the forged publications."

247

Mahmudian said: "I spent more than 50 days in solitary confinement. They used physical and mental torture. I went on hunger strike for 11 days to be allowed to make one phone call to my mother to tell her I was okay. "After 80 days of extreme pressure they got a videotaped confession from us inside prison. We apologized to the president and were released and allowed to go back to university." It was after his undergraduate studies finished and he applied to do his Masters that the incident caused him more trouble. He said he was called in to the information ministry for three interrogation sessions. "They asked me to sign a guarantee that I wouldn't continue any political, social and cultural activities and that I would cooperate with the information ministry," he said. "I accepted to end my political activities but refused to collaborate with them," he said. Mahmudian was told he had not passed the "general" qualification for the Masters course. He tried to make a legal appeal against the decision but was told there were no avenues. He later moved to Berlin, Germany, to do his masters degree and has no immediate plans to return to Iran. Repeated efforts to reach Iranian officials for comment were unsuccessful. Messages left with the Iranian consulate in London were not returned. The report "Punishing Stars" released in December last year claims that the Ministry of Intelligence has used a system of three stars as a method of discrimination against students since Mahmoud Ahmadinejad became president in 2005. It said that in 2007, in response to pressure from starred students and the media, the government announced that it would no longer use the star system. However, the report claims, the discrimination has continued as a de facto policy (CNN, 2011).

Title: After Foiled Terror Plot, U.S. Looks For Stronger Means To Penalize Iranian Regime Date: October 16, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: After foiling Iran's potentially murderous acts against Saudi and Israeli interests in the United States, the Obama administration is looking for ways to further penalize the regime, especially before it gets hold of possible weapons of mass destruction. According to The New York Times, President Obama wants the United Nations to release classified intelligence that proves once and for all that they are experimenting with nukes. The administration is also looking at banning Iran's central bank, basically crippling its financial system. With international sanctions barely pinching Iran's financial surface, a top Democratic lawmaker says the world community has to get more aggressive in stopping the regime's current trajectory. "Iran is escalating, I believe, its nuclear development. Iran is increasingly hostile. They have not ceased supporting Hezbollah or Hamas or participating in the -- well, bringing of missiles and rockets into Lebanon through Damascus (Syria). It's a very dangerous situation," said Sen. Dianne Feinstein, DCalif., chairwoman of the Senate intelligence committee. "If you project out a number of years, we are on a collision course. If we want to avoid it, we have to take action to avoid it," she said. Former U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations John Bolton told Fox News that allowing Iran to obtain nuclear weapons would make the ability to end that regime's terror efforts that much more difficult. "Everything that's wrong with Iran today, the world's largest financier of international terrorism, for example, gets infinitely worse once they get nuclear weapons and they are very close to that point," Bolton said. But Feinstein said going to war with Iran is not an option the United States should consider. Instead, "looking to stop bad behavior short of war" can be undertaken by several untapped methods, especially since sanctions are not having the intended effect. "I don't think the sanctions have been as complete as they must -- as they should be. I wished they had sanctioned the central bank of Iran and that would affect oil and maybe that's why they didn't do it. But that makes a big difference," she told "Fox News Sunday." Expecting some retribution for the alleged plot, which resulted in charges against two men, including an American and a member of the elite unit of the Iranian Revolutionary Guards Corps, Iran's supreme leader said Sunday that Iran is prepared to react. "If U.S. officials have some delusions, (they must) know that any unsuitable act, whether political or security, will meet a resolute response from the Iranian nation," state TV quoted Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei saying.

248

Sanctioning the central bank would mean the U.S. black listing any foreign country or company that does business with the central bank. The effort is opposed by some foreign nations, including U.S. allies who pay the bank for Iran's oil. Retired Gen. Jack Keane, one of the architects of our counterinsurgency strategy in Iraq and Afghanistan, said the U.S. should go further and take military action. "I would start retiring the Quds force who has been using these proxies to conduct actions against us. I would conduct covert actions against them and espionage. That means kill them and take their bases away from them," Keane said. Feinstein said success in targeting the Quds force would be difficult because it's unlikely such an operation could be contained. "It probably would escalate into a war, and the question is: Do we want to go to war with Iran at this time? My judgment is no. We have our hands full with Iraq, with Afghanistan, with the deteriorating relationship with Pakistan," she said. According to the Times report, the head of the International Atomic Energy Agency has been shy about going public with Iran's nuclear pursuits because he doesn't want his inspectors banned from that country. The Obama administration also is reportedly hesitant to go the U.N. route because of concerns that the U.S. has lost its credibility after the 2002 claim in the United States that Iraq had weapons of mass destruction. No weapons were found in Iraq after the war began. Nonetheless, the White House is talking isolationism. "This president has been very focused on holding up Iranian behavior so that it is clearly seen by other nations around the world. And that enables us to work cooperatively with our international partners to isolate and put pressure on Iran in a way that has never really been achieved before," White House spokesman Jay Carney said last week. Republican presidential contender Newt Gingrich told CNN on Sunday that if he were in the Oval Office, he would pursue "replacement of the Iranian dictatorship with a maximum amount of effort to rouse" students, young people, ethnic minorities and other opposition groups. He said he would also "apply every possible economic sanction, including ultimately if necessary cutting off gasoline so that the regime collapses." "They've been waging war against us since 1979. They think so. They plan for it. They kill us. They have plots around the world. They support terrorist organizations. And we -- at a strategic level the United States is absolutely clueless about what we should be doing," Gingrich said, faulting the current administration with disseminating "confused statements" about outreach to the Iranian regime while at the same time supporting regime change in Egypt and Libya. "We have done nothing of consequence to systematically undermine this regime," he said. "This is one more in a 32-year process of waging war against us and is further proof of why we need to replace the dictatorship" (Fox News, 2011).

5. THE IRANIAN WAR

OBAMACSI.COM: Before any evidence or legitimate public debate can be had regarding the alleged Iranian assassination plot, calls for war are being repeatedly rehashed in the U.S. and world media. As if singing in concert, these blatant warmongers are desperate to attack Iran for Israel while using American blood and treasure in the process. Title: Brookings' "Which Path to Persia?":The War Has Already Begun, Total War Is A Possibility Date: February 13, 2011 Source: Brookings Institute Abstract: While the corporate owned media has the plebeians arguing over whether or not Iran should have nuclear weapons or if it intends to commit genocide against the Jews (the largest population of Jews in the Middle East outside of Israel actually resides in Iran), the debate is already over, and the war has already quietly begun. Before it began, however, someone meticulously meted out the details of how it would unfold. That "someone" is the mega-corporate backed Brookings Institute. Background "Which Path to Persia?" was written in 2009 by the Brookings Institute as a blueprint for confronting Iran. Within the opening pages of the report, acknowledgments are given to the Smith Richardson Foundation, upon which Zbigniew Brzezinski sits as an acting governor. The Smith Richardson Foundation funds a bizarre myriad of globalist pet projects including studies on geoengineering, nation building, meddling in the Caucasus region, and even studies, as of 2009, to develop methods to support "indigenous democratic political movements and transitions" in Poland, Egypt, Cuba, Nepal, Haiti, Vietnam, Cambodia, Zimbabwe, and Burma. Also acknowledged by the report is the Crown Family Foundation out of Chicago. The Brookings Institute itself is a creation of the notorious globalist funding arms including the Carnegie Corporation, the Rockefeller Foundation and the Ford Foundation, all who recently had been involved in the fake "Ground Zero Mosque" controversy. Today, Brookings boasts a full complement of support and funding from America's biggest corporations. Upon the Brookings Institute's board of trustees one will find a collection of corporate leaders

249

from Goldman Sachs, the Carlyle Group, the insurance industry, Pepsi (CFR), Alcoa (CFR), and various CFR affiliated consulting firms like McKinsey & Company. Full details can be found within the pages of their 2010 annual report here. To say Brookings is of big-business, by big-business and for big-business is a serious understatement. This is crucial to keep in mind as we examine their designs toward Iran and consider the terrible cost every single option they are considering has towards everyone but, unsurprisingly, their own bottom-lines. Motivations Should be Obvious We must look into the minds of those that shape US foreign policy and sweep aside the distracting rhetoric they feed us. US foreign policy is shaped by organizations like the Brookings Institute which consist of members of the largest corporations and banks on earth. These corporations are not only disinterested in security, but thrive on the war and conflict insecurity breeds. (See "War is a Racket" and Eisenhower's Warning.) Iran not only possesses massive oil reserves and an economic, political, and militarily strategic location in relation to Russia and China, it also boasts a population of 76 million. This is a large population that if left sovereign and independent can viably compete against the West's degenerate casino economy, or if invaded and corrupted, can become 76 million more consumerist human cattle. The sheer scale of the military options considered by Brookings' strategy would be a boom alone for the defense contractors that sponsor it, whether the operation was a success or not. The incentive to domineer over Iran is quite obvious and only made more attractive from a corporate American point of view when considering all the risks of such domineering are completely "socialized," from the dead troops, to the broke tax payers. No matter how insane the following report may sound, keep in mind, "they have nothing to lose." The globalists run think-tanks all over the world like Brookings where their policy wonks generate an immense amount of strategic doctrine. This doctrine then converges to form a general consensus. Knowing the details of this doctrine beforehand can give us clues as to what to look for on the geopolitical chessboard as their gambits play out. Green revolutions, resigning admirals, bizarre troop build-ups in Afghanistan and Iraq, terrorist attacks within Iran, and high profile assassinations all make sense if you are aware of the playbook they are working from. The hyped and very fake "war on terror" being ratcheted up on the home-front is also a telling and alarming sign, perhaps the most alarming of all. Page 1: Bottom Line With frank honesty, the report opens by declaring Iran a confounding nation that undermines America's interests and influence in the Middle East. Not once is it mentioned that the Islamic Republic poses any direct threat to the security of the United States itself. In fact, Iran is described as a nation intentionally avoiding provocations that would justify military operations to be conducted against it. Iran's motivations are listed as being ideological, nationalistic, and security driven - very understandable considering the nations to its east and west are currently occupied by invading armies. This is the crux of the issue, where it's America's interests in the region, not security, that motivate it to meddle in Iran's sovereignty, and is a theme that repeats itself throughout the 156 page report. Page 11: The Nuclear Non-Threat The report concedes that Iran's leadership may be aggressive, but not reckless. The possession of nuclear weapons would be used as an absolute last resort, considering American and even Israeli nuclear deterrence capabilities. Even weapons ending up in the hands of non-state actors is considered highly unlikely by the report. Similar reports out of RAND note that Iran has had chemical weapons in its inventory for decades, and other reports from RAND describe the strict control elite military units exercise over these weapons, making it unlikely they would end up in the hands of "terrorists." The fact that Iran's extensive chemical weapon stockpile has yet to be disseminated into the hands of non-state actors, along with the fact that these same elite units would in turn handle any Iranian nuclear weapons, lends further evidence to this conclusion. Brookings notes on page 24, that the real threat is not the deployment of these weapons, but rather the deterrence they present, allowing Iran to counter US influence in the region without the fear of an American invasion. In other words, the playing field would become level and America may be forced to recognize Iran's national sovereignty in regards to its own regional interests. Page 23: Persuasion The first option on the table is a means to coerce the Iranian government, without regime change, through crippling sanctions verses incentives. The incentives, in turn, seem more a relief from American imposed torment than anything of actual substance. One incentive in particular is very telling. Brookings suggests "security guarantees" from an American invasion to address the very real concerns that would motivate Iran to construct nuclear weapons in the first place. Brookings notes that concrete action would would be needed by the US in order to fulfill this incentive, including drawing down US forces in the Middle East, a concession Brookings itself admits is highly unlikely over the next several decades. Brookings interjects at this point, a brazen admission that under no circumstance should the US grant Iran a position of dominance nor should there be any ambiguity about what the US sees as Iran's role in the region. It is most likely postures like this that have driven Iran to such extremes to protect itself, its interests, and its very sovereignty. This option of "persuasion" appears to have already played out and failed, both in drawing concessions from Iran through meaningless offers and at marshaling the international support needed to make additional sanctions effective. Page 65: Total War

250

Indeed a conventional war with Iran is currently impossible. The globalists at the Brookings Institute acknowledge that. What is worrying is that they believe it would not be impossible if only America was presented with the "proper" provocations. Brookings' experts go on to say that Washington could take "certain actions" to ensure such provocations took place. Furthermore, Brookings states that Iran has already gone through extreme measures specifically not to react to American provocations, raising the specter that provocations may take the shape of a staged event instead, should full-scale invasion be sought. This is where the tireless efforts of 9/11 Truth have paid off and now stand between the American people and a costly, unprecedented war. They have at the very least made the term "false flag" mainstream, raising the stakes exponentially for anyone attempting to stage provocations. Page 103: Supporting a Color Revolution Hailed as the "most obvious and palatable method" of bringing about the Iranian government's demise, Brookings suggests fostering a popular revolution. It brazenly admits the role of the "civil society organizations" in accomplishing this and suggests massive increases in funding for subversive activities in Iran. Of course the United States has already passed the Iran Freedom Support Act, directly funding Iranian opposition groups inside of Iran with the explicit objective of overthrowing the current government. The passage of the act was followed by the 2009 "green revolution," which Iranian security forces were able to put down. Currently, the "green revolution" in Iran is gearing up again. The US State Department and corporate sponsored Movements.org has been following and supporting the US-backed Iranian uprisings since the beginning. Iranian-American Cameran Ashraf, described as a senior fellow at Movements.org, participated in the 2009 event. Movements.org featured on their front page recently, information on the upcoming "green" revolution set to feed off the US backed overthrow of the Mubarak regime in Egypt. Indeed this option is currently being pursued. Brookings specifically mentions threatening Iran with instability as a means to leverage concessions from the government. It goes on to explicitly call for the promotion of unrest within Iran's borders, and when coupled with the crippling sanctions Iran is already under, constitutes an overt act of war as pointed out numerous times by Congressman Ron Paul. Brookings also suggests the use of military force in conjunction with their staged color revolutions, recognizing Iran's well developed internal security apparatus. This was not done in 2009, but should be considered and looked out for each time the "green" revolutionaries come out into the streets. Page 113: Supporting Real Terrorism Despite the shameless bravado displayed throughout the entire report, no section is as shocking as the one titled "Inspiring an Insurgency." Brookings is outright advocating the funding, training, and triggering of a a full-blown armed insurgency. The report specifically mentions Ahvazi Arab separatists, which would later be the subject of Seymour Hersh's "Preparing the Battlefield" where he exposes the option as already being set in motion within Iran. Kurds in the north, and Baluch rebels near Pakistan in the east are also mentioned as potential receipients of US aid in conducting their campaigns of armed terror against the Iranian people. The CIA is selected to handle supplies and training, while Brookings suggests that options for more direct military support also be considered. In their subsection, "Finding a Proxy," Brookings describes how the use of ethnic tensions could fuel unrest. It laments the fact that many ethnic minorities still hold nationalism as a priority along with their fellow Persians. And despite being on America's official terrorist list for having previously killed US military men, the Mujahedin-e Khalq (MEK) are given ample consideration within Brookings' report. In their subsection, "Finding a Conduit and Safe Haven," Brookings describes various methods of harboring their stable of US funded terrorists within the nations currently occupied by US troops and how to ferry them in and out of Iran between operations. Page 145: Bringing it all Together Brookings suggests that no single option is meant to stand alone. It suggests that options be pursued concurrently. Apparently Brookings' advice has been taken to heart as we have seen in the news, from Seymour Hersh's reports of covert US-backed terrorists, to the overtly staged "green" revolutions, to the sabotage and assassinations plaguing Iran's nuclear program . While it is quite obvious that many of Brookings' policies are being carried out verbatim, what is most alarming is what's suggested next should these combined ploys fail. From the report itself, page 150: "A policy determined to overthrow the government of Iran might very well include plans for a full-scale invasion as a contingency for extreme circumstances. Certainly, if various forms of covert and overt support simply failed to produce the desired effect, a president determined to produce regime change in Iran might consider an invasion as the only other way to achieve that end. Moreover, the United States would have to expect Iran to fight back against American regime change operations, as it has in the past. Although the Iranians typically have been careful to avoid crossing American red lines, they certainly could miscalculate, and it is entirely possible that their retaliation for U.S. regime change activities would appear to Americans as having crossed just such a threshold. For example, if Iran retaliated with a major terrorist attack that killed large numbers of people or a terrorist attack involving WMDs especially on U.S. soilWashington might decide that an invasion was the only way to deal with such a dangerous Iranian regime. Indeed, for this same reason, efforts to promote regime change in Iran might be intended by the U.S. government as deliberate provocations to try to goad the Iranians into an excessive response that might then justify an American invasion."

251

Considering Operation Northwoods, the falsified Gulf of Tonkin event, the myriad of lies that brought us into war with Iraq and Afghanistan, not the least of which was 9/11 itself, it is truly a frightening specter to think about what might come next. We already see the absurd security apparatus being put into place across America and the various declarations by European leaders that "multiculturalism" has failed, setting the stage for a "clash of civilizations." There is also an uptick in rhetoric by American leaders warning of an impending terrorist attack. It is not beyond the realm of possibility that the US might attempt to provide their own "provocation" for war in the Iranians' stead. Final Thoughts It is quite obvious Brookings' suggestions and their execution are detrimental to all involved, from our brave but gravely misled troops, to the tax payers fleeced by underwriting the war, to the decimated Iranian people. Boycotting the very corporations sponsoring this policy undermines their self-serving objectives regardless of the means by which they try to accomplish them. Their very ability to fund studies like this, let alone carry them out is a direct result of our daily patronizing of their mega-corporations. Raising awareness that corporate interests, not security concerns, are the prime motivations for conflict with Iran is also essential in convincing citizens of both countries to step back from the brink. In this world today, events seem astronomically bigger than any one of us. We feel there is no certainty we can succeed against such odds. What is essential to understand though, is that while acting does not guarantee success, not acting most certainly guarantees defeat. Follow the brave example of 9/11 Truth and other activists in the growing alternative media - fight against the manufactured consensus by adding yourself to a consensus on truth. To read the entire Brookings Institute report, "Which Path to Persia?" click here (Brookings Institue, 2011).

Title: Sources: US Gives Israel Green Light For Iran Strike Date: October 13, 2011 Source: Prison Planet Abstract: The Obama administrations fabricated terror plot blamed on Iran represents the green light for an Israeli attack on Iran set to t ake place within the next two weeks, according to confidential military sources who spoke with Alex Jones. Israel is concerned that major powers like Germany are moving closer to smoothing relations with Iran and allowing Iran to continue its nuclear enrichment program unimpeded. A two month window has been allocated during which Israel has the opportunity to launch a military assault, waiting until winter when the attack will be more difficult to pull off is not an option. US Defense Secretary Leon Panettas October 3 Tel Aviv visit was used by Israeli hawks to convince the United States that it should green light the attack. Less than 10 days later, a fanciful terror plot involving a used car salesman was invented to implicate Iran and create the pretext for a military assault. In recent weeks, intense discussions have taken place in Israeli military and intelligence circles about wh ether or not to launch a military strike against Irans nuclear facilities. Apparently, the key question in the debate was how to ensure that the United States took part in t he attack or, at the very least, intervened on Israels side if the initial strike triggered a wider war, writes Patrick Seale of Gulf News. That intervention has now been mandated by the announcement of the fabricated terror plot, which was actually concocted last month but only made public now. While U.S. intelligence officials prepare to release claims about a chain of plots that will be blamed on Iran, Time Magazine reports that the Obama administration is preparing to use the accusations to take action beyond mere isolation tactics. If the Administration fails to win support for a significant escalation of sanctions or other forms of punishment for the Te hran regime after presenting evidence of the latest allegations of Iranian malfeasance, the ball will land back in Obamas court, writes Tony Karon. Having made the case that Iran has crossed a red line, he will be under growing pressure to act or risk entering a highly polarized election season haunted by a soft on Iran charge (Prison Planet, 2011).

Title: 'US Schemes Plots To Justify Wars' Date: October 13, 2011 Source: Press TV Abstract: An alleged Iranian plot to kill the Saudi Ambassador to the United States has made headlines. Why would the Iranian government want to do this? US officials have so far presented relatively little evidence - yet sanctions are looming. In this edition of Press TV's News Analysis, the possible reasons for the US to make such an allegation are looked at. Is this a move by the US to divert attention from its problems, such as nationwide protests, among others? American philosopher and Professor Emeritus of the University of Minnesota, James H. Fetzer, joined PressTV from Madison. The following is an approximate transcription of James H. Fetzer's comments.

252

Press TV: I'd like to refer to Justin Raimondo who is the editorial director of the website Antiwar.com. He says: How is it that these two Iranians just happen to meet up with a Mexican drug cartel assassin who just happens to be a long time DEA informant? I mean is there any response to this question that's posed by this editorial director, James Fetzer? James Fetzer: Everything that has been said so far is completely accurate. We appear to be witnessing the resurrection of Operation Northwards in which American operatives would commit crimes like assassinations and bombings and blame them on Fidel Castro in order to justify an attack on Cuba. Hillary Clinton has said that this idea of contacting a Mexican crime syndicate killer to bring this about is so unbelievable; no one could make it up. But the fact is it's a transparently fabricated event. Not only does Iran have no motive whatsoever but if Iran were to perpetrate such an act it would do so in a stealthy manner. It wouldn't rely on someone like a drug killer whose confidence could not be assured; besides, he's in Mexico, this is supposed to take place in Washington and the reasons appear to be very obvious. Number one: to distract from the public uprisings. But number two: the Attorney General Eric Holder has been on the hot seat, because of his blunders in relations to vast and furious where the United States wound up giving large quantities of military weapons to these very drug lords. And then in the third place of course it exacerbates tension in the Middle East which means that this is being promoted by the allies of Israel in the United States, the Neo-cons. The situation is completely ridiculous and no one who knows anything about intelligence matters would take it seriously. Press TV: James Fetzer, is the United States really so desperate to turn attention away from its domestic policies regarding these protest movements that they had to go to this extreme? Tell us whether it is the case if we put it in that context, or is it that, I think Christopher Walker alluded that perhaps there's a connection with Saudi Arabia placing pressure on the US since relations obviously are not at its best with Iran? James Fetzer: I think this case illustrates the maxim that in Washington the bigger the liar, the further you go. Eric Holder has been on the hot seat for this fast and furious business. This isn't another attempt to make him look good; to salvage his reputation just as the use of troops in Pakistan in the feigned attack on the compound to kill a man who died on December 15, 2001, was staged to elevate Obama's poll standings, reduce attention to his birth certificate issue and justify having those troops there, where we're using predator drones to kill a 140 innocent civilians for every target. It's embarrassing to say but listening to Collin Powel reminded that not only did we find no weapons of mass destruction but even George Bush himself would eventually admit Saddam Hussein had nothing to do with 9/11. Independent investigations by the Pentagon and the Senate established that Iraq had not been in collusion with Al-Qaida and even our own FBI would eventually admit that they had no hard evidence that tied Osama Bin Laden to 9/11. I'm sorry to say that this kind of fakery and pseudo investigation is disgracing the United States and if Hillary Clinton and Joe Biden and Barack Obama are standing behind it then they're going to be candidates to replace the Three Stooges (Press TV, 2011).

Title: Argentina Was Advised Of Possible Iran Attacks: Source Date: October 14, 2011 Source: Reuters Abstract: Saudi officials advised Argentina four months ago of an alleged Iran-backed plot to kill the Saudi ambassador to Washington and possibly attack the Saudi and Israeli embassies in Buenos Aires, an Argentine diplomatic source said on Thursday. Argentina is home to Latin America's largest Jewish population and a 1992 bombing at the Israeli embassy in Buenos Aires killed 29 people. Another 85 people died two years later in an attack on the AMIA Jewish community center, which Argentina has accused Iran of helping to plan. "The Saudis advised us four months ago, at the request of the United States," the Argentine source told Reuters on condition of anonymity, without providing further details. U.S. authorities announced on Tuesday that they had thwarted an alleged plot backed by Iran to assassinate Saudi Arabia's envoy to the United States. Iran called it a fabrication designed to create tensions with its neighbors. Washington slapped economic sanctions on five Iranians, including four senior members of the Quds Force, the covert arm of the Islamic Revolutionary Guards, for planning possible attacks in the United States and "another country." The U.S. ambassador to Argentina, Vilma Martinez, declined to comment on the case when queried by Reuters on Thursday at a business seminar in the coastal city of Mar del Plata.

253

The Argentine government has made no official statement either, despite U.S. media reports this week that the South American country was the other nation targeted. President Barack Obama was briefed in June about the alleged plot, soon after U.S. law enforcement agents were tipped off by a paid informant, according to court documents. Argentina has secured international arrest warrants against former and current Iranian officials it suspects were involved in the attack that leveled the AMIA building in 1994, which Israel has long pinned on Hezbollah guerrillas backed by Iran. Last month, Argentine President Cristina Fernandez publicly urged Iran to make good on its offer to help investigate the bombing, even though Tehran insists it played no role in the terrorist attack. For full coverage of the alleged plot (Reuters, 2011).

Title: Corporate-Fascists Clamor For Iran War Date: October 16, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: While US politicians grapple over the credibility of using the US DEAs bomb plot to assassinate a Saudi ambassador as a pretext to escalate tensions with Iran, Americas unelected, corporate-funded policy makers have already announced their long, foregone conclusion. The DEAs entrapment case is decidedly to be used as a pretext for war with Iran. The Foreign Policy Institute (FPI), just one such unelected, corporate-funded think tank, has released two statements calling on President Obama to use force against Iran. FPI director William Kristol states: Its long since been time for the United States to speak to this regime in the language it understands force. And now we have an engraved invitation to do so. The plot to kill the Saudi ambassador was a lemon. Statesmanship involves turning lemons into lemonade. So we can stop talking. Instead, we can follow the rat lines in Iraq and Afghanistan back to their sources, and destroy them. We can strike at the Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC), and weaken them. And we can hit the regimes nuclear weapons program, and set it back. Likewise, FPIs executive director Jamie Fly claims, in tandem with Kristols unqualified, corporate-funded opinion, It is time to take military action against the Iranian government elements that support terrorism and its nuclear program. More diplomacy is not an adequate response. Image: Just a sampling of Wall Street-London corporate-funded think tanks. Those that believe Americas policy is created within the offices of our elected legislatures will be sadly disappointed to know that it is in fact produced by these unelected, nebulous private institutions. Despite the different logos and rhetoric wielded by each of these institutions, they consist of the same members and same corporate-financier sponsors and merely specialize in executing different aspects of the corporate-financier agenda. For more information, please see Naming Names. (click on image to enlarge) Ironically, Jamie Fly, who believes it is time to take military action against Iran for supporting terrorism, is a signatory of a letter imploring House Republicans to support the US war in Libya where NATO forces are literally handing an entire nation over to rebels led by the Libyan Islamic Fighting Group, listed by both the US and British government as a foreign terrorist organization, and is confirmed to have fought and killed US and British troops in both Iraq and Afghanistan. It should also be noted, that fellow policy makers at the Brookings Institute proposed that the US arm, train, and even go as far as de-list as a terrorist organization, MEK (Mujahedin-e Khalq), in covert efforts to wage war against Tehran. MEK is acknowledged by Brookings to not only be a bona fide terrorist organization, but also has American civilian and military blood on its hands. Image: Know your enemy. It is not turban-wearing cave dwellers that threaten America. It is unelected, corporate policy pimps like those found lurking within the halls of the Foreign Policy Initiative. They seek to mislead Americans into supporting an agenda that literally bleeds them to death while they and their corporate-financier sponsors continue to consolidate both wealth and power on a global scale. (click on image to enlarge) It is safe to say that Jamie Fly, William Kristol, and the rest of the policy wonks populating FPI and similar corporate-funded think tanks harbor less than genuine concerns regarding terrorism, concerns which are voiced purely for public consumption. As reported previously, the official, though rarely spoken about policy toward Iran is one of purposefully provoking the regime into a war it desperately wants to avoid. The Brookings Institution, like FPI, is a corporate-funded think tank full of unelected policy makers who literally steer Ameri cas destiny. In its report Which Path to Persia? it is clearly stated that not only does Iran want to avoid war, but any potential aspirations to acquire nucle ar weapons are driven only by a desire to defend its sovereignty, not use unilaterally against its neighbors nor to proliferate such weapons into the hands of non-state actors.

254

Despite this admission, the Brookings Institution claims that American extraterritorial ambitions across the Middle East cannot be impeded by strong, independent nation-states and spells out a criminal conspiracy to remove such impediments. Such tactic include funding terrorist organizations to wage a covert war against Tehran, funding opposition groups to rise up against the Iranian government, sanctions, and even provoking a war through covert means. Masking this criminal conspiracy is a narrative repeated ad naseum by the corporate media, literally sponsored and steered by the same corporations and banks that fund the above mentioned think tanks. The American people are presented with a belligerent, irrational enemy, so entirely fictitious it challenges the archetypes produced by Hollywood. Should Americans know the truth about Amer icas real policy regarding Iran, war not only would not take place those who have pushed so hard to shed American treasure and blood in Iran would be ferreted out as criminals and permanetnly removed from society. US foreign and domestic policy is not produced by our legislatures as we are meant to believe. John Kerry and John McCain dont sit behind their desks twelve hours a day penning the 1,000 page policy papers they present to Congress to be rubber stamped. President Obama is not sitting in the Oval Office churning out reams of policy papers either. It is the unelected, corporate-funded policy think tanks and their army of policy makers, lawyers, scribes, and media personalities the produce, promote, and ram through an agenda that serves not the American people, but the corporate-financier interests that fund their work. While many Americans scratch their heads at what appears to be a profound mystery a Democratic president carrying the torch of a Neo-Conservative Republicans global war, not only maintaining all previous wars, but expanding the battlefront in reality this linear, continuous policy that is being executed piecemeal by both sides of the American political aisle is the direct result of these corporate-funded think tanks successfully commandeering both political parties. John Kerry and John McCains love for sending Americans to their deaths in foreign nations and spending American tax money to destabilize countries around the world is not an anomalous convergence of some political ideal, but rather the result of absolute, naked corporate fascism overrunning Americas political institutions and co-opting politicians of inferior human character. As in Nazi Germany, this unchecked power, not foreign enemies, presents the gravest risk to national security imaginable. Those that serve this system and fail to speak out against it, and worse yet, willingly collaborate with it, are Americas true enemies and a self-evident threat the American people can no longer afford to tolerate. Vote out of office any and all public servants that promote extraterritorial meddling, including wars, funding foreign opposition movements, arming foreign militants, and funding foreign propaganda networks. Vote out of office all representatives that peddle 1,000 page pieces of legislation produced by corporate lawyers and their vast array of think tanks. And above all, identify and expose the actual corporate-financier interests driving this destructive agenda, then boycott and replace them. The vast influence and unwarranted power these corporate fascist monopoly men have garnered is a direct result of our apathy, ignorance, and decades of paying into their system with our money, time, energy, and attention. America is being brought to the precipice of a war neither the American nor the Iranian people want by a cartel of corporate-financier interests that admit the nation of Iran poses to threat to the United States. This is purely a war to enhance US hegemony in the Middle East, not protect the American people and our way of life at home. It is a war that the American people will pay for in both trillions of dollars in public funds, as well as the blood of our soldiers, sailors, Marines, and airmen. It is up to the American people to end this cycle of parasitic exploitation before it ends America (Infowars, 2011).

6. IRANIAN CENSORSHIP

OBAMACSI.COM: As the war rhetoric and propaganda against Iran intensifies worldwide, censorship of Iranian media is beginning to occur in the U.S. and Britain. This censorship is a blatant attempt to shield the public from the future war crimes that will undoubtedly occur in Iran once the green light for the attack is given. Dead bodies of innocent civilians and American troops are bad for moral and must be removed prior to an Iranian invasion. Title: Britain Steps Up Pressure On PressTV Date: May 20, 2011 Source: Press TV Abstract: The British government has unleashed a new wave of pressure on Press TV in the latest example of infringement on freedom of speech. The British government is apparently seeking to use Ofcom regulations as a pretext to impose penalties on Press TV news network and the independent London-based Press TV limited company. It is speculated that in a politically motivated move, the British Office of Communications, better known as Ofcom, is pursuing a case against Press TV for broadcasting an interview with a Newsweek journalist. The telecommunications regulator is drawing on Newsweek journalist Maziar Bahari's complaint that includes claims of unfair treatment and unwarranted infringement of privacy in the making and broadcasting of a Press TV program. While PressTV is preparing to publicize the case and its arguments against Ofcom, many analysts say Ofcom's move adds another piece to the puzzle of the British government in its bid to further limit Press TV's activities. It appears that Press TV's policy of breaking the western monopoly on media and its critical examination of certain red lines for the western media has been the main reason behind Britain's efforts to pressure the Iranian news channel, with cases like that of Bahari serving as a means to Britain's ends. Press TV has given full coverage to student protests in Britain, shed light on the dark, undemocratic aspects of the British political structure, specially the hereditary rule of the royals, and laid bare London's double approach to Middle East developments and their links with Britain's historical presence in the region.

255

Such topics, along with Press TV's regular coverage of crimes by the Israeli regime in Palestine and Lebanon are definitely among the strict red lines that British media policy makers will not easily tolerate, a fact supported by a host of indications. The US State Department cables published by WikiLeaks demonstrate that the British Foreign Office told the US embassy in London back in February 2010 that it was "exploring ways to limit the operations of Press TV". The WikiLeaks documents revealed that the British authorities reconsidered their decision in the face of legal difficulties at the time but were still looking at other means to address the issue, including the possible use of new anti-Iran sanctions to justify such measures. This comes as British authorities have failed in their efforts to point to any legitimate problems with the quality or content of programs produced by Press TV. The Wikileaks report clearly shows that the British government has got no other way but to seriously disrupt press TV's activities in Britain. Last month, the National Westminster Bank, Commercial Banking office froze Press TV Ltd's business account without any prior notice, claiming the accounts would be permanently closed in February 2011. Meanwhile, in an article published on January 16, 2011, British journalist and broadcaster Lauren Booth charted UK's efforts to assist the US with blocking the company that sells documentaries and series to the Iranian channel of the same name. Booth, who is former British Premier Tony Blair's sister-in-law, said the Israeli-backed pressure began when the company started its activities four years ago, as part of an effort to "use Ofcom as some kind of offshoot Hasbara body." Booth said letters of complaint written by people linked to the Israeli Embassy in London and its supporters were sent to the broadcasting regulator whenever Press TV aired news items that shed light on the thuggery, blackmail and racism inherent in the Israeli government policy. She added as the complaint letter campaign has not been much successful, hacking of emails, Facebook accounts and mobile phones were used to cause tensions between colleagues. The staff at Press TV Ltd have been intimidated and threatened by members of the MKO terrorist grouping in London. Yet, the British government has turned a blind eye to such incidents and may have even facilitated them as the MKO are continuing their threats. Press TV website plans to publish detailed information on the recent case staged by Ofcom in the near future (Press TV, 2011).

Title: OfCom Decision On Press TV Scandalous Date: October 13, 2011 Source: Press TV Abstract: Britain's Office of Communications, known as OfCom, has decided to take Press TV off air in the UK, citing administrative problems in Press TV's application as the reason. The British media regulator's decision is considered to be an abuse of the UK media law and the result of mounting pressure on the organization by certain members of the royal family and government. As an alternative international media outlet, Press TV took pains to break the mainstream media's total silence on the violations of international law and human rights committed by the UK government at home and abroad. Press TV interviews Chris Bambery, a political analyst in London, to discuss the motives behind this move. What follows is the text of the interview: Press TV: Why do you think Press TV is being taken off air in the UK? Bambery: Press TV is an alternative voice and I think it is becoming increasing popular with people in Britain who want to get a different angle on the news as put [forth] by BBC and others. I think it wants a wide coverage and its coverage of students protests last autumn, with the riots and unrest we saw in August. I think it is obviously clear that all those people who oppose the majority of the population who oppose the war in Afghanistan and indeed oppose the war in Iraq. So I think it has won an audience, it is growing in popularity; it provides news analysis which is not there on BBC and I think that is why. I think what has to be said is that it is taking four years for Ofcom to find their administrative problem that does seem to me to be an excuse. [I have to add that] personally I have appeared on Press TV many times, I have never been asked to alter my opinion or to say something which is contrary to my views. I have always been allowed to say what I have to say without any interference, whether or not it is in accordance with the views of the government of Iran, it doesn't matter and I have had no interference. To me Press TV has a much wider range of debate than it is available on BBC, with views of people who support their Republican Party in the United States, who support free market policies in this country. I have debated with those people and I think Press TV has done an startling job here and that is precisely why, I believe, it is being taken off because as the reporter just said, we know there has been pressure from a number of lobbies in this country, from the Foreign Office and inside the BBC to take Press TV off the air. I think it is a scandal, I think it is an insult to free speech in this country and I think it is something that should be opposed by all the people who... champion free speech and by whole trade union and actually union journalists take up this case and demand that Press TV is brought back on air. Press TV: Where does this leave Britain's claims of protecting free speech?

256

Bambery: I think they are using a pretext, which is an administrative pretext, they are claiming that their... and that is going to seem to me that .... why it has taken four years to... and it is trying to say that it has breached broadcasting regulations and standards, they were never able to pin that on Press TV, so now they are looking for subterfuge to get Press TV off the air by quoting supposed administrative problems. I think that should be challenged, I hope Press TV will challenge that decision by legal means .... I think it has also be taken up by members of parliament and other people in this country as an attack at free speech, an attempt to take alternative voices off the air waves. For instance, Press TV was one of the few outlets which allowed black people in this country to speak openly about the riots and unrest and so on in August. That was a different view from a group of people who had often had no voice in this society, Press TV gave them that voice and Press TV should be praised for that. Press TV: How dangerous is this trend in general, if there is a station or newspaper, magazine that tries to show an alternative perspective that they can be censored or actually in Press TV's case even being taken off the air? Bambery: I think it is worrying that it is happening. As I said, I think it should be done by subterfuge, by quoting administrative problem; if it was an administrative problem why it was not sorted out four years ago? Why not just sort it out than take the station off the air? I think it is an example and there is a history in Britain of people being taken off the air. If you remember Sinn Fein, now in government in Northern Ireland, but Sinn Fein for over ten years was not allowed access directly to the news media, their words were actually read out by an actor. Therefore, we have seen censorship in different points in time in this country; free speech is something that people fought for in this country, they went to prison for it and I think we should make sure that people across Britain and across the globe [see this] as an attack on the rights for free speech (Press TV, 2011).

Title: Press TV Taken Off Air In UK War For Freedom Of Speech Now On Date: October 14, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: In case you are not yet aware, OfCom, Britains Office of Communications, decided to take Press TV off air in the UK this week. The significance of this move by the state regulator should not be underestimated. The battle for free speech is definitely on. With this move, the state apparatus has all but declared war on a foreign networks ability to broadcast a political perspective that di ffers from the consensus reality line. Note that the state, particularly in the UK, will spend millions per year in order to enforce a rolling agenda of talking points. In the US will also spend billions to ensure the same thing. Today Londons Telegraph newspaper reported: The foreign arm of the Iranian state broadcaster is to pulled off the British airwaves after media regulator re voked its broadcasting license. Press TV, the channel which acts as the overseas mouthpiece of Mahmoud Ahmadinejads government, has been told by Ofcom that it breached broadcasting rules with its interview of a journalist who was imprisioned in an Iranian jail and forced to read from a prepared script. The ruling comes after a year-long investigation by Ofcom into the claims made by Maziar Bahari, a journalist for Newsweek, the US magazine, who was filmed by Press TV while imprisioned in Tehran for nearly four months. He was arrested while covering the 2009 Iranian Presidential elections. With this move, a new front in the infowars has truly opened up. Its not just about winning over minds and getting the info out. It is now about being able to get that info out there. Its about preserving the free speech platform where we can receive and deliver all that valuable information. And we are up against the state. Over the last eight years, Ive involved myself in the battle- the one which Alex Jones and others have referred to as the Information War. The first step was getting informed, and the second step was getting involved by creating content which, up to this point, has relied heavil y on the internets free speech platform. From this open platform, even an individual could broadcast locally, regionally and globally, disseminating information that would otherwise not get to these audiences. Active internet news hounds like this writer, in search of alternative views that differ from the corporate mainstream media conglomerates could not believe their eyes when Press TV, a 24-hour English language global news network launched online in January 2007, followed by the TV launch later. It seemed to be the only place in the UK where one could go to catch a completely different, fresh take on domestic and world events. For sure, it had an edge. Ofcoms legal reasons for pulled down the network was an administrative one, citing a breach in the broadcasting code and som e administrative problems with Press TVs application as the reason. Press TVs response today was at the UK ban was predictably defiant: The British media regulators decision is considered to be an abuse of the UK media law and the result of mounting pressure on the or ganization by certain members of the royal family and government. As an alternative international media outlet, Press TV took pains to break the mainstream medias total silence on the violations of international law and human rights committed by the UK government at home and abroad.

257

The fact that Press TV is Iranian owned and operated, has drawn heavy fire from certain establishment and government critics who accuse it of being bias towards an Iranian agenda. If only that were a prerequisite for taking a media network off the air. If it were, you could expect that Britains state broadcaster, the BBC, would have its license revoked overnight in foreign countries around the world. certainly, the main reason for the wests aggressive attitude toward Press TV is that, according to the US State Department, Iran is meant to be an enemy of the United States, Europe and Israel. If youve been paying attention, the war drum against Iran has not stopped beating since Dick Cheney and John Bolton began pounding it early in 2004. If a war with Iran is on the cards, eliminating Press TV in the UK and the US will be a top priority for governments in those countries, as Press TV will be broadcasting a different view than the BBC or CNN. This would be very problematic for the establishment. The US and Britain, who built their empires on the powerful illusion of media, simply cannot accept that a country like Iran could win-over English speaking audiences, doing a better job reporting the news than the likes of CNN or the BBC. Worse yet, they cannot accept anything other than an antiIranian perspective portrayed through the TV lens. Chris Bambery, a political analyst in London explains the possible motivation behind Britains move: To me Press TV has a much wider range of debate than it is available on BBC, with views of people who support their Republic an Party in the United States, who support free market policies in this country. I have debated with those people and I think Press TV has done an startling job here and that is precisely why, I believe, it is being taken off because as the reporter just said, we know there has been pressure from a number of lobbies in this country, from the Foreign Office and inside the BBC to take Press TV off the air. Following the strength of Press TV, in August 2007 arrived Russia Today (RT), another 24 hr global news network that offered an incredibly diverse band of news and opinion, not seen before on TV. Before long, RT became the second most-watched foreign news channel in the United States, after the BBC, and also set a TV News Channel record after exceeding a view count on YouTube of half a billion. Like Press TV, the staff at RT remained committed to delivering an even more challenging slate of programming, with its strap -line, RT: question more. It has kept its overwhelmingly anti-war, anti-globalist and pro-humanity agenda, and is generally resistant to the usual propaganda lines which are streamlined through the Murdoch media press, routinely churned out of the Whitehall, Tel Aviv, White House and US State Department. I found myself becoming RTs number one fan, so I did not hesitate when I was invited by them to contribute on air. I didnt know anyone in the organisation, had no contacts and no introductions. They simply liked my writing and were willing to give me a shot on live TV. To date, no editor at RT has ever censored or attempted to censor anything I have said, or even ask me to alter my opinion on any subject. This type of network practice is very, very rare in todays corporate media matrix and for this reason, interested audiences around the world need to be vigilant and support free speech when it comes under attack from the host state. The Britains unofficial censorship unit Ofcom has obviously recognised the ability of countries like Iran to produce slick, polished and balanced programming- and deliver it with a high degree of professionalism. And in TV, the rating dont lie. The establishment know full well that both Press TV and RT have attracted millions of viewers- viewers who will never go back to the BBC News, SKY News or ITV News. The battle begins. Today it is a foreign TV network like Press TV that is being targeted, and taken down by the state. Tomorrow, it could be RT and after that, who knows? Will it be hundreds of foreign internet news websites like Infowars.com. This latest victory for the censors is a move backwards for Britain, and it strikes deep into the heart of our free society- a society that generations have fought long and hard to arrive at. Support Press TV, support RT. If you really live in a free society, you should be able to watch and support any network that you choose to. Have no doubt, the infowar is well and truly on (Infowars, 2011).

Palestine
OBAMACSI.COM: The Palestinian people and are currently being sold-out by their alleged leader President Mahmoud Abbas, and in time this accusation will be politically substantiated. Unbeknownst to most Palestinians, the bid for Palestinian Statehood is nothing more than an elaborate set-up to eventually blame political violence on Palestinians in the aftermath of a failed bid at the U.N. for a sovereign state. Israeli and American politicians are on record stating that Palestinians will turn violent if and when their bid for Palestinian statehood is denied, and the U.N. vote for Palestinian statehood has been conveniently postponed to coincide with upcoming false-flag terror attacks in America. The United States will likely cast the deciding vote in Palestine's bid for statehood and will likely be retaliated against by alleged Palestinian terrorists for this controversial vote. 1. Palestinian Statehood: Even before Palestine could present their bid for Palestinian statehood, predictions that Palestinians would turn violent began to circulate. Committing acts of terror prior to a U.N. vote is self-destructive and counterproductive and is obviously not in the best interest of Palestine. This propaganda only makes sense when the realization is made that Israel is the occupying and terrorizing force in Gaza and is violently opposed to

258

Palestine's attempt at statehood and will do anything in its power to destroy any notion of a Palestinian state. 2. The Palestinian "Spring": The words of alleged Palestinian leader and president Mahmoud Abbas are quite telling in that they coincide with the Israeli leadership in a roundabout way. Israel has stated that Palestinians will commit violence in their bid for Palestinian statehood and Abbas reinforces this notion by stating that "We have told the world that there is the Arab Spring, but the Palestinian Spring is here". Abbas appears to be an Israeli puppet who says and does what Israel wants when they want in a calculated attempt to forever destroy any legitimate attempt from Palestine to free themselves from the rule and terror of Israel.

1. PALESTINIAN STATEHOOD

OBAMACSI.COM: Even before Palestine could present their bid for Palestinian statehood, predictions that Palestinians would turn violent began to circulate. Committing acts of terror prior to a U.N. vote is self-destructive and counterproductive and is obviously not in the best interest of Palestine. This propaganda only makes sense when the realization is made that Israel is the occupying and terrorizing force in Gaza and is violently opposed to Palestine's attempt at statehood and will do anything in its power to destroy any notion of a Palestinian state. Title: Officials Race To Avert Palestinian Statehood Vote Amid Warnings Of Renewed Violence| Date: September 18, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: The looming showdown at the United Nations this week over Palestinian statehood could be either a "once-in-a-lifetime" opportunity to restart peace talks or the spark that inflames a new wave of violence in the region, officials said Sunday. U.S. and European officials are scrambling to avoid or delay the vote. Senior diplomatic figures were holding a round of talks Sunday to at least minimize the fallout from the Palestinians' push to seek recognition at the U.N. So far, Palestinians are not backing down. A top Palestinian envoy said in an interview Sunday that the delegation will move forward unless they're presented with a "viable alternative." Absent a compromise, analysts and officials warn that the statehood push will have dire consequences for all parties. The United States would be compelled to veto the proposal in the Security Council, potentially harming U.S. credibility in the Arab world. Though the bid is unlikely to pass the Security Council, a separate affirmative vote in the General Assembly would give the Palestinians "observer" state status and access to the International Criminal Court, as a vehicle to pursue charges against Israel. The chances for renewed peace talks could further erode. And in the near-term, the high drama has the potential to fuel "bloody" unrest along the Israeli-Palestinian border, said Dan Gillerman, former Israeli ambassador to the United Nations. Should the full U.N. approve the bid, Gillerman said expectations among the Palestinians over the vote are so high that they will unquestionably be deflated when the people discover that little has changed on the ground in the Gaza Strip and West Bank. That, he said, creates the potential for havoc. "The next day after this resolution is carried in the United Nations, the average Palestinian ... will look around him, nothing would have changed. And there will be a lot of frustration," Gillerman told Fox News. "Frustration leads to violence. "We already live in a very tough neighborhood. It's going to be tougher, not just for us, but for the Palestinians. And it's going to be a lose-lose situation for the U.S., for Europe, for the Palestinians, and for Israel," he said. Gillerman, though, held out hope for a starkly different outcome. Reflecting the widespread view among Israeli and U.S. officials that true statehood and peace can only be achieved through negotiations, Gillerman urged President Obama to use this high-stakes moment to get Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas to commit to a new round of negotiations, with a deadline. "I think he has the opportunity, maybe a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity, to make it happen," Gillerman said. Former British Prime Minister Tony Blair, speaking on ABC's "This Week," also expressed hope that the tension could give way to negotiations. "Palestinians feel that they should go to the United Nations, and by the way, they're perfectly entitled to go there. But I think what we will be looking for over the next few days, is a way of putting together something that allows their claims and legitimate aspirations for statehood to be recognized whilst actually renewing the only thing that's going to produce a state, which is a negotiation directly between the two sides," said Blair, who is involved in the peace process. That process, though, has been stalled for about a year. Prior commitments to return to the negotiating table have fizzled, and there's no guarantee that a new round of peace talks would yield a different result. Still, the scramble for compromise continues with envoys from the international "Quartet" of Mideast peacemakers -- the U.S., the E.U., the U.N. and Russia -- gathering on Sunday followed by talks between Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton and E.U. foreign policy chief Catherine Ashton.

259

Clinton was mum Sunday when asked about the progress of talks. "We are meeting to talk about the way forward," she said. The Quartet is still seeking to craft a statement that could restart peace talks. Such a statement would offer the Palestinians a modest upgrade in status, address Israel's demand that its identity as a Jewish state be upheld and lay out a broad timeline and parameters for renewed negotiations, officials said. The best-case scenario would see the Quartet issue a statement that would then be endorsed by the U.N. Security Council or General Assembly or both and be followed by face-to-face meeting between Netanyahu and Abbas. But it may be too late. Maen Rashid Areikat, the Palestinian Liberation Organization representative to the U.S., said on CNN's "State of the Union" that while they "don't disagree" with the call for negotiations, "the problem is that there are no negotiations." "Unfortunately, the Israelis did not want to sit and engage," he said. "We don't want negotiations for the sake of going back to negotiations, getting engaged in a process that will not produce peace." On the same program, Israeli Ambassador to the U.S. Michael Oren claimed peace is not the Palestinian delegation's goal. "Israel wants peace," he said. "The Palestinians want all the territory without the peace. They're end-running this peace process." Former President Bill Clinton, speaking on NBC's "Meet the Press," said the United States' key goal at this point should be to ensure the U.N. vote doesn't jeopardize the broader process. "We've got to contain the fallout, because when this is over, the underlying reality won't change, and we still believe there should be a Palestinian state, and we still believe there should be cooperation between Israel and our Arab neighbors," Clinton said. "So, I don't know what's going to happen. I just know that this is one of those deals where we're either going to go forward, or fall back, and I favor going forward" (Fox News, 2011).

Title: UN Processing Palestinian Statehood Bid Date: September 28, 2011 Source: Press TV Abstract: The United Nations Security Council (UNSC) is reportedly processing the Palestinian Authority (PA)'s demand for the UN's recognition of Palestine as an independent member state. Lebanon's UN ambassador, Nawaf Salam, who currently holds the UNSC's presidency, reported at the world body's headquarters in New York on Wednesday on the status of the Palestinian request, the Associated Press reported. He said he had referred the motion to the the committee on the admission of new members in the absence of any proposal bloc king the process. The committee, which is made up of the UNSC's all 15 member states, will discuss the matter on Friday. The acting PA ambassador to the UN, Riyad Mansour, thanked the council for unanimously agreeing to take action on the Palestinian application. "We hope this process not to take too long before we see positive action," he told reporters. The acting PA Chief Mahmud Abbas presented the UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon with the statehood proposal on Friday during the UN General Assembly's 66th annual session in New York. Later in the day, the council met for only two minutes to discuss the request, despite it having evolved into a focal point of the session. The PA has reportedly secured the support of ten of the UNSC's membership with India, Nigeria, Gabon, and Bosnia most recently siding with the Palestinians on the issue. However, the United States, among the Security Council's five permanent members, which have veto powers, has vowed to thwart the bid. France and the UK, other permanent UNSC members, had also urged Abbas not to go ahead with the initiative. Ron Prosor, Israel's UN ambassador, also acknowledged on Wednesday that Tel Aviv was working on the side of the US to get the UNSC to either oppose the bid or abstain (Press TV, 2011). Title: Clinton Says Palestinian Statehood Effort Not Going Anywhere For Now Date: October 13, 2011 Source: Daily Star Abstract: The Palestinians push for U.N. membership is not going anywhere for now, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton said Tuesday, ar guing that they should resume peace talks with Israel quickly.

260

Clinton told Reuters many nations were making the case to the Palestinians that their formal letter delivered on Sept. 23 seeking U.N. membership would not give them a state and that the only viable path was direct negotiations with Israel. Its not going anywhere for the foreseeable future, and even if it were, you are not going to get a state through the U.N. Its not going to happen, Clinton said. So you have done what you needed to do to signal your seriousness of purpose, now get back into negotiations whe re you can actually start talking about borders, she added. U.S.-brokered peace talks collapsed a year ago after Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu refused to extend a 10-month limited moratorium on construction of Jewish settlements in the West Bank. Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas has conditioned a return to negotiations on a settlement freeze and applied last month for full Palestinian membership of the United Nations, a move opposed by both the United States and Israel. U.S. officials had hoped to head off the Palestinian request for U.N. membership. But when they realized this was not possible, they sought to provide a pathway back to peace negotiations to end the more than six-decade conflict. The Quartet of the European Union, Russia, the United Nations and the United States on Sept. 23 issued a statement calling for the two sides to hold a preliminary meeting within a month that would lead to full-fledged peace negotiations. The proposal under discussion would have the two sides gather in Jordan, which along with Egypt is one of only two Arab states to make peace with Israel, on Oct. 23. U.S. State Department spokeswoman Victoria Nuland earlier Tuesday said the United States was very hopeful that they would a gree to do so but Clinton herself was more circumspect. I am not saying that there is going to be some immediate, positive response, she said. But hearing this from so many diffe rent places really makes a difference I am hoping that by the end of the month we will see a meeting between them. It is unclear whether the two sides are willing to compromise over the central issue that caused talks to break down more than a year ago Israels construction of Jewish settlements on West Bank land. On Monday Netanyahus office said he was willing to meet Palestinian leaders to try to restart peace talks but he has given no hint of a willingness to halt settlement building. The Palestinians effort to seek full U.N. membership is being considered by the U.N. Security Council, but it is boun d to fail there because of a U.S. threat to veto it. However, the Palestinians are making inroads elsewhere in the U.N. system. On Oct. 5 the board of the U.N. Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) voted to let its 193 member countries vote on Palestinian admission this month. A vote in favor, which appears likely despite U.S. and Israeli opposition, would automatically trigger a cutoff in U.S. funding for the agency under U.S. law. The United States provides 22 percent of the agencys funding. Clinton said that she has made the case to U.S. lawmakers that the U.S. government should have the flexibility to decide whether or not to cut off such agencies if they take in the Palestinians. There are significant problems if this begins to cascade, the secretary of state warned (Daily Star, 2011).

2. THE "PALESTINIAN SPRING"

OBAMACSI.COM: The words of alleged Palestinian leader and president Mahmoud Abbas are quite telling in that they coincide with the Israei leadership in a roundabout way. Israel has stated that Palestinians will commit violence in their bid for Palestinian statehood and Abbas reinforces this notion by stating that "We have told the world that there is the Arab Spring, but the Palestinian Spring is here". Abbas appears to be an Israeli puppet who says and does what Israel wants when they want in a calculated attempt to forever destroy any legitimate attempt from Palestine to free themselves from the rule and terror of Israel. Title: Abbas Declares 'Palestinian Spring' Date: September 25, 2011 Source: USA Today

261

Abstract: President Mahmoud Abbas received a hero's welcome Sunday from thousands of cheering, flag-waving Palestinians, having made a bid for United Nations recognition that appears destined to fail but has allowed him to finally step out of the shadow of his iconic predecessor Yasser Arafat. The crowd, many of them holding posters of Abbas, repeatedly chanted his name as he spoke. Abbas was uncharacteristically animated, shaking his hands, waving to the audience and charming the crowd with references to "my brothers and sisters." Abbas call Friday for the U.N. to recognize Palestinian independence has transformed him in the eyes of many Palestinians from gray bureaucrat to champion of their rights. Though Israel and the United States oppose the move and consider it a step back for long-stalled peace talks, it could help Abbas overcome internal struggles and gain the support he will need to get a deal through one day. In a brief address outside his headquarters in Ramallah, Abbas told the crowd that a "Palestinian Spring" had been born, similar to the mass demonstrations sweeping the region in what has become known as the Arab Spring. "We have told the world that there is the Arab Spring, but the Palestinian Spring is here," he said. "A popular spring, a populist spring, a spring of peaceful struggle that will reach its goal." He cautioned that the Palestinians face a "long path" ahead. "There are those who would put out obstacles but with your pre sence they will fall and we will reach our end," he said. The dynamic public appearance was a noticeable change for the 76-year-old Abbas, who was elected shortly after Arafat's death seven years ago. While Arafat was known for his trademark olive-green military garb and fiery speeches, Abbas favors suits and typically drones on in monotone. In seeking U.N. recognition, Abbas "moved the feelings and emotions of the ordinary Palestinian," said Mahdi Abdul-Hadi, a respected Palestinian academic in Jerusalem. "He gave the people national pride after they were denied it." Abbas' calls for nonviolence and his successes in restoring law and order to the West Bank have won him respect in Israel and abroad. But at home, he is often seen as weak and ineffectual in his dealings with Israel and the rival Hamas movement, which seized control of the Gaza Strip from his forces in 2007. Abdul-Hadi said that at the end of a long career, Abbas is thinking about his legacy and wants to be remembered as the man who led his people to independence. He said it was no accident that on Sunday, Abbas delivered his speech outside the memorial where Arafat is buried. Abbas has asked the U.N. Security Council to recognize an independent Palestine in the West Bank, east Jerusalem and Gaza Strip areas captured by Israel in the 1967 Mideast war. Some 500,000 Jewish settlers now live in the West Bank and east Jerusalem. Israel withdrew from Gaza in 2005. Abbas is turning to the United Nations in frustration after nearly two decades of unsuccessful peace efforts that were derailed at various times by violence, indecision and intransigence. Abbas says he will return to the negotiating table only if Israel halts settlement construction and accepts the pre1967 lines as the basis for talks. Israel and the U.S. oppose the U.N. bid, saying there is no substitute for direct negotiations. But with Israel continuing to build settlements, Abbas says there is no point in talking. It is unclear what the U.N. application will actually accomplish. The U.S., as a member of the Security Council, has already promised to veto the request if the Palestinians can muster the nine votes needed for passage which itself is far from certain. If that happens, the Palestinians say they will seek enhanced observer status from the General Assembly, as a "nonmember state." Passage is virtually guaranteed, but this would be largely symbolic. The Palestinians acknowledge that any victory at the U.N. will not change the situation on the ground. But they believe an international stamp of approval of a Palestine in the 1967 lines would bolster their negotiating position in the future. The issue is likely to face weeks, perhaps months, of diplomatic wrangling. In the meantime, the effort is likely to continue to bolster Abbas' standing at home. Jamil Rabah, an independent West Bank pollster, said surveys consistently show Abbas to be the most trusted Palestinian leader, with 35 percent support, well ahead of his prime minister, Salam Fayyad, and the leader of the Hamas government in Gaza, Ismail Haniyeh. He thinks that Abbas' speech Friday at the U.N. will only increase that number. "It seems his popularity is rising," he said. "The steps he is taking indicate he is brave and strong. They used to say he was an American puppet, and he is showing he is not a puppet."

262

Increased support could bolster Abbas in his dealings with Hamas. The sides agreed to reconcile in May, but those efforts have deadlocked. Hamas hasn't reacted publicly to Abbas' U.N. speech. It might also enable him if peace talks do somehow resume to more easily rally public support to conduct peace talks that would inevitably include concessions. Already, the U.N. gambit seems to be increasing his standing in the wider Arab world. "I have attended all the U.N. General Assembly meetings for the past 33 years but I have never heard clapping that lasted more than or higher than that given to President Mahmoud Abbas, which means Palestine," wrote Jihad al-Khazen, a veteran columnist in the London-based Al-Hayat newspaper. The international community, meanwhile, is continuing to search for a formula to bring Israel and the Palestinians back to negotiations. The Quartet of Mideast mediators the U.S., European Union, Russia and U.N. on Friday issued a statement calling for a resumption of peace talks without preconditions and a target for a final agreement by the end of 2012. Israel's foreign minister, Avigdor Lieberman, said Sunday that his government should accept the Quartet proposal. But Abbas signaled it was a nonstarter as long as it doesn't include a settlement freeze. "We will not accept anything but a halt settlement construction completely," he said. Amid the impasse, both Israeli and Palestinian officials have expressed fears that the tensions could explode into violence. One Palestinian was killed in the West Bank on Friday after a clash between settlers and villagers. On Sunday, residents in the same village, Qusra, found 400 olive trees uprooted or destroyed. They blamed residents of a nearby hardline settlement. Farmer Ayman Odeh said the trees were laden with ripe olives an important cash crop for the village. "Imagine how long we worked on those trees, to see them broken now," Odeh said. Extremist settlers frequently destroy Palestinian-owned olive trees to protest what they feel is unfair treatment by the Israeli government (USA Today, 2011).

The Irish
OBAMACSI.COM: In light of the apparent false-flag terror attack in Norway on July 22, 2011, if U.S. President Barack Obama is assassinated, there will likely be a European angle to the assassination in order to maximize political fallout. Obama and Ireland share more than just heritage, as two rather disturbing incidents regarding the future assassination of Obama directly involving Ireland have surfaced. With the recent removal of Muammar Gaddafi from Libya, there may also be a future assassination link forged politically between the IRA and Gaddafi against Obama.

1. Barack Obama Irish?: Introduced by Irish Prime Minister Enda Kenny as "the American Dream come home," U.S: President Barack Obama told a crowd in central Dublin, "My name is Barack Obama, of the Moneygall Obamas." Obama's claim to be Irish may be used as a political reason for his future assassination, as an Irish assassin scapegoat could be said to be against a "black" person claiming to be of Irish decent. While this scenario may seem trivial at best, the race card will likely be front and center in the future assassination of Obama. 2. Bookies Bet on Obama Assassination: The Irish bookmaker Paddy Powe of Belfast, Ireland, had been offering odds of 12-1 that the Presidentelect Barack Obama would not complete his first term in office for whatever reason, even if he was killed by an assassin. 3. Taliban Terry: Taliban Terry, aka Khalid Kelly, was arrested at his Dublin residence on suspicion of threatening to kill U.S. President Barack Obama. Kelly was quoted as telling the newspaper that he expected al-Qaida to kill Obama during his visit to Ireland in part because the country's police force is poorly armed. The article said Kelly would like to kill Obama himself but was too well-known to police in Ireland. 4. The Gaddafi Angle: Former Libyan head of state, Muammar Gaddafi, was allegedly responsible in the 1970's and 1980's for shipping large quantities of weapons and explosives to the IRA (Irish Republican Army), to get back at the British for supporting the U.S. air strikes on Tripoli and Benghazi in 1986. The Sunday Times in June 2010 reported that Gadhafi was going to pay up to 2 billion ($3.20 billion) to victims of Irish terrorism for his role in supplying shiploads of explosives to the IRA. Since Gaddafi is now on the run from airstrikes ordered by Obama, a revenge assassination of Obama by Gaddafi's Irish contacts in the IRA is now politically plausible. 5. Sons of Anarchy: In the 4th season of the hit FX TV show "Sons of Anarchy", which aired September 6, 2011, the motorcycle gang purchases large amounts of automatic weapons and sniper rifles from "The Irish", which are former IRA members. The motorcycle gang's "gun running arrangement with the IRA" plays heavily in the show, and appears to be seeding the idea that the Irish are heavily involved in the gun running business. While this TV script may in fact be a coincidence, it fits nicely into the Irish scapegoat scenario.

BARACK OBAMA IRISH?

263

OBAMACSI.COM: Introduced by Irish Prime Minister Enda Kenny as "the American Dream come home," U.S: President Barack Obama told a crowd in central Dublin, "My name is Barack Obama, of the Moneygall Obamas." Obama's claim to be Irish may be used as a political reason for his future assassination, as an Irish assassin scapegoat could be said to be against a "black" person claiming to be of Irish decent. While this scenario may seem trivial at best, the race card will likely be front and center in the future assassination of Obama. Title: Obama Visits Family Roots In Ireland Date: May 23, 2011 Source: Reuters Abstract: President Barack Obama declared solidarity between the United States and economically struggling Ireland with a symbolic gulp of beer and a rousing speech, telling a huge Dublin crowd on Monday: "Your best days are still ahead." Beginning a four-nation European tour with a celebration of his Irish roots, Obama came to Ireland as what one man called a "long-lost cousin." YouTube-Video Crowds packed the streets for both a stirring speech in Dublin and a visit to the tiny village of Moneygall, where an ancestor of Obama's lived before moving to the United States. Introduced by Irish Prime Minister Enda Kenny as "the American Dream come home," Obama told the throng in central Dublin: "My name is Barack Obama, of the Moneygall Obamas." For Ireland, Obama's arrival, and the visit of Britain's Queen Elizabeth last week, are a welcome distraction from the global attention paid to its financial woes and the ensuing international bailout. Obama was also due to visit Britain, France and Poland on a week-long trip whose agenda includes talks on issues as Afghanistan and Pakistan after the killing of Osama bin Laden, the world economy and the "Arab spring" uprisings. Austerity Ireland's economic slump has led to a debt crisis and drastic government spending cuts. Apart from lifting the spirits of the Irish, the visit looked set to provide some powerful images back home for Obama's 2012 re-election campaign. He brought back the signature phrase from his 2008 presidential campaign, "Yes we can," but said it in Gaelic. "This little country that inspires the biggest things -- your best days are still ahead," Obama said. "And Ireland, if anyone ever says otherwise ... remember that, whatever hardships winter can bring, springtime is always just around the corner and, if they keep on arguing with you, just respond with a simple creed, 'Is feidir linn', Yes we can." At O'Neill's pub in Dublin, revelers cheered and some chanted "USA! USA!" as the president emerged on stage for his speech. "I think it will give the country a great lift, the kind of lift we desperately need," said Jennifer Kearney, a mother of two who brought her two daughters aged 13 and 15 into Dublin's city center for the event. In Moneygall, Obama hoisted a glass of Guinness stout at Ollie Hayes's pub as fiddle music played, and his wife Michelle pulled pints at the bar. Thousands of rain-drenched people lined the village's one street, festooned with American flags, and roared with delight as the motorcade rolled in. The sleepy village of 300 was the birthplace of Obama's great-great-great grandfather, Falmouth Kearney, a shoemaker who left in 1850 to begin a new life in the United States. This makes Obama, the son of a Kenyan father and Irish-American mother, one of 37 million Americans who claim Irish ancestry. Long-Lost Cousin "I'm here to see Obama ... our long-lost cousin," said Moneygall resident Rob Lewis, 28. Inside the pub, which was lined with framed photos of Obama, the president met Henry Healy, a 24-year-old distant cousin. He joked with the bartender to make sure the Guinness had settled properly before he and Michelle took sips. "I don't want to mess this up," he said before saluting the bar with a "Slainte" -- Irish for 'cheers' -- and a long gulp.

264

"You look a little like my grandfather," he said to one of the men inside. Back out on the street, three babies were handed over a security barricade for pictures to be taken with Obama, and women hugged and kissed him under the watchful eye of his security detail. Moneygall is capitalizing on its famous connection, selling everything from Obama fridge magnets to Obama plastic lighters. T-shirts with slogans such as "What's the craic, Barack?" ("How are things? What's going on?") and "Is feidir linn" are top-sellers. Irish radio offers frequent airings of the popular song "There's no one as Irish as Barack Obama," playing on a surname that almost sounds typically Irish. "We're a tiny nation of 4 million people so it's a lovely gesture him coming over. Given that we've had the queen as well it's been a momentous week. It's a lift for Ireland," said Susannah Moore of Dublin. Obama was forced to leave for London for the next stop of his trip on Monday night rather than Tuesday due to a new volcanic ash cloud from Iceland (Reuters, 2011).

2. BOOKIES BET ON OBAMA ASSASSINATION

OBAMACSI.COM: The Irish bookmaker Paddy Powe of Belfast, Ireland, had been offering odds of 12-1 that the President-elect Barack Obama would not complete his first term in office for whatever reason, even if he was killed by an assassin. Title: Bookie Removes Bet On Obama Assassination Date: November 10, 2008 Source: Belfast Telegraph Abstract: Bookmaker Paddy Power has withdrawn a controversial bet which would have paid out if new US President Barack Obama was assassinated during his first term in office. The bookmaker had been offering odds of 12-1 that the President-elect would not complete his first term in office for whatever reason, even if he was killed by an assassin. The bet prompted a flood of complaints from the DUP and victims campaigner Willie Frazer who called for it to be withdrawn for being in poor taste. Last night the bet was taken off Paddy Powers website. The bet would have paid out if Barack Obama did not complete his first term in office, but is no longer being offered. It is understood that the bookmaker will honour existing bets for punters who wagered that Mr Obama would not complete his first four-year term but new clients will be unable to get odds on that eventuality. Instead Paddy Power is offering three Obama First Term Specials to both online punters and clients who walk into their High Street shops in Ireland and the UK. Yesterday it was offering 10-1 odds that Obama would become a father again during his first term, 28-1 that he would resign during his first four years and 33-1 that he would be impeached (Belfast Telegraph, 2008).

3. TALIBAN TERRY

OBAMACSI.COM: Taliban Terry, aka Khalid Kelly, was arrested at his Dublin residence on suspicion of threatening to kill U.S. President Barack Obama. Kelly was quoted as telling the newspaper that he expected al-Qaida to kill Obama during his visit to Ireland in part because the country's police force is poorly armed. The article said Kelly would like to kill Obama himself but was too well-known to police in Ireland.

Title: Irish Muslim Arrested In Dublin Over Obama Threats Date: May 12, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Police arrested Ireland's most notorious Muslim convert Thursday over his reported death threats against President Barack Obama. Police said Khalid Kelly, a 44-year-old dubbed "Taliban Terry" by Dubliners, was arrested at his Dublin residence on suspicion of threatening to kill the U.S. leader. He could be held for up to three days before being charged or released.

265

The arrest came 10 days before Obama's arrival in Ireland and four days after a British newspaper, the Sunday Mirror, printed an interview with Kelly. He is Ireland's most outspoken supporter of al-Qaida and its slain founder, Osama bin Laden. Kelly was quoted as telling the newspaper that he expected al-Qaida to kill Obama during his visit to Ireland in part because the country's police force is poorly armed. The article said Kelly would like to kill Obama himself but was too well-known to police here. "Personally I would feel happy if Obama was killed. How could I not feel happy when a big enemy of Islam is gone?" Kelly was quoted as saying. Obama is scheduled to spend May 23 in Dublin and the village of Moneygall, ancestral home of a great-great-great-grandfather who emigrated to the United States in 1850. Ireland is already ramping up a security operation involving 10,000 police and troops to protect both him and Queen Elizabeth II, who arrives Tuesday in Ireland for a four-day visit. Kelly, a former Catholic altar boy from inner-city Dublin, converted to Islam while imprisoned in Saudi Arabia in 2000 for selling illegal alcohol. He since has praised al-Qaida and Osama bin Laden on Irish TV, trained with the Taliban in northwest Pakistan and married a Pakistani woman, and has named one of their two sons Osama. He told an Irish TV documentary in March that Osama "is a name to be proud of" and now prefers himself to be called Abu Osama "father of Osama." But childhood friends and neighbors, who knew him by his pre-conversion name Terry, have nicknamed him "Taliban Terry" instead. Kelly appears in a 2010 U.S. documentary, "Holy Wars," inspecting guns for sale in a Pakistani border arms market. He returned to Dublin in April 2010 in murky circumstances. He claimed to have been deported from an unspecified country in Eastern Europe and lost his passport along the way. Upon his return to Dublin he declared his interest in founding an al-Qaida support group called Islam for Ireland, an idea denounced by the city's Muslim community leaders. Kelly says he seeks the imposition of strict Sharia law in Ireland, with public beheadings of drug dealers on Dublin's main thoroughfare, O'Connell Street (Fox News, 2011).

4. THE GADDAFI ANGLE

OBAMACSI.COM: Former Libyan head of state, Muammar Gaddafi, was allegedly responsible in the 1970's and 1980's for shipping large quantities of weapons and explosives to the IRA (Irish Republican Army), to get back at the British for supporting the U.S. air strikes on Tripoli and Benghazi in 1986. The Sunday Times in June 2010 reported that Gadhafi was going to pay up to 2 billion ($3.20 billion) to victims of Irish terrorism for his role in supplying shiploads of explosives to the IRA. Since Gaddafi is now on the run from airstrikes ordered by Obama, a revenge assassination of Obama by Gaddafi's Irish contacts in the IRA is now politically plausible. Title: Gadhafi's Shadow Remains Over Northern Ireland Date: April 6, 2011 Source: CNN Abstract: So you thought it was all over in Northern Ireland? So did we. Trouble is, it's not quite. There is still a hardcore of terrorists -- and you'll not hear many calling them freedom fighters in this part of the world these days -- intent on dragging us back to the past. Tragically, there was a graphic illustration of that on Saturday afternoon as a young police officer was killed when a booby-trap bomb exploded under his car. It happened in the previously bomb-hit town of Omagh, where in August, 1998, 29 people -- including a woman pregnant with twins -- were killed. There's speculation the device contained explosives supplied way back by a certain Moammar Gadhafi. The Daily Telegraph newspaper in London has reported detectives are trying to establish whether Saturday's car bomb was made using Semtex the IRA sourced from Libya in the 1980s. The newspaper said the potential link prompted urgent questions from members of parliament about the role of Libya's foreign minister, Moussa Koussa, in arming the IRA. Koussa fled to Britain from Libya last week. The slain police officer was 25-year-old Catholic Ronan Kerr. The fact he was Catholic is significant. Little over a decade ago, the police service in Northern Ireland was 90 percent Protestant. Now it is almost 30 percent Catholic. It's a sign of progress, but the dissidents -- viewed as being from Catholic backgrounds -- don't worry about creed when the colors of the Police Service of Northern Ireland are being worn. Worryingly, there are unconfirmed reports in Tuesday's Belfast Telegraph that the attack was carried out by a new faction of disgruntled republicans who have recently defected from the mainstream Irish Republican Army (IRA). Victims' representatives will tell you arms and Semtex supplied by Libya are still being used by the "dissident republican" groups -- hardline anti-British paramilitaries opposed to the peace process -- that continue the campaign long since abandoned by the IRA.

266

Gadhafi wouldn't win any popularity poll among our IRA victims. In the 1970s and 1980s Libya shipped large quantities of weapons and explosives to the IRA, latterly to get back at the British for supporting the U.S. air strikes on Tripoli and Benghazi in 1986, according to numerous media reports. The Sunday Times in June 2010 reported that Gadhafi was going to pay up to 2 billion ($3.20 billion) to victims of Irish terrorism for his role in supplying shiploads of explosives to the IRA." Victims' families say they are yet to receive any money. This week, legal representatives for IRA and Lockerbie victims have been holding talks with rebel leaders in Libya, hoping to get information to bolster their case for compensation from Gadhafi. Meanwhile it's two years since a police officer was killed in Northern Ireland and the slaying of Constable Kerr last weekend has sent shockwaves across the whole island -- north and south. Monday's editorial in the Belfast-based Irish News newspaper - which reflects the views of nationalists - summed it up: "People everywhere will be disgusted, shocked and depressed by the pointless death of a young man serving the community... For those who believe the bombers are justified, they should look at this family and at the heartache they have caused. They should also think about the sort of people who can plant a bomb in Omagh, of all places. It is unspeakable." Kerr was a Catholic officer, deliberately targeted by terrorists from Catholic backgrounds. Not that they have the support of many of their coreligionists. Indeed, the killing has united Catholics and Protestants in condemnation and grief. The dead constable's mother, widow Nuala Kerr -- on UK Mother's Day and just 24 hours after her son's death -- faced cameras Sunday to urge Catholic officers to stick with the Police Service of Northern Ireland. She said: "This is at a time when we are striving for a neutral police force for the good of our country and I urge all Catholic members not to be deterred by this. "We all need to stand up and be counted and to strive for equality. We don't want to go back into the dark days again of fear and terror. We were so proud of Ronan and all that he stood for. Don't let his death be in vain." In the wake of the killing there is now a real sense of fear, especially among police officers, who have been advised by their Chief Constable to be on their guard for further attacks. They have been advised to routinely check under their cars, just like the old days. It's not the first booby-trap car bomb -- a year ago another Catholic officer miraculously survived a similar incident, but lost both legs. Other officers now expect to be attacked. One quoted anonymously in the Belfast Telegraph said: "I live as though it is going to be me next." Another, a female officer, comments: "Worrying every day is no way to live." A colleague is defiant as he speaks about the Kerr killing: "This tragedy will not put me off." There are no names though and media in Northern Ireland have been asked by the police force not to show the faces of officers, in case they are identified as targets by dissidents. True, things have improved dramatically here from the dark days of what were euphemistically called "The Troubles" when thousands died. There is now a relatively stable power-sharing administration. The vast majority of people don't want to go back to the daily despair of the 1970s and 1980s, but for the extremists the fight is not finished and won't finish while Northern Ireland is part of the United Kingdom. There is a problem and it needs to be addressed. Some call for a massive security crackdown, others don't want a return to the days of constant checkpoints and troops on the streets. Restricting movement and freedom would be giving in to the dissidents, they say. A few more incidents and the picture could change again. No one expects a deterioration to the widespread violence of the past, but how bad it gets in the future remains to be seen. We are clearly not out of the woods of history just yet. On the plus side, the Provisional IRA no longer poses a threat. Far from it. A former IRA commander, Martin McGuinness, is the deputy first minister of the power-sharing government. The British army is off the streets and so-called loyalist paramilitaries, while still around, are much more likely to be dealing drugs than killing Catholics. But it is an imperfect peace. Terrorism has been the elephant in the room. Law-makers in Northern Ireland, keen to stress the success of the political process, especially ahead of forthcoming elections, are accused by some of playing down the threat. Now it can't be ignored. Constable Kerr is the first PSNI officer to be killed by terrorists in two years, but it's not for want of trying. The union for the police force, the Police Federation, says there were 175 gun and bomb attacks directed at police officers on and off duty in 2010. The trend has continued this year and it's clear the dissidents do not intend to go away. They are thousands of miles apart, but there's a parallel between the plight of Gadhafi and the Irish dissidents he has helped to arm. Despite wholesale opposition, both are still hanging on, still making a noise and still capable of instilling fear in their enemies (CNN, 2011).

267

5. SONS OF ANARCHY

OBAMACSI.COM: In the 4th season of the hit FX TV show "Sons of Anarchy", which aired September 6, 2011, the motorcycle gang purchases large amounts of automatic weapons and sniper rifles from "The Irish", which are former IRA members. The motorcycle gang's "gun running arrangement with the IRA" plays heavily in the show, and appears to be seeding the idea that the Irish are heavily involved in the gun running business. While this TV script may in fact be a coincidence, it fits nicely into the Irish scapegoat scenario. Title: Sons of Anarchy Date: September 3, 2008 - Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "Sons of Anarchy" is an American television drama series created by Kurt Sutter about the lives of a close-knit outlaw motorcycle club operating in Charming, a fictional town in Northern California. The show centers on protagonist Jackson "Jax" Teller (Charlie Hunnam), the Vice President of the club who begins questioning the club and himself. "Sons of Anarchy" premiered on September 3, 2008 on cable network FX. Its second season debuted on September 8, 2009, and its third season began on September 7, 2010. The third season of the series attracted an average of 4.9 million viewers per week, making it FX's highest rated series ever, surpassing FX's other hits "The Shield", "Nip/Tuck", and "Rescue Me". On October 7, 2010, "Sons of Anarchy" was renewed for a fourth season, the first episode of which aired on September 6, 2011. The season four premiere beat its own record as the highest rated series ever aired on FX (Wikipedia, 2011).

The Tea Party & Ron Paul

OBAMACSI.COM: One thing is clear, the Tea Party is being set up to take the blame of the next domestic terror attack. Whether that attack is the assassination of Barack Obama, only time will tell. The news regarding the fabricated link between the Tea Party and terrorism has been so prevalent that even Vice President of the United States, Joe Biden, has compared the Tea Party to "terrorists". 1. Israel Spying on Tea Party: The Israeli Mossad, the CIA of Israel, was caught spying on peaceful American citizens at Tea Party events in Pennsylvania. Aside from the spying, Israel is keeping a spy database on American citizens. Even worse, Israel conducts the most espionage against America of any country on earth. 2. Tea Party Terrorists: The rhetoric comparing the Tea Party to terrorism is rapidly escalating with constant comparisons to Timothy McVeigh and the Oklahoma City Bombing. The Tea Party, a movement originally started by Texas Congressman Ron Paul, represents Americans who are waking up to the reality that their beloved nation has been hijacked by off-shore interests. Attempting to link American citizens to upcoming acts of terror shows that the establishment is losing control and is trying to blame the biggest political threat to their stranglehold on America: Ron Paul and the Tea Party.

1. ISRAEL SPYING ON TEA PARTY

OBAMACSI.COM: The Israeli Mossad, the CIA of Israel, was caught spying on peaceful American citizens at Tea Party events in Pennsylvania. Aside from the spying, Israel is keeping a spy database on American citizens. Even worse, Israel conducts the most espionage against America of any country on earth. Title: Caught! [Israeli] Mossad Paid By U.S. To Spy On "Dissidents," Tea Party, Environmentalists Date: September 17, 2010 Source: Veterans Today Abstract: Taxpayers Funding Israeli Database Of American Citizens. Did you know that attending a meeting to organize a bake sale for new band uniforms can put you on a terrorist watch list? You dont have to join a peace group or protest oil drilling to be considered dangerous. The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania hired ITRR, the Institute of Terrorism Research and Response, a Jerusalem based company owned by the Mossad and tied directly to the Israeli Ministry of Defense to track dissidents and activists. In the process, they managed to find the most dangerous terrorist organization of all, the governors own non -profit organization, one supporting school funding initiatives. From ITTRs website: All of the information ITRRs staff creates is sent to its monitoring center in Jerusalem, where it is analyzed

268

Governments, states, cities and even rural towns, believing they are participating in a Homeland Security initiative, have contracted with this and other organizations under foreign control, read Israeli, tracking organizations as diverse as the Tea Party and the Sierra Club. Reports submitted by ITTR showed them spying on nearly every organization they could find, no matter how innocent, patriotic or public minded. Organizations tied to Jewish causes, however, managed, somehow, to slip under the radar. Those that were included are so comprehensive that it would be nearly impossible for an American to escape having confidential files, collected under government authority and financing, paid for by American taxpayers, held by Israeli intelligence agencies. In fact, databases include every organization, regardless of its membership or policies, with personal information on members being stored in databases in Israel. Never has a nation funded a foreign spy organizations efforts to catalog potential intelligence assets, operatives and, at the same time, tak e over the job of watching themselves. This is one of the greatest intelligence coups in history. Combine this with control of Am ericas airport security and total control of Americas communications networks, everything, mobile, internet, even landlines.we might as well pull down the flag and r oll over. Governor Rendell expressed shock at the gross violation of constitutional rights involved in hiring this company, one that is said to be working for state and local governments across the United States. Rendell said he was stunned when he learned about the spying relationship, one he characterized as ludicrous. From Governor Rendells apology to the people of Pennsylvania at a capitol news conference this week: I am deeply embarrassed and I apologize to any of the groups who had this information disseminated on their right to peacefully protest (Veterans Today, 2010)

2. TEA PARTY TERRORISTS

OBAMACSI.COM: The rhetoric comparing the Tea Party to terrorism is rapidly escalating with constant comparisons to Timothy McVeigh and the Oklahoma City Bombing. The Tea Party represents Americans who are waking up to the reality that their beloved nation has been hijacked by off shore interests. Attempting to associate American citizens to acts of terror shows that the establishment is losing control and is trying to blame the biggest political threat to their stranglehold on America: The Tea Party. Title: Rightwing Extremism: Current Economic And Political Climate Fueling Resurgence In Radicalization and Recruitment Date: April 7, 2009 Source: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Abstract: Rightwing extremists have capitalized on the election of the first African American president, and are focusing their efforts to recruit new members, mobilize existing supporters, and broaden their scope and appeal through propaganda, but they have not yet turned to attack planning. Rightwing extremists are harnessing this historical election as a recruitment tool. Many rightwing extremists are antagonistic toward the new presidential administration and its perceived stance on a range of issues, including immigration and citizenship, the expansion of social programs to minorities, and restrictions on firearms ownership and use. Rightwing extremists are increasingly galvanized by these concerns and leverage them as drivers for recruitment. From the 2008 election timeframe to the present, rightwing extremists have capitalized on related racial and political prejudices in expanded propaganda campaigns, thereby reaching out to a wider audience of potential sympathizers. Most statements by rightwing extremists have been rhetorical, expressing concerns about the election of the first African American president, but stopping short of calls for violent action. In two instances in the run-up to the election, extremists appeared to be in the early planning stages of some threatening activity targeting the Democratic nominee, but law enforcement interceded (U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2009).

Title: Tea Party Terror Watch Date: April 29, 2009 Source: North County Times Abstract: On April 15 dangerous homegrown terrorist types in hundreds of cities around the country gathered to peacefully protest what they see as an unprecedented expansion of government authority and spending that promises to triple the national debt in eight years. In Oceanside, scores of these Timothy McVeigh wannabees were cleverly disguised as mothers with kids or mature ladies tastefully garbed in informal attire. Elderly, middle-aged and young males were also present for this "hate-group" demonstration. Somehow these ticking time-bombs managed to conceal their "cling(ing) to guns and religion" rage while displaying signs that denounced high taxes, generational theft and government bailouts (North County Times, 2009)

Title: U.S. Army Trains To Confront Tea Party Terrorists Date: April 29, 2009 Source: Prison Planet

269

Abstract: In a shocking development that outstrips even the infamous MIAC report, it has emerged via whistleblowers that the U.S. Military in Kentucky is training to confront Tea Party protesters and anti-government demonstrators, who in official intelligence advisories are described as bomb-making terrorists. On April 17, the Courier-Journal in Louisville, Kentucky, reported on a military exercise dubbed Mangudai, named after the special forces of Genghis Khans Mongol army who could fight for days without food or sleep. The Kentucky newspaper portrayed the exercise as an effort to train soldiers to battle the Taliban in Afghanistan. Designed to test the limits of officers physical, mental and emotional endurance, the emerging Army exercise offered a reve aling window onto modern combat training in the era of Iraq and Afghanistan, Chris Kenning wrote for the newspaper. Over three days last week, participants had to crawl on their bellies under real machine-gun fire, shimmy commando-style over a single rope high in the air and march for more than 22 miles through forests. But according to information received by The Patriot Post blog, there is another aspect to the military exercises not reported by local media. This week, I was contacted by a number of military personnel, enlisted and officer ranks, who expressed concer n about a military exercise underway at Ft. Knox, the U.S. Bullion Depository. As with most such exercises, the Ft. Knox alert occurred in stages, as if real time intelligence was being provided at various intervals, writes Mark Alexander. Alexander cites an intel advisory issued on Friday, April 23, 2010, that identifies terrorist threat adversaries as Local Militia Groups / Anti -Government Protesters / TEA Party (see image below). In short, the military was training in Kentucky to take on mythical militias no word if they were of the FBI-created variety and remarkably the nonviolent Tea Party movement. Anti-Government Health Care Protesters have stated that they would join the TEA Party as a sign of solidarity during a protest at Fort Knox. The Tea Party groups are armed, have combative training and some are former Military Snipers. Some may have explosives training / experience, according to the intel report. An intel report update, dated Monday, 26 April 2010, noted that a rally at the Militia compound occurred, and Viable threats have been made Many members were extremely agitated at what they referred to as Government intervention and over taxation in their lives. Al cohol use fanned the flames. Many military grade firearms were openly carried. An ad hoc shoot the government agent event was held with prizes (alcohol) given for the best shot placement. In addition to being drunkards, the report describes the Tea Party as bomb-throwers. Components of bomb making are reported to have been on the site. Some members have criminal records relating to explosive and weapons violations. In response to the this immediate threat, the military established concentration camps for mass arrests. QRF, short for the Quick Reaction Force of the 16th Cavalry Regiment and the 194th Armored Brigad e were placed on two hour recall. The 26 April order gives specific instructions for the 5-15 CAV (a 16th Cavalry battalion) to have weapons, ammo, vehicles and communications at ready, and it places the other 2,200 members of the units on two-hour recall. In other words, these orders are to gear up for defending Ft. Knox against Tea Party folks and their co-conspirators who oppose nationalization of our health care sector, writes Alexander. Military officers and enlisted personnel told Alexander about their concerns: As one put it, the exercise misrepresents freedom loving Americans as drunken, violent racists the opponents of Obamas policies have been made the enemy of the U.S. Army. They were equally concerned that command staff at Ft. Knox had signed off on this exercise, noting, it has been issued and owned by field grade officers who lead our battalions and brigades, which is to say many Lieutenant Colonels saw this order before it was impleme nted. In fact, we can assume this exercise was orc hestrated at the highest levels in the Pentagon. Lieutenant Colonels merely carry out orders. An Army document entitled Army Continuity of Operations Program (COOP) spells out the militarization of the U.S. Homeland under Northcom. In July, 2009, Infowars reported on a Missouri National Guard unit out of Camp Crowder engaged in a training exercise designed to take on a fictitious militant group. An earlier exercise in the Black Hills of South Dakota trained soldiers to confront an insurgent group with a reputation for harassing convoys with ambushes and improvised explosive devices. In September, 2008, the Pentagon announced the 3rd Infantry Divisions 1st Brigade Combat Team would be deployed in the United States under the control of Northcom. They may be called upon to help with civil unrest and crowd control or to deal with potentially horrific scenarios such as massive poisoning and chaos in response to a chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear or high-yield explosive, or CBRNE, attack, the Army Times reported. (Emphasis added.) Since the end of the Civil War deployment of the U.S. military inside the U.S. has been prohibited under The Posse Comitatus Act.

270

In early 2006, the 109th Congress passed a bill containing controversial provisions granting the president the ability to use federal troops inside the United States in emergency situations. These changes (in Section 1076) were included in the John Warner Defense Appropriation Act for Fiscal Year 2007. In 2008, Congress restored many of the earlier limitations on the presidents ability to deploy troops within the Unite d States, but Bush issued a signing statement indicating he was not bound by the changes. Obama has taken up with signing statements where Bush left off. A report issued in 2008 by the U.S. Army War College discussed the use of American troops to quell civil unrest brought about by a worsening economic crisis. The report from the War Colleges Strategic Studies Institute warned that the U.S. military must prepare for a violent, strategic dislocation inside the United States that could be provoked by unforeseen economic collapse or loss of functioning political and legal order. For more than a decade the Pentagon has endeavored to acclimate Americans to the presence of troops on the streets. Instances of the Pentagon putting troops on the streets are numerous and have increased in frequency over the last few years. In March of 2009, Infowars reported on U.S. Army soldiers dispatched in Samson, Alabama, supposedly in response to a rampaging gunman. In December, 2008, the Marine Corps Air and Ground Combat Center and the local California Highway Patrol worked together in a joint effort to reduce accidents and drinking and driving in San Bernardino County, a blatant violation of Posse Comitatus. The Iowa National Guard planned an exercise in the small town of Arcadia but rolled back the invasion after citizens complained about soldiers patrolling the streets of an American town. Military police were positioned at the 2009 Kentucky Derby and in April of the same year 400 National Guard Combat Support Battalion troops were dispatched to maintain public order at the Boston Marathon. In April of 2009, an Infowars reader sent a page taken from the Hardeman County, Tennessee, Bulletin Times announcing a seat belt checkpoint to be conducted on April 4 in conjunction with a Homeland Security training exercise by the 251st Military Police in Bolivar who recently returned from Iraq. On April 15, 2009, we reported on how the Maryland National Guard was put on alert in anticipation of Tax Day nationwide Tea Party protests. A Force Protection Advisory issued on April 11 instructed the National Guard to be on alert during the Tea Party protests because Guardsmen and Guard facilities might become targets of opportunity. It was later learned that the Depa rtment of Homeland Security had put the protesters under surveillance. Adding the Tea Party to the list of insurgents is a new and especially surreal development, but hardly an unexpected one co nsidering the fear of the establishment to this growing political movement. A poll conducted earlier this month found supporters of the Tea Party to be primarily white, male, married and older than 45. Of the 18 percent of Americans who identified themselves as supporters, 20 percent, or 4 percent of the general p ublic, said they had given money or attended a Tea Party event, or both. These activists were more likely than supporters generally to describe themselves as very conservative and had more negative views about the economy and Mr. Obama. They were more angry with Washington and intense in their desires for a smaller federal government and deficit, the New York Times reported. They are not, as the DHS and the Southern Poverty Law Center would have it, disgruntled returning veterans, white supremacists, and violent militia members who hate Obama because of his skin color. Over the last several months the government and corporate media have endeavored to portray this demographic as potentially violent and has fallaciously connected it to white supremacists and a mythical militia movement that is supposedly gearing up to attack the government. If we are to believe the above report, the U.S. military is preparing to attack Tea Party supporters. All that will be required is an appropriate false flag event to set this act in motion (Prison Planet, 2009)

Title: The First Tea-Party Terrorist? Date: February 23, 2010 Source: New York Times Abstract: Joseph Stack had barely finished flying his airplane into a Texas office building when the battle over his legacy began. Given the apparent momentum of the Tea Party movement, it would be nice to know if Stacks kamikaze mission was a not -all-that-shocking emanation from it whether, as some claim, more than a few Tea Partiers are unhinged. In the end, the core unifying theme of the Tea Partiers is populist rage, and this is the core theme in Stacks ramblings, wh ether the rage is directed at corporate titans (plunderers), the government (totalitarian) or individual politicians (liars)...You could, on the one hand, follow this logic to the conclusion that Joseph Stack was the first Tea Party terrorist (New York Times, 2010).

Title: Ron Paul And Glenn Beck Promote White Right Wing Terrorism

271

Date: March 12, 2010 Source: News One Abstract: Since the election of Barack Obama there have been several instances of lone wolf terrorism. The media has focused a lot of attention on the cases of Nidal Hasan, the army psychiatrist who killed 13 men in a Fort Hood shooting rampage, and Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab, the Nigerian who brought explosives onto a plain destined for Detroit. After their incidents, there was a mad rush to find out what there ideologies were, both politically and religiously. Though both clearly had mental issues, the incidents were treated as politically motivated terror attacks. Muslims and Africans arent the only people who have been involved in politically motivated attacks on the government. Since the election of Barack Obama, there has been a resurgence of white right wing politically motivated terrorism. Since Obamas election we have had several white terrorists who were motivated by racism, hatred of the government and conspiracy theories. Of the five major incidents of white terrorism, congressman Ron Paul directly influenced four of them. Pauls p romotion of conspiracies, paranoia and connections to racism has led to him being a magnet for lunatics, white supremacists and conspiracy theorists. The first Ron Paul influenced terrorist is Richard Poplawki. Poplawski got in argument with his mother and she called the cops. When the cops arrived Poplawski was waiting for them with a bulletproof vest and shot five police officers with an AK-47, wounding two and killing three, including an African American. Poplawskis shooting of police officers seemingly had not motive until police looked into his backgroun d. Poplawski was a white supremacist who frequently posted on the Neo-Nazi, extremely Pro-Ron Paul site Stormfront. and Alex Jones New World Order conspiracy theory site, Infowars. Poplawski would post videos of Glenn Beck with Ron Paul talking about FEMA Concentration Camps onto Stormfront. In the video, Paul would speculate that while there was no evidence of FEMA concentration camps, he still believed they might come in the future. Poplawski was a very big conspiracy theorist, who believed that the government was being secretly run by Jews and that Obama wanted to take away his rights, specifically his right to bare arms. Here is an online rant he wrote: the federal government, mainstream media, and banking system in these United States are strongly under the influence of if not completely controlled by Zionist interest. An economic collapse of the financial system is inevitable, bringing with it some degree of civil unrest if not outright balkanization of the continental US, civil/revolutionary/racial war . . . This collapse is likely engineered by the elite Jewish powers that be in order to make for a power and asset grab. Poplawski believed in the same New World order conspiracy that led to McVeigh blowing up the Alfred P. Murrah building. His paranoia was further fueled by Ron Pauls conspiracy code words, a hatred for Jews and African Americans. His act of shooting five police officers was not an act of common criminality or plain insanity, but conspiracy driven, politically motivated terrorism. While Ron Pal cannot be blamed for Poplawski actions, his promotion of the New World Order conspiracy theory and quiet acceptance of white supremacy, combined with pro Ron Paul sites like Stormfront and Info Wars certainly had a role in Poplawskis mindset. This is not to say that mental insanity did not play a role in his killing, but that his insanity was fueled by racism, paranoia and conspiracy theories. Another Ron Paul supporter who would commit an act of terror was James Von Brunn, the man who open fired at the Holocaust museum, killing an African American security guard, Stephen Johns. Von Brunn was part of Ron Paul meet up group and would send emails attacking the IRS and the ATF, while supporting Ron Paul. Von Brunn had previously been arrested for kidnapping members of the Federal Reserve Board, one of Ron Paul s frequent targets. Von Brunn seemed to have a similar anti-Semitic conspiracy theory to Papalowski and believed in a Illuminati group. Here are some of Von Brunns anti-Semitic conspiracy writings. The Henrik Holappa atrocity is a metaphor for the ILLUMINATI conquest of America: The ILLUMINATI, has captured incarcerating her NOW into a Global Zionist state. Well informed patriots are ignoring the URGENCY, the extreme DANGER confronting them. There is sparse time KILL THE ENEMY OR DIE IN THE GULAG ! America illegally, and is

remaining. You must ACT NOW.

You want my weaponsthis is how youll get them. The Holocaust is a lie. Obama was created by Jews. Obama does what his Jew owners tell him to do. Jews captured Americas money. Jews control the mass media. The 1st Amendment is abrogated. Another white terrorist, who was a fan of Ron Paul ideologies, is John Patrick Bedell. Bedell drove cross country from California to Washington D.C. with two semi-automatic weapons and wounded shooting two African American guards at the Pentagon in an act of anti government rage. John Patrick Bedell was a Ron Paul style libertarian, who was a member of the Ludwig von Mises Institute, an institute credited as being the driving force for Ron Pauls political and economic philosophies, which was founded and run by Ron Pauls former chief of staff and l ong time friend and companion, Lew Rockwell. Bedell would post on the Ludwig von Mises site about how government was criminal. Rockwell refers to the Pentagon as the Pentagram (evil satanic symbol) and subscribes to the John Birch society New World Order conspiracy theory.

272

Bedell himself was a conspiracy theorist, who believed that 9/11 was set up by the government. We can see how the combination of conspiracy theories and anti-government sentiment led to Bedell taking out his anger on what his hero, Lew Rockwell called the pentagram. Charles Dyer is a man who never committed a violent act against the government but proudly proclaimed himself a domestic terrorist. Dyer was instead arrested on a domestic charge for allegedly raping a 7-year-old girl. While Dyer may or may not be guilty of that charge, he was definitely guilty of possessing a grenade launcher stolen from an army base. Police also found residue that led them to believe that he had been storing explosives. Dyer was a member of the Oathkeepers, are a paramilitary organization comprised of former and current military and law enforcement members. The SPLC has said the Oathkeepers are concerned about a coming dictatorship, concentration camps and a general New World Order. The Oathkeepers are headed by Stewart Rhodes, a former Ron Paul staffer. They have received support from Glenn Beck, Lou Dobbs and conspiracy theorist radio host, Alex Jones. To Dyers credit, he is not a white supremacist. He would engage the racists on the white supremacist site, Stormfront and cr iticize their racism. However, Dyer seemed to be a full believer in the John Birch Society New World Order Conspiracy. While Dyer was not a white supremacist, he seems motivated by the same paranoid conspiracy based ideology that motivated Bedell, Von Brunn and Poplowski. While their is no evidence that Joe Stack, the man who flew a plane into an IRS building in Texas supported Ron Paul or his ideologies, some from Ron Pauls camp have supported Joe Stack. After the incident, Chuck Baldwin, a long time Paul supporter and the man Paul endorsed to be President in 2008 wrote on the Daily Paul website: Perhaps our friends at DHS will label Stack a right-wing domestic terrorist. However, Mr. Stack apparently left behind a suicide manifesto explaining his actions. After carefully reading Stacks manif esto, I am quite convinced that he was not crazy, and he was not a terrorist. However, he was angry. A lot of us are angryand for many of the same reasons that Mr. Stack was angry! While I would certainly take exception to some of the things Stack says in his manifesto, he said things that many of us are feeling. The right wing must answer for the conspiracy theories and paranoia that drove Poplowski, Von Brunn and Bedell to violent acts against the and drove Dyer to purchase a stolen grenade launcher and explosives. The same combination of paranoia, conspiracy theories, mixed with a strong dash of racism led Timothy McVeigh to blow up the Alfred P. Murrah building. When CPAC, the Think Tank credited with driving the Republican party, lets conspiracy minded organizations like the Oathkeepers and the John Birch Society sponsor their national convention, and declares conspiracy theory monger, Ron Paul their straw poll winner for the Presidential nomination, it is clear that these conspiracy theories are being tolerated by Republican party at the highest levels. During a time of economic recession when many people are angry and scared already, the conspiracy theories are enough to make already unstable people filled with hated and paranoia; A hatred and paranoia that could easily turn to violence. The media has been largely ignoring the New World Order, conspiracy Ron Paul connections to acts of terror, while focusing on Islamic terror. If James von Brunn was Jamil Val Bakar and posted anti-American and Israel sentiments on an Islamic Website before shooting up the Holocaust museum, surely Fox News and the mainstream media would make it a huge story. Same with Paplowski. If he was posting on an radical Islamic site, not a white supremacist one, he would be branded a cop killing Islamic terrorist. If Bedell was fan of a radical Muslim cleric or belonged to a mosque that preached hatred against the American government, he would have been branded an Islamic terrorist and the White House would be blamed for not stopping him before he went to the Pentagon with automatic weapons. Politicians like Ron Paul and media types like Alex Jones and Glenn Beck are as guilty of drumming up paranoia and anger at the American government as Islamic clerics who refer to America as the great Satan only to see their followers turn to terrorism. Fox News, CPAC, and the Tea Party movement must all be held accountable for the conspiracy theories and anti-government hatred and paranoia that leads people directly into violence (News One, 2010).

Title: Dems Make Case Tea Party Movement Is Terrorist Date: March 25, 2010 Source: Prison Planet Abstract: The zombified Tea Party created by establishment Republicans and headed up by media darling Sarah Palin is taking heat for a spate of bad behavior around the country in response to the imposition of Obamacare. It is not clear who is responsible for the foul language and threats directed against Democrats but this has not stopped them from blaming their ideological twin, the Republican Party. Dems are demanding the Republicans denounce their creation the hijacked and transmogrified Tea Party sworn to uphold the Republican platform of big government and endless war against phantom enemies (Prison Planet, 2010)

273

Title: Rage On The Right: The Year in Hate and Extremism Date: Spring 2010 Source: Southern Poverty Law Center The radical right caught fire last year, as broad-based populist anger at political, demographic and economic changes in America ignited an explosion of new extremist groups and activism across the nation. Hate groups stayed at record levels almost 1,000 despite the total collapse of the second largest neo-Nazi group in America. Furious antiimmigrant vigilante groups soared by nearly 80%, adding some 136 new groups during 2009. And, most remarkably of all, so-called "Patriot" groups militias and other organizations that see the federal government as part of a plot to impose one-world government on liberty-loving Americans came roaring back after years out of the limelight. The anger seething across the American political landscape over racial changes in the population, soaring public debt and the terrible economy, the bailouts of bankers and other elites, and an array of initiatives by the relatively liberal Obama Administration that are seen as "socialist" or even "fascist" goes beyond the radical right. The "tea parties" and similar groups that have sprung up in recent months cannot fairly be considered extremist groups, but they are shot through with rich veins of radical ideas, conspiracy theories and racism. We are in the midst of one of the most significant right-wing populist rebellions in United States history, Chip Berlet, a veteran analyst of the American radical right, wrote earlier this year. "We see around us a series of overlapping social and political movements populated by people [who are] angry, resentful, and full of anxiety. They are raging against the machinery of the federal bureaucracy and liberal government programs and policies including health care, reform of immigration and labor laws, abortion, and gay marriage." Sixty-one percent of Americans believe the country is in decline, according to a recent NBC News/Wall Street Journal poll. Just a quarter think the government can be trusted. And the anti-tax tea party movement is viewed in much more positive terms than either the Democratic or Republican parties, the poll found. The signs of growing radicalization are everywhere. Armed men have come to Obama speeches bearing signs suggesting that the "tree of liberty" needs to be "watered" with "the blood of tyrants." The Conservative Political Action Conference held this February was co-sponsored by groups like the John Birch Society, which believes President Eisenhower was a Communist agent, and Oath Keepers, a Patriot outfit formed last year that suggests, in thinly veiled language, that the government has secret plans to declare martial law and intern patriotic Americans in concentration camps. Politicians pandering to the antigovernment right in 37 states have introduced "Tenth Amendment Resolutions," based on the constitutional provision keeping all powers not explicitly given to the federal government with the states. And, at the "A Well Regulated Militia" website, a recent discussion of how to build "clandestine safe houses" to stay clear of the federal government included a conversation about how mass murderers like Timothy McVeigh and Olympics bomber Eric Rudolph were supposedly betrayed at such houses. The number of hate groups in America has been going up for years, rising 54% between 2000 and 2008 and driven largely by an angry backlash against non-white immigration and, starting in the last year of that period, the economic meltdown and the climb to power of an African American president. According to the latest annual count by the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC), these groups rose again slightly in 2009 from 926 in 2008 to 932 last year despite the demise of a key neo-Nazi group. The American National Socialist Workers Party, which had 35 chapters in 28 states, imploded shortly after the October 2008 arrest of founder Bill White for making threats against his enemies. At the same time, the number of what the SPLC designates as "nativist extremist" groups organizations that go beyond mere advocacy of restrictive immigration policy to actually confront or harass suspected immigrants jumped from 173 groups in 2008 to 309 last year. Virtually all of these vigilante groups have appeared since the spring of 2005. But the most dramatic story by far has been with the antigovernment Patriots. The militias and the larger Patriot movement first came to Americans attention in the mid-1990s, when they appeared as an angry reaction to what was seen as a tyrannical government bent on crushing all dissent. Sparked most dramatically by the death of 76 Branch Davidians during a 1993 law enforcement siege in Waco, Texas, those who joined the militias also railed against the Democratic Clinton Administration and initiatives like gun control and environmental regulation. Although the Patriot movement included people formerly associated with racially based hate groups, it was above all animated by a view of the federal government as the primary enemy, along with a fondness for antigovernment conspiracy theories. By early this decade, the groups had largely disappeared from public view. But last year, as noted in the SPLCs August report, "The Second Wave: Return of the Militias," a dramatic resurgence in the Patriot movement and its paramilitary wing, the militias, began. Now, the latest SPLC count finds that an astonishing 363 new Patriot groups appeared in 2009, with the totals going from 149 groups (including 42 militias) to 512 (127 of them militias) a 244% jump. That is cause for grave concern. Individuals associated with the Patriot movement during its 1990s heyday produced an enormous amount of violence, most dramatically the Oklahoma City bombing that left 168 people dead. Already there are signs of similar violence emanating from the radical right. Since the installation of Barack Obama, right-wing extremists have murdered six law enforcement officers. Racist skinheads and others have been arrested in alleged plots to assassinate the nations first black president. One man from Brockton, Mass. who told police he had learned on white supremacist websites that a genocide was under way against whites is charged with

274

murdering two black people and planning to kill as many Jews as possible on the day after Obamas inauguration. Most recently , a rash of individuals with antigovernment, survivalist or racist views have been arrested in a series of bomb cases. As the movement has exploded, so has the reach of its ideas, aided and abetted by commentators and politicians in the ostensible mainstream. While in the 1990s, the movement got good reviews from a few lawmakers and talk-radio hosts, some of its central ideas today are being plugged by people with far larger audiences like FOX News Glenn Beck and U.S. Rep. Michele Bachmann (R -Minn). Beck, for instance, re-popularized a key Patriot conspiracy theory the charge that FEMA is secretly running concentration camps before finally debunking it. Last year also experienced levels of cross-pollination between different sectors of the radical right not seen in years. Nativist activists increasingly adopted the ideas of the Patriots; racist rants against Obama and others coursed through the Patriot movement; and conspiracy theories involving the government appeared in all kinds of right-wing venues. A good example is the upcoming Second Amendment March in Washington, D.C. The website promoting the march is topped by a picture of a colonial militiaman, and key supporters include Larry Pratt, a long-time militia enthusiast with connections to white supremacists, and Richard Mack, a conspiracy-mongering former sheriff associated with the Patriot group Oath Keepers. What may be most noteworthy about the march, however, is its date April 19. That is the date of the first shots fired at Lexington in the Revolutionary War. And it is also the anniversary of the fiery end of the government siege in Waco and the 1995 Oklahoma City bombing (Southern Poverty Law Center, 2010).

Title: Will The Next Act Of Terrorism Be Domestic? Date: March 25, 2010 Source: Huffington Post Abstract: My fear -- that vitriol in the media was sparking more unstable individuals to view violence as a viable option for political change -- may have been realized here. My point is not that people like Glenn Beck or Team Party leaders seek violence, but that their words are creating the exogenous conditions that may lead a more unstable person to act. T The Tea Party (if we can call it such) has entered into a series of loose alliances (of convenience or common purpose) with fringe groups like The Oath Keepers, the Committees of Safety, and the Three Percenter Movement (to name a few) While the rhetoric from Tea Party groups is vitriolic, its protests (to date) have been predominantly non-violent -- but while many Tea Party protesters may be peaceful, their rhetoric, and the rhetoric of fellow traveler politicians like Rep. Bachmann and former Gov. Sarah Palin, is echoing through the Tea Party to its fringe elements -- and the threat of domestic terror from these groups, or individuals who belong to them, has risen exponentially. Tea Party connections with the Oath Keepers, Committees of Safety, and the Three Percenter Movement, place these politicians very few degrees from radical white supremacists (Huffington Post, 2010).

Title: Could Tea Party Rhetoric Lead To Another Oklahoma City? Date: April 19, 2010 Source: CBS News Abstract: It was fifteen years ago today that Timothy McVeigh killed 168 people by detonating an explosives-filled truck near the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City in the nation's deadliest-ever homegrown terrorist attack. McVeigh was an anti-government extremist inspired by the 1993 raid on the Branch Davidian compound at Waco; he railed against taxes, gun control and federal interference in Americans' lives. Thirty-eight percent of Americans now see domestic terrorism as a more serious threat than international terrorism, according to a new CBS News poll; that's up eight points from 2002. On Monday, MSNBC is airing a documentary called "The McVeigh Tapes" detailing McVeigh's motivations and perspective on his crime -- and raising questions about the dangers of the extreme rhetoric that influenced him. Some conservatives are unhappy with the broadcast; Colin Hanna of the group Let Freedom Ring complained that the message is "that tea party fervor and an anti-Washington mood are precursors to domestic terrorism akin to Oklahoma City bombing" (CBS News, 2010)

Title: McVay Plot To Assassinate Obama: Tea Party Cleared By Court Records Date: July 9, 2011 Source: Examiner Abstract: Saturday, additional details and the release of police records ended any speculation that 41-year-old James McVay confessed murderer on a mission, to assassinate President Obama, is a Tea Party supporter. In the court records, McVay is quoted saying, he strolled through neighborhoods he considered affluent in order to target, "the high and mighty Christians of Sioux Falls." Christians are considered to be the foundation of the Tea Party movement. Although KDLT reports that, " A Secret Service spokesperson says the agency had McVay on their radar for a while now, " McVay was obviously offradar long enough to begin his plot to assassinate the president by the brutal murderof 75-year-old Maybelle Shein.

275

That senseless killing, says McVay, was only committed because he wanted "plenty of practice and blood on his hands" before moving on to his big plot of killing the president. Hours after moving into a prison transition program, McVay set out to start his mission, walking away from authorities. Entered bedroom, stood over the 75 year old woman as the nurse slept, until she awakened and then began to stab her. She fought back and at one point pulled off McVay's glasses and tried to yell for help. It was then, McVay says, that he slashed her throat to silence her screams. Afterwards, he cleaned himself up in her bathroom before grabbing her keys and leaving in her car. Sitting in solitaire confinement, Vice President Biden was McVay's first target but he soon set his sights higher to focus on President Obama. His plot was simple, work his way to Washington, killing as he went until he had an opportunity to assassinate the president (Examiner, 2011).

Title: NY Times Columnist Compares Tea Party To Hezbollah Date: July 28, 2011 Source: New York Times Abstract: The Tea Partys come under attack as pressure to get a debt deal done mounts. In an op-ed column, NY Times writer Tom Friedman compared the Tea Party to Hezbollah, saying: If sane Republicans do not stand up to this Hezbollah faction in their midst, the Tea Party will take the G.O.P. on a suicide mission. Meanwhile, Senator Harry Reid tweeted last night: Boehners plan is not a compromise. It was written for the tea party, not the American people. Ds will not vote for it Whys the Tea Party taking the brunt of the blame? (New York Times, 2011)

Title: Biden Accused Of Calling Tea Party 'Terrorists' Date: August 1, 2011 Source: Newsmax Abstract: Vice President Joe Biden was in his own firestorm Monday, accused of calling Tea Party Republicans terrorists in a private meeting with House Democrats, Fox News reports. Biden denies making any such statement. A senior Democratic official told Fox News that Biden made the comments as he reacted in a "heated conversation with liberal House members like Rep. Mike Doyle, D-Pa., who were venting that Republicans got too much out of the debt ceiling deal unveiled the night before and ;acted like terrorists.' " Sen. Rand Paul was the first to criticize the vice president. Paul happens to be on of the most outspoken tea party members in Congress. With the president holding the American economy hostage, I would prefer to think of myself as a Freedom Fighter, Paul said in a statement, calling the remarks insulting (Newsmax, 2011).

Title: Tea Party Group Calls On Biden To Apologize For 'Terrorists' Remark Date: August 2, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: The Tea Party Patriots is the latest group to blast Vice President Biden over reports of a private meeting he had with House Democrats in which Tea Party Republicans were compared to terrorists," though Biden denies he described Republicans that way. The comments were made Monday during a heated conversation Biden had with liberal House members, like Rep. Mike Doyle, D-Pa., who were venting that Republicans got too much out of the debt ceiling deal unveiled the night before and "acted like terrorists," a senior Democratic official told Fox News The Tea Party Patriots are calling for Biden to apologize. "It is offensive, false and shocking that the person one step away from the presidency calls members of Congress, who were elected on Tea Party principles, a term used for the attackers on 9/11," said Jenny Beth Martin, a co-founder of the group.

276

"For someone who's known for his gaffes, this one shows Joe Biden has a gross favoritism toward one group of people," said Mark Meckler, national coordinator of the group. "Vice President Biden, along with the president, was elected to serve all of the people in the United States, not just his liberal friends in Washington." White House chief spokesman Jay Carney said Tuesday that neither Obama nor Biden think calling political rivals "terrorists" is appropriate. "And I think the vice president spoke to this and made clear that he didn't say those words," Carney said. "Any kind of comments like that are simply not conducive to the kind of political discourse that we hope of have." A Democratic official stressed that Biden made the comment to move the conversation along. According to the official, Biden added that despite the Republicans behavior, we got a lot out of this deal. The vice president's office also downplayed the quote. "The word was used by several members of Congress. The vice president does not believe it's an appropriate term in political discourse," Biden spokeswoman Kendra Barkoff said. And in an interview with CBS News, Biden said he did not assert in the meeting that he agreed with the sentiment. What happened was there were some people who said they felt like they were being held hostage by terrorists, Biden said. I never said tha t they were terrorists or werent terrorists, I just let them vent. Sen. Rand Paul, R-Ky., one of the most outspoken Tea Party-aligned lawmakers in Congress,called the remarks insulting. With the president holding the American economy hostage, I would prefer to think of myself as a Freedom Fighter, Paul said in a statement (Fox New, 2011).

Title: War On Terrors New Targets: Veterans, Tea Partiers, Anti-Fed Activists Date: August 18, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: Two new videos recently released by the Department of Homeland Security add to the mountain of evidence that proves Big Sis has now dispensed with all pretense of the war on terror being focused on Al-Qaeda Muslims, as tools that were designed to catch foreign terrorists are now being targeted against Americans who are opposed to big government. The two recent PSAs (watch them below), part of Homeland Securitys See Something Say Something snitch campaign, portray whi te middle class Americans as terrorists in almost all of the scenarios shown in the clips. Far from representing some superficial nod to political correctness, this is in fact a deliberate effort by the feds to characterize predominantly white, middle class, politically engaged Americans as domestic extremists. Its all part of the age nda to frame dissent against big government as dangerous radicalism. Contrary to claims by the DHS that it does not profile, the bulk of literature and other training tools issued by the federal government over the last decade clearly go to great lengths to demonize informed, middle class, and predominately white Americans as the most likely terrorists, despite the fact that the 126 people who were indictedon terrorist-related charges in the United States over the last two years were all Muslim. In addition to recent rhetoric from the likes of Vice-President Biden that Tea Partiers are akin to terrorists, other legitimate grass roots activists such as End the Fed protesters have also been labeled as dangerous extremists by the federal government. In March 2009 it came to light that the End the Fed protests, which took place at banks and regional Federal Reserve branches across the country the previous year on November 22, were being monitored closely by the United States Army Reserve Command, who implied that those protesting against the Fed and the bankster bailout were essentially terrorists. On November 22, 2008, Alex Jones led a rally at the Federal Reserve Bank in Dallas Texas. The Dallas protest is specifically mentioned in the official Army document. Ron Pauls brother was also in attendance. The FBI has also gone out of its way to characterize returning veterans from Iraq and Afghanistan as a major domestic terrorist threat. Additionally, Janet Napolitano said she stood by an April 2009 DHS intelligence assessment that listed returning vets as likely domestic terrorists. Just a month later, the New York Times reported on how Boy Scout Explorers were being trained by the DHS to kill disgruntled Iraq war veterans in terrorist drills.

277

In March 2009 we broke the story of the infamous MIAC report, leaked to us by two concerned Missouri police officers. The report listed Ron Paul supporters, libertarians, people who display bumper stickers, people who own gold, or even people who fly a U.S. flag and equates them with radical race hate groups and terrorists. Indeed, the MIAC report is just one in a series of similar threat assessment documents released over the last decade that list average American citizens as dangerous extremists and potential terrorists. We have highlighted previous training manuals issued by state and federal government bodies which identify whole swathes of the population as potential terrorists. A Texas Department of Public Safety Criminal Law Enforcement pamphlet gives the public characteristics to identify terrorists that include buying baby formula, beer, wearing Levi jeans, carrying identifying documents like a drivers license and traveling with women or children. A Virginia training manual used to help state employees recognize terrorists lists anti-government and property rights activists as terrorists and includes binoculars, video cameras, paper pads and notebooks in a compendium of terrorist tools. Such training documents are manifesting real-life situations where people are being harassed, assaulted and arrested by law enforcement simply for owning material or discussing topics related to the Constitution and the bill of rights. In May 2008, a student of a large bible college in east Texas was accused by federal agents of committing an act of terror and espionage after he gave a talk to a group of Boy Scouts in which he encouraged them to educate themselves about the U.S. constitution. In July 2007, the Kuhns, a North Carolina couple were terrorized by sheriffs deputy Brian S carborough, who broke into their house, assaulted them and then arrested the couple for the crime of flying an upside down U.S. flag. The couple were handcuffed, arrested and bundled into a squad car, to the protests of numerous neighbors who demanded to know why the Kuhns were being incarcerated, but were told to leave by police. As is supported by the United States Flag Code as well as a similar incident in 2001, flying the flag upside down is not a mark of disrespect, and in fact is considered by many to be the highest form of patriotism. Despite this fact, the upside down flag is equated in the MIAC report with terrorist paraphernalia. Alex Jones 2001 documentary film 9/11: The Road to Tyranny featured footage from a FEMA symposium given to firefighters and other emergency personnel in Kansas City in which it was stated that the founding fathers, Christians and homeschoolers were terrorists and should be treated with the utmost suspicion and brutality in times of national emergency. The lecturer identifies George Washington, Thomas Jefferson and other founding fathers as terrorists. In 2004, Kelly Rushing was charged with making terroristic threats after he handed out Alex Jones videos and recordings of a Congressman Ron Paul speech on C-Span to Lyon County, Kentucky officials and Kentucky State Trooper Lewis Dobbs. A jury later ruled in favor of Rushing but he continues to be harassed by authorities and local law enforcement. In August 2008, a Las Vegas couple were stopped by police, detained and searched as cops demanded to know if there was anything illegal inside the vehicle. When the couple asked why they had been stopped, the police officer pointed at Infowars and Ron Paul bumper stic kers on their car. In 2001, housewife Abbey Newman was assaulted and arrested by police at a checkpoint for exercising her 4th amendment rights. Cops looked through literature which included a copy of a pocket constitution and debated whether or not the material was illegal (Infowars, 2011).

Title: Actor Penn Says Tea Party Wants To Lynch Obama Date: October 16, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: Sean Penn told CNNs Piers Morgan that he would like to see four more years of Goldman Sachs and the bankers in the White House. "I would love to see Barack Obama be Bulworth. Id love to see what Ive always wanted to see, somebody run as a one term Pre sident and show me that people arent stupid. They do care about each other. And when he does the right things and takes on the controversies, hes going to win the next election, the actor rambled. Bulworth is a 1998 Warren Beatty film. In the film, Beatty plays a washed-up and suicidal leftist senator running for president who contracts his own assassination. Penn said the Tea Party wants to lynch Obama. He also threw his weight behind the amorphous Occupy Wall Street movement, which makes sense because it is almost as elusive in regard to what it wants as the actor is. Penns performance reveals that he is essentially clueless unless he is reading from a script, an attribute he shares with Ob ama.

278

CNN has provided outtakes from the interview, but has disabled the embed feature (Infowars, 2011).

The Haqqani Network

OBAMACSI.COM: As detailed in The Nuclear Bible, almost every single act of terror and nuclear proliferation of the last 25 years has been linked to the state of Pakistan in some way. Unbeknownst to most Americans, Pakistan was to be scapegoated in the nuclear terror false-flag that was subverted at Super Bowl XLV on February 6, 2011, in Dallas, Texas. Since this watershed moment in history, the U.S. and NATO have decided to create a brand new terror network in Pakistan, in the form of Al Qaeda, and set up a war with Pakistan the old fashioned Al Qaeda way. The Haqqani Network is a group of nationalists / freedom fighters hell bent on getting the U.S. and NATO out of their tribal regions and are therefore seen as a threat to U.S. and NATO military domination in the region. Due to their unwillingness to cede their nation to globalist control, the Haqqani Network must be set up in order to justify a full-scale attack and invasion of Pakistan. The CIA, acting in the name of the Haqqani Network, will eventually gain access to Pakistan's nuclear arsenal and the reality of a nuclear World War III between the United States and Pakistan will likely come to fruition. 1. The Haqqani Terror Attacks: The mythical group known as Al Qaeda has run its course and the CIA has decided to recycle the terror network narrative that took America to war in Afghanistan and Iraq. As evidenced by the recent number of attacks linked to the alleged Haqqani Network, the next act of spectacular terror will no doubt be blamed on the new Pakistani terror group. The CIA has the Haqqani Network following the Al Qaeda playbook by attacking a U.S. embassies and military barracks, just as Al Qaeda did back in 1996 and 1998. These alleged Haqqani attacks came on the day before and the day after the 10th anniversary of 9/11. These two 9/11 anniversarry attacks will no doubt be touted as a declaration of war against the U.S. in the aftermath of a new false-flag attack on America. 2. Pakistan & Terrorism: Pakistan, whether they know it or not, has been linked to almost every single major terror attack against the West over the last 20 years. The Pakistani Government, its ISI, Osama bin Laden, and alleged terrorists groups within Pakistan have plotted, financed, executed, numerous attacks. Unfortunately, given the trajectory of alleged terror attacks from Pakistan involving WMDs, a nuclear climax may be just around corner. A brief analysis of the following terror attacks show that Pakistan is set up to take the fall for a nuclear terrorist act, despite the fact that the majority of the terror attacks they are accused of were funded and directed by Western intelligence agencies such as Mossad, the CIA, the FBI, MI5, and MI6. 3. Pakistan & Nuclear Proliferation: If the U.S. government and the mainstream media are to believed, Pakistan is the greatest purveyor of nuclear proliferation on the planet. Should a nuclear type incident take place in the Unites States, Pakistan and the Haqqani Network will likely be blamed and a nuclear World War III will ensue. 4. The Old CIA (Haqqani) Network: Just as Osama bin Laden was heavily linked to the CIA, so too is the new Haqqani Network. The result of this marriage in terror is likely new and spectacular terror attacks that will take America to war against a nuclear armed Pakistan. The CIA, acting in the name of the Haqqani Network will eventually gain access to Pakistan's nuclear arsenal and the reality of a nuclear World War III between the United States and Pakistan will likely come to fruition. 1. THE HAQQANI TERROR ATTACKS

OBAMACSI.COM: The mythical group known as Al Qaeda has run its course and the CIA has decided to recycle the terror network narrative that took America to war in Afghanistan and Iraq. As evidenced by the recent number of attacks linked to the alleged Haqqani Network, the next act of spectacular terror will no doubt be blamed on the new Pakistani terror group. The CIA has the Haqqani Network following the Al Qaeda playbook by attacking a U.S. embassies and military barracks, just as Al Qaeda did back in 1996 and 1998. These alleged Haqqani attacks came on the day before and the day after the 10th anniversary of 9/11. These two 9/11 anniversarry attacks will no doubt be touted as a declaration of war against the U.S. in the aftermath of a new false-flag attack on America. Early "Al Qaeda" Attacks 1996, June: Truck bombing at Khobar Towers barracks in Dhahran, Saudi Arabia, killed 19 Americans. 1998, August: U.S. embassies bombed in Kenya and Tanzania; 224 killed, including 12 Americans. Eearly "Haqqani Network" Attacks 2011, September 10: Truck bomb explodes outside Combat Outpost Sayed Abad in Wardak province, Afghanistan, killing five Afghans, including four civilians, and wounding 77 U.S. soldiers, 14 Afghan civilians, and three policemen. 2011, September 12: US Embassy attack at NATO bases in Kabul. The 19 hour attack resulted in the deaths of 4 police officers and four civilians. 17 civilians and 6 NATO soldiers were injured. 3 coalition soldiers were killed. 11 insurgent attackers were killed.

Title: The Haqqani Network Date: Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Haqqani Network is an independent insurgent group originating in Afghanistan that is closely allied with the Taliban and supported by Pakistan's ISI. Maulvi Jalaluddin Haqqani along with his son Sirajuddin Haqqani lead the Haqqani network, which is based in the AfghanistanPakistan

279

border areas. According to US military commanders it is "the most resilient enemy network" and one of the biggest threats to NATO and United States forces in Afghanistan. Some notable US officials have alleged that Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) service has been enabling the network. Rehman Malik, Pakistan's Interior Minister, refuted the allegations and said that Pakistan had no relations with the network and that the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) had "trained and produced" the Haqqani network and other mujahideen during the Soviet war in Afghanistan. Malik's statements were contradicted by the network's warnings against any US military incursions into North Waziristan and by the Pakistan Army's public acknowledgement of contacts with the Haqqanis Alleged Haqqani Terror Attacks January 14, 2008: 2008 Kabul Serena Hotel attack is thought to have been carried out by the network. March, 2008: Kidnapping of British journalist Sean Langan was blamed on the network. April 27, 2008: Assassination attempts on Hamid Karzai. July 7, 2008: US intelligence blamed the network for 2008 Indian embassy bombing in Kabul. November 10, 2008: The Kidnapping of David Rohde was blamed on Sirajuddin Haqqani. December 30, 2009: Camp Chapman attack is thought to have been carried out by the network. May 18, 2010: May 2010 Kabul bombing was allegedly carried out by the network. February 19, 2011: Kabul Bank in Jalalabad, Afghanistan. June 28, 2011: According to ISAF, elements of the Haqqani network provided "material support" in the 2011 attack on the Hotel Inter-Continental in Kabul. The Taliban claimed responsibility. The Pentagon blamed the network for the September 10, 2011 attack: A massive truck bomb explodes outside Combat Outpost Sayed Abad in Wardak province, Afghanistan, killing five Afghans, including 4 civilians, and wounding 77 U.S. soldiers, 14 Afghan civilians, and three policemen. US Ambassador Ryan Crocker blamed the Haqqani network for a September 12, 2011 attack on the US Embassy and nearby NATO bases in Kabul. The attack lasted 19 hours and resulted in the deaths of 4 police officers and four civilians. 17 civilians and 6 NATO soldiers were injured. 3 coalition soldiers were killed. 11 insurgent attackers were killed (Wikipedia, 2011).

2. PAKISTAN & TERRORISM OBAMACSI.COM: Pakistan, whether they know it or not, has been linked to almost every single major terror attack against the West over the last 20 years. The Pakistani Government, its ISI, Osama bin Laden, and alleged terrorists groups within Pakistan have plotted, financed, executed, numerous attacks. Unfortunately, given the trajectory of alleged terror attacks from Pakistan involving WMDs, a nuclear climax may be just around corner. A brief analysis of the following terror attacks show that Pakistan is set up to take the fall for a nuclear terrorist act, despite the fact that the majority of the terror attacks they are accused of were funded and directed by Western intelligence agencies such as Mossad, the CIA, the FBI, MI5, and MI6. ALL of the following incidents relating to terror have been linked to Pakistan in some way. February 26, 1993: First World Trade Center Bombing in NY, NY, USA (Wikipedia, 2011) December 11, 1994: 12/11 Bombing of Philippine Airlines Flight 434 (Wikipedia, 2011) January 1995: Bojinka Plot (Assassination of Pope John Paul II and Bombing of 12 Airliners) (Wikipedia, 2011) August 07, 1998: 1998 United States Embassy Bombings in Africa (Wikipedia, 2011) November 12, 2000: U.S.S. Cole Bombing in Yemen (Wikipedia, 2011) September 11, 2001: 9/11 Terror Attacks in NYC & Washington D. C., USA (Wikipedia, 2011) December 22, 2001: Shoe Bombing of Flight 63, USA (Wikipedia, 2011) March 11, 2004: 3/11 Terror Bombings in Madrid, Spain (Wikipedia, 2011)

280

July 07, 2005: 7/7: Terror Attacks in London, England (Wikipedia, 2011) July 11, 2006: 7/11/26 Train Bombings in Mumbai, India (Wikipedia, 2011) December 27, 2007: Assassination of Pakistani President Benazir Bhutto in Pakistan (Wikipedia, 2011) November 26, 2008: 26/11 Terror Attacks in Mumbai (Bombay), India (Wikipedia, 2011) March 03, 2009: Sri Lankan Cricket Team Terror Attack in Pakistan (Wikipedia, 2011) December 25, 2009: Christmas Day Bomber in Detroit, Michigan, USA (Wikipedia, 2011) December 30, 2009: CIA Terror Attack at Camp Chapman in Afghanistan (Wikipedia, 2011) May 01, 2010: New York City Times Square Bombing, NY, NY, USA (Wikipedia, 2011) July 11, 2010: 7/11 World Cup Bombing in Uganda, Africa (Wikipedia, 2011) May 01, 2011: Osama bin Laden Allegedly Killed in Pakistan (Wikipedia, 2011)

3. PAKISTAN & NUCLEAR PROLIFERATION

OBAMACSI.COM: If the U.S. government and the mainstream media are to believed, Pakistan is the greatest purveyor of nuclear proliferation on the planet. Should a nuclear type incident take place in the Unites States, Pakistan and the Haqqani Network will likely be blamed and a nuclear World War III will ensue. The following incidents relating to nuclear proliferation have been linked to Pakistan in some way 1982: China gives HEU (Highly Enriched Uranium) to Pakistan 1987: Pakistani A.Q. Khan starts international nuclear smuggling operation with alleged sales of nuclear information to Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Nigeria, Sudan, North Korea, Iran and Libya 1989-1991: Pakistani scientists sell nuclear secrets to Iran 1997: Pakistani nuclear scientists meet with North Korea to exchange nuclear technical assistance in return for long-range missile technology May 2, 1998: Pakistan tests first Nuclear Bomb 2000: Pakistani nuclear scientists Bashiruddin Mahmood and Abdul Majid meet with Osama Bin Laden 2001: Just before 9/11, Pakistani nuclear scientists Bashiruddin Mahmood and Abdul Majid meet with Osama Bin Laden for a second time 2001: A Pakistani nuke is smuggled by Al Qaeda and shipped to America 2004: Pakistan buys three Agosta 90Bs Nuclear Submarines February 4, 2004: A.Q. Khan admits selling blueprints for nuclear weapons to Libya, North Korea and Iran 20072009: Terrorists attacked Pakistans nuclear facilities 3 times at 3 different locations February 5, 2009: Pakistani A.Q. Khan freed from house arrest January 17, 2010: Elite U.S. troops deployed to combat hijacked Pakistani nukes January 22, 2010: Pakistan rejects U.S. and U.N. nuclear disarmament attempts January 22, 2010: Lashkar-e-Taiba terror group target Pakistans nuclear scientists

281

4. THE OLD CIA (HAQQANI) NETWORK

OBAMACSI.COM: Just as Osama bin Laden was heavily linked to the CIA, so too is the new Haqqani Network. The result of this marriage in terror is likely new and spectacular terror attacks that will take America to war against a nuclear armed Pakistan. The CIA, acting in the name of the Haqqani Network will eventually gain access to Pakistan's nuclear arsenal and the reality of a nuclear World War III between the United States and Pakistan will likely come to fruition. Title: Haqqani Network Blue-Eyed Boy Of CIA: Khar Date: September 26, 2011 Source: The Hindu Abstract: Reinforcing her reputation for issuing sharp rebukes, Pakistans Foreign Minister Hina Rabbani Khar struck a defiant note in a war of words against the United States when she described the dangerous Haqqani network terror group as the blue -eyed boy of the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency. Her comments, made to a news channel here in New York City on the margins of the recent United Nations General Assembly, came in the wake of an unprecedented exchange between the two countries following allegations that the Haqqani network was a veritable arm of the Pakistani Inter-Services Intelligence. That remark, made by the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Mike Mullen last week, led to stark warnings by Ms. Khar that the U.S. had to face the risk that it could lose an ally in the fight against extremism if it levelled s uch allegations against the Pakistani spy agency. However, the Obama administration refused to back down following the Pakistani response and, instead, Pentagon Spokesman John Kirby retorted that there was credible evidence regarding at least two attacks in September, which showed that the ISI continues to support and even encourages the Haqqanis to launch... attacks. Ms. Khar however lashed out on the role of the CIA, which most recently orchestrated the covert strike against Osama bin Laden on Pakistani soil. She said to Al Jazeera channel, If we talk about links, I am sure the CIA also has links with many terrorist organisations around the world, by whi ch we mean intelligence links. In a remark that raised eyebrows in both New York and Washington Ms. Khar added, And this particular network, which the U.S. continues to talk about, is a network which was the blue-eyed boy of the CIA itself for many years. Amidst signs that the overall bilateral relationship appears to be fraying and possibly on the cusp of a tectonic shift with heightened tensions, she however held out an olive branch. I just hope that we will be given a chance to cooperate with each other and the doors will remain open, Ms. Khar said, adding that statements like this are pretty much close to shutting those doors. Yet that statement too came with a veiled hint that there were limits to Pakistans patience with the U.S. I think we must n ot be tested more than we have the ability to bear, Ms. Khar cautioned (The Hindu, 2011).

Title: Pakistan And The Haqqani Network : The Latest Orchestrated Threat To America Date: September 27, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: Have you ever before heard of the Haqqanis? I didnt think so. Like Al Qaeda, about which no one had ever heard prior to 9/11, the Haqqani Network has popped up in time of need to justify Americas next warPakistan. President Obamas claim that he had Al Qaeda leader Osama bin Laden exterminated deflated the threat from that long -serving bogyman. A terror organization that left its leader, unarmed and undefended, a sitting duck for assassination no longer seemed formidable. Time for a new, more threatening, bogyman, the pursuit of which will keep the war on terror going. Now Americas worst enemy is the Haqqanis. Moreover, unlike Al Qaeda, which was never tied to a country, the Haqqani Network, according to Admiral Mike Mullen, chairman of the US Joint Chiefs of Staff, is a veritable arm of the Pakistani governments intelligenc e service, ISI. Washington claims that the ISI ordered its Haggani Network to attack the US Embassy in Kabul, Afghanistan, on September 13 along with the US military base in Wadak province. Senator Lindsey Graham, a member of the Armed Services committee and one of the main Republican warmonge rs, declared that all options are on the table and gave the Pentagon his assurance that in Congress there was broad bipartisan support for a US military attack o n Pakistan.

282

As Washington has been killing large numbers of Pakistani civilians with drones and has forced the Pakistani army to hunt for Al Qaeda throughout most of Pakistan, producing tens of thousands or more of dislocated Pakistanis in the process, Sen. Graham must have something larger in mind. The Pakistani government thinks so, too. The Pakistani prime minister,Yousuf Raza Gilani, called his foreign minister home from talks in Washington and ordered an emergency meeting of the government to assess the prospect of an American invasion. Meanwhile, Washington is rounding up additional reasons to add to the new threat from the Haqqanis to justify making war on Pakistan: Pakistan has nuclear weapons and is unstable and the nukes could fall into the wrong hands; the US cant win in Afghanistan until it has e liminated sanctuaries in Pakistan; blah-blah. Washington has been trying to bully Pakistan into launching a military operation against its own people in North Waziristan. Pakistan has good reasons for resisting this demand. Washingtons use of the new Haqqani threat as an invasion excuse could be Washingtons way of overcoming Pakistans resistance to attacking its North Waziristan provence, or it could be, as some Pakistani political leaders say, and the Pakistani government fears, a drama created by Washington to justify a military assault on yet another Muslim country. Over the years of its servitude as an American puppet, the Pakistan government has brought this on itself. Pakistanis let the US purchase the Pakistan government, train and equip its military, and establish CIA interface with Pakistani intelligence. A government so dependent on Washington could say little when Washington began violating its sovereignty, sending in drones and special forces teams to kill alleged Al Qaeda, but usually women, children, and farmers. Unable to subdue after a decade a small number of Taliban fighters in Afghanistan, Washington has placed the blame for its military failure on Pakistan, just as Washington blamed the long drawn-out war on the Iraqi people on Irans alleged support for the Iraqi resistanc e to American occupation. Some knowledgeable analysts about whom you will never hear in the mainstream media, say that the US military/security comp lex and their neoconservative whores are orchestrating World War III before Russia and China can get prepared. As a result of the communist oppression, a signifiant percentage of the Russian population is in the American orbit. These Russians trust Washington more than they trust Putin. The Chinese are too occupied dealing with the perils of rapid economic growth to prepare for war and are far behind the threat. War, however, is the lifeblood of the profits of the military/security complex, and war is the chosen method of the neoconservatives for achieving their goal of American hegemony. Pakistan borders China and former constituent parts of the Soviet Union in which the US now has military bases on Russias borders. US war upon an d occupation of Pakistan is likely to awaken the somnolent Russians and Chinese. As both possess nuclear ICBMs, the outcome of the military/security complexs greed for profits and the neoconservatives greed for empire could be the extinction of life on earth. The patriots and super-patriots who fall in with the agendas of the military-security complex and the flag-waving neoconservatives are furthering the end-times outcome so fervently desired by the rapture evangelicals, who will waft up to heaven while the rest of us die on earth . This is not President Reagans hoped for outcome from ending the cold war (Infowars, 2011).

U.S. Military Veterans

OBAMACSI.COM: Should Barack Obama be assassinated, it is extremely likely that the alleged assassin will be a U.S. military veteran or active duty serviceman. U.S. military veterans have already allegedly assassinated a U.S. President, and the military assassin narrative has been repeatedly rehashed in movies, TV shows, and government memos alike. As evidenced, there is a full-out effort by the U.S. government and the mainstream media to demonize veterans and no doubt implicate them in the assassination of Barack Obama and future terror attacks. 1. Lee Harvey Oswald: The notorious Lee Harvey Oswald enlisted in the United States Marine Corps on October 24, 1956. Oswald was assigned first to Marine Corps Air Station El Toro in July 1957, then to Naval Air Facility Atsugi in Japan in September as part of Marine Air Control Squadron 1. Oswald is alleged to have assassinated U.S. President John F. Kennedy on November 23, 1963, despite evidence clearly showing that Secret Service agent William Greer fired the fatal shot. 2. "The Manchurian Candidate" (2004): In the major motion picture "The Manchurian Candidate", Major Bennett "Ben" Marco (Denzel Washington) is a war veteran who eventually assassinates the Vice President, although he was under mind control and was supposed to assassinate the newly elected President of the United States of America. 3. "Shooter" (2007): In the major motion picture "Shooter", U.S. military veteran and implied "9/11 Truther" (one who does not believe the official narrative put forth by the U.S. government regarding the attacks of 9/11), Bob Lee Swagger, is played by the actor Mark Wahlberg. Swagger is ultimately set up for the murder of an Ethiopian Archbishop as well as the attempted assassination of a sitting U.S. President via sniper rifle. At 9:08 into the film, with the "9/11 Commission Report" in clear view, Swagger states, "Let's see what lies they're trying to sell us today". Later in the movie, at 13:55 precisely, Swagger states, "Don't really like the President much...Didn't like the one before that much either". 4. "Death of a President" (2008): Filmed in 2006 but released in 2008, "The Death of a President" is an apparent script for the future assassination of Barack Obama. The assassination in the film takes place at 8:13pm on October 19 (The date of the World Series), in Chicago, Illinois, Obama's home town. The president depicted in the movie, George W. Bush, is shot twice at the Sheraton Hotel in downtown Chicago by an assassin with a sniper rifle. The top three suspects for the assassination are a full-time peace activist, a U.S. military veteran, and a Syrian man with alleged Al Qaeda ties. Although the Syrian man was charged, tried and convicted for the assassination, the true perpetrator of the crime was the U.S. military veteran's father, a Major in U.S. military and a Desert Storm veteran. If there was ever a blueprint for the assassination of Barack Obama, "The Death of a President" is definitely it.

283

5. The DHS Memo: The memo from the U.S. Department of Homeland Security states that, "Rightwing extremists have capitalized on the election of the first African American president...but they have not yet turned to attack planning...Extremists appeared to be in the early planning stages of some threatening activity targeting [Obama], but law enforcement interceded. The memo also goes on to state that "rightwing extremists will attempt to recruit and radicalize returning veterans in order to exploit their skills and knowledge derived from military training and combat. These skills and knowledge have the potential to boost the capabilities of extremistsincluding lone wolves or small terrorist cellsto carry out violence". 6. 2010 State of the Union: Joint Threat Assessment: The Joint Threat Assessment states that a Obama may be targeted by "Lone Offender" such as a U.S. military veteran, stating that, "In November, U.S. Army officer stationed at Fort Hood, Texas, allegedly opened fire on individuals at the instillation, killing 12 and wounding at least 31". 7. Boy Scouts Versus U.S. Military Veterans: Boy Scouts are currently being trained to take on domestic terrorists, which apparently would include war veterans and American citizens if the Homeland Security definition of a terrorist is to be applied. Clearly the U.S. government is getting ready to wage war on it biggest threat: the U.S. military. 8. The "Homeland" TV Show: "Homeland" is an upcoming American psychological thriller television series that depicts U.S. military veterans as terrorists trying to attack America. The terror suspects have now transitioned from the Islamic/Arab type to the white American U.S. military veteran type. In the pilot episode of "Homeland", the main character, Sergeant Nicholas Brody, rapes his estranged wife before scoping out the U.S. Capitol building in Washington D.C. for upcoming terror attack. 9. Demonization of the U.S. Military: Recent news articles featuring members of the Marines, Army, Navy, and National Guard personnel who are wanted for horrific crimes are making headlines almost every week. The military may have in fact wanted criminal soldiers to eventually demonize, as they changed their recruitment policies in 2007 to allow for recruits with felony convictions to join the military. Whether true or not, these types of news articles will likely continue to increase over the next few years until U.S. military veterans are ultimately scapegoated in future terror attacks. 10. U.S. Military Heists: A number of recent military computers, weapons and ammunition heists from U.S. military bases are unprecedented and may indicate that large scale false-flag attacks from the alleged thieves may be imminent. These thefts coincide with the large number of U.S. military personnel accused of hanus crimes which could lead to U.S. military men and women being scapegoated in future terror attacks.

1. LEE HARVEY OSWALD

OBAMACSI.COM: The notorious Lee Harvey Oswald enlisted in the United States Marine Corps on October 24, 1956. Oswald was assigned first to Marine Corps Air Station El Toro in July 1957, then to Naval Air Facility Atsugi in Japan in September as part of Marine Air Control Squadron 1. Oswald is alleged to have assassinated U.S. President John F. Kennedy on November 23, 1963, despite evidence clearly showing that Secret Service agent William Greer fired the fatal shot.

Title: Lee Harvey Oswald Date: November 22, 1963 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Lee Harvey Oswald was, according to four government investigations, the sniper who killed John F. Kennedy, the 35th President of the United States, in Dallas, Texas, on November 22, 1963. A former U.S. Marine who had briefly (October 1959 June 1962) defected to the Soviet Union, Oswald was initially arrested for the shooting murder of police officer J. D. Tippit, on a Dallas street approximately 40 minutes after Kennedy was shot. Suspected in the assassination of Kennedy as well, Oswald denied involvement in either of the killings. Two days later, while being transferred from police headquarters to the county jail, Oswald was shot and killed by nightclub owner Jack Ruby in full view of television cameras broadcasting live. In 1964, the Warren Commission concluded that Oswald acted alone in assassinating Kennedy, firing three shots, a conclusion also reached by prior investigations carried out by the FBI and Dallas Police Department. However, in 1979, the House Select Committee on Assassinations concluded that Oswald 'probably' did not act alone. The evidence used to base this conclusion has since been widely disputed (Wikipedia, 2011).

2. THE MANCHURIAN CANDIDATE

OBAMACSI.COM: In the major motion picture "The Manchurian Candidate", Major Bennett "Ben" Marco (Denzel Washington) is a war veteran who eventually assassinates the Vice President, although he was under mind control and was supposed to assassinate the newly elected President of the United States of America. READ MORE

Title: The Manchurian Candidate Date: July 30, 2004

284

Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "The Manchurian Candidate" is a 2004 American thriller film based on the 1959 novel of the same name by Richard Condon, and a reimagining of the previous 1962 film. The film stars Denzel Washington as Bennett Marco, a tenacious, virtuous soldier; Liev Schreiber as Raymond Shaw, a U.S. Representative from New York, manipulated into becoming a vice-presidential candidate; Jon Voight as Tom Jordan, a U.S. Senator and challenger for vice president and Meryl Streep as Eleanor Prentiss Shaw, also a senator and the manipulative, ruthless mother of Raymond Shaw (Wikipedia, 2011).

3. "SHOOTER"

OBAMACSI.COM: In the major motion picture "Shooter", U.S. military veteran and implied "9/11 Truther" (one who does not believe the official narrative put forth by the U.S. government regarding the attacks of 9/11), Bob Lee Swagger, is played by the actor Mark Wahlberg. Swagger is ultimately set up for the murder of an Ethiopian Archbishop as well as the attempted assassination of a sitting U.S. President via sniper rifle. At 9:08 into the film, with the "9/11 Commission Report" in clear view, Swagger states, "Let's see what lies they're trying to sell us today". Later in the movie, at 13:55 precisely, Swagger states, "Don't really like the President much...Didn't like the one before that much either". READ MORE

4. DEATH OF A PRESIDENT

OBAMACSI.COM: Filmed in 2006 but released in 2008, "The Death of a President" is an apparent script for the future assassination of Barack Obama. The assassination in the film takes place at 8:13pm on October 19 (The date of the World Series), in Chicago, Illinois, Obama's home town. The president depicted in the movie, George W. Bush, is shot twice at the Sheraton Hotel in downtown Chicago by an assassin with a sniper rifle. The top three suspects for the assassination are a full-time peace activist, a U.S. military veteran, and a Syrian man with alleged Al Qaeda ties. Although the Syrian man was charged, tried and convicted for the assassination, the true perpetrator of the crime was the U.S. military veteran's father, a Major in U.S. military and a Desert Storm veteran. If there was ever a blueprint for the assassination of Barack Obama, "The Death of a President" is definitely it. READ MORE

5. THE DHS MEMO

OBAMACSI.COM: The memo from the U.S. Department of Homeland Security states that, "Rightwing extremists have capitalized on the election of the first African American president...but they have not yet turned to attack planning...Extremists appeared to be in the early planning stages of some threatening activity targeting [Obama], but law enforcement interceded. The memo also goes on to state that "rightwing extremists will attempt to recruit and radicalize returning veterans in order to exploit their skills and knowledge derived from military training and combat. These skills and knowledge have the potential to boost the capabilities of extremistsincluding lone wolves or small terrorist cellsto carry out violence". READ MORE

Title: Rightwing Extremism: Current Economic And Political Climate Fueling Resurgence In Radicalization and Recruitment Date: April 7, 2009 Source: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Abstract: (U//LES) Rightwing extremists have capitalized on the election of the first African American president, and are focusing their efforts to recruit new members, mobilize existing supporters, and broaden their scope and appeal through propaganda, but they have not yet turned to attack planning. (U//LES) Rightwing extremists are harnessing this historical election as a recruitment tool. Many rightwing extremists are antagonistic toward the new presidential administration and its perceived stance on a range of issues, including immigration and citizenship, the expansion of social programs to minorities, and restrictions on firearms ownership and use. Rightwing extremists are increasingly galvanized by these concerns and leverage them as drivers for recruitment. From the 2008 election timeframe to the present, rightwing extremists have capitalized on related racial and political prejudices in expanded propaganda campaigns, thereby reaching out to a wider audience of potential sympathizers. (U//LES) Most statements by rightwing extremists have been rhetorical, expressing concerns about the election of the first African American president, but stopping short of calls for violent action. In two instances in the run-up to the election, extremists appeared to be in the early planning stages of some threatening activity targeting the Democratic nominee, but law enforcement interceded Disgruntled Military Veterans (U//FOUO) Returning veterans possess combat skills and experience that are attractive to rightwing extremists. DHS/I&A is concerned that rightwing extremists will attempt to recruit and radicalize returning veterans in order to boost their violent capabilities. (U//FOUO) DHS/I&A assesses that rightwing extremists will attempt to recruit and radicalize returning veterans in order to exploit their skills and knowledge derived from military training and combat. These skills and knowledge have the potential to boost the capabilities of extremistsincluding lone wolves or small terrorist cellsto carry out violence. The willingness of a small percentage of military personnel to join extremist groups during the 1990s because they were disgruntled, disillusioned, or suffering from the psychological effects of war is being replicated today.

285

(U) After Operation Desert Shield/Storm in 1990-1991, some returning military veteransincluding Timothy McVeighjoined or associated with rightwing extremist groups. (U) A prominent civil rights organization reported in 2006 that large numbers of potentially violent neo -Nazis, skinheads, and other white supremacists are now learning the art of warfare in the [U.S.] armed forces. (U//LES) The FBI noted in a 2008 report on the white supremacist movement that some returning military veterans from the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan have joined extremist groups. Lone Wolves and Small Terrorist Cells (U//FOUO) DHS/I&A assesses that lone wolves and small terrorist cells embracing violent rightwing extremist ideology are the most dangerous domestic terrorism threat in the United States. Information from law enforcement and nongovernmental organizations indicates lone wolves and small terrorist cells have shown intentand, in some cases, the capabilityto commit violent acts. (U//LES) DHS/I&A has concluded that white supremacist lone wolves pose the most significant domestic terrorist threat because of their low profile and autonomyseparate from any formalized groupwhich hampers warning efforts. (U//FOUO) Similarly, recent state and municipal law enforcement reporting has warned of the dangers of rightwing extremists embracing the tactics of leaderless resistance and of lone wolves carrying out acts of violence. (U//FOUO) Arrests in the past several years of radical militia members in Alabama, Arkansas, and Pennsylvania on firearms, explosives, and other related violations indicates the emergence of small, well-armed extremist groups in some rural areas (U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2009).

Title: War On Terrors New Targets: Veterans, Tea Partiers, Anti-Fed Activists Date: August 18, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: Two new videos recently released by the Department of Homeland Security add to the mountain of evidence that proves Big Sis has now dispensed with all pretense of the war on terror being focused on Al-Qaeda Muslims, as tools that were designed to catch foreign terrorists are now being targeted against Americans who are opposed to big government. The two recent PSAs (watch them below), part of Homeland Securitys See Something Say Something snitch campaign, portray white middle class Americans as terrorists in almost all of the scenarios shown in the clips. Far from representing some superficial nod to political correctness, this is in fact a deliberate effort by the feds to characterize predominantly white, middle class, politically engaged Americans as domestic extremists. Its all part of the agenda to frame dissent against big government as dangerous radicalism. Contrary to claims by the DHS that it does not profile, the bulk of literature and other training tools issued by the federal government over the last decade clearly go to great lengths to demonize informed, middle class, and predominately white Americans as the most likely terrorists, despite the fact that the 126 people who were indictedon terrorist-related charges in the United States over the last two years were all Muslim. In addition to recent rhetoric from the likes of Vice-President Biden that Tea Partiers are akin to terrorists, other legitimate grass roots activists such as End the Fed protesters have also been labeled as dangerous extremists by the federal government. In March 2009 it came to light that the End the Fed protests, which took place at banks and regional Federal Reserve branches across the country the previous year on November 22, were being monitored closely by the United States Army Reserve Command, who implied that those protesting against the Fed and the bankster bailout were essentially terrorists. On November 22, 2008, Alex Jones led a rally at the Federal Reserve Bank in Dallas Texas. The Dallas protest is specifically mentioned in the official Army document. Ron Pauls brother was also in attendance. The FBI has also gone out of its way to characterize returning veterans from Iraq and Afghanistan as a major domestic terrorist threat. Additionally, Janet Napolitano said she stood by an April 2009 DHS intelligence assessment that listed returning vets as likely domestic terrorists. Just a month later, the New York Times reported on how Boy Scout Explorers were being trained by the DHS to kill disgruntled Iraq war veterans in terrorist drills. In March 2009 we broke the story of the infamous MIAC report, leaked to us by two concerned Missouri police officers. The report listed Ron Paul supporters, libertarians, people who display bumper stickers, people who own gold, or even people who fly a U.S. flag and equates them with radical race hate groups and terrorists. Indeed, the MIAC report is just one in a series of similar threat assessment documents released over the last decade that list average American citizens as dangerous extremists and potential terrorists.

286

We have highlighted previous training manuals issued by state and federal government bodies which identify whole swathes of the population as potential terrorists. A Texas Department of Public Safety Criminal Law Enforcement pamphlet gives the public characteristics to identify terrorists that include buying baby formula, beer, wearing Levi jeans, carrying identifying documents like a drivers license and traveling with women or children. A Virginia training manual used to help state employees recognize terrorists lists anti-government and property rights activists as terrorists and includes binoculars, video cameras, paper pads and notebooks in a compendium of terrorist tools. Such training documents are manifesting real-life situations where people are being harassed, assaulted and arrested by law enforcement simply for owning material or discussing topics related to the Constitution and the bill of rights. In May 2008, a student of a large bible college in east Texas was accused by federal agents of committing an act of terror and espionage after he gave a talk to a group of Boy Scouts in which he encouraged them to educate themselves about the U.S. constitution. In July 2007, the Kuhns, a North Carolina couple were terrorized by sheriffs deputy Brian Scarborough , who broke into their house, assaulted them and then arrested the couple for the crime of flying an upside down U.S. flag. The couple were handcuffed, arrested and bundled into a squad car, to the protests of numerous neighbors who demanded to know why the Kuhns were being incarcerated, but were told to leave by police. As is supported by the United States Flag Code as well as a similar incident in 2001, flying the flag upside down is not a mark of disrespect, and in fact is considered by many to be the highest form of patriotism. Despite this fact, the upside down flag is equated in the MIAC report with terrorist paraphernalia. Alex Jones 2001 documentary film 9/11: The Road to Tyranny featured footage from a FEMA symposium given to firefighters and other emergency personnel in Kansas City in which it was stated that the founding fathers, Christians and homeschoolers were terrorists and should be treated with the utmost suspicion and brutality in times of national emergency. The lecturer identifies George Washington, Thomas Jefferson and other founding fathers as terrorists. In 2004, Kelly Rushing was charged with making terroristic threats after he handed out Alex Jones videos and recordings of a Congressman Ron Paul speech on C-Span to Lyon County, Kentucky officials and Kentucky State Trooper Lewis Dobbs. A jury later ruled in favor of Rushing but he continues to be harassed by authorities and local law enforcement. In August 2008, a Las Vegas couple were stopped by police, detained and searched as cops demanded to know if there was anything illegal inside the vehicle. When the couple asked why they had been stopped, the police officer pointed at Infowars and Ron Paul bumper sticker s on their car. In 2001, housewife Abbey Newman was assaulted and arrested by police at a checkpoint for exercising her 4th amendment rights. Cops looked through literature which included a copy of a pocket constitution and debated whether or not the material was illegal (Infowars, 2011).

6. 2010 STATE OF THE UNION: JOINT THREAT ASSESSMENT

OBAMACSI.COM: The Joint Threat Assessment states that a Obama may be targeted by "Lone Offender" such as a U.S. military veteran, stating that, "In November, U.S. Army officer stationed at Fort Hood, Texas, allegedly opened fire on individuals at the instillation, killing 12 and wounding at least 31". READ MORE

Title: 2010 State Of The Union Address: Joint Threat Assessment Date: January 25, 2010 Source: DHS, FBI, US Capitol Police, U.S. Northcom, National Counterterrorism Center, etc.

Abstract: (8 of 10 pages missing)

(DHS, FBI, U.S. Capitol Police, 2010).

7. BOY SCOUTS VERSUS U.S. MILITARY VETERANS

287

OBAMACSI.COM: Boy Scouts are currently being trained to take on domestic terrorists, which apparently would include war veterans and American citizens if the Homeland Security definition of a terrorist is to be applied. Clearly the U.S. government is getting ready to wage war on it biggest threat: the U.S. military. Title: Government Readies Youth Corps To Take On Vets Date: May 15, 2009 Source: Prison Planet Abstract: Shocking New York Times article about Boy Scouts being trained to disarm and kill American citizens stokes fears of Hitler Youth Ten minutes into arrant mayhem in this town near the Mexican border, and the gunman, a disgruntled Iraq war veteran, has alr eady taken out two people, one slumped in his desk, the other covered in blood on the floor, begins a shocking New York Times article reporting on how the Boy Scouts are being trained to take on domestic terrorists, which apparently would include war veterans and American citizens if the Homeland Security definition of a terrorist is to be applied. Homeland Security and the FBI are behind the effort to indoctrinate and train the Boy Scouts to become tomorrows Gestapo. O ur end goal is to create more agents, April McKee, a senior Border Patrol agent, told the Times. Before it was more about the basics, said Johnny Longoria, a Border Patrol agent. But now our emphasis is on terrorism, illegal entry, drugs and human smuggling. Is this the literal creation of Hitler-Jugend style youth brigades designed to act as the front line for eventual programs of mass internment and gun confiscation in the advent of a national emergency? In Nazi Germany, the Hitler Youth succeeded the Boy Scout movement. Hitler Youth training was militarized in comparison to the Boy Scout network, which was largely based around education. Boys aged fourteen and upwards, as well as a separate branch aged 10-14, were trained at preparatory schools to become future Nazi leaders. At its height in 1940, and after it had become mandatory to join, the Hitler Youth boasted no less than 8 million members. Apparently in a shift away from the traditional Boy Scouts activities of sports, camping, survival skills and team leadership, the government is now training children to confront terrorism, illegal immigration and escalating border violence under the banner of the Exp lorers program, with the aid of military-style exercises aimed at subduing insurgents. In one scenario, boys are trained how to conduct drug raids and take out an obstreperous lookout. Put him on his face and put a knee in his back, a Border Patrol agent explained. I guarantee that hell shut up. In other situations, Boy Scouts are trained to disarm suspected terrorists and subdue them, including Iraq war veterans. Scouts are trained to identify the enemy. In a competition in Arizona, one role-player wore traditional Arab dress. If were looking at 9/11 and what a Middle Eastern terrorist would be like, said A. J. Lowenthal, a sheriffs deputy in Imperial County, California, then maybe your role-player would look like that. I dont know, would you call that politically incorrect? Politically correct or not, Homeland Security and the FBI realize Arabs are not the enemy rightwing extremists are. Last month, Infowars reported on a document produced by the Department of Homeland Securitys National Infrastructure Coordinating Center identifying advocates of the Second Amendment, veterans, pro-life activists, and militia members as dangerous terrorists. A subsequent DHS document, entitled Domestic Extremism Lexicon, pinpointed antigovernment types rejecting federal authority in favor of state or local authority as possible terrorists. Islamic groups are specifically excluded from this document, writes Benjamin Sarlin for the Daily Beast. The new Gestapo Boy Scouts program will train the new Hitler Youth or Obama youth for the challenges of a totalitarian globalist future. As the planned implosion of the economy unfolds and unemployment increases, the federal government is picking up the slack. In the wake of the huge stimulus package to jumpstart the economy, plenty of new positions are being created by 2010. The agencies that will benefit include the Defense, Commerce, Homeland Security and Veterans Affairs departments, writes Judi Hasson for Fierce Government. Gestapo Scouts will be required to combat rightwing extremists who will refuse to turn in their firearms after the next fal se flag terror attack or engineered pandemic. SWAT Scouts will be called to deal with those who refuse to participate in mandatory vaccinations. Police state Scouts will be the vanguard for Obamas million-man Civilian National Security Corps. just as powerful, just as strong, just as well -funded as the military. Its up to the New York Times, as the premier liberal propaganda outfit, to sell the militarization of the Boy Scouts to the American people, using the standard bugaboos of Arab terrorists, drug cartel thugs, and marijuana cultivators as the example of why all of this is necessary. In the real world, however, government is not primarily concerned with drug dealers after all, the government and Wall Street run most of the drugs they are worried about growing opposition to the destruction of the Constitution and the imposition of world government by a cabal of international bankers and their corporate fascist partners in crime (Prison Planet, 2009).

288

8. THE "HOMELAND" TV SHOW

OBAMACSI.COM: "Homeland" is an upcoming American psychological thriller television series that depicts U.S. military veterans as terrorists trying to attack America. The terror suspects have now transitioned from the Islamic/Arab type to the white American U.S. military veteran type. In the pilot episode of "Homeland", the main character, Sergeant Nicholas Brody, rapes his estranged wife before scoping out the U.S. Capitol building in Washington D.C. for upcoming terror attack. READ MORE

Title: "Homeland" TV Series Date: October 2, 2011 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: According to Wikipedia, "Homeland" is an upcoming American psychological thriller television series created by Howard Gordon, Alex Gansa and Gideon Raff. It stars Damian Lewis, Claire Danes, Mandy Patinkin and Morena Baccarin. The series is set to premiere on Showtime on October 2, 2011, at 10 pm. SYNOPSIS: Marine Sergeant Nicholas Brody (Damian Lewis), missing since 2003, is presumed to be killed in action. However Sgt. Brody is found after a raid is conducted on a terrorist safehouse. Carrie Anderson (Claire Danes), a CIA officer, believes Sgt. Brody is now working for al Qaeda and has subsequently returned to carry out a terrorist attack on the United States. The public and other government officials believe Sgt. Brody is a war hero which further complicates the investigation (Wikipedia, 2011)

9. DEMONIZATION OF THE U.S. MILITARY OBAMACSI.COM: Recent news articles featuring members of the Marines, Army, Navy, and National Guard personnel who are wanted for horrific crimes are making headlines almost every week. The military may have in fact wanted criminals soldiers to eventually demonize, as they changed thier recruitment policies in 2007 to allow for recruits with felony convictions to join the military. Whether true or not, these types of news articles will likely continue to increase over the next few years until U.S. military veterans are ultimately scapegoated in future terror attacks. Title: Military Granting More Criminal Waivers Date: February 11, 2007 Source: CBS News Abstract: More recruits with criminal records, including felony convictions, are being allowed to join the Army and Marine Corps as the armed services cope with a dwindling pool of volunteers during wartime. The military routinely grants waivers to take in recruits who have criminal records, medical problems or low aptitude scores that would otherwise disqualify them from service. Most are moral waivers, which include some felonies, misdemeanors, and traffic and drug offenses. Defense Department statistics show that the number of Army and Marine recruits needing waivers for felonies and serious misdemeanors, including minor drug offenses, has grown since 2003. Some recruits may get more than one waiver. The Army granted more than double the number of waivers for felonies and misdemeanors in 2006 than it did in 2003. The number of felony waivers granted by the Army grew from 411 in 2003 to 901 in 2006, according to the Pentagon, or about one in 10 of the moral waivers approved that year. Other misdemeanors, which could be petty theft, writing a bad check or some assaults, jumped from about 2,700 to more than 6,000 in 2006. The minor crimes represented more than three-quarters of the moral waivers granted by the Army in 2006, up from more than half in 2003. Army and Defense Department officials defended the waiver program as a way to admit young people who may have made a mistake early in life but have overcome past behavior. And they said about two-thirds of the waivers granted by the Marines are for drug use, because they unlike the other services require a waiver if someone has been convicted once for marijuana use. Lawmakers and other observers say they are concerned that the struggle to fill the military ranks in this time of war has forced the services to lower their moral standards. "The data is crystal clear. Our armed forces are under incredible strain and the only way that they can fill their recruiting quotas is by lowering their standards," said Rep. Marty Meehan, D-Mass., who has been working to get additional data from the Pentagon. "By lowering standards, we are endangering the rest of our armed forces and sending the wrong message to potential recruits across the country." Army spokesman Paul Boyce said Tuesday he is concerned because the Pentagon data differs from Army numbers. But overall, he said, "anything that is considered a risk or a serious infraction of the law is given the highest level of review." "Our goal is to make certain that we recruit quality young men and women who can keep America defended against its enemies," Boyce said. The data was obtained through a federal information request and released by the California-based Michael D. Palm Center, a think tank that studies military issues. "The fact that the military has allowed more than 100,000 people with such troubled pasts to join its ranks over the past three years illustrates the

289

problem we're having meeting our military needs in this time of war," said Aaron Belkin, director of the center. Belkin said a new study commissioned by the center also concludes that the military does not have any programs that help convicted felons adjust to military life. In recent years, as the Iraq and Afghanistan wars have dragged on, the military has also relaxed some standards in order to meet recruitment demands. The Army, for example, increased its age limit for recruits from 35 to 42, and is accepting more people whose scores on a standardized aptitude test are at the lower end of the acceptable range. In its report, the Pentagon said, "The waiver process recognizes that some young people have made mistakes, have overcome their past behavior, and have clearly demonstrated the potential for being productive, law-abiding citizens and members of the military." According to the Pentagon, nearly a quarter of new military recruits needed some type of waiver in 2006, up from 20 percent in 2003. Roughly 30,000 moral waivers were approved each year between 2003 and 2006. The military in its report divides moral waivers into six categories: felonies, serious and minor non-traffic offenses, serious and minor traffic offenses and drug offenses. Because many states have different crimes categorized as a felony or misdemeanor, the groupings are more general. About one in five Army recruits needed a waiver to enlist in 2006, up from 12.7 percent in 2003. In addition, the report showed that the Army granted substantially fewer waivers for drug use and serious traffic violations last year than in 2003. More than half of the Marine recruits needed a waiver in 2006, a bit higher than in 2003, and largely due to their more strict drug requirements. Felony waivers made up about 2 percent of the Marine waivers, while other lesser crimes made up about 25 percent, both up slightly from 2003. About 18 percent of Navy recruits required a waiver, up only slightly from 2003. Two-thirds of the waivers granted by the Navy were for misdemeanortype crimes and about 5 percent were for felonies. Just 8 percent of Air Force recruits had waivers, down a bit from 2003. Nearly all of the waivers were for the misdemeanor-type crimes (CBS News, 2007).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: November 5, 2009 Suspect: Major Nidal Malik Hasan Age: 39 Ethnicity: Arabic, Jordanian Location: Fort Hood, Texas Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: FN Five-seven semi-automatic pistol fitted with two Lasermax laser sights: one red, and one green Crime: Fatally shooting 12 and wounding 31 fellow Army co-workers

Title: Officials: Fort Hood Shootings Suspect Alive; 12 Dead Date: November 5, 2009 Source: CNN Abstract: A soldier suspected of fatally shooting 12 and wounding 31 at Fort Hood in Texas on Thursday is not dead as previously reported by the military, the base's commander said Thursday evening. A civilian officer who was wounded in the incident shot the suspect, who is "in custody and in stable condition," Army Lt. Gen. Robert Cone told reporters. "Preliminary reports indicate there was a single shooter that was shot multiple times at the scene," Cone said at a news conference. "However, he was not killed as previously reported." The suspect, identified as Maj. Nidal Malik Hasan, opened fire at a military processing center at Fort Hood around 1:30 p.m., Cone said. Three others initially taken into custody for interviews have been released, Cone said. Hasan, 39, is a graduate of Virginia Tech and a psychiatrist licensed in Virginia who was practicing at Darnall Army Medical Center at Fort Hood, according to military and professional records. Previously, he worked at Walter Reed Army Medical Center. A federal official said Hasan is a U.S. citizen of Jordanian descent. Military documents show that Hasan was born in Virginia and was never deployed outside the United States. In a statement released Thursday, Hasan's cousin, Nader Hasan, said his family is "filled with grief for the families of today's victims." "Our family loves America. We are proud of our country, and saddened by today's tragedy," the statement said. "Because this situation is still unfolding, we have nothing else that we are able to share with you at this time."

290

Hasan was scheduled to be deployed to Iraq "and appeared to be upset about that," Sen. Kay Bailey Hutchison, R-Texas, said. "I think that there is a lot of investigation going on now into his background and what he was doing that was not known before," Hutchison said. Hutchison said she was told that the soldiers at the readiness facility "were filling out paper processing to go to Iraq or Afghanistan," according to CNN affiliate KXAN in Austin, Texas. The readiness center is one of the last stops before soldiers deploy. It is also one of the first places a soldier goes upon returning to the United States. The base reopened Thursday night after being under lockdown for more than five hours. At a news conference earlier in the day, Cone said at least 10 of the dead were soldiers. The shooter had two weapons, both handguns, Cone said (CNN, 2009).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: February 19, 2010 Suspect: Unknown Age: ? Ethnicity: Arabic Location: Fort Jackson, South Carolina Affiliation(s): Army Weapon: Poision Crime: Attempted Food Poisoning

Title: Army Investigates Alleged Attempt By Soldiers To Poison Food At Fort Jackson Date: February 19, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: The U.S. Army is investigating allegations that soldiers were attempting to poison the food supply at Fort Jackson in South Carolina. The ongoing probe began two months ago, Chris Grey, a spokesman for the Armys Criminal Investigation Division, told Fox News . The Army is taking the allegations extremely seriously, Grey said, but so far, "there is no credible information to support the allegations." Five suspects, detained in December, were part of an Arabic translation program called "09 Lima" and use Arabic as their first language, two sources told Fox News. Another military source said they were Muslim. It wasn't clear whether they were still being held. Grey would not confirm or deny the sources information (Fox News, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: June 16, 2010 Suspect: Anthony Todd Saxon Age: 34 Ethnicity: White Location: Fort Gordon, Georgia Affiliation(s): Nationsl Guard Weapons: Laser sighted military rifles, land mine, grenades, night vision devices Crime: Falsely pretended to be an Army Master Sergeant, attempted theft of infrared laser targeting sight

Title: Man Seized At Army Post Had Land Mine, Laser Scope Date: June 16, 2010 Source: Army Times Abstract: A former national guardsman pretending to be an active-duty soldier convinced an officer to give him a sophisticated laser sight for military rifles before he was caught hours later on the base with a land mine, several grenades and night vision devices, prosecutors said Wednesday. Federal prosecutors said in a criminal complaint that Anthony Todd Saxon, 34, falsely pretended to be an Army master sergeant on Tuesday and sought to steal the infrared laser targeting sight. He was expected to appear in federal court later Wednesday.

291

Saxon was wearing a full combat uniform, including rank and insignia, when he was stopped at Fort Gordon by military police and questioned about his activities, according to the complaint. After Saxon gave them consent to search his vehicle, authorities said they found several grenades and the land mine, among other equipment. According to the complaint, Saxon told investigators he was able to obtain the laser sight by telling a captain in the bases military police office that he was a master sergeant in the Armys 82nd Airborne Division and that he needed it to train a soldier. He told investigators he was able to obtain the device after signing a receipt, according to the court documents. He also said he was a member of the Army National Guard between 1993 and 1995, but was medically discharged for heart problems. Florida National Guard spokeswoman Crystal McNairy said that Saxon joined the Guard in 1993 and left with an honorable discharge in 1994. She said his rank was private 1st class, but she would not provide any other details about his service. Fort Gordon spokesman Buz Yarnell said Saxon was stopped on the Army post because his car matched the description of a vehicle suspected in an earlier theft of military equipment from the post in April. Yarnell would not say what had been stolen. Yarnell said the grenades, called flash bangs, use blinding light and loud noise to stun people but dont explode into leth al shrapnel. He couldnt have done any serious damage, said Yarnell, who would not say whether the explosives were detonated. He said theres no suspected connection between Saxon and an AWOL serviceman arrested Monday in Florida after he tried to ent er MacDill Air Force Base with weapons and ammunition in his vehicle. But Yarnell said military authorities still dont know what Saxon was doing on Fort Gordon. Yarnell also didnt know if Saxon used a military ID, either fake or real, to get onto the base. For t Gordon, near Augusta, is home to the Army Signal Corps, which is in charge of the services global communication and information systems. He said the post, which is also home to the Eisenhower Army Medical Center, typically allows civilians to enter if they show some form of identification. Anybody can get on Fort Gordon with a drivers license, Yarnell said. Its open to the public, basically (Army Times, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 9, 2010 Suspect(s): Calvin Gibbs, Jeremy Morlock, Andrew Holmes, Michael Wagnon, Adam Winfield Age(s): 19-25 Ethnicity: White Location: Afghanistan Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: Machine gun, fragmentary grenade Crime: Shot Afghan civilians at random and collected their fingers as trophies

Title: US Soldiers 'Killed Afghan Civilians For Sport And Collected Fingers As Trophies' Date: September 9, 2010 Source: The Guardian Abstract: Twelve American soldiers face charges over a secret "kill team" that allegedly blew up and shot Afghan civilians at random and collected their fingers as trophies. Five of the soldiers are charged with murdering three Afghan men who were allegedly killed for sport in separate attacks this year. Seven others are accused of covering up the killings and assaulting a recruit who exposed the murders when he reported other abuses, including members of the unit smoking hashish stolen from civilians. In one of the most serious accusations of war crimes to emerge from the Afghan conflict, the killings are alleged to have been carried out by members of a Stryker infantry brigade based in Kandahar province in southern Afghanistan. According to investigators and legal documents, discussion of killing Afghan civilians began after the arrival of Staff Sergeant Calvin Gibbs at forward operating base Ramrod last November. Other soldiers told the army's criminal investigation command that Gibbs boasted of the things he got away with while serving in Iraq and said how easy it would be to "toss a grenade at someone and kill them". One soldier said he believed Gibbs was "feeling out the platoon". Investigators said Gibbs, 25, hatched a plan with another soldier, Jeremy Morlock, 22, and other members of the unit to form a "kill team". While on patrol over the following months they allegedly killed at least three Afghan civilians. According to the charge sheet, the first target was Gul Mudin, who

292

was killed "by means of throwing a fragmentary grenade at him and shooting him with a rifle", when the patrol entered the village of La Mohammed Kalay in January. Morlock and another soldier, Andrew Holmes, were on guard at the edge of a poppy field when Mudin emerged and stopped on the other side of a wall from the soldiers. Gibbs allegedly handed Morlock a grenade who armed it and dropped it over the wall next to the Afghan and dived for cover. Holmes, 19, then allegedly fired over the wall. Later in the day, Morlock is alleged to have told Holmes that the killing was for fun and threatened him if he told anyone. The second victim, Marach Agha, was shot and killed the following month. Gibbs is alleged to have shot him and placed a Kalashnikov next to the body to justify the killing. In May Mullah Adadhdad was killed after being shot and attacked with a grenade. The Army Times reported that a least one of the soldiers collected the fingers of the victims as souvenirs and that some of them posed for photographs with the bodies. Five soldiers Gibbs, Morlock, Holmes, Michael Wagnon and Adam Winfield are accused of murder and aggravated assault among other charges. All of the soldiers have denied the charges. They face the death penalty or life in prison if convicted. The killings came to light in May after the army began investigating a brutal assault on a soldier who told superiors that members of his unit were smoking hashish. The Army Times reported that members of the unit regularly smoked the drug on duty and sometimes stole it from civilians. The soldier, who was straight out of basic training and has not been named, said he witnessed the smoking of hashish and drinking of smuggled alcohol but initially did not report it out of loyalty to his comrades. But when he returned from an assignment at an army headquarters and discovered soldiers using the shipping container in which he was billeted to smoke hashish he reported it. Two days later members of his platoon, including Gibbs and Morlock, accused him of "snitching", gave him a beating and told him to keep his mouth shut. The soldier reported the beating and threats to his officers and then told investigators what he knew of the "kill team". Following the arrest of the original five accused in June, seven other soldiers were charged last month with attempting to cover up the killings and violent assault on the soldier who reported the smoking of hashish. The charges will be considered by a military grand jury later this month which will decide if there is enough evidence for a court martial. Army investigators say Morlock has admitted his involvement in the killings and given details about the role of others including Gibbs. But his lawyer, Michael Waddington, is seeking to have that confession suppressed because he says his client was interviewed while under the influence of prescription drugs taken for battlefield injuries and that he was also suffering from traumatic brain injury. "Our position is that his statements were incoherent, and taken while he was under a cocktail of drugs that shouldn't have been mixed," Waddington told the Seattle Times (The Guardian, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: December 5, 2010 Suspect: Bryan Minkyu Martin Age: 22 Ethnicity: Asian Location: Fort Bragg, North Carolina Affiliation(s): Navy, Joint Special Operations Command Weapon: Words Crime: Sold top secret documents to an undercover FBI agent posing as a foreign intelligence officer

Title: NCIS: Sailor At Bragg Sold Secret Documents Date: December 5, 2010 Source: Military.com Abstract: A Navy intelligence specialist stationed at Fort Bragg is in custody after an investigation revealed he allegedly sold top secret documents to an undercover FBI agent posing as a foreign intelligence officer. Navy Reserve Intelligence Specialist 3rd Class Bryan Minkyu Martin, of Mexico, N.Y., is being held in custody in Norfolk, Va., said Ed Buice, a public affairs specialist for the Naval Criminial Investigative Service. Martin, 22, was asssigned to the Joint Special Operations Command at Fort Bragg. Buice said Martin was taken into custody Wednesday by NCIS and the FBI and is being held while investigative materials are being reviewed. No charges had been filed as of Friday night, Buice said. Martin could face charges and a court-martial under the Uniform Code of Military Justice, Buice said.

293

According to a search warrant unsealed in federal court Friday, Martin sold secret and top secret documents in several staged buys of intelligence at two Spring Lake hotels. According to the search warrant, filed Wednesday by Special Agent Richard J. Puryear with NCIS, Martin was assigned to the Joint Special Operations Command at Fort Bragg on Sept. 16. Two months later, on Nov. 15, Martin met an undercover FBI agent in the lobby of the Hampton Inn on Bragg Boulevard in Spring Lake, according to the warrant. The special agent, posing as a foreign intelligence officer, brought Martin to his room, where Martin discussed his access to military computer networks and classified networks, according to the warrant. Martin also told the agent that he was seeking "longterm financial reimbursement," and that he could be very valuable over a 15- or 20-year career, which he expected would take him to the Defense Intelligence Agency, the warrant says. Martin offered to bring the agent two documents at their next meeting and accepted $500 in cash from the agent, the warrant says. At a meeting the next day at the same hotel, Martin produced two documents one labelled "secret" and the other "top secret" and accepted $1,500 in cash, the warrant says. He agreed to meet the agent again Nov. 19, when he produced 51 pages of secret and top secret documents, according to the warrant. He was paid another $1,500, according to the warrant. Martin also failed to report the contacts to any member of his chain of command, the warrant says. The warrant authorized NCIS agents to search the room Martin was using at the Landmark Inn on Fort Bragg and his 2009 gold Nissan Altima. It does not address how Martin came under suspicion or how he came into contact with the undercover FBI agent. Buice would not clarify the matter Friday night, but said, "We have a high level confidence that classified information was not delivered to any unauthorized person." Martin enlisted in the Navy on Nov. 30, 2006, and completed basic training on July 20, 2007. He received a top secret clearance on Sept. 20, 2007, and was subsequently assigned to temporary duty with the Defense Intelligence Agency between May 9 and Aug. 22, according to the warrant. A spokesman for the Army's Special Operations Command referred all questions to NCIS. Messages left for Martin's family in New York were not returned Friday night (Military.com, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: July 28, 2011 Suspect: Naser Jason Abdo Age: 21 Ethnicity: White Location: Fort Hood, Texas Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: Explosives, jihadist materials, firearms, bomb making components Crime: Likely will be charged with being in possession of bomb-making materials

Title: AWOL Soldier Arrested In What Police Say Was New Fort Hood Terror Plot Date: July 28, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: An Army private has been arrested in connection with an alleged plot to attack Fort Hood soldiers that authorities suggest was close to being carried out. The arrest, first reported by Fox News, comes nearly two years after a deadly shooting rampage at the base. Pfc. Naser Jason Abdo, an AWOL soldier from Fort Campbell in Kentucky, was arrested by the Killeen, Texas, Police Department near Fort Hood and remains in custody at the Killeen jail. Abdo, 21, was found with weapons, explosives and jihadist materials at the time of his arrest, a senior Army source confirms to Fox News. He was arrested at around 2 p.m. Wednesday after someone called authorities to report a suspicious individual. Eric Vasys, a spokesman with the FBI's San Antonio Office, said authorities found firearms and bomb making components inside Abdo's motel room. Sources also say Abdo was attempting to make a purchase at Guns Galore in Killeen, the same ammunition store where Maj. Nidal Hasan purchased weapons that were allegedly used to gun down 13 people and wound 30 others at the base on Nov. 5, 2009.

294

Sources said Abdo had enough materials to make two bombs, including 18 pounds of sugar and six pounds of smokeless gunpowder -- a possible trigger for an explosive. A pressure cooker was also found. Another counterterrorism source said the bomb making materials and methodology came "straight out of Inspire (a terrorist magazine) and an Al Qaeda explosives course manual." Killeen Police Chief Dennis Baldwin alluded to the severity of the threat at a news conference Thursday afternoon announcing the arrest. "We we would probably be here today giving you a different briefing had he not been stopped," Baldwin said, and military personnel appeared to be the target. ABC News reported, citing law enforcement documents, that the target wasn't the base itself but a nearby restaurant that is popular with personnel from Fort Hood. Police in Killeen said their break in the case came from Guns Galore LLC -- the same gun store where Maj. Nidal Hasan bought a pistol used in the 2009 attack. Store clerk Greg Ebert said the man arrived by taxi Tuesday and bought 6 pounds of smokeless gunpowder, three boxes of shotgun ammunition and a magazine for a semi-automatic pistol. Ebert said he called authorities because he and his co-workers "felt uncomfortable with his overall demeanor and the fact he didn't know what the hell he was buying." According to an Army alert sent via email and obtained by The Associated Press, Killeen police learned from the taxi company that Abdo had been picked up from a local motel and had also visited an Army surplus store where he paid cash for a uniform bearing Fort Hood unit patches. Bob Jenkins, a Fort Campbell spokesman, told Fox News that Abdo was also being investigated for child pornography found on his government computer. Abdo went AWOL on July 4. On the eve of his first deployment to Afghanistan -- after only one year in the Army -- Abdo applied for conscientious objector status as a Muslim. It was denied by his superiors at Fort Campbell but later overturned by the Assistant Deputy Secretary of the Army review board. Another source told Fox News that two other U.S. soldiers have been questioned as part of the investigation. Abdo's Facebook page, which has since been taken down, showed that he traveled to New York City in September to attend an antiwar vigil and show support for Pfc. Bradley Manning, the alleged source for the classified war documents released by controversial group WikiLeaks. Vasys said Abdo likely will be charged with being in possession of bomb-making materials. Killeen Chief Baldwin said the case would be referred for federal charges, though a Justice Department official would not confirm that. In the 2009 shooting case, Maj. Hasan, an Army psychiatrist, was arraigned on July 20 and is currently standing trial. His civilian lawyer withdrew from the case as it began (Fox News, 2011).

Title: Naser Abdo, AWOL Soldier, Indicted In Fort Hood Bomb Plot Date: August 9, 2011 Source: Huffington Post Abstract: A federal grand jury indicted an AWOL soldier Tuesday on three charges in connection with a plot to bomb Fort Hood soldiers in Texas. Pfc. Naser Jason Abdo, 21, was indicted in Waco on charges of possession of an unregistered destructive device, possession of a firearm and possession of ammunition by a fugitive from justice, according to federal prosecutors. He faces up to 10 years in prison on each charge if convicted. He is being held without bond and has yet to enter a plea. His attorney, Keith Dorsett, did not immediately return a telephone call seeking comment Tuesday. Abdo was arrested two weeks ago at a Killeen motel near Fort Hood. Investigators say they found a handgun, an article titled "Make a bomb in the kitchen of your Mom" and the ingredients for an explosive device, including gunpowder, shrapnel and pressure cookers. An article with that title appears in an al-Qaida magazine. The soldier was approved as a conscientious objector this year after citing his Muslim beliefs, but that status was put on hold after he was charged with possessing child pornography. He went absent without leave from Fort Campbell, Ky., last month. A day after his arrest, a defiant Abdo shouted "Nidal Hasan Fort Hood 2009!" as he was led out of a federal courtroom, an apparent homage to the suspect in the worst mass shooting ever on a U.S. military installation. He condemned that attack less than a year ago, but is now accused of trying to carry out another deadly attack.

295

After Abdo was arrested at the motel, he told authorities he planned to make two bombs and detonate them in a restaurant where Fort Hood soldiers eat, according to documents filed in the case (Huffington Post, 2011)

OBAMACSI.COM Date: August 15, 2011 Suspect: Charles Alan Dyer Age: 31 Ethnicity: White Location: Duncan, Oklahoma Affiliation(s): Marines, Oath Keepers Weapon: Colt M-203 grenade launcher Crime: Rape of 7 year old girl

Title: FBI Manhunt For 'Timothy McVeigh-Like' Ex-Marine On The Lam Date: August 24, 2011 Source: ABC News Abstract: A former Marine who is part of a right wing group that calls for an uprising is the target of an FBI manhunt ranging from Oklahoma to Florida. Charles Alan Dyer, 31, of Duncan, Okla., failed to appear in court on Monday, Aug. 15, on charges he raped a 7-year-old girl. His failure to appear launched a federal dragnet covering 12 states in the South. Authorities are warning that Dyer is believed to be armed and dangerous. Sheriff Wayne McKinney of Stephens County, Okla., described him as a "Timothy McVeigh" like individual, referring to the right wing militia member executed for blowing up a federal building in Oklahoma City in 1995. Dyer is part of a controversial group called Oath Keepers that includes current and former law enforcement and military members who take an oath to obey the Constitution rather than the president. Dyer has posted videos on YouTube talking about a "New World Order" and calling for people to "rise up" against "tyrannical government." An ABC News review of court records reveals that Dyer was indicted on federal charges for possessing an unregistered Colt M-203 grenade launcher. Authorities believe Dyer was in the Houston area last week following reports from residents in nearby Wallis that a man matching Dyer's description knocked on doors there asking for a ride to Houston, according to ABC News affiliate KTRK. "My older brother had him there. He was knocking on his window," witness Greg Hatton said. "When I pulled up, for example, first I called him to see if that's him, hold him. That's the guy we're looking for, hold him. And we're always armed. We're concealed gun licensed carriers and he had him right at the point there, but he took off running. And when he took off running he ran across this track here, went to my neighbor's house and asked him for a ride." The FBI said that Dyer does not seem to have a car and is instead using a network of people he knows from Oath Keeper websites to get around, according to special agent Clay Simmonds, a spokesman for the agency. FBI Chasing Ex-Marine Charles Dyer Three days before his court date, Dyer's residence was found burned to the ground, according to the FBI. Two men believed to have started the fire are in custody and are believed to be affiliated with Dyer's organization, according to McKinney. The day of the fire, Dyer's attorney filed a motion requesting that the trial date be pushed back due to the fire at Dyer's home. "Oath Keeper" Charles Dyer Target of Federal Manhunt This is the second trial Dyer was scheduled for the charges. In April, the first trial was declared a mistrial, McKinney said. The sheriff also said that Dyer had been seen hanging around the courthouse in the days leading up to the trial, wearing a thigh holster and backpack and carrying a Bible. McKinney said the behavior was meant to intimidate people at the court. The FBI is asking for the public's assistance in locating Dyer, putting up digital billboards depicting Dyer's image at locations in Oklahoma, Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Tennessee, Virginia, Arkansas, North Carolina and South Carolina. A reward of up to $5,000 is being offered for any information leading to Dyer's arrest. Dyer is described as a white male, 5-foot-10 and 175 to 200 pounds, brown hair and blue eyes. Information obtained has indicated Dyer may have grown a beard, lost some weight and his head is no longer shaved (ABC News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: August 28, 2011 Suspect: Capt. Leonard John Egland Age: 37 Ethnicity: White

296

Location: Fort Lee, Virginia Affiliation(s): Army Weapon: Semiautomatic rifle Crime: Alleged murder of ex-wife, her boyfriend, boyfriend's young son, and a grandmother

Title: Va. Army Officer Sought In 4 Slayings Found Dead In Pa. Date: August 28, 2011 Source: MSNBC Abstract: Manhunt punctuated by gunfire amid wind and rain of tropical storm terrorizes community An Army officer suspected of killing four people in Pennsylvania and Virginia was found dead in a wooded area Sunday after a manhunt during Tropical Storm Irene's winds and drenching rains paralyzed residents in the Philadelphia suburb. Hours after he fired at several officers, wounding two of them, the body of Capt. Leonard John Egland, 37, of Fort Lee, Va., was found around 3:30 p.m. in the Bucks County community of Warwick Township, Police Chief Mark Goldberg said. Egland's body was found several hundred yards behind a Lukoil gas station where authorities say he had fired a semiautomatic rifle at SWAT team members who discovered his truck and found him before dawn in a trash bin. The officers, who were not injured, chased him into the woods but lost him as the storm raked the area, Goldberg said. "It was bad," he said. "Weather conditions were horrible and it was a very dangerous situation." He said the SWAT teams had "performed courageously." With Egland on the run, armed with two weapons, residents were warned to stay indoors and keep their doors locked, the police chief said. The manhunt, Goldberg said, "tied up departments all over Bucks County ... It didn't prevent us from responding during the storm but it certainly taxed our resources." Three Bucks County SWAT teams, state police and numerous police departments searched for Egland after his former mother-in-law was found shot to death in her home in Buckingham. Authorities in Virginia said Egland had earlier killed his ex-wife, her boyfriend and the boyfriend's young son before taking his own young daughter on a frantic drive through Pennsylvania. The girl, believed by Goldberg to be about 6 years old, was abandoned Saturday night by Egland, physically unharmed, at St. Luke's Hospital in Quakertown, apparently after the child's grandmother was killed. A note was left with the child, authorities said. Bucks County District Attorney David Heckler said a nurse or orderly confronted Egland but the suspect flashed a pistol and got away. The hospital worker called police with a description of the suspect and his black pickup truck. Just before midnight, the truck was stopped by state and local police in Doylestown Township. Officers said the suspect fired shots from a semiautomatic rifle, hitting an officer in the arm and shattering a windshield that sent glass into the face of a Dublin officer. Goldberg said both officers had been released from a hospital. The body, found in woods behind the gas station and a business under renovation, matched Egland's description, Goldberg said. The police chief said Egland had a gunshot wound but he would leave it to the coroner to determine whether it was self-inflicted. Goldberg said that because of the lockdown, numerous residents were prevented from checking for storm damage at their homes. "I know just from the way the phones were ringing in the police station that it was causing a great deal of anxiety among our people, and for us as well," he said. "It's a tragic event, but at least our residents can rest easy." Police in Chesterfield County, Va., said Pennsylvania police had asked officers at 1 a.m. Sunday to check on the welfare of people at a home, where officers found the bodies of Egland's ex-wife, her boyfriend and his child. Names of the victims were not being released pending notification of relatives. A spokesman said the suspect had no known criminal history in the area. Egland's former mother-in-law, 66-year-old Barbara Reuhl of Buckingham, was believed to have been killed Saturday night, Heckler said. Goldberg said other family members were under police protection during the search for Egland, including one person who was at the police department. The police chief said he believed Egland's daughter girl was being cared for Sunday afternoon by relatives (MSNBC, 2011).

297

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 15, 2011 Suspect: Russell C. Marcum Age: 20 Ethnicity: White Location: Fort Drum, New York Affiliation(s): Army First Class Private Weapons: Hand Gun, Bullet Proof Vest Crime: Burglary, Grand Theft Auto

Title: New York Police Search for Armed Soldier Who Escaped Military Custody Date: September 16, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Police in central New York are searching for an armed, suicidal Fort Drum soldier dressed in camouflage who escaped military custody and led police on a multi-county car chase Thursday night, authorities said. Russell C. Marcum, 20, had been in custody facing burglary charges when the camouflage-clad soldier escaped and stole a white 2003 Chevy Avalanche. A vehicle chase through Madison, Oneida and Otsego counties ended when police damaged the tires of the car. He fled on foot into a wooded area near Richfield Springs, south of Utica. The Observer-Dispatch of Utica reports that Marcum was armed with a handgun and may be wearing a bullet-proof vest. Marcum, who is considered dangerous, reportedly said that he would force police to shoot him to end his life. The Watertown Daily Times reports that Marcum was arrested Monday on a charge of third-degree burglary after being accused of stealing a $700 plasma TV from a storage unit. Marcum is a private first class from Morgantown, W.Va., who joined the Army in August 2010 and was deployed to Afghanistan this year from January to March, according to officials at Fort Drum. Fort Drum spokeswoman Julie Cupernall said Marcum had been under "unit custody" in barracks Thursday after making bail on the civilian charge. Marcum was not under military police custody, but was being watched by a member of his unit, she said. Police reportedly set up a scanning area Friday morning to check cars passing through for any sign of Marcum. A state police helicopter could also be seen searching the area, the Observer-Dispatch reports. Marcum was last reported to be in a swampy area, according to the newspaper (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 20, 2011 Suspect: Cleve Foster Age: 47 Ethnicity: White Location: Fort Worth, Texas Affiliation(s): Army Weapon: Gun Crime: Rape, Murder

Title: Supreme Court Halts Execution Of Former Army Recruiter Date: September 20, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A former Army recruiter who for the third time this year was hours away from his scheduled execution for the rape-slaying of a woman in Fort Worth nearly 10 years ago was granted yet another reprieve by the U.S. Supreme Court on Tuesday. Cleve Foster, 47, was set to die Tuesday evening. The high court twice earlier this year stopped Foster's scheduled lethal injection. The latest court ruling came about 2 1/2 hours before Foster could have been taken to the Texas death chamber.

298

Foster was meeting with one of his lawyers in a small holding cell a few steps from the death chamber when a Texas Department of Criminal Justice spokesman delivered the news. "He thanked God and pointed to his attorney, saying this woman helped save his life," prison spokesman Jason Clark said. He also said Foster repeated his insistence that he was innocent. "I did not do this crime," Foster told him. "I know there are those out there who have hard feelings against me, but I did not do this." Unlike his previous trips to the death house, the reprieve came before he was served his requested final meal, which included two fried chickens and a five-gallon bucket of peaches. Instead, he immediately was returned to death row, at a prison about 45 miles to the east. Foster was one of two men convicted and sent to death row for fatally shooting a 30-year-old woman whose body was found in a ditch by pipeline workers in Fort Worth in February 2002. His partner died last year of cancer. The court's brief order, similar to one issued last week in the case of Duane Buck, another Texas inmate facing execution, said the reprieve would remain in effect pending the outcome of Foster's request for a review, known as a petition for a writ of certiorari. If the writ is denied, the reprieve is lifted, clearing the way for a new execution date to be set. In January, just before the start of a six-hour window when Foster could be strapped to the death chamber gurney for injection, he won a reprieve so the justices could further review an appeal in his case. Then in April, the high court again halted his execution when lawyers sought a rehearing on arguments he was innocent and had poor legal help at his trial and in early stages of his appeal. His lawyers returned to the court with similar arguments he was innocent and had previous deficient legal help, specifically asking the court to decide whether prisoners like Foster had a constitutional guarantee for a competent lawyer when he first raised claims in a state appeals court. State lawyers said the issues had been resolved by the courts, that the Supreme Court has ruled there's no constitutional right to a competent state-provided lawyer for appeals, and the last-day appeal was just another attempt to delay Foster's punishment. Foster would have been the 11th Texas prisoner executed this year. On Wednesday, Lawrence Russell Brewer, 44, was set to die for participating in the notorious dragging death case in Jasper in East Texas. Brewer was one of two white men condemned for the death of a black man, James Byrd Jr., more than 13 years ago, in a hate crime that shocked the nation for its brutality. Foster was one of two men convicted and sent to death row for fatally shooting Nyaneur Pal. Her body was found on Valentine's Day 2002. "I didn't do this," he said recently from outside his cell on death row. "I'll fight it to the end." Foster and a companion, Sheldon Ward, were convicted of fatally shooting Pal, who came to the U.S. from Sudan and was known as Mary. Pal, who worked at a country club, was seen talking with Foster and Ward at a Fort Worth bar. Evidence showed she had been shot once in the head and raped. A gun identified as the murder weapon was found in a motel room where Foster and Ward were living. Authorities determined the same gun was used two months earlier to kill another woman, 22-year-old Rachel Urnosky, at her Fort Worth apartment. She also had been raped. Foster and Ward were implicated but never tried in her slaying. An aunt and uncle of Pal and the parents of Urnosky were to witness the execution. They had not yet arrived at the Huntsville Unit of the Texas Department of Criminal Justice, where executions are carried out, when the court ordered the punishment stopped. Foster blamed Pal's death on Ward, who was one of his Army recruits. Prosecutors said evidence showed Foster actively participated in the woman's killing, offered no credible explanations, lied and gave contradictory stories about his sexual activities with Pal. Her blood and tissue were found on the weapon and DNA evidence showed both men had sex with her. Ward said the sex was consensual. Foster said he was passed out from sleeping pills at the time Pal would have been murdered. Ward died of cancer last year while on death row. Foster also denied any involvement in Urnosky's slaying in December 2001. He told detectives he and Ward were at her apartment but they left when she refused to have sex with them. The Texas Tech honors graduate was found dead in her bed after she failed to show up for work. In appeals, attorneys referred to Ward's several statements claiming sole responsibility for Pal's murder.

299

"The most striking feature of Ward's `confessions' is that they are incompatible with each other," state lawyers said in their responses to the appeals courts. Foster grew up in Henderson, Kentucky, and spent nearly two decades in the Army, reaching the rank of sergeant first class. He was deployed to the Middle East during Desert Storm and was assigned to Fort Worth as a recruiter. Records showed court martial proceedings were started against him after allegations he gave alcohol to underage students as a recruiter and had sex with an underage potential recruit. He was denied re-enlistment in the Army and had been out of the service only a short time when the slayings occurred (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 24, 2011 Suspect: Andrew Holmes Age: 21 Ethnicity: White Location: Boise, Idaho Affiliation(s): Army Weapon: Machine gun Crime: Fired a heavy machine gun at a boy from 15 feet away

Title: US Soldier Jailed For Seven Years Over Murders Of Afghan Civilians Date: September 24, 2011 Source: The Guardian Abstract: A US soldier has been sentenced to seven years in prison for his role in the murders of Afghan civilians last year. Pvt 1st Class Andrew Holmes, 21, was among five soldiers charged over the "thrill killings" of the three civilians during patrols in Kandahar. The murders have been described as among the most serious war crimes charges to emerge from the Afghanistan war. Holmes, from Boise, Idaho, confessed in court to firing a heavy machine gun at a boy from 15 feet away, after his co-defendant threw a grenade at him. He was accused of directly participating in the first killing and initially charged with premeditated murder among other charges. But in a deal with prosecutors, Holmes pleaded guilty to murder by an inherently dangerous act, as well as possessing a finger bone from his victim and smoking hashish. Judge Lt Col Kwasi Hawks sentenced him on Friday to seven years in jail, saying there was no excuse for the murder. "You aimed a fully loaded squad automatic weapon at [a] child that stood 15 feet away," he said. However, Hawks also told the defendant, "I hope and I believe you will have a long and productive life, and I believe a happy life." Holmes told the judge he wanted the "opportunity to be a son, a brother, a nephew". His family cried as his sentence was given. The soldiers, from Joint Base Lewis-McChord, south of Seattle, were arrested in Afghanistan last year after prosecutors said they killed the three men for sport in January, February and May of 2010. Prosecutors say that in addition to the murders by the group, formerly known as the 5th Stryker Brigade but renamed the 2nd Stryker Brigade, some of the defendants kept body parts severed from the corpses and photos as war trophies. Holmes' sentence came one day after he changed his plea to guilty in a deal with army prosecutors. Holmes will receive credit for the 499 days he has already been behind bars and could leave prison early on good behaviour, it was reported. He will receive a dishonorable discharge after serving his sentence, said army spokesman Joe Kubistek. Holmes will also forfeit his army pay. During the closing argument in his case, prosecutor Major Rob Stelle showed a large photo of Holmes standing over his victim. "It was callous, reckless indifference, a depraved heart," he said of the killing.

300

"The accused had a choice. He pulled the trigger and ended that man's life." Holmes' lawyer, Dan Conway, argued his client was a 19-year-old soldier placed in a difficult situation. Drug use was said to be rampant in the army unit. One soldier who blew the whistle on hash smoking by his comrades was beaten up and threatened in retaliation (The Guardian, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 20, 2011 Suspect: Jared Berman, Richard Daley, Claude Byrd, Kevon McLaren Age: 20, 22, 24, 27 Ethnicity: White, African-American Location: Fort Sill, Oklahoma Affiliation(s): Army, 75th Fires Brigade Weapons: Guns Crime: Robbery, buglary, kidnapping, shooting with intent to kill Title: Four U.S. Soldiers Charged In Home Invasion Leaving Four Wounded Date: September 28, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Four soldiers from Fort Sill in Oklahoma were charged in a home invasion in which four people were shot and wounded. Three of the Fort Sill soldiers in Oklahoma broke into the home in Lawton on Sept. 20, and the fourth served as the getaway driver, prosecutors contend in charging documents filed Tuesday. Prosecutors did not immediately respond to phone messages Wednesday seeking comment and further details about the attack. The three who allegedly entered the home -- Pvt. Richard Daley, 24; Pfc. Claude Byrd II, 27; and Pfc. Kevon McLaren, 22 -- were each charged Tuesday with one count of conspiracy to commit first-degree robbery, three counts of first-degree robbery, and five counts of kidnapping. McLaren, who witnesses said fired the shots, according to a probable cause affidavit, was also charged with shooting with intent to kill and first-degree burglary. The alleged getaway driver, 20-year-old Pfc. Jared Berman, was charged with being an accessory to a crime. The four were in jail Wednesday and online court records did not list attorneys for any of them. According to affidavits filed in the case, McLaren shot the four adult victims and he, Daley and Byrd stole several items from the apartment in Lawson, southwest of Oklahoma City and where the post is located. Fort Sill commander Maj. Gen. David Halverson said in a statement Tuesday that post officials are cooperating with the investigation. "This was an isolated incident, well outside the norm in terms of the way our soldiers behave off-duty, and especially in Lawton, where our various unit relationships and community support initiatives have showcased our soldiers as good neighbors," Halverson said. The four soldiers are assigned to the 75th Fires Brigade, which Fort Sill spokesman Keith Pannell described as a field and air defense artillery unit (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 17, 2011 Suspect: N/A Age: Early 20's Ethnicity: White Location: Seoul, South Korea Affiliation(s): Army Weapons: N/A Crime: Rape

Title: 2 U.S. Soldiers Accused Of Raping Teenagers In Korea Date: October 8, 2011 Source: Fox News

301

Abstract: Two U.S. soldiers have been accused of raping teenage girls in South Korea in separate incidents, prompting U.S. military officials to apologize Saturday as they tried to ease growing public anger. Army Brig. Gen. David Conboy, who supervises the U.S. garrison in Seoul, issued a statement apologizing for "pain" caused by allegations that a U.S. soldier raped a girl in her rented room in Seoul on Sept. 17. That solider -- a private in his early 20s -- is being questioned by police but has not been arrested. Another U.S. private has been arrested on suspicion of raping a teenage girl on Sept. 24 in a city north of Seoul. The top U.S. diplomat for East Asia, Kurt Campbell, apologized Friday for what he called a "tragic and inexcusable rape that took place about a week ago." It was not clear which of the two incidents he was referring to. The alleged assaults have prompted small protests near the U.S. Embassy in Seoul, while the Internet has been abuzz with Koreans expressing their anger. On Saturday, a minor labor party called for restricting the movement of American soldiers outside their bases. The U.S. has 28,500 troops stationed in South Korea, a legacy of the 1950-53 Korean War. Gen. James Thurman, America's top commander in South Korea, said Friday that he has instated a curfew following "the incidents over the last several months." He did not clarify his comments, but said the curfew would last 30 days. U.S. officials are wary of an anti-American sentiment that could be rekindled in countries where their troops are stationed. In 2002, the acquittals of two American soldiers whose armored vehicle ran over and killed two South Korean schoolgirls during training prompted nationwide protests against the U.S. military presence in the country. In 1995, the rape of a 12-year-old Japanese girl by U.S. service members in Okinawa sparked one of the biggest anti-U.S. protests in Japan. About 50,000 U.S. troops are stationed in Japan in a post-World War II security pact (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 15, 2011 Suspect: Sgt. Larry Hutchins Age: 27 Ethnicity: White Location: Camp Pendleton Affiliation(s): Marines Weapons: Unknown Crime: Kidnapping, Murder

Title: Convicted Marine Gets Temporary Release For Birth Date: October 15, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A Marine squad leader who was convicted of leading troops to kill an Iraqi civilian will get a temporary release from prison to witness the birth of his second child. Sgt. Larry Hutchins is currently serving an 11-year sentence at the prison facility at Miramar Marine Corps Air Station. In 2006, Hutchins led an eight-man squad that kidnapped an Iraqi man from his home, marched him into a ditch and killed him. Hutchins' wife became pregnant after he was freed by an appellate decision, but returned to prison several months later when it was overturned. Hutchins has lost numerous appeals (Fox News, 2011).

Title: The FBI Announces Gangs Have Infiltrated Every Branch Of The Military Date: October 22, 2011 Source: Business Insider Abstract: The FBI has released a new gang assessment announcing that there are 1.4 million gang members in the US, a 40 percent increase since 2009, and that many of these members are getting inside the military (via Stars and Stripes).

302

The report says the military has seen members from 53 gangs and 100 regions in the U.S. enlist in every branch of the armed forces. Members of every major street gang, some prison gangs, and outlaw motorcycle gangs (OMGs) have been reported on both U.S. and international military installations. From the report: Through transfers and deployments, military-affiliated gang members expand their culture and operations to new regions nationwide and worldwide, undermining security and law enforcement efforts to combat crime. Gang members with military training pose a unique threat to law enforcement personnel because of their distinctive weapons and combat training skills and their ability to transfer these skills to fellow gang members. The report notes that while gang members have been reported in every branch of service, they are concentrated in the U.S. Army, Army Reserves, and the Army National Guard. Many street gang members join the military to escape the gang lifestyle or as an alternative to incarceration, but often revert back to their gang associations once they encounter other gang members in the military. Other gangs target the U.S. military and defense systems to expand their territory, facilitate criminal activity such as weapons and drug trafficking, or to receive weapons and combat training that they may transfer back to their gang. Incidents of weapons theft and trafficking may have a negative impact on public safety or pose a threat to law enforcement officials. The FBI points out that many gangs, especially the bikers, actively recruit members with military training and advise young members with no criminal record to join the service for weapon access and combat experience. The full assessment is definitely worth checking out, if only for the pictures (Business Insider, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 25, 2011 Suspect: Leo Sharp Age: 87 Ethnicity: White Location: Detroit, Michigan Affiliation(s): Army? Weapons: N/A Crime: Allegedly had 228 pounds of cocaine (worth nearly $3 million) in the car he was driving.

Title: 87-Year-Old Vet Arrested In Michigan After Cops Reportedly Find Cocaine In Car Date: October 25, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Detroit police arrested an 87-year-old veteran last week after reportedly finding more than 228 pounds of cocaine in the car he was driving. Leo Sharp refused to allow a state trooper to search his car after being pulled over for improper lane use, according to records. Police called a drugsniffing dog to the scene and found 104 brick-shaped packages of cocaine worth nearly $3 million in his car, MyFoxDetroit.com reports. In a court appearance Monday, Sharp claimed he was forced at gunpoint to haul the drugs. Attorney Ray Richards said this was his client's first time in the federal court system and Sharp was likely confused by the questioning. "It's not what it seems," Richards told MyFoxDetroit."There's a lot more to this story to be played out later." Sharp is charged with possession with intent to distribute. He could be sentenced to at least 10 years in prison, if convicted. Sharp is married with children and works full-time growing exotic plants for a horticulture company in Indiana, MyFoxDetroit.com reports. Judge Mark Randon released Sharp Monday on $10,000 bond and scheduled the next hearing in the case for Nov. 10 (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 26, 2011 Suspect: Benjamin E. Johns, Jacob D. Jacoby, Carlos Orozco III Age: ? Ethnicity: White Location: Hawaii based Affiliation(s): Marines Weapons: Words Crime: Charged with wrongfully humiliating and demeaning 21-year-old Lance Cpl. Harry Lew, who killed himself April 3, 2011.

303

Title: Three Marines Will Go To Trial For Alleged Hazing Of Marine Who Committed Suicide Date: October 26, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Three Hawaii-based Marines accused of hazing a fellow Marine who later committed suicide in Afghanistan will be tried in a general courtmartial, the Marine Corps said Wednesday. A trial date for Sgt. Benjamin E. Johns, Lance Cpl. Jacob D. Jacoby and Lance Cpl. Carlos Orozco III has not been set. The three are charged with wrongfully humiliating and demeaning 21-year-old Lance Cpl. Harry Lew, who killed himself April 3. The two lance corporals have also been charged with assault, and one was charged with cruelty and maltreatment. A general court-martial is a forum for the most serious charges in the military justice system. Less serious charges may be addressed in summary courts-martial or a special courts-martial. Lew, of Santa Clara, Calif., was a nephew of U.S. Rep. Judy Chu of California. Brig. Gen. Frederick Padilla, 3rd Marine Division commander, decided the case should go to trial, Lt. Col. Curtis Hill, a spokesman for Marine Corps Forces Pacific, said in an email. "The Marine Corps prides itself on holding its members to the highest levels of accountability. The Marine Corps does not tolerate hazing of any kind," Hill said. "When allegations of hazing are made, they are investigated and if substantiated, appropriate corrective action is taken." An Article 32 hearing -- similar to a civilian grand jury hearing -- was held regarding the charges last month. The hearing depicted a squad of Marines actively fighting on the front lines while at the same time trying to cope with a habit Lew developed of falling asleep on watch duty. Lew fell asleep four times in the 10 days he spent at Patrol Base Gowragi, a remote outpost in Afghanistan. Because Lew's life and the lives of his fellow Marines depended on him being awake and alert, several Marines in his squad grew increasingly frustrated with the dozing. Lew's leaders tried various approaches to keep him awake, including taking him off patrols so he could get more rest, according to testimony at the hearing. But on Lew's last night, those efforts escalated into alleged acts of violence and humiliation, according to the charges heard. The Marines are accused of punching and kicking him, making him do pushups and pouring sand in his face. Commanders in retrospect said Lew's sleeping may have been a symptom that he was suffering from depression or some other medical condition. Hill stressed the Marines are presumed innocent until proven guilty (Fox News, 2011).

10. U.S. MILITARY HEISTS

OBAMACSI.COM: A number of recent military computers, weapons and ammunition heists from U.S. military bases are unprecedented and may indicate that large scale false-flag attacks from the alleged thieves may be imminent. These thefts coincide with the large number of U.S. military personnel accused of hanus crimes which could lead to U.S. military men and women being scapegoated in future terror attacks. Title: Thousands Of Laptops Stolen During 9-hour Heist Date: July 13, 2010 Source: CBS News Abstract: Thousands of laptops have been stolen from the Florida office of a private contractor for the U.S. military's Special Operations Command. Surveillance cameras caught up to seven people loading the computers into two trucks for nine hours. U.S. Special Operations Command coordinates the activities of elite units from the Army, Navy, Air Force and Marines. A spokeswoman said Tuesday that none of the stolen laptops contained military information or software. The Virginia-based company iGov was awarded a $450 million contract earlier this year to supply mobile technology services linking special operations troops worldwide. A company executive says iGov is cooperating with authorities and the March 6 break-in at its Tampa facility remains under investigation (CBS News, 2010).

Title: Feds: AK-74 Assault Rifles Stolen From Fort Irwin Date: July 30, 2011 Source: CNN

304

Abstract: Federal authorities are investigating whether any of the 26 AK-74 assault rifles and a Dragunov rifle stolen from the Fort Irwin Army Post has ended up in Fresno, California, a spokesman said Saturday. The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation have offered a $10,000 reward for information leading to the arrest and conviction of individuals behind the July 15 theft of firearms from an army supply warehouse in Fort Irwin, California, an ATF official said. Authorities said some arrests were made after employees at the storage warehouse were interviewed, but no further details were available Saturday and other suspects were still being sought. Federal authorities have received reports that some of the firearms have reached Fresno, and authorities have notified officials there of that possibility, a spokesman told CNN. "Although our agents and officers are vigorously investigating this theft, we request the public's assistance to help us arrest and prosecute those individuals responsible for this crime," special agent John A. Torres of the ATF's Los Angeles office said in a statement. "Community participation is necessary to improve the likelihood that ATF and our law enforcement partners will track down the firearms as well as the criminals who have sought to destabilize our community through illegal activity" (CNN, 2011).

Title: Officials Investigate Missing Ammo At Fort Bragg Date: September 10, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Officials at Fort Bragg say an investigation is under way into the disappearance of nearly 14,000 rounds of ammunition at the Army base. Staff Sgt. Joshua Ford, a spokesman for the 82nd Airborne Division, says the ammunition went missing from the 1st Brigade Combat Team at Fort Bragg. The Fayetteville Observer reports that Ford believed the ammunition was taken overnight on Tuesday. The 1st Brigade team was placed on lockdown for a few hours Wednesday night while officials conducted a search. The missing ammunition can be used in an M-4 or M-16 assault rifle. Ford says the 82nd Airborne Division and military police are taking the matter seriously and that "any amount of ammunition that goes missing" has "got to be accounted for" (Fox News, 2011).

CHAPTER 7: OBAMA ASSASSINATION SUSPECTS

Fox News
OBAMACSI.COM: Whether Obama is killed by a grand governmental conspiracy or a lone nut, Fox News and its owner and CEO Rupert Murdoch will be partly to blame. Whatever Fox News puts on the air, Murdoch must approve, and no other media outlet on the planet has been more vocal in the suggestion, insinuation, and prediction of an Obama assassination than Fox News. The act of calling for the assassination of a U.S. President, let alone an African-American one, is unconscionable. Regardless of any Obama policy passed thus far, an Obama assassination would be far worse and would literally rip America apart at the seams. Unfortunately, this is exactly what Fox News and Murdoch have in mind. 1. Who is Fox Owner Rupert Murdoch?: In order to understand the power, manipulation and control of Fox News, look no further than its owner and CEO Rupert Murdoch. There is nothing American about Murdoch, Fox News, or the 175 newspapers that he owns. Fox News is a traitorous and treasonous organization, and once Murdoch's ambitions and goals are understood, the role that Fox News and News Corp. plays in American politics becomes quite clear. 2. Fox: Wishing for an Obama Assassination: On multiple occasions, individuals working for Fox News have clearly stated that they wish Obama would be assassinated. These comments were not by accident, but rather carefully calculated propaganda aired with the sole purpose seeding the future assassination of Obama into the minds of the American masses. 3. Fox: Predicting an Obama Assassination: Aside from giving a media mouthpiece to the Grand Wizard of the KKK who predicts an Obama assassination by a Southerner, Fox News' Glenn Beck predicts that a 9/11 Truther will assassinate Obama. 4. Fox: Obama Is Dead: During the aftermath of the alleged Osama bin Laden assassination, Fox News repeatedly stated that U.S. President Barack Obama was killed and that Obama was now dead. This type of behavior by Fox News is no accident, but rather deliberate programming intended to prepare the American people for things to come. 5. Fox: Kill Obama: In what appear to be blatant stochastic terrorism, (the use of mass communications such as radio, tv, and internet, to stir up random lone wolves to carry out violent or terrorist acts) Fox News' Glenn Beck tells his audience to "Kill Obama".

305

6. Fox: Obama Assassination Beta-Test: On July 4, 2011, Fox News pulled a historical hoax on America's birthday by claiming that Obama had been assassinated by two gunshot wounds. This was no accident, but rather a a planned beta-test to see what type of reaction was garnered by the American people and the world.

1. WHO IS FOX OWNER RUPERT MURDOCH?

OBAMACSI.COM: In order to understand the power, manipulation and control of Fox News, look no further than its owner and CEO Rupert Murdoch. There is nothing American about Murdoch, Fox News, or the 175 newspapers that he owns. Fox News is a traitorous and treasonous organization, and once Murdoch's ambitions and goals are understood, the role that Fox News and News Corp. plays in American politics becomes quite clear.

2. FOX: WISHING FOR AN OBAMA ASSASSINATION

OBAMACSI.COM: On multiple occasions, individuals working for Fox News have cleary stated that they wish Obama would be assassinated. These comments were not by accident, but rather carefully calculated propaganda aired with the sole purpose seeding the future assassination of Obama into the minds of the American masses. Title: FOX Pundit Wishes for Obama Assassination, Laughs Date: May 25, 2008 Source: Huffington Post Abstract: During a live interview, FOX Contributor Liz Trotta jokingly wished for the assassination of Sen. Barack Obama...The incident happen in an exchange with the FOX News anchor. When asked her opinion of the recent scandal surrounding some comments made by Sen. Hillary Clinton, which Trotta described by saying that, "some are reading [it] as a suggestion that somebody knock off Osama." Hemmer quickly corrected Trotta, having noticed that she had said "Osama" when she meant "Obama." At this point, Trotta said, "Obama. Well...both if we could!" Trotta then laughed gleefully (Huffington Post, 2008).

Title: Media Matters: Wishing For Obama's Assassination Won't Get You Fired From Fox News Date: October 22, 2010 Source: Media Matters Abstract: The media topic of the week was the firing of Juan Williams by NPR over his remark that he gets "nervous" around "people who are in Muslim garb" on airplanes. Williams' firing comes weeks after CNN canned Rick Sanchez for remarks about Jon Stewart and Jews in the media. In both cases, news organizations made personnel moves in response to perceived violations of their editorial standards. Yet when it comes to cable ratings leader Fox News, it's hard to tell whether any editorial standards exist, and what - if anything - would get you reprimanded by the network. Unlike other media outlets, Fox News has a pattern of failing to seriously discipline employees for on-air transgressions. And in positioning itself as an alternative to traditional news media, that's probably how Fox News likes it. Take the case of Fox News contributor Liz Trotta. During a May 2008 segment on the Democratic presidential primaries, Trotta actually remarked that she wished somebody would "knock off" both Osama Bin Laden and then-candidate Barack Obama: TROTTA: The vast right-wing conspiracy blame has been undermined by her [Clinton's] evasions, by her outright lies, if I may say, by her pandering, by her race-baiting, and now we have what some are reading as a suggestion that somebody knock off Osama - Obama - well, both if we could. It bears repeating what Trotta did - she expressed her hope that someone assassinates Obama. The next day, Trotta appeared on Fox News to do damage control, telling Bill Hemmer that she is "so sorry about what happened yesterday and the lame attempt at humor. I fell all over myself, making it appear that I wished Barack Obama harm or any other candidate." The fallout? Nothing, apparently. Trotta is still a Fox News contributor, and appears in a weekly segment offering commentary. More recently, Fox & Friends co-host Brian Kilmeade made the clearly false claim - twice - that "all terrorists" are Muslim. Following outrage over his remarks, Bill Shine, Fox News' senior vice president of looking the other way, said Kilmeade would "clarify" his comments and claimed that Kilmeade actually meant to say that "all terrorists" involved in the 9-11 attacks were Muslim. Of course, this explanation was completely bogus, as Kilmeade referenced non-9-11 targets when he made the same comment on his Fox News Radio program later that day.

306

This wasn't the first time Kilmeade has gotten in trouble for remarks on race and religion. Kilmeade issued an apology over his remark that "we keep marrying other species and other ethnics and ... the Swedes have pure genes, because they marry other Swedes." Kilmeade has also repeatedly made inflammatory remarks about Islam and Muslims. Additionally, Kilmeade's Fox & Friends program was forced to retract the false assertion that Obama "was educated in a madrassa" - one part of the web of internet conspiracy theories claiming Obama is a secret Muslim with a fake birth certificate. In May 2008, "Fox & Friends" was forced to issue an apology after it repeated as fact an online parody news report of a school prank that included fabricated quotes. And during a July 2008 show, Fox & Friends altered photos of New York Times reporters they disliked -- the journalists' teeth had been yellowed, their facial features exaggerated, and one journalist's hair was moved further back on his head. The fallout? The hosts of Fox & Friends, Kilmeade included, are still standing. In response to the Times incident, Fox News' vice president of shrugging, John Moody, reportedly "said the incident will not result in any official standards adjustments." Why? "Moody told the assembled press that the morning program is 'an entertainment show that does some news.'" Media Matters documented this week that Fox News has a payola problem. Contributor Dick Morris again used his position as a Fox News "political analyst" to tout and solicit donations for the Republican-aligned group Americans for New Leadership weeks after they began paying him thousands of dollars. During his appearances, Morris did not disclose that he was receiving money from the group. To the contrary, Morris lied that he's been working for the Republican Party "without compensation." Morris has also suggested that violence against government officials could be justified. In early 2009, during a long conspiracy theory about a "supernational authority" that will oversee U.S. financial institutions, Morris asserted that President Obama's policies are "internationalist" and that "[t]hose crazies in Montana who say, 'We're going to kill ATF agents because the U.N.'s going to take over' -- well, they're beginning to have a case." The fallout? Morris is one of the most frequent on-air commentators on Fox News. Fox News strategic analyst Ralph Peters once asserted of Pfc. Bowe Bergdahl, who was captured by the Taliban in June 2009 and appeared in Taliban propaganda videos: "[W]e know this private is a liar; we're not sure if he's a deserter." Peters added that if he is a deserter, "the Taliban can save us a lot of legal hassles and legal bills." NBC's Jim Miklaszewski subsequently reported that the Pentagon said Peters' comments "could endanger" the captured soldier. Peters still appears regularly on Fox News. Fox News contributors Doug Schoen and Frank Luntz, meanwhile, have touted and defended the work of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce - without mentioning that the GOP-aligned group is their client. Such behavior extends to Fox's "straight news" division. In February 2009, anchor Jon Scott essentially committed on-air plagiarism by trying to pass off a GOP press release as his own research (typo and all). When Scott was caught, he apologized - for the typo. While students might have faced a suspension or expulsion, Scott suffered no apparent consequences -- to the contrary, he ironically hosts Fox News' media ethics program. And we haven't even gotten to Glenn Beck. While over 100 advertisers have reportedly abandoned Beck's Fox News program, Fox News has stuck with Beck despite his history of violent rhetoric, bizarre conspiracy theories and promotion of anti-Semites. Rupert Murdoch even agreed with Beck's statement that Obama is a "racist," causing MSNBC.com's First Read blog to write about Beck, "What's most amazing about this episode is that what Beck said isn't a fireable or even a SUSPENDABLE offense by his bosses. There was a time when outrageous rants like this would actually cost the ranters their jobs. But not anymore; if anything, it's now encouraged." Fox News has made noise about having editorial standards. Last year, it promised to implement a "zero tolerance" policy regarding errors - then appeared to throw the policy overboard when subsequent errors were found. In another telling incident, Fox News executives yanked Sean Hannity from trying to tape his show at a Cincinnati Tea Party event which charged admission and had "all proceeds" benefiting the organization. Fox News execs were reportedly "furious," but The Los Angeles Times noted that "it does not appear that [their concerns] have resulted in any serious disciplinary measures taken against any staffers involved" and a spokesperson told the Times and NY Magazine that it wouldn't discuss the matter any further. Since April's tea party incident, Hannity has used his program as a non-stop fundraising and promotion tool for favored Republican candidates like Ohio's John Kasich and New York's John Gomez, among others. For those keeping score about what won't result in serious disciplinary action when working at Fox News: wishing for Obama's assassination; appearing to legitimize physical threats against soldiers and law enforcement officers; failing to disclose that you're touting your business clients; trying to financially enrich conservative organizations and candidates; plagiarism of a partisan source; and fundraising on-air for a conservative group without disclosing that they've paid you thousands of dollars. Why the lack of standards? Perhaps it's that Fox News has long defined itself by being the opposite of their competition.

307

The "mainstream media," according to Fox News, is purportedly liberal. Fox's programming, therefore, has to be stacked with conservative hosts and commentators to "balance" out the competition. And other news organizations, apparently, are too focused on restrictions and standards. On Fox News, they don't care about you making "mistakes." "Here you have an ability to do stuff, and then they can always rein you in," Kilmeade told the Los Angeles Times in October 2008. "But I know I'm not going to get reprimanded." "When we make a mistake reading the news headlines, whereas at a [broadcast] network you'd probably get fired, instead, we're like, 'Eh, we screwed up,' " Fox & Friends' Gretchen Carlson similarly told the Times. "And I think that's disarming" (Media Matter, 2010).

3. FOX: PREDICTING AN OBAMA ASSASSINATION

OBAMACSI.COM: Aside from giving a media mouthpieces to the Grand Wizard of the KKK who predicts an Obama assassination by a Southerner, Fox News' Glenn Beck predicts that a 9/11 Truther will assassinate Obama. Title: Indiana KKK Says Obama Will Be Assassinated Date: April 17, 2009 Source: Fox News Abstract: Ray Larson, International Imperial Wizard of the National Knights of the Klu Klux Klan states, "Well, I'm not going to have to worry about it because somebody else down south is gonna take him out. If that man is elected President, he'll be shot sure as hell. The hate would be so deep, from down south, it would definitely be a southerner (Fox News, 2009).

Title: Beck Says Progressives Will Kill Obama Date: January 21, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: Glenn Beck of Fox News stated on his radio program: "Watch the uber left. Pray that Obama moves to the center. If he does, pray that the Secret Service care for that man and that that man is never left alone. He has invited 9/11 Truthers into the White House and into his administration. If they believe that he's just another one of these guys, he is in danger."

4. FOX: OBAMA IS DEAD

OBAMACSI.COM: During the aftermath of the alleged Osama bin Laden assassination, Fox News repeatedly stated that U.S. President Barack Obama was killed and that Obama was now dead. This type of behavior by Fox News is no accident, but rather deliberate programming intended to prepare the American people for things to come.

Title: Geraldo Rivera Says Obama Is Dead Date: May 1, 2011 Source: Fox News

Title: President Obama Is Dead? Date: May 1, 2011 Source: Fox News 5

5. FOX: KILL OBAMA

OBAMACSI.COM: In what appear to be blatant stochastic terrorism, (the use of mass communications such as radio, tv, and internet, to stir up random lone wolves to carry out violent or terrorist acts) Fox News' Glenn Beck tells his audience to "Kill Obama".

Title: Beck Says Kill Obama Date: May 3, 2011 Source: Fox News

308

6. FOX: OBAMA ASSASSINATION BETA-TEST

OBAMACSI.COM: On July 4, 2011, Fox News pulled a historical hoax on America's birthday by claiming that Obama had been assassinated by two gunshot wounds. This was no accident, but rathera a planned beta-test to see what type of reaction was garnered by the American people and the world. Title: Fox News Hackers Claim Barack Obama Assassinated Date: July 4, 2011 Source: Telegraph Abstract: "Hackers, who identified themselves as "The Script Kiddies" and said they shared the spirit of prominent hacking group Anonymous, used the account to write: BREAKING NEWS: President @BarackObama assassinated, 2 gunshot wounds have proved too much. It's a sad 4th for #america. #obamadead RIP...In another tweet they wrote: #ObamaDead, it's a sad 4th of July. RT to support the late president's family , and RIP. The shooter will be found. The hackers added: @BarackObama shot twice at a Ross' restaurant in Iowa while campaigning. RIP Obama, best regar ds to the Obama family (Telegraph, 2011).

Israeli Al Qaeda
OBAMACSI.COM: Should Barack Obama be assassinated, the state of Israel and their Mossad would likely be the assassins. In order to understand what kind of nation Israel is, one must only look at the history of the last 75 years in regards to terrorism. Without taking the time to research the claims presented, it is impossible to see just exactly what the state of Israel, their Mossad, and other Zionist terrorist groups are capable of. Jewish / Zionist / Israeli terrorists have openly, admittedly, and proudly bombed train stations, cafes, buses, hospitals, market places, cinemas, post offices, police stations, airports, embassies, government buildings, oil refineries, and even committed massacres, shootings, kidnappings and bank robberies in the name of Zionism and the state of Israel. Israel gave birth to modern spectacular terrorism with the King David Hotel Bombing and never looked back. The first act of air piracy was committed by the state of Israel when it hijacked a civilian Syrian airliner in December of 1954. In 1968, Israeli commandos blew up 13 civilian airliners at Beirut airport in Lebanon, and in February of 1973, under the direct orders of Israeli Prime Minister Golda Meir, Israeli jet fighters deliberately shot down a Libyan civilian airliner killing 107 and its French crew. This was the first deliberate act of shooting down a civilian jetliner in history. Real terrorism takes real funding, state funding, and the state of Israel is likely the greatest funder and purveyor of terrorism in the world. Israel is, without a doubt, a nation born from the ashes of terrorism who cries publicly about being terrorized while they routinely commit hanus acts of terror without conscious. Enough is enough. The world must reject Israel, their policies, and openly condemn the acts of genocide committed by the state of Israel. "Terrorism is a political weapon. Remove a government's facade of infallibility, and you remove its people's faith." ~Dan Brow, Angels & Demons

1. Haaretz Predicts Obama Assassination: The Israeli newspaper Haaretz stated in 2010 that, "Obama's election may usher a political climate that could produce an assassination attempt...It is most likely, though, to be a lone assassin, he says, rather than an organized network." The Israeli paper is clearly indicating that the Obama assassination is a political option, and if Obama is killed, look for a lone assassin rather than an Israeli Mossad operation. 2. Gaddafi Predicts Israel will Assassinate Obama: Muammar Gaddafi is the only known Head of State to implicate Israel in the assassination of former U.S. President JFK and the future assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama. Gaddafi stated, "I warn of the distinct possibility that a President Obama, like President John F. Kennedy before him, will end up in a flower-covered casket". As if the world didn't hear him the first time, Gaddafi predicted for a second time in 2009 that Obama will be assassinated by the state of Israel. Roughly 2 years after his last prediction, Libya was invaded and Gaddafi was removed from power. 3. Israeli Spies in America: America is country "A" in regards to Israeli espionage, meaning it is the most spied on country by the state of Israel. Before 9/11, over 140 Israelis were arrested for suspected espionage for targeting U.S. Military bases, DEA, FBI, Secret Service, ATF, etc. After 9/11, over 60 Israelis, some active Israeli military personnel, were arrested under the Patriot Anti-Terrorism Act or for immigrations violations. 4. DHS & Israeli Partnership: The partnership between Israel and the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) ensures that Israel is never investigated for its role in the attacks of 9/11, and it allows Israel to commit acts of terrorism in America while DHS looks the other way. This pact forces America to keep fight Israel's wars under the threat of Israeli terror attacks and untimely provides a shield by which the state of Israel and their Mossad can act with impunity. 5. The Jewish Leader of Al Qaeda: Alleged Al Qaeda mastermind, Adam Gadahn, is not Arab but rather Jewish. Gadahn's grandfather was none other than Carl Pearlman, a prominent urologist and on the Board of Directors of the Anti-Defamation League. Dressed as an Arab, Gadahn repeatedly goes on TV and threatens America with Arab terrorism. 6. Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel: Chicago's new mayor is none other than Rahm Emanuel, Obama's former White House Chief of Staff and son of a Israeli terrorist. On February 22, 2011, Emanuel won the Chicago mayorship ensuring that if there were to be false-flag terror attack in Chicago, such as an Obama assassination or a bio-terror attack, the Israeli Mossad would never be implicated in ay subsequent investigation. On 9/11, Rudy Giuliani was mayor of New York City to ensure that loose ends go tied up and that no real investigation into the events of the take took place. Likewise, Rahm Emanuel has been conveniently placed into the Chicago mayorship to oversee and execute false-flag terror attacks, just as his father did so many years ago.

309

7. Israeli Al Qaeda: Zionist terrorists, usually dressed as Arabs, have repeated and admittedly carried out acts of terror on their cousin Arabs and their own people. The 1946 King David Hotel Bombing in Jerusalem is regarded by many as the birth of modern terrorism, and the state of Israel has never stopped its campaign of terror since. The Israeli Mossad has been implicated in many attacks, notably the JFK assassination, 9/11 and the London Bombing of 2005. 8. The History of Israeli Terrorism: Since the early 1930's, Zionists and the state of Israel has openly, admittedly, and proudly bombed train stations, cafes, buses, hospitals, market places, cinemas, post offices, police stations, airports, embassies, government buildings, oil refineries, and even committed massacres, shootings, kidnappings, bank robberies, hijackings, and even shot down civilian jetliners in the name of Zionism and the state of Israel. The following list of terror acts conducted by Jewish, Zionist, and Israeli terrorists is only a partial list and does not reflect the true number of incidents or related deaths. The history of these these atrocities it a culmination of the data gathered from the following Wikipedia's "Irgun Attacks" and "Zionist Political Violence" pages, the Jewish Virtual Library's "Israeli Terror Hits" page, and the Guardian's "Jewish-Zionist Terror" page. 9. Israeli Cyber-Terrorism: Aside from all the terror attacks the state of Israel is responsible for, they have recently delved into a new form of terrorism; cyber terrorism. In 2010, the world was introduced to the Israeli "Stuxnet" computer virus which did widespread damage to Iran, India, Indonesia, and a host of other nations. In 2011, Israel created a new cyber terror task force and has been blamed for starting the a new era of cyber-terrorism. 10. Albert Einstein's Letter Against Zionism: In an open letter written to the New York Times in 1948, prominent Jews like Albert Einstein publicly stated that, "The newly created state of Israel of the "Freedom Party" (Tnuat Haherut), is a political party closely akin in its organization, methods, political philosophy and social appeal to the Nazi and Fascist parties." Coincidentally, just days before Einstein was to go on television and speak out about Israeli atrocities and the illegality of the State of Israel, Einstein suffered an aortic aneurysm and died. Einstein took the draft of the speech he was preparing for the television appearance with him to the hospital, but he did not live long enough to complete it. One can only imagine what Einstein would have said.

1. HAARETZ PREDICTS OBAMA ASSASSINATION

OBAMACSI.COM: The Israeli newspaper Haaretz stated in 2010 that, "Obama's election may usher a political climate that could produce an assassination attempt...It is most likely, though, to be a lone assassin, he says, rather than an organized network." The Israeli paper is clearly indicating that the Obama assassination is a political option, and if Obama is killed, look for a lone assassin rather than an Israeli Mossad operation. Title: Obama Will Be Most Threatened U.S. Leader In History Date: March 29, 2010 Source: Haaretz

Abstract: One does not have to be a security expert to realize that Barack Obama's presidency constitutes an unprecedented challenge to the Secret Service. American presidents, a coveted target of various Islamic Jihad networks, have always received the most watertight degree of security the service is able to provide, but it seems even more crucial in light of the American intervention in Iraq and Afghanistan. Moreover, the United States is highly unpopular in many corners of the world due to its allegedly domineering culture and economy. Potential threats to the life of American presidents have come from a wide spectrum of circles: Islamic terrorists, fundamentalists, anarchists, and farleftists; and now, due to Obama's skin color, from the American reactionary far-right as well. A similar view is held by Mark Potok of Alabama's Southern Poverty Law Center, which, among others, monitors extreme right groups. Even though these attempts were seemingly amateurish, he says, they may point to an emergent trend. The threat from white supremacist hate groups has certainly increased, he says. Combined with the credit crunch, growing immigration and demographic change, Obama's election may usher a political climate that could produce an assassination attempt. It is most likely, though, to be a lone assassin, he says, rather than an organized network (Haaretz, 2010).

2. GADDAFI PREDICTS ISRAEL WILL ASSASSINATE OBAMA

OBAMACSI.COM: Muammar Gaddafi is the only known Head of State to implicate Israel in the assassination of former U.S. President JFK and the future assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama. Gaddafi stated, "I warn of the distinct possibility that a President Obama, like President John F. Kennedy before him, will end up in a flower-covered casket". As if the world didn't hear him the first time, Gaddafi predicted for a second time in 2009 that Obama will be assassinated by the state of Israel. Roughly 2 years after his last prediction, Libya was invaded and Gaddafi was removed from power. Title: Gadhafi: Obama Fears Israel Will Assassinate Him Like It Did JFK Date: December 6, 2008 Source: Haaretz

310

Abstract: Libyan leader Muammar Gadhafi said on Wednesday that U.S. Democratic presidential candidate Barack Obama's expressed support for Israel stems from his fear that the Mossad would assassinate him, just as it did President John F. Kennedy. "We suspect he may fear being killed by Israeli agents and meet the same fate as Kennedy when he promised to look into Israel's nuclear program," Gadhafi said. While the existence of Israeli nuclear weapons is widely assumed, Israeli officials have never admitted their existence and U.S. officials have stuck to that line in public. Gadhafi saw a dark motive behind a recent speech by Obama in support of Israel. "Obama offered $300 billion in aid to Israel and more military support. He avoided talking about Israel's nuclear weapons," he said. Gadhafi said Obama would have an "inferiority complex" because he is black and if elected he might "behave worse than whites." "We fear that Obama will feel that, because he is black with an inferiority complex, this will make him behave worse than the whites," Gadhafi told a rally at a former U.S. military base on the outskirts of the Libyan capital Tripoli. "This will be a tragedy," Gadhafi said. "We tell him to be proud of himself as a black and feel that all Africa is behind him because if he sticks to this inferiority complex he will have a worse foreign policy than the whites had in the past." He was speaking before thousands of cheering supporters at a ceremony to celebrate the 38th anniversary of the departure of U.S. troops from Libya. Gadhafi, known for his controversial statements, took power in 1969 in a military coup in his oil- and gas-rich North African state. He was shunned for decades by the West, which accused him of supporting terrorism. His ties with Western countries have improved since Libya announced it was scrapping weapons of mass destruction programs in 2003 and agreed to pay compensation for families of victims of bombings of U.S. and French airliners. Obama, the son of a Kenyan father and a white mother from Kansas, would be the first African American elected U.S. president. In his campaign he has largely eschewed the rhetoric of racial struggle and drawn support among blacks and whites. Gadhafi said Obama should adopt a policy of supporting poor and weak peoples such as the Palestinians and be a friend of what he called free Arab peoples rather than U.S. "agents" in the Arab world who, he said, were hated by their own people. "We still hope he will be proud of Africa and change America and free America of its past policy, namely with the Arabs," said Gadhafi (Haaretz, 2008).

Title: Libya's Gaddafi Says Fears Obama Assassination Date: April 7, 2009 Source: Reuters Abstract: Libyan leader Muammar Gaddafi Tuesday called Barack Obama a "flicker of hope in the middle of the imperialist darkness," but said he feared the president could be assassinated. Gaddafi, known for his controversial statements, did not say who might want to kill Obama but gave the examples of the assassinations of Presidents John F. Kennedy and Abraham Lincoln, as well as black rights leader Martin Luther King. "I fear that they could liquidate this young man or force him to submit to their imperialist policies," Gaddafi told a university gathering of his supporters in Sirte, without specifying who might put Obama under pressure. "Obama is a flicker of hope in the middle of the imperialist darkness," the Libyan leader said, adding: "There is a fear that they would liquidate him as they liquidated Kennedy, Martin Luther King and Abraham Lincoln." Gaddafi, who is the African Union chairman, had offered to work with Obama to sustain security, stability and prosperity in Africa and elsewhere. Gaddafi praised Obama for breaking with what he said was the previous American foreign policy that dictated to the rest of the world what to do to serve U.S. interests. "He (Obama) speaks logically. Arrogance no longer exists in the American approach which was previously based on dictating to the rest of the world in order to meet its own conditions," Gaddafi said in the remarks carried by state media. Gaddafi, who took power in 1969 in a military coup in his oil- and gas-rich North African state, was shunned for decades by the West, which accused him of supporting terrorism.

311

His ties with Western countries have improved since Libya announced in 2003 it was scrapping weapons of mass destruction programs and agreed to pay compensation for families of victims of bombings of U.S. and French airliners (Haaretz, 2009)

3. ISRAELI SPIES IN AMERICA

OBAMACSI.COM: America is country "A" in regards to Israeli espionage, meaning it is the most spied on country by the state of Israel. Before 9/11, over 140 Israelis were arrested for suspected espionage for targeting U.S. Military bases, DEA, FBI, Secret Service, ATF, etc. After 9/11, over 60 Israelis, some active Israeli military personnel, were arrested under the Patriot Anti-Terrorism Act or for immigrations violations. 5. DHS & ISRAELI PARTNERSHIP

OBAMACSI.COM: The partnership between Israel and the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) ensures that Israel is never investigated for its role in the attacks of 9/11, and it allows Israel to commit acts of terrorism in America while DHS looks the other way. This pact forces America to keep fight Israel's wars under the threat of Israeli terror attacks and untimely provides a shield by which the state of Israel and their Mossad can act with impunity. Title: U.S-Israel Homeland Security Cooperation: Benefits And Opportunities Date: March 31, 2008 Source: AIPAC Abstract: The reality of life in Israel during the past 60 years has forced Israelis to defend against constant terrorist threats, driving the Jewish state to become a leading force in homeland security and counter-terrorism. Since 9/11, the United States and Israel have intensified their homeland security cooperation. Israel shares priceless information about terrorist organizations with the United States and is working with U.S. government and private entities to develop technologies and equipment aimed at thwarting terrorism and safeguarding citizens from both nations. Over the past 60 years Israel has been forced to develop cutting-edge technologies and techniques for preventing terrorism and mitigating the effects of natural and manmade disasters. Israel has developed advanced technologies in areas including: critical infrastructure protection, border security, biometric, explosives detection, mass transit security, and command, control and communications. American law enforcement agencies are increasingly studying Israels battle against terrorism to glean lessons for U.S. effor ts to protect us here at home. Israel frequently hosts delegations of American police chiefs, sheriffs and emergency responders from across the country. These U.S. lawmen have returned to infuse their departments training with lessons on how Israeli security forces prevent terrorist attacks such as suicide bombings. With Tel Avivs Ben Gurion International Airport being recognized as one of the worlds most secure airports, the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) and airport officials from Massachusetts, California, Florida, among other states, have been working with Israeli experts on improving American airport security. In the public safety realm, Israel is a leader in implementing security measures for malls and commercial areas. American security officials from some of Americas largest retail malls, including the Mall of America, have recognized Israels techniques and sought to learn from Israels experience. Israels experience in dealing with emergencies has forced it to develop effective first response policies and methods. As th e U.S. develops an allhazards approach, Israel has provided valuable expertise in emergency preparedness and response. With this increasing level of cooperation, Israeli Minister of Public Security Avi Dichter and American Secretary of Homeland Security Michael Chertoff last year signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) formalizing homeland security cooperation between the two allies. This MOU opened a new realm of possibilities for cooperation in homeland security. Congress has also passed legislation to expand the U.S.-Israel homeland security relationship. In 2007, Congress passed the Promoting Anti-Terrorism Through Science and Technology (PACTS) Act, which created an office within the Department of Homeland Security to boost international homeland security cooperation. Israel was one of only five foreign countries mentioned in the legislation as an American partner in homeland security (AIPAC, 2008).

Title: DHS To Share Aviation Info With Israel Date: March 3, 2010 Source: Fierce Government IT

312

Abstract: In a new partnership, the Department of Homeland Security and Israel signed an agreement this week to work together to share information more quickly about civil aviation incidents. "The real-time exchange of information with our international partners is critical to our efforts to enhance overall global aviation security," said DHS Secretary Janet Napolitano. "This agreement will allow the United States and Israel to better coordinate on, and respond to potential aviation security incidents to strengthen our mutual safety." The near Christmas Day bombing over Detroit spurred this new agreement, one of a number of initiatives being implemented to deter terrorists from carrying out their missions. Speaking with Napolitano, Israeli Transport and Road Safety Minister Israel Katz said the new agreement will "further improve the effectiveness of the cooperation between the respective civil aviation security authorities." However, some experts warn that it may not be enough to stop any terrorist attack. Tom Kellermann, vice president of security awareness at Core Security Technologies and former senior data risk management specialist for the World Bank treasury security team, told nextgov.com that "nonstate actors and terrorist groups are mobilizing in cyberspace." "The virtual arms bazaar of hacking capabilities forces the United States and Israel to implement true defense in depth strategies," Kellermann continued. "That includes penetration testing of applications that feed data to international partners, two-factor authentication and techniques to verify the identity of anyone accessing network applications, and enhanced dynamic forensics for identifying potential intruders" (Fierce Government IT, 2010).

5. THE JEWISH LEADER OF AL QAEDA

OBAMACSI.COM: Alleged Al Qaeda mastermind, Adam Gadahn, is not Arab but rather Jewish. Gadahn's grandfather was none other than Carl Pearlman, a prominent urologist and on the Board of Directors of the Anti-Defamation League. Dressed as an Arab, Gadahn repeatedly goes on TV and threatens America and the world with Arab terrorism from Al Qaeda.

Title: Adam Gadahn Date: 2004 - Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Adam Yahiye Gadahn. born Adam Pearlman, September 1, 1978) is an American senior operative, cultural interpreter, spokesma n and media advisor for the Sunni islamist group Al-Qaeda. Since 2004, he appeared in a number of videos produced by Al-Qaeda as "Azzam the American". Gadahn converted to Sunni Islam in 1995, at the age of 17, at a California mosque and is described as a "homegrown", meaning that he has converted to an ideology so firmly that he is now willing to harm his country of origin. He is believed to have inspired the 2007 Osama bin Laden video. In 2004, he was added to the FBI Seeking Information War on Terrorism list. On October 11, 2006 he was removed from that list, and placed on the Bureau of Diplomatic Security Rewards for Justice Program list of wanted criminals. On the same day, Gadahn was indicted based on the testimony of the FBI case agent E.J. Hilbert II, in the Southern Division of the United States District Court for the Central District of California by a federal grand jury for the capital crime of treason for aiding an enemy of the United States (i.e. Al-Qaeda). Gadahn is the first American charged with treason since Tomoya Kawakita in 1952. Gadahn was born Adam Pearlman, the son of musician Phil Pearlman. Gadahn's Jewish paternal grandfather, Carl Pearlman, was a prominent urologist; and on the Board of Directors of the Anti-Defamation League. According to Gadahn, he was a "zealous supporter" of Israel. Gadahn's paternal grandmother, Agnes Branch, a Christian, was an editor for The Christian Family Chronicles ( genealogical publication for people with the surname "Christian"). Gadahn's father, originally Phil Pearlman, grew up in Orange County, California. He was involved in the counterculture movement at the University of California at Irvine, and before Adam's birth became a Christian. Gadahn described his father as having been "raised agnostic or atheist, but he became a believer in One God when he picked up a Bible left on the beach. His father's religious perspective was flexible and based upon his own spiritual needs and as a new convert to Islam, Gadahn portrayed his father in manner sympathetic to his religion of conversion. Phil and his wife Jennifer changed their name to Gadahn, after the Biblical warrior Gideon (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: American Al Qaeda Member Acknowledges Jewish Ancestry Date: June 13, 2009 Source: CNN Abstract: In a new anti-Israel, anti-U.S. video, an American al Qaeda member makes reference to his Jewish ancestry for the first time in an official al Qaeda message. In the video, Adam Yahiye Gadahn, also known as Azzam the American, discusses his roots as he castigates U.S. policies and deplores Israel's offensive in Gaza that started in late December 2008 and continued into January.

313

"Let me here tell you something about myself and my biography, in which there is a benefit and a lesson," Gadahn says, as he elicits support from his fellow Muslims for "our weapons, funds and Jihad against the Jews and their allies everywhere." "Your speaker has Jews in his ancestry, the last of whom was his grandfather," he says. Growing up in rural California, Gadahn embraced Islam in the mid-1990s, moved to Pakistan and has appeared in al Qaeda videos before. He was indicted in the United States in 2006 on charges of treason and material support to al Qaeda, according to the FBI. Gadahn is on the FBI's Most Wanted List, with a reward of up to $1 million leading to his capture. FBI records show Gadahn's date of birth as September 1, 1978. The video -- in which Gadahn speaks Arabic, with English subtitles -- surfaced on Saturday. This account is based on an English transcript provided by As-Sahab Media, the media production company used by al Qaeda. Gadahn's Jewish ancestry has been reported in the news media. But terrorism analyst Laura Mansfield says it is the first time Gadahn acknowledged his Jewish ancestry in an official al Qaeda message. Gadahn says his grandfather was a "Zionist" and "a zealous supporter of the usurper entity, and a prominent member of a number of Zionist hate organizations." "He used to repeat to me what he claimed are the virtues of this entity and encouraged me to visit it, specifically the city of Tel Aviv, where relatives of ours live," says Gadahn, referring to Israel. He says his grandfather gave him a book by Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu called "A Place Among the Nations" -- in which the "rabid Zionist" sets out "feeble arguments and unmasked lies to justify the Jews' rape of Muslim Palestine." But Gadahn says that despite his youth at the time, he didn't heed his grandfather's words. "How can a person with an ounce of self-respect possibly stand in the ranks of criminals and killers who have no morals, no mercy, no humanity and indeed, no honor?" he says in reference to Zionists and Israel (CNN, 2009).

Title: American Al-Qaeda Spokesman Adam Gadahn Continues Group's Focus On Encouraging Lone Wolf Attacks in West, Calls On Muslims In Detroit, London, And Paris To Carry Out Terror Operations Date: October 23, 2010 Source: MEMRI (Middle East Media Research Institute) Abstract: On October 23, 2010, Al-Qaeda's media production company Al-Sahab posted a video featuring American Al-Qaeda operative Adam Gadahn, aka 'Azzam Al-Amriki. The video came out as response to the March 10, 2010 "Mardin: Abode of Peace" conference in Mardin, Turkey, in which a number of Islamic scholars from various countries convened to denounce violent jihad; this was the same conference that was criticized by the radical Yemeni-American cleric in the second issue of Al-Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula's English-language Inspire magazine.[1] In addition to his comments on the conference, Gadahn devoted much of his talk to calling on Muslims living in the West to carry out attacks in their host countries. This is another in a series of statements from Al-Qaeda leaders aimed at encouraging "lone wolf" attacks. Gadahn took a number of tacks in criticizing the "Mardin: Abode of Peace" conference, but without going into much detail about the technical jurisprudential arguments. According to him, those types of issues should be dealt with by the religious scholars. Instead, he argued more generally that conferences of this sort only serve the "Zio-Crusaders" and their proxies (i.e. the Western-allied regimes in Muslim countries). Gadahn also addressed the conference's clear attempt to promote its peaceful message to the West, saying that Muslims should worry more about the image of Islam in the eyes of other Muslims than in the eyes of non-Muslims. In addition, Gadahn confessed that he prefers that Muslims be labeled "terrorists" over their being regarded as "lustful," as he claims Muslims were described by Orientalists in the past. After presenting his arguments against the Mardin conference, Gadahn called upon Muslims who want to participate in the jihad to go to the hot jihad fronts or to attack "interests" belonging to the "Americans, Zionists, Europeans and their allies" all over the world. He said that those Muslims who have a valid shari'a exemption from taking an active role in the jihad should support their fighting brethren in any way they can. He also stressed the importance of destroying the West's "usurious economy" by adhering to the advice of Muslim economists. He mentioned three important fronts in the jihad Iraq, Yemen and North Africa and then added that the fourth "front" is the targeting of interests belonging to the Zio-Crusaders throughout the world. He added that he could not see why there should not be more high profile attacks like the attack on the US consulate in Peshawar or the bombing of the Danish embassy in Islamabad. Likewise, he said that all U.S. bases (e.g. those in the Arabian Peninsula) should suffer attacks similar to the 2009 Fort Hood shooting. In the most significant portion of the video, Gadahn continued Al-Qaeda's recent emphasis on encouraging Muslims living in the West to plan and carry out jihad attacks of their own. As Gadahn put it, "Don't wait for someone else to do what you can do for yourself, and don't delay until tomorrow what you can do today." Gadahn added a message specifically addressed "to my Muslim brothers residing in the states of the Zio-Crusader coalition, whether they are from the emigrant communities, like those which live on the margins of society in the miserable suburbs of Paris, London, and Detroit, or are from those arriving

314

in America or Europe to study in its universities or seek their daily bread in the streets of its cities. My brothers: Know that jihad is your duty as well, and that you have an opportunity to strike the leaders of unbelief and retaliate against them on their own soil, as long as there is no covenant between you and them. Here you are in the battlefield, just like heroes before you like Muhammad Atta and his fellow [9/11] pilots, [7/7 London bomber] Muhammad Siddique Khan and his fellow Fedayeen, [Theo Van Gogh's murderer] Muhammad Bouyeri, [Fort Hood shooter] Nidal Malik Hasan, [Christmas Day bomber] Umar Farouk Abdulmuttalab, [Times Square bomber] Faisal Shahzad, and hundreds of others" (MEMRI, 2010).

6. CHICAGO MAYOR RAHM EMANUEL

OBAMACSI.COM: Chicago's new mayor is none other than Rahm Emanuel, Obama's former White House Chief of Staff and son of a Israeli terrorist. On February 22, 2011, Emanuel won the Chicago mayorship ensuring that if there were to be false-flag terror attack in Chicago, such as an Obama assassination or a bio-terror attack, the Israeli Mossad would never be implicated in any subsequent investigation. On 9/11, Rudy Giuliani was mayor of New York City to ensure that loose ends go tied up and that no real investigation into the events of the take took place. Likewise, Rahm Emanuel has been conveniently placed into the Chicago mayorship to oversee and execute false-flag terror attacks, just as his father did so many years ago. Title: Obamas First Appointment Is Son Of Zionist Terrorist Date: November 6, 2008 Source: Prison Planet Abstract: Rahm Emanuels father was member of militant terror group that bombed hotels, massacred villagers Obama pick is keen supporter of lobbying group aimed at creating militarized youth brigades President elect Barack Obamas first appointment, Rahm Emanuel, who is set to become chief -of-staff, is the son of a member of the Zionist terrorist group Irgun, which was responsible for bombing hotels, marketplaces as well as the infamous Deir Yassin massacre, in which hundreds of Palestinian villagers were slaughtered. Revelations about Obamas relationship with Bill Ayers, a Weather Underground domestic terrorist, which dogged him during the final weeks of the campaign trail, pale in significance to his selection of Emanuel, whose father, Benjamin M. Emanuel, was an Irgun member. Irgun has been labeled a terrorist organization by both The New York Times newspaper and by the Anglo-American Committee of Enquiry. Irgun was closely affiliated with the widely feared hardcore terrorist Stern Gang, an organization that carried out assassinations, train bombings and bombed police stations in an attempt to pave the way for unrestricted immigration of Jews into Palestine. Irgun operated in Palestine between 1931 and 1948. Following the ideology of right-wing Revisionist Zionism, Irguns doctrine was that, Every Jew had the right to enter Palestine; only active retaliation would deter the Arabs and the British; only Jewish armed force would ensure the Jewish state. This manifested itself by way of terror attacks such as the July 1946 bombing of the King David Hotel in Jerusalem, which killed 91 people. In 2006, Israelis including former Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and former members of Irgun, attended a 60th anniversary celebration of the bombing organized by the Menachem Begin Centre. Buses and marketplaces were also a target for Irgun, who were widely chastised for favoring attacks against civilian targets. The widely condemned Deir Yassin massacre, which occurred in April 1948, involved Irgun working in consort with the Stern Gang and going house to house slaughtering Palestinian villagers. Eyewitness accounts of spies working for mainstream Jewish authorities, such as Mei r Pail, reported Irgun members running around shooting civilians full of lust for murder. I saw the horrors that the fighters had created. I saw bodies of women and children, who were murdered in their houses in cold blood by gunfire, with no signs of battle and not as the result of blowing up the houses, said eyewitness Eliahu Arbel. [One body was] a woman who must have been eight months pregnant, noted Jacques de Reynier, a French-Swiss Representative of the International Red Cross, He hit in the stomach, with powder burns on her dress indicating shed been shot point -blank.. The son of a man who helped carry out this slaughter has now been selected by Obama to be his chief-of-staff. Cries of sins of the father lose their gusto when one considers the fact that, after the 1996 re-election of Bill Clinton, Rahm Emanuel Was so angry at the presidents enemies that he stood up at a celebratory dinner with colleagues from the campaign, grabbed a steak knife and began rattling off a list of betrayers, shouting Dead! Dead! Dead! and plunging the knife into the table after every name. Sounds like a nice guy. Rahm Emanuel is also an enthusiastic supporter of the United States Public Service Academy Act, a lobbying group founded in 2006 in order to promote the foundation of an American public service academy modeled on the military academies a youth corps whose students would be trained in civilian internship in the armed forces. This rings the alarm bells when we recall Obamas pledge to create a civilian national security force that is just as powerful, just as strong, just as wellfunded as the U.S. military.

315

A creepy You Tube video of a brown-shirt style Obama youth brigade chanting and marching military style emerged last month, raising fears about where the messianic cult-like status of Obamas image could eventually lead (Prison Planet, 2008).

Title: Rahm Emanuel's Father: An Israeli Terrorist? Date: November 8, 2008 Source: Belfast Telegraph Abstract: The appointment of Rahm Emanuel triggered widespread interest in Israel, the native country of his former Jewish underground fighter father. The older Emanuel, a paediatrician born in Jerusalem, was a member of Irgun, the hard-line militant group which fought for Jewish independence until 1948. It was described as "terrorist" at the time by Britain. Mr Emanuel's appointment could reassure Israel that Mr Obama will continue America's close alliance. The Ynet news service quoted Michael Kotzin, a leader of the Jewish Federation of Metropolitan Chicago, as saying Mr Emanuel is a frequent attender at Israel-related events. He co-sponsored a Bill defending Israel against a world court advisory opinion in 2004 criticising the route of the military's separation barrier for cutting deep into the West Bank, and co-sponsored another Bill congratulating Israelis and Palestinians who work together for peace. He is credited with choreographing the famous handshake between Yasser Arafat and Yitzhak Rabin on the White House lawn in 1993 (Belfast Telegraph, 2008).

Title: Wikipedia Deletes Benjamin Emanuel Entry Date: November 13, 2008 Source: Uruknet Abstract: Wikipedia has deleted Rahm Emanuel's father's page. Benjamin M. Emanuel's entry was recommended for deletion shortly after Obama named the younger Emanuel as his Chief of Staff, and it looks like it had already been deleted (or recommended for deletion) once before in January of 2007. "Benjamin M. Emanuel" is no longer searchable in Wikipedia, but the former-page can be accessed through the original URL: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Benjamin_M._Emanuel The old entry is no longer even in Google cache. The Progressive Mind was forward-thinking enough to save the original entry, including the original links. Here's what is used say: http://www.theprogressivemind.info/2008/11/benjamin-m-emanuel-wikipedia-free.html And here's a screenshot (from Blog-Reporter): (Uruknet, 2008).

Title: Rahm Emanuel Apologizes For Father's Disparaging Remarks About Arabs Date: November 14, 2008 Source: Haaretz Abstract: U.S. President-elect Barack Obama's chief of staff Rahm Emanuel apologized to an Arab-American group on Thursday for comments disparaging Arabs made by his father. The American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee sent a letter to Emanuel calling on him to distance himself from remarks made by the elder Emanuel in an interview with an Israeli newspaper following his son's appointment last week. In the interview, Benjamin Emanuel was reported as saying: "Obviously, he will influence the president to be pro-Israel. Why wouldn't he? What is he, an Arab? He's not going to clean the floors of the White House." While some political analysts have said Rahm Emanuel, a veteran Democratic congressman, should not be held responsible for the actions of his father, there was also a sense that an apology was unavoidable. "Today, Rep. Emanuel called Mary Rose Oakar, president of the American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee, apologized on behalf of his family and offered to meet with representatives of the Arab-American community at an appropriate time in the future," a statement from his office said.

316

The committee, in a statement on its website, said Emanuel told Oakar it was unacceptable to make such remarks against any ethnic or religious group. "From the fullness of my heart, I personally apologize on behalf of my family and me. These are not the values upon which I was raised or those of my family," the group quoted him as saying. Oakar welcomed the apology, saying: "We cannot allow Arabs and Muslims to be portrayed in these unacceptable terms." Some commentators in the Middle East have raised concern about the appointment of Emanuel, who has a pro-Israel record, suggesting he could use his position to influence Obama's policies in the region. But political analysts and Emanuel himself this week dismissed such suggestions. The congressman said Obama did not need his influence to "orientate his policy toward Israel." The chief of staff position serves as one of the closest advisers to the president and typically can decide who gains access to the president, while also developing administration policies (Haaretz, 2008).

7. ISRAELI AL QAEDA

OBAMACSI.COM: Zionist terrorists, usually dressed as Arabs, have repeated and admittedly carried out acts of terror on their cousin Arabs and their own people. The 1946 King David Hotel Bombing in Jerusalem is regarded by many as the birth of modern terrorism, and the state of Israel has never stopped its campaign of terror since. The Israeli Mossad has been implicated in many attacks, notably the JFK assassination, 9/11 and the London Bombing of 2005. 8. A HISTORY OF ISRAELI TERRORISM

OBAMACSI.COM: Since the early 1930's, Zionists and the state of Israel has openly, admittedly, and proudly bombed train stations, cafes, buses, hospitals, market places, cinemas, post offices, police stations, airports, embassies, government buildings, oil refineries, and even committed massacres, shootings, kidnappings, bank robberies, hijackings, and even shot down civilian jetliners in the name of Zionism and the state of Israel. The following list of terror acts conducted by Jewish, Zionist, and Israeli terrorists is only a partial list and does not reflect the true number of incidents or related deaths. The history of these these atrocities it a culmination of the data gathered from the following Wikipedia's "Irgun Attacks" and "Zionist Political Violence" pages, the Jewish Virtual Library's "Israeli Terror Hits" page, and the Guardian's "Jewish-Zionist Terror" page. 1937, March: 2 Arabs killed on Bat-Yam beach. 1937, August 20, - 1939, June 29: During this period, the Zionists carried out a series of attacks against Arab buses, resulting in the death of 24 persons and wounding 25 others. 1937, November 14: 10 Arabs killed by Irgun units launching attacks around Jerusalem ("Black Sunday") 1938, February 27: 33 Arabs were killed in multiple attacks, including 24 by bomb in Arab market in Suk Quarter of Haifa and 4 by bomb in Arab vegetable market in Jerusalem. 1938, April 12: 2 Arabs and 2 British policemen were killed by a bomb in a train in Haifa. 1938, April 17: 1 Arab was killed by a bomb detonated in a cafe in Haifa 1938, May 17: 1 Arab policeman was killed in an attack on a bus in the Jerusalem-Hebron road. 1938, May 24: 3 Arabs were shot and killed in Haifa. 1938, June: Unspecified number of Arabs killed by bomb thrown into a crowded Arab market place in Jerusalem 1938, June 23: 2 Arabs were killed near Tel-Aviv. 1938, June 26: 7 Arabs were killed by a bomb in Jaffa. 1938, June 27: 1 Arab was killed in the yard of a hospital in Haifa. 1938, July 5: 7 Arabs were killed in several shooting attacks in Tel-Aviv. 1938, July 5: 3 Arabs were killed by a bomb detonated in a bus in Jerusalem 1938, July 5: 1 Arab was killed in another attack in Jerusalem. 1938, July 6: 18 Arabs and 5 Jews were killed by two simultaneous bombs in the Arab melon market in Haifa.

317

1938, July 8: 4 Arabs were killed by a bomb in Jerusalem. 1938, July 16: 10 Arabs were killed by a bomb at a marketplace in Jerusalem. 1938, July 25: 43 Arabs were killed by a bomb at a marketplace in Haifa. 1938, August 26: 24 Arabs were killed by a bomb at a marketplace in Jaffa. 1939, May 29: 5 Arabs were killed by a mine detonated at the Rex cinema in Jerusalem. 1939, May 29: 5 Arabs were shot and killed during a raid on the village of Biyar 'Adas. 1939, June 2: 5 Arabs were killed by a bomb at the Jaffa Gate in Jerusalem. 1939, June 12: 1 British bomb expert died trying to defuse the bombs in a post office bombing in Jerusalem 1939, June 16: 6 Arabs were killed in several attacks in Jerusalem. 1939, June 19: 20 Arabs were killed by explosives mounted on a donkey at a marketplace in Haifa. 1939, June 29: 13 Arabs were killed in several shooting attacks around Jaffa during a one-hour period. 1939, June 30: 1 Arab was killed at a marketplace in Jerusalem. 1939, June 30: 2 Arabs were shot and killed in Lifta. 1939, July 3: 1 Arab was killed by a bomb at a marketplace in Haifa. 1939, July 4: 2 Arabs were killed in two attacks in Jerusalem. 1939, July 20: 1 Arab was killed at a train station in Jaffa. 1939, July 20: 6 Arabs were killed in several attacks in Tel-Aviv. 1939, July 20: 3 Arabs were killed in Rehovot. 1939, August 27: 2 British officers were killed by a mine in Jerusalem. 1940, November 25: In September, 1940, around 3,000 Jewish refugees from Vienna, Prague and Danzig were attempting to reach Palestine. In a convoy of four river steamers, they set sail down the Danube and reached the Romanian port of Tulcea where they transferred to three Greek cargo ships named Atlantic, Pacific and Milos. Conditions on board these three ships were horrendous, reminiscent of Japanese hell-ships later in the war. Eventually the ships reached Palestinian waters, but the British Colonial Office refused them permission to land. It was finally decided to deport the refugees to the island of Mauritius where a special camp was to be built. The three ships were then brought into Haifa harbour where the liner Patria was berthed. The refugees were then embarked on the Patria and as the last passengers from the Atlantic were coming on board, a tremendous explosion ripped the liner apart. The death toll amounted to 267 refugees killed. The explosion was the work of the Jewish underground army, the Haganah, who had meant only to damage the ship to prevent it sailing but had miscalculated the amount of explosives needed to disable the ship. Many say that this was no miscalculation and was deliberate murder of Jews by Jews, in an attempt to influence British immigration policy to Palestine. 1944, September 27: Unknown number of casualties, around 150 Irgun members attacked four British police stations 1944, September 29: 1 Senior British police officer of the Criminal Intelligence Department assassinated in Jerusalem. 1944, November 6: Zionist terrorists of the Stern Gang assassinated the British Minister Resident in the Middle East, Lord Moyne, in Cairo. 1945, November 1: 5 locomotives destroyed in Lydda station. Two staff, one soldier and one policeman killed. 1945, December 27: 3 British policemen and 4 Basuto soldiers killed during the bombing of British CID headquarters in Jerusalem; 1 British soldier killed during attack of British army camp in north Tel Aviv 1946, February 22: Destroyed 14 aeroplanes at 5 RAF stations. 1946, July 22: Dressed as Arabs, Zionist Terrorists bombed King David Hotel in Jerusalem, which housed the central offices of the civilian administration of the government of Palestine, killing or injuring more than 200 persons. The Irgun officially claimed responsibility for the incident, but subsequent evidence indicated that both the Haganah and the Jewish Agency were involved. 91 people were killed at King David Hotel Bombing mostly civilians, staff of the hotel or Secretariat, Palestinian Arabs, 15-28 British citizens, 17 Palestinian Jews, 2 Armenians, 1 Russian, 1 Greek and 1 Egyptian. The attack was led by Menachem Begin, who subsequently became the 6th Prime Minister of Israel The terror attack is widely viewed as the birth of modern terrorism 1946, October 1: The British Embassy in Rome was badly damaged by bomb explosions, for which Irgun claimed responsibility. 1946, October 30: 2 British guards killed during Gunfire and explosion at Jerusalem Railway Station. 1946, October 31: Bombing of the British Embassy in Rome. Half the building was destroyed, 3 people injured.

318

1947 - 1948: Over 700,000 Palestinian Arabs were uprooted from their homes and land, and forced to live in refugee camps on Israel's borders. They have been denied the right to return to their homes. They have been refused compensation for their homes, orchards, farms and other property stolen from them by the Israeli government. After their expulsion, the "Israeli Forces" totally obliterated (usually by bulldozing) 385 Arab villages and towns, out of a total of 475. Commonly, Israeli villages were built on the remaining rubble. 1947, January 12: 4 killed in bombing of British headquarters. 1947, March 1: 17 British officers killed, during raid and explosion. 1947, March 12: 1 British soldier killed during the attack on Schneller Camp. 1947, June: Letters sent to British Cabinet Ministers were found to contain bombs. 1947, July 29: 2 kidnapped British sergeants hanged. 1947, September 3: A postal bomb addressed to the British War Office exploded in the post office sorting room in London, injuring 2 persons. It was attributed to Irgun or Stern Gangs. (The Sunday Times, Sept. 24, 1972, p.8) 1947, September 26: 4 British policemen killed in Irgun bank robbery. 1947, September 29: 13 killed, 53 wounded in attack on British police station. 1947, December 11: 13 killed in attack on Tireh, near Haifa 1947, December 11: Six Arabs were killed and 30 wounded when bombs were thrown from Jewish trucks at Arab buses in Haifa; 12 Arabs were killed and others injured in an attack by armed Zionists on an Arab coastal village near Haifa. 1947, December 12: 20 killed, 5 wounded by barrel bomb at Damascus Gate. 1947, December 13: 6 killed, 25 wounded by bombs outside Alhambra Cinema. 1947, December 13: Zionist terrorists, believed to be members of Irgun Zvai Leumi, killed 18 Arabs and wounded nearly 60 in Jerusalem, Jaffa and Lydda areas. In Jerusalem, bombs were thrown in an Arab market-place near the Damascus Gate; in Jaffa, bombs were thrown into an Arab cafe; in the Arab village of Al Abbasya, near Lydda, 12 Arabs were killed in an attack with mortars and automatic weapons. 1947, December 13: 5 killed, 47 wounded by two bombs at Damascus Gate. 1947, December 13 - 1948, February 10: Seven incidents of bomb-tossing at innocent Arab civilians in cafes and markets, killing 138 and wounding 271 others, During this period, there were 9 attacks on Arab buses. Zionists mined passenger trains on at least 4 occasions, killing 93 persons and wounding 161 others. 1947, December 13: 7 killed, 10 seriously injured in attack on Yehudieh. 1947, December 16: 10 killed by bomb at Noga Cinema in Jaffa. 1947, December 19: Haganah terrorists attacked an Arab village near Safad, blowing up two houses, in the ruins of which were found the bodies of 10 Arabs, including 5 children. Haganah admitted responsibility for the attack. 1947, December 20: 6 Arabs killed, dozens wounded by bomb at Haifa refinery, precipitating the Haifa Oil Refinery massacre, which lead to the Balad al-Shaykh massacre. 1947, December 29: 14 Arabs killed by bomb in Jerusalem. 1947, December 29: Two British constables and 11 Arabs were killed and 32 Arabs injured, at the Damascus Gate in Jerusalem when Irgun members threw a bomb from a taxi. 1947, December 30: A mixed force of the Zionist Palmach and the "Carmel Brigade" attacked the village of Balad al Sheikh, killing more than 60 Arabs. 1948, January 1: Haganah terrorists attacked a village on the slopes of Mount Carmel; 17 Arabs were killed and 33 wounded. 1948, January 1: 2 Arabs killed and 9 injured by shooting attack on cafe in Jaffa. 1948, January 4: Haganah terrorists wearing British Army uniforms penetrated into the center of Jaffa and blew up the Serai (the old Turkish Government House) which was used as a headquarters of the Arab National Committee, killing more than 40 persons and wounding 98 others. 1948, January 5: 14 Arabs killed and 19 injured by truck bomb at 3-storey 'Serrani', Jaffa's built Ottoman Town Hall 1948, January 5: Zionist terrorists bombed the Arab-owned Semiramis Hotel in Jerusalem killing at least 24 innocent civilians, among them Viscount de Tapia, the Spanish Consul. Haganah admitted responsibility for this crime (Wikipedia, 2011). 1948, January 7: Seventeen Arabs were killed by a bomb at the Jaffa Gate in Jerusalem, 3 of them while trying to escape. Further casualties, including the murder of a British officer near Hebron, were reported from different parts of the country. 1948, January 16: Zionists blew up three Arab buildings. In the first, 8 children between the ages of 18 months and 12 years, died.

319

1948, February 10: 7 Arabs killed near Ras el Ain after selling cows in Tel Aviv 1948, February 15: Haganah terrorists attacked an Arab village near Safad, blew up several houses, killing 11 Arabs, including 4 children. 1948, February 18: 12 Arabs killed and 43 wounded at a marketplace in Ramla 1948, March 1: 20 Britons killed and 30 wounded in the Bevingrad Officers Club bombing 1948, March 3: Heavy damage was done to the Arab-owned Salam building in Haifa (a 7 story block of apartments and shops) by Zionists who drove an army lorry ( truck) up to the building and escaped before the detonation of 400 Ib. of explosives; casualties numbered 11 Arabs and 3 Armenians killed and 23 injured. The Stern Gang claimed responsibility for the incident. 1948, March 22: A housing block in Iraq Street in Haifa was blown up killing 17 and injuring 100 others. Four members of the Stern Gang drove two truck-loads of explosives into the street and abandoned the vehicles before the explosion. 1948, March 31: The Cairo-Haifa Express was mined, for the second time in a month, by an electronically-detonated land mine near Benyamina, killing 40 persons and wounding 60 others. 1948, April 6: 6 British soldiers and Commanding Officer killed during arms raid on Pardes Hanna Army camp. 1948, April 9, 1948: A combined force of Irgun Zvai Leumi and the Stern Gang, supported by the Palmach forces, captured the Arab village of Deir Yassin and killed more than 200 unarmed civilians, including countless women and children. Older men and young women were captured and paraded in chains in the Jewish Quarter of Jerusalem; 20 of the hostages were then shot in the quarry of Gevaat Shaul. 1948, April 16: Zionists attacked the former British army camp at Tel Litvinsky, killing 90 Arabs there. 1948, April 19: Fourteen Arabs were killed in a house in Tiberias, which was blown up by Zionist terrorists. 1948, April 25 - 1948, May 13: Wholesale looting of Jaffa was carried out following armed attacks by Irgun and Haganah terrorists. They stripped and carried away everything they could, destroying what they could not take with them. 1948, May 3: A book bomb addressed to a British Army officer, who had been stationed in Palestine exploded, killing his brother, Rex Farran. 1948, May11: A letter bomb addressed to Sir Evelyn Barker, former Commanding Officer in Palestine, was detected in the nick of time by his wife. 1954, Summer: Dressed as Arabs, as part of Operation Susanna, Israeli Zionist Terrorists bombed a post office, a library, and a theatre in Egypt. The operation became known as the Lavon Affair, after the Israeli Defense Minister Pinhas Lavon, who was forced to resign because of the incident (Wikipedia, 2011). 1954, December: The first act of air piracy in the history of civil aviation was carried out by Israel, in Dec. 1954, when a civilian Syrian airliner was forced down in Tel Aviv and its passengers and crew held for days, despite international condemnation. 1956, July 11: A double agent delivered a booby-trapped book that killed Mustafa Hafaz, Egypt's commander of intelligence in Gaza. 1956, July 13: Mustafa Hafez was assassinated by a parcel bomb in the Gaza Strip. The Egyptian Army Lieutenant-Colonel was allegedly responsible for recruiting refugees to carry out attacks in Israel. 1956, July 14: Salah Mustafa of the Egyptian Military was assassinated by a parcel bomb in Amman. 1962, September 11: As part of Mossads Operation Damocles, a western German rocket scientist named Heinz Krug was abducted from his company offices in Munich, Germany on Schillerstrasse. Krug was allegedly working for Egypt's missile program and his body was never found. Swiss police later arrested two Mossad agents for threatening the daughter of another scientist and found that they were responsible for the Krug killing. 1962, November 28: As part of Mossads Operation Damocles, 5 Egyptian factory workers who were e mployed at Factory 333, an Egyptian rocket factory in Heluan, Egypt, were assassinated with a letter bomb bearing Hamburg post mark. Another such bomb disfigured and blinded a secretary. 1965, February 23: A Mossad operation in Montevideo, Uruguay, assassinated aviator Herberts Cukurs, who had allegedly been involved in the murders of Latvian Jews during the Holocaust. He was lured to and killed in Montevideo by agents under the false pretense of starting an aviation business. 1967, June 8: The USS Liberty was attacked by Israeli Air Force jet fighters and Israeli Navy torpedo boats while in international waters. The attack killed 34 U.S. sailors and wounded 170 (CNN, 2003). 1968: Israeli commandos blew up 13 civilian airliners at Beirut airport in Lebanon. 1972, July 8: On May 30, 27 people were killed and 80 wounded at Lod airport by Japanese terrorists recruited by the PFLP, Ghassan Kanafani, a member of the PFLP Central Command, was killed when his booby-trapped car explodes. His 17-year-old niece, traveling unexpectedly with him, also died.

320

1972, July 25: Attempted killing of Bassam Abu Sharif in Beruit who was member of the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine who held a press conference with Ghassan Kanafani during the Dawson's Field hijackings justifying the PFLP's actions. Sharif lost four fingers, and was left deaf in one ear and blind in one eye, after a book sent to him that was implanted with a bomb exploded in his hands. 1972, October 16: Abdel Wael Zwaiter, a Libyan embassy employee and PLO representative, was considered by Israel to be a terrorist for his alleged role in the Black September group and the Munich massacre. Zwaiter was assassinated in his apartment in Rome by Mossad by two gunmen. 1972, July 8: Ghassan Kanafani, a Palestinian writer and a leading member of the PFLP, was assassinated by Mossad in Beirut by a car bomb. Kanafani was one of the alleged planners behind the Lod Airport massacre. 1972, December 8: Mahmoud Hamshari, a PLO representative in Paris, France, was assassinated by a bomb concealed in his telephone. Israel claimed that he was a coordinator of the Munich Olympic Games massacre 1973, January 24: A bomb explodes in the hotel room of the PLO's Hussein Al Bashr in Nicosia, Cyprus. 1973, February: The first deliberate shooting down a civilian airliner was carried out by Israel, when a Libyan airliner was shot down by Israeli jet fighters over Sinai, on the direct orders of Israeli Prime Minister Golda Meir, killing all 107 of its passengers and the entire French crew. 1973, April 6: Basil Al-Kubaissi, a PFLP member and American University of Beirut law professor, was assassinated by two gunmen in Paris, France. 1973, April 9: Muhammad Youssef Al-Najjar, a PLO official, was assassinated by Sayeret Matkal in Beirut during Operation Spring of Youth. Al-Najjar was allegedly a Black September Operations officer. 1973, April 9: Kamal Adwan, a member of the Fatah Central Committee was assassinated in Beirut by Sayeret Matkal during Operation Spring of Youth. Adwan was allegedly a Black September commander. 1973, April 9: Kamal Nasser, a PLO spokesman, was assassinated in Beirut by Sayeret Matkal during Operation Spring of Youth 1973, April 11: Zaiad Muchasi, a Fatah representative to Cyprus, was assassinated in his hotel room in Athens, Greece. 1973, June 28: Mohammad Boudia, head of PFLP operations in Europe, was assassinated in Paris, France, by a pressure-activated mine under his car seat. 1973, July 21: Known as the Lillehammer Affair, Mossad agents attempted to assassinate Ali Hassan Salameh, a high-ranking leader in the PLO, but murdered Ahmed Bouchiki, an innocent waiter believed to be Salameh. Salameh was an alleged member of Black September. 1978, March 28: Wadie Haddad, a PFLP commander, was assassinated by poisoned chocolate sent to him in the German Democratic Republic, which caused his death a month later. Claimed to be a Mossad hit, but Israel never claimed responsibility. 1979, January 22: Ali Hassan Salameh, a high-ranking leader in the PLO, was assassinated by Mossad with a car bomb along with four bodyguards and four innocent bystanders. Salameh was an alleged Black September member. 1979, July 26, 1979: Zuheir Mohsen, leader of the pro-Syria as-Sa'iqa faction of the Palestine Liberation Organization, was assassinated by Mossad in the front of casino in Cannes, France. 1980, June 13: Yehia El-Mashad, an Egyptian nuclear scientist and lecturer at Alexandria University was assassinated in his room at the Mridien Hotel in Paris, France as part of Mossads Operation Sphinx. Marie-Claude Magal, an alleged prostitute and client of El-Meshad, was pushed under a car and killed on the Boulevard Saint-Germain. 1983, August 21: Mamoun Meraish, a Senior PLO official, was assassinated via gunshot in his car in Athens, Greece, by a Mossad agent on a motorcycle. 1988, April 16: Abu Jihad, the second-in-command to Yassir Arafatm was assassinated Israeli commandos while in bed with his wife in Tunis, Tunisia. 1990, March 20: Gerald Bull, a Canadian engineer and designer of the Project Babylon "supergun" for the Iraqi government, was assassinated in Brussels, Belgium, by Mossad gunman at the door of his apartment 1991, November 5: Robert Maxwell, a media tycoon, was assassinated by Mossad in the Canary Islands when he drowned in mysterious circumstances. 1992, February 16: Abbas al-Musawi, the alleged Secretary-General of Hezbolla, was assassinated in Lebanon while in his car convoy by missiles launched from two IAF helicopters. Al-Musawi's wife and son were also killed. 1992, June 8: Atef Bseiso, a Palestinian official, was assassinated when he was shot several times in the head at point-blank range by 2 Mossad gunmen at his hotel in Paris, France. Bseiso was allegedly involved in the Munich Massacre

321

1995, October 26: Mossad agents assassinate Fathi Shikaki, the Damascus-based head of Islamic Jihad, on a street in front of Diplomat Hotel in Sleima, Malta. 1996, January 6: Yahya Ayyash was assassinated by a bomb in his cell phone while in the Gaza Strip. Ayyash was an alleged Hamas bombmaker. 1997, September 25: Khaled Mashaal, a Hamas political leader, was almost assassinated via poison by Mossad in Amman, Jordan. Israel was forced to provide the antidote after political pressure by Bill Clinton. Canada withdrew their Ambassador and two Mossad agents with Canadian passports arrested 2000, November 9: Hussein Abayat, a Fatah member and local leader of the intifada was killed when an Israeli helicopter gunship rocketed his car near Bethlehem. 2000, November 22: Jamal Abdel Raziq, an alleged senior official of the Fatah faction Tanzim, was killed with his driver, Awni Dhuheir, in the Gaza Strip when their car was fired upon by IDF troops. Two bystanders, Sami Abu Laban, 29, a baker, and Na'el Al Leddawi, 22, a student, in car in front of them also killed. 2000, November 23: Hamas member Ibrahim Abdel Karim Bani was killed when a bomb exploded in the car he was driving. Israeli sources insinuated Bani was transporting explosives that detonated prematurely, but PA security forces arrested Bani's cousin, who reportedly confessed to tipping off the IDF about Bani's whereabouts. 2000, December 10: Israeli soldiers fired on two Palestinians who reportedly were planting a roadside bomb near Bethlehem, killing Mahmoud Mugrabi, a member of Fatah. According to press reports quoting a senior IDF official, Mugrabi's name was on a list of ten reputed terrorists that the IDF had targeted for killing. 2000, December 17: Samih Malabi, an alleged, senior Fatah member, was assassinated by a mobile phone bomb in Qalandiyya. 2000, December 31: IDF soldiers killed Dr. Thabet Ahmad Thabet, a high-ranking member of Fatah. 2001, February 3: Massoud Ayyad, a Lieutenant-colonel in Force 17, was assassinated while driving in the Jabaliya refugee camp in the Gaza Strip by three helicopter-launched rockets. 2001, February 13: Massoud Ayyad, a lieutenant colonel in Force 17 was killed when Israeli helicopter gunships fired four missiles into his car as he drove on the outskirts of the Jabaliya refugee camp in the Gaza Strip. 2001, June 24: Nablus Osama Jawabiri, an alleged member of al-Aqsa Martyrs Brigade, was assassinated by a bomb planted in a public phone. 2001, July 17: Omar Saada, the alleged Izzedine al-Qassam Brigades regional commander, was assassinated in Bethlehem when two wire-guided missiles were fired into his home. One other alleged Hamas member was killed. 2001, July 31: Nablus Jamal Mansour, an alleged high-ranking official of Hamas' West Bank political wing, was assassinated along with his brother when his office was struck by IAF helicopter-launched missiles. 2001, August 5: Amr Hadiri, an alleged Hamas student activist, was assassinated when missiles were fired at his car in Tulkarm by the Israeli military. 2001, August 20: Imad Abu Sneneh, an alleged leader of Tanzim, was assassinated in Hebron, West Bank, via gunshot by an Israeli undercover assassination team. 2001, August 27: Israeli helicopter fires a missile through the window of the Ramallah office of Abu Ali Mustafa, killing the head of the PFLP. 2001, September 11: CTS, an Israeli company, was in charge of security on 9/11 at Dulles, Logan, and Newark airports where 19 Arabs were allegedly allowed to board 4 different planes. Hours before the Patriot Act was voted on in Congress, it was edited to make foreign companies in charge of security on 9/11 immune to lawsuits. 2001, September 11: ODIGO, an Israeli text messaging service, sent out text alerts to its employees warning of a terror attack 2 hours before the 1st plane hit the WTC on 9/11. ODIGO had its office two blocks from the WTC. Shockingly, no ODIGO employees passed the 9/11 terror warning onto U.S. authorities. 2001, September 11: 5 Israeli Mossad agents were caught videotaping the WTC prior the attack on 9/11 and began dancing with joy once the planes hit the towers. The men photographed themselves smiling and holding a lighter in front of the WTC wreckage. Held by the FBI for a time, the Israelis were eventually returned to Israel where they went on TV and stated, "Our purpose was to document the [9/11] event" (YouTube, 2011). 2001, September 12: One day after 9/11, a white van with Israelis and 2,000+ pounds of explosives was pulled over by authorities near the George Washington Bridge in New York City. The FBI later determined that 2 of the 5 Israelis arrested in the incident were in fact Israeli Mossad agents (CBS News, 2001). 2001, October 14: Abed Rahman Hamad, a senior member of the Hamas military wing, was shot by snipers at his home in Qalqilya.

322

2001, October 15: Hamas activist Ahmad Marshoud was killed in a car bomb explosion in the West Bank town of Nablus. 2001, October 16: Hamas activist Iyad al Akhras was killed when an explosive device went off inside his house. 2001, October 18: Atif Abayyat, a member of the Fatah Military Wing, was killed along with two other people when a car exploded in Beit Sahour. This followed the assassination of Israeli Cabinet Minister Rechavam Zeevi by the PFLP. 2001, October 31: Hamas militant Jamil Jaddala was killed by Israeli security forces in Hebron in a helicopter missile attack. 2001, November 1: Helicopter gunships attack a car in the West Bank city of Tulkarm and kill Yasser Atsida and Fahmi Abu Aisha, both members of the Hamas military wing. 2001, November 12: Senior Hamas leader Mohammed Hassan Reihan, wanted for the 1998 killing of two Israelis, was killed in a gunfight with Israeli forces at his West Bank home in Tel. 2001, November 23: Israeli helicopters firing rockets killed Mahmoud Abu Hanoud, a senior Hamas commander in the West Bank. Hanoud's deputy Ayman Hashaykah and Hashaykah's brother, a lower-ranking Hamas activist were also killed. Hanoud was convicted by the Palestinian Authority of leading an unauthorized military cell and sentenced to a12-year jail term. He was later released. 2002, January 14: Raed Karmi, the alleged head of al-Aqsa Martyrs' Brigades, was assassinate by a bomb blast in Tulkarem, West Bank. 2002, January 22: Yusif Suragji, the alleged West Bank head of Izzaddinal Qassam Brigades, was assassinated with three other alleged Hamas members in a raid by the Israeli Army on an alleged explosives factory. The Palestinian Authority claims it was an deliberate assassination. 2002, January 24: Khan Yunis and Adli Hamadan (Bakr Hamdan), alleged senior Hamas members, were assassinated by an IAF missile attack while in their car in the Gaza Strip 2002, February 4: Ayman Bihdari, an alleged DFLP member was assassinated by a IAF missile strike on his car in Rafah. Four other alleged DFLP members killed. 2002, March 5: The IDF targeted Mohand Said Muniyer Diriya, a member of Force 17 and the operations officer for the Tanzim. Diriya was killed along with two other members of Force 17, Fawzi Hamdi Mustafa Maher and Oman Kaidan in Ramallah. 2002, March 5: Mohammad Abu Halawa and Fawzi Murrar, alleged AMB members, were assassinated in their car by IAF helicopter missiles in Ramallah. 2002, March 6: Israel did not confirm the attack, but was believed to have killed Hamas member Abdel Rahman Ghadal in a missile attack on his home in Gaza City. 2002, March 14: An Israeli attack helicopter fired a missile that killed Mutasen Hamad, a leader of the Aksa Martyrs Brigades, and Fatah activist Maher Balbiti. Hamad was considered a top bomb maker for the Tanzim. 2002, April 22: The Tanzim militia leader in Hebron, Marwan Zaloum, and his top aide, Samir Abu Rajoub, a member of Force 17, were killed in an Israeli helicopter strike. Zaloum was believed to be responsible for numerous shooting attacks and bombings, including the March 2001 killing of Shalhevet Pass, a 10-month-old infant, in a sniper attack in Hebron. 2002, June 30: Hamas master bomber Muhaned Taher and his deputy Imad Draoza were killed in a raid in Nablus by IDF naval commandos. Taher, known as "the Engineer 4," was responsible for supplying the the bombs used in the June 18, 2002, Jerusalem bus bombing that killed 19 and wounded 70, and in the June 1, 2001, Tel Aviv disco attack that killed 21. 2002, June 24: Yasir Raziq, 'Amr Kufa, and Izz ad-Din, alleged al-Qassam Brigades leaders, were assassinated in a car by IAF missiles in Rafah . 4 other Palestinians were killed in the attack. 2002, July 4: Jihad Amerin, the Gaza Strip leader of the al-Aska Martyrs Brigade, a terrorist militia affiliated with Yasser Arafat's Fatah organization, was killed in a car blast. 2002, July 22: Salah Shahade, the alleged leader of Hamas Izz ad-Din al-Qassam Brigades, was assassinated by a 2,205-pound explosive dropped by an IAF F-16 in Gaza City. The assassination also killed fourteen other Palestinians including his wife and 9 children. 2002, July 23: West Bank Hamas commander Nasser Asida was shot and killed by IDF soldiers of the Haruv Battalion. 2002, August 6: Ali Ajuri and Murad Marshud, alleged members of the al-Aqsa Martyrs' Brigades members, were assassinated by IAF air to surface missile in Jenin.

323

2002, August 14: Nassa Jarrar, an alleged senior member of Hamas, was assassinated when the IAF helicopters fired rockets into his house in Tubas. The victim was wheelchair bound. 2002, October 29: Assim Sawafta, 19, a ringleader of the Hamas military wing Izzedine al Qassam. was killed by an undercover army unit. 2002, November 26: Alah Sabbagh, the local leader of the Al-Aksa Martyrs Brigade and Imad Nasrti, a leader of Hamas in Jenin, were killed in an Israeli airstrike in the Jenin refugee camp. 2002, December 23: Shaman Hassan Subah and Mustafa Kash of Hamas were killed in an IDF ambush near Jenin. 2003, March 8: Ibrahim al-Makadmeh and three of his aides were assassinated by IAF helicopter-fired missiles in Gaza City. 2003, April 8: Helicopter missiles struck the car driven by Hamas commander Said al-Arabid, killing him and two other Hamas members. 2003, April 9: Senior Islamic Jihad commander and bomb maker Mahmoud Zatma, 30, was killed when a missile fired by an IAF Apache helicopter hit the car he was driving in Gaza City. 2003, April 10: An undercover Border Police unit shot and killed Fatah Tanzim fugitive Yasser Alemi in Tulkarm. 2003, April 29: In the Gaza Strip, four missiles fired from an air force helicopter at a car in the southern Gaza Strip killed the local military leader of the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine, Nidal Salameh. 2003, May 8: Air Force helicopters fired three missiles at a car carrying Iyad el-Bek of Hamas, an aide to former Hamas military leader Salah Shehade. 2003, June 11: Hamas activists, Tito Massoud and Soffil Abu Nahez, were killed by missiles fired from an air force helicopter. 2003, June 12: Hamas activists, Jihad Srour and Yasser Taha were killed by missiles fired from an air force helicopter. 2003, August 21: Ismail Abu Shanab, an allegedly high-ranking Hamas official, was assassinated by an IAF missile strike in Gaza Strip. 2 of Shanab's bodyguards were also killed. 2003, August 24: Hamas activists Walid el Hams, Ahmed Eshtwi, Ahmed Abu Halala and Muhammad Abu Lubda were killed and a fifth Hamas member was critically wounded in a helicopter strike. 2003, August 26: Khaled Massoud, active in the development of Hamas' Kassam rockets, was mortally wounded by an Israeli missile strike in Gaza City. 2003, August 28: An Air Force helicopter fired a missile that killed Hamdi Khalaq, a member of Hamas' military wing, Izzedine al Qassam. 2003, August 30: Air Force helicopters fired four missiles at a van in the Gaza Strip killing Hamas activists Abdullah Akel and Farid Mayet. 2003, September 1: Air Force helicopters fired four missiles at a car in the Gaza Strip killing Hamas activist Khader Houssre. 2003, December 25: Mustafa Sabah, a bombmaker and mastermind of three bomb attacks against Merkava tanks in the Gaza Strip was killed in an IAF strike in Gaza City. 2003, December 25: Mekled Hameid, an alleged PIJ commander, was assassinated by an IAF helicopter gunship attack on his car in Gaza Strip. 2 bystanders and 2 other alleged PIJ members and were also killed. 2004, February 7: Aziz Mahmoud Shami, leader of Islamic Jihad's military wing in Gaza city , was killed by an Israeli missile strike. 2004, February 28: Muhammad Judah, an alleged PIJ military commander, was assassinated by an IAF missle strike on his car in the Jthe abaliya refugee camp. Judah's cousins Aiyman Dahduh and Amin Dahduh were also killed and eleven bystanders were wounded. 2004, March 3: Tarad Jamal, Ibrahim Dayri and Ammar Hassan, all alleged senior Hamas members, were assassinated by an IAF missle strike on their car in Gaza City. 2004, March 16: Nidal Salfiti and Shadi Muhana of Islamic Jihad were killed in an Israeli missile strike in Gaza. 2004, March 22: Ahmed Yassin, an alleged leader and co-founder of Hamas, was assassinated by an IAF Apache missile strike in the Gaza Strip. Yassin's bodyguards Khalil Abu Jiab and Ayoub Atallah, his son Abdul Aziz Eini Yassin, and 9 other Palestinians were also killed in the attack.

324

2004, April 17: Abdel Aziz al-Rantissi, an alleged leader and co-founder of Hamas, and successor of Ahmed Yassin as leader of Hamas after his death, was assassinated with his son by IAF helicopter-fired missiles. 2004, May 5: Hamas leader Imad Mohammed Janajra was shot by Israeli security forces as he approached his village of Taluza, outside Nablus. 2004, May 30: Wael Nassar, a top Hamas commander, along with his assistant, Mohammed Sarsour, were killed in an Israeli airstrike in Gaza. 2004, June 14: Khalil Marshud, an Al-Aksa Martyrs Brigade commander, was killed in an IAF helicopter gunship strike.. 2004, June 26: Nablus Fatah Tanzim head Nayef Abu Sharkh, a commander of Hamas, Jafer el-Massari, a commander of Islamic Jihad, Fadi Bagit, and Sheikh Ibrahim, Islamic Jihad's top commander in the West Bank were killed in an IDF ambush in Nablus. 2004, July 22: A helicopter strike killed two members of Islamic Jihad, including Hazem Rahim, a local commander who seized the body parts of Israeli soldiers killed when a roadside bomb destroyed their armored personnel carrier on May 11 2004, July 29: A helicopter strike killed Amr Abu Suta and Zaki Abu Rakha of the Ahmed Abu Reish Brigade. 2004, August 17: An Israeli missile strike in Gaza City killed three members of Hamas, and a member of Islamic Jihad, but the main target, Hamas leader Ahmed Jabari, escaped with light injuries. 2004, September 13: Mahmud Abu Khalifa, the Al-Aqsa Martyrs Brigade commander in Jenin, was killed along with two of his assistants, Amjad Husni Aref Ayoub and Yamen Faisel Abed al Wahab Ayoub, in an Israeli airstrike. 2004, September 20: An Israeli airstrike in Gaza killed Khaled Abu Shamiyeh of Hamas. 2004, September 21: An Israeli airstrike in Gaza killed Nabil al-Saedi and Rabah Zaqout. 2004, September 27: Izz Eldine Subhi Sheik Khalil of Hamas was killed when his car exploded in Damascus, Syria. Israel would not confirm or deny responsibility, but was believed to have carried out the targeted killing. 2004, September 27: An Israeli helicopter fired a missile at a car east of the city of Khan Younis, killing Ali al-Shaer, a member of the Popular Resistance Committees, an umbrella of dissidents from several terrorist groups. The intended target, Mohammed Abu Nasira, a commander of the group, survived. 2004, October 6: Bashir Dabash, head of the military arm of the Islamic Jihad in Gaza, and Zarees Alareer of Islamic Jihad were killed in an IDF missile strike. 2004, October 21: An Israeli airstrike in Gaza killed Adnan Al-Ghoul and Imad al-Baas of Hamas. 2004, October 21: Adnan al-Ghoul, an alleged Hamas weapons expert, and Imad Abbas, were assassinated by IAF Apache helicopter fired missiles in their car in Gaza. 2005, July 7: Hours before the London Bombings, the Israeli embassy in London was warned that a terror attack was imminent. Verint Systems, an Israel security firm, was responsible for the CCTV surveillance cameras in the London Underground. Verint Systems never released the CCTV footage of the 4 alleged Muslims boarding the tube-trains because their CCTV cameras were allegedly not working (Associated Press, 2005). 2005, July 16: The IAF struck a vehicle carrying four senior Hamas terrorists and weaponry which included numerous Qassam rockets in Gaza city. 2005, July 17: An Israeli sniper killed Sayid Isa Jabar Tziam, a Hamas commander involved in numerous infiltrations into Israeli communities, the firing of mortar shells at Israeli targets, and the detonation of tunnels and explosive devices. 2005, September 25: Senior Islamic Jihad terrorist Sheikh Mohammed Khalil was killed in an IAF missile strike in the Gaza Strip 2005, October 27: The IAF fired a rocket into a vehicle in Gaza killing Shadi Mehana, the senior Islamic Jihad commander in the northern Gaza Strip. 2005, November 1: In an airstrike in Gaza, missiles pulverized a car carrying Hassan Madhoun, a leader of the Al-Aqsa Martyrs Brigade, and Fawzi Abu Kara of Hamas, a specialist in the manufacture of rockets and explosives. 2005, December 7: IAF aircraft fired a missile into a moving vehicle in the Gaza Strip killing Mahmoud Arkan, a commander from the Popular Resistance. 2005, December 8: An IAF missile struck a house in the northern Gaza Strip, killing Ayad Nagar and Ziyad Qaddas, from the Al-Aqsa Martyrs Brigade.

325

2005, December 14: Four members of the Popular Resistance Committees in the Gaza Strip. 2006, January 2: An IAF airstrike killed senior Islamic Jihad militant Sayid Abu-Gadian and his aide, Akram Gadasas. A third Jihad man riding with them in a car at the time of the attack was seriously injured, and later died of his wounds. 2006, February 5: An IAF airstrike killed Islamic Jihad rocket engineer Adnan Bustan and his aide, Jihad Sawafiri. 2006, February 6: An IAF airstrike in Gaza City killed two members of the Al-Aqsa Martyrs Brigades Hassan Asfour and Rami Hanouna who were responsible for firing Qassam rockets from Gaza into Israel. 2006, February 7: An IAF airstrike killed two senior commanders of the Al-Aqsa Martyrs Brigades Mohammed Abu Shariya and Suheil Al Bakker.

2006, March 6: An IAF airstrike killed Islamic Jihad terrorists Munir Mahmed Mahmed Sukhar and Iyad Abu Shalouf. 2006, May 20: An IAF airstrike killed Islamic Jihad terrorist Mohammed Dahdoh. 2006, May 25: Mahmoud al-Majzoub, the alleged commander of the Palestinian Islamic Jihad, was assassinated by a car bomb in Sidon, Lebanon. 2006, June 5: An IAF jet fired missiles into a car traveling in northern Gaza City, killing Majdi Hamed and Eiman Assiylia, both senior militants from the Popular Resistance Committees. 2006, June 8: Jamal Abu Samhadana, the alleged founder of the Popular Resistance Committee, was assassinated by an IAF airstrike, along with at least 3 other alleged PRC members. 2006, June 13: An IAF airstrike killed Islamic Jihad terrorists Hamoud Wadiya, the group's top rocket launcher, and Shawki Sayklia. 2006, July 2: An IAF airstrike killed Ismail al-Masri of Hamas. 2006, August 9: An IAF airstrike in Jenin killed Islamic Jihad terrorists Osama Attili and Mohammed Atik. 2006, October 12: Three members of Hamas - the group's local commander and two other operatives - were killed when an IAF-fired missile struck their car in Beit Lahiya. 2006, October 14: IAF aircraft fired missiles at a car in Gaza City, killing at least one member of the Al-Aqsa Martyrs Brigades and wounding three, one of them seriously. All were involved in Qassam rocket attacks. 2006, November 8: Ahmed Awad, the head of Hamas's Qassam rocket firing unit, was killed along with another Hamas member when missiles struck their car as it traveled in the southern Gaza Strip. 2006, November 20: An IAF airstrike in Gaza City killed Abdel Khader Habib, a Hamas field commander, and his bodyguard. 2007, May 17: An IAF airstrike in Gaza City killed Imad Shabanah, a top commander of a Hamas rocket manufacturing cell. 2007, June 1: An IAF airstrike killed Fawzi Abu Mustafa from an Islamic Jihad Qassam cell. 2007, June 24: An IAF airstrike killed Hussan Khalil al-Hur, an Islamic Jihad gunman, who fired Qassam rockets at Sderot earlier in the day, wounding three people. 2007, October 23: An Israeli aircraft attacked a car in central Gaza, destroying the vehicle and killing Mubarak al-Hassanat, a Hamas man described by Palestinian officials as an Interior Ministry member 2007, December 17: IAF aircraft blasted two cars in Gaza City, killing five Islamic Jihad terrorists, including Majed Harazin, a top Islamic Jihad commander for both the West Bank and Gaza in charge of rocket squads who was on Israels wanted list for nine years 2008, January 13: Three Palestinian terrorists were killed and one was wounded in an IAF strike. One of men targeted was Nidal Amudi, a senior AlAqsa Martyrs Brigades operative involved in Qassam rocket attacks on Sderot. 2008, January 17: A leader of the Popular Resistance Committees was killed along with his wife when the IAF targeted his car as they traveled in Beit Lahiya in the Gaza Strip.

326

2008, January 21: Ahmad Abu Sharia, a top Aqsa Martyrs Brigades commander responsible for firing rockets at Israel, was hit by an IAF missile as he walked in the street. 2008, February 4, 2008: An IAF airstrike killed Abu Said Qarmout, the leader in northern Gaza of the Popular Resistance Committees (PRC). 2008, February 12: Imad Mughniyah, the alleged top Hezbollah commander, was assassinated by a car bomb in Damascus. News reports indicated the Mossad was responsible. 2008, April 14: IAF aircraft struck in northern Gaza, killing Ibrahim Abu Olba, a top commander in the Democratic Front for the Liberation of Palestine. 2008, April 30: An Israeli airstrike killed Nafez Mansour, a Hamas terrorist involved in the abduction of Gilad Shalit. 2008, June 17: IAF aerial attacks identified hitting Army of Islam terrorists involved in recent attempts to execute a large-scale terror attack against Israeli targets. Among the terrorists killed were Ma'ataz Dagmesh, Mahmud Shandi, and Muhamad Asaliya - three senior terrorists within the organization. Dagmesh, whose brother is the organization leader in the Gaza Strip, was the leader and planner of the thwarted terror attack. Asaliya served as the organization's senior terror attacks planner. 2008, August 1: Muhammad Suleiman, a Syrian General, was assassinated by an Israeli sniper. 2009, January 1: Nizar Rayan, an alleged top Hamas military commander, was assassinated by an IAF Israeli airstrike along with his 4 wives and 11 of their children. He is the most senior Hamas member to be killed since 2004. 2009, January 3: Abu Zakaria al-Jamal, an alleged senior Hamas commander, was assassinated by an IAF airstrike. 2009, January 15: Jabalia Said Seyam, the alleged Hamas Interior Minister, was assassinated by an IAF airstrike with his brother, his son, and alleged Hamas general security services commander Salah Abu Shrakh. 2009, March 4: Khaled Shalan, an alleged senior member of Islamic Jihad, was assassinated by an IAF airstrike in the Gaza Strip. 2010, January 11: IAF airstrike killed four Islamic Jihad operatives, including Awad Abu Nasir, one of the terror organization's senior field commanders known to be behind dozens of IED and gunfire attacks. 2010, January 12: Masoud Alimohammadi, an Iranian Nuclear Scientist, was assassinated by a Mossad bomb rigged to a motorcycle which exploded next to his car in Iran. 2010, January 19: Mahmoud al-Mabhouh, an alleged Hamas senior military commander, was assassinated in Dubai by Mossad agents. Dubai police report that Israeli agents used Australian, French, British, Irish, and Dutch passports. 2010, July 31: Issa al-Batran, an alleged Hamas military commander, was assassinated by the IAF in the Gaza Strip. 2010, November 3: Mohammed Nimnim, an alleged Al Qaeda affiliate and Army of Islam commander, was assassinated by an car bomb or an IAF airstrike in the Gaza Strip. 2010, November 17: Islam Yassin, an alleged Al Qaeda affiliate and Army of Islam commander, was assassinated by an IAF airstrike on his car in the Gaza Strip. Yassin's brother was also killed and four others injured. 2010, November 29: Majid Shahriar, an Iranian Nuclear Scientist, was assassinated by a Mossad car bomb in Iran. According to the German newspaper Der Speigel, Israel was behind the killing. 2011, January 11: Mohammed A-Najar, an alleged Islamic Jihad operative, was assassinated by the IAFwhile driving his motorcycle in the Gaza Strip. 2011, March 30: IAF aircraft struck a terrorist cell in the southern Gaza Strip, killing member of Islamic Jihad. According to the IDF the cell was responsible for firing rockets into Israel. 2011, April 2: IAF aircraft killed three Palestinian terrorists and critically wounded one in the southern Gaza Strip in a strike aimed at the terrorist squad planning to kidnap Israelis in the Sinai Peninsula and Israel during the upcoming Passover holiday. 2011, April 9: Tayseer Abu Snima, an alleged senior Hamas commander, was assassinated along with 2 of his bodyguards by the IAF in Gaza Strip. 2011, July 23: Darioush Rezaie, an Iranian nuclear scientist, was assassinated by Mossad gunmen while on motorcycle in Iran. The German Newspaper Der Speigel claimed Mossad was behind the operation. He is the fourth Iranian nuclear scientist killed since 2010.

327

2011, August 18: Abu Oud al-Nirab and Khaled Shaath, alleged Popular Resistance Committees Commanders, were assassinated by the IAF and the Shin Bet in the Gaza Strip. 4 other alleged PRC members were also killed. 2011, August 24: IAF aircraft killed an Islamic Jihad operative in the Gaza Strip. The operative was identified as Ismael al-Asmar, 34. According to the IDF, al-Asmar was involved in smuggling weapons to Gaza and in militant activity in Egypt's Sinai Peninsula. In addition, IAF planes shot and killed two terrorists who had been targeted for shooting off kassam rockets moments before the strike. 2011, September 6: A commander in the Popular Resistance Committees military arm, Khaled Sahmoud (23), was killed when IAF helicopters attacked his terror cell as they were preparing to launch mortar rounds into southern Israel. The PRC claim that Salmoud and his cell were able to fire five mortars before being killed, though no confirmation of this has been issued by the IDF. Future Attacks?: Israel is the only modern nation that has NOT signed the 1972 Biological Weapons Convention (refusal to engage in offensive biological warfare, stockpiling, and use of biological weapons) or the 1970 Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (which limits the proliferation of nuclear weapons).

9. ISRAELI CYBER-TERRORISM

OBAMACSI.COM: Aside from all the terror attacks the state of Israel is responsible for, they have recently delved into a new form of terrorism; cyber terrorism. In 2010, the world was introduced to the Israeli "Stuxnet" computer virus which did widespread damage to Iran, India, Indonesia, and a host of other nations. In 2011, Israel created a new cyber terror task force and has been blamed for starting a new era of cyber-terrorism. Title: Israeli Cyber Unit Responsible For Iran Computer Worm Date: September 30, 2010 Source: The Telegraph Abstract: An elite Israeli military unit responsible for cyberwarfare has been accused of creating a virus that has crippled Iran's computer systems and stopped work at its newest nuclear power station. Computer experts have discovered a biblical reference embedded in the code of the computer worm that has pointed to Israel as the origin of the cyber attack. The code contains the word "myrtus", which is the Latin biological term for the myrtle tree. The Hebrew word for myrtle, Hadassah, was the birth name of Esther, the Jewish queen of Persia. In the Bible, The Book of Esther tells how the queen pre-empted an attack on the country's Jewish population and then persuaded her husband to launch an attack before being attacked themselves. Israel has threatened to launch a pre-emptive attack on Iran's facilities to ensure that the Islamic state does not gain the ability to threaten its existence. Ralf Langner, a German researcher, claims that Unit 8200, the signals intelligence arm of the Israeli defence forces, perpetrated the computer virus attack by infiltrating the software into the Bushehr nuclear power station. Mr Langer said: "If you read the Bible you can make a guess." Computer experts have spent months tracing the origin of the Stuxnet worm, a sophisticated piece of malicious software, or malware, that has infected industrial operating systems made by the German firm Siemens across the globe. Programmers following Stuxnet believe it was most likely introduced to Iran on a memory stick, possibly by one of the Russian firms helping to build Bushehr. The same firm has projects in Asia, including India and Indonesia which were also attacked. Iran is thought to have suffered 60 per cent of the attacks. Mr Langner said: "It would be an absolute no-brainer to leave an infected USB stick near one of these guys and there would be more than a 50 per cent chance of him pick it up and infect his computer." Cyber security experts said that Israel was the most likely perpetrator of the attack and had been targeting Iran but that it had not acknowledged a role to its allies. "Nobody is willing to accept responsibility for this particular piece of malicious software which is a curious, complex and powerful weapon," said one Whitehall expert. The Iranian authorities acknowledged the worm had struck Bushehr and a statement conceded that the plant would come into operation in January, two months later than planned.

328

Elizabeth Katina, a researcher at the Royal United Services Institute, said the possibility of a copycat attack on British or American electricity networks or water supplies had been elevated by the release of Stuxnet. "Critical national infrastructure is at greater risk because this shows groups on the outside of governments how to do it," she said. "It's more likely now that the northeast of England power grid can be shut down until someone decides to start it up again" (The Telegraph, 2011).

Title: With Stuxnet, Did The U.S. And Israel Create a New Cyberwar Era? Date: January 16, 2011 Source: Wired Abstract: Remember the years-long controversy about whether the U.S. or the Israel would bomb Irans nuclear program? It appears they just did virtually. And if they did, they also may have expanded our sense of how nations wage war in cyberspace. For all the hype, cyberwar has been a bush-league affair so far. Websites get defaced or taken offline, or an adversarys software gets logic -bombed into a malfunctioning mess. Analysts warn that future assaults could fry an electrical grid (if its networked too well) or cause a military to lose contact with a piece of its remotely-controlled hardware. But thats about the extent of the damage. Only the Stuxnet worm may point to a huge innovation for cyberwar: the mass disablement of an enemys most important strategic programs. Stuxnets origin is unknown. Attributing credit for Stuxnet is rightly the subject of geopolitical intrigue. As our sister bl og Threat Level has exhaustively reported, the worm eats away at a very specific kind of industrial control system: a configuration of the Siemens-manufactured Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system that commands the centrifuges enriching uranium for Irans nuclear program, the key step for an Iranian bomb. But the Stuxnet whodunit may be solved: it appears to be a joint U.S.-Israeli collaboration and a cyberwarfare milestone. The New York Times doesnt have definitive proof, but it has fascinating circumstantial evidence, and Threat Levels Kim Zetter will publish more on Tuesday. In 2008, Siemens informed a major Energy Department laboratory of the weaknesses in its SCADA systems. Around that time, the heart of Israels nuclear-weapons complex, Dimona, began experimenting on an industrial-sabotage protocol based on a model of the Iranian enrichment program. The Obama administration embraced an initiative begun by the Bush administration to bore into [Iranian] computers and disable the nuclear effort. Motive, meet opportunity. By late 2009, Stuxnet was popping up globally, including in Iran. Iran denies that Stuxnet did any major damage to its nuclear program. But last week, the outgoing chief of Israels Mossad spy agency publicly asserted that Iran wouldnt be capable of making a bomb before 2015, adding four years to a fearsome nuclear schedule. Its possible thats just ass -covering spin: for years, both Israel and the U.S. have repeatedly pushed back their estimates of when Iran would go nuclear. But both countries also have long track records of covertly sabotaging Iranian nuke efforts, whether its getting scientists to defect or other means. (Some scientists are getting killed in the streets by unknown assailants.) Stuxnet would be a new achievement for a long-running mission. And what an achievement. The early stages of cyberwar have looked like a component effort in a broader campaign, as when Georgias government websites mysteriously went offline during its 2008 shooting war with Russia. The Navys information chief recently suggested that jamm ing capabilities will be increasingly important to Chinese military doctrine. The difference between that and Stuxnet is the difference between keying someones car and blowing up her city. With Stuxnet, theres no broader conventional assault, but an adversarys most important military asset gets compromised. The mission of an aerial bombardment of Iran would be to set Irans nuclear program back; to at least some degree, Stuxnet has done precisely that. Only Stuxnet didnt kill anyone, and it didnt set off the destabilizing effect in the region that a bombing campaign was likely to reap. In other words, Stuxnet may represent the so-called high end of cyberwarfare: a stealthy, stand-alone capability to knock an opponents Queen off the board before more traditional military hostilities can kick in. It wouldnt be taking out a particular ships radar system or ev en a command-and-control satellite. All of that could still happen. But this would be the first instance of cyberwarfare aimed at a truly strategic target. Thats not to say were there yet, since we dont really know how many years of a non-nuclear Iran Stuxnet provided. But it is to say that we may be getting there. North Koreas uranium enrichment efforts have similar industrial control mechanisms, and if Stuxnet couldnt take them down, a son-ofStuxnet might. And just consider what kinds of other major cyberwar programs are out there the ones really hidden in secrecy, not like the winks-andnods that U.S. and Israeli officials have given to their possible authorship of Stuxnet. All this has major implications for U.S. military doctrine. There isnt any for cyberwarfare, for instance. The new U.S. Cybe r Command describes its primary mission as protecting military networks from incoming assault, and says very little about what its offensive mission might be. Writing malicious code and transmitting it into enemy networks, up to and including nuclear co ntrols, even in advance of conventional hostilities, could be CYBERCOMs next big step. It would represent an update to the old Air Force dream of strategic bombing (.pdf), in which bombing an enemys critical infrastructure compels him to give up the fight. That also points to the downside. Just as strategic bombing doesnt have a good track record of success, Stuxnet hasnt taken down the Iranian nuclear program. Doctrine-writers may be tempted to view cyberwar as an alternative to a shooting war, but the evidence to date doesnt suggest anythin g of the sort. Stuxnet just indicates that high-level cyberwarfare really is possible; it doesnt indicate that its sufficient for achieving national objectives.

329

The Times has an irresistible quote from Ralph Langner, a German expert who decoded Stuxnet. Langner wrote that Stuxnet is not about s ending a message or proving a concept. It is about destroying its targets with utmost determination in military style. Maybe so. But that certainly does send a message. And if it doesnt exactly prove a concept, it points a way forward to just how powerful cyberw arfare can become (Wired, 2011).

Title: Israel Government Unveils Counter-Cyberterrorism Unit Date: April 3, 2011 Source: Xinhua Abstract: Israeli officials have said they are set to implement a new strategy aimed at foiling the growing wave of cyberterrorism and cybertheft attacks perpetrated against its government ministries, military agencies, and major banking and commercial entities. Israel averages about 350 on-line hacking attacks per second every day, according to Assaf Keren, the former project director for Israel's e-Gov portal. The portal offers a wealth of services for the public at large, and is, among other major sites like the Bank of Israel, considered a prime hacker magnet by Israel's political foes and criminal elements. Hackers took down the site for two days in early 2008. While bank officials said the hackers "inserted propaganda material in Arabic," but they were unable to access financial data and information, which is stored on a separate system. While the Mossad, Israel Security Agency (Shin Bet), military and other entities have their own departments dealing with on-line warfare, and last week Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu averred that Israel was preparing a top-level response to such attacks. Leading the digital charge is Major General Isaac Ben-Israel, who headed up the Defense Ministry's Administration for the Development of Weapons and Technological Infrastructure, local daily Ha'aretz daily reported on Sunday. Late last year, Ben-Israel and senior Israeli and international security experts gathered at an Israeli think tank to share know- how about battling cybercrime, cyber-terrorism and cyber-warfare. Talks at the International Institute for Counter-Terrorism (ICT) at the Herzliya-based Interdisciplinary Center (IDC) focused on efforts to slay, or at least rein in the multi-headed digital hydra. Many of the experts at the program said again and again that substantially raising basic governmental, public and private awareness of the need to defend against on-line threats, from simple measures like not opening unknown email attachments, all the way up to tightly guarding national infrastructure, was crucial (Xinhua, 2011).

Title: Iran: Israel Ranks First In Cyber Terror Date: August 11, 2011 Source: Press TV Abstract: Iran's Minister of Communications and Information Technology Reza Taqipour says Israel ranks first in planning cyber terrorism against other nations in the globe. Taqipour told reporters on Wednesday that the Israeli regime ranks at the top of governments that sponsor various forms of state terrorism, including cyber terror, Mehr news agency reported. He said that the Tel Aviv regime was the symbol of state terrorism, adding that the regime takes the lead in spreading malwares across cyber space. He added, however, that Iran has taken appropriate counter measures, including the establishment of a cyber command, to control and foil cyber attacks targeting the country. The minister's comments came in response to reports that Israeli military is plotting to wage a major cyber war against Iran by setting up a military cyber command. The new cyber command, which has been designated as central to 'defense capability' of the Israeli regime, would directly report to Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. The new command center, supported by the military, has already conducted a series of "soft" espionage missions, including hacking into Iran's version of Facebook and other social networking sites, the report says. A source with close knowledge of the cyber war preparations said that Israel has two principal targets in Iran's cyberspace, which are stopping Tehran's nuclear program and its civil infrastructure. Iran says it fully monitors cyberspace in order to counter soft warfare against the country (Press TV, 2011).

10. EINSTEIN'S LETTER AGAINST ZIONISM

330

OBAMACSI.COM: In an open letter written to the New York Times in 1948, prominent Jews like Albert Einstein publicly stated that, "The newly created state of Israel of the "Freedom Party" (Tnuat Haherut), is a political party closely akin in its organization, methods, political philosophy and social appeal to the Nazi and Fascist parties." Coincidentally, just days before Einstein was to go on television and speak out about Israeli atrocities and the illegality of the State of Israel, Einstein suffered an aortic aneurysm and died. Einstein took the draft of the speech he was preparing for the television appearance with him to the hospital, but he did not live long enough to complete it. One can only imagine what Einstein would have said.

Letters to the Editor New York Times December 4, 1948 TO THE EDITORS OF THE NEW YORK TIMES: Among the most disturbing political phenomena of our times is the emergence in the newly created state of Israel of the "Freedom Party" (Tnuat Haherut), a political party closely akin in its organization, methods, political philosophy and social appeal to the Nazi and Fascist parties. It was formed out of the membership and following of the former Irgun Zvai Leumi, a terrorist, right-wing, chauvinist organization in Palestine. The current visit of Menachem Begin, leader of this party, to the United States is obviously calculated to give the impression of American support for his party in the coming Israeli elections, and to cement political ties with conservative Zionist elements in the United States. Several Americans of national repute have lent their names to welcome his visit. It is inconceivable that those who oppose fascism throughoutthe world, if correctly informed as to Mr. Begin's political record and perspectives, could add their names and support to the movement he represents. Before irreparable damage is done by way of financial contributions, public manifestations in Begin's behalf, and the creation in Palestine of the impression that a large segment of America supports Fascist elements in Israel, the American public must be informed as to the record and objectives of Mr. Begin and his movement. The public avowals of Begin's party are no guide whatever to its actual character. Today they speak of freedom, democracy and anti-imperialism, whereas until recently they openly preached the doctrine of the Fascist state. It is in its actions that the terrorist party betrays its real character; from its past actions we can judge what it may be expected to do in the future. Attack on Arab Village A shocking example was their behavior in the Arab village of Deir Yassin. This village, off the main roads and surrounded by Jewish lands, had taken no part in the war, and had even fought off Arab bands who wanted to use the village as their base. On April 9 (THE NEW YORK TIMES), terrorist bands attacked this peaceful village, which was not a military objective in the fighting, killed most of its inhabitants ? 240men, women, and children - and kept a few of them alive to parade as captives through the streets of Jerusalem. Most of the Jewish community was horrified at the deed, and the Jewish Agency sent a telegram of apology to King Abdullah of Trans-Jordan. But the terrorists, far from being ashamed of their act, were proud of this massacre, publicized it widely, and invited all the foreign correspondents present in the country to view the heaped corpses and the general havoc at Deir Yassin. The Deir Yassin incident exemplifies the character and actions of the Freedom Party. Within the Jewish community they have preached an admixture of ultranationalism, religious mysticism, and racial superiority. Like other Fascist parties they have been used to break strikes, and have themselves pressed for the destruction of free trade unions. In their stead they have proposed corporate unions on the Italian Fascist model. During the last years of sporadic anti-British violence, the IZL and Stern groups inaugurated a reign of terror in the Palestine Jewish community. Teachers were beaten up for speaking against them, adults were shot for not letting their children join them. By gangster methods, beatings, window-smashing, and wide-spread robberies, the terrorists intimidated the population and exacted a heavy tribute. The people of the Freedom Party have had no part in the constructive achievements in Palestine. They have reclaimed no land, built no settlements, and only detracted from the Jewish defense activity. Their much-publicized immigration endeavors were minute, and devoted mainly to bringing in Fascist compatriots. Discrepancies Seen The discrepancies between the bold claims now being made by Begin and his party, and their record of past performance in Palestine bear the imprint of no ordinary political party. This is the unmistakable stamp of a Fascist party for whom terrorism (against Jews, Arabs, and British alike), and misrepresentation are means, and a "Leader State" is the goal. In the light of the foregoing considerations, it is imperative that the truth about Mr. Begin and his movement be made known in this country. It is all the more tragic that the top leadership of American Zionism has refused to campaign against Begin's efforts, or even to expose to its own constituents the dangers to Israel from support to Begin. The undersigned therefore take this means of publicly presenting a few salient facts concerning Begin and his party; and of urging all concerned not to support this latest manifestation of fascism. SIGNATORIES: ISIDORE ABRAMOWITZ, HANNAH ARENDT, ABRAHAM BRICK, RABBI JESSURUN CARDOZO, ALBERT EINSTEIN, HERMAN EISEN, M.D., HAYIM FINEMAN, M. GALLEN, M.D., H.H. HARRIS, ZELIG S. HARRIS, SIDNEY HOOK, FRED KARUSH, BRURIA KAUFMAN, IRMA L. LINDHEIM, NACHMAN MAISEL, SEYMOUR MELMAN, MYER D. MENDELSON M.D., HARRY M. OSLINSKY, SAMUEL PITLICK, FRITZ ROHRLICH, LOUIS P. ROCKER, RUTH SAGIS, ITZHAK SANKOWSKY, I.J. SHOENBERG, SAMUEL SHUMAN, M. SINGER, IRMA WOLFE, & STEFAN WOLF New York, Dec. 2, 1948

331

The Secret Service

OBAMACSI.COM: The sole job of the Secret Service is to protect the President of the United States from assassination and kidnapping. This idea and concept was changed forever on July 26, 2010, when the Secret Service ceded their authority to a new secret government agency named the "Presidential Threat Task Force". This move by the Secret Service is treasonous in its own right, but since Obama has been elected, there have been a number of incidents in which the Secret Service did not adequately protect the Commander in Chief of the United States. Should Obama be assassinated, the Secret Service will no doubt have played some role in the event. Their bipolar attitude towards the safety of the first African-American president is stranger than fiction and ultimately begs the question why. 1. Bi-Polar Secret Service Protection of Obama: Since 2007, the Secret Service's protection of Barack Obama can be defined no other way but bipolar. From the earliest protection of a U.S. Presidential candidate to not screening patrons for weapons at Obama events, the Secret Service is either unable or unwilling to protect Obama in a responsible manner. 2. Michelle Obama to Secret Service: 'Just Tell Me When Where to Run': U.S. President Barack Obama's wife, Michelle Obama, made a ghastly statement when she inferred that an Obama assassination involving the Secret Service is just around the corner. Mrs. Obama's statement clearly indicates that the White House is leaking future assassination insinuations in an attempt to prepare the American public for what is about to transpire. 2. Presidential Threat Task Force: Threats against President Obama allegedly became so disturbing that a secret Presidential Threat Task Force was created on July 26, 2010, within the FBI to gather, track, and evaluate assassination threats that might be related to domestic or international terrorism. The task force operates within the FBIs National Security Branch. It consists of 20 representatives from pertinent agencies, including agents fr om the FBI and Secret Service and operatives from the CIA, the NSA, and the Defense Department, as well as analysts. 3. Secret Service Less than Professional: Since Barack Obama has become the President of the United States, the once spotless Secret Service, minus their stand-down in the assassinations of JFK and RFK, has had its fair share of scandals and less than professional behavior by its members. 4. X-Obama Secret Service Agent in Congress?: Daniel Bongino, a former U.S. Secret Service agent whose recent assignments included a posting to President Obamas protective detail, has decided to run for the U.S. Senate in Maryland as a Republican. Will Bongino be that voice in Congress stating that the Secret Service did all it could to protect Obama from assassination when they ultimately failed?

1. BI-POLAR SECRET SERVICE PROTECTION OF OBAMA

OBAMACSI.COM: Since 2007, the Secret Service's protection of Barack Obama can be defined no other way but bi-polar. From the earliest protection of a U.S. Presidential candidate to not screening patrons for weapons at Obama events, the Secret Service is either unable or unwilling to protect Obama in a responsible manner. Title: Senator Barack Obama Placed Under Secret Service Protection Date: May 3, 2007 Source: Washington Post Abstract: Democratic Sen. Barack Obama was placed under Secret Service protection, the earliest ever for a presidential candidate, the agency said...Sen. Dick Durbin, D-Ill., told reporters Thursday night that several weeks ago he received information some of it with a racial bent that made him concerned for Obama's safety...Although there was no direct threat to Obama, several factors raised concerns, including some racist chatter on white supremacist Web sites (Washington Post, 2007).

Title: Obama Gets Beefed-Up Protection Date: January 7, 2008 Source: Washington Times Abstract: Secret Service presence has increased for Sen. Barack Obama...For many black supporters, there is a lot of anxiety that he will be killed, and it is on peoples minds, said Melissa Harris-Lacewell, a Princeton University professor of political science and contemporary black culture. You cant make a prediction like this like he has a 50 percent chance of getting shot. But the greater his visibility and the greater his access to people, there is a danger, she said...The Internet is rife with theories that someone may try to assassinate the senator...A nyone from Islamist terrorists to racist Americans to operatives of Halliburton and Blackwater are speculated about (Washington Times, 2008).

Title: Secret Service Order Dallas Police To Stop Screening For Weapons At Obama Rally Date: February 22, 2008 Source: Belfast Telegraph Abstract: The US Secret Service ordered Dallas police to stop screening for weapons at a campaign rally for Barack Obama...Police were told to stop checking people for weapons at the front gates of the Reunion Arena over an hour before the Democratic presidential hopeful appeared on stage.

332

Officers handling security were reportedly ordered to put down metal detectors and to stop checking bags and purses. Several Dallas police officers said they believed it was a lapse in security (Belfast Telegraph, 2008)

Title: Obama's Confusing Secret Service Protection Date: February 25, 2008 Source: Google Video Abstract: On February 25, 2008, Barack Obama spoke in Cincinnati, Ohio, at the Bank Arena on the campus of the University of Cincinnati. Unfortunately, the Dallas, Texas, Secret Service security "anomaly" from three days prior occurred all over again. The Secret Service coordinates the security for Barack Obama and manages the security for Obama's public appearance events and is responsible for screening people entering the event. For the second time in less than a week, patrons were not screened for weapons. (Google Video, 2008)

Title: Barack Obama Faces 30 Death Threats A Day, Stretching US Secret Service Date: August 3, 2009 Source: Telegraph Abstract: US President Barack Obama is the target of more than 30 potential death threats a day and is being protected by an increasingly overstretched and under-resourced Secret Service. Since Mr Obama took office, the rate of threats against the president has increased 400 per cent from the 3,000 a year or so under President George W. Bush...Some threats to Mr Obama, whose Secret Service codename is Renegade, have been publicised. Most however, are kept under wraps because the Secret Service fears that revealing details of them would only increase the number of copycat attempts. Intelligence officials received information that people associated with the Somalia-based Islamist group al-Shabaab might try to disrupt Mr Obama's inauguration in January [2009], when the Secret Service co-ordinated at least 40,000 agents and officers from some 94 police, military and security agencies. More than a dozen counter-sniper teams were stationed along the inauguration parade route and the criminal records of employees and hotel guests in nearby buildings were scrutinised (Telegraph, 2009).

Title: Double Standard For Guns At Obama And Bush Rallies Date: September 25, 2009 Source: The Young Turks

Title: Secret Service Strained As Leaders [Obama] Face More Threats Date: October 18, 2009 Source: Boston.com Abstract: The unprecedented number of death threats against President Obama, a rise in racist hate groups, and a new wave of anti-government fervor threaten to overwhelm the US Secret Service, according to government officials and reports, raising new questions about the 144-year-old agencys overall mission. The Secret Service is tracking a far broader range of possible threats to the nations leaders, the officials said, even as i t also investigates financial crimes such as counterfeiting as part of its original mandate. The new demands are leading some officials, both inside and outside the agency, to raise the possibility of the service curtailing or dropping its role in fighting financial crime to focus more on protecting leaders and their families from assassination attempts and thwarting terrorist plots aimed at highprofile events. If there were an evaluation of the services two missions, it might be determined that it is ineffective . . . to conduct it s protection mission and investigate financial crimes, according to a internal report issued in August by the Congressional Research Service. The report, which was provided to the Globe, said such a review should look at how money and staff are allocated, and whether some of the agencys functions and workers should be transferred to the Treasury Department. This is a discussion going on not only in some quarters in Congress, but inside the Secret Service. Should there be a re -look at the mission? said a government official, who like others was not authorized to speak publicly about security matters or reveal details about the number or nature of the threats. Already, there are signs of strain on the agency, officials said. Budget documents submitted to Congress this year said the agency lacks the necessary technology to keep up with threats.

333

The network and mainframe system used today struggles to support basic operations, the agency said, requesting an addition al $33 million over last year for computers and other information technology. Asked about the concerns, Special Agent Edwin Donovan, a Secret Service spokesman, said that though there is no doubt the protection mission has grown, the agency can still fulfill both its missions. The financial crimes mission remains robust as well, he added, citing some recent large seizures of counterfeit currency. The Secret Service, long under the Treasury Department but now part of the Department of Homeland Security, was established in 1865 to thwart counterfeiting, a focus that has expanded to include a host of electronic and financial crimes. Its mission soon expanded to investigating the Ku Klux Klan and conducting counterespionage operations during the Spanish-American War and World War I. The job of protecting presidents started in 1894 with Grover Cleveland, who was guarded part time. That role expanded after the assassination of William McKinley in 1901, and it became a crime to threaten the president in 1917. Today, guarding the president and other top officials accounts for most of the Secret Services budget, which totals about $1. 4 billion per year and continues to grow. The agency has been directed by Congress to guard what it describes an unprecedented number of individuals, including pres idents, vice presidents, their immediate families, former presidents and vice presidents, and visiting dignitaries - as well as presidential candidates during campaigns lasting longer than ever before. The Service currently protects 32 people - 24 full time and eight part time. It also coordinates security at high-profile events, such as meetings of world leaders and political party conventions. Between Oct. 1, 2008, and Sept. 30, the Secret Service said it protected 116 heads of state and 58 spouses. The services protection mission has increased and become more urgent, due to the increase i n terrorist threats and expanded arsenal of weapons that terrorists could use in an assassination attempt or attacks on facilities, according to the congressional report. The domestic threat is also growing, fueled in part by Obamas election as the nations first black president, according to specialists who study homegrown radical movements. Obama, who was given Secret Service protection 18 months before the election - the earliest ever for a presidential candidate - has been the target of more threats since his inauguration than his predecessors. Two days before Obamas appearance at San Francisco fund-raisers on Thursday, a 59-year-old Northern California man was indicted on charges of sending a racist, profanity-filled e-mail threatening to kill Obama and his family. The rambling e-mail included specific references to Michelle Obama and the phrase, do it to his children and family first in front of him, according to the indictment. The Southern Poverty Law Center says that antigovernment militias and white supremacist groups have strengthened in recent years, responding to an increasingly diverse population and what they see as an expanding government. A center study released in August found a nearly 35 percent growth in racially based domestic hate groups since 2000 - from 602 to 926. The center concluded that opposition to Obamas election has only increased the phenomenon. A key difference this time is that the federal government - the entity that almost the entire radical right views as its primary enemy - is headed by a black man, the report said. One result has been a remarkable rash of domestic terror incidents since the presidential campaign, most of them related to anger over the election of Barack Obama. Threatening language has also found its way into talk radio broadcasts and social networking websites, raising fears that individuals not normally considered threats to the president could be incited to violence. For example, the Secret Service in recent months has investigated a poll posted on Facebook about whether Obama should be killed. It has interviewed a Florida radio talk show host after a caller mentioned ammunition, target practice, and the president, and federal officials have raised concerns about several instances in which protesters carrying weapons showed up at Obama events, including a man at an August town hall in New Hampshire. The racist extremist fringe is exploiting themes that strike a chord in the mainstream more than we have seen in the recent past, said Brian Levin, director of the Center for the Study of Hate and Extremism at California State University-San Bernardino, citing several elected leaders who have questioned whether Obama is a US citizen eligible to be president. The Secret Service has been given more resources to deal with the changing environment. Its total number of employees has risen from 6,700 two years ago to a projected 7,055 in the new fiscal year that began Oct. 1, with almost all the new positions for the protection mission. Its overall budget request has grown by several hundred million dollars a year, including a nearly a 20 percent increase since 2008 for so-called protective intelligence activities, the efforts to analyze and investigate threats, according to budget documents.

334

But a significant share of the agencys budget still goes to investigating financial and other crimes, including 142 field offices natio nwide and 22 overseas that also assist the search for missing and exploited children. A new proposal in Congress would allocate $20 million next year for the Secret Service to expand its role and investigate mortgage fraud. The establishment of a single mission, or a distinct primary and secondary mission, for the [Secret Service] is one option for Congress, the congressional report said. One argument for this is that the majority of the Services resources are used for its protection mission, and that Congress has raised the issue of the Services competing missions of protection and investigation. (Boston.com, 2009).

Title: Secret Service: Threat Level Against Obama No Greater Than Under Bush, Clinton Date: December 3, 2009 Source: Politico Abstract: Bit of a bombshell at this morning's Homeland Security Committee hearing: U.S. Secret Service Director Mark Sullivan dismissed published reports that the level of death threats against President Obama are four times greater than typical threat levels against recent presidents claiming the current volume of threats is comparable to that under George W. Bush and Bill Clinton. "It's not [a] 400 percent [increase]," Sullivan said during a heated exchange with Delegate Eleanor Holmes Norton (D-D.C.), who suggested the service needed additional agents to protect the first African-American president. "I'm not sure where that number comes from," he said, adding that the number of threats against Obama "are the same level as it has been [against] the last two presidents." Sullivan said he would get more specific in a closed-door session with members of the Homeland Security Committee (Politico, 2009).

Title: Secret Service: Threats Against Obama Declining Date: March 24, 2010 Source: U.S. News & World Report Abstract: When it comes to death threats, well, Barack Obama is finally just a regular old president. Secret Service Director Mark Sullivan reports that the surge in threats against Obama, peaking on Inauguration Day, has plummeted. "It's now at a level where it was with other presidents, and that's a good thing," Sullivan tells Whispers. He credits the public for helping keep Obama safe during the election by calling in threats spouted by nutty neighbors. "It was an historic election, and there was a lot of sensitivity out there. I think one of the best partners we have is the public, and the public does bring this to our attention" (U.S. News & World Report, 2010).

Title: Secret Service: Fewer Protected Under Obama than Bush Date: July 27, 2010 Source: Salon Abstract: Agency responds to conservative grumbling that agents are used as chauffeurs, says Bush designated more protectees. Despite the public perception of a heightened level of threats against the Obama administration, the Secret Service in fact protects "significantly fewer" Obama officials than it did Bush administration officials, the agency tells Salon. By law, the Secret Service protects certain people -- the president, his family, former presidents, visiting heads of state, etc. But the agency also protects other executive branch officials designated by the president, for example, the national security advisor, Secret Service spokesman Malcolm Wiley said. President Obama has designated fewer of these so-called non-traditional protectees than did President Bush, according to Wiley -- though the Secret Service won't say who they are, or even how many there are. One former longtime Secret Service agent told Salon that after Sept. 11, the number of Bush officials getting protection soared. "You had a post-9/11 country at war, so each person was looked at carefully to see if there was a legitimate threat against them, or to see if there was any threat intelligence," the former agent said. The White House referred all questions to the Secret Service. The new disclosure came after Salon asked the Secret Service for a response to a Newsmax.com report by conservative journalist Ronald Kessler that the agency "has been spinelessly acceding to requests of the Obama administration officials for Secret Service protection in instances where there are no threats against them." Kessler, who is promoting the paperbook edition of his book on the Secret Service, went on:

335

As a result, 40 Obama administration officials and White House aides are under Secret Service protection, compared with 32 under George W. Bush. No one outside of the government has heard of most of these officials, but they have one thing in common: They enjoy being chauffeured free of charge by the Secret Service. Secret Service spokesman Wiley called those numbers false -- and emphasized that the trend is toward fewer officials getting protection. The former agent said that Kessler is probably hearing from agents who resent being used by executive branch officials as a "taxi service" -- but he warns that "sometimes the people grumbling don't have all the background intelligence." Wiley, the Secret Service spokesman, also denied Kessler's claim that a "secret Presidential Threat Task Force" has been created in partnership with the FBI to monitor assassination threats against Obama. The closest thing to such a task force, he said, was a Presidential Campaign Threat Working Group during the 2008 campaign "that allowed members of federal law enforcement and the intelligence community to share information, which has always been shared, but in this case in a more formal way." Kessler did not respond to a request for comment. UPDATE: Kessler emailed Salon to say he stands by his story, but declined to give any sourcing for his story. "The book cites a number of instances of the Secret Service misleading the public or Congress, so I am not surprised that they are not being forthright on these issues," he wrote (Salon, 2010).

2. MICHELLE OBAMA TO SECRET SERVICE: "JUST TELL ME WHEN - WHERE TO RUN"

OBAMACSI.COM: U.S. President Barack Obama's wife, Michelle Obama, made a ghastly statement when she inferred that an Obama assassination involving the Secret Service is just around the corner. Mrs. Obama's statement clearly indicates that the White House is leaking future assassination insinuations in an attempt to prepare the American public for what is about to transpire. Title: Michelle Obama Tells Secret Service: 'Just Tell Me When Where To Run' Date: October 5, 2011 Source: Politico Abstract: First lady Michelle Obama made a rare trip to Secret Service headquarters Wednesday, where she glimpsed the intricate work that goes into protecting her family and the potential danger of that mission. After an hourlong tour of the agencys protective intelligence division and the joint operations center, Obama called the daily tasks performed by the Secret Service pretty scary. All I can say is, after my little tour, is ignorance is bliss, Obama told a packed crowd of Secret Service employees who ha d gathered in a conference room to hear her speak. I just I just dont want to know, the first lady continued to laughter. You all can handle that. Just tell me when where to run. Obama who has spoken in interviews about the constraints of living inside the presidential bubble and the loss of privacy that comes with being watched every moment said the Secret Service agents at the White House have become like family over the past two-and-a-half years. In fact, she said, the first family has grown so close to the agents around the house that they will sometimes have little spats about who gets which Secret Service agent on various outings. Obama said her youngest daughter, Sasha, will tell her sister Malia, You took Scott! And sometimes Malia, who apparently ha s grown close to the same agent, will say You took Scott? Thats not fair! The first lady said she can relate to that sentiment. Ill say the same thing to Barack its like, Why do you get Beth? she said, adding, Its dinner table conversation. More seriously, Obama lauded the agencys employees for their work, adding that she and the president believe the Secret Service is always 100 percent on point, truly. I mean, not just in terms of how you all do your job, but how you all make us feel, she said, as Secret Service employees s napped pictures of her with their digital cameras. And that is important when youre trying to live a normal life and raise a couple of girls in the White House. You all have really made us feel at home and safe, and there is no amount of thanks that I could convey that would give you a sense of how import ant you all are to us. Appearing on stage with the first lady, Mark Sullivan, the director of the Secret Service, told Obama that her visit means so much to all of us. Sullivan also thanked her for the way you have treated the men and women of our organization.

336

A first lady visit to Secret Service headquarters is unusual, said Ed Donovan, a spokesman for the agency. It has happened, he said, but its not a regular occurrence (Politico, 2011).

3. PRESIDENTIAL THREAT TASK FORCE

OBAMACSI.COM: Threats against President Obama allegedly became so disturbing that a secret Presidential Threat Task Force was created on July 26, 2010, within the FBI to gather, track, and evaluate assassination threats that might be related to domestic or international terrorism. The task force operates within the FBIs National Security Branch. It consists of 20 representatives from pertinent agencies, including agen ts from the FBI and Secret Service and operatives from the CIA, the NSA, and the Defense Department, as well as analysts. Title: Threats Against Obama Prompt Secret Task Force Date: July 26, 2010 Source: Newsmax Abstract: Threats against President Obama have become so disturbing that a secret Presidential Threat Task Force has been created within the FBI to gather, track, and evaluate assassination threats that might be related to domestic or international terrorism. The task force operates within the FBIs National Security Branch. It consists of 20 representative s from pertinent agencies, including agents from the FBI and Secret Service and operatives from the CIA, the NSA, and the Defense Department, as well as analysts. The disclosure appears in a new chapter to the paperback edition of my book In the Presidents Secret Service: Behind the Scenes With Agents in the Line of Fire and the Presidents They Protect, which hits bookstores Aug. 3. The hardcover edition reported that threats against Obama rose by as much as 400 percent compared with when President Bush was in office. Although threats fluctuate, the level continues to be at high enough levels to call for the threat task force. Many of the threats are from racists who have no connection with politics. At the same time, the Secret Service, which let party crashers into the White House in November, has been spinelessly acceding to requests of the Obama administration officials for Secret Service protection in instances where there are no threats against them. As a result, 40 Obama administration officials and White House aides are under Secret Service protection, compared with 32 under George W. Bush. No one outside of the government has heard of most of these officials, but they have one thing in common: They enjoy being chauffeured free of charge by the Secret Service. The expansion in protection has occurred while the Secret Service is jeopardizing the presidents safety by cutting corners b ecause of understaffing and a management culture that is indifferent to the potential risks, as detailed in the book. The Secret Services deficiencies led to the intrusion by Michaele and Tareq Salahi at the White House state dinner for India n Prime Minister Manmohan Singh. As it turned out, they werent the only party crashers, as revealed in the Newsmax story "Secret Service Let Third Intruder into White House." The Secret Service knew about the third intruder for weeks and had identified him, but mortified Secret Service officials failed to inform the House Homeland Security Committee, which was investigating the original breach at the White House. After I asked the Secret Service for comment, I wrote a story for Newsmax.com revealing that a third intruder had crashed the state dinner. Having failed to respond to my request for comment, the Secret Service issued a statement within two hours confirming that a third individual, who was not on the White House guest list, entered the state dinner. The breach was a deliberate, conscious decision by uniformed officers to ignore the fact that the Salahis and Carlos Allen, the third intruder, were not on the guest list. Those decisions are an expected consequence of the agencys practice of cutting corners. The Corner-Cutting Includes: Not passing crowds through magnetometers, or shutting down the devices early, at presidential events. Cutting back on the size of counter-assault teams and bowing to demands of staff that the teams remain at a great distance from protectees. Not keeping up to date with the latest, most powerful firearms used by the FBI and the military. Not allowing agents time for regular firearms requalification or physical training. The Secret Service covers that up by asking agents to fill out their own test scores. No doubt the uniformed officers who decided to wave the Salahis into the state dinner were aware of the corner-cutting and were overwhelmed by the workload. In part because the Secret Service refuses to demand funds for adequate staffing, the attrition rate is as high as 12 percent a year within the Uniformed Division alone. In addition, the agency bows to political pressure. When agents refused to drive friends of Dick Cheneys daughter Mary to restaurants, sh e got her

337

detail leader removed. The fact that Secret Service management does not back personnel when they are just doing their jobs had to contribute to the uniformed officers reluctance to turn away guests at the state dinner and face possible repercussions. To this date, not one high-level person has been held accountable for these failures and corner cutting, a Secret Service official, who declined to be named, tells me. Secretary Janet Napolitano has failed to hold this director accountable. He [Mark Sullivan] doesnt want to ruffle anyones feathers. He doesnt want to ask for more money. He is more concerned about appeasing the administration. The official adds, A large majority at headquarters has lost faith in him. Everybodys waiting for the day he leaves. This a gency has some very talented people, and that is clearly lacking in the case of the director. Despite the breaches and corner-cutting, Obama has said he has complete confidence in the Secret Service, signaling that he sees no need for a change in management. Given the clear warning signs, that is just as reckless as Abraham Lincolns and John F. Kennedys dis regard for security. Lincoln resisted efforts of his friends, the police, and the military to safeguard him. Finally, late in the Civil War, he agreed to allow four Washington police officers to act as his bodyguards. But on the night of his assassination, only one D.C. patrolman, John F. Parker, was guarding him. Instead of remaining on guard outside the presidents box at Fords Theatre on April 14, 1865, Parker went to a nearby saloon for a drink. As a result of Parkers negligence, just after 10 p.m., John Wilkes Booth made his way to Lincolns box, sneaked in, and shot him in the back of the head. The president died the next morning. Kennedy told Secret Service agents he did not want them to ride on the small running boards at the rear of his limousine in Dallas on Nov. 22, 1963. If agents had been allowed on the rear running boards, they would have pushed the president down and jumped on him to protec t him before the fatal shot, Charles Chuck Taylor, who was an agent on the Kennedy detail, tells me. Confirming that, Secret Service Director Lewis Merletti later said, An analysis of the ensuing assassination, including the trajectory of the bullets which struck the president, indicates that it might have been thwarted had agents been stationed o n the cars running boards. In the case of Obama, in the view of many current Secret Service agents interviewed for In the Presidents Secret Service, the result of the Secret Services corner-cutting could be a security breach with deadly consequences. Although Secret Service agents are brave and dedicated, the agencys management needs to be replaced. On the night of Obamas state dinner, it was a pretty blonde. Tomorrow, it could be an assassin (Newsmax, 2010).

4. SECRET SERVICE LESS THAN PROFESSIONAL

OBAMACSI.COM: 3. Since Barack Obama has become the President of the United States, the once spotless Secret Service, minus their standdown in the assassinations of JFK and RFK, has had its fair share of scandles and less than profesional behavior by its members. Title: Secret Service Agent Busted For DUI While Touring With President Obama Last Week In Iowa! Date: August 18, 2011 Source: Fox News

5. X-OBAMA SECRET SERVICE AGENT IN CONGRESS? OBAMACSI.COM: Daniel Bongino, a former U.S. Secret Service agent whose recent assignments included a posting to President Obamas protectiv e detail, has decided to run for the U.S. Senate in Maryland as a Republican. Will Bongino be that voice in Congress stating that the Secret Service did all it could to protect Obama from assassination when they ultimately failed? Title: Former Obama Secret Service Agent Running For Senate In Maryland Date: May 31, 2011 Source: National Journal Abstract: Daniel Bongino, a former U.S. Secret Service agent whose recent assignments included a posting to President Obamas protective detail, has decided to run for the U.S. Senate in Maryland as a Republican. At an agency that stresses the silence and political neutrality of its agents, Bongi nos announcement is raising eyebrows. Its not unusual for federal lawenforcement agents to run for office after they retire, but the Secret Service frowns upon former agents who make sudden turns to politics. The agency has fought to give presidential protective division agents legal standing to keep them from testifying about high-level conversations they overhear, lest they lose the trust of the commander in chief. Bongino is seeking the Republican nomination to take on freshman Sen.Ben Cardin, D-Md. Bongino's Twitter account calls him a Conservative Republican Candidate for the U.S. Senate and directs visitors to a campaign website that is offline.

338

In a press release announcing his candidacy, Bongino said that he left law enforcement "because of political leaders making decisions which are making America a follower and not a leader in the global economy." His campaign chair will be Brian Murphy, who unsuccessfully sought Maryland's Republican gubernatorial nomination in 2010 and was endorsed by the tea party and Sarah Palin. On Murphys Facebook page, he writes that Bongino saw firsthand the impact of well inte ntioned but fatally flawed government programs as a child in New York City." Bongino has spent most of his career in government. He was a New York City police officer for four years before joining the Secret Service. He spent 12 years protecting presidents, candidates, and world leaders, advancing overseas trips, standing post, and investigating financial fraud. He transferred off Obamas detail six months ago and spent the past five months working out of the agencys Baltimore field office. He resigned earlier this month and started his own security consulting company. While an agent, he cofounded a mixed martial arts accessory company called Friction MMA. "In my career, I've seen the effects of failed policies on citizens in our inner cities. I've had the honor of traveling to 27 countries with the Secret Service. And the common theme in every country is a line around the block at the US Embassy," Bongino is quoted in his campaign release. "America is an extraordinary place. But our citizens must be given a chance to compete in the world economy. It is an ideas economy, and we know what works and what doesn't. This is an 'open-book' test, but politicians insist on trying systems that either have already failed in other countries, or are in the process of failing." Americans "are being held back by our government," he says. Oklahoma Lt. Gov. Todd Lamb is a former Secret Service agent, but he spent five years as an aide to then-Gov. Frank Keating (R), himself a former special agent for the FBI, before joining the agency, and several years elapsed between his official Secret Service duties and his first successful run for office. The Secret Service declined to comment on Bongino's planned candidacy. CORRECTION: The original version of this report gave an incorrect name for Daniel Bongino's campaign chairman and for Bongino's mixed martial arts accessory company (National Journal, 2011).

Alex Jones
OBAMACSI.COM: Alex Jones is the host of the Infowars radio show which boasts an audience of over 2 million gun-owning Americans. Aside from calling for a violent revolution, but not in those words, Jones' Infowars crew was allowed unfettered access to Operation Mountain Guardian and will likely play some role (judas goat) in the aftermath of future Mumbai style terror attacks on America. If Alex Jones' behavior on December 31, 1999, is any indication (Jones went on air and repeatedly stated that Russia had nuked America on the eve of Y2K), Jones will again attempt to bait his listeners into a full-blown panic and subsequently order his audience to attack the U.S. federal government in the wake of staged terror attacks. Coincidentally, Jones is holding a "money bomb" on November 3, 2011, in which he is attempting to bilk another $500,000 dollars out of his audience just prior to his scheduled betrayal of America. Pictured on the Jones' webpage is a rocket ship taking off, which is exactly what Jones will do after his attempt at prematurely ejaculating the 2nd American Revolution is completed. Alex Jones on October 14, 2011: "You don't know who's good or bad until you get to that crisis point."

Aside from the recent report that Alex Jones is working for the Obama administration, Jones is the founder of Infowars.com and PrisonPlanet.com, and the self-proclaimed grand-daddy of the 9/11 Truth Movement. Jones has made countless documentaries, the most famous of which are Terrorstorm, End Game, The Obama Deception and Fall of the Republic. While many people have enjoyed listening to his radio show, people nationwide are starting to question his true motives. While Jones should be thanked for helping many people wake up to the current reality of the situation, the fear is that Jones may be part of a greater sinister plot. The following documentation regarding Alex Jones does not represent all the ways that Alex Jones has betrayed the American people, but it's a start. It is imperative that people research the claims presented here and come to their own conclusions regarding Alex Judas Jones.

1. The Obama Assassination: Alex Jones is one of 10 or so celebrities that have predicted the assassination of Barack Obama. As with 9/11, the nuclear terror false-flag fail at Super Bowl XLV and with the future assassination of Obama, Jones is again making predictions with inside information. Jones states that he is "100%" sure an Obama assassination is coming. How is Jones, a college dropout, able to predict geopolitical events on a regular basis without EVER providing evidence for his claims? Jones is CIA or part of another intelligence service. Should Obama be assassinated, there is no doubt that Jones will participate fully in the aftermath of the assassination by race baiting and calling for violence. 2. The Y2K Scare: During the Y2K scare of 2000, Alex Jones attempted to whip the American people into a frenzied panic and riot after Jones repeatedly lied and exaggerated the events of the day. From his Texas studio, Alex spewed unverifiable news and propaganda that Russian had launched a preemptive nuclear strike on America. This madness lasted for hours. The late Bill Cooper took Alex Jones to task regarding this radio broadcast and was subsequently gunned down months later. The fear is that Alex Jones may instruct millions of young Americans to riot during after a terror attack or an Obama assassination. 3. The Demonization of William "Bill" Cooper: On the day of 9/11, Bill Cooper warned America that Alex Jones was a disinformation agent sent to provocateur violence in the midst of a national tragedy. Cooper repeatedly told America DO NOT TO LISTEN TO ALEX JONES. Subsequently, Bill

339

Cooper was gunned down weeks later, and despite his assassination, Alex Jones repeatedly demonizes Cooper every chance and opportunity he gets. William Bill Cooper was a real American Patriot, and although no human is perfect, Cooper did the best to inform Amer icans about Jones' true goal. 4. The Austin Gun Rally Incident: If there was any doubt that Alex Jones is an agent provocateur (COINTELPRO), Jones showed his true colors at an Austin gun rally when he took a bull horn and purposely disrupted the event. The next day, Jones went on the air and blatantly lied about the events of the day. 5. The Political Assassination of Debra Medina: During the stretch run of Debra Medinas campaign for Governorship of Texas, Alex Jones stated, "We can't believe anything she says if she gets in office if she'll flip flop like this". And with that, the Infowarriors (what Infowars listeners call themselves), attacked Debra Medina from all angles and sunk her bid for the Texas Governorship. Jones attacked Medina because she didnt state publicly that 9/11 was an Inside Job. Alex Jones took her out of context and politically assassinated her which was win for Rick Perry and the Globalists that Alex Jones is allegedly fighting against. While Medina was playing politics and was dead wrong about 9/11, she was a threat to Rick Perry until Jones began to attack her. 6. The Millionaire Truther: The Alex Jones machine has continually drained money from listeners with repeated Money Bombs, which is just a different label for what Jim and Tammy Fay Baker did to the sheep that followed them. These Money Bombs are to allegedly build his 3rd studio in as many years, and regardless if it's partially true, it's an obvious personal money grab. One look at Jones' website and it is clear that Jones care more about selling products than he does about Truth. After all, should Jones betray the American public, he must get all the money he can before he twists the knife in the back of America. 7. The Alex Jones Iodine Scam: Watch the video. Enough said. 8. Super Bowl XLV: The evidence surrounding Super Bowl XLV and the false-flag nuclear attack that was to ensue is now perfectly clear. What role Jones would have played in this event is likely the exact same one that he played on the eve of Y2K: Goat the American public into a full scale riot. About 6 months prior to Super Bowl XLV, Alex Jones started a rather disturbing trend: beta-testing his Infowars radio listeners. Jones ordered his listeners to Google search terms, and through Google Trends, Jones was able see how many of his listeners heeded his commands. While this may seem innocent on the surface, it is clear that Jones & Co. were gaging how many people obeyed his commands. After the Super Bowl, the beta-testing curiously stopped. Other forms of Beta Testing may have been the Obama poster campaign, whereby Jones ordered his listeners world-wide to print and hang millions of Obama Joker posters. While it is hard to make accusations regarding an event that never transpired, Jones' rhetoric in the days leading up to the date of February 6, 2011, were inflammatory to say the least. Once the plan was exposed, Jones was a blubbering mess on the radio and could barley contain his apparent anger (Please access the Inforwars archives from February 1-4, 2011, to listen to Jones' odd and suspicious behavior). If the false-flag nuclear terror attack had occurred on February 6, 2011, there is little doubt that Jones would have ordered his millions of listeners to attack police, military, and other government installations. Whoever fires the first shot loses, and Jones' job is to get the American public to fire the first shot. 9. Race Baiting: While Alex Jones pretends to be a human loving Christian, nothing is further from the truth. Aside from drinking, cursing, lieing, and constantly degrading fellow truthers, Alex Jones is a race baiter. As seen in the following video, Alex Jones attempts to divide rather than unite. Should an Obama assassination transpire, Alex Jones is sure to pour gasoline on an already raging race fire by spouting lies and disinformation to his massive underground audience. Should even a small percent of his audience act on the disinformation, a full scale race war may ensue. 10. Fear Monger: As evidenced by listening to the Alex Jones Show, Jones routinely and regulars installs fear into his listeners by hyping, overexaggerating, and repeatedly lying about news, events and information. Jones, an alleged man of truth, breeds fear in his listeners which inevitably causes them to be fearful and keeps mainstream Americans from gravitating to the truth. Everyday, Jones preaches the evils of government while never attempting to raise the consciousness of his listeners. Some patriots even claim that Jones' job is to identify all the people who are awake in order for the government to more easily identify dissidents in the case of a mass roundup. 11. Denial of Zionism: The apparent job of Alex Jones is to convince the American public that Zionist Jews do not run the United States and the world. That is why Jones has his listeners chasing everything from the Illuminati, the Elites, the Bilderbergers, the Royals, the CFR, the Club of Rome, the UN, the Globalists, the Banksters, The FED, The Trilateral Commission, the Luciferians, all the way to the Bohemian Grove! Which one is it Alex? Research the real power structure of the world and you will find Zionist Jews in every position. 12. Stochastic Terrorism: Stochastic terrorism is the use of mass communications (radio, tv, and internet) to stir up random lone wolves to carry out violent acts of terrorism that are statistically predictable but individually unpredictable. The most dangerous of all Stochastic terrorists is Alex Jones of Infowars.com. While many topics Jones speaks about are indeed true, his continual violent rhetoric and exaggeration of news and information is bound to push some listeners over the edge. Great example of Jones deliberate stochastic terror is well documented.

1. THE OBAMA ASSASSINATION

OBAMACSI.COM: Alex Jones is one of 10 or so celebrities that have predicted the assassination of Barack Obama. As with 9/11, the nuclear terror false-flag fail at Super Bowl XLV and with the future assassination of Obama, Jones is again making predictions with inside information. Jones states that he is "100%" sure an Obama assassination is coming. How is Jones, a college dropout, able to predict geopolitical events on a regular basis without EVER providing evidence for his claims? Jones is CIA or part of another intelligence service. Should Obama be assassinated, there is no doubt that Jones will participate fully in the aftermath of the assassination by race baiting and calling for violence. 2. THE Y2K SCARE

340

OBAMACSI.COM: During the Y2K scare of 2000, Alex Jones attempted to whip the American people into a frenzied panic and riot after Jones repeatedly lied and exaggerated the events of the day. From his Texas studio, Alex spewed unverifiable news and propaganda that Russian had launched a preemptive nuclear strike on America. This madness lasted for hours. The late Bill Cooper took Alex Jones to task regarding this radio broadcast and was subsequently gunned down months later. The fear is that Alex Jones may instruct millions of young Americans to riot during after a terror attack or an Obama assassination. 3. THE DEMONIZATION OF WILLIAM "BILL" COOPER

OBAMACSI.COM: On the day of 9/11, Bill Cooper warned America that Alex Jones was a disinformation agent sent to provocateur violence in the midst of a national tragedy. Cooper repeatedly told America DO NOT TO LISTEN TO ALEX JONES. Subsequently, Bill Cooper was gunned down weeks later, and despite his assassination, Alex Jones repeatedly demonizes Cooper every chance and opportunity he gets. William Bill Co oper was a real American Patriot, and although no human is perfect, Cooper did the best to inform Americans about Jones' true goal. Download Bill Coopers book entitled "Behold A Pale Horse" FREE

4. THE AUSTIN GUN RALLY INCIDENT

OBAMACSI.COM: If there was any doubt that Alex Jones is an agent provocateur (COINTELPRO), Jones showed his true colors at an Austin gun rally when he took a bull horn and purposely disrupted the event. The next day, Jones went on the air and blatantly lied about the events of the day. 5. THE POLITICAL ASSASSINATION OF DEBRA MEDINA OBAMACSI.COM: During the stretch run of Debra Medinas campaign for Governorship of Texas, Alex Jones stated, "We can't believe anything she says if she gets in office if she'll flip flop like this". And with that, the Infowarriors (what Infowars listeners call themselves), attacked Debra Medina from all angles and sunk her bid for the Texas Governorship. Jones attacked Medina because she didnt state publicly that 9/11 was an Inside Job. Alex Jones took her out of context and politically assassinated her which was win for Rick Perry and the Globalists that Alex Jones is allegedly fighting against. While Medina was playing politics and was dead wrong about 9/11, she was a threat to Rick Perry until Jones began to attack her. 6. THE MILLIONAIRE TRUTHER OBAMACSI.COM: The Alex Jones machine has continually drained money from listeners with repeated Money Bombs, which is just a different label for what Jim and Tammy Fay Baker did to the sheep that followed them. These Money Bombs are to allegedly build his 3rd studio in as many years, and regardless if it's partially true, it's an obvious personal money grab. One look at Jones' website and it is clear that Jones care more about selling products than he does about Truth. After all, should Jones betray the American public, he must get all the money he can before he twists the knife in the back of America. 7. THE ALEX JONES IODINE SCAM

OBAMACSI.COM: Watch the video. Enough said.

8. SUPER BOWL XLV

OBAMACSI.COM: The evidence surrounding Super Bowl XLV and the false-flag nuclear attack that was to ensue is now perfectly clear. What role Jones would have played in this event is likely the exact same one that he played on the eve of Y2K: Goat the American public into a full scale riot. About 6 months prior to Super Bowl XLV, Alex Jones started a rather disturbing trend: beta-testing his Infowars radio listeners. Jones ordered his listeners to Google search terms, and through Google Trends, Jones was able see how many of his listeners heeded his commands. While this may seem innocent on the surface, it is clear that Jones & Co. were gaging how many people obeyed his commands. After the Super Bowl, the beta-testing curiously stopped. Other forms of Beta Testing may have been the Obama poster campaign, whereby Jones ordered his listeners world-wide to print and hang millions of Obama Joker posters. While it is hard to make accusations regarding an event that never transpired, Jones' rhetoric in the days leading up to the date of February 6, 2011, were inflammatory to say the least. Once the plan was exposed, Jones was a blubbering mess on the radio and could barley contain his apparent anger (Please access the Inforwars archives from February 1-4, 2011, to listen to Jones' odd and suspicious behavior). If the false-flag nuclear terror attack had occurred on February 6, 2011, there is little doubt that Jones would have ordered his millions of listeners to attack police, military, and other government installations. Whomever fires the first shot loses, and Jones' job is to get the American public to fire the first shot.

341

9. RACE BAITING

OBAMACSI.COM: While Alex Jones pretends to be a human loving Christian, nothing is further from the truth. Aside from drinking, cursing, lying, and constantly degrading fellow truthers, Alex Jones is a race baiter. As seen in the following video, Alex Jones attempts to divide rather than unite. Should an Obama assassination transpire, Alex Jones is sure to pour gasoline on an already raging race fire by spouting lies and disinformation to his massive underground audience. Should even a small percent of his audience act on the disinformation, a full scale race war may ensue. 10. FEAR MONGER

OBAMACSI.COM: As evidenced by listening to the Alex Jones Show, Jones routinely and regularly installs fear into his listeners by hyping, overexaggerating, and repeatedly lying about news, events and information. Jones, an alleged man of truth, breeds fear in his listeners which inevitably causes them to be fearful and keeps mainstream Americans from gravitating to the truth. Every day, Jones preaches the evils of government while never attempting to raise the consciousness of his listeners. Some patriots even claim that Jones' job is to identify all the people who are awake in order for the government to more easily identify dissidents in the case of a mass roundup. 11. DENIAL OF ZIONISM

OBAMACSI.COM: The apparent job of Alex Jones is to convince the American public that Zionist Jews do not run the United States and the world. That is why Jones has his listeners chasing everything from the Illuminati, the Elites, the Bilderbergers, the Royals, the CFR, the Club of Rome, the UN, the Globalists, the Banksters, The FED, The Trilateral Commission, the Luciferians, all the way to the Bohemian Grove! Which one is it Alex? Research the real power structure of the world and you will find Zionist Jews in every position. ACCESS: The Unusual Suspects (PDF)

12. STOCHASTIC TERRORISM

OBAMACSI.COM: Stochastic terrorism is the use of mass communications (radio, tv, and internet) to stir up random lone wolves to carry out violent acts of terrorism that are statistically predictable but individually unpredictable. The most dangerous of all Stochastic terrorists is Alex Jones of Infowars.com. While many topics Jones speaks about are indeed true, his continual violent rhetoric and exaggeration of news and information is bound to push some listeners over the edge. Great example of Jones deliberate stochastic terror is well documented.

CHAPTER 8: NEW FALSE-FLAG TERROR ATTACKS

Airplane Terror Attack
OBAMACSI.COM: Using airplanes and airports as a means for terrorizing the population was first introduced to the world in in 1968 when Israeli commandos blew up 13 civilian airliners at the Beirut airport in Lebanon, and again in February of 1973 with the first deliberate shooting down of a civilian airliner by the state of Israel. The downed Libyan airliner, which was shot down by Israeli jet fighters over the Sinai desert, was on direct orders of Israeli Prime Minister Golda Meir. The Israeli terror attack killed all 107 of the flight's passengers including the entire French airline crew.

Since the aforementioned terror attacks by the state of Israel, more recent airplane terror attacks such as 9/11 were also committed in part by the Israeli Mossad. The recent news regarding airplanes and terrorism is disturbing and indicates that a 9/11 type of incident will likely occur in the near future. Terror drills, government reports, terror plots and patsies, and a shocking airplane disaster in Reno, Nevada, all lay the groundwork for a new terror attack involving airplanes being used as weapons. 1. Airplanes & Terrorism: In the last few months, there have been 4 distinct incidents involving airplanes and terrorism that raise suspicion: A) The FBI stated that terrorists could try to use small aircraft in attacks, B) New York police chief Raymond Kelley stated that "...In an extreme situation, you would have some means to take down a plane." Kelley was referring to New York City's alleged ability to shoot down a plane that was hijacked. C) An alleged terror plot involving Rezwan Ferdaus and his RC (radio controlled) aircraft was discovered. Ferdaus was allegedly planning to plant C4 explosives in the RC planes and fly them into the Pentagon, and D) Ali Reza Shahsavari, an Arab man, attempted to gain access to the cockpit of a Southwest flight but was denied. All these incidents point to another false-flag terror attack using aircraft. 2. Plausible Deniability: In order to appear as a victim in the aftermath of a major false-flag terror attack, the Government Accountability Office has stated that, "Errors by air traffic controllers in the vicinity of airports as well as incidents in which there was an unauthorized plane, vehicle, or person on a runway" have increased from 11 million incidents per years to 18 million. The report is a blatant attempt to preemptively pin a piece the blame of an upcoming terror incident onto "dumb" FAA employees rather than the real terrorists who will create the upcoming incident of airline terror. 3. Airport Terror Drills: As evidenced repeatedly throughout history, terror drills almost always precede real terror attacks. Terror drills involving bombs and hijackings are a regularity at American airports and it is only a matter of time before these drills go live just as they did on the morning of September

342

11, 2001. The most recent airport terror drills have involved Sea-Tac Airport in Seattle, the Phoenix Airport in Arizona, Long Island Airport in New York, and the Denver International Airport in Colorado. 4: Reno Airshow Disaster Mystery: On September 16, 2011, a classic WWII plane crashed into the VIP section of the Reno, Nevada, airshow. The incident gathered international attention due to the mysterious disappearance of the pilot involved. Photos clearly show that there is no pilot in the cockpit just prior to the crash which killed 11 people and injured 69. There is a real and distinct possibility that the Reno Disaster was a beta test for an upcoming false-flag terror attack which would see planes flying into crowds and that the plane was a remote controlled aircraft used for this purpose. The terrorizing power of the disaster was multiplied 10 fold as video and photos of the crash were captured by several people in the stands and transmitted worldwide within minutes. The same type of scenario would follow a false-flag terror attack at a major sporting event should it be attacked by a plane.

1. AIRPLANES & TERRORISM

OBAMACSI.COM: In the last few months, there have been 4 distinct incidents involving airplanes and terrorism that raise suspicion: A) The FBI stated that terrorists could try to use small aircraft in attacks, B) New York police chief Raymond Kelley stated that "...In an extreme situation, you would have some means to take down a plane." Kelley was referring to New Yor City's alleged ability to shoot down a plane that was hijacked. C) An alleged terror plot involving Rezwan Ferdaus and his RC (radio controlled) aircraft was discovered. Ferdaus was allegedly planning to plant C4 explosives in the RC planes and fly them into the Pentagon, and D) Ali Reza Shahsavari, an Arab man, attempted to gain access to the cockpit of a Southwest flight but was denied. All these incidents point to another false-flag terror attack using aircraft. Title: U.S. Warns On Small Planes, But Says No Plots Known Date: September 4, 2011 Source: CNN Abstract: U.S. officials say terrorists could try to use small aircraft in attacks, but have no specific information that such a plot is in the works, according to a new notice distributed by federal officials. "Violent extremists with knowledge of general aviation and access to small planes pose a significant potential threat to the Homeland," according to an intelligence bulletin issued by the Department of Homeland Security and the FBI. But according to the alert, U.S. officials "do not have current, credible information or intelligence of an imminent attack being planned against aviation" by al Qaeda or its affiliates. In the alert, which was obtained by CNN, officials say as recently as early 2011, al Qaeda was considering options for targeting aviation "possibly believing such operations would have a greater impact than other types of attacks." Among the strategies al Qaeda members have discussed are using a private aircraft to carry explosives, finding a Western operative who could easily travel to the United States or Europe to get flight training or renting private planes for attacks, "believing supervision would be lax due to the large number of private aircraft." The bulletin was issued to state and local law enforcement agencies on Friday, a little over a week before the 10th anniversary of the September 11, 2001, attacks on New York and Washington. Al Qaeda operatives killed nearly 3,000 people in those attacks by hijacking four commercial airliners and turning them into missiles, and some of the terrorists had received flight training in the United States. Matthew Chandler, a spokesman for the Department of Homeland Security, said although there is no specific intelligence about a plot, alerts are regularly shared with law enforcement partners on "evolving tactics that could be used by violent extremists to carry out attacks against the United States." He noted al Qaeda and others have targeted aviation since the 1990s and persist in seeking aviation training. Chandler said the bulletin is intended to "highlight the need for continued awareness and vigilance" (CNN, 2011).

Title: NYPD Anti-Terrorism Squad Equipped To Take Down Planes If Necessary Date: September 2, 2011 Source: NY Daily News Abstract: Ten years after the Sept. 11 attacks on the World Trade Center, Police Commissioner Raymond Kelly said the NYPD now has the capability to take down a plane if necessary. In a "60 Minutes" interview that airs on CBS Sunday night, Kelly said the department's counterterrorism unit is prepared to thwart an oncoming plane if it's deemed a threat. "Well, it's something that's on our radar screen," Kelly told Scott Pelley of the news show. "I mean in an extreme situation, you would have some means to take down a plane." He did not elaborate on what methods the NYPD would use but a police source said, "NYPD Aviation has weapons that caould be deployed with that capability."

343

Kelly discussed the precautions made before the General Assembly meeting at the United Nations this week, just days after a threat was made to attack the city on the 10th anniversary of 9/11. Snipers on rooftops, divers in the East River and helicopters equipped with radiation detection equipment were just some of the measures taken by the NYPD to safely escort President Obama inside the U.N. building. Kelly also boasted the technology used in the Lower Manhattan Security Initiative - a web of about 2,000 downtown cameras that can detect a suspicious package and sound an alarm and even search for a particular suspect, like one wearing a red shirt. The commissioner said the growing technology is a necessary tool to fight terrorism in the city, where several plots have been squashed. "We're the number one target in this country," Kelly said. "We're the communications capital. We're the financial capital. We're a city that's been attacked twice successfully. We've had 13 terrorist plots against the city since Sept. 11. No other city has had that." He added that the NYPD has also been a deterrent to would-be terrorists. "That's our message: stay away," he said (NY Daily News, 2011).

Title: Rezwan Ferdaus Arrested, Accused Of Plotting Attack On Pentagon, Capitol Using Exploding RC Planes Date: September 29, 2011 Source: NY Daily News Abstract: A Massachusetts man with a degree in physics was busted Wednesday for plotting to blow up the Pentagon and the US Capitol with homemade drones, officials said. Rezwan Ferdaus, 26, planned to fill two remote-controlled model airplanes with C-4 explosives and hand grenades and direct them into the iconic Washington buildings, said US Attorney Carmen Ortiz. The feds said he purchased the model airplanes, one a replica of a Navy F-4 Phantom jet with a Playboy logo on its tail, using the name of former Yankee great Dave Winfield. Ferdaus was arrested Wednesday morning after he obtained 25-pounds of C-4 explosives, three grenades and six automatic AK-47 assault rifles from FBI agents posing as Al Qaeda operatives. "The conduct alleged today shows that Mr. Ferdaus had long planned to commit violent acts against our country," Ortiz said. "Thanks to the diligence of the FBI and our many other law enforcement partners, that plan was thwarted." Ferdaus had been under surveillance by the FBI since March. The Northeastern University physics grad, an American citizen, had vowed to commit violent "jihad" against the United States as far back as early 2010, according to a federal complaint. In one of several secretly recorded phone conversations, he claimed he targeted the Pentagon and US Capitol because he wanted to "severely disrupt ... the head and heart of the snake," according to the complaint. Ferdaus of Ashland, Mass, went as far as obtaining cell phones modified to act as bomb detonating devices, the complaint charges. He provided the phones to the undercover FBI agents along with videotaped instructions on how to use them. When told the phones were used to set off explosives in Iraq that killed three US soldiers and injured up to five others, Ferdaus said, "That was exactly what I wanted," according to the complaint. "I want the public to understand that Mr. Ferdaus' conduct, as alleged in the complaint, is not reflective of a particular culture, community or religion," Ortiz said. "In addition to protecting our citizens from the threats and violence alleged today, we also have an obligation to protect members of every community, race, and religion against violence and other unlawful conduct." Ortiz said the public was never in danger because Ferdaus was being watched closely. "Today's arrest was the culmination of an investigation forged through strong relationships among various Massachusetts law enforcement agencies to detect, deter, and prevent terrorism," said Richard DesLauriers, special agent in charge of the FBI's Boston office.

344

If convicted, Ferdaus faces up to 15 years in prison. Rep. Peter King (R-L.I.), chairman of the House Homeland Security Committee, praised the arrest of Fedaus, saying he had been briefed on the investigation over the last several months. "The fact that Ferdaus is a very well-educated physicist should serve as a reminder to us that the threat of Islamic terrorism transcends socioeconomics and does not only emanate from the poor and under-privileged," King said. "Ferdaus' arrest also underscores the need to continue efforts to combat domestic radicalization and the evolving threat of 'lone wolf' extremists" (NY Daily News, 2011).

Title: Southwest Flight Lands After Cockpit Break-In Try Date: October 18, 2011 Source: Fox News Asbtract: A man was arrested Tuesday after his unruly behavior aboard a Southwest Airlines flight from Los Angeles to Kansas City compelled the flight crew to make an emergency landing in Texas. Ali Reza Shahsavari, 29, of Indialantic, Fla., has been charged with interfering with a flight crew, said Patrick Rhodes, Amarillo's aviation director. He was booked into the Randall County Jail in Canyon, where he awaited an appearance before a magistrate. Flight 3683 landed without incident and the man was taken into custody for questioning by federal officials. None of the 136 passengers and five crew members was injured, and the aircraft resumed its flight after a security sweep, said Brad Hawkins, spokesman for the Dallas-based airline. Initially, authorities said the man had tried to break into the cockpit but Amarillo Aviation Director Patrick Rhodes later said he was "not trying to break into the cockpit, but was unruly and had confronted the cabin crew." Passenger Doug Oerding told the Amarillo Globe-News that Shahsavari started screaming obscenities at other passengers during the flight. Attendants attempted to calm Shahsavari and then he went to the bathroom at back of plane and started making a commotion, Oerding said. "All of us guys were looking at him like are we going to have to do something," Oerding said. He said a flight attendant got Shahsavari to calm down. The flight landed and police officers came onto the plane and took him into custody, Oerding said. Father Mohammad Shahsavari confirmed the suspect was his son and that he understood his son was well, but he did not know what led to the incident. "I don't know what to say," he told The Associated Press from his Indialantic, Fla., home. The FBI said initial indications were that the incident did not appear to be terrorism related. The passenger's identity was not immediately released. "The FBI continues to investigate, but initial indications are that there was no terrorist intent. This guy is a U.S. citizen," said FBI Special Agent Mark White in Dallas (Fox News, 2011).

2. PLAUSIBLE DENIABILITY

OBAMACSI.COM: In order to appear as a victim in the aftermath of a major false-flag terror attack, the Government Accountability Office has stated that, "Errors by air traffic controllers in the vicinity of airports as well as incidents in which there was an unauthorized plane, vehicle, or person on a runway" have increased from 11 million incidents per years to 18 million. The report is a blatant attempt to preemtively pin a piece the blame of an upcoming terror incident onto "dumb" FAA employees rather than the real terrorists who will create the upcoming incident of airline terror.

Title: Air Traffic Controller Errors Increase Dramatically Date: October 13, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Errors by air traffic controllers in the vicinity of airports as well as incidents in which there was an unauthorized plane, vehicle, or person on a runway have increased sharply, a government watchdog said in a report released Thursday.

345

Mistakes by controllers working at radar facilities that handle approaches and departures within about 30 miles of an airport that cause planes to fly too close together nearly doubled over three years ending in March, the Government Accountability Office report said. Separately, runway incursions at airports with control towers increased from 11 incidents per million takeoffs and landings in the 2004 federal budget year to 18 incidents per million takeoffs and landings in the 2010 federal budget year. Most large and medium-sized airports have control towers. Such "runway incursions," as they are called, can involve anything that's not supposed to be on a runway, from a stray baggage cart to a plane that makes a wrong turn while taxiing. The deadliest accident in aviation history occurred on March 27, 1977 on an airport runway on the Spanish island of Tenerife in the Canary Islands when two Boeing 747s collided, killing 583 people. The Federal Aviation Administration attributed the increases in controller errors to better error reporting. FAA Administrator Randy Babbitt has also said previously that the agency is using new a plane-tracking system at approach control facilities better able to spot planes too close together. But the report said technologies aimed at improving automated reporting of incidents have not yet been fully implemented Apart from the automated system, the FAA has also adopted a new error reporting policy that encourages controllers to disclose their mistakes by not punishing them for those errors. The GAO report acknowledged that changes in reporting policies and procedures at FAA may be partly responsible for the increases. "However, trends may also indicate an increase in the actual occurrence of incidents," the report said. The FAA statement doesn't address the increases in runway incursions. The FAA has had a program to reduce runway incursions since at least 2007, and officials have claimed significant success. The GAO report says that while FAA officials have met their goals for reducing runway incursions overall, the rate of incidents at airports with towers has increased. "The increase in runway safety incidents raises significant concerns," said House Transportation and Infrastructure Committee Chairman John Mica, RFla. He said his committee would host a meeting with FAA officials and others on the issue (Fox News, 2011).

3. AIRPORT TERROR DRILLS

OBAMACSI.COM: As evidenced repeatedly throughout history, terror drills almost always precede real terror attacks. Terror drills involving bombs and hijackings are now a regularity at American airports and it is only a matter of time before these drills go live just as they did on the morning of September 11, 2001. The most recent airport terror drills have involved Sea-Tac Airport in Seattle, the Phoenix Airport in Arizona, Long Island Airport in New York, and the Denver International Airport in Colorado. *Not a complete list of Airport Terror Drills

OBAMACSI.COM: Airport Terror Drills Airport: Logan International Airport Date: June 4, 2004 Location: Boston, Massachusetts Notes: Simulated hijacking of a commercial jet.

Title: Logan Airport Anti-Terror Drill Reveals Flaws In Response Date: December 26, 2005 Source: NewsMax Abstract: An anti-terrorism drill at Logan International Airport revealed flaws in law-enforcement's ability to respond to an attack, according to a newly released report. On June 4, a team of federal, state and local law-enforcement officials gathered at Logan for a simulated hijacking of a commercial jet. A report analyzing the outcome of "Operation Atlas" found that the agencies' response was lacking in some areas. Ambulances were slow to respond to the simulated threat due to tight security restrictions around Logan and confusion over who was in charge, the 39page report concluded. Poor communication between state and local police and mismatched computer programs also hampered law-enforcement's response, according to the "After Action Report," which was prepared by consultants hired by the federal Homeland Security Department.

346

The drill "did a fantastic job of showing where the various security agencies are doing a great job, and where more work needs to be done," said Seth Gitell, a spokesman for Boston Mayor Thomas Menino, whose office helped coordinate Operation Atlas. Gitell said some of the problems, including the mismatched computer systems, already have been fixed. Carlo Boccia, Boston's director of homeland security, said the more than 50 agencies that participated in the drill were encouraged to "address their mistakes." "That's the reason for a drill, and we don't want to disguise any of those mistakes and we didn't," Boccia added. Although agencies involved in the drill had trouble communicating, Boccia said the region is "way ahead of the curve" in terms of radio intercommunication. "We're much further ahead than when the drill was conducted," he said. "That's as far as I would go. We've made great progress, but we're still working on it." Both of the planes that hit the World Trade Center took off from Logan on the morning of Sept. 11, 2001. The simulated hijacking, paid for by a federal Homeland Security grant, was reminiscent of the December 2001 plot by Richard Reid to detonate a shoe bomb aboard a trans-Atlantic flight. Operating on the premise that gun-toting terrorists were trying to hijack a United Airlines plane carrying 169 passengers from Paris to Chicago, two F-15 Eagle fighter jets intercepted the airliner over the Atlantic Ocean and forced it to land at Logan (NewsMax, 2005).

OBAMACSI.COM: Airport Terror Drills Airport: Sea-Tac Airport Date: July 30, 2008 Location: Seattle, Washington Notes: The full-scale emergency drill simulating a plane crash on the runway with victims.

Title: Sea-Tac Plans Full-Scale Plane Crash Drill. Date: July 28, 2008 Source: DHS Abstract: Sea-Tac plans full-scale plane crash drill. A full-scale emergency drill simulating a plane crash is planned for 9 a.m. to noon Wednesday at Seattle-Tacoma International Airport. The exercise will test airfield disaster preparedness and response as required by the Federal Aviation Administration every three years, according to a news release from the Port of Seattle. It will be the first full-scale exercise to occur on a Sea-Tac runway in at least 25 years and will not affect any air travel. Both of Sea-Tacs runways will be open as normal and the exercise will not affect any customer activity within the terminal, the release states. More than 100 volunteers will participate as victims next to a mock -up aircraft fuselage placed in the middle of the third runway along with wrecked cars representing various debris designed to drill extrication procedures. Dozens of the King County area mutual aid police and fire agencies will participate in the exercise with an estimated 50 to 75 pieces of equipment from fire engines to aid cars and up to 175 firefighters. Additional police officers from the area also are expected to participate alongside first responders from the Port of Seattle Fire and Police Departments, Sea-Tac Airport Security, Airport Operations, Public Information, and the Port Environmental team (DHS, 2008).

OBAMACSI.COM: Airport Terror Drills Airport: Toledo Express Airport Date: February 4, 2010 Location: Toledo, Ohio Notes: F-16's took flight to intercept a passenger jet possibly hijacked by terrorists

Title: NORAD Trains For Terrorist Attack Over Northwest Ohio Date: February 4, 2010 Source: WTOL News Abstract: The 180th Air National Guard at Toledo Express Airport trained for a terrorist attack Thursday. They were part of a NORAD exercise where two armed F-16's took flight to intercept a passenger jet possibly hijacked by terrorists. YouTube Video Michael Cornell, Director of Owens Community College's Center for Preparedness, says "It's just another example of how well the country is working to prepare for what many feel is an inevitable attack."

347

Cornell believes a terrorist attack is imminent, citing the failed Christmas Day bomber in Detroit. However, Cornell believes the U.S. has come a long way, but says there's always room for growth and preparedness training. "I don't think we're where we need to be, but (we're) a lot better off than we were five to ten years ago." Fire Chief Mike Wolever oversees homeland security for Toledo and says there have been threats to Toledo, but he can't talk about them. "One of the things that the state and local people are getting better at doing is sharing classified information and that's huge," said Wolever. However, Ohio authorities are now worried about a cyber-terrorism, which could crush the banking industry and Wall Street. Local officials believe the U.S. remains vulnerable to attack (WTOL News, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Airport Terror Drills Airport: Portland International Airport Date: June 5, 2010 Location: Portland, Oregon Notes: Drill scenario involved a downed airliner in water.

Title: Mock Crash, Real Test Date: June 6, 2010 Source: Portland Press Herald Abstract: Shortly before 10 a.m. Saturday, a gravelly transmission emanates from emergency radios describing a reported plane crash south of the Veterans Memorial Bridge. There is no sign of a fire, but there are "74 souls on board," says the dispassionate voice. With that initial report, city, state and federal agencies launched into action, attempting to go through the motions that they would if a plane had really crashed. Soon, a portable emergency command post was set up on the northbound lanes of the Veterans Memorial Bridge, shutting them down to traffic. East of the bridge, water rescue teams began arriving. Soon, nine boats are searching the shore and making trips to and from a barge that represents the intact fuselage of the Continental Express Q-400 that had gone down as it approached the jetport. Three Coast Guard rigid inflatable boats ferried away fake, inflatable passengers, and a Casco Bay Lines ferry was pressed into service for use as a staging area. "We don't deal with situations of this size every day so it's good to train," said police Lt. Gary Rogers, who took on the role of public information officer during the drill. The Federal Aviation Administration requires the Portland International Jetport to hold a full-scale emergency drill once every three years. The drill is designed to test emergency response and identify weaknesses in the plan before a real disaster hits. This drill was designed by city, state and jetport officials attempting to recreate some of the challenges faced in January 2009 when a US Airways pilot made an emergency landing on the Hudson River. The drill got going a little late because the Portland fireboat had an emergency medical call on Peaks Island, said police Lt. Janine Roberts, who was observing the drill, not participating in it. Overlooking the Fore River from the Veterans Bridge, Roberts said challenges had materialized. The boats responding were unable to communicate directly with the emergency operations center, but had to radio their supervisors, who relayed the information over separate channels. The participants in Saturday's drill took their training exercise seriously. Monitoring the response were representatives of the National Transportation Safety Board and the Federal Aviation Administration. All aspects of the emergency response are critiqued, but Saturday's drill included a special emphasis on disseminating information to the public. Getting accurate information to the public -- and responding quickly to inaccurate rumors -- is important. "We've never tested this function before and it's very important," said Nicole Clegg, spokeswoman for the city of Portland. Rogers provided the media with a telephone number for Continental Airlines that passengers' family members could call for information.

348

Within an hour of the drill's start, a family support center was set up at the Ocean Gateway terminal. Firefighters and several ambulances were on hand at the Maine State Pier to treat and transport the inflated casualties. At 11:30 a.m., Fire Department Deputy Chief Michael Shutts, incident commander, held a news conference with Coast Guard Commander Phil Thorne and jetport manager Paul Bradbury at the South Portland police station, which was serving as the Joint Information Center. They confirmed fatalities and that nobody remained in the wreckage. They said they remain in a response mode and have no information on the cause of the crash. An oily sheen had spread over the water. Print and television reporters who volunteered to participate in the drill peppered them with questions. Clegg said the drill is paid for by the jetport, though many of the participants are volunteers or were working already scheduled shifts. The drill was not a surprise for any of the participants, though it also was not scripted beyond the basic scenario and agencies' own plans for responding to certain situations. Afterward, participants gathered in small groups for what Roberts called the "hot wash," a debriefing right after the event to assess each components' response (Portland Press Herald, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Airport Terror Drills Airport: Medford Airport Date: June 11, 2010 Location: Medford, Oregon Notes: Drill scenario involved a commercial plane which skidded off a runway and hit a hangar.

Title: Medford Airport Drill Gives Teams Practice Date: June 11, 2010 Source: Mail Tribune Abstract: Emergency crews from across Jackson County rushed to the Medford airport Thursday morning to practice what they would do if a commercial plane skidded off a runway and hit a hangar. The emergency drill with an old bus standing in for a Dash-400 passenger plane and Civil Air Patrol and Medical Reserve Corps volunteers posing as passengers and crew, in this case is required by the Federal Aviation Administration. As part of the airport's federal certification to serve commercial passenger planes, it must put its emergency plans to the test in a live drill every three years, said Kim Stearns, the airport's public information officer. The training tests response times and communication while helping officials plan access and staging areas, she said. "It's valuable training," Stearns said. "We've never had an incident like this, but we've had some close calls." In Thursday's training scenario, a plane carrying 40 passengers en route from Medford to Portland experiences engine trouble and has to turn back to the Medford airport. Upon landing, it skids into a Civil Air Patrol hangar and catches fire. Nine people some represented by mannequins and a few played by volunteers are killed. Others suffer a variety of burns and traumatic injuries, represented by realistic theater-style makeup. The airport's fire department was first on the scene with its $650,000 Rosenbauer Panther, a six-wheeled vehicle bristling with nozzles that can be controlled by one firefighter. Next to arrive was a heavy rescue truck from Medford's Table Rock fire station with Capt. Wayne Painter at the helm. "It's a good experience," he said. "We can see how labor intensive it is. It takes a lot of manpower and the chaos makes it real. There's so many things to do in such a short time." Nancy Miles, a nurse who serves in the county's Medical Reserve Corps and volunteered to play a passenger in Thursday's exercise, expected first responders to move even faster. Her character was one of the first sent to hospitals, so, smeared with fake blood and wearing a tag that indicated her level of injury, she paused to talk with media once her role was finished. "I was making judgments based on my background," Miles said. "I was disappointed. I thought triage would be faster." She praised emergency medical crews who kept her from wandering in a panicked search for her imaginary husband, but said they should have worked faster to keep the first passengers off the plane from going into shock while they carried out critically injured patients.

349

Hospitals in the Rogue Valley and the Oregon Burn Center at Legacy Emanuel Hospital in Portland also participated in the drill, moving files representing patients through treatment steps. Stearns said the agencies that participated in the drill will re-evaluate their work in the coming weeks, looking for ways to improve preparedness (Mail Tribune, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Airport Terror Drills Airport: T.F. Green Airport Date: September 18, 2010 Location: North Kingstown, Rhode Island Notes: Drill scenario involved a commercial plane crash and first responder coordination.

Title: Mock Disaster Drill Date: September 12, 2010 Source: Green Airport Abstract: The Rhode Island Airport Corporation (RIAC) working together with the Rhode Island Emergency Management (RIEMA) will hold a Disaster Preparedness Exercise at T.F. Green Airport on Saturday, September 18th beginning at 9:00a.m. This exercise is important in testing our preparedness and responsiveness in the event of an incident or accident. We are always working to improve communication and cooperation between RIAC, first responders, and City and State agencies, said RIAC president and CEO Kevin Dillon. The safety and security of our passengers is our top priority. We recognize the importance of this exercise and appreciate the cooperation of all agencies. Upwards of 300 people and more than 25 agencies will be involved in the exercise. The event will be conducted as if it were an actual accident, with federal, state and local agencies responding accordingly. Additionally, area hospitals will participate as in the case of an actual emergency. The exercise, expected to last several hours, will be held primarily on the north side of the airfield at the intersection of two Taxiways with emergency vehicle staging areas adjacent to the airport. The drill involves the active collaboration of more than 25 agencies, including: the FAA, Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), the RI Army National Guard, RI State Police, RIEMA, the RI Department of Health, the Hospital Association of Rhode Island, RIAC Police and Aircraft Rescue and Firefighters, City of Warwick Police and Fire and a host of mutual aid units from area fire departments. Special thanks to FEDEX and the RI Air National Guard for providing the aircraft utilized in the exercise. This years drill will feature and test new technologies such as a patient tracking system which helps to triage patients int o the statewide hospital system, allowing for better staff preparedness and timely communication of information to family members. Approximately 50 victims will be transpo rted to hospitals throughout the state. Neighbors should note that there will be increased activity in and around the airport on September 18th, said John Thomas, chief of the RIAC Aircraft Rescue and Firefighting (ARFF) unit who is coordinating the event. Do not be alarmed, many emergency vehicles are part of th e drill and will be enacting an emergency response. This exercise is intended to review proper protocol in the event of a disaster and also to reassure travelers and others that the airport is prepared if an unfortunate event were to occur. The Mock Disaster Exercise is a coordinated effort of state and local police, fire, rescue and emergency management personnel from across Rhode Island, designed to enhance the capability of Rhode Island crisis managers and first responders. The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) requires that all airports perform such an exercise every three years to receive the agencys safety certification. The exercise is funded by the Rhode Island Emergency Management Agency Homeland Security Exercise and Evaluation Program (Green Airport, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Airport Terror Drills Airport: Columbia Regional Airport Date: September 23, 2010 Location: Columbia, Missouri Notes: Drill simulated the crash of a 50-passenger aircraft and a post-crash fire.

Title: Drill At Columbia Airport To Simulate Plane Crash Date: September 22, 2010 Source: Missourian Abstract: A simulated plane crash and fire at Columbia Regional Airport on Thursday will test the readiness of local, state and federal agencies to respond to such an episode. The drill begins at 6 p.m. It will simulate the crash of a 50-passenger aircraft and a post-crash fire, using a Mobile Aircraft Fire Simulator purchased by the Federal Aviation Administration and the Missouri Department of Transportation. The MU Fire Rescue Institute operates the simulator. The drill also will require emergency responders to tend to actors portraying victims with injuries.

350

The airport will remain open for regular operations during the drill, and patrons who are there at the time will be told about the exercise. There will be 19 local, state and federal agencies participating in the drill. The Federal Aviation Administration requires such full-scale training every three years (Missourian, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Airport Terror Drills Airport: Magic Valley Regional Airport Date: October 6, 2010 Location: Twin Falls, Idaho Notes: Drill scenario involved a plane carrying approximately 40 people that crashed on the runway, breaking in half.

Title: First-Responders Sharpen Skills At Twin Falls Airport Date: October 7, 2010 Source: Magic Valley New-Times Abstract: Red strobe lights pulsated against the overcast sky as emergency responders raced to board the plane and attend to the wounded. But dont worry: it was only a drill, and no one was hurt. Well, except the three mannequins on row three of theplane. Multiple agencies from Twin Falls County descended upon Joslin Field, Magic Valley Regional Airport on Wednesday morning to participate in an federally mandated emergency response drill. Its (a Federal Aviation Administration) requirement that we do this drill every three years, said airport Manager Bill Car berry. Members of the Twin Falls Police Department, Twin Falls County Sheriffs Office, Twin Falls Fire Department, St. Lukes Magic Valley Medical Center, multiple EMT companies, the Twin Falls County coroner and numerous other volunteers took part in the drill. In total, nearly 200 individuals participated. On this day, the simulation involved a small commercial plane carrying approximately 40 people that crashed on the runway, breaking in half near row three thus killing the mannequin passengers injuring dozens and starting small fires along the runway. Fire engines arrived at the simulated wreckage to douse fires, and firefighters hit the asphalt to reach the plane, making sure to check some vital details upon entering the craft. They will check to shut down all systems, turn off the oxygen which is a highly combustible gas and look for placards to denote if there are any hazardous materials on board, said Jim ODonnell, a member of the Airport Advisory Board. Also the chaplain for Idaho State Police and the sheriffs office, he spent months organizing the scenario and its participants. Since it was pre-determined that there were no hazardous chemicals, responders then evacuated passengers played by real volunteers from the community who were well enough to flee on their own. The simulation was detailed down to firefighters using neck braces and backboards on injured passengers who were unable to move without assistance. Meanwhile, officers formed a perimeter around the airport grounds to control who got in and out of the gates, corralling vict ims family members and the media to designated waiting areas in the terminal. Later, ambulances took the volunteer passengers to the hospital, continuing the simulation beyond the airports boundaries as firefighters continued to put out the blazing inferno not real, of course. In a real emergency, calls would be made to the FAA and the National Transportation Safety Board bureau in Seattle, which would immediately send a team of investigators. Later in the afternoon, the agencies gathered to debrief on the drill and hear reassuring recommendations from FAA evaluators, who were on site. There were a few snags when it came to communication different agencies utilize different frequencies. But otherwise, everyone did just what they needed to do (Magic Valley New-Times, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Airport Terror Drills Airport: Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport - Across the freeway from Mall of America Date: May 12, 2011 Location: Minneapolis, Minnesota Notes: Drill scenario involved man with a fake bomb in his bag attempted to get through the security.

351

Title: Oops. Bomb At Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport Was Only A Drill Date: May 18, 2011 Source: Star-Tribune Abstract: With their guns drawn, police surrounded a man who reportedly was trying to get through security at the Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport with a bomb in a carry-on bag. It was a drill, but the trouble was no one had told the cops, who thought it was real. "I think a lot of people were alarmed," Patrick Hogan, spokesman for the Metropolitan Airport Commission, said of last week's incident. "There is always a danger that someone could have gotten hurt. It was unfortunate." The routine drill conducted by the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) began about 2:40 p.m. last Thursday, when a man with a fake bomb in his bag attempted to get through the security at checkpoint 2, which is near the United, American and U.S. Airways airlines ticketing counters, Hogan said. The screener identified what looked to be an explosive device and immediately notified authorities. The police quickly evacuated the ticketing area and mall area, and with their guns drawn, confronted the man, Hogan said. Within seconds, TSA officials notified police that the bomb was fake and the incident was merely a drill to test the response of screeners and the communication system. For security reasons, Hogan declined to say how many officers responded to the incident. TSA spokeswoman Carrie Harmon said the agency routinely conducts thousands of covert tests each year at airports across the country. Last week's test at the Minneapolis-St. Paul airport ended up being a little too real because of "miscommunication" between the TSA and police, she said. "TSA continues to review this incident but took immediate steps to ensure the correct procedures will be followed in the future," Harmon said (StarTribune, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Airport Terror Drills Airport: Sea-Tac Airport Date: July 15, 2011 Location: Seattle, Washington Notes: The drill simulated a flight that is seized by a hostage taker and a mass injury situation.

Title: Emergency Drill Set Friday At Sea-Tac Airport Date: July 15, 2011 Source: Seattle Times YouTube Video Abstract: The Port of Seattle plans an elaborate emergency drill for Seattle-Tacoma International Airport on Friday but officials stress it is only a drill and will not affect any regular air travel. The exercise will simulate two separate fictional scenarios - including a flight that is seized by a hostage taker and a mass injury situation. Dozens of King County-area police and fire agencies are expected to participate. KOMO says the westernmost runway will be closed during the exercise. The other two runways will be open as normal. The drill is set to begin at 6 a.m. and last through at least noon (Seattle Times, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Airport Terror Drills Airport: Sky Harbor Airport Date: September 5, 2011 Location: Phoenix, Arizona Notes: The drill simulated a live bomb, which went missing.

Title: DHS: We Lost Our Own Explosives During Live Drill In Phoenix Date: September 5, 2011 Source: Intel Hub YouTube Video

352

Abstract: The Department Of Homeland Security and local law enforcement have misplaced their own bomb used in a live drill at Sky Harbor Airport in Phoenix. For the past few days the Department of Homeland Security and other officials have been hunting for live explosives that have gone missing from a drill conducted late last week. The fact that the agency that is supposed to protect Americans from terror is now possibly aiding terrorists by losing track of deadly explosive compounds that could be used or blamed in future events to further control the populace, shows just how corrupt and inept most government officials have become (Intel Hub, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Airport Terror Drills Airport: Denver International Airport Date: September 23, 2011 Location: Denver, Colorado Notes: The drill simulated a terror attack response at the airport and 9 other locations.

Title: 'Emergency' Planned For Denver On Friday Date: September 21, 2011 Source: Denver Business Journal Abstract: Expect some loud noises, smoke and a lot of emergency vehicles Friday in and around Denver. Operation Mountain Guardian, a terrorism-based, full-scale emergency exercise, happens Friday at four primary locations including Union Station and six secondary locations. Operations begin at 5 a.m. and are scheduled to wrap up by 4:30 p.m. Organizers are warning the exercise will include simulated weapons as well as planned responses from 101 military, police, fire and hospital organizations. Other locations included in the event are: Park Meadows Mall; Smedley Elementary School; the Lowry campus of the Community College of Aurora; Denver International Airport; Sky Ridge Medical Center; Denver Health Medical Center; University of Colorado Hospital; Catholic Charities in northwest Denver and Sports Authority Field at Mile High. Money for most of the operation comes from the U.S. Department of Homeland Security through the Federal Emergency Management Agency and the Colorado Governors Office of Homeland Security (Denver Business Journal, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Airport Terror Drills Airport: MacArthur Airport Date: September 25, 2011 Location: Long Island, New York Notes: The drill simulated a crashed plane.

Title: Airport Drill Tests Emergency Preparedness Date: September 25, 2011 Source: Newsday Abstract: Ambulances, fire trucks and police vehicles gathered at the edge of the airfield where smoke billowed from the woods. Wounded passengers lay on tarps, waiting to be transported to hospitals. But no plane crashed at Long Island MacArthur Airport in Islip Town Sunday. It was just a drill. Required every three years by the Federal Aviation Administration, the emergency response drill...(Newday, 2011).

4. THE RENO AIRSHOW DISASTER MYSTERY

OBAMACSI.COM: On September 16, 2011, a classic WWII plane crashed into the VIP section of the Reno, Nevada, airshow. The incident gathered international attention due to the mysterious disappearance of the pilot involved. Photos clearly show that there is no pilot in the cockpit just prior to the

353

crash which killed 11 people and injured 69. There is a real and distinct possibility that the Reno Disaster was a beta test for an upcoming false-flag terror attack which would see planes flying into crowds and that the plane was a remote controlled aircraft used for this purpose. The terrorizing power of the disaster was multiplied 10 fold as video and photos of the crash were captured by several people in the stands and transmitted worldwide within minutes. The same type of scenario would follow a false-flag terror attack at a major sporting event should it be attacked by a plane. Title: Federal Investigators Looking Into What Caused Deadly Crash At Air Show Date: September 17, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Federal investigators on Saturday began looking into what caused a 74-year-old pilot to lose control of his World War II-era plane and crash next to a VIP section at a Reno air race in an accident that killed at least five people and sent dozens to the hospital, Fox News reports. National Transportation Safety Board spokesman Terry Williams told The Associated Press Saturday that a team has arrived from Washington to join regional officials. He said it's too early to say what caused the crash. As thousands watched in horror, the plane competing in a Nevada event described as a car race in the sky suddenly pitched upward, rolled and did a nose-dive toward the crowded grandstand. The P-51 Mustang, flown by a veteran Hollywood stunt pilot, then slammed into the tarmac in front of VIP box seats and blew to pieces in front the pilot's family and a tight-knit group of friends who attend the annual event in Reno. "It came down directly at us. As I looked down, I saw the spinner, the wings, the canopy just coming right at us. It hit directly in front of us, probably 50 to 75 feet," Ryan Harris, of Round Mountain, Nev., told the AP. "The next thing I saw was a wall of debris going up in the air. That's what I got splashed with. In the wall of debris noticed there were pieces of flesh." The pilot and two spectators were killed and more than 50 were injured amid a horrific scene strewn with smoking debris. Authorities said it appears a mechanical failure with the P-51 Mustang -- a class of fighter plane that can fly in excess of 500 mph -- was to blame. Some credit the pilot, Jimmy Leeward, with preventing the crash from being far more deadly. "If he wouldn't have pulled up, he would have taken out the entire bleacher section," said Tim Linville, 48, of Reno, who watched the race with his two daughters. Left in its wake were bloodied bodies spread across the area as people tended to the victims and ambulances rushed to the scene. Video of the aftermath shows a man with his leg severed at the knee. Video and photos of the crash were captured by several people in the stands, and the horrific images of the wreckage were transmitted around the world within minutes (Fox News, 2011).

Title: Photo Suggests Pilot In Deadly Reno Air Crash Had Broken Seat, Aviation Mechanic Says Date: September 20, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A newly released photograph of the deadly Nevada air racing disaster suggests the pilot in the crash may have become dislodged in the cockpit as a result of a broken seat, an aviation mechanic tells Fox News. The National Transportation Safety Board is investigating what caused a WWII-era P-51 Mustang fighter plane -- named the Galloping Ghost -- to crash in Reno during Fridays race, killing 10 people and injuring 70 others as it disintegrated into a cloud of dust and debris. NTSB officials are now examining photos taken before and after the crash, including a photo in which the pilot is not visible from inside the cockpit. Aviation mechanic J.R. Walker told Fox News that the pilot, Jimmy Leeward, would have been seen in the photo even if he had passed out and was slumped in his seat. Walker, who has worked on similar planes, suggested in an interview that Leewards seat may have slipped back, causing him to lose control of the plane. A key focus of the investigation is also the tail of the high-performance aircraft, which some photos seem to show lost a part before the crash. The plane crashed at the edge of the crowd, narrowly missing the grandstand where thousands more people were watching. Spectators were sprayed with aviation fuel, but the plane did not explode, and its fuel did not catch fire (Fox News, 2011).

354

Chicago Terror Attack

OBAMACSI.COM: A bio-terror, dirty-bomb, or nuclear terror attack could occur in any American city at anytime, but it will most likely happen in the "Windy City", also known as Chicago, Illinois. After escaping a 9/11 style terror attack in May of 2006, a false-flag terror attack appears to be on the horizon for Chicago. Due to Zionist Larry Silverstein's purchase of the Sears Tower, the new Israeli mayor of Chicago, Rahm Emanuel, it is safe to assume that the city of Chicago, namely the Sears Tower, will be targeted for terror in the near future.

1. Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel: Imagine if the son of alleged terrorist Osama bin Laden became the mayor of Chicago. How would the American public react if they new that the son of a bonafied terrorist was in charge of their city? Chicago mayor is Rahm Emanuel the son of Zionist terrorist Benjamin M. Emanuel who has murdered Palestinians in cold blood. In order to pull off a successful false-flag terror attack in Chicago, the right personal must be in power positions prior to the event taking place. On 9/11, Rudy Giuliani was mayor of New York City to ensure that loose ends go tied up and that no real investigation into the events of the take took place. Likewise, Rahm Emanuel has been conveniently placed into the Chicago mayorship to oversee and execute false-flag terror attacks, just as his father did so many years ago. 2. The Sears Tower: Immediately after the 9/11 terror attacks, Kroll Inc. took over security of the Sears Tower and conducted an independent terror "threat assessment" of the building. A few years later, Larry Silverstein, the former owner of the Twin Towers that were demolished in New York City on 9/11, purchased the Sears Tower on the day of the March 11, 2004, the same date of the terror attack in Madrid, Spain. Like the Twin Towers, the Sears Tower is a white elephant filled with asbestos that will need to be demolished in the near future in-order to comply with new building codes that strictly prohibit the toxic asbestos. Whether Silverstein has taken out a massive insurance policy on the Sears Tower as he did on the Twin Towers has not been revealed, but it is likely considering Silverstein profited to the sum of $4.68 billion for owning the Twin Towers only 6 weeks before they were demolished on 9/11. 3. The 2006 Chicago Terror Plot: Unbeknownst to most Americans, a massive terror plot to attack the Sears Tower in Chicago was subverted due to Army Captain Eric May's heroic actions. Captain May claims that Illinois governor Rod Blagojevich and Chicago mayor Richard Daley were coconspirators in a May 2-4, 2006, attempt to sabotage Chicagos Sears Tower. "Former Army intelligence officer Capt. Eric H. May, military/political editor of the Lone Star Iconoclast, recently repeated that the governor and mayor were co-conspirators in a May 2-4, 2006, attempt to sabotage Chicagos Sears Tower...May's allegations would seem outlandish were they not backed up by a document trail connecting everyone from top government officials to media mainstays and even active-duty military intelligence. All of them coalesced into an informal alliance against the governor, the mayor and Homeland Security director Michael Chertoff, who was heading up exercises set to simulate the collapse of an unnamed downtown Chicago skyscraper. On April 26, 2006, advised of a possible attack by inside sources, May put in calls to Illinois National Guard Public Affairs Officer Col. Tim Franklin and Chicago Police Public Information Officer Laura Kubiak. Both confirmed the existence of terror exercises rehearsing the demolition of Sears Tower. Alarmed, May issued RED ALERT: "CHICAGO 911" CONFIRMED, which was quickly posted worldwide." Captain May sounded the false-flag alarm effectively and the Feds had to call off the terror attack. A few weeks later, the patsies, a group of black Americans from Florida, were indicted for the plot to blow up the Sears Tower. A few years later, Illinois governor Rod Blagojevich was indicted on federal charges and has been sentenced to federal prison in a likely attempt to silence him. 4. The 2010 Chicago Bomb Plot: Like the 2006 Chicago terror plot, the fingerprints of the U.S. federal government are all over the 2010 Chicago bomb plot. The bomb plot involved a young Lebanese immigrant, Patsy Sami Samir Hassoun, who by all account was and is mentally unstable. Hassoun was guided, funded, and arrested by the FBI in another pathetic attempt to bolster the bogus war on terror. "The FBI provided [Hassoun] with the camcorder he used to scout bombing locations, paid him $2,700 so he could quit his job to work full time on his terrorism plot and gave him the phony bomb he left in the garbage bin outside Sluggers in the 3500 block of North Clark Street" 5. Chicago Bio-Terror Drills: On June 9, 2010, about 8 months prior to Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, a full-scale bio-terror exercise involving a jetliner crash, train evacuation, building collapses, mass causalities, explosions, and chemical explosions occurred in the Chicago area involving more than 50 local, state, federal and private security agencies. The drill was likely executed because a Chicago bio-terror attack was scheduled to follow the nuclear terror attack at the Super Bowl. Fortunately, a book entitled The Nuclear Bible that was circulated days before the Super Bowl and the nuclear terror attack was subverted. While there is an abundance of evidence showing that a terror attack was thwarted at the Super Bowl, the only real evidence that a bio-terror attack was potentially planned for Chicago is the convenient mayorship of Zionist Rahm Emanuel, the bio-terror drills, the VX nerve agent that went missing from Dugway Proving Ground in Utah just 10 days before the Super Bowl, and the man from Ohio that was arrested by the FBI 9 days before the Super Bowl for possessing the deadly biological agent Ricin. 5. Bio-Terror Now Imminent: Based on the news reports from the U.S. government, a bio-terror attack is now imminent and the Obama administration has received an "F" rating on stopping the spread of weapons of mass destruction. The bio-terror propaganda reports combined with the bio-terror drills and the desperate need for a new terror attack makes the possibility of bio-terror attack a real possibility. 6. The Movie "Contagion": Just in time for the upcoming false-flag bio-terror attack, the movie "Contagion" has hit theaters worldwide. The movie is a propaganda film which features Chicago as a city hit with a bio-terror pandemic and is consequently quarantined. The film also shows the execution of martial law and the burial of mass amounts of bodies, both of which would occur should a bio-terror attack transpire.

1. CHICAGO MAYOR RAHM EMANUEL

OBAMACSI.COM: Imagine if the son of alleged terrorist Osama bin Laden became the mayor of Chicago. How would the American public react if they new that the son of a bonafied terrorist was in charge of their city? Chicago mayor is Rahm Emanuel the son of Zionist terrorist Benjamin M. Emanuel

355

who has murdered Palestinians in cold blood. In order to pull off a successful false-flag terror attack in Chicago, the right personal must be in power positions prior to the event taking place. On 9/11, Rudy Giuliani was mayor of New York City to ensure that loose ends go tied up and that no real investigation into the events of the take took place. Likewise, Rahm Emanuel has been conveniently placed into the Chicago mayorship to oversee and execute false-flag terror attacks, just as his father did so many years ago.

Date: 1931 - 1948 Suspect: Benjamin M. Emanuel Age: Unknown Ethnicity: Jewish Location: Palestine, Israel Target: Palestinians Charges: Bombed hotels, airports, cafes, schools, and massacred Palestinian villagers Notes: Chicago Mayor is the son of a Zionist terrorist who should be tried and executed for crimes against humanity. Title: Obamas First Appointment Is Son Of Zionist Terrorist Date: November 6, 2008 Source: Prison Planet Abstract: Rahm Emanuels father was member of militant terror group that bombed hotels, massacred villagers Obama pick is keen supporter of lobbying group aimed at creating militarized youth brigades President elect Barack Obamas first appointment, Rahm Emanuel, who is set to become chief -of-staff, is the son of a member of the Zionist terrorist group Irgun, which was responsible for bombing hotels, marketplaces as well as the infamous Deir Yassin massacre, in which hundreds of Palestinian villagers were slaughtered. Revelations about Obamas relationship with Bill Ayers, a Weather Underground domestic terrorist, which dogged him during the final weeks of the campaign trail, pale in significance to his selection of Emanuel, whose father, Benjamin M. Emanuel, was an Irgun member. Irgun has been labeled a terrorist organization by both The New York Times newspaper and by the Anglo-American Committee of Enquiry. Irgun was closely affiliated with the widely feared hardcore terrorist Stern Gang, an organization that carried out assassinations, train bombings and bombed police stations in an attempt to pave the way for unrestricted immigration of Jews into Palestine. Irgun operated in Palestine between 1931 and 1948. Following the ideology of right-wing Revisionist Zionism, Irguns doctrine was that, Every Jew had the right t o enter Palestine; only active retaliation would deter the Arabs and the British; only Jewish armed force would ensure the Jewish state. This manifested itself by way of terror attacks such as the July 1946 bombing of the King David Hotel in Jerusalem, which killed 91 people. In 2006, Israelis including former Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and former members of Irgun, attended a 60th anniversary celebration of the bombing organized by the Menachem Begin Centre. Buses and marketplaces were also a target for Irgun, who were widely chastised for favoring attacks against civilian targets. The widely condemned Deir Yassin massacre, which occurred in April 1948, involved Irgun working in consort with the Stern Gang and going house to house slaughtering Palestinian villagers. Eyewitness accounts of spies working for mainstream Jewish authorities, such as Meir Pail, reported Irgun members running around shooting civilians full of lust for murder. I saw the horrors that the fighters had created. I saw bodies of women and children, who were murdered in their houses in cold blood by gunfire, with no signs of battle and not as the result of blowing up the houses, said eyewitness Eliahu Arbel. [One body was] a woman who must have been eight months pregnant, not ed Jacques de Reynier, a French-Swiss Representative of the International Red Cross, He hit in the stomach, with powder burns on her dress indicating shed been shot point -blank.. The son of a man who helped carry out this slaughter has now been selected by Obama to be his chief-of-staff. Cries of sins of the father lose their gusto when one considers the fact that, after the 1996 re-election of Bill Clinton, Rahm Emanuel Was so angry at the presidents enemies that he stood up at a celebratory dinner with colleagues from the campaign, grabbed a steak knife and began r attling off a list of betrayers, shouting Dead! Dead! Dead! and plunging the knife into the table after every name. Sounds like a nice guy. Rahm Emanuel is also an enthusiastic supporter of the United States Public Service Academy Act, a lobbying group founded in 2006 in order to promote the foundation of an American public service academy modeled on the military academies a youth corps whose students would be trained in civilian internship in the armed forces. This rings the alarm bells when we recall Obamas pledge to create a civilian national security force that is just as powerful, just as strong, just as wellfunded as the U.S. military.

356

A creepy You Tube video of a brown-shirt style Obama youth brigade chanting and marching military style emerged last month, raising fears about where the messianic cult-like status of Obamas image could eventually lead (Prison Planet, 2008).

Title: Rahm Emanuel's Father: An Israeli Terrorist? Date: November 8, 2008 Source: Belfast Telegraph Abstract: The appointment of Rahm Emanuel triggered widespread interest in Israel, the native country of his former Jewish underground fighter father. The older Emanuel, a paediatrician born in Jerusalem, was a member of Irgun, the hard-line militant group which fought for Jewish independence until 1948. It was described as "terrorist" at the time by Britain. Mr Emanuel's appointment could reassure Israel that Mr Obama will continue America's close alliance. The Ynet news service quoted Michael Kotzin, a leader of the Jewish Federation of Metropolitan Chicago, as saying Mr Emanuel is a frequent attender at Israel-related events. He co-sponsored a Bill defending Israel against a world court advisory opinion in 2004 criticising the route of the military's separation barrier for cutting deep into the West Bank, and co-sponsored another Bill congratulating Israelis and Palestinians who work together for peace. He is credited with choreographing the famous handshake between Yasser Arafat and Yitzhak Rabin on the White House lawn in 1993 (Belfast Telegraph, 2008)

Title: Wikipedia Deletes Benjamin Emanuel Entry Date: November 13, 2008 Source: Uruknet Abstract: Wikipedia has deleted Rahm Emanuel's father's page. Benjamin M. Emanuel's entry was recommended for deletion shortly after Obama named the younger Emanuel as his Chief of Staff, and it looks like it had already been deleted (or recommended for deletion) once before in January of 2007. "Benjamin M. Emanuel" is no longer searchable in Wikipedia, but the former-page can be accessed through the original URL: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Benjamin_M._Emanuel The old entry is no longer even in Google cache. The Progressive Mind was forward-thinking enough to save the original entry, including the original links. Here's what is used say: http://www.theprogressivemind.info/2008/11/benjamin-m-emanuel-wikipedia-free.html And here's a screenshot (from Blog-Reporter): (Uruknet, 2008).

Title: Rahm Emanuel Apologizes For Father's Disparaging Remarks About Arabs Date: November 14, 2008 Source: Haaretz Abstract: U.S. President-elect Barack Obama's chief of staff Rahm Emanuel apologized to an Arab-American group on Thursday for comments disparaging Arabs made by his father. The American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee sent a letter to Emanuel calling on him to distance himself from remarks made by the elder Emanuel in an interview with an Israeli newspaper following his son's appointment last week. In the interview, Benjamin Emanuel was reported as saying: "Obviously, he will influence the president to be pro-Israel. Why wouldn't he? What is he, an Arab? He's not going to clean the floors of the White House." While some political analysts have said Rahm Emanuel, a veteran Democratic congressman, should not be held responsible for the actions of his father, there was also a sense that an apology was unavoidable. "Today, Rep. Emanuel called Mary Rose Oakar, president of the American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee, apologized on behalf of his family and offered to meet with representatives of the Arab-American community at an appropriate time in the future," a statement from his office said.

357

The committee, in a statement on its website, said Emanuel told Oakar it was unacceptable to make such remarks against any ethnic or religious group. "From the fullness of my heart, I personally apologize on behalf of my family and me. These are not the values upon which I was raised or those of my family," the group quoted him as saying. Oakar welcomed the apology, saying: "We cannot allow Arabs and Muslims to be portrayed in these unacceptable terms." Some commentators in the Middle East have raised concern about the appointment of Emanuel, who has a pro-Israel record, suggesting he could use his position to influence Obama's policies in the region. But political analysts and Emanuel himself this week dismissed such suggestions. The congressman said Obama did not need his influence to "orientate his policy toward Israel." The chief of staff position serves as one of the closest advisers to the president and typically can decide who gains access to the president, while also developing administration policies (Haaretz, 2008).

Title: Rahm Emanuel Elected Mayor Of Chicago Date: February 22, 2011 Source: ABC News Abstract: Rahm Emanuel, the former White House chief of staff, has realized his lifelong ambition to become mayor of Chicago. With 97 percent of the vote in the Chicago mayor's race counted this evening, Emanuel, 51, had 55 percent, winning the mayoral election outright and avoiding a runoff in April. "Looking forward to working together as your next mayor," he tweeted tonight. After a topsy-turvy campaign, in which his Chicago residence was repeatedly challenged, Emanuel easily outdistanced a crowded field. His closest challenger, longtime city official Gery Chico, drew only 25 percent of the vote. Former Sen. Carol Moseley Braun, the so-called "consensus" African-American candidate, polled a distant fourth with only about 8 percent. In his victory address at Plumbers Hall, Emanuel thanked his supporters and spoke about his vision for the city. "We have not won anything until a child can go to school and not think of their safety we have not won anything. Until a parent can think of their work, and not where they're going to find work, we have not won anything," Emanuel said. "The plural pronoun of 'we' is how we're going to meet the challenges. ... I do not want to see another child's name in memorial killed by violence." President Obama, Emanuel's longtime friend and former employer, issued a statement congratulating him after all five other candidates in the race had conceded. "I want to extend my congratulations to Rahm Emanuel on a well-deserved victory tonight," the president said. "As a Chicagoan and a friend, I couldn't be prouder. Rahm will be a terrific mayor for all the people of Chicago." For more on the history of the job of mayor in Chicago, why so many politicians want it, and an interview by George Stephanopoulos with current Mayor Richard Daley click here. Turnout in Chicago was far lower than expected, according to city election officials, who said fewer than half of the city's registered voters showed up at the polls. Emanuel takes office in May, succeeding Richard M. Daley who is retiring after 22 years in office -- serving longer than his famous father, Richard J. Daley, the last of America's big-city bosses. Despite his big victory, Emanuel faces huge challenges including a crippling city budget deficit. The city faces a $655 million budget gap in the current fiscal year and unfunded pension liabilities estimated at more than $20 billion. The results were not a surprise, as the most recent polls showed Emanuel far out in front, trailed by Chico. Since Mayor Richard Daley announced he would not seek a record seventh term, Emanuel has led the pack in polling and fund-raising, amassing more than $12 million in campaign contributions.

358

An attempt by Rev. Jesse Jackson and others to solidify African-American support behind Braun largely fizzled as the former senator's campaign suffered numerous embarrassing gaffes. Emanuel's most serious challenge had been expected to come from Chico, a former school board president and Daley chief of staff who had the support of Chicago's police and firefighters unions (ABC News, 2011).

2. THE SEARS TOWER

OBAMACSI.COM: Immediately after the 9/11 terror attacks, Kroll Inc. took over security of the Sears Tower and conducted an independent terror "threat assessment" of the building. A few years later, Larry Silverstein, the former owner of the Twin Towers that were demolished in New York City on 9/11, purchased the Sears Tower on the day of the March 11, 2004, the same date of the terror attack in Madrid, Spain. Like the Twin Towers, the Sears Tower is a white elephant filled with asbestos that will need to be demolished in the near future in-order to comply with new building codes that strictly prohibit the toxic asbestos. Whether Silverstein has taken out a massive insurance policy on the Sears Tower as he did on the Twin Towers has not been revealed, but it is likely considering Silverstein profited to the sum of $4.68 billion for owning the Twin Towers only 6 weeks before they were demolished on 9/11. Title: Willis Tower Date: 1973 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Willis Tower (formerly named, and still commonly referred to as, the Sears Tower) is a 108-story, 1451-foot (442 m) skyscraper in Chicago, Illinois At the time of its completion in 1973, it was the tallest building in the world, surpassing the World Trade Center towers in New York, and it held this rank for nearly 25 years. The Willis Tower is the tallest building in the United States and the fifth-tallest freestanding structure in the world, as well as the fifth tallest building in the world to the roof. Although Sears's naming rights expired in 2003, the building continued to be called the Sears Tower for several years. In March 2009 London-based insurance broker Willis Group Holdings, agreed to lease a portion of the building and obtained the building's naming rights. On July 16, 2009, the building was officially renamed the Willis Tower (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: Kroll Inc. Takes Over Security at Sears Tower Date: September 11, 2001 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Kroll were responsible for revamping security at the World Trade Center after the 1993 World Trade Center bombing. They also took on responsibility for security at Chicago's Sears Tower following the September 11, 2001 attacks. Kroll Inc. also hired former FBI special investigator John P. O'Neill, specializing on Osama Bin Laden to head the security at the WTC complex just prior to September 11, 2001. O'Neill died on the WTC attack (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: Kroll Conducts Threat Assessment of Sears Tower Date: September 11, 2001 Source: Kroll Security Group Abstract: Kroll Security Group (KSG) was retained by Trizec, Inc. to conduct an independent threat assessment of the Sears Tower (renamed Willis Tower) property immediately following the September 11, 2001 tragedies. The primary objective of the assessment was to review all aspects of the base building security operation and develop new security measures consistent with the needs of this high profile, highly trafficked, symbolic structure. For Phase I, KSG completed: A physical survey of the property including the site, parking garage, loading dock, service entrances and corridors, building common areas, building lobbies, elevator core(s), roof, and mechanical, electrical and plumbing support facilities Interviews with property management personnel to discuss past criminal incidents and the overall security climate for the property A risk assessment of the facilities based upon known public information and information gathered from the property management group Inspection and evaluation of the currently installed electronic security systems to include access control and alarm monitoring, closed circuit television, intercom communications Trizec contracted KSG to carry out recommendations contained in the threat assessment report and to continue with security systems and programs enhancements, including Emergency Preparedness (Kroll Security Group, 2011).

359

Title: What Do The Sears Tower, WTC, And The Terror Drills Have In Common? Date: June 10, 2010 Source: Infowars Abstract: Larry Silverstein, owner of Silverstein Properties, Inc. and the man who leased the World Trade Center Towers also happens to be the owner of the Sears Tower in Chicago. The complex was renamed the Willis Tower on July 16, 2009 and is insured by global insurance broker Willis Group Holdings. The insurer is very important in the grand scheme as can be seen with the WTC, whose insurance settlement amounted to a cool 4.68 billion dollars. A company named Kroll is the company tasked with providing security for the Sears Tower. After 9/11, Kroll purchased Convair, the very company that was responsible for recovering data from WTC hard drives. Kroll also managed the bunker in the WTC and is known to have had a hand in the London 7/7 bombings. The Willis Tower just so happens to have an asbestos problem much like the one that plagued the World Trade Center. Contrary to what many claim, there is clear evidence that shows the asbestos problem within the Willis Tower. Remember that on September 11, 2001, NORAD was conducting a war games drill that simulated planes flying into towers. There is at the very least, a very eerie correlation with the upcoming terror drills that will be conducted in Chicago from June 13 through June 17. This terror drill is slated to be a full scale event carried out over a five day period and will include a simulated airplane crash, terror attack, and the release of a bio weapon. Just a thought (Infowars, 2010).

Title: For Sale: Willis Tower, The Nations Tallest Building Date: July 8, 2011 Source: Chicago Sun-Times Abstract: The group that owns Willis Tower is testing investors appetite for a piece of the nations tallest building. The owners have hired two brokerages to market the 110-story building at 233 S. Wacker, either for an outright or a partial sale. The market is extremely strong for high-quality, highly leased properties, said Bruce Miller, managing director at Jones Lang La Salle Inc., which isnt involved in the potential sale. The question is whether that building is perceived to be a stable asset. Formerly Sears Tower, the building is a complex investment because of its huge size, different floor layouts and sundry revenue streams, including money from its Skydeck tourist attraction and broadcast antennas. Some office tenants left the building because of security concerns after the terrorist attacks on Sept. 11, 2001. But it has mostly filled that space with deals that include a lease of 650,000 square feet by United Airlines. Bill Utter, a spokesman for the owners, said about 18 percent of the tower is vacant. That puts the tower slightly above the reported averages for downtown Chicago office buildings. We can confirm that a recapitalization effort has commenced with a select number of qualified investors, Utter said. Our g oal is to make a strong building even stronger. The owners include New Yorkers Joseph Moinian and Joseph Chetrit and Skokie-based American Landmark Properties Ltd. The team paid $840 million for the tower in 2004 and have since remodeled much of it. In 2009, it negotiated a naming rights deal with an incoming tenant, insurance brokerage Willis Group Holdings Ltd. Eastdil Secured LLC and Newmark Knight Frank are marketing the building. Its property includes a development site at the northeast corner of Jackson and Wacker where a hotel has been proposed (Chicago Sun-Times, 2011).

2. THE 2006 CHICAGO TERROR PLOT

OBAMACSI.COM: Unbeknownst to most Americans, a massive terror plot to attack the Sears Tower in Chicago was subverted due to Army Captain Eric May's heroic actions. Captain May claims that Illinois governor Rod Blagojevich and Chicago mayor Richard Daley were co-conspirators in a May 24, 2006, attempt to sabotage Chicagos Sears Tower. "Former Army intelligence officer Capt. Eric H. May, military/political editor of the Lone Star Iconoclast, recently repeated that the governor and mayor were co-conspirators in a May 2-4, 2006, attempt to sabotage Chicagos Sears Tower...May's allegations would seem outlandish were they not backed up by a document trail connecting everyone from top government officials to media mainstays and even active-duty military intelligence. All of them coalesced into an informal alliance against the governor, the mayor and Homeland Security director Michael Chertoff, who was heading up exercises set to simulate the collapse of an unnamed downtown Chicago skyscraper. On April 26, 2006, advised of a possible attack by inside sources, May put in calls to Illinois National Guard Public Affairs Officer Col. Tim Franklin and Chicago Police Public Information Officer Laura Kubiak. Both confirmed the

360

existence of terror exercises rehearsing the demolition of Sears Tower. Alarmed, May issued RED ALERT: "CHICAGO 911" CONFIRMED, which was quickly posted worldwide." Captain May sounded the false-flag alarm effectively and the Feds had to call off the terror attack. A few weeks later, the patsies, a group of black Americans from Florida, were indicted for the plot to blow up the Sears Tower. A few years later, Illinois governor Rod Blagojevich was indicted on federal charges and has been sentenced to federal prison in a likely attempt to silence him.

Date: June 23, 2006 Suspect: Burson Augustin, Rothschild Augustine, Naudimar Herrera, Stanley G. Phanor, Patrick Abraham, Lyglenson Lemorin Age: 21-32 Ethnicity: 5 African-Americans, 2 Haitians Location: Chicago, Illinois Target: Sears Tower, FBI Offices Charges: Convicted of plotting to blow up the Sears Tower and carry out attacks on FBI offices across the United States. Notes: The plot to topple the Sears Tower in Chicago appears to be cover for the terror plot that Captain Eric May subverted.

Title: Sears Tower Arrests: US Government Creates Another Al-Qaeda Cell Date: June 23, 2006 Source: Prison Planet Abstract: Hot on the heels of a rash of staged terror alerts in both Britain and Canada, the announcement that seven men were arrested for planning to blow up the Sears Tower in Chicago and other prominent buildings is already taking the shape of another US government manufactured Al-Qaeda punch and judy show. As is usually the case, the alleged ringleader Nassir Batiste's family and friends are aghast that he could have any terrorist connections and uniformly deny the plausibility of and Al-Qaeda connection, describing him as a simple construction worker and a "nice guy." ARIANE WEBSTER, SUSPECT'S GRANDMOTHER: I'm -- truly down in my heart I believe that's a stone lie. I been knowing Nassir (ph) better than five years. I never know him to get in any trouble. I never know him to have any problem with anybody. I always know him, he taught my son how to do karate. I have a son that is 18 years old. When he first met my son, my son was only about ... ANDREWS (reporter) : So you don't think he's a terrorist, as the government's alleging? WEBSTER: No, I don't. I really don't believe that. MASTER G.H.G. ATHEA, SUSPECT'S FRIEND: Someone along the line offered to him some funds to do whatever he wanted to do if that's what he wanted to do. As far as some subversive work. And said they would give him whatever he needed. ANDREWS: So somebody had approached him to give him money to blow up buildings? ATHEA: To do whatever he wanted to do. But that was far from his mind. So he had no desire to interact with these men to accept anything they had to offer. ANDREWS: So bottom line here, is your friend a terrorist? ATHEA: No, he's not. Absolutely not. The key comment here is from the suspects friend. It clearly looks as if the "someone" who tried to bend his ear and convince him to join Al-Qaeda was acting on behalf of the US government and running an entrapment sting. Entrapment is the primary method used to expose supposed Al-Qaeda cells, the evidence of which they were dangerous terrorists later dissolves into thin air in every single instance. It was used in the Canadian scare earlier this month and also recently in the Toledo arrests. Attorney General Gonzales said that "the individual they thought was a member of al-Qaida was present at their meetings and in actuality he was working with the South Florida Joint Terrorism Task Force." This is classic entrapment and the artificial manufacture of an Al-Qaeda boogeyman to wave in front of the American people. Batiste was most likely told that he was part of an anti-terror drill to test the security of Chicago landmarks and that he had to recruit a mock group of followers. Either that or he was a hand-picked idiot who had severe mental deficiencies and couldn't spot and obvious set-up.

361

One of the repeating elements to emerge from every major terror sting or forged terror alert is the use of retarded individuals as patsies, informants and go-betweens. The terror raid in Forest Gate three weeks ago in which an innocent man was shot by the police was conducted on the whim of information provided by a man with an IQ of just 69. Similarly, it was reported today that the informant who sparked interest in alleged Ottawa terrorist Mohamed Harkat was "certifiably insane." The group used by the FBI to bomb the World Trade Center in 1993 were also clinically retarded. It's easier to frame people who lack any credibility and don't have any means to eloquently defend themselves. Don't be surprised to learn of a connection to a retarded individual over the next few days. We shouldn't be lapse in our understanding that the Sears Tower is indeed the target of deranged terrorist masters who want to destroy America. Internet speculation that the landmark would be attacked on April 19, 2004 was rubbished by many and yet a derailing of the plot was quietly announced that very day yet given no play in the establishment media. In March 2004, Silverstein Properties bought the tower in an $800 million deal. Larry Silverstein's penchant for large insurance pay outs, coupled with the strange coincidence of buildings only owned by him collapsing on 9/11, makes for a dangerous combination. The Sears Tower is indeed under threat - not from government created patsies, but the elite itself (Prison Planet, 2006).

Title: F.B.I. Killed Plot in Talking Stage, A Top Aide Says Date: June 24, 2006 Source: New York Times Abstract: A plot to topple the Sears Tower in Chicago and attack the F.B.I. headquarters in Miami was "more aspirational than operational," a top bureau official said Friday, a day after seven Florida men were arrested on terrorism charges. The official, John S. Pistole, deputy director of the F.B.I., and Attorney General Alberto R. Gonzales said at a news conference that authorities chose to head off the would-be plot, involving scouting potential targets in Florida, when it was largely at the discussion stage. Mr. Gonzales acknowledged that the men, who had neither weapons nor explosives, posed "no immediate threat." But he added, "they did take sufficient steps that we believe does support this prosecution." In general, Mr. Gonzales said, homegrown terrorists "may prove to be as dangerous as groups like Al Qaeda." News of the arrests touched off widespread television coverage of the plot against the Sears Tower, one of the tallest buildings in the world. But details of the indictment disclosed Friday at news conferences in Washington and Miami presented a less alarming picture. The indictment made clear that a pivotal role was played by an unidentified undercover F.B.I. informer who posed as a Qaeda member and met repeatedly with the reported ringleader of the group, Narseal Batiste. Last month, after months of meeting the fake Qaeda representative, Mr. Batiste told him that "he was experiencing delays because of various problems within his organization" but still hoped to continue his mission of building an "Islamic army" to wage jihad against the United States, the indictment said. In Chicago, Police Superintendent Philip J. Cline said there was "never any imminent danger to the Sears Tower or to the city of Chicago." Florida officials emphasized that the reported attack plans apparently never passed the discussion stage. The seven defendants, 21 to 32 years old, include five Americans, a legal immigrant from Haiti and an illegal Haitian immigrant. They voiced grandiose goals in the yearlong investigation by the federal agents and the police, officials said. The indictment charged that Mr. Batiste recruited the others beginning in November "to wage war against the United States government." Mr. Gonzales said the men said they wanted to "kill all the devils we can" in attacks that would be "just as good or greater than 9/11." The men are accused of conspiring to blow up buildings and to provide "material support" to Al Qaeda. The indictment suggests that they mostly sought support from the fake Qaeda agent. In one of the first acts, the court papers say, the conspirators gave the informer their shoe sizes so he could buy them military boots. Later, the documents continue, Mr. Batiste gave the informer lists of other items needed for the proposed war like uniforms, binoculars, radios, vehicles, bulletproof vests, machine guns and $50,000 in cash. The suspects received their boots, the indictment says, but it does not make clear which other items were delivered.

362

Neighbors said at least some of the men were in a religious group called the Seas of David that appeared to mix Christian and Muslim beliefs. The group wore uniforms bearing a Star of David and met for Bible study, prayer and martial arts in a one-story warehouse in the heart of the predominantly Haitian section of the impoverished Liberty City area. Workers in Bar-B's Grocery next door said the men were always quiet and polite when they stopped in. But at least five men had been previously arrested on charges of assault, drug and weapons charges, Miami-Dade County records show. "My husband had an idea that something was up in there," said Tonya Poole, who lives across the street from the warehouse. "He would tell me, 'Baby, something's going on.' We would see them in and out at all times at night." In addition to Mr. Batiste, 32, who was known as Brother Naz or Prince Manna, the authorities identified others born in the United States as Burson Augustin, 21; Rothschild Augustine, 22; Naudimar Herrera, 22; and Stanley G. Phanor, 31. The two Haitian-born defendants are Patrick Abraham, 27, and Lyglenson Lemorin, 31. All appeared briefly in court in Miami on Friday except Mr. Phanor, who was jailed for violating his probation on an earlier charge, and Mr. Lemorin, who was arrested in Atlanta. At Mr. Phanor's neatly landscaped peach-colored house, relatives cried and wailed as they answered questions. "This is tearing this family to pieces," said Mr. Phanor's mother, Elizene Phanor. She said her son was a skilled construction worker and pointed to a tile floor he laid. "My son would wake up every morning and say he loves Jesus," Ms. Phanor said. "Stan is my son, my friend, my life, and if he dies, I die with him." Sylvain Poantin, 30, who said he grew up with Mr. Phanor, added, "I'm feeling confused and stressed, because Stan isn't that type of person." Mr. Poantin said that a year and a half ago he was hanging out with Mr. Phanor when Mr. Batiste approached, wearing a long robe and a cap. "We were all intrigued by him," Mr. Poantin said. "He never spoke of violence, and he would call us beloved or brother." Mr. Poantin said he attended a Bible study session but found Mr. Batiste "arrogant" and did not join the group. The indictment follows by three weeks the arrest in Canada of 17 men accused of plotting attacks using fertilizer bombs. Some of those suspects were in contact with two Georgians previously charged in a terrorism investigation. In his news conference at the Justice Department, Mr. Gonzales linked those cases to the Madrid train bombing in 2004 and the London subway attack last July, saying the attacks represented "a new brand of terrorism" from "smaller, more loosely defined cells that are not affiliated with Al Qaeda, but who are inspired by a violent jihadist message." "The terrorists and suspected terrorists in Madrid and London and Toronto were not sleeper operatives sent on suicide missions," Mr. Gonzales said. "They were students and business people and members of the community." At a later briefing, Deputy Attorney General Paul J. McNulty answered critics who have said terror prosecutions have often picked out seemingly unsophisticated extremists who are more talk than action. Mr. McNulty said the goal was "prevention through prosecution." Rather than allow a genuine threat to take shape, he added, investigators move in as soon as there is sufficient evidence to prosecute. "Today's example is a good example of that approach," he said. Mr. McNulty said 261 people had been convicted or pleaded guilty in "terrorism or terrorism-related cases" since the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks. An additional 180 people have been charged and are awaiting trial or have been acquitted, had their charges dismissed, are awaiting extradition or are fugitives, according to statistics released Friday. Mr. McNulty acknowledged that some of the convictions counted as "terrorism related" included crimes that turned out to have no link to terrorism. He said the statistics might be revised to give a more precise accounting of cases with true terrorist connections (New York Times, 2006).

Title: Five Guilty In Chicago Bomb Plot Date: May 12, 2009 Source: BBC Abstract: Five men have been convicted in Miami of plotting to blow up the Sears tower in Chicago and carry out attacks on FBI offices across the United States. Prosecutors say the men conspired to provide material support to al-Qaeda, but defence lawyers argued the whole thing was an FBI set up. A sixth man was acquitted of all charges. It was the third trial for the men, who were arrested in 2006. Previous juries were unable to agree on whether their plot was genuine.

363

In the earlier trials, a seventh man was also acquitted of all of the charges he faced. The latest verdicts were handed down after six days of deliberations. The men - who were known as the Liberty City 7 after the poor area of Miami they operated in - now face 30 to 70 years in prison. Sentencing has been set for 27 July. The men, most of whom have Haitian backgrounds, were caught on tape by an FBI informant discussing plans to cause an anti-government insurrection. The ringleader, Narseal Batiste, 35, is caught on audio and video tape saying that they should start a "full ground war" that would "kill all the devils". Defence lawyers argued that the group had not been serious about the attacks, and that they went along with the plot in order to con the FBI agent out of $50,000 (32,700). Batiste, convicted on four terrorism-related conspiracy counts, faces up to 70 years in prison. His right-hand man, 29-year-old Patrick Abraham, was convicted on three counts and faces 50 years behind bars. Three others, Burson Augustin, Rotschild Augustine and Stanley Grant Phanor - aged 24, 25 and 33 respectively - face 30 years on two counts. Naudimar Herrera, 25, was cleared of all four charges (BBC, 2009).

Title: Chicago Cops Dodge Blagojevich/Sears Tower Investigation Date: December 23, 2008 Source: William B. Fox Abstract: A Chicago Police Department official, who refused to be identified by name, stated that city law enforcement would avoid investigating allegations against embattled Illinois Governor Rod Blagojevich and Mayor Richard M. Daley. Former Army intelligence officer Capt. Eric H. May, military/political editor of the Lone Star Iconoclast, recently repeated that the governor and mayor were co-conspirators in a May 2-4, 2006, attempt to sabotage Chicagos Sears Tower. The 110-story building was bought on the day of the March 11, 2004, Madrid bombing by Larry Silverstein. Even with recent revelations of widespread corruption and conspiracy by Illinois and Chicago officials, the former NBC editorial writers allegations would seem outland ish were they not backed up by a document trail connecting everyone from top government officials to media mainstays and even active-duty military intelligence. All of them coalesced into an informal alliance against the governor, the mayor and Homeland Security director Michael Chertoff, who was heading up exercises set to simulate the collapse of an unnamed downtown Chicago skyscraper. All of them believed that the chance of an attack against the Silverstein property was real. The documents tell the tale. On April 26, 2006, advised of a possible attack by inside sources, May put in calls to Illinois National Guard Public Affairs Officer Col. Tim Franklin and Chicago Police Public Information Officer Laura Kubiak. Both confirmed the existence of terror exercises rehearsing the demolition of Sears Tower. Alarmed, May issued RED ALERT: "CHICAGO 911" CONFIRMED, which was quickly posted worldwide. The next day, April 27, the Illinois governors office issued a press release confirming the just-exposed exercises, revealing that the exercises, involving up to 2,000 participants, had been in the works unannounced for seven months. Shortly afterwards, May wrote Blagojevich directly. He copied contacts in the Defense and State Departments, stating his conviction that there was a treasonous plot afoot. After two days of silence from the governor s office, May began to give interviews, expressing his doubts about Blagojevich and Daley. The Chicago mayor was curiously absent from the city at the time on a first-ever visit to Israel, in the company of Israeli intelligence. "The Edge," hosted by radio journalist Daniel Ott, spread word about the suspicious exercises widely throughout the Midwest. It may seem inconceivable that Chicago police would still shy away from investigating or even discussing the possibility of an official conspiracy, but May isnt surprised. "We should remember just how dangerous government can be. Every great American since the Founding Fathers has agreed on that point. No one should be surpr ised that Blago and company are part of a conspiracy. It wasnt so long ago that Illinois officials conspired with Al Capone. The Chicago cops stood by and played dumb then, too." Decorated Vietnam combat veteran Merlin Neadows, who was part of what has since come to be called the "Chicago Mayday Mission," is even harsher with Windy City law enforcement: "Theyre a disgrace," the former infantryman said. "They know that we did their job while they hid back in 2006, and theyre still hiding. If it hadnt been for us Internet infowarriors, Chicago would have had a terror attack for sure (William B. Fox, 2008).

Title: Illinois Governor Rod Blagojevich Indicted, Tried, Retried, Convicted, But Yet To Be Sentenced Date: April 2009 - Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Blagojevich was indicted by a federal grand jury in April 2009. On August 17, 2010, he was convicted on one of the 24 federal charges, a charge of lying to the FBI, and the jury was hung on 23 other counts. The defense did not call a single witness, claiming that prosecutors did not prove their case. Because the jury could not agree on the remaining charges, a mistrial was ordered for those counts. Within fifteen minutes after the mistrial was declared, the prosecution team announced that they would definitely pursue a retrial on the twenty-three mistrial counts. A post-verdict court date was set for August 23, 2010. Federal prosecutors reduced the number of counts for Blagojevich's retrial, and on June 27, 2011 he was found guilty of 17 of the 20 charges, not guilty on one, and no verdict rendered by the jury on two counts. He was found guilty on all charges pertaining to the senate seat, as well as extortion relating to state funds being directed towards a children's hospital and race track. However, he was acquitted on a charge pertaining to the tollway extortion and avoided a guilty verdict (by split decision) on attempting to extort Rahm Emanuel. Most of the charges related to attempts to sell the Senate seat vacated by then-President-elect Barack Obama. Judge James Zagel set October 6, 2011 as the tentative date for sentencing and Blagojevich could face up to 300 years in prison. However, as that is the sum total of all the years he would serve if each conviction's maximum sentence is used to calculate his overall sentence, it is expected that Judge Zagel will sentence the former governor to 10 years in prison. It is not clear if Blagojevich would need to be present (he has put up his house as collateral for a $450,000 bond allowing him to remain free until he has to report to prison). Knowing the date he is to be sentenced will allow Blagojevich to better prepare (Wikipedia, 2011).

364

3. THE 2010 CHICAGO BOMB PLOT

OBAMACSI.COM: Like the 2006 Chicago terror plot, the fingerprints of the U.S.federal government are all over the 2010 Chicago bomb plot. The bomb plot involved a young Lebanese immigrant, Patsy Sami Samir Hassoun, who by all account was and is mentally unstable. Hassoun was guided, funded, and arrested by the FBI in another pathetic attempt to bolster the bogus war on terror. "The FBI provided [Hassoun] with the camcorder he used to scout bombing locations, paid him $2,700 so he could quit his job to work full time on his terrorism plot and gave him the phony bomb he left in the garbage bin outside Sluggers in the 3500 block of North Clark Street".

Date: September 19, 2010 Suspect: Sami Samir Hassoun Age: 22 Ethnicity: Lebanese Location: Chicago, Illinois Target: Wrigley Field Charges: One count of attempted use of a WMD, and one count of attempted use of an explosive device Notes: Hassoun allegedly placed a backpack he thought contained a bomb near Chicago's Wrigley Field got the fake explosive from an FBI undercover agent, and talked of plans to unleash a biological virus on Chicago and bombing Sears Tower. Title: Lebanese Immigrant Charged In Wrigleyville Bomb Plot Date: September 20, 2010 Source: Chicago Tribune Abstract: Sami Samir Hassoun carried what he thought was a bomb fashioned from a paint can and hidden inside a shopping bag on a street near Wrigley Field more crowded than usual Saturday night after a festive concert by the Dave Matthews Band, authorities say. Moments before, the Lebanese immigrant had allegedly instructed his cohort to dial down the timer to detonate in 20 minutes, saying half an hour was too long. Hassoun dropped the device in a trash can just feet from one of the neighborhood's popular bars, turned and headed back toward the vehicle when a swarm of FBI agents and Chicago police arrested him. In the months before, authorities charged, Hassoun had plans ranging from the grandiose to the more simple, but his goal was chilling: inject terror into the hearts of Chicagoans and undermine city government with repeated attacks. He talked of tainting the water supply, assassinating Mayor Richard Daley and attacking the city's hot spots downtown and on the North Side, according to a federal complaint filed Monday. And to rattle the city's nerves, he'd explode or ignite car bombs over and over, authorities said. "You park the car and let it boom," the 22-year-old is alleged to have said to an informant. But the FBI was onto him from the start, planting an informant and undercover agents to record Hassoun's every move. Hassoun never realized it, but the FBI provided him with the camcorder he used to scout bombing locations, paid him $2,700 so he could quit his job to work full time on his terrorism plot and gave him the phony bomb he left in the garbage bin outside Sluggers in the 3500 block of North Clark Street, according to the complaint. Authorities said Hassoun wasn't motivated by religious or political views but rather by a bizarre desire to undermine the mayor's political support and allow an associate to take control of the city. He also hoped to profit from the scheme by being paid for his terrorism work by supporters, the charges alleged. Hassoun allegedly timed the attack shortly after midnight to exact massive casualties, authorities said. He expected half the block destroyed in the blast, they said. Steven Strauss, owner of Sluggers, said the entire neighborhood near Wrigley Field was overrun with concertgoers and college students Saturday night. "It's scary to think of what could have happened," he said Monday night at the bar. "You have 40,000 people converge on Addison and Clark" on a busy night. The slim, unshaven Hassoun smiled wanly at relatives seated in U.S. Magistrate Judge Susan Cox's court for his initial appearance at federal court in Chicago. Hassoun, of the 4700 block of North Kedzie Avenue, was charged with attempting to use a weapon of mass destruction and attempting to detonate an explosive device. A detention hearing was scheduled for Wednesday. Hassoun's Facebook page listed him as a former student of American University of Beirut and said his favorite shows on TV included "Seinfeld" and "Scrubs." The last entry on his page was at 11:24 a.m. Saturday. "Sami Hassoun working on his business strategy plan," it said.

365

The FBI and Chicago police said residents were in no danger during the months Hassoun allegedly plotted the bombing and made sometimes vague plans to poison the city's water supply, attack police officers, bomb Willis Tower or kill the mayor. "He was acting alone," said Robert Grant, special agent in charge of the FBI's Chicago office. "He was not, I would say, highly skilled but definitely desirous of finding the material he needed to carry out his attack." The criminal complaint revealed that a year and a half ago, Hassoun came to the FBI's attention for undisclosed reasons. Agents paid an informant to befriend him. Early in June, the informant reported to authorities that Hassoun, a legal resident in the U.S., was voicing a desire to commit acts of terrorism in Chicago. The FBI recorded repeated meetings with Hassoun as he discussed his evolving plans and then introduced two undercover FBI agents who posed as terrorists interested in financing his plans. According to the charges, Hassoun seemed eager to launch an attack, allegedly suggesting first nonlethal car bombs at the Daley Center downtown, then seeming to warm to the idea of casualties. "Little by little, I'm building it up," the complaint quoted him as saying. "I will (expletive) Chicago. I will shake Chicago." Hassoun was critical of Daley, telling the informant that the mayor's policies had weakened security in the city and once saying he wanted to foment a "revolution" in the city, according to the charges. At one point, one of the undercover agents asked Hassoun how he would leverage the attacks to gain political power. "I have no idea," he is alleged to have replied. In July, he quit his job to focus full time on his plot after the undercover agents agreed to pay him, authorities said. The FBI secretly paid him $2,700 for work scouting bombing locations (Chicago Tribune, 2010).

Title: FBI Says It Supplied Fake Bomb In Chicago Plot Date: September 21, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: A man arrested for allegedly placing a backpack he thought contained a bomb near Chicago's Wrigley Field got the fake explosive from an FBI undercover agent, authorities say -- a tactic that has been used in other U.S. terrorism cases in recent years. Sami Samir Hassoun, 22, a Lebanese citizen living in Chicago for about three years, was charged Monday with one count each of attempted use of a weapon of mass destruction and attempted use of an explosive device. Hassoun was arrested early Sunday after planting the fake explosive device in a trash receptacle near Sluggers World Class Sports Bar, a popular bar steps from Wrigley Field, FBI Special Agent in Charge Robert Grant said. The Cubs were not playing at their home field; the stadium hosted Dave Matthews Band concerts Friday and Saturday nights. It wouldn't be the first time FBI agents have posed as terror operatives and supplied suspects with bogus explosives. Last year, authorities arrested a Jordanian national after he allegedly attempted to detonate what he thought was a bomb outside a Dallas skyscraper. In an unrelated case, authorities in Springfield, Ill., arrested another man after he allegedly tried he tried to set off what he thought was explosives in a van outside a federal courthouse. In a similar case in May 2009, four men were arrested after they allegedly tried to detonate fake explosives -- also provided by the FBI -- outside two synagogues in New York City. In the Chicago case, the FBI said an informant tipped investigators about Hassoun nearly a year ago. Grant said Hassoun acted alone and that the undercover agents told him they were from California and unaffiliated with any group. He declined to offer specific details about Hassoun's motivations, but said he believed the agents were ready to give him money if he carried out the attack. "He wanted to transform the city of Chicago, he wanted to make a statement and he wanted to replace the mayor of Chicago," Grant said. "He was unhappy with the way the city was running. He was also unhappy with things that were happening in other parts of world." At a brief hearing Monday, Hassoun quietly told U.S. Judge Susan Cox that he understood the charges. Hassoun's federally appointed public defender Dan McLaughlin declined to comment on the case, as did several family members who attended the hearing. A message left on an answering machine at Hassoun's home telephone number wasn't returned. Authorities say the informant befriended Hassoun over the course of a year, conducting conversations in Arabic, which were taped and shared with the FBI. Hassoun waffled greatly on his plans, authorities said. Initially, he didn't want to cause violence, suggesting setting off smoking devices in downtown locations near City Hall, authorities said.

366

"No killing. There is no killing," he told the informant, according to the complaint. But his plans became more grand, as he believed bigger acts would command public attention and embarrass the mayor, according to the complaint. "Little by little, I'm building it up," he said, according to the complaint. "I will shake Chicago." Hassoun's alleged plots ranged during the investigation. They included talk of plans to unleash a biological virus on Chicago and bombing the Willis Tower, formerly known as the Sears Tower, the complaint said. Hassoun on one occasion told the informant he wanted to paralyze commerce in the city, according to the complaint. Asked how he intended to carry out various suggested attacks, Hassoun responded, "You park the car, and let it go 'boom,"' the complaint says. Grant said Hassoun wanted to start his own organization and planned to flee to California after the device went off in Wrigleyville. "He was not highly skilled, but I think he was definitely desirous of obtaining the material needed to carry out his attack," Grant said. Shortly before the plot near Wrigley Field, the informant introduced Hassoun to the undercover agents who Hassoun believed were friends and would pay for the attack to be carried out. Chicago authorities said Daley never was in any danger. Police said Daley -- who has been in China for a business trip -- was informed of the plot over the weekend. "We were always in control of this investigation," said Chicago Police Superintendent Jody Weis (Fox News, 2010).

4. CHICAGO BIO-TERROR DRILLS

OBAMACSI.COM: On June 9, 2010, about 8 months prior to Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, a full-scale bio-terror exercise involving a jetliner crash, train evacuation, building collapses, mass causalities, explosions, and chemical explosions occurred in the Chicago area involving more than 50 local, state, federal and private security agencies. The drill was likely executed because a Chicago bio-terror attack was scheduled to follow the nuclear terror attack at the Super Bowl. Fortunately, a book entitled The Nuclear Bible that was circulated days before the Super Bowl and the nuclear terror attack was subverted. While there is an abundance of evidence showing that a terror attack was thwarted at the Super Bowl, the only real evidence that a bioterror attack was potentially planned for Chicago is the convenient mayorship of Zionist Rahm Emanuel, the bio-terror drills, the VX nerve agent that went missing from Dugway Proving Ground in Utah just 10 days before the Super Bowl, and the man from Ohio that was arrested by the FBI 9 days before the Super Bowl for possessing the deadly biological agent Ricin. OBAMACSI.COM: Chicago Bio-Terror Drills Location: Hoffman Estates Date: May 10, 2008 Location: Chicago, Illinois Notes: Drill simulated a possible bio-terrorism attack

Title: Big [Bio-Terror] Public-Health Drill Has Small Turnout In Hoffman Estates Date: May 14, 2008 Source: Chicago Tribune Abstract: An elaborate public-health drill Tuesday that organizers had hoped would use thousands of volunteers to help test the Chicago area's response to a possible bioterrorism attack instead drew fewer than 350 people -- and one beleaguered Cook County Board president. Todd Stroger, who has been criticized in recent months by some northwest suburban officials for pushing through a county sales-tax increase, made an appearance at the drill in the Sears Centre arena in Hoffman Estates, albeit 10 minutes after the training exercise ended. "This visit was just really to be a part of the many things the county does," Stroger said. The drill, coordinated by the county's Department of Public Health, was intended to test how quickly more than 300 emergency personnel from 25 communities in the north and northwest suburbs could distribute medicine in the event of a health threat. For four hours, the arena was converted into a giant pharmacy and medical center, where volunteers learned to register patients, screen them for possible side effects from medication and distribute pills that would be needed to treat an epidemic or act of bioterrorism. Organizers had hoped that 2,000 to 3,000 volunteers would participate in the drill.

367

Though the turnout was disappointing, Hoffman Estates officials said they were pleased to see Stroger paying a visit to the northwest suburbs. The exercise, estimated to cost $80,000, was mandated and funded by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, which has called for health departments nationwide to coordinate drills since the terrorist attacks on Sept. 11, 2001. Emergency personnel also staffed a practice command center in Barrington, where they simulated the phone calls and coordination that would have been needed to get medicine to 16 other sites in the north and northwest suburbs. The drill was the largest combined exercise the county's health department has ever orchestrated, said Kitty Loewy, a department spokeswoman (Chicago Tribune, 2008).

OBAMACSI.COM: Chicago Bio-Terror Drills Location: Oak Lawn Date: June 13, 2010 Location: Chicago, Illinois Notes: Drill simulated commercial airplane crash, a simulated rail-car evacuation and a simulated terrorist attack.

Title: Emergency Drills May Close Chicago-Area Roads Date: June 9, 2010 Source: Chicago Breaking News Center Abstract: A massive emergency response exercise is scheduled for the Chicago area beginning Sunday. The practice events spread over five days will include a simulated commercial airplane crash, a simulated rail-car evacuation and a simulated terrorist attack. Road closures and detours are possible in the Chicago area. "It is a full-scale exercise, so residents can expect to see emergency responders looking and acting as if this was a real homeland security/domestic response mission," the Illinois Army and Air National Guard said in a press release. The exercise will begin Sunday with a simulated jetliner crash in southwest suburban Oak Lawn, "with debris and mass casualties scattered throughout the area," said Maj. Gen. William Enyart of the Illinois National Guard. Toyota Park in Bridgeview will be the staging area for the Guard starting Monday. Also, Chicago's Office of Emergency Management will practice setting up a remote command center at Soldier Field to handle a large-scale disaster. On Tuesday, a simulated meth lab will be raided on Green and York Streets in Bensenville. On Wednesday, Bensenville area also will be the site of numerous simulated terrorist attacks "including takedowns of suspected terrorists," simulated building collapses with trapped victims and mass decontamination and medical care by the National Guard. At the same time, Rush University Medical Center in Chicago will receive "suspected biological agent patients to decontaminate and medically evaluate." On Wednesday evening, the CTA will stage a rail-car evacuation SWAT incident at 15th and Clark streets. Chicago police K-9 units will detect "simulated explosives manufactured by a terrorist group on a CTA train." A simulated explosion will occur from 10 p.m. Wednesday to 4 a.m. Thursday. There will be road closings in the area. On Thursday there will be another takedown situation in the Bensenville area and a simulated chemical explosion at the Nalco Co. plant at 6233 W. 66th St. in Chicago. The Illinois National Guard says more than 50 local, state, federal and private agencies will participate in the drill to learn how to respond to disasters. The five-day training exercise will run from Sunday through Thursday, June 17 (Chicago Breaking News Center, 2010).

Title: Massive Emergency Drills Planned In Chicago, Oak Lawn, Bridgeview, Elk Grove Village And Bensenville Date: June 9, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: Imagine a bomb blast, a plane crash, a hazardous materials spill and a CTA derailment, all in the same week. That's the set-up for a massive joint training exercise that's set to start Sunday. The drill is designed to stretch first responders to the breaking point. Dozens of local, state and federal agencies will respond, and seven hospitals will be ready for casualties. Anyone who sees the drill might think it's the real thing; Oak Lawn Police Lt. Arthur Clark says it will be very realistic. "People who live in buildings across the street when they look out their window will see over 300 first responders and over 50 pieces of fire and emergency equipment," he said. "They're going to see people who will be simulated injured." And that's just for starters. At least seven different scenarios will play through Thursday in Oak Lawn, Bridgeview, Elk Grove Village, Bensenville and in Chicago. One event will be at Soldier Field, another will take place on a stretch of CTA track at 15th Street.

368

There are bound to be traffic tie-ups, and frightening scenes of survivors and victims. So if you see one, remember this story before you call 911. About 1500 people will be part of this. The folks putting this together say it's one of the biggest exercises ever coordinated in our area. Volunteers from Great Lakes Naval base will play the injured. Mannequins will play the fatalities, and they're being dressed for the occasion by the Salvation Army stores (Fox News, 2010).

5. BIO-TERROR IMMINENT

OBAMACSI.COM: Based on the news reports from the U.S. government, a bio-terror attack is now imminent and the Obama administration has received an "F" rating on stopping the spread of weapons of mass destruction. The bio-terror propaganda reports combined with the bio-terror drills and the desperate need for a new terror attack makes the possibility of bio-terror attack a real possibility. Title: Is A Bioterrorism Attack In The U.S. Imminent? Date: December 2, 2008 Source: Scientific American Abstract: As India picks up the pieces of last week's deadly terrorist attacks in Mumbai, a congressional study warns of a possible bioterror strike in the U.S. by 2013. In fact, biological weaponsanthrax, Ebola, influenza, and other pathogensare more likely than nuclear weapons to be used to initiate the attack, according to CNN, which obtained an early copy of the study, which officially released today by the Commission on the Prevention of Weapons of Mass Destruction Proliferation and Terrorism. Former Florida Sen. Bob Graham, chair of the panel created earlier this year to probe the possibility of terrorist hits in the U.S., told CNN that if such an attack were to occur, it would be "9/11 times 10 or a hundred in terms of the number of people who would be killed." Biological weapons are a more likely choice than nukes, he said, because their ingredients are easier to obtain and such an attack "would be easier to carry out." The commission's recommendations, according to CNN: the U.S. government must impose tight security at U.S. labs with such poisons on hand (a measure that might have helped prevent the 2001 anthrax mailings or at least helped law enforcement catch the culprit sooner), strengthen international treaties so that other countries also improve safeguards, enhance surveillance to detect early signs of an attack, and develop better ways to track the source of any biological weapons. Some scientists have also been pushing for the U.S. to vaccinate millions of citizens in advance of an attack, while others say only doctors, paramedics, nurses and other first-line responders should be vaccinated to help limit damage in the event of a bioterror attack. Critics, however, caution that widespread vaccination might not be effective if a disease-causing pathogen mutates and becomes resistant to a vaccine. Though he stressed the threat of a bioterror attack, Graham did not rule out a nuke strike, noting that as more countries develop their nuclear arsenal it becomes more likely that terrorists will also get their hands on the technology and materials. The bipartisan report faults the Bush administration for failing to devote enough resources toward preventing such an attack, the Washington Post reported Sunday. The Post adds that, according to the report, U.S. policies have at times "impeded international biodefense efforts while promoting the rapid growth of a network of domestic laboratories possessing the world's most dangerous pathogens." According to the New York Times, the report also singled out Pakistan, which has nuclear capability, as a security priority for the incoming Obama administration. Not surprising given that the Mumbai terrorist attacks are believed to have been executed by Pakastani militants (Scientific American, 2008).

Title: Obama Orders US Government To Begin Preparing For Biological Attack Date: January 2, 2010 Source: Infowars Abstract: The US Post Office could play a key role in distributing medical aid in the event of a biological attack, according to an executive order released by the White House. The order signed by President Barack Obama directs government agencies, local law enforcement and the US Post Office to work on a model for distribution of medical countermeasures in the wake of a biological attack. This policy would seek to: (1) mitigate illness and prevent death; (2) sustain critical infrastructure; and (3) complement a nd supplement State, local, territorial, and tribal government medical countermeasure distribution capacity, the order said. The US Postal Service has the capacity for rapid residential delivery of medical countermeasures for self administration across all communities in the United States, the ord er added. The US Health and Human Services Secretary Kathleen Sebelius and Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano were instructed to work with the post office to develop a dispensing model for US cities to respond to a large -scale biological attack, with anthrax as the primary threat consideration. The order calls for the model to be drawn up within 180 days, but gives no details as to whether the idea of using the US postal system to assist Americans in the wake of a biological attack is a new one. The United States has sought to bolster its capacity to respond to biological attacks since 2001, when anthrax-laced letters mailed to people across the United States led to five deaths. The order came amid heightened security concerns here following an attempt to bring down a US-bound jetliner on Christmas Day. A 23-year-old Nigerian has been charged in the case (Infowars, 2010).

Title: Obama Gets 'F' on Stopping Spread Of Weapons Of Mass Destruction Date: January 26, 2010

369

Source: Fox News Abstract: A bipartisan, independent commission on stopping the spread of weapons of mass destruction says that the Obama administration has failed in its first year in office to do enough to prevent a germ weapons attack on America or to respond quickly and effectively should such an attack occur. In a 19-page report card being published Tuesday, the Commission on the Prevention of Weapons of Mass Destruction, Proliferation and Terrorism, chaired by former Senators Bob Graham, a Democrat from Florida, and Jim Talent, a Missouri Republican, gives the new administration the grade of "F" for failing to take key steps the commission outlined just over a year ago in its initial report. Specifically, the commission concludes that the Obama administration, like the three administrations before it, has failed to pay consistent and urgent attention to increasing the nation's ability to respond quickly and effectively to a germ attack that would inflict massive casualties on the nation. The commission repeated its warning that unless nations acted decisively and urgently, it was more likely than not that a WMD will be used in a terrorist attack somewhere in the world by the end of 2013, and that the terrorists' weapon of choice would be biological, rather than nuclear. The administration's delayed response to the H1N1 virus, the report concludes, demonstrated that the United States was "woefully behind in its ability to rapidly produce rapidly vaccines and therapeutics, essential steps for adequately responding to a biological threat, whether natural or man-made." Even with time to prepare, the report noted, the epidemic peaked "before most Americans had access to vaccine." And a bio-attack, it warned, would have no such warning. The administration's lack of urgency was also reflected in its lack of priority on producing and distributing enough vaccines and other medical countermeasures for Americans, its reluctance to insist that hospitals have enough surge capacity to treat people who would be infected in a bioterror attack, and the lack of a national plan to coordinate federal, state and local efforts following a bioterror strike, the document asserts. Ultimately, the commission chairman and vice chairman say, the "lack of preparedness" and "consistent lack of action" reflect "a failure of the U.S. government to grasp the threat of biological weapons." Unlike its effort to prevent a nuclear attack, the Obama administration has shown "no equal sense of urgency" about preventing or responding to germ warfare that might cause comparable death and suffering, the commission concludes. The report assigns 17 grades that it says highlight the issues of greatest priority in protecting Americans from WMD. The commission gave the administration a "D+" for its efforts to tighten oversight of high-containment labs in which experiments involving the deadliest pathogens are conducted. There were still far too many Federal, state, and local agencies regulating germs in sometimes conflicting ways, it states. The commission also gave Congress a failing grade for failing to consolidate the estimated 82 to 108 committees and subcommittees that oversee some part of the Department of Homeland Security. "Virtually no progress has been made since consolidation was first recommended by the 9/11 Commission in 2004," the report asserts. The Obama administration disputed the findings of the report Tuesday, arguing that the president has accomplished a "great deal" in his first year in office. White House spokesman Nick Shapiro cited a recently signed executive order establishing "federal capability to rapidly provide medical countermeasures to supplement state and local response in the event of a large-scale biological attack." He said Obama would launch a new initiative aimed at addressing potential "public health threats" during his State of the Union address Wednesday. The Graham/Talent WMD Commission, as it is known, is a legacy of the 9/11 Commission, which recommended its creation to examine WMD proliferation threats in its own report. In December, 2008, the WMD commission concluded in its final report that American national security faced ever growing threats from unconventional weapons, and from biological weapons in particular. Its report, "World at Risk," unanimously concluded that bioterrorism was the most likely WMD threat the nation confronted given the exponential growth of biological technology and the stated desire of Al Qaeda and other terrorist groups to acquire such weapons. It called upon the administration to take 13 steps to reduce America's vulnerability to such an attack. The new report card assesses the progress that the Obama administration has made in implementing its recommendations. The report is not uniformly negative. It gives the Administration high marks -- an "A" -- for the reviews it has conducted into how best to store and secure dangerous pathogens, and two "A-minus" grades for appointing a WMD coordinator and restructuring how the White House oversees homeland security issues. But it warns that such steps are not commensurate with the threat the nation faces from terrorist groups searching for unconventional weapons in asymmetrical warfare. Robert Kadlec, President Bush's former special adviser on bio-defense policy, declined to comment on the commission's failing grade in the area in which he worked, saying there was still "ample opportunity to provide more focus and resources" for bio-preparedness in the administration's remaining three years. "This is a hard problem which deserves high priority," he said. Two defenders of the administration's policies, both of whom asked not to be identified by name because they were speaking without authorization, said that the Obama White House gave bio-defense and countering nuclear proliferation high priority. One official said that Obama's second presidential security directive -- the first being the reorganization of the White House national security apparatus -mapped out a national strategy to defend the nation against biological attacks. He also predicted that the administration would seek increases in its new budget for bio-defense and global surveillance programs. Having been extended for one more year of work in 2009, the 9-member WMD Commission is disbanding after issuing this final report card. But staff members said that its chairman and vice-chairman intend to form a non-profit organization to continue pressing the government to do more to counter WMD threats (Fox News, 2010).

6. MOVIE: "CONTAGION"

OBAMACSI.COM: Just in time for the upcoming false-flag bio-terror attack, the movie "Contagion" has hit theaters worldwide. The movie is a propaganda film which features Chicago as a city hit with a bio-terror pandemic and is consequently quarantined. The film also shows the execution of martial law and the burial of mass amounts of bodies, both of which would occur should a bio-terror attack transpire.

370

Title: Contagion Date: September 9, 2011 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "Contagion" is a 2011 American medical thriller film directed by Steven Soderbergh. The film has an ensemble cast that includes Marion Cotillard, Matt Damon, Laurence Fishburne, Jude Law, Gwyneth Paltrow, Kate Winslet, and Bryan Cranston. Contagion follows the rapid progress of a lethal indirect contact transmission virus (fomite transmission) that kills within days.

As the fast-moving pandemic grows, the worldwide medical community races to find a cure and control the panic that spreads faster than the virus itself. As the virus spreads around the world, ordinary people struggle to survive in a society coming apart. The film had a production budget of $60 million, and filming took place in countries around the world. It premiered on September 3, 2011 at the 68th Venice Film Festival and was publicly released on September 9, 2011 in the United States, Canada, Italy, Hong Kong, and four other territories. Plot The film follows several interacting plotlines, with no single protagonist, over the course of several weeks from the initial outbreak and attempts to contain it, to panic and decay of social order, and finally the introduction of a vaccine. Beth Emhoff (Gwyneth Paltrow) returns from a business trip to Hong Kong, after briefly stopping in Chicago to cheat on her husband with an old flame. Two days later, she collapses with severe seizures in her suburban Minneapolis home. Her husband, Mitch Emhoff (Matt Damon), rushes her to the hospital but she dies from an unknown disease. Mitch returns home and finds his stepson, Clark, has also died from similar symptoms. Mitch is put in isolation but turns out to be immune to the disease. He and his daughter attempt to flee the city, but a quarantine has been imposed and they are forced to return to their home to face a decaying social order and rampant looting of stores and homes. Mitch struggles to give his daughter, who has a lengthy wait for a vaccination and is thus quarantined to their house, a sense of normality while trying to come to terms with his own loss. For prom night, he decorates the living room and invites his daughter's boyfriend, who got vaccinated in the meantime. In Atlanta, representatives from the Department of Homeland Security meet with Dr. Ellis Cheever (Laurence Fishburne) of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and express fears that the disease is a bioweapon intended to cause terror over the Thanksgiving weekend. Cheever sends Dr. Erin Mears (Kate Winslet), an Epidemic Intelligence Service officer, to Minneapolis to begin the investigation and traceback. Dr. Mears has to negotiate with local bureaucrats reluctant to commit resources and becomes infected with the disease while staying at her hotel. The Minnesota National Guard arrives to quarantine the city, and a badly deteriorating Dr. Mears is moved to the field medical station she helped set up, where she later dies. Investigations into cures via treatment protocols or vaccines initially prove fruitless as scientists cannot find a cell line to culture the MEV-1 virus. Professor Ian Sussman (Elliott Gould) violates orders from CDC scientist Dr. Ally Hextall (Jennifer Ehle) to destroy his samples and identifies a line of bat cells that will support research of a vaccine. At the CDC, Dr. Hextall uses this breakthrough to begin to characterize the properties of the virus, which turns out to have a mix of genetic material from bat and pig viruses and appears to spread via fomites with a basic reproduction number of two. A conspiratorially-minded freelance journalist named Alan Krumwiede (Jude Law) posts video blogs claiming that he has recovered from his sickness using a homeopathic cure based on forsythia. Panicked people attempting to obtain forsythia overwhelm pharmacies and also accelerate the contagion as infected and healthy people congregate. Krumwiede leaps to national attention and, during a television interview, accuses Dr. Cheever of informing friends and family to leave Chicago before a quarantine is imposed. It is later revealed Krumwiede was never sick but was attempting to boost demand on behalf of investors in the companies producing and distributing the treatment. Dr. Hextall identifies a potential vaccine using an attenuated (live) virus. Because of the difficulties of human subjects testing, she follows the precedent of other vaccine researchers and inoculates herself first. Hextall visits her gravely-ill father in the hospital to expose herself to the virus and test the vaccine. Production of the vaccine is rapidly ramped up and the CDC awards vaccinations via a random lottery based on birth dates for one full year until every survivor is vaccinated. Dr. Cheever, remorseful about the deaths that his delayed action indirectly caused, gave his fast-tracked vaccination to the son of a janitor (John Hawkes) he works with at the disease center. Dr. Leonora Orantes (Marion Cotillard) is a World Health Organization epidemiologist who traveled to Hong Kong to find out where the sickness originated. While there, she identifies Emhoff as patient zero. Orantes is kidnapped by epidemiologist Sun Feng (Chin Han) to use as leverage to obtain the first vaccines for his village. After the vaccines arrive, Feng exchanges Orantes for the vaccines, which turn out to be placebos. Orantes rushes to notify the villagers. The film concludes by showing how the virus originated. Emhoff's firm, a mining corporation based in Minneapolis, is actively clearing jungle and a bulldozer knocks over a palm tree in which bats were nesting. They fly out and one vector bat lands on a banana plant, eating a chunk of banana. Not having its tree to return to, the bat flies to a nearby hog building, where it drops the banana into a pig sty, where a pig eats it. The pig is then sold and slaughtered and is shown being prepared by a chef in the Macau casino Beth Emhoff was in. The chef smears the pig's blood on his apron but does not wash his hands before shaking Beth's hand, thereby infecting her with the disease (Wikipedia, 2011).

Cruise Ship Terror Attack 371

OBAMACSI.COM: A cruise ship terror attack in America is imminent and Florida and/or Maryland appear to be the locations where the attack is most probable. While San Diego should also be considered, to date no relevant information or data regarding a cruise ship terror threat has been located. The most disturbing of all the news and information concerning an impending cruise ship attack is the terror drills the U.S. Coast Guard has conducted off the coast of Florida. These drills are cover for black operations and coincidentally the use of pyrotechnics (explosives). All indications are that a major terror attack involving cruise ships is on the American horizon. 1. Cruise Ship Breaking News: Recent news regarding cruise ships may indicate that a terror attack is imminent. Hundreds of students are moving to a cruise ship in Baltimore, and a terrorist hijacking of the ship may be the intended plan. Also, 2 recent deaths on a cruise ship raise suspicions that a cruise ship false-flag terror plot may be being groomed. 2. Cruise Ship Terror Drills: The news regarding cruise ship terror drills is shocking. In September and October of 2011, two terror drills have occurred in Florida as well as a Coast Guard pyrotechnics drill right off the Florida coast. If a cruise ship terror attack were to take place, Florida would be the optimal location due to its massive number of cruise ships. 3. Cruise Ship Terror Propaganda: The news and propaganda regarding cruise ships and terrorism has been rather steady since 9/11 and basically states that cruise ships are vulnerable and that terrorists want to target cruise ships. 4. Cruise Ship Terror Plots & Patsies: Since 9/11, there have been 5 cases located that indicate potential terror plots, most coming the way of bomb threats on cruise ships. In all cases, authorities boarded the ship but found nothing. These plots and patsies are likely orchestrated to give the public the notion that cruise ships are targets and that there has been a history of cruise ships being targeted for terror. 5. Cruise Ship Terror White Papers: The RAND Corporation, the U.S. Congress, and the U.S. Department of Homeland Security all state in their white papers that cruise ship terror is coming and that America is not prepared. RAND goes as far as stating that the most deadly way for terrorists to attack is with a nuclear or biological device. White papers are issues by governments to create plausible deniability and to psychologically prepare the public for the impending terror attack. 6. Cruise Ship Terror Security: The security implementations regarding cruise ships are relatively worthless in that they submit travel itineraries and fingerprints to Homeland Security but do nothing in the way of preventing state-sponsored terrorism. These draconian measures instituted in the post9/11 era only further decrease the amount of people who want to cruise and terrorize the public in the process. 1. CRUISE SHIP BREAKING NEWS

OBAMACSI.COM: Recent news regarding cruise ships may indicate that a terror attack is imminent. Hundreds of students are moving to a cruise ship in Baltimore, and a terrorist hijacking of the ship may be the intended plan. Also, 2 recent deaths on a cruise ship raise suspicions that a cruise ship falseflag terror plot may be being groomed. Title: Maryland School Will Use Cruise Ship As Dorm Date: October 26, 2011 Source: CBS News Abstract: Living in luxury while in college. That will be the answer to a moldy, smelly problem at St. Marys College of Maryland. Vic Carter reports at the waterfront campus in St. Marys City, a rented cruise ship will be turned into a dorm. You cant see the mold but students say you can certainly smell it. Its in t he ceiling. Its so bad that students were moved out of the dorms to hotels more than 20 miles from campus. If I was one of those students, Id be pissed. Its far. Its like a 40-minute commute, said Randall Hause, St. Marys sophomore. School officials have been scrambling for a better solution. Enter the Voyager, a luxury cruise ship that will dock on Friday on the St. Mary s River. This weekend, 250 students will make the move. Theyll have the full run of the ship, said Dr. Joe Urgo, President. I think its pretty sweet, said Fletcher Sims, student. Another plus for the school: it will cost less than all those hotel rooms. School administrators will do their best to help students make the move to their new digs and they hope to have the mold problem resolved before next semester (CBS News, 2011).

372

Title: Cruise Docks In Boston With 2 Dead Passengers Date: October 28, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A cruise ship turned into a potential crime scene Friday after docking in Boston with two dead passengers, though authorities later announced that they had not found evidence of foul play. Police responded to the Black Falcon Cruise Terminal after the Norwegian Cruise Line ship docked at 6:30 a.m. on Friday. The two passengers died Thursday, but their deaths are not considered connected. Massachusetts State Police said Friday afternoon that one of the passengers was a 67-year-old woman from Rhode Island who appeared to have died of an apparent medical condition. The other passenger was a 23-year-old man from New Hampshire, and his death is not being considered suspicious. No names were released. The FBI assisted in the investigation because the deaths occurred outside state waters, MyFoxBoston.com reported. A message was left Friday with Miami-based Norwegian Cruise Line (Fox News, 2011).

2. CRUISE SHIP TERROR DRILLS

OBAMACSI.COM: The news regarding cruise ship terror drills is shocking. In September and October of 2011, two terror drills have occurred in Florida as well as a Coast Guard pyrotechnics drill right off the Florida coast. If a cruise ship terror attack were to take place, Florida would be the optimal location due to its massive number of cruise ships. OBAMACSI.COM: Cruise Ship Terror Drills Date: September 24, 2011 Name: Unknown Agencies: Coast Guard Sector Mobile, Panama City Area Maritime Security Committee Location: Panama City, Florida Notes: Drill simulated global, regional and local terrorism threat scenarios that could potentially impact the port community

Title: Coast Guard And Panama City To Conduct Area Maritime Security Exercise Date: September 24, 2011 Source: Coast Guard News Abstract: Members from Coast Guard Sector Mobile and the Panama City Area Maritime Security Committee will conduct an exercise that will focus on maritime transportation security awareness and terrorism prevention. During the tabletop exercise, participants will conduct global, regional and local terrorism threat scenarios that could potentially impact the port community. Safety and security in the Port of Panama City is a team effort, with players from all levels of government, community leaders, and private businesses, said Capt. Don Rose, commander of Sector Mobile and the federal maritime security coordinator for the Port of Panama City. This exercise is a chance to put the team together and practice, face-to-face, across the table, to make sure we understand each other and are operating from the same playbook (Coast Guard News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Cruise Ship Terror Drills Date: September 26, 2011 Name: Unknown Agencies: Coast Guard Location: Fort San Felipe Del Morro, Puerto Rico Notes: Drill simulated pyrotechnics familiarization training.

Title: Coast Guard To Conduct Pyrotechnics Training In Waters Off Fort San Felipe Del Morro, Puerto Rico Date: October 26, 2011 Source: Coast Guard News Abstract: Coast Guard crewmembers from Boat Station San Juan are scheduled to conduct pyrotechnics familiarization training Wednesday from 6 p.m. to 8 p.m., in waters approximately one nautical mile off Fort San Felipe del Morro in Old San Juan, Puerto Rico.

373

This training exercise is an important annual requirement for our crewmembers to maintain their proficiency and knowledge in using the different type of flares, properly identifying their colors and trajectories, and recognizing the audible and visual signs of distress, said C hief Petty Officer Eduardo Oropeza, Boat Station San Juan Executive Petty Officer. The flare training includes introductions to the proper handling and usage of the Mark 79 Mod 0 illumination signal kit, the Mark 124 MOD 0 marine smoke and illumination signal and the Mark 127 parachute illumination signal. The Mark 79 signal kit contains a flare launching device, called a pencil launcher, and seven flares. When fired, the red star flare goes approximately 250-650 feet into the air that lasts approximately 4.5 seconds. The Mark 124 signal is a two-sided signaling device that has both a day end and a night end. The day end disperses thick neon orange smoke for approximately 20 seconds and the night end disperses a blinding red flare for the same amount of time. The Mark 127 parachute illumination signal, when fired, the white star flare goes approximately 600-650 feet into the air and lasts approximately 36 seconds. These flares can be seen from a distance of three to five miles. Coast Guardsmen throughout the country constantly train to improve efficiency, maintain qualifications and to teach new members who may be involved in a rescue. Mariners can tune in the VHF-Channels 16 and 22 for an informational broadcast issued by the Coast Guard regarding the exercise (Coast Guard News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Cruise Ship Terror Drills Date: September 28, 2011 Name: "Operation Focused Lens East" Agencies: Coast Guard and Canaveral Port Authority, etc. Location: Port Canaveral, Florida Notes: The full scale drill was designed to evaluate area maritime security operations in response to an increased threat in Port Canaveral

Title: Coast Guard And Partner Agencies To Participate In Joint Security Exercise In Port Canaveral Date: October 24, 2011 Source: Coast Guard News Abstract: The Coast Guard and Canaveral Port Authority along with federal, state and local partner agencies are participating in Operation Focused Lens East, a full scale Area Maritime Security Training and Exercise Program designed to evaluate area maritime security operations in response to an increased threat in Port Canaveral. The objectives of Operation Focused Lens East are designed to mitigate vulnerabilities associated with terrorist attacks and to enhance communications and response operations between federal, state, and local agencies and industry maritime stakeholders. We are exercising our outstanding interagency partnerships in Port Canaveral in order to increase preparedness for all types of security challenges, said Capt. Andy Blomme, commander, Coast Guard Sector Jacksonville. The Port Canaveral maritime stakeholder community can rest assured that all levels of government are working together in this endeavor. Participating agencies include the Coast Guard, Navy, Air Force, Customs and Border Protection, Transportation Security Administration, Federal Bureau of Investigation, Florida Fish and Wildlife Commission, Florida Department of Law Enforcement, Central Florida Information Exchange, Port Canaveral Police Department, Brevard County Office of Emergency Management, Brevard County Sherriffs Office, an d Cape Canaveral Fire Department (Coast Guard News, 2011).

3. CRUISE SHIP TERROR PROPAGANDA

OBAMACSI.COM: The news and propaganda regarding cruise ships and terrorism has been rather steady since 9/11 and basically states that cruise ships are vulnerable and that terrorists want to target cruise ships. Title: Seaports, Cruise Ships Vulnerable To Terrorism Date: July 28, 2001 Source: Politics OL Abstract: As a multi-mission, maritime, military service within the Department of Transportation, the Coast Guard is a leader in ensuring America's maritime security. As a lead agency for seaport security, we provide a valuable service to the American people by making the nation safer, cleaner, more mobile, and more secure. ... U.S. trade is expected to more than double by the year 2020. The Interagency Commission on Crime and Security in U.S. Seaports identifies a lack of adequate security for our critical Marine Transportation System (MTS) infrastructure, which can potentially affect our entire economy. We don't think often enough of our maritime ports as security threats. But, as indicated in the Interagency Report on Crime and Security in U.S. Seaports, our maritime borders are more porous and have lower security levels when compared to our airports and land borders. Recent history shows us that, throughout the world, terrorists target transportation. All of us remember the terrorist bombing of Pan Am Flight 103, the sarin gas attack on the Tokyo subway, and the deliberate derailment of Amtrak's Sunset Limited -- each an example of an attack against a transportation

374

target. Ridership on cruise ships has increased exponentially over the past ten years. Ten years ago, a cruise ship of 70,000 gross tons was the largest in the world. Today, we have an entire class of cruise ships that exceed 140,000 gross tons. These new mega-ships carry upwards of 5000 passengers and crewmembers. A successful terrorist attack on any one of these ships could result in a catastrophic number of casualties, and threaten the economic viability of the entire industry. Just last week, Coast Guard units in Miami, along with the FBI, responded to a bomb threat against a cruise ship capable of carrying approximately 3,000 passengers and 1,000 crewmembers. The ship implemented their security plan, a plan required by the Passenger Vessel Safety Act - to prevent the threat from being realized. We successfully ensured the safety of the passengers, crew, vessel, and port as a whole. Who can say what would have happened had we not responded as we did, or if the cruise line personnel had not followed their well-prepared plan? The same security activities used to prevent a terrorist attack also aid in preventing criminal acts such as smuggling of illicit drugs, contraband and stowaways; trade fraud and commercial smuggling; environmental crimes; cargo theft; and the unlawful exportation of controlled commodities, munitions, stolen property, and drug proceeds. This same security provides for secure ports in support of military deployments and national defense. In addition to the traditional physical security threats, the information age brings with it new vulnerabilities. We need to protect our critical information systems as well as our physical infrastructure. As we modernize our transportation infrastructure by integrating technology with automation, we also make their associated information systems more interdependent and interconnected. These systems become declared targets for attacks by hackers and cyber-terrorists. Someone intent on disruption, or destruction, of the flow of sensitive operational information contained in our transportation management systems will cause crippling damage. Consequently, we face a significant challenge to ensure our information systems are protected from those who would cause harm, and yet remain accessible to our customers -- the traveling public, commercial transportation operators and government agencies alike. The MTS is especially vulnerable to crime and terrorism because of the scale, complexity, and pace of activity in our ports. The task of protecting our transportation system is complex and requires close coordination between our regulatory, intelligence, and law enforcement organizations. Effective deterrence, prevention and response activities affecting U.S. transportation assets and programs must be coordinated between federal law enforcement authorities, the Coast Guard, state and local officials, and the transportation community. The willingness of intelligence and law enforcement agencies to share threat information with the Coast Guard greatly enhances our ability to work with the transportation industry to increase security awareness and, if necessary, implement security countermeasures. The reports from the Interagency Committee on the Marine Transportation System (ICMTS), the Marine Transportation System National Advisory Committee (MTSNAC), the 1999 Report to Congress on the U.S. Marine Transportation System (MTS), and the Interagency Commission on Crime and Security in U.S. Seaports contain recommendations for improving security that will require additional resources for implementation. Both the ICMTS, chaired by the Coast Guard, and MARAD's MTSNAC are discussing many of these security issues and beginning to coordinate efforts ranging from national defense and terrorism to theft and our economic security. Examples include implementing infrastructure improvements to allow for interagency systems integration, and pursuing the "model port concept" through which best practices by marine terminal operators are shared, and voluntary minimum-security guidelines are developed. These groups are working to balance security imperatives and the increasing need for a fast and efficient U.S. transportation system, a key contributor to the country's overall economic prosperity. To the extent there are resource implications, they must be weighed against other priorities in the context of the overall budget. In summary, the Coast Guard is encouraged that seaport security concerns are receiving national attention. It is not my intent to instill fear or alarm in anyone today. But the sobering reality is, because we live in a country that prides itself on the openness of its democracy, we are always at risk of a terrorist attack. Therefore, it is very important that we address the issues of security and crime in seaports now. If we do, we can assure our national security and our ability to keep our nation's transportation system the very best in the world (Politics OL, 2001).

Title: EXCLUSIVE: Cruise Ships Are Terror Target Date: October 12, 2005 Source: The Mirror Abstract: URGENT action needs to be taken to stop al-Qaeda attacking cruise liners and oil tankers, Tony Blair has been warned. Maritime security is the weak link in the defence against another 9/11-style outrage, says an international agreement on combating terror. The document, agreed by the Prime Minister and more than 30 other world leaders, said more must be done to lessen the "serious" risk of an attack at sea. The warning comes after pirates attacked luxury cruise liner Seabourn Spirit off the coast of Africa last month with guns and rockets. Security sources fear the raid could inspire terrorists to launch a Christmas spectacular against a passenger ship causing mass casualties. A security source told the Mirror: "Al-Qaeda has the aim of targeting weak links in the global economy. "Given most of the 80 million barrels of oil the world uses every day is transported by sea, shipping is a high-value, low-risk target." Experts have warned that cruise ships with up to 5,000 passengers could be sunk by a small number of terrorists. And suicide assaults against oil tankers could be made using small speedboats packed with explosives.

375

Such an attack in the English Channel - the world's busiest shipping lane - would cause economic damage and be an environmental disaster. The Euro-Mediterranean Code of Conduct on Countering Terrorism, agreed last month in Barcelona, said: "We must lessen our vulnerability to attack." EU chiefs are looking at increasing naval patrols, spot checks and tougher port controls. A major push will be made next year to get Gulf states to sign up. The International Maritime Organisation is also to urge UN Secretary General Kofi Annan to take the issue to the Security Council (The Mirror, 2005).

Title: Somali Pirate Threat Forces Cruise Ship Evacuation Date: December 9, 2008 Source: Fox News Abstract: A cruise ship will evacuate passengers before sailing past the Somali coast and fly them to the next port of call to protect them from possible pirate attacks, German cruise operator Hapag-Lloyd said Tuesday. An official with the European Union's anti-piracy mission said separately that it would station armed guards on vulnerable cargo ships the first such deployment of military personnel during the international anti-piracy operations in the Gulf of Aden. The MS Columbus cruise ship will drop off its 246 passengers Wednesday at the Yemeni port of Hodeidah before the ship and some of its crew sail through the Gulf, the Hamburg-based cruise company said in a statement. The passengers will take a charter flight to Dubai and spend three days at a five-star hotel waiting to rejoin the 490-foot vessel in the southern Oman port of Salalah for the remainder of a round-the-world tour that began in Italy. Hapag-Lloyd said the detour was a "precautionary measure," given rampant piracy off the coast of lawless Somalia that recently has targeted cruise ships as well as commercial vessels, including a Saudi oil tanker carrying $100 million in crude and a Ukrainian ship loaded with tanks and other weapons. Pirates last week fired upon the M/S Nautica a cruise liner carrying 650 passengers and 400 crew members but the massive ship outran its assailants. Other ships have not been so lucky. Pirates have attacked 32 vessels and hijacked 12 of them since NATO deployed a four-vessel flotilla on Oct. 24 to escort cargo ships and conduct anti-piracy patrols. The Hapag-Lloyd cruise company planned the detour for its passengers in order to heed a German Foreign Ministry travel warning, after the German government denied the cruise company's request for a security escort through the Gulf, company spokesman Rainer Mueller said. As long as the travel warning is in effect, he said, "we won't travel through the Gulf of Aden with passengers." A U.S. Navy official said, however, that while the danger of a pirate attack was significant, it was not advising ships to avoid transiting the Gulf. "We are advising all ships to transit through the international traffic corridor within the Gulf of Aden," said Lt. Nathan Christensen, a Bahrain-based spokesman for the U.S. Navy's 5th Fleet, referring to a security corridor patrolled by the international coalition since August. Some 21,000 cargo ships a year or more than 50 a day cross the Gulf of Aden, which links the Mediterranean Sea, the Suez Canal and the Red Sea to the Indian Ocean, international agencies have said. The growing chaos in impoverished Somalia, which has had no effective government for nearly two decades, has allowed an Islamic insurgency to flourish in the country while speedboat bandits attack ships offshore. The EU launched its anti-piracy mission five days early on Tuesday, before it takes over for the NATO ships next Monday. The EU mission will involve six ships and up to three aircraft patrolling at any one time, and will station armed guards aboard the most vulnerable cargo vessels, such as ships transporting food aid to Somalia, according to the British naval commander in charge of the mission. "We would seek to place vessel protect detachments on board World Food Program ships transiting to Somalia," British Rear Admiral Philip Jones told a news conference in Brussels. "They are the most vulnerable ships of all, and the best deterrence is achieved by having such a detachment on board." The NATO anti-piracy mission has also focused on escorting the U.N. aid agency's chartered vessels, helping some 30,000 tons of humanitarian aid reach Somalia since Oct. 24. In addition, about a dozen other warships from the U.S. 5th Fleet based in Bahrain, as well as from India, Russia and Malaysia and other nations are patrolling in the area. The Russian navy will soon replace its warship in the region with another from a different fleet, navy spokesman Capt. Igor Dygalo said Tuesday in Moscow. The missile frigate Neustrashimy, or Intrepid deployed from Russia's Northern Fleet after pirates seized the Ukrainian ship in September has helped thwart at least two pirate attacks, Dygalo said. It will remain in the region through December and be replaced by a ship from Russia's Pacific Fleet.

376

Jones welcomed an offer from Japan to contribute a vessel to the one-year EU mission. It is the European Union's first naval endeavor, though the bloc has conducted 20 peacekeeping operations. Britain, France, Greece, Sweden, Spain, Belgium, and the Netherlands will contribute at least 10 warships and three aircraft, with contingents rotated every three months (Fox News, 2008).

Title: GAO Reports Waterside Attacks Threaten Cruise Ships Date: May 21, 2010 Source: Security Director News Abstract: The safety of thousands of passengers afloat on the open sea was the topic of a recent government report highlighting threats facing the nations cruise lines. The Government Accountability Office in its April report, Maritime Security: Varied Actions Taken to Enhance Cruise Ship Security, but Some Concerns Remain, estimated that more than 9.3 million passengers departed from 30 U.S. ports aboard North American cruises in 2008. The GAO determined that these cruise ships represent high-prestige symbolic targets for terrorists and evaluated the security measures in place to protect them. While the report emphasized that as of January 2010 the National Maritime Intelligence Center had no evidence of credible terrorist threats against cruise ships, waterside attacks are of utmost concern for cruise ships. Charlie Mandigo, director of fleet security for Holland America, with a fleet of 14 ships embarking on 500 annual cruises from 320 ports around the world, agreed that waterside attacks are a concern for cruise operators, but said there are multiple security measures in place to prevent such attacks. For example, when a ship enters a port, it is in immediate and constant communication with port authorities. Ports will often send out escort boats when the cruise ship enters the harbor and create exclusion zones around ships, preventing unknown vessels from nearing it. Terrorist attacks aboard ships are also a threat cited in the GAO report. Mandigo said Holland America deploys stringent screening measures for both passengers and supplies boarding the ship. We have the same type of security as an airport, using x-ray metal detectors, hand wands and, if necessary, pat downs for passengers, he said. Also, all goods are screened using canines, x-ray or other methods and thats probably the most important componentcontrolling what can come onto the ship. The cruise line also has security personnel patrolling the boat. For a cruise with 2,000 passengers and a crew of about 700, Holland America has at least 10 full-time dedicated security officers who conduct screening, patrol the ship and monitor the ships CCTV and access control system s. In addition to physical screening, cruise lines submit extensive passenger and crew member manifests to U.S. Customs and Border Protection to compare against terrorist watchlists and the National Crime Information Center database, to determine their potential risk to the United States or the cruise ship. We provide CBP with full access to our reservation system, said Mandigo. However, he would like to see cruise lines have gr eater access to the governments terrorist watchlists, similar to the access given to airlines. Airlines have AQ Q (APIS Quick Query) capabilities, which gives them a direct link to the CBP list of terrorists or prohibited list, he said. Cruise lines do not have access to it, but were looking at it and do have an interest in doing this. Another concern cited by the GAO was the threat based on the regularity of cruise lines schedules. Thats something anyone can go on the Web site of a cruise line and access the itineraries and often, week after week, itineraries are repeated and that gives someone an opportunity for repeated surveillance, said Mandigo. While the report was largely positive, the advisory committee made several recommendations including: (1) developing and publishing a listing of prohibited items not allowed on board cruise ships; (2) developing equipment performance standards for screening detection equipment; and (3) developing standards for screening operations, training, and qualifications of persons engaged in screening activities at cruise ship facilities. Also, the U.S. Coast Guard plans to develop new security regulations for cruise ships by 2011 in response to recommendations regarding cruise ship security measures made by the National Maritime Security Advisory Committee in 2006, according to the report. Overall, Mandigo said he was pleased with the GAOs assessment. I thought it was a balanced report and there were no big surprises, he said. Everybody on the industry side and government side seem to be on the same wave length (Security Director News, 2010).

Title: Somali Pirates: Eyewitness Account Of The Threat To Cruise Ships Date: September 17, 2010 Source: Telegraph Abstract: The Filipino chef at the breakfast buffet was about to slide a couple of fried eggs on to my plate, and John Brocklehurst, the ship's captain, was in his private quarters on the bridge deck when the pirates appeared. Our cruise ship, the Discovery (operated by Voyages of Discovery cruise line), was making good progress from Mombasa over the glassy waters of the Indian Ocean towards the Seychelles when suddenly, in the bright sunshine of early morning, a speedboat came roaring in and stationed itself about 100 yards off the port side.

377

The officer of the watch informed the captain and over the public address system came the "Code Purple, Code Purple" call. My eggs stayed on the hotplate as the Filipino crew members rushed to their emergency stations. Those passengers who were already up and out on deck it was before 7am were told to go to their designated "safe areas". Ironically, the practice drill had been scheduled for later this very morning, but suddenly it was for real. The speedboat was now parallel with us, its seven Somali occupants sussing us out as a potential target. They were armed with rocket-propelled grenade launchers, clearly visible to the trained eye of one of my fellow lecturers, Brigadier Hugh Willing. We were about 200 miles off the Somali coast, so the pirates must have been operating from a "mother" ship, perhaps a captured Taiwanese fishing vessel, a few miles over the horizon. Captain Brocklehurst fired two warning shots with a flare gun to show the Somalis that he knew they were there. Slowly the speedboat fell astern of us and veered off westwards. The impressive defences on Discovery rolls of razor wire all over the stern rail, bundles of logs to be released to fall on any craft attaching itself to our hull must have deterred them. Aside from the few people at breakfast, not many of the 750 passengers saw the pirates. When news quickly spread of the threat, their reactions were mixed: some wished to disembark immediately; others took a more stoic view and reasoned that as the pirates hadn't attacked us it was rather a jolly drama that they could dine out on for some time to come. For less prepared ships, the danger could have been real. Unofficial figures show that 2009 was the most prolific year for Somali pirates, with more than 200 attacks and more than 30 million received in ransoms. The naval forces of several nations don't seem to deter them, however. The US Navy has some 15 warships stationed near Somalia, and Nato Response Force has up to 10 ships in these parts. But they seem to be hamstrung by the maritime rules of engagement they can only intervene if they come across an act of piracy in progress. Even then, they often don't, as in the case of Paul and Rachel Chandler, who were seized by pirates from their yacht as they sailed from the Seychelles towards Tanzania on October 23 last year while a Royal Navy warship looked on, and have been held to ransom in Somalia ever since. Statement from Voyages of Discovery "The incident in question, which occurred in April, saw a small skiff operating as part of a group of three. The skiff left the other two and approached Discovery but never near enough to present a real threat. It then rejoined the other boats after a very short time. It remains unclear who was on board the boat and what its intentions were. "The safety of our guests remains our highest priority. Our crew members, security teams and procedures are capable of responding to a wide variety of challenges. All ships operating in an area with a perceived high risk of pirate activity follow standard maritime procedures. This includes being able to reach military vessels, which patrol the area, at a moment's notice should the need arise" (Telegraph, 2010).

Title: How Safe Are We At Sea? Date: 2011 Source: Cruise Mates Abstract: And although the world changed dramatically on September 11, one thing that has not been required to change as much as other aspects of travel is cruise ship security. That's because cruise ships have, for the most part, always adhered to very strict security guidelines and practices. While the cruise lines and governments around the world have tightened and refined security after the recent turn of events, cruise ships have always been relatively secure. As an avid and frequent cruiser, I decided to explore the subject. I talked to a number of people in the cruise industry and some in the U.S. government. Some things you'll find surprising, others you will not. If you're looking for real in-depth information about precautions, policies and tactics, please look elsewhere. It wouldn't be proper to discuss or divulge any information that is considered sensitive. Immediately after the terrorist attacks of September 11, cruise lines implemented what they call "Level 3" security measures, as outlined by the U.S. Coast Guard's "Security for Passenger Vessels and Passenger Terminals" regulations. These measures include: -on luggage, ship stores and cargo; intensified screening of passenger lists and passenger identification; close coordination with the U.S. Immigration and Naturalization Service and other federal agencies to ensure that any passengers or crew suspected of being on the INS "Prevent Departure" list are promptly reported to the federal authorities. ve vessel areas, such as the bridge and the engine room. had to give 24 hours' notice. -yard security zone around cruise ships. Let's look at some of the basic fundamentals of cruise ship security. Controlled Access One thing that contributes to the security of cruise ships is that it's relatively easy for them to move about and alter ports of call if any are deemed unsafe. Cruise ships are also relatively easy to "contain"--that is, it's easy to control and limit access to the ships. When a ship is in port, passengers and

378

crew can only enter through one or two controlled access points, where ship's security personnel can check IDs, manifests and such. Because access to the terminals and docking areas is limited as well, it's relatively tough to get onboard if you don't belong there. Anti-Terrorism Measures The greatest threat to passengers and the ships themselves is terrorism. Consequently, the cruise lines are taking preventive measures like security checks of all passengers, carry-on parcels and checked baggage. Unlike the airlines, which only x-ray 10 to 20 percent of all checked baggage, cruise lines have the time to thoroughly x-ray every bag that goes into the ship. All passengers and crew are now required to pass through metal detectors before boarding. The crew and port officials also examine every shipment of supplies that is brought aboard. When ships are in port, watches are posted on deck, and at night, the decks are lit and ropes are let in. The ships are also keeping records of who is aboard and not aboard at any given time, and most major lines now have automated systems that enable security personnel to see exactly who is on the ship at any given moment, at the touch of a button. Recently, when the Golden Princess departed the Azores for Fort Lauderdale, it happened that two passengers had suddenly disembarked the vessel without notice. At that point, the ship abruptly reversed course heading back for the Azores and the entire ship was searched from stem to stern. Eventually the staff realized that there was no threat and all was well. Trained Security Security onboard varies from line to line and ship to ship. Some cruise lines hire former military and naval personnel to implement and oversee their security, whiles others hire private security firms or former law enforcement officers. In the past, most security measures were intended to deal with passenger disturbances, but the focus now is on maintaining a safe and secure environment, eliminating or minimizing the threat of harm to passengers, crew and ship. Some lines even have dedicated security personnel whose primary job is to assess the risk potential and work with onboard crew to make sure all the proper procedures are taken. Each port is reviewed for its history of security-related incidents, stowaway threat, contraband threat, shore-side security operations and equipment, and so on. Ship staffers are trained to recognize and deal with things like a crew member being in an unauthorized area, an unfamiliar face in a crew area, a passenger in an off-limits area, or a bag being found somewhere it Some lines carry security to extremes: Princess Cruises uses Gurkahs, the famed and extremely fierce Nepalese fighters of the British Army, for it's fleetwide security force. They have been in place for some time; at last report, there were at least six on both Grand Princess and Golden Princess. Passengers often ask if there are armed security personnel aboard. For obvious reasons, I cant answer that--but no one really wants to find out, do they? Big Brother is Watching Did you realize there are surveillance cameras all around you onboard ship? Security personnel, officers, staff and crew can visually monitor virtually ever area of the ship. There are cameras in the embarkation areas; corridors; public rooms; entry points to the "out of bounds" areas for passengers such as crew areas; machinery spaces; and even common deck areas such as the promenade and pool areas. Port Security Abroad Don't assume that foreign ports are any less secure, or security conscious, than North American ports. England, for instance, has laws that oblige the terminal owner/operator to take specific actions and provide certain equipment and procedures, and require the ship owner to take specific measures as well. As one cruise ship captain with a great deal of security experience told me, "European ports have always struck me as being more security conscious in general. When sailing from countries that have had previous land-based terrorist activities, there has been more active screening processes, identification checks, and a higher general awareness of port security. The general level of security in the European ports, both on the northern coast and on the Mediterranean coasts, has been fairly consistent. Most European countries have, unfortunately, been touched by terrorism. England has dealt with the IRA, Spain with the ETA and Germany, Greece, and others have all dealt with various threats." What to Expect Now Since September 11th, much stricter security measures have been in place to protect ships and their passengers. Every U.S. port now maintains and enforces a minimum 300-foot "no float zone," a security perimeter that prohibits private craft from coming near cruise ships. In addition, cruise ships are getting an armed U.S. Coast Guard escort in and out of port. There is also stricter access control to ports and terminals: Passengers are now required to show their tickets to enter both the port area and the terminal. Look for multiple security checkpoints: You can expect to pass through three or four security checkpoints before being granted access to your cruise ship. Cruise lines are working with local, state, federal and international authorities such as the port authorities where ships call, the U.S. Coast Guard, the U.S. Immigration and Naturalization Service, the U.S. Customs Service, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and Interpol. This will enhance the safety and security of everyone onboard cruise ships. Embarkation and debarkation may take longer to accommodate additional security procedures, so plan your flights accordingly.

379

Expect strict enforcement of required ID and nationality/travel papers. Boarding will be denied if you don't have the proper documents. Don't expect to catch that early morning flight home. Passengers and lines have been reporting delays in disembarking passengers. In most cases, don't expect to be ashore before 9-10 a.m. Have patience. You may encounter some long lines as you wait to embark or disembark. Everyone is in the same boat, so keep your sense of humor and remember, it's for your own safety! (Cruise Mates, 2011).

4. CRUISE SHIP TERROR PLOTS & PATSIES

OBAMACSI.COM: Since 9/11, there have been 5 cases located that indicate potential terror plots, most coming the way of bomb threats on cruise ships. In all cases, authorities boarded the ship but found nothing. These plots and patsies are likely orchestrated to give the public the notion that cruise ships are targets and that there has been a history of cruise ships being targeted for terror.

OBAMACSI.COM: Date: February 11, 2009 Name: Kelley Marie Ferguson Age: 20 Ethnicity: White Ship: Legend of the Seas Location: Ensenada, Mexico Charges: 2 counts of violating terrorism laws Notes: Admitted penning two notes threatening to kill all U.S. citizens aboard the cruise ship.

Title: Arrest Made In Cruise Ship Threats Date: February 11, 2009 Source: CBS News Abstract: A woman faces terrorism-related charges accusing her of planting threatening notes aboard a cruise ship in hopes of halting a family trip so she could return home to her boyfriend. Because of the notes, the cruise of the Legend of the Seas was interrupted last week so the FBI could question passengers. Kelley Marie Ferguson of Laguna Hills, Calif., appeared in federal court Monday on two counts of violating terrorism laws. She was arrested Saturday. A hearing is set for Thursday. Ferguson, 20, of Laguna Hills, Calif., admitted penning two notes threatening to kill all U.S. citizens aboard the Legend of the Seas if the ship, which had sailed from Ensenada, Mexico, stopped at an American port, U.S. Attorney Edward Kubo said. The discovery of the threats last Tuesday and Wednesday in the same sixth-deck public restroom led authorities to reroute the ship to an anchorage off Honolulu so FBI could search the vessel and question its 2,400 passengers and crew members. The diversion canceled the ship's scheduled stop at Hilo. More than 120 members of the FBI's Joint Terrorism Task Force scoured the Royal Caribbean ship for biological, chemical, radiological and explosive weapons, officials said. During the investigation, Ferguson admitted writing the notes, Kubo said. "The defendant said she never wanted to go on this cruise ship with her family to begin with and that she wrote these notes hoping that it would shorten her time on the cruise," Kubo said. The charges carry a maximum penalty of 10 years in prison. Kubo said his office also would seek restitution for the cost of the investigation (CBS News, 2009).

OBAMACSI.COM: Date: March 28, 2010 Name: Khalil Ibrahim Zarou Age: 31 Ethnicity: Arab Ship: Carnival Sensation Location: Port Canaveral, Florida Charges: Cruise ship bomb threat Notes: Law enforcement boarded the ship and after conducting a search, determined the threat was a hoax, as no bomb was found.

380

Title: Bomb Threat Hoax Delays Cruise Ship Return Date: March 28, 2010 Source: WFTV Abstract: A Carnival cruise ship was forced to stay off-shore due to a Sunday morning bomb threat that turned out to be a hoax. The Carnival Sensation received the bomb threat early Sunday morning as the ship was returning to Port Canaveral after a three-day cruise in the Bahamas. The ship stopped about four miles off shore and Carnival officials notified the US Coast Guard, FBI, Brevard County Sheriffs and Brevard County Fire Rescue. Law enforcement boarded the ship and after conducting a search, determined the threat was a hoax, as no bomb was found. The Carnival Sensation was cleared to proceed to Port Canaveral at about 10:45 a.m. According to a statement released by Carnival Cruise Lines, a bomb threat was reported to the ship by a guest who claims another guest made the threat. Both guests were interviewed by law enforcement and the suspect accused of making the threat was arrested. The suspect has been identified as 31-year-old Ibrahim Zarou from Leesburg, Virginia. Approximately 3,470 passengers and crew members were aboard the Sensation at the time of the threat. Stay tuned to wftv.com and Eyewitness News for further updates on this story (WFTV, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Date: May 15, 2010 Name: Unknown Age: ? Ethnicity: N/A Ship: Liberty of the Seas Location: Ft. Lauderdale, Florida Charges: Cruise ship bomb threat Notes: Officials investigated the threat but did not locate any explosives after they conducted a inspection of the watercraft.

Title: Cruise Ship Receives Bomb Threat Date: May 17, 2010 Source: WSVN News Abstract: A bomb threat at sea caused a major scare for passengers aboard a cruise ship. A Royal Caribbean call center received a bomb threat to its Liberty of the Seas ship, Saturday afternoon. Officials investigated the threat, and crews did not locate any explosives after they conducted a thorough inspection of the watercraft. Liberty of the Seas arrived back in Miami, Sunday morning. The incident is currently under investigation (WSVN TV, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Date: February 5, 2011 Name: Unknown Age: ? Ethnicity: N/A Ship: Norwegian Sun Location: Port Canaveral, Florida Charges: Cruise ship bomb threat Notes: Following an extensive security sweep, the unified command determined the bomb threat to be non-credible.

Title: Coast Guard Responds To Bomb Threat Aboard Cruise Ship In Port Canaveral, Florida

381

Date: February 5, 2011 Source: Coast Guard News Abstract: A unified command consisting of the Coast Guard, Federal Bureau of Investigation, Department of Homeland Security, Customs and Border Protection, Transportation Security Administration, the Brevard County Sheriffs Office and local law enforcement agencies responded to a report of an alleged bomb threat aboard the cruise ship Norwegian Sun in Port Canaveral Saturday. Following an extensive security sweep of the cruise ship Norwegian Sun, the unified command has determined the bomb threat to be non-credible. Operations within the Port of Canaveral and the cruise terminal have returned to normal. Coast Guard Marine Safety Detachment Canaveral watchstanders were initially notified Saturday by an agent aboard the cruise ship Norwegian Sun of the alleged bomb threat. The cruise ship has safely disembarked approximately 1,894 passengers at Pier Terminal 5 in Port Canaveral. The source of the bomb threat is under investigation (Coast Guard News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Date: August 19, 2011 Name: Unknown Age: ? Ethnicity: N/A Ship: Discovery Sun Location: Ft. Lauderdale, Florida Charges: Bomb threat on a cruise ship. Notes: US Coast Guard boarded the ship but the initial search turned up nothing.

Title: Cruise Ship Bomb Scare Date: August 21, 2011 Source: Examiner Abstract: As a result of a bomb scare, Discovery Cruise Line's only ship, the Discovery Sun, spent five listless hours Friday night, bobbing in the ocean eighteen miles off of Ft. Lauderdale. To add insult to injury, Discovery Cruise Line is scheduled to "go out of business" on September 6, right after Labor Day. The Discovery Sun departed from Lucayan Harbor at Grand Bahama Island at 5pm with nearly 900 passengers, en route back to Port Everglades with a 10:30pm arrival time. When the ship was notified of the bomb scare, passengers were restricted to their cabins or a few designated public areas. As US Coast Guard and bomb squad technicians boarded the ship around midnight, the main lobby was off-limits. After the initial search turned up nothing, the ship was allowed to return to Port Everglades around 4am. Mike Jachles, a spokesman for the Broward Sheriffs office said that at about 9pm, the Miami Dade police department received a 911 call warning that there was a man aboard the ship with a gun and a bomb. We immediately notified our homeland security office, the federal authorities, Coast Guard and Florida Department of Law Enforcement, said Jachles. He went on to say that the US Coast Guard boarded the ship at sea around midnight, accompanied by the Broward Sheriffs Offices bomb-detecting dogs. With nothing suspicious found onboard, the all-clear was given and the Discovery Sun was allowed to return to Ft. Lauderdale. By 6am, passengers and crew were cleared for debarkation. With an empty ship, the Coast Guard, FBI, Customs and Border Protection and the BSO (Broward Sherriffs Office) performed another search and again turned up nothing. We take all bomb threats seriously and so we have to determine their credibility and err of the side of safety for the publi c and do a complete response as needed, Jachles added. There is an ongoing investigation between the FBI, Coast Guard, BSO and Customs and Border Protection, according to Jachles (Examiner, 2011).

382

5. CRUISE SHIP TERROR WHITE PAPERS

OBAMACSI.COM: The RAND Corporation, the U.S. Congress, and the U.S. Department of Homeland Security all state in their white papers that cruise ship terror is coming and that America is not prepared. RAND goes as far as stating that the most deadly way for terrorists to attack is with a nuclear or biological device. White papers are issues by governments to create plausible deniability and to psychologically prepare the public for the impending terror attack. Title: Maritime Terrorism: Risk And Liability Date: 2006 Source: RAND Abstract: Summary Policymakers have become increasingly concerned in recent years about the possibility of future maritime terrorist attacks. Although the historical occurrence of such attacks has been limited, concerns have nevertheless been galvanized by recognition that maritime vessels and facilities may (in some respects) be particularly vulnerable to terrorism. In addition, some plausible maritime attacks could have very significant consequences, in the form of mass casualties, severe property damage, and attendant disruption of commerce. Understanding thenature of maritime terrorism risk requires an investigation of threats, vulnerabilities, and consequences associated with potential attacks, as grounded both by relevant historical data and by intelligence on the capabilities and intentions of known terrorist groups. Assessment of the risks associated with maritime terrorism can help policymakers and private firms to calibrate and prioritize security measures, prevention efforts, and mitigation plans. The risks associated with maritime terrorism also provide the context for understanding government institutions that will respond to future attacks, and particularly so with regard to the U.S. civil justice system. In principle, civil liability operates to redistribute the harms associated with legally redressable claims, so that related costs are borne by the parties responsible for having caused them. In connection with maritime terrorism, civil liability creates the prospect that independent commercial defendants will be held responsible for damages caused by terrorist attacks. Liability is thus a key aspect of the governments institutional response to terrorism, because (1) it c reates strong incentives for private-sector prevention and mitigation efforts, (2) it serves as a foundation for insurance to spread related risks, and (3) it defines the scope and likelihood of compensatory transfer payments from firms to victims. This book explores the nature of maritime terrorism risks associated with a limited set of attack scenarios involving passenger and container shipping. The book also examines U.S. civil liability rules as they may apply in the context of these types of attacks. Risk Assessment: Threat, Vulnerability, and Consequences Our analytic strategy for addressing the risks associated with attacks on passenger and container shipping began from a broad assessment of related threats and vulnerabilities, based on a combination of historical data regarding previous attacks, and on a series of interviews with counterterrorism experts. We then investigated the likely consequences that would follow from different modes of attack, drawing on historical data and publicly available analyses, and by framing those consequences in terms of human effects (e.g., casualties), economic effects (e.g., property damage and business disruption), and intangible effects (e.g., political and governmental responses). Finally, we combined the information on threat, vulnerability, and consequences to generate estimates of relative risk, in connection with attack scenarios involving ferries, cruise ships, and container shipping. Our qualitative method for generating these risk estimates involved the us e of defined ordinal scales to assess terrorists intents and capabilities, target vulnerabilities, and attack consequences. This method is described in detail in the appendix. With regard to attacks on ferries, our findings suggest that onboard bombings present the greatest combination of threat and vulnerability among the specific types of assaults that we considered. In terms of consequences, all of the attack modes targeting ferries involve roughly comparable estimates of potential economic harm, but on-board bombings are projected to be somewhat less invidious in inflicting human casualties than two other modes of assault bombing, and ramming attacks involving improvised explosive devices [IEDs]). With regard to attacks on cruise ships, we considered a broader range of likely attacks, and found that on-board bombings, followed by standoff artillery assaults and food or water contamination scenarios, present the greatest combination of threat and vulnerability. Once again, all of the attack modes targeting cruise ships involve roughly comparable estimates of potential economic harm, but parasitic bombings, ramming attacks with IEDs, and biological attacks (i.e., those involving contamination of a ships food or water supply) are projecte d as presenting somewhat greater potential for harm in the form of human casualties. With regard to attacks on containerized shipping, we note that cargo vessels themselves are attractive primarily as a means to transport weapons or to sabotage commercial operations more broadly, rather than as a direct target for terrorist assaults per se. This being said, most scenarios we considered had comparable combinations of threat and vulnerability. The economic consequences associated with any maritime assault that shuts down operations at a major U.S. port could be severe. A dirty-bomb attack perpetrated using an illicit cargo container presents the greatest combination of likelihood and expected economic harm. In terms of human consequences (i.e., casualties), most container shipping scenarios present a low likelihood of inflicting such harms, and the prospect of relatively modest human consequences even where that likelihood is realized. Perhaps most notably, container shipping scenarios involving nuclear detonations are less likely than the other scenarios we considered, but could entail far greater potential consequences in both human and economic terms (RAND, 2006).

Title: Maritime Security: Potential Terrorist Attacks And Protection Priorities Date: May 14, 2007 Source: CRS Report for Congress Abstract:

383

A key challenge for U.S. policy makers is prioritizing the nations maritime security activities among a virtually unlimited number of potential attack scenarios. While individual scenarios have distinct features, they may be characterized along five common dimensions: perpetrators, objectives, locations, targets, and tactics. In many cases, such scenarios have been identified as part of security preparedness exercises, security assessments, security grant administration, and policy debate. There are far more potential attack scenarios than likely ones, and far more than could be meaningfully addressed with limited counter-terrorism resources. There are a number of logical approaches to prioritizing maritime security activities. One approach is to emphasize diversity, devoting available counterterrorism resources to a broadly representative sample of credible scenarios. Another approach is to focus counter-terrorism resources on only the scenarios of greatest concern based on overall risk, potential consequence, likelihood, or related metrics. U.S. maritime security agencies appear to have followed policies consistent with one or the other of these approaches in federally-supported port security exercises and grant programs. Legislators often appear to focus attention on a small number of potentially catastrophic scenarios. Clear perspectives on the nature and likelihood of specific types of maritime terrorist attacks are essential for prioritizing the nations maritime anti terrorism activities. In practice, however, there has been considerable public debate about the likelihood of scenarios frequently given high priority by federal policy makers, such as nuclear or dirty bombs smuggled in shipping containers, liquefied natural gas (LNG) tanker attacks, and attacks on passenger ferries. Differing priorities set by port officials, grant officials, and legislators lead to differing allocations of port security resources and levels of protection against specific types of attacks. How they ultimately relate to one another under a national maritime security strategy remains to be seen. Maritime terrorist threats to the United States are varied, and so are the nations efforts to combat them. As oversight of the federal role in maritime security continues, Congress may raise questions concerning the relationship among the nations various maritime security act ivities, and the implications of differing protection priorities among them. Improved gathering and sharing of maritime terrorism intelligence may enhance consistency of policy and increase efficient deployment of maritime security resources. In addition, Congress may assess how the various elements of U.S. maritime security fit together in the nation's overall strategy to protect the public from terrorist attacks. Conclusion Public information suggests that the threat of maritime terrorism is significant, and can take myriad forms, but that different dimensions of the nations maritime security activities prioritize these activities in different ways. As oversight of the federal role in maritime security continues, Congress may raise questions concerning the relationship among these activities, and the implications of differing terrorism scenario priorities among them. Improved gathering and sharing of maritime terrorism intelligence may enhance consistency across various U.S. maritime security activities and increase the efficient deployment of maritime security resources. In addition to these issues, Congress may assess how the various elements of U.S. maritime security fit together in the nation's overall strategy to protect the public from terrorist attacks. For example, bulk quantities of hazardous chemicals are found in marine vessels, in rail and highway tankers, and in chemical facilities on land. Terrorists may seek to exploit such chemicals in any of these sectors. Balancing the nation's homeland security resources across the maritime and non-maritime sectors is a policy challenge because specific sectors may fall under different homeland security authorities and regulations. Uncertainty about terrorist capabilities and activities complicates this problem by making it difficult to compare terrorist attack scenarios across sectors. Without such a comprehensive perspective on terrorist threats, security analysts may have difficulty identifying which assets to protect and how well to protect them with the limited security resources available. Reviewing how these security priorities and activities fit together to achieve common goals could be an oversight challenge for Congress (CRS Report for Congress, 2007).

Title: MARITIME SECURITY: Varied Actions Taken to Enhance Cruise Ship Security, but Some Concerns Remain Date: April 2010 Source: United States Governmnet Accountability Office Abstract : Why GAO Did This Study Varied Actions Taken to Enhance Cruise Ship Security, but Some Concerns Remain Highlights of GAO-10-400, a report to the Chairman, Committee on Homeland Security, House of Representatives Over 9 million passengers departed from U.S. ports on cruise ships in 2008, and according to agency officials, cruise ships are attractive terrorist targets. GAO was asked to review cruise ship security, and this report addresses the extent to which (1) the Coast Guard, the lead federal agency on maritime security, assessed risk in accordance with the Departm ent of Homeland Securitys (DHS) guidance and identified risks; and (2) federal agencies, cruise ship and facility operators, and law enforcement entities have taken actions to protect cruise ships and their facilities. GAO reviewed relevant requirements and agency documents on maritime security, analyzed 2006 through 2008 security operations data, interviewed federal and industry officials, and made observations at seven ports. GAO selected these locations based on factors such as the number of sailings from each port. Results of the visits provided additional information on security, but were not projectable to all ports. What GOA Found The Coast Guard has assessed the risks to cruise ships in accordance with DHS guidance which requires that the agency analyze threats, vulnerabilities, and consequencesand, with other maritime stakeholders, identified some concerns. Specifically, agency officials reported in January 2010 that there had been no credible threats against cruise ships in the prior 12 months, but also noted the presence of terrorist groups that have the capability to attack a cruise ship. The Coast Guard, cruise ship and facility operators, and law enforcement officials generally believe waterside attacks are a concern for cruise ships. Agency officials and terrorism researchers also identified terrorists boarding a cruise ship as a concern. The Coast Guard has also identified the potential consequences of an attack, which would include potential loss of life and economic effects. Federal agencies, cruise ship and facility operators, and law enforcement entities have taken various actions to enhance the security of cruise ships and their facilities and implement related laws, regulations, and guidance, and additional actions are under way. DHS and component agencies have taken security measures such as the Coast Guard providing escorts of cruise ships during transit, and CBPs review of passenger and crew data to help target passenger inspections. Cruise ship and cruise ship facility operators security actions have included developing and implementing security plans, among

384

other things. The Coast Guard is also in the process of expanding a program to deter and prevent small vessel attacks, and is developing additional security measures for cruise ships. In addition, CBPs 2005-2010 Strategic Plan states that CBP should seek to improve identification and targeting of potential terrorists through automated advanced information. CBP, however, has not assessed the cost and benefit of requiring cruise lines to provide passenger reservation data, which in the aviation mode, CBP reports to be useful for the targeting of passengers for inspecti on. GAOs previous work identified evaluations as a way for agencies to explore the benefits of a program. If CBP conducted a study to determine whether collecting additional passenger data is cost effective and addressed privacy implications, CBP would be in a better position to determine whether additional actions should be taken to augment security. Conclusion Given the number of passengers that travel on cruise ships each year and the attractiveness of these vessels as terrorist targets, it is important that the risk to cruise ships is assessed and actions are taken to help ensure the security of these ships and their facilities. Federal agencies and maritime security stakeholders, including cruise lines, have implemented various measures to better secure cruise ships and their facilities. As examples, the Coast Guard provides escorts for cruise ships to prevent waterside attacks and CBP screens passengers using manifest data to prevent terrorists from boarding cruise ships. Although these measures have been implemented and there has been no recent credible terrorist threat against cruise ships, this does not preclude the possibility of such an incident occurring in the future, particularly given the existence of terrorist groups that have the capability to attack a cruise ship. Moreover, the Presidents 2010 memorandum directing DHS to aggressively pursue enhanced s creening efforts further underscores the potential importance of this type of security action. By conducting a study to determine whether requiring cruise lines to provide automated Passenger Name Record data on a systematic basis is cost effective and addresses privacy implications, CBP would be in a better position to determine whether additional actions should be taken to augment security through enhanced screening of cruise ship passengers (United States Governmnet Accountability Office, 2010).

6. CRUISE SHIP TERROR SECURITY

OBAMACSI.COM: The security implementations regarding cruise ships are relatively worthless in that they submit travel itineraries and fingerprints to Homeland Security but do nothing in the way of preventing state-sponsored terrorism. These draconian measures instituted in the post-9/11 era only further decrease the amount of people who want to cruise and terrorize the public in the process. Title: National Environmental Assessment: U.S. Visit Implementation At Passenger Cruise Ship Ports Of Entry Date: November 2003 Source: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Abstract : (U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2003).

Title: U.S. Department Of Homeland Security: Cruise Ship Passengers Will Be Fingerprinted Date: April 24, 2008 Source: Cruise Bruise Abstract: The United States Department Of Homeland Security (DHS) has announced plans to begin a policy of fingerprinting cruise ship passengers at U.S. cruise ship terminals before they board. The loophole in the new policy excludes American citizens from the policy, making it easy for criminals on the run, known sex offenders and others posing a threat to the cruise ship passenger population to board the ships and continue to elude law enforcement. With only a fraction of passengers embarking from U.S. ports required to submit to fingerprinting, the delays and cost to passengers is still thought to be extensive. The proposal calls for cruise lines and airlines, not the U.S. government to pay for the cost of fingerprinting and processing is due to the fact that the U.S. government will be outsourcing the process. DHS says the new regulations are a "quantum leap" in homeland security. I agree. It is a quantum leap back to the past, not to the future. Currently, U.S. government agents collect visitors' fingerprints as they enter the U.S., and it was anticipated that government agents, not private sector employees, would collect the fingerprints when the program expands to include people leaving the country. This puts fingerprints in the hands of common citizens working in the travel industry. The new requirement is suppose to go into effect in June of 2009. There is a sixty day period for the airlines and cruise company's to protest the new policy and the protests are flooding in. Given the biggest threat to passengers and ship safety, for cruises embarking at U.S. ports, has been U.S. citizens, this half-baked policy will do very little to protect passengers from those who pose the largest risk. A browse of Cruise Bruise confirms, that nearly all the cases of crimes aboard ships embarking from U.S. ports, where the crimes were committed by passengers, were all Americans or legal American residents.

385

The crimes committed by non-Americans were almost always by crew who had already been fingerprinted and given C1D1 work visas. They from a minority of the cases compared to passenger crimes. Other crimes committed by passengers who were not American, were mostly from ships embarking from foreign ports, to non-American destinations. DHS has no control over those passengers. While I'd love to see the cruise lines pay for crime prevention, this new DHS policy does nothing to really protect Americans aboard ships embarking from our cities. It is a toothless policy aimed at given a false sense of security (Cruise Bruise, 2008).

Title: Cruise Ships May Be Required To Hand Over Passenger Reservation Data Date: May 13, 2010 Source: Homeland Security Newswire Abstract : Security experts worry about a waterside attack using a waterborne improvised explosive device; such an attack could conceivably come while the ship was in transit or docked at port; to address this worry, DHS will require cruise ships departing and entering the United States to provide Customs and Border Protection (CBP) with passenger reservation data Cruise ships departing and entering the United States may be required in the future to provide Customs and Border Protection (CBP) with passenger reservation data because of terrorism concerns, according to a recent Government Accountability Office (GAO) report. Matthew Harwood writes that in a recent report on cruise ship security, the GAO recommended that CBP study the cost and security benefits of requiring the cruise ship industry to provide automated Passenger Name Record (PNR) data to the agency for passenger screening purposes. DHS, the CBPs parent organization, agreed and responded that the agency would conduct the study and determine whether the program should be implemented. Harwood notes that the idea is to bring the same attention to detail to screening cruise-ship passengers that already exists for airline passengers. International airlines are already required to submit PNR information to the CBP as part of its mission to prevent terrorists and their weapons from entering the United States. Currently, cruise ships departing or entering the United States only submit passenger manifests for CBP to check against terrorist watch-lists and the National Crime Information Center database. CBP officials told GAO investigators that PNR data provides a fuller picture for better targeting of high-risk passengers, including those with suspected terrorist ties. [PNR] data may include, among other things, a passengers full itinerary, reservation booking date, phone nu mber, and billing information, which is not usually available in the manifest data, reports the GAO. A representative from the Cruise Lines International Association told GAO investigators that the industry would comply with the program if CBP required them to do so, although the representative did not know if such a rule would hurt reservation rates. In 2008, 9.3 million passengers departed the United States on board cruise ships, according to the Department of Transportations Maritime Administration. Officials across DHS believe cruise ships could be a terrorist target, but a recent intelligence report from the U.S. militar ys National Maritime Intelligence Center (NMIC) in January found no credible terrorist threat to cruise ships existed in 2009. Nevertheless, the NMIC pointed to the 1985 terrorist hijacking of the Achille Lauro cruise ship by four terrorists from the Palestinian Liberation Front as evidence that terrorists could target these vessels. After the four terrorists took control of the cruise ship off of Egypt, they executed Leon Klinghoffer a 69-year-old, wheelchair-bound American Jew and dumped his body and wheelchair into the sea. Harwood writes that the big fear for homeland security officials has nothing to with terrorists finding their way on board a cruise ship though. What they dread most is a waterside attack using a waterborne improvised explosive device. Such an attack could conceivably come while the ship was in transit or docked at port. In 2000, two al Qaeda members rammed the U.S.S. Cole in the port of Aden with a explosive-packed 35-foot-long boat, killing themselves and seventeen sailors. Cruise ships, however, are considered strong, resilient vessels, reports the GAO. Coast Guard officials stated t hat cruise ships are built to sustain various types of attack scenarios and keep passengers safe until they are able to be rescued, and that a very large hole in the hull would have to occur to cause any significant damage to the ship (Homeland Security Newswire, 2010).

Title: DHS Cruise Ship Protection Efforts Given High Marks Date: July 2010 Source: National Defense Abstract: Cruise ships have been the targets of terrorist actions in the past, most notably the 1985 attack on the Achille Lauro, which resulted in the death of American passenger Leon Klinghoffer. Since then, there have been few incidents, and in a 12 month period from April 2009 to April 2010, the Government Accountability Office reported that there have been no known cruise-ship plots detected. That doesnt mean that they dont remain attractive, high-prestige targets, GAO said in a report,

386

Varied Actions Taken to Enhance Cruise Ship Security, but Some Concerns Remain. There are some 9.3 million passengers departing from 30 U.S. ports every year on about 3,900 cruises. The largest ship holds about 8,500 customers and crew members. Israel foiled a plot against one of its cruise ships in 2005 and pirates off the coast of Somalia have made three unsuccessful attempts to take control of cruises, GAO noted. The economic impact of an attack in or around U.S. waters could severely damage the cruise ship industry, which was worth $19.1 billion to the U.S. economy in 2008, the report said. GAO, in a departure from most of its Department of Homeland Security reports, had little criticism for DHS. Customs and Border Protection and the Transportation Security Administration have responsibilities in ensuring the security of cruise ships, with the Coast Guard serving as the lead agency. The Coast Guard provides ship escorts and oversees companies compliance with security plans. CBP reviews documents of passengers arriving from foreign ports and inspects baggage. TSA provides screening equipment. Despite the lack of evidence identifying recent threats, maritime intelligence officials identified t he presence of terrorist groups that have the capability to attack a cruise ship, the report said. Waterborne improvised explosive devices remain a concern among security experts, particularly small boats laden with bombs similar to the one that blew a hole in the side of the USS Cole in Yemen in October 2000. Cruise ships often operate in areas where there are numerous small boats that are not scrutinized as often as larger vessels, the report noted. An armed takeover patterned on the Achille Lauro case is another possibility ships must be on guard against, as well as a biological attack where food or water is poisoned, the report noted. GAO only had one recommendation. It suggested that CBP conduct a study on whether it would be feasible for cruise ship companies to share passenger data with the DHS prior to a ships departure. Information collected at the time of a reservation is now routinely shared by the airline industry, but not for cruise ship passengers, it noted (National Defense, 2010).

Cyber Terror Attack

OBAMACSI.COM: The biggest thorn in the side of government is the internet and its unprecedented ability for sharing information about topics the government would rather keep secret. Therefore, the best way to control the free internet is to attack it through cyber warfare and blame political enemies for the attack. In the aftermath of a cyber terror attack, new laws, restrictions, and regulations will be implemented, similarly to the days after 9/11 when the PATRIOT ACT was rushed through the U.S. Congress. A massive cyber attack will enable the U.S. government to install the corporate based "Internet 2", crack down on political bloggers, and issue a new internet tax. The once free internet is quietly being set up to take the fall for a massive cyber attack in the near future and the prime suspect is Wall St. 1. U.S. Congress Cyber-Warfare Report: Openly stated in the 2007 report entitled "Terrorist Capabilities for Cyberattack: Overview and Policy Issues" from the CRS Report for Congress, the U.S. government has war gamed cyber attacks and have concluded the following: "There has been disagreement among security experts about (1) whether such an attack could possibly be launched by terrorists against U.S. civilian critical infrastructure, or (2) whether such an attack could seriously disrupt the U.S. economy...Simulated cyberattacks, conducted by the U.S. Naval War College in 2002, indicated that attempts to cripple the U.S. telecommunications infrastructure would be unsuccessful because system redundancy would prevent damage from becoming too widespread...According to Richard Clarke, former Administration Counter Terrorism Advisor and National Security Advisor, if terrorists were to launch a widespread cyberattack against the United States, the economy would be the intended target for disruption...Many security experts also agree that a cyberattack would be most effective if it were used to amplify a conventional bombing or CBRN (chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear attack)" (CRS Report for Congress, 2007). Report Conclusion: A cyber attack will most likely target the financial sector of America (Wall Street), and will likely come in the wake of conventional terror attack, such as a chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear attack. Ultimately, billions of dollars will be hijacked from Americans in this cyber attack, likely breaking the financial back of America for good. 2. Duqu Virus: The "son" of the Israeli Stuxnet virus entitled the "Duqu" virus, is currently wreaking havoc worldwide and will likely be blamed in the upcoming cyber attack. Acting as a trojan horse, the Duqu virus has the ability to attack when its makers (Israel) beckons. The Duqu virus will likely be unleashed during the wave of massive terror attacks that will hit America in the near future. 3. "The Internet Never Should have been Invented": In 2009, U.S. Senator, Jay Rockefeller, stated that The internet never should have been invented. A year later, the White House Information Czar, Cass Sunstein, stated that the U.S. government "might ban conspira cy theorizing" and that the "government might impose some kind of tax, financial or otherwise, on those who disseminate such theories." The free internet appears to be a very big problem for the U.S. government and their shrinking control of social media, a prime motive in the upcoming cyber-terror attack. 4. CIA Cyber Terrorism: When a massive cyber-terror attack occurs, a prime suspect in the attack should be the "JFCCNW", or the Joint Functional Component Command Network Warfare team, which is "responsible for coordinating offensive computer network operations for the United States Department of Defense". The JFCCNW is "the world's most formidable hacker posse: a super-secret, multimillion-dollar weapons program that may be ready to launch bloodless cyberwar against enemy networks". The "JFCCNW" team has the financing and the personal to commit acts of "offensive" cyber warfare worldwide against what they call the "enemy". 5. Israeli Cyber Terrorism: The second most likely suspect in the aftermath of a cyber-terror attack is the state of Israel. Aside from all the terror attacks the state of Israel is responsible for, they have recently delved into a new form of terrorism; cyber terrorism. In 2010, the world was introduced to the Israeli "Stuxnet" computer virus which did widespread damage to Iran, India, Indonesia, and a host of other nations. In 2011, Israel created a new cyber terror task force and has been blamed for starting the a new era of cyber-terrorism.

387

6. Cyber Security Buildup: The U.S. government has spent hundreds of millions of dollars funding, mapping and federalizing cyberspace and cyber security throughout America. While the reasons for the mass build up in cyber related activities are to "ensure that U.S. Government cyber security initiatives are appropriately integrated, resourced and coordinated with Congress and the private sector", the real and truthful reason for the massive build-up is to ultimately take over and shut down the free internet in a desperate attempt to stop the millions of Americans from reading and seeing "conspiracy theories" on the internet. 7. Cyber Terror Drills: Various agencies with the U.S. government, namely the CIA and the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, have been drilling cyber-terror attacks on a routine basis. The cyber-terror drills range in duration and targets, but ultimately give perspective on what types of cyber-terror related attacks the U.S. government is preparing for. When these drills will go live is unknown, but "authorities have expressed concerns about terrorists combining physical attacks such as bombings with hacker attacks to disrupt rescue efforts, known as hybrid or "swarming" attacks." 8. Cyber Terror Warnings: After a number of well publicized but non-deadly cyber attacks, the U.S. government has begun warning the American public that the internet will be used by terrorists in future cyber-terror attacks. The problem with this scenario is that digital acts of terror can be committed by anyone with a computer. Unfortunately, this automatically makes anyone with a computer a suspect and allows the government, should the decided to initiate the cyber-terror attack, an impenetrable veil of secrecy to hide behind. The act of cyber-terror would likely be committed by an anonymous person or a fictitious group of hackers/terrorists making it virtually impossible for citizens to verify the government evidence or claims in the case. Isolating the true origin of the act of cyber-terror would be almost impossible which would give the government the ability to terrorize the public without the possibility of being held legally accountable. 9. Cyber Terror Attacks: Shortly after the well-funded cyber security buildup, cyber attacks started occurring on a regular basis. These cyber attacks are well publicized and are occurring at a very rapid pace. Like real life terrorism, groups such as "Anonymous" appear to be funded arms of the CIA or other governmental agencies. These groups commit cyber attacks to give the illusion that more and more cyber security is needed. 10. Thousands of Laptops Stolen: Since 2006, thousands of military laptops have been stolen in the United States and the United Kingdom. Why these thefts are being allowed to occur is not yet clear, but it plays nicely into the narrative of impending cyber-terror attacks. Some of these laptops have likely made it onto the black market and into the hands of "terrorists" and will likely be used in future cyber-terror attacks involving the military in the U.S. or England. The alleged thief who stole 2,000 military laptops in Florida just happens to be the leader of a Miami crime family. The cyber-terror scenarios available to the government due to these repeated laptop thefts is unlimited, dangerous, and potentially deadly. 11. Censoring the Internet. : The result of a cyber-terror attack will be internet censorship. Post cyber-terror censorship will likely take the form of the censorship currently being executed in communist China. Early signs that censorship is the driving motivation for government related cyber-terrorism is evidenced the crack-down on internet social media in the wake of the London Riot of 2011. More people are paying attention to the news, government and politics, and the personal computer is the biggest tool used to monitor daily news and information. The government needs a reason to censor, and cyber terrorism is the tool by which they plan to accomplish their goal.

1. U.S. CONGRESS CYBER -WARFARE REPORT

OBAMACSI.COM: Openly stated in the 2007 report entitled "Terrorist Capabilities for Cyberattack: Overview and Policy Issues" from the CRS Report for Congress, the U.S. government has war gamed cyber attacks and have concluded the following: "There has been disagreement among security experts about (1) whether such an attack could possibly be launched by terrorists against U.S. civilian critical infrastructure, or (2) whether such an attack could seriously disrupt the U.S. economy...Simulated cyberattacks, conducted by the U.S. Naval War College in 2002, indicated that attempts to cripple the U.S. telecommunications infrastructure would be unsuccessful because system redundancy would prevent damage from becoming too widespread...According to Richard Clarke, former Administration Counter Terrorism Advisor and National Security Advisor, if terrorists were to launch a widespread cyberattack against the United States, the economy would be the intended target for disruption...Many security experts also agree that a cyberattack would be most effective if it were used to amplify a conventional bombing or CBRN (chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear attack)" (CRS Report for Congress, 2007). Report Conclusion: A cyber attack will most likely target the financial sector of America (Wall Street), and will likely come in the wake of conventional terror attack, such as a chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear attack. Ultimately, billions of dollars will be hijacked from Americans in this cyber attack, likely breaking the financial back of America for good. Title: Terrorist Capabilities for Cyberattack: Overview and Policy Issues Date: January 22, 2007 Source: CRS Report for Congress Abstract: Terrorists use of the internet and other telecommunications devices is growing both in terms of reliance for supporting orga nizational activities and for gaining expertise to achieve operational goals. Tighter physical and border security may also encourage terrorists and extremists to try to use other types of weapons to attack the United States. Persistent Internet and computer security vulnerabilities, which have been widely publicized, may gradually encourage terrorists to continue to enhance their computer skills, or develop alliances with criminal organizations and consider attempting a cyberattack against the U.S. critical infrastructure. Cybercrime has increased dramatically in past years, and several recent terrorist events appear to have been funded partially through online credit card fraud. Reports indicate that terrorists and extremists in the Middle East and South Asia may be increasingly collaborating with cybercriminals for the international movement of money, and for the smuggling of arms and illegal drugs. These links with hackers and cybercriminals may be examples of the terrorists desire to continue to refine their computer skills, and the relationships forged through c ollaborative drug trafficking efforts may also provide

388

terrorists with access to highly skilled computer programmers. The July 2005 subway and bus bombings in England also indicate that extremists and their sympathizers may already be embedded in societies with a large information technology workforce.

The United States and international community have taken steps to coordinate laws to prevent cybercrime, but if trends continue computer attacks will become more numerous, faster, and more sophisticated. In addition, a recent report by the Government Accountability Office states that, in the future, U.S. government agencies may not be able to respond effectively to such attacks. This report examines possible terrorists ob jectives and computer vulnerabilities that might lead to an attempted cyberattack against the critical infrastructure of the U.S. homeland, and also discusses the emerging computer and other technical skills of terrorists and extremists. Policy issues include exploring ways to improve technology for cybersecurity, or whether U.S. counterterrorism efforts should be linked more closely to international efforts to prevent cybercrime (CRS Report for Congress, 2007).

2. ISRAELI DUQU VIRUS

OBAMACSI.COM: The "son" of the Israeli Stuxnet virus entitled the "Duqu" virus, is currently wreaking havoc worldwide and will likely be blamed in the upcoming cyber attack. Acting as a Trojan horse, the Duqu virus has the ability to attack when its makers (Israel) beckons. The Duqu virus will likely be unleashed during the wave of massive terror attacks that will hit America in the near future. Title: Stuxnet Clone 'Duqu': The Hydrogen Bomb of Cyberwarfare? Date: October 19, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: If the Stuxnet virus was the atom bomb of cyberwarfare, then the discovery this week of the "Duqu" virus is the hydrogen bomb, security experts are warning. It is the second major weaponized virus to turn computers into lethal weapons with devastating destructive power. The new program, discovered by Symantec on Tuesday with the help of an unnamed research lab, uses much of the same code as the 2010 Stuxnet virus did. But instead of destroying the systems it infects, Duqu secretly penetrates them an d, according to some experts, creates back door vulnerabilities that can be exploited to destroy the networks at any time its creators may choose. The original Stuxnet malware was the culmination of a vast technical and espionage effort that had only one target in mind: the Iranian nuclear program. And is widely believed to be the work of the United States and Israel. Experts who looked at the program were amazed at its ability to penetrate Irans secure, highly protected security system and destroy it without being detected. Its success set back the Iranian nuclear program for years. Experts were also amazed at the depth of information that had been collected on the Iranian program, information that allowed its secure nuclear system to be penetrated so easily and without detection. Among those elements, according to Ralph Langer who was one of the first to dissect the Stuxnet virus, were stolen certificates of authorization, highly protected codes that power Siemens industrial computers, and the int ernal workings of Irans computer systems. Much of it, they surmised, had to be done using human rather than computer intelligence agents. With Duqu that is no longer the case. According to Michael Sconzo, a senior security officer at worldwide computer security company RSA, the new virus embeds itself in computer systems for 36 days and analyzes and profiles the system's workings before sending its findings out to a a secure server and self destructing. It's an intelligence operation, he told FoxNews.com. We still arent sure of all the things it looks for yet but it is a l ikely precursor to an attack. It is a Trojan horse. But he said its intention is to to allow its users to understand the inner workings of the targeted computer system to create malware that can attack the system. Among the things currently known is that it records is every keystroke used on a system, allowing it to learn and pass on passwords to various systems inside the network, thus making future penetration much easier. He speculated that the 36-day window might allow the program to collect password patterns because many companies require password changes every thirty days. As with Stuxnet, there are still a number of open questions that security firms around the word are still trying to answer, Sconzo said. Among them: Which companies have been hit; how extensive is the collection of data from their computers; and, because of the short period of penetration, how imminent is an attack. And the most important question still remains open: Who's behind the attacks?

389

Several experts have suggested that the perpetrators must be the same group that created Stuxnet. That's far from certain, Sconzo said The Stuxnet code has been out there for some time, he told FoxNews.com. Anyone with a decent knowledge of computers could reverse engineer it. While that raises the possibility of Iranian retaliation for Stuxnet, which has been a cause of concern for some time, or even terrorists, he said there was too much not yet known to draw any conclusions about authorship. Just who is doing it may be the most important question we need to answer, he said, because its discovery raises a great deal of fear, uncertainty and doubt. There is nothing out there available to stop it, he said (Fox News, 2011).

Title: U.S. & Israel Launch New Phase Of Cyber Warfare Date: October 20, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: The re-emergence of the Stuxnet virus in a virtually identical form to its previous incarnation heralds a new round of cyber war, and given the fact that the last version was created by the U.S. and Israel, its obvious where the finger of blame should be pointing once again. Analysts at US firms McAfee and Symantec agreed that a sophisticated virus dubbed Duqu has been unleashe d on an apparent mission to gather intelligence for future attacks on industrial control systems, reports AFP. This seems to be the reconnaissance phase of something much larger, McAfee senior research analyst Adam Wosotowsky told AFP about the virus, named for the DQ prefix on files it creates. The new incarnation of the virus is primarily aimed at the Middle East and is designed to mount a future attack on an industrial control facility by capturing password data and infiltrating networks undetected. McAfee and Symantec said that, based on snippets of the virus they were given to study, portions of the encry pted Duqu code matched identically scrambled portions of Stuxnet, states the report. After last years Stuxnet worm attack targeted Iranian nuclear plants, the New York Times reported, months after we had first identified Israel and the United States.as the prime suspects behind the Stuxnet worm attack, that the virus was indeed created by the U.S. and Israel. The covert race to create Stuxnet was a joint project between the Americans and the Israelis, with some help, knowing or unk nowing, from the Germans and the British, reported the NY Times on January 15. Even after it was all but admitted that the United States and Israel created Stuxnet to target Irans nuclear facilities, the establishment medias coverage of the new incarnation of the worm is completely absent that fact. Perhaps we can expect to be labeled conspiracy theorists once again for stati ng the blindingly obvious that while US cybersecurity officials concentrate power and funding in the name of defending against cyber attacks, they are the ones launching them. The US and Israel is once again behind the attack and it will primarily be aim ed at disrupting Irans nuclear enrichment program. As we documented, before the New York Times reported that the U.S. and Israel were behind the attack last year, numerous talking heads claimed there was no evidence to suggest this, blaming Russia or China instead, and demonizing those who pointed the finger at the obvious culprits for circulating ridiculous theories. It really scales the heights of hypocrisy to hear the arguments of US cybersecurity officials about the need to hand them the power to control the Internet in the name of protecting against cyber warfare, when the U.S. government itself is behind almost every act of cyber warfare. Earlier this week it also emerged that the Obama administration considered opening its assault on Libya by launching a cyber attack to disable the Qaddafi governments air-defense system. Given the fact that strong rumors of an attack on Iran have been circulating for several weeks, this round of cyber warfare could be the opening salvo for something far bigger (Infowars, 2011).

3. "THE INTERNET NEVER SHOULD HAVE BEEN INVENTED" OBAMACSI.COM: In 2009, U.S. Senator, Jay Rockefeller, stated that The internet never should have been invented. A year later, the White H ouse Information Czar, Cass Sunstein, stated that the U.S. government "might ban conspiracy theorizing" and that the "government might impose some kind

390

of tax, financial or otherwise, on those who disseminate such theories." The free internet appears to be a very big problem for the U.S. government and their shrinking control of social media, a prime motive in the upcoming cyber-terror attack. Title: Obama Information Czar Calls For Banning Free Speech Date: January 14, 2010 Source: Prison Planet Abstract: The controversy surrounding White House information czar and Harvard Professor Cass Sunsteins blueprint for the government to infiltrate political activist groups has deepened, with the revelation that in the same 2008 dossier he also called for the government to tax or even ban outright political opinions of which it disapproved. Sunstein was appointed by President Obama to head up the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, an agency within the Executive Office of the President. On page 14 of Sunsteins January 2008 white paper entitled Conspiracy Theories, the man who is now Obamas head of information technology in t he White House proposed that each of the following measures will have a place under imaginable conditions according to the str ategy detailed in the essay. 1) Government might ban conspiracy theorizing. 2) Government might impose some kind of tax, financial or otherwise, on those who disseminate such theories. Thats right, Obamas information czar wants to tax or ban outright, as in make illegal, political opinions that the government doesnt approve of. To where would this be extended? A tax or a shut down order on newspapers that print stories critical of our illustrious leaders? YouTube Video And what does Sunstein define as conspiracy theories that should potentially be taxed or outlawed by the government? Opinio ns held by the majority of Americans, no less. The notion that Lee Harvey Oswald did not act alone in killing JFK, a view shared by the vast majority of Americans in every major poll over the last ten years, is an example of a conspiracy theory that the federal government should consider censoring, according to Sunstein. A 1998 CBS poll found that just 10 per cent of Americans believed that Oswald acted alone, so apparently the other 90 per cent of Americans could be committing some form of thought crime by thinking otherwise under Sunsteins definition. Sunstein also cites the belief that global warming is a deliberate fraud as another marginal conspiracy theory to be countered by government action. In reality, the majority of Americans now believe that the man-made explanation of global warming is not true, and that global warming is natural, according to the latest polls. But Sunstein saves his most ludicrous exam ple until last. On page 5 he characterizes as false and dangerous the idea that exposure to sunlight is healthy, despite the fact that top medical experts agree prolonged exposure to sunlight reduces the risk of developing certain cancers. To claim that encouraging people to get out in the sun is to peddle a dangerous conspiracy theory is like saying that promoting the breathing of fresh air is also a thought crime. One can only presume that Sunstein is deliberately framing the debate by going to such absurd extremes so as to make any belief whatsoever into a conspiracy theory unless its specifically approved by the kind of government thought police system he is pushing for. Despite highlighting the fact that repressive societies go hand in hand with an increase in conspiracy theories, Sunsteins solution to stamp out such thought crimes is to ban free speech, fulfilling the precise characteristic of the repressive society he warns against else where in the paper. We could imagine circumstances in which a conspiracy theory became so pervasive, and so dangerous, that censorship would be thinkable, he writes on page 20. Remember that Sunstein is not just talking about censoring Holocaust denial or anything thats even debatable in the context of free speech, hes talking about widely accepted beliefs shared by the majority of Americans but ones viewed as distasteful by the government, which would seek to either marginalize by means of taxation or outright censor such views. No surprise therefore that Sunstein has called for re-writing the First Amendment as well as advocating Internet censorship and even proposing that Americans should celebrate tax day and be thankful that the state takes a huge chunk of their income. The government has made it clear that growing suspicion towards authority is a direct threat to their political agenda and indeed Sunstein admits this on page 3 of his paper. That is why they are now engaging in full on information warfare in an effort to undermine, disrupt and eventually outlaw organized peaceful resistance to their growing tyranny (Prison Planet, 2010).

391

4. CIA CYBER TERRORISM

OBAMACSI.COM: When a massive cyber-terror attack occurs, a prime suspect in the attack should be the "JFCCNW", or the Joint Functional Component Command Network Warfare team, which is "responsible for coordinating offensive computer network operations for the United States Department of Defense". The JFCCNW is "the world's most formidable hacker posse: a super-secret, multimillion-dollar weapons program that may be ready to launch bloodless cyberwar against enemy networks". The "JFCCNW" team has the financing and the personal to commit acts of "offensive" cyber warfare worldwide against what they call the "enemy".

Title: Joint Functional Component Command Network Warfare Date: Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Joint Functional Component Command Network Warfare (JFCC-NW) at Fort Meade, Maryland was a subordinate component command of United States Strategic Command (USSTRATCOM) active from 2005 to 2010. It was is responsible for coordinating offensive computer network operations for the United States Department of Defense (DoD). JFCC-NW was created in 2005. It is to be merged into United States Cyber Command in October 2010. The Commander, JFCC-NW (currently LTG Keith B. Alexander) is dual-hatted as the Director, National Security Agency. This coordinated approach to information operations involves two other important supporting commands. The Director, Defense Information Systems Agency also heads the Joint Task Force-Global Network Operations. This organization is responsible for operating and defending U.S. worldwide information networks, a function closely aligned with the efforts of JFCC-NW Mission JFCC-NW facilitates/facilitated cooperative engagement with other national entities in computer network defense and offensive information warfare as part of the global information operations mission. The command was responsible for the highly classified, evolving mission of Computer Network Attack (CNA). The command's capabilities are highly classified, but it is believed that they may destroy networks and penetrate enemy computers to steal or manipulate data, and take down command-andcontrol systems, for example. Some of these capabilities are known as Special Technical Operations (STO) (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: U.S. Military's Elite Hacker Crew Date: April 18, 2005 Source: Wired Abstract: The U.S. military has assembled the world's most formidable hacker posse: a super-secret, multimillion-dollar weapons program that may be ready to launch bloodless cyberwar against enemy networks -- from electric grids to telephone nets. The group's existence was revealed during a U.S. Senate Armed Services Committee hearing last month. Military leaders from U.S. Strategic Command, or Stratcom, disclosed the existence of a unit called the Joint Functional Component Command for Network Warfare, or JFCCNW. In simple terms and sans any military jargon, the unit could best be described as the world's most formidable hacker posse. Ever. The JFCCNW is charged with defending all Department of Defense networks. The unit is also responsible for the highly classified, evolving mission of Computer Network Attack, or as some military personnel refer to it, CNA. But aside from that, little else is known. One expert on cyber warfare said considering the unit is a "joint command," it is most likely made up of personnel from the CIA, National Security Agency, FBI, the four military branches, a smattering of civilians and even military representatives from allied nations. "They are a difficult nut to crack," said Dan Verton, a former U.S. Marine intelligence officer. "They're very reluctant to talk about operations." Verton is author of the book Black Ice, which investigates the threats cyber terrorism and vandalism could have on military and financial networks. Verton said the Defense Department talks often about the millions it spends on defending its networks, which were targeted last year nearly 75,000 times with intrusion attempts. But the department has never admitted to launching a cyber attack -- frying a network or sabotaging radar -- against an enemy, he said. Verton said the unit's capabilities are highly classified, but he believes they can destroy networks and penetrate enemy computers to steal or manipulate data. He said they may also be able to set loose a worm to take down command-and-control systems so the enemy is unable to communicate and direct ground forces, or fire surface-to-air missiles, for example.

392

Some of the U.S. military's most significant unified commands, such as Stratcom, are undergoing a considerable reorganization. Stratcom, based at the massive Offutt Air Force base in eastern Nebraska and responsible for much of the nation's nuclear arsenal, has been ordered by the Defense Department to take over the JFCCNW. To better understand the secret program, several questions about the unit were submitted to Stratcom. Capt. Damien Pickart, a Stratcom spokesman, issued a short statement in response: "The DOD is capable of mounting offensive CNA. For security and classification reasons, we cannot discuss any specifics. However, given the increasing dependence on computer networks, any offensive or defensive computer capability is highly desirable." Nevertheless, Verton says military personnel have told him numerous "black programs" involving CNA capabilities are ongoing, while new polices and rules of engagement are now on the books. The ground was prepared in the summer of 2002, when President Bush signed National Security Presidential Directive 16, which ordered the government to prepare national-level guidance on U.S. policies for launching cyber attacks against enemies. "I've got to tell you we spend more time on the computer network attack business than we do on computer network defense because so many people at very high levels are interested," said former CNA commander, Air Force Maj. Gen. John Bradley, during a speech at a 2002 Association of Old Crows conference. The group is the leading think tank on information and electronic warfare (Wired, 2005).

5. ISRAELI CYBER TERRORISM

OBAMACSI.COM: The second most likely suspect in the aftermath of a cyber-terror attack is the state of Israel. Aside from all the terror attacks the state of Israel is responsible for, they have recently delved into a new form of terrorism; cyber terrorism. In 2010, the world was introduced to the Israeli "Stuxnet" computer virus which did widespread damage to Iran, India, Indonesia, and a host of other nations. In 2011, Israel created a new cyber terror task force and has been blamed for starting the a new era of cyber-terrorism.

Title: Israeli Cyber Unit Responsible For Iran Computer Worm Date: September 30, 2010 Source: The Telegraph Abstract: An elite Israeli military unit responsible for cyberwarfare has been accused of creating a virus that has crippled Iran's computer systems and stopped work at its newest nuclear power station. Computer experts have discovered a biblical reference embedded in the code of the computer worm that has pointed to Israel as the origin of the cyber attack. The code contains the word "myrtus", which is the Latin biological term for the myrtle tree. The Hebrew word for myrtle, Hadassah, was the birth name of Esther, the Jewish queen of Persia. In the Bible, The Book of Esther tells how the queen pre-empted an attack on the country's Jewish population and then persuaded her husband to launch an attack before being attacked themselves. Israel has threatened to launch a pre-emptive attack on Iran's facilities to ensure that the Islamic state does not gain the ability to threaten its existence. Ralf Langner, a German researcher, claims that Unit 8200, the signals intelligence arm of the Israeli defence forces, perpetrated the computer virus attack by infiltrating the software into the Bushehr nuclear power station. Mr Langer said: "If you read the Bible you can make a guess." Computer experts have spent months tracing the origin of the Stuxnet worm, a sophisticated piece of malicious software, or malware, that has infected industrial operating systems made by the German firm Siemens across the globe. Programmers following Stuxnet believe it was most likely introduced to Iran on a memory stick, possibly by one of the Russian firms helping to build Bushehr. The same firm has projects in Asia, including India and Indonesia which were also attacked. Iran is thought to have suffered 60 per cent of the attacks. Mr Langner said: "It would be an absolute no-brainer to leave an infected USB stick near one of these guys and there would be more than a 50 per cent chance of him pick it up and infect his computer." Cyber security experts said that Israel was the most likely perpetrator of the attack and had been targeting Iran but that it had not acknowledged a role to its allies.

393

"Nobody is willing to accept responsibility for this particular piece of malicious software which is a curious, complex and powerful weapon," said one Whitehall expert. The Iranian authorities acknowledged the worm had struck Bushehr and a statement conceded that the plant would come into operation in January, two months later than planned. Elizabeth Katina, a researcher at the Royal United Services Institute, said the possibility of a copycat attack on British or American electricity networks or water supplies had been elevated by the release of Stuxnet. "Critical national infrastructure is at greater risk because this shows groups on the outside of governments how to do it," she said. "It's more likely now that the northeast of England power grid can be shut down until someone decides to start it up again" (The Telegraph, 2011).

Title: With Stuxnet, Did The U.S. And Israel Create a New Cyberwar Era? Date: January 16, 2011 Source: Wired Abstract: Remember the years-long controversy about whether the U.S. or the Israel would bomb Irans nuclear program? It appears they just did virtually. And if they did, they also may have expanded our sense of how nations wage war in cyberspace. For all the hype, cyberwar has been a bush-league affair so far. Websites get defaced or taken offline, or an adversarys software gets logic -bombed into a malfunctioning mess. Analysts warn that future assaults could fry an electrical grid (if its networked too well) or cause a military to lose contact with a piece of its remotely-controlled hardware. But thats about the extent of the damage. Only the Stuxnet worm may point to a huge innovation for cyberwar: the mass disablement of an enemys most important strategic programs. Stuxnets origin is unknown. Attributing credit for Stuxnet is rightly the subject of geopolitical intrigue. As our sister bl og Threat Level has exhaustively reported, the worm eats away at a very specific kind of industrial control system: a configuration of the Siemens-manufactured Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system that commands the centrifuges enriching uranium for Irans nuclear progra m, the key step for an Iranian bomb. But the Stuxnet whodunit may be solved: it appears to be a joint U.S.-Israeli collaboration and a cyberwarfare milestone. The New York Times doesnt have definitive proof, but it has fascinating circumstantial evidence, and Threat Levels Kim Zetter will publish more on Tuesday. In 2008, Siemens informed a major Energy Department laboratory of the weaknesses in its SCADA systems. Around that time, the heart of Israels nuclear-weapons complex, Dimona, began experimenting on an industrial-sabotage protocol based on a model of the Iranian enrichment program. The Obama administration embraced an initiative begun by the Bush administra tion to bore into [Iranian] computers and disable the nuclear effort. Motive, meet opportunity. By late 2009, Stuxnet was popping up globally, including in Iran. Iran denies that Stuxnet did any major damage to its nuclear program. But last week, the outgoing chief of Israels Mossad spy agency publicly asserted that Iran wouldnt be capable of making a bomb before 2015, adding four years to a fearsome nuclear schedule. Its possible thats just ass -covering spin: for years, both Israel and the U.S. have repeatedly pushed back their estimates of when Iran would go nuclear. But both countries also have long track records of covertly sabotaging Iranian nuke efforts, whether its getting scientists to defect or other means. (Some scientists are getting killed in the streets by unknown assailants.) Stuxnet would be a new achievement for a long-running mission. And what an achievement. The early stages of cyberwar have looked like a component effort in a broader campaign, as when Georgias government websites mysteriously went offline during its 2008 shooting war with Russia. The Navys informati on chief recently suggested that jamming capabilities will be increasingly important to Chinese military doctrine. The difference between that and Stuxnet is the difference between keying someones car and blowing up her city. With Stuxnet, theres no broader conventional assault, but an adversarys most important military asset gets compromised. The mission of an aerial bombardment of Iran would be to set Irans nuclear program back; to at least some degree, Stuxnet has done precisely that. Only Stuxnet didnt kill anyone, and it didnt set off the destabilizing effect in the region that a bombing campaign was likely to reap. In other words, Stuxnet may represent the so-called high end of cyberwarfare: a stealthy, stand-alone capability to knock an opponents Queen off the board before more traditional military hostilities can kick in. It wouldnt be taking out a particular ships radar system or even a command -and-control satellite. All of that could still happen. But this would be the first instance of cyberwarfare aimed at a truly strategic target. Thats not to say were there yet, since we dont really know how many years of a non-nuclear Iran Stuxnet provided. But it is to say that we may be getting there. North Koreas uranium enrichment efforts have similar industrial control mechanisms, and if Stuxnet couldnt take them down, a son-ofStuxnet might. And just consider what kinds of other major cyberwar programs are out there the ones really hidden in secrecy, not like the winks-andnods that U.S. and Israeli officials have given to their possible authorship of Stuxnet. All this has major implications for U.S. military doctrine. There isnt any for cyberwarfare, for instance. The new U.S. Cyber Command describes its primary mission as protecting military networks from incoming assault, and says very little about what its offensive mission might be. Writing malicious code and transmitting it into enemy networks, up to and including nuclear controls , even in advance of conventional hostilities, could be CYBERCOMs next big step. It would represent an update to the old Air Force dream of strategic bombing (.pdf), in which bombing an enemys critical infrastructure compels him to give up the fight.

394

That also points to the downside. Just as strategic bombing doesnt have a good track record of success, Stuxnet hasnt taken down the Iranian nuclear program. Doctrine-writers may be tempted to view cyberwar as an alternative to a shooting war, but the evidence to date doesnt suggest anything of the sort. Stuxnet just indicates that high-level cyberwarfare really is possible; it doesnt indicate that its sufficient for achieving national objectives. The Times has an irresistible quote from Ralph Langner, a German expert who decoded Stuxnet. Langner wrote that Stuxnet is not about sending a message or proving a concept. It is about destroying its targets with utmost determination in military style. Maybe so. But that certainly does send a message. And if it doesnt exactly prove a concept, it points a way forward to just how powerful cyberwarfare can become (Wired, 2011).

Title: Israel Government Unveils Counter-Cyberterrorism Unit Date: April 3, 2011 Source: Xinhua Abstract: Israeli officials have said they are set to implement a new strategy aimed at foiling the growing wave of cyberterrorism and cybertheft attacks perpetrated against its government ministries, military agencies, and major banking and commercial entities. Israel averages about 350 on-line hacking attacks per second every day, according to Assaf Keren, the former project director for Israel's e-Gov portal. The portal offers a wealth of services for the public at large, and is, among other major sites like the Bank of Israel, considered a prime hacker magnet by Israel's political foes and criminal elements. Hackers took down the site for two days in early 2008. While bank officials said the hackers "inserted propaganda material in Arabic," but they were unable to access financial data and information, which is stored on a separate system. While the Mossad, Israel Security Agency (Shin Bet), military and other entities have their own departments dealing with on-line warfare, and last week Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu averred that Israel was preparing a top-level response to such attacks. Leading the digital charge is Major General Isaac Ben-Israel, who headed up the Defense Ministry's Administration for the Development of Weapons and Technological Infrastructure, local daily Ha'aretz daily reported on Sunday. Late last year, Ben-Israel and senior Israeli and international security experts gathered at an Israeli think tank to share know- how about battling cybercrime, cyber-terrorism and cyber-warfare. Talks at the International Institute for Counter-Terrorism (ICT) at the Herzliya-based Interdisciplinary Center (IDC) focused on efforts to slay, or at least rein in the multi-headed digital hydra. Many of the experts at the program said again and again that substantially raising basic governmental, public and private awareness of the need to defend against on-line threats, from simple measures like not opening unknown email attachments, all the way up to tightly guarding national infrastructure, was crucial (Xinhua, 2011).

Title: Iran: Israel Ranks First In Cyber Terror Date: August 11, 2011 Source: Press TV Abstract: Iran's Minister of Communications and Information Technology Reza Taqipour says Israel ranks first in planning cyber terrorism against other nations in the globe. Taqipour told reporters on Wednesday that the Israeli regime ranks at the top of governments that sponsor various forms of state terrorism, including cyber terror, Mehr news agency reported. He said that the Tel Aviv regime was the symbol of state terrorism, adding that the regime takes the lead in spreading malwares across cyber space. He added, however, that Iran has taken appropriate counter measures, including the establishment of a cyber command, to control and foil cyber attacks targeting the country. The minister's comments came in response to reports that Israeli military is plotting to wage a major cyber war against Iran by setting up a military cyber command. The new cyber command, which has been designated as central to 'defense capability' of the Israeli regime, would directly report to Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. The new command center, supported by the military, has already conducted a series of "soft" espionage missions, including hacking into Iran's version of Facebook and other social networking sites, the report says. A source with close knowledge of the cyber war preparations said that Israel has two principal targets in Iran's cyberspace, which are stopping Tehran's nuclear program and its civil infrastructure. Iran says it fully monitors cyberspace in order to counter soft warfare against the country (Press TV, 2011).

395

6. THE CYBER SECURITY BUILD-UP

OBAMACSI.COM: The U.S. government has spent hundreds of millions of dollars funding, mapping and federalizing cyberspace and cyber security throughout America. While the reasons for the mass build up in cyber related activities are to "ensure that U.S. Government cyber security initiatives are appropriately integrated, resourced and coordinated with Congress and the private sector", the real and truthful reason for the massive build-up is to ultimately take over and shut down the free internet in a desperate attempt to stop the millions of Americans from reading and seeing "conspiracy theories" on the internet. Title: White House Eyes Cyber Security Plan Date: February 9, 2009 Source: CBS News Abstract: In the age of terrorism and the Internet, threats to the United States' national security come not just from those wielding bombs and guns, but unconventional weapons such as a keyboard and a mouse. The White House announced today that it will conduct a review of the nation's cyber security to "ensure that U.S. Government cyber security initiatives are appropriately integrated, resourced and coordinated with Congress and the private sector," according to a release from the White House. The announcement comes less than a week after President Obama's pick to lead the Central Intelligence Agency, Leon Panetta, raised the issue of protecting vital national security interests online during a hearing of the Senate Intelligence Committee. During the hearing, Panetta uttered the phrase "cyber-attack" in the same breath as such threats as al Qaeda and the potential of a nuclear armed North Korea. "What is al Qaeda plotting in the tribal areas of Pakistan? What will it take to get Iran off of its dangerous nuclear path? What will be the keys to longterm stability in Afghanistan and in Iraq? Will North Korea give up its weapons program? Can we defend our networks against cyber-attack?" he said. "Our first responsibility is to prevent surprise. "We know that our communications networks are vulnerable to malicious activity and cyber threats. But we don't know what our adversaries are planning and what damage they are capable of inflicting." The 60-day interagency review will include advisors from the National and Homeland Security Councils and will be led by Melissa Hathaway, who served as Cyber Coordination Executive to the Director of National Intelligence under President Bush. In the Obama administration, Hathaway will get a new title albeit an equally obtuse one as Acting Senior Director for Cyberspace for the National Security and Homeland Security Councils. Mr. Obama's appointment of Hathaway fulfills a promise he made on the campaign trail last summer. "We need to prevent terrorists or spies from hacking into our national security networks," he said in a July 16, 2008, speech in Indiana. "We need to build the capacity to identify, isolate and respond to any cyber-attack. And we need to develop new standards for the cyber-security that protects our most important infrastructure from electrical grids to sewage systems; from air traffic control to our markets." The review announced today is aimed at achieving those goals, without trampling privacy rights, according to the announcement. "The national security and economic health of the United States depend on the security, stability, and integrity of our Nation's cyberspace, both in the public and private sectors. The president is confident that we can protect our nation's critical cyber infrastructure while at the same time adhering to the rule of law and safeguarding privacy rights and civil liberties," said Assistant to the President for Counterterrorism and Homeland Security John Brennan (CBS News, 2009).

Title: Senate Legislation Would Federalize Cybersecurity Date: April 1, 2009 Source: Washington Post Abstract: Key lawmakers are pushing to dramatically escalate U.S. defenses against cyberattacks, crafting proposals that would empower the government to set and enforce security standards for private industry for the first time. The proposals, in Senate legislation that could be introduced as early as today, would broaden the focus of the government's cybersecurity efforts to include not only military networks but also private systems that control essentials such as electricity and water distribution. At the same time, the bill would add regulatory teeth to ensure industry compliance with the rules, congressional officials familiar with the plan said yesterday. Addressing what intelligence officials describe as a gaping vulnerability, the legislation also calls for the appointment of a White House cybersecurity "czar" with unprecedented authority to shut down computer networks, including private ones, if a cyberattack is underway, the officials said. How industry groups will respond is unclear. Jim Dempsey, vice president for public policy at the Center for Democracy and Technology, which represents private companies and civil liberties advocates, said that mandatory standards have long been the "third rail of cybersecurity policy." Dempsey said regulation could also stifle creativity by forcing companies to adopt a uniform approach. The legislation, co-sponsored by Senate Commerce Committee Chairman John D. Rockefeller IV (D-W.Va.) and Sen. Olympia J. Snowe (R-Maine), was drafted with White House input. Although the White House indicated it supported some key concepts of the bill, there has been no official endorsement.

396

Many of the proposals were based on recommendations of a landmark study last year by the Center for Strategic and International Studies. Currently, government responsibility for cybersecurity is split: The Pentagon and the National Security Agency safeguard military networks, while the Department of Homeland Security provides assistance to private networks. Previous cybersecurity initiatives have largely concentrated on reducing the vulnerability of government and military computers to hackers. A 60-day federal review of the nation's defenses against computer-based attacks is underway, and the administration has signaled its intention to incorporate private industry into those defenses in an unprecedented way. "People say this is a military or intelligence concern, but it's a lot more than that," Rockefeller, a former intelligence committee chairman, said in an interview. "It suddenly gets into the realm of traffic lights and rail networks and water and electricity." U.S. intelligence officials have warned that a sustained attack on private computer networks could cause widespread social and economic havoc, possibly shutting down or compromising systems used by banks, utilities, transportation companies and others. The Rockefeller-Snowe measure would create the Office of the National Cybersecurity Adviser, whose leader would report directly to the president and would coordinate defense efforts across government agencies. It would require the National Institute of Standards and Technology to establish "measurable and auditable cybersecurity standards" that would apply to private companies as well as the government. It also would require licensing and certification of cybersecurity professionals. The proposal would also mandate an ongoing, quadrennial review of the nation's cyberdefenses. "It's not a problem that will ever be completely solved," Rockefeller said. "You have to keep making higher walls." Last week, Director of National Intelligence Dennis C. Blair told reporters that one agency should oversee cybersecurity for government and for the private sector. He added that the NSA should be central to the effort. "The taxpayers of this country have spent enormous sums developing a world-class capability at the National Security Agency on cyber," he said. Blair acknowledged there will be privacy concerns about centralizing cybersecurity, and he said the program should be designed in a way that gives Americans confidence that it is "not being used to gather private information" (Washington Post, 2009).

Title: Pentagon Bill To Fix Cyber Attacks: $100M Date: April 7, 2009 Source: CBS News Abstract: The Pentagon spent more than $100 million in the last six months responding to and repairing damage from cyber attacks and other computer network problems, military leaders said Tuesday. Air Force Gen. Kevin Chilton, who heads U.S. Strategic Command, said the military is only beginning to track the costs, which are triggered by constant daily attacks against military networks ranging from the Pentagon to bases around the country. "The important thing is that we recognize that we are under assault from the least sophisticated - what I would say the bored teenager - all the way up to the sophisticated nation-state, with some pretty criminal elements sandwiched in-between," said Chilton, adding that the motivations include everything from vandalism to espionage. "This is indeed our big challenge, as we think about how to defend it." According to Army Brig. Gen. John Davis, deputy commander for network operations, the money was spent on manpower, computer technology and contractors hired to clean up after both external probes and internal mistakes. Strategic Command is responsible for protecting and monitoring the military's information grid, as well as coordinating any offensive cyber warfare on behalf of the U.S. Officials would not say how much of the $100 million cost was due to outside attacks against the system, versus viruses and other problems triggered accidentally by Defense Department employees. And they declined to reveal any details about suspected cyber attacks against the Pentagon by other countries, such as China. Speaking to reporters from a cyberspace conference in Omaha, Neb., the military leaders said the U.S. needs to invest more money in the military's computer capabilities, rather than pouring millions into repairs. "You can either pay me now or you can pay me later," said Davis. "It would be nice to spend that money proactively ... rather than fixing things after the fact." Officials said that while there has been a lot of anecdotal evidence on the spending estimate, they only began tracking it last year and are still not sure they are identifying all the costs related to taking computer networks down after a problem is noticed. The Pentagon has acknowledged that its vast computer network is scanned or probed by outsiders millions of times each day. Last year a cyber attack forced the Defense Department to take up to 1,500 computers off line. And last fall the Defense Department banned the use of external computer flash drives because of a virus threat officials detected on the Pentagon networks. The cost updates come as the Obama administration is completing a broad government-wide review of the nation's cybersecurity.

397

In February, the White House announced that it would conduct a review to "ensure that U.S. Government cyber security initiatives are appropriately integrated, resourced and coordinated with Congress and the private sector," according to a release from the White House (CBS News, 2009).

Title: Mapping Cyberspace Date: October 6, 2010 Source: San Diego State University Abstract: A $1.3 million grant from the National Science Foundation will help SDSU researchers create new ways to analyze the spread of information and ideas on the Internet. The multidisciplinary cyber-infrastructure innovation project will map cyberspace by tracking the flow of information and monitoring its movement on the Internet. The spread of ideas in the age of the Internet is a double -edged sword; it can enhance our collective welfare, as well as produce forces that can destabilize the world, said Ming-Hsiang Tsou, associate professor of geography and the projects lead investigator. This project aims at understanding the process by which the impact of co-related events or ideas disperse throughout the world over time and space. The project seeks to map both the geography and the chronology of ideas over cyberspace, as the ripples of information radiate outward from a given event epicenter. By mapping and analyzing such ripples, researchers hope to better understand the role of new media in biasing, accelerating, impeding or otherwise influencing personal, social and political uses of such information. Tracking Terrorist Ideas Online One application of the project will be to track terrorist and extremist ideas on the web to see where the information originates and how it spreads. As an example, the news of an obscure preachers intention to burn the Koran spread l ike wildfire in various media throughout much of the world in general, and in the Islamic world in particular. This singular announcement by a solitary person touched off violent protests that to ok the lives of many and threatened further escalation of tensions and rifts between the West and the Islamic world, said Dipak Gupta, co -investigator on the project and professor of international security and conflict resolution. This episode illustrates the potential of relatively isolated events for destabilizing the world in unforeseen ways and with far-reaching consequences. By identifying the path of information online, researchers hope to learn what makes a place more prone to the spread of any particular idea. In addition to terrorist ideas, the project also seeks to establish ways to map the spread of information on other ongoing topics, such as epidemics and global climate change, and other event-based topics, such as wildfires, earthquakes and hurricanes. Diffusion of Information Understanding information diffusion and acquisitione.g., searching, sendingpatterns in response to such disasters and epidemics may significantly facilitate intervention responses, and eventually, prevention responses, Tsou said. The first phase of the project will deve lop basic language analysis tools creating semantic mapswords, phrases and patterns of language usewhich characterize the seed sites in the spread of ideas. Using these maps to guide web searches will provide a detailed picture of how seed sites are reporting an event. By using this linguistic framework, a sophisticated web search will indicate how these seed sites and their social networks of users are reporting an event and influencing each other. In the second phase of the project, researchers will collect data on the spread of words, phrases and patterns of language use on websites over time and space. By mapping these sites on a world map, visualization will show how the ideas are spreading. In the third phase of the project, statistical analyses will seek to understand the reasons for a particular course along which an idea spreads. In other words, potential factors that cause susceptibility to and immunity from a particular set of ideas will be identified. This proje ct will continue for four years, collecting and analyzing data, and developing a theoretical structure on the spread of ideas. Understanding 'Collective Thinking' This project will help us to better understand the collective thinking of human beings and minimize misunderstandings betw een different groups and people, Tsou said. Mapping Cyberspace to Realspace: Visualizing and Understanding Spatiotemporal Dynamics of Global Diffusion of Ideas and the Semantic Web was funded for four years starting Oct. 1 (San Diego State University, 2010).

Title: Boeing Sees Growth In Cyber Despite Defense Cuts Date: October 25, 2011 Source: Reuters Abstract: Boeing Co (BA.N) opened a new cyber security center on Tuesday, saying it expected high single-digit or low double-digit growth in the sector in coming years despite major cuts in defense spending. Dennis Muilenburg, chief executive of Boeing's Defense Space and Security, said creation of the new facility was part of Boeing's strategy to offset cuts in defense spending that could total as much as $1 trillion over the next decade. Boeing's defense business has continued to invest in core areas such as aviation and satellites, and has already expanded international sales from 7 percent of revenues to around 18 percent, with that proportion due to increase to around 25 to 30 percent, Muilenburg told reporters at the center's opening. In addition, Boeing would also continue to move aggressively into areas such as cyber security, where it expected to generate good revenues from government and commercial customers in coming years, Muilenburg said.

398

He declined to give details on what share of overall Boeing defense revenues came from cyber security, but said the company would continue to evaluate additional acquisitions to add new capabilities to its cyber security portfolio. Boeing also bought several smaller cyber companies, including eXMeritus and Kestrel that brought in tools for data analysis and secure informationsharing capabilities. Narus and SMSi, two other recent acquisitions, added real-time traffic intelligence solutions and analytics capabilities. Muilenburg said Boeing still aimed to balance overall commercial and defense sales, allowing growth in one area to help offset down cycles in the other, but commercial sales looked likely to overtake defense sales in coming years. In past years, he said, defense and commercial sales contributed about 50 percent of revenues, a contrast from five years ago when defense sales outweighed commercial sales by about 60 to 40 percent. Now the pendulum was swinging the other way, with commercial sales buoyed by strong demand. NEW CENTER AIMED AT HELPING BOEING REACH NEW CUSTOMERS Boeing's new "Cyber Engagement Center" is located about 100 yards from the U.S. National Security Agency, the military intelligence agency charged with ensuring the security of government computer networks. The 32,000-square-foot center, staffed by 30 to 40 people, is one of three at which Boeing monitors its own extensive computer network, one of the largest in the world with about 250,000 users and about 1 million nodes. It will also provide secure facilities for Boeing to meet with commercial, government, and international customers to demonstrate its integrated data analysis capabilities and new ways to marry surveillance of physical and cyber security. Boeing is also investing heavily to develop solutions that will allow companies and government workers to use commercially available computing devices such as iPads and smart phones without exposing secure data to possible cyber attacks. Roger Krone, president of Boeing Network and Space Systems, said the cyber center underscored the company's commitment to working with existing and future customers to defend against escalating cyber threats. "This is an hundred year market for us," Krone said. "It's a huge inflection point." Boeing officials said the company amassed extensive experience in cyber security after years of developing, building and defending complex weapons systems, and managing a global network for its commercial airline sales. Other companies in the cyber security sector, including Lockheed Martin Corp (LMT.N) and Britain's BAE Systems (BAES.L), have also set up cyber centers in recent years (Reuters, 2011).

7. CYBER TERROR DRILLS

OBAMACSI.COM: Various agencies within the U.S. government, namely the CIA and the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, have been drilling cyber-terror attacks on a routine basis. The cyber-terror drills range in duration and targets, but ultimately give perspective on what types of cyber-terror related attacks the U.S. government is preparing for. When these drills will go live is unknown, but "authorities have expressed concerns about terrorists combining physical attacks such as bombings with hacker attacks to disrupt rescue efforts, known as hybrid or "swarming" attacks." OBAMACSI.COM: Cyber Terror Drills Name: Silent Horizon Date: May 2005 Agency: CIA

Title: CIA: Take That, Cyberterrorism! Date: May 25, 2005 Source: Wired Abstract: The CIA is conducting a war game this week to simulate an unprecedented, Sept. 11-like electronic assault against the United States. The three-day exercise, known as "Silent Horizon," is meant to test the ability of government and industry to respond to escalating internet disruptions over many months, according to participants. They spoke on condition of anonymity because the CIA asked them not to disclose details of the sensitive exercise taking place in Charlottesville, Virginia, about two hours southwest of Washington.

399

The simulated attacks were carried out five years in the future by a fictional new alliance of anti-American organizations that included anti-globalization hackers. The most serious damage was expected to be inflicted in the closing hours of the war game Thursday. The national security simulation was significant because its premise -- a devastating cyberattack that affects government and parts of the economy on the scale of the 2001 suicide hijackings -- contradicts assurances by U.S. counterterrorism experts that such effects from a cyberattack are highly unlikely. "You hear less and less about the digital Pearl Harbor," said Dennis McGrath, who has helped run three similar exercises for the Institute for Security Technology Studies at Dartmouth College. "What people call cyberterrorism, it's just not at the top of the list." The CIA's little-known Information Operations Center, which evaluates threats to U.S. computer systems from foreign governments, criminal organizations and hackers, was running the war game. About 75 people, mostly from the CIA, along with other current and former U.S. officials, gathered in conference rooms and pretended to react to signs of mock computer attacks. The government remains most concerned about terrorists using explosions, radiation and biological threats. FBI Director Robert Mueller warned earlier this year that terrorists increasingly are recruiting computer scientists but said most hackers "do not have the resources or motivation to attack the U.S. critical information infrastructures." The government's most recent intelligence assessment of future threats through the year 2020 said cyberattacks are expected but terrorists "will continue to primarily employ conventional weapons." Authorities have expressed concerns about terrorists combining physical attacks such as bombings with hacker attacks to disrupt rescue efforts, known as hybrid or "swarming" attacks. "One of the things the intelligence community was accused of was a lack of imagination," said Dorothy Denning of the Naval Postgraduate School, an expert on internet threats who was invited by the CIA to participate but declined. "You want to think about not just what you think may affect you but about scenarios that might seem unlikely." An earlier cyberterrorism exercise called "Livewire" for the Homeland Security Department and other federal agencies concluded there were serious questions over government's role during a cyberattack depending on who was identified as the culprit -- terrorists, a foreign government or bored teenagers. It also questioned whether the U.S. government would be able to detect the early stages of such an attack without significant help from private technology companies (Wired, 2005).

OBAMACSI.CO: Cyber Terror Drills Name: Cyber Storm Date: February 2006 Agency: DHS

Title: DHS Reports On Anarchist Cyberterror Drill Date: September 13, 2006 Source: UPI Abstract: The Department of Homeland Security Wednesday released the results of its first exercise simulating a major cyber-terror attack on the United States. The exercise, staged in February and dubbed "Cyber Storm," simulated an attack by a loose coalition of well-financed anti-globalization and anarchist "hacktivists" from many different countries, says the department's report. The attackers "aimed to make political statements and protest actions by government and industry" by penetrating "trusted cyber systems" like public health and driver licensing databases. "The attackers focused on maximizing economic harm and fomenting general distrust of big business and government by disrupting services and misleading news media and other information outlets," says the report, adding that the scenario "was neither a forecast of any particular threats ... currently existing nor an expression of any specific concerns." Rather, it was designed "to test communications, policies and procedures in response to various (kinds of) cyber attacks and to identify where further planning and process improvements are needed," the department said in a statement. Over 110 state local and federal government agencies and private corporations took part in the exercise, staged at the headquarters of the U.S. Secret Service on a specially established computer network to avoid impacting the real Internet. The biggest weakness the exercise revealed was the limited ability of participants to correlate "multiple incidents across multiple infrastructures and between the public and private sectors," says the report.

400

While the response was "generally effective" in addressing single attacks, and "to some extent" multiple ones, "most incidents were treated as individual and discrete events. Players were challenged when attempting to develop an integrated situational awareness picture and cohesive impact assessment across sectors and attack vectors" (UPI, 2006).

OBAMACSI.CO: Cyber Terror Drills Name: Strong Angel III Date: August 2006 Agency: U.S. Department of Defense, etc.

Title: ESS to Participate In Strong Angel III Integrated Disaster Response Demonstration Date: August 14, 2006 Source: Free Library Abstract: ESS today announced its participation in Strong Angel III, a collaborative demonstration of civil and military cooperation and communication capabilities put together by a partnership of private companies, government agencies, humanitarian and relief agencies and universities. Hosted by San Diego State University and taking place in San Diego August 21-26, Strong Angel III will field test effective means of delivering life-saving humanitarian relief and rapidly deployable communications systems in the wake of major disasters. The core site for Strong Angel III will be the operations center at the San Diego Fire Department Fire Rescue Training Facility site, located at the former Naval Training Center near downtown San Diego. San Diego State University's Visualization Center will be a secondary location. The Strong Angel III demonstration simulates the impact on information sharing in a real-world disaster. The demonstration will assume the context of a worldwide pandemic caused by a highly contagious virus, which is further complicated by a wave of cyber-attacks inflicted by terrorists that cripple critical local infrastructure and systems. Strong Angel III team members will conduct field trials and demonstrations of solutions that address 49 specific humanitarian relief challenges -- both technical and social -- that have not yet been adequately overcome in real disaster relief efforts. "In the wake of major incidents like the 9/11 terrorist attacks, Hurricane Katrina and the tsunami in Southeast Asia, it is more important than ever to have an integrated response when disaster strikes," said Eric Rasmussen, MD, director of Strong Angel III and professor at San Diego State University. "The level of public-and private-sector engagement in Strong Angel III is at a remarkable level, underscoring the significance of the task at hand and the commitment of everyone involved to work together to maximize preparedness and coordination efforts." Some of the demonstrations will include developing solutions for redundant power, adaptive communications, austere network communications, mobile workers, cross-organizational collaboration, mesh networking, satellite services, ephemeral workgroups, geospatial information systems, rapid assessment techniques, shared situational awareness, cyber-security, alerting tools, community informatics, machine-based translation for multi-lingual communication, and social network development. Strong Angel III sponsors include Google, Cisco Systems, CommsFirst, Microsoft, Save the Children, Sprint Nextel, the Naval Postgraduate School, and the U.S. Department of Defense. Strong Angel III is the third in a series of demonstrations that have taken place since 2000. The first two Strong Angel demonstrations were held in 2000 and 2004 in Hawaii associated with the joint Naval exercises called RIMPAC. Strong Angel III will issue a lessons-learned document on its website as soon as possible after conclusion of the demonstration. For more information on Strong Angel III and a listing of participating public- and private-sector organizations, please visit http://www.strongangel3.net/ (Free Library, 2006).

OBAMACSI.CO: Cyber Terror Drills Name: Cyber Storm III Date: September 2010 Agency: DHS

Title: U.S. Launches A Drill To Test International Cybersecurity Date: September 29, 2010 Source: CNN Abstract: It's only a drill and no computers will be harmed in testing now underway to check whether governments, private industry, and other computer infrastructure could handle a major cyberspace attack. The drill, called "Cyberstorm III," is staged as a worldwide event and "is beyond the capability of any one government agency to respond to," said Phillip Reitinger, a deputy undersecretary in the Department of Homeland Security, the sponsoring agency. Security experts spent more than a year developing nearly 2,000 elements that resemble symptoms of a hostile electronic attack, arriving via the internet or through the spread of malicious computer programming. The attempted takedown began Tuesday. By Wednesday, hundreds of these elements, called "injects," had been distributed to information technology players who must respond and mitigate what confronts their systems.

401

In a briefing for reporters, Reitinger explained that a top goal of the exercise is to examine whether those affected by a cyberattack can communicate with each other and coordinate among themselves to minimize damage and perhaps block the spread of an attack. Australia, Canada, Germany, Japan, France and the United Kingdom are among international participants in the exercise, at a time cyberattacks are increasingly launched from outside a targeted country. Visiting a computer world equivalent of a war room, reporters Wednesday were allowed to observe about a hundred security experts as they originated the simulated elements of a cyberattack. "These are the folks behind the curtain, pulling the strings, to actually make the exercise work," said Brett Lambo, the director of the Cyber Exercise Program, part of Homeland Security's National Cyber Security Division. Looking at a flatscreen monitor that nearly covered an entire wall in the room, he pointed to a grid of color-coded boxes with alpha-numeric identifiers. "You can see who it went to, what was the expected player action, and what was the actual player action," he said. Lambo declined to further describe the simulated attack now underway, saying disclosure might spoil some of the game. Participants, as part of the drill, are provided access to replica news outlets, describing impact the public could notice from a cyber-attack, as if one were really underway (CNN, 2010).

OBAMACSI.CO: Cyber Terror Drills Name: Cyber Shockwave Date: February 20-21, 2011 Agency: DHS

Title: CNN Broadcasts Major Cyber War Game Propaganda Date: February 20, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: CNN rolled out a slick propaganda presentation this evening. It is called Cyber Shockwave and it posits a cyber attack on the United States. CNN will air a two-hour production, We Were Warned: Cyber Shockwave, based upon exclusive television access to a national security cyber war game scenario. The simulated event was developed by The Bipartisan Policy Center and will debut Saturday, Feb. 20 and Sunday , Feb. 21 at 8pm, 11pm and 2am ET on CNN. The scenario was created by Fmr. CIA Director, General Michael Hayden (ret.) as well as the co-chairs of the 9/11 Commission, Fmr. Rep. Lee Hamilton (D-IN) and Fmr. Gov. Thomas Kean (R-NJ). The simulation includes the usual government insiders acting as government officials (no acting required they are all former government officials) who have gathered in the situation room to confront a cyber attack shutting down telecommunications and the power grid on the e ast coast. Additional participants who served various roles for the scenario are: Fmr. U.S. Secretary of Homeland Security Michael Chertoff, Fmr. Director of National Intelligence John Negroponte, Fmr. White House Homeland Security Advisor and CNN contributor Fran Townsend, Fmr. Director of Central Intelligence John McLaughlin, Fmr. U.S. Senator Bennett Johnston, Jr. (D-LA), Fmr. National Economic Council Director Stephen Friedman, Fmr. U.S. Deputy Attorney General Jamie Gorelick, Fmr. White House Press Secretary Joe Lockhart, Fmr. National Security Agency General Counsel Stewart Baker, and Gen. Charles Wald, USAF (Ret.), former Deputy Commander of the United States European Command. How should the government deal with the threat? Federalize the National Guard to deal with unruly mobs freaking out over the loss of electricity. Nationalize utility companies so the NSA and the government get electricity. The participants also recommended new powers be granted to the president. Not surprisingly, they declared the president has the authority to take unprecedented action against the states and the private sector under the Constitution. CNN and the participants agreed the slick propaganda presentation is aimed at the American people. Infowars.com will post video of the simulation when it becomes available. Earlier in the week, a new computer virus infected almost 75,000 computers worldwide including 10 U.S. government agencies collecting login credentials from online financial, social networking sites and email systems and reporting back to hackers, according to the New York Daily News. The FBI, Department of State and Department of Homeland Security were notified. The attacks are attributed to criminal hackers. On February 4, the House overwhelmingly passed The Cybersecurity Enhancement Act (H.R. 4061), a bill that requires the Obama administration to conduct an agency-by-agency assessment of cybersecurity workforce skills and establishes a scholarship program for undergraduate and graduate students who agree to work as cybersecurity specialists for the government after graduation, according to The New York Times. The bill represents yet another intrusion into the private sector by the Obama administration and Congress. Rep. Michael McCaul, a Texas Democrat, says he is optimistic about the bills chances in the Senate. When youre talking abo ut science and technology and national security, said McCaul, those are elements we should all be able to work together (on); Democrat, Republican, and thats what we saw on the House floor, McCaul told Homeland Seucirity Newswire (Infowars, 2011).

402

8. CYBER TERROR WARNINGS

OBAMACSI.COM: After a number of well publicized but non-deadly cyber attacks, the U.S. government has begun warning the American public that the internet will be used by terrorists in future cyber-terror attacks. The problem with this scenario is that digital acts of terror can be committed by anyone with a computer. Unfortunately, this automatically makes anyone with a computer a suspect and allows the government, should the decided to initiate the cyber-terror attack, an impenetrable veil of secrecy to hide behind. The act of cyber-terror would likely be committed by an anonymous person or a fictitious group of hackers/terrorists making it virtually impossible for citizens to verify the government evidence or claims in the case. Isolating the true origin of the act of cyber-terror would be almost impossible which would give the government the ability to terrorize the public without the possibility of being held legally accountable. Title: 'Dark Web' Project Takes On Cyber-Terrorism Date: October 12, 2007 Source: Fox News Abstract: In recent years, the anonymous nature of the Web has turned it into a boomtown for all sorts of radicalized hate. "Since the events of 9/11, terrorist presence online has multiplied tenfold," says Hsinchun Chen, director of the University of Arizona's Artificial Intelligence Lab. "Around the year 2000, there were 70 to 80 core terrorist sites online; now there are at least 7000 to 8000." Those sites are doing everything from spreading militant propaganda to offering insurgency advice to plotting the next wave of attacks, making the net, as Chen also points out: "arguably the most powerful tool for spreading extremist violence around the world." But thanks to Chen, that tide may be turning. He's the architect behind the newest weapon in the war on terror a giant, searchable database on extremists known as Dark Web. Using a bevy of advanced technologies, Dark Web is an attempt to uncover, cross-reference, catalogue and analyze all online terrorist-generated content. This is a vast amount of material, posted in dozens of languages and often hidden behind the blandest of portals. The more radical of these forums can host as many as 20,000 members and half a million postings, making the Web an increasing nightmare for the intelligence community, but a perfect prowling ground for a data-mining expert like Chen. In fact, Dark Web is Chen's second foray into online crime-fighting. The first began in 1997, when he already an expert at tracking social change online (crime and terrorisms being extreme examples of social change) teamed up with the Tucson Police Department and the National Science Foundation (NSF) to help develop Coplink, a way for law enforcement forces around the country to link files and consolidate data. It was Coplink that helped build the case against the Washington, D.C., Beltway snipers, John Muhammad and Lee Boyd Malvo. Because of this and other successes, in early 2002 the NSF asked Chen to try to build a similar system against terrorism. He began with a modified version of Web-spidering. Typically, Web spiders are keyword-based followers of the hyperlinks between Web pages. This is essentially how search engines like Google and Yahoo do their work. Unfortunately, a study done by the NEC Research Institute, the research arm of Japan's consumer-electronics giant NEC Corporation, found that existing engines cannot keep up with the Web's growth rate. Each one can only mine 16 percent of the available material. The recent arrival of meta-search engines, capable of triangulating between several engines at once with a much higher success rate, solved this problem, but unearthed another. "Information analysis was our goal," says Chen, "and information overload was the biggest hurdle." To clear this hurdle, Dark Web relies on all sorts of analytical tools. It utilizes existing technologies such as statistical analysis, cluster analysis, content analysis and link analysis, as well as brand new technologies like sentiment analysis, which is capable of scanning documents for emotionally charged keywords such as "that sucks." This form of analysis has proven effective in gauging the success of new consumer products. But instead of judging the fate of the latest movie, Chen uses sentiment analysis to look for emotions like rage and hate in an attempt to tease apart the social activists from the suicide bombers. That's merely the beginning. Dark Web also employs social-network analysis to map extremist networks, determining the importance of each member and establishing the organizations' hierarchies. To do this, Chen uses centrality and structural-equivalence measures to examine social-network components, such as the prestige allotted to any given poster by other members and the "closeness" a given poster's access to information on the network coupled with his independence from others among subjects in an attempt to further separate an organization's leaders from its outliers.

403

Researchers then explore things such as cohesiveness and group density using a form of pattern analysis called blockmodeling to help determine the stability of any given organization and, perhaps more importantly, the nodes most vulnerable to attack. These methods were already in use before Dark Web. Chen and his cohorts also developed a few novel ideas of their own, including a technique called Writeprint which examines structural and semiotic content from anonymous postings in an attempt to determine authorship. "The Web is a gargantuan series of diffused networks," says NSF spokesman Dana Cruikshank. "Dark Web finds the patterns that make it much less decentralized." Chen says that if Dark Web had been online before the Iraq war, it could have determined whether the purported links between Al Qaeda and Saddam Hussein were fact or fiction. Moreover, the database also offers a terrorism knowledge portal, essentially a search engine for extremism, and a terrorism expert finder, a database of the world's best anti-terrorism minds two things that have been sorely missing in the war against extremism. Despite all of this tantalizing potential, not everyone is convinced Dark Web is actually a tool for freedom. Marc Rotenberg, executive director of the Electronic Privacy Information Center, an online civil-liberties group, says "the very same tools that can be used to track terrorists can also be used to track political opponents." To make sure that doesn't happen, Rotenberg maintains that Dark Web must be used within the confines of our existing privacy laws an idea that may be better in theory than in practice. Though Chen strenuously denies it, there are a number of similarities between Dark Web and the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency's controversial Total Information Awareness (TIA) initiative, for which funding was cut off by Congress in 2003 over civil-liberties concerns. "Just because someone posts something we don't like on the Internet, doesn't mean they also suspend their First Amendment rights," says Mike German, the ACLU's policy counsel on national security, immigration and privacy. "Things like authorship analysis are particularly tricky. How could you know that someone was really intent on violence before that act of violence was committed?" German, who spent years on the domestic-terrorism beat for the FBI before coming to work for the ACLU, feels that Dark Web is a great waste of critical resources. "I know this from my time spent undercover, infiltrating exactly these kinds of organizations: Every terrorist training manual makes it clear that a huge separation should be kept between the bomb-makers and the propagandists. Between the action wing and the political wing. This means, by design, Dark Web is chasing the wrong people." Chen disagrees. "By design, we really only look into the contents of the propagandists of the jihadist movement," he says. "I think this is the bigger danger the ability of the Web to attract and 'infect' young disgruntled men in the world. "We do not get into the actual operational wings of their groups, as most of the secret operational communications are encrypted and moved off-line," Chen explains. "Tracking those secret member communications is the domain of NSA, not us." Civil-liberties concerns may continue to dog the technological front of the war on terror, but Dark Web is already producing results. A recent study by Chen's group of training manuals and methods to build and use improvised explosive devices posted online including where in the world such manuals have been downloaded has led to countermeasures that are currently keeping soldiers and civilians alike safer. Which is, after all, the point (Fox News, 2007).

Title: Al-Qaida, Cyberattacks Top U.S. Threat List Date: February 10, 2010 Source: NPR Abstract: The nation's top intelligence official told Congress on Tuesday that the U.S. government is making significant progress against al-Qaida's terrorist network, despite several recent high-profile plots, while separately he issued a sharp new warning on an alarming rise in cyberattacks. Dennis Blair, the director of national intelligence, opened his annual threat assessment by calling recent computer attacks against Google's operations in China "a wake-up call." Computer attacks by nation-states, terrorist networks and criminals against government and private computers are happening "on an unprecedented scale with extraordinary sophistication," he said.

404

The online threat has moved well beyond simple criminal acts. Instead, it appears to potentially threaten the heart of the strategic advantage long held by the U.S. military and U.S. spy agencies. "We cannot be certain that our cyberspace infrastructure will remain available and reliable during a time of crisis," Blair warned. Emphasis On Al-Qaida But in his testimony before the Senate Intelligence Committee, Blair quickly turned to al-Qaida, which he warned still has the capability to "recruit, train and deploy operatives" for terrorist plots inside the United States. "Counterterrorism efforts against al-Qaida have put the organization in one of its most difficult positions since the early days of Operation Enduring Freedom in late 2001," Blair said in his prepared statement. "However, while these efforts have slowed the pace of anti-U.S. planning and hindered progress on new external operations, they have not been sufficient to stop them." Blair's delicate balancing act reflects the difficulty of putting into context the recent series of terrorist plots including the failed Christmas Day attack on a U.S. airliner, the arrest of a man in Denver for an alleged New York terrorism plot and the Fort Hood massacre in Texas which have cast some doubt on spy agencies' assessments of al-Qaida. 'Many Unanswered Questions' "It is natural that we ask ourselves whether these events are evidence of an increase in the threat, a change in the nature of the threat, or both," Blair said, adding that "we have many unanswered questions." Those unanswered questions, according to Blair, still include the exact targets of the plot allegedly involving Najibullah Zazi, the Denver man accused of training with al-Qaida militants in Pakistan, as well as what other plots may be associated with the Yemeni affiliate of al-Qaida that helped a Nigerian student named Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab allegedly plan the failed Christmas Day bombing of a Detroit-bound trans-Atlantic airliner. CIA Director Leon Panetta said that while he remains worried about al-Qaida staging another attack inside the United States, he does not necessarily believe it will be another Sept. 11-style attack. "The greater threat is that al-Qaida is adapting their methods in ways that oftentimes make it difficult to detect," Panetta said. Indeed, the al-Qaida threat is clearly more diffuse than it was a number of years ago. Blair said that while Zazi was associated with core al-Qaida leaders, Abdulmutallab was tied to an al-Qaida affiliate, and the alleged Fort Hood shooter, Maj. Nidal Hasan, was a homegrown extremist. This splintering has made it much more difficult for spy agencies to track the various kinds of militants that could pose a threat. Importance Of Bin Laden Still, Blair made it clear that al-Qaida's leaders remain a key factor in the group's strength. U.S. officials have usually tried in recent years to avoid talking too much about Osama bin Laden, the al-Qaida leader who remains at large, but Blair was unusually frank about his importance. "We assess that at least until Osama Bin Laden and Ayman al-Zawahiri are dead or captured, al-Qaida will retain its resolute intent to strike the homeland," Blair said. It was Blair's comments about the growing cyberthreat, however, that were some of the most surprising conclusions in the threat assessment. His description of just how common these attacks have become suggests that combating these online intrusions has become an important and daily part of the intelligence community's operations. "Sensitive information is stolen daily from both government and private-sector networks, undermining confidence in our information systems, and in the very information these systems were intended to convey," Blair warned. "We often find persistent, unauthorized, and at times unattributable presences on exploited networks, the hallmark of an unknown adversary intending to do far more than merely demonstrate skill or mock a vulnerability," he said. Online attacks are particularly difficult to fight because officials often struggle to identify their origin. Blair's assessment of the cyberthreat was perhaps most notable for not naming a single country or entity, even though China and Russia are widely believed to be sponsoring or at least encouraging a growing range of cyberattacks. In a new report obtained by NPR, the Department of Homeland Security identifies cyber attacks as "one of the homeland security community's most important missions."

405

"Sophisticated cyber criminals and nation-states, among others, are among the actors in cyberspace who now pose great cost and risk both to our economy and national security," the department says in its first-ever quadrennial strategic review. "They exploit vulnerabilities in cyberspace to steal money and information, and to destroy, disrupt, or threaten the delivery of critical services." The Homeland Security report also acknowledges that countering cyber threats could pose some tough dilemmas. "Innovation in technology, practice, and policy must further protect not erode privacy and civil liberties," the report says (NPR, 2010).

Title: FBI Director Warns Of 'Rapidly Expanding' Cyberterrorism Threat Date: March 4, 2010 Source: Washington Post Abstract: FBI Director Robert S. Mueller III warned Thursday that the cyberterrorism threat is "real and . . . rapidly expanding." Terrorists have shown "a clear interest" in pursuing hacking skills, he told thousands of security professionals at the RSA Conference in San Francisco. "They will either train their own recruits or hire outsiders, with an eye toward combining physical attacks with cyberattacks," he said. "Al-Qaeda's online presence has become as potent as its physical presence" over the last decade, he said. Osama bin Laden long ago identified cyberspace as "a means to damage both our economy and our psyche -- and countless extremists have taken this to heart," he said. Terror groups are using the Internet to recruit, radicalize and incite terrorism, he said. They are posting videos on how to build backpack bombs and bioweapons. "They are using social networking to link terrorist plotters and plans," he said. Mueller also used his remarks to stress that the cyber threat cannot be fought by government alone. He urged companies to come forward and tell authorities when their computer systems have been hacked. "Maintaining a silence will not benefit your or your company in the long run," he said (Washington Post, 2010).

Title: Study: U.S. Must Bolster Security Against Cyberattacks Date: September 12, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A new study warns that the U.S. must develop cyber intelligence as a new and better coordinated government discipline that can predict computer-related threats and deter them. The report by the Intelligence and National Security Alliance says the dramatic expansion of sophisticated cyber-attacks has moved beyond acceptable losses for government and businesses that simply threaten finances or intellectual property. "The impact has increased in magnitude, and the potential for catastrophic collapse of a company has grown," said the report, which is slated to be released later this month. It adds that it is not clear that the business community understands or accepts that. The report comes amid growing worries the U.S. is not prepared for a major cyberattack, even as hackers, criminals and nation states continue to probe and infiltrate government and critical business networks millions of times a day. INSA, a non-partisan national security organization, says the U.S. must develop strategies beyond the current "patch and pray" procedures, create cyber intelligence policies, coordinate and share intelligence better among government agencies and businesses, and increase research on attack attribution and warnings. And it says the U.S. must develop effective cyber intelligence so officials can assess and mitigate the risks. Many of the report's observations echo sentiments expressed by Pentagon and Department of Homeland Security officials who have been struggling to improve information sharing between the government and key businesses. But efforts to craft needed cybersecurity legislation have stalled on Capitol Hill. INSA's report also lays out the growing threats from other nations including those who are friendly, corrupt or just unable to control hackers within their borders. While it doesn't name the countries, it notes that failed states provide opportunities for hackers, as they do for criminals and terrorists, while other nations tolerate the criminals as long as they concentrate their activities beyond their borders. U.S. officials have long pointed to Russia and China, as well as a number of Eastern European nations, as some of the leading safe havens for cybercriminals, or government-sponsored or tolerated hacking.

406

At the same time, the report warns that the U.S. has also outsourced much of the design and maintenance of computer technology to other countries where potential adversaries can easily insert themselves into the supply chain. "The present situation is as dangerous as if the United States decided to outsource the design of bridges, electrical grids, and other physical infrastructure to the Soviet Union during the Cold War," said INSA, which is headed by Frances Townsend, who was homeland security adviser in the Bush administration. Much like the criticism of the overall intelligence community in the aftermath of the Sept. 11 attacks, the INSA report says that cyber intelligence needs better coordination among government agencies, as well as with the private sector (Fox News, 2011).

Title: Cyber Attack Could Be Next Pearl Harbor Date: April 20, 2010 Source: Sacramento Press Abstract: Central Intelligence Agency director Leon Panetta told 300 Sacramento Metro Chamber Cap-to-Cap delegates that the next Pearl Harbor is likely to be an attack on the United States power, financial, military and other Internet systems. Panetta addressed the Sac ramento delegation that includes 43 elected officials and hundreds of business and civic leaders who are in Washington D.C. for the annual program that advocates for the regions most pressing policy issues. He spoke on Monday, April 19, during the Cap -to-Cap opening breakfast. Cyber terrorism is a new area of concern for the CIA, Panetta said. The United States faces thousands of cyber attacks daily on its Internet networks. The attacks are originating in Russia, China, Iran and from even hackers. The next Pearl Harbor is likel y to be a cyber attacking going after our gridand that can literally cripple this country, Panetta said. This is a whole new area of threat. But cyber terrorism is just one of four primary missions for Panetta, who took over directing the CIA last year after appointment by President Obama. The CIA is also focusing on counter-terrorism, reducing the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and fighting narcotics trafficking. Al Qaeda is becoming a viscous target, and as CIA and military operations tamp it down in Pakistan, Afghanistan and Iraq, the terrorist elements are moving to places like Somalia, Yemen and North Africaas well changing its tactics, he said. The presidents directionis we must dismantle and destroy Al Qaeda and its known elements, he said. Its a fundamental mission.The primary effort takes place in Pakistan and tribal areas. We are now focused on Afghanistan and have increased our presence there. Meanwhile, CIA is working to help Iraqis fight Al Qaeda. Even as our military draws down in Iraq, well keep our presence thereto provide intelligence to the Iraqis so they can secure their own country. Worrisome, he added, is how Al Qaeda is coming at us in other ways. These include using individuals who have clean records and are not being tracked; individuals who are already in the U.S.A. and in contact with Al Qaeda; and individuals who decided to self-radicalize and are easily and quickly recruited as terrorists. Previously, Panetta served as a congressional representative from the Monterey area, rising to the House Budget committee chair, and then latter as President Clintons Director of t he Office of Management and Budget. Ive spent most of my life on budget issues, he said, noting the work we did eventually prod uced a balanced budget for the country. When hes asked why he took on the job at the CIA, he told the group, Because considering the size of the federal deficit, Id rather fight Al Qaeda (Sacramento Press, 2010).

Title: US Needs Plan For Online Terrorism Recruiting, Expert Says Date: May 26, 2010 Source: PC World Abstract: The U.S. government lacks a plan to counter terrorist recruiting efforts online, even though such efforts by jihad groups are growing, one terrorism expert told U.S. lawmakers. The U.S. government doesn't make an effort to engage with people who may be open to terrorist recruiting efforts and dissuade them from joining, Bruce Hoffman, a professor in the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University, told lawmakers Wednesday. The U.K. government has a program that works with local communities to identify possible targets for terrorism recruiting, said Hoffman, a former scholar in residence at the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency. "Very clearly, our adversaries have a communications strategy," Hoffman told a subcommittee of the House of Representatives Homeland Security Committee. "Lamentably, we don't." Instead of on-the-ground programs working with potential targets of terrorism recruiting, U.S. agencies have, in some cases, tried to control terrorism communications on the Internet, Hoffman said. "We shouldn't be censoring the Internet," he said. "I think the problem is we default toward these very intrusive approaches." While most witnesses at the hearing agreed that the U.S. government shouldn't be censoring Web sites linked to terrorism, John Philip Mudd , a senior research fellow at the Counterterrorism Strategy Initiative at the New America Foundation, suggested that taking down terrorism recruiting Web sites may be helpful. Internet service providers should have protection from lawsuits if they take down terrorism-related Web sites, said Mudd, a former counterterrorism official with the CIA and the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation. "We're not going to stop Internet recruitment and radicalization," he said. "We can work on it, we can chip away at it, but it's not going to stop." Members of the subcommittee decried the ability of terrorists to recruit followers online, but several lawmakers also said they want to be careful that the U.S. government doesn't trample on free speech rights when it tries to counter terrorism recruiting activity online. There's an active debate in the U.S. security community about whether law enforcement agencies should attempt to take down Web sites recruiting terrorists, but by taking down sites, investigators could lose valuable information, said Representative Michael McCaul , a Texas Republican. Mudd seemed to disagree. Keeping terrorism Web sites online may give investigators short-term gains, he said. "But in general, I'd say, make sure they can't spread the ideology, because that's spreading the revolution," he said. The U.S. government has, at times, been too heavy-handed in its antiterrorism efforts, but there's also a proliferation of terrorism recruiting materials online, McCaul said. More than 5,000 Jihadist Web sites and discussion forums are online, he said. "I

407

don't think anyone here disputes that the terrorists are successfully using the Internet to help spread their message," he said. "Terrorists once had to travel to terror camps in Pakistan to receive indoctrination and training. Now, aspiring terrorists only need to open their laptop and connect to the Internet." Representatives of the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and the Center for Democracy and Technology said that U.S. courts have established clear rules for when it's appropriate for government law enforcement agents to take away free speech rights. A 1969 Supreme Court case established that subversive speech was protected by the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution unless it incited "imminent lawless action," said Anthony Romero , the ACLU's executive director. In many cases, terrorism Web sites don't rise to that level, Romero suggested. While several lawmakers expressed concerns about terrorism recruiting online, Brian Jenkins , a senior advisor at research and analysis firm The RAND Corp., suggested that terrorism recruiting efforts in the U.S. since the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks have been limited. RAND found that only about 125 people in the U.S. were recruited to terrorism groups between Sept. 11, 2001, and 2009, he said. "There are veins of extremism, there are handfuls of hotheads, but no apparent deep reservoir from which Al-Qaeda can recruit," he said. Terrorists have gotten to the implementation stage in only three plots, including a failed car bombing in New York City May 1, in the U.S. since Sept. 11, Jenkins said. An online recruitment campaign is "producing very few active terrorists," Jenkins added. "The number of English language Web sites vastly exceeds the number of terrorists it has produced. As a market ing effort, it would be judged a failure (PC World, 2010).

Title: 10 Years After 9/11, Cyberattacks Pose National Threat, Committee Says Date: September 7, 2011 Source: Computerworld Abstract: Ten years after the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, the nation faces a critical threat to its security from cyberattacks, a new report by a bipartisan think tank warns. The report, released last week by the Bipartisan Policy Center's National Security Preparedness Group (NSPG), offers a broad assessment of the progress that the public sector has made in implementing the security recommendations of the 9/11 Commission. The comments about cybersecurity are part of broader discussion on nine security recommendations that have yet to be implemented. The report, the foreword to which is signed by Lee Hamilton, a former Democratic representative from Indiana, and Thomas Kean, former governor of New Jersey, notes that catastrophic cyberattacks against U.S. critical infrastructure targets are not a mere theoretical threat. "This is not science fiction," the NSPG said in its report. "It is possible to take down cyber systems and trigger cascading disruptions and damage. Defending the U.S. against such attacks must be an urgent priority." The report highlights concerns expressed by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and the U.S. intelligence community about terrorists using cyberspace to attack the country without physically crossing its borders. "Successive [intelligence chiefs] have warned that the cyber threat to critical infrastructure systems -- to electrical, financial, water, energy, food supply, military, and telecommunications networks -- is grave." The report makes note of a briefing in which DHS officials described a "nightmare scenario" of terrorists hacking into the U.S. electric grid and shutting down power across large sections of the country for several weeks. "As the current crisis in Japan demonstrates, disruption of power grids and basic infrastructure can have devastating effects on society," the report noted. The committee's report is sure to reinforce perceptions among many within the security industry that critical infrastructure targets remain woefully underprepared for dealing with cyberattacks. Over the past few years, there have been numerous attacks targeting government and military networks. Most of the attacks are believed to be the work of highly organized, well-funded, state-sponsored groups. Despite the attacks, some believe that those within government are not taking the threat seriously enough. Just a few weeks ago, for instance, Cofer Black, former director of the CIA's Counterterrorism Center during the Bush administration, warned about cyberthreats not being taken seriously enough. Though many security experts agree that future conflicts will likely be fought in cyberspace, military and government officials have shown a hesitancy to act until they see a validation of the threats, Black said during a keynote address at the Black Hat conference in August. It was the same sort of skepticism that many government officials had showed toward the alarms sounded prior to the Sept. 11, 2001, Black had noted. The Bipartisan Policy Center (BPC) is a Washington-based think tank that was established in 2007 by former Senate Majority leaders Howard Baker, Tom Daschle, Bob Dole and George Mitchell. The NSPG is a group that was established by the BPC to monitor the implementation of the 9/11 Commission's recommendations for bolstering national security in the aftermath of the terrorists attacks. Last week's report offers an assessment of the progress that the government has made in implementing the commission's recommendations. According to the NSPG, the government has made significant progress in addressing many of the 9/11 Commission's 41 recommendations. However, several crucial ones remain very much a work in progress, the report noted.

408

One area where little progress has been made has to do with the recommendation to increase the availability of radio spectrum for public safety purposes, the report noted. "Incompatible and inadequate communications led to needless loss of life" on 9/11, the BPC said in its report. But plans to address the problem by setting aside more radio spectrum for first responders have "languished" because of a political fight over whether to allocate 10MHz of radio spectrum to first responders or to a commercial wireless bidder. Another area where progress has been limited has been on the civil rights and privacy fronts, the report noted. Surveillance activities and the use of tools such as National Security Letters to search for terrorists has greatly expanded since the 9/11 attacks. But a recommendation for setting up a Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board with the executive branch of the federal government has yet to be fully implemented. "If we were issuing grades, the implementation of this recommendation would receive a failing mark," the NSPG said (Computerworld, 2011).

Title: Pentagon To Help Defend Cyber Networks Date: September 26, 2011 Source: Fox News

Abstract: As hackers and hostile nations launch increasingly sophisticated cyberattacks against U.S. defense contractors, the Pentagon is extending a pilot program to help protect its prime suppliers. That program could serve as a possible model for other government agencies. It is being evaluated by the Department of Homeland Security, as part of a potential effort to extend similar protections to power plants, the electric grid and other critical infrastructure. Efforts to better harden the networks of defense contractors come as Pentagon analysts investigate a growing number of cases involving the mishandling or removal of classified data from military and corporate systems. Intrusions into defense networks are now close to 30 percent of the Pentagon's Cyber Crime Center's workload, according to senior defense officials. And they say it continues to increase. The Pentagon's pilot program represents a key breakthrough in the Obama administration's push to make critical networks more secure by sharing intelligence with the private sector and helping companies better protect their systems. In many cases, particularly for defense contractors, the corporate systems carry data tied to sensitive U.S. government programs and weapons. So far, the trial program involves at least 20 defense firms. It will be extended through mid-November, amid ongoing discussions about how to expand it to more companies and subcontractors. "The results this far are very promising," said William Lynn, the deputy secretary of defense who launched the program in May. "I do think it offers the potential opportunity to add a layer of protection to the most critical sectors of our infrastructure." Lynn, who has just left office, said the government should "move as expeditiously" as it can to expand the protections to other vital sectors. A senior DHS official said no decisions have been made, but any effort to extend the program -- including to critical infrastructure -- faces a number of challenges. The official, who spoke on condition of anonymity because the program review is ongoing, said it would be helpful if Congress would pass legislation that explicitly says DHS is responsible for helping private sector companies protect themselves against cyberattack. Also, the legislation should say that companies can be protected from certain privacy and other laws in order to share information with the government for cybersecurity purposes, the official said. Senior U.S. leaders have been blunt about the escalating dangers of a cyberattack, and have struggled to improve the security of federal networks while also encouraging the public and corporate America to do the same. "Cyber actually can bring us to our knees," said Adm. Mike Mullen, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, adding that at some point the Pentagon may need to develop some type of governing structure similar to how the U.S. and allies monitor and limit nuclear weapons. Data compiled by the Defense Cyber Crime Center shows that the number of investigations handled by analysts there has more than tripled over the past 10 years. And a growing number of them involve defense contractors -- including those participating in the pilot program. Housed near Fort Meade, Maryland, the so-called DC3 employs about 100 digital examiners who sift through millions of bytes of data in the digital forensics lab. Stacks of hard drives line the shelves, and clear plastic evidence bags are filled with a vast expanse of computer technology -- from cell phones and tiny flash drives to IPads, Wii consoles and Nintendo games. The analysts dissect intrusions, malware and other attacks that have breached or tried to burrow into the defense contractors' computer systems. And while those investigations are just a small fraction of the lab's work, the number has grown steadily over the past three years.

409

The caseload includes about 100 in the past year that involve the defense industrial base. Much of the center's work is for criminal cases for the military's investigative branches -- including the Army and Navy criminal investigative services and the Air Force Office of Special Investigations. Cybersecurity expert James Lewis said there will be some tough hurdles in any effort to expand the pilot program to more military contractors or through DHS to other critical infrastructure companies. But he said it can be done. The Pentagon has multi-million dollar contracts with companies, making it easier to build on those relationships and, if needed, link cyber threat cooperation to future contracts, said Lewis, who is with the Center for Strategic and International Studies. DHS, however, doesn't have that type of contracting relationship with electric companies, power generation plants, financial firms or other critical corporations that run vital infrastructure. And the agency would probably need additional Congressional authorities to set up a program similar to the DOD pilot. "If they move smartly, it could be done in two years. This is not an insolvable problem," said Lewis. "DHS needs more authorities to oversee the process. And they have to work through antitrust, information sharing and privacy issues." The senior DHS official said that just keeping up with the ever-changing cyberthreats is a challenge, making it more difficult to determine the appropriate roles for the government, the companies and the internet service providers. Both DHS and defense officials acknowledge that funding is another factor that must be worked out. As yet, they said, they don't know what the exact costs would be and how they would be allocated between the government and the private sector (Fox News, 2011).

9. CYBER TERROR ATTACKS

OBAMACSI.COM: Shortly after the well-funded cyber security buildup, cyber attacks started occurring on a regular basis. These cyber attacks are well publicized and are occurring at a very rapid pace. Like real life terrorism, groups such as "Anonymous" appear to be funded arms of the CIA or other governmental agencies. These groups commit cyber attacks to give the illusion that more and more cyber security is needed. Title: Biggest Series Of Cyber-Attacks In History Uncovered Date: August 3, 2011 Source: Guardian Abstract: Security experts have discovered the biggest series of cyber attacks to date, involving the infiltration of the networks of 72 organisations including the United Nations, governments and companies around the world. The security company McAfee, which uncovered the intrusions, said it believed there was one "state actor" behind the attacks but declined to name it. One security expert who has been briefed on the hacking said the evidence pointed to China. The long list of victims in the five-year campaign includes the governments of the US, Taiwan, India, South Korea, Vietnam and Canada; the Association of South-east Asian Nations ; the International Olympic Committee (IOC); the World Anti-Doping Agency; and an array of companies from defence contractors to high-tech enterprises. In the case of the UN the hackers broke into the computer system of the secretariat in Geneva in 2008, hid there unnoticed for nearly two years and quietly combed through reams of secret data, according to McAfee. "Even we were surprised by the enormous diversity of the victim organisations and were taken aback by the audacity of the perpetrators," McAfee's vicepresident of threat research, Dmitri Alperovitch, wrote in a 14-page report released on Wednesday. "What is happening to all this data ... is still largely an open question. However, if even a fraction of it is used to build better competing products or beat a competitor at a key negotiation (due to having stolen the other team's playbook), the loss represents a massive economic threat." McAfee learned of the extent of the hacking campaign in March this year when its researchers discovered logs of the attacks while reviewing the contents of a "command and control" server that they had discovered in 2009 as part of an investigation into security breaches at defence companies. Alperovitch said McAfee had notified all the 72 victims of the attacks, which are under investigation by law enforcement agencies around the world. He declined to give more details, such as the names of the companies hacked. Jim Lewis, a cyber expert with the Centre for Strategic and International Studies, was briefed on the discovery by McAfee. He said it was very likely that China was behind the campaign because some of the targets had information that would be of particular interest to Beijing. The systems of the IOC and several national Olympic committees were breached in the run-up to the 2008 Beijing Games, for example. And China views Taiwan as a renegade province political issues between them remain contentious even as economic ties have strengthened in recent years.

410

"Everything points to China. It could be the Russians but there is more that points to China than Russia," Lewis said. He added that the US and Britain were capable of pulling off this kind of campaign but "we wouldn't spy on ourselves and the Brits wouldn't spy on us" (Guardian, 2011).

Title: Cyberattacks On Company Websites Intensify Date: January 5, 2011 Source: USA Today Abstract: It will be much harder this year for companies to deflect the rising onslaught of cyberattacks orchestrated to knock them off the Internet. Hundreds of times each day, attackers use a technique called distributed denial of service, or DDoS, that involves coordinating home PCs to flood targeted websites with nuisance requests to the point where no one else can access the site. Most DDoS attacks get blocked or filtered. But the volume and sophistication of such attacks accelerated in 2010, a trend that looks to intensify in 2011. "The good guys are slightly ahead," says Craig Labovitz, chief scientist at network security firm Arbor Networks. "But it's not clear this equilibrium will continue." One major driver: More home PCs than ever have broadband connections capable of sending large streams of data to commercial websites. That's made it easier for protest groups to rally like-minded cohorts to join in attacks. In September, protesters used their home PCs to bombard the Motion Picture Association of America's website, knocking it offline for 20 hours. The motive: payback for MPAA's alleged efforts to shut down PirateBay.org, a popular site for downloading pirated music and movies. Home PCs were behind the December attacks that disrupted the websites of PayPal, Visa, MasterCard and PostFinance, a Swiss bank. Protesters sought to punish them for cutting off services to the WikiLeaks whistle-blower site. While such outages are temporary, "brand damage" can be lasting, says Danny McPherson, head of research at Internet infrastructure firm VeriSign. "Losing customer trust can translate into lost revenue," he says. No industry estimates of such losses are available. Another big driver: DDoS attacks that stem from cybergangs controlling networks of infected home PCs, called botnets, are becoming more elaborate. "As it stands today, any Web service can be taken down at any time," says Gunter Ollmann, head of research at network security firm Damballa. In November, Akamai Technologies, which helps big websites deliver content, blocked an intricately designed attack against five major Internet retailers, says spokesman Michael Cucchi, who declined to name the retailers. The attacks began the day after Cyber Monday, the start of the online Christmas shopping season. Thousands of infected home PCs in four nations were instructed to bombard the retailers' websites with 10,000 times their normal daily traffic. The retailers might have lost up to $15 million, Cucchi says. It is unknown whether the attackers intended to extort payments in return for halting the attacks, he says. Even so, the episode revealed a "sophisticated and motivated attacker," says Ted Julian, cybersecurity analyst at research firm Yankee Group (USA Today, 2011).

Title: Pentagon To Consider Cyberattacks Acts Of War Date: May 31, 2011 Source: New York Times Abstract: The Pentagon, trying to create a formal strategy to deter cyberattacks on the United States, plans to issue a new strategy soon declaring that a computer attack from a foreign nation can be considered an act of war that may result in a military response. Several administration officials, in comments over the past two years, have suggested publicly that any American president could consider a variety of responses economic sanctions, retaliatory cyberattacks or a military strike if critical American computer systems were ever attacked. The new military strategy, which emerged from several years of debate modeled on the 1950s effort in Washington to come up with a plan for deterring nuclear attacks, makes explicit that a cyberattack could be considered equivalent to a more traditional act of war. The Pentagon is declaring that any computer attack that threatens widespread civilian casualties for example, by cutting off power supplies or bringing down hospitals and emergencyresponder networks could be treated as an act of aggression. In response to questions about the policy, first reported Tuesday in The Wall Street Journal, administration and military officials acknowledged that the new strategy was so deliberately ambiguous that it was not clear how much deterrent effect it might have. One administration official desc ribed it as an element of a strategy, and added, It will only work if we have many more credible elements.

411

The policy also says nothing about how the United States might respond to a cyberattack from a terrorist group or other nonstate actor. Nor does it establish a threshold for what level of cyberattack merits a military response, according to a military official. In May 2009, four months after President Obama took office, the head of the United States Strategic Command, Gen. Kevin P. Chilton, told reporters that in the event of a cyberattack the law of armed conflict will apply, and warned that I dont think you take anything off the table in considering a response. Why would we constrain ourselves? he asked, according to an article about his comments that appeared in Stars and Stripes. During the cold war, deterrence worked because there was little doubt the Pentagon could quickly determine where an attack was coming from and could counterattack a specific missile site or city. In the case of a cyberattack, the origin of the attack is almost always unclear, as it was in 2010 when a sophisticated attack was made on Google and its computer servers. Eventually Google concluded that the attack came from China. But American officials never publicly identified the country where it originated, much less whether it was state sanctioned or the action of a group of hackers. One of the questions we have to ask is, How do we know were at war? one former Pentagon official said. How do we know when its a hacker and when its the Peoples Liberation Army? A participant in the debate over the administrations broader cyberstrategy added, Almost everything we learned about deterrence during the nuclear standoffs with the Soviets in the 60s, 70s and 80s doesnt apply. White House officials, responding to the article that appeared in The Journal, argued that any consideration of using the military to respond to a cyberattack would constitute a last resort, after other efforts to deter an attack failed. They pointed to a new international cyberstrategy, released by the White House two weeks ago, that called for international cooperation on halting potential attacks, improving computer security and, if necessary, neutralizing cyberattacks in the making. General Chilton and the vice chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Gen. James E. Cartwright, have long urged that the United States think broadly about other forms of deterrence, including threatening a countrys economic well-being, or its reputation. The Pentagon strategy is coming out at a moment when billions of dollars are up for grabs among federal agencies working on cyber-related issues, including the National Security Agency, the Central Intelligence Agency and the Department of Homeland Security. Each has been told by the White House to come up with approaches that fit the international cyberstrategy that the White House published in May (New York Times, 2011).

Title: Cyber Attacks Are Becoming Lethal, Warns US Cyber Commander Date: September 15, 2011 Source: Computer Weekly Abstract: Cyber attacks are escalating from large-scale theft and disruption of computer operations to more lethal attacks that destroy systems and physical equipment, according to the head of the US Cyber Command. "That's our concern about what's coming in cyberspace - a destructive element," General Keith Alexander told a US conference on cyber warfare, according to the Washington Times. Alexander, who is also the director of the National Security Agency (NSA), said that future computer-based combat is likely to involve cyber strikes that cause widespread power outages and even physical destruction of machinery. The potential for cyber attacks to do this, he said, is illustrated by the electrical power outage in the Northeast US in 2003 caused by the freezing of software that controlled the power grid after a tree damaged two high-voltage power lines, and the destruction of a water-driven electrical generator at Russia's Sayano-Shushenskaya dam in 2009 that was caused by a computer operator remotely starting the generator while one of the dam's turbines was being serviced. These events highlight the threat of attackers breaking into electricity grid networks or remotely starting or stopping systems to cause destruction and loss of life, said Alexander. The US government is adopting an "active defence" strategy aimed at bolstering the readiness of computer networks to respond. The UK government has come under fire from the Chatham House think-tank for failing to take a strong lead in protecting critical systems such as power and water from cyber attack. There is no coherent picture of who is targeting what and which systems and services are potentially vulnerable to cyber attack, according to a Chatham House report The UK government must play "an integral role in informing wider society" and raising levels of awareness, said the report, which is based on a series of interviews with senior figures in companies considered to be part of the critical national infrastructure, such as electricity, oil and gas. The Chatham House report comes ahead of the government's expected announcement of a revised cyber security plan (Computer Weekly, 2011).

412

Title: Cyber Attacks Mounting Fast In U.S. Date: September 30, 2011 Source: CBS News Abstract: U.S. utilities and industries face a rising number of cyber break-ins by attackers using more sophisticated methods, a senior Homeland Security Department official said during the government's first media tour of secretive defense labs intended to protect the U.S. power grid, water systems and other vulnerable infrastructure. Acting DHS Deputy Undersecretary Greg Schaffer told reporters Thursday that the world's utilities and industries increasingly are becoming vulnerable as they wire their industrial machinery to the Internet. "We are connecting equipment that has never been connected before to these global networks," Schaffer said. Disgruntled employees, hackers and perhaps foreign governments "are knocking on the doors of these systems, and there have been intrusions." According to the DHS, Control System Security Program cyber experts based at the Idaho National Laboratory responded to 116 requests for assistance in 2010, and 342 so far this year. Department officials declined to give details about emergency response team deployments, citing confidentiality agreements with the companies involved. Under current law, the reporting of cyber attacks by private organizations is strictly voluntary. The Obama administration has proposed making reporting mandatory, but the White House could find the idea difficult to sell at a time when Republicans complain about increased regulation of business. Officials said they knew of only one recent criminal conviction for corrupting industrial control systems, that of a former security guard at a Dallas hospital whose hacking of hospital computers wound up shutting down the air conditioning system. The former guard was sentenced to 110 months in prison in March. The Homeland Security Department's control system program includes the emergency response team, a Cyber Analysis Center where systems are tested for vulnerabilities, a malware laboratory for analyzing cyber threats and a classified "watch and warning center" where data about threats are assessed and shared with other cyber security and intelligence offices. The offices are located at nondescript office buildings scattered around Idaho Falls. No signs announce their presence. Marty Edwards, chief of the control system security effort, said the malware lab analyzed the Stuxnet virus that attacked the Iranian uranium enrichment facility in Natanz last year. He did not describe the group's findings in detail, except to say that they confirmed that it was "very sophisticated." Edwards said that several years ago he had asked the German company Siemens to study the same kind of industrial controllers used at Natanz for vulnerabilities to attack, because they were so widely used in industry. But he said the study was not part of any effort to target the controllers with malware, and said his program's work on the controllers could not have helped Stuxnet's designers. A senior Homeland Security cyber official, who spoke on condition of anonymity because of the sensitivity of the topic, said the Stuxnet worm exploited well-known design flaws common to many system controllers, vulnerabilities that in general can't be patched. Many independent experts and former government officials suspect that Stuxnet was created by the United States, perhaps with the help of Israel, Britain and Germany. The U.S. and other nations believe Iran is building a nuclear weapons program, but Tehran insists it is interested only in the peaceful uses of nuclear technology. While U.S. officials talk frequently about the threat of cyber attacks to America, they seldom discuss the country's offensive cyber weapons capability. The U.S. is thought to be the world's leader in cyber warfare, both defensive and offensive. U.S. officials and others long have feared that future wars will include cyber assaults on the industries and economies of adversaries, and the potential targets include power plants, pipelines and air traffic control systems. Foreign nations could also target military control systems, including those used for communications, radar and advanced weaponry. Because of its advanced industrial base and large number of computer controlled machines connected to the Internet, the U.S. is thought to be highly vulnerable to a cyber attack on its infrastructure.

413

In a 2007 test at the Idaho National Laboratory, government hackers were able to break into the control system running a large diesel generator, causing it to self-destruct. A video of the test, called Aurora, still posted on YouTube, shows parts flying off the generator as it shakes, shudders and finally halts in a cloud of smoke. James Lewis, a former State Department official now with the Center for Strategic and International Studies in Washington, said in an interview that the Aurora test ushered in a new era of electronic warfare. Before the test, he said, the notion of cyber warfare "was mainly smoke and mirrors. But the Aurora tests showed that, you know what? We have a new kind of weapon." Homeland Security officials said they have not conducted such a test on that scale since. But they demonstrated Thursday how a hacker could tunnel under firewalls in computer systems to take command of industrial processes. "All systems deployed have vulnerabilities," Edwards said (CBS News, 2011).

10. THOUSANDS OF LAPTOPS STOLEN

OBAMACSI.COM: Since 2006, thousands of military laptops have been stolen in the United States and the United Kingdom. Why these thefts are being allowed to occur is not yet clear, but it plays nicely into the narrative of impending cyber-terror attacks. Some of these laptops have likely made it onto the black market and into the hands of "terrorists" and will likely be used in future cyber-terror attacks involving the military in the U.S. or England. The alleged thief who stole 2,000 military laptops in Florida just happens to be the leader of a Miami crime family. The cyber-terror scenarios available to the government due to these repeated laptop thefts is unlimited, dangerous, and potentially deadly. Title: Laptop With Data On Millions Of Vets Stolen From VA Employee's Home Date: May 22, 2006 Source: Government Executive Abstract: Personal information, including Social Security numbers, of possibly every living U.S. veteran discharged since 1975 was stolen earlier this month from the home of a Veterans Affairs employee, the department announced Monday. The employee took the electronic data without authorization, Veterans Affairs Secretary Jim Nicholson said. Sources said the employee, now placed on administrative leave, worked in the Policy and Planning Group at department headquarters and was performing a statistical analysis on the data as part of an annual department study on veteran population demographics. The data also contained the names, dates of birth and some disability ratings for up to 26.5 million veterans and some of their spouses, according to a VA statement. The stolen data does not contain medical records, the department said, adding that the FBI and the department's inspector general have mounted investigations. While the data does not appear to have been deliberately targeted in the theft, the VA is notifying all possibly affected veterans and setting up a special toll-free hotline, 1-800-333-4636. It has also set up a Web site. VA is in the process of finalizing a contract with the General Services Administration for call-center operations to handle the toll-free calls, GSA spokeswoman M.J. Pizzella said. The department is preparing to spend up to $11 million on the contract, and call volumes could reach tens of thousands of calls per hour, a source said. Pizzella would not confirm those numbers. The department could have avoided this had the employee followed departmental procedure, said Robert McFarland, who stepped down in April as VA assistant secretary for information and technology. Data removed from computer systems onto devices such as laptops should be encrypted, he said. "If it was encrypted, then it's going to be useless to anybody, but [the department] doesn't say it was encrypted," he said. Sources said it's probable that the information had been kept in a legacy system that couldn't have been accessed online through a secure virtual private network connection, which is why the employee manually downloaded the data. "There's a lot of old systems there," McFarland said. This isn't the first time the department has run into trouble with misplaced veterans' data. In fall 2002, a VA medical center in Indianapolis sold and donated old computers without first wiping their hard drives clean. The new owners found medical information and credit card numbers on the discarded computers. Sen. Larry Craig, R-Idaho, chairman of the Senate Veterans' Affairs Committee, said he will hold hearings on the latest incident, and may not wait until the investigation is complete before looking into the matter. "It is a phenomenally loud wake-up call to our government as it relates to how sensitive information is handled," he told Government Executive.

414

Rep. Steve Buyer, R-Ind., chairman of the House Veterans' Affairs Committee, released a statement saying his panel will likewise examine the incident, in "the context of previous data compromises." VA officials have ordered all employees to complete a cybersecurity awareness and a privacy training course by June 30. In addition, the department is conducting an inventory and review of all positions requiring access to sensitive information. Employees with such access will have to undergo an updated background check (Government Executive, 2006).

Title: Military Laptop Stolen From McDonald's As 'Army Captain Eats A Big Mac' Date: April 12, 2008 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: A military laptop was stolen from McDonald's as an army captain ate a Big Mac, it has emerged. An opportunist thief snatched the 1,000 computer from under the captain's chair as he tucked in to a burger, according to the Sun. Police have launched an investigation into the theft on April 1 from the fast food restaurant on Whitehall, near the Ministry of Defence. The MoD has confirmed the incident, but said the computer contained no sensitive information and was encrypted. A spokesman said: "The laptop contained no sensitive information and was encrypted with password protection. "Police are still investigating the theft." The theft was despite the Government tightening rules on employees taking their computers out of work after a series of data-loss scandals. Personal details of more than 600,000 military recruits went missing in January when a MoD laptop was stolen from a car in Birmingham. It has also emerged that around 600 MoD laptops and PCs had been stolen since 1998. Whitehall staff are now banned from taking unencrypted laptops or drives containing personal data outside secured office premises (Daily Mail, 2008).

Title: More Than 700 MoD Laptops Lost Or Stolen Date: July 18, 2008 Source: The Sunday Times Abstract: The Ministry of Defence has been accused of shocking incompetence after it was forced to admit that 747 laptops and 131 of its computer memory sticks have been lost or stolen in the past four years. The latest admission is almost double the number of laptops the government department had already admitted to having stolen after a series of breaches of security. The MoD also admitted that 26 portable memory sticks containing classified information had been either stolen or misplaced since January. The Liberal Democrats condemned the latest security breaches, which happened despite a cross-Whitehall drive to tighten procedures, as evidence of incompetence. Sarah Teather, Liberal Democrat MP for Brent East, said: It seems that this Government simply cannot be trusted with keeping sensitive infor mation safe. It is frightening to think that secret MoD information can be lost or stolen. How can they expect us to trust them to keep our personal information safe in their unnecessary and expensive ID card scheme? However, the MoD insisted that its policies were generally fit for purpose, and said all data losses were fully investigate d. At least three of the 26 laptops stolen this year contained information classified as secret and 19 had data which should have been restricted.

415

In January a Royal Navy computer was stolen that contained passport, National Insurance and drivers licence numbers, family details and NHS numbers for about 153,000 people who applied to join the armed forces and banking details of around 3,700. The breaches of data security by the MoD follow the exposure last year of a catastrophic failure to maintain privacy by HM Revenue & Customs when the department lost CD-Roms containing details of 25 million Britons. The latest embarrassing details were disclosed by ministers in response to questions tabled in Parliament. Previously the MoD had confessed to 347 laptops being stolen between 2004 and 2007. But Defence Secretary Des Browne was forced to issue revised figures after anomalies in the reporting process were discovered. The official total is now 658 laptops stolen, with another 89 lost. Just 32 have been recovered. In a separate response, ministers said that 131 of the departments USB memory sticks had been taken or misplaced since 2004. Last month the MoD was heavily criticised by a review of its data procedures which warned that basic security discipline had been forgotten and there was little awareness of the danger of losing information. But a spokeswoman for the department said today: Any loss of data is investigated fully. The recent report on data losses by Sir Edmund Burton found that MoD policies and procedures are generally fit for purpose, but also identified a number of areas where MoD needs to do better in protecting personal data. MoD has developed, and is now working through, an action plan to address all of the reports recommendations and bring the departments handling of personal data to an acceptable state (The Sunday Times, 2008).

Title: 28 MoD Laptops Stolen Since January As Figures Reveal One Goes Missing Every Five Days Date: May 14, 2009 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: A laptop is going missing from the Ministry of Defence every five days, it emerged tonight. Figures show 28 laptops were lost or stolen from the department since the start of the year, despite a ministerial assurance that 'robust procedures' are in place to 'mitigate against such circumstances'. Between January 1 and May 11, 20 memory sticks and four personal computers also went missing from the MoD, while a ministerial special adviser also lost a BlackBerry. In a written parliamentary reply, Armed Forces Minister Bob Ainsworth said: 'The MoD takes any loss of information and associated media storage devices very seriously and has robust procedures in place to mitigate against such occurrences. 'New processes, instructions and technological aids are also being implemented to mitigate human errors and raise awareness of every individual in the department.' The MoD has come under scrutiny before over lost electrical devices, having lost 440 - including 217 laptops - in 2008 (Daily Mail, 2009).

Title: Stolen Laptop Holds Army Guard Members' Data Date: August 5, 2009 Source: MSNBC Abstract: The National Guard says about 131,000 former and current Army Guard members' personal data may be at risk because of the theft of a contractor's laptop. Those who who could be affected will be notified with an official letter, said Randy Noller, a spokesman for the National Guard Bureau. The laptop, owned by an Army Guard contractor was stolen July 27, Noller said. The computer holds personal information on soldiers enrolled in the Army National Guard Bonus and Incentives Program. The data includes names, Social Security numbers, incentive payment amounts and payment dates The National Guard Bureau has set up a special Web page, and the Army Guard has a toll-free call center available from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m. EST, Monday through Friday at 877-481-4957.

416

The Web site provides steps on how to check credit reports, how to guard against identity theft and who to call if a guard member believes any fraudulent activity occurs with his or her personal information. Noller told military newspaper Stars and Stripes that officials dont have any indication yet that the information has been u sed to open new credit cards or go after soldiers bank accounts. At least for now, it just looks like somebody wanted to steal a laptop, he told the newspaper Theres no evidence that anything has been compromised, but we didnt want to wait to notify our members about the possible threat (MSNBC, 2009).

Title: Another Breach: Military Laptop Stolen Date: December 17, 2009 Source: CNN Abstract: The personal records of thousands of soldiers, employees and their families were potentially exposed after a laptop computer containing the information was stolen over the Thanksgiving holiday weekend, the military says. But information security experts for the Army say it's unlikely that the information will be compromised because the data are guarded by three layers of security and encryption passwords. The security breach happened when the rental apartment of an employee with the Morale, Welfare, and Recreation Academy was burglarized in Clermont, Florida, officials said. The theft was reported to local police November 28, but the military was not notified until the employee returned to work three days later. Military officials say the employee was using the laptop for remote training courses, and it has not been determined whether any protocol was breached. The computer contained "names and personally identifiable information for slightly more than 42,000 Fort Belvoir Morale, Welfare and Recreation patrons," according to a posting on the Web site for the fort, which is in Virginia. CNN obtained the notification letter sent, almost two weeks later, to those affected. It says, in part, that the alleged compromised information "includes your name, Social Security number, home address, date of birth, encrypted credit card information, personal e-mail address, personal telephone numbers, and family member information." The letter recommends steps to guard against the possibility of identity theft. The military says the lag in notification time was because of a policy requiring risk assessment before alerting those affected. The Family and Morale, Welfare, and Recreation Command operates facilities such as child care centers, bowling centers and outdoor recreation facilities. Those facilities are available to anyone with a military ID, which includes active-duty troops, Department of Defense civilians, family members and retirees. This isn't the first time a missing laptop has resulted in a potential security breach for the military. In 2006, a Veterans Affairs Department analyst lost a laptop computer that contained the Social Security numbers and other personal data for more than 26 million veterans and active duty troops. That incident, in addition to other major data breaches, prompted a national call for protection of personal information. A bill currently under consideration in the Senate would put more protections in place (CNN, 2009).

Title: Thousands Of Laptops Stolen During 9-hour Heist Date: July 13, 2010 Source: CBS News

Abstract: Thousands of laptops have been stolen from the Florida office of a private contractor for the U.S. military's Special Operations Command. Surveillance cameras caught up to seven people loading the computers into two trucks for nine hours. U.S. Special Operations Command coordinates the activities of elite units from the Army, Navy, Air Force and Marines. A spokeswoman said Tuesday that none of the stolen laptops contained military information or software. The Virginia-based company iGov was awarded a $450 million contract earlier this year to supply mobile technology services linking special operations troops worldwide. A company executive says iGov is cooperating with authorities and the March 6 break-in at its Tampa facility remains under investigation (CBS News, 2010).

417

Title: Man charged In $7.4M Military-Laptop Theft Date: February 17, 2011 Source: UPI Abstract: The alleged ringleader of a $7.4 million theft of military laptops was arrested after a McDonald's drive-through camera took his video, Florida police said. Rolando Coca, 55, the reputed head of a Miami crime family, allegedly drove to a Tampa McDonald's restaurant midway through the 10-hour heist of U.S. military contractor iGov Technologies Inc., and the restaurant's security camera recorded his face, red Lincoln Navigator and the sport utility vehicle's license plate, Hillsborough County, Fla., Sheriff David Gee said. "That's really one of the things that broke the case for us," Gee said at a news conference. FBI officials already investigating Coca in connection with other cargo thefts immediately recognized him on the video and arrested him in the Miami area Jan. 25, Gee said, The St. Petersburg (Fla.) Times reported. Coca allegedly masterminded the March 6 heist, in which two men climbed a ladder, cut a hole in iGov's roof, rappelled two stories down into the warehouse and cut the security systems, Gee said. About 10 people who later arrived for the overnight burglary started loading the laptops into two semitrailer trucks that later headed for Miami, a popular hub for stolen cargo, he said. "This was very choreographed and conducted at a very high skill level," Gee said. "They've obviously done this before." Authorities recovered nearly 2,000 laptops, worth about $4.7 million, in an abandoned Miami warehouse and found other computers in smaller quantities on the eBay online auction Web site and Amazon.com. The FBI separately arrested suspect Emil Benitez in a sting shortly after the alleged robbery when agents set up a deal to pay $50,000 for some of the laptops, the Times reported. Benitez was sentenced to two years in federal prison in August. The laptops contained no sensitive information, military officials said (UPI, 2011).

11. CENSORING THE INTERNET

OBAMACSI.COM: 9. The result of a cyber-terror attack will be internet censorship. Post cyber-terror censorship will likely take the form of the censorship currently being executed in communist China. Early signs that censorship is the driving motivation for government related cyber-terrorism is evidenced the crack-down on internet social media in the wake of the London Riot of 2011. More people are paying attention to the news, government and politics, and the personal computer is the biggest tool used to monitor daily news and information. The government needs a reason to censor, and cyber terrorism is the tool by which they plan to accomplish their goal. Title: FBI Warning Of Al Qaeda Hit Lists, Bomb-Making Tips Led To Shutdown Of Blogging Site Date: July 19, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: A popular website that hosted more than 70,000 bloggers was shut down suddenly last week after the FBI informed its chief technology officer that the site contained hit lists, bomb-making documents and links to Al Qaeda materials, it was reported on Monday. When the WordPress platform Blogetery.com went dead, the initial explanation from the site's host, Burst.net, was that a law-enforcement agency had ordered it to shut down, citing a history of abuse. The explanation caused a wave of conspiracy theories in the blogosphere. But according to a report on CNET Monday, Burst.net shut down Blogetery.com when it became spooked by a letter from the FBI, in which the bureau detailed the presence of terrorist materials among the blog posts. Burst.net CTO Joe Marr explained that the FBI contacted them with a request for voluntary emergency disclosure of information, bringing to their attention that terrorist material presenting a threat to the lives of Americans was found on a server Burst.net hosted. FBI agents said they wanted specific, immediate information about the people who posted the material. Paul Bresson, unit chief for the FBI's national press office, wrote in an email to FoxNews.com Monday that Burst.net shut down the website on its own. "We did not make a request to shut down a website," Bresson wrote. Burst.net executives and public relations staffers were not available for comment; answering machines at the office appeared to be disconnected. Bloggers had been theorizing for days about the shutdown, mostly speculating about conspiracies and anti-piracy movements. Filesharing news site TorrentFreak claimed it was most likely the work of anti-piracy authorities. The site speculated that it could be part of a new initiative called "Operation: In Our Sites," designed to crack down on Internet piracy and counterfeiting under the authority of Vice President Joe Biden and U.S. Intellectual Property Enforcement Coordinator Victoria Espinel.

418

"Operation: In Our Sites" has already targeted numerous sites including TVShack.net, Movies-Links.TV, FilesPump.com, Now-Movies.com, PlanetMoviez.com, ThePirateCity.org, ZML.com, NinjaVideo.net and NinjaThis.net. Others wondered whether this was a step by the government to assert control over the Web. Just weeks ago, a plan giving the President emergency power to turn off the Internet was approved by the Senate. The reality turns out to be much more serious. A representative for Burst.net said the company had offered Blogetery's operator his money back, but that "should be the least of his concerns." Simply put: We cannot give him his data nor can we provide any other details," the re presentative said. "By stating this, most would recognize that something serious is afoot (Fox News, 2010).

Title: 2 British Men Given Jail Time For Inciting Riots On Facebook Date: August 17, 2011 Source: Voice of America A British court has sentenced two men to four years in prison for their failed attempts to use the social networking site Facebook to incite rioting during last week's unrest in the country. Jordan Blackshaw, 20, and Perry Sutcliffe-Keenan, 22, were convicted of creating Facebook pages aimed at encouraging violent disorder in their hometowns in northwest England. Both men pleaded guilty to creating the pages, which were entitled "Smash Down Northwich Town" and "Let's Have a Riot in Latchford." Police say they infiltrated the Facebook page of Blackshaw last week and promptly arrested him after no one else joined him for the riot. SutcliffeKeenan's page was only up for a few hours before he took it down. Separately, a British teenager appeared in a London youth court Tuesday to face charges that he murdered a 68-year-old retiree during last week's rioting. Richard Bowes died Thursday of head injuries after being attacked by rioters in west London. The teenager, whose name has not been released because of his age, was also charged with violent disorder and burglary. Nearly 3,000 people across the country have been arrested for participating in the riots, which left five people dead. Almost half of those detained have been charged with riot-related offenses. On Tuesday, Deputy Prime Minister Nick Clegg announced the formation of an independent panel to investigate the causes of the riots and hear from victims and affected communities. However, he stopped short of announcing a full public inquiry, which many in the opposition Labor party had wanted. Clegg said convicted rioters, wearing orange clothing, would soon be put to work cleaning up the devastated communities, as part of a "community payback" plan. The violence started after the fatal police shooting of a man in London's economically depressed Tottenham neighborhood and quickly spread to other cities across Britain, terrorizing the country for four straight nights (Voice of America, 2011).

Title: VeriSign Demands Website Takedown Powers Date: October 11, 2011 Source: The Register Abstract: VeriSign, which manages the database of all .com internet addresses, wants powers to shut down "non-legitimate" domain names when asked to by law enforcement. The company said today it wants to be able to enforce the "denial, cancellation or transfer of any registration" in any of a laundry list of scenarios where a domain is deemed to be "abusive". VeriSign should be able to shut down a .com or .net domain, and therefore its associated website and email, "to comply with any applicable court orders, laws, government rules or requirements, requests of law enforcement or other governmental or quasi-governmental agency, or any dispute resolution process", according to a document it filed today with domain name industry overseer ICANN. The company has already helped law enforcement agencies in the US, such as the Immigration and Customs Enforcement agency, seize domains that were allegedly being used to sell counterfeit goods or facilitate online piracy, when the agency first obtained a court order. That seizure process has come under fire because, in at least one fringe case, a seized .com domain's website had already been ruled legal by a court in its native Spain. Senior ICE agents are on record saying that they believe all .com addresses fall under US jurisdiction. But the new powers would be international and, according to VeriSign's filing, could enable it to shut down a domain also when it receives "requests from law enforcement", without a court order.

419

"Various law enforcement personnel, around the globe, have asked us to mitigate domain name abuse, and have validated our approach to rapid suspension of malicious domain names," VeriSign told ICANN, describing its system as "an integrated response to criminal activities that utilize Verisignmanaged [top-level domains] and DNS infrastructure". The company said it has already cooperated with US law enforcement, including the FBI, to craft the suspension policies, and that it intends to also work with police in Europe and elsewhere. It's not yet clear how VeriSign would handle a request to suspend a .com domain that was hosting content legal in the US and Europe but illegal in, for example, Saudi Arabia or Uganda. VeriSign made the request in a Registry Services Evaluation Process (RSEP) document filed today with ICANN. The RSEP is currently the primary mechanism that registries employ when they want to make significant changes to their contracts with ICANN. The request also separately asks for permission to launch a "malware scanning service", not dissimilar to the one recently introduced by ICM Registry, manager of the new .xxx extension. That service would enable VeriSign to scan all .com websites once per quarter for malware and then provide a free "informational only" security report to the registrar responsible for the domain, which would then be able to take re-mediation action. It would be a voluntary service. RSEP requires all registries including VeriSign to submit to a technical and competition evaluation. Sometimes, ICANN also opens up an RSEP question to public comment, as seems likely in this case. But ICANN's board of directors would have the make the ultimate decision whether to approve the anti-abuse policy and the malware-scanning service. VeriSign is already anticipating that there may be criticisms from internet users "concerned about an improper takedown of a legitimate website" and told ICANN it plans to implement a "protest" policy to challenge such decisions. The company's move echoes policy development in the UK, where .uk registry Nominet is in the late stages of creating rules that would allow it to suspend domains allegedly involved in criminal activity at the behest of law enforcement (The Register, 2011).

Title: 'Rogue Websites' Bill Introduced In US House Date: October 26, 2011 Source: Breitbart Abstract: US lawmakers introduced a bill on Wednesday that would give US authorities more tools to crack down on websites accused of piracy of movies, television shows and music and the sale of counterfeit goods. The Stop Online Piracy Act has received bipartisan support in the House of Representatives and is the House version of a bill introduced in the Senate in May known as the Theft of Intellectual Property Act or Protect IP Act. The legislation has received the backing of Hollywood, the music industry, the Business Software Alliance, the National Association of Manufacturers, the US Chamber of Commerce and other groups. But it has come under fire from digital rights and free speech organizations for allegedly paving the way for US law enforcement to unilaterally shut down websites, including foreign sites, without due process. House Judiciary Committee chairman Lamar Smith, a Republican from Texas, said the bill "helps stop the flow of revenue to rogue websites and ensures that the profits from American innovations go to American innovators. "Rogue websites that steal and sell American innovations have operated with impunity," Smith said in a statement. "The online thieves who run these foreign websites are out of the reach of US law enforcement agencies and profit from selling pirated goods without any legal consequences," he said. "The bill prevents online thieves from selling counterfeit goods in the US, expands international protections for intellectual property, and protects American consumers from dangerous counterfeit products," Smith said. Howard Berman, a Democrat from California who co-sponsored the legislation, said it is "an important next step in the fight against digital theft and sends a strong message that the United States will not waiver in our battle to protect America's creators and innovators." The House Judiciary Committee is to hold a hearing on the bill on November 16.

420

The Washington-based Center for Democracy and Technology (CDT) said the House bill "raises serious red flags. "It includes the most controversial parts of the Senate's Protect IP Act, but radically expands the scope," the CDT said in a statement. "Any website that features user-generated content or that enables cloud-based data storage could end up in its crosshairs. "Internet Service Providers would face new and open-ended obligations to monitor and police user behavior," the CDT said. "Payment processors and ad networks would be required to cut off business with any website that rightsholders allege hasn't done enough to police infringement. "The bill represents a serious threat to online innovation and to legitimate online communications tools," it said. The Obama administration has come in for some criticism for shutting down dozens of "rogue websites" over the past year as part of a crackdown known as "Operation in Our Sites." US authorities in November, for example, shut down 82 websites selling mostly Chinese-made counterfeit goods, including golf clubs, Walt Disney movies, hand bags and other items (Breitbart, 2011).

Dirty Bomb Terror Attack

OBAMACSI.COM: The propaganda involving a dirty bomb has been rather steady since 9/11, but has increased in volume and veracity over the last 2 years. Since the nuclear terror false-flag failure at Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011, there has been an apparent move to launch multiple dirty bomb terror attacks in America. These dirty bombs may take the form of conventional explosives, but they will likely to be attached to a more spectacular act of terror such as a plane crash into a stadium or a skyscraper. A dirty bomb is rather harmless nature, minus the initial explosion, but the psychological damage due to all of the Hollywood propaganda could be rather substantial. 1. The Dirty Bomb": The science and propaganda behind a dirty bomb is quite confusing and purposefully so. The following two abstracts from two cited articles are contrasted to show bi-polar nature of the topic: A) "Those closest to the [Dirty Bomb] would be the most likely to sustain injuries due to the explosion. As radioactive material spreads, it becomes less concentrated and less harmful...Depending on the scenario, an [Dirty Bomb] explosion could create fear and panic, contaminate property, and require potentially costly cleanup (United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission, 2011). B) "But at one km, radiation doses would rise to six times background level, increasing the risk of cancer by about one in 100. At 500 meters downwind from the blast, the risk of dying of cancer from this radiation exposure would be about one in 50 and at 200 m radiation levels would be 80 times background level, equating to a one in seven increased risk of dying of the disease...The next challenge would be to deal with the contaminated parts of central London. Any clean-up job would be immense and costly, but left undisturbed the particles could remain harmful for 200 years (BBC, 2003).

2. Dirty Bomb Propaganda: Unprecedented dirty bomb propaganda packaged as news has been filter through both mainstream and alternative news sources in an attempt to psychologically prepare and terrorize the public prior to the dirty bomb false-flag terror attack. A dirty bomb response from the government will likely be used to quarantine and close parts of the cities affected. Based on the current propaganda, injuries sustained in the attacks will likely be exaggerated by the media, similarly to the Fukushima nuclear incident in Japan. 3. Dirty Bomb Plots & Patsies: A number of dirty bomb plots and patsies have been conveniently "discovered" by the U.S. government since 9/11. These incidents appear to be contrived in an attempt to terrorize the public, justify the wars in the Middle East, and psychologically prepare the American public for the dirty bomb scenario. A dirty bomb card is in the false-flag deck, the question is when will it be played. 4. Dirty Bomb Drills: Since 9/11, dirty bomb drills have become the norm across America. These drills prepare local, state, and federal law enforcement officials for a dirty bomb attack which now appears imminent. These drills also psychologically prepare government officials by insinuating that "terrorists" will be responsible for these atrocious acts of terror while evidence and history show otherwise. The dirty bomb terror drills have simulated dirty bomb terror attacks on planes, auto shows, race car tracks, sports facilities, and universities. A dirty bomb attack at an event with thousands of people will obviously create mass panic and chaos if and when the dirty bomb drill goes live. 5. Nuclear Science is Easy: If reports from the media and the U.S. government are to be believed, nuclear science is easy and even a boy scout can build a dirty bomb. These reports are issued to confuse people so when a real nuclear device is detonated, people will have an easier time believing that folks in a cave were able to build it. Obviously, nuclear science is, well, nuclear science, and it is extremely complex and intricate, ultimately making the only possible perpetrator of a nuclear attack a government entity. 6: Dirty Bomb: As Seen on TV: Like most earth changing events of the last 50 years, the As Seen on TV slogan can be dutifully applies. Dirty bomb propaganda films and documentaries have been slowly preparing the public for the inevitable dirty bomb terror attack that will undoubtedly be blamed on Muslims and Arabs. Interestingly, the facts and information contained within the movies regarding dirty bombs is in direct conflict with information from the United States Regulatory Commission. Essentially, a dirty bomb, aside from the initial explosion, is relatively harmless. Clearly, the TV and movie networks never got that memo.

421

1. THE DIRTY BOMB

OBAMACSI.COM: The science and propaganda behind a dirty bomb is quite confusing and purposefully so. The following two abstracts from two cited articles are contrasted to show bi-polar nature of the topic: A) "Those closest to the [Dirty Bomb] would be the most likely to sustain injuries due to the explosion. As radioactive material spreads, it becomes less concentrated and less harmful...Depending on the scenario, an [Dirty Bomb] explosion could create fear and panic, contaminate property, and require potentially costly cleanup (United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission, 2011). B) "But at one km, radiation doses would rise to six times background level, increasing the risk of cancer by about one in 100. At 500 meters downwind from the blast, the risk of dying of cancer from this radiation exposure would be about one in 50 and at 200 m radiation levels would be 80 times background level, equating to a one in seven increased risk of dying of the disease...The next challenge would be to deal with the contaminated parts of central London. Any clean-up job would be immense and costly, but left undisturbed the particles could remain harmful for 200 years (BBC, 2003).

Title: Backgrounder On Dirty Bombs Date: Present Source: Unites States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Abstract: Background YouTube-Video A dirty bomb is one type of a radiological dispersal device (RDD) that combines a conventional explosive, suc h as dynamite, with radioactive material. The terms dirty bomb and RDD are often used interchangeably in the media. Most RDDs would not release enough radiation to kill people or cause severe illness - the conventional explosive itself would be more harmful to individuals than the radioactive material. However, depending on the scenario, an RDD explosion could create fear and panic, contaminate property, and require potentially costly cleanup. Making prompt, accurate information available to the public could prevent the panic sought by terrorists. A dirty bomb is in no way similar to a nuclear weapon or nuclear bomb. A nuclear bomb creates an explosion that is millions of times more powerful than that of a dirty bomb. The cloud of radiation from a nuclear bomb could spread tens to hundreds of square miles, whereas a dir ty bombs radiation could be dispersed within a few blocks or miles of the explosion. A dirty bomb is not a Weapon of Mass Destruction but a Weapon of Mass Disruption, where contamination and anxiety are the terrorists major objectives. Impact of a Dirty Bomb The extent of local contamination would depend on a number of factors, including the size of the explosive, the amount and type of radioactive material used, the means of dispersal, and weather conditions. Those closest to the RDD would be the most likely to sustain injuries due to the explosion. As radioactive material spreads, it becomes less concentrated and less harmful. Prompt detection of the type of radioactive material used will greatly assist local authorities in advising the community on protective measures, such as sheltering in place, or quickly leaving the immediate area. Radiation can be readily detected with equipment already carried by many emergency responders. Subsequent decontamination of the affected area may involve considerable time and expense. Immediate health effects from exposure to the low radiation levels expected from an RDD would likely be minimal. The effects of radiation exposure would be determined by: the amount of radiation absorbed by the body; the type of radiation (gamma, beta, or alpha); the distance from the radiation to an individual; the means of exposure-external or internal (absorbed by the skin, inhaled, or ingested); and the length of time exposed. The health effects of radiation tend to be directly proportional to radiation does. In other words, the higher the radiation does, the higher the risk of injury. Protective Actions In general, protection from radiation is afforded by:

422

minimizing the time exposed to radioactive materials; maximizing the distance from the source of radiation; and shielding from external exposure and inhaling radioactive material. More detailed guidance is provided in the questions and answers at the end of this Backgrounder. Sources of Radioactive Material Radioactive materials are routinely used at hospitals, research facilities, industrial and construction sites. These radioactive materials are used for such purposes as diagnosing and treating illnesses, sterilizing equipment, and inspecting welding seams. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission together with 33 Agreement States, which also regulate radioactive material, administer over 21,000 licenses of such materials. The vast majority of these materials are not useful as an RDD. Control of Radioactive Material NRC and state regulations require owners licensed to use or store radioactive material to secure it from theft and unauthorized access. These measures have been greatly strengthened since the attacks of September 11, 2001. Licensees must promptly report lost or stolen high-risk radioactive material. Local authorities also assist in making a determined effort to find and retrieve such sources. Most reports of lost or stolen material involve small or shortlived radioactive sources not useful for an RDD. Past experience suggests there has not been a pattern of collecting such sources for the purpose of assembling an RDD. It is important to note that the radioactivity of the combined total of all unrecovered sources over the past 5 years (when corrected for radioactive decay) would not reach the threshold for one high-risk radioactive source. Unfortunately, the same cannot be said world-wide. The U.S. Government is working to strengthen controls on highrisk radioactive sources both at home and abroad. Risk of Cancer Just because a person is near a radioactive source for a short time or gets a small amount of radioactive dust on himself or herself does not mean he or she will get cancer. Any additional risk will likely be extremely small. Doctors specializing in radiation health effects will be able to assess the risks and suggest mitigating medical treatment, once the radioactive source and exposure levels have been determined. There are some medical treatments available that help cleanse the body of certain radioactive materials. Prussian blue has been proven effective for ingestion of cesium-137 (a radioactive isotope). In addition, potassium iodide (KI) can be used to protect against thyroid cancer caused by iodine-131 (radioactive iodine). However, KI, which is available as a over the counter offers no protection to other parts of the body or against other radioactive isotopes. Medical professionals are best qualified to determine how to best treat symptoms (United States Nuclear Regulatory Committee, 2011).

Title: The "Dirty Bomb" Scenario Date: June 10, 2002 Source: TIME Abstract: Osama Bin Laden has made no secret of his ambition to join the nuclear club he has even proclaimed it a "religious duty" for Muslim states to acquire nuclear, chemical and biological weapons to attack the West. But intelligence officials believe that the best he has managed to achieve, thus far, is a limited membership of that club, in the form of radioactive material that could be dispersed using conventional explosives the so-called "dirty bomb." Speculation over a possible al Qaeda nuclear threat has mounted since John Ashcroft announced the arrest of Abdullah Al Mujahir, a U.S. citizen and former Chicago street gang member for allegedly conspiring with al Qaeda to detonate a diry bomb inside the U.S. But that plot isn't the only thing worrying U.S. officials. The Times of London in November reported that Western intelligence officials believe bin Laden's organization has acquired nuclear materials, allegedly from Pakistan. Although the Pakistani government pooh-poohed the reports and insists its nuclear program is in safe hands, it had earlier placed two of its best-known former nuclear scientists in "protective custody." One had been an outspoken supporter of the Taliban. Concerns over Pakistan's nukes aren't limited to the possibility of small amounts of nuclear waste finding its way into the hands of Al Qaeda. Know-how remains an essential component of any nuclear weapons program, and Western intelligence services are plainly concerned over the possibility of bin Laden's network attracting sympathetic individuals from among Pakistan's nuclear scientists. But even if Al Qaeda is in possession of nuclear material, it need not necessarily have come from Pakistan. Unsubstantiated rumors have abounded for much of the past decade about the possibility of small nuclear bombs being lost by Moscow during the breakup of the Soviet Union, and possibly being sold by criminals to terrorists. In the past eight years, 175 cases have been recorded worldwide of nuclear materials (not bombs) being smuggled out of former Soviet territories and other countries.

423

Such material could have reached bin Laden through criminals intelligence officials reportedly believe Al Qaeda operatives have been stung more than once by con men offering them relatively harmless spent fuel disguised as weapons-grade radioactive material or by sympathizers in Chechnya. Bin Laden operatives reportedly also tried in 1993 to buy enriched uranium produced in South Africa on the black market. While it may be far from inconceivable that bin Laden's network may have the capability to create a dirty bomb, operating a nuclear program would be a Herculean challenge for an organization whose survival depends on its relative invisibility. Even fully-functioning states such as Pakistan have needed decades of research and the assistance of nuclear-capable allies to develop their bomb programs, and they haven't had to hide the extensive scientific and industrial infrastructure required to build nuclear weapons. And given that a dirty bomb's function is primarily to spread terror through contamination, terrorists may be inclined to view chemical and biological weapons as a more attractive investment. But just as the September 11 terrorists created fearsome weapons out of America's own civilian transport system, their successors may seek to do the same with the U.S. civilian energy infrastructure. The International Atomic Energy Agency warned last fall that "we have been alerted to the potential of terrorists targeting nuclear facilities or using radioactive sources to incite panic, contaminate property, and even cause injury or death among civilian populations," and called for massive new investment in the security of the world's nuclear energy facilities. Indeed, the first order of business in defending against an Al Qaeda nuclear threat may simply involve rendering America's atomic energy plants safe from attack (TIME, 2002).

Title: What Is A "Dirty Bomb"? Date: October 9, 2005 Source: ABC News Abstract: A "dirty bomb" is an explosive radiation dispersal device that uses a conventional weapon (e.g. dynamite) as its means of dispersing radioactive material. It is not the same as an atomic or nuclear bomb. Where a nuclear weapon uses fission to provoke an enormous explosion of radiation, a dirty bomb simply scatters radioactive material that is likely to contaminate an area but not cause mass casualties from fire or radiation poisoning. Dirty bombs are generally referred to as weapons of mass "disruption" as opposed to weapons of mass "destruction" because of their capacity to provoke widespread panic and fear of radiation, as opposed to large-scale casualties. Potential Impact The local contamination impact of a dirty bomb depends on 1) the size of the bomb, 2) the type and amount of radioactive material, 3) the type and size of conventional weapon used, and 4) the weather conditions at the time the device is detonated and the physical surroundings. Main Dangers Immediate deaths and injury are more likely to stem from the explosion than from any radiation. However, even low-level radioactive contamination of a city building or few blocks could take months to clean up. In certain cases, buildings may be more costly or difficult to decontaminate than to tear down and rebuild (ABC News, 2005).

Title: "Dirty Bombs" Date: October 19, 2006 Source: Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) Abstract: What is a Dirty Bomb? A dirty bomb, also known as a radiological weapon or a readiological dispersal device (RDD), is a conve ntional explosive packaged with radioactive materials. A dirty bomb kills or injures through the initial blast of the conventional explosive, and by airborne radiation and contamination (hence the term dirty). How much Expertise does it Take to Make a Dirty Bomb? Not much more than it takes to make a conventional bomb. No special assembly is required; the regular explosive simply disperses the radioactive material packed into the bomb. The hardest part is acquiring the radioactive material, not building the bomb. According to a March 2002 Washington Post report, the Bush administrations consensus view was that al-Qaeda had radioactive contaminants, such as strontium 90 and cesium 137, which could be used to make a dirty bomb. In January 2003, British officials found documents in the Afghan city of Herat indicating that al-Qaeda had successfully built a small dirty bomb. In late December 2003, homeland security officials worried that al-Qaeda would detonate a dirty bomb during New Years Eve celebrations or college football bowl games, according to The Washington Post. The Department of Energy sent scores of undercover nuclear scientists with radiation detection equipment to key locations in five major U.S. cities, the Post reported.

424

The relative ease of constructing dirty bombs makes them particularly worrisome. Even so, expertise matters. Not all dirty bombs are equally dangerous: the cruder the weapon, the less damage it causes. It is unclear whether terrorists have access to the sophisticated technologies needed to work with high-grade radioactive material. Is a Dirty Bomb a Nuclear Weapon? No. Nuclear weapons involve a complex nuclear-fission reaction and are thousands of times more devastating. Is a Dirty Bomb a Weapon of Mass Destruction? Yes, but more because of its capacity to cause terror and disruption than its ability to inflict heavy casualties. Depending on the sophistication of the bomb, wind conditions, and the speed with which the area of the attack was evacuated, the number of deaths and injuries from a dirty bomb explosion might not be substantially greater than from a conventional bomb explosion. But panic over radioactivity and evacuation measures could create chaos. Moreover, the area struck would be off-limits during cleanup efforts, effectively paralyzing a local economy and reinforcing public fears. Has a Dirty Bomb ever been Detonated? No. According to a UN report, Iraq tested a one-ton radiological bomb in 1987 but gave up on the idea because the radiation levels it generated were insufficient. In 1995 Chechen rebels planted, but failed to detonate a dirty bomb consisting of dynamite and cesium 137 in Moscow's Ismailovsky Park. In 2002 the United States arrested an alleged al-Qaeda operative, Jose Padilla, for plotting to build and detonate a dirty bomb in an American city. In 2003 British intelligence agents and weapons researchers found detailed diagrams and documents in Afghanistan suggesting that al-Qaeda may have succeeded in building a dirty bomb. Al-Qaeda detainees in American custody claim such a dirty bomb exists, but none have been discovered. Which Radioactive Materials could be used to make a Dirty Bomb? Many types of radioactive materials with military, industrial, or medical applications could be used in a dirty bomb. Weapons-grade plutonium or freshly spent nuclear fuel would be the most deadly, but these are also the most difficult to obtain and handle. Medical supplies such as radium or certain cesium isotopes used in cancer treatments could also be used. As little as a measuring cups worth of radioactive material wo uld be needed, though small amounts probably would not cause severe harm, especially if scattered over a wide area (Council on Foreign Relations, 2006).

2. DIRTY BOMB PROPAGANDA

OBAMACSI.COM: Unprecedented dirty bomb propaganda packaged as news has been filter through both mainstream and alternative news sources in an attempt to psychologically prepare and terrorize the public prior to the dirty bomb false-flag terror attack. A dirty bomb response from the government will likely be used to quarantine and close parts of the cities affected. Based on the current propaganda, injuries sustained in the attacks will likely be exaggerated by the media, similarly to the Fukushima nuclear incident in Japan. Title: What If A Dirty Bomb Hit London? Date: February 14, 2003 Source: BBC Abstract: It wouldn't take much for terrorists to wreak havoc in London - just a simple explosive and some industrial waste. Such is the gruesome reality of the dirty bomb. Fears of a terrorist attack on the UK by Islamic extremists are running at an all-time high. The discovery of the deadly poison ricin in a London flat has heightened concerns and recently Tony Blair said it was not a case of "if" but "when". One frightening possibility is the so-called dirty bomb - a crudely-made device that combines a simple explosive with any radioactive material. The idea is that the blast disperses the radioactive material willy nilly. The dirty bomb is perhaps the least understood of all terror weapons, but new research by BBC Two's Horizon programme brings home the full horror of how a dirty bomb attack might affect London. The dirty bomb is sometimes called the "poor man's nuclear weapon". But whereas the aim of a nuclear bomb is instant and outright destruction, a dirty bomb would have an entirely different effect. It would wreak panic in built-up areas, see large areas contaminated and closed off and result in long-term illnesses such as cancer, caused by the dispersed radioactive material attacking living cells. Using sophisticated modelling, experts commissioned by Horizon constructed a scenario around a radioactive material called caesium chloride, which in the old Soviet Union was used in seed irradiating.

425

Much of this and other radioactive material used by the Soviets is now unaccounted for. No one knows whether it has fallen into unsafe hands. Particles Disperse Experts working for Enviros, a consultancy that advises nuclear authorities around the world, modelled a fictional explosion combining a handful of caesium chloride - equivalent to the contents of one Soviet seed irradiating machine - with 10lbs of explosive. They then "placed" the fictional bomb in Trafalgar Square. The blast itself might kill 10 people immediately. As the emergency services arrived at the scene of the incident a few minutes later, they would realise this was no ordinary blast. "The simple buoyancy of the air that's been heated may carry the radioactive material tens of metres up into the air," says Graham Smith, of Enviros. Almost immediately, millions of tiny flakes of caesium chloride would be floating in the breeze over London. In seconds, depending on the direction of the wind, the plume could reach Whitehall. A minute later Charing Cross, then the City and within half an hour radioactive smoke could reach London's suburbs - 10 kilometres away. "We've got contaminated air moving across London and there would be no indication that contamination was there," says Mr Smith. Cancer Time Bomb As the air began to cool, the particles would fall on people who are completely unaware of the danger around them. They would settle on parks, gardens, pavements and cars. The worry then is of a cancer time bomb. Every day we are exposed to natural radiation, and in low doses this background level is harmless. Anyone five km from the blast would face only a tiny increased risk of cancer - one in 1,000 - as the background level would be largely unaffected. But at one km, radiation doses would rise to six times background level, increasing the risk of cancer by about one in 100. At 500 metres downwind from the blast, the risk of dying of cancer from this radiation exposure would be about one in 50 and at 200 m radiation levels would be 80 times background level, equating to a one in seven increased risk of dying of the disease. The next challenge would be to deal with the contaminated parts of central London. Any clean-up job would be immense and costly, but left undisturbed the particles could remain harmful for 200 years. One option might be to abandon or demolish parts of the city. But perhaps the biggest immediate threat wrought by a dirty bomb is not the destruction or the threat to life, but its ability to stir blind panic among thousands, maybe millions, of people. A leak of caesium chloride in the city of Goiania, southern Brazil, in 1987 contaminated 200 people. The experience gives a useful template for how other cities might cope. When news of an attack breaks, there will be a clamour for information and help. People will want to know the extent of contamination, but it can be hard to supply answers. In the Brazil example, medical services were swamped as a tenth of the city's population queued for radiation screening. It is the dirty bomb's power to spread fear and spawn chaos that makes it a really effective weapon (BBC, 2003).

3. DIRTY BOMB PLOTS & PATSIES

OBAMACSI.COM: A number of dirty bomb plots and patsies have been conveniently "discovered" by the U.S. government since 9/11. These incidents appear to be contrived in an attempt to terrorize the public, justify the wars in the Middle East, and psychologically prepare the American public for the dirty bomb scenario. A dirty bomb card is in the false-flag deck, the question is when will it be played.

426

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Plots & Patsies Date: May 8, 2002 Suspect: Jose Padilla Age: 31 Ethnicity: Latino Location: Chicago, Illinois Weapons: Alleged Dirty Bomb Target: United States Notes: Case was false-flag in that the incident was major terror news post 9/11 but the dirty bomb charges were later dropped. Coincidentally, Padilla was arested in Chicago, Illinoise. Title: U.S. Authorities Capture 'Dirty Bomb' Suspect Date: June 10, 2002 Source: CNN Abstract: Federal officials have captured a U.S. citizen with suspected ties to al Qaeda who allegedly planned to build and explode a radioactive "dirty bomb" in the United States, the Justice Department said Monday. U.S. officials said Washington was the probable target of the plot. FBI Director Robert Mueller said the plot was in the "discussion stage" when the suspect, Abdullah Al Muhajir, was arrested. Mueller said the plot had not gone any further, to the knowledge of U.S. authorities. Attorney General John Ashcroft said Al Muhajir -- who was born Jose Padilla -- was captured May 8 as he flew from Pakistan into O'Hare International Airport in Chicago, Illinois. Officials described the flight as a reconnaissance mission. Officials said that when Al Muhajir arrived in Chicago, he declared having $8,000 but was found to have more than $10,000 in his possession. In the weeks before he flew to Chicago, Al Muhajir was tracked flying between Pakistan, Egypt and Switzerland, officials said. U.S. officials later said an "associate" of Al Muhajir had been arrested in Pakistan before May 8. It was not clear whether this was the "associate" Ashcroft referred to when he said Al Muhajir was working with someone in Pakistan on plans to build a dirty bomb. (Full story) A dirty bomb is a conventional bomb equipped with radioactive material designed to spread over a wide area. Depending on the circumstances of the explosion, the number of deaths and injuries from a dirty bomb might not be substantially greater than from a conventional bomb explosion. But panic over radioactivity and evacuation measures could snarl a city, and the area struck would be off-limits for at least several months during cleanup efforts. (More on dirty bombs) Ashcroft said Al Muhajir, 31, would be treated as an "enemy combatant" of the United States, a move that means he has fewer legal rights than an ordinary defendant in a criminal case. President Bush signed off Sunday night on the decision to treat Al Muhajir as an enemy combatant, senior U.S. officials said, adding the government faced a Tuesday deadline to decide whether to charge Al Muhajir in the federal court system or turn him over to the Defense Department. Bush accepted the recommendations of Ashcroft and Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, the officials said, and the transfer from Justice Department to Defense Department custody was made Monday morning (CNN, 2002).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Plots & Patsies Date: October 13, 2006 Suspect: Dhiren Barot Age: 34 Ethnicity: Indian Location: London, England, New York, New York Weapons: Dirty Bomb Plot Target: New York Stock Exchange, International Monetary Fund, World Bank Quote: "I plead guilty." Notes: Son of an International Banker

Title: Man Admits Terror Plot To Blow Up Wall St Amid 'Dirty Bomb' Revelation Date: October 13, 2006 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: A British Muslim terrorist mastermind faces life in jail after he admitted plotting a radioactive 'dirty bomb' attack in the UK and a string of devastating atrocities in the USA.

427

Dhiren Barot, 34, planned to kill "as many innocent people as possible" by blowing up some of the world's largest financial institutions including the New York Stock Exchange, the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank. In the UK, the banker's son - who was brought up in London as a Hindu - plotted to detonate a radioactive bomb and blow up buildings by packing stretch limousines with gas cylinders in underground car parks. The unprecedented and extraordinary attack was dubbed the 'Gas Limo project' and was designed to cause "injury, fear, terror or chaos" for hundreds of Britons. Both plots were smashed by Scotland Yard in August 2004 when Barot was arrested in Harlesden, North West London, after a dramatic chase which culminated in him hiding in a barber's shop. Yesterday a heavily-guarded Barot sat in the glass panelled dock at Woolwich Crown Court, South East London, as he heard the Crown outline how he plotted the wave of attacks. The clerk of the court said to him: "On count one of this indictment you are charged with conspiracy to murder. "The particulars of the offence being that on diverse days between January 1 2000 and August 4 2004, you conspired together with other persons unknown to murder other persons. "Do you plead guilty or not guilty?" Barot, wearing a khaki-coloured zip-up jumper and black shirt and sporting a short beard, said calmly: "I plead guilty." and made notes on his laptop computer throughout the hearing. Outlining the basis of plea, Edmund Lawson, QC, said that the conspiracy against the US buildings included attacks on the Washington-based World Bank and International Monetary Fund, the New York Stock Exchange and two financial institutions: the Citigroup and Prudential buildings. The idea, said Mr Lawson, was to carry out bombings "with no warning". He added: "They were plainly designed to carry out explosions designed to kill as many innocent people as possible." Detailing the planned UK attacks, Mr Lawson described "the gas limo project". "That was... the main cornerstone or main target of a series of planned attacks involved packing three limousines with gas cylinders, explosives and the like, detonating them in underground car parks," he said. The limo project was to be supported by 'three other projects' the court heard; "a number of further collateral objectives to cause injury, fear, terror or chaos". The court heard how Barot sketched out details for a "radioactive dirty bomb project". Mr Lawson added: "The defendant expressed the preference in respect of the radiation project was that it deserved to be an independent project in its own right. "The radiation dirty bomb project was not intended to kill but rather to carry out the objectives I referred to:, injury, fear, terror and chaos "The radiation project was designed among other things to affect some 500 people." Barot, who was raised a Hindu, attended the highly rated Kingsbury High School in the North London suburbs. His parents, Indian-born Manu Barot, a retired banker and his wife Bharati, arrived in Britain from Kenya in 1973 when their son was just 12 months old. following the imposition of draconian laws barring non-Kenyans working in economically important industries. The family still live in a 300,000 house in a quiet 1930s cul-de sac. Barot took exams in English, Maths, French, Graphical Communication, and Typewriting but was rejected from jobs with two High Street banks and left to pursue various menial jobs. But, by the age of 20, however, he had converted to Islam after a family visit to the disputed territory of Kashmir - the subject of a bitter and bloody battle between India and Pakistan.

428

Barot also faced 12 other charges: one of conspiracy to commit public nuisance, seven of making a record of information for terrorist purposes and four of possessing a record of information for terrorist purposes. The judge ordered all these charges to lie on file following his guilty plea to conspiracy to murder. Mr Justice Butterfield, said that when Barot is sentenced at a later date he "would be the first Muslim terrorist to be sentenced for such a grave offence as conspiracy to murder. It is likely to attract very considerable debate and discussion". Seven other men are due to face trial next year. Yesterday his mother, a supermarket worker, refused to comment when contacted by the Daily Mail by telephone. Friends of the family said Barot was a lovely boy who had been brainwashed by extremists. "He was a really good kid. How can a nice Hindu boy change into a Muslim? I believe he was brainwashed," said a neighbour. "The family are some of the nicest people you could ever meet and it was a shock to people round here to hear about their son." Another neighbour said: "The family are lovely and it's such a shock to hear this news because of what nice people they are." The Barot family home was a few doors away from the childhood home of Rolling Stones drummer Charlie Watts. Watts also attended Kingsbury High School as did pop star George Michael. Security at court yesterday was so tight that even police officers were forced to undergo checks (Daily Mail, 2006).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Plots & Patsies Date: February 10, 2009 Suspect: James G. Cummings Age: 29 Ethnicity: White Location: Bangor, Maine, USA Weapons: Radiological dispersal device components and literature, and radioactive materials Target: ? Quote: N/A Notes: Accused Post-Mortem Title: Report: 'Dirty Bomb' Parts Found In Slain Man's Home Date: February 10, 2009 Source: Bangor Daily News Abstract: James G. Cummings, who police say was shot to death by his wife two months ago, allegedly had a cache of radioactive materials in his home suitable for building a dirty bomb. According to an FBI field intelligence report from the Washington Regional Threat and Analysis Center posted online by WikiLeaks, an organization that posts leaked documents, an investigation into the case revealed that radioactive materials were removed from Cummings home a fter his shooting death on Dec. 9. The report posted on the WikiLeaks Web site states that On 9 December 2008, radiological dispersal device components and literature, and radioactive materials, were discovered at the Maine residence of an identified deceased [person] James Cummings. The section referring to Cummings can be read here. It says that four 1-gallon containers of 35 percent hydrogen peroxide, uranium, thorium, lithium metal, thermite, aluminum powder, beryllium, boron, black iron oxide and magnesium ribbon were found in the home. Also found was literature on how to build dirty bombs and information about cesium -137, strontium-90 and cobalt-60, radioactive materials. The FBI report also stated there was evidence linking James Cummings to white supremacist groups. This would seem to confirm observations by local tradesmen who worked at the Cummings home that he was an ardent admirer of Adolf Hitler and had a collection of Nazi memorabilia around the house, including a prominently displayed flag with swastika. Cummings claimed to have pieces of Hitlers personal silverware and place settings, painter Mike Robbins said a few days after the shooting. An application for membership in the National Socialist Movement filled out by Cummings also was found in the residence, according to the report.

429

Cummings wife, Amber B. Cummings, 31, told investigators that her husband spoke of dirty bombs, according to the report, a nd mixed chemicals in her kitchen sink. She allegedly told police that Cummings subjected her to years of mental, physical and sexual abuse. She also said that Cummings was very upset when Barack Obama was elected president. A dirty bomb is a type of radiological dispersal device that combines a conventional explosive such as dynamite with radi oactive material, according to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commissions Web site. Most RDDs would not release enough radiation to kill people or cause severe illness, the NRC says, adding that a dirty bom b is in no way similar to a nuclear weapon because its effects occur in a very limited area compared to a nuclear explosion. The report noted that uranium, thorium, cesium -137, stontium-90 and cobalt-60 are radioactive isotopes and 35 percent hydrogen peroxide is a necessary precursor for the manufacture of peroxide-based explosives. Lithium metal, thermite and aluminum are materials used to sensitize and amplify the effects of explosives. The report stated that the uranium component was bought online from a U.S. company that was identified in the investigation, but not in the report. John Donnelley, an agent at the FBIs Boston office, declined Tuesday to comment on the report. Donnelley said some FBI repor ts are provided to law enforcement agencies and sometimes get released to media outlets. I wouldnt be prepared to speak on that, Donnelley said. I have no comment. The Washington Regional Threat and Analysis Center is an intelligence gathering office affiliated with Washington, D.C., law enforcement. Telephone and e-mail messages left with the center Tuesday were not returned. State police have identified Amber Cummings as the person who shot James Cummings. The couples 9 -year-old daughter was present the morning of the shooting in what police have described as a domestic violence homicide. Amber Cummings, who is staying in the Belfast area, has not been charged in the case, although the Waldo County grand jury currently meeting in Belfast could take up the matter during its session this week. While state police have acknowledged that the 29-year-old Cummings was killed by a gunshot, the results of the autopsy have been impounded, as have the search warrants executed at Cummings High Street home following the shooting. Authorities spent days searching the home, according to neighbors. Lt. Gary Wright, who heads up the Maine State Police Criminal Investigation Division team working the case, declined to comment on any aspects of the case when contacted Tuesday. Were not going to comment on anything, Wright said Tuesday evening. Its an open homicide investigation and were not going to comment. Thats our standard policy. Stephen McCausland, spokesman for the Maine Department of Public Safety, also had no comment on the report. This is an activ e, open homicide investigation, he said Tuesday evening, and as a result, its inappropriate to get into confirming or denying aspects of that. Maine Deputy Attorney General William Stokes also declined to comment on the report Tuesday. David Farmer, spokesman for Gov. John Baldacci, said Tuesday that it was inappropriate for the governor to comment on an open investigation. When asked about the copy of the field report sent to him by the Bangor Daily News, he said, At this point, I have been unable to confirm the authenticity of the documents you sent to us. A spokesman for U.S. Sen. Susan Collins staff said there was no one able to comment on the report Tuesday night. Telephone messages left with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security were not returned Tuesday evening. Robbins, who worked on the house for a month last summer, described Cummings as an angry person who was verbally abusive to his wife. He said Cummings apparently was independently wealthy and did not work. Robbins said Cummings talked incessantly about his love of guns and his fascination for Hitler. He said Cummings repeatedly berated his wife about home-schooling their daughter. He said Cummings had a controlling personality and wanted to know his wife and childs every move. Cummings grew up in California and lived in Texas before moving to Maine in August 2007. Although Robbins said Cummings told him he made his money in Texas real estate, it appears that the actual source of his wealth was a trust fund established by his father, a prominent landowner in the Northern California city of Fort Bragg. An Internet search of the James B. Cummings Trust indicated that it has an annual income of $10 million.

430

The FBI field intelligence report was apparently first reported on by unattributable.com, an online magazine which covers and blogs on current events (Bangor Daily News, 2009).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Plots & Patsies Date: February 2, 2011 Suspect: Al Qaeda Age: ? Ethnicity: Arab Location: Unknown Weapons: Dirty Bomb Target: Super Bowl XLV Notes: The incident occurred 4 days prior to Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas. It was later confirmed that Al Qaeda had a nuclear weapon, but due to the release of The Nuclear Bible, the claim has disappeared. Title: WikiLeaks: Al-Qaeda 'Is Planning A Dirty Bomb' Date: February 2, 2011 Source: The Telegraph Abstract: A leading atomic regulator has privately warned that the world stands on the brink of a "nuclear 9/11". The WikiLeaks cables in full Security briefings suggest that jihadi groups are also close to producing "workable and efficient" biological and chemical weapons that could kill thousands if unleashed in attacks on the West. Thousands of classified American cables obtained by the WikiLeaks website and passed to The Daily Telegraph detail the international struggle to stop the spread of weapons-grade nuclear, chemical and biological material around the globe. At a Nato meeting in January 2009, security chiefs briefed member states that al-Qaeda was plotting a programme of "dirty radioactive IEDs", makeshift nuclear roadside bombs that could be used against British troops in Afghanistan. As well as causing a large explosion, a "dirty bomb" attack would contaminate the area for many years. The briefings also state that al-Qaeda documents found in Afghanistan in 2007 revealed that "greater advances" had been made in bio-terrorism than was previously realised. An Indian national security adviser told American security personnel in June 2008 that terrorists had made a "manifest attempt to get fissile material" and "have the technical competence to manufacture an explosive device beyond a mere dirty bomb". Alerts about the smuggling of nuclear material, sent to Washington from foreign US embassies, document how criminal and terrorist gangs were trafficking large amounts of highly radioactive material across Europe, Africa and the Middle East. The alerts explain how customs guards at remote border crossings used radiation alarms to identify and seize cargoes of uranium and plutonium. Freight trains were found to be carrying weapons-grade nuclear material across the Kazakhstan-Russia border, highly enriched uranium was transported across Uganda by bus, and a "small-time hustler" in Lisbon offered to sell radioactive plates stolen from Chernobyl. In one incident in September 2009, two employees at the Rossing Uranium Mine in Namibia smuggled almost half a ton of uranium concentrate powder yellowcake out of the compound in plastic bags. "Acute safety and security concerns" were even raised in 2008 about the uranium and plutonium laboratory of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), the nuclear safety watchdog. Tomihiro Taniguchi, the deputy director-general of the IAEA, has privately warned America that the world faces the threat of a "nuclear 9/11" if stores of uranium and plutonium were not secured against terrorists . But diplomats visiting the IAEA's Austrian headquarters in April 2008 said that there was "no way to provide perimeter security" to its own laboratory because it has windows that leave it vulnerable to break-ins. Senior British defence officials have raised "deep concerns" that a rogue scientist in the Pakistani nuclear programme "could gradually smuggle enough material out to make a weapon," according to a document detailing official talks in London in February 2009.

431

Agricultural stores of deadly biological pathogens in Pakistan are also vulnerable to "extremists" who could use supplies of anthrax, foot and mouth disease and avian flu to develop lethal biological weapons. Anthrax and other biological agents, including smallpox and avian flu, could be sprayed from a shop-bought aerosol can in a crowded area, leaked security briefings warn. The security of the world's only two declared smallpox stores in Atlanta, USA, and Novosibirsk, Russia, has repeatedly been called into doubt by "a growing chorus of voices" at meetings of the World Health Assembly documented in the leaked cables. The alarming disclosures come after President Barack Obama last year declared nuclear terrorism "the single biggest threat" to international security with the potential to cause "extraordinary loss of life" (The Telegraph, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Plots & Patsies Date: September 9, 2011 Suspect: Al Qaeda Age: ? Ethnicity: Arab Location: Unknown Weapons: Dirty Bomb Target: New York, New York, Washington D.C. Quote: N/A Notes: Incident occurred 2 days before 10th anniversary of 9/11.

Title: Sources: Authorities Concerned About Possible Dirty Bomb, Times Square Strike Date: September 9, 2011 Source: CBS News Abstract: Just two days before the 10th anniversary, New York City is on high alert. Federal and local authorities have beefed up security after receiving intelligence about a credible threat. The alleged plot by al Qaeda involves detonating car bombs on bridges and in tunnels in New York and Washington D.C. to coincide with the anniversary of 9/11. Chopper 2 HD got a look at the NYPD in action on Friday police cruisers and orange cones marked one checkpoint on the George Washington Bridge. On the West Side Highway, at one of the many checkpoints, police were stopping drivers and searching vehicles, specifically vans and trucks. There is also a threat to bridges and tunnels. Security was equally tight at Penn Station, where armed guards were keeping watch over travelers as Transportation Security Administration agents performed random bag checks, swiping packs for gunpowder. The crossroads of the world came to a grinding halt at various times Friday because for police Times Square has become the ground zero of the latest terror threat. Sources told CBS 2s Marcia Kramer that another attempt to explode a b omb there is a key concern, and the intelligence suggests it could be a dirty bomb. Based on informant information authorities are looking for three suspects. One is believed to be an American citizen. Two others apparently have U.S. travel documents. Some of the information on the latest threat could be coming from Younis al-Mauritani, the man hand-picked by Osama bin Laden to develop terror targets in the United States. Hes a most wanted list senior al Qaeda operative who was arrest ed in Pakistan last week with his computer, BlackBerry and other tools. Remember, an awful lot of the security we have you dont see, Mayor Michael Bloomberg said. Im satisfied that Commissione r Kelly has deployed all of our resources doing everything that we should be doing. Terrorism is theater and this is the stage, NYPD Commissioner Ray Kelly said. This is right now probably the worlds biggest stage. There was a lot of security you could see Friday in the Big Apple, especially in Times Square, because, as sources told Kramer, the intelligence includes information that al Qaeda wants to finish the job that started with Faisal Shahzads failed car bomb attempt in May 2010. Top security officials told Kramer this is the al Qaeda way. Their 1993 attempt to topple the World Trade Center failed, so they came back again on 9/11. Shahzads car bomb fizzled, so now they want to try again. But thats only half of the problem. Officials are worried that this time it could be a dirty bomb. We have to think about a dirty bomb, where you take radiological material and mix it with conventional explosives, Kelly said.

432

Kramer recently talked exclusively with Kelly about the possibility of a dirty bomb, but now sources said the classroom drills might have to be put into practice. Intelligence sources said the terrorists could be trying to make a dirty bomb this time my mixing radiological isotopes with an explosive device. Thats why the NYPD is deploying all kinds of radiation detectors, panel trucks with sophisticated instruments. On Fri day, cops had personal radiation detectors on their belts, and radiation detectors are being used by police within a 50-mile radius of New York City in New Jersey, Connecticut, and Pennsylvania and on Long Island. Kelly told Kramer the NYPD has units trained to deal with terrorists who have bombs. We think about how to handle these people. How do we approach them if we believe they have some device, a bomb, something thats going to explode, Kelly said. We have to think about tactics and strategies. On Friday night, tourists and residents in Times Square didnt seem too concerned with the threat of an attack. I think its the safest place on the planet right now, Andre Vriese of California told CBS 2s Sean Hennessey. Keep the country safe and keep terrorists out, added Ken Jennings of Brooklyn. I mean, its been how long since 9/11? So we kind of get used to having the security around, said Nigel McFarland of Brookl yn (CBS News, 2011).

4. DIRTY BOMB DRILLS

OBAMACSI.COM: Since 9/11, dirty bomb drills have become the norm across America. These drills prepare local, state, and federal law enforcement officials for a dirty bomb attack which now appears imminent. These drills also psychologically prepare government officials by insinuating that "terrorists" will be responsible for these atrocious acts of terror while evidence and history show otherwise. The dirty bomb terror drills have simulated dirty bomb terror attacks on planes, auto shows, race car tracks, sports facilities, and universities. A dirty bomb attack at an event with thousands of people will obviously create mass panic and chaos if and when the dirty bomb drill goes live. OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Dirty Bomb Date: November 2002 Name: "Operation Prometheus" Agencies: 50 agencies participated in the drill, including the Massachusetts National Guard, FBI, American Red Cross, United States Coast Guard, Harvard School of Public Health, Childrens Hospital, Brigham, Womens Hospital, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center Location(s): Boston, Massachusetts Notes: Drill simulated explosion of a dirty bomb on an inbound United Airlines flight from France.

Title: Dirty Bomb Drill Tests Boston Preparedness Date: November 12, 2002 Source: Harvard Crimson Abstract: A dirty bomb exploded at Logan Airport last week and emergency personnel rushed to the scene and transported victims to local hospitals to be treated for radiation exposure. This simulation drill was enacted throughout Boston to test emergency response procedures in the event of the detonation of a dirty bomb, a device that contains radioactive material that is released into the air upon explosion. September 11th was an indication to us, said Jeff D. Ventura, spokesperson for Harvard -affiliated Brigham and Womens Hospital. What if, instead of New York, it happened here? How prepared are we to handle disaster on a large scale? The drill, dubbed Operation Prometheus, began at Logan Airport on Thursday with the simulated explosion of a dirty bomb on an inbound United Airlines flight from France, and continued on Friday when 10 hospitals in the Conference of Boston Teaching Hospitals received victims coming in for treatment. The main objective of the drill was to facilitate communication and cooperation among all emergency response agencies involved. Over 50 agencies participated in the drill, including the Massachusetts National Guard, FBI, American Red Cross, United States Coast Guard and Harvard School of Public Health. Girl Scout troops, schoolchildren and Harvard Medical School students joined in on the effort, as well. With all the federal, state and local agencies, it was alphabet soup, said Stephen Morash, Boston Emergency Management Agen cy deputy director. The immenseness of this exercise is something you wouldnt see before in this city.

433

Prior to the drill, all the agencies gathered in a conference hall to perform a tabletop exercise, in which they ran through a fake dirty bomb scenario so that all involved could communicate and ask questions, according to Ventura. At 8:15 on Friday morning, the teaching hospitals were notified of the dirty bomb explosion. Their role in the drill was to assess the procedures in place for diagnosing and treating contaminated patients. Childrens Hospital, Brigham and Womens Hospital and Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Cent er were the three Harvard teaching hospitals involved in the functional part of the drilltesting hospital caresaid Sarah J. Hamilton, director of area planning and development for the Medical Academic and Scientific Community Organization (MASCO). We executed a code amber, like a code blue on television, Ventura said. The hospital is locked down, we go into emergency respon se mode, and prepare for incoming casualties. Nonessential appointments are canceled and patients are relocated to other parts of the hospital to free bed space. Twelve radioactive passengers were assigned symptoms, accepted for treatment, decontaminated and then evaluated, said Jean M. Hickey, head nurse in the Brigham and Womens emergency department. Harvard Medical School students volunteered to act as victims and wore tattered clothes to act their parts convincingly. Brigham and Womens also received 60 worried but well patients, who were not on the aircraft but feared exposure to the rad iation. In addition to treating the victims of the explosion, the hospitals also had to send all the evidence they discovered on to law enforcement agencies, Hamilton said. Its a crime investigation as well, she said. It was also a test to see whether we could get patient information back t o the airlines, find out where passengers went and confirm the status of victims. Because the airlines would be fielding phone calls from worried family members, it is vital that this patient information be relayed back to them. Drills like these are done regularly in Boston, but this is the first time radioactive scenarios have been involved. All of this is relatively new to the hospital, and we felt like we did well, Hickey said. Morash agreed that the drill was a success but said improvements will need to be made in order to improve the efficiency of the response to radiation emergencies. Two issues that will be addressed are protection of hospital employees from radiation and the handling, storage and transport of radioactive material or clothing. We need to do more with radioactive activities. You cant see it, feel it or touch it, but we have to be wary of it, Morash s aid. A debriefing of all parties involved will be held in two weeks in order to critique the drill. Medical students and hospital staff were not the only Harvard affiliates to help out with the simulation. Stephen OConnor, a Harvard University Police Department officer stationed at the Longwood Medical Campus, volunteered at MASCOs Joint Operating Center, which is a central command unit that runs during emergencies. It was good to see that the organization went well, and how different services in the Longwood area came together for a common cause, he said (Harvard Crimson, 2002).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Dirty Bomb Date: June 10, 2003 Name: Unknown Agencies: Police and Fire Departments Location(s): Maryland, Fairfax County, Virginia Notes: Drill simulated a dirty bomb attack at a crowded auto show.

Title: Dirty Bomb Drill Date: June 11, 2003 Source: Associated Press

434

Abstract: With some experts warning that a terrorist attack using weapons of mass destruction is inevitable, public safety personnel around the nation's capital are stepping up their training. Hundreds of them from four Maryland counties, as well as rescue experts from Fairfax County, Va., came together Tuesday for a drill simulating a dirty bomb attack at a crowded auto show. The drill was conducted at the Montgomery County Fairgrounds in Gaithersburg, Md., about 35 miles northwest of Washington, D.C. Fire departments throughout the Washington area are now treating any unusual explosion as though it might be a dirty bomb containing toxic chemicals or radiological components. The drill was designed to help responders hone the skills they would use if such a weapon is ever used. "It's important that we train for these types of events because with the threat level swinging back and forth something like this could happen at any time," said Montgomery Fire Chief Tom W. Carr. The drill began with the release of a presumably toxic cloud, followed by two subsequent explosions which sparked fires. Civilians made up to appear as thought they had suffered from blast and burn injuries could be seen laying on the ground in a field behind a shopping center. Adding to the drama was a very real - and unexpected - car fire. Evaluators from federal, state and local public safety agencies and military agencies walked amid the feigned chaos, observing the performance of those involved. Montgomery County Police also mobilized some officers to respond to ongoing threats included in the scenario. "An anonymous caller called our 911 center and said there would be another attack while this was going on," police spokesman Capt. John M. Fitzgerald said of the drill, which was monitored by jurisdictions from throughout the region. "This type of attack would undoubtedly prompt a "Code Red" alert throughout the region and perhaps nationally," Fitzgerald said. The drill is the latest in a series of exercises being held across the nation. The District of Columbia government is planning a similar exercise this summer. "These drills remind us that things can get very bad, very quickly, they keep us from getting complacent," said Cpl. Rob Moroney, a spokesman for the Maryland State Police (Associated Press, 2003).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Dirty Bomb Date: October 16, 2007 Name: "TOPPOFF 4" Agencies: DHS, Red Cross, OHSU, Legacy Emanuel Location(s): Phoenix, Arizona, Portland, Oregon, Guam Notes: Drill simulated a full-scale "dirty bomb" explosion at the Portland International Raceway.

Title: Blast Marks Start To 'Dirty Bomb' Drill Date: October 16, 2007 Source: KATU News Abstract: A loud explosion, crumpled buses and cars and dozens of victims lying on the ground with authentic-looking injuries lent an air of reality to a major terrorism exercise that took place Tuesday at the Portland International Raceway, and at locations across Portland. Compounding the realism was a cold, steady rain that made the ground slick and tested sensitive electronics equipment. YouTube Video The city of Phoenix, Ariz., and the island of Guam are also taking part. The largest part of the drill, called TOPOFF 4, is taking place in Portland. The small explosion Tuesday took place on a "set" at Portland International Raceway near a wrecked bus and other damaged vehicles. The set is designed to be a substitute for the Steel Bridge in Portland. About 200 local residents acting as victims were then led to the explosion site. Emergency workers then commenced rescue operations. During the drill, participants exposed to fake radioactive material were sent to OHSU and Legacy Emanuel for sorting and decontamination procedures. Many wore shirts soaked with fake blood and had stage makeup simulating burns or other injuries. "There are many, many smaller scenarios that we don't know that are being injected in, to test out many parts of the system," Bob Porter, a Red Cross volunteer, told KATU News. Dozens of Red Cross workers are among the teams working during the dirty bomb drill. Drew Starks played the part of a burn victim and is an emergency medical technician in real life. He said the scope and execution of the drill brings needed experience to emergency responders who may have only read about the procedures in an instruction book. The drill is planned around a full-scale "dirty bomb" explosion and involves local emergency responders at the scene, in the city and on a national level. A "dirty bomb" is a conventional high-explosive spiked with radioactive elements. The resulting explosion spreads dangerous radioactivity over a large area and can make large sections of the affected area unlivable for extended periods of time. People in the area can suffer from immediate radiation poisoning or the long-term effects of radiation exposure, including cancer. Although dirty bombs do not explode with the force of an atomic bomb, terrorism experts believe modern terror groups may try to use them in American cities or elsewhere because they are easier to assemble and do not require the specific radioactive elements used in atomic weapons.

435

The purpose of the drill is to test the emergency response systems in the participating cities, along with medical response and the coordination of local and federal communication systems and officials. The drill also helps responders be prepared for other situations such as earthquakes, major storms or other natural and man-made disasters. Funding for the drill was paid for by money already earmarked in Oregon's budget and $2.5 million in federal funds. Drill officials said the TOPOFF exercises originated not with the Sept. 11, 2001, terror attacks but with the deadly 1995 sarin gas attack in the Tokyo subway that killed a dozen people and injured nearly 1,000 others. That attack was blamed on the Japanese religious group Aum Shinrikyo and did not involve al-Qaida or a group currently regarded as a terror risk by the United States. "TOPOFF 4" stands for "Top Officials," and the current drill is the fourth exercise. The drill concludes on Friday (KATU News, 2007).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Dirty Bomb Date: June 17, 2008 Name: Unknown Agencies: DHS, National Guard, West Virginia Emergency Response Team, Boston University School of Medicines Biomedical Crisis Manageme nt program Location(s): Washington D.C., West Virginia Notes: Drill simulated a dirty bomb somewhere in the Washington D.C. area.

Title: Dirty Bomb Exercise Tests West Virginia's Emergency Services Date: June 18, 2008 Source: West Virginia Public Broadcasting Abstract: The scenario: A dirty bomb falls somewhere in the Washington D.C. area. Thousands of people evacuate to West Virginia. The state Homeland Security Department staged a major exercise yesterday to test whether West Virginia can handle such a scenario. In Berkeley County, the local Homeland Security and Emergency Services Department set up a decontamination station on a strip of land between the countys hospital and Interstate 81. Shortly after 11 a.m. a West Virginia Emergency Response Team semi truck and trailer pulled up. Members from local fire and emergency services departments worked with members of the National Guard to empty the truck and erect tents where evacuees were decontaminated. State Military Affairs and Public Safety Deputy Director Christy Morris was on hand to observe. Morris says there are several benefits to conducting this exercise: We havent had a complete statewide emergency in several years so this is a great oppor tunity to test phone numbers, to test names of people, make sure theyre still in their same jobs, and reacquaint themselves with each other in emergencies, Morris says. Local ham radio operators were also on hand to participate. Jay Tabor is Vice President of the Opequon Radio Society. Tabor says members were stationed here as well as at the county office of emergency services, the hospital and other key places: And this is exactly how we would distribute ourselves in a time of disaster, Tabor says. We would go the key critical points and provide a form of communication that might not be available. A lot of people are very quick to pick up a cell phone but its very much when you have a disaster can you hear me now. About 30 volunteers played the role of evacuees from Washington D.C., including Steve Swim and Karen Lloyd: I think its a worthwhile thing to plan ahead for disasters and be prepared, Swim says. Yeah, and as much as you practice theres always going to be that situation where youre not going to be prepared, Lloyd says. But having some things ready and knowing partially what youre doing is going to be better than knowing nothing. Dr. Kip Thomas watched as events unfolded. Thomas is director of Boston University School of Medicines Biomedical Crisis Management program. Thomas is studying how communities can better respond to emergencies and will use results from Berkeley Countys exercise in his research. Thomas says rural areas face several challenges in preparing for a crisis: I think the first challenge is not having enough resources to do these types of exercises often enough to be actually aware and ready for the things that are going to crop up when something like this happens, Thomas says. I think this is great that theyre doing it. But I think the challenge is whos actually going to head this way, what is the problem going to be and then trying to determine that in the middle of a crisis. Very difficult. Thomas says its costly to run emergency exercises like this and researchers like him hope to find ways to practice less expensively (West Virginia Public Broadcasting, 2008).

436

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Dirty Bomb Date: June 2-5, 2009 Name: "Empire 09" Agencies: New York State Disaster Preparedness Commission, Department of Energy, 550 first responders from 30 agencies Location(s): Albany, New York Notes: Mock drill staging operation center set up at Albany County Hockey Facility with a responses to a dirty bomb attack in Alba ny

Title: Disaster Training Taking Place In Albany Date: June 2, 2009 Source: CBS News Abstract: Five hundred and fifty first responders from 30 agencies will be in the Capital Region this week practicing for a worst case scenario. They'll be pretending two dirty bombs were detonated in Albany -- and are training themselves on how to would deal with that. A mock staging operation center has been set up at the Albany County Hockey Facility. All the necessary equipment has been brought in and field monitors are out in different parts of the region, collecting mock chemical samples. The idea is to make mistakes now so mistakes aren't made if this were to happen for real. The training already makes the Capital Region safer because first responders from federal and state agencies are getting familiar with local responders and will know exactly how to work with them if this were to happen for real in the area (CBS News, 2009).

Title: Dirty Bomb Squad Practicing In Capital Region Date: June 3, 2009 Source: Times Union Abstract: Between now and Friday, Capital Region residents might spot a low-flying helicopter and people in white space suits. There is nothing to fear, though the subject they are tackling is as serious as can be. Hundreds of federal, state and local law enforcement officials are running through potential responses to a dirty bomb attack in Albany. Authorities are staffing a command posts on Albany Shaker Road as they examine how well prepared they are to deal with the theoretical detonation of two improvised radiological devices in Albany. The reaction to the exercise, part of a three-day effort called Empire 09, was sEmpire 09. It featured radiation screenings, officials in white space suit type outfits and aircraft to watch contaminated areas from the sky. The exercise, hosted by the New York State Disaster Preparedness Commission, was sponsored by the U.S. Department of Energy. It comes only weeks after the FBI arrested four alleged conspirators in a plot to blow up two synagogues in the Bronx and shoot down military planes at Stewart International Airport in Newburgh (Times Union, 2009).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Nuclear Device Date: June 13, 2009 Name: Unknown Agencies: NYPD, FBI Drill Location(s): New York, New York Notes: Drill simulated a live nuclear device that was later diffused.

Title: New York Drill For Possible Nuke War Date: June 13, 2009 Source: Press TV Abstract: US security authorities have conducted a semi-clandestine nuclear fallout drill in the City of New York in order to be prepared "for the worst." The NYC Police Department (NYPD) in unison with the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) carried out a massive almost-covert anti-nuclear exercise codenamed 'New York, you have a problem' in order to gauge the metropolitan promptness in responding to such attacks. According to an AP report on Friday, hundreds of NYPD officers and FBI agents participated in the drill that involved the detection of a gamma-ray emitting device concealed in the heart of the urban area. The group was also accompanied by an elite corps of federal weapons specialists who, under a US attorney general mandate, found a simulated

437

nuclear device and diffused it. Commenting on the nature of new threats on the City area including 'dirty bombs' and other unconventional explosive devices, head of FBI's New York office, Joseph Demarest, said, "It's something we're very concerned about." Reflecting Demarest's comments, FBI's counterterrorism supervisor, Don Always, told reporters, "Hopefully, we'll never have to do this for real." "But if we do, we have to do it right the first time," he went on to say. Security forces have reportedly tested new hi-tech detection gadgets and other gizmos in the operation. New York City authorities have frequently expressed concerns over a sudden occurrence of such attacks capable to claim numerous lives. A dirty bomb is an explosive device equipped with nuclear, chemical or biological containers, which could be blown up without having to use sophisticated nuclear detonators. The news of the NYC nuclear fallout drill comes in the wake of an assessment last week in which the Missouri Congressman Todd Akin warned of a looming nuclear threat on the US's West coast cities as adversarial regimes such as North Korea expand their nuclear and rocket launching capabilities. The 62-year-old Republican Congressman advised the US administration to seriously consider current nuclear issues threatening US security, which demanded a fortified scheme to tackle the potential issues (Press TV, 2009).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Radioactive Material with Explosives Date: March 26, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: U.S. Air Force, FBI Location(s): Minot Air Force Base, North Dakota Notes: Drill simulated an armed person who invaded the base's McAdoo Sports and Fitness Center shooting several people and releasing radioactive material through the use of conventional explosives. Minot Air Force base was the same location where 6 150 kiloton nuclear warheads went missing in 2007. Title: Air Force Base Conducts "Dirty Bomb" Drill Date: April 6, 2010 Source: Nuclear Threat Initiative Abstract: Minot Air Force Base in North Dakota last month conducted a large-scale disaster response drill in which an attacker shot several people and then set off a radiological "dirty bomb," the UAir Force announced yesterday (see GSN, April 2). The exercise involved base security personnel, along with roughly 50 organizers and assessors from the FBI, emergency management agencies and other entities and a similar number of volunteers. In the drill, an armed person invaded the base's McAdoo Sports and Fitness Center on March 26, shooting several people and releasing radioactive material through the use of conventional explosives. Security teams hunted the shooter, extricated bystanders and secured the building, after which emergency personnel aided the wounded. "Simultaneously, the rest of the base went into lockdown and all major control centers were activated," said 5th Bomb Wing antiterrorism officer P.J. Pallotta said. "Even our elementary schools on base practiced lockdown procedures. It was a very plausible scenario." Mock victims were also treated at the base hospital. The simulation demonstrated that the base is well prepared for a possible attack, according to 5th Bomb Wing Vice Commander Col. Julian Tolbert. "The airmen who participated in today's exercise showed focus and a willingness to overcome the many obstacles seen with such a scenario," Tolbert said. "It's unfortunate we must train for days like today, but I feel confident knowing the base has skilled professionals ready to react to any situation" (Nuclear Threat Initiative, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Dirty Bomb Date: April 26-30, 2010 Name: "Liberty RadEx" Agencies: DHS, Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection, City of Philadelphia, 700 personnel from federal, state and local agencies and the private sector Location(s): Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Notes: Drill simulated a radiological dispersion device which was detonated in Independence National Park. The drill was the largest dirty-bomb drill ever sponsored by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

438

Title: Liberty RadEx Drill To Test National Clean-Up And Recovery Efforts After Mock `Dirty Bomb Attack Date: April 26, 2010 Source: EPA Abstract: More than 700 personnel from federal, state and local agencies and the private sector are participating in a 5-day homeland security exercise that began today in Philadelphia. The exercise, called Liberty RadEx, is the largest drill of its kind sponsored by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency to test the countrys capability to clean up and help communities recover from a dirty bomb terrorist attack. The Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection and City of Philadelphia are co-sponsoring the drill. Liberty RadEx portrays conditions at least 30 days after a radiological dispersion device was detonated in Independence National Park. The drill is unique in that it simulates the end of the emergency phase when response operations transition to new teams brought in to test areas for radiation contamination, determine cleanup plans, and help communities recover. Our first concern is that the public understands Liberty RadEx is a drill and the activities people might see at different l ocations are only simulations of what might happen in a real event, said EPA Regional Administrator Shawn M. Garvin. This exercise is significant because it will help inform how all levels of government, businesses and community organizations can work together to meet challenges associated with long-term cleanup and community recovery from a dirty bomb attack. Intergovernmental exercises such as Liberty RadEx are essential in maintaining our ability to respond to events and for evaluating the effectiveness of our response plans, said Pennsylvania Environmental Protection Secretary John Hanger. DEP's Bureau of Radiation Protection will be participating throughout the week by providing staff, technical support, and expertise. The LibertyRAD exercise marks another milestone in Philadelphia's preparedness efforts by evaluating how federal, state and local governments will work collaboratively following a disaster with the long-term devastating consequences a dirty-bomb attack causes, said MaryAnn E. Tierney, deputy managing director for the City of Philadelphias Office of Emergency Management. Conducting the exercise in a densely populated urban area that is home to some of our nations most treasured historic sites and critical infrastructure will be a valuable learning experience for all involved. An exercise of this magnitude offers an unprecedented opportunity to collaborate with our interagency partners. This exercise will provide a comprehensive assessment of our ability to coordinate and communicate with federal, state, and local responders, said Rear A dmiral Wayne E. Justice, commander of the U.S. Coast Guard 5th District. The majority of Liberty RadEx play will occur April 2729 at venues in Philadelphia, and at one site in Ridley Park, Pa. Site visits and tours are available for the media and others interested in observing (EPA, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Improvised Nuclear Device Date: April 26, 2010 Name: "National Level Exercise (NLE)" Agencies: U.S. Northern Command Drill Location: Las Vegas, Nevada Notes: Drill was to simulate terrorists detonating an improvised nuclear device assembled with smuggled weapons-grade uranium.

Title: Military Cancels Nuke Attack Test Date: April 26, 2010 Source: Washington Times Abstract: The U.S. military has canceled a major field exercise that tests its response to a nuclear attack, angering some officials who say that what is now planned for this month will be a waste of time. U.S. Northern Command in Colorado withdrew from major participation in this months National Level Exercise (NLE), a large -scale drill that tests whether the military and the Department of Homeland Security can work with local governments to respond to an attack or natural disaster. The exercise was canceled recently after the planned site for a post-nuclear-attack response Las Vegas pulled out in November, fearing a negative impact on its struggling business environment. A government official involved in NLE planning said a new site could not be found. The official also said the Northern Commands exercise plans for cooping continuity of operations, during which commanders go to off-site locations also had been scratched. All I know is its been turned into garbage, said the official, who asked not to be identified because of the sensitivity of the information. Its a nonevent. The NLE, which is supposed to be a series of hands-on exercises to test the system in the event terrorists use a nuclear device, has become instead a tabletop exercise at best, the official said. Maj. Michael Humphreys, a Northern Command spokesman, said the military officials decided to delink the Ardent Sentry exercise from the National Level Exercise, but he stressed that the command conducts other exercises and cooping at other times.

439

This exercise enabled both the [Defense Department] and other agencies to review their processes and procedures, and focus f uture training efforts on closing gaps and additional areas identified during the exercise, Maj. Humphreys said. This year, Ardent Sentry will not be linked with the NLE. He said NorthCom will work with the Pentagon in its role in the NLE. In a statement to The Washington Times, the Pentagon said: It was nece ssary to cancel the field exercise portion of the NLE due to the inability to get another state/local community to engage on short notice after the original venue was changed. NorthCom still has a requirement to exercise its core requirements. It is just doing this at another location. Created after the Sept. 11 attacks, the NLE is the countrys largest exercise of its kind combining activities among the military, Department of Homeland Security and local governments to test their joint, emergency response capabilities. Homeland Security spokesman Clark Stevens said his department still plans major field work. NLE 2010 provides an important opportunity to exercise and assess emergency response and recovery capabilities in the face o f a major disaster or a terrorist attack against the United States, Mr. Stevens said. Working with local partners in a number of states, the scenario will allow emergency response officials at all levels of gov ernment to test response plans, communication capabilities, and interagency coordination tools that are vital to the effective response in a real-world event. The field exercise in Las Vegas was to simulate terrorists detonating an improvised nuclear device assembled with smuggled weapons-grade uranium (Washington Times, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Crude Nuclear Device Date: May 19, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: FBI and other U.S. local, state and federal agencies Location: Los Angeles, California Notes: Drill simulated the tracking down, deactivation and removal of a crude nuclear device at the Los Angeles Coliseum.

Title: Nuclear Terror Drill Staged In Los Angeles Date: May 19, 2010 Source: NTI Abstract: The FBI and other U.S. local, state and federal agencies this week are dealing with a simulated nuclear terror attack in Los Angeles, United Press International reported. "Threats involving weapons of mass destruction are complex, and confronting them must be practiced constantly," said FBI Assistant Director Steve Martinez, who heads the bureau's Los Angeles field office. Participants in the three-day exercise worked to track down, deactivate and remove a crude nuclear device at the Los Angeles Coliseum, according to an FBI statement. In addition, authorities intended to seek out other devices dispersed throughout the city (NTI, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Dirty Bomb Date: May 19, 2010 Name: "Golden Guardian" Agencies: National Guard, Air Force, CalEMA Location: California Notes: A dirty bomb and shooters rocked the campus of California State University San Marcos.

Title: Terror in Redwood City: Emergency Drill Prepares For Terrorist Attack Date: May 19, 2010 Source: The Daily Journal Abstract: The explosion that broke yesterday mornings quiet at the Port of Redwood City was little more than a quick bright flash and billowing plume of black smoke rising up beyond a row of trees. What did not dissipate quickly, though, was the unexplained blow-ups fallout first responders staging areas to assess the injured, hundreds of military and public safety members trying to contain a fire and chemical release and bloodied and battered people strewn in the mud around the Cemex facility.

440

Those on the ground didnt know yet what had happened the 10 a.m. explosion was actually the second terrorist attack which, coupled together, blew up a ship and collapsed a building but they knew they needed help. A stick piercing Lauren Fehds lung left the 18-year-old worried that her 8-month-old fetus was in distress. Pamela Brown, 25, jumped out a second-story window to escape the building but was also wheezing and blistered from the chemical release. Joan Kyle, 26, was hit on the head by a rock but, while digging Fehd and Brown from the rubble, faced an unexpected danger. It was a snake, which gouged a wound in her arm. Wait you saved us? That is awesome!, said Brown after hearing Kyle tell her story. Kyle double-checked her story card on a lanyard around her neck. Yep, in yesterdays mock terrorism drill, the three women survived, albeit in need of serious help. But in helping victims like the trio, emergency personnel from local, state and federal were the ones being aided. The simulated response exercise known as Golden Guardian was one of several statewide testing local reaction to terrorist attacks at various ports, including Redwood City. Past drills have included disease and natural disasters. California Emergency Management Agency Secretary Matthew Bettenhausen said the drills are also reminders to the greater public to be prepared for 72 hours, including an escape route from the home and knowing where to find gas and water meters. The annual event started in 2004 under Gov. Arnold Schwarzenegger who was invited to the Redwood City exercise but could not attend. The governors absence was barely noticeable in the sea of roughly 400 participants, including members of the national guard, Air Force, CalEMA and public safety organizations throughout the Peninsula. Camouflage-clad soldiers and military vehicles rumbled down Seaport Boulevard just outside the Pacific Shores Center. Elsewhere in the state, a terrorist attack on a container ship at the Port of Oakland caused a hazardous plus that resulted in an evacuation. At Pier 48 in San Francisco, divers used the Navy Marine Mammal Program which uses dolphins to recover an explosive device. A dirty bomb and shooters rocked the campus of California State University San Marcos and hostages were taken after a terrorist group took over a Catalina Express ferry boat moored at Long Beach Ferry Terminal. Back in Redwood City, though, some of the affected had concerns other than their immediate safety primping. As orange-vested organizers placed actors and explained nuances of their individual symptoms lethargic means tired, one explained to a woman who wasnt quite sure how to act bandages were adjusted and bruises touched up. A smiling woman with blood stains running down her sweatshirt applied blood to the back of another while one nearby man looked less successful in surviving the collapse. He had an angry looking gash across his throat and ghostly white face. Paul Cramer, 24, freshened up his injuries with a spray bottle of fake blood while his roommate Teddy Vigil, 24, was on the ground with a gnarled foot underneath a piece of Hertz equipment. Vigil said he was hit by a car, leaving him unable to walk and unconscious. Like the others in the simulation, though, he had been there since 6 a.m. and had been warned to expect an 11-hour day. The actors had answered casting calls on Craigslist and the simulation followed three days of practice, according to Fehd. Although Tuesdays drill was simulated, officials said the scenarios and the actors help emergency personnel know how to react if a real situation comes to pass. It s so easy to forget ... how important this is. The events in New York City a few weeks ago remind us of how important this is, said Redwood City Mayor Jeff Ira (The Daily Journal, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drill Type: Improvised Explosive Dirty Bomb Device Date: June 8-20, 2010 Name: Palmetto Shield & Operation Red Dragon Agencies: U.S. Army, South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control, South Carolina Law Enforcement Division, FEMA, American Red Cross Location: South Carolina Notes: Drill simulated a IED dirty bomb explosion at a mock car and bike show.

Title: Anderson-Area Agencies Prepare For Emergency Drill Date: May 29, 2010 Source: Independent Mail Abstract: There will be explosions and military trucks on the streets of Anderson County, but it wont be real. In the weeks of June 8 through June 20, Anderson County emergency response teams from law enforcement units and fire departments to emergency management workers and the coroners office will participate in a mock terrorist attack in the Anderson area. Called Palmetto Shield and Operation Red Dragon, organizations from Anderson, Abbeville, Greenville, Greenwood, Oconee and Pickens counties will work with the U.S. Army, the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control, the South Carolina Law Enforcement Division, the Federal Emergency Management Agency and the American Red Cross, among other agencies, to simulate the coordination of efforts in the face of a real emergency.

441

As with other drills, the activities in June will use actors and mannequins to imitate real patients and casualties, said Taylor Jones, emergency services director for Anderson County. And while the exercise isnt real, the threat is, he said. There are a lot of plants in the region that are very critical to the economic engine of South Carolina and the country, Jones said. This area is also crucial to the energy-producing engine of our area, the whole Southeast and the nation at large. The scenario will play out like this: On June 8, intelligence agencies will start to hear chatter that a terrorist group is planning an attack somewhere between Atlanta and Charlotte. Throughout the week, intelligence will continue to point to some sort of pending attack. On June 12, a domestic violence call in Honea Path will result in officers finding bomb-making equipment. From there, a series of events will happen, including the explosion of an improvised explosive device at a Greenwood train facility, the discovery of more bomb-making equipment at an Abbeville home and a call to assist with the aftermath of a hurricane on the coast. The training exercises will culminate on June 19 when two trucks head down Interstate 85 toward Anderson and get off at exit 19. One truck will drive up Clemson Boulevard toward Pendleton and stop at the Michelin plant in Sandy Springs. An IED dirty bomb will explode there, injuring eight and killing two. But that truck will be a diversion to the real event, another IED dirty bomb at a mock car and bike s how at the Anderson University Athletic Campus, the former Anderson County Fair and Expo Center on Williamston Road. This will be the real target, something with a lot of people, Jones said. This IED will take out 150 people with 25 dead. Local agencies will have a chance to work with national organizations as well as with specialized equipment available in the state, he said. For instance, when the city of Anderson Police Department is faced with the attack, it will call in the U.S. Army Reserves to assist with decontamination, reconnaissance and air sampling. This is part of their Operation Red Dragon, Jones said. It gives the Army a chance to work with civilians and learn how to get out of the military mindset and work more effectively with local units. Simulating mass fatalities will be a major test of our resources, said Greg Shore, Anderson County Coroner and MedShore Amb ulance Service chief executive officer. This is probably the largest simulated exercise involving real-time events weve been involved with, Shore said. It will give us an opportunity to test our mass fatality plan of action. Abbeville County Coroner Ronnie Ashley will participate in the drill, Shore said, by managing the activity at the South Carol ina Coroners Association regional response trailer. The trailer is equipped to provide supplies in the event of a mass fatality emergency. It will be staged near the Anderson University Athletic Campus, Shore said. MedShore will activate its 42-member disaster response team, whose paramedics and emergency medical technicians will answer simulated calls in more than 60 ambulances, he said. Weve been training with local agencies but this drill will test our ability to work with state -level and federal emergency response agencies, Shore said. Were excited to see how we respond. It will also give the responding agencies an opportunity to check on how well they communicate with one another as well as the public. Well be activating our (billboard emergency alert system), to let people know that its just a drill, said Anita Donley, public information officer for the Anderson County emergency services division. Well also be doing updates on our Web site, sending out emergency texts and up dating people through our Facebook and Twitter accounts. For the people within a 1-mile radius of the actual event site, we will be activating our reverse 911, to call residents and let them know this is a drill. We really want to be able to test all of our procedures. Honea Path Police Chief David King said the event will be a learning experience for all the parties involved. Its going to be a very beneficial training opportunity for our department to work and learn together with Anderson County Sheriffs Office, King said. Anderson sheriffs SWAT team, emergency preparedness officials and state and federal agencies as well. It will also test our communications between our dispatch center, law enforcement agencies and all our emergency services. Everything will be handled just as a real emergency exist. A lot of hard work is going into this training by all agencies involved. Our goal is to make sure we are prepared to protect our community and county.

442

Jones said the event will be paid for with grants and federal money. Overtime that will be paid for the event will be paid through a $92,000 grant, he said, while the initial work on the project was covered by a $35,000 state grant, And the money spent on the project, he said, will stay in the Upstate. Federal agencies, when they bring in their people and equipment to the area for the drill, are expected to spend more than $25,000 a day on food, shelter, equipment and other resources. This is as much a boost to our own pockets as our own sense of security, said interim Anderson County administrator Rusty Burns. On May 21, the Department of Homeland Security issued a report that said, The number and pace of attempted attacks against the United State s over the past nine months have surpassed the number of attempts during any other previous one-year period. Just like with home fire drills, none of us can ignore the need to be prepared for the worst. And while many of us will sleep better knowing our agencies are prepared to deal with this, ultimately many others will sleep better because of the food on their table and the money in their pockets that resulted from these organizations spending their training dollars in Anderson. Jones said several teams with the Anderson County Sheriffs Office will participate, including a group of criminal invest igators who will gather intelligence and report it. Anderson County Sheriff John Skipper said the exercise would no in no way detract from the day-to-day operations of the sheriffs office (Independant Mail, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: (CBRN) Chemical, biological, radiological or nuclear device Date: July 13, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: Fire, Hospitals Drill Location: Barnsley, Yorkshire, England Notes: Drill simulated a (CBRN) device had exploded in the Meadowhall shopping centre and crowds of people with radiation burns needed to be treated

Title: Dry Run For Nuclear Terror Medics Date: July 14, 2010 Source: Yorkshire Post Abstract: Fire crews and hospital staff carried out an exercise in Barnsley yesterday to test the emergency response to a terrorist attack in South Yorkshire. The scenario was that a chemical, biological, radiological or nuclear (CBRN) device had exploded in the Meadowhall shopping centre and crowds of people with radiation burns needed to be treated. Volunteers were showered in "decontamination" tents at Barnsley Hospital before being allowed in the hospital's emergency department. Mike Lees, head of emergency planning at Barnsley Hospital, said: "Exercises like this are all about gaining experience for the future, for the time when we have to deal with real, large-scale emergencies" (Yorkshire Post, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Improvised Nuclear Device Date: July 28, 2010 Name: Operation Golden Phoenix 2010 Agencies: OEM Drill Location(s): Los Angeles (Burbank), California Notes: Drill simulated a response to the detonation of 10-kiloton improvised nuclear device and the live demonstration of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's Integrated Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear and Explosive (ICBRNE) real-time sensor technology system. Title: Agencies Drill For Nuclear Terrorist Attack Date: July 28, 2010 Source: The Nuclear Bible Abstract: Firefighters, police, sheriff's deputies, paramedics, the county coroner and other emergency services personnel will participate in a TRAINING exercise that simulates a response to the detonation of 10-kiloton improvised nuclear device. The drill is "not based on any actual intelligence information or threat to Los Angeles or the United States," said Ken Kondo, a spokesman for the county's Office of Emergency Management. It is geared toward advance planning for such an event and to share information and technology between first responders and public safety personnel at local, state and federal levels. "The greatest threat to U.S. and global security is no longer a nuclear exchange between nations, but nuclear terrorism by violent extremists and nuclear proliferation to an increasing number of states," said Obama in announcing a shift in the country's nuclear policy. Such an improvised nuclear device could be small enough to be carried in a briefcase, but would wreak "indescribable" devastation, Kondo said. After detonation, depending on wind patterns, a plume cloud could cover much of the Southern California area.

443

"The most critical point to be made is that the majority of the population will survive this kind of an incident and participating agencies must be prepared to manage the consequences in a deliberate and focused manner, in order to protect lives and preserve property," Kondo said. Any nuclear blast would leave damaged buildings, broken windows and potential nuclear fallout in its wake, so residents would be urged to shelter in place. "It's better to be safe inside" in such a scenario, said Kondo. Just as in the event of an earthquake or other potential natural disasters, residents should be prepared with plenty of supplies, including food, water and a battery-operated radio to listen to emergency communications. Personnel from 88 cities, 137 unincorporated areas and more than 200 special districts will participate in the exercise, dubbed "Operation Golden Phoenix 2010." Emergency operations centers throughout the Southland will be activated as part of the drill and communicate with the Los Angeles County Emergency Operations Center, said Kondo. In Burbank, public safety personnel will host a live demonstration of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's Integrated Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear and Explosive (ICBRNE) real-time sensor technology system. The sensors monitor conditions and alert officials about the detection of radiation in the area. The planning team for today's events includes the Los Angeles County Chief Executive Office, Office of Emergency Management; the City of Los Angeles Emergency Management Department; and the county's Department of Public Health. Ventura County officials will also participate, as part of the exercise will anticipate the possibility of evacuating residents to other counties. The training is sponsored by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Science and Technology Directorate and facilitated by the Naval Postgraduate School Center for Asymmetric Warfare. The county Office of Emergency Management has developed two programs to prepare citizens and the media for all hazards and catastrophic events. The county spokesman urged residents to use the online materials to develop a family emergency plan and to stock necessary supplies. "If it does happen, it will happen quickly," Kondo said. "If you have a plan, you will be able to s urvive (Nuclear Bible, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Dirty Bomb Date: August 9-13, 2010 Name: "Exercise Desert Wind" Agencies: U.S. Airforce Location(s): Edwards Air Force Base, California Notes: Drill simulated a dirty-bomb explosion and the effort to contain, maintain and eliminate the spread of damage from the simulated explosion.

Title: Team Edwards Concludes Exercise Desert Wind With Dirty-Bomb Drill Date: August 2010 Source: CBRNIAC Newsletter Abstract: The 95th Air Base Wing (ABW) [Edwards Air Force Base, California] concluded a week-long emergency disaster drill called Exercise Desert Wind 10-4, August 9 through 13, 2010. The exercise picked up where it left off in May of this year from a hypothetical earthquake which wreaked havoc around the Southwestern U.S. ABW personnel participated in recovery efforts with Force Protection Condition exercises, emergency disaster drill evacuations and recovery, simulated hazardous material spills and a dirty-bomb explosion. Military and civilian personnel participated in the exercise that included interagency participation through the Defense Support of Civilian Agencies. Participants also practiced receiving Antelope Valley-area evacuees and providing temporary housing of those evacuees on base. Edwards Fire Department and 95th Medical Group personnel donned personal protective equipment and simulated the use of specialized monitoring gear to check for chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear or explosives contamination levels in the immediate area. In near 100 degree temperatures, the exercise ended with a simulated dirty-bomb detonation. Edwards Federal Fire Department, Department of the Air Force guards and 95th Security Forces Squadron responded to contain, maintain and eliminate the spread of damage from the simulated explosion (CBRNIAC Newsletter, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Dirty Bomb Date: April 5-10, 2011 Name: Unknown Agencies: NYPD, 70 Law Enforcement Agencies Location(s): New York, New York, United Nations Notes: Drill simulated 4 fictional terror cells intent on targeting New York City with a dirty bomb. NYPD Commissioner Ray Kelly: Well be manning up to 400 checkpoints throughout the Metropolitan Area to test our ability to intercept radiological material. There actually will be samples of radiological materials Title: First Responders, NYPD Conduct Dirty Bomb Drill In NYC Date: April 5, 2011 Source: CBS News Abstract: A week-long series of terror drills involving dozens of agencies and first responders begins Tuesday in the Big Apple. The focus will be on one of the great concerns of the post-9/11 era: nuclear terrorism, Jay Dow reports. The NYPD and 70 other law enforcement agencies across our region will test their ability to detect radiological materials and prevent an attack orchestrated by four fictional terror cells intent on targeting New York City with a dirty bomb. The drill began with a massive deployment Tuesday morning at the United Nations, and will run through Saturday.

444

NYPD Commissioner Ray Kelly said New Yorkers can expect to see a heightened presence near bridges, transit hubs, and on the waters around New York City. Well be manning up to 400 checkpoints throughout the Metropolitan Area to test our ability to intercept radiological material. There actually will be samples of radiological materials, he said. Kelly said over the next five days, residents can expect to see a heightened presence near bridges, transit hubs, and on the waters around New York City. The goal is to exercise our capacity to intersect radiological material coming into the city, he said. The exercise will be supervised by an outside consultant and, with overtime pay inevitable, funded by a federal grant. Weve distributed, both in the New York City Police Department and other agencies throughout the Metropolitan Area 4,200 radiation-detection devices, said Kelly Particular areas that will be impacted include the Macombs Dam Bridge, the 225th Street Bridge, the 138th Street Bridge, the 155th Street Bridge and the Third Avenue Bridge. We need to be protected by whatever means necessary, said Pierre Baptiste of Manhattan. With whats happening in the world, its needed. Were at war on all fronts, so its best to start here. Sooner or later its going to get here, said Charles Watson of the Bronx (CBS News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Dirty Bomb Date: July 27, 2011 Name: Unknown Agencies: National Guard, Department of Energy, Office of Emergency Management, Suffolk County Police Department Location(s): New York, New York (The Brookhaven RAP team, which is responsible for the region that stretches from Maryland and the western border of Pennsylvania all the way up to Maine, will work with CST teams from Connecticut and Pennsylvania in the coming months) Notes: Drill simulated a dirty bomb containing radioactive contaminants exploding in an area southeast of BNLs National Synchrotron Light Source II construction site. Title: Radiological Assistance Program Drill RAP Up Date: August 10, 2011 Source: Brookhaven National Laboratory Abstract: With helicopters, soldiers, emergency vehicles, and a fictitious dirty bomb on site July 27, Brookhaven Lab looked more like the set for a new blockbuster action movie than a place where scientists are studying the origins of the universe and working on the nations e nergy challenges. That morning, the New York National Guard's 24th Civil Support Team (CST) for Weapons of Mass Destruction traveled by air and expressway from Fort Hamilton in Brooklyn to BNL for a training drill conducted by the Radiological Assistance Program (RAP) that also included members of the DOEBrookhaven Site Office, the Nonproliferation & National Security Department, Police and Fire and Rescue groups, the Office of Emergency Management, and Suffolk County Police Department Emergency Services. The scripted situation for the drill involved a simulated dirty bomb containing radioactive contaminants exploding in an area southeast of BNLs National Synchrotron Light Source II construction site. In the hours afterward, participants assessed the situation, characterized the radioactive materials from the blast and then responded using plume models and other tools. We hope that we wont ever have to actually use what we practice, but with that being said, this drill went extremely well a nd everyone involved got something out of it, said Lee Michel, training and outreach coordinator for Brookhavens RAP team. The real strength in these drills is bringing together multiple agencies to rehearse how we would execute in a real situation, said Major Jody Lupo of the CST. Our unit wouldnt be anywhere near where it is today without the support we receive from the people at DOE and Brookhaven. The Brookhaven RAP team, which is responsible for the region that stretches from Maryland and the western border of Pennsylvania all the way up to Maine, will work with CST teams from Connecticut and Pennsylvania in the coming months (Brookhaven National Laboratory, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Dirty Bomb Drills Type: Dirty Bomb, Radioactive Capsules Date: September 1, 2011 Name: Unknown Agencies: National Guard

445

Location(s): Seattle, Washington Notes: Drill simulated a "dirty bomb" exercise - complete with a fake-looking blown-off plastic arm.

Title: 'Dirty Bomb' Drill Puts Seattle Central, National Guard To The Test Date: September 2, 2011 Source: Capitol Hill Seattle Abstract: For Robert Huss, head of security for Seattle Central, Thursday's "dirty bomb" exercise -- complete with a fake-looking blown-off plastic arm -atop the school's science and math building was an opportunity to test out the safety procedures for the campus he is responsible for. For the specialists of the Washington National Guard Civilian Support Team 10, a day of drills hunting for small radioactive capsules provided the opportunity to put their skills to the test in a busy city environment in the heart of Capitol Hill. While it was annoying for the big media flyovers it encouraged, the drills involving the school, the Guard, State Patrol and SPD have been relatively regular occurrences on Seattle's community college campuses including SCCC, Huss said. Previous SCCC drills have been held at night. The timing of Thursday's exercise, Huss told CHS, had nothing to do with the approaching ten-year anniversary of the 9/11 attacks. And Huss said to expect more drills of a similar nature in the future. Fake blown-off plastic arms included, we presume (Capitol Hill Seattle, 2011).

5. NUCLEAR SCIENCE IS EASY

OBAMACSI.COM: If reports from the media and the U.S. government are to be believed, nuclear science is easy and even a boy scout can build a dirty bomb. These reports are issued to confuse people so when a real nuclear device is detonated, people will have an easier time believing that folks in a cave were able to build it. Obviously, nuclear science is, well, nuclear science, and it is extremely complex and intricate, ultimately making the only possible perpetrator of a nuclear attack a government entity. Title: Extreme DIY: Building A Homemade Nuclear Reactor In NYC Date: June 23, 2010 Source: BBC Abstract: Mark Suppes is part of a growing community of amateur "fusioneers". Many might be alarmed to learn of a homemade nuclear reactor being built next door. But what if this form of extreme DIY could help solve the world's energy crisis? By day, Mark Suppes is a web developer for fashion giant Gucci. By night, he cycles to a New York warehouse and tinkers with his own nuclear fusion reactor. The warehouse is a non-descript building on a tree-lined Brooklyn street, across the road from blocks of apartments, with a grocery store on one corner. But in reality, it is a lab. In a hired workshop on the third floor, a high-pitched buzz emanates from a corner dotted with metal scraps and ominous-looking machinery, as Mr Suppes fires up his device and searches for the answer to a question that has eluded some of the finest scientific minds on the planet. In nuclear fusion, atoms are forcibly joined, releasing energy. It is, say scientists, the "holy grail" of energy production - completely clean and cheap. The problem is, no-one has found a way of making fusion reactors produce more energy than they consume to run. 'I was inspired' Mr Suppes, 32, is part of a growing community of "fusioneers" - amateur science junkies who are building homemade fusion reactors, for fun and with an eye to being part of the solution to that problem. He is the 38th independent amateur physicist in the world to achieve nuclear fusion from a homemade reactor, according to community site Fusor.net. Others on the list include a 15-year-old from Michigan and a doctoral student in Ohio. "I was inspired because I believed I was looking at a technology that could actually work to solve our energy problems, and I believed it was something that I could at least begin to build," Mr Suppes told the BBC. While they might un-nerve the neighbours, fusion reactors of this kind are perfectly legal in the US.

446

"As long as they [private citizens] obtain that material [the components of the reactor] legally, they could do whatever they want," says Anne Stark, senior public information officer for California's Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory. During fusion, energy is released as atomic nuclei are forced together at high temperatures and pressures to form larger nuclei. Scientists say devices like Mr Suppes' pose no real threat to neighbouring communities or the environment because they contain no nuclear materials, such as uranium or plutonium. "There is no chance of any kind of accident with fusion," says Neil Calder, communications chief for Iter, a multi-national project begun in 1985 with the aim of demonstrating the feasibility of fusion power. "There's no CO2 pollution, there's no greenhouse gases, you can't use it for proliferation [the spread of nuclear weapons] - it has so many advantages," he said. 'Mechanics to janitors' Government-led efforts to produce power from fusion have been going on around the world for 50 years. Iter - funded by the EU, US, Japan, Russia, India, China, and South Korea - is working on a multi-billion dollar, advanced reactor, due to be built in the south of France by 2019. But the availability of equipment and technology has seen an increasing number of amateurs enter the fray. "We have people in the whole gamut, from physicists to electronics people to car mechanics to even one janitor - and all these people share a common bond to do nuclear fusion in their home," said Richard Hull, founder of Fusor.net. Some experts are sceptical that all these people are producing fusion reactions, but when he demonstrates his device, Mr Suppes says a bubble meter placed next to the reactor indicates that a fast neutron, a by-product of fusion, has been produced. The amateur scientist began building his reactor two years ago, purchasing parts on eBay with $35,000 of his own money and about $4,000 he raised on a website that connects artists and inventors with private investors. "Real researchers that are working at Los Alamos [US Department of Energy National Laboratory] and are working at Lawrence Livermore are following this and commenting on it, even though it's not an officially sanctioned project," he says. Tricky situation Mr Suppes sees his work in nuclear fusion as more than just a hobby, and he intends to try to build one of the world's first break-even reactors - a facility producing as much energy as it uses to operate. "He now has to go out and do what everybody else has to do, which is to convince people to invest in his project - whether its government funding or private funding to carry him through," said Mr Calder. Mr Suppes is hoping to build a break-even reactor from plans created by the late Robert Bussard, a nuclear physicist who drew up plans for a fusion reactor that could convert hydrogen and boron into electricity. Work on a scaled up version of a Bussard reactor, funded by the US Navy, has already been taking place in California. But Mr Suppes believes he will be able to raise the millions of dollars it takes to build a Bussard reactor because he feels someone with enough money "will feel they cannot pass up the opportunity" to find out if it will work. Iter said it would be wrong to dismiss out of hand the notion that an amateur could make a difference. "I won't say something that puts these guys down, but it's a tricky situation because there is a great deal of money and time and a lot of very experienced scientists working on fusion at the moment," said Mr Calder. "But that does not eliminate other ideas coming from a different group of people." What neighbours say For Mr Suppes, convincing the experts is one thing. Convincing the locals is another problem entirely.

447

"A homemade nuclear fusion reactor being built in Brooklyn - I would have thought there would be some sort of rules and laws about messing around with nuclear fusion in your apartment," said Brooklyn resident Stephen Davis. "I'm not sure I'd like that living right next to me." "The fact that he's trying to form a new kind of energy is all well and good," said another local, Christopher Wright. "But without the proper scientific work behind it, I don't know if it's too good of an idea." But others had a more positive outlook on Mr Suppes' reactor. "I think it's a good idea. If a guy can make an invention like that, it should definitely be spread around so we don't need to depend on oil," Brooklynite Chris Stephens told the BBC. "We need to do something that's new and more creative for society" (BBC, 2010).

Title: If A Boy Scout Can Get Nuclear Materials, What's Stopping Terrorists? Date: February 8, 2011 Source: PBS Abstract: Back in the days when we thought a "dirty bomb" might be a raunchy joke gone awry, young David Hahn was gathering all the radioactive material he could get his hands on. But he came in peace. Hahn is the man who earned the sobriquet "The Radioactive Boy Scout" in 1995 when he came very close to building a breeder nuclear reactor in his backyard in suburban Detroit. I am serious as a meltdown. I heard about his tale while I spent some time with some of New York's finest - the anti-terrorism unit. In the course of a whirlwind day that involved time in a chopper, a boat, an SUV and the 4 train, I picked up on the legend of the really rad Boy Scout from my home state. I kept asking if anyone could or would have the time, energy, money and knowledge to gather up some readily available radiological materials, duct tape it to some dynamite, and make himself or herself the kind of dirty bomb that the post-9/11 world has come to fear and loathe. And finally one of the anti-terror cops mentioned David Hahn's story. A little bit of digging and we found David more than willing to tell his tale. We were booked to DTW faster than the half-life of Seaborgium (look it up!). David is now in his mid-30s and going to college to become a practitioner of the science of public relations. Before he landed back in Michigan, he had two stints in the service: one tour as a Marine and one as a Navy enlisted man. In that latter role, he became the helmsman of the USS Enterprise -- a nuclear-powered aircraft carrier -- which he says is a bear to parallel park. That job presented a ironic turn for the kid who grew up devouring a 1960s vintage Golden Book of Chemistry Experiments - which offered all kinds of interesting, sometimes dangerous, ways for kids to get a taste of the what it is like to be a scientist. David loved the story of Pierre and Marie Curie's discovery of Radium. In fact, he could not stop thinking about the glowing material depicted in the drawing on that page in the book. He figured it was the best way to solve the energy crisis. With his father's encouragement, he decided to become an Eagle Scout (did you know 11 of the 12 Apollo moonwalkers were scouts? First man on the moon Neil Armstrong and moonwalker Charles Duke were the two Eagle Scouts of the group).* Naturally, the atomic energy merit badge interested him the most. The book required the Eagle wannabe to make a model of a nuclear reactor out of straws and matches and stuff. David decided he would rather make the real thing -- and then set about to gather up as much hot stuff as he could lay his hands on. He got Thorium from lantern mantles, Americium from smoke detectors and Radium from old clock dials. He had pretty much all he needed to make a small breeder reactor, which can generate more fissile material than it consumes. It sounds like a cool trick but as you can imagine these things have a way of going south ... to China. David spent sometimes eight or 10 hours a day in his backyard shed trying to fashion himself a breeder reactor. All he wanted to do was transform one element to the next. He thinks he may have done that but cannot be sure. Before things got even weirder in his backyard, David got cold feet, gathered up his stuff, put it in the trunk of a car and proceeded to get pulled over by the fuzz. Game over. A moon-suited team was there in a jiffy -- and his shed, the hot stuff and much of the dirt in his backyard made its way to a radioactive waste dump in Utah. David's reactor-building days were done. But since he never broke the law -- or meant any harm, he never did any time in the can. A bomb? He said he never thought for a moment about building a bomb! But here is the bottom line -- and why he was a nice addition to our story: He says it was awfully darn hard to gather up all the smoke detectors, Coleman lantern mantles and old clocks.

448

Matter of fact, they say you would need about 2 million smoke detectors to make a single dirty bomb of any consequence. What we should be worried about is the radioactive material that sits in machines inside hospitals. There is enough Cesium in one blood irradiator to make many dozens of dirty bombs. So let's hope they are battening the hatches inside hospitals these days. We don't want anyone getting a dirty bomb merit badge (PBS, 2011).

6. AS SEEN ON TV OBAMACSI.COM: Like most earth changing events of the last 50 years, the As Seen on TV slogan can be dutifully applies. Dirty bomb propaganda films and documentaries have been slowly preparing the public for the inevitable dirty bomb terror attack that will undoubtedly be blamed on Muslims and Arabs. Interestingly, the facts and information contained within the movies regarding dirty bombs is in direct conflict with information from the United States Regulatory Commission. Essentially, a dirty bomb, aside from the initial explosion, is relatively harmless. Clearly, the TV and movie networks never got that memo. Title: Horizon: "Dirty Bomb" Date: January 30, 2003 Source: BBC Abstract: A dirty bomb is a radiological weapon but unlike a nuclear bomb, its purpose is to contaminate rather than destroy. It uses normal explosives to disperse radioactive materials in the local environment, creating a hazard to health that could last for years unless cleaned up. The relative ease of making such a bomb means it is a potent terrorist weapon but Horizon's investigation shows that the risk to health from most such devices need not be great. It also underlines the need for governments to act to secure radioactive sources from falling into criminal hands. Horizon deliberately avoids outlining the production process in any detail. Horizon publishes the results of specially commissioned research, modelling two possible dirty bomb scenarios: attacks on either London or Washington DC. The main conclusion is that the health risks from a dirty bomb explosion are localised to people who are close to the incident or are in contact with the contamination. Although the modelled attack scenarios could have wide-ranging economic repercussions, the majority of the population of either capital city would have only a negligible increase in their risk of developing cancer. No one has ever exploded a dirty bomb in anger, but there has been at least one close call. In November 1995, a security alert in Moscow eventually unearthed a package of radioactive material, wired with explosives. The Russian authorities kept the incident from the public; a warning to the world about the risk of so called 'radiological dispersion devices' went unannounced. More recently, documents found in Afghanistan as well the FBI's arrest of Jose Padilla en route to Chicago have made security services the world over take seriously the risk of an attack. Health Effects A dirty bomb is a small and relatively simple device, sometimes inaccurately called a poor man's nuclear weapon. The radioactive material it contains is unrefined and plays no part in detonating the bomb. The amount of conventional explosive need not be large and may not kill anyone. Its power lies in the cloud of dust released at the same time, producing a nuclear fallout that has a range of health effects. All assessments of likely results make assumptions about the size of the dirty bomb (how much radioactivity it disperses), the type of radiation and the environment in which it explodes. Anyone who comes into contact with radiation increases their risk of cancer. In a dirty bomb attack, only those who receive the very largest doses perhaps if injuries prevent their immediate decontamination - could potentially suffer mild radiation sickness. Its symptoms include hair loss and vomiting. (At exposure levels far beyond any dirty bomb, radiation sickness can kill.) Radioactive Sources Dirty bombs can make use of many different radioisotopes, substances that naturally produce alpha, beta or gamma radiation. The International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) in Vienna attempts to keep track of all kinds of radioactive materials as they move around the globe. It's December 2001 and the Agency's Abel Gonzalez hears alarming news from the former Soviet republic of Georgia: two woodcutters are in hospital with severe radiation burns. How have they been exposed to such high levels of radiation? Gonzalez immediately sends inspectors to the region, anxious to locate the radioactive source before anyone else might. The IAEA team eventually finds two canisters of low grade strontium-90. The sources are so dangerous that the collectors work 40 second shifts to limit their own exposure. 14 hours later, the strontium is safely inside lead-lined casks. Orphan Sources

449

The strontium is in the forest thanks, it seems, to a plan by the then USSR to develop mobile electricity generators, powered by radioactivity. Thousands of the generators were built. The Agency has also learned of other Soviet initiatives - including an agricultural scheme that involved irradiating seeds using caesium chloride. It's becoming clear that the former Soviet Union is littered with unguarded (so called 'orphan') radiation sources. Radiological Security There's no need to rely on Soviet relics for a supply of radiological material. Engineering industries and health services routinely use radioisotopes. In March 1998, the US town of Greensboro, North Carolina went on high alert after medical instruments used to treat cervical cancer disappeared from its General Hospital - each contained a small amount of radioactive caesium. Surveying the hospital with geiger counters showed they had not been misplaced. The State's radiological protection board took over. A citywide search on the ground and from the air failed to recover the equipment. Whoever took the caesium got away with it. Yet it seems there is no criminal action needed to get hold of radiation sources. Also in North Carolina, in June 2002, a small quantity of caesium turned up amongst scrap metal in a junkyard. The industrial equipment it came from had been thrown away when a company had closed down. US authorities estimate that thousands of similar radioactive sources could be missing in general circulation. The Horizon Scenarios To assess the impact of a strontium or caesium chloride dirty bomb, Horizon imagined two credible attack scenarios - one in London's Trafalgar Square, the other on the Washington DC underground train network - and commissioned expert opinion on the effect of each. Trafalgar Square Scenario The fictional attack supposes a dirty bomb combining 4.5kg of Semtex plastic explosive with a large caesium chloride radiological source (activity rate: 74,000 gigabecquerels), detonated in the open air. The blast itself kills the bombers and a handful of people nearby. The dust cloud from the bomb immediately carries the powdery caesium tens of metres up into the air. The plume travels downwind at 300m per minute. As soon as the emergency services arrive on the scene, it becomes apparent that there is radioactivity present. Evacuation of the immediate area follows but there are few visible health problems. No one contracts radiation sickness, the problem instead is a potential cancer timebomb hanging over central London for a generation. How great? Exposure to radiation is measured in sieverts (Sv), a unit that takes account of our bodies' varying susceptibility to alpha, beta and gamma radiation. 1Sv causes radiation sickness; 8Sv will kill you. Wherever you live there is natural background radiation, from the ground, the air, food and water. It typically amounts to 0.002Sv. Horizon's simulation suggests that anyone 5km away receives an additional radiation dose of just 0.001Sv (half as big as background); the cancer risk is marginal, rising by a factor of just 0.1%. People 1km distant sustain a 0.012Sv dose and run a cancer risk that is increased by 1%. It is only those who remain within 500m of the Square that face a major threat from the contamination. Anyone who continues to use the area within 200m of the bomb site for an extended period of time will receive a radiation dose 80 times background - 0.16Sv - sufficient to cause cancer in 1 in 7 people. Washington DC Metro Scenario This fictional dirty bomb incident uses a smaller device in a more contained space. The amount of caesium is 74 gigabecquerels, one thousandth of the mass in the London scenario. It's also cruder, using just a firework as its explosive force. Detonated in a quiet corner of a subway station, the dispersal blast is over in a second and does not attract any attention. In fact, no one even realises there has been an attack, until the terrorists announce their action 24 hours later. In that time, thousands of commuters and hundreds of trains will have spread the radioactive caesium widely through the station and, more selectively, the entire underground network. Modelling the health effects shows that the cancer risk to the general public is very slight. A typical commuter doubles their radioactive exposure, compared to background levels. Statistically they stand a 1 in 4,000 risk of contracting cancer in their lifetime. It is Metro staff who face graver concerns. After a day's work, their cancer risk is 1 case in 100 people. Responding to an Attack

450

The most serious effect of both dirty bomb scenarios is the uncertainty that would be sure to follow. Contamination could be patchy and it may be difficult to assess its extent immediately. The demands to screen people and assess the safety of buildings could be immense in either city. Preventing Panic Scientists do not have entirely to imagine what the response to a dirty bomb involves. They do have one case study to examine. In 1987, the Brazilian city of Goinas suffered radiological contamination after a scrap metal merchant stole a small caesium chloride canister and cut it open. Despite its gentle and relatively contained release, the powdery dust drifted across the city. Four people died and around 200 were contaminated. The understandable reaction of the million-strong population was to seek absolute reassurance about their own health. 10% demanded immediate screening to see whether they had been affected. Hospitals were overwhelmed and residents took to the streets in protest. Cleaning up The Brazilian experience offers emergency planners information about the decontamination process too. Removing the radioactivity took six months; some buildings had to be demolished as too radioactive to be worth cleaning up. And 'cleaning up' the radiation is perhaps a misnomer; 'moving it on' would be better. 3,000m of rubble, earth and debris was removed, enough to fill a football field waist high. All of it continues to be low level radioactive waste. Responding to the scenarios Disaster planners are using the Brazilian example to predict the effect on other cities. In Horizon's Washington scenario, the likely result is the closedown of parts, perhaps all, of the Metro for decontamination. In London, as in Goinas, the cost of making some buildings safe would be too great. This could prompt a decision to demolish or abandon some limited areas. This would depend partly on the speed of response. An immediate clean up can remove around 50% of the radiological contamination but over time the particles combine with the cement in walls and pavements, making the radioactivity much harder to remove. The greatest uncertainty for contingency planners is the public reaction. What do you say to people once the news first comes out? Would people understand the difference that the size and type of radiological source makes? And would people follow the best advice, namely to stay put? The more information people have, the better equipped they will be to deal with the aftermath of any kind of incident (BBC, 2003).

Title: "Dirty War" Date: September 24, 2004 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "Dirty War" is a 2004 BBC, in association with HBO Films, made-for-TV movie thriller/drama about a terrorist attack on Central London, written by Lizzie Mickery and Daniel Percival. It was originally broadcast on BBC One on September 24, 2004, on HBO on January 24, 2005, and the first time on American broadcast television on PBS on February 23, 2005. It won a BAFTA Award for Best New Director (Fiction), Daniel Percival. The film opens with a June 2003 quote from E. Manningham Buller, director general (DG) of MI5: "It will only be a matter of time before a crude chemical, biological or radiological (CBRN) attack is launched on a major western city" and provides the basic premise for the film. The film follows the journey of radioactive material, hidden in vegetable oil containers, from Habiller, Turkey (~210 km west of Istanbul) through Sofia, Bulgaria, to Deptford, to an East End Indian food takeaway restaurant, and to a rented house in Willesden, where it assembled into a dirty bomb. When the first bomb goes off in the heart of London, next to the entrance to Liverpool Street Underground station, the city's inadequate emergency services plans are put to an immediate test - with disturbing results for a population ill-prepared to understand or obey anti-contamination and quarantine orders. In addition to touching upon the motivations of the Islamic extremist terrorists to conduct what they saw as a martyrdom operation, the events are shown through the eyes of three principal groups. Nicola Painswick, Minister for London, and Deputy Assistant Commissioner (DAC) John Ives (Ewan Stewart), of the Metropolitan Police Anti-Terrorist Branch, present a governmental point of view. Watch Commander Murray Corrigan of the London Fire Brigade, and his wife Liz Corrigan, who works for the National Health Service, present two viewpoints. Detective Sergeant (DS) Mike Drummer and Detective Constable (DC) Sameena Habibullah lead the Police investigation to catch the terrorists before the bombs are detonated. DC Habibullah, an English Muslim policeman from Luton, who speaks Urdu, Punjabi, and Arabic, presents a unique point of view throughout the film.

451

The film is considered an accurate portrayal of a potential radiological terrorist attack with subsequent emergency response. As such, the film has been used to train first-responders in the US who may be called upon to respond to similar incidents (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: "Right At Your Door Date: September 8, 2006 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "Right at Your Door" is a 2006 American thriller film about a couple and follows the events surrounding them when multiple dirty bombs detonate in Los Angeles. The film opens with Brad (Rory Cochrane), an out of work musician, making a cup of latt for his wife Lexi (Mary McCormack) who is still in bed. She soon leaves for work and Brad is left at home alone. Over the radio he hears that several suspected dirty bombs have been detonated across Los Angeles. He exits his house and sees large amounts of smoke rising from the city center and gets into his car to drive towards the city center in order to find her. Brad tries to contact her through her cell phone, but only receives a busy signal. He soon finds that most roads now have police blockades. An ash covered car is stopped by the police. One policeman notices Brad watching from inside his car and goes over to him to tell him to go back home. The police officers aim their weapons at the driver as he gets out and demand that he get back into his car. He ignores their warning and is shot down by the police. Brad decides to leave and go back home when he encounters a small boy called Timmy (Scotty Noyd Jr.) who is watching the rising smoke from the city center. Brad tells him to run home to his parents as fast as he can as it is not safe where he is. Once home Alvaro (Tony Perez)enters the house and asks Brad if he can stay with him as there is no one at the neighbor's house where he was working. They hear that survivors of the blasts are being quarantined as the weapons were dirty bombs and the authorities advise people to seal up their homes before the contaminated dust cloud reaches them. Brad and Alvaro then proceed to seal up the house with duct tape and plastic. As it becomes increasingly more obvious that Lexi might not come home, he takes some of Lexi's clothes and leaves them outside the back door with some food and water. Brad and Alvaro then proceed to seal off the front door. Radio newscasts claim that the bombs contained several toxins and an unknown viral strain (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: The Dirty Bomb Diaries Date: February 22, 2007 Source: Dirty Bomb Diaries Abstract: If you were trapped in a city after a radioactive Dirty Bomb detonated, what would you be willing to do? Who would you become? Witness the conflict through the eyes of a single woman struggling at Ground Zero with no supplies, sporadic phone service, a lack of police support and a city ready to tear itself apart. With a Season One web presence of 2 Million Internet Views, DBD has captured fans with its Sixteen Episodes - each under Four Minutes. DBD has spread beyond You Tube and MySpace and onto Strike.tv, KoldCast.tv, Tubefilter.tv, Revver, DailyMotion, Ziddio, Veoh, Crackle and Vimeo - to name a few (Dirty Bomb Diaries, 2007).

Title: Naked Science: Dirty Bomb Attack Date: November 12, 2009 Source: National Geographic Abstract: In Dirty Bomb Attack, a one-hour docudrama for the National Geographic Channel, a US city is the target of a hypothetical radiological attack. The episode begins with a dramatization of a car bomb detonating in a busy street and sets up the question, what happens next?" The answer is given through the lens of representative characters: a victim near the blast site whose radiation symptoms develop over time; first responders who go into the hot zone to save lives and help with the clean up; a pregnant mother and her child living in a contaminated area who must be evacuated and forensic scientists who comb through evidence to determine how lethal the attack was and who is responsible. By concentrating on these key story lines and weaving back and forth between them Dirty Bomb Attack paints an accurate and often gripping picture of the aftermath of a radiological attack and gives viewers useful information in the event that we ever find ourselves faced with this kind of disaster in the future. This episode examines the effects of a hypothetical radiological attack from a car bomb on a major U.S. city. The purpose is to give useful information in the event that such an event should occur. The stories of several characters are told to dramatize the effects on various types of people: those responding in the "hot zone", a person near to the blast whose symptoms develop over time, a pregnant woman who must evacuate, and investigators who comb through debris to determine who set the blast (National Geographic, 2009).

Title: Nova: "Dirty Bomb" Date: February 25, 2011 Source: PBS

452

Abstract: "Dirty Bomb" probes the realities and implications for public health policy of a disaster that many consider to be all but inevitable: a terrorist attack on a major city using a radioactive "dirty bomb." The program strives to answer crucial questions about this menacing new weapon in the terrorists' arsenal, questions such as: What exactly is a dirty bomb? How dangerous could one be, and how much radiation could it release? What will need to be done to clean up after an explosion? Unlike a nuclear bomb, which can destroy an entire city, a dirty bomb does most of its work psychologically. Diabolically simple, the device is made of nothing more than conventional explosives wrapped around some unrefined radioactive material, such as strontium, cobalt, or cesium all obtainable from thousands of poorly regulated sources.

To test the consequences of a projected attack, "Dirty Bomb" dramatizes two scenarios based on sophisticated models developed by a team of radiation experts, including Michael Levi, the director of the Strategic Security Project at the Federation of American Scientists. One of these scenarios looks at the consequences of a dirty-bomb detonation in the Washington, D.C., subway system, and the other at a detonation's aftermath in Trafalgar Square, London. More sobering than the direct effects of any explosion, however, is that an incident like the ones dramatized in "Dirty Bomb" could cause widespread panic and crippling damage to the economyachieving the terrorists' fondest wisheseven if no one died when the bomb went off. U.S. officials are convinced that some sort of dirty-bomb attack is imminent. In spring 2002 American Al Qaeda sympathizer Jose Padilla was arrested on suspicion of planning a dirty-bomb attack in the U.S. Several months earlier, American intelligence agents in Afghanistan uncovered detailed Al Qaeda plans for a sophisticated version of a dirty bomb. "The understanding was basically at a fairly advanced physics level," says former CIA head of intelligence Vince Cannistraro. "It wasn't just the kind of formula that you might be able to pick up off the Web.... It was a pretty well-thought-out scenario on how to make the most deadly kind of dirty bomb imaginable." Aside from the effect of the explosion itself, which would injure or kill those in its immediate vicinity, some people near the blast might be exposed to levels of ionizing radiation high enough to cause sickness or death. Many others would be at risk from radioactive contamination that could linger for decades or even centuries, causing an increased rate of cancer if nothing is done to clean the area. Even if quite small, the increased cancer risk may be unacceptable to the public, leading to demolition or abandonment of affected areas at a cost of billions, and potentially trillions, of dollars. Experts have already learned what to expect from previous accidents. In Goiaina, Brazil, in 1988, a radiation contamination incident occurred in which a small quantity of radioactive cesium chloride discovered by scrap-metal merchants led to four deaths and an enormous cleanup effort. Decontamination took six months and generated more than 5,000 cubic yards of radioactive waste. (For more on this tragedy, see Chronology of Events.) More serious incidents have occurred in the former USSR, where many tons of radioactive substances were produced for experimental crop treatment and other uses during the Soviet era. Much of this extremely dangerous material is now at large. The program shows an incident in the Republic of Georgia, in which a security team disposes of a deadly canister of strontium that was discovered by hunters. Each member of the security team could spend only 40 seconds near the highly lethal source before reaching maximum allowable exposure. Even the U.S. has had close brushes with accidental nuclear contamination, including a cesium industrial gauge that was discovered in a scrap yard in North Carolinafortunately, before it was melted down. And in 1988, radioactive needles for cancer treatment disappeared from a hospital in Greensboro, N.C., and have yet to be found. "We certainly have problems in our own backyard," concedes Dr. Jack Caravelli of the U.S. Department of Energy. "Do I worry about a dirty bomb being made from material of American origin? Yes, I do" (PBS, 2003).

Title: "Source Code" Date: April 1, 2011 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "Source Code" is a 2011 American science fiction-techno-thriller film directed by Duncan Jones, written by Ben Ripley, starring Jake Gyllenhaal, Michelle Monaghan, Vera Farmiga, Russell Peters and Jeffrey Wright. The film had its world premiere on March 11, 2011 at SXSW and was released by Summit Entertainment on April 1, in North America and Europe. Army helicopter pilot Colter Stevens (Jake Gyllenhaal), last aware of being on a mission in Afghanistan, wakes up on a commuter train traveling to Chicago. He finds that to other people including his traveling partner Christina Warren (Michelle Monaghan) he appears as Sean Fentress, a school teacher. As he comes to grips with this revelation, the train car explodes, killing everyone aboard and derailing it and a tanker train traveling the other direction. Stevens regains consciousness inside an unfamiliar cockpit. Through a screen, Air Force Captain Colleen Goodwin (Vera Farmiga) verifies Stevens' identity. She explains Stevens is in the "Source Code", an experimental device created by Dr. Rutledge (Jeffrey Wright), scientist for Beleaguered Castle (a military unit named after the card game), that allows its user to experience the last eight minutes of a person's life within an alternate timeline. Stevens is being asked to use Source Code to discover the location of a bomb aboard the train and identify who detonated it. Goodwin explains that the train explosion occurred that morning, and was a warning by the bomber as a precursor to a larger dirty nuclear device that will be detonated in downtown Chicago. Though Stevens' actions cannot change the past and save the lives aboard the train, identifying the bomber in the alternate timeline will prevent the

453

deaths of millions more in this one. Once back aboard the train, Stevens disarms Frost, and then handcuffs him to a railing. Stevens uses Frost's cell phone to call authorities to inform them of the location of the dirty bomb, and then proceeds to throw Frost's phone off the train (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: "Dirty Bomb" Date: November 21, 2011 Source: Michigan Film Reel Abstract: What do you get when you manipulate the DNA of a virus to react to radio active material and inject the virus into humans for study? Watch the movie and find out. Staring: Liz Nolan (Milla Gates) John Westra (Dominic Hines) Matthew Dennis (Raymond) Kevin Seccombe (Kaden Atums) Victoria Mullen (Cybil Atums) Ed Mcgregor (Seth Vertis) and many more. Military trained government scientist Milla Gates is the most valuable scientist in the world when she discovers that her own government turned on her and sold out to private corporations for a virus she discovered in Afghanistan. Terrorist organizations are using the virus to put into Dirty Bombs to be released on American soil. Milla is in a race to stop the dirty bombs and find out whos really behind it all (Michigan Film Reel, 2011).

Mall Terror Attack

OBAMACSI.COM: A terror attack could theoretically occur at any mall in America, but it will most likely happen in Mall of America in Minneapolis, Minnesota, on Black Friday. Black Friday is the busiest shopping day of the year in America and an attack at the mall on day after Thanksgiving would make Americans boycott malls nationwide, inevitably driving a stake into the heart of an already flailing U.S. economy. Black Friday appears to be the preferred date of the future terror attack, and Black Friday was coincidentally the same date of the mall attack in the crime comedy Mall Cop which features Jewish actor Kevin James. Mall of America's security is run by a suspect Israeli firm entitled Rozin Security Consulting, LLC, and they have been drilling various terror scenarios on Mall of America since 2005. "Lockdown Drills" at Mall of America are executed monthly by Rozin and will likely trap shoppers and shooters alike inside the mall if and when an attack takes place. This procedure will allow the elimination of potential witnesses and enable the terrorists to kill indiscriminately with no interference from the outside. Should Israeli terrorists attack Mall of America, they could easily escape to Canada or Israel via the MinneapolisSt. Paul International Airport which is located just across the freeway from the mall. Due to its close proximity to the airport, Mall of America could also be a target of an airplane terror attack. A shopping mall was featured as a terror target in Operation Mountain Guardian and Infowars radio host Alex Jones stated on September 15, 2011, in regards to stated-sponsored terrorism that "When bombers blow up a shopping mall...and when they have an event at a football game." Based on all the data available, a mall terror attack is definitely in the false-flag terror cards.

1. Mall of America: Mall of America has allegedly been the target of numerous terror plots since 9/11, and is constantly featured as a lucrative terror target due to its name, size, and attractions. Mall visitors are constantly harassed, put in databases, and subject to random searchers all in the name of fighting terror. A recent article on Mall of America stated: "Officers who are patrolling the mall are "on stage," and inside the training room, there's a large word above the door that leads to the mall: "SHOWTIME". "Mall of America, is attractive to people that want to hurt America," says Maureen Bausch, vice president of the Mall of America. She says at least 100,000 people visit the mall on a typical day. "We are definitely the No. 1 attraction in Minnesota, one of the biggest attractions in the United States," she says. "So the government officials have asked us always, since 9/11, to be on the watch." 2. Mall of America's Israeli Security Team: The Israeli security firm Rozin Security Consulting, LLC has taken over security for Mall of America's Canadian owners since 2005. Based on the history of terrorism conducted by the state of Israel, especially on 9/11, it should come at no surprise if the Mall of America is ultimately terrorized. This security arrangement allows unfettered Israeli access to the mall and allows the firm to repeatedly drill on the future target. "Lockdown Drills" at Mall of America are executed monthly by Rozin and will likely trap shoppers and shooters alike inside the mall if and when an attack takes place. This procedure will allow the elimination of potential witnesses and enable the terrorists to kill indiscriminately with no interference from the outside. Without a lockdown, shoppers would panic and flee. Due to Israel's partnership with DHS (see below), the Israeli firm will never be held accountable for "allowing" the terrorists to terrorize the mall or for actually carrying out the attack. Israeli Michael Rozin, owner of Rozin, recently stated that I think that the threat of terrorism in the United States is going to become an unfortunate part of American life. 3. DHS & Israeli Partnership: The partnership between Israel and the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) ensures that Israel is never investigated for its role in the attacks of 9/11, and it allows Israel to commit acts of terrorism in America while DHS looks the other way. This pact forces America to keep fight Israel's wars under the threat of Israeli terror attacks and ultimately provides a shield by which the state of Israel and thier Mossad can act with impunity. 4. Mall of America & DHS Partnership: The partnership between Mall of America and the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is significant in that indicates that Mall of America is a future terror target. For those unaware, DHS makes partnerships with potential targets, location, and events to enure access to the venue and to control any investigation post terror attack. A convenient partnership between DHS and the NFL was made shortly before the 2011 Super Bowl when a nuclear terror attack was to take place. Thankfully, the attack was subverted at the last minute due to the release of The Nuclear Bible.

454

5. Mall Terror Plots & Patsies: Since 9/11, there has been a number of alleged plots to attack malls that have been magically discovered prior to them actually taking place. A number of patsies have been convicted for these plots in various countries, nicely building the governments case that terrorists want to attack malls. These plots and patsies are exposed in order to mentally prepare the public for mall terror and give the government plausible deniability. 6. Mall Terror Drills: Practice makes perfect, and terror drills being conducted at Mall of America and other malls across America have increased rapidly since 9/11. These drills feature various terror scenarios including active shooters, bombings, and nuclear devices by local, state, federal, and foreign entities. 7. Mall Terror: As Seen On TV: The movie "Mall Cop" is a good indication that mall terror in America is imminent. The TV programming is psychologically preparing the American public with the notion that terrorists want to attack the mall. Jewish actor Kevin James stars in "Mall Cop" which features a mall terror attack on Black Friday, the busiest shopping day of the year in America. Mall of America, the most likely location for the upcoming terror attack, is now featured in a new reality show which glorifies the Mall of America security team and their fight against terrorism. 1. MALL OF AMERICA

OBAMACSI.COM: Mall of America has allgedly been the target of numerous terror plots since 9/11, and is constantly featured as a lucrative terror target due to its name, size, and attaractions. Mall visitors are constantly harrased, put in databases, and subject to random searchers all in the name of fighting terror. A recent article on Mall of America stated: "Officers who are patrolling the mall are "on stage," and inside the training room, there's a large word above the door that leads to the mall: "SHOWTIME". "Mall of America, is attractive to people that want to hurt America," says Maureen Bausch, vice president of the Mall of America. She says at least 100,000 people visit the mall on a typical day. "We are definitely the No. 1 attraction in Minnesota, one of the biggest attractions in the United States," she says. "So the government officials have asked us always, since 9/11, to be on the watch." Title: Mall of America Date: Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The "Mall of America", also called MOA and the Megamall, is a shopping mall located in Bloomington, Minnesota, a suburb of the Twin Cities, in the United States. It is located southeast of the junction of Interstate 494 and Minnesota State Highway 77, north of the Minnesota River and is across the interstate from the Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport. Opened in 1992, the mall receives 40 million visitors annually. The Triple Five Group, owned by Canada's Ghermezian family, owns and manages the Mall of America, as well as the West Edmonton Mall. In the United States, it is the second largest mall in terms of retail space, but is the largest in terms of total enclosed floor area. The Mall of America is the second largest mall in North America, after West Edmonton Mall, in Edmonton, Alberta, Canada (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: Fear Keeps Some Shoppers Away From Mall of America, But A Defiance Remains Date: October 11, 2001 Source: New York Times Abstract: The giant temple of consumerism called Mall of America plays a central role in the heartland's consciousness and draws huge crowds every day. That is why some people who work and shop here are nervous these days. ''When you see reports in the media about possible terror targets, Mall of America is right up there,'' said John, a salesman at Sears who would not allow his last name to be used. ''That has to have an effect on people. It has an effect on me. I'm afraid to come in to work myself.'' YouTube-Video Since it opened in 1992, the mall has been a vivid symbol of the United States' long economic boom. Each year 45 million people sample its attractions, which include more than 500 stores and nearly 100 places to eat and drink, along with theaters, night clubs, video arcades and a full-scale amusement park. With so much on offer, the mall has become a regional attraction. But now, with Americans increasingly worried about the prospect of terrorist attacks, the mall may be suffering from its own popularity. Some people are staying away, apparently worried that a place with such big crowds could become a target. Business is down. There is plenty of elbow room along the seemingly endless corridors. In some stores, it is not uncommon to find more sales people than customers. Mall administrators have not released sales figures for the last few weeks, and there have been no reports of stores closing or laying off employees. But managers concede that better business will depend largely on what happens next both within the United States and abroad. ''The first two weeks after Sept. 11 were atrocious,'' said Ryan Hauschild, a bartender at one of the mall's taverns. ''Business is still bad, but it'll improve if there's some resolution to the situation. If we can put a stop to it and get something good happening, then I think we're all going to be happy.''

455

The mall is in a particularly difficult position because it is not just a place to shop -- it's also a destination. Local people, defined here as those who live within 150 miles, account for about 60 percent of the business. The rest comes from travelers passing through the nearby airport, plus planeloads of shoppers who fly in for daylong or weekend sprees. ''It used to be we'd have 30 or 35 people in the store by 11 o'clock,'' said Randy Byrne, manager of a shop that sells electronics. ''Now we're lucky if we have even 20 at any time during the day.'' Mr. Byrne said business would improve as Americans began to feel safe again. ''Assuming there are no more attacks, people will be back by Thanksgiving,'' he predicted. ''Families are getting closer, and that means more Christmas presents.'' Although fear of terrorism has evidently kept some people away from Mall of America, others are determined not to let the conflict change their lives. ''I'm not afraid,'' said Jolene Rossiter, who took her three small children to a party at the mall that was sponsored by Cheerios. ''I feel safe here.'' This place attracts many mall walkers, mostly older people who come for strolls and coffee before the stores open. ''We still see most of the people we're used to seeing,'' said Roy Bergman, a mall walker. ''I'm not going to change my lifestyle. Besides, if they bomb this place they'll do it when it's full, not early in the morning.'' If tighter security has been imposed, it is not easily visible. Shoppers are not checked as they enter, and the number of uniformed security guards does not appear to have increased. ''We haven't really changed much,'' said Steve Sterrett, chief financial officer of Simon Property Group, which manages the mall. ''Malls have always been very public places.'' Several shoppers said that hints of future terror attacks, including this week's reports of anthrax cases in Florida, have not frightened them. Erin Runk, 28, drove half an hour to the mall. He said he was browsing in search of Christmas gift ideas. ''I pay a little more attention to what goes on around me, but if it's going to happen, it's going to happen,'' Mr. Runk said. ''There isn't much I can do unless I actually see guys dumping anthrax into the ventilation pipes. I'm not going to cower at home.'' The manager of a news and candy kiosk said customers are staying away because ''at least some of them think Mall of America could be a target.'' At a small cafe, a server said she feared that some places like hers might be forced to close. Alamo Flags has been the exception. It has sold hundreds of flags, pins, stickers and other patriotic paraphernalia, and is clearly one of the mall's busiest stores. One morning this week, a Jordanian named Hamzh al-Kayat was behind the counter at Alamo Flags telling customers that although car-sized flags were sold out, larger ones were still available. He said he did not feel uncomfortable and saw no contradiction as an Arab selling American flags. ''I've had a couple of little problems, but nothing serious,'' Mr. Kayat said. ''I'm very happy with this job.'' Large flags, not shoppers, abounded on Wednesday at Mall of America in Bloomington, Minn. Business at the mall, a regional attraction, has dropped since the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon (New York Times, 2001).

Title: L.A. Officials Issue Terrorism Alert For Local Malls Date: April 29, 2004 Source: MSNBC Abstract: A terrorism task force was investigating an uncorroborated threat to a Los Angeles -area shopping mall, and federal officials say an attack may have been planned for Thursday. As of now, the information is uncorroborated and the credibility of the source is unknown, Los Angeles police said in a sta tement. No specific shopping mall was named, but an anonymous telephone call to federal officials several days ago indicated a mall near the Federal Building in West Los Angeles, Police Chief William Bratton said. The caller provided no further details about a possible attack. The warning was analyzed for several days along with other information that Bratton declined to specify. Malls were notified and police were placed on citywide alert before the public warning was made.

456

The alert was strictly precautionary, Bratton said at a news conference at The Grove, an open shopping mall in the Fairfa x District. Bratton Calls for Eyes, Ears of Public The alert was strictly precautionary, Bratton said at a news conference. We need the eyes, the ears of the public because such scrutiny can deter terrorists, he added. Bratton said police and the FBI were trying to identify the caller. Police had already been investigating several other threats that werent as specif ic. The Los Angeles Police Department increased patrols at shopping malls and asked mall operators to beef up security while a joint terrorism task force investigates. Thursday morning, pairs of LAPD officers on foot patrolled all three levels of the Westside Pavilion, about 2 miles away from the Federal Building. Liliana Restrepo, 24, who operates a jewelry cart in the mall, said she wasnt worried herself but was afraid the threat would scare away customers. It will be a horrible day, she said. Crew members putting up sets for a Tim Allen movie called Skipping Christmas also shrugged off the warning. We cant let i t bother us. We cant live in fear, said Alex Barnoya. 4,000 Similar Threats FBI spokesman Matt McLaughlin said that because the "reliability of the source is unknown" and exact details were "unsubstantiated," officials decided that as the date drew nearer and "out of an abundance of caution" they would enlist the public's help. He added that seeking public help is done "in cases all the time." The FBI says 4,000 similar, unsubstantiated threats have been received in the United States over the last year. An advisory issued late Wednesday asks the public and mall security to look for: People or activities that don't "fit" into the mall environment. People sitting in a parked vehicle for a long time. People sketching or taking notes, photographing or videotaping areas not normally associated with tourism. Someone wearing a heavy coat in hot weather. Anyone carrying unusually heavy bags or backpacks. Vehicles improperly parked or in spots not normally used for deliveries (MSNBC, 2004).

Title: Terror At The Mall? Date: Janaury 24, 2010 Source: American Thinker Abstract: The shopping malls of America will be among the next major terrorist targets. Malls make such obvious high-value targets that it's difficult to grasp why they haven't been hit up until now. Shopping malls are America's marketplaces, constantly packed with people, with uncontrolled entry, and openly vulnerable to any given form of attack. We need only consider the darkest days of the Iraqi terror campaign of 2006-2007 to grasp how the jihadis view marketplaces. Scarcely a week went by without another Iraqi marketplace bombing, with casualties largely consisting of women and children, mounting from the dozens to the hundreds. We need only add the fact that the mall in many ways symbolizes the United States to people across the world, acting as kind of American Horn of Plenty, to see the inevitability of the threat. Such attacks will come, and they will be ugly. It's not as if the jihadis haven't tried. In late 2003, Nuradin Abdi, a Somali native, was arrested in Louisville, Kentucky while in the midst of plans to attack a mall in Columbus, Ohio. Abdi was closely associated with al-Qaeda member Iyman Faris, arrested for planning a bombing of the Brooklyn Bridge. (A personal side note: Two weeks after 9/11, I was in Columbus itself, speaking to acquaintances about what I'd seen in lower Manhattan. "Well, at least they'll never attack us here," one of them said. "I wouldn't be too sure of that," I told him. "If I were an educated terrorist, I'd be very interested in hitting a town called Columbus.")

457

Late last year, Tarek Mehanna of Sudbury, Massachusetts was arrested for, among other things, conspiring with Ahmad Abousamra and Daniel Maldonado to attack unidentified malls with automatic weapons. (Abousamra and Maldonado, who had received training in al-Qaeda camps, were evidently already in custody). On at least two occasions in 2004 and 2007, the FBI circulated warnings of potential mall attacks during the holiday season, when they would present what is known as a "target-rich environment." The 2004 warning involved a mall in central Los Angeles, while the later incident involved malls in both L.A. and Chicago. While no attacks occurred, it remains unknown how far jihadi plans were actually taken. In Europe, the action has been even hotter. Last week, a Palestinian named Wissam Freijeh was sentenced to ten years for shooting up a Danish mall on December 31, 2008. Freijeh's target was a kiosk selling Israeli products. Two people were injured. So malls have definitely been on the jihadis' minds. Why no more than one-off attacks? If malls were such an obvious target, wouldn't they have been hit before this? Counter-terror specialists are convinced (as was ably expressed here by Bruce Hoffman) that after a lengthy hiatus recovering from the losses sustained during the Bush years, the jihadis have emerged with a new strategy. This could be called the "wasp" strategy, a method well-known to guerrilla fighters and special-operations forces. Rather than concentrate on massive operations of the 9/11 type, Islamist terrorists will instead carry out endless pinprick attacks, much as a swarm of wasps might harry an elephant (so okay, we'll make it a rhino), maddening the beast to a point where it finally plunges off a cliff. The Fort Hood attack, the Underwear Kid, and the Afghanistan CIA bombing act as evidence of just such a strategy. And there we might well have our answer: the jihadis may have put the malls aside to wait for a moment such as this, when a series of attacks would pay off the most. How would such attacks occur? As with all Islamist efforts, the goal will be to account for the highest number of casualties in the most horrific manner possible. With this in mind, the first scenario that arises is the truck bomb. With their broad parking lots, enabling a vehicle to build up a high terminal velocity, and their wide glass entrances, malls almost appear to have been designed for this style of attack. The truck payload could be conventional explosives, or in the case of a stolen tanker truck, a supernapalm mixture. (Some readers have understandably protested over my providing the actual formula for supernapalm the last time I dealt with the topic, so we'll elide that this time.) In either case, the casualty level would be appalling, the images horrifying, and the impact impossible to negate. While some malls and shopping complexes have blocked their entrances with concrete barriers or planters, many others have ignored this cheap and simple safeguard. All such establishments should be encouraged to emplace such obstacles as soon as possible. A secondary threat is the bomb vest, which we most recently saw deployed against a CIA unit in Afghanistan. While not as destructive as the vehicle bomb, the bomb vest has probably claimed more victims overall. It was a favored weapon for striking the markets of Iraq, and as the CIA assassination clearly reveals, it remains extremely effective. Countermeasures could be difficult. In Iraq, the jihadis showed no hesitation in utilizing small children, the retarded, and even animals in carrying out bomb attacks. A coatroom in which heavy coats and other items could be checked could aid in curtailing such attacks. But this leaves us with the problem of large handbags, baby carriages, and packages. Eventually, it may be necessary to adopt the Israeli practice of bag searches and metal detectors. A related method would involve nerve gas, as successfully used by the Aum Shinryko cult to strike the Tokyo subway system in 1995. The Tokyo attacks killed twelve people and wounded several dozen others. A supply of atropine injectors, the standard first aid for nerve-gas poisoning, should be stored in each mall's pharmacy or medical clinic -- no rarity today in malls across the country. Finally, we reach the trusty firearm, the easiest threat to smuggle in, and in some ways the hardest to deal with. Mall security is almost exclusively unarmed, with little training in dealing with firearm threats. While some large malls feature police substations, most rely on a warning system to call in the police in the event of an emergency. A well-armed jihadi death squad could cause considerable loss of life before local police could respond, and they might conceivably escape to strike elsewhere. Perhaps the most effective tactic would be to come in through one entrance, race through the mall firing at all available targets, and exit through another entrance where a car or van would be waiting with engine running. It's difficult to see how any official countermeasure short of a police tactical squad could handle this type of attack. What defensive measures have been taken by mall operators? Apart from the previously mentioned entrance barriers, next to nothing. Security experts have suggested a number of cheap countermeasures, such as utilizing transparent trash buckets to prevent use by bombers, but in large part, these have not been taken up. The general response of owners and operators has been a claim that "no credible threat" to malls has been demonstrated, much the same attitude that preceded the 9/11 attack, but with much less in the way of excuse. No small number of malls have gone out of their way to increase their vulnerability through participation in the "gun-free zone" movement. In 1990, Congress, in what many observers consider to have been an incremental attempt at a national firearms ban, passed a "Gun Free School Zones" act as part of that year's Crime Control bill. The law forbade ownership or possession of a firearm, apart from strictly limited conditions, anywhere within a thousand feet of a school or related institution. The attempt was ill-fated, being overturned by the Supreme Court and then reinstated in a thoroughly unenforceable form. Congressional meddling triggered a kind of low-key craze among schools and other institutions -- including malls -- in which administrations eagerly adapted the "gun-free" pledge, often ostentatiously announcing it with signs containing menacing threats against anyone caught with a gun. As a result, school shootings, a rarity prior to the '90s, became a commonplace. "Gun-free zones" served to attract armed loons the way that honey attracts bears. Firearms-affairs specialist John R. Lott, Jr. has gone on record to state that every major recent shooting has occurred in a declared gunfree area. This includes Virginia Tech, where in September 2007 an insane undergraduate murdered over thirty students. Malls have not been immune. Mall shootings, unheard of before the "gun-free" movement, are today no rarity. They have occurred in recent years at Kingston, N.Y.; Tacoma, Washington; Kansas City, Missouri; Omaha, Nebraska; and Salt Lake City, Utah. In each case, the "gun-free" policy was in place and widely advertised. We can assume that jihadi terrorists are as well-informed as the average American psychotic. "Gun-free" malls are simply informing our enemies where the easiest targets can be found. These malls will be the first ones hit. As is often the case with the P.C. crowd, the exact opposite action would produce the desired results. In the Salt Lake City incident of February 12, 2007, a gunman entered the mall with the intention of shooting shoppers at random. Fortunately, an off-duty policeman, Keith Hammond, had also

458

disobeyed the anti-gun admonition. The shooter had already shot nine and killed five when Hammond brought him under fire and held him at bay until responding officers ended the attack by killing the gunman. Salt Lake City reveals the solution to the mall terror problem. It is clear that the best method of negating the threat would be to enlist customers themselves in defending and protecting their malls. Operators and owners should meet with qualified locals -- ex-police officers and soldiers in particular -- to set up an armed patrol system. Local police cooperation would be necessary to assure proper training and liaison. The goal would be to have one or more patrols present at all times during opening hours. A communications system could be established (no real challenge in the age of the cell phone), both to assure regular contact and to alert members of potential threats. Regular mall security would continue handling everyday problems. By such a means we could avoid a terror-related Virginia Tech, Salt Lake City, or, for that matter, Fort Hood. Another possibility would be to organize and train mall workers who own guns, assuring that their firearms would be available at work in case of an emergency. While many retail franchises and chains have strict rules against interfering with criminal activities (workers are supposed to wait for the cops), certainly this should be set aside in dealing with terror attempts. There's little hope of such concepts being put into effect under prevailing conditions. Experience teaches us that P.C. notions of the "gun-free" variety are the hardest weeds to dig up once they've taken root. But it is undeniable that the "bureaucratic" strategy of meeting the terror threat -- Homeland Defense, a centralized National Intelligence Directorate, and so forth -- has proven to be an abject failure. The latest attacks over Detroit, at Fort Hood, and in Afghanistan occurred because the oversized bureaucracies had been put in place, creating a system of endless filters to prevent urgent and necessary information from getting where it was needed. The federal government has merely provided a larger rhino to be stung by jihadi attacks. On the other hand, all three failed airliner attacks were prevented by the passengers themselves, with no help from air marshals, anti-terror specialists, or Homeland Security bureaucrats. (We're counting Flight 93 here as a defeat for terror -- the attack was curtailed, even though the heroic passengers lost their lives doing it.) In the end, it's the individuals on the spot who make the difference. Even the hapless Janet Napolitano has admitted that passengers comprise the last line of defense. To combat a swarm of wasps, you don't call up a herd of rhinos. You gather a lot of people with rolled-up newspapers. At this point, our efforts against terror are reactive -- we may well have to endure a mall attack, with casualties possibly reaching the hundreds, before the federal government is forced to rethink its approach. When the time comes, the alternative strategy must be considered. With the American people, this country has a resource unparalleled across the wide world. It's about time we put it to use (American Thinker, 2010).

Title: DATABASE: Mall Of America Suspicious Activity Reports Date: June 23, 2011 Source: NPR Abstract: NPR News Investigations and the Center for Investigative Reporting analyzed 125 reports totaling more than 1,000 pages on shoppers and incidents at Mall of America that mall security personnel and local police identified as suspicious persons or activities potentially related to terrorism. The documents included personal information on the subjects, as well as detailed incident narratives written by mall security guards or local police officers or personnel at Minnesota's state fusion center. Indications of whether the cases were forwarded to the FBI, Joint Terrorism Task Force, Minnesota Joint Analysis Center or Immigration and Customs Enforcement were also provided. The database below provides NPR's summaries of the narratives, incident locations and whether the incident involved the taking of photos or videos, which was a common theme. In addition, NPR analyzed the identification of persons by race or ethnic group (NPR, 2011).

Title: US Malls Brace For Terrorist Attacks Date: August 7, 2011 Source: ABC News Abstract: A janitor spots an abandoned diaper bag lying on a table in the sprawling food court at the Mall of America. A bomb-sniffing dog and a security officer are there within minutes, examining the package while nearby shoppers are held a safe distance away. No bomb. Case closed. But that scene is repeated at the nation's largest shopping center 150 times a month. Years ago, lost purses or shopping bags would just go to the lost and found. But after the Sept. 11 attacks and a series of terror threats against malls, "we realized that bad guys don't write 'explosives' on the side of packages," said Maj. Douglas Reynolds. He heads a 150-officer security force trained in Krav Maga, the official self-defense system of Israeli security forces. A plainclothes unit is solely devoted to behavioral profiling. Terror threats against U.S. malls federal authorities have charged suspects in at least three terror plots since the Sept. 11 attacks have made huge behind-the-scenes changes to one of the most treasured American experiences going to the mall. Shoppers say they hardly notice the closed-circuit cameras, plainclothes officers and trained dogs, and believe the risk of getting attacked at a shopping center is remote. "The average shopper, they don't walk in and think 'this could be the end,' " said Don Heinzman, 77, of Elk River, Minn., having coffee with two friends at the Minnesota mall.

459

But overseas, especially in places like Israel and Turkey, terror attacks in malls occur with frightening regularity. Experts are worried that similar acts will eventually become commonplace in the U.S. In 2004, an anonymous call threatening a Los Angeles plot sent more than 100 officers to protect various shopping centers. Two Ohio men originally from Somalia and Pakistan are serving prison terms in a 2003 threat to bomb Columbus-area malls. Another suspect is serving a prison term for a similar plot against a mall 90 miles north of Chicago. A Massachusetts pharmacist is awaiting trial on terror charges; prosecutors said he conspired with others to shoot down shoppers in U.S. malls and kill U.S. troops in Iraq. In a 2006 report, the nonprofit RAND Corporation think tank found that there were 60 shopping mall attacks in 21 countries between 1998 and 2005 and that U.S. malls may not be well-prepared for them. The International Council of Shopping Centers trained some 10,000 mall officers between 2003 and 2009 to better recognize terrorists and other threats. Experts at George Washington University designed the $3 million program, which was discontinued because of a lack of funding. Paul Maniscalco, a senior research scientist at the university who was involved in developing the program, called shopping malls "soft targets." "I think they're as safe as any place else in the U.S.," he said. "Unfortunately in an open and free democratic society there's certain trade-offs. The concept of a shopping center is a pretty complex social icon within our society. You can't turn them into armed camps." Malachy Kavanagh, the spokesman for the International Council of Shopping Centers, said the latest threat to public places in the U.S. is not from organized terrorist groups, but "lone wolf" individuals. "A big part is to be aware of who may be watching your center," he said. Officers have to watch for people trying to engage guards in conversation, checking for security cameras, he said. Reynolds said his officers need to cultivate a balance between securing a center and cultivating an open, family-friendly atmosphere (shoppers at the Mall of America can stop to ride rollercoasters at the mall's in-house amusement park). "We're not designed to be Fort Knox," said Reynolds. "We need to be accessible and make people feel welcome but still protected." Christine Kimbrough 66, of Upper Marlboro, Md., stopped to look at a tall metal monument that resembles two doorways and a door. The somber monument is a tribute to Bloomington resident Tom Burnett Jr., a passenger on United Airlines Flight 93, which crashed into a field in Shanksville, Pa., on Sept. 11, 2001. Kimbrough read the monument's plaque and shook her head. "You're always on alert," she said. "You have to be now." Reynolds hopes shoppers think like Kimbrough. With 4.2 million square feet of space and more than 20,000 parking spots, it's difficult for his officers to see everything. He's instituted the so-called "RAM Unit" short for Risk Assessment and Mitigation which is a team of plainclothes officers who perform behavior profiling and who look for suspicious objects. His officers don't carry guns but can make citizens' arrests under Minnesota law. There haven't been any terror arrests; most calls are about shoplifters, missing children and abandoned packages. Occasionally, the officers will confront a drunk and rowdy customer. Reynolds said his officers must also be on the alert not just for terrorists, but for volatile workplace or domestic arguments that could result in a mass shooting. The mall has a control center where dispatchers monitor 12 closed-circuit televisions and field the 120,000 calls for service each year. Nearby, the bomb-sniffing dogs are in a separate office. Reynolds explained that he's transitioning from tough-looking Belgian Malinois dogs (similar to German Shepherds) to English Springer Spaniels and flat-coated retrievers, so that the dogs are perceived by shoppers as less aggressive and policelike. "These dogs break hearts all day," he said, while patting Chuck, a four-year-old black and white spaniel. If the client-friendly tactics sound like something out of Disney, that's because they are. Reynolds has visited Orlando to learn from security experts there, and even uses some phrases similar to Disney's security force. Officers who are patrolling the mall are "on stage," and inside the training room, there's a large word above the door that leads to the mall: "SHOWTIME" (ABC News, 2011).

460

Title: Under Suspicion At The Mall Of America Date: September 7, 2011 Source: NPR Abstract: Since Sept. 11, the nation's leaders have warned that government agencies like the CIA and the FBI can't protect the country on their own private businesses and ordinary citizens have to look out for terrorists, too. So the Obama administration has been promoting programs like "See Something, Say Something" and the "Nationwide Suspicious Activity Reporting Initiative." YouTube-Video Under programs like these, public attractions such as sports stadiums, amusement parks and shopping malls report suspicious activities to law enforcement agencies. But an investigation by NPR and the Center for Investigative Reporting suggests that at one of the nation's largest shopping malls, these kinds of programs are disrupting innocent people's lives. One afternoon three years ago, Francis Van Asten drove to the Mall of America, near Minneapolis, and started recording. First he filmed driving to the mall. Then he filmed a plane landing at the nearby airport, and then he strolled inside the mall and kept recording as he walked. He says he was taking a video to send to his fiancee in Vietnam. As he started filming, he didn't realize that he was about to get caught up in America's war on terrorism the mall had formed its own private counterterrorism unit in 2005. And now, a security guard had been tailing Van Asten since before he entered the mall. Van Asten was first approached by a guard outside a clothing store. "And he asked me what I was doing. And I said, 'Oh, I'm making a video.' And I said, 'Are we allowed to make videos in Mall of America, and take pictures and stuff?' He says, 'Oh sure, nothing wrong with that,' " explains Van Asten. "So I turn to start walking away, and then he started asking me questions. Why am I making a video, what am I making a video of, what I did for a living, and he asked me, what's my hobbies?" The guard called another member of the mall's security unit, and they questioned Van Asten for almost an hour before summoning two police officers from the Bloomington Police Department. "I hadn't done anything wrong. I wasn't doing anything wrong, according to them even. I asked the policeman why I was being detained," says Van Asten. "He said, 'Listen, mister, we can do this any way you want: the easy way or the hard way.' " And then, the police took Van Asten down to a police substation in the mall's basement. Counterterrorism At The Mall The Department of Homeland Security has been using public service announcements to ask Americans and private businesses to stay vigilant. "I think our name first of all, Mall of America, is attractive to people that want to hurt America," says Maureen Bausch, vice president of the Mall of America. She says at least 100,000 people visit the mall on a typical day. "We are definitely the No. 1 attraction in Minnesota, one of the biggest attractions in the United States," she says. "So the government officials have asked us always, since 9/11, to be on the watch." The mall calls its counterterrorism unit RAM, or Risk Assessment and Mitigation. The unit is staffed with private security personnel. Bausch wouldn't say in detail how this unit identifies people like Van Asten as potential terrorists, but documents obtained by NPR and the Center for Investigative Reporting provide some insight. NPR and CIR asked 29 law enforcement agencies across the country to give us suspicious activity reports from attractions in their areas everything from amusement parks to baseball stadiums. We asked under state versions of the Freedom of Information Act. The only officials who responded were in Minnesota: They sent us 125 reports that involved suspicious activities at the Mall of America. One of those reports that the Mall sent to local police is on Francis Van Asten. According to the 18-page report on Van Asten, the mall's RAM unit thought he was "very suspicious" because he kept filming as he walked. He didn't start and stop like most people do. Van Asten says that's true. He wanted to convey the experience of going to the mall. The counterterrorism unit thought he might be mapping an attack. The report tells how the Bloomington police officers took Van Asten to a police substation in the basement in the Mall of America after mall security questioned him. They frisked him. They seized his camera. They detained him in that room for one more hour. The police called the Joint Terrorism Task Force. And an FBI agent told them: Seize the memory card in Van Asten's camera and delete all his videos. After two hours they let him go. Van Asten says he loves this country. Back when he was in the Army, he worked at a nuclear missile site. But he says that afternoon at the Mall of America shook him.

461

"When I was finally released, I couldn't find my way to my own car for over a half-hour. I sat down in my car and I cried and I was shaking like a leaf." Ordinary Behavior Triggers Reports The documents from the Mall of America suggest that sometimes, the RAM unit gets suspicious about things you'd probably notice, too like a pair of unattended suitcases. But much of the time the security guards report people for seemingly ordinary behavior. Mall security reported one man because he was sitting on a bench in the corridor, "observing others while writing things down on a note pad." They worried he might be a terrorist "conducting surveillance." Turned out he was a musician waiting for a friend. Three security guards surrounded another man because they thought he was looking at them "oddly" and walking "nervously" through the amusement park; he turned out to be an insurance company manager, shopping for a watch for his son. "I'm not real sure I'd go to the mall. I mean they might accuse me of being a terrorist," says Dale Watson, who used to run the counterterrorism program at the FBI. After reading some of Mall of America's suspicious activity reports he pushed them away. "I mean, if somebody's in buying ammonia nitrate out in Pennsylvania in a rural place, in a rental truck, you know, and the owner's never seen them before, putting in plastic barrels, I'd say yeah, that's a suspicious activity, they should be reported," he says. "The value of what I've seen here is absolutely not worth the effort." A Missing Cellphone Yet look what happened when Najam Qureshi's father came under suspicion at the Mall of America. Najam Qureshi was born in Pakistan, but he's been a U.S. citizen since he was a teenager. Today, he manages computer systems for a major company near Minneapolis. He and his family live on a pretty suburban street. In January 2007, an FBI agent showed up on his doorstep. It turned out that a few weeks before, Qureshi's father had left his cellphone on a table in the Mall of America's food court. When the mall's counterterrorism unit saw the unattended phone, plus someone else's cooler and stroller, guards cordoned off the area. Qureshi's father wandered back, looking for his phone, and the RAM unit interrogated him and then reported him to the Bloomington police. In turn, the police reported the incident to the FBI. The documents we obtained show that the mall's reports went to state and federal law enforcement, in roughly half the cases. The incident with Qureshi's father led the FBI to want to question Qureshi himself, in his own home. "He asked me if I knew anybody in Afghanistan. And that was kind of like, what?! And, then he asked me if I had any friends in Pakistan," Qureshi says. The FBI also asked him if he knew anybody that would try to hurt the U.S. government, according to Qureshi. "My reaction in my mind, was, 'How dare this guy in my house, come in and say this,' " he recalls. But mall officials stand by their program of identifying suspicious people. "You're talking about a handful of people that are complaining, out of the 750 million plus that have been through these doors since 1992," Bausch says. "And we apologize if it, you know, if it caused them any inconvenience, I mean we really do." "Unfortunately the world has changed," says Bausch. "We assume you'd want your family and friends to be safe if they are in the building. And we simply noticed something that we didn't think was right." A commander with the Bloomington police said these reports would be kept on file for decades. When Qureshi found out that the 11-page report reading "suspicious person" would be kept that long, his eyes filled with tears. "It shattered an image of the U.S. that I had, fundamentally. I don't know, especially when I saw some of these reports. It's definitely bothersome, how small things can just, you know, trickle up that quickly, and all of a sudden you're labeled. And once you're labeled, you're basically messed up, right?" Do Suspicious Activity Reports Keep Us Safer? John Cohen, who helps run the counterterrorism programs at the Department of Homeland Security, says the suspicious activity reports have already made America safer. "One recent example is the case of Faisal Shahzad, the Times Square bomber. Where a suspicious activity report ... helped lead to the identification of the individual who tried to commit the Times Square bombing," Cohen says. Other counterterrorism specialists discount that example, since the report did not help prevent an attack: It was luck that the car bomb didn't explode.

462

Juliette Kayyem, a former counterterrorism adviser to the governor of Massachusetts and an assistant secretary at the Homeland Security Department until last year, says she doesn't know of any cases in which suspicious activity reporting led to the apprehension of a terrorist. "From these reports [from the Mall of America], these are security officials who appear to be simply approaching people for very innocuous-seeming behavior," she says. "There's not a huge amount of quality control." Watson, the former FBI counterterrorism chief, says he believes people have been "in a rush to get involved in the war on terrorism." "I see a pattern here where American citizens are being suspected of something without any of the legal standards," Watson says. "If that'd been one of my brothers that was stopped in a mall, I'd be furious about it, if I thought the police department had a file on him, an information file, about his activities in the mall, without any reasonable suspicion to investigate." Over the decades, court decisions have spelled out detailed rules: When can a policeman stop you? Search you? When can the police detain you? Watson says those reports from the Mall of America suggest that suspicious activity reporting programs could push the country in the wrong direction. "To heck with the Bill of Rights and the Constitution. Let's just stop all of this stuff. OK. So, if I'm driving down the street and I'm a police officer, if I want to stop you, I'll just stop you. Or if I see you wearing a red coat, maybe I'll think you're a Communist, in the old Communist days. So I'll take you to jail and hold you for 24 hours. That is not what we are," he says (NPR, 2011).

Title: Security Under Fire: Mall Of America's Security Director Doug Reynolds Speaks Date: Sepetember 27, 2011 Source: Security Director News Abstract: Earlier this month, NPR and the Center for Investigative Reporting published several stories that accused security at the Mall of America in Bloomington, Minn., of racial profiling and supplying "intelligence spam" to local, state and federal law enforcement. The reports were based on suspicious activity reports filed by the mall's own behavior detection officers with local and state law enforcement. YouTube-Video Mall of America's security director Doug Reynolds was not interviewed for the NPR and CIR stories, but he took the opportunity to speak with Security Director News about the accusations of racial profiling and the mall's behavior detection officers, part of its Risk Assessment and Mitigation counterterrorism group. Below, Reynolds, an Army veteran, who started at the mall in 1996 as a part-time dispatcher and worked his way up to become security director in 2006, tells SDN how he helped develop the Malls security program over the last decade, and why he believes it should be a model for other retail outlets in North America. Further, he discusses how he believes NPR reporters missed the mark in their reporting of the story. The following interview has been edited for length and clarity:

SDN: Give me a brief overview of the security system at Mall of America. Reynolds: We see approximately 42 million people a year go through our doors, and as director of security I'm responsible for maintaining safety and order in that environment ... We have traditional security, uniformed patrol presence ... along the way we've also invested a lot of money in additional training for our patrol officers, dispatchers and many other positions ... Many of us within the department have a military background and understand the value of training upfront and that it pays huge dividends. And we will invest eight- to 12-weeks in [training] an individual patrol officer before they ever take a call on their own. That's unusual in the industry. How did security at Mall of America change after 9/11? Initially, we closed on Sept. 11 because we didnt know how widespread the situation was going to be, but we were open on the 12th. We had Mall of America employees at every entrance and in every courtyard for people to see ... That was one of first changes we made. We understood people want to be comfortable and know somebody is there. We [also] started looking at technological solutions. We evaluated [facial recognition] and decided it was not a good fit for us ... We increased our camera coverage by about 20 percent at that time. We started looking at areas that could be or should be controlled and how we were controlling them restricted access areas, that sort of thing [We rewrote our emergency action plan, and started building our canine team]. Tell me about the mall's Risk Assessment and Mitigation counterterrorism unit. We looked at different [behavior profiling] programs that were out there and the one we liked was going on at Ben Gurion [International] Airport in Tel Aviv. They didn't always have behavior profiling there. They used to do a different type of profiling, which was racially based. And they had a horrible

463

incident where the [Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine] teamed up with a Japanese Red Army group and they came in and conducted a terrorist attack and they weren't looking for people of Japanese descent to conduct an attack. If you're not Middle Eastern they thought you were not a concern. That showed them quickly that that type of profiling doesn't work, that if you are going to do [profiling], it needs to be behavior-based and nothing else. So we looked at that. We brought in a gentleman who has worked at Ben Gurion International Airport doing behavi or profiling to develop a program for Mall of America and he had a concept of how it worked in Israel but I wanted, if you will, to Americanize it. And that's what we did. We started that in 2005. Tell me about the NPR story and your initial reaction to it. I had a few initial reactions. It started with NPR teaming up with another group, the Center for Investigative Reporting, and my concern was some of the past articles [from CIR] seemed to be very skewed and did not seem to be very balanced. They seemed to definitely go into it with an agenda. It's hard, when somebody is entrenched in their way of thinking, to believe you're going to be fairly represented. I knew they had requested this information and that they were going to be looking at our reports because they requested them through the state of Minnesota and through the city of Bloomington. We knew they were going to do this, so when they contacted us about the story, honestly I was not eager to do the story. I wasn't comfortable with the reporter, but that having been said, weve always been good about relationships with the media and saying 'hey we have a good program here and we're confident in it.' We don't want to hide the program. We brought this program up in the media on any number of occasions. I testified in front of Congress that this is a good program and this is something the U.S. should look at if they're looking to protect large-scale facilities. What was your reaction to the final product of their reporting? Some of the statistics they came up with just didnt match anything we had and when we tried to correct them they just didnt seem like they were receptive. Honestly, I have nothing to hide. I am very confidant in the program. We audit it all the time. If you look at how many interviews we did last yearwe talked to 1,400 people that came to Mall of America, which may seem like a large number [until] you consider that 42 million people a year come to Mall of America. I think they were making a big deal out of something that is truly not a big deal. When you look at some of the cases I didn't feel they were fairly representing all the information in those cases. One of the things they did, which I hope readers looked at, was they attached the [suspicious activity] reports. If you read the actual reports that were submitted, you'd see that there are more to them. One example is, [NPR] talked to one gentleman who left his cell phone, and that was the whole [gist] of the story: Why would you talk to somebody who just left their cell phone behind on a table? If you read the report, you find he left a cell phone, two coolers, a box and that he had done this on other occasions. I think that is somebody worth talking to. The claim NPR and CIR made was that Mall of America's RAM officers were racially profiling. What's your reaction to that? I think if you look at their own numbers, they don't support some of their documents. We've looked at it: The number one person that we stop out here and talk to is a Caucasian male. That's certainly not racial profiling if it's Caucasian males we talk to most often. That's not by design; that's how the statistics work out. NPR is a national news outlet and the stories got a fair amount of play in the media. What kind of challenges did that create for security when that type of press comes out with those types of accusations? The challenge is that we have an obligation to keep guests safe and if we have a good program in place to do that, even when it's being challenged, I need to understand this is a good program, it's there for good reasons and I can't suspend the program or stop it just because someone wrote a biased one-sided article. If the program really has integrity, if it's a good program with good people doing good things, then we're going to continue doing it because at the end of the day there are 42 million people every year counting on us to protect them. What kind of lessons did you learn as far as being a security director and dealing with the media? If you are going to be a security director and a leader, you need to look towards your people. So I wanted to make contact with my people right away, and say 'hey, here's what 's coming, here's how we think it's going to be written, here's what we've learned and what we may do differently and I want to let you know we still support what you do,' and ensure them that they did nothing wrong and they were doing exactly what they were trained to do and that we still support that program. I think the other piece that was important [is] the people we protect, the public, and letting them know why this program exists. We started pitching additional stories to the media. We've been open to doing that for many years but this certainly gave us cause to go out and pitch it more. What's your advice to other security directors when it comes to dealing with the media? If the media comes calling, should security directors be open to those requests or has this experience made you more wary? There was a time that by default we didn't talk to the media. And we've really done a 180 with that. The media is a tool. It's a way of getting your message out there. People are going to talk and if you dont give them the information, they're going to form their own opini ons about how things are going, their own assumptions. I would say it's almost always better to talk to the media and get your message out then to ignore them. I was disappointed in the way they chose to write this story. If they wouldn't have come into it with an idea or notion in their head of how it was going to be before the interviews, I think they could have a had a really good story about a program that's successful and should be modeled, I believe, through the rest of the U.S.

464

Anything else to add? When we started this program we understood it's not a common program, there are not a lot of entities in the U.S. that do it. So when it was a week old I told my bosses and the ownership that at some point this will be challenged, but the best thing you can do is prepare for that in advance. We kept statistics on who it is we were stopping, we kept detailed reports on why we were interviewing people and that type of thing, with the assumption that some day somebody would want to see that. If you can do that, if you know you have a good program and it's being done for the right reason, then you should be able to provide that information, keep track of it and feel comfortable with it. At the end of the day, if you can put your head down on your pillow and close your eyes comfortably, you know you're doing the right thing (Security Director News, 2011).

2. MALL OF AMERICA'S ISRAELI SECURITY

OBAMACSI.COM: The Israeli security firm Rozin Security Consulting, LLC has taken over security for Mall of America's Canadian owners since 2005. Based on the history of terrorism conducted by the state of Israel, especially on 9/11, it should come at no suprise if the Mall of America is ultimatly terrorized. This security arrangement allows unfettered Israeli access to the mall and allows the firm to repeatedly drill on the furture target. "Lockdown Drills" at Mall of America are executed montly by Rozin and will likely trap shoppers and shooters alike inside the mall if and when an attack takes place. This procedure will allow the elimination of potential witnesses and enable the terrorists to kill indescimently with no interference from the outside. Without a lockdown, shoppers would panic and flee. Due to Israel's partnership with DHS (see below), the Israeli firm will never be held accountable for "allowing" the terrorists to terrorize the mall or for actually carrying out the attack. Israeli Michael Rozin, owner of Rozin Security Consulting, LLC, recently stated that I think that the threat of terrorism in the United States is going to become an unfortunate part of American life.

Title: Israeli Counters Terror At Mall Of America Date: February 2, 2011 Source: American Jewish World Abstract: Michael Rozin, an Israeli security expert who came to Minneapolis in 2005, is happy to explain his business. Whether its a terrorist attack or a criminal act, there are two main factors that play a role, he says. One is intent, the other is means. YouTube-Video Traditionally in the United States, according to Rozin, when it comes to protection from terrorist incidents, the focus has been on detecting the means, or the weapon. He rattles off the sequence: Shoe bomber we take off our shoes. Plot to blow up a trans-Atlantic flight using liquid explosives restrictions on liquids. Now, with the underwear bomber, body scanners and pat downs. In Israel, he says, we learned that detecting the weapon is important, yes; but this is not the solution because the terro rists are very creative and innovative guys, and they learn how to overcome all the technological solutions that you invent to try to detect the bomb. Yet one thing that they cannot conceal is the intent. We address the intent. Rozin is currently employed at the Mall of America, where his title is special operations security captain. He recently was featured in the TLC cable show Mall Cops: Mall of America, which showed him training MOA security officers. In charge of terrorism prevention at MOA since 2005, Rozin employs a system there that is based on behavior detection methods that were developed in Israel. In part because of a cohort of Israelis like Rozin military veterans and security experts who have parlayed their experience into a successful industry in the U.S. these methods are now being used here at a number of major facilities and law enforcement agencies. Rozin himself has branched out, deciding in 2009 to start his own company, Rozin Security Consulting, LLC. He now lists among his clients the Minneapolis Federal Reserve Bank, Metro Transit, divisions of both Twin Cities police departments and, in partnership with another consulting firm, the Public Building Commission of Chicago. In Israel, Rozin served in an Israel Defense Forces border infantry unit. The Hebrew name of the unit translates as Stinger, named for the Stinger missiles they carried. Literally carried, Rozin adds, on their backs, whereas in the United States usually they use vehicles for that purpose. This distinction in a way gets to the heart of what some analysts say is a recurring problem with U.S. security strategy, that it tends to lurch instinctively toward the high-tech solution. Stingers are the light but deadly heat-seeking missiles that the Reagan administration shipped in large numbers to Islamic fighters in Afghanistan during the 1980s. They enabled a single mujahid (Muslim guerilla fighter) on foot to shoot down a helicopter, and some argue they were the decisive factor in turning back the Soviets. Military historians might see some irony in the fact that Stingers also showed up on the backs of Israeli border units. After serving in the IDF, Rozin went to work for the Israeli Airports Authority at Ben-Gurion International Airport. There he was involved in both training and operations, under the oversight of Shin Bet.

465

In Israel, as visitors to the country soon find out, airport security includes a simple low-tech procedure. Someone looks you in the eye and politely asks a few questions that manage to get right into your business. The situation at the Mall of America, however, differs in major ways from Ben-Gurion Airport. There are no checkpoints, and during the busiest holiday shopping days the number of visitors could approach 200,000, while a busy day at Ben-Gurion might see 60,000. Still, the basic principles are adaptable, according to Rozin. We train our officers, first, to detect behavior indicators that can indicate potential harmful intent. Then, once such indicators are detected, to conduct what are called security interviews, built to determine whether a person does or does not pose a threat to our environment. Rozin also trains non-security personnel, from human resources to maintenance and ride operators, in maintaining vigilance and recognizing suspicious behavior. You have to create a culture of security, he says. Rozin came to the United States in 2005, to Minneapolis. Why? A good question, he says, with a nod to the blustery weather outside his window. The reason is really my wife. She is from here. We met in Israel and throughout my work for the Israeli Airport Authority, we dated. We got engaged, and at some point I decided to try it out here. She is the main reason. Despite the cold she is worth it. Rozins wife, Kathryn Rozin, is managing director of Rozin Security Consulting. In addition, the company has three employees, with backgrounds similar to mine, Rozin says. Rozin anticipates no shortage of work. I think that the threat of terrorism in the United States is going to become an unfortunate part of American life (American Jewish World, 2011).

3. ISRAEL & DHS PARTNERSHIP

OBAMACSI.COM: The partnership between Israel and the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) ensures that Israel is never investigated for its role in the attacks of 9/11, and it allows Israel to commit acts of terrorism in America while DHS looks the other way. This pact forces America to keep fight Israel's wars under the threat of Israeli terror attacks and ultimately provides a shield by which the state of Israel and their Mossad can act with impunity. Title: U.S-Israel Homeland Security Cooperation: Benefits And Opportunities Date: March 31, 2008 Source: AIPAC Asbstract: The reality of life in Israel during the past 60 years has forced Israelis to defend against constant terrorist threats, driving the Jewish state to become a leading force in homeland security and counter-terrorism. Since 9/11, the United States and Israel have intensified their homeland security cooperation. Israel shares priceless information about terrorist organizations with the United States and is working with U.S. government and private entities to develop technologies and equipment aimed at thwarting terrorism and safeguarding citizens from both nations. Over the past 60 years Israel has been forced to develop cutting-edge technologies and techniques for preventing terrorism and mitigating the effects of natural and manmade disasters. Israel has developed advanced technologies in areas including: critical infrastructure protection, border security, biometric, explosives detection, mass transit security, and command, control and communications. American law enforcement agencies are increasingly studying Israels battle against terrorism to glean lessons for U.S. efforts to protect us here at home. Israel frequently hosts delegations of American police chiefs, sheriffs and emergency responders from across the country. These U.S. lawmen have returned to infuse their departments training with lessons on how Israeli security forces prevent terrorist attacks such as suic ide bombings. With Tel Avivs Ben Gurion International Airport being recognized as one of the worlds most secure airports, the Tra nsportation Security Administration (TSA) and airport officials from Massachusetts, California, Florida, among other states, have been working with Israeli experts on improving American airport security. In the public safety realm, Israel is a leader in implementing security measures for malls and commercial areas. American security officials from some of Americas largest retail malls, including the Mall of America, have recognized Israels techniques and sought to learn from Israels experience. Israels experience in dealing with emergencies has forced it to develop effective first response policies and methods. As the U.S. develops an allhazards approach, Israel has provided valuable expertise in emergency preparedness and response.

466

With this increasing level of cooperation, Israeli Minister of Public Security Avi Dichter and American Secretary of Homeland Security Michael Chertoff last year signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) formalizing homeland security cooperation between the two allies. This MOU opened a new realm of possibilities for cooperation in homeland security. Congress has also passed legislation to expand the U.S.-Israel homeland security relationship. In 2007, Congress passed the Promoting Anti-Terrorism Through Science and Technology (PACTS) Act, which created an office within the Department of Homeland Security to boost international homeland security cooperation. Israel was one of only five foreign countries mentioned in the legislation as an American partner in homeland security (AIPAC, 2008).

4. MALL OF AMERICA & DHS PARTNERSHIP

OBAMACSI.COM: The partnership between Mall of America and the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is significant in that indicates that Mall of America is a future terror target. For those unaware, DHS makes partnerships with potential targets, location, and events to ensure access to the venue and to control any investigation post terror attack. A convenient partnership between DHS and the NFL was made shortly before the 2011 Super Bowl when a nuclear terror attack was to take place. Due to the release of The Nuclear Bible, the attack was subverted. Title: Mall Of America Adopts See Something Say Something Campaign Date: December 2, 2010 Source: National Terror Alert (DHS) Abstract: Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Secretary Janet Napolitano, in partnership with Mall of America and the state of Minnesota, today applauded the expansion of DHS national If You See Something, Say Something public awareness campaign throughout Minnesotato include Mall of America as well as other public venues across the state. YouTube-Video We are excited to partner with Mall of America and the Department of Homeland Security on their If You See Something, Say Something campaign, said Commissioner Campion. We value our private partners and the work they do. Their efforts will go a long way to enhancing our statewide If You See Something, Say Something campaign. The state-wide expansion of the If You See Something, Say Something campaign will begin in Minneapolis and St. Paul and will leverage Minnesotas participation in the Nationwide Suspicious Activity Reporting (SAR) Initiativean administration effort to train state and local law enforcement to recognize behaviors and indicators related to specific terrorist threats and related crime. Since this summer, DHS has worked with its state, local and private sector partners, as well as the Department of Justice, to expand the If You See Something, Say Something campaign and Nationwide SAR Initiative to communities throughout the countryincluding the recent state-wide expansion of the If You See Something, Say Something campaign throughout New Jersey and new partnerships with organizations including the American Hotel & Lodging Association (AH&LA), Amtrak, the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (WMATA), the general aviation industry and six state and local fusion centers across the Southeastern United States that participate in Southern Shield. In the coming months, the Department will continue to expand the If You See Something, Say Something campaig n nationally with public education materials and outreach tools designed to engage Americas businesses, communities and citizens to remain vigilant and play an active role in keeping the county safe (National Terror Alert (DHS), 2011).

5. MALL TERROR PLOTS & PATSIES

OBAMACSI.COM: Since 9/11, there has been a number of alleged plots to attack malls that have been magically discovered prior to them actually taking place. A number of patsies have been convicted for these plots in various countries, nicely building the government's case that terrorists will attack malls. These plots and patsies are exposed in order to mentally prepare the public for mall terror and give the government plausible deniability.

OBAMACSI.COM: Mall Terror Plots & Patsies Date: November 28, 2003 Suspect: Nuradin M. Abdi Age: 32 Ethnicity: Somali Location: Cincinnati, Ohio Mall: Columbis Shopping Mall Charges: Conspiracy to provide material support to terrorists and al-Qaeda, and 2 counts of fraud and misuse of documents Notes: There were 3, 4, or possibly more people involved in the alleged plot, but they are likley government agents and therefore will never be prosecuted.

467

Title: Feds: Holiday Arrest Timed To Save Shoppers Date: June 15, 2004 Source: Cincinnati Enquirer Abstract: When the Christmas shopping season arrived last year, federal authorities in Cincinnati and Columbus decided they could wait no longer. They arrested Nuradin M. Abdi on suspicion that the Somali immigrant was plotting with al-Qaida operatives to blow up a shopping mall. They had been investigating at least six months and wanted to learn more about him and potential targets. But on the day after Thanksgiving - one of the busiest shopping days of the year - they moved. "We thought that if something was going to be done, that might be the time," said Richard Wilkens, agent in charge of the Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement in Cincinnati. "He was a threat to national security." The nature of the threat was revealed for the first time Monday when authorities announced Abdi's indictment on terrorism-related charges. Although family members in Columbus described Abdi as an immigrant who loved freedom and hated terrorists, law enforcement officials portrayed him as a man determined to harm his adopted country. They said he made contact with a known al-Qaida operative, traveled to Ethiopia for military-style training in preparation for "violent Jihad" and plotted to detonate a bomb in a Columbus-area mall. "This was an ugly threat," said Kevin Brock, special agent in charge of the FBI in Cincinnati. "It was a hateful threat." Attorney General John Ashcroft said at a Washington news conference that the Abdi case is further proof that al-Qaida wants "to hit the United States hard." Federal court records linked Abdi - who ran a cell phone business in Columbus - to former Columbus truck driver Iyman Faris, serving a 20-year prison sentence after pleading guilty a year ago to providing material support to al-Qaida. The records state that Faris met Abdi at the Columbus airport in March 2000 upon Abdi's return from terrorist training in Ethiopia, which included lessons in guerrilla warfare, bombs and "anything to damage the enemy." "The defendant's purpose in obtaining this training was to ready himself to participate in violent Jihad conflicts," federal prosecutors state in the court records. The prosecutors claim that Abdi, 32, later obtained bomb-making instructions and plotted with Faris and other, unnamed conspirators to attack a mall. Brock described Abdi as a serious threat, but he said investigators did not think that an attack was imminent when he was arrested Nov. 28, 2003, on immigration violations. "There are no malls in imminent danger, then or now," Brock said. "We became aware of the threat in time to avert it." He said investigators were confident last year that there was no immediate danger because Faris, one of the key figures in the alleged plot, already was jailed. He said that's why no specific warnings were issued last fall and why Columbus malls were not notified of a potential threat. "This plot was foiled while it was still in the planning stages," said Bill Hunt, the first assistant to U.S. Attorney Gregory Lockhart. Even so, authorities decided not to take any chances in November when the busy holiday shopping season was about to begin. "The timing was of special interest," said Greg Palmore, spokesman for the Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement. "The Christmas season means a lot of shoppers." Law enforcement officials said they developed information about Abdi's possible connection to terrorism after Faris' arrest, although they would not say whether Faris provided that information. Faris, originally from Kashmir, admitted last year to plotting to cut support cables on the Brooklyn Bridge and to derail trains in New York and Washington. Neither of those plots was carried out. Authorities would not say how Faris knew Abdi, but Brock confirmed Monday that the two men had a relationship and that "these charges are connected to Faris."

468

He said the Southern Ohio Joint Terrorism Task Force, which includes representatives from the FBI and several other federal agencies, continues to investigate several individuals. Abdi's arrest in November was based on charges that he falsified information that he used to obtain asylum in the United States in 1999. The recent charges include conspiracy to provide material support to terrorists, fraud and misuse of documents, and conspiracy to provide material support to a designated foreign terrorist organization. Abdi's Cincinnati-based immigration lawyer, Doug Weigle, said he did not know details about the terrorist charges against his client. But Abdi's family and a Somali advocacy group based in Minnesota, the Somali Justice Advocacy Center, complained Monday about the "secrecy and lack of due process." Federal officials would not say where Abdi has been jailed since his arrest, only that he has been at several locations. Abdi appeared in U.S. District Court in Columbus Monday and was ordered held without bond for another hearing Wednesday (Cincinnati Enquirer, 2004).

OBAMACSI.COM: Mall Terror Plots & Patsies Date: December 9, 2006 Suspect: Derrick Shareef Age: 22 Ethnicity: African-American Location: Rockford, Illinois Mall: CherryVale Shopping Mall Charges: 1 count of attempting to damage or destroy a building by fire or explosion and one count of attempting to use a weapon of mass destruction. Notes: Despite "acting alone", Shareef was baited by a federal agent to commit the acts of terror.

Title: Feds Arrest Man They Say Planned To Detonate Grenades In Illinois Shopping Mall Date: December 9, 2006 Source: Fox News Abstract: A man has been arrested by federal agents on charges of planning to set off hand grenades at an Illinois shopping mall on Dec. 22 as part of his plan to commit "violent jihad" against civilians. Derrick Shareef, 22, of Rockford, was arrested when he carried out a rendezvous with an undercover agent in a parking lot to trade a set of stereo speakers for four grenades and a handgun. Federal officials said he planned to place the grenades in garbage cans at the CherryVale shopping mall in Rockford, about 90 miles northwest of Chicago. Shareef was charged with one count of attempting to damage or destroy a building by fire or explosion and one count of attempting to use a weapon of mass destruction. Officials say he was acting alone and there was never any real threat. "The Joint Terrorism Task Force was all over this and the only person involved in this plot was Mr. Shareef and two people working for the government," U.S. Attorney Patrick J. Fitzgerald said during a press conference from Chicago Friday afternoon. "We believe we've neutralized this threat," added Robert Grant, special agent in charge of the Chicago office of the FBI. He planned the attack for the Friday before Christmas. "He fixed on a day of December 22nd on Friday ... because it was the Friday before Christmas and thought that would be the highest concentration of shoppers that he could kill and injure," Grant said. If convicted, each charge in the complaint carries a maximum penalty of life in prison and a $250,000 fine. A handcuffed Shareef appeared before U.S. Magistrate Judge Maria Valdez Friday. She ordered him held without bond and set a Dec. 20 hearing on a defense motion for bail. "He did have the intention, if the allegations in the complaint are true, to engage in violence against the public," Fitzgerald added. Fitzgerald noted that Shareef only decided upon the targeted mall after surveying several facilities, and that he was not a well-funded would-be terrorist.

469

Federal officials said that in September, Shareef became acquainted with a witness who was cooperating with the FBI and confided to him that he wanted to commit acts of "violent jihad," as well as other crimes, to obtain funds to further his goals. From then on, Shareef's activities and movements were under constant surveillance and "there was no imminent risk to the public," Robert Grant, special agent-in-charge of the Chicago Office of the FBI, said in a statement. "By using an undercover agent, confidential sources and physical surveillance, the JTTF was in position to continuously monitor Shareef's activities and was prepared to intervene before he could act," he added. The CherryVale Mall was among several potential targets that Shareef allegedly discussed during the course of the investigation, authorities said, while the others were primarily local government facilities. According to an FBI affidavit supporting the complaint, Shareef became acquainted in September with someone in Rockford, in whom he confided about his jihad dreams. That confidant, referred to as "the CS" in the affidavit, was a FBI witness. The CS told Shareef that he would introduce him to a friend who was able to obtain weapons. That "friend" was actually an undercover government agent. During the investigation, the CS recorded many conversations with Shareef. On Nov. 29, Shareef mentioned "courthouses, city hall, government places, government facilities," as potential targets. The next day, Shareef and the CS discussed the CherryVale Mall as a possible target. Around 6:15 p.m. on Nov. 30, Shareef and the CS went to the mall while under surveillance by authorities. They walked around, discussing the layout and best spots to set off several grenades to create more pandemonium, according to the affidavit. In a Dec. 1 conversation, the two allegedly discussed purchasing hand grenades from the undercover agent and the timing mechanism of the grenades. They also discussed shaving their body hair and meditating to prepare for an attack. When they arrived at the mall a second time under surveillance, Shareef and the CS walked around and measured the time it would take to walk from one point to another in the mall. According to the affidavit, on Dec. 2, while driving around Rockford in the CS's car and still under surveillance, Shareef and the CS discussed exchanging a set of Shareef's stereo speakers for the weapons. Later that day, the two videotaped each other making statements similar to those made by those planning attacks in the name of jihad, according to the complaint. The exchange between the CS, Shareef and the undercover was scheduled for Wednesday of this week at a store parking lot in Rockford. After greeting each other, the two showed each other the equipment they were to swap, then the CS signaled federal agents waiting nearby. Shareef was arrested without incident (Fox News, 2006).

OBAMACSI.COM: Mall Terror Plots & Patsies Date: February 13, 2007 Suspect: Sulejman Talovic Age: 19 Ethnicity: Bosnian Location: Salt Lake City, Utah Mall: Trolley Square Mall Charges: None. Alleged shooter allegedly committed suicide. Notes: Rumors of a 2nd shooter, Officer Ken Hammond, spread initially but within less than an hour, police determined there was just 1 gunman despite news reports stating that an armed undercover police officer was running through the mall before police arrived and at the same time that Talvic was also shooting. Title: Gunman Kills Five People At Trolley Square Date: February 13, 2007 Source: KSL News Abstract: The winding hallways of Salt Lake City's Trolley Square became a shooting gallery for an 18-year-old gunman in a trench coat who fired a shotgun randomly at customers, killing five and wounding four before being killed by police, authorities and witnesses said. The shooter also was armed with a handgun and had several rounds of ammunition, Salt Lake City police Detective Robin Snyder said early Tuesday. It was not clear if he fired the handgun, nor had a motive been determined, she said. The man's name was not released. He was a Salt Lake City resident. "I was working and all of a sudden I heard a shot, and I saw security run by. I didn't really know what was going on. People just started running," a witness named Maya said.

470

Marie Smith, 23, a Bath & Body Works manager, saw the gunman through the store window. She watched as he raised his gun and fired at a young woman approaching him from behind. "His expression stayed totally calm. He didn't seem upset, or like he was on a rampage," said Smith, who crawled to safety in an employee restroom to hide with others. She said the gunman looked like "an average Joe." Killed were two 28-year-old women, a 52-year-old man, a 24-year-old man and a 15-year-old girl, Snyder said. The surviving victims were transported to several area hospitals. Surviving Victim Information 53-year-old male, critical condition 44-year-old female, critical condition 34-year-old male, serious condition 16-year-old boy, serious condition Pregnant woman treated for psychological trauma As of this morning, we know a 53-year-old man and a 44-year-old woman are in critical condition. Two other men are in serious condition. A woman who is 32 weeks pregnant was taken to Salt Lake Regional Hospital for severe psychological trauma. YouTube Video The chaos at the mall erupted at 6:45 p.m. Witnesses told us they saw the gunman, heard the shots and screaming and saw the wounded. Salt Lake police are encouraging anyone who was inside the mall at the time of the shooting, who may need counseling, to call Valley Mental Health at 261-1442. "We have six fatalities (including the gunman) and multiple victims at hospitals," Snyder said. "They were found throughout the mall." Barbara Lund was working in a store. "We heard the gunshots. They were pretty loud. Then one of my friends came out and told me there were gunshots there." Matt Lund, Barbara's husband, said he saw a woman's body face-down at the entrance to Pottery Barn Kids. He locked himself and four others inside a storage room for about 40 minutes, isolated but still able to hear the violence. The terror seemed to begin in the parking lot near the Williams Sonoma store. Two brothers leaving the mall saw a wounded youth taking shelter in a car. "The young boy, he ran and jumped in a car. He'd been shot on this side, and his ear looked like meatloaf." As the gunman entered the mall, he started blasting away with a shotgun. Fear and confusion spread. Police arrived within a few minutes. Hundreds of shoppers and workers took cover, hiding wherever they could. Some heard the final confrontation. "We heard them say, 'Police! Drop your weapon!' Then we heard shotgun fire. Then there was a barrage of gunfire," Matt Lund, 44, said. "It was hard to believe." Witnesses reported dozens of shots, perhaps 50 or more. And then silence. As some were cleared to leave by police, they saw the gunman's shotgun shells scattered around in front of shops. "As we were running towards the north side of the building, we looked to our left, and there was glass shattered all over the floor next to the escalators. And maybe, it was so quick, but maybe 10 bodies lying on the ground," said witness Clifton Black. Melinda Gurr added, "We were rushed out pretty quickly. We saw a bunch of bodies heaped on the floor, and there was glass everywhere. A pretty gory sight." "It was really just scary. I wanted to get out of there," Black said. Salt Lake City police Detective Robin Snyder said many employees and shoppers -- "a lot of scared people" -- still were inside at 9 p.m. MST, hunkered down and waiting for a police escort. "This is a huge area to cover," she said. It's not known how many people were in the mall when the shots were fired, but Snyder said investigators had between 100 and 200 witnesses to interview.

471

By dawn Tuesday, two memorial sites with lighted candles and flowers were set up outside Trolley Square. Some say officers treated everyone like suspects -- ordering those hiding in storerooms, bathrooms or under stairwells, to lie on the floor with their hands on their heads until police were sure no one posed a threat. An antique-store owner, Barrett Dodds, 29, said he saw a man in a trench coat exchanging gunfire with a police officer outside a card store. The gunman was backed into a children's clothing store. "I saw the cops go in the store. I saw the shooter go down," said Dodds, who watched from the second floor. Four police officers -- one an off-duty officer from Ogden and three Salt Lake City officers -- were involved in the shootout with the gunman, Snyder said. She provided no other details. She said she didn't believe there had been a shooting in Salt Lake City where so many people were killed. "I don't know that we've ever had one that even compares to this," she said. "We had some incidents in the past here in Salt Lake City, but nothing of this nature." Barb McKeown, 60, of Washington, D.C., was in another antique shop when two frantic women ran in and reported gunshots. "Then we heard shot after shot after shot -- loud, loud, loud," said McKeown, who believes she heard approximately 20 shots. She and three other people hid under a store staircase until it was safe to leave. When one of our KSL crews arrived at Trolley Square, groups of people were huddled on the corners. They'd been evacuated and were waiting in the cold to be reunited with family, or to get their cars out of the parking lot, or their personal belongings. We talked to a lot of those people. All were in different stores at the time of the shooting, but all heard the same thing. "I heard the gunshot, and I saw the security guards run." "Just heard this bang. Bang, bang, bang. It was just like random shots going off." "We heard what sounded like big balloons, boxes being stamped on. You never expect gunshots. Then heard the glass doors being shot out and the gunman coming through there. We all screamed and ran and hid in the store." "So we said to the owner of the store, 'Lock the doors. Lock the doors.' She did, and she turned the lights out so it looked like the store was closed." Police eventually gathered all the witness inside Hard Rock Cafe to question them about what they saw. As people ran from the mall for their lives, people also flocked to Trolley Square to see for themselves what was happening. As KSL's Sam Penrod walked up to the scene, less than an hour after the shooting started, people were in tears and in shock, just wondering if this was really happening. They were also waiting for some kind of an indication that it was safe again. The victims who were inside the mall at the time of the shooting and ran for their lives just stood around, almost in disbelief. Many of them witnessed the shooting, they heard the shots, they saw people running and screaming to get out. They told us they waited for the police to get here. The sight of the police cars was a huge relief, knowing that something could be done to end this nightmare. With all the commotion, neighbors started coming out of their houses to see what was happening. Soon, fire trucks and ambulance after ambulance came to the scene. So did police officers. More than an hour after the shooting, reinforcements continued to arrive. For those who were there Monday night, it's been terrifying and traumatizing. People are going to need time to heal emotionally, to recover from such a terrible night (KSL News, 2007).

OBAMACSI.COM: Mall Terror Plots & Patsies Date: November 8, 2007 Suspect: Al Qaeda Age: N/A

472

Ethnicity: Arab Location: LA, Chicago Mall: Unknown Charges: None. Government Fearmongering Notes: Although the FBI states, "We have no credible, specific information suggesting an imminent attack" they issue a national press release suggesting an imminent attack. Title: Exclusive: FBI: Al Qaeda May Strike U.S. Shopping Malls In LA, Chicago Date: November 8, 2007 Source: ABC News Abstract: The FBI is warning that al Qaeda may be preparing a series of holiday attacks on U.S. shopping malls in Los Angeles and Chicago, according to an intelligence report distributed to law enforcement authorities across the country this morning. (Click here for full text.) The alert said al Qaeda "hoped to disrupt the U.S. economy and has been planning the attack for the past two years." Law enforcement officials tell ABCNews.com that the FBI received the information in late September and declassified it yesterday for wide distribution. The alert, like similar FBI and Department of Homeland Security terror alerts issued over the past five years at holiday times, raised questions about the credibility of the information. THE BLOTTER RECOMMENDS BlotterMI5: Teen Al Qaeda Recruits, Russian Spies Target Britain Blotter Sneaky Sandals Could Be Next Terror Tool Photos Explosive Footwear Blotter New U.S. The bulletin acknowledges that U.S. intelligence officers are uncertain as to whether the information is real, and intelligence officers say there is a concern that it could be "disinformation." Law enforcement officials at three different agencies told ABCNews.com the FBI alert was based on a source who has proved reliable in the past. The source reportedly had only "indirect access" to al Qaeda and word of the actual threat came to U.S. intelligence officers "through a lengthy chain" of contacts. With the shopping season approaching, however, the FBI officials decided it was necessary to share the information. For the past few years, jihadist chat rooms have regularly posted comments from anonymous individuals who have suggested or boasted about similar plans to attack such soft targets as shopping malls. "Out of abundance of caution, and for any number of other reasons, raw intelligence is regularly shared within the intelligence and law enforcement communities even when the value of the information is unknown," said Special Agent Richard Kolko. "In the post-9/11 era, sharing information is our top priority. Al-Qaida messaging has clearly stated they intend to attack the U.S. or its interests; however, there is no information to state this is a credible threat. As always, we remind people to remain vigilant and report suspicious activity to authorities." "We have no credible, specific information suggesting an imminent attack," a DHS official said. This post has been updated. Do you have a tip for Brian Ross and the Investigative Team? (ABC News, 2007).

OBAMACSI.COM: Mall Terror Plots & Patsies Date: December 5, 2007 Suspect: Robert A. Hawkins Age: 19 Ethnicity: White Location: Omaha, Nebraska Mall: Westroads Mall Crime: Killed 9, wounded 4, 2 of them critically Notes: Officials said Hawkins, clad in military-style clothing, entered the mall and began firing off rounds. A witness, Todd Trimpe, told FOX News that he saw police apprehend a man, dressed in camouflage, who was hiding under a bus-stop bench outside the mall." When Hawkins enters the mall, he was not wearing camouflage (see video below). A DHS employee was at the mall just shortly before the shooting prior to talk to mall security. It is assumed Hawkins did not act alone.

Title: Gunman Kills Eight, Then Himself, At Omaha Shopping Mall Date: December 6, 2007 Source: Fox News Abstract: A man with a rifle opened fire at a busy Omaha shopping mall Wednesday, killing eight people before taking his own life, police said. Five others were wounded, two critically. The killer has been identified as Robert A. Hawkins, age 19 or 20, who left a suicide note stating, "I'm going out in style" and "I'm going to be famous." The man's vehicle was reportedly found in the parking lot. Hawkins' mother brought the note to the local sheriff's office. She was being questioned by investigators Wednesday night. Sgt. Teresa Negron said the gunman killed eight people, then apparently killed himself. Authorities gave no motive for the attack and did not know whether he said anything during the rampage.

473

Friends described Hawkins as "depressed" and said he had quit school several years ago and worked at a series of fast food jobs. He was arrested last month on misdemeanor charges and was expected to appear in court this month. Officials said Hawkins, clad in military-style clothing, entered the mall just before 2 p.m. Wednesday and began firing off rounds. The rampage sent shoppers and employees running and screaming through the Westroads Mall, barricading themselves in dressing rooms after hearing gunfire. Hawkins was found dead on the third floor of the Von Maur store with a self-inflicted gunshot wound, and his victims were discovered on the second and third floors, police said. Witnesses said Hawkins fired down on shoppers from a third-floor balcony of the Von Maur store. "Everybody was scared, and we didn't know what was going on," said Belene Esaw-Kagbara, 31, a Von Maur employee. "We didn't know what to do. I was praying that God protect us." Mickey Vickory, who worked at Von Maur's third-floor service department, said she heard shots at about 1:50 p.m. She and her co-workers and customers went into a back closet behind the wrapping room to hide, then emerged about a half-hour later when police shouted to come out with their hands up. As police took them to another part of the mall for safety, they saw the victims. "We saw the bodies and we saw the blood," she said. Police received a 911 call from someone inside the mall, and shots could be heard in the background, Negron said. By the time officers arrived six minutes later, the shooting was over, she said. Shortly after the shooting, which came three weeks before Christmas, a group of shoppers came out of the building with their hands raised. Some were still holding shopping bags. It was not clear Wednesday night when Hawkins took his own life. Another man was taken into custody outside of the mall, but his role in the shooting was not clear. Two gunshot victims who were treated at Creighton Medical Center died from their wounds, FOX News confirmed, and a third victim being treated there remained in critical condition. No additional information was available on the other fatalities. Andrea McMaster, a spokeswoman for the University of Nebraska Medical Center, told FOX News that three shooting victims were being treated there: a 61-year-old man shot in the chest, a 34-year-old man shot in the arm, and a 55-year-old man with a cut to his face. The 61-year-old man was in critical condition and undergoing surgery. Police had put the Westroads Mall, Omaha's largest shopping mall, on lockdown while it searched for the gunman. One of the victims was reportedly an elderly man found near an escalator inside Von Maur department store, one of the mall's anchor tenents. Witnesses described hearing "dozens and dozens" of shots being fired, with one witness saying she heard more than 30 shots. Shawn Vidlak said he heard four or five rapid shots "like a nail gun." At first he thought it was noise from construction work going on at the mall. "People started screaming about gunshots," Vidlak said. "I grabbed my wife and kids we got out of there as fast as we could." A woman who answered the phone at an Old Navy store said 20 to 30 customers were huddled with employees in a back storeroom. "All we know was people were running and screaming down the hallway by Von Maur saying there was a shooting, and then they locked us down," said the woman, who said her name was Heidi. Keith Fidler, an employee at Von Maur, said he heard the burst of gunfire, followed by dozens of shots. Fidler said he huddled in the corner of the men's clothing department with about a dozen other employees until police yelled to get out of the store. Fidler said he did not see the shooting, but saw a person lying by the elevator as he was leaving the store. Todd Trimpe told FOX News that he saw police apprehend a man, dressed in camouflage, who was hiding under a bus-stop bench outside the mall. Trimpe said the man "stood out like a sore thumb." He did not know what was happening inside the mall when he witnessed the arrest.

474

The sprawling, three-level mall has more than 135 stores and restaurants, according to the Web site for General Growth Properties, the manager of the mall. It gets 14.5 million visitors every year, according to the Web site. On Friday night, authorities removed a live grenade from the parking lot of the same mall. President Bush was in town Wednesday for a fundraiser in Omaha, but left about an hour before the shooting. Wednesday's shooting was the second mass shooting at a mall this year. In February, nine people were shot, five of them fatally, at Trolley Square mall in Salt Lake City. The gunman, 18-year-old Sulejman Talovic, was shot and killed by police (Fox News, 2007).

OBAMACSI.COM: Mall Terror Plots & Patsies Date: January 30, 2009 Suspect: Timothy Ryan Gutierrez Age: 20 Ethnicity: Latino Location: Minneapolis, Minnesota Mall: Mall of America Charges: One count each of transmission of threats and falsely threatening to use explosives Notes: Indictment says Gutierrez wanted to blow up the mall with 40 pounds of C4 explosive and TNT planted on seven cars parked outside.

Title: Timothy Ryan Gutierrez, Accused Of Trying To Blow Up The Mall Of America Date: January 30, 2009 Source: NY Daily News

Abstract: A Colorado man has been indicted on charges of threatening to kill President Barack Obama and blow up the Mall of America in suburban Minneapolis. The man said the threat against Obama was a prank. Timothy Ryan Gutierrez, 20, surrendered Thursday at the FBI's office in Durango and was being held without bond, the U.S. attorney's office said. A federal grand jury in Denver handed up the indictment Tuesday against Gutierrez, of Cortez, in southwestern Colorado. He was to appear in court Friday. It was not known if he had an attorney. "Both threats were taken seriously and both threats were investigated immediately by the FBI," said Jeff Dorschner, spokesman for acting U.S. Attorney Dave Gaouette. Gutierrez faces one count each of transmission of threats and falsely threatening to use explosives. The indictment claims Gutierrez e-mailed the FBI's Washington office eight days before Obama's inauguration saying: "I'm going to assassinate the new president of the United States of America. P.S., you have 48 hours to stop it from happening." The indictment says a second e-mail threatened to blow up the mall with 40 pounds of C4 explosive and TNT planted on seven cars parked outside. "Good luck thank you and God bless the you know the rest time is wasting," the e-mail read, according to the indictment. In an interview Thursday, Gutierrez told the Cortez Journal that the threat against Obama was just a prank because the president misrepresented himself. "I'm not mad about him becoming president, but he's not doing what he said he was going to do," he said. "He's not doing anything for the lower class just the middle and upper class. Medications are going up, not lowering and jobs are being lost. His actions are going to get him in trouble." Gutierrez said he is from Andrews, Texas and had been staying with relatives in Cortez. He said he didn't have a job in Texas but "played with computers" by taking them apart and putting them back together - knowledge he said helped him hack into the Web site for the U.S. Department of Defense and the FBI. "I wanted to see what was really going on," Gutierrez said. "There are 500 acres of encryption data (to go through), but I found a slip through it. There's always a hole." He added that he "didn't think they would actually find" the e-mail message he left on the FBI system. Cortez Police Chief Roy Lane said FBI agents and two Cortez officers spoke to Gutierrez at an apartment on Jan. 12, the day the indictment says the emails were sent.

475

It wasn't clear why Gutierrez wasn't arrested then and Lane referred those questions to federal authorities. Dorschner and FBI spokeswoman Kathy Wright said they could not comment. Other men in Florida, Hawaii, Mississippi and Nebraska also face charges in connection with threats against Obama (NY Daily News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Mall Terror Plots & Patsies Date: October 21, 2011 Suspect: Tarek Mehanna Age: 27 Ethnicity: Middle Eastern Location: Sudbury, Massachusetts Mall: Unknown Charges: Conspiracy to provide material support to terrorists Notes: U.S. Justice Department states that Mehanna wanted to obtain automatic weapons and randomly shooting people nad attacking emergency responders who respond to the attack. Title: Man Charged In Plot To Attack U.S. Shopping Mall Date: October 21, 2009 Source: Reuters Abstract: U.S. federal prosecutors have charged a Massachusetts man with conspiracy to provide material support to terrorists, alleging he and coconspirators traveled to the Middle East seeking training, discussed attacking a shopping center, and distributed videos promoting holy war. Tarek Mehanna, 27, from Sudbury, Massachusetts, was arrested at his home on Wednesday morning, officials said. "Mehanna and the co-conspirators had multiple conversations about obtaining automatic weapons and randomly shooting people in a shopping mall, and that the conversations went so far as to discuss the logistics of a mall attack, including coordination, weapons needed and the possibility of attacking emergency responders," the U.S. Justice Department said. Mehanna had been previously indicted in January 2009 for making false statements to the Federal Bureau of Investigation and other officials in connection with a terrorism investigation, the Justice Department said in a news release. Prosecutors allege that from 2001 to 2008 Mehanna conspired with a man named Ahmad Abousamra and others in an attempt to kill, kidnap or injure people in the United States. The charges accuse Mehanna and co-conspirators of talking about their desire to participate in Islamist holy war and to die on the battlefield. The case was based partly on information from two unnamed people described as cooperating witnesses. Both Mehanna and Abousamra are believed to be U.S. citizens and Abousamra fled the country for Syria in 2006 after federal officials attempted to question him, acting U.S. Attorney Michael Loucks told a news conference in Boston. Mehanna was arrested about a year ago before boarding a plane at Logan International Airport in Boston and was later released on bail. Loucks said Mehanna's arrest on Wednesday was unrelated to President Barack Obama's planned visit to Boston this weekend. The case comes less than a month after an Afghan-born man, Najibullah Zazi, was accused of plotting a bomb attack against the United States. Authorities say Zazi took a bomb-making course at an al Qaeda training camp in Pakistan, had bomb-making notes on his laptop computer and acquired bomb-making materials similar to those used in the 2005 London attacks. Attorney General Eric Holder has called that plot one of the most serious security threats to the United States since the September 11, 2001, attacks. Zazi, an Afghan immigrant and permanent U.S. resident, was indicted last month on a charge of conspiracy to use weapons of mass destruction. He pleaded not guilty and was ordered held in prison without bail. At a preliminary hearing on his case in U.S. District Court on Wednesday, Mehanna did not enter a plea. Speaking to reporters afterward his lawyer, J.W. Carney, did not say how his client would plead. Mehanna, who has pleaded not guilty to the previous charges against him, was led into a courtroom in handcuffs, wearing a full beard and a black sweatshirt. When Judge Leo Sorokin suggested Mehanna stand up, he snapped back that "I prefer not to." After his father urged him to stand, Mehanna rose to his feet briskly and knocked his chair over, then stood with his hands in his pockets for the rest of the short hearing. An FBI affidavit on the case says Mehanna and Abousamra came to know Daniel Maldonado, a New Hampshire man now serving a 10-year sentence for getting al Qaeda military training.

476

According to the government, an unnamed cooperating witness approached Maldonado seeking automatic weapons for a possible attack that Mehanna and Abousamra were planning against an unnamed shopping mall in which they would "randomly shoot people." But Maldonado said he would be able to obtain only handguns and Mehanna and Abousamra abandoned the plan, a court filing states. At another point, in 2003, Mehanna, Abousamra and the unnamed cooperating witness discussed whether they could shoot or kill members of the U.S. executive branch, a court filing states. Loucks said U.S. officials were never directly endangered by this (Reuters, 2009).

OBAMACSI.COM: Mall Terror Plots & Patsies Date: December 31, 2008 Suspect: Wissam Freijeh Age: 28 Ethnicity: Palestinian Location: Odense, Denmark Mall: Unknown Charges: 5 Counts of Attempted murder - Sentenced to 10 years in prison. Notes: The case appears to be staged, as the man was unable to kill anybody he shot at. His sentence for the attempted murder of 5 people is light. Publicity reinforce Israel's depiction that Palestinians are terrorists.

Title: Palestinian Gets 10 Years For Mall Attack Date: January 15, 2010 Source: Jerusalem Post Abstract: Danish court sentences immigrant convicted of 5 counts of attempted murder in 2008 shooting attack. A Palestinian immigrant to Denmark who wounded two Israelis in a shopping-mall shooting allegedly motivated by the IDF's Gaza operation has been convicted of attempted murder and sentenced to 10 years in prison. Wissam Freijeh fired shots with a handgun at a stand selling Israeli hair products in the Dec. 31, 2008, attack in Odense. His lawyer said the 28-year-old Danish citizen was provoked by Operation Cast Lead in the Gaza Strip in late 2008, but did not intend to kill anyone. The Odense court on Friday found Freijeh guilty of five counts of attempted murder because there were five people at the stand when he opened fire. Two Israeli employees were injured, while a third employee and two Danish customers escaped unharmed. It was not immediately clear whether Freijeh would appeal Friday's ruling (Jeruslame Post, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Mall Terror Plots & Patsies Date: August 22, 2011 Suspect: Glenn Neff Age: 27 Ethnicity: White Location: Washington D.C. Mall: National Mall Charges: Pending Notes: Likely intelligence agents, as no harm was done and no real charges have been filed in the case. Neff says that he wanted to draw attention to issues he had with the banking industry. Title: Police Stop Man Attempting To Ignite Fireworks From Jeep At National Mall Date: August 23, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A Florida man is under arrest after police say he intended to ignite a large amount of fireworks at the National Mall in Washington, MyFoxDC.com reported Tuesday. The arrested was made Monday night at the Cabin John Regional Park in Bethesda, Md. An officer spotted a red jeep Cherokee stopped in an isolated area of the park after it was closed. The officer made contact with the driver, who was identified as 27-year-old Glenn Neff of Stuart, Fla., and found the vehicle to be loaded with fireworks. The Jeep had also been fitted with a turret and multiple PVC tubes from which fireworks could be shot out of.

477

Police said Neff told them he didn't want to hurt anyone and wanted to ignite the fireworks on the National Mall to draw attention to himself and issues he had with the banking industry. Officers also said they located drug paraphernalia and alcohol inside his vehicle. The Montgomery County Fire and Explosive investigators rendered the devices safe on the scene. The Joint Terrorism Task Force was notified and responded as well. Neff has been taken into custody and charges are pending (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Mall Terror Plots & Patsies Date: September 2011 Suspect: Mikolaj G. and Adam K. Age: 39 Ethnicity: Polish Locations: France, Belgium, the Netherlands, Germany, Czech Republic Mall: Ikea Charges: Endangering the lives of many people, extortion and racketeering Notes: Likely intelligence agents, as no harm was done and no real charges have been filed in the case. The attacks have set the precedence for mall and shopping center attacks in America. Title: Polish Police Arrest 2 In IKEA Bombings In Europe Date: October 8, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Polish police say they have arrested and charged two suspects in a series of bomb attacks at IKEA stores in several European countries this year. The attacks, made with homemade bombs, occurred from May to September in France, Belgium, the Netherlands, Germany and the Czech Republic. Two people were injured in the German attack but there were no fatalities. Some of the bombs were potentially lethal, though not all detonated. Andrzej Matejuk, police commander with the Central Bureau of Investigation, said Saturday that two Polish men, both aged 39, were arrested in the case. They were only identified as Mikolaj G. and Adam K. Their full names were not given, in accordance with Polish laws that protect the identities of suspects. "Significant evidence was gathered on the men which clearly points to their guilt," Matejuk said. IKEA said it also faced an "extortion threat" after the bombing attacks. Police spokesman Mariusz Sokolowski said that both men were charged with endangering the lives of many people, extortion and racketeering and could face up to 10 years in prison. He said the men were arrested after hundreds of Polish officers worked on the case along with counterparts in the countries where the attacks occurred. "Because the bomb loads were getting stronger, there was a serious threat to the life and health of many people. Time counted," Sokolowski told the news agency PAP. Last month, Europol said it believed the attacks were the work of a single man (Fox News, 2011).

6. MALL TERROR DRILLS

OBAMACSI.COM: Practice makes perfect, and terror drills being conducted at Mall of America and other malls across America have increased rapidly since 9/11. These drills feature various terror scenerios including active shooters, bombings, and nuclear devices by local, state, federal, and foreign entities. *Not a complete list of mall terror drills OBAMACSI.COM: Mall Terror Drills Mall: Mall of America Date: September 20, 2002 Agencies: Rozin Security LLC Location: Minnieapolis, Minnesota Notes: Drill incuded a bomb planted by terrorists that exploded at the mall

478

Title: Mall Of America To Hold Terror Training Exercise Date: September 20, 2002 Source: Brainerd Dispatch Abstract: The Mall of America and local authorities on Sunday night will conduct a large-scale emergency response exercise based on the idea that a bomb planted by terrorists exploded at the mall. There will be fake smoke, two fake deaths and 28 fake injuries. It will be the largest emergency exercise in the mall's history and the first to test response to a terrorist act. About 120 fire, police and emergency personnel will participate. The mall will not be evacuated, but customers will be kept away from its south side, where the incident will be played out. While stores close at 7 p.m., bars, restaurants and movie theaters will stay open. After the Sept. 11 attacks, law officers and elected leaders came to believe the megamall would be a likely target in the unlikely event that terrorists focused on Minnesota. "I would probably rank it as the No. 1 symbol of America within Minnesota, simply because of what we stand for, our lifestyle, our way of life," said attorney William Michael Jr., former terrorism coordinator and national security coordinator for the U.S. attorney's office in Minneapolis (Brainerd Dispatch, 2002).

OBAMACSI.COM: Mall Terror Drills Mall: Mall of America Date: Novermber 28, 2009 Agencies: Rozin Security LLC Location: Minnieapolis, Minnesota Notes: Drill incuded a bomb planted by terrorists that exploded at the mall. Mall of America has a lockdown drill 1x a month.

Title: Mall of America Practices Emergency Lockdown Drill Date: November 28, 2009 Source: National Terror Alert (DHS) Abstract: The Mall of America security team will be doing monthly lockdown drills to ensure they are ready if and when trouble strikes. They had their first drill earlier this week, shortly after the mall opened. This exercise and approach to preparedness is one that Im hoping other shopping mall man agers across the country will take notice of and consider adopting. Last month you might recall, Spike TVs Surviving Disaster, featured an episode on how to survive and escape an active shooting by a group of terrorists in a shopping mall (National Terror Alert (DHS), 2009).

OBAMACSI.COM: Mall Terror Drills Mall: Meadowhall Shopping Centre Date: July 13, 2010 Agencies: Fire Crews, Hospital Staff Location: Barnsley, South Yorkshire, England Notes: Drill scenario involved a chemical, biological, radiological or nuclear (CBRN) device had exploded in the mall.

Title: Dry Run For Nuclear Terror Medics At Mall Date: July 14, 2010 Source: Yorkshire Post Abstract: Fire crews and hospital staff carried out an exercise in Barnsley yesterday to test the emergency response to a terrorist attack in South Yorkshire. The scenario was that a chemical, biological, radiological or nuclear (CBRN) device had exploded in the Meadowhall shopping centre and crowds of people with radiation burns needed to be treated. Volunteers were showered in "decontamination" tents at Barnsley Hospital before being allowed in the hospital's emergency department.

479

Mike Lees, head of emergency planning at Barnsley Hospital, said: "Exercises like this are all about gaining experience for the future, for the time when we have to deal with real, large-scale emergencies" (Yorkshire Post, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Mall Terror Drills Mall: Park Meadows Mall Date: September 23, 2011 Agencies: FBI, DHS, 100+ in total Location: Denver, Colorado Notes: Drill scenario involved an active shooter.

Title: 'Emergency' Planned For Denver On Friday Date: September 21, 2011 Source: Denver Business Journal Abstract: Expect some loud noises, smoke and a lot of emergency vehicles Friday in and around Denver. Operation Mountain Guardian, a terrorism-based, full-scale emergency exercise, happens Friday at four primary locations including Union Station and six secondary locations. Operations begin at 5 a.m. and are scheduled to wrap up by 4:30 p.m. Organizers are warning the exercise will include simulated weapons as well as planned responses from 101 military, police, fire and hospital organizations. Other locations included in the event are: Park Meadows Mall; Smedley Elementary School; the Lowry campus of the Community College of Aurora; Denver International Airport; Sky Ridge Medical Center; Denver Health Medical Center; University of Colorado Hospital; Catholic Charities in northwest Denver and Sports Authority Field at Mile High. Money for most of the operation comes from the U.S. Department of Homeland Security through the Federal Emergency Management Agency and the Colorado Governors Office of Homeland Security (Denver Business Journal, 2011).

7. MALL TERROR: AS SEEN ON TV

OBAMACSI.COM: The movie "Mall Cop" is a good indication that mall terror in America is imminent. The TV programming is psychologically preparring the American public with the notion that terrorists want to attack the mall. Jewish actor Kevin James stars in "Mall Cop" which features a mall terror attack on Black Friday, the bussiest shopping day of the year in Ameria. Mall of America, the most likely location for the upcoming terror attack, is now feautured in a new reality show which glorifies the Mall of America security team and their fight against terrorism. Title: "Paul Blart: Mall Cop" Date: January 16, 2009 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "Paul Blart: Mall Cop" is a 2009 crime comedy film written by and starring Kevin James as the title character and directed by Steve Carr. The film was released on January 16, 2009 by Columbia Pictures. Paul Blart (Kevin James) is a mild-mannered, occasionally square, overweight security officer who works at patrol in the West Orange Pavilion Mall in West Orange, New Jersey. He lives with his elderly mother Margaret (Shirley Knight) and daughter Maya (Raini Rodriguez), and dreams of being able to join the New Jersey State Police, but he always fails his entrance test due to his hypoglycemia. While on patrol at work riding his Segway PT, Blart notices a new wig kiosk and its vendor, Amy Anderson (Jayma Mays) and is instantly attracted to her. Back at base, Blart has to take the new guy, Veck Simms (Keir O'Donnell), out on a patrol to train him. At the end of his shift, Blart becomes acquainted with Amy and escorts to her yellow 1966 Ford Mustang convertible. Amy invites Blart to join her, Veck, and his friends at American Joe's, and Blart accepts and attends the event. At the event, however, Blart gets extremely drunk after drinking too much margarita during his nacho eating contest with Leon (Jamal Mixon) and crashes the stage that the band is playing on, culminating with him falling through one of the windows. On Thanksgiving, Blart feels as though he embarrassed Amy and that she doesn't like him anymore and Maya tries to cheer him up. On Black Friday at the shopping mall, Amy, Stuart (Stephen Rannazzisi), and other of Blart's colleagues are in the bank to cash their paychecks. While a gang of criminals (in disguise as Santa's Little Helpers) suddenly break through the service entrance and take over the mall, Blart is distracted by playing Rock Band in the arcade zone. The criminals clear the mall and took Amy, Stuart, Leon, and other of Blart's colleagues hostage in the bank. Veck is revealed to be a double agent and the ringleader of the hijackers, and plans to use the credit card codes from all the stores in the mall to steal $30 million and later fly to the Cayman Islands, taking the hostages with him.

480

As Blart leaves the arcade, he noticed that the mall has been taken over and calls the police who later show up outside the front entrance of the mall. Sergeant Howard (Adam Ferrara) instructs Blart to leave the mall immediately, but when Blart saw Amy's car in the parking lot, he realizes that he must rescue Amy and everyone else. The SWAT team soon arrives and Commander James Kent (Bobby Cannavale), who bullied Blart in high school, takes control of the situation. Blart is vastly outnumbered and physically outclassed, but fights against the gang members through improvised measures. Maya shows up to bring Blart his dinner, but Veck's henchmen intercept her and take her hostage as well. After Blart works his way through all of Veck's underlings, he attempts to extract the hostages by pulling them up into an airvent via the rope, but fails after Leon cannot fit and when Veck enters the room, Blart is captured. Veck demands to have the credit card codes and Blart is forced to fling him the phone that contains the codes. Veck escapes with the codes and holds Amy and Maya at gunpoint. Blart steals the mall's display minivan and pursues Veck to the airport, where Veck attempts to escape in a Cessna Citation III business jet along with Amy and Maya. After a brief fight, Blart cuffs Veck, but Kent pulls his gun on Blart, revealing himself as a mole in the SWAT team and that he was working with Veck the whole time. Kent demands Blart to give him the phone containing the codes, but Blart smashes it on the ground. Later, Kent is shot in his arm by Chief Brooks (Peter Gerety); the police reveal themselves and finally arrest Kent along with rescuing Amy and Maya. The next day, Maya is proud of Blart and he gives Amy a birthday card who in turn kisses him. Sergeant Howard offers Blart his job as a State Trooper, but Blart decides that his place is protecting the people at the mall with Amy and the rest of his friends. During the closing credits, bonus scenes finds Blart and Amy getting married in the mall along with Blart's friends and family, riding Segways (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: Mall Cops: Mall of America Date: October 15, 2009 Source: Wikipedia

Abstract: "Mall Cops: Mall of America" is an American reality television series that follows the work of the security team at the Mall of America in Bloomington, Minnesota, the second largest mall in North America. Twelve half-hour episodes have been ordered for TLC. The series premiered on May 27, 2010. The series documents the events of a 100-plus team of mall security officers in the biggest mall in America. The Mall Cops help lost kids, track down shoplifters, arrest disorderly guests, and responding to a variety of medical calls. Mall of America boasts more than 500 stores, a theme park, an aquarium and a school (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: Surviving Disaster: Mall Shooting Date: November 14, 2009 Source: SPIKE Abstract: A highly trained terrorist cell takes over a crowded mall in a military style siege. Navy SEAL Cade Courtley shows you how to survive a firefight using SEAL Team tactics and take on this well armed enemy (SPIKE, 2009).

NASCAR Terror Attack

OBAMACSI.COM: A terror attack at a NASCAR event is currently being planned for or against by NASCAR officials and security. During a meeting at the 2011 Annual NASCAR Summit, NASCAR and government officials from DHS, FBI, and the Secret Service spoke about the security vulnerabilities of NASCAR, particularly the "Active Shooter" scenario. There are 3 NASCAR races left in the 2011 season and should a terror attacks transpire, it will occur at one or more of the following locations: A) November 06, 2011, at the "AAA Texas 500" at Texas Motor Speedway in Fort Worth, Texas, B) November 13, 2011 at the "Kobalt Tools 500" at Phoenix Motor Speedway in Phoenix, Arizona, or C) November 20, 2011, at the "Ford 400" at Homestead Miami Speedway in Miami, Florida. While all race locations are potential targets, NASCAR and DHS have been drilling emergency response in Phoenix, Arizona.

1. The NASCAR Security Team: John M. Power (FBI), O.T. Gagnon (DHS), and Raymond Thrower (expert on active shooters), Steve Lampo (FBI) and head of NASCAR security Gerry Cavis formerly of the Secret Service all met for the 2011 Annual NASCAR Summit to discuss "safety" for NASCAR and its fans. This event was the likely meeting where the NASCAR terror scenario was decided and ultimately green lighted. If the personal that NASCAR has hired is any indication, a false-flag terror attack on NASCAR is almost a sheer certainty. 2. NASCAR & DHS: The U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and NASCAR have been quite busy of late making sure that NASCAR personnel at NASCAR events are trained in "First Observer" terror training. This move is to psychologically prepare NASCAR for a future terror attacks and to attempt to release liability in the attack on behalf of NASCAR. NASCAR was also mentioned as a terror target in the 2009 Virginia Terror Threat Assessment, and DHS has been concocting surveillance of NASCAR events for some time. 3. Racing & Terror Training: At various racing events across America from NASCAR to the Indianapolis 500, racing fans are being trained to look out

481

for terrorists and have been equipped with the latest gadgets to get news and information related to terror attacks. Should a terror event occur at a racing event, tens of thousands of fans will get the news simultaneously, thus leading to a mass panic which will no doubt kill more people than the initial act of terror itself. 4. Racing & Terror Threats: Alleged terror threats concerning racing events have repeatedly occurred at the Indianapolis 500. These terror threats, like most terror threats, are propagated by the government in order to terrorize the population and to give plausible deniability if and when an attack occurs by basically stating "We told you so".

NCAA Terror Attack

OBAMACSI.COM: A terror attack at an NCAA sporting event or campus now seems imminent. Aside from an Obama assassination potentially occurring at the Carrier Classic in San Diego on November 11, 2011, terror drills regarding various terror scenarios have occurred at a number of different college campuses across America. 1. NCAA Terror: Breaking News: Recent news regarding NCAA schools may indicate that a terror attack is imminent. A Virginia Tech type shooter is on the loose and a dead body has turned up in Ohio in just the last week alone. 2. DHS & NCAA Partnership: Aside from partnering with the NFL, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security has partnered specifically with Ohio State University and the University of Oklahoma. This partnership does not make these universities safer, but rather a target. What type of terror is planned for these campuses is unknown, but if you see something, say something. 3. The Carrier Classic: U.S. President Barack Obama will attend the Carrier Classic in San Diego, California, on November 11, 2011. The Carrier Classic will feature a men's NCAA basketball game between the #1 ranked North Carolina Tar Heels and the Michigan State Spartans. The game will be played on the deck on the U.S.S. Vinson, which allegedly fired the first shots in the War on Terror against AL Qaeda. Obama will be surrounded by U.S. military service men and woman as he becomes a sitting duck perched atop the aircraft carrier in San Diego Bay. Should Obama be targeted for assassination, bet on the fact that many NAVY sailors will be slaughtered in the process with the dead likely ranging in the hundreds if not thousands. Although Obama will likely escape unarmed, the act of terror will enrage the American public to go to war, exactly as it was designed to do. The Carrier Classic is the opening game of the 2011 NCAA college basketball season and will be broadcast nationally and internationally on the ESPN family of sports network with a TV audience ranging somewhere between 100-150 million. 4. NCAA Plots & Patsies: There have been two alleged plots against the NCAA that have been reported. A) A terror threat to the Final Four men's basketball tournament in Houston, Texas, and a fan with two M16 military guns that was allowed entrance into the University of Michigan football game. Coincidentally, University of Michigan hosts the Ohio State University football team on November 26, 2011. 5. NCAA Terror Drills: The amount of terror drills occurring at American universities and colleges is terrorizing in and of itself. Aside from brainwashing the students to the new and terrifying way of American life, it allows government agencies to perfect false-flag terror scenarios and work out any kinks prior to the terror drills going live. 6. Ohio Terror Attack?: The state of Ohio appears to be a candidate for terror as three distinct event have transpired in the state recently: A) The partnership between Ohio State University and DHS, B) a dead body that was found at the University of Akron, and c) Halloween costumes worn by students Ohio University student have outraged the Muslim community because they show have turbans with dynamite strapped to them. The cocktail of news from Ohio appears to be setting up a terror attack which will be undoubtedly blamed on Arabs.

1. NCAA TERRROR: BREAKING NEWS

OBAMACSI.COM: Recent news regarding NCAA schools may indicate that a terror attack is imminent. A Virginia Tech type shooter is on the loose and a dead body has turned up in Ohio in just the last week alone. Title: Authorities in Pennsylvania Search for Student Accused of Making 'Virginia Tech' Threat Date: October 22, 2011 Soure: Fox News Abstract: Authorities in Pennsylvania are searching for a university student who allegedly made a threat on Twitter to kill classmates in a reference to the 2007 Virginia Tech massacre, the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette reported. All Saturday activities at Pennsylvania State University-Beaver in Center Township, Pa. -- about 30 miles northwest of Pittsburgh -- were canceled as state police and the FBI searched for 21-year-old Michael Dewight Mollett. "We decided to take the precautionary step of closing the campus for classes and activities today," Chancellor Gary Keefer said in a statement on the university's website. "We have alerted all students and staff, and are asking them to avoid campus today. We also are asking any students who can go home for the weekend to do so." Posts from late Thursday on a Twitter account apparently belonging to Mollett, who identifies himself as a point guard on the school's basketball team, make reference to "creepin tonight," people being "scared as hell" and having a "VT day," an apparent reference to the April 2007 massacre of 32 people at Virginia Tech University by student gunman Seung-Hui Cho, who later turned his gun on himself.

482

Mollett is wanted on charges of harassment and making terroristic threats. He was arrested by Penn State Beaver campus police last month on charges of misdemeanor indecent assault and defiant trespass. He has previously been charged with receiving stolen property, reckless driving and fleeing an officer. Mollett's mother, Pamela Lawton, told KDVA-TV on Friday that he has "emotional problems" but she has "never known him to be violent" (Fox News, 2011).

Title: Two In Custody After Girl Shot In Neck At Cumberland High School Date: October 24, 2011 Source: WRAL News Abstract: Two teens were taken into custody Monday after a 15-year-old girl was seriously wounded in a shooting at Cape Fear High School near Fayetteville, according to the Cumberland County Sheriff's Office. Cape Fear students Ta'Von McLaurin,18, and a 15-year-old suspect whose name was not released were being interviewed by investigators Monday night, but had not been formally charged. Cumberland County Sheriff Earl "Moose" Butler said Monday night he was confident that both students were involved and that they would definitely be charged once investigators finished interviewing them. Catilyn Abercrombie was in stable condition following surgery at Cape Fear Valley Medical Center after being struck in the neck by a bullet while standing in the breezeway outside the school's cafeteria. Earlier in the afternoon, she was listed in serious condition, but was able to nod and shake her head in response to questions from investigators and her family. A .22-caliber rifle was found inside the school building and a shell casing was found outside the breezeway doors, Butler said. Only one shot was fired. Investigators do not believe that Abercrombie was targeted, but Butler said they did not know why the shooting happened (WRAL, 2011).

Title: Ten South Carolina Schools Locked Down For Manhunt Date: October 27, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Ten schools have been locked down in Greenville while police search for a man who fired at an officer in a nearby apartment complex. Police Chief Terri Wilfong says someone fired at an officer near a Greenville school around 10 a.m. Friday. Wilfong says the officer checking on a suspicious license tag went to an apartment complex and someone began firing at her. The officer returned fire. She was not hit. Several dozen officers are involved in the search. Elementary and high schools and Greenville Technical College have been locked down during the manhunt (Fox News, 2011).

2. DHS & NCAA PARTNERSHIP

OBAMACSI.COM: Aside from partnering with the NFL, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security has partnered specifically with Ohio State University and the University of Oklahoma. This partnership does not make these universities safer, but rather a target. What type of terror is planned for these campuses is unknown, but if you see something, say something. Title: Secretary Napolitano Announces "If You See Something, Say Something" Campaign Partnersh ips Date: September 12, 2011 Source: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Abstract: Secretary of Homeland Security Janet Napolitano announced new partnerships between the Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) "If You See Something, Say Something" public awareness campaign and s everal sports organizations and collegiate universities. Partnerships include National Football League (NFL) teams, Major League Baseball (MLB) teams, the U.S. Open Tennis Championships (USTA), Ohio State University, and the University of Oklahoma.

483

"Every citizen plays a critical role in identifying and reporting suspicious activities and threats," said Secretary Napolitano. "By expanding the If You See Something, Say Something" campaign we are working together to ensure the safety and security of fans, players, employees, and students." The "If You See Something, Say Something" campaign -- originally implemented by New York City's Metropolitan Transportation Authority and now licensed to DHS for a nationwide campaign -- is a simple and effective program to engage the public and key frontline employees to identify and report indicators of terrorism, crime and other threats to the proper transportation and law enforcement authorities. Over the past year, DHS has collaborated closely with federal, state, local and private sector partners, as well as the Department of Justice, to expand the "If You See Something, Say Something" campaign and the Nationwide Suspicious Activity Reporting (SAR) Initiativean administration effort to train state and local law enforcement to recognize behaviors and indicators related to terrorism, crime and other threats; standardize how those observations are documented and analyzed; and ensure the sharing of those reports with the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) led Joint Terrorism Task Forces for further investigation. The "If You See Something, Say Something" campaign originally partnered with the NFL in January 2011 during the Super Bowl XLVI, and is now expanding the campaign to the Arizona Cardinals, Baltimore Ravens, Chicago Bears, Cleveland Browns, and San Diego Chargers with digital and video materials displayed at each stadium. Similarly, the "If You See Something, Say Something" campaign partnerships with MLB began last season and has now expanded to the Chicago White Sox and the Baltimore Orioles. The USTA has announced their partnership with the "If You See Something, Say Something" campaign for a second year, and have displayed digital and print materials during all matches. Other partnerships with the "If You See Something, Say Something" campaign have been recently launched by the states of Florida and Maryland, the cities of Baltimore and Newark, the Inaugural Baltimore Grand Prix, and state and major urban area fusion centers across the country. DHS will continue to expand the "If You See Something, Say Something" campaign nationally to help America's business, commun ities and citizens remain vigilant and play an active role in keeping the country safe (U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2011).

2011 Ohio State University NCAA Mens Football Schedule October 29, 2011 Ohio State vs Wisconsin November 05, 2011 Ohio State vs Iowa November 12, 2011 Ohio State @ Purdue November 19, 2011 Ohio State vs Penn State November 26, 2011 Ohio State @ Michigan 2011 University of Oklahoma NCAA Mens Football Schedule October 29, 2011 Oklahoma @ Kansas State November 05, 2011 Oklahoma vs Texas A & M November 19, 2011 Oklahoma @ Baylor November 26, 2011 Oklahoma vs Iowa State December 03, 2011 Oklahoma @ Oklahoma State

3. CARRIER CLASSIC

OBAMACSI.COM: U.S. President Barack Obama will attend the Carrier Classic in San Diego, California, on November 11, 2011. The Carrier Classic will feature a men's NCAA basketball game between the #1 ranked North Carolina Tar Heels and the Michigan State Spartans. The game will be played on the deck on the U.S.S. Vinson, which allegedly fired the first shots in the War on Terror against AL Qaeda. Obama will be surrounded by U.S. military service men and woman as he becomes a sitting duck perched atop the aircraft carrier in San Diego Bay. Should Obama be targeted for assassination, bet on the fact that many NAVY sailors will be slaughtered in the process with the dead likely ranging in the hundreds if not thousands. Although Obama will likely escape unarmed, the act of terror will enrage the American public to go to war, exactly as it was designed to do. The Carrier Classic is the opening game of the 2011 NCAA college basketball season and will be broadcast nationally and internationally on the ESPN family of sports network with a TV audience ranging somewhere between 100-150 million.

484

Title: Aircraft Carrier That Launched First Attack On Al Qaeda To Host Opening Game Of College Basketball Season Date: July 16, 2011 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: It launched the first attacks against al Qaeda and the Taliban after the 9/11 terror attacks - and now the aircraft carrier USS Carl Vinson has another important mission on its hands: hosting the opening game of the 2011 NCAA college basketball season. Navy Chief of Information Rear Admiral Dennis Moynihan has confirmed that after more than a month of discussions with a promoter, an agreement has been reached to hold the game on the carrier. A company called Morale Entertainment will organise the game and be responsible for all the costs. Mr Moynihan stressed: 'There will be no cost to the taxpayer.' The Carl Vinson has played key roles in the fight against terrorism since the global war on terror began. Aside from launching the first wave of attacks on targets in Afghanistan, it also carried the body of Osama bin Laden for burial at sea after he was killed in the U.S. military raid in Pakistan earlier this year. Now the mighty vessel is on track to make sports history as the first-ever carrier to host an NCAA basketball game. The Michigan State Spartans will play the University of North Carolina Tar Heels on Veterans Day, November 11, on the top deck of the carrier at the U.S. Naval Base in San Diego. Former UNC star Michael Jordan and former MSU star Earvin 'Magic' Johnson are the honorary captains for the game. The 'Carrier Classic,' as the game has been dubbed, will be the first televised college basketball game of the season for ESPN. But it will take more than a deal to pull the game off, CNN reports. Unlike indoor arenas, players will be exposed to the elements on the deck of an aircraft carrier. To prevent any weather delays, two courts will be built on the ship: one on the flight deck, and the other in the hangar deck, which will be protected from rain and some wind. The seating for the flight deck stadium will be wrapped with fabric to help block the wind, and the ship will be moored alongside a pier that would put the sun about midcourt, so no players will have to shoot into the setting sun. A professional lighting crew that does lighting for rock concerts has been contacted about bringing in lights to help keep the court bright enough for the players and the TV cameras. The game will attract about 7,000 fans to the nuclear-powered carrier, one of the Navy's most important assets. Getting them onto a secure Navy base and then on board the vessel will take a significant security effort. Part of that has been addressed by the promoters, who won't sell tickets to the public. Instead, some tickets will go to UNC and MSU, a few to sponsors, and some to coaches who take part in a game-week youth clinic. The rest of the tickets will go to service members, veterans and their families. Plus, Morale Entertainment spokesman Mike Whalen said, each ticket will be printed with the name of the ticket-holder, which must match that person's identification as they enter the venue. The Navy also made sure that the promoters and ESPN, which plans to bring a dozen or more cameras to cover the game, know that at any moment President Barack Obama could order the Carl Vinson to leave port for a mission. Basketball courts, bleachers, lights, etc., would have to come off the ship at the same time that more than 5,000 sailors and Marines would come aboard. Whalen said he has assured the Navy his company would be prepared to break down both courts and all the seating very quicky. If the event goes off as planned, there are already talks in the works to hold more games on the carrier, including a match up between the Notre Dame and Ohio State women's basketball teams (Daily Mail, 2011).

Title: Barack Obama To Attend Carrier Classic Date: October 13, 2011 Source: ESPN Abstract: President Barack Obama, the nation's basketball-fan-in-chief, will have the seat of his choice at the Carrier Classic hoops game on Veterans Day on the flight deck of the USS Carl Vinson, the aircraft carrier that buried Osama bin Laden at sea.

485

The White House announced Thursday that Obama has accepted an invitation to attend the Nov. 11 matchup between North Carolina and Michigan State, the first college basketball game on an active flat top. The Carl Vinson and its sailors have attracted considerable attention since early May, when the carrier conducted bin Laden's burial at sea after he was killed by Navy SEALs in a raid ordered by Obama. It'll be an impossible ticket, except for the lucky 7,000 or so who will be granted permission to come aboard the 1,092-foot, nuclear-powered carrier. Most of the tickets will go to active military personnel. Tickets won't be sold to the public. Obama can sit "wherever he wants," said Mike Whalen of the Morale Entertainment Foundation, which is organizing the game. The president, a huge hoops fan, will be in his element, even if it is an unusual venue for big-time basketball. Known for playing pickup games, Obama needed 12 stitches in his lip after he was inadvertently elbowed during such a scrimmage last November. His brother-in-law, Craig Robinson, is the coach at Oregon State. Obama has filled out an NCAA tournament bracket the last three years for ESPN, which will televise the Carrier Classic. Plus, he has a history with the Tar Heels. Obama played a pickup game with UNC's players during a 2008 campaign stop. The following spring, he correctly picked the Tar Heels to win the 2009 NCAA title -- which they did by routing Michigan State -- and then hosted them at the White House. Tar Heels coach Roy Williams was excited to hear Obama will be at the Carrier Classic. "My guess is he wouldn't be there unless things in the world were in good shape," Williams said with a grin at preseason media day. "So I hope he can stick to that commitment and be there. "This is one of the biggest thrills in my coaching career, to be involved in that kind of game," Williams said. "It really is as neat of a deal as you can possibly imagine." Obama is scheduled to begin Veterans Day by laying a wreath at Arlington National Cemetery before flying to San Diego. "He looks forward to a great game," the White House said in a statement. Whalen said there will be appropriate security considering the dignitaries who are expected to attend. Besides Obama, top Navy officials and congressional delegations from North Carolina and Michigan have been invited. A postgame concert is scheduled, but organizers haven't announced the acts. James Worthy and Magic Johnson will serve as honorary captains for their alma maters. The carrier, which has been in San Francisco for Fleet Week, will be at its berth at North Island Naval Air Station. To the south is Naval Amphibious Base Coronado, where SEALs train. Across San Diego Bay is Naval Base San Diego. The court, surrounded by temporary stadium-style seating, will be located between the island and the forward catapults. In case of rain, the game will be moved below to the hangar deck. Navy officials got the news on the sea service's 236th birthday. "We're honored that President Obama plans to attend the game on the Carl Vinson," said Rear Admiral Dennis Moynihan, the Navy's chief spokesman. "The ship is a representative of more than 100 Navy ships that are deployed right now. We see this as a celebration of service for all veterans, and we also see this as a great opportunity to showcase what our Navy does on a daily basis." Whalen, a former Marine, was happy, too. "We're excited that President Obama would even consider showing up. We feel like we won the lottery," he said. Morale Entertainment Foundation, which hopes to help raise the visibility of the Navy with the Carrier Classic, brings notable Americans, such as former astronauts Neil Armstrong, Gene Cernan and Jim Lovell, as well as coaches and race car drivers to visit troops in the Middle East and Afghanistan. The Carrier Classic is sponsored by Quicken Loans (ESPN, 2011).

Title: ESPN To Televise Hoops Game From Deck Of U.S. Aircraft Carrier

486

Date: May 12, 2011 Source: ESPN Abstract: ESPN has reached an agreement with the Morale Entertainment Foundation to televise Michigan State vs. North Carolina in the Carrier Classic 11-11-11, the first men's college basketball game to be played on the deck of a United States military aircraft carrier, on Friday, Nov. 11, at 7 p.m. ET. The United States military ship to host the unique Veteran's Day event honoring the men and women in the armed forces is to be determined but will be positioned in the San Diego harbor. As part of the telecast, ESPN will televise a special halftime entertainment show and post-game concert organized by Morale Entertainment Foundation. Specific coverage plans for the Carrier Classic 11-11-11, featuring a rematch of the 2009 National Championship won by North Carolina, are being finalized. A basketball court with seating for approximately 7,000 fans will be constructed on the flight deck. The game will be played below the flight deck in the event of rain. Tickets will not be for sale. The Carrier Classic 11-11-11 will mark the first mens college basketball telecast of the 2011-12 season on ESPN or ESPN2 (ESPNU will open the season with Coaches vs. Cancer matchups). "We are privileged to be a part of this tremendous initiative honoring our veterans and troops, said Nick Dawson, ESPN director, programming. We commend Morale Entertainment, Michigan State University and the University of North Carolina and the United States Navy for their creativity and enthusiasm. Its exciting to still be able to televise new and unique games after 32 years and more than 9,500 live game telecasts. Michigan State Coach Tom Izzo said, I cant think of a better way to start the season than playing in the Carrier Classic 11-11-11 on Veterans Day. The opportunity to give something back to those that serve in the military and their families is a humbling experience. On the court, the game will feature two of the top programs in America, but it also provides an opportunity for life lessons off the court, including those about the real meaning of sacrifice and dedication. As coaches and athletes, we are familiar with terms like wins and losses, but to our servicemen and women, those phrases have very different meanings. Its a concept that first hit home during one of my trips to visit our troops in Kuwait, and one that Ive carried with me since then. Im sure that being a part of this game will create life-lasting memories for all involved. I know it certainly will for me. North Carolina Coach Roy Williams said, It is an honor for Carolina Basketball to play i n such a unique game that will benefit and salute the United States armed forces. We thank the U.S. Navy for presenting us with this remarkable opportunity. The look on our players fac es when I told them they would be playing outdoors on the deck of an aircraft carrier was priceless. The experience will create for them a lifetime of memories. Even more important is the chance to combine the start of the college basketball season with saluting and thanking our military personnel for all they do to allow us to safely live and play each day in the United States of America. Mike Whalen, director of the Morale Entertainment Foundation, added, From the very beginning, we felt the only outlet that c ould capture the significance of this event, and the excitement surrounding it, was ESPN. We are thrilled ESPN is joining the Foundation to honor the service of our current members of the Armed Forces and recognizing the service of the millions of veterans and their families who have gone before them." The Navy-Marine Corps Relief Society, Wounded Warrior Project, the San Diego Air and Space Museum and the San Diego Sports Commission are assisting game organizer Morale Entertainment Foundation with various elements surrounding the event (ESPN, 2011).

4. NCAA PLOTS & PATSIES

OBAMACSI.COM: There have been two alleged plots against the NCAA that have been reported. A) A terror threat to the Final Four men's basketball tournament in Houston, Texas, and a fan with two M16 military guns that was allowed entrance into the University of Michigan football game. Coincidentally, University of Michigan hosts the Ohio State University football team on November 26, 2011.

Title: FBI Warns of Possible NCAA Tourney Terror Threat Date: March 13, 2006 Source: Fox News Abstract: The FBI said Friday there is no specific, credible threat of a terror attack aimed at college basketball arenas or other sports stadiums, but acknowledged alerting law enforcement to a recent Internet posting discussing such attacks. The FBI and Homeland Security Department distributed an intelligence bulletin Friday to state and local law enforcement nationwide describing the online threat against sporting venues, said Special Agent Richard Kolko, an FBI spokesman in Washington. "We have absolutely no credible intelligence or threats pertaining to this issue," Kolko said. With conference tournaments taking place this weekend, and the NCAA tournament scheduled to begin next week, the bulletin was sent "out of an abundance of caution," Kolko said. "We have been in touch with Homeland Security and the FBI about this issue," said NCAA spokesman Erik Christiansen.

487

"We do not believe there is an imminent threat," he said. "We are in constant communication with the local, state and federal law enforcement agencies, including Homeland Security and the FBI. This is not new; we are in regular contact with all these law enforcement agencies at every level." The online message described a potential attack in some detail, calling it an efficient way to kill thousands of people using homicide bombers armed with explosives hidden beneath their winter clothing, said a federal law enforcement official who read the bulletin. But the government document also said U.S. intelligence sources could not corroborate the information or say whether the site was linked to Al Qaeda. Christiansen said, "There was no mention of a specific event or organization." In the past, intelligence assessments have been sent in advance of major holidays and sporting events because they pose an inviting target for terrorists (Fox News, 2006).

Title: M16-Toting Fan Gets Inside Michigan Football Game Date: October 12, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: A full-time National Guardsman toting two unloaded M16 assault rifles was allowed onto the Michigan Stadium field before the MichiganMichigan State football game. Security officials allowed the man into the stadium, where more than 113,000 people had gathered, because his weapons were empty and no ammunition was found. A member of the color guard reported the impostor, who was escorted out by police. Diane Brown, a spokeswoman for the university's department of public safety, told MyFoxDetroit.com that school officials do not believe anything was done "incorrectly or improperly by police in any of the checkpoints." Brown said the unidentified man cooperated with police, and told officers he used his uniform as a ruse because he wanted to attend the Oct. 9 game but could not get a ticket. "We escorted him out. He was very compliant and he just continued to explain that he wanted to come to the game, but couldn't get a hold of a ticket and thought he'd use his uniform to be able to do that," she told the website. Michigan fans told the website they were very surprised about the incident. "Whether it was good or bad, in a stadium filled with 113,000-plus, I don't think that's the way to handle such a situation," Alex Mandel told the website. "It's really disappointing because usually the security's really good at the games," Julianne Patterson said. The man was arrested and released pending a further investigation. A decision on the charges is expected to come in the next week, MyFoxDetroit.com reports (Fox News, 2010).

5. NCAA CAMPUS TERROR DRILLS

OBAMACSI.COM: The amount of terror drills occurring at American universities and colleges is terrorizing in and of itself. Aside from brainwashing the students to the new and terrifying way of American life, it allows government agencies to perfect false-flag terror scenarios and work out any kinks prior to the terror drills going live. OBAMACSI.COM: NCAA Campus Terror Drills Date: March 18, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: Santa Rosa Police SWAT Team, Santa Rosa Fire Department Campus: Santa Rosa Junior College Location: Santa Rosa, California Notes: Drill simulate an emergency response to a shooter on campus and a hostage situation.

Title: Police Swarm SRJC For Drill Date: March 18, 2010

488

Source: Press Democrat Abstract: When Chase Covington emerged from Baker Hall on the Santa Rosa Junior College campus Thursday morning, his arms were riddled with bloody bullet wounds. Covington was a role player an elaborate drill staged by the college police force, Santa Rosa Police, Petaluma Police and Santa Rosa Fire Department to simulate emergency response to a shooter on campus and a hostage situation. The scenes played out were created by members of the Santa Rosa Police SWAT team, said Sgt. Mike Tosti. They come up with the scenarios based on situations that have occurred, he said. Everything that we come up with is designed to mimic real life. Even a bit of pain. Covington, who will enter the police academy next month, played a member of an extreme environmental activist group that took over a classroom of students played by other role players. He was hit multiple times by the practice bullets that were bullet -shaped vessels loaded with colored detergent. I suppose it feels like a bee sting, maybe a little more painful than a bee sting, he said, looking at the bloody welts a l ittle larger than a pencil-top eraser that marked both arms. About 60 people participated in Thursdays multi-agency drill, but only a select few had access to the opening script that had shooters attempting to take over a classroom just after 10 a.m. The rest of the four-hour drill on the otherwise quiet campus that is closed for spring break this week unfolded according to how police and role-playing bad guys responded. We cant wait until we have all the information, it takes too long, said Mike Azzouni, team leader for hostage negotiators. In the end, one cell phone died, forcing police to deploy a throw phone to speak with those barricaded inside. Later, a kidnapper tried to walk out with the students, and was caught. Suspects also left booby traps in the classrooms bombs that could have gone off in real life but which were detected and disarmed by police, Azzouni said. Those killed included a person playing the role of a student and two playing suspects, Azzouni said. A number of suspects w ere injured, he said. Throwing different agencies into an unknown situation and demanding the players work it out on the fly is crucial, Azzouni said. This training is invaluable, he said. Its as realistic as we could get. Right down to the frantically beating heart of those playing the bad guys, Covington said. You definitely start hearing your heart go really fast, he said of hearing the officers closing in on him as he hid in a classroom. Its just scary. They are scary. I could only imagine if its a real life situation, you would be terrified. Neighbors and members of the campus community were alerted to the drill prior to Thursday morning. Police tape stretched around the northwest corner of the campus from Armory Drive to Elliott Avenue to Scholars Drive (Press Democrat, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: NCAA Campus Terror Drills Date: May 18, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: ECU and Greenville police, the Pitt County Sheriffs Department, the N.C. Highway Patrol, Greenville Fire and Rescue, Pitt County Emergency Services, and Pitt Emergency Management Campus: East Carolina University Location: Greenville, North Carolina Notes: Drill simulated a full-scale emergency planning drill at a residence hall on campus.

Title: ECU To Conduct Emergency Drill May 18 Date: May 10, 2010 Source: ECU News Abstract: East Carolina University officials are scheduled to conduct a full-scale emergency planning drill May 18 at a residence hall on the west end of main campus. Students, faculty, staff and visitors are advised to avoid the following areas between 7:30 a.m. and 2:30 p.m.: Green, White, Clement, Fletcher and

489

Garrett residence halls, as well as Bloxton House and West End Dining. Because of their proximity to the drill site, Mendenhall Student Center and the Student Recreation Center will be closed to the public until 1 p.m. University employees are asked to report to work as usual. Some streets and parking areas on campus may be blocked, including Trustees Way at Fifth Street and in front of Jenkins Fine Arts Center; Faculty Way behind Jenkins and Bloxton House; a parking lot north of the Student Recreation Center; and Reade Street from Reade Circle to Fifth Street. B1 parking lots off Reade Street between 5th and 3rd streets will be unavailable. The drill, a normal part of ECU emergency planning, is designed to prepare staff and law enforcement to respond to an active shooter on campus. People should be aware that the exercise may involve actors, emergency outdoor speakers and simulated use of weapons, said Tom Pohlman, environmental manager with ECU Environmental Health and Safety. The drill is scheduled to involve many agencies including ECU and Greenville police, the Pitt County Sheriffs Department, th e N.C. Highway Patrol, Greenville Fire and Rescue, Pitt County Emergency Services, and Pitt Emergency Management (ECU News, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: NCAA Campus Terror Drills Date: May 19, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: Watauga Emergency Medical Services and Boone Fire Department Campus: Appalachian State University Location: Boone, North Carolina Notes: Drill simulated full-scale emergency exercise with explosions.

Title: Appalachian To Conduct Emergency Exercise May 19 Date: May 10, 2010 Source: ASU News Abstract: A full-scale emergency exercise will be conducted May 19 at Appalachian State University. The exercise will run from approximately 7:30 a.m. until 2 p.m. on the west side of campus in and around the stadium parking lot. One or more buildings on the main campus also might be included in the exercise. More than 100 participants, including local and state law enforcement personnel from six agencies, will participate. Other participants will include Watauga Emergency Medical Services and Boone Fire Department. The universitys emergency Web site (www.emergency.appstate.edu) will include information about the exercise and a link to a mock up of the site that will include information from the exercise to aid in future training scenarios. The drill is designed to test emergency response and communication capabilities during an emergency. Officials with EnviroSafe are directing the drill in consultation with officials from Appalachian and the University of North Carolina General Administration. Area residents and motorists should not be alarmed by increased traffic from law enforcement and emergency response vehicles along Rivers Street and Stadium Drive during the day of the drill. Law enforcement officers participating in the drill will not carry armed weapons. Participants and observers will be identified by specially colored vests and identification badges. Simulated explosions might be heard during the exercise. This is the second full-scale emergency exercise conducted at Appalachian. The first, in 2009, simulated an active shooter/hostage situation. The May 19 drill follows a directive from UNC system President Erskine Bowles that all UNC institutions conduct an emergency exercise this school year (ASU News, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: NCAA Campus Terror Drills Date: May 18, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: Wood County Local Emergency Planning Commission Campus: Ohio Valley University Location: Vienna, West Virginia Notes: Drill simulated a response to a digruntled student who might set off a chemical leak, a fire, explosion, bomb or or take a hostage. Title: Emergency Drill At OVU Tests Local Agencies Response Date: May 19, 2010 Source: News & Sentinel Abstract: Emergency crews from Wood County gathered Tuesday at Ohio Valley University to participate in a full-scale emergency exercise designed to critique and improve how agencies respond to emergencies.

490

Sponsored by the Wood County Local Emergency Planning Commission, the exercise involved agencies using normal radio channels to communicate and react to emergency scenarios acted out by volunteers at OVU's main campus. Police and fire crews gathered at the south campus, which was designated as the staging area, until they were dispatched to the scene. "We have volunteers who will be role-playing, and our agencies will respond to these emergency calls with real equipment," said Doug Hess, chairman of the emergency planning commission. "A lot of the agencies do their own kind of training, but this is an opportunity for all the agencies to work together in very realistic scenarios." An outside consulting firm was hired by the planning commission with state grant funds to organize and evaluate the exercise. Jeff Harvey, with JH Consulting in Buckhannon, said his company specializes in emergency preparedness training. "The backstory in this whole exercise is centered around a disgruntled student who will spur a variety of emergency situations," said Harvey. "We have people designated as actors, observers and evaluators. The evaluators are experienced professionals who will be judging the preparedness of the emergency crews." Crews will be evaluated on communications, sheltering, security, tactile and hazardous material response, said Harvey. "This is an exciting undertaking," Hess said. "Tonight, our law enforcement and fire agencies will handle a variety of situations. There might be a chemical leak, a fire or an explosion. They could be dealing with a hostage situation or a bomb. For the most part, what happens tonight will be somewhat of a surprise to emergency crews," he said. During the first emergency drill involving a possible explosive, an actor made an emergency call to the 911 center, prefacing the call with the phrase, "This is a drill," to inform dispatchers that there was not an actual emergency. Agencies experienced glitches in communications, resulting in delays. Real emergency situations resulting from heavy rains in Wood County resulted in many of the ambulances participating in the drill to be dispatched to other areas. "It's an interesting scenario," said Hess. "All of these agencies should react as if this was a real-life emergency." The American Red Cross, hospitals, the Mid-Ohio Valley Health Department, The ARC, Volunteer Action Center and Wood County Schools participated in the drill and provided volunteers. The SWAT team, sheriff's office, police and volunteer fire departments participated in the training exercise. A second emergency exercise will take place from 5-9 p.m. Thursday at Vienna Elementary School (News & Sentinel, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: NCAA Campus Terror Drills Date: May 19, 2010 Name: "Golden Guardian" Agencies: California Emergency Management Agency Campus: California State University San Marcos Location: San Marcos, California Notes: A dirty bomb and shooters rocked the campus of California State University San Marcos.

Title: Terror In Redwood City: Emergency Drill Prepares For Terrorist Attack Date: May 19, 2010 Source: The Daily Journal Abstract: The explosion that broke yesterday mornings quiet at the Port of Redwood City was little more than a quick bright flash and billowing plume of black smoke rising up beyond a row of trees. What did not dissipate quickly, though, was the unexplained blow-ups fallout first responders staging areas to assess the injured, hundreds of military and public safety members trying to contain a fire and chemical release and bloodied and battered people strewn in the mud around the Cemex facility. Those on the ground didnt know yet what had happened the 10 a.m. explosion was actually the second terrorist attack which, coupled together, blew up a ship and collapsed a building but they knew they needed help. A stick piercing Lauren Fehds lung left the 18-year-old worried that her 8-month-old fetus was in distress. Pamela Brown, 25, jumped out a second-story window to escape the building but was also wheezing and blistered from the chemical release. Joan Kyle, 26, was hit on the head by a rock but, while digging Fehd and Brown from the rubble, faced an unexpected danger. It was a snake, which gouged a wound in her arm. Wait you saved us? That is awesome!, said Brown after hearing Kyle tell her story. Kyle double-checked her story card on a lanyard around her neck. Yep, in yesterdays mock terrorism drill, the three women survived, albeit in need of serious help.

491

But in helping victims like the trio, emergency personnel from local, state and federal were the ones being aided. The simulated response exercise known as Golden Guardian was one of several statewide testing local reaction to terrorist attacks at various ports, including Redwood City. Past drills have included disease and natural disasters. California Emergency Management Agency Secretary Matthew Bettenhausen said the drills are also reminders to the greater public to be prepared for 72 hours, including an escape route from the home and knowing where to find gas and water meters. The annual event started in 2004 under Gov. Arnold Schwarzenegger who was invited to the Redwood City exercise but could not attend. The governors absence was barely noticeable in the sea of roughly 400 participants, including members of the national guard, Air Force, CalEMA and public safety organizations throughout the Peninsula. Camouflage-clad soldiers and military vehicles rumbled down Seaport Boulevard just outside the Pacific Shores Center. Elsewhere in the state, a terrorist attack on a container ship at the Port of Oakland caused a hazardous plus that resulted in an evacuation. At Pier 48 in San Francisco, divers used the Navy Marine Mammal Program which uses dolphins to recover an explosive device. A dirty bomb and shooters rocked the campus of California State University San Marcos and hostages were taken after a terrorist group took over a Catalina Express ferry boat moored at Long Beach Ferry Terminal. Back in Redwood City, though, some of the affected had concerns other than their immediate safety primping. As orange-vested organizers placed actors and explained nuances of their individual symptoms lethargic means tired, one explained to a woman who wasnt quite sure how to act bandages were adjusted and bruises touched up. A smiling woman with blood stains running down her sweatshirt applied blood to the back of another while one nearby man looked less successful in surviving the collapse. He had an angry looking gash across his throat and ghostly white face. Paul Cramer, 24, freshened up his injuries with a spray bottle of fake blood while his roommate Teddy Vigil, 24, was on the ground with a gnarled foot underneath a piece of Hertz equipment. Vigil said he was hit by a car, leaving him unable to walk and unconscious. Like the others in the simulation, though, he had been there since 6 a.m. and had been warned to expect an 11-hour day. The actors had answered casting calls on Craigslist and the simulation followed three days of practice, according to Fehd. Although Tuesdays drill was simulated, officials said the scenarios and the actors h elp emergency personnel know how to react if a real situation comes to pass. It s so easy to forget ... how important this is. The events in New York City a few weeks ago remind us of how important this is, said Redwood City Mayor Jeff Ira (The Daily Journal, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: NCAA Campus Terror Drills Date: May 26, 2010 Name: "Operation Badger One" Agencies: UW Madison Police Department Emergency Management Un Campus: UW Madison Location: Madison, Wisconsin Notes: Drill scenario involved a man with bombs and a gun with actors who posed as hostages and victims who were injured or killed.

Title: UW Madison, Several Agencies Hold Emergency Response Drill Date: May 26, 2010 Source: NBC News Abstract: UW Madison, along with several law enforcement, medical and other area agencies held a full scale emergency drill today. The exercise, named "Operation Badger One", simulated an incident on campus that required a response from several emergency agencies. The scenario involved a man with bombs and a gun. It included actors who posed as hostages and victims who were injured or killed. The exercise was designed to improve the University's response to real emergency situations. UW officials say one of the goals was to test procedures that are in place and to do so in a realistic environment. "I think just for any agency its good practice. The more you do things the better you get at it and you can find where there's deficiencies and make improvement in those things so not only for the university, but for any agency to do those type of things," says Sergeant Kerri Miller with UW Police. The victims were transported to local hospitals, which also participated in the exercise. Organizers say the exercise was designed to test preparedness, teamwork and communication between the agencies. The exercise was a year in the making--with the UW Madison Police Department Emergency Management Unit heading up the planning (NBC News, 2010).

492

OBAMACSI.COM: NCAA Campus Terror Drills Date: June10, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: OEM, DHS Campus: Missouri State University Location: Springfeild, Missouri Notes: Drill simulated a Haz-Mat fire and bomb drill on campus.

Title: MSU Drill Underway Date: June 10, 2010 Source: Ozarks First Abstract: There's no need for concern if you see guys with guns and Haz-Mat gear on the campus of Missouri State University today. Battalion Chief Andy Wood with the Springfield Fire Department says, the drill's purpose is "Just to get us all on the same page practice our incident command, our unified command and get us all working together " The Springfield Greene County Office of Emergency Management is putting on the Haz-Mat fire and bomb drill. It began around 9 a.m. today and continued for a few hours at Hammons House on campus. The Homeland Seccuirty team is part of the exercise (Ozarks First, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: NCAA Campus Terror Drills Date: August 2, 2011 Name: Unknown Agencies: N/A Campus: East Carolina University Location: Greenville, North Carolina Notes: Full scale emergency drill responding to a person shooting on campus. Title: Drill To Be Held At ECU Date: August 2, 2011 Source: ABC News Abstract: ECU will conduct a full scale emergency drill at the Heart Institute and the Brody School of Medicine beginning at 9 a.m. Tuesday. Access around that area will be restricted during the drill.The exercise is designed to prepare staff and law enforcement to respond to a person shooting on campus. The drill might involve actors and simulated use of weapons (ABC News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: NCAA Campus Terror Drills Date: September 1, 2011 Name: Unknown Agencies: National Guard Campus: Seattle Central Community College Location(s): Seattle, Washington Notes: Drill simulated a "dirty bomb" exercise - complete with a fake-looking blown-off plastic arm.

Title: 'Dirty Bomb' Drill Puts Seattle Central, National Guard To The Test Date: September 2, 2011 Source: Capitol Hill Seattle Abstract: For Robert Huss, head of security for Seattle Central, Thursday's "dirty bomb" exercise -- complete with a fake-looking blown-off plastic arm -atop the school's science and math building was an opportunity to test out the safety procedures for the campus he is responsible for. For the specialists of the Washington National Guard Civilian Support Team 10, a day of drills hunting for small radioactive capsules provided the opportunity to put their skills to the test in a busy city environment in the heart of Capitol Hill. While it was annoying for the big media flyovers it encouraged, the drills involving the school, the Guard, State Patrol and SPD have been relatively regular occurrences on Seattle's community college campuses including SCCC, Huss said. Previous SCCC drills have been held at night. The timing of Thursday's exercise, Huss told CHS, had nothing to do with the approaching ten-year anniversary of the 9/11 attacks. And Huss said to expect more drills of a similar nature in the future. Fake blown-off plastic arms included, we presume (Capitol Hill Seattle, 2011).

493

OBAMACSI.COM: NCAA Campus Terror Drills Date: September 23, 2011 Name: Operation Mountain Guardian Agencies: DHS, 100+ local, state and federal Campus: Community College of Aurora Location: Denver, Colorado Notes: Drill simulated terror attacks on at least 10 different location at the same time, including 2 schools.

Title: Operation Mountain Guardian Emergency Response Exercise Date: September 23, 2011 Source: MMRS Abstract: Operation Mountain Guardian is a terrorism-based, full-scale emergency response exercise scheduled to take place in numerous locations in the Denver metro area on Friday, September 23, 2011. The exercise will involve first responders from over 100 different agencies, will be conducted at ten separate locations and will include loud noises, simulated weapons, smoke, emergency vehicles and other equipment that will be audible and visible throughout the day. YouTube-Video The purpose of this advisory is to provide information that can be disseminated to the public ahead of time to avoid confusion or concern on exercise day, as well as to invite media coverage of the event. Operation Mountain Guardian will be held at the following locations throughout the Denver Primary Locations: Park Meadows Mall, Smedley Elementary School, Denver Union Station, Community College of Aurora (Lowry Campus) Secondary Locations: Denver International Airport, Sky Ridge Medical Center, Denver Health Medical Center, University of Colorado Hospital, Catholic Charities (NW Denver), Sports Authority Field at Mile High The exercise has been designed as a learning event for regional first responders to test their capabilities in a scenario that will involve a terrorist-driven catastrophic situation (MMRS, 2011).

6. OHIO TERROR ATTACK?

OBAMACSI.COM: The state of Ohio appears to be a candidate for terror as three distinct event have transpired in the state recently: A) The partnership between Ohio State University and DHS, B) a dead body that was found at the University of Akron, and C) Halloween costumes worn by students Ohio University student have outraged the Muslim community because they have turbans with dynamite strapped to them. The cocktail of news from Ohio appears to be setting up a terror attack which will be undoubtedly blamed on Arabs. Ohio State University NCAA Football Schedule October 29, 2011 November 05, 2011 November 12, 2011 November 19, 2011 November 26, 2011 Ohio State vs Wisconsin Ohio State vs Iowa Ohio State @ Purdue Ohio State vs Penn State Ohio State @ Michigan

Title: Body Found At Ohio College Football Stadium Before Kickoff Date: October 22, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Authorities say the body of someone who apparently committed suicide was found at a college football stadium in Ohio, hours before a game was to kick off. Gregg Bach, a spokesman for the University of Akron football team, says the body was discovered Saturday morning and that university police have concluded their investigation. He didn't say where in the stadium the body was found or who found it. University spokeswoman Laura Massey says police have told her the death appears to be a suicide. She gave no further details.

494

University police did not immediately return phone calls. Akron is to play Ohio at 3 p.m. Eastern on Saturday. Bach says the game will be played as scheduled (Fox News, 2011).

Title: Students Protest Offensive Costumes Date: October 26, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: An Ohio university is funding a student-led campaign to denounce what they consider to be racially offensive Halloween costumes ranging from Geisha girls to terrorists. The campaign is sponsored by a group called Students Teaching Against Racism (STARS), and is funded by Ohio University Some costumes can be offensive to some people where you are highlighting their culture in a negative way, said Stephanie Sh eeley, a spokesperson for the group and a student at the university. STARS created a poster campaign showing what they consider to be offensive Halloween costumes. In one poster an Asian girl is holding a photograph of someone dressed like a Geisha. In another photograph, a Hispanic student is holding a photograph of someone dressed in a sombrero. We understand that Halloween is supposed to be fun but in doing so you dont have to offend others, Sheeley told Fox news. There are plenty of costumes that dont hurt other peoples feelings and dont degrade other people. The posters read: Were a culture, not a custom. This is not who I am, and this is not okay. One of the more shocking posters features a man dressed in Middle Eastern attire with dynamite strapped around his waist. Sheeley said dressing up in Muslim garb for Halloween might be offensive to certain countries. Thats obviously offensive, she said. Its offensive to a lot of people because that doesnt highlight all the people in that country. That takes one specific angle. But she also cautioned people about dressing up in other ethnic outfits. Dont dress up like a Guido, she said. Thats offensive to Italian Americans. Dont dress up in black face. Thats offensive to African Americans. So what about dressing up like a rapper or someone from the Jersey Shore? Sheeley said that kind of costume would actually be appropriate. Its different if you are saying Im Snooki or dressing up as Obama, she said. Its difficult when you cross the line betw een being someone specific and just being a representation of a culture. Thats a lot different than saying Im a Guido. Ohio University is not the only institution of learning thats trying to create a politically correct Halloween. Schools acro ss the country have either cancelled or curtailed celebrations over issues ranging from candy corn to concerns that Americans are forcing their holiday traditions on new immigrants. Consider the following: Halloween costumes have been banned from many schools in Ontario, CA. Instead, students have been encouraged to wear orange and black on Halloween. Parent Stefanie Sellers told the Barrie Examiner that she received a letter from her daughters school explaining the costume ban. In an effort to respect the diverse value of our PVPS families, we will not be wearing Halloween costumes to school this year, the letter read. In Portland, OR, the principal at Buckman Elementary School banned costumes at his school, calling instead for boys and girls to embrace a spirit of equity. For many reasons, the celebration of Halloween at school can lead to student exclusion, Principal Brian Anderson wrote in a letter to parents. There are social, financial and cultural differences among our families that we must respect. Anderson wrote that the spirit of equity has led most public schools in the city to deemphasize the celebration of Halloween at school. Halloween celebrations have also been banned in some schools across Michigan.

495

Change is hard, Carol Dawson told the Muskegon Chronicle. Shes the principal at Holton Elementary school where candy corn and candied apples have been replaced with a fall festival focused on health and wellness. Edgewood Elementary School in Fruitport, MI, decided to steer clear of both Halloween parties and costumes parades. The principal told the Chronicle she wanted to keep children safe and avoid hurt feelings. Emotionally, it is a difficult time for kids who dont have costumes, Amy Upham told the newspaper. So instead of cookies and candy, the kids at Edgewood Elementary wil l get fall-centered fun and educational activities. In Springfield, NJ, elementary school principals banned costumes claiming it caused classroom disruptions. Superintendent Michael Davino told the Springfield Patch that dressing up is not something kids should be doing at school. I do believe it is something you should do with your friends, believe it is something you should do with your family, and it is something you should do as an activity that has really nothing to do with school or about school, he said (Fox News, 2011).

NFL Terror Attack

OBAMACSI.COM: Unbeknownst to most Americans, a nuclear terror plot was subverted at Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011. Obama was slated to play the heartbroken sports loving president hell bent on revenge, but due to the release of a book entitled The Nuclear Bible, the terror plot was postponed. Since this abrupt change in plans, a dirty bomb attack at multiple stadiums now appears plausible. The NFL & DHS have signed a partnership including 5 teams and the NFL has again geared up for cancer awareness month in a potentially reprehensible move to psychologically prepare its viewers for an upcoming radiological attack. In order to politically grandstand in the aftermath of a terror attack involving the NFL, U.S. President Barack Obama's Chicago Bears will likely be play one of the victims. One thing is clear; if the NFL is attacked, it will occur during a nationally televised game such as Sunday Night Football, Monday Night Football, or Thanksgiving Day Football. Alex Jones of Infowars, a known government operative and radio host, recently stated, "And when bombers blow up a shopping mall...and when they have an event at a football game." Clearly, something sinister is amiss in the NFL today. 1. The NFL & Co.: Roger Goodell, the NFL commissioner responsible for investigating a terrorist attack on the NFL, appears to have been hand-picked for "Black Sunday" by special interests. Goodell is associated with certain political, governmental, and corporate figures that have been implicated in the attacks of 9/11. Goodell is the son of a U.S. Senator and married to former Fox News anchor Jane Skinner. Skinner's father was Sam Skinner, the former Secretary of Transportation in the George H.W. Bush Whitehouse. Should an NFL terror plot come to fruition, it should come at no surprise for as legendary sports radio host Jim Rome has stated, "You are who you roll with. Shortly after the nuclear terror failure at Super Bowl XLV, head of NFL security Milt Ahlerich retired after 16 years in the position. The new position has been filled with Jeffrey B. Miller, the former commissioner of the Pennsylvania State Police. 2. The New NFL Logo: Although the NFL says that the new 4 and 4 star logo is representative of the four divisions within the NFC and AFC conferences, the NFL is looking to expand with potential franchises in Mexico, Canada, and Europe, so the 4 and 4 star concept would only be valid for a few years. More likely, the 4 and 4 star logo is representative of the 44th President of the United States: Barrack Hussein Obama. Since the nuclear terror attack at Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011, was to take place under his watch, the NFL was apparently kind enough to change their logo for him prior to this earth changing event. 3. NFL & DHS Partnership: The NFL has decided to partner with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security to ensure that acts of terror are not committed at NFL events. This general partnership was forged just prior to the 2011 Super Bowl XLV and again recently with specific teams such as the Arizona Cardinals, Baltimore Ravens, Chicago Bears, Cleveland Browns, and the San Diego Chargers. 4. NFL Except from Terrorism Lawsuits: The NFL, although being a private corporation, is conveniently except from terrorism lawsuits stemming from a would-be terror attacks NFL stadiums. This dissolves any responsibility the NFL has in keeping their fans safe on any given Sunday. 5. NFL Security & Plausible Deniability: In order to effectively stage a false-flag terror attack on the NFL and escape the inevitable blowback that will ensure, the NFL must publicly appear that it is doing everything it can to prevent terrorism prior to the terror attack being committed. Therefore, the NFL has instituted a TSA type of pat down for all of its patrons and has allowed random acts of violence to occur both inside and outside of its stadiums. 6. NFL Terror Propaganda: News and propaganda related to terror and the NFL has been rampant, especially in regards to the Super Bowl. Stadiums are named as potential terror targets and officials state that its just a matter of time before they are attacked. 7. NFL Terror Plots & Patsies: Since 9/11, there have been a number of incidents involving terror threats to NFL stadiums, not counting the Super Bowl. These aforementioned terror plots, although never serious in nature, made national headlines. In the first case, a man wrote threats online about blowing up 7 NFL stadiums with dirty bombs, while the other case featured two men of Arab descent who were caught in the Pittsburgh Steelers stadium. The men were charged with trespassing, although the news report stated that their car tested positive for "bomb" residue. 8. The Chicago Bears: Aside from being one of the featured teams in the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's partnership with the NFL, the Chicago Bears has gained international attention as of late when they were invited by Obama to the White House to celebrate their 1985 NFL Super Bowl championship, 26 years after-the-fact, and when they played and won in London, England in October of 2011. The Bears

496

recent international media exposure and the fact that Obama is a huge Bears fan may indicate that a terror attack involving the Bears may occur in the near future. There is one Steelers game in particular that may be targeted for terror: 1) November 7, 2011: Philadelphia Eagles host the Chicago Bears on Monday Night Football. 9. The Philadelphia Eagles: The situation regarding the Philadelphia Eagles is strange. Eagles quarterback Michael Vick has stated that the NFL forced him there, and the Eagles made national headlines by signing almost every NFL free agent on the market before the 2011 season. These moves prompted the slogan "Dream Team" in reference to the team that the Eagles have compiled. Unfortunately, the Eagles have not lived up to the hype, but nonetheless, they are still one of the most exciting teams in the NFL. Unfortunately, Philadelphia has been set up for massive riots, so if a terror attacks does occur at an Eagles game, we can expect massive riots, looting, and chaos in the aftermath. Also, the state of Pennsylvania has conducted multiple dirty bomb drills and surrounding states such as New York and Maryland have drilled dirty bomb response in Pennsylvania, particularly the Philadelphia area. There are two Eagles games in particular that may be targeted for terror: 1) November 7, 2011: Philadelphia Eagles host Chicago Bears on Monday Night Football. 2) November 20, 2011: New York Giants host Philadelphia Eagles on Sunday Night Football.

10. The Pittsburg Steelers: The Steelers were a team featured in Super Bowl XLV and they had the only NFL terror plot which specifically targeted their franchise. The state of Pennsylvania has conducted multiple dirty bomb drills and surrounding states such as New York and Maryland have drilled dirty bomb response in Pennsylvania. There is one Steelers game in particular that may be targeted for terror: 1) November 6, 2011: Pittsburgh Steelers host Baltimore Ravens on Sunday Night Football 11. The Baltimore Ravens: Aside from being one of the featured teams in the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's partnership with the NFL, Baltimore was the city in which a nuclear bomb was placed in an NFL stadium in the movie "The Sum of All Fears". The state of Maryland has also conducted dirty bomb drills, and surrounding states such as New York and Pennsylvania have drilled dirty bomb response in Maryland, particularly the Baltimore area. There are two Ravens games in particular that may be targeted for terror: 1) November 6, 2011: Pittsburgh Steelers host Baltimore Ravens on Sunday Night Football 2) November 24, 2011: Baltimore Ravens host San Francisco 49ers on Thanksgiving Day Night 12. New York: Giant & Jets: New York has conducted the most dirty bomb drills of any U.S. state to date, and should a dirty bomb explode at a New York Giants or Jets game it will occur in New Jersey where the stadium is located. The state of New Jersey has gained international fame as of late with MTV's reality show entitled Jersey Shore, so should something happen in New Jersey, the entire world will know exactly where it occurred. There are two games in New York in particular that may be targeted for terror: 1) New England Patriots at the New York Jets on November 13, 2011, on Sunday Night Football 2) The Philadelphia Eagles at the New York Giants on November 20, 2011 on Sunday Night Football

13. Operation Urban Shield & Mountain Guardian: The NFL's partnership with the U.S. Deparment of Homeland Security features 5 NFL franchises: Arizona Cardinals, Baltimore Ravens, San Diego Chargers, Cleveland Browns, and the Chicago Bears. Aside from these teams, the News England Patriots and the Oakland Raiders may also be targeted. Boston was home to Operation Urban Shield, a full-scale terror drill, and has conducted a number of dirty bomb terror drills of late. The San Francisco bay area was also home to Operation Urban Shield and also featured an NFL shooting outside Candlestick Park at the beginning of the NFL season. There are two games in New York in particular that may be targeted for terror: 1) November 21, 2011: New England Patriots host Kansas City Chiefs on Monday Night Footbal 14. Super Bowl XLV: If there was any doubt that the NFL is working with or is part of the military industrial complex, the 2011 Super Bowl was the answer. Super Bowl XLV was chosen as the prime location where a nuclear terror attack would occur and there is a host of evidence that substantiates this claim. Given this premise, it should come as no surprise that the NFL would therefore serve as a staging ground for lesser acts of terrorism such as dirty bombs or active shooters in the near future.

1. THE NFL & CO.

OBAMACSI.COM: Roger Goodell, the NFL commissioner responsible for investigating a terrorist attack on the NFL, appears to have been hand-picked for "Black Sunday" by special interests. Goodell is associated with certain political, governmental, and corporate figures that have been implicated in the attacks of 9/11. Goodell is the son of a U.S. Senator and married to former Fox News anchor Jane Skinner. Skinner's father was Sam Skinner, the former Secretary of Transportation in the George H.W. Bush Whitehouse. Should an NFL terror plot come to fruition, it should come at no surprise for as legendary sports radio host Jim Rome has stated, "You are who you roll with. Shortly after the nuclear terror failure at Sup er Bowl XLV, head of NFL security Milt Ahlerich retired after 16 years in the position. The new position has been filled with Jeffrey B. Miller, the former commissioner of the Pennsylvania State Police.

497

Title: Roger Goodell [NFL Commissioner] Date: Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Roger S. Goodell is the Commissioner of the National Football League (NFL), having been chosen to succeed the retiring Paul Tagliabue on August 8, 2006. He was chosen over four finalists for the position, winning a close vote on the fifth ballot before being unanimously approved by acclamation of the owners. He officially began his tenure on September 1, 2006, just prior to the beginning of the 2006 NFL season. As Commissioner, he is also President of NFL Charities. Many commentators have described him as "the most powerful man in sports". Goodell was born in Jamestown, New York, the son of the late United States Senator Charles E. Goodell, a Republican from New York, and the late Jean Rice Goodell of Buffalo, New York. Goodell is a 1981 graduate of Washington & Jefferson College in Washington, Pennsylvania with a degree in economics. Goodell is married to former Fox News Channel anchor Jane Skinner and they have twin daughters (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: Charles Goodell [Roger Goodell's Father] Date: Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Charles Ellsworth Goodell was a U.S. Representative and a Senator from New York, notable for coming into both offices under special circumstances following the deaths of his predecessors. Goodell was a congressional liaison assistant for the Department of Justice in 19541955. He won a special election on May 26, 1959, as a Republican to the 86th United States Congress to fill the vacancy caused by the death of Daniel A. Reed. In NY District 43, Goodell polled 27,454 votes (65 percent) to the Democrat Robert E. McCaffery's 14,250 ballots (33.8 percent). Goodell was re-elected in November 1960 to the 87th Congress, and re-elected three times thereafter. He resigned on September 9, 1968, to accept an appointment, effective September 10, made by Governor Nelson A. Rockefeller to fill the vacancy caused by the assassination of Robert F. Kennedy. Because the vacancy had occurred so soon before a scheduled general election, a special election to fill the vacancy would not be held for over two years (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: Jane Skinner [Roger Goodell's Wife] Date: Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Jane Skinner is a former daytime news anchor who worked for Fox News Channel, co-hosting Happening Now with Jon Scott from 11 a.m. to 1 p.m. ET. On June 24, 2010, she announced on-air her retirement from her daytime news anchor position at the end of her usual "Happening Now" segment, claiming a desire to spend more time with her family Jane Skinner was raised in Lake Forest, Illinois and graduated from Lake Forest High School in 1985. Skinner received her Bachelors and Masters degrees from Northwestern University. Her father is Sam Skinner, former Secretary of Transportation and White House Chief of Staff under President George H.W. Bush. She is married to NFL Commissioner Roger Goodell and resides in Westchester, New York, with their twin daughters (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: Samuel K. Skinner [Roger Goodell's Father-In-Law] Date: Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Samuel Knox Skinner (born June 10, 1938) is an American politician, lawyer and businessman. Skinner served as U.S. Secretary of Transportation and White House Chief of Staff under President George H. W. Bush. Skinner was instrumental in developing President Bush's National Transportation Policy and the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA), which served as the catalyst for the whole ITS industry. In that capacity, he served as chief executive officer of a cabinet-level federal department with a budget of over $30 billion and a workforce of 105,000 people. As Secretary, Skinner was credited with numerous successes, including the development of the President's National Transportation Policy and the passage of landmark aviation and surface transportation legislation. He also developed the "open skies" policy of the United States that liberalized U.S. international policy and significantly increased the number of international flights to and from the U.S. In addition, Mr. Skinner acted as the President's point person in numerous crisis situations, including the Eastern Air Lines strike, the Exxon Valdez oil spill, the northern California earthquake, Hurricane Hugo, and the 1991 national rail strike. Washingtonian magazine twice gave Mr. Skinner its highest ranking for his performance as Secretary of Transportation. From 1977 to 1989, Skinner practiced law as a senior partner in the Chicago law firm Sidley & Austin, where he served on the firm's executive committee. From 1984 to 1988, while practicing law full-time, he also served as Chairman of the Regional Transportation Authority of northeastern Illinois, the nation's second largest mass transportation district. Also during that time, President Reagan appointed Mr. Skinner as Vice Chairman of the President's Commission on Organized Crime (Wikipedia, 2011).

498

Title: Jeffrey B. Miller [NFL Chief of Security] Date: Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Jeffrey B. Miller, AA, BS, MPA, was the former commissioner of the Pennsylvania State Police. Miller, a native of Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, served in that position from March 24, 2003, after being confirmed by the Pennsylvania State Senate, until August 8, 2008. Miller enlisted with the state police in 1984. He went on to become a member of the fifty-sixth graduating class of the Pennsylvania State Police Academy in Hershey, Pennsylvania. He then moved through the ranks, attaining: Corporal in 1988, Sergeant in 1990, Lieutenant in 1993, Captain in 1995, and Major in January 2002. On January 9, 2003, Governor Edward G. Rendell nominated Miller to become 18th Commissioner of the Pennsylvania State Police, a Cabinet-level post. Col. Miller was unanimously confirmed by the Senate of Pennsylvania March 24, 2003. Miller is known for his handling of the Amish school shooting in Nickel Mines, Pennsylvania. Following his career with the Pennsylvania State Police, Miller accepted a position with the National Football League (NFL). He currently serves as the league's "Director of Strategic Security", a newly created position. Miller will police fan behavior, stadium security, even cheating by teams (Wikipedia, 2011).

2. THE NEW NFL LOGO

OBAMACSI.COM: Although the NFL says that the new 4 and 4 star logo is representative of the four divisions within the NFC and AFC conferences, the NFL is looking to expand with potential franchises in Mexico, Canada, and Europe, so the 4 and 4 star concept would only be valid for a few years. More likely, the 4 and 4 star logo is representative of the 44th President of the United States: Barrack Hussein Obama. Since the nuclear terror attack at Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011, was to take place under his watch, the NFL was apparently kind enough to change their logo for him prior to this earth changing event. Title: NFL To Revamp Shield With Redesigned Logo Date: August 31, 2007 Source: USA Today Abstract: The National Football League is launching a makeover of its red, white and blue "NFL Shield" logo that adorns everything from player jerseys to fan T-shirts and hats. The league is creating a leaner, meaner version of the iconic logo that will debut at the NFL draft in April, 2008. The revamped shield will be slightly taller and thinner, with a new football, fewer stars and darker colors, says Lisa Baird, the NFL's senior vice president of marketing. The redesign marks the first changes to the shield since 1980. At the NFL's annual meeting this spring, commissioner Roger Goodell talked about the NFL Shield as the "envy of the sports world." The league has been careful to make an "evolutionary, not a radical change," says Baird. The new shield features eight stars (representing the eight AFC and NFC divisions) vs. 25 on the current logo. Why 25? It's a mystery. After researching the shield's origins, the designers could find no reason for 25 stars, says Jaime Weston, director of brand and creative operations. The shield logo was first used around 1940, two decades after the NFL's founding in 1920. The football at the center has been redesigned to resemble the ball atop the Vince Lombardi championship trophy, says Baird. It replaces the oldfashioned pigskin nicknamed the "Hamburger" inside league offices. NFL vendors will probably thank the league for switching to fewer stars. Some vendors, without permission, have used fewer stars rather than shoehorning 25 tiny stars into smaller shields on hats and T-shirts. Tinkering with one of the country's most powerful and ubiquitous sports brands will be a risky and expensive business. NFL sponsors such as Reebok, Riddell, Wilson and EA Sports will have to switch shields on everything from uniforms (players wear three logos at the neck and waistlines and on the helmet) and licensed merchandise to the official "Duke" game ball and Madden video game. Even groundskeepers will have to adopt the new shield at NFL stadiums. But Baird believes the cleaner, more modern symbol will "pop" better during TV telecasts. The less-busy logo will also show up better on "third screens" increasingly used by sports fans: cellphones, laptops, iPods and PDAs. During testing with focus groups, consumers liked the switch to eight stars for eight divisions, she says. "People felt that made more sense than tying in to 32 teams," says Baird (USA Today, 2007).

499

3. NFL & DHS PARTNERSHIP

OBAMACSI.COM: The NFL has decided to partner with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security to ensure that acts of terror are not committed at NFL events. This general partnership was forged just prior to the 2011 Super Bowl XLV and again recently with specific teams such as the Arizona Cardinals, Baltimore Ravens, Chicago Bears, Cleveland Browns, and the San Diego Chargers.

Title: Big Sis Set To Expand Spy Program To Sports Stadiums Date: December 29, 2010 Source: Prison Planet Abstract: If you thought seeing Big Sis urging Americans to report suspicious activity at Wal-Mart checkouts was creepy enough, you aint seen nothing yet. Homeland Security announced yesterday that the program was set to be expanded to include 9,000 federal buildings, as well as sports stadiums, businesses and communities in general. Despite the official Homeland Security You Tube channel being bombarded by almost 6,000 profanity-filled comments from Americans outraged that their country is sinking into a decrepit Soviet-style informant society, Janet Napolitano announced yesterday that the If you see something, say something, campaign will be extended to include around 9,000 federal buildings across the country. In the coming weeks, If You See Something, Say Something public awareness materials designed to help Americas businesses, communities and citizens remain vigilant and play an active role in keeping our homeland safe will be posted in approximately 9,000 federal buildings throughout the country, states a DHS press release. Signage will appear at FPS guard stations at each facility, and any calls reporting suspicious activity will be directed to the existing national network of FPS call centers, which operate 24 hours a day, seven days a week. The memo also indicated that the campaign would be extended to sports stadiums, labeled sports and general aviation industries in the press release, as well as businesses and communities in general so before too long expect to see and hear Big Sis reminding you that you live in a Sovietized police state wherever you happen to be. In the coming months, the Department will continue to expand the If You See Something, Say Something campaign nationally with public education materials and outreach tools designed to help Americas businesses, communities and citizens remain vigilant and play an acti ve role in keeping the country safe, states the release (Prison Planet, 2010).

Title: Secretary Napolitano Announces "If You See Something, Say Something" Campaign Partnerships Date: September 12, 2011 Source: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Abstract: Secretary of Homeland Security Janet Napolitano announced new partnerships between the Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) "If You See Something, Say Something" public awareness campaign and several sports organizations and collegiate universities. Partnerships include National Football League (NFL) teams, Major League Baseball (MLB) teams, the U.S. Open Tennis Championships (USTA), Ohio State University, and the University of Oklahoma. "Every citizen plays a critical role in identifying and reporting suspicious activities and threats," said Secretary Napolitano. "By expanding the If You See Something, Say Something" campaign we are working together to ensure the safety and security of fans, players, employees, an d students." The "If You See Something, Say Something" campaign -- originally implemented by New York City's Metropolitan Transportation Authority and now licensed to DHS for a nationwide campaign -- is a simple and effective program to engage the public and key frontline employees to identify and report indicators of terrorism, crime and other threats to the proper transportation and law enforcement authorities. Over the past year, DHS has collaborated closely with federal, state, local and private sector partners, as well as the Department of Justice, to expand the "If You See Something, Say Something" campaign and the Nationwide Suspicious Activity Reporting (SAR) Initiativean administration effort to train state and local law enforcement to recognize behaviors and indicators related to terrorism, crime and other threats; standardize how those observations are documented and analyzed; and ensure the sharing of those reports with the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) led Joint Terrorism Task Forces for further investigation. The "If You See Something, Say Something" campaign originally partnered with the NFL in January 20 11 during the Super Bowl XLVI, and is now expanding the campaign to the Arizona Cardinals, Baltimore Ravens, Chicago Bears, Cleveland Browns, and San Diego Chargers with digital and video materials displayed at each stadium. Similarly, the "If You See Something, Say Something" campaign partnerships with MLB began last season and has now expanded to the Chicago White Sox and the Baltimore Orioles. The USTA has announced their partnership with the "If You See Something, Say Something" campaign for a second year, and have displayed digital and print materials during all matches. Other partnerships with the "If You See Something, Say Something" campaign have been recently launched by the states of Florida and Maryland, the cities of Baltimore and Newark, the Inaugural Baltimore Grand Prix, and state and major urban area fusion centers across the country. DHS will continue to expand the "If You See Something, Say Something" campaign nationally to help America's business, commun ities and citizens remain vigilant and play an active role in keeping the country safe (U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2011).

500

4. NFL EXCEMPT FROM TERRORISM LAWSUITS

OBAMACSI.COM: The NFL, although being a private corporation, is conveniently except from terrorism lawsuits stemming from a would-be terror attacks NFL stadiums. This dissolves any responsibility the NFL has in keeping their fans safe on any given Sunday. Title: NFL Eempt Fom Terrorism Lawsuits Date: March 10, 2009 Source: USA Today Abstract: The National Football League and dozens of other companies and organizations have won exemption from lawsuits under a post-9/11 law that prohibits them from being sued if terrorists attack a site they are protecting. The law, called the SAFETY Act (Support Anti-terrorism by Fostering Effective Technologies), aims to help security providers by guaranteeing they will not pay any claims that terror victims might file after an attack. The law was created in 2002 in response to multibillion-dollar lawsuits filed after the 9/11 attacks that left companies afraid they would be sued if security equipment failed to stop terrorists. The protection extends only to companies' services or equipment that the Homeland Security Department has approved as being effective in antiterrorism. Among those with top-tier protection is the NFL, which in December received liability exemption against future claims stemming from an attack at any of the nation's football stadiums. The law requires a court to dismiss lawsuits against companies whose products have Homeland Security's highest reliability rating. The NFL got the protection after the government approved the league's nine-page stadium-security guidelines. The benefit to the NFL is "fairly obvious," said NFL security chief Milt Ahlerich. "An attack from a terrorist organization could put us out of business." League guidelines, developed shortly after 9/11, include digital security cameras in stadiums, quick searches on entering spectators and barriers that keep cars and trucks 100 feet from a stadium. Many beneficiaries of the legal protection are large government contractors that sell equipment such as airport X-ray machines and chemical sensors. Among the other companies are aviation giant Boeing Corp., which got the exemption for its strengthened flight deck doors on planes, and IBM, granted an exemption for its software used to more accurately verify names and identities. Homeland Security spokeswoman Amy Kudwa said the protection has led to "wider deployment of anti-terrorism technologies and services." Another class of companies on the list is given a lesser form of liability protection they can be sued, but the law limits damages to the amount of the company's insurance coverage. The law requires all of the protected companies and organizations to carry terrorism insurance. The amounts vary (USA Today, 2009).

5. NFL SECURITY & PLAUSIBLE DENIABILITY

OBAMACSI.COM: In order to effectively stage a false-flag terror attack on the NFL and escape the inevitable blowback that will ensure, the NFL must publicly appear that it is doing everything it can to prevent terrorism prior to the terror attack being committed. Therefore, the NFL has instituted a TSA type of pat down for all of its patrons and has allowed random acts of violence to occur both inside and outside of its stadiums. Title: NFL Wants Pat-Downs From Ankles Up At All Stadiums Date: September 15, 2011 Source: USA Today Abstract: The NFL wants all fans patted down from the ankles up this season to improve fan safety. Under the new "enhanced" pat-down procedures, the NFL wants all 32 clubs to search fans from the ankles to the knees as well as the waist up. Previously, security guards only patted down fans from the waist up while looking for booze, weapons or other banned items.

501

The stricter physical screening policy impacts the 16.6 million fans expected to attend live regular season NFL games this season. The more thorough searches will spell longer lines for ticket-holding fans seeking entry to games. It's sure to raise the ire of some fans who consider it an invasion of privacy. The NFL recommended the new guidelines before the kickoff of the 2011 season which coincided with the 10th anniversary of 9/11. The league hopes fans will be "patient," says spokesman Brian McCarthy, and arrive earlier to games to avoid long, punishing lines. "The enhanced security procedures recommended by our office before the start of the season will further increase the safety of fans but will require some additional time," McCarthy told USA TODAY in a statement Thursday. "We encourage fans to come early, enjoy their tailgating tradition, and be patient as they enter the stadium." The NFL suffered damage to its family-friendly image when a South Carolina man was arrested for using an illegal stun gun on other fans at a New York Jets-Dallas Cowboys game Sunday night. VOTE: Agree or disagree with NFL's head-to-toe patdowns? THE HUDDLE: Brady tells Pats fans to start drinking early The NFL predicts its live gate will be equal this year to last season's overall regular season attendance of 16,569,514. The Buffalo Bills have announced the changes for fans attending this Sunday's home game against the Oakland Raiders at Ralph Wilson Stadium. The Bills' announcement reads in part: The Buffalo Bills will be implementing an enhanced pat-down procedure starting with this Sunday's game and the organization wants to communicate this new process to all fans attending the game. The new procedure is a recommendation from the NFL in accordance with the league's Best Practices policies. Specifically, the enhanced portion of the pat-down is for the area from the knees to the ankles. Bills officials have long recommended that fans arrive early to the gates and continue to do so, especially with the enhanced pat-down now part of the security measures taken at Ralph Wilson Stadium. UPDATE: The Indianapolis Colts also issued a statement Thursday announcing stricter security screenings for fans entering Lucas Oil Stadium: At the direction of the NFL, fans attending this Sunday's Colts vs. Browns game, and future NFL games, will be subject to an enhanced personal security screening prior to entering Lucas Oil Stadium. The screening will include physical pat-down (above the waist as well as below the knees) and inspection of all items. The enhanced personal security screening is in addition to the process guests have typically experienced at NFL games since 2001. In order to accommodate this security enhancement, guests are asked to arrive earlier than normal to avoid longer security lines at the checkpoints. Guests may refuse inspections; however, management reserves the right to refuse entry. The idea of being physically searched by strangers while attending NFL games has been controversial for years. Several fans have filed lawsuits across the U.S., challenging the league's physical screenings in court. But the NFL's policies were upheld in court (USA Today, 2011).

Title: Green Bay Packers To Use Security Wands To Check Fans Entering Lambeau Field Starting With Sunday's Game Against The Denver Broncos Date: September 27, 2011 Source: Green Bay Press Gazette Abstract: Green Bay Packers fans should arrive early and expect some delays for Sundays game against the Denver Broncos as the team implements heightened security measures for the games at Lambeau Feild this season. The National Football League is pushing for enhanced security, and starting with S undays game at Lambeau, all fans will be subject to a hand-held, metal-detecting wand test before being admitted. The procedure would be similar to wand inspections at the airport, but this process would be less invasive than the full-body exam, said Doug Collins, Packers director of security. We think its a more thorough process, without having the hands -on in particular. We understand there has been some negativity out there from what the (Transportation Security Administration) has done. This just eliminates that process, Collins said. Pretty much the whole body will be scanned with the hand wand. The Packers previously performed upper torso pat-downs at the security gates. The Packers are encouraging fans to arrive early as the new process will likely result in some delays in getting into the stadium.

502

Be prepared for something different. It may take a few seconds longer, so if (fans) arrive a little earlier at the gates that would be helpful, Collins said. I dont anticipate there being any lines that are so long that people miss the game or anything like that. But every officer in every line will have those wands. Green Bay Police Lt. Kevin Warych said bags will still be subject to traditional searches and, to speed up the process, he advised fans to bring only whats necessary. Only bring the bare essentials, Warych said. The less you bring, the faster it is for people to move through the line (Green Bay Press Gazette, 2011).

6. NFL TERROR PROPAGANDA

OBAMACSI.COM: News and propaganda related to terror and the NFL has been rampant, especially in regards to the Super Bowl. Stadiums are named as potential terror targets and officials state that its just a matter of time before they are attacked. Title: Threat Of Terrorist Attacks On NFL Stadiums Deemed Not Credible by Federal Authorities Date: October 18, 2006 Source: Washington Post Abstract: Federal agencies are expressing skepticism about the credibility of an Internet threat of terrorist attacks on NFL stadiums that was revealed today. The warning was posted on Oct. 12 on a Website that links to multiple online conversations and cartoons. A poster said that seven NFL stadiums would be hit this weekend by bombs containing radiological material. The stadiums mentioned were in New York, Miami, Houston, Oakland, Cleveland, Seattle and Atlanta. The posting said the bombs would be delivered to the stadiums in trucks and Osama bin Laden later would claim responsibility. Authorities alerted NFL officials to the threat but the Department of Homeland Security and the FBI indicated they doubted the credibility of it. According to the Associated Press, a Homeland Security spokesman said that members of the public should continue to go about their normal routines, including attending football games (Washington Post, 2006).

Title: Stadiums And Terrorism Date: September 2008 Source: The Public Sphere Abstract: The publics right to know or the publics right to be safe? Preserve civil liberties at all costs or err on the side of caut ion? These questions, honestly asked, are at the heart of debates over how best to preserve both our safety and our liberties in an age of terrorism and violence. Some time ago, an ideal test case for these questions played out here in Texas, where the Dallas Cowboys tried to fight requests (that entered the legal system and fast became demands) for public release of the plans for their new $650 million stadium in Arlington. Their rationale? Both security and business concerns. The problem? At least $325 million, and likely a lot more, is coming out of taxpayer pockets, and the city used eminent domain to force homeowners to sell their property to make way for the new stadium. Whoever has their name on the lease, the stadium is in many ways public property and should be considered only nominally the Cowboys property. The Cowboys and their advocates argued that both proprietary business interests and security concerns should have allowed them to keep the information secret. Yet, for the public, the Cowboys sacrificed their proprietary business claims as soon as they stuffed their snouts in the public trough. The Cowboys claim so reeked of arrogance that it almost overwhelmed all of the other arguments about security. It is increas ingly common for professional sports teams to suckle at the public teat and then turn around and pretend that they owe that same public nothing because they are fundamentally engaged in private enterprise. Billionaire owners want to have the public pay for their opulent facilities, in which the former will charge exorbitant prices for tickets and concessions. The public is slowly learning, just like the poor guy who stands in line at halftime to spend $60 for a gelatinous pile of food and drinks, that there is no such thing as a free lunch. Or a half-billion dollar stadium. But the other claims, those tied to security, are less temporal and thus gave pause. After all, we now know the plans for the stadium, but security will be an enduring concern. Ive argued for years, even before 9/11 and the occasional recent news of potential attacks at football games (always revealed to have been a hoax, but such hoaxes still remain all too credible), that stadiums on game day or concert night are among the most vulnerable targets for terrorist attacks: tens of thousands of people in a celebratory mood, unwary and focused on something else; screaming crowds; loud public address announcers; amps at rock shows; lots of drunk people; showy but largely perfunctory security. Providing diagrams and blueprints to terrorists, whether Islamist or of the home grown variety (Many in the U.S. seem to have forgotten about the Eric Rudolph, Ku Klux Klan, Tim McVeigh, Unabomber, Charles Whitman types), does appear shortsighted at first blush. The public does not have the right to know everything.

503

Then again, someone with malicious forethought can take plenty of time to plan an attack upon an open stadium. Providing diagrams that, once a stadium opens, will be available anyway hardly seems like a serious breach of either public safety or security. The danger will not come from terrorists simply knowing a stadiums layout, however essential that might be to a planned attack, but rather from terrorists who are ab le to identify and exploit weaknesses and security flaws. Prevention of a stadium attack will come in the form of vigilance, intelligence, and competence, rather than slapdash and showy efforts to appear tough. A little sanity would also go a long way in bringing a level of reasonableness to our discussions. When you enter a stadium on a hot day and are drinking a bottle of water, scare stories from the news notwithstanding, the odds that your water will become a deadly weapon are almost nil. It is hard not to be cynical about a policy that happens to profit the concessionaires who sell overpriced drinks without demonstrably increasing safety. It also inspires less, not more, confidence if our official approach to matters of terrorism and security seems reactive to news stories or rumors rather than part of a rational and comprehensive strategy. Meanwhile, if I had hidden a gun in my waistband, security would not have noticed because they did not bother checking. In terms of odds, I would surmise that an attack at a big game will more likely come from someone wielding a gun than someone wielding a half-empty bottle of water. We are similarly foolish and shortsighted in our approach to security at airports, where appearing vigilant and tough on potential terrorism has taken the place of commonsense policies that will actually make us safe. A batty Englishman tries to light a shoebomb, and now we all have to take our shoes off at security. There are rumors that terrorists are going to try to use small amounts of liquid explosives, so we develop an inane policy whereby we can take on a few ounces of liquid in small containers that we must place in a plastic bag. In your shaving kit? Its a menace to the airways. In a ziplock? We can all breathe easier. And then there is the water issue againif you try to bring a bottle of water or juice or soda through security, youre going to lose it. But dont worry, you can buy any drinks you want at the usurious rates the airport concessionaires are able to get away w ith charging. You can even buy an extra hot venti coffee right before you boarda potentially more lethal weapon than all of the aftershave and Nikes and half-consumed Ozarka water. But woe unto you if you forget to take your laptop out of its case or if you are impatient with a security person because your child is crying and youd rather attend to her than to the guy who randomly pulled you out of line for a perfunctory pat -down. Texans take football seriously. They take travel seriously. They take terrorism seriously. But there is a difference between serious and foolish. The Cowboys finally released the plans to the enormous new stadium, as was inevitable. Thus far, nothing bad has happened to Jerr y Jones gleaming jewel. And if terrorists ever do attack the new stadium, the blame will fall on our scattershot, improvised, shoddy policies and lack of foresight because we were preparing for the last attack rather than the next one (The Public Sphere, 2008).

Title: Police Prep For Stadium Security Alert Date: September 22, 2009 Source: CW 33 Abstract: North Texas visitor, Mamie Dorris stood outside the new Cowboys Stadium in Arlington snapping pictures. She didn't know federal officials had issued a terrorist security alert for stadiums. "That is very unnerving", says Dorris. Dorris knows the horror of a terror attack. She survived the 9/11 attack on the pentagon, after a plane piloted by al-Qaida terrorists crashed directly into her office. She says no threat can be taken lightly. "I think anytime there is a threat on our grounds, it needs to be taken seriously". Police say they are taking notice of several security alerts issued by the FBI and Homeland Security. Officials say terrorists may attempt to use homemade backpack bombs, car bombs or even airplanes to attack crowded, public places. Arlington police say they received the alerts and are taking that into consideration to insure the safety of fans during upcoming Cowboys games at the new stadium. Already on game days, all bags are searched. Authorities use bomb-sniffing dogs to inspect vehicles parked close to the stadium. Security experts say they aren't surprised by the stadium alerts. "Anytime you have a large venue event that you have a lot of people then it will be attractive to terrorists", says Former FBI Special Agent in Charge, Danny Defenbaugh. The former federal agent says since 9/11 busy public places, like stadiums have been on the terror radar. Defenbaugh says proper training for event staff members is important to protect against the threat of attack. "They need to be suspicious and look for unusual behavior", says Defenbaugh. A few months ago, Arlington Police and several other agencies conducted a massive training exercise at the new stadium, to test out their preparedness for a real emergency. Dorris says that everyone should learn to be on alert at all times and report anything suspicious. She says she is living proof that an attack can happen to anyone. "I was just fortunate it wasn't my time" (CW 33, 2009).

Title: U.S. Terror Alert Expands To Transit And Stadiums Date: September 23, 2009 Source: CBC News Abstract: The U.S. government expanded a terrorism warning from transit systems to sports stadiums, hotels and entertainment complexes this week, as federal investigators look into a possible plot to set off bombs hidden in backpacks.

504

Federal bulletins were sent to police departments this week saying that while no specific plots against stadiums and other entertainment venues were known, police officers and private companies were cautioned to be vigilant. The warnings come after the arrest on Saturday of three men, including Najibullah Zazi, a 24-year-old Denver airport-shuttle driver who authorities say received al-Qaeda training in Pakistan and who was found entering New York City two weeks ago with bomb-making instructions on his computer. Zazi, his father and a local imam in New York face charges of lying to authorities in a continuing terrorism investigation. 'Something Very Organized was Underway' Authorities claim in court documents that Zazi played a direct role in the alleged terror plot, although officials have said they don't know the timing or location of any planned attack. "It's not totally clear to us at this point what it is they had in mind, though I think it is clear that something very serious and something very organized was underway," Attorney General Eric Holder told CBS. The bulletins to stadiums note that al-Qaeda's training manual makes specific instruction for "blasting and destroying the places of amusement, immorality and sin ... and attacking vital economic centers." Sports officials from the major hockey, football, baseball and basketball leagues in North America said they were confident they had adequate measures in place to thwart a potential attack "We are aware of the memos from the federal government, including that there is no information specific to any sports stadium," National Football League spokesman Greg Aiello said. "This underscores the high levels of stadium security that are maintained and will continue to be maintained at every NFL game for the safety of our fans and teams." Sports Fans Unconcerned by Latest Warning National Hockey League spokesman Frank Brown said security is a collaborative effort for the league. "We work closely with our arenas and local law enforcement agencies to create a safe, secure environment for our fans at all times," he said. "We work with our partners continually to update and apply appropriate security measures to address security concerns." Sports fans said the latest warnings wouldn't affect their plans. "If it happens, it happens," said Lynn Calhoun, an Indianapolis computer programmer who visited Conseco Fieldhouse the home of the Indiana Pacers to purchase orchestra tickets. "Where are you going to go? What are you going to do? You can't just go and hide out in Canada for a month." At a Cleveland Indians game, Jess Pryor said she thinks most fans don't worry about their safety at games. "It will be that way until something else happens again," she said. New York's transit agency said it has increased police presence around the city, in part because of the meeting in the city of the United Nations General Assembly. Thousands of visitors and politicians are also scheduled to meet in Pittsburgh on Thursday for a two-day Group of 20 economic summit (CBC News, 2009).

7. NFL TERROR PLOTS & PATSIES

OBAMACSI.COM: Since 9/11, there have been a number of incidents involving terror threats to NFL stadiums, not counting the Super Bowl. These aforementioned terror plots, although never serious in nature, made national headlines. In the first case, a man wrote threats online about blowing up 7 NFL stadiums with dirty bombs, while the other case featured two men of Arab descent who were caught in the Pittsburgh Steelers stadium. The men were charged with trespassing, although the news report stated that their car tested positive for "bomb" residue.

505

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 12, 2006 Suspect: Jake J. Brahm Age: 20 Ethnicity: White Location: Wauwatosa, Wisconsin Weapons: Internet Charges: Making a terrorist threat over the Internet Notes: Brahm was accused of writing that radioactive dirty bombs would be detonated at seven football stadiums .

Title: Grocery Store Clerk Arrested In Stadium Hoax Date: October 21, 2006 Source: Washington Post Abstract: A 20-year-old grocery store clerk who authorities say amused himself by posting prank Internet warnings of terrorist attacks against NFL stadiums was arrested Friday on federal charges that could bring five years behind bars. Jake J. Brahm was accused of writing that radioactive dirty bombs would be detonated this weekend at seven football stadiums. He admitted posting the same threat about 40 times on various Web sites between September and Wednesday, authorities said. The Wauwatosa man surrendered to federal authorities and appeared in court in Milwaukee later in the day. These types of hoaxes scare innocent people, cost business resources and waste valuable homeland security resources. We cann ot tolerate this Internet version of yelling fire in a crowded theater in the post-9/11 era, said U.S. Attorney Christopher Christie in Newark, N.J., where Brahm was charged in a sealed complaint filed Thursday. One of the stadiums mentioned was Giants Stadium in East Rutherford, N.J. Brahm was charged with making a terrorist threat over the Internet, which carries a maximum five-year prison sentence and $250,000 fine. When the potential sentence was read in court Friday afternoon, his mother, Valerie Brahm, with whom he lives, closed her eyes and put her hand over her mouth. U.S. Magistrate Patricia Gorence released Jake Brahm without bail, citing his spotless record and strong community ties. She prohibited him from using the Internet or traveling outside Wisconsin and New Jersey, where his lawyer said he plans to make a court appearance. When reporters asked him for comment after the hearing, Brahm smiled and laughed but said nothing. Brahms attorney, Patrick Knight, said after the hearing that his client was shocked by the way the threats were received. He described Brahm as quiet and gentle and said he had not seen anything to indicate Brahm meant any real harm. When youre a 20-year-old, and you roll a snowball, and the next thing you know, its as big as a house rolling down a hill, it surprises you a bit, Knight said. Richard Ruminski, the FBI agent in charge of the Milwaukee office, said Brahm thought posting the threats would be funny. As I understand it, Mr. Brahm had put out this threat thinking it was so preposterous that no one would take it seriously, Ruminski said. Unfortunately, he was wrong. The warnings briefly set off a scare this week, before federal authorities announced the warnings were a hoax. Wauwatosa police Chief Barry Weber said Brahm had bragged to friends about his actions. An FBI official in Washington, who spoke on condition of anonymity because the case is still under investigation, told The Associated Press that Brahm acknowledged doing it as part of a writing duel with a man from Texas to see who could post the scariest threat. One of the threats, dated Oct. 12, appeared on the Web site The Friend Society, which links to various online forums and off -color cartoons. Its author, identified in the message as javness, said that trucks would deliver radiological bombs Sunday to stadiums in Miami, Atlant a, Seattle, Houston, Cleveland, Oakland, Calif., and the New York City area, and that Osama bin Laden would claim responsibility. On a separate blog under Brahms name, the writer posted a photo of a football stadium next to a list of goals for 2006, whic h included committing a felony and trying to leave the house at least twice a week. Brahm worked at Outpost Natural Foods, a co-op near his house. He was a normal guy. Thats all were going to say at this time, said Jeremy Layman, assistant manager. Mallory McKenney, who graduated a year before Brahm from Wauwatosa East High School, said: He was quiet but always seemed frie ndly whenever we were in a group of people together.

506

Erik Vasys, an FBI spokesman in San Antonio, said there would be no charges against the Texas man because he did not take part in the writing of the threats (NBC, 2006).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 12, 2006 Suspect: Sudeep Paul, Anand Shankar Durvasula Age: 20, 21 Ethnicity: Arab? Location: Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Weapons: Video camera Charges: Criminal conspiracy, criminal trespass Notes: Dogs registered two separate "positive hits for explosives" on suspects vehicle

Title: Heinz Field Arrests Spur Terror Response Date: November 6, 2006 Source: Pittsburgh Post-Gazette Abstract: Two Carnegie Mellon University students caught trying to sneak into Heinz Field in the middle of the night -- purportedly to film a music video - prompted an anti-terrorist response that included pumped-up security at yesterday's Steelers game against the Broncos. The two young men were being held last night in the Allegheny County Jail on $1 million straight bond each. Although explosives-sniffing canines found nothing of interest around the football stadium, an affidavit said the dogs registered two separate "positive hits for explosives" in the Lexus sport utility vehicle the men were driving. What might have fallen under the prank category in pre-9/11 days was treated as anything but that by authorities, who conducted full searches of the students' apartments and heightened security throughout the afternoon around the stadium on the North Shore. "We take everything seriously, especially in today's light," Pittsburgh Police Chief Nate Harper said at a morning news conference, while the suspects were still being questioned by agents from the Joint Terrorism Task Force. Arrested outside Heinz Field around 2 a.m. yesterday were Sudeep Paul, 21, of Woodbury, N.Y., and Anand Shankar Durvasula, 20, of Morgan Hill, Calif. Chief Harper said they are U.S.-born. Both were charged with criminal conspiracy, and Mr. Durvasula with criminal trespass. The $1 million straight bond has to be paid in full for release. Heinz Field security officers spotted the men on a security camera trying to enter the stadium, a Steelers spokesman said. They first opened an exterior door at Gate B without going inside, police said. They then took a folding chair to the fence at Gate 5 on Art Rooney Drive, and Mr. Durvasula allegedly stepped up on the chair to scale the fence. Heinz Field security officers then approached the pair, and as they tried to walk away, they were apprehended by Pittsburgh police officers who had been summoned. They told police initially they were trying to check out the stadium because they had tickets to yesterday's 4:15 p.m. game against the Denver Broncos, Chief Harper said. He said they told investigators later that Mr. Paul was trying to complete a music video featuring Mr. Durvasula, and they intended to do the last scene inside Heinz Field. A video camera and tripod were found inside the vehicle, parked nearby, which police towed away. The affidavit said the vehicle was registered to Paul Swapan Kumar, 41, of Woodbury, N.Y., but it could have meant Kumar Paul, as police initially referred to Sudeep Paul as Paul Sudeep. "We don't know exactly what their intentions were," Chief Harper said. But, he said, it was unwise for them to attempt to break into the stadium at about 2 a.m. There was no evidence the men had been drinking, he said. Kumar Paul, who was unaware of the son's troubles, said he gave his son the Lexus. "He's such a good kid," said Mr. Paul. "He's a bright student and an honor student." Last month, a Wisconsin man was charged with making a terrorist threat over the Internet for threatening that radioactive "dirty bombs" would be detonated at seven football stadiums. The nature of yesterday's incident led to extra precautions surrounding the Steelers-Broncos game, which was played without incident. Chief Harper said the quick response that resulted in the men being detained showed that security arrangements "are very well up to speed," and not something to worry the public.

507

"We have taken steps to make sure Heinz Field is secure," Chief Harper said. "We have brought in extra canine dogs from Lawrence, Mercer and Beaver counties to conduct a sweep of the facility. ... We have brought in additional officers as well as state police, county police and the FBI." Steelers spokesman Dave Lockett said fans attending the game were to receive the same kind of pat-downs from security staff as is customary for all games. He said it was the first such incident he was aware of at Heinz Field, and fans should still feel safe in attending. "The only thing that needs to be said was that the security system worked in getting things done quickly," Mr. Lockett said. Police described the two men as cooperative throughout, agreeing to a police search of their off-campus residences in Squirrel Hill. A Carnegie Mellon spokeswoman declined comment on the incident, other than to confirm both men are seniors at the school, with Mr. Paul a business student and Mr. Durvasula in the humanities and social sciences program. University-related Web sites suggest that both men have been active, involved students. Mr. Paul is listed as activities director of the Undergraduate Finance Association, and Mr. Durvasula as a committee chairman of the Undergraduate Entrepreneurship Association. Both also were involved in Carnegie Mellon's Mock Trial competition, a program in which students take on judicial roles to practice their speaking and analytical skills. Mr. Paul, on his own Web home page, lists his grade point average as 3.7 out of 4.0. He made the dean's list last spring (Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, 2006).

Title: Two Shot, One Attacked, At NFL Pre-Season Game Date: August 21, 2011 Source: Reuters Abstract: Two men were shot and wounded in the parking lot of Candlestick Park after a preseason National Football League (NFL) game between the San Francisco 49ers and the Oakland Raiders, and a third man was beaten unconscious inside the stadium, police said on Sunday. A 24-year-old man was taken to hospital with life-threatening injuries from the shooting on Saturday night, while the other man, is in his 20s, was hospitalized with less serious injuries, San Francisco police said. Police said they had no suspect in custody from the outbreak of violence in the parking lot of San Francisco's Candlestick Park, and that it was not immediately clear if any of the men who were shot were fans of any particular team. The two men were found in different locations outside the stadium, and investigators are still unsure if those two attacks are related, said San Francisco police spokesman Sergeant Michael Andraychak. During the game, a 26 year-old man was beaten unconscious in an upper-level bathroom at the stadium, and he also was hospitalized with lifethreatening injuries, Andraychak said. Police said they have not arrested a suspect in the bathroom beating. San Francisco Mayor Ed Lee and Oakland Mayor Jean Quan issued a joint statement about the violence. "The incidents at Candlestick Park last night after the San Francisco 49ers versus Oakland Raiders game are completely unacceptable, and will be prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law," they said. The shootings and beating come less than five months after a San Francisco Giants baseball fan was severely assaulted outside Dodger Stadium in Los Angeles, sparking outrage in the city and causing some to question security arrangements at the stadium. In the Bay area preseason showdown between the San Francisco 49ers and the Oakland Raiders on Saturday night, the 49ers won 17-3. Andraychak said the violence at Candlestick Park was unusual, and that more often police and security there deal with relatively minor problems, such as public intoxication or use of profanity. The NFL, which is trying win back fans after a bitter labor dispute threatened to delay the upcoming season, condemned the violence. "We deplore the activities of a handful of fans at last night's game and pledge our full support to Mayors Lee and Quan and to state and local law enforcement agencies," said a statement issued by the NFL. "We are carefully reviewing the events to make sure we have a full understanding of the facts" (Reuters, 2011).

508

Title: Cops: Man Got Taser Into NFL Game On 9/11 Anniversary Date: September 13, 2011 Source: CBS News Abstract: A South Carolina man was arrested after allegedly using an illegal Taser in a fight with other fans during the Dallas Cowboys-New York Jets game Sunday night, state police said. Leroy McKelvey, of Moncks Corner, S.C., was charged with three counts of aggravated assault and two weapons counts. The 59-year-old McKelvey was taken to the Bergen County Jail, where bail was set at $22,500. It wasn't known if he had retained an attorney. The website Deadspin posted a cellphone video Monday of the fight. One fan can be heard on the video saying: "How did he get in here with that thing?" MetLife Stadium CEO Mark Lamping said no one was seriously hurt in the incident during the Jets' 27-24 victory. There was an increased security presence at the game on the 10th anniversary of the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks, including bomb-sniffing dogs checking every car that entered. Fans were also patted down and had their bags checked, typical of game day security. "Procedures for pat downs established by the NFL and used at every game were in effect at all entry gates," Lamping said in a statement. It's possible there could be changes in the security methods, though. NFL spokesman Greg Aiello said the league is "always refining and improving our security procedures." "These procedures have been successful in keeping items that can cause serious injuries out of our stadiums," Aiello said in a statement. "We will continue to be vigilant in protecting the safety of our fans" (CBS News, 2011).

8. THE CHICAGO BEARS

OBAMACSI.COM: Aside from being one of the featured teams in the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's partnership with the NFL, the Chicago Bears has gained international attention as of late when they were invited by Obama to the White House to celebrate their 1985 NFL Super Bowl championship, 26 years after-the-fact, and when they played and won in London, England in October of 2011. The Bears recent international media exposure and the fact that Obama is a huge Bears fan may indicate that a terror attack involving the Bears may occur in the near future. There is one Steelers game in particular that may be targeted for terror: 1) November 7, 2011: Philadelphia Eagles host the Chicago Bears on Monday Night Football.

Title: Barack Obama Salutes '85 Bears Date: October 8, 2011 Source: ESPN Abstract: Da '85 Bears finally got their White House due. Declaring "This is as much fun as I will have as president of the United States," President and sports fan in chief Barack Obama on Friday saluted his hometown team for winning the Super Bowl a quarter century ago. YouTube-Video For a White House known for brooking no drama, this had all the makings of a clash of cultures. The '85 Bears were fabled for their internal dramas and off-field high-jinks, particularly by its rebellious quarterback Jim McMahon, a swaggering leader who liked to head-butt his offensive linemen after a score. "This team changed everything for every team that came on after, on and off the field," Obama said. "They changed the laws of football. They were gritty. They were gutsy. They were hard-working. They were fun-loving. Sort of how Chicagoans like to think of themselves." As he wrapped up his welcome, Obama invited the team to stick around and enjoy themselves: "Don't break anything. And keep your eyes on McMahon." For the team, this was a long-awaited recognition. The team did not get the usual White House reception in 1986, a decision attributed to the Space Shuttle Challenger disaster, which occurred two days after the Bears beat the New England Patriots in the Super Bowl.

509

"On behalf of the 1985 Chicago Bears, we consider him one of us," the team's coach, Mike Ditka, said. "We're very proud that you honored us by bringing us here. It's only 26 years after the fact, and five administrations, but thank you." The '85 Bears remain one of the most storied teams in NFL history, a one-loss juggernaut that blew out New England 46-10 in the 1986 Super Bowl. They are remembered as much for their prowess on the field as they are for their pop culture status. The ringleader was McMahon, who openly squabbled with the fiery Ditka and who wore his signature headband and sunglasses during the White House ceremony. ("He gave me a headband," Obama said, "but I'm not wearing it.") The team included future Hall of Famers Walter Payton, Dan Hampton, Richard Dent and Mike Singletary. And it featured the 300-pound-plus lineman and occasional running back William "The Refrigerator" Perry. In an era before YouTube, Twitter and 24-hour sports networks, the team managed to capture national attention, even filming a video of themselves doing the "Super Bowl Shuffle." "There were suggesting that I should dance the Super Bowl Shuffle," Obama said. "Can't do it." The team's appearance was full of subtexts. There, standing at Obama's side were Ditka and Buddy Ryan, the defensive coordinator with whom Ditka often feuded. Obama declared that their joint appearance was "a sign that anything is possible, even in Washington." There was Ditka himself, a prototypical Chicagoan with a working-class ethic who turned down Republican entreaties in 2004 that he run against Obama for the U.S. Senate. Instead, he stuck with his job as a television sports commentator. Good thing, Obama joked. "I would have been terrible on ESPN." There, too, were defensive end Dent and linebacker Otis Wilson, who over time befriended Obama and became his workout partners. But the remembrance was also bittersweet. Payton, known as "Sweetness" and who retired as the NFL's all-time leading rusher after the 1987 season, died from a rare liver disease and bile duct cancer in 1999. According to a new book, Payton abused painkillers in retirement and became suicidal after football. "Chicago still loves Sweetness," Obama said. Wilson said: "I think about him every day." Perry was diagnosed in 2009 with Guillain-Barre syndrome, an autoimmune disease that attacks the nervous system and can cause paralysis. He was unable to attend. It was also a reminder of the game's punishing price. McMahon has had memory issues, sometimes finding himself in a room and not remembering why he's there. And Obama paid tribute to Dave Duerson, a safety on the defense that was the backbone of the team, who committed suicide in February after asking his family to donate his brain to researchers studying the effect of head trauma in athletes. "Hopefully lessons from his great struggle, with the kind of brain injuries those hits might have caused, will help today's players down the road," Obama said (ESPN, 2011).

Title: NFL Wants Two London Games Date: October 9, 2011 Source: ESPN Abstract: NFL commissioner Roger Goodell is interested in adding a second regular-season game in London and says the move will be discussed at the owners meetings this week. "It's been tremendously successful," Goodell said before the Buffalo Bills' game against the Philadelphia Eagles on Sunday. "Fan reaction has been overwhelmingly positive, and we want to build on that." The commissioner said the league was happy with the game it played in Mexico City in 2005 -- the first regular-season game outside the United States -but noted the NFL is focusing on adding a regular-season game in England. The league played its first regular-season game in London in 2007 when the New York Giants defeated the Miami Dolphins 13-10. Since then, there have been three other annual games played at Wembley Stadium, and on Oct. 23 the Tampa Bay Buccaneers will take on the Chicago Bears in the English capital.

510

Goodell said that game is still not sold out, but attributed it to tickets not going on sale until after the lockout ended. The commissioner touched on several other topics during a 35-minute question-and-answer session with about 100 Bills season-ticket holders in a large suite overlooking the field. With the Oakland Raiders' flag flying at half-staff before the game at Ralph Wilson Stadium, Goodell continued to pay tribute to Raiders owner Al Davis, who died Saturday. Goodell said a moment of silence will be held prior to every game this weekend. He added that the Raiders are making plans to honor Davis by adding a designation to their uniforms. "He really was a legend of the game," Goodell said. "There's not many people who had the kind of impact on the game. He was a commissioner, he was an owner, he was a coach, he was a general manager, and he was passionate about the game of football. He loved the NFL as much as anybody I know." Goodell also is happy with the "Bills In Toronto" games in which Buffalo is in the fourth year of a five-year agreement to play eight games -- including five regular-season games -- at Rogers Centre. "I really think right now our focus would be on making what we've done here with the Bills playing the one game -- and the preseason game every other year -- into Toronto successful," he said. "The more we work on that and focus on that makes it even better for this market and for Toronto, because for us it's all one region in many ways." Goodell also reiterated his confidence, and provided the biggest assurance so far, that the Bills will stay in Buffalo. Bills owner Ralph Wilson has said that he will not sell the team as long as he is still living. "I hope Mr. Wilson's going to be around owning this team for a long time," Goodell said. "I spoke to him on Friday. ... Talk about a guy who loves the game of football, loves this community and loves the Bills. He has what he thinks are the right steps for the team. We will obviously work with him and work with the team to fulfill his wishes. I know he will do, and we are confident that we will do, what's in the best interest of this community and the NFL in general. I think that's being taken care of." Wilson, who turns 93 this month, broke his hip in June and the injury prevented him from attending the Bills' first two home games. Goodell, who is from nearby Jamestown, N.Y., attended Sunday's game with friends and family members, including his brother Bill. He planned to watch the game from the stands. "It's a great stadium to watch the game," he said. "The Bills, the state and the county have done a great job in continuing to make improvements in the stadium to keep it competitive. But you have to continue to do that" (ESPN, 2011).

9. THE PHILADELPHIA EAGLES

OBAMACSI.COM: The situation regarding the Philadelphia Eagles is strange. Eagles quarterback Michael Vick has stated that the NFL forced him there, and the Eagles made national headlines by signing almost every NFL free agent on the market before the 2011 season. These moves prompted the slogan "Dream Team" in reference to the team that the Eagles have compiled. Unfortunately, the Eagles have not lived up to the hype, but nonetheless, they are still one of the most exciting teams in the NFL. Unfortunately, Philadelphia has been set up for massive riots, so if a terror attacks does occur at an Eagles game, we can expect massive riots, looting, and chaos in the aftermath. Also, the state of Pennsylvania has conducted multiple dirty bomb drills and surrounding states such as New York and Maryland have drilled dirty bomb response in Pennsylvania, particularly the Philadelphia area. There are two Eagles games in particular that may be targeted for terror: 1) November 7, 2011: Philadelphia Eagles host Chicago Bears on Monday Night Football. 2) November 20, 2011: New York Giants host Philadelphia Eagles on Sunday Night Football.

Title: Would It Be So Bad If The NFL Pushed Vick Toward The Eagles? Date: August 18, 2011 Source: Yahoo Abstract: Collusion is bad. I don't want the NFL to be a place where the league decides what players go where, because it suits their purposes. Teams should build their rosters according to the capabilities of their own scouting staffs and talent evaluators. So if what Michael Vick(notes) said happened -- that the league urged him to sign with Philadelphia and not Cincinnati or Buffalo -- really happened, then the league overstepped its bounds, and it's got some serious explaining to do to the Bills and Bengals organizations.

511

However, in this particular case, I think there's a devil's advocate argument to be made for what the league did. It was a super-unique situation that certainly introduced some shades of gray into the equation. If anti-collusion is the rule, is it not possible that some situation out there might merit an exception? Rewind to 2009. You're Roger Goodell. You've got a player coming back into the league who is public relations thermite. With the previously unseen level of attention (and yes, hatred) aimed at him, his presence puts everyone in a dangerous position. If he makes one significant misstep, he, the team he plays for, and the entire league is under fire from every mainstream media source in the country. On top of that, there's the "right thing to do" aspect. Michael Vick has pretty clearly demonstrated that he's not always going to make the best decisions in regard to who he surrounds himself with. If you're in a position to do so, don't you have some kind of responsibility to put him in a situation where he's going to be supported and given proper guidance? And if you do, wouldn't it be the responsible thing to do to guide Vick away from Cincinnati and Buffalo? More Cincinnati than Buffalo, really. Neither is known as a cradle of player development, but do you really want Bengals owner Mike Brown(notes) to be the one guiding Michael Vick's life choices? You've got a two-time Pro Bowl quarterback there right now, and he'd rather retire from football entirely than play another down for that travesty of an organization. That's where you want Vick? You want him sharing a locker room with Pacman Jones? Or, you can steer him to the Eagles where the depth chart alone means that he'll be out of the spotlight for a little while. He's in one of the NFL's most stable organizations, playing for a coach who develops quarterbacks. If Vick was going to return to stardom, the process would be slow, and he wouldn't have to deal with the pressures of having to resurrect a team or being the face of anyone's franchise. The league did something (and for the record, the league has yet to respond to Vick's claim, and I'm sure it'll deny steering any player toward any organization) that makes sense. As it's turned out, it was best for pretty much everyone involved. Maybe not the Bills or Bengals, but who knows what would have become of Vick had he gone to either of those teams? Meanwhile, Vick has seemed to be on the right track, the league has another superstar, and because of the way Vick (and whoever else was helping steer the ship) handled his comeback, the league is a better, more interesting place UPDATE: As expected, Vick and the league have both denied today that the commissioner or the league steered Vick towards Philadelphia. You can decide for yourself. Was it a moment of honesty in Vick's GQ interview that both sides want to deny a day later, or did Vick simply misspeak and imply something that didn't happen? (Yahoo, 2011). NFL'S OWNERSHIP Should a terror event occur at an NFL stadium, it will likely occur at a feild owned by one of the NFL's Jewish owners. While a terror attacks could happen at any field, history shows us that terror attacks perpetrated by the Israeli Mossad usually occur against targets owned by Jewish interests, the Patria incident and 9/11 being prime examples. This allows control of the investigation and also allows the "victim" to profit immensly from insrance policies. The ownership of the Atlanta Falcons, Oakland Raiders, Washington Redskins, Cleveland Browns, St. Louis Rams, New York Giants, Tampa Bay Buccaneers, New England Patriots, New York Jets, Minnesota Vikings, and the Philadelphia Eagles are all owned by Jewish interests. This does not mean that a non-Jewish team will not be targeted, quite the contrary. The franchise of the Green Bay Packers is owned by the city of Green Bay, a governmental organization, and may also serve as a possible staging ground for a false-flag terror attack. After all, if it can hapen in Green Bay, it can happen anywhere. If Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, inolving both the Dallas Cowboys and the Pittsburg Steelers was any indication, these two teams might also be involved in another false-flag event. Super Bowl XLV in Dallas served as a staging ground for a nuclear false-flag terror attack that was subverted at the last minute by a document entitled The Nuclear Bible.

10. THE PITTSBURGH STEELERS

The Steelers were a team featured in Super Bowl XLV and they had the only NFL terror plot which specifically targeted their franchise. The state of Pennsylvania has conducted multiple dirty bomb drills and surrounding states such as New York and Maryland have drilled dirty bomb response in Pennsylvania. There is one Steelers game in particular that may be targeted for terror: 1) November 6, 2011: Pittsburgh Steelers host Baltimore Ravens on Sunday Night Football

11. THE BALTIMORE RAVENS

OBAMACSI.COM: Aside from being one of the featured teams in the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's partnership with the NFL, Baltimore was the city in which a nuclear bomb was placed in an NFL stadium in the movie "The Sum of All Fears". The state of Maryland has also conducted dirty

512

bomb drills, and surrounding states such as New York and Pennsylvania have drilled dirty bomb response in Maryland, particularly the Baltimore area. There are two Ravens games in particular that may be targeted for terror: 1) November 6, 2011: Pittsburgh Steelers host Baltimore Ravens on Sunday Night Football 2) November 24, 2011: Baltimore Ravens host San Francisco 49ers on Thanksgiving Day Night

12. THE NEW YORK GIANT & JETS

OBAMACSI.COM: New York has conducted the most dirty bomb drills of any U.S. state to date, and should a dirty bomb explode at a New York Giants or Jets game it will occur in New Jersey where the stadium is located. The state of New Jersey has gained international fame as of late with MTV's reality show entitled Jersey Shore, so should something happen in New Jersey, the entire world will know exactly where it occurred. There are two games in New York in particular that may be targeted for terror: 1) New England Patriots at the New York Jets on November 13, 2011, on Sunday Night Football 2) The Philadelphia Eagles at the New York Giants on November 20, 2011 on Sunday Night Football

13. OPERATION URBAN SHIELD & MOUNTAIN GUARDIAN

OBAMACSI.COM: The NFL's partnership with the U.S. Deparment of Homeland Security features 5 NFL franchises: Arizona Cardinals, Baltimore Ravens, San Diego Chargers, Cleveland Browns, and the Chicago Bears. Aside from these teams, the News England Patriots and the Oakland Raiders may also be targeted. Boston was home to Operation Urban Shield, a full-scale terror drill, and has conducted a number of dirty bomb terror drills of late. The San Francisco bay area was also home to Operation Urban Shield and also featured an NFL shooting outside Candlestick Park at the beginning of the NFL season. There are two games in New York in particular that may be targeted for terror: 1) November 21, 2011: New England Patriots host Kansas City Chiefs on Monday Night Footbal Operation Mountain Guardian, which occurred in Denver, Colorado, on September 23, 2011, involved over 100 local, state, and federal agencies. These agencies drilled for terror attacks at Park Meadows Mall, Smedley Elementary School, Denver Union Station, Community College of Aurora (Lowry Campus), Denver International Airport, Sky Ridge Medical Center, Denver Health Medical Center, University of Colorado Hospital, Catholic Charities (NW Denver), and Sports Authority Field at Mile High. YouTube-Video Operation Urban Shield, was another massive terror drill which was conducted in Boston in May of 2011 and again in San Francisco in October of 2011. Like Operation Mountain Guardian, these terror drills focused solely on Operations Northwoods and Mumbai style terror attack and were designed to "evaluate regional tactical capabilities related to a variety of terrorist threats". Based on these last three major terror drill operations, it can be concluded that the new concept of simultaneous terror attacks at multiple locations appears to be next stage in the war on terror. This change in "counter-terror" policy is likely due to two distinct events; the 2006 Sears Tower false-flag terror plot in Chicago which was foiled by Army Captain Eric May, and the foiled false-flag nuclear terror attack at 2011 Super Bowl. The U.S. government and its terror sidekick Israel have apparently shifted terror gears in a desperate attempt to fly under the false-flag radar and to recapture the element of surprise. With the national Emergency Alert System being activated weeks after these terror drills concluded, it unfortunately confirms that massive false-flag terror attacks are planned for the near future. These attacks will likely be committed in a desperate attempt to save the presidency of U.S. President Barack Obama and possibly institute martial law in America.

14 SUPER BOWL XLV

OBAMACSI.COM: If there was any doubt that the NFL is working with or is part of the military industrial complex, the 2011 Super Bowl was the answer. Super Bowl XLV was chosen as the prime location where a nuclear terror attack would occur and there is a host of evidence that substantiates this claim. Given this premise, it should come as no surprise that the NFL would therefore serve as a staging ground for lesser acts of terrorism such as dirty bombs or active shooters in the near future. Title: The Nuclear Bible: Date: January 28, 2011 Source: Nuclear Bible Abstract: The Nuclear Bible is a FREE EBOOK which was distributed worldwide via the internet on January 28, 2011. YouTube-Video

513

Based on the political fallout and subsequent blowback, it has now been confirmed that the book was successful in subverting a nuclear terror attack by the Obama administration at Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011. The Nuclear Bible is composed of over 1,000 news articles which ultimately connect the dots of an upcoming false-flag nuclear terror attack. Due to the 30-60 second nature of a nuclear explosion, it is highly likely that the Super Bowl, World Cup, NBA Finals, World Series or Olympics will be targeted with millions watching on LIVE TV. Unfortunately, Pakistan has been set up over the last 30 years as the scapegoat of all terror and nuclear proliferation. "Revolutions" in the Middle East are now likely to domino all the way to Pakistan where alleged terrorists will gain access to Pakistan's nuclear arsenal. Therefore, it is imperative that the information contained within The Nuclear Bible be forwarded to media and governmental agencies worldwide so that we can collectively avoid this impending nuclear holocaust and the World War III scenario (Nuclear Bible, 2011).

Nuclear Terror Attack School Terror Attack

OBAMACSI.COM: If news reports and government propaganda are to be believed, a massive school terror attack is coming America's way in the near future. In the recent terror drill Operation Mountain Guardian, 2 schools in the Denver area were chosen as locations that would be "terrorists" would attack. Prior to another Columbine tragedy occurring in America, the original Columbine case must be re-examined and re-investigated. Once the witness accounts of that day are analyzed, it is clear that Columbine, like 9/11, was a government operation. Avoiding a future Columbine is possible once the true perpetrators of these types of terror events are exposed. 1. Breaking News: School Terror: Recent breaking news suggests that a terror strike on schools is now imminent. When and where it will happen is unknown, but based on the news, propaganda, and drills, California, Colorado, Iowa, New Jersey, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Texas, appear to be prime targets. 2. The "Perfect Day" Scenario: While working for CNN, Glenn Beck made famous the "Perfect Day" scenario which involves a bloody terror plot in which schools and/or school buses are attacked by terrorists at "5" different location on the same day. Beck hosted a number of security and governmental officials during his CNN TV special which confirmed that the "Perfect Day" scenario not a matter of if, but when. Allegedly, "Muslim extremists" have been planning this attack for years and have already performed a "dry run" in Florida. 3. School Terror Propaganda: Information allegedly found in Iraq regarding American schools has been disseminated as propaganda that Arabs are plotting to attack American children. A Muslim cleric has also allegedly stated that children are allowed to be targeted in terror attacks. Since 9/11, various forms of school terror propaganda have been disseminated yearly indicating the school terror card is being groomed for the "perfect day". 4. The School Bus Terror Threat: 17 school buses have allegedly gone missing in Houston, Texas, and may resurface in other locations around America with explosives already sewn into the underbelly of the buses. This exact terror scenario was used on July 7, 2005, when the London double-decker buses targeted in the 7/7 terror attacks clearly showed signs that the explosion came from underneath the floor of the bus rather than by a bomb carried onto the bus by a Muslim passenger. In Glenn Beck's "Perfect Day Scenario", Beck stated that the buses "could be filled with explosives". 5. School Terror Drills: Starting shortly after the Columbine terror attacks, terror drills have become a regularity in schools throughout America. These drills serve two purposes: Terrorize American children and provide cover for future false-flag terror attacks. The truth about governmental drills is they are rarely done on locations that are not a future "target", and you never know when the terror drills will go live. 6. School Terror Plots & Patsies: A large amount of school terror plots and apparent patsies have surfaced since the Columbine tragedy. While some of the plots and suspects appear to be misdirected young men, most appear to be ripped from a comic book. These individuals, while portrayed in the media as legitimate, are usually caught with plastic guns, scribbled manifestos, and grandiose schemes that are almost impossible to bring into reality. Nonetheless, these cases are used as ammunition by the government and the media to further terrorize America, push gin legislation, conduct school terror drills, and introduce new police state measures into school security. 7. The Columbine Massacre: The tragedy known as the Columbine Massacre is even more tragic once it is understood that the event was planned and executed by U.S. governmental agencies. This is evidenced by the 60 witnesses that have gone on record stating that the shooters WERE NOT Derick Harris Dylan Klebold. Other events surrounding the tragedy shows that more than 2 shooters were in the school that day and that governmental agencies were in and around the school prior to the shooting.

1. BREAKING NEWS: SCHOOL TERROR

OBAMACSI.COM: Recent breaking news suggests that a terror strike on schools is now imminent. When and where it will happen is unknown, but based on the news, propaganda, and drills, California, Colorado, Iowa, New Jersey, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Texas, appear to be prime targets. Title: Authorities in Pennsylvania Search For Student Accused Of Making 'Virginia Tech' Threat Date: October 22, 2011 Source: Fox News

514

Abstract: Authorities in Pennsylvania are searching for a university student who allegedly made a threat on Twitter to kill classmates in a reference to the 2007 Virginia Tech massacre, the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette reported. All Saturday activities at Pennsylvania State University-Beaver in Center Township, Pa. -- about 30 miles northwest of Pittsburgh -- were canceled as state police and the FBI searched for 21-year-old Michael Dewight Mollett. "We decided to take the precautionary step of closing the campus for classes and activities today," Chancellor Gary Keefer said in a statement on the university's website. "We have alerted all students and staff, and are asking them to avoid campus today. We also are asking any students who can go home for the weekend to do so." Posts from late Thursday on a Twitter account apparently belonging to Mollett, who identifies himself as a point guard on the school's basketball team, make reference to "creepin tonight," people being "scared as hell" and having a "VT day," an apparent reference to the April 2007 massacre of 32 people at Virginia Tech University by student gunman Seung-Hui Cho, who later turned his gun on himself. Mollett is wanted on charges of harassment and making terroristic threats. He was arrested by Penn State Beaver campus police last month on charges of misdemeanor indecent assault and defiant trespass. He has previously been charged with receiving stolen property, reckless driving and fleeing an officer. Mollett's mother, Pamela Lawton, told KDVA-TV on Friday that he has "emotional problems" but she has "never known him to be violent" (Fox News, 2011).

Title: Two In Custody After Girl Shot In Neck At Cumberland High School Date: October 24, 2011 Source: WRAL News Abstract: Two teens were taken into custody Monday after a 15-year-old girl was seriously wounded in a shooting at Cape Fear High School near Fayetteville, according to the Cumberland County Sheriff's Office. Cape Fear students Ta'Von McLaurin,18, and a 15-year-old suspect whose name was not released were being interviewed by investigators Monday night, but had not been formally charged. Cumberland County Sheriff Earl "Moose" Butler said Monday night he was confident that both students were involved and that they would definitely be charged once investigators finished interviewing them. Catilyn Abercrombie was in stable condition following surgery at Cape Fear Valley Medical Center after being struck in the neck by a bullet while standing in the breezeway outside the school's cafeteria. Earlier in the afternoon, she was listed in serious condition, but was able to nod and shake her head in response to questions from investigators and her family. A .22-caliber rifle was found inside the school building and a shell casing was found outside the breezeway doors, Butler said. Only one shot was fired. Investigators do not believe that Abercrombie was targeted, but Butler said they did not know why the shooting happened (WRAL, 2011).

Title: Ten South Carolina Schools Locked Down For Manhunt Date: October 27, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Ten schools have been locked down in Greenville while police search for a man who fired at an officer in a nearby apartment complex. Police Chief Terri Wilfong says someone fired at an officer near a Greenville school around 10 a.m. Friday. Wilfong says the officer checking on a suspicious license tag went to an apartment complex and someone began firing at her. The officer returned fire. She was not hit. Several dozen officers are involved in the search. Elementary and high schools and Greenville Technical College have been locked down during the manhunt (Fox News, 2011).

515

2. THE "PERFECT DAY" SCENARIO

OBAMACSI.COM: While working for CNN, Glenn Beck made famous the "Perfect Day" scenario which involves a bloody terror plot in which schools and/or school buses are attacked by terrorists at "5" different location on the same day. Beck hosted a number of security and governmental officials during his CNN TV special which confirmed that the "Perfect Day" scenario not a matter of if, but when. Allegedly, "Muslim extremists" have been planning this attack for years and have already performed a "dry run" in Florida.

Title: The Perfect Day And Our Terrorist Opponents Possible Plans For Future Attacks Date: Winter 2010 Source: Law Enforcement Column Abstract: The Sepoy Mutiny in India, in 1857, is an example of a Perfect Day. This was a spontaneous uprising by Muslims (and Hindus), with everyone giving the British their best shot. Nannies killed the kids, cooks poisoned the food, and shop owners murdered the British ladies as they came into the shop. And soldiers (sometimes complete units) killed their British officers and then used their weapons to attack the British. The current politically correct term for the Sepoy Mutiny is The First Indian Rebellion. (You can look it up on Wikipedia, where the event has been completely PC filtered and revised.) The First Indian Rebellion is, to them, George Washington, Abe Lincoln, and the Alamo all rolled into one. And 99% of Westerners have never heard about it. In their dreams and fond imaginations, this is what will happen across all of the Crusader nations who are in Afghanistan. Pick a day, and everyone gives it their best shot. If just one in 1,000 of the Islamic people in our nations answer the call to Jihad, it will still be thousands of attackers... Some will opt for a John Muhammad/Malvo, whacking people from the trunks of cars, others for a Virginia Tech lone gunman in the school. Others will attack school buses, nannies will kill the kids, clerks will kill customers, cooks (in the elementary school?) will poison the Kool-aid, etc., etc. The enemy thinks big, and wewith wishful thinking compounded by ignorance of their historykeep thinking small. The goal of this Perfect Day, in addition to terror, is to make us imprison (intern) our Islamic populations (as we did to the Japanese in WWII), thus making this a war against Islam instead of the current war against terrorist groups and Islamist fundamentalists. The idea of the Perfect Day goes way back in their culture. Look at the Book of Esther in the Bible. It takes place in Iran (ancient Persia), where the Jews are in captivity. Haman gets permission to kill all the Jews on a certain day. The whole book is about how they turned that around and killed all of Hamans people on that day. This is the terrorists dream. Our goal is to prevent it through careful study and understanding of their history and culture, assimilation (the French are an excellent example of what not to do in this area), andmost importantlydeterrence and detection, which is what I teach in my classes. The enemy can be deterred! They fear one thing: They fear failure! They are not afraid to die; some of them want to die. But they desperately do not want to die for nothing! And our goal is to win a battle in the minds of millions of potential terrorists in our nation, who are asking the key questions: Can I succeed? Can I get a body count? The key question we should ask is, Why dont they do this to Israel? The answer is that the terrorists would love to! But Isr ael is an armed society. The terrorist is largely deterred from this action by Israels level of preparation. U ntil we reach the level of armed citizenry represented by Israel (and the sooner the better!) we are very vulnerable to this kind of attack. In particular, we can see that states like Illinois and Wisconsin (the only two states with absolutely no concealed carry for anyone, anyhow, ever), or California, Massachusetts, and others (with very stringent and limited concealed-carry laws) are the most likely targets for this kind of attack. The time may come when, like Israel, we need armed riders on every school bus and armed guards in every school and every day-care center. And the only way that we can do so is, like Israel, to depend on armed citizens and armed teachers to protect their children. The millions of Americans who are buying guns are not foolish. I would submit that they are doing the one thing that individual citizens can do, and that is to arm themselves. This is America. When faced with a threat, we dont take away rights; we give you more rights! But with rights come responsibilities. We give you the right to purchase and carry weapons, and you have the responsibility to train with these weapons! (Law Enforcement Column, 2010).

2. SCHOOL TERROR PROPAGANDA

Information allegedly found in Iraq regarding American schools has been disseminated as propaganda that Arabs are plotting to attack American children. A Muslim cleric has also allegedly stated that children are allowed to be targeted in terror attacks. Since 9/11, various forms of school terror propaganda have been disseminated yearly indicating the school terror card is being groomed for the "perfect day". Title: Cleric Supports Targeting Children Date: September 5, 2004 Source: Telegraph Abstract: An extremist Islamic cleric based in Britain said yesterday that he would support hostage-taking at British schools if carried out by terrorists with a just cause.

516

Omar Bakri Mohammed, the spiritual leader of the extremist sect al-Muhajiroun, said that holding women and children hostage would be a reasonable course of action for a Muslim who has suffered under British rule. In an interview with The Sunday Telegraph, Mr Mohammed said: "If an Iraqi Muslim carried out an attack like that in Britain, it would be justified because Britain has carried out acts of terrorism in Iraq. "As long as the Iraqi did not deliberately kill women and children, and they were killed in the crossfire, that would be okay." Mr Mohammed, 44, who lives in Edmonton, north London, but is originally from Syria, also claimed that the Chechen rebels were not responsible for the deaths of more than 350 people - at least half of them children - who are so far known to have died in Beslan. "The Mujahideen [Chechen rebels] would not have wanted to kill those people, because it is strictly forbidden as a Muslim to deliberately kill women and children. It is the fault of the Russians," he said. The father of seven came to Britain in 1985 after being deported from Saudi Arabia because of his membership of a banned group. He has since been given leave by the Home Office to remain in Britain for five years but the Government is reviewing his status. He gave an interview yesterday to promote a "celebratory" conference in London next Saturday to commemorate the third anniversary of the September 11 attacks. Andrew Dismore, the Labour MP for Hendon, was infuriated by Mr Mohammed's comments. "That sounds to me like incitement and I will report him to Scotland Yard," he said. "It is an insult to most moderate Muslims, who are sick of people like this claiming to represent them" (Telegraph, 2004).

Title: Gov't: Terrorists Could Target School Food Date: June 6, 2005 Source: Fox News Abstract: The government has been looking at the possibility of terrorists targeting food destined for school cafeterias, a federal food safety official said Monday. "The school lunch program is particularly vulnerable," said Carol Maczka, an administrator within the Agriculture Department's Food Safety Inspection Service. Maczka, speaking to the annual conference of the Association of Food and Drug Officials, offered no evidence of specific threats to school lunches. She said her office has studied the vulnerability of three products: milk, spaghetti sauce and egg substitutes. Currently, officials are looking at how a popular lunchroom staple, chicken nuggets, may be susceptible to tampering. Federal officials have distributed a food safety checklist to school lunch providers, who must show evidence of a food safety plan, Maczka said. She said vulnerabilities noted in the supply chain were classified, but that changes had been made to improve safety. The Association of Food and Drug Officials conference, in its 109th year, focuses primarily on food safety and security. Aside from bioterrorism, speakers touched on other threats, from risks from imported foods to nuclear attacks and animal diseases such as avian flu (Fox News, 2005).

Title: Terrorists - Coming To A School Near You Date: April 2, 2007 Source: WND Abstract: Authorities fear the school massacre that shook Russia a few years ago may be a dress rehearsal for what al-Qaida plans to do in America only on a grander scale, launching multiple school attacks simultaneously across the country. Read more: Terrorists coming to a school near you http://www.wnd.com/?pageId=40888#ixzz1bGeUsh1e In 2004, Chechen terrorists associated with al-Qaida seized a school building in Beslan, Russia, and slaughtered 338, including 172 children. Three years later, schools and local police in this country are still unprepared to deal with such an assault, experts warn. Most don't have response plans for handling a single active shooter, let alone a cell of trained terrorists launching a large-scale attack. Yet terror cells secreted inside America may be planning to use buses, as well as other vehicles and methods, as a Trojan horse to infiltrate school campuses and massacre students and teachers.

517

The FBI and Homeland Security Department last month distributed a bulletin to law enforcement across the country warning that Muslims with "ties to extremist groups" are signing up to be school bus drivers. They also noted "recent suspicious activity" by foreigners who either drive school buses or are licensed to drive them. "The enemy is infiltrating us at all levels, and certainly school bus drivers are one area to look at," warned retired Lt. Col. Dave Grossman, president of Killology Research Group, an anti-terror consultancy that trains the FBI and other law enforcement. "And how about high school, middle school and elementary school cafeteria workers? Janitors? Delivery people?" Grossman says some school district security officials he works with have expressed concerns about some of the Muslim employees schools are hiring. "But no one dares profile them," he told WND. "Islamic terrorists are already in place in the U.S. and, yes, that includes bus drivers, cafeteria workers and also airport workers," added Grossman, a former Army Ranger and West Point professor. Floor plans for schools in Virginia, Texas and New Jersey have been recovered from terrorist hands in Iraq, he notes. Videotapes confiscated in Afghanistan show al-Qaida terrorists practicing the takeover of a school. Simultaneous attacks on schools in multiple states would follow Osama bin Laden's goal of crippling the U.S. economy. If multiple schools were hit, Grossman says, parents would drop out of the work force en masse to protect their children. A prolonged labor disruption would cost businesses billions of dollars in lost revenue. The 9/11 mastermind now in custody at Gitmo recently suggested al-Qaida may be targeting school children. Khalid Sheikh Mohammed said in his confession before a military tribunal that while he may not like killing kids, they're fair game in jihad. He claims U.S. forces bombed and killed the children of bin Laden's top deputy, Ayman Al-Zawahiri, and arrested and "abused" his own children. According to the Middle East Media Research Institute, an al-Qaida spokesman has claimed Muslims have the right to kill up to 2 million American children in retaliation for Muslim children killed in Muslim lands. "Osama bin Laden has promised that what has happened in (Beslan) Russia will happen to us many times over," Grossman said. "And Osama tries very hard never to lie to us." Experts say terrorist cells are aided by many facilitators inside American cities who canvass targets and perform other logistics for such attacks. "They are in the U.S., in all aspects of life, including the schools and not just as bus drivers," Grossman said. "And American school children may pay the price," if schools and local law enforcement fail to implement counterterror plans. Recent events come on top of several other school bus-related incidents involving Mideast men that raise suspicion of terror activity. They include last year's surprise boarding of a school bus in Tampa, Fla., by two Saudi men dressed in trench coats. Authorities suspect they were making a dry run to see how easy it would be to hijack or blow up a school bus filled with innocent American students. Previously, an Arab man from Detroit was caught trying to obtain a job as a school bus driver in New York using fake Social Security documents. Experts also worry about terrorists operating independently of al-Qaida. "There are many lone wolves and self-starters out there who could attack at any time," Grossman warned. Muslim gunman Sulejman Talovic was loaded for bear in February when he opened fire on shoppers in a Salt Lake City mall. He was armed with a shotgun, a .38 pistol and a backpack full of ammunition. He killed five and would have kept killing if an alert off-duty police officer hadn't returned fire and helped stop him. If the 18-year-old Bosnian immigrant had targeted his old high school in a similar rampage, the number of body bags would have been horrific, experts say. Such a scenario is local law enforcement's worst nightmare, because school resource officers, or SROs, are ill-equipped to handle such assaults. Homeland security consultants recommend arming all SROs and training them in SWAT tactics to repel such attackers. "The time may come when that one cop will have to keep several adults at bay, preventing them from prosecuting their assault plan on our kids until support arrives," said John Giduck, president of Archangel Group, an antiterror training service. Recent attacks on children in schools in Athens, Ga., Bailey, Co., Red Lake, Minn., and Nickel Mines, Penn., occurred in the absence of armed SROs. "We can't think that Columbine will be the worst tactical circumstances our SROs will face," warned Giduck, author of "Terror at Beslan: A Russian Tragedy with Lessons for America's Schools" (WND,2007).

518

Title: And Now Kids, Lets Mastermind A Terrorist Attack Date: May 11, 2009 Source: Russia Today Abstract: 9th grade students in Colorado, U.S. were asked to plot an act of terrorism in history class. Parents are outraged, with one calling the assignment ludicrous." More than 110 students in Pueblo Country High School received a project to in two minutes come up with a plot for a terrorist attack, reported TheDenverChannel.com. The class was supposed to teach the student about terrorism. The teacher explained that the project was to illustrate a terror attack plotted by a foreign government against the United States. Having learned about her daughter's school assignment, Gini Fischer was outraged: "To ask them to use their creative energies to come up with a plot for an act of terrorism is very ludicrous," Fischer was quoted. Students could have misinterpreted the assignment, said local educational authorities. Usually, if student illustrates a possible act of terrorism, they are expelled from the school. All the assignments have been collected from the students and destroyed (Russia Today, 2009).

Title: School Terror Threat Jihad Boom Postcards With Threatening Cartoon Sent To Nine Schools Date: Sepetember 17, 2009 Source: National Terror Alert (DHS) Abstract: Investigators in Marion County, Fla., are searching for the author of nine postcards sent to different schools on the same day, with the words Jihad-Boom and cartoons drawn by hand, of a building being blown up with people inside. Investigators released the postcards with the threatening drawings on them Monday in hopes of generating leads in the case. Officials said that the postcards are made up of various and traditional themes, and each one has a distinctive hand-drawn cartoon on it. Several of the threats arrived on postcards featuring Walt Disney World. Detectives said the threat-maker crossed his or her No. 7s and attached a suffix to the address. Six of the nine postcards spell the word Jihad correctly, while the others are incorrect. The U.S. Postal Service said that the postcards were all mailed to the schools from the Ocala-Gainesville mailing district before the sixth anniversary of the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks. A $10,000 reward has been issued to anyone who provides information which leads to the arrest and conviction of the person or persons responsible for using the postal service to mail the threatening postcards to schools (National Terror Alert (DHS), 2009).

Title: The Terrorist Threat To Our Schools Pt. 1 Date: September 17, 2009 Source: U.S. Department of Homeland Secrity Abstract: Some time after 9/11, several pieces of an elaborate puzzle came together for the first time and created a stunning picture of the complex planning that went into the attack on the World Trade Center and Pentagon. Unfortunately, those pieces came together much too late. Over the past couple of years, National Terror Alert has featured several seemingly unrelated news events and stories, all with a common thread A potential terrorist threat to our nations children and schools. With each news story it appears that the planning of a new attack, one with potentially horrific consequences, could be in the works. Well let you decide for yourself. Could all of these stories amount to nothing more than incredible coincidence? Certainly, but there are several elements of 9/11 that prior to the attack would have also been attributed to the same and we are all too familiar with the end result. Later this week we will feature a follow-up post that will show you what steps you can take to keep yourself, your family and your school safe.

519

One word of caution Dont allow yourself to dismiss certain stories because of their age (3-4 years). al Qaeda is known for having operational planning windows varying up to 5 or 6 years. They are patient and methodical in their planning. Several reports related to Beslan indicate that terrorists may have actually been involved in the construction of the school, years earlier. The Beslan Massacre On September 1, 2004, Beslans Secondary School Number One was taken over by Islamist Chechen terrorists. 1200 adults an d children were taken hostage on what was supposed to be an exciting first day of school. When the siege ended 3 days later, 344 were dead, including 186 children. Hundreds more were wounded. Think It Wont Happen Here We cannot and should not underestimate the threat, or worse yet, falsely believe the danger doesnt exist. In intelligence circles, many fear that the Beslan massacre may only have been a dress rehearsal for what al-Qaeda plans to do in America but on a much larger scale, launching multiple school attacks simultaneously across the country. Several of you have emailed to say that you dont believe terrorists would consider targeting our children and/or schools. Response: The facts simply dont support that position. Cleric Supports Taking Children Hostage In 2004, one extremist Islamic cleric based in Britain said that he would support hostage-taking at British schools if carried out by terrorists with a just cause. Omar Bakri Mohammed, the spiritual leader of the extremist sect al-Muhajiroun, said that holding women and children hostage would be a reasonable course of action for a Muslim who has suffered under British rule. Permission to Take The Lives of 2 Million American Children Al-Qaeda spokesman Suleiman Abu Gheith, originally from Kuwait, posted a three-part article titled In the Shadow of the Lances on the website of the Center for Islamic Research and Studies, in 2004. He said, We have not reached parity with them. We have the right to kill 4 million Americans 2 million of them children and to exile twice as many and wound and cripple hundreds of thousands. This story was covered in several newspapers across the country, including The Boston Globe. And Its More Than Just words. Al Qaeda Video Shows Mock Siege of An American School In 2001 videos were seized in Afghanistan, depicting a mock al-Qaeda siege of schools. The New York Post said at the time, that the al-Qaida tapes include the rehearsed shooting of schoolchildren and the taking of hostages. The location was an abandoned school in Mir Bach Kot, Afghanistan, north of Kabul, a hotbed of al-Qaeda activity before the U.S. and allied forces ousted the Taliban. This video clip was reportedly part of eight hours of footage obtained from a terrorist training camp in Afghanistan. The source that provided it to explained that it shows terrorists training for a school takeover operation. Iraqi Insurgent In Possession of Computer Disk With Detailed Information On The Emergency Plans For 6 U.S. Schools Jump ahead to October 2004. Schools in six states were notified that information had been uncovered by the U.S. military in Baghdad that a man described as an Iraqi insurgent involved in anti-coalition activities had been captured and was in possession of computer discs with downloaded school floor plans and safety and security information about elementary and high schools in the six states, according to officials. School officials in Fort Myers, Fla.; Salem, Ore.; Gray, Ga.; Birch Run, Mich.; two towns in New Jersey; and two towns in California have been told to increase security in light of the discovery. FBI Issues Warning To Schools The information found on the insurgent was considered serious enough for the FBI to issue this warning. The warning asked schools and administrators to be on the lookout for the following: 1. Interest in obtaining site plans for schools, bus routes and attendance lists.

520

2.

Prolonged static surveillance by people disguised as panhandlers, shoe shiners, newspaper or flower vendors or street sweep ers not previously seen in the area. Observations of security drills. People staring at or quickly looking away from employees or vehicles as they enter or leave parking areas. Foot surveillance of campuses involving individuals working together.

3. 4. 5.

School Bus Terrorism The threat to school buses however is not new, the first warning of a possible terror attack on a school bus came in October of 2004, shortly after the discovery of the discs in Iraq. We covered the story here: Terror alert issued to Arizona school bus drivers Department of Public Safety authorities have put school bus drivers from around the state on a heightened state of alert regarding the possibility of terrorist activity, including those in Payson, Pine and Tonto Basin. So how difficult would it be for a terrorist to get their hands on a school bus? We found this one for sale yesterday on a popular online auction site. Looking at the number of completed auctions, its fair ly easy to purchase one and theres a number of them available at any given time. Extremists Sign Up to Become School Bus Drivers Fast forward to March of this year and reports of extremists attempting obtain jobs as school bus drivers and to also purchase school buses. In a bulletin issued by the FBI and read to the Associated Press, the public was informed that members of extremist groups were signing up to become bus drivers. The bulletin, parts of which were read to The Associated Press, did not say how often foreign extremists have sought to acquire licenses to drive school buses, or where. It noted recent suspicious activity by foreigners who either drive school buses or are licensed to drive them, according to a counter -terror official. Foreigners under recent investigation include some with ties to extremist groups who have been able to purchase buses and acquire licenses, the bulletin says. Atlas Shrugs added more details to the story. There is a very important fact that is not getting the attention it needs in the Extremists Driving School Buses in the USA story, the general impression all the news commentators have is that the extremists are just getting school bus drivers licenses to work for a school, no they are buying th e school buses for as little as $1,205.00 see repo bus sales in the last 48 hours at the bottom of this report.! Read her article on Extremists Buying School Buses School Bus Terrorism Dry Run? In June of 2006, we caught our first glimpse of just how soft our public school buses are as targets. Two men from Saudi Arabia were arrested after they boarded a public school bus taking students to Wharton High School. Mana Saleh Almanajam, 23, and Shaker Mohsen Alsidran, 20, both of Tampa, were charged with trespassing on school grounds as unlawful riders on a school bus. Robert Spencer at Jihad Watch asked several important questions. I think its plausible that someone who doesnt know America very well might mistake a school bus for a public bus. But why was one of them wearing a trench coat, in May, in Tampa, Florida? Why did they keep changing their story about why they wanted to go to the school? And why did they originally say they were from Morocco instead of admitting they were Saudis? And why has their bail been revoked if this were just a case of boarding the wrong bus? Govt: Terrorists Could Target School Food

521

As if this werent enough, remember back in 2005 when the government warned tha t they were looking at the possibility of terrorists targeting food destined for school cafeterias. 2000 Missing School Bus Radios In a Superintendents Bulletin dated March 23, 2005, district superintendents were informed of a series of school bus two -way radio thefts that were currently being perpetrated throughout California. More than 2,000 school bus digital two-way radios have been stolen. and then there is this 17 School Buses Missing In Houston The Houston Police Departments Criminal Intelligence Division, the FBI and the Harris County Sheriffs Office are all concerned about a large number of school buses that have been stolen in the Houston area over the last several months. Seventeen large, yellow school buses were stolen recently from various charter schools, business schools and private bus companies. How It All Ties Together Last week Glenn Beck ran a series called The Perfect Day According to terrorists, The Perfect Day is the day that Americans are killed on an unprecedented scale. Its t he day that no one, not even our children sitting in their classrooms at school, are safe. Its the day that seemingly isolated incidents all converge into the greates t threat this country has ever experienced or imagined. Its the day that the Islamist jihad against the West begins in earnest. Its The Perfect Day but its only perfect if youre a terrorist. If you missed this series you can still see it online and its a must. Jihad Boom Postcards With Threatening Cartoon Sent To Nine Schools Investigators in Marion County, Fla., are searching for the author of nine postcards sent to different schools on the same day, wi th the words JihadBoom and cartoons drawn by hand, of a building being blown up with people inside.

4. THE SCHOOL BUS TERROR THREAT

OBAMACSI.COM: 17 school buses have allegedly gone missing in Houston, Texas, and may resurface in other locations around America with explosives already sewn into the underbelly of the buses. This exact terror scenario was used on July 7, 2005, when the London double-decker buses targeted in the 7/7 terror attacks clearly showed signs that the explosion came from underneath the floor of the bus rather than by a bomb carried onto the bus by a Muslim passenger. In Glenn Beck's "Perfect Day Scenario", Beck stated that the buses "could be filled with explosives". Title: Terror Alert Issued To Arizona School Bus Drivers Date: November 16, 2004 Source: National Terror Alert (DHS) Abstract: Department of Public Safety authorities have put school bus drivers from around the state on a heightened state of alert regarding the possibility of terrorist activity, including those in Payson, Pine and Tonto Basin (National Terror Alert (DHS), 2004).

Title: School Bus Radio Thefts Date: July 2005 Source: California Department of Education Abstract: In the State Superintendent of Public Instructions Bulletin dated March 23, 2005, district superintendents were informed of a series of school bus two-way radio thefts that were currently being perpetrated throughout California. As of July 20, these thefts continue to occur. Currently, more than 2,000 school bus digital two-way radios have been stolen. The California Department of Justice is about to begin a new phase in the investigation in an effort to apprehend the perpetrators of these thefts. In order to proceed, it is necessary for the justice department to compile a list of California school districts that use digital programmable two-way radios in their school buses. The California Department of Education is requesting district superintendents to have their school transportation staff contact the Office of School Transportation at 916-375-7100 and request a questionnaire on school bus radio use. Staff from the office will fax a simple one-page questionnaire to

522

the district transportation office and compile the responses. This information will then be forwarded to the Department of Justice in an effort to help bring an end to these ongoing thefts (California Department of Education, 2005).

Title: Two Saudi Men Board School Bus In Tampa, Are Arrested: A Case Of The Wrong Bus, Or Something More Serious? Date: May 21, 2006 Source: Jihad Watch Abstract: I think it's plausible that someone who doesn't know America very well might mistake a school bus for a public bus. But why was one of them wearing a trench coat, in May, in Tampa, Florida? Why did they keep changing their story about why they wanted to go to the school? And why did they originally say they were from Morocco instead of admitting they were Saudis? And why has their bail been revoked (which detail comes from the Rottweiler, not the Trib story) if this were just a case of boarding the wrong bus? "Saudi Men Who Rode School Bus Arrested," from the Tampa Tribune, with thanks to The Anti-Idiotarian Rottweiler, who suspects this was a test run for Beslan-in-America: TAMPA - Two Saudi men were arrested Friday after they boarded a school bus and rode to Wharton High School in New Tampa. Students on the bus became alarmed, as did the bus driver, who called ahead. Hillsborough County sheriff's deputies met the bus at the school and detained the men. No one was injured and nothing out of line occurred on the bus, deputies said. Mana Saleh Almanajam, 23, who lives in Apt. 302 in The Point apartments, and Shaker Mohsen Alsidran, 20 Monticello Gardens, Apt. 304-A, each were charged with trespassing on school property. Both remained in Orient Road Jail on Friday evening. Bail for each was set at $250. "Both defendants gave several versions of the reason they took a school bus to a high school," said Hillsborough County sheriff's spokesman J.D. Callaway. "They said they wanted to go to Wharton to look around, and then they said they wanted to go there to have some fun, and then they said they wanted to enroll in the English classes there," Callaway said. "We're not sure if this was a situation of them just being new to this country, or if they were confused or what it was," Callaway said. "We were unsure as to exactly what the final reason was, but it did cause great concern for the students on the bus and for us. One of the guys was wearing shorts with a black trench coat." While on the bus, the men laughed and spoke in Arabic, Callaway said. Ahmed Bedier, Tampa director of the Council on American-Islamic Relations said the men likely meant no harm and that because "they were from Saudi Arabia, that escalated the situation." He blamed the incident on cultural differences. "They didn't differentiate between a school bus and public transportation," he said. The bus picked up the students and the men at about 7 a.m. Friday at the corner of Fletcher Avenue and 42nd Street, deputies said. The bus driver, a substitute, reached her supervisors by telephone. They relayed the information to Wharton High resource Deputy Mike Eastman, who met the bus when it arrived at school at about 7:30 a.m., and detained the men. The sheriff's Homeland Security Division, the Florida Department of Law Enforcement's Regional Domestic Security Task Force, Immigration and Customs Enforcement and the FBI all were notified. Almanajam and Alsidran at first told deputies they were from Morocco, but later admitted being from Saudi Arabia, deputies said. They said they were enrolled at the English Language Institute at the University of South Florida. Both arrived in the United States about six months ago and have student visas that require them to be enrolled at the English Language Institute, Callaway said. Authorities searched the apartments of the two men and found nothing of concern, he said. Do they know what to look for? (Jihad Watch, 2006).

523

Title: FBI: Extremists Sign Up To Drive School Buses Date: March 16, 2007 Source: USA Today Abstract: Members of extremist groups have signed up as school bus drivers in the United States, counterterror officials said Friday, in a cautionary bulletin to police. An FBI spokesman said "parents and children have nothing to fear." Asked about the alert notice, the FBI's Rich Kolko said "there are no threats, no plots and no history leading us to believe there is any reason for concern," although law enforcement agencies around the country were asked to watch out for kids' safety. The bulletin, parts of which were read to The Associated Press, did not say how often foreign extremists have sought to acquire licenses to drive school buses, or where. It was sent Friday as part of what officials said was a routine FBI and Homeland Security Department advisory to local law enforcement. It noted "recent suspicious activity" by foreigners who either drive school buses or are licensed to drive them, according to a counterterror official who read parts of the document to The Associated Press. Foreigners under recent investigation include "some with ties to extremist groups" who have been able to "purchase buses and acquire licenses," the bulletin says. But Homeland Security and the FBI "have no information indicating these individuals are involved in a terrorist plot against the homeland," it says. The memo also notes: "Most attempts by foreign nationals in the United States to acquire school bus licenses to drive them are legitimate." Kolko said the bulletin was sent merely as an educational tool to help local police identify and respond to any suspicious activity. One counterterror official, who spoke on condition of anonymity because of the sensitivity of the issue, said it was likely that the foreigners investigated were merely employed as bus drivers, and did not intend to use them as part of any terror plot (USA Today, 2007).

Title: FBI:"Nothing to Fear of Terrorist School Bus Drivers" Date: March 16, 2007 Source: Atlas Shrugs Abstract: Members of extremist groups have signed up as school bus drivers in the United States, counterterror officials said Friday, in a cautionary bulletin to police. An FBI spokesman said "parents and children have nothing to fear." Asked about the alert notice, the FBI's Rich Kolko said "there are no threats, no plots and no history leading us to believe there is any reason for concern," although law enforcement agencies around the country were asked to watch out for kids' safety. The bulletin, parts of which were read to The Associated Press, did not say how often foreign extremists have sought to acquire licenses to drive school buses, or where. It was sent Friday as part of what officials said was a routine FBI and Homeland Security Department advisory to local law enforcement. It noted "recent suspicious activity" by foreigners who either drive school buses or are licensed to drive them, according to a counterterror official who read parts of the document to The Associated Press. Foreigners under recent investigation include "some with ties to extremist groups" who have been able to "purchase buses and acquire licenses," the bulletin says (Atlas Shrugs, 2007).

Title: Extremists Are Buying School Buses Date: March 20, 2007 Source: Atlas Shrugs Abstract: Remember the school bus story? FBI:"Nothing to Fear of Terrorist School Bus Drivers." The plot thickens .........apparently these extremists are buying school buses. Buying the buses. "FBI: Extremists seek school bus work and are BUYING BUSES!" Seattle.pi.news

524

"Foreigners under recent investigation include "some with ties to extremist groups" who have been able to "purchase buses and acquire licenses," the FBI bulletin says. There is a very important fact that is not getting the attention it needs in the Extremists Driving School Buses in the USA story, the general impression all the news commentators have is that the 'extremists" are just getting school bus drivers licenses to work for a school, no they are buying the school buses for as little as $1,205.00 see repo bus sales in the last 48 hours at the bottom of this report.! This fact leads me back to the Muslim used car/truck dealers involved in buying such vehicles at the auto auctions around the USA, you must have a vehicle dealer license to purchase such vehicles at auction and the auction is the main source for such sales. See Abdalla Deiab's story in the St. Pete Times Story below from 10/23/2004, this guy is still around and he appears to be in Fort Lauderdale now (Atlas Shrugs, 2007).

Title: School Bus Thefts Concern Houston Authorities Date: August 27, 2007 Source: National Terror Alert (DHS) Abstract: Houston Police Departments Criminal Intelligence Division, the FBI and the Harris County Sheriffs Office are all concerned about a large number of school buses that have been stolen in the Houston area over the last several months. An 11 News investigation uncovered that 17 large, yellow school buses were stolen recently from various charter schools, business schools and private bus companies. Not one has disappeared from HISD. Most, if not all, were taken from locations on Houstons north side. One off west Tidwell, another from the Lopez bus company off Melrose and Berry Street. Timothy Williams is the superintendent at the High School for Business. We were going to park them over there inside the gate. Until we could get a gate around the facility, but we really didnt think that was going to be a problem, said the charter schools superintendent. While it is important to point out that there is no known threat, HPDs Criminal Intelligence Division mentioned in a recent e-mail that these school bus thefts are a homeland security concern. One detective told 11 News a bus might have been stolen and taken across the border to Mexico. Nevertheless, since the Sept. 11 attacks the thought of terrorists targeting children has certainly been discussed by the Department of Homeland Security. And that is why finding out what happened to these buses is very important. Published reports in 2004 said that the U.S. Military found information in Iraq pertaining to U.S. schools. Reportedly, there have been hundreds of thefts of school bus radios in the United States. With all that being said, 11 News was reminded Monday by law enforcement officials that school buses remain one of the safest ways to get to and from school. In fact, nationwide, school buses transport nearly 24 million kids to school daily. And bus drivers all around the country are being trained regularly to look out for suspicious people and activities (National Terror Alert (DHS), 2007).

Title: School Bus Terrorism Threat Date: September 10, 2007 Source: National Terror Alert (DHS) Abstract: Would you recognize a new face sitting in the drivers seat of your childs school bus? Do you give any thought to the person who picks up your child and transports them to school and back home each day? If not, you might want to start. School Bus Terrorism A Practical Analysis

525

Chris Dorn has a complete analysis of the threat. In this paper I will discuss one specific aspect of terrorism: attacks including school buses as targets or weapons. I will assume a basic knowledge of terrorism and terrorist groups. Thus I will not discuss in detail the motivations or specific tactical movements of terrorists. I will be dealing in strategies and methods that apply to anti-terrorism in a particular area. School Bus Thefts Concern Houston Authorities 17 school buses have turned up missing over the past several months in Houston. Glenn Beck is talking about it and others should be. Houston Police Departments Criminal Intelligence Division, the FBI and the Harris County Sheriffs Office are all concerned about a large number of school buses that have been stolen in the Houston area over the last several months. An 11 News investigation uncovered that 17 large, yellow school buses were stolen recently from various charter schools, business schools and private bus companies. Not one has disappeared from HISD. Most, if not all, were taken from locations on Houstons north side. One off west Tidwell, another from the Lopez bus company off Melrose and Berry Street. Timothy Williams is the superintendent at the High School for Business. FBI: Extremists Sign Up To Drive School Buses Earlier this year the FBI warned that members of extremist groups were signing up to become school bus drivers Members of extremist groups have signed up as school bus drivers in the United States, counterterror officials said Friday, in a cautionary bulletin to police. An FBI spokesman said parents and children have nothing to fear. Asked about the alert notice, the FBIs Rich Kolko said there are no threats, no plots and no history leading us to believe there is any reason for concern, although law enforcement agencies around the country were asked to watch out for kids safety. The bulletin, parts of which were read to The Associated Press, did not say how often foreign extremists have sought to acquire licenses to drive school buses, or where. It was sent Friday as part of what officials said was a routine FBI and Homeland Security Department advisory to local law enforcement. It noted recent suspicious activity by foreigners who either drive school bus es or are licensed to drive them, according to a counterterror official who read parts of the document to The Associated Press. Foreigners under recent investigation include some with ties to extremist groups who have been able to purchase buses and acquire licenses, the bulletin says. May 2006 School Bus Ride Takes 2 To Jail Do you remember these two? Theres a good change that youve never even heard of them Two Saudi Arabian men climbed aboard a school bus Friday morning bound for Wharton High and landed in jail. Although the case caught the attention of state and federal authorities, officials suspect it might have been a case of cultural confusion. When Mana Saleh Almanajam, 23, and Shaker Mohnsen Alsidran, 20, caught the yellow bus at 7 a.m. at Fletcher Avenue and 42nd Street, students alerted their substitute bus driver. Driver Roberta McCray radioed the school district. By the time the bus arrived at campus at 7:30 a.m., a sheriffs deputy was on scene to charge the two with trespassing. Though their actions only resulted in misdemeanor charges, Almanajam and Alsidran were quickly under the microscope of the FBI, Florida Department of Law Enforcement Regional Domestic Security Task Force, the Sheriffs Homeland Security Division, and Immigration and Customs Enforcement. Sheriffs spokesman J.D. Callaway described the two as cagey and evasive as they answered questions. They said they were from Morocco, Callaway said, and then Saudi Arabia. The men told authorities they said they were from Morocco because they worried Americans fear Saudi Arabian men. School Bus Drivers Allowed To Work 90 Days Without Completed Background Check

526

And finally How comfortable are you with handing your child over to a complete stranger each dayOne that may not have co mpleted a background check? Summer vacation is over, and thousands of kids are packing their bookbags and getting back on school buses this week. And now State Comptroller Tom DiNapoli is looking to make their ride as safe as possible. DiNapoli is calling for faster criminal background checks of all school bus drivers in New York. State Comptroller Tom DiNapoli is calling for faster criminal background checks of school bus drivers. Under the DMVs current bus driver licensing program, new bus drivers can dr ive kids for up to 90 days while their backgrounds checks are taking place (National Terror Alert (DHS), 2004).

Title: School Bus Terrorism A Practical Analysis Date: September 10, 2007 Source: National Terror Alert (DHS) Abstract: In this paper I will discuss one specific aspect of terrorism: attacks including school buses as targets or weapons. I will assume a basic knowledge of terrorism and terrorist groups. Thus I will not discuss in detail the motivations or specific tactical movements of terrorists. I will be dealing in strategies and methods that apply to anti-terrorism in a particular area. The premise of this paper is the very real threat of another terrorist attack on American soil carried out by a foreign terrorist group (or one with foreign roots). This is not to deny or ignore the existence of domestic terrorist organizations or the horror of their actions this study will in fact have implications for their attacks as well. Not only are foreign Islamist terrorists groups our current main enemy, they have also shown tha t they know no boundaries in their attacks. In an Institute for Counter-Terrorism paper, Monty Sagi writes: The Beslan atrocity showed that there are no red lines for Islamic terror; it is limited only by what it is capable of acc omplishing, not by normal civilized constraints or human emotions. If the means are available, no magnitude of destruction and death is too much to joyfully carry out. And as Dr. Robert Friedmann, Director of the Georgia-Israel Law Enforcement Exchange program (GILEE) has stated, To terrorists, schools are a very attractive target. My decision to focus on school buses is for two reasons: transportation is a preferred target of terrorists worldwide, and an attack on a school-related target would strike into the heart of America with unprecedented force. Recent congressional testimony has stated that 42% of international terrorist incidents have focused on transportation systems as targets, and the FBI has stated that 40% of international mass transit attacks from 1920 to 2000 used buses as targets. More specifically, a compilation of terrorist incidents with schools as targets shows that about 37% of school terrorist attacks have focused on buses as targets. While neither of these numbers makes up a solid majority of incidents, this is a large enough percentage for a single type of target to warrant serious concern. Buses are preferred targets for a few reasons. There is a high concentration of people in a small place, and high numbers of pedestrians or people on nearby buses may also be caught in the blast (as seen in the 7/7 bombings in London, where one device was set off as two trains passed each other). In addition, during the summer and winter windows are kept closed on buses to maximize air conditioning or heat, and this also maximizes the blast effect. [5] <! [endif]> An article from the RAND Corporation graphically describes the effect: As a hail of shrapnel pierces flesh and breaks bones, the shock wave tears lungs and crushes other internal organs. When the buss fuel tank explodes, a fireball causes burns, and smoke inhalation causes respiratory damage. All this is a significant return on a relatively modest investment. Two or three kilograms of explosive on a bus can kill as many people as twenty to thirty kilograms left on a street or in a mall or a restaurant. Lastly, it is very difficult, because of practicality and cost, to screen all passengers, as compared to screening visitors to a building or event. Buses are far less secure because of their mobility and predictability not only are buses exposed along miles and miles of routes with very little possibility of complete security, but it is also possible for terrorists to know their route in detail, since bus drivers are prided in consistency. In Israel the alertness of the public and improved screening techniques have led to a shift in tactics, but America is still on her learning curve and has yet to adopt the same level of preparedness for any type of terrorism as Israel. In addition, it is important to remember that many tactics that are used successfully in Israel may be considered too extreme for use on American soil (unless we begin to have large numbers of terrorist attacks). While the tactical reasons for bus attacks are strong, the strategic rewards are possibly even stronger. Similar to the image of the two towers of the World Trade Center, a school bus would represent an unforgettable target to the parents of the 24 million school children who ride to school each day. Just like the image of the two towers brings back the memory of 9/11, after a school bus attack every big yellow bus in America would remind us of the horror of the incident. America is perhaps more vulnerable to this not only because of our it cant happen here attitude, b ut because of the use of standard yellow school bus designs across the country, which would lend even more to the power of imagery. Outlining the Paradigm Shift

527

For America, 9/11 signaled a shift to what is often referred to as the new terrorism something that had long occurred in other parts of the world but had not yet been driven home in America. The hijackings that had previously been characterized by negotiations and tactical endings have been seemingly replaced by a combination of hostage taking and suicide bombing. Examples can be seen in the flights taken hostage and used as huge suicide bombs on September 11th, 2001, as well as in the Beslan school hostage crisis of September 1 -3, 2005. Likewise, the Chechen terrorists in Beslan, Russia in September 2004 were not willing to negotiate. While their true intentions can never be known, it seems that they only spoke with authorities outside the school for the purpose of prolonging the incident as long as possible and to make the Russian government look as helpless and menacing as possible. After the first day of the crisis, for example, a videocassette was tossed out of a window to the assembled military perimeter. The footage showed the elaborate network of bombs connected to foot pedal detonators that would set off explosions if the terrorist controlling it moved his foot a tactical nightmare for any team planning on storming the school. At no point during the crisis were serious demands given, other than a desire to speak with President Putin. The other demands were too extreme to be serious for example demanding for a full Russian retreat from Chechnya. While there is certainly a real desire for this on the part of the Chechens, this served more as a stump speech than a demand likely to be met. While the terrorists further confused matters by wearing mask s a sign of even the slightest chance of survival or escape they stated repeatedly to the hostages that they came to the school planning to die. <! [endif]> Implications for America John Giduck, who chronicled his visit to the scene of the attack in Terror at Beslan, has stated that America needs to understand that in this type of attack, people will die, and there will be no happy ending. In a nation where we are relatively new to terrorism and accustom ed to happy endings, such an attack would strike a heavy blow to America. While the Russian government can stonewall independent inquiries and shift attention elsewhere, the anguish and frustration of a no-win hostage situation with no feasible demands would bring America to its knees. The effect would be even more intense than 9/11, because of the presumed safety & innocence of our children combined with the high level of safety that we are accustomed to in the school transportation industry. Out of the approximately 800 children killed in motor vehicles during school travel hours, only five of those are killed while a passenger on a school bus. School buses represent 25% of miles traveled by students, but less than 2% of the fatalities. [7] <! [endif]> With such a high success rate, anything but perfection is not accepted by the parents of Americas school bus riders, and a brutal terrorist attack as we have seen in other countries would have a huge effect. Examining the Threat It is clear that schools are a possible target for terrorists. Aside from Beslan and the dozens of other school attacks over the past 37 years, it has been reported that the U.S. military has found information in Iraq pertaining to U.S. schools, and in September 2004 the FBI notified school districts in six states that photographs, diagrams, and emergency plans had been found in the possession of unidentified individuals. With institutions as large and prepared as the Georgia Institute of Technology posting their entire emergency plans on the internet, this is not surprising. In addition, there have been hundreds of thefts of school bus radios in two states, along with an increase in thefts and vandalism of school buses and equipment across the U.S. This has obvious implications, including but not limited to the possibility that unknown individuals may be able to monitor or interfere with school bus communications, and even feed them false and dangerous instructions during or before an attack. At the very least, this would allow terrorists to better understand and plan around the communications equipment of an intended target. It is also clear that our school transportation systems are vulnerable to attack because of outdated equipment and lack of training. There have been countless incidents of violence and hostage taking on school buses across the country, including one where a student used a sword to hijack a bus and take it across state lines before he was stopped. In another well-publicized incident, a Miami Special Needs bus driver was fooled into taking her bus and students on a 75-minute ride by a hostage-taker who forced his way on the bus but did not actually have a weapon. While she was praised in the media and by the school bus industry for handling the incident incredibly well, she apparently argued with and disobeyed the hostage-taker repeatedly, and if there was an actual weapon involved students may have been injured. [10] <! [endif]> While we cannot judge her actions without knowing all details of the situation, this type of approach would clearly result in disaster if the attacker was an Islamist terrorist either sent or influenced by a group such as Al Qaeda. Mohamad El Zahabhi The clearest direct threat to the nations school transportation system is the case of Mohamad Kamal El Zahabhi, a Lebanese n ational who has worked at various times as a Boston cab driver, a New York City auto mechanic, and a Minnesota school bus driver for First Student, a private contracting firm that provides bus service to schools across the country. While it is not clear whether his service as a bus driver was just one of many jobs that he held while in the U.S. or if it was part of an attempt to gain access to a school bus, his history gives us concern. He first came to the U.S. in 1984, and paid a Texas woman to marry him so he could obtain his green card. After divorcing and admitting to fraud in 1988, he traveled to Afghanistan where he attended a terrorist training camp and later served as a sniper in combat in Afghanistan and Chechnya. He also told FBI agents that he had served as an instructor at a jihadist school. During this time he allegedly met with a few notable individuals, including Khalid Sheikh Muhammed, one of the originators of the 9/11 plot, and Abu Musab al Zarqawi. After being injured in combat, el Zahabhi returned to New York City, where he worked with a relative at Drive Axle Rebuilders, a business that he used to order and ship to Afghanistan large quantities of heavy-duty field radios. While radios of the same type have been found by U.S. troops in Afghanistan, he denies knowledge of the shipments, saying that he never opened the packages that he was transferring. After serving as a cab driver in Boston from 1997 to 1998, he traveled again to Chechnya to serve in combat.

528

Returning to the U.S. in 2000, he moved to Minneapolis and on September 11, 2001 applied for a job as a bus driver with First Student. He had previously obtained his CDL and a HazMat certification under his Massachusetts drivers license, and passed an FBI background check. The FBI declines to comment as to why he was cleared, since the case is under investigation. After starting as a driver in late 2001, el Zahabhi failed to report to work after the winter break and was fired in January 2002. He returned in February 2002 and asked for his job back, but was denied. While his intentions are not clear, his ties to al Qaeda members and activities gives rise to concern for example the assistance he gave to Raed Hijazi, the man convicted of the failed millennium bombing plot in Jordan, when he allowed Hijazi to use his address in Massachusetts to receive mail and obtain a drivers license. He is currently being charged with lying to the FBI about this incident, along with other details. Even if el Zahabhi did not intend to assist with or carry out a school attack, the fact that a jihadist combat veteran was able to become a bus driver in the U.S. is a sign of severe security gaps. Summary of the National Response to the Threat Federal Level The federal government has responded to the threat of terrorism with policy and publications intended for bus drivers. The first move was to designate school buses as mass transportation systems as part of H.R. 3162, the USA PATRIOT ACT. This extends federal jurisdiction an d penalties to anyone who wrecks, attacks, uses as a weapon, or otherwise endangers bus employees or passengers. [11] <![endif]> They have also produced, through the Transportation Security Administration, the Employee Guide to School Bus Security: Identifying Security Threats along with a quick reference card detailing awareness, identification of suspicious behaviors or packages, and brief tips on how to respond to various situations. In addition, the Department of Homeland Security has released three alerts notifying school buses of heightened states of danger, and the United States Department of Education released a letter to U.S. schools & buses after the attack at Beslan, suggesting that employees look out for suspicious behavior, and the letter outlines various methods of surveillance and planning that might be observable to school staff or drivers. State Level There has been a larger effort on the part of several states, but these actions are usually disjointed and restricted to the state in which they are implemented. New Mexico, Minnesota, California, New York and Iowa have all either released a training video or implemented a training program for bus drivers on preventing and responding to terrorism. Georgia, the state with the largest state school safety center and the most comprehensive school bus security training program, has conducted numerous training conferences for drivers since the year 2000. [13] <! [endif]> Industry It seems that the largest and most concerted efforts have been on the part of the school bus industry. The three largest trade associations (the National Association for Pupil Transportation (NAPT), the National Association of State Directors of Pupil Transportation (NASDPT) and the National School Transportation Association (NSTA)) have partnered with the Department of Homeland Securit ys Highway Watch program to extend coverage into a program called School Bus Watch. Under the program, training is provided for drivers, who receive an identification card an d number that they can use to report suspicious behavior to a national hotline, where information is passed on to local law enforcement. The NASDPT has released two position papers indicating a heightened awareness of the threat and the need for a response, recognizing that school bus drivers are the first line of defense against a school transportation attack. The National Conference on School Transportation has also discussed creating a school bus equipment guide for first responders, detailing the different types and designs of school buses and giving responding personnel a way to know how to deal with, enter, immobilize and operate a bus if necessary. Proposals While much progress has been made since 9/11, it is clear that efforts are currently too thin and disjointed across the country. While some states have prepared their drivers substantially, the federal efforts have been too weak to have much effect. In addition, while industry efforts have been more widespread and in depth, they lack the mandate that a state or federal law might have. This leaves preparation up to the individual states, districts, and even schools themselves. As the Transportation Research Board noted: Supervisors must set the example for compliance with the policies and procedures and must make sure that employees follow su it. Supervisors must foster an environment that promotes awareness, preparedness, and due diligence by adhering to security policies and procedures daily. [14] <![endif]> In addition to this lack of coverage and mandate, there has been a lot of focus on monitoring for unauthorized surveillance or suspicious activity. While this is obviously a very important step to take, schools may be too focused on this aspect, leading to a false sense of security since schools are doing so much, they may feel that they are doing enough. There is also a lack of effective education for the general public. As Beslan has shown us, the lack of a secure perimeter around an incident can hamper effective law enforcement response, and we have even seen incidents in the U.S. where medical personnel have been forced to park their ambulances

529

miles from an incident because of the rush of parents and well-wishers to the scene. Education on procedures such as family reunification protocols needs to be disseminated to the public more thoroughly. While there is a clear threat to American schools of terrorism, it is important to remember that statistically the likelihood of an attack on a particular school is very low, especially when compared to the very real occurrences of death and injury that we know will occur every year in our schools. Schools should of course prepare for terrorism, but with a balanced approach, using the federally endorsed All Hazards approach, wh ich breaks planning down into four phases: Mitigation, Prevention, Response and Recovery.This type of approach deals with terrorism like any other incident not minimizing its importance but placing it within the framework of current emergency response capabilities. This prevents the fragmentation of planning and response and the frivolous waste of funds that we have often seen in response to current events and threats that are on the forefront in the mind of the public (National Terror Alert (DHS), 2007). OBAMACSI.COM: School Bus Terror Drills Date: June 9, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: Tyler Fire Department School: School Bus Location: Lindale, Texas Notes: Drill simulated a half-full school bus, a car and an 18-wheeler carrying radioactive material. Title: Half-Full School Bus, Car, And 18-Wheeler With 'Radioactive Material' Date: June 10, 2010 Source: KLTV News Abstract: Smith County emergency management geared up for a full-scale disaster Wednesday in Lindale. The emergency drill involved a half-full school bus, a car and an 18-wheeler carrying radioactive material. A total of 25 emergency response entities were present for the mock accident and although it rained heavily as soon as the drill started, everyone worked together efficiently. "We set up a unified command," said Tyler Fire Department Captain Jeff Aiken. "We worked together on this drill...we've taken care of the problems as a collective team and that's what it's all about." To give an idea of the importance of a radioactive waste drill, officials say more than 1,100 shipments of radioactive waste have been shipped through East Texas since 1999 on their way to disposal (KLTV News, 2010).

5. SCHOOL TERROR DRILLS

OBAMACSI.COM: Starting shortly after the Columbine terror attacks, terror drills have become a regularity in schools throughout America. These drills serve two purposes: Terrorize American children and provide cover for future false-flag terror attacks. The truth about governmental drills is they are rarely done on locations that are not a future "target", and you never know when the terror drills will go live. OBAMACSI.COM: School Terror Drills Date: November 1, 2006 Name: Unknown Agencies: DHS, Albany Police School(s): Godfrey-Lee Schools Location: Muskegon, Michigan Notes: Armed riot police raided a Michigan junior and high school as part of a drill that the children were not aware of.

Title: Armed Men Terrorize School Date: November 1, 2006 Source: Infowars Abstract: A recent incident in which armed riot police raided a Michigan junior and high school as part of a drill that the children were not aware was about to take place raises the bar in the pursuit of an agenda to fully transform public schools into prison training camps set up to breed continuous generations of obedient slaves. The Associated Press reports, "A school safety drill that included police officers in riot gear with weapons has caused concern among some parents who say it was too realistic and frightened some students." "Students, who were unaware police were conducting a drill, were taken from the classroom into the halls, patted down by officers and asked what they had in their pockets, the newspaper said."

530

"Some of these kids were so scared, they just about wet their pants," said Marge Bradshaw, a parent with four children in Godfrey-Lee Schools. "I think it's pure wrong that the students and parents were not informed of this." The students were not told that the drill was about to take place and the teachers were given just a moments notice. The mock attack was funded by a Homeland Security grant and required the participation of students to act bloody and injured, also involving hospitals, morgues and mannequins painted up to look like dead children, as parents were ordered to dash to emergency rooms frantic in the belief that their child had perished. The Muskegon Area Intermediate School District later had to apologize for characterizing homeschoolers as terrorists after hundreds of complaints poured in (Infowars, 2006).

OBAMACSI.COM: School Terror Drills Date: July 25, 2007 Name: Unknown Agencies: Albany Police School: West Albany High Location: Albany, New York Notes: Drill simulated an active shooter on school grounds.

Title: School Shooting Drill Gets Cops, Kids On Same Page Date: July 25, 2007 Source: KVAL News Abstract: For students, fire drills and earthquake drills are simply the norm, but on Wednesday, in a sign of the times, students in Albany took part in a school shooting drill that was very intense. This may have been only a drill, but it's just about as real as it gets. YouTube-Video "Basically, the weaponry is the same weapon we carry on duty," said Albany Police Sgt. Travis Giboney. "However, they use a marking cartridge: kind of like a paintball, except it's a gas-driven paint pellet." Two counties' worth of law enforcement, and a couple of dozen student volunteers, took part in this active shooter drill at West Albany High on Wednesday. "It's kind of scary at first," says sophomore Matt Groshong. "You can even feel the gun when it goes off, and when it hits, when the bullets hit, it's all so realistic, it's just weird." There are many unknowns, but one thing's for certain -- there's at least one shooter on a rampage. As law enforcement heads into a situation, the kids who are playing the roles know what they're doing, and the bad guys also know what's going on. But these guys don't know what to expect. In that sense, it's the same feeling they'd have if they walked into an active shooter situation. The bullets are replaced with paint, and the good guys always win, but the cops and the kids say they're better prepared for the worst. "I don't think people think about it happening at their school, because they're like, oh, that doesn't happen here," said sophomore Jake Blecker. "But I mean, potentially it could happen anywhere, and so it kind of gives you an experience of what it would be like and how scary it would actually be." There are about 100 law enforcement officials from Linn and Benton Counties taking part in the training, which continues through Thursday. Officials debrief each group after their simulations to talk about what they've learned, and how to improve (KVAL News, 2007).

OBAMACSI.COM: School Terror Drills Date: July, 2007 Name: Unknown Agencies: Burlington Police School: Burlington Township High Scool Location: Burlington, New Jersey Notes: Drill simulated two mock gunmen from a fake right-wing fundamentalist group called the "New Crusaders" a group that does not believe in the separation of church and state stormed the school. The idea was that they were angry that one of their daughters was expelled for praying before class. Title: New Jersey School Criticized For 'Christian' Terror Drill Date: August 5, 2007 Source: Fox News

531

Abstract: The Burlington Township High Scool in New Jersey along with the local police and fire departments are taking heat for a fake hostage drill conducted on the school grounds last month. The drill, aimed at testing the reactions of faculty and first responders during a simulated attack, included an imaginary scenario that has some Christians up in arms. During the simulation, two mock gunmen from a fake right-wing fundamentalist group called the "New Crusaders" a group that does not believe in the separation of church and state stormed the school. The idea was that they were angry that one of their daughters was expelled for praying before class. Nobody from the school, including from the superintendent's office or the police department, was willing to talk about the drill on camera, but the township issued a statement saying the chosen scenario was never intended to offend any group and was meant to be generic in nature. "The term 'Christian' was not included in the scenario. It was believed that all groups pray and prayer in school is a universal issue," reads the statement from the school. "Similarly it is further believed that all groups experience right-wing fundamentalists in their organizations. The bottom line was the protection of human life should a significant event unfold. The spokeswoman for the school told FOX News that any "perceived insensitivities" to any religious community are "definitely regrettable." "It was certainly not the intent to portray any group in a negative manner," said Liz Scott. "The district cherishes and we respect and celebrate the diversity of culture and the faith that exists within our community. Our schools have respected and supported staff members and our students' right to pray." But critics say even though the word "Christian" wasn't stated explicitly in the scenario, which was created by the Burlington Police and the township public safety director, it is offensive and clearly implied the fake gunmen were Christians. Pawson also said the scenario was not realistic. "Those kinds of buzzwords, 'crusader' that's Christian only 'right-wing fundamentalists,' 'separation of church and state,' 'praying' all those phrases together, buzzwords equal 'Christian,'" said Bob Pawson, the national coordinator of the Scriptures in School Project. "This is an unreal scenario, like I said. No child can be expelled for praying in a school since it's legal; therefore, the parents wouldn't have gotten mad, they wouldn't have used guns. If a school district had expelled a girl for praying in class, the parents would have shown up with attorneys, not with pistols." The school says critics are blowing things out of proportion and that only about a half-dozen students participated in the drill. But the other side says it's religious ignorance and there's no excuse for it (Fox News, 2007).

OBAMACSI.COM: School Terror Drills Date: March 18, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: Santa Rosa Police SWAT Team, Santa Rosa Fire Department School: Santa Rosa Junior College Location: Santa Rosa, California Notes: Drill simulate an emergency response to a shooter on campus and a hostage situation.

Title: Police Swarm SRJC For Drill Date: March 18, 2010 Source: Press Democrat Abstract: When Chase Covington emerged from Baker Hall on the Santa Rosa Junior College campus Thursday morning, his arms were riddled with bloody bullet wounds. Covington was a role player an elaborate drill staged by the college police force, Santa Rosa Police, Petaluma Police and Santa Rosa Fire Department to simulate emergency response to a shooter on campus and a hostage situation. The scenes played out were created by members of the Santa Rosa Police SWAT team, said Sgt. Mike Tosti. Th ey come up with the scenarios based on situations that have occurred, he said. Everything that we come up with is designed to mimic real life. Even a bit of pain.

532

Covington, who will enter the police academy next month, played a member of an extreme environmental activist group that took over a classroom of students played by other role players. He was hit multiple times by the practice bullets that were bullet -shaped vessels loaded with colored detergent. I suppose it feels like a bee sting, maybe a little more painful than a bee sting, he said, looking at the bloody welts a little larger than a pencil -top eraser that marked both arms. About 60 people participated in Thursdays multi-agency drill, but only a select few had access to the opening script that had shooters attempting to take over a classroom just after 10 a.m. The rest of the four-hour drill on the otherwise quiet campus that is closed for spring break this week unfolded according to how police and role-playing bad guys responded. We cant wait until we have all the information, it takes too long, said Mike Azzouni, team leader for hostage negotiators. In the end, one cell phone died, forcing police to deploy a throw phone to speak with those barricaded inside. Later, a kid napper tried to walk out with the students, and was caught. Suspects also left booby traps in the classrooms bombs that could have gone off in real life but which were detected and disarmed by police, Azzouni said. Those killed included a person playing the role of a student and two playing suspects, Azzouni said. A number of suspects were injured, he said. Throwing different agencies into an unknown situation and demanding the players work it out on the fly is crucial, Azzouni said. This training is invaluable, he said. Its as realistic as we could get. Right down to the frantically beating heart of those playing the bad guys, Covington said. You definitely start hearing your heart go really fast, he said of hearing the officers closing in on him as he hid in a classroom. Its just scary. They are scary. I could only imagine if its a real life situation, you would be terrified. Neighbors and members of the campus community were alerted to the drill prior to Thursday morning. Police tape stretched around the northwest corner of the campus from Armory Drive to Elliott Avenue to Scholars Drive (Press Democrat, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: School Terror Drills Date: May 8, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: Firefighting agencies in Stanislaus County School: Uknown Location: Stanislaus County, California Notes: Drill simulated a WMD and hazardous materials incident.

Title: California County WMD Training Set For Saturday Date: May 6, 2010 Source: Infowars Abstract: Firefighting agencies in Stanislaus County will be conducting an exercise Saturday, simulating a weapon of mass destruction incident to better prepare themselves. About 150 firefighting personnel will be participating in several undisclosed locations throughout the county, including a school, a warehouse and a wildland environment. The exercise will include a search and rescue, a WMD and hazardous materials incident, a building fire and a wildfire. The exercise also will cover required annual training for firefighters to maintain certification to respond to statewide emergencies (Infowars, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: School Terror Drills Date: May 18, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: ECU and Greenville police, the Pitt County Sheriffs Department, the N.C. Highway Patrol, Greenville Fire and Rescue, Pitt County Emergency Services, and Pitt Emergency Management School: East Carolina University

533

Location: Greenville, North Carolina Notes: Drill simulated a full-scale emergency planning drill at a residence hallon campus.

Title: ECU To Conduct Emergency Drill May 18 Date: May 10, 2010 Source: ECU News Abstract: East Carolina University officials are scheduled to conduct a full-scale emergency planning drill May 18 at a residence hall on the west end of main campus. Students, faculty, staff and visitors are advised to avoid the following areas between 7:30 a.m. and 2:30 p.m.: Green, White, Clement, Fletcher and Garrett residence halls, as well as Bloxton House and West End Dining. Because of their proximity to the drill site, Mendenhall Student Center and the Student Recreation Center will be closed to the public until 1 p.m. University employees are asked to report to work as usual. Some streets and parking areas on campus may be blocked, including Trustees Way at Fifth Street and in front of Jenkins Fine Arts Center; Faculty Way behind Jenkins and Bloxton House; a parking lot north of the Student Recreation Center; and Reade Street from Reade Circle to Fifth Street. B1 parking lots off Reade Street between 5th and 3rd streets will be unavailable. The drill, a normal part of ECU emergency planning, is designed to prepare staff and law enforcement to respond to an active shooter on campus. People should be aware that the exercise may involve actors, emergency outdoor speakers and simulated use of weapons, said Tom Pohlman, environmental manager with ECU Environmental Health and Safety. The drill is scheduled to involve many agencies including ECU and Greenville police, the Pitt County Sheriffs Department, th e N.C. Highway Patrol, Greenville Fire and Rescue, Pitt County Emergency Services, and Pitt Emergency Management (ECU News, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: NCAA Terror Drills Date: May 19, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: Watauga Emergency Medical Services and Boone Fire Department School: Appalachian State University Location: Boone, North Carolina Notes: Drill simulated full-scale emergency exercise with explosions.

Title: Appalachian To Conduct Emergency Exercise May 19 Date: May 10, 2010 Source: ASU News Abstract: A full-scale emergency exercise will be conducted May 19 at Appalachian State University. The exercise will run from approximately 7:30 a.m. until 2 p.m. on the west side of campus in and around the stadium parking lot. One or more buildings on the main campus also might be included in the exercise. Traffic along Stadium Drive may be limited at times during the exercise. More than 100 participants, including local and state law enforcement personnel from six agencies, will participate. Other participants will include Watauga Emergency Medical Services and Boone Fire Department. The universitys emergency Web site (www.emergency.appstate.edu) will include information about the exercise and a link to a mock up of the site that will include information from the exercise to aid in future training scenarios. The drill is designed to test emergency response and communication capabilities during an emergency. Officials with EnviroSafe are directing the drill in consultation with officials from Appalachian and the University of North Carolina General Administration. Area residents and motorists should not be alarmed by increased traffic from law enforcement and emergency response vehicles along Rivers Street and Stadium Drive during the day of the drill. Law enforcement officers participating in the drill will not carry armed weapons. Participants and observers will be identified by specially colored vests and identification badges. Simulated explosions might be heard during the exercise. This is the second full-scale emergency exercise conducted at Appalachian. The first, in 2009, simulated an active shooter/hostage situation. The May 19 drill follows a directive from UNC system President Erskine Bowles that all UNC institutions conduct an emergency exercise this school year (ASU News, 2010).

534

OBAMACSI.COM: SchoolTerror Drills Date: May 19, 2010 Name: "Golden Guardian" Agencies: California Emergency Management Agency School: California State University San Marcos Location: California Notes: A dirty bomb and shooters rocked the campus of California State University San Marcos.

Title: Terror In Redwood City: Emergency Drill Prepares For Terrorist attack Date: May 19, 2010 Source: Daily Journal Abstract: The explosion that broke yesterday mornings quiet at the Port of Redwood City was little more than a quick bright flash a nd billowing plume of black smoke rising up beyond a row of trees. What did not dissipate quickly, though, was the unexplained blow-ups fallout first responders staging areas to assess the injured, hundreds of military and public safety members trying to contain a fire and chemical release and bloodied and battered people strewn in the mud around the Cemex facility. Those on the ground didnt know yet what had happened the 10 a.m. explosion was actually the second terrorist attack which, coupled together, blew up a ship and collapsed a building but they knew they needed help. The governors absence was barely noticeable in the sea of roughly 400 participants, including members of the national guard, Air Force, CalEMA and public safety organizations throughout the Peninsula. Camouflage-clad soldiers and military vehicles rumbled down Seaport Boulevard just outside the Pacific Shores Center. Elsewhere in the state, a terrorist attack on a container ship at the Port of Oakland caused a hazardous plus that resulted in an evacuation. At Pier 48 in San Francisco, divers used the Navy Marine Mammal Program which uses dolphins to recover an explosive device. A dirty bomb and shooters rocked the campus of California State University San Marcos and hostages were taken after a terrorist group took over a Catalina Express ferry boat moored at Long Beach Ferry Terminal. Back in Redwood City, though, some of the affected had concerns other than their immediate safety primping. As orange-vested organizers placed actors and explained nuances of their individual symptoms lethargic means tired, one explained to a woman who wasnt quite sure how to act bandages were adjusted and bruises touched up. A smiling woman with blood stains running down her sweatshirt applied blood to the back of another while one nearby man looked less successful in surviving the collapse. He had an angry looking gash across his throat and ghostly white face (Daily Journal, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: School Terror Drills Date: May 18, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: Wood County Local Emergency Planning Commission School: Ohio Valley University Location: Vienna, West Virginia Notes: Drill simulated a response to a digruntled student who might set off a chemical leak, a fire, explosion, bomb or or take a hostage. Title: Emergency Drill At OVU Tests Local Agencies Response Date: May 19, 2010 Source: News & Sentinel Abstract: Emergency crews from Wood County gathered Tuesday at Ohio Valley University to participate in a full-scale emergency exercise designed to critique and improve how agencies respond to emergencies. Sponsored by the Wood County Local Emergency Planning Commission, the exercise involved agencies using normal radio channels to communicate and react to emergency scenarios acted out by volunteers at OVU's main campus. Police and fire crews gathered at the south campus, which was designated as the staging area, until they were dispatched to the scene. "We have volunteers who will be role-playing, and our agencies will respond to these emergency calls with real equipment," said Doug Hess, chairman of the emergency planning commission. "A lot of the agencies do their own kind of training, but this is an opportunity for all the agencies to work together in very realistic scenarios." An outside consulting firm was hired by the planning commission with state grant funds to organize and evaluate the exercise. Jeff Harvey, with JH Consulting in Buckhannon, said his company specializes in emergency preparedness training.

535

"The backstory in this whole exercise is centered around a disgruntled student who will spur a variety of emergency situations," said Harvey. "We have people designated as actors, observers and evaluators. The evaluators are experienced professionals who will be judging the preparedness of the emergency crews." Crews will be evaluated on communications, sheltering, security, tactile and hazardous material response, said Harvey. "This is an exciting undertaking," Hess said. "Tonight, our law enforcement and fire agencies will handle a variety of situations. There might be a chemical leak, a fire or an explosion. They could be dealing with a hostage situation or a bomb. For the most part, what happens tonight will be somewhat of a surprise to emergency crews," he said. During the first emergency drill involving a possible explosive, an actor made an emergency call to the 911 center, prefacing the call with the phrase, "This is a drill," to inform dispatchers that there was not an actual emergency. Agencies experienced glitches in communications, resulting in delays. Real emergency situations resulting from heavy rains in Wood County resulted in many of the ambulances participating in the drill to be dispatched to other areas. "It's an interesting scenario," said Hess. "All of these agencies should react as if this was a real-life emergency." The American Red Cross, hospitals, the Mid-Ohio Valley Health Department, The ARC, Volunteer Action Center and Wood County Schools participated in the drill and provided volunteers. The SWAT team, sheriff's office, police and volunteer fire departments participated in the training exercise. A second emergency exercise will take place from 5-9 p.m. Thursday at Vienna Elementary School (News & Sentinel, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: School Terror Drills Date: March 26, 2011 Name: "Operation Badger One" Agencies: UW Madison Police Department Emergency Management Unit School: UW Madison Location: Madison, Wisconsin Notes: Drill simulated a man with bombs and a gun and actors who posed as hostages and victims who were injured or killed.

Title: UW Madison, Several Agencies Hold Emergency Response Drill Date: May 26, 2010 Source: NBC News Abstract: UW Madison, along with several law enforcement, medical and other area agencies held a full scale emergency drill today. The exercise, named "Operation Badger One", simulated an incident on campus that required a response from several emergency agencies. The scenario involved a man with bombs and a gun. It included actors who posed as hostages and victims who were injured or killed. The exercise was designed to improve the University's response to real emergency situations. UW officials say one of the goals was to test procedures that are in place and to do so in a realistic environment. "I think just for any agency its good practice. The more you do things the better you get at it and you can find where there's deficiencies and make improvement in those things so not only for the university, but for any agency to do those type of things," says Sergeant Kerri Miller with UW Police. The victims were transported to local hospitals, which also participated in the exercise. Organizers say the exercise was designed to test preparedness, teamwork and communication between the agencies. The exercise was a year in the making--with the UW Madison Police Department Emergency Management Unit heading up the planning (NBC News, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: School Terror Drills Date: June 2, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: Special Enforcement Team, California Highway Patrol, Montecito Fire District, Carpinteria-Summerland Fire District School: Westmont College Location: Santa Barbara, Califonia Notes: Drill simulated violent incidents on campus.

Title: Westmont To Host Emergency Drill

536

Date: June 1, 2010 Source: Santa Barbara Independent Abstract: On Wednesday, June 2, Sheriffs deputies and members of the Special Enforcement Team will conduct an emergency response drill with Westmont College staff. The deputies will practice their rapid response skills for violent incidents and familiarize themselves with the campus. Westmont, as stated in a press release, welcomes the opportunity to serve the community and to practice setting up for an emergency with its Situation Readiness and Response Team. The Montecito Covenant Church will stage the area for the drill; California Highway Patrol, along with the Montecito Fire District and Carpinteria-Summerland Fire District, will also participate. Temporary signs along Cold Spring Road will alert motorists of the training exercise and nearby neighbors may hear simulated gun fire (Santa Barbara Independen, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: School Terror Drills Date: March 26, 2011 Name: Unknown Agencies: DHS, Springfield Greene County Office of Emergency Management School: Missouri State University Location: Springfield, Missouri Notes: Drill simulated guys with guns and Haz-Mat gear on the campus.

Title: MSU Drill Underway Date: June 10, 2010 Source: Ozarks First Abstract: There's no need for concern if you see guys with guns and Haz-Mat gear on the campus of Missouri State University today. Battalion Chief Andy Wood with the Springfield Fire Department says, the drill's purpose is "Just to get us all on the same page practice our incident command, our unified command and get us all working together " The Springfield Greene County Office of Emergency Management is putting on the Haz-Mat fire and bomb drill. It began around 9 a.m. today and continued for a few hours at Hammons House on campus. The Homeland Seccuirty team is part of the exercise (Ozarks First, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: School Terror Drills Date: March 26, 2011 Name: "Operation Close Campus" Agencies: DHS, Pottawattamie County Emergency Management Agency School: Treynor High School Location: Treynor, Iowa Notes: Drill simulated featured a mock scenario where an anti-immigration pro-gun student shouts racist abuse before shooting a minority pupil.

Title: U.S. Anti-Terrorism Drill Showing White Supremacists Shooting Immigrants Cancelled Date: March 26, 2011 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: An anti-terrorism drill featuring a white supremacist U.S. student on a racially-motivated gun spree has been cancelled - after a critic of the event threatened to carry it out for real. The planned exercise at Treynor High School in western Iowa featured a mock scenario where an anti-immigration pro-gun student shouts racist abuse before shooting a minority pupil. Emergency management officials in the state had organised the drill, which was going to involve 300 people, police and hospitals. But the event has been shelved after bosses received an anonymous threat from a furious caller who warned: 'You better not come to work today because your school shooting is really going to happen.' Organisers say the exercise - Operation Close Campus - was designed to ensure school officials, emergency responders and support were prepared in the event of a school shooting. Pottawattamie County Emergency Management Agency had organised the event with the Homeland Security Exercise and Evaluation Plan by distributing plans last week for how the mock scenario would unfold. In the back story created for the drill, an 18 year-old high school student whose family are known firearm enthusiasts, starts a fight with a group of minority students.

537

The pupil then shouts racial slurs at the minority students before producing a handgun and opening fire. A 17 year-old friend of the 'active shooter' then joins him in 'firing upon anyone in their path and chasing down anyone who is against their ill-perceived stand', according to the drill instructions. Kevin Elwood, superintendent of Treynor Community Schools, told FoxNews.com he started receiving complaints from across midwest America after the plan went out. Mr Elwood said: 'Im getting a few emails today saying, "Are you crazy? Are you really doing this in school?" 'The scenario hadnt been discussed at any previous meetings leading up to this event or any of the planning sessions weve had. 'It is unfortunate the kind of black cloud that is hanging over this because of the misunderstanding of the scenario that was painted.' Mr Elwood added that 42 local agencies had been involved in the exercise, which was cancelled after he received over 30 emails of complaint once plans were circulated. He claimed that a disclaimer on the plan said the scenario would 'reflect no actual conditions, attitudes or current threat assessments in or around Pottawattamie County, the City of Treynor, its citizens or the Treynor Community School District'. Mr Elwood said firearms would have been used as a prop in the event, and that no ammunition would have been included. Pottawattamie County officials said in a statement: 'During the last 24 hours, the Treynor school system has received threats to their employees and buildings due to the planned 'active shooter' exercise. 'After consultation with the Treynor School District and the Pottawattamie County Sheriffs Office, we have jointly decided to cancel the exercise d ue to these threats which we must consider viable.' Two years ago, the Iowa National Guard canceled plans for an urban warfare exercise in Arcadia, Iowa, involving 100 combat troops asking residents about a suspected arms dealer and searching homes (Daily Mail, 2011).

Title: Ohio Man Charged In School Terror Drill Threat Date: April 15, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: An Ohio man has been charged with threatening terrorism by leaving an expletive-laden message on an Iowa high school's answering machine. The message forced the cancellation of an emergency training drill that had been the subject of criticism from groups opposed to illegal immigration. Critics said the fictitious emergency scenario had a political agenda because it featured a teenage white supremacist gunman. Pottawattamie County Sheriff Jeff Danker said Friday that 47-year-old Robin Elston of Columbus, Ohio, is charged with one count of threatening terrorism and one of making threats. Authorities say Elston is behind the March 25 phone message that threatened to turn the training scenario "into reality." Officials traced the call to Elston's cell phone. Danker says he doesn't know why Elston might have made the call (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: School Terror Drills Date: August 1, 2011 Name: Unknown Agencies: Unknown School: East Carolina University Location: Greenville, North Carolina Notes: Drill simulated a person shooting on campus and invilved actors and simulated use of weapons.

Title: Drill To Be Held At ECU Date: August 2, 2011 Source: ABC News Abstract: ECU will conduct a full scale emergency drill at the Heart Institute and the Brody School of Medicine beginning at 9 a.m. Tuesday. Access

538

around that area will be restricted during the drill. The exercise is designed to prepare staff and law enforcement to respond to a person shooting on campus. The drill might involve actors and simulated use of weapons (ABC News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: School Terror Drills Date: Septemebr, 2011 Name: Unknown Agencies: Brick Township Police Department School(s): Brick Township Public Schools Location: Brick, New Jersey Notes: Monthly terror drill simulates active shooter, evacuation (non- fire), bomb threat, lockdown and secondary drills that include shelter-in-place, reverse evacuation, evacuation to relocation site, testing of schools notification system and procedures, testing of school s communication system and procedures, tabletop exercise and full scale exercise. Title: Monthly Terror Drills Now Required By Law For Students Including Kindergarten And 1st Graders Date: September 13, 2011 Source: Alexander Higgins Abstract: Kindergarten and 1st grade students are now required by law to participate in monthly terrorism drills, including active shooter, bomb threat and evacuation drills. I recently received my 1st grade students back to school paperwork. Going through the packet I found a letter serving notification that my son is now required by law to participate in monthly anti-terrorism drills. In fact, after doing more research, I learned that all NJ schools which provide services to children from Kindergarten and up are now required by law to participate in monthly drills. Schools must hold at least twice a year, in addition to the twice a month fire drills the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Active shooter Evacuation (non- fire) Bomb threat and Lockdown

On top of those drills, schools will be required to also hold other security drills, which include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Shelter-in-place Reverse evacuation Evacuation to relocation site Testing of schools notification system and procedures Testing of schools communication system and procedures Tabletop exercise and Full scale exercise

With a Full Scale Exercise defined by Law as: "Full Scale Exercise: This is a multi-agency, multi-jurisdictional activity involving actual deployment of resources in a coordinated response as if a real incident had occurred. This exercise tests many components of one or more capabilities within emergency response and recovery, and is typically used to assess plans, procedures and coordinated response under crisis conditions." The letter, which can be viewed here, reads as follows. Brick Township Public Schools 101 Hendrickson Avenue Brick, New Jersey 08724-2599 Telephone (732) 785-3000 Office of the Superintendent September, 2011 Dear Parent(s) or Guardian(s):

539

The safety and welfare of our students and staff are our highest priority. To provide schools with the opportunity to practice emergency response procedures, it is necessary to conduct security drills as well as fire drills. The NJ Department of Educations has recently changed the guidelines concerning the frequency of these emergency drills. Each month a school must conduct one fire drill and one security drill which may be a lockdown, bomb threat, evacuation, active shooter, or shelter-in place drill. All schools are now required by law to implement this procedure. The school district is working closely with the Brick Township Police Department through our school resource officers to correctly implement these procedures. Our staff members have all be trained in our emergency drill procedures and are well prepared should we have to deal with a real emergency. The goals of the training drill are to improve our ability to protect students, save lives, and reduce injuries. They also allow us to evaluate our emergency operations plan and improve our response skills. In order to protect students, in case of an actual emergency students will only be released to the parents and/or other adults listed on the emergency information sheet. Please be sure that this information is current and accurate. It is a good idea to have several trusted adults listed with the school. This letter serves as notification that the Brick Township Public Schools will be conducting these drills in accordance with the NJ Department of Education Guidelines. The dates and times of the drills will not be announced. you would only be notified if there were a real emergency. If you have any questions or need further information, please do not hesitate to call your childs school office. Sincerely, Walter J Hrycenko Superintendent of Schools (Alexander Higgins, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: School Terror Drills Date: Septemebr 23, 2011 Name: "Operation Mountain Guardian" Agencies: DHS, FBI, 100+ total School(s): Smedley Elementary School, Community College of Aurora (Lowry Campus) Location: Denver, Colorado Notes: Drill subjected children as young as first grade to a traumatic and frighteningly realistic school shooter scenario involving simulated gunshots, explosions and loud alarms. Title: Terror Drill Terrorizes Children Date: September 26, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: A drill involving a SWAT team at a Denver area elementary school subjected children as young as first grade to a traumatic and frighteningly realistic school shooter scenario involving simulated gunshots, explosions and loud alarms. YouTube-Video Part of the Homeland Security-led Operation Mountain Guardian, it was only one part of a drill that took place at more than 10 locations, including Sports Authority Field at Mile High Stadium, where local, state and federal agencies practiced relocating children and other potential victims, a contingency planned for real events, including terrorism or other emergencies. While the SuperDome in New Orleans became a symbol of the nightmare of federal emergency control blocking organic local relief efforts while mismanaging its own actions it is seen as a place of refuge for authorities in Denver under a scenario is planned with more than 100 agencies over more than 18 months. The plan to use sports stadiums is in keeping with H.R. 645, the National Emergency Centers Establishment Act and other related martial law plans. Infowars.com reporters traveled there Friday to cover the drill. A long list of agencies in the Denver area taking direction from Homeland Security conducted a terrorism drill known as Operation Mountain Guardian, envisioning among other scenarios, a Mumbai Style incident at an area shopping mall. Police, fire fighters, SWAT teams and many other response teams practiced their lock down at the scene, evacuating victims while sending in anti-bomb squads, positioning shooters at strategic high-rise positions and otherwise clamping down the area. Martial Law Drill Takes Over Denver Mall With Mumbai Scenario A long list of agencies in the Denver area taking direction from Homeland Security conducted a terrorism drill known as Operation Mountain Guardian, envisioning among other scenarios, a Mumbai Style incident at an area shopping mall. Police, fire fighters, SWAT teams and many other response

540

teams practiced their lock down at the scene, evacuating victims while sending in anti-bomb squads, positioning shooters at strategic high-rise positions and otherwise clamping down the area (Infowars, 2011).

6. FAILED SCHOOL TERROR PLOTS

OBAMACSI.COM: A large amount of school terror plots and apparent patsies have surfaced since the Columbine tragedy. While some of the plots and suspects appear to be misdirected young men, most appear to be ripped from a comic book. These individuals, while portrayed in the media as legitimate, are usually caught with plastic guns, scribbled manifestos, and grandiose schemes that are almost impossible to bring into reality. Nonetheless, these cases are used as ammunition by the government and the media to further terrorize America, push gin legislation, conduct school terror drills, and introduce new police state measures into school security.

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 12, 1992 Suspect: Arthur McElroy Age: 43 Ethnicity: Black Location: University of Nebraska-Lincoln Weapons: .30-Caliber, semi-automatic gun Charges: Clinically Insane Notes: McElroy's weapon jammed and 20 students escaped.

Title: Man Who Tried To Shoot UNL Students To Get Treatment Plan Date: February 5, 2009 Source: Journal Star Abstract: The ex-University of Nebraska-Lincoln student who tried to fire on fellow students in 1992 fails to understand the gravity of what he did, a psychiatrist at the Lincoln Regional Center said Thursday. Arthur McElroy has been held at the centers Forensic Mental Health Services unit since December 1992. It appears he will remain there for now. About 20 students escaped injury Oct. 12, 1992, when the .30-caliber, semi-automatic, military carbine McElroy carried into into an actuarial science class jammed. At an annual review hearing in Lancaster County District Court on Thursday, Dr. Klaus Hartmann, a psychiatrist at the regional center, said McElroy doesnt appear to be dangerous now. But, he said, he was concerned McElroy doesnt realize the seriousness of what he did. He either does not remember or does not want to talk about the event that brought him to the attention of law enforcement, Hartmann said. And, he said, McElroy has not, to his knowledge, expressed remorse for what hed done. Hartmann also was concerned that McElroy doesnt feel he needs the anti -psychotic medication he takes and considers himself discharge ready. He said McElroy is functioning fairly well. But, he thinks that if he were released he likely would stop taking his medication, which could lead to a relapse. Hartmann also was concerned about McElroy properly treating a kidney problem and sticking to a proper diet. Scott Helvie, McElroys attorney, pointed out that failing to take medication is a typical problem for people with significant mental illness. And its not uncommon to not stick to a diet. Both could be monitored with home health care, Helvie said. He also asked what was being done in the way of setting goals and objectives for McElroy. That needs to be the ultimate goal of any type of treatment plan, he said.

541

Helvie asked Hartmann what the regional center had done last year to address the perceived lack of insight McElroy had for what happened. Hartmann said he didnt know which of the treatment team had talked to McElroy about it, and he conceded McElroy may have an understanding and not be vocalizing it. Early on, he said, efforts were more vigorous but progress wasnt great. District Judge Paul Merritt Jr. gave the regional center 60 days to prepare a more detailed treatment plan for McElroy (Journal Star, 2005).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: May 12-13, 1999 Suspect(s): Unknown Age: Four studentsages 12 through 14 Ethnicity: Unknown Location: Port Huron, Michigan Weapons: Unknown Charges: Unknown Notes: Plot to kill more people than Columbine" and commit "rapes". Pipe bomb was found near school but unrelated to case.

Title: Michigan Students Charged With Attempted Murder In Alleged School Massacre Plot Date: May 20, 1999 Source: WSWS News Abstract: Four studentsages 12 through 14are being held in jail after being charged with Four students ages 12 through 14 at their middle school in Port Huron, Michigan, about 60 miles northeast of Detroit. The students were arrested May 12 and 13 after a 14-year-old classmate told police she overheard some of them talking about planning a school massacre similar to the one at Colorado's Columbine High School last month. St. Clair County Assistant Prosecutor Michael Wendling said Tuesday the four students at Holland Woods Middle School were planning to steal weapons for a massacre that would kill more people than Columbine." This was a calculated plan, he told a judge at the arraignment of the two youngest boys. There were maps obtained and there was a discussion in relation to the maps as to how this incident would take place. Wendling added that the boys were also planning to commit rapes. Police earlier said the girl who overheard their conversation said the boys' plan was to go on a shooting spree in a gym assembly and detonate a bomb afterwards, acts aimed a killing the school's preps, a particular clique of stu dents. All 21 schools in the 12,000-student district were closed Friday after a pipe bomb was discovered by a custodian near Holland Woods Middle School. The bomb was found shortly after school officials had told parents, gathered to discuss the alleged plot by the four students, that the school was safe. Police said the bomb was unrelated to the alleged plan. Schools reopened Monday, despite fears of parents and students. A third of the students at the middle school did not show up, even though school officials tightened security by banning backpacks and using guards, police and parent volunteers to examine bags and search students' belongings. The accused boys are facing adult charges and, if convicted, the 14 year olds would automatically draw life prison sentences without possibility of parole. A judge would have the option of sentencing the younger suspects to adult prison, juvenile rehabilitation or both. Port Huron Area Schools Board President David Devendorf pleaded for the 13-year-olds to be held in custody before the trial, saying, the parents and children of this community are afraid. A judge ordered all the boys held in detention on a $100,000 bond. One of the boy's attorneys argued unsuccessfully for a low bond, saying the Colorado massacre had created a climate of hysteria, and that his client's record had never included anything more than talking in class and running in the halls. Little is known about the background of the youth except that they apparently live under oppressed conditions. The family of the 12 year old lives in a hotel room and was planning to leave Michigan at the end of the school year, while one of the 13 year old's father is unemployed and blind, and most live in run-down homes. The school is reportedly located in a comfortable middle class neighborhood. Two seventh graders in New Jersey were charged Tuesday for stealing chemicals from a science classroom, allegedly to make a bomb to detonate at their school. One of the students was arrested last Friday on charges of theft, weapons possession and terroristic threats and was placed in the county juvenile detention center. Another student was arrested Monday on similar charges and released to his parents. Both boys are 13 and attend Emerson Junior-Senior High School. Since the April 20 massacre in Littleton, Colorado, which left 15 dead, there has been a wave of real and imagined copy -cat threats at schools throughout the US. According to the National School Safety Center of Los Angeles there have been at least 200 cases of classes cancelled across the country, taking place in virtually every state. This is an indication that the social tensions and level of alienation felt by wide layers of youth that led to the Colorado tragedy is endemic. On Tuesday authorities in Commerce City, Coloradoan industrial suburb just north of Denvercharged two teenagers, ages 15 and 16, with attempted first-degree murder for allegedly planning an attack with two other youth on a local high school. Like the Michigan case, they are being

542

charged as adults and held on $100,000 bond each. Police said an informant tipped them off about the alleged plan to storm Adams City High School. The school was locked down for several hours until the four teens were apprehended May 7. School officials in the Dallas suburb of Allen, Texas, who last week said they were suspending the final two weeks of classes after repeated bomb threats, said students would return later this week for staggered classes. Officials said Sunday that they only wanted to confuse those calling in the threats and weren't canceling the rest of the school year outright. A total of 9,800 students at three elementary, middle and high schools in Allen were sent home after 11 bomb threats and 8 evacuations in 10 days. Since then school officials have removed payphones and installed metal detectors at all secondary schools, and have begun tracing all phone calls they deem threatening. In West Palm Beach, Florida, last Saturday's prom at Palm Beach Lakes High School ended early when a nail-studded pipe bomb was found hidden inside an indoor tree planter by the hotel's ballroom entrance. Police bomb-sniffing dogs found nothing after a search of the high school Monday and classes began on schedule. With little understanding of the societal and psychological causes of school violence and the wave of threats, let alone any serious answers to address them, school officials and the authorities have turned to ever more repressive police measures as the solution. The American Civil Liberties Union says they are being inundated by complaints that authorities are trampling students' constitutional rights. I think there's tremendous pressure on schools to do something, to do anything, to prevent another Littleton, said Raymond Vasvari, legal director of the ACLU of Ohio. As a result, kids who dress differently, kids whose hair is dyed unnatural colors, some who seem to be brooding or alone are being singled out for discipline. The ACLU reported cases of a student being sent to a police station for wearing black clothing and another being interrogated about the chemistry book that he was carrying. Some other complaints included: 1. 2. 3. Eleven Ohio students expelled for posting a satirical essay on their Internet web site that administrators called threatenin g"; A 14-year-old Pennsylvania girl suspended for telling a teacher in a class conversation on the Littleton shootings that she could understand how someone who is teased endlessly could snap; An Illinois student who was questioned by a psychiatrist for one and a half hours about the video games he plays, and asked if he ever looks for bomb-making instructions on the Internet;

These administrators, in a panicked response to one tragedy, may be laying the seeds of another tragedy by creating schools that are not open, not tolerant, but suspicious, fearful places, Vasvari of the ACLU concluded (WSWS News, 1999).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: Janaury 29, 2001 Suspect: Al Deguzman Age: 19 Ethnicity: Asian Location: San Jose, California Weapons: Sawed-off riflle, sawed-off shotgun Charges: Suspicion of possessing weapons and explosives. Notes: Fits the profile of a Stanford University mind control candidate.

Title: De Anza College Bloodbath Foiled -- Photo Clerk Calls Cops Date: January 31, 2001 Source: San Francisco Chronicle Abstract: Al Deguzman, a 19-year-old De Anza student, intended to wake up yesterday morning, plant bombs throughout the Cupertino campus and detonate the explosives at lunchtime, starting in De Anza's packed cafeteria, police said. "There was potential for a lot of death," said San Jose Deputy Police Chief Mike Miceli. "In my 30 years of law enforcement, I can't describe it in any other way. This was an elaborate plan for a mass murder." The alleged plot, which investigators said had been in the works for two years, was uncovered Monday when a photo lab clerk developed pictures of the suspect standing with an arsenal and called her father, who is a San Jose police officer, said Miceli. Deguzman was arrested Monday evening when he stopped by the photo lab at a Longs drugstore in San Jose to pick up the pictures, police said. The clerk stalled him so police could get there before he left the store. When Deguzman noticed the officers, he unsuccessfully tried to make a quick getaway, authorities said. Hours later, investigators with search warrants went to the Flickinger Avenue home that Deguzman shares with his parents and discovered what they later described as a "bone-chilling" plan to massacre students at the college, police said.

543

They found Deguzman's bedroom stacked from top to bottom with sophisticated handmade bombs, some of which were booby-trapped with detonators that would go off if someone handled them, Miceli said. Police also found a map of De Anza College, marked with locations where bombs would be placed, and a tape recording that investigators believe Deguzman made Monday outlining his plot, Miceli said. Deguzman's voice is heard on the tape apologizing to the press, his family and friends for what he was about to do, Miceli said. Miceli said Deguzman had specific targets in mind, but he declined to elaborate on the intended victims. And although there was no suicide note, detectives said they believed Deguzman had planned to die during the bloody attack. Investigators seized two rifles, a sawed-off rifle and a sawed-off shotgun from the house. Deguzman was being held without bail last night at the Santa Clara County jail on suspicion of possessing weapons and explosives. Miceli said investigators didn't know what was behind Deguzman's alleged plot to wreak havoc at the school. He has no apparent criminal record. "He seemed to be sympathetic toward the fellows in Columbine," Miceli said. On April 20, 1999, Columbine High School students Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold detonated bombs and sprayed their suburban Littleton, Colo., campus near Denver with gunfire, killing 12 classmates and a teacher before killing themselves. That same year, Deguzman graduated from Independence High School in San Jose. In his senior year, he was an editor on the award-winning yearbook staff. The group met several times informally to discuss what happened at Columbine, said Paul Ender, the class's adviser, who has since retired. "I am in total shock," Ender said about Deguzman's arrest. "I never in a million years would have thought he could be involved in anything like this. But you really don't know anybody, do you?" Ender described Deguzman as bright and articulate. He said he had been a technical editor on staff, in charge of software and computers used to make the yearbook. But the former student also had an artistic side, according to Ender. When there was down time on the yearbook staff, Deguzman would often create free-form sculptures out of tape, markers, rulers and other office odds and ends. Deguzman's parents seemed to be the most surprised by the day's discoveries, saying there was nothing to indicate that the 19-year-old was homicidal. His parents told police that they had no idea their son was stockpiling explosives. They said they never went into his room because Deguzman was an adult, and they respected his privacy. They declined an interview with The Chronicle. Bobby Playa, an 18-year-old who lives four doors down from the Deguzmans, was also stunned. "He's a straight schoolboy," said Playa, who described his neighbor as someone likely to be a CEO at a major company. "You don't expect anything stupid to happen in his life." A man claiming to be a close friend of Deguzman's described him as "the most caring, gentle and polite person you'll ever meet." But Deguzman has a strong distaste for the government, said the friend, who asked not to be identified. He said Deguzman was interested in anarchy and subscribed to an Internet mailing list on anarchism. Once, he posted the Unabomber manifesto to the list, said the friend. Deguzman also hosted a personal web site, where he made comments referring to the Columbine massacre, San Jose Police Sgt. Steve Dixon said. Authorities ordered De Anza college's 10,000 students and 1,000 staff members off the campus about 9 a.m. yesterday after determining that what they had found was a credible threat, said Santa Clara County Sheriff's Sgt. Doug Rogers. The Santa Clara County sheriff's bomb squad and federal Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms agents used explosive-sniffing dogs to sweep the sprawling campus. The threatened attack left students and faculty angry.

544

"This is one of the most terrifying acts an individual can commit," said Martha Kanter, president of the college. "I'm very angry" (San Francisco Chronicle, 2001).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: February 14, 2001 Suspect: Jeremy Getman Age: 18 Ethnicity: Unknwn Location: Elmira, New York Weapons: .22-caliber Ruger semiautomatic, 14 pipe bombs, 3 carbon dioxide cartridge bombs filled with gunpowder, one propane bomb and a sawedoff shotgun with several rounds Charges: Unknown Notes:

Title: Specter Of Armed Attack At School Shakes Elmira Date: February 17, 2001 Source: New York Times Abstract: He helped other students with their homework and waved politely to his neighbors, but there was still something about Jeremy Getman that unsettled more than a few of them. For some, it was the way he stared at them, or kept to himself and kicked at rocks while waiting for the school bus. For others, it was that he seemed to play with firecrackers and matches a lot, or that he threw objects into the road to watch cars run over them. Whatever the reason, attention was paid Wednesday morning when Mr. Getman, an 18-year-old senior at Southside High School, passed a disturbing note to another student. That student gave the note to a teacher, who alerted school administrators. A police officer was dispatched to find Mr. Getman. The officer found him in the school cafeteria, armed with a .22-caliber Ruger semiautomatic, the police said. Beside him was a duffel bag crammed with 14 pipe bombs, 3 carbon dioxide cartridge bombs filled with gunpowder, one propane bomb and a sawed-off shotgun with several rounds of pellets. Mr. Getman was arrested, all 1,200 students were evacuated and no one was injured. But the specter of an armed attack on a local high school has shaken parents and students in this working-class city of 30,000 near the Pennsylvania border, and evoked the inevitable memories of the 1999 shootings at Columbine High School in Colorado. ''It could happen anywhere,'' said John R. Trice, the Chemung County district attorney. ''And the potential was there with the amount of firepower.'' The authorities would not say whether Mr. Getman had made any threat, though they charged him with 11 counts of criminal possession of a dangerous weapon with intent to use on a person or property. They would not disclose the contents of the handwritten note he passed to a female student, other than to say that it did not threaten that student but aroused suspicion. Since Mr. Getman's arrest, bomb squads have searched student lockers and restrooms, and even swept the rafters of the auditorium. Though the police say they discovered eight bombs at Mr. Getman's home, no more weapons have been found at the school. Still, a sense of unease lingers. About 300 students stayed home on Thursday, and 60 parents met with school officials that night (New York Times, 2001).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: March 16, 2004 Suspect: Josh Magee Age: 17 Ethnicity: White Location: Malcom, Nebraska Weapons: 20 homemade bombs, rifle Charges: Attempted murder Notes:

Title: Nebraska Teen's Bomb Plot Foiled Date: March 18, 2004 Source: USA Today Abstract: A teenager was charged with attempted murder after police found him outside school with 20 homemade bombs, a rifle and a note saying he wanted to injure everyone at his high school except for three friends.

545

Authorities believe they averted what could have been the worst school shooting since the 1999 massacre at Columbine High School. Josh Magee, 17, was arrested Tuesday in the parking lot of Malcolm High School after a staff member saw him swigging liquor from a flask and putting on a black overcoat. Police who searched Magee's car found a bolt-action rifle, several rounds of ammunition, small bottles of propane and rigged containers of a petroleumbased propellent. "It had the potential of going badly," said Superintendent Gene Neddenriep. "With this student, at this school, on this particular day, we were successful. We got lucky." Parents and school officials in this tiny town north of Lincoln said Magee often spoke about Columbine, where Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold killed 12 students and a teacher before killing themselves. "He asked them in class last week if they knew who Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold were," said Julia Lostrah, whose daughter is Magee's classmate. "Then he said, 'I know them.'" The arrest came in the same week that authorities in another rural town in the heartland avoided a potentially violent school encounter. Two second-grade boys and an 11-year-old schoolmate were arrested Wednesday in Forsyth, Mont., on charges that they buried a loaded handgun in a playground sandbox and plotted to shoot and stab a third-grade girl during recess. Authorities said the boys intended to harm the young girl because she had teased two of them. No one answered the door Thursday at Magee's red-brick home just down the road from the school in Malcom, a town so small that its downtown streets are unpaved. School and law enforcement officials said his mother works as a chef in Lincoln, and his father is serving in Afghanistan in the military. Magee, who has attended Malcolm schools since kindergarten, was always been on the district's radar, Neddenriep said. "All the way through, he was just a little different," he said. "He liked to be alone, he didn't take part in many things. His enjoyment was weapons." The superintendent said he wasn't aware of reports that Magee was a target of bullies. "There were never any incidents reported," he said. When students began reporting to faculty that Magee bragged of making and testing explosives at home, Neddenriep said, the school paid close attention to the teen. Magee then began showing some interest in school activities, he said. Lostrah, who is also the school district's administrative assistant, said Magee joined the cross-country team and was an impressive musician. "He was very talented," she said. Magee was being held in a juvenile jail, but he was charged as an adult with attempted first-degree murder. Neddenriep said the school of about 450 students will refine its safety policies in the wake of Magee's arrest. "There's one thing I did learn," Neddenriep said. "It can happen anywhere" (USA Today, 2004).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 11, 2007 Suspect: Dillon Cossey Age: 14 Ethnicity: White Location: Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Weapons: .22-caliber handgun, a .22-caliber rifle, 9 mm semiautomatic rifle with a laser scope, Charges: Solicitation to commit terror Notes: The boy's arrest came the same day a 14-year-old in Ohio opened fire at his Cleveland high school, wounding four before killing himself.

Title: Police: Mother Bought Guns for Pennsylvania Boy Charged With School Plot Date: October 12, 2007

546

Source: Fox News Abtract: A troubled tenneager accused of plotting a school attack built up a stash of weapons with help of him mother, authorities said. Michele Cossey, 46, was arrested Friday on charges of illegally buying her home-schooled son, Dillon, a .22-caliber handgun, a .22-caliber rifle and a 9 mm semiautomatic rifle with a laser scope. The parents were indulging the boy's interests because he was unhappy, not knowingly aiding a school assault, Montgomery County District Attorney Bruce Castor said Friday. The parents didn't know of the teen's plans, but "by virtue of her indulgence, she enabled him to get in this position," Castor said. Authorities have said they do not believe an attack was imminent and are not even certain one would have occurred. "This was a smart kid that clearly believes he was picked on and was a victim," Castor said. "He had psychological issues and began to act out on those feelings." Dillon Cossey, who was arrested Wednesday, felt bullied and tried to recruit another boy for a possible attack at Plymouth Whitemarsh High School, authorities said. The teen previously attended middle school in the district, but had been taught at home for more than a year after voluntarily leaving school. Acting on a tip from high school student, Lewis Bennett III and his father, police searched the boy's bedroom and found the 9 mm rifle, about 30 airpowered guns modeled to look like higher-powered weapons, swords, knives, a bomb-making book, videos of the 1999 Columbine attack in Colorado and violence-filled notebooks, Castor said. The mother bought the semiautomatic rifle at a gun show on Sept. 23 and provided police with a receipt, investigators said in court papers. The teenager said the two .22-caliber weapons were stored at a friend's house. She was charged with unlawful transfer of a firearm, possession of a firearm by a minor, corruption of a minor, endangering the welfare of a child and two counts of reckless endangerment, and later released on bail. She did not comment at the hearing. Her attorney, Tim Woodward, said, "I'm sure she loves her kid." The teen, who also had a brief court appearance Friday, was ordered held at a juvenile facility while he receives psychiatric evaluation. He was charged with solicitation to commit terror and other counts, but his lawyer, J. David Farrell, stressed that all but one of the weapons prosecutors put on display were pellet guns and air rifles. At a press conference in their Conshohocken, Pa. home, the parents of the teen who tipped police off about the possible school attack, praised their son. "We are really proud of our son, his maturity, and the way he is handling the media," said Lewis Bennett, Jr., the boy's father. "Wednesday my son learned of new information and that added to the information he had. That is what seemed to make it a more serious event. That is why we went to the police department." While Dillon Cossey had been to their house, the teen's mother was concerned about him. "(His) preoccupation with guns, when he would call the house and my son wasn't available, he would call persistently," said Lewis Bennett III's mother. "Things that make a red flag, but not sure of what is going on. He was always polite. A soft spoken child child." It is legal for children to possess air guns in Pennsylvania. Farrell also noted it is legal for a minor to fire weapons under adult supervision and said he didn't believe the students at Plymouth Whitemarsh were in any danger. "They're showing 30 guns on a desk that appear to be handguns and saying this was a Columbine in the making," Farrell said. "That's simply not borne out by the facts." Dillon Cossey told investigators he was planning an attack on the school, Castor said, but authorities do not believe he was close to pulling it off. Castor said he believes the teen Cossey asked to help him was the first person he approached for assistance. On his MySpace page, Dillon Cossey made frequent references to Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold and describes their 1999 massacre at Columbine High School as one of his interests. The page, headlined "Mess with the best, Die like the rest," features tribute videos to the Columbine shooters and includes a still from surveillance video of the attack. Police, who searched the boy's home with his parents' permission, also discovered seven explosive devices Castor has described as homemade grenades: plastic containers filled with BBs to which gunpowder could be added. Authorities said one was operable and the others had been in the process of being assembled.

547

The search did not turn up any ammunition for the semiautomatic rifle. Castor said he suspects Cossey "was a target for bullies because he was overweight and not fully developed socially," but that mental problems might have exaggerated the effect of the bullying. "I have read things that he wrote. ... He has severe mental disturbances," Castor said. Authorities said Friday that the boy's father also tried to buy his son a rifle in December 2005, but was not allowed to because he was a felon. Frank Cossey was sentenced to house arrest for lying about his criminal record when he went to buy a .22-caliber rifle, police said Friday. On his application he said he had never been convicted of a felony, but he had pleaded guilty in 1981 to manslaughter in a drunken driving death in Oklahoma and sent to prison, police said. The boy's arrest came the same day a 14-year-old in Ohio opened fire at his Cleveland high school, wounding four before killing himself. The high school student who tipped off police with his father told the Philadelphia Daily News he was "sick of hearing about all these school shootings." "I didn't want another kid to do the same thing and keep this chain of events going on," Lewis Bennett said. Michele Cossey faces a maximum sentence of up to seven years in prison on the gun-transfer charge alone, but the prosecutor expects she would get a lighter sentence (Fox News, 2007).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: November 28, 2007 Suspect: Patrick Quigley, Joseph Saia, Unknown Suspect Age: 15-16 Ethnicity: Unknown Location: LaGrange, New York Weapons: N/A Charges: 4th degree conspiracy Notes: 3 Hudson Valley high school students Wednesday and charged them with plotting to attack their school on the 11th anniversary of the Columbine attacks Title: Hudson Valley High Students Arrested, Charged With Plotting School Attack Date: November 28, 2007 Source: NY Daily News Abstract: State police arrested three Hudson Valley high school students Wednesday and charged them with plotting to attack their school on the 11th anniversary of the Columbine attacks. The arrests followed an investigation of a threat described on the online social networking site, MySpace.com. Police said the students posted messages and photos describing an attack planned for April 20, 2010, at Arlington High School in LaGrangeville, about 65 miles north of New York City. Troopers arrested Patrick Quigley, 16, and Joseph Saia, 16, of Poughquag, and a 15-year-old from Hopewell Junction whose name was withheld because of his age. They were all charged with 4th degree conspiracy, a felony. Barbara Donegan, assistant superintendent for the school district, said school officials and police were alerted to the alleged plot when a student saw the MySpace posting and reported it to one of the high school principals. She said the Internet posting "seemed to be a credible, serious threat." The students mapped out and clearly identified areas in the school that were to be targeted, state police said. Donegan said the school was searched and no bombs or other harmful objects were found. The older boys were arraigned before LaGrange Town Justice Steven Greller and sent to Dutchess County Jail in lieu of $2,500 bail. The younger boy was held in a detention center for arraignment in family court Thursday morning. In 1999, two teens killed 13 people and wounded two dozen others at Columbine High School in Littleton, Colo., before both committing suicide (NY Daily News, 2007).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: April 19, 2008 Suspect: N/A Age: 16 Ethnicity: N/A Location: Mishawaka, Indiana

548

Weapons: N/A Charges: Four studentsages 12 through 14 Notes: Suspect allegedly wrote that he wanted "instant recognition" for shooting a record number of victims and that he wouldn't feel sorry about it. Suspect plotted with Lee Billi, 33, of suburban Cleveland whom with he exchanged e-mails. Title: Documents: Boy Aimed To Set Massacre 'Record' Date: June 4, 2008 Source: MSNBC Abstract: A teenager accused of plotting a school attack wrote that he wanted "instant recognition" for shooting a record number of victims and that he wouldn't feel sorry about it, according to documents unsealed Tuesday. A black spiral notebook authorities obtained from the 16-year-old boy's locker at Penn High School in Mishawaka, Ind., contained handwritten entries in which the teen expressed his hatred for most of the people at the school. "I wanna break the current shooting record. I wanna get instant recognition. The only thing that stops me is the fact of being put in jail forever, or having to kill myself, or getting killed by an officer. I could kill anyone without feeling sorry because society sucks!!!" read an entry dated April 18, the day before he was arrested. The teenager has been charged with a juvenile count of conspiracy to commit murder and a denial plea has been entered on his behalf. A hearing is scheduled on June 11 to determine whether he'll stay in juvenile custody. Simultaneous Mass Murders? He is accused of plotting with Lee Billi, 33, of suburban Cleveland. Authorities said Billi and the teenager exchanged e-mails in April, discussing simultaneous mass murders at the teen's high school and at another location that police haven't identified. A search warrant affidavit filed to obtain a judge's approval to search Billi's computer and disks was unsealed Tuesday. According to the documents, the teenager told authorities his violent thoughts began when his girlfriend broke up with him. Attacks Allegedly Planned for Sept. 11 He chatted online with Billi about obtaining "party favors," a code name for guns and bombs, the documents say. An entry in the teen's notebook says they planned their attacks to be carried out on Sept. 11. A message seeking comment was left after business hours Tuesday at the office of the teen's lawyer, James Nafe of South Bend, Ind. Billi was arrested April 24 and has pleaded not guilty to two counts of conspiracy to commit murder, 38 counts of pandering sexually oriented matter involving a minor and one count of possessing criminal tools. He is being represented by the Cuyahoga County public defender's office, and a message left there late Tuesday wasn't immediately returned. Authorities said the plot was detected when a school officer investigating an unrelated threat discovered Internet postings in which the teen discussed his support for the Columbine High School shooters, who killed 12 classmates and a teacher before committing suicide in 1999 (MSNBC, 2008).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: December 9, 2008 Suspect: N/A Age: 15 Ethnicity: N/A Location: Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Weapons: 3 guns Charges: Attempted murder Notes: Suspect allegedly stole his father's guns to use in a suicidal attack against enemies at his suburban Philadelphia high school but was thwarted when a friend threw the weapons in a river. Title: Pennsylvania Teen Charged In Foiled School Attack Plot Date: December 9, 2008 Source: KSDK News Abstract: A 15-year-old boy stole his father's guns to use in a suicidal attack against enemies at his suburban Philadelphia high school but was thwarted when a friend threw the weapons in a river, authorities said.

549

The alleged plot was uncovered after the father reported the three weapons missing, prompting a police investigation that led to an attempted murder charge filed Tuesday against his son. The Pottstown High School freshman was being held in a secure facility, Montgomery County District Attorney Risa Vetri Ferman told The Associated Press. He does not yet have a lawyer, and no court dates are scheduled, she said. Authorities say he took the a revolver, two semiautomatic pistols and ammunition from his father's basement gun locker in early November. He gave them to a friend, hoping the friend would take them to school when directed, authorities said. Instead, the friend told his stepmother about the weapons, and she drove the boy to a river so he could get rid of them, investigators said. Police dive teams recovered the handguns. Ferman described the suspect as a loner with a history of depression and mental-health problems. While previously a good student, he was repeating his freshman year, she said. The teen initially planned to carry out the attack this year but delayed it until next year because school officials, aware of the stolen gun report, had stepped up security. The teen told investigators he was going to shoot people he did not like, then himself, authorities said. The charge is attempted murder because the teen took "substantial steps" -- stealing the guns and giving them to the friend -- to carry out the crime, Ferman said. "He had gotten so far along in that plan that he had the immediate capacity to commit the crime," she said. The Pottstown School District, about 40 miles northwest of Philadelphia, has about 3,200 students. The same district attorney's office last year accused a 14-year-old of amassing a cache of weapons and plotting an assault on a high school. The teen, who had been bullied and pulled out of public school in the seventh grade, admitted to three felonies -- criminal solicitation, risking a catastrophe and possession of an instrument of crime -- and is now in a juvenile center (KSDK News, 2008).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: March 8, 2009 Suspect: N/A Age: 13 Ethnicity: White Location: Drexil Hill, Pennsylvania Weapons: 2 plastic pellet guns Charges: N/A Notes: The 13 -year-old-boy's plot unraveled when another boy revealed that he'd been recruited to take hostages at the school and shoot anyone who resisted Title: Teen Busted For Alleged School Terror Plot Date: March 11, 2009 Source: MSNBC Abstract: An alleged shooting plot has rattled the community of a small Drexel Hill catholic school. An eighth grader at St. Andrew the Apostle School was arrested on campus Tuesday for trying to recruit fellow students to carry out a plot on the school, according to police. The 13 -year-old-boy's plot unraveled when another boy revealed that he'd been recruited to take hostages at the school and shoot anyone who resisted, said police. The teen's family said Wednesday night that he never intended to hurt anyone. The boy had two plastic pellet guns in his backpack that he planned to use to carry out the plot, according to Upper Darby Police Superintendent Michael Chitwood. The plastic guns looked could have been easily for a real weapon, said Chitwood. If the child had drawn the gun police would have shot him, he said. St. Andrew School is a small catholic, co-ed school with only 266 students from kindergarten to eighth grade. Details of the alleged plot shocked the school community, said school officials. The school had security measures in place for this type of situation, according to School Monsignor Albin Gouse.

550

The teen has been on police radar recently, suspected in several robberies and burglaries, according to police. He is also suspected of stealing $370 from a classroom at his former school, Holy Child Academy in Drexel Hill, Pa., sources told NBC 10. Quite a few parents came to a meeting Wednesday night at the school with Chitwood and Msgr. Gouse. "I'm pretty shocked because its a great school. The kids are really great. Just a nice school very peaceful," said parent Ma ry Aldrich (NBC, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: October 19, 2009 Suspect: N/A Age: 15 Ethnicity: N/A Location: Monroe, New York Weapons: Bottles of gasoline, makeshift fuses, a torch, a 2-foot machete and three tanks of propane Charges: N/A Notes: Police said the boy told them he was actively seeking a military assault -style weapon that could hold as many rounds as possible,

Title: Teen Accused Of Plotting Attack At Monroe-Woodbury On Columbine Anniversary Date: October 21, 2009 Source: Times Herald Abstract: A 15-year-old boy from Monroe was already on juvenile probation when he broke down crying, police said Tuesday night, as he admitted he stockpiled bottles of gasoline, makeshift fuses, a torch, a 2-foot machete and three tanks of propane in a plot to attack former fellow students at MonroeWoodbury High School. The unnamed youth was arrested Monday evening, after his house was searched by Monroe village police and members of the Orange County District Attorney's Office. Police said he told them he planned to attack the school on April 20, the anniversary of the 1999 attacks by two students at Columbine High School in Littleton, Colo., and the birthday of Adolf Hitler. The youth was already known to police because he'd been arrested in January, Monroe police Chief Dominic W. Giudice Jr. said Tuesday night, before he held a news conference with Monroe-Woodbury Superintendent Joe DiLorenzo. That case was prosecuted through Family Court, where the details are under seal. Giudice said the offense involved in the January arrest was nonviolent. But more recently, police received new information about the boy's activities, culminating with a tip that led police to obtain a search warrant from an Orange County Court judge. You have to believe, when you see what we found, that it was a credible threat, Giudice said before the news conference. An investigation was ongoing late Tuesday, but police said it appeared the youth acted alone. He wanted to talk about it, said Monroe Detective David Conklin, who interviewed the youth for about 45 minutes after the search warrant was executed at the boy's house. He was being held in a psychiatric facility for children Tuesday, and it wasn't clear Tuesday night when he would be brought to court. The teen wasn't home at the time of the 7 p.m. search, but when authorities explained why they were there, the boy's father went out and found him, then brought him back home. The boy's parents had absolutely no clue about the plan their son is accused of formulating, Giudice said. They've been nothing but cooperative with the investigation, he said. The boy told police that he had a lot of hatred toward many of his fellow students, police said in a news release Tuesday. They said he recently began attending another school, which they didn't name. DiLorenzo said the boy is registered as a freshman at Monroe-Woodbury, but hasn't attended class in any of its buildings since September 2008. He's currently attending a satellite school, DiLorenzo said. He wouldn't identify that school. DiLorenzo said parents were notified of the arrest in a letter that was sent home with students Tuesday, as well as an announcement that was posted on the district's Web site on Tuesday afternoon.

551

Police said the boy also told them he was actively seeking a military assault -style weapon that could hold as many rounds as possible, and that he had already purchased a black trench coat like the ones worn by the Columbine killers. Dylan Klebold and Eric Harris murdered 13 of their fellow students at Columbine before they killed themselves. Police said that during their interview with the Monroe youth Monday night, he told them other students had bullied him because they said he bore a resemblance to Harris (Times Herald, 2009).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: August 5, 2011 Suspect: 3 Boys Age: 15 Ethnicity: White Location: New Orleans, Louisiana Weapons: N/A Charges: Conspiracy to commit terrorism Notes: Suspects allegedly targeted specific students, but part of the plan was also indiscriminate shooting.

Title: Police: School Shooting Plot In Louisiana Foiled Date: August 5, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Authorities in suburban New Orleans said Friday they uncovered three teenagers' plot to shoot fellow high school students on campus during the first day of classes. Lakeshore High School officials became aware of a group calling themselves Day Zero last month when other students contacted administrators. The teens had targeted specific students, but part of the plan was also indiscriminate shooting, said St. Tammany Parish Cpl. George Bonnett. "Investigators learned the students had a detailed plan for procuring weapons and bringing them to school Monday. They intended to kill any law enforcement officials at the school who tried to stop them and then collect their weapons," police said. Sheriff Jack Strain said the three 15-year-old boys were being held at a juvenile detention center on charges of conspiracy to commit terrorism and more charges were possible. "They made no attempt to deny their involvement with the plan and admitted their intentions," police said. "All three were cooperative with investigators." The boys' identifies have not been released and it wasn't clear whether they had attorneys. Police would not comment about a possible motive. Deputies began investigating July 17 and the teens turned themselves in this week. A bond hearing Monday will decide if they can leave the detention center. Strain said extra deputies will be posted at Lakeshore High on Monday, though authorities believe everyone involved was arrested. One of the boys is from the Mandeville area, an affluent bedroom community about 25 miles north of New Orleans where the school is located. The other two were from nearby Lacombe, a slightly less affluent and rural. St. Tammany Parish Schools Superintendent Trey Folse said he did not know how many students reported the threat or how worried they were. "It alerted them enough to turn it over to authorities, with trust that the people they alerted would look into it and take it seriously." "I'm very proud of them for stepping up and doing the right thing," Folse said (Fox News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: August 16, 2011 Suspect: Jared Cano Age: 17 Ethnicity: White Location: Tampa Bay, Florida Weapons: Fuel sources, shrapnel, a timing device and fusing devices. Charges: Four studentsages 12 through 14 Notes: Suspect allegedly had planned to kill 32 people, including two principals

Title: Tampa police: Student Planned 'Catastrophic' School Plot

552

Date: August 17, 2011 Source: CNN Abstract: Tampa police said they were able to thwart a mass murder plot that was planned for the first day of classes next Tuesday. Tampa Police Chief Jane Castor said that police were able to stop a former student from carrying out what could have been a "a potentially catastrophic event" thanks to a tip from a citizen who came forward. Hillsborough School District spokesman Steve Hegarty confirmed to CNN that a former student, who hasn't attended Freedom High School for a year and a half, had been arrested in connection with the alleged plot. Castor said there was no indication anyone else besides the one suspect was involved in the plot. That student allegedly had planned to kill 32 people, including two principals, according to the St. Petersburg Times. Tampa Police officers received a tip about the plot at 11:50 a.m. on Tuesday, police said. Chief Jane Castor said during the search officers found a minute-by-minute manifesto showing what the suspect planned to do on the first day of school. Police also found materials that could have been used to make explosives including fuel sources, shrapnel, a timing device and fusing devices. Along with the manifesto police said they also found "schematic drawings of rooms inside Freedom High School and disturbing statements about [Cano's] intent to kill." Castor said 17-year-old Jared Cano's plan indicated that he intended to detonate explosive devices throughout the school. His plans specifically mentioned the names of two faculty members, she said. The materials would have been extremely dangerous, Castor said, noting that if detonated they would have resulted in serious injuries "up to and including death." Police said they did not find any firearms in the suspect's apartment, but noted he had been arrested in the past for having firearms. Hegarty said the school became aware of the incident when the Freedom High School principal sent out a "robocall" to parents and teachers. "We take threats seriously," Hagerty told CNN. Freedom High School Principal Chris Farkas as soon as they learned about the incident they began working with Tampa police. He said that his immediate reaction was not an emotional one, but to find out if there was a credible threat and act on it. "Some of the fear and emotional reaction came when we found the specifics of what they found in the apartment," he said. Farkas added that Cano had been expelled from the school for an off campus incident, but did not provide further details. He said extra police will be present for the first day of school to make sure students and teachers feel safe. He said that if Cano had shown up at the school, many teachers and administrators would have known he was not allowed to be there. "It would have been a red flag," he said. Farkas said that teachers had been in school for safety training only 24 hours before Farkas had to stand in front of them again and explain that one of the scenarios they had discussed had actually come true. Cano has been charged with threatening to throw, project, place or discharge a destructive device; possession of bomb making materials, cultivation of cannabis, possession of drug paraphernalia and possession of marijuana, police said. Police said it will be up to the State Attorney's Office to determine whether the suspect will be charged as a juvenile or as an adult (CNN, 2011).

7. THE COLUMBINE MASSACRE

OBAMACSI.COM: The tragedy known as the Columbine Massacre is even more tragic once it is understood that the event was planned and executed by U.S. governmental agencies. This is evidenced by the 60 witnesses that have gone on record stating that the shooters WERE NOT Derick Harris Dylan Klebold. Other events surrounding the tragedy shows that more than 2 shooters were in the school that day and that governmental agencies were in and around the school prior to the shooting. Title: Columbine High School Massacre Date: April 20, 1999

553

Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Columbine High School massacre occurred on Tuesday, April 20, 1999, at Columbine High School in Columbine, an unincorporated area of Jefferson County, Colorado, United States, near Denver and Littleton. Two senior students, Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold, embarked on a massacre, killing 12 students and 1 teacher. They also injured 21 other students directly, and three people were injured while attempting to escape. The pair then committed suicide. It is the fourth-deadliest school massacre in United States history, after the 1927 Bath School disaster, 2007 Virginia Tech massacre,and the 1966 University of Texas massacre, and the deadliest for an American high school. The massacre provoked debate regarding gun control laws, the availability of firearms in the United States, and gun violence involving youths. Much discussion also centered on the nature of high school cliques, subcultures, and bullying, as well as the role of violent movies and video games in American society. The shooting resulted in an increased emphasis on school security, and a moral panic aimed at goth culture, social outcasts, the gun culture, the use of pharmaceutical anti-depressants by teenagers, violent films and music, teenage internet use, and violent video games (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: The Unanswered Questions Of The Columbine High School Massacre Date: April 20, 2009 Source: Prison Planet

Abstract: The Columbine High School Massacre (April 20, 1999, Denver, Colorado, 15 dead, 24 wounded) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Why did numerous ear-witnesses say at least one attacker was firing a fully-automatic weapon? Why did police concentrate on setting up a perimeter at the same time dispatch(via phone) is hearing the sound of gunshots within the school? Why did it take police so long to enter the school, and why did it take almost three hours for them to reach the library, the area where the shooters were last seen? Who gave the orders not to go in? Why did over 100 eye- and ear- witnesses dispute the official theory of only two shooters? Why did over 40 of those witnesses identify other participants BY NAME? If the two shooters committed suicide shortly after noon, as police claim, how come at least 35 witnesses saw or heard suspects/gunshots/explosions after that time? Why are there conflicting eyewitness accounts on the place and manner in which at least four of the dead victims were killed? Were victims being moved around? Was the crime scene being rearranged? If left-handed Klebold shot himself in the left temple, why was his suicide weapon found clutched in his right hand? How did students manage to keep seriously wounded teacher Dave Sanders alive for more than three hours while awaiting rescue, yet he was dead within 20 minutes of the police taking control of him? His corpse was later found with his shirt off. Is that first-aid? Or a sure-fire way of sending someone into shock? What was the motive? Why would two teens who were not bullied, did not hate everyone, and were not psychopathic suddenly decide to destroy the lives of a dozen fellow students and themselves just six weeks before graduation? Why would Harris and Klebold plan for a suicide mission and at the same time make normal plans for a post 4-20 future? Like seeking help on an English class essay from a teacher a few days before the attack, like making a date to see a movie the day after, like putting in a work schedule for the next week, like going to an out-of-town college with your dad to pick out a dorm room, like making plans to visit your old friends in New York. Where is the gun shot residue(GSR) test evidence for Harris and Klebold and the other suspects? Why was fingerprint evidence for Harris and Klebold not found on all but two of the hundreds of obects gathered at the scene? Whose fingerprints, if any, were found on the weapons seizedWhy does the official story claim, without a shred of evidence, that it was Harris and Klebold that set the South Wadsworth diversionary bomb (an incendiary device that exploded a couple of miles away from the school at the same time the shooting started)? Why did authorities claim the two shotguns seized had no serial numbers when later documents clearly show they did have serial numbers? Why did they not try to find out who sold Harris and Klebold the Hi-Point 9mm rifle and the pump-action shotgun that were used in the shooting? Were the school administrators warned, as rumored? Who was Principle Frank DeAngelis looking for, as reported by one student who saw him running up and down the interior cafeteria stairs right before the shooting broke out? Why did a science teacher tell his students that they had been expecting a fire drill? Was a bomb found in a trash can on 4-19, as one source indicated? Were bomb threats phoned into the school on the morning of 4-20, as two others claimed? Why didn't the Final Report conclude that shooters entered Science rooms 1 and 8, when numerous shell casings were taken from these areas? Why didn't the Final Report mention the brief exit of a shooter on the east side, according to many eyewitnesses? If the person seen on the roof of the school was a repairman, as police claim, why do witnesses say he was holding a weapon? Were shell casings found there, as some said? Who scheduled 'crisis training' drills at Columbine High Schol(CHS) in the weeks before and what was the exact nature of this training? What was a Denver police officer and a JeffCo sheriff doing at CHS that morning before the shooting started? What does reputed video evidence from the library and admin office areas show? Why does local media refuse to release on-scene video footage from the first half-hour of the incident? What happened to all the evidence taken from the computers of the trenchcoat mafia gang? Where are dozens of missing interviews of students, especially those in the science hall? Why are there still thousands of pages of investgatory materials that have never been made public, including hundreds of reports of non-Columbine witnesses and tipsters?

9. 10.

11. 12.

13.

14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23.

554

24. Why has the school district's own report on the shooting, which included the extensive disciplinary records of the trenchcoat mafia associates, not been made public? 25. Did investigators even try to interview Harris' psychologist, the man perhaps best positioned to know his mental state at the time? 26. Why did investigators show a remarkable lack of curiousity about connections with numerous similar school violence-related incidents occuring around the same time in the metro-Denver area and around the country? 27. Why did LAPD and Los Angeles Sheriff's Office personnel travel to the scene afterwards? What was the subject of a 10-minute phone call made by the NYPD to the Jefferson County Sheriff's Office on 4-20? 28. Who invited the FBI and the ATF to the scene? 29. Why was the US Attorney's Office (federal) consulted on 'prosecutive decisions' for this local crime? 30. Why was all but one of the seven 'investigatory' teams headed or co-headed by an FBI man? (the one exception was a team headed by a CBI(Colorado Bureau of Investigation) man, who was himself 'ex'-FBI) Was the entire crime scene 'federalized' soon after the shooting started, under powers granted by the 'Anti-terrorism Act' ("for the protection of the people and the state") signed by President Clinton exactly three years before- on April 20, 1996? 31. Why did FBI special agent Dwayne Fusilier not recuse himself from the investigation, as his son helped make a Columbine school video two years before that eerily mimicked the shooting? 32. What were two high-ranking military figures (a colonel and a general) in cami uniforms doing at the scene? Why was a memorial service at a public park afterwards ringed by military trucks? Who authorized a flyover by military jets and why? 33. Why did the Federal Emergency Management Agency(FEMA) hold a four-day disaster training course 18 months before, "designed specially to adress the needs of Jefferson County," for future Sheriff John Stone and other county representatives? 34. Is it just coincidence that the episode of CBS' television show "The Promised Land" that was scheduled to air that week featured a kid firing a gun in front of a Denver high school? Or that the plot of the WB's "Buffy the Vampire Slayer" for that week was a student gunman and a plot to kill every one at school? Or that MTV aired a Justice Department-produced program called "Warning Signs" about violence and its effect on young people on 4-22-99 (date was scheduled before Columbine)? Or that, before 4-20-99, the History Channel had scheduled to show a program called "Slaughter at Schools" (hosted by Mike Wallace) for May 10? 35. When ABC's "20/20" news program decided to do a show about a disturbing new educational phenomenom called 'Death Education,' back in the early '90s, why did they choose Columbine High as the featured school? (Prison Planet, 2009).

Title: The Columbine High School Massacre: 60 Eyewitnesses Can't Be Wrong Date: April 20, 2009 Source: Prison Planet Abstract: There is a great deal of evidence that more were involved than just Harris or Klebold. Among the best evidence are eyewitnesses who saw and recognized other participants in the crime. The below lists contains most of those who saw and were able to name other attackers at Columbine, plus a few more whose descriptions of the shooter(s) cannot possibly be either Harris or Klebold. The following eyewitnesses identified a 'Robert' or 'Robert Perry' as one of the attackers: 1. Cyrstal Archuleta (EP1-197): "...she did see one person throw a pipe bomb. .....She told me at the time she thought it was Robert Perry." 2. Seth Dubois (EP21-125): "...Seth told Katherine(Carlston) that Robert Perry was seen shooting a girl in the back while leaving the library." 3. Wade Allen Frank (EP1-91): "Mr. Frank told me that he thought origonally one of the individuals(shooting) was someone by the name of Robert..." "He stated that the person was tall, approximately 6'3" and kind of ackward(sic) and gangly." 4. Bryan Frye (EP25-69): "He stated that the person he had previously believed this shooter to be was Robert Perry. .....In a previous interview, after receiving his yearbook, he had told his father that he believed the shooter to be Robert Perry. He also stated that the gunman had bad acne." 5. Courtney Haulman (EP25-91): "There was three guys. The guy I remember most was the main guy. He's over 6' tall and has long curly dark-colored hair. He was wearing a trench coat. His name is Robert Perry." 6. Lacey Hohn (EP1-186): "...can you identify or descibe who was shooting? ....Ms. Hohn said that she does not believe it was Harris or Klebold. Ms. Hohn believes it was an individual named Robert." 7. Bijen Monty (EP1-110): "I asked her if she saw the source of the shooting. She told me she saw who she thought, at the time, was Robert Perry with a gun hanging around his neck. She said she never actually saw him shoot the weapon. "She asked me if I had any information in regards to Robert Perry. I informed her I did not." (20063): "During interview with (Jennifer) Falbo, she stated a friend, Bijen Monte, told her on the night of April 20, 199, the she (Monte) was in the cafeteria by the pop machines when this event began at CHS-Monte told Falbo that she saw (Redacted) enter the cafeteria with a 'handful of things.' He then threw these things which caused loud explosios. Monte said (Redacted) was wearing a white t-shirt and unknown pants." "Bijen Monte stated she was outside the commons area eating lunch. Heard shooting and then saw (Redacted) with a gun standing over two downed male victims. Monte picked (Redacted) from a photo lineup." 8. Tessa Nelson (EP1-113): "I asked her if she saw the source of the shots. She said she saw a male, who she thought was Robert Perry, wearing boots, dark jeans with dark hair, walking down the stairs outside the cafeteria. She said the male suspect pulled a gun and started shooting." 9. Katelyn Sue Place (EP21-285): Kate said, "It was (Redacted). I'm almost positive of it. I remember looking him dead in the eye. He was in my debate class..... . ...Dylan kind of looked like Robert, but Dylan doesn't have the long face. Robert's teeth are messed up and he was smiling and I saw his teeth then. Kate said that she has since seen pictures of Dylan Klebold and Eric Harris, and she said, "It's not one of them."(Referring to the person she saw shooting out on the outside commons.) "She remembers him shooting Ann Marie(Hochalter). .... Robert was just randomly shooting. ...Robert was still shooting. ....Kate said that Robert shot Ann Marie before he smiled at Kate. ....She looked and saw Jason(Autenrieth) trying to help Ann Marie, dragging her away from Robert, to the side."

555

10. Lacey Smith (4470): "On the diagram she depicts (Redacted) as walking in through the doors, past where she was sitting, and going in about as far as they north end of the school store. It was at that time she heard the windows breaking and then realized she was hearing shots. "....she did not have any trouble indentifying PERRY when he walked past her. I asked SMITH how sure she was that the person she saw and spoke with was (Redacted). I asked, "90 percent sure? 50 percent sure?" Her response was "100 percent sure." I then showed SMITH a photo lineup which included a picture of Dylan KLEBOLD, and asked her if the person who walked past her was in the lineup. She stated he was NOT in the lineup. .....As (Redacted) passed her and was near the commons area of the cafeteria, she then explained that (Redacted) pulled a weapon out from under his trench coat and started firing into the cafeteria. 11. Brenton Hooker (16397): "....he turned around and observed an individual he thought was ROBERT PERRY(ex-student of Columbine High School) standing outside the door just to the north of the main entrance shooting a pistol in his direction...." ....HOOKER described the individual he thought was PERRY as 6'8" - 6'11" in height, very skinny, tight black pants, black trench coat..." 12. Tyler Chenoweth (1830): "A student named Jen Smull saw through the (science classroom)door during the incident and said that the tall suspect had curly hair and was the student who came to a Halloween party as a warlock. He thought of Robert Perry based on that description." The following eyewitnesses identified a (Redacted) as being the shooter, with the description fitting Perry's: 13. Tiffany Lien (968): "Lien stated she believed gunman number one was (Redacted).... ...Lien stated that she was approximately twenty to twenty-five feet away from gunman number one and looked at him face to face for approximately 25 seconds, frozen in her tracks." Tall male had long black trench coat, black jeans, dark brown hair. His hair was kind of long and had curls. He was skinny and his shoulders kind of hunched over. ...She also stated that the gunman had bad acne. 14. Kristen Long (20245): "Long said suspect definitely had dark hair and a large nose, thought it might be (Redacted)." 15. Rusty Shyler (5464): "The individual was very tall. ...Shyler saw his face partially and thought based upon his dress and size that it may have been (Redacted). He was a hundred percent sure it was (Redacted). He described (Redacted) as being 6'6" to 6'7" tall and having lots of zits." 16. Chris Thierren (1207): Saw a tall shooter with acne, large nose, shoulder-length hair. "He stated that the picture he saw was of (Redacted) and he was 'pretty sure' he was the shooter he saw that morning at CHS." 17. Erin Walton (4139): "Erin Walton said she knew one of the shooters, and that he not one of (the) two Eric and Dylan. ...he was a senior named (Redacted). and he was very tall, had bad acne scars on his cheeks.... " The following witnesses did not identify the shooter, but the descriptions fits Perry's: 18. Pat Caruso (2683 and EP17-13): "Thought the suspect looked like a trench coat student he has seen before who had bad acne, ....curly long dark brown hair, wearing black trenchcoat.... and a tie-dyed shirt, pink or yellow." 19. Justin Norman (3929): "Upon the hill we saw a tall guy with blond hair, acne, big nose and buck teeth.... the guy had a handgun and he shot one kid in the ankle and another who didn't move." (Note: Accoding to Norman in a later interview, this was Klebold, though the description is more indicative of Perry.) 20. Joanathan Ballard (1765): "One of the (trenchcoated)kids(who was walking the halls during the shooting-implied to be a shooter) was about 6'5" or 6'6",.... I later saw on channel 4 or 9 news, I'm almost positive, that same man or teen, on t.v., acting all worried." (Note: this can't be Harris or Klebold, as they died in the shooting.) 21. Nathan Anema (2359): "....Anema identified (Redacted) as possibly being the person he saw throw a pipe bomb during the shooting at Columbine High School on 4-20-99. ...Anema stated that he initially thought the person that he saw throwing the pipe bomb was (Redacted)." 22. Katie Beer (6636): ".... when the incident began at Columbine High School, she initially tried to get out of the school by going toward the main doors on the east side of the school by the administrative offices, however, she said she saw a third shooter next to these offices and that this third shooter shot out windows at that location. ...Katy Beer told him this third shooter may have been (Redacted)." 23. Jason Brehm (719): One of the shooters had a very round face, shorter than 5'11". Not Harris or Klebold. 24. Leanne Clark (1422): "...Clark told her that she saw who did the shooting in the cafeteria, and that Clark identified (Redacted) as a gunman." 25. John Cook (756): A couple of weeks after the massacre, "Cook said he believed he could ID both of the suspects if he saw photos of them again." Since everybody had seen the photos of H&K in the media, and knew they had died in the incident, Cook is clearly not talking about Eric or Dylan here. 26. Frank DeAngelis, School Principle (8018): "I also assisted the principle of Columbine, who was having hard time giving the pictures of possible suspects to the command post and was present when he looked at and identified one of the suspects he was named.(sic) The male suspect was in the custody of, I believe, Jefferson Co. Sheriff's investigators." 27. David Eagle (1878 ): "The guy with the gun had black hair looked like it was spiked shaved on the sides.(sic) It was also blond on top. 5'9", about 18 years old. "He has since seen pictures of Harris and Klebold on television. ...David said that the person he saw did not look like the people he's seen on television." 28. Ashley Egelund (22671): "Ashley was in north corridor when she observed (Redacted) and Eric Harris coming around the corner from the library.... She said Chris Morris was armed with a handgun while Harris was armed with a shotgun.(5248 ) ....both started shooting at Ashley.... Ashley did not know (Redacted) at first but she saw his picture in the yearbook and is positive it was (Redacted). "... No photo lineup per Investigator Battan."

556

29. Amy Evans (22205): "....Amy Evans said there was a third shooter and it was (Redacted)." 30. Joel Hatfield (19277): "Joel Hatfield interviewed 4-29-99. Saw one shooter with excellent description of dress, physical, guns and movement. Could ID in lineup if needed." Once again, this cannot be H or K, as everybody was aware that H&K were in no position to stand in a lineup! 31. Mark Hengel (5901): "Hengel identified Klebold and (Redacted) from the photograph in the attached 1A envelope.... Also attached is a 1A envelope is a diagram of Columbine High School indicating the diection of Hengel and the two individuals dressed in black." Apparently the interviewing officer didn't like what he was hearing, and so the interviewer ends up telling the eyewitness what he saw: "I then advised Mark Hengel that the skinny person he saw standing and shooting was Dylan Klebold and the person he saw standing over the duffel bag was Eric Harris." 32. AnneMarie Hochalter (18218): Gunshot victim outside the cafeteria. "Advised that Harris/Klebold did not shoot her. .... Has ID on shooters." 33. Leigh Kamens (1422): While in the 'green room' off of the science hall, she identified (Redacted) as one of the gunmen. 34. Tim Kastle (3416): "As far as I know the suspects are Dylan Klebold, Eric Harris, (Redacted) and I think there might have been two others." 35. Alicia Maes (3614): "Alicia stated that when she first observed the male in the black trench coat, she thought it was a person known to her as (Redacted)." 36. Lucas Milne: "Saw (Redacted) in commons at 11am in a black trenchcoat and knows (Redacted). States that Dan Goin and Brandon Little and Bijen Monte saw (Redacted) shooting at school. Milne picked out (Redacted) in photo lineup. 37. Leiha Murphy (3828): In the cafeteria, notices commotion outside north-west door. "I saw a guy I recognized as (Redacted). He was running... Stair had his blond hair down. It's past his shoulders. He's about 6', tall, skinny, he was wearing a long black trench coat.... I saw nothing in his hands. He was observed a short distance from whatever was going on at the door. My thought was that (Redacted) was involved if there was a fight." Stair named in the cafeteria map (see page 3830). Leiha also immediately picked him out of a photo lineup. "I ask Leiha if she was certain that this individual was (Redacted). Leiha said "Oh yeah, I'm certain.... I saw his face full on. I remember seeing his face completely....(she said he stood in place for about 15 seconds)....I remember him graduating last year." She remembers him wearing 'makeup on his face and hand' and that because of that, he stood out from other students." (3836) Also, at least four ear- witnesses heard the suspects refer to one of their number as "Joe".(Encinas, 2943, Herivel, 1927, McKenna, 3525, and Salazar, EP21-224) 38. Mark Opfer (1064): "At the time, Opfer believed the taller person in the black tenchcoat who with(sic) the shooter was (Redacted)....." (25625) "CHS student Mark Opfer was interviewed on 4-27-99... In that interview Opfer stated that he believed (Redacted, wearing a trench coat) was standing next to a gunman and was involved in the shooting." 39. Josh Ortwein (1939): "...Josh Ortwein witnessed the shooting and he was telling everyone he saw (Redacted) shooting a gun." 40. Bree Pasquale (18018): Library eyewitness, was made to beg for her life. Says the gunman lived down the street from her and played the character "Morgan" in a school play. She knew him, and he knew her. Definitely not H or K! "...she believed the individual with the 'pipe bomb'(outside) was a former student of Columbine High School."(526) 41. Jessica Rusch (2143): "...she identified one of the gunmen at the Columbine High School as being an individual known as (Redacted)." 42. Cara Sander (EP25-203): Describes gunman as pudgy, overweight, very full face, thick bushy eyebrows. IDs him as (Redacted), who is heavy-set with a round face, short dark hair and dark eyebrows. A copy of the CHS yearbook page with Brian Sargent's photo is included in her interview. [John Ungerland(1701) says Brian Sargent has a round chubby face and is a big guy with bushy eyebrows. He saw him that morning at school; Sargent was wearing a short sleeve white button-up shirt-a polo type.] 43. Mindy Pollock (10009): Sees one gunman outside west entrance, holding a gun on the fence. ...Dressed in a "white dress-type shirt", short brown hair, with a "little bit of a gut". "POLLOCK stated she recognized the lower, #1 gunman as (Redacted)."(1095) 44. Trent Karnes (912): Says one suspect... had on a white dress shirt or a white sleeve shirt, he was holding a rifle on fence, shooting at people outside of cafeteria. [Note: Officially, both H&K were wearing T-shirts during the assault.] 45. Jen Smull(2182): In science hall, sees Klebold and an older suspect, 25-30, blond with short, spiky, buzz-cut hair. 46. Valeen Schnurr (18696): Gunshot victim in library. "Per Valeen's mother, Shari Schnurr, Valeen possibly identified her shooter as (Redacted)." (8798 ) "Valeen indicated she keeps seeing the face of (Redacted)" 47. Jennifer Tindall (1226): "....insisted that neither suspect she saw was Eric Harris or Dylan Klebold. ...Tindall picked out (Redacted) photograph as possibly being the male in the black trench coat." 48. Adam Thompson (21039): "....he had seen a gunman shooting inside the school. Does not think it is the same as gunmen in the media." 49. John Vandemark (2216): In the science hall, sees older shooter with dark hair, spiky with blond tips. 50. Erin Walton (2243): In th science hall, sees suspect with short blond hair-"like he was going bald"-older, in his 30s. 51. Emily Wyant (641): A week after 4-20, says to the interviewing officer "...she would recognize them again if she saw them again." 52. Chris Wisher (9832): "....he recognized one of the shooters--the other shooter was the kid wearing black that was arrested and placed in cuffs and put inside a black police car. He said that he is 100% positive that he was the male that shot at him." (EP6-265) "Thought he recognized Chris Morris as being one of the shooters.... ...on the west side of the cafeteria."

557

53. Aaron Welsh (610): Can ID both suspects(on 4-22). 54. Terry Lawson (10020): ID other than Harris and Klebold. 55. Monica Schuster (19470): "Schuster saw gunman but did not believe it was Harris and Klebold." 56. Lisa Forgen (3005): She sees 2 shooters, and tells IOs that she could identify them if she had photos. Interview given days after 4-20; the implication is that they were not Harris and Klebold. (2+2=4) 57. Arthur Curtis (19444): Saw two shooters, can ID them. (interview given on 4-28-99, the implication once again is that they were not Harris and Klebold) 58. Kacey Ruegsegger (128): "Ruegsegger did not recognize the pictures of Harris and Klebold she has seen in the media as the gunmen in the library." 59. Sean Graves (ACSO 633): "...saw guy with coat and gun standing by (Redacted)--saw his face and he wasn't one of the suspects." 60. (DRMN 5-14-99): "...people have reported that they saw others carry stuff into the building" (Prison Planet, 2009).

Seattle Terror Attack

OBAMACSI.COM: Based on the recent terror history of Seattle, Washington, combined with the October 2011 death of a Washington State Senator from Seattle, the Emerald City appears to be ripe for a major terror attack. The Space Needle has been a target of "terrorists" long before 9/11, and it is a landmark that will likely be destroyed just as the World Trade Center Towers were on 9/11. A recent terror plot exposed in Seattle indicates that there is an active effort by government to plant plausible deniability (patsies) prior to a terror event taking place. If the government and media propaganda are to be believed, Seattle will be attacked in the near future. Bases on the current data and info available, the Space Needle will likely be targeted with a plane carrying some sort of a radiological or biological weapon. 1. Seattle's Dead Senator: In mid-October of 2011, Washington Senator Scott White died mysteriously in his hotel room. The autopsy, which generally takes weeks to generate, was released within 24 hours and stated that he died of an enlarged heart. Given the location and the timing of his death, the Senator from Seattle may have got in over his head with the federal government if terror events are indeed planned for Seattle, Washington, his home town. 2. Seattle Terror Propaganda: Even before 9/11, alleged terror chatter and government propaganda have stated that the Space Needle is a target for a future terror attack. A few years later, the FBI states it was never a target only to change their mind for a third time a few months later. The Space Needle is an international landmark and a terror attack like 9/11 would change the Seattle skyline forever, just as it was intended to do. 3. Seattle Terror Plots & Patsies: An alleged terror plot involving middle-eastern men was discovered in June of 2011, involving two African-American pasties who were fed fake guns and grenades from the U.S. government in an attempt to provocateur a terror incident. The Seattle incident is just one case in a long line of incidents of alleged terrorists that the U.S. government has desperately manufactured to terrorize the American public and build support for the wars in the Middle East. 4. Seattle Terror Drills: Terror drills in Washington State, namely Seattle, have included active shooters on a college campus, a dirty bomb explosion, and multiple terror drills at Sea-Tac International Airport. Drills are practice for the real thing, and it is impossible to know when these drills will go live as they did on 9/11.

1. SEATTLE'S DEAD SENATOR

OBAMACSI.COM: In mid-October of 2011, Washington Senator Scott White died mysteriously in his hotel room. The autopsy, which generally takes weeks to generate, was released within 24 hours and stated that he died of an enlarged heart. Given the location and the timing of his death, the Senator from Seattle may have got in over his head with the federal government if terror events are indeed planned for Seattle, Washington, his home town. Title: Washington State Senator Found Dead In Hotel Room Date: October 22, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Washington state Sen. Scott White, a transit advocate who quickly rose to a leadership position in the Legislature, was found dead Friday at a resort hotel. He was 41. Kittitas County Sheriff Gene Dana said there was no sign of foul play in the death but that authorities are investigating because it remains unexplained. Housekeeping staff at the Suncadia Resort found White after he failed to check out of his room. An autopsy is planned.

558

The Democrat represented the state's 46th District, covering northern parts of Seattle. White joined the Senate last year and rose to serve as the Senate's majority whip, advocating for transit issues as a caucus transportation leader. He worked most recently as a project manager at the University of Washington. State Sen. Ed Murray, D-Seattle, said White was a young politician that many viewed as having immense potential -- perhaps someone to be in Congress or Senate Majority Leader. He worked well with people across the political spectrum and had a fresh approach to politics that the public desired, Murray said. "What stood out was that he was ambitious but he was positive," Murray said. "He wasn't ambitious and divisive. Scott wanted to figure out how to be progressive and how to move forward in a positive way." Murray recalled a caucus meeting last month in which lawmakers were assessing a gloomy budget situation. He said White framed the issue in the most personal terms: He recently took his son to the first day of kindergarten and was concerned about the impact education cuts could have on class sizes. White is survived by his wife and two children. In the Legislature, White sought to shape and advance transportation issues for the Seattle metro area. This year, he successfully pushed a bill to provide funding for King County Metro by allowing local officials to implement a congestion reduction charge of $20 per vehicle. He said transit was critical to help people -- commuters, seniors and students in particular -- get to work and school in a difficult economy. White was in Cle Elum at the Suncadia Resort, where he was participating in a leadership conference organized by the Seattle Chamber of Commerce. He was on a panel Thursday speaking about ways that the west side of the state and the east side of the state can better work together. Randy Hodgins, vice president of external affairs for the University of Washington, said he and others went out for drinks with White after dinner on Thursday night. He recalled that White talked about how content he was with the work he was doing in Olympia. The group returned to the hotel around 10:30 p.m., and Hodgins said White was upbeat. "He was in a great mood like he always is," Hodgins said. "We had great, wonderful night." Hodgins noticed that White wasn't around for events Friday morning but assumed he had left for home early. A native of Olympia, White played football at Timberline High School before going to both Western Washington University and the University of Washington. He worked on the King County Council, rising to serve as chief of staff before getting elected to the state House in 2008 before moving to the Senate two years later. Gov. Chris Gregoire said White was never afraid to tackle difficult problems. "I found him to be an absolute pleasure to work with, and a legislator who served his district and the entire state well," Gregoire said. "He had a bright and promising future ahead of him" (Fox News, 2011).

1. SEATTLE TERROR NEW & PROPAGANDA

OBAMACSI.COM: Even before 9/11, alleged terror chatter and government propaganda have stated that the Space Needle is a target for a future terror attack. A few years later, the FBI states it was never a target only to change their mind for a third time a few months later. The Space Needle is an international landmark and a terror attack like 9/11 would change the Seattle skyline forever, just as it was intended to do. Title: Seattle Cancels A Party On Fears Of Terrorism Date: December 29, 1999 Source: New York Times Abstract: Mayor Rudolph Giuliani of New York said Tuesday that the decision by Seattle to cancel New Year's Eve festivities the first such cancellation in the United States represented a victory for terrorists, and he vowed that a huge celebration in New York would go on as planned. The police chief of Washington said that the capital city would also go through with planned New Year's events, undeterred by the possibility of terrorist attacks. Officials in Seattle were at pains to justify their decision, and denied that they had received any specific threat against the city. "We are comfortable that Seattle is not a target," Mayor Paul Schell said Tuesday. But federal authorities, he added, could not "assure us that there's no risk." "We did not want to take chances with public safety, no matter how remote the threat might seem," he said in a written statement issued earlier.

559

A mayoral spokesman said that there had been no new warning of terrorism since the Dec. 14 arrest of an Algerian national charged with attempting to bring bomb-making materials into northern Washington state from Canada. The man reportedly had reserved a hotel room near the Seattle Space Needle. Even in the absence of any specific terrorist threat, Seattle officials said, the decision to scale back celebrations was the only reasonable response to recent warnings from the U.S. State Department of a worldwide terrorist threat, and to the arrest of the Algerian, Ahmed Ressam. U.S. authorities are investigating whether Mr. Ressam, who was arrested at Port Angeles, Washington, might have been part of wider plans for terrorist attacks. They have issued an arrest warrant for a man believed linked to Mr. Ressam, Abdelmajed Dahoumane, and have ordered tightened security at airports and border crossings. Mr. Schell said that in addition to terror concerns, Seattle needed "a breather from tension" after the tumultuous rioting that jolted the city during the World Trade Organization ministerial conference last month. He canceled a New Year's Eve gala around the base of the Space Needle. That event originally was expected to draw about 60,000 people, although fears of terrorism had lowered those estimates. Other events earlier Friday, including concerts and circuses, will take place. Fireworks will be set off at midnight around the Space Needle, but the 20acre (8-hectare) Seattle Center around the Needle will be closed at 6 P.M. The city will have extra police and firefighters on duty, and will be able to call on 450 National Guardsmen being specially posted near the city. In New York, however, Mayor Giuliani said that it was not possible to protect against all possible threats, and joked that any attempt to cancel festivities there would simply bring more rebellious New Yorkers onto the streets. Without criticizing Seattle officials, he said, "The terrorists, to some extent, accomplished their objective in reducing the reasonable and sensible alternatives people have in a free society." Up to 2 million revelers are expected to pour into New York streets for day-long festivities Friday, particularly in an area around Times Square, where each year a giant ball is lowered to mark the arrival of a new year. "Life contains a level of risk, and you've got to deal with it," Giuliani said. "What we're doing is everything we can reasonably do to reduce that risk." Meanwhile, in Texas, an American Airlines mechanic was charged Tuesday with possessing bomb-making material, The Associated Press reported from the city of Grapevine. The mechanic, Jere Wayne Haney, 42, was arraigned on a felony charge of possessing components of explosives. Police who had stopped him at Dallas-Fort Worth International Airport for a traffic violation found apparently stolen liquor bottles and searched his apartment for others. Instead, according to police, they found a 50-pound bag of ammonium nitrate, which can be used in explosives, and also assault-style rifles, white supremacist literature and a book on bomb-making (New York Times, 1999).

Title: Terrorists Targeted Disneyland, Space Needle Date: February 21, 2001 Source: NewsMax Abstract: Former CIA officials told United Press International that Southern California's Disneyland and Seattle's Space Needle were targets of foiled 1999 millennium bombing attacks financed and advised by Saudi millionaire terrorist Osama bin Laden. According to these sources, who asked not to be identified, the plot came to light when a 32-year-old Algerian man, Ahmed Ressam, was stopped by U.S. Customs officials on Dec. 14, 1999, at Port Angeles, about 60 miles northwest of Seattle, after crossing the Canadian border. When Customs officials began to search Ressam's car, he ran away but was caught several hours later hiding a few blocks away. But what U.S. officials found hidden in the tire well of Ressam's car was chilling: Ten 110-pound plastic bags of urea, a legal substance used in fertilizer that can also be used to make explosives. There were also two plastic bags of the absorption agent sulfate and four small black boxes containing timers. "He had enough material to make four or more bombs," said one former U.S. intelligence official. On Dec. 28, Seattle Mayor Paul Schell canceled the city's New Year's Eve celebration including music, dancing and other festivities scheduled under the 52-story-high Space Needle because he said the threat of terrorism made it impossible to ensure citizens' safety. At least 50,000 people had been expected to attend. Schell was widely jeered by city residents for being "paranoid," according to newspaper accounts at the time, especially because celebrations went forward in larger cities such as Washington, D.C., and New York City.

560

Although federal officials had warned that major millennium celebrations worldwide could be terrorist targets, Schell told ABC News that the FBI told him they had "no information that Seattle was being targeted." The FBI made other public statements that there was "no specific information" that the Space Needle was in danger. But former U.S. intelligence officials flatly said Schell's statement was "rubbish" and that the FBI had "plenty of indications" that the Space Needle "was a bin Laden target." Ressam had reservations under the name of Benni Antoine Norris at a hotel only five blocks away from the Space Needle. Most importantly, U.S. investigators discovered that "Ressam had a map with other targets circled on it." The Space Needle was one; others were in California. One of these was Disneyland, one former CIA source said. Especially chilling to investigators were the timers Ressam was carrying. According to a U.S. government official, they were made from a Casio digital watch that had been transformed into a timing switch. Such timers were the trademark of Ramsi Youssef, the mastermind of the World Trade Center bombing who had developed the Casio watch timer and a tiny "Mark II bomb" during his stay in the Philippines in 1994, sources said. According to U.S. intelligence sources, several Arab Afghans, affiliated with bin Laden, arrived in the Philippines to set up terrorist cells, most of them in major cities. One such terrorist was Ramsi Youssef, who visited several major Philippine cities and within a short time had a group of 23 followers. According to a U.S. government official familiar with the transcripts of an interrogation of Youssef by Filipino security forces, Youssef was able to develop his own brand of liquid but stable nitroglycerin that he would put in a contact lens case with cotton wool as a stabilizer. Besides nitroglycerin, other ingredients of the bomb included minute parts of sulphuric acid, silver azide, acetone, nitrobenzene and nitrate, the U.S. official said. Youssef would attach wiring to the arm of the watch using a tiny space under the calculator. The alteration was so minute that a courier or bomb-maker would still be able to wear the watch in a normal manner. The watch would then be connected to two 9 volt batteries connected to light filaments that would detonate the bomb. Youseff smuggled the batteries past airport metal detectors by carrying them in the hollowed-out heels of his shoes. Youssef made an early test of his bomb by breaking into a mall in Cebu City, the third-largest city in the Philippines. The device detonated several hours later in a generator room, causing only minor damage but convincing Youssef that he had at his service a workable device. Youssef left Manila for a few days, but on his return was met by several emissaries from bin Laden who had traveled from Sudan, according to U.S. government officials. "We know for a fact he had close contact with these people," one U.S. government counterterrorist source said (NewsMax, 2001).

Title: FBI Says Space Needle Not A Target Date: September 28, 2001 Source: Farlex Abstract: The following is the official statement from the Space Needle Corporation in response to news stories suggesting the Landmark was a target for terrorist activities on Sept. 11: "We do not take risks with public safety. "Ever since the tragedy of Sept. 11, the Space Needle has been in direct and ongoing contact with the FBI about potential threats to the Landmark. According to the FBI, there is absolutely no basis for these reports. "In fact, the FBI's Special Agent in Charge for Washington State has assured us several times today and over the past few weeks that the Space Needle was never a target of terrorist activity and that media reports suggesting so are completely false. "On Sept. 11, the Space Needle immediately implemented its Emergency Security Plan. The safety of our guests and our employees continues as our top priority. "We continue to keep in contact with law enforcement agencies monitoring the situation. Since 1962, the Space Needle has stood strong and proud as a symbol of our city and it will continue to do so" (Farlex, 2001).

Title: Space Needle May Have Been Terrorist Target Date: January 30, 2002 Source: Seattle Times Abstract: Seattle Police Chief Gil Kerlikowske said today that federal law-enforcement agents have told them that a photograph of the Space Needle was found along with other documents seized by American forces in Afghanistan that purportedly outline new targets for al-Qaida terrorist attacks. But multiple law enforcement sources tonight said that reports of specific al-Qaida attack plans against the Space Needle or any other state landmark or installation were exaggerated.

561

Theres absolutely no specific threat that Ive been made aware of, other than the fact that a picture of the Space Needle was found, Kerlikowske said today. There is no specific threat, though certainly theres cause for concern when a photograph of a Seattle landmark is found. Kerlikowske said he has been aware of the discovery for a few days, but the Space Needle has been under intense security for more then two years. NBC News tonight cited unnamed federal officials in reporting that the documents showed plans to attack other targets in Was hington state, including massive hydroelectric dams, including the Grand Coulee Dam. The Space Needle has been under a tight watch since the fall of 1999, when local police worried it could be a target of protests during the WTO Conference. Those events, combined with Sept. 11, have led to beefed-up security at the Space Needle, Kerlikowske said. Police officers are assigned full time to the Seattle Center, and private Space Needle security is trained to work with Seattle police, the chief said. Im very confident with the fact that the Space Needle has excellent security, Kerlikowske said. Mayor Greg Nickels said he was told of the apparent threat early Wednesday. While Sept. 11 did not directly hit Seattle, Nickels said the latest news reinforces the notion that Its something that cou ld happen in any American city. Like his police chief, Nickels said he didnt know of any specific plan to attack the Space Needle or any other locations. The Grand Coulee dam is federally operated, and as such has been under the tightest security since Sept. 11, said Dulcy Mahar, a spokeswoman for the Bonneville Power Administration, one of the agencies that operates the massive dam. The BPA spokeswoman said she had not been informed by federal sources of any specific al-Qaida threat or the dams inclusion in recently rec overed documents. All federal agencies have heightened their security to what some find nearly uncomfortable levels, Mahar said. But wed ra ther err on the side of safety. Were comfortable that people are doing everything they possibly can. Even a successful attack on the Grand Coulee dam wouldnt have the catastrophic effects on the Northwest Power grid that terrorists mi ght hope, Mahar said. The dam supplies about 2,000 megawatts of electricity to the Northwest, just a part of the regions power sou rce. It wouldnt black out the Northwest; it would just make things tighter, Mahar said. Its not going to cripple the Northwest (Seattle Times, 2002).

Title: Seattle Vulnerable To Nuclear Terrorism Date: September 21, 2004 Source: Harvard Belfer Center Abstract: Seattle was baptized into the era of terrorism in December 1999 when a customs agent became suspicious of a driver disembarking from a ferry at Port Angeles. Her gut reaction proved correct: Ahmed Ressam was smuggling more than 100 pounds of explosives for al-Qaida's millennium plot to bomb Los Angeles International Airport. Seattle moved into the center of the cross hairs when the mastermind of the attacks on the World Trade Center and Pentagon, Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, put the Northwest's tallest building on his top 10 target list. Later, U.S. forces found photos of the Space Needle in an al-Qaida hideout in Afghanistan. Osama bin Laden has challenged the greater al-Qaida movement to trump 9/11. The list of terrorist actions reaching that bar is short. A clue to the preferred method comes from bin Laden: He declared obtaining nuclear weapons "a religious duty." Seattle is particularly vulnerable to nuclear terrorism because of its location and economic significance. Not only is it the headquarters for U.S. icons Microsoft, Amazon and Starbucks, it is the third-largest port. According to CIA estimates, a terrorist nuclear weapon is far more likely to arrive in a cargo container than on the tip of a missile. A 10-kiloton nuclear bomb detonated at the Pike Place Market would destroy Seattle. Everything within a third of a mile would vaporize. Buildings from the Washington State Convention and Trade Center to the edge of Pioneer Square would look like the Murrah Federal Office Building in Oklahoma City. Fires and fallout would ravage an area stretching from the Space Needle to Safeco Field. The Bush administration's lackadaisical approach to this threat is baffling. But brute facts are undeniable: In the two years after 9/11, fewer potential weapons in Russia were secured than in the two years prior to the attack. Underlying this lack of urgency is a failure to grasp a fundamental insight: Nuclear terrorism is preventable.

562

A serious campaign to prevent nuclear terrorism would be organized under a doctrine of Three No's: no loose nukes, no new nascent nukes, and no new nuclear weapons states. 1. "No loose nukes" requires securing all nuclear weapons and weapons-usable material, on the fastest possible timetable, to a new "gold standard." The United States does not lose gold from Fort Knox, or Russia treasures from the Kremlin Armory. "No new nascent nukes" means no new national capabilities to enrich uranium or reprocess plutonium. This effort should begin with intrusive inspections of suspected nuclear sites, then work toward the prohibition fissile material production and actual enforcement mechanisms. Iran today poses a crucial test for this principle. "No new nuclear-weapons states" draws a line under the current eight nuclear powers and says unambiguously: "No more." The immediate test of this principle is North Korea. Kim Jong-Il must be required to freeze and dismantle his nuclear program.

2.

3.

Nuclear terrorism is the greatest threat facing the United States today. We need a president who will push our government and others to take every technically feasible action to shield the Emerald City from the nightmare of a terrorist's nuclear bomb (Harvard Belfer Center, 2004).

Title: Seattle Ferries A Top Terror Target, FBI Cautions Date: April 20, 2006 Source: Seattle PI Abstract: Puget Sound's busy ferries are the No. 1 target for maritime terrorism in this country, sharing that nerve-jangling status with Gulf Coast fuel tankers, according to a national assessment of efforts to protect U.S. seaports. The findings, contained in a recent Justice Department inspector general's report, mark the first time the FBI has publicly placed such a high-risk label on Washington State Ferries. The ranking was based largely on an analysis of significant suspicious incidents at maritime facilities around the country. "Our conclusion was that there was an extremely high likelihood, in a handful of incidents, that there was pre-operation planning" for a terrorist attack on the ferry system, said supervisory intelligence analyst Ted Turner of Seattle's FBI office. But Turner and other local FBI officials, along with the Coast Guard, suggested Thursday that the top ranking may be because of more aggressive reporting in this region. Turner credited his agency's "very robust" efforts to monitor all suspicious incidents and the Washington State Ferries program to enlist help from crews and passengers as being likely factors in driving up the number of reported incidents. "You cannot conclude from the fact that we have a lot of intelligence reporting that we are a No. 1 target," said Laura Laughlin, the FBI's special agent in charge in Seattle. "Obviously, the potential for a terrorist incident is here. But that's reading a lot into it to say that." The inspector general's report, released last month, praised the Seattle FBI office's innovative intelligence assessments of potential threats to the ferry system, the first of which was released in May 2004. After that assessment, several steps were taken to improve ferry security, including the introduction of bomb-sniffing dogs, elimination of unaccompanied freight and additional surveillance equipment. State Patrol troopers also began riding the ferries, accompanied in the water by heavily armed Coast Guard SWAT team boats. Between April 2004 and September 2005, the FBI compiled reports on 247 suspicious incidents involving the ferry system, a major increase from the 157 documented between the 9/11 attacks and April 2004. But Turner said there have been fewer incidents considered high-risk in the most recent reporting period. "We've never been able to tie a specific incident to a terrorist group," he said. "We've never been able to tie a specific incident to a terrorist plan." The Washington ferry system is the biggest in the United States. Some ferries can hold up to 2,500 passengers and 212 vehicles. The national report hasn't resulted in an increase in the maritime security alert level, said Coast Guard Capt. Stephen Metruck, who as captain-of-theport holds sway over maritime operations, controlling and setting maritime security levels in Puget Sound. But Metruck said a wide range of security enhancements have gone into effect in the last couple of years and the measures are being continuously reevaluated.

563

For its seaport-protection report, the inspector general asked the FBI's Threat Monitoring Unit to identify all maritime-related suspicious incidents reported from September 2004 to September 2005 to its computerized Guardian Threat Tracking System. Of 51,000 suspicious incidents reported around the nation, "the FBI identified (the) 68 (most significant) maritime-related incidents, with the greatest concentration found in the Seattle area," the report states. The report also noted "a substantial number of threats along the Gulf Coast, which most likely involved suspected surveillance of energy facilities and oil tankers." Of the 68 incidents, 46 are considered to be acts of surveillance by terrorists. Nearly half the suspected maritime targets nationally were terminals and ferries, and both were "frequently filmed or photographed in the Seattle area by people acting suspiciously," the report said. Neither the local FBI office nor the Coast Guard would discuss specific incidents. However, a September 2004 incident briefing report was obtained by cryptome.org, a Web site that often posts classified documents. The report states: "WASHINGTON: Suspicious Activity of Two Middle Eastern Males on Ferry. According to USCG reporting, on 27 September, in Seattle, two Middle Eastern males were observed studying the schematic of the Wenatchee Ferry for an extended period of time. As soon as the two males noticed an employee approaching, they immediately walked away from the schematic and picked up a magazine to ward off attention. At the end of the voyage, the two males returned to their vehicle. A license plate check revealed the vehicle belonged to a rental company. Information from the rental company on the vehicle indicated that it was rented to a business located in Tukwila. The business was unable to be located. An investigation is ongoing." Turner would not comment on the investigation, except to say "the key here is we've got something to follow up on -- a license plate." Laughlin urged ferry riders to be vigilant and report any suspicious activity. "We are tracking down every suspicious incident that is brought to our attention," she said. "It will be followed up." At Seattle's Colman Dock, ferry passengers waiting for the 2:05 p.m. boat to Bainbridge on Thursday took the inspector general's report in stride. "If it's the highest threat here, why don't we have more security here like we do at the airports?" asked Anya Averill, 52, of Portland, who was visiting friends. "I will notice things when I'm flying. I'll go to the desk and say, 'There's a suitcase over there with no person.' " But Craig Swanson, 53, of Bainbridge said, "I would worry more about being hit by a car on the freeway than being hit by a terrorist." Jenn Spies, 16, of Bainbridge, agreed. "If it was a big concern of mine," she said, "I wouldn't be riding on the ferry" (Seattle PI, 2006). Title: Terrorist's Threat Stirs Up Old Fears Date: March 15, 2007 Source: Seattle PI Abstract: What if? That's the haunting question Michelle Carr was asking herself Thursday -- as she has so many times since 9/11. Carr, a Seattle Justice Center employee, works across the street from the city's tallest building -- Columbia Center. As she made the morning commute in from Shoreline, Carr was already reeling. News reports had the tower -- or possibly one nearby -- on the al-Qaida hit list. There were no details, no plot -- but Carr couldn't help but wonder: What if the tower came down? What would happen to her office? "You have to accept them as concrete threats," she said. "To just write it off would be foolish." Like the Space Needle and the Washington ferry system, Columbia Center has appeared on lists of potential terrorism targets before. In January 2002, FBI officials told Seattle police that a photo of the Space Needle had been found in a cave in Afghanistan. On Saturday, in a U.S. military hearing at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, a statement from alleged 9/11 mastermind Khalid Sheikh Mohammed listed a Washington state building -- which it called the "Plaza Bank" -- as one of the terrorist organization's targets. The news wasn't going to keep Tom Jaffe up at night. And he works in the 76-story, black-glass Columbia Center.

564

"If it's going to happen, it's going to happen. There's not much you can do about it," the Seattle man said. "The only time I thought about it at all was on 9/11, when I didn't come in to work." Then again, Jaffe said, no one asked him to come in. The tower was closed as a precaution. Seattle-area emergency services officials were equally cool Thursday on the significance of Mohammed's statement. That al-Qaida targeted the West Coast's tallest and most iconic buildings has been public knowledge since the bipartisan 9/11 commission published its report in 2004, said David Gomez, assistant special agent in charge at the Seattle FBI office. "There's no new revelation here," Gomez said, adding that "the fact that (Mohammed) confessed is not new information for the FBI." Seattle residents shouldn't be concerned about Mohammed's statements, Gomez added. At the moment there are no specific threats against the city. "As I understand it, it was not new," said Barb Graff, Seattle's emergency management director. "They've known of this and done vulnerability assessments around it for the past year at least." For authorities, it's hard to know how credible Mohammed's statements are, said Jeff Bowers, assistant director of King County's Department of Emergency Management. "Who knows what kind of situation he was in to say what he said?" Bowers said. "Sometimes it's difficult to winnow through these media reports of what the terrorists say they want to do or are going to do." It remains unclear which Seattle building Mohammed was eyeing as a possible target. According to the transcript, Mohammed referred to "Plaza Bank" while discussing ambitions for a wave of attacks after 9/11. It could have been a reference to the Bank of America Fifth Avenue Plaza near Columbia Center. What's certain is that he didn't mean Seattle-based Plaza Bank, a Latino-focused commercial bank founded in 2006 -- three years after Mohammed was captured. "We're confused as to how we got on that list," said Carlos Guangorena, the bank's president and chief executive. "We've had a little bit of fun with it over here." While Plaza Bank probably isn't among them, a number of Seattle icons have drawn the attention of some would-be terrorists. Like most cities, Seattle has attributes and vulnerabilities that make it an appealing target, said Capt. Mike Sanford of the Seattle Police Department's homeland security unit. "As old as it is, the Space Needle is known around the world," Sanford said. And, he added, Washington has the world's largest ferry system. Last year, federal authorities rated the ferry system the No. 1 target for maritime terrorism in the country. An FBI expert said at the time that would-be terrorists had conducted "preoperation planning" on the system. Convicted terrorist Ahmed Ressam was captured in Port Angeles in 1999 driving a rented car filled with explosives. Authorities said he intended to use them against travelers at Los Angeles International Airport around the millennium celebration. Bowers said county and local emergency-preparedness offices are constantly revising plans in anticipation of a future attack. Bowers said federal authorities contact him and his counterparts at the state and city level when a credible threat is identified. Local authorities also are looking at what's being done in other cities to prepare for all kinds of disasters, including a terrorist strike. "We've always got stuff cooking here," he said (Seattle PI, 2007).

Title: Terror Threat Puts Seattle Jewish Community On Alert Date: October 29, 2010 Source: NWCN

565

Abstract: Within moments of the first news reports about Fridays thwarted terror attack aimed at the United States, Seattles Jewish c ommunity was being put on alert. Authorities on three continents thwarted multiple terrorist attacks aimed at the United States from Yemen, seizing two explosive packages addressed to Chicago-area synagogues and packed aboard cargo jets. Staff at the Jewish Federation of Greater Seattle was informed at 8:30 a.m. Friday and put Safe Washington into action. Forty-three different Jewish organizations including synagogues, nursing homes and schools were immediately contacted and told to be on heightened alert. There was no recommendation Friday for Jewish organizations to cease worship or other activities. The Safe Washington system was put in place following the 2006 shooting rampage at the Jewish Federation. A spokeswoman said the office also has improved building safety and has a security process in its mailroom to deal with suspicious packages (NWCN, 2010).

Title: Seattle-Area Federal Agencies On Heightened Terror Alert Date: May 2, 2011 Source: KIRO TV Abstract: The threat of retaliation over Osama bin Laden's death has federal, state and local agencies working together to prevent a potential attack in Western Washington.KIRO 7 crews spent Monday talking with federal and local police agencies and also spoke with travelers at Sea-Tac Airport.The U.S. State Department hasn't issued any warnings of specific threats, but did release a worldwide travel alert Sunday. Additionally, security at local military bases was heightened to condition BRAVO, meaning an "increased and more predictable" terror threat is present."We're always ready, we're always vigilant," said Lt. Col. Eric Farquharson, who commands the ROTC detachment at Seattle University, where condition BRAVO was also in effect. "Because there's always a threat of retaliation, the national security people will make calls and make upgrades in our security posture and you'll probably see that right now."The Department of Homeland Security did not raise the nation's threat level and did not issue any alerts via the National Terrorism Advisory System, which replaced the old, color-coded Homeland Security Advisory System.The worldwide travel alert advised passengers to be aware, but the ones we talked to said they weren't afraid."At first I was a little nervous, then I was like, 'I'm one plane in the sky, it's nothing;' I can't stress out about that kind of stuff," said Amanda Deklaver. Andrew Kwieton and his wife drove from Vancouver, B.C., to Sea-Tac on Monday to catch a flight to Spain."We wanted to cross the border as fast as we could to make our flight here, but we're not too concerned by it," he said.Sea-Tac's security level hasn't been raised, but passengers should expect to see more uniformed officers.In Seattle, police officers were reminded to be watchful, especially in areas where crowds gather, such as malls and city landmarks.The King County Sheriff's Office is also vigilant since mass transit is a potential target."If you see something, say something," said Sheriff's Office spokesman John Urquhart. "In Seattle, we have the bus system, the bus tunnel and light rail. It's important that people pay attention to what's going on" (KIRO TV, 2011).

3. SEATTLE TERROR PLOTS & PATSIES

OBAMACSI.COM: An alleged terror plot involving middle-eastern men was discovered in June of 2011, involving two African-American pasties who were fed fake guns and grenades from the U.S. government in an attempt to provocateur a terror incident. The Seattle incident is just one case in a long line of incidents of alleged terrorists that the U.S. government has desperately manufactured to terrorize the American public and build support for the wars in the Middle East.

OBAMACSI.COM Date: July 27, 1996, Suspect: 8 Individuals Age: ? Ethnicity: White? Location: Bellingham, Washington Weapon: Bomb threat Charges: Charged with possession of explosive devices, conspiracy, and transfer of illegal weapons Notes: Suspects allegedly discussed plans to bomb various targets, including a bridge, a railroad tunnel used by freight trains and Amtrak, and a radio tower. Title: Washington State Bomb Plotter Arrested Date: July 27, 1996 Source: FBI Abstract: On July 27, 1996, the FBIs Seattle Division arrested eight individuals near Bellingham, Washington, charging them with offen ses which included the manufacture and possession of explosive devices, conspiracy, and transfer of illegal weapons. These individuals, who are affiliated with the Washington State Militia, discussed plans to bomb various targets, including a bridge, a railroad tunnel used by freight trains and Amtrak, and a radio tower. Although no specific time frame was set for the attacks, one leader of the group indicated that it would take place in retaliation for the U.S.

566

Government relinquishing control to the United Nations. The arrests of group members involved in the conspiracy occurred before final plans were made for the bombing campaign (FBI, 1996).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: July 28, 2006 Suspect: Naveed Afzal Haq Age: 37 Ethnicity: Pakistani Location: Seattle, Washington Weapon: Allegedly shot 6 Jewish women, 1 fatally Charges: Charged with possession of explosive devices, conspiracy, and transfer of illegal weapons Notes: Suspects allegedly discussed plans to bomb various targets, including a bridge, a railroad tunnel used by freight trains and Amtrak, and a radio tower. Title: Seattle Jewish Federation Shooting Date: July 28, 2006 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Seattle Jewish Federation shooting occurred on July 28, 2006, at around 4:00 p.m. Pacific time, when Naveed Afzal Haq shot six women, one fatally, at the Jewish Federation of Greater Seattle building in the Belltown neighborhood of Seattle, Washington, USA. Naveed Haq was convicted in December 2009 and sentenced to life without parole plus 120 years. Police have classified the shooting as a "hate crime" based on what Haq is alleged to have said during a 9-1-1 call. King CountyProsecuting Attorney Norm Maleng described the shooting as "one of the most serious crimes that has ever occurred in this city" (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: Terrorist Attack In Seattle: Muslim Gunman Kills One Wounds 5 At Jewish Federation Building Shouting "I Hate Israel" Date: July 29, 2006 Source: Seattle Times Abstract: The gunman who forced his way into the offices of the Jewish Federation of Greater Seattle on Friday afternoon put a gun to the head of a 13year-old girl to gain entry to the building, police said this afternoon. The man who described himself as a Muslim American angry with Israel then opened fire with two handguns, killing one woman and wounding five others before surrendering to police. The dead woman was identified this morning as Pamela Waechter, 58. At a news conference this afternoon, Seattle Police Chief Gil Kerlikowske said the gunman was stopped on a minor traffic violation, he had been driving down a street exclusively used by buses, about a half hour before the shooting. He said he did nothing to arouse the officer's suspicions. The man then presumably drove to the federation building, where he hid behind a plant in the lobby for a short time. Kerlikowske said he waited for someone to come in to gain access into the office. When the 13-year-old girl walked up, he put a gun to her head and forced her to take him inside. "She could not have kept him out," Kerlikowske said. "She was a hostage." The man carried two semi-automatic handguns and extra ammunition into the federation's offices, the chief said. "Once inside he immediately started firing at people" (Seattle Times, 2006).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: November 10, 2007 Suspect: Janine Wells Age: 48 Ethnicity: White? Location: Seattle, Washington Weapon: Bomb threat Charges: Charged for calling in a false-bomb threat on the Space Needle. Notes: Wells allegedly called 911 from inside the Seattle Center and told the operator she'd see a man planting a bomb on the Space Need observation deck.

Title: Woman Charged For Space Needle Bomb Threat Date: March 19, 2009

567

Source: The Stranger Abstract: After a two year delay, King County Prosecutors have filed charges against a 48-year-old woman for calling in a bomb threat at the Space Needle. The details are incredibly sad. On November 10th 2007, at about 8:30 pm, Janine Wells allegedly called 911 from inside the Seattle Center and told the operator she'd see a man planting a bomb on the Space Need observation deck. Later that evening, police records say, an employee found a black bag with the "BOMB" and "are you sure 'bout that" written on the side. Police did not find a bomb in the bag. However, records say, officers did find several "half eaten sandwiches, packets of sugar and used napkins," as well as Wells' Social Security card and drivers license, prescriptions for anti-psychotic medications and a pillow with a note written on it, which stated "Brandon Wells was murdered! On 10/09/07 was 19 years old. Get off our asses. Died a horrible, painful death." Two days later, police records say, Wells turned her self in and said she'd made the threat to "draw attention to the murder of her son Brandon." Wells' confession was corroborated by her brother, a sergeant in the Hoquiam Police Department, who helped police identify his sister's voice on the 911 tape. He told officers at the time that his sister "suffers from...severe depression and paranoia since the death of her son, Brandon," who, according to police records, "died of natural causes while incarcerated in [...] Texas." Dan Donahoe, spokesman for the King County Prosecutor's office, says the two year delay in charging Wells was the result of issues with fingerprint matching (The Stranger, 2009).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: June 22, 2011 Suspect: Abu Khalid Abdul-Latif, Walli Mujahidh Age: 33, 32 Ethnicity: African-American Location: Seattle, Washington Weapon: Grenades and machine guns Charges: Charged by criminal complaint with terrorism and firearms related charges Notes: Allegedly were planning to carry out their attack with both grenades and machine guns

Title: Two Men Charged In Plot to Attack Seattle Military Processing Center Date: June 23, 2011 Source: Department of Justice Abstract: Two men were arrested late last night and are charged by criminal complaint with terrorism and firearms related charges. The complaint alleges that Abu Khalid Abdul-Latif, aka Joseph Anthony Davis, 33, of Seattle, and Walli Mujahidh, aka Frederick Domingue, Jr., 32, of Los Angeles, took possession of machine guns that they purchased and planned to use in an attack on the Military Entrance Processing Station (MEPS) located on East Marginal Way, Seattle. Law enforcement has been monitoring Abdul-Latif and Mujahidh, including the weapons transaction, to prevent the attack and protect the public. Unbeknownst to the defendants, the weapons were rendered inoperable and posed no risk to the public. The defendants initially planned an attack on Joint Base Lewis-McChord in Washington State, but later changed targets. The defendants intended to carry out their attack with both grenades and machine guns. The complaint alleges these men intended to carry out a deadly attack against our military where they should be most safe, here at home, said U.S. Attorney Jenny A. Durkan. This is a sobering reminder of our need to be vigilant and that our first line of defense is the people who live in our community. We were able to disrupt the plot because someone stepped forward and reported it to authorities. I commend the joint efforts of the FBI, the Seattle Police Department, and the Joint Terrorism Task Force who quickly recognized the seriousness of the threat and ensured the safety of the community. Law enforcement first became aware of the potential threat when a citizen alerted them that he/she had been approached about participating in the attack and supplying firearms to the conspirators. The person then agreed to work with law enforcement, which began monitoring Abdul-Latif and Mujahidh. Since early June the conspirators were captured on audio and videotape discussing a violent assault on the Military Entrance Processing Station. The MEPS is where each branch of the military screens and processes enlistees. In addition to housing many civilian and military employees, the building houses a federal daycare center. Driven by a violent, extreme ideology, these two young Americans are charged with plotting to murder men and women who were enlisting in the Armed Forces to serve and protect our country. This is one of a number of recent plots targeting our military here at home, said Todd Hinnen, Acting Assistant Attorney General for National Security. The threat was averted by the combined efforts of the federal, state and local law e nforcement officers that make up the FBIs Joint Terrorism Task Force.

568

The FBI remains committed to utilizing intelligence-based investigations to thwart would-be terrorists, said Laura Laughlin, Special Agent in Charge of the FBI Seattle Division. This case epitomizes the value and capabilities of the FBIs Joint Terrorism Task Force concept as a means of preventing acts of terrorism. But for the courage of the cooperating witness, and the efforts of multiple agencies working long and intense hours, the subjects might have been able to carry out their brutal plan. This attack was foiled because of the trust and relationships the men and women of the Seattle Police Department enjoy with our community, said Seattle Police Chief John Diaz. The complainant felt safe approaching a Seattle Police Detective and, in doing so, ended the plot intended to take innocent lives. This cooperative investigation involving local, state, and federal partners worked exactly as intended. Abdul-Latif and Mujahidh are charged by complaint with conspiracy to murder officers and employees of the United States, conspiracy to use a weapon of mass destruction (grenades), and possession of firearms in furtherance of crimes of violence. Abdul-Latif is also charged with two counts of illegal possession of firearms. The defendants will make their initial appearance on the complaint at 2:30 p.m. in front of Magistrate Judge Mary Alice Theiler, on the 12th floor of the federal courthouse at 700 Stewart Street, Seattle. Both Abdul-Latif and Mujahidh face potential sentences of life in prison if convicted of the charges. The case is being prosecuted by the U.S. Attorneys Office for the Western District of Washington, with assistance from the Counter terrorism Section of the Justice Departments National Security Division. The investigation is being conducted by the FBIs Joint T errorism Task Force, which has investigators from federal, state and local law enforcement. The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms & Explosives contributed significant expertise to this investigation. The charges contained in the complaint are only allegations. A person is presumed innocent unless and until he or she is proven guilty beyond a reasonable doubt in a court of law (Department of Justice, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM Date: September 8, 2011 Suspect: Michael D. McCright Age: ? Ethnicity: White Location: Seattle, Washington Weapon: Car Charges: 2nd degree assault, faces life in prison if convicted as a repeat "three strike" violent offender. Notes: McCright allegedly attempted to run two Marines off the road, and allegedly had contact with terrorism suspects.

Title: Attack On Marines Linked To Seattle Terror Plot Date: October 22, 2011 Source: IPT News Abstract: In what may be a new development in a June South Seattle terror plot, state prosecutors filed charges Tuesday against a longtime criminal in Washington state who attempted to run two Marines off the road, and who allegedly had contact with one of the terrorism suspects. According to the charges, Michael D. McCright, who also goes by Mikhial Jihad, swerved at a government-owned sedan on July 12 after noticing the uniform of the Marine staff sergeant driving the car. "His eyes widened and he appeared to become angry," the staff sergeant reported to the police. McCright then quickly pulled in front of the sedan and jammed on his brakes in an effort to cause a collision. The second Marine in the car, a gunnery sergeant, managed to report McCright's license plate to the Washington State Patrol. Both Marines were uninjured in the incident. The charges assert that McCright initially denied any involvement in the incident and avoided detectives until he was tracked down and arrested on Sept. 8 in Seattle. Adding to the potential significance of the crime is evidence entered by prosecutors showing that McCright had been in contact with Abu Khalid AbdulLatif, who is one of the two defendants charged with plotting to attack the South Seattle military processing station in June. "Investigators have confirmed that the cell phone used by the defendant was used on at least three occasions to contact Abd ul-Latif prior to Latif's arrest by federal authorities," King County prosecutor Gary Ernsdorff said in court papers. "The FBI is continuing to investigate defendant McCright's possible connection to domestic terrorism." The charges only assert that McCright's cell phone was used to contact Abdul-Latif, but the nature of their relationship has yet to be determined. Abdul-Latif was arrested along with Los Angeles resident, Walli Mujahidh, several weeks before McCright's attempted attack on the Marines for allegedly plotting a suicide operation against a military induction and processing center. The two suspects planned to use automatic weapons and grenades to target recruits and Department of Defense employees working there. Both men are now in Federal custody and face life in prison if convicted.

569

McCright, charged with second-degree assault, also faces life in prison if convicted as a repeat "three strike" violent offender. He is expected to be arraigned on Sept. 27 (IPT News, 2011).

4. SEATTLE TERROR DRILLS

OBAMACSI.COM: Terror drills in Washington State, namely Seattle, have included active shooters on a college campus, a dirty bomb explosion, and multiple terror drills at Sea-Tac International Airport. Drills are practice for the real thing, and it is impossible to know when these drills will go live as they did on 9/11. OBAMACSI.COM: Seattle Terror Drills Place: Washington State Date: May 8, 2008 Location: Washington Notes: Drill simulated response to weapons of mass destruction terrorist attacks in Washington State. Interestingly, the original text from FEMA of "Events in the Pacific Northwest include terrorist attacks involving weapons of mass destruction (WMD) in the state of Washington" have since been deleted from the FEMA website.

Title: National Level Exercise Begins In May Date: April 24, 2008 Source: FEMA (DHS) Abstract: The Department of Homeland Security's Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) National Exercise Program (NEP) will conduct National Level Exercise 2-08 (NLE 2-08) a combined functional and full scale exercise from May 1 through May 8. NLE 2-08 will merge the objectives of U.S. Northern Command's (NORTHCOM) Ardent Sentry 2008 exercise, FEMA National Continuity Program's (NCP) Eagle Horizon 2008 exercise (formerly known as Forward Challenge), and FEMA Disaster Operation's Hurricane Preparedness Exercise (HPE). The purpose of NLE 2-08 is to exercise national capabilities to prepare and respond to multiple incidents including both natural disasters and terrorist incidents. The exercise was designed to include scenario elements addressing hurricane preparedness and response, national continuity capabilities, and Defense Support to Civil Authorities coordination in response to weapons of mass destruction terrorist attacks. The exercise venues involve a Category 4 hurricane impacting the Mid Atlantic Coast and the National Capitol Region and multiple terrorist attacks in Washington State. Also during NLE 2-08, the Chemical Stockpile Emergency Preparedness Program (CSEPP) will test it's response to an accidental chemical agent release at the Umatilla Chemical Depot in Oregon. Canada will also participate through their Staunch Maple Exercise. The exercise allows Federal officials to implement continuity plans, test communications connectivity, operations and procedures for performing essential government functions from alternate locations, and interagency coordination. Additionally, it serves to demonstrate that essential functions can be effectively conducted during threats and emergencies. NLE 2-08 is a NEP exercise conducted within the five year exercise schedule. The NEP is the nation's overarching homeland security exercise program, provides the federal government with a national, interagency wide program and a multi-year planning system to focus, coordinate, plan, conduct, execute, evaluate and prioritize national security and homeland security preparedness-related exercise activities. FEMA coordinates the federal government's role in preparing for, preventing, mitigating the effects of, responding to, and recovering from all domestic disasters, whether natural or man-made, including acts of terror (FEMA (DHS), 2008).

OBAMACSI.COM: Seattle Terror Drills Place: Sea-Tac Airport Date: July 30, 2008 Location: Seattle, Washington Notes: The full-scale emergency drill simulating a plane crash on the runway with victims.

Title: Sea-Tac Plans Full-Scale Plane Crash Drill. Date: July 28, 2008 Source: DHS Abstract: Sea-Tac plans full-scale plane crash drill. A full-scale emergency drill simulating a plane crash is planned for 9 a.m. to noon Wednesday at Seattle-Tacoma International Airport. The exercise will test airfield disaster preparedness and response as required by the Federal Aviation Administration every three years, according to a news release from the Port of Seattle. It will be the first full-scale exercise to occur on a Sea-Tac runway in at least 25 years and will not affect any air travel. Both of Sea-Tacs runways will be open as normal and the exercise will not affect any customer activity within the terminal, the release states. More than 100 volunteers will participate as victims next to a mock-up aircraft fuselage placed in the middle of the third runway along with wrecked cars representing various debris designed to drill extrication procedures. Dozens of the King County area mutual aid police and fire agencies will participate in

570

the exercise with an estimated 50 to 75 pieces of equipment from fire engines to aid cars and up to 175 firefighters. Additional police officers from the area also are expected to participate alongside first responders from the Port of Seattle Fire and Police Departments, Sea-Tac Airport Security, Airport Operations, Public Information, and the Port Environmental team (DHS, 2008).

OBAMACSI.COM: Seattle Terror Drills Place: Sea-Tac Airport Date: July 15, 2011 Location: Seattle, Washington Notes: The drill simulated a flight that is seized by a hostage taker and a mass injury situation.

Title: Emergency Drill Set Friday At Sea-Tac Airport Date: July 15, 2011 Source: Seattle Times Abstract: The Port of Seattle plans an elaborate emergency drill for Seattle-Tacoma International Airport on Friday but officials stress it is only a drill and will not affect any regular air travel. The exercise will simulate two separate fictional scenarios - including a flight that is seized by a hostage taker and a mass injury situation. Dozens of King County-area police and fire agencies are expected to participate. KOMO says the westernmost runway will be closed during the exercise. The other two runways will be open as normal. The drill is set to begin at 6 a.m. and last through at least noon (Seattle Times, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Seattle Terror Drills Place: Seattle Central Community College Date: September 1, 2011 Location: Seattle, Washington Notes: Drill simulated a "dirty bomb" exercise - complete with a fake-looking blown-off plastic arm.

Title: 'Dirty Bomb' Drill Puts Seattle Central, National Guard To The Test Date: September 2, 2011 Source: Capitol Hill Seattle Abstract: For Robert Huss, head of security for Seattle Central, Thursday's "dirty bomb" exercise -- complete with a fake-looking blown-off plastic arm -atop the school's science and math building was an opportunity to test out the safety procedures for the campus he is responsible for. For the specialists of the Washington National Guard Civilian Support Team 10, a day of drills hunting for small radioactive capsules provided the opportunity to put their skills to the test in a busy city environment in the heart of Capitol Hill. While it was annoying for the big media flyovers it encouraged, the drills involving the school, the Guard, State Patrol and SPD have been relatively regular occurrences on Seattle's community college campuses including SCCC, Huss said. Previous SCCC drills have been held at night. The timing of Thursday's exercise, Huss told CHS, had nothing to do with the approaching ten-year anniversary of the 9/11 attacks. And Huss said to expect more drills of a similar nature in the future. Fake blown-off plastic arms included, we presume (Capitol Hill Seattle, 2011).

Transit Terror Attack

OBAMACSI.COM: More than half of the drills regarding terrorism and trains, subways, and buses, have occurred in New York City. There are so many different governmental agencies drilling for terror in New York transit stations that it is hard to keep a full account of who is doing what, when and where. Should a transit terror event occur, it could easily be one of the governmental agencies rather than the fictional Al Qaeda and no one would know the difference. Bases on the plots, patsies, propaganda, drills, government white papers and transit terror history, Penn Station, Union Station, and Grand Central Station in New York City will likely be targeted with conventional explosives, suicide bombers, active shooters, and possibly with a bio-weapon. 1. Transit Terror Plots, Patsies, & Propaganda: If the government and the media are to be believed, Al Qaeda and Osama bin Laden have a plot to attack the New York City transit system. Plans of the NYC transit system were allegedly fed to Al Qaeda operative meaning that a transit terror attack is just a matter of time. The results of these allegations have seen New York City transit hubs evacuated and New Yorkers inconvenienced. Fortunately, the New York transit system has not been targeted on a grand scale, but that does not mean that it is not planned. 2. Transit Terror Drills: Of all the transit terror drills documented, 9 of them have occurred in New York while 4 of them were conducted elsewhere. The documented drills do not represent all the transit terror drills conducted, but it is the most comprehensive list compiled to date. Bases on the list, New

571

York City is the #1 transit terror target. Most of the transit terror drills focused on Mumbai style terror attacks which are exactly what Operation Urban Shield and Operation Mountain Guardian have been drilling. 3. Transit Terror White Papers: Think-tank and governmental white papers authored regarding future transit terror attacks paint a grim picture of bloody bodies and traffic nightmares. These calculated papers indicate that the transit false-flag terror card has been groomed nicely since 9/11 and when the time is right the transit terror card will be played. Delving into the mind of the terror script writers is essential in understanding the likely transit terror scenarios that will likely play out at a later date. 4. London Transit Terror Bombings of 7/7: Evidence regarding the greatest transit terror event to date, the London Bombings of July 7, 2005 (commonly referred to as 7/7), clearly indicates that it was a false-flag terror operation carried out by individuals within the intelligence agencies like MI5 and the Israeli Mossad. Verint Systems, an Israeli security firm, was responsible for the CCTV surveillance cameras in the London Underground rail network where some of the attacks took place and conveniently there is no CCTV footage of the four Muslims boarding the tube-trains. Verint claim that their cameras were not working. Why? Because the four Muslims were not on the tube-trains that blew up. The Israeli embassy was also notified prior to the bombing and former New York Mayor Rudolf Giuliani was in London that day likely overseeing the terror attacks just as he did in New York on 9/11. On top of all the noted coincidences, there was a major terror drill going on in London at the same time as the London Bombings which dealt with the exact same terror targets, scenarios and locations. 1. TRANSIT TERROR PLOTS, PATSIES, & PROPAGANDA

OBAMACSI.COM: If the government and the media are to be believed, Al Qaeda and Osama bin Laden have a plot to attack the New York City transit system. Plans of the NYC transit system were allegedly fed to Al Qaeda operative meaning that a transit terror attack is just a matter of time. The results of these allegations have seen New York City transit hubs evacuated and New Yorkers inconvenienced. Fortunately, the New York transit system has not been targeted on a grand scale, but that does not mean that it is not planned. Title: Penn Station Evacuated After Bomb Threat Date: July 25, 2005 Source: New York Times Abstract: A man who falsely claimed to have a bomb in his bag prompted the authorities to evacuate Pennsylvania Station for more than an hour yesterday, causing delays for travelers across the Northeast and punctuating a tiresome week of increased security in New York City's subway stations. During a dispute with an Amtrak ticket agent, the man, whom the police identified as Raul Claudio, 43, of the Bronx, placed a bag on a ticket counter and said a bomb was inside, the police said. The threat was unsubstantiated, but caused personnel including National Guardsmen in military fatigues to clear the station just after noon. "When we were in line, he said he had a bomb in the bag," said a woman who had accompanied Mr. Claudio to the station who would identify herself only as Milagros, 46. She said that Mr. Claudio, who was pulling a suitcase on wheels, had become upset when the ticket agent could not retrieve his reservation. Mr. Claudio has had repeated run-ins with the law, including convictions for at least two drug offenses, according to Barbara Thompson, a spokeswoman for the Manhattan district attorney's office. He was at Penn Station intending to travel to a drug treatment program near Albany, his lawyer and three acquaintances said. The city's bomb squad determined that there was no bomb in the bag, but Mr. Claudio was arrested and charged with two felonies: making a terroristic threat and falsely reporting an incident, the authorities said. Each count carries a maximum sentence of up to seven years in prison. He was held in $15,000 bail. At his arraignment at Manhattan criminal court last night, Mr. Claudio was described by the prosecution as having a criminal history that dates back to 1979. His court-appointed lawyer, Joshua A. Benjamin, said his client, whom he described as addicted to crack cocaine, had "a colorful past." "Mr. Claudio is a not a terrorist, not even almost a terrorist," Mr. Benjamin said, adding that only in a post-9/11 climate would Mr. Claudio's comment result in his arrest. After the threat, officers shouted for people to evacuate, sending hundreds of luggage-toting travelers outside into the noon sun, but the commotion was met with more indifference than alarm. People clung to the periphery of Penn Station, hardly bothered by the reports of a bomb threat. For many, it was just another day in a new world of heightened vigilance. The station was reopened at 1:24 p.m., delaying Amtrak trains between New York and Philadelphia from six minutes to slightly more than an hour, a spokeswoman said. Spokesmen for the Long Island Rail Road and New Jersey Transit said service to and from Pennsylvania Station was halted for about an hour. Eight New Jersey Transit trains were affected. It was unclear how many travelers were affected by the delays, but the threat happened during a light travel period, said Dan Stessel, the New Jersey Transit spokesman. "If it occurred on a weekday rush hour, the impact would have been much greater," he said.

572

New Jersey Transit passengers whose trains were stopped because of the evacuation were offered a free transfer at Newark to PATH trains bound for Manhattan, he said. Though the incident yesterday proved to be only a scare, it gave many people pause. "It doesn't make you feel safe when there is a possibility that you could be blown up," said Joseph Davide, 22, as he waited at the Massapequa station of the Long Island Rail Road amid announcements that train service had been stopped. "But you can't stop taking the train, either" (New York Times, 2005).

Title: Beirut Comes To Washington Date: July 13, 2008 Source: Military.com Abstract: Twenty-five years ago this week, an intelligence report crossed my desk warning that Hezbollah terrorists in Lebanon's Bekka Valley were preparing a major attack. Two months prior on April 18, 1983 a Hezbollah truck bomb had exploded in front of the U.S. Embassy in Beirut, killing 63 and wounding another 120. With this grim event in mind, we launched an "all-source" effort to determine the nature of the planned attack, the timing and the target. We failed. At 6:22 a.m. on Sunday, October 23, 1983, the killers carried out their assault. A single terrorist in a Mercedes truck loaded with explosives crashed into the U.S. Marine compound near the Beirut Airport, turned into the lobby of the four-story headquarters and detonated his lethal cargo. The blast brought down the building, killing 241 Americans and wounding 81 more. Two minutes later a similar bomb exploded beneath a nearby French Paratroop barracks, killing 58. Until 9-11-01, it was the deadliest terror attack against Americans in history. Since the truck-bomb attack on the Marines in Beirut, we have taken to calling these types of terror weapons "vehicular-borne improvised explosive devices" or "VBIEDs." In 1993, ten years after Beirut, Islamic terrorists in New York City used a VBIED to bomb the World Trade Center, killing six and wounding 1,042. The same kind of weapon was used in the 1996 attack on the Khobar Towers in Saudi Arabia to kill 19 and wound 515. By 1998, Al Qaeda had made the VBIED their weapon of choice using them for near-simultaneous attacks on the U.S. Embassies in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania and Nairobi, Kenya killing more than 200 and injuring over 4,000. While covering U.S. troops in Iraq and Afghanistan for Fox News, I have been an eyewitness to nearly a dozen VBIED attacks. Last week a suicide terrorist driving a small car swerved into the main gate at the Indian Embassy in Kabul, Afghanistan. When security officers moved to stop him, the driver detonated his deadly cargo, blowing himself and 41 others to pieces. Had the VBIED gone off inside the compound, the carnage would undoubtedly have been even worse. We have learned that VBIEDs are difficult to detect, hard to deter, and when detonated in an enclosed space, they are incredibly deadly. Bloody experience has also taught us that the best way to prevent this lethal destruction is to keep vehicles well away from buildings that are potential targets. Unfortunately, it is a lesson we may learn again in our nation's capital. Today, Pennsylvania Avenue is a maze of bollards, vehicle barriers, high fences and heavy gates. Without the appropriate pass it is practically impossible to get a vehicle anywhere near the White House or any other federal building. In the parlance of security specialists, this is called "offset protection." Regrettably, that kind of safeguard is lacking at one of the busiest buildings in Washington, D.C. one that I use nearly every week Union Station. The 101-year old landmark is a terminus for 4.1 million Amtrak passengers a year. Annually, more than 25 million tourists, Metro and regional rail commuters pass through the facility. Reflecting bloody experience in Madrid and London, trains arriving and departing from platforms behind and beneath Union Station are patrolled by armed law officers. Yet, the front of Union Station practically invites attack by a terrorist driving a VBIED. Unlike other public buildings in Washington, including our nearby Fox News bureau, there are no barriers to prevent a vehicle turning off the street and into and the front entrance of Union Station. Worse, the nearest vehicle lane a taxicab rank is less than seven feet from the face of the structure. In short, there is no "offset protection" whatsoever. You don't have to be paranoid to envision a VBIED bringing down the 96-foot high ceilings and turning the busy lobby into a charnel house. "Why," I asked Amtrak officials, "are vehicles allowed so close to the station entrance?" The response came as fast as a trip to Manhattan on the Acela and straight from the front office of Amtrak CEO and President, Alex Kummant. "Amtrak completely agrees that additional protection against vehicle-borne improvised explosives should be deployed at Union Station," wrote Cliff Black, Chief of Corporate Communications. He also noted that, "Amtrak has requested that the National Capital Planning Commission (NCPC), provide a permit for the railroad and station management to install added protections." Amtrak a "tenant" at Union Station has even offered to pay for security measures that would prevent a VBIED from crashing into the building to no avail. Apparently, the "owner" of the property the Department of Transportation can't make it happen either. Worse, the NCPC and the half dozen other federal and local bureaucracies which purport to have a "say" in the matter don't seem to care as much about security as the railroads using the station.

573

Had Amtrak officials not promised to take "immediate, interim measures to prevent VBIED attacks," I would not have publicly acknowledged this vulnerability. But until somebody does something smart, the millions of us who pass through Union Station had better move fast through the lobby, pray for no VBIEDs and think: "Beirut" (Military.com, 2008).

Title: Exclusive: NY Rail Plot Details Based On 'Reliable' FBI Source Date: November 26, 2008 Source: ABC News

Abstract: Uniformed police officers have flooded New York City's Penn Station, home to the Long Island Rail Road, following a warning from the FBI of a "plausible but unsubstantiated" threat of a terrorist bomb attack against the system during the holidays. Law enforcement officials tell ABCNews.com, the plot involved a "Madrid-like attack," a reference to the synchronized bombing of the commuter rail system in Spain in March 2004 that killed 191 people. A terror suspect arrested in Pakistan by the FBI in recent days provided authorities with details of a bomb plot against the Long Island Rail Road and other information that led to series of high level intelligence and law enforcement conference calls over the past 24 hour and the issuing of a bulletin warning of an unspecified holiday attack on the New York City region's commuter rail system, ABC News has learned. The suspect - according to some reports the arrest took place in Pakistan - recently met with Al Qaeda leaders and was able to provide authorities with significant detail as to how the plotters would have carried out an attack if their plans had gotten beyond the so-called "aspirational" stage. Authorities had no evidence to substantiate the suspect's charges and there is no evidence of any active plot, multiple officials said. The suspect is believed to have in the past resided in Suffolk County, Long Island. The island is a 7.5 million population peninsula that contains two boroughs of New York City - Brooklyn and Queens - as well as two suburban counties - Nassau and Suffolk, which have more than 1.4 million residents. Federal and regional authorities are deploying additional assets throughout the North East transportation corridor today, officials said, following a 1 p.m. conference call. Assets under consideration for including in the beefed up law enforcement presence included a new cadre of federal air marshals that will be deployed alongside Metropolitan Transportation Authority (MTA) officers in Penn Station, Grand Central Station and other locations throughout the rail corridor. Regional and federal authorities held the first in their series of conference calls on the threat yesterday evening. Today's call members included Kip Hawley, the head of TSA, Deputy Chief Jim Waters, the New York City Police Dept. Chief in charge of the Joint NYPD-FBI Counter Terror Task force, and high level officials from the federal government. Dept. of Homeland Security, the states of Connecticut, New Jersey, and New York, as well as representatives of New York's suburban Westchester, Suffolk and Nassau Counties, and members of various railroad police agencies. Authorities including the New York City Police, MTA, and New York State Dept of Homeland Security said that because traditionally heavy holiday police deployments had already been anticipated, they were able to quickly move to shift deployments, increase them in some areas, and adjust their response to the preceived threat. Following the public release of the warning by the FBI and the Department of Homeland Security, officials in Washington made efforts to dampen public concern. "There is nothing concrete to suggest this plot ever went beyond the aspirational or talking stage," said a U.S. official familiar with the intelligence that led to the warning. Law enforcement officials told ABCNews.com the information was based on an FBI source who has proved "reliable and knowledgeable in the past." Officials told ABCNews.com unspecified new information in the last 48 hours led to the public warning "out of an abundance of caution." FBI Officials Say Group Began Discussions in September Congressman Peter King (R-NY), the top Republican on the House Homeland Security Committee, told the Associated Press "authorities have very real specifics as to who it is and where the conversation took place and who conducted it." The FBI's source reportedly told agents of an al Qaeda-connected group's desire to place bombs or suicide bombers inside the first and last Long Island Rail Road commuter cars and detonate them as the train entered Pennsylvania Station in Manhattan, also used by the Washington-New York-Boston Amtrak system and the New York City subway. Senior FBI officials said their source said the group began its discussions "in late September."

574

The officials confirmed the nature of the plot and said that FBI agents worked through the night Monday to shape the language of a memo sent to local law enforcement. "Transit passengers in larger metropolitan areas like New York may see an increased security presence in the coming days. This includes uniformed and plain clothed behavior detection officers, federal air marshals, canine teams, and security inspectors," said Russ Knocke, a Department of Homeland Security Spokesman. He said there were no plans to raise the current threat level. More Security on Busiest Travel Day of the Year New York City Deputy Police Commissioner for Public Information Paul Browne said in a statement: "The New York City Police Department is aware of an unsubstantiated report indicating that Al Qaeda terrorists discussed targeting mass transit in New York City and vicinity. We have no information indicating that these discussions advanced beyond the aspirational stage, but in an abundance of caution, the NYPD has deployed additional resources in the mass transit system. It is not uncommon for the department to receive threat information and to adjust our resources accordingly." FBI and New York counter-terrorism officials involved in assessing the threat said they hardly viewed the warning as a "routine matter." "We are coordinating and communicating with the region's transit and security agencies to provide seamless operations during this exceptionally busy time," said Michael Balboni, the NY State Deputy Secretary for Public Safety. "This is a continuation of ongoing operations that have been in place for some time, with different patrolling mechanisms to ensure the safety of mass transit." The FBI warning was made public on the morning of the busiest travel day in the country. Many New York commuters leave their city jobs early on Thanksgiving eve (ABC News, 2008).

Title: Feds: Long Island Man Gave Al-Qaeda Info On City Subways, LIRR Date: July 22, 2009 Source: NY Daily News Abstract: An American man charged with giving al-Qaida information on the New York transit system and attacking a U.S. military base in Afghanistan has been a secret witness in the fight against terror both here and overseas, authorities revealed Wednesday. Court papers unsealed in federal court in Brooklyn identified the defendant as Bryant Neal Vinas, nicknamed Ibrahim or Bashir al-Ameriki, who grew up on Long Island. His identity had been kept secret since his indictment late last year. Court papers show he pleaded guilty in January in a sealed courtroom in Brooklyn and remains in U.S. custody in New York. Federal prosecutors refused to discuss Vinas background Wednesday, and no court appearances were scheduled. But a law enforc ement official, speaking on condition of anonymity because the official was not authorized to discuss the case, said Vinas provided critical information that led to a security alert about the New York City subway system last year. Authorities issued an alert around Thanksgiving last year saying the FBI had received a plausible but unsubstantiated report that al-Qaida terrorists in late September may have discussed attacking the subway system around the holidays. The origin of that report, the official said, was Vinas. The official described Vinas as a militant convert who was captured last year in Pakistan. Prosecutors charged Vinas in a rocket attack on U.S. forces in Afghanistan in September 2008. Court papers allege he also gav e expert advice and assistance ... on the New York transit system and Long Island Rail road. For five months last year, Vinas received military-style training from al-Qaida, according to court papers. Also, a defense attorney in a terrorism case in Belgium said prosecutors there traveled to New York earlier this year to interview Vinas. The lawyer, Christophe Marchand, said Vinas had provided a statement against the French and Belgium defendants charged with going to Pakistan to volunteer to fight with al-Qaida. Marchand denied his client was a terrorist or knew Vinas. He never talked about meeting an American never, the lawyer said. Vinas attorney, Len Kamdang, wouldnt comment, other than requesting the public withhold judgment in this case until all of the facts become available. A woman who answered a family phone number found in public records said she was the Vinas mother and had not seen her son si nce he moved out 10 years ago at age 18.

575

Hes a stranger to me, she said before hanging up without giving her name. There was no answer at the door at a family address, a two-story home with a manicured lawn and landscaping on a cul-de-sac in Patchogue, about 55 miles east of Manhattan. Vinas Peruvian-born father, Juan, told Newsday in a recent interview that federal agents had interviewed him. He said he didnt know where his son was. The FBI asked me all kinds of questions about him, but they dont tell me nothing, he said. The president of the Islamic Association of Long Island, a mosque in nearby Selden, said he recalled a very quiet, polite, smiley young Hispanic man called Ibrahim, who was a frequent but unassuming presence at the mosque for about a year, starting roughly 2 1/2 years ago. He turned up four to five times a week for services but never participated in any social activities at the mosque, said president Nayyar Imam. He said Ibrahim apparently converted to Islam and changed his name before he began coming to the mosque. Hes the last person in the mosque you would think about getting involved i n terrorism, Imam said. In sealing the courtroom for the January guilty plea, a judge said that a public plea could harm a confidential investigation involving national security. The Vinas case is a rare instance of an American al-Qaida recruit cooperating with Western authorities. In 2004, Mohammed Junaid Babar of Queens admitted that he had traveled to the province of Waziristan to supply cash and military equipment to the terror network. Babar, who hasnt been sentenced, became a witness against three British Muslims eventually cleared of charge s they scouted out potential targets on behalf of suicide bombers who killed 52 commuters on Londons transit system in 2005 (NY Daily News, 2009).

Title: U.S. Terror Alert Expands To Transit And Stadiums Date: September 23, 2009 Source: CBC News Abstract: The U.S. government expanded a terrorism warning from transit systems to sports stadiums, hotels and entertainment complexes this week, as federal investigators look into a possible plot to set off bombs hidden in backpacks. Federal bulletins were sent to police departments this week saying that while no specific plots against stadiums and other entertainment venues were known, police officers and private companies were cautioned to be vigilant. The warnings come after the arrest on Saturday of three men, including Najibullah Zazi, a 24-year-old Denver airport-shuttle driver who authorities say received al-Qaeda training in Pakistan and who was found entering New York City two weeks ago with bomb-making instructions on his computer. Zazi, his father and a local imam in New York face charges of lying to authorities in a continuing terrorism investigation. 'Something Very Organized was Underway' Authorities claim in court documents that Zazi played a direct role in the alleged terror plot, although officials have said they don't know the timing or location of any planned attack. "It's not totally clear to us at this point what it is they had in mind, though I think it is clear that something very serious and something very organized was underway," Attorney General Eric Holder told CBS. The bulletins to stadiums note that al-Qaeda's training manual makes specific instruction for "blasting and destroying the places of amusement, immorality and sin ... and attacking vital economic centers." Sports officials from the major hockey, football, baseball and basketball leagues in North America said they were confident they had adequate measures in place to thwart a potential attack "We are aware of the memos from the federal government, including that there is no information specific to any sports stadium," National Football League spokesman Greg Aiello said. "This underscores the high levels of stadium security that are maintained and will continue to be maintained at every NFL game for the safety of our fans and teams." Sports Fans Unconcerned by Latest Warning

576

National Hockey League spokesman Frank Brown said security is a collaborative effort for the league. "We work closely with our arenas and local law enforcement agencies to create a safe, secure environment for our fans at all times," he said. "We work with our partners continually to update and apply appropriate security measures to address security concerns." Sports fans said the latest warnings wouldn't affect their plans. "If it happens, it happens," said Lynn Calhoun, an Indianapolis computer programmer who visited Conseco Fieldhouse the home of the Indiana Pacers to purchase orchestra tickets. "Where are you going to go? What are you going to do? You can't just go and hide out in Canada for a month." At a Cleveland Indians game, Jess Pryor said she thinks most fans don't worry about their safety at games. "It will be that way until something else happens again," she said. New York's transit agency said it has increased police presence around the city, in part because of the meeting in the city of the United Nations General Assembly. Thousands of visitors and politicians are also scheduled to meet in Pittsburgh on Thursday for a two-day Group of 20 economic summit (CBC News, 2009).

Title: Did Osama Bin Laden Personally Author Train Plot? Date: May 6, 2011 Source: ABC News Abstract: American intelligence analysts are seeking an example of the handwriting of Osama bin Laden to see if it matches the handwritten document discovered in his compound that discusses a possible attack on American train lines, according to people briefed on the process. The document was among the first pieces of evidence translated from Arabic by the CIA-FBI analysts obtained in the Navy SEAL raid because it did not require the decoding that the seized computer discs and hard drives will, according to those briefed. "The read-out from the electronic media will take much longer," said one person. Analysts said the proposed rail plot was dated in February, 2010 and indicates a "low-tech" sabotage operation using trees and cement blocks was being considered, suggesting al Qaeda concluded it would be difficult to obtain explosives. Los Angeles Sheriff's Bomb K-9 handler, Kiley Hayden and his dog "XXZYLO" sniffs a subway train at Los Angeles Union Station, May 2, 2011. There have been no "specific threats" made against America in nearly 48 hours since an elite team of Navy SEALs killed Osama bin Laden. A bulletin issued Thursday by the FBI and the Department of Homeland Security and obtained by ABC News said al Qaeda considered conducting the train attack on the tenth anniversary of the 9/11 terror attacks. "As of February 2010, al-Qa'ida was allegedly contemplating conducting an operation against trains at an unspecified location in the United States on the 10th anniversary of September 11, 2001," the document reads, using an alternate spelling for bin Laden's terror group. "As one option, al-Qa'ida was looking into trying to tip a train by tampering with the rails so that the train would fall off the track at either a valley or a bridge." In a statement, DHS press secretary Matt Chandler stressed that the message it sent out to its rail partners about a potential al Qaeda plot was "based on initial reporting, which is often misleading and inaccurate and subject to change. We remain at a heightened state of vigilance, but do not intend to issue [a National Terrorism Advisory System] alert at this time." Chandler said the Transportation Security Administration would also send a bulletin to its rail sector stakeholders. "We have no information of any imminent terrorist threat to the U.S. rail sector, but wanted to make our partners aware of the alleged plotting," said Chandler (ABC News, 2011).

Title: Railroad Police On High Alert As Sept. 11 Anniversary Approaches Date: September 5, 2011 Source: Chicago-Tribune Abstract: Railroad police are on high alert for suicide bombers at Union Station in Chicago as the anniversary of the Sept. 11 terror attacks approaches this week, authorities said.

577

Based on intelligence that al-Qaida might attempt to strike again in the U.S., Amtrak police are stepping up patrols at the Amtrak-owned Union Station using one of the newest high-tech security tools in their arsenal: vapor-wake detection dogs. Conventional bomb-sniffing canines that are used by the Chicago Police Department, the CTA and Metra are trained to identify explosives hidden inside stationary objects, such as a garbage can, an abandoned suitcase or carried by a person in the immediate vicinity. Vapor-wake detection dogs can do that too. But their extraordinary value involves the ability to pick up the scent of explosives that passed through an area up to about 10 minutes previously and follow the scent to its source, experts said. They do so by sniffing the plume of air wafting off a person and what they are carrying. Your Getting Around reporter and a Tribune photographer observed as two vapor-wake detection teams went on their rounds last week at Union Station. The dogs patrol in a back-and-forth sweeping motion, and they never touch an individual, but their behavior changes dramatically, sending an indication to their handler, when they hit on a potential explosive, officials said. "If someone were taking explosives through a station, the dog might be at the top of a long escalator, and even with the person passing quickly below, the dog would pick up the vapor wake and follow it back to that person," Amtrak police Chief John O'Connor said. "It gives us the power to detect a suicide bomber in the middle of a crowd." Amtrak police Officer Stan Bailey and his partner, Riot, a Belgian Malinois, patrol Union Station and its rail yard. The team also rides Amtrak trains in the Chicago region checking out other rail stations. "We take train rides so the dogs operate with passengers,'' said Bailey, who has been on the police force almost five years. "The vapor-wake dogs work for about three hours, take a break and then go back to work." Riot recently picked up on a scent and followed it to a man dressed in a business suit at Union Station, Bailey said. It turned out the individual was a U.S. marshal passing through the station, and Riot had picked up the odor of black powder in the marshal's gun, Bailey said. Although it was a false alarm, it demonstrated the dog's keen sense of smell. "If the explosives are actually moving or the person has come and gone, Riot will detect it and follow the scent,'' Bailey said, adding, "I will put my dog up against any other detection dog anywhere." Amtrak has two vapor-wake detection teams based at Union Station, along with conventional bomb-sniffing canine teams, officials said. The vapor-wake dogs were trained at the Auburn University Canine Detection Training Center in Alabama. Authorities are being extra vigilant at Union Station, which serves Amtrak and Metra trains, and other rail stations in the U.S. because of intelligence gathered during the raid that killed al-Qaida leader Osama bin Laden in Pakistan in May, O'Connor said. "We know based on information recovered from the bin Laden compound that there had been some talk about launching an attack in the U.S. in association with the 10th anniversary of 9/11 and using trains in that attack," O'Connor said. "We are doing everything possible that nobody picks up on that intent," he said, adding that the FBI is not aware of any specific target or terrorist operational plot. "We can't ignore the fact that al-Qaida was talking about attacking trains." The threat of an attack succeeding against commuter or mass-transit systems is considered high because the systems are much more difficult to secure than airports and they are accessible to everyone, according to experts. Terrorists detonated 10 bombs placed in backpacks at four locations in Madrid's train system in March 2004, killing almost 200 people and injuring more than 1,500. Terrorists struck again in July 2005 on the London Underground and a bus. More than 50 people were killed, and about 800 were wounded. O'Connor said he believes that the mobility and versatility of vapor-wake canines are major advantages. "At the airports, the TSA (Transportation Security Administration) has machines that they have to single-file people through,'' he said. "We've got these dogs that can literally walk among 1,000 people and pick out a suicide bomber.'' The TSA this year deployed vapor-wake detection teams at O'Hare International Airport after the first TSA class of dogs graduated the 13-week program at Auburn in April, officials said. Amtrak police Sgt. Michael Stoltz went to school for three months with his partner, a vapor-wake dog named Ryder, a yellow Labrador retriever. The two haven't had a day apart from each other since then. Stoltz said it took a little while to learn Ryder's "quirks of behavior,'' but now the pair communicates clearly with each other. While on patrol last week, Ryder displayed curiosity about a bag a woman was carrying in Union Station. Stoltz knew immediately that the dog was not flagging explosives because the pooch didn't give the subtle pull of its leash to signal something dangerous is there.

578

Just as your Getting Around reporter started to ask Stoltz how he could tell the difference between mild curiosity and Ryder lighting on a suspicious package, the woman carrying the bag bent down to face the dog and said in a grandmotherly way, "No, No. I've got cookies in there. You can't have them" (Chicago-Tribune, 2011).

2. TRANSIT TERROR DRILLS

OBAMACSI.COM: Of all the transit terror drills documented, 9 of them have occurred in New York while 4 of them were conducted elsewhere. The documented drills do not represent all the transit terror drills conducted, but it is the most comprehensive list compiled to date. Bases on the list, New York City is the #1 transit terror target. Most of the transit terror drills focused on Mumbai style terror attacks which are exactly what Operation Urban Shield and Operation Mountain Guardian have been drilling. OBAMACSI.COM: Transit Terror Drills Station: Rensselaer Train Station Date: October 1, 2005 Name: Unknown Agency: DHS Location: Rensselaer (Albany), New York Notes: Drill simulated an explosion on an Amtrak train that wounded dozens and killed at least five.

Title: Terror Drill Staged At Rensselaer Train Station Date: October 2, 2005 Source: Associated Press Abstract: The Department of Homeland Security sponsored a terror drill in the Capital Region Saturday to ensure residents will be prepared in the case of a terrorist attack. The simulated drill at the Rensselaer train station assumed there had been an explosion on an Amtrak train that wounded dozens and killed at least five. The test was graded by Homeland Security observers who watched every move local emergency teams made. Rensselaer Police said the Department of Homeland Security will have a full assessment of the drill by next week. Officials will work out a procedure for action based on participants responses (Associated Press, 2005).

OBAMACSI.COM: Transit Terror Drills Station: Penn Station Date: August 26, 2007 Name: Penn Station Full-Scale Exercise Agency: OEM Location: New York, New York Notes: Drill simulated an imagined fire, explosion, and injuries.

Title: Penn Station [Terror] Drill Date: August 26, 2007 Source: Office of Emergency Management Abstract: The New York City Office of Emergency Management conducted the Penn Station Full-Scale Exercise to test the Citys response to an explosion in Pennsylvania Station. The exercise allowed the City to evaluate agency procedures as first responders coordinated actions, made critical decisions, and applied the Citys assets to save lives and protect the public following a possible terrorist incident. The scenario: At 12:01 a.m. a strobe light, acting the part of a fire, pulsed through the dining car of a Washington D.C. bound train in the act of boarding. Amtrak security immediately notified first response agencies to the imagined fire, explosion, and injuries. Minutes later, sirens screamed through midtown as 400 emergency responders converged on Penn Station. The exercise: The exercise tested three distinct phases of the Citys response. In phase one, firefighters wielding axes and h alligans multi-purpose tools designed to quickly force open locked doors rushed into Penn Station to extinguish the fire. One group evacuated mock victims while another stretched a hose from one of Penn Stations emergency standpipes. In the second phase, police investigators entered the blackened dining car and discovered mannequins playing the part of injured victims. One mannequin, seated in the corner and covered in soot, stood out from the rest. His plaid shirt was ripped in the center revealing a wired, tactical vest underneath. He was also missing his arms and head. Responders identified him as the bomber and swept the rest of the car for threats. A second possible bomb discovered moments later forced all personnel to evacuate to a safe distance. The final phase of the exercise tested the Citys fatality management and evidence collection procedures. First responders fr om the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) established a command post and collected samples from each victim to create a database. In a real mass fatality incident, OCME could identify victims by cross-referencing these DNA samples with samples contributed by friends and family of missing people.

579

In spite of the stop and go nature of the exercise, players established an incident command post, implemented life safety operations, created a multiagency safety/security zone, and conducted fatality management operations faster than controllers expected. Penn Stations size and busy environment added various complications to the exercise. In addition to managing substantial ped estrian traffic, players had to navigate unplanned obstacles like suspicious packages any bags left unattended. Due to the overtones of terrorism, responders reacted to the packages as if they were in play and relocated the Incident Command Post to a safe distance outside of Penn Station (Office of Emergency Management, 2007).

OBAMACSI.COM: Transit Terror Drills Station: Penn Station/Grand Central Station? Date: May 17, 2009 Name: Unknown Agency: Port Authority of New York Location: New York, New York Notes: Drill simulated a mock explosion in a commuter train tunnel linking New York City to New Jersey.

Title: Ground Zero Emergency Drill Staged In NYC Date: May 17, 2009 Source: CBC News Abstract: Hundreds of emergency employees took part in a disaster drill Sunday morning at the site in lower Manhattan where the two World Trade Center towers were struck by passenger jets and destroyed nearly eight years ago. Officials simulated a mock explosion in a commuter train tunnel linking New York City to New Jersey. Police and fire truck sirens sounded above ground, while emergency workers kept streets in the city's financial district closed to vehicle traffic and pedestrians. Officials also suspended PATH rail service during the drill. About 150 volunteers pretended to be victims of the explosion. The mock emergency involved over 800 police officers, firefighters and Port Authority of New York and New Jersey officials. It was the largest disaster drill since the Sept. 11, 2001, attack on the twin towers, which killed more than 2,700 people (CBC News, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Transit Terror Drills Station: Union Station Date: February 12, 13, and 24, 2010 Name: Blue TIDE Agency: Metro Transit Police Location: New York, New York Notes: Drill simulated the bombing of a Metrobus, an explosion in the tunnel between the Rosslyn and Foggy Bottom-GWU Metro stations, and shooters at the Friendship Heights Metro station. Title: Metro Transit Police Stage Large Anti-Terrorism Drill Date: February 3, 2010 Source: Washington Post Abstract: Metro Transit Police staged their largest anti-terrorism sweep ever during Tuesday morning's rush hour, as about 50 officers -- some toting M4 rifles and others guiding bomb-sniffing dogs -- took up position in Union Station in a new initiative aimed at discouraging attacks. In coming months, they plan to hold similar drills for the effort, dubbed Blue TIDE (Terrorism Identification and Deterrence Effort). Robert Rotz, 50, did a double take when he ran into two officers wearing body armor and shouldering rifles. "This will make people think twice if they are trying to do something," said Rotz, a computer specialist who commutes from Shady Grove. A delegation of senior Indian police officers observed Tuesday's drill. "They are very interested in the technology used in the United States to help prevent attacks," said Deputy Chief Erhart M. Olson of the Metro Transit Police. Metro is planning exercises this month modeled after terrorist attacks in Madrid, London and Mumbai. About 200 to 300 police officers and other emergency responders from across the region will take part in tactical exercises Feb. 12, 13 and 24 that will include simulations of the bombing of a Metrobus, an explosion in the tunnel between the Rosslyn and Foggy Bottom-GWU Metro stations, and shooters at the Friendship Heights Metro station. Under the State Department anti-terrorism assistance program, Olson and Amtrak Police Chief John O'Connor traveled to India last summer to learn about rail system security there after the 2008 terrorist attacks in Mumbai.

580

Metro's new 20-member antiterrorism police unit is also working to increase the information that can be gleaned from surveillance cameras in the Metro system, said Lt. G.W. Burns III, who is in charge of the effort. "We like to throw in a new tactic, so the bad guys don't know what to expect," Metro spokeswoman Cathy Asato said (Washington Post, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Transit Terror Drills Station: Friendship Heights Station Date: February 24, 2010 Name: Blue TIDE Agency: Metro Transit Police Location: New York, New York Notes: Drill simulated mock gunmen opening fire, killing or wounding several passengers.

Title: Friendship Heights Anti-Terror Drill Date: February 22, 2010 Source: Washington Post Abstract: Metro police and other emergency personnel will descend on the Friendship Heights Station starting at 11:30 Wednesday night for an antiterrorist exercise in which mock gunmen open fire, killing or wounding several passengers. The exercise is intended to test the ability of local governments to coordinate and respond to a major incident in the Metro system. The simulated incident, involving role players as gunmen and passengers, will begin at 12:30 a.m. Feb. 25, after the station closes. Agencies responding will include the Metro police special response team, as well as fire, police and emergency medical personnel from the District, Montgomery County and the FBI, according to a Metro statement. "It's important to test and practice our response to this type of crisis that would impact Metro's ability to provide safe and essential transportation services," said Jeff Delinski, acting chief of Metro Transit Police, in the statement. The Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments fire chiefs obtained a $1.2 million grant from the U.S. Department of Homeland Security to fund the exercise (Washington Post, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Transit Terror Drills Station: Penn Station, Grand Central, Herald Square Date: April 1, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: NYPD, National Guard, MTA Location: New York, New York Notes: The drill was preplanned, but a source said it was ordered up hours after the suicide bombings at two Moscow metro stations which killed at least 39 people Title: NYPD Leading Massive Terror Drill Date: April 1, 2010 Source: New York Post Abstract: Hundreds of cops flooded Penn Station, Grand Central and Herald Square this morning in a post-Moscow drill to see how prepared law enforcement is for a terrorist attack on the city's subways and commuter trains. Officers from the NYPD transit bureau, National Guard and the police forces of the MTA, Long Island Rail Road, Amtrak and New Jersey Transit all took part, officials said. "During [today]'s morning rush hour, no matter what exit or entrance you use at those stations, you will run into a cop," a police source said. Multi-Agency Super Surge drills to see how cops would coordinate if terrorists attacked have been held here for more than two years, usually with two weeks' notice. Mayor Bloomberg told reporters today's drill was preplanned, but a source said it was ordered up Monday, hours after the suicide bombings at two Moscow metro stations killed at least 39 people (New York Post, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Transit Terror Drills Station: FDNY Fire Academy on Randall's Island Date: April 22, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: NYFD, Marines' Chemical Biological Incident Response Force Location: New York, New York Notes: Drill simulated an exploded bus, a subway chemical attack, a building collapse and two IED attacks.

581

Title: Terrorism Training In New York Date: April 23, 2010 Source: DVIDS Abstract: The New York City Fire Department and the Marines' Chemical Biological Incident Response Force responded to a simulated exploded bus, a subway chemical attack, a building collapse and two IED attacks, April 22. The all-day exercise was the culmination of a weeklong training evolution at FDNY Fire Academy on Randall's Island pairing Marines and firefighters. The Chemical Biological Incident Response Force, based in Indian Head, Md., has a history with the FDNY going back to the unit's founding in 1996. Deputy Chief and Marine veteran Raymond Downey helped develop the original training for the unit. After he died in the World Trade Center rescue effort, their training facility was named after Downey. CBIRF is never in command of an incident, instead they respond and augment at the request of local, state or federal agencies, said Col. John Pollock, CBIRF commanding officer. The Marines go to large-scale events, such as presidential visits and sporting events, so they can respond quickly in case of emergency. The Marines can assist local emergency services when they may get overwhelmed in a large-scale disaster. "These guys are cut from the same cloth that we are. We are both men and women of action. When most people see explosions, fire, or hear the sound of guns they head the other way, these are ones heading into the danger to make a difference and save lives," said Major Michael S. Johnson, CBIRF operations officer. As soon as firefighters cleared away victims from a bus bombing, another set of victims came coughing and choking looking for help. The firefighters called up the Marines and sent them into the smoke filled, mock subway tunnel. Sgt. Cody Mcgrew, CBIRF recon team leader, was one of the first Marines into the subway. "All we knew was there was a subway attack," said the Muscatine, Iowa native. They rushed into the subway covered in protective suits with handfuls of detection equipment searching for the type of chemical used in the attack. Mcgrew's team can identify more than 500,000 chemicals, he said. Once they identify it, they can recommend what the rescue teams should wear. If they don't wear enough they can become victims of the chemical attack, but if they overdress the cumbersome gear can make life saving more difficult, he said. Staff Sgt. Kelly Vansickle, rescue team member, was sweat-soaked by the time he stepped out of his chemical protective suit at the end of the exercise. He had spent the afternoon carrying or dragging people on special sleds out of the subway chemical attack simulation. Rescue team members train for these mass casualty events, preparing for possibly 100 or more injured, he said. He can only carry one at a time, and with the clock ticking on survivability, he has to quickly triage and move the right people. "The first thing is get people to fresh air, that can help a lot," he said. "We need to clear the area as quick as possible." "When you call the Marines, they're going to get the job done," said Fire Commissioner Salvatore J. Cassano standing in front of the Marines scrubbing and spraying victims as they came out of the smokey subway, and then passing them to fire department medical personnel. "This is a true joint operation and the picture of interoperability," said Fire Commissioner Salvatore J. Cassano. "The city fire department is better trained to respond after today" (DVIDS, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Transit Terror Drills Station: Roger Williams Park Date: May 22, 2010 Name: Unknown Agencies: Providence Emergency Management Agency and the Greater Providence Metropolitan Medical Response System Location: Providence, Rhode Island Notes: Drill simulated moving, transporting and caring for mock train passengers.

Title: Disaster Drill In Providence Date: May 22, 2010 Source: WPRI News Abstract: Dozens of emergency responders are doing a disaster drill in Providence this weekend. The drill is scheduled for 1 p.m. Saturday across from the entrance to Roger Williams Park. The exercise will involve removing, transporting and caring for mock train passengers. It's being sponsored by the Providence Emergency Management Agency and the Greater Providence Metropolitan Medical Response System (WPRI News, 2010)

OBAMACSI.COM: Transit Terror Drills Station: Red Line: Silver Spring to Glenmont, Bethesda to Shady Grove, Green Line: Greenbelt Station Date: June 29, 2010

582

Name: Blue TIDE (Terrorism Identification and Deterrence Effort) Agencies: Metro Transit Police Location: New York, New York Notes: "We are looking for people who want to harm mass transit," said David Johnson, special agent in charge at TSA and VIPR program manager.

Title: Anti-Terrorism Drills Staged At Metro Stations Date: June 30, 2010 Source: Washington Post Abstract: "What's going on?" a startled Allan Valdez, 27, asked as he approached his usual spot on the platform at the Forest Glen Metro station and found it occupied by two Metro Transit Police officers carrying automatic rifles. "It's a random security sweep," said Officer Ryan Scheucher, a member of the force's Special Response Team. "This morning, your station is just the lucky winner!" Scheucher told another surprised commuter. Metro Transit Police boarded trains and inspected stations for about four hours Tuesday morning as they staged an anti-terrorism drill from Silver Spring to Glenmont and from Bethesda to Shady Grove on the Red Line. The exercise included Greenbelt Station on the Green Line, where the Greenbelt Police Department participated. About 150 officers from local, state and federal law enforcement agencies took part in the drill, part of the Blue TIDE (Terrorism Identification and Deterrence Effort) initiative launched in February to demonstrate Metro's vigilance against terrorism. In December, Metro created a 20-member antiterrorism unit funded by a $9.6 million grant from the Department of Homeland Security. Metro Transit Police had about 60 officers involved in Tuesday's drills, including members of the anti-terrorism, special response and K-9 explosives detection teams. Other East Coast cities, including New York, carried out similar anti-terrorism exercises Tuesday, part of a coordinated, regional effort along the Northeast Corridor called Rail Safe, Metro spokeswoman Cathy Asato said. Terrorist groups have targeted large urban subway systems in London, Moscow and Mumbai in recent years. About 100 officers from the New York Police Department were at Penn Station, Grand Central Terminal and Herald Square beginning at 7 a.m., performing additional bag screenings and inspections of trains and subways. In Washington, the heightened security presence provoked a flurry of questions from curious commuters who, on the whole, reacted positively to the drill. Valdez, a Web specialist at the Department of Health and Human Services, called the drill "cool," and asked whether he could stand next to the police officers on the platform. "A lot of people are coming up and saying 'thank you,' " said Metro Transit Police Sgt. Sean Flinn. Other groups participating in Blue TIDE included the Montgomery County and Rockville police, Maryland Transit Administration Police, Maryland Transportation Authority Police, the Federal Protective Service and the Transportation Security Administration (TSA). At Forest Glen, about a dozen law enforcement officers patrolled the station, including members of the TSA's Visible Intermodal Prevention and Response (VIPR) team. "We are looking for people who want to harm mass transit," said David Johnson, special agent in charge at TSA and VIPR program manager. "Most people appreciate it." Several teams of federal air marshals took part in the Metro anti-terrorism drill, as well as some "behavioral detection officers who look for people exhibiting suspicious behaviors," Johnson said. At Greenbelt Station, the heavy police presence attracted the attention of commuter Kerry Hotopp, who e-mailed The Washington Post that he saw a Prince George's County SWAT vehicle parked at the station entrance about 9:30 a.m. "No fewer than a dozen police officers with assault rifles were present throughout the station, along with a few people in TSA uniforms," he wrote. This is the latest in a series of anti-terrorism activities and drills for Metro. In February, Metro Transit Police staged an anti-terrorism sweep in Union Station during the morning rush hour. In March, transit police simulated explosions on a train and a bus to test their coordination with other regional agencies (Washington Post, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Transit Terror Drills Station: Penn Station, Grand Central and Herald Square Date: October 8, 2010 Name: Operation Rail Safe Agencies: NYPD Location: New York, New York Notes: Drill involved uniformed officers which rode the rails with bomb-sniffing dogs and held bag checkpoints at various locations.

583

Title: Cops, Bomb-Sniffing Dogs Out In Full Force For Operation RailSafe Date: October 8, 2010 Source: NBC Abstract: Notice a little machine gun-toting, bomb-sniffing dog-leading company on your commute this morning? Don't worry, it was just a drill. Bomb squads and police in bulletproof vests were out in force at major transit hubs throughout the city, including Penn Station, Grand Central and Herald Square, as part of Operation RailSafe, a national anti-terror exercise designed to practice preparation and response in the event of a terrorist threat on the mass transit facilities. While authorities said no specific threat incited today's surge, Commissioner Raymond Kelly pointed out, "40 percent of the attacks in the last 20 years have been against transit facilities." Uniformed officers also rode the rails with bomb-sniffing dogs and held bag checkpoints at various locations as part of the drill. Police stepped up patrol along highly trafficked Amtrak routes and put more cops in the stations (NBC, 2010).

OBAMACSI.COM: Transit Terror Drills Station: Union Station Date: February 18, 2011 Name: Operation Rail Safe Agencies: Meridian Police Department, East Mississippi Drug Task Force, Lauderdale County Sheriff's Department, MDOT Enforcement Agency Location: Meridian, Mississippi Notes: The drills factored in lessons learned from terror attacks in London and Moscow in recent years.

Title: Security Tested In Terror Drill At Union Station Date: February 19, 2011 Source: Meridian Star Abstract: AmTrak riders boarding trains in Meridian Friday morning were probably surprised to see a huge increase in the number of law enforcement officers at Union Station. The cause of the increased security and searches was Operation Rail Safe, a railroad security program that AmTrak and federal terror agencies have begun over the past several years. Operation Rail Safe is meant to test the nation's train security during busy commuting times. The drill gives various law enforcement agencies a chance to work together on security procedures on the rail system. Law enforcement from the Meridian Police Department, East Mississippi Drug Task Force, the Lauderdale County Sheriff's Department and from the MDOT Enforcement Agency participated. The four hour drill was conducted all across the nation and at every AmTrak stop in Mississippi. Passengers boarding the train Friday had their suitcases searched by officers to ensure no illegal items were carried on board. The program is conducted in conjunction with the Joint Terrorism Task Force of the FBI. The drills factored in lessons learned from terror attacks in London and Moscow in recent years (Meridian Star, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Transit Terror Drills Station: T Station Date: March 6, 2011 Name: Unknown Agencies: MBTA Location: Boston, Massachusetts Notes: Drill simulated two suspects with fake bombs strapped to them.

Title: Officials Conduct Terror Drill In Boston Date: March 6, 2011 Source: CBS Abstract: The states transportation department and the MBTA joined with Boston emergency responders in conducting a mock terror drill at a downtown T station on Sunday.

584

About 100 students pretending to be MBTA commuters ran out of Bowdoin Station, as they were evacuated in a mock terror attack involving two suspects with fake bombs strapped to them (CBS, 2011).

OBAMACSI.COM: Transit Terror Drills Station: Union Station Date: September 23, 2011 Name: Operation Mountain Guardian Agencies: OEM, 100+ Location: Denver, Colorado Notes: Drill was modeled after the terror attacks on Mumbai, India, in 2008 which killed 164 people and wounded at least 308.

Title: Metro First Responders Simulate Coordinated Terror Attack Date: September 23, 2011 Source: Fox 31 Abstract: Are metro area emergency responders prepared for a possible terrorist attack? That is the question authorities hoped to answer Friday with the regions largest -ever terrorism drill, dubbed Operation Mountain Guardian. More than 100 agencies participated in the exercise, which involved simulated terrorist incidents in four separate areas: Park Meadows Mall, Smedley Elementary School, Union Station and the Community College of Aurora. Six other locations, including Denver International Airport and Sports Authority Field at Mile High serve as "secondary locations." The drill was modeled after the very real coordinated attack on Mumbai, India in 2008 which killed 164 people and wounded at least 308. "The purpose of the exercise is to test how we would not only respond to a large scale terrorist attack in Denver but how we would coordinate an attack that crosses county lines, is in multiple jurisdictions and multiple sites," said Scott Field, Director of Denver's Office of Emergency Management. The exercise involved mock hazardous materials, explosive devices, gunmen and casualties. 400 volunteers assisted in the drill with some of them portraying terrorist attack victims, and others, terrorists. At Denvers Smedley Elementary School, the drill involved a mock assault involving gunmen who wounded students and staff, planted several bombs, and took several people hostage. There was a need to rescue students and staff and try an isolate where the suspects are, said Jefferson County Sheriffs Office spokeswoman Jacki Kelley at the outset of the exercise in which SWAT officers stormed the school. The drill took place from 5:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Friday (Fox 31, 2011).

3. TRANSIT TERROR WHITE PAPERS

OBAMACSI.COM: Think-tank and governmental white papers authored regarding future transit terror attacks paint a grim picture of bloody bodies and traffic nightmares. These calculated papers indicate that the transit false-flag terror card has been groomed nicely since 9/11 and when the time is right the transit terror card will be played. Delving into the mind of the terror script writers is essential in understanding the likely transit terror scenarios that will likely play out at a later date. Title: Terrorism And The Vulnerability Of Transit Systems: Consider What Might Be Called The Union Station Scenario Date: July/August 2002 Source: International Horizons Abstract: Several individuals board a MARC train in Baltimore. The only existing security procedure -- showing a single picture I.D. to purchase a ticket -- was concluded, but in this case the I.D. was used to purchase all of the tickets. Upon arriving at Union Station the individuals leave several "dirty" suitcase nuclear bombs on-board the train in storage bins and place several more in lockers at the station. Upon detonation, immediate death and destruction occur in a limited area. Catastrophically, however, Union Station and all of surrounding Washington, D.C., for several miles must be evacuated for several hundred years (U.S. Department of Energy information on radiation impact). A commuter ferry carrying 300 passengers to work in San Francisco could easily be the target of a terrorist attack, as could a Chicago Transit Authority bus terminal handling thousands of commuters daily. Such a blow would in minutes kill and injure many, but the collateral impacts would paralyze the transit system and as a result the entire San Francisco or Chicago metropolitan area. Impacts would be felt throughout the nation.

585

The intent of terror is to disrupt and destroy directly, and to produce collateral consequences. While terrorist acts result in destruction, the prolonged impacts can be much more extensive. The 1995 Sarin gas release by terrorists in Tokyo subway facilities killed 11 and injured more than 5,500 people. Approximately 60 percent of the victims treated had post-traumatic stress disorder that persisted for longer than six months. A major lesson learned was the "the importance of cooperation among multidisciplinary professionals in managing and overcoming incidents of this magnitude ("Sarin Poisoning on Tokyo Subway." Southern Medical Journal 90:587-593, June 1997)." Terrorism works, in part, because of the psychological effects -- particularly fear -- that can immobilize individuals and make entire populations feel vulnerable. The awakening of September 11, 2001 put America's vulnerabilities and weaknesses into sharp perspective. These vulnerabilities will remain critical as long as our responses and strategies fail to address prevention. Vulnerability and Prevention Vulnerability exists when preparedness to prevent and the ability to react to terrorist threats do not. The ability to respond includes disaster preparedness and crisis management. However, this only represents the reactive component of preparedness. Prevention is the necessary co-equal requirement to be established. The balance is defined through universal cooperation in real-time, incorporating shared, valid information, open communication, consistent education and resources management. Unique systems already developed by International Horizons Unlimited and Accountability Initiatives, LLC embody all of these elements. America's mass transit systems are highly vulnerable because we are not proactively prepared. The first step is to access the transit industry by answering several fundamental questions: 1. 2. 3. 4. How vulnerable are we? Can terrorism attacks be prevented? Are we prepared to respond? Are we prepared to establish a comprehensive strategy and innovative private sector/governmental cooperation that focuses on prevention, protection, preparedness and response? Managers of mass transit systems must be proactive in planning and developing preparedness for terrorist acts.

This Planning Should Include: 1. 2. 3. 4. A thorough assessment of the wide-scope of functions performed by the mass transit system An assessment of personnel, hiring practices and monitoring approaches An assessment of equipment inventories, condition and maintenance systems An assessment of all potential vulnerabilities to terrorist threats of the systems and equipment that could and would result in injury, death, cessation of function, disruption of daily activities, impact on other systems and entities, short- and long-term disruption of service, economic instability and diversion of resources An assessment of the security needs and approaches in place and those needed to protect vital and vulnerable components An assessment of emergency support available in the facilities and in the surrounding communities The establishment of preparedness goals that include prevention, protection, intervention and response The implementation of a program for personnel hiring and monitoring that is consistent with the preparedness goals. The implementation of a program for heightened facility and equipment maintenance and monitoring The development of checklist evaluations to support frequent monitoring of the preparedness goals for personnel, facilities and equipment, with periodic assessment of the results and the implementation of necessary changes The implementation of a strategy for the orderly evacuation of customers and personnel from facilities. The implementation of programs for the education of all personnel at all levels to include monitoring for educational effectiveness and regular re-enforcement and updating. The establishment, implementation and testing of all primary and backup systems

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Practice, then Practice Again An ongoing process that includes planning, followed by practice through scenarios with subsequent assessment and effective communication to the participants, and updating and improvement, supports the prevention goals. This process must be repeated over and over again. All functions performed as part of the plan must be documented on a daily basis. The plan functions must become routine parts of every day. All personnel must be included in the planning and implementation process, and must be educated to be trained observers and to report suspicious behavior and findings. Preparedness for mass transit and other infrastructure components is accomplished through the cooperation of governments, agencies and entities at all levels (local, regional, state, national and international) and the private sector. A primary goal is to establish a coordinated information repository capable of producing data integration (using horizontal data integration technology) in real-time to support effective planning, prevention and interventions. Incorporation of a unified effort to integrate information from multiple sources simultaneously for analysis and appropriate action(s) is essential. Prevention is the critical element, offering the best strategy for mass transit and infrastructure protection (International Horizons, 2002).

586

Title: Effects Of Catastrophic Events On Transportation System Management And Operation Date: January 2003 Source: U.S. Department of Transportation Abstract: In order to provide a better understanding of how transportation is both affected and utilized in an emergency situation, the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) commissioned a series of four case studies examining the effects of catastrophic events on transportation system management and operations. Each of the case studies examined a specific event and the regional response. The events included terrorist attacks in New York City and Washington, D.C., on September 11, 2001; an earthquake in the Los Angeles region; and a rail tunnel fire in Baltimore. This cross cutting study summarizes the surface transportation activities associated with four catastrophic events and the lessons learned from each. Each of the events resulted in substantial, immediate, and adverse impacts on the transportation system, and each has had a varying degree of influence on the longer-term operation of transportation facilities and services in its respective region. The case studies have provided material for a series of Transportation Response and Recovery Workshops developed by the FHWA and held in major metropolitan areas around the country. Organization of the Cross Cutting Study This document has two main sections. The first section provides an overview of each of the four case studies. This overview includes a chronology of key events on the day of and days after the disaster, a description of the affected area, a description of key decisions taken by agencies, and a brief description of conditions in the months following the event. The four case studies are: 1. 2. 3. 4. New York City terrorist attack on September 11, 2001 Washington, D.C. terrorist attack on September 11, 2001 Baltimore, Maryland Howard Street rail tunnel fire on July 18, 2001 Northridge, California earthquake on January 18, 1994

The second section discusses findings that cut across the four case studies. Each of the four events presented transportation and emergency response agencies with a different set of challenges in dealing with response and recovery. This section includes an assessment of the following key questions: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. How well were the key participants prepared? What happened and who took action? What aspects of the emergency response worked well and why, and what aspects did not work well and why? What role did technology play in these aspects with respect to transportation emergency response and recovery? What was learned, what could be done differently, and what can be incorporated into the disaster planning process?

Conclusion In conclusion, each of these catastrophic events has produced lessons to be learned that are applicable to every region within the country. The need for advance preparation and planning was evident in each of the four case studies. New York and Los Angeles were somewhat better prepared to handle its disaster because of their reaction, and response to past events. New York City learned valuable lessons from such varied events as the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, the 1999 Queens electrical blackout and the threatened 1980s transit subway strike. The Los Angeles region had been subject to numerous natural disasters- earthquakes, forest fires, and mud slides- as well as human events such as the riots following the Rodney King verdict. The Washington, D.C., region has identified shortcomings in its advance preparations for the region and has produced an intergovernmental agreement to improve the Washington regions handing of transportation emergencies. Catastrophic events require a coordinated response among various state, local, and federal agencies. It is important to have an established chain of command in place and framework for response such as the Incident Command System (ICS) developed in California in the 1970s. The events of September 11 pointed out a number of weak links in the institutional coordination structure in both New York City and Washington, D.C. It is important that this serves as a wake up call to regions across the country to better integrate safety, health, and transportation agencies into a coordinated response plan. The Baltimore event showed the need to ensure that those response plans incorporate private industry. Private carriers transport the overwhelming majority of the freight shipped throughout the country on rail, water, and roadway. It is important to include these major shippers in designing response and communications plans. Communications has both a personal and technical aspect to it. It is important for decisions made by officials to be clearly and quickly disseminated within an agency and to the general public. The press plays a crucial role in this dissemination of information as shown in each of these four case studies. One area of communications failure that occurred in each of the four cases involved working with a technology that failed at crucial times. In California, landline telephones were knocked out by the earthquake and cell phones failed to work in the canyons north of the city. In New York City and Washington, communications networks were overwhelmed by demand and the failure of interoperability among emergency responders hampered relief efforts. Technology can play a crucial supporting role in aiding transportation decision-makers. It can help agency personnel make better-informed decisions as events unfold. It allows agencies to better coordinate responses with other agencies. And it allows agencies to distribute real-time information to people

587

so that they can make individual decisions on when and how to travel. A prime example of this is the IRVN network that allows 13 transportation control centers within the New York region to share live video feeds among the member agencies and the public to view video feeds of major transportation nodes to aid in individual decision-making. Redundancy within the system allows for parts to be disabled and the whole to still function. The four case studies pointed out the need for redundancy in the regional transportation network, in personnel, in communications technology, in utilities and in control centers. Building redundancy into a system costs money. Money that at times can be seen as an inefficient use of resources, until it is called upon in an emergency. There is a need to educate the public and policy makers that expenditures to ensure redundancy are worthwhile and even necessary in preparing for emergency response (U.S. Department of Transportation, 2003).

Title: Small-Scale Terrorist Attacks Using Chemical And Biological Agents Date: May 20, 2004 Source: CRS Report for Congress Abtract: This report addresses the potential terrorist use of C/B agents, including toxins. The focus of this report is on small-scale, targeted chemical and biological attacks. In this framework, manufacture and dissemination of modest amounts of material, able to cause significant casualties in a building, subway station or other enclosed space, rather than on a citywide scale, are discussed. This approach attempts to analyze the threat posed by various agents if used by small, non-state-sponsored terrorist groups that may lack the technology, expertise, or logistical capability to mount a large mass-casualty attack....In order to compare the impact of different C/B agents, the target is assumed to be the same in each case: a medium-sized enclosed space, such as an office building or subway station...Other experts have cited historical natural outbreaks on public transportation, such as trains, as evidence that individuals with diseases in the contagious stage have been able to travel and infect others (CRS Report for Congress, 2004).

Title: Terrorism, Transit And Public Safety Evaluating The Risks Date: December 2, 2005 Source: Victoria Transport Policy Institute Abstract: There are several reasons that people react particularly strongly to terrorist attacks. Such attacks are designed to be highly visible, producing intense media coverage. The fact that the harm they cause is intentional rather than accidental makes them particularly tragic and frustrating. And they raise fears that such attacks may become more frequent or severe, so risks may increase in the future. For these reasons, it is unsurprising that transit terrorism tends to instill more fear than other risks that are actually much greater overall. That is exactly what terrorists intend. This is not to suggest that transit terrorism risks are insignificant and should be ignored. On the contrary, transit terrorism is a serious threat that harms people both directly, through injury and property damage, and indirectly by creating fear and confusion. Strong action is justified to protect transit users safety and sense of security. When terrorist attacks occur, responsible leaders rightfully recommend that people return to their normal habits, including public transit travel. Cities repair their public transit systems and people use them, both for practical reasons and to show they are not intimidated by terrorism (Victoria Transport Policy Institute, 2005).

Title: Unconfirmed Report Of Terrorists Plotting To Attack New York Transit Systems Date: November 25, 2008 Source: FBI & DHS Abstract: (U//FOUO) The FBI has received a plausible but unsubstantiated report indicating that al- Qaida terrorists in late September may have discussed targeting transit systems in and around New York City. These discussions reportedly involved the use of suicide bombers or explosives placed on subway/passenger rail systems. (U//FOUO) We have no specific details to confirm that this plot has developed beyond aspirational planning, but we are issuing this warning out of concern that such an attack could possibly be conducted during the forthcoming holiday season. (U//FOUO) We have no further information on the threat at this time; however, we are working closely with the US Intelligence Community, State and Local Law Enforcement and Homeland Security Officials to vet and corroborate this reporting and will continue to investigate every possible lead. We will provide updates as we obtain further information. (U//FOUO) We remind recipients to remain vigilant during the holiday season and report suspicious activity to authorities immediately. (U) DHS encourages recipients of this document to report information concerning suspicious or criminal activity to DHS and/or the FBI. The DHS National Operations Center (NOC) can be reached by telephone at 202-282-9685 or by e-mail at NOC.Fusion@dhs.gov. For information affecting the private sector and critical infrastructure, contact the National Infrastructure Coordinating Center (NICC), a sub-element of the NOC. The NICC can be reached by telephone at 202-282-9201 or by e-mail at NICC@dhs.gov. The FBI regional phone numbers can be found online at

588

http://www.fbi.gov/contact/fo/fo.htm. When available, each report submitted should include the date, time, location, type of activity, number of people and type of equipment used for the activity, the name of the submitting company or organization, and a designated point of contact (DHS & FBI, 2008).

Title: Explosives And Incendiaries Used In Terrorist Attacks On Public Surface Transportation: A Preliminary Empirical Analysis Date: March 2010 Source: Mineta Transportation Institute Abstract: This report provides data on terrorist attacks against public surface transportation targets and serious crimes committed against such targets throughout the world. The data are drawn from the MTI database of attacks on public surface transportation, which is expanded and updated as information becomes available. This analysis is based on the database as of February 20, 2010. Data include the frequency and lethality with which trains, buses, and road and highway targets are attacked; the relationship between fatalities and attacks against those targets; and the relationship between injuries and attacks against them. The report presents some preliminary observations drawn from the data that can help stakeholder governments, transit managers, and employee to focus on the ways the most frequent and/or most lethal attacks are carried out as they consider measures to prevent or mitigate attacks that may be considered likely to happen in the United States (Mineta Transportation Institute, 2010).

4. LONDON TRANSIT TERROR BOMBINGS OF 7/7

OBAMACSI.COM: Evidence regarding the greatest transit terror event to date, the London Bombings of July 7, 2005 (commonly referred to as 7/7), clearly indicates that it was a false-flag terror operation carried out by individuals within the intelligence agencies like MI5 and the Israeli Mossad. Verint Systems, an Israeli security firm, was responsible for the CCTV surveillance cameras in the London Underground rail network where some of the attacks took place and conveniently there is no CCTV footage of the four Muslims boarding the tube-trains. Verint claim that their cameras were not working. Why? Because the four Muslims were not on the tube-trains that blew up. The Israeli embassy was also notified prior to the bombing and former New York Mayor Rudolf Giuliani was in London that day likely overseeing the terror attacks just as he did in New York on 9/11. On top of all the noted coincidences, there was a major terror drill going on in London at the same time as the London Bombings which dealt with the exact same terror targets, scenarios and locations. Title: Terrorist Who Trained London Bombers Was Working For US Government Date: February 14, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: While talking heads like Glenn Beck continue to invoke the threat of radical Islam, they habitually ignore the blindingly obvious, that radical Islam is a creature of the US military-industrial complex. Case in point the terrorist who trained the London bombers was a US informant and has been freed after serving only four and a half years of a possible 70-year sentence. Citing his exceptional co-operation, in working with US authorities, a New York Judge released Mohammed Junaid Babar despite him pleading guilty to five counts of terrorism, an outcome that has, Raised questions over whether Babar was a US informer at the time he was help ing to train the ringleader of the 7 July tube and bus bombings, reports the London Guardian. Babar admits to consorting with high level Al-Qaeda terrorists, as well as providing senior members with money and equipment, running weapons. He also set up a training camp in Pakistan in 2003 where alleged 7/7 ringleader Mohammad Sidique Khan learned bomb-making techniques. Graham Foulkes, a magistrate whose 22-year-old son David was killed by Khan at Edgware Road underground station in 2005, said: People get four and a half years for burglary. They can get more for some road traffic offences. So for an international terrorist whos directly linked to the death of my son and dozens and dozens of people to get that sentence is just outrageous. But Babars release makes perfect sense given the fact that he was likely working for US authorities as an informant while tr aining one of the alleged London bombers. A remark from the sentencing judge that Babar began co-operating even before his arrest, has raised the possibility, supported by other circumstantial evidence obtained by the Guardian, that he may have been an informant for the US government before his detention by the FBI in April 2004, writes the Guardians Shiv Malik, who in a separate article goes into greater depth on how, Babar may have been working for the US security services while pretending to be a jihadi allegations that could imply serious failures to prevent the 7 July bombings. The Guardian article describes how a top US terrorism lawyer has seen sealed evidence in the case which suggests Babar could have been working for the US authorities before his arrest in April 2004. Having reviewed the court transcript himself, bereaved father Graham Foulkes said: Theres a hint from one or two of the sentences [in the transcript] that do strongly suggest [Babar's] co-operation was going well beyond his official arrest. And it looks as if the Americans may well have known in detail what Babar was up to in Pakistan [at the time] and that is a very, very serious matter.

589

The fact that Babar has served less than 5 years for playing a crucial role in attacks which killed 52 people and injured hundreds more clearly indicates that he is being rewarded by US authorities for his involvement in the 7/7 bombings. Lest we forget that the the so-called mastermind behind the 7/7 London bombings, Haroon Rashid Aswat, was a British intelligence asset. Former Justice Dept. prosecutor and terror expert John Loftus revealed that the so called Al-Muhajiroun group, based in London, had formed during the Kosovo crisis, during which fundamentalist muslim leaders (Or what is now referred to as Al-Qaeda) were recruited by MI6 to fight in Kosovo. The revelations about Babar once again underscore the myopic and ludicrous assertions of people like Glenn Beck, who constantly invoke the threat of radical Islam, particularly in the context of recent events in Egypt, while failing to point out that radical Islam is being fostered and fomented by the US military-industrial complex. Almost every single major terror plot over the last decade plus blamed on radical Islam has had the com bined or individual fingerprints of US, British, Canadian and Israeli intelligence agencies and federal law enforcement bodies all over it (Infowars, 2011).

Title: London Bombings Data Date: Present Source: Prison Planet Abstract: London Bombings Data: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. Terror Expert: London Bomber Was Working For MI5 Claim: 7/7 Bombers Planned To Drown Tens Of Thousands 7/7 Final Final Word: British Intelligence Inside Operation Leaked MI5 London Bombing report may be disinfo Latest footage of London Bomber: More evidence of a frame up De Menezes Shooting: All the facts point to a cover up 7/7 Mastermind was working for British Intelligence Bombing Mastermind Aswat Works for MI-6 London Underground Bombing 'Exercises' Took Place at Same Time as Real Attack New Developments In London Underground Exercise Story London Underground Exercises and the Magically Exploding Terrorists: Important Questions London Bombings: Electrical Surge Connected to Menezes Shooting? Brazilian's family claim police altered their story Calls for Leading Muslim Cleric to be prosecuted for saying "Al Qaeda does not exist" Oxford Law Prof alarmed at "polices Mossad-style execution" of innocent suspect London Bombing Aftermath: The Spin Continues Bomb Was UNDER The Train Says Eyewitness Closest To It UK Channel 4 Whitewash London Underground Exercise Story License To Kill: Police Murder In Broad Daylight and Nobody Batters an Eyelid Prison Planet.com Under Attack For London Bombing Coverage Another Phony Al-Qaeda Group Claims Responsibility For Latest London Bombings Scotland Yard Knew Of Second Bombing Attempt More Explosions in London: Psy-ops in Progress Bait And Switch in New London Attacks How did Greenspan Know about the London Bombings Two Days before? UK boy wrongly labelled as bomber Latest Evidence Closes Case on London Bombings Who shorted British pound? Currency fell 6% in 10 days before London terror attacks London Bombings - Web of Deceit: Peter Power, The Terror Drill, Giuliani and The CIA Another U-Turn: "Military explosives" now become "homemade material" Iran cleric says UK could have bombed own capital Another Contradiction in the London Bombings London Stagecoach Employee Says Bus Bombing Suspicious Documents and explosives, a few simple questions London Bombing: Ex-Mossad Chief Reveals Too Much? Staging the London Bombings in Ten Easy Steps Exercises: Peter Power responds London Patsies: A Replay Of The Pristine 9/11 Passport The Convenient Malfunction Of The London Bus Camera Londoners Suspicious Of Station Closures Before Blasts Explosive used in bombs 'was of military origin' A Warning To The World Video: Bombing Exercises In London Underground Same-time-as-attack underground bombing exercise in London a chilling coincidence? Bomb Scare Suggests Blair Knew and Did Nothing Attack On London: Blair Plays The Terror Card Report: Israel Was Warned Ahead of First Blast Netanyahu Changed Plans Due to Warning See No Evil: Spinning Netanyahu's London Terror Tip-off Phony 'Al-Qaeda' Responsibility Claim a Proven Hoax Israel Orders Officials Not To Speak To Media About Bombings

590

52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71.

Clarke set to rush through emergency arrest powers Blair 'to reject bombs inquiry' See Through Clothes Body Scanner To Be Deployed at London Underground German Parliament Debate Putting Troops On Street Patrol U.K. Wants Massive EU Monitoring of E-mails, Cell Phones The London bombings: rounding up the unusual suspects Terror Expert Backs Up Claim Of Netanyahu Warning Before First Blast Website that carried al-Qaida claim has connections to Bush family Ex-Mossad Chief Calls For World War After London Attack Confusion and Contradiction: What Really Happened In London? What's Behind the London Attacks? Stratfor Consulting Intelligence Agency: Israel Warned United Kingdom About Possible Attacks Hume's "first thought" on hearing of London attacks: It's "time to buy" futures Target London: Cui Bono Revisited London Bombing has the Scent of an Inside Job Cui bono? Stupidity Versus Logic in the Latest Terror Attack London Terror Mystery: What did Bibi know and when did he know it? BBC Says Bombings Will Unite People Behind Government Who Knew About London? Fox News' Brian Kilmeade: London terror attack near G8 summit "works to ... Western world's advantage, for people to experience something like this together" 72. MI5 downgrades terror threat to UK businesses

CHAPTER 9: OBAMA ASSASSINATION & TERROR AFTERMATH

Anti-Gun Laws
OBAMACSI.COM: If history is our guide, we can logically assume that if Barack Obama is assassinated, draconian gun legislation will be passed in Washington D.C. during the weeks and months after the attack. As of 2010, there were over 250 million privately owned guns in America, and that number has surly increased. Should Obama be assassinated with a firearm, it is highly likely that anyone with a gun would be painted as a potential suspect or even worse as a terrorist. As evidenced by the recent events surrounding the Tucson Massacre, Congresswoman Gabrielle Giffords of Arizona is likely the new James Brady. Once a guns rights advocate, Giffords will likely champion new anti-gun legislation in the post-Obama assassination era with the power of her new found celebrity. 1. The Brady Bill (1993): After presidential assistant James Brady was injured during the Ronald Reagan assassination attempt of 1981, he became a staunch anti-gun pit-bull in Washington D.C. With the passage of his "Brady Bill" in 1993, millions of Americans had their Constitutional right to own guns stripped away. 2. The DHS Memo (2009): The U.S. Department of Homeland Security memo states that "Proposed imposition of firearms restrictions and weapons bans likely would attract new members into the ranks of rightwing extremist groups, as well as potentially spur some of them to begin planning and training for violence against the government." Clearly, the U.S. government is planning on further restricting firearms and ammunition and is preparing for violence in the aftermath. 3. The Giffords Bill? (2012): The likely choice for the new anti-gun pit-bull post Obama assassination is none other than Jewish Congresswoman Gabrielle Giffords of Arizona. On January 8, 2011, Giffords was an alleged victim in the Tucson Shooting in which Jewish gunman Jared Loughner killed 6 and injured 14. On August 2, 2011, roughly eight months after her near-death experience, Giffords made a surprise return to Washington D.C. for the historic Debt Ceiling vote and was greeted with a standing ovation. Exactly what role Mrs. Giffords will play in regards to gun control is not yet clear, but she was pro 2nd Amendment prior to the shooting. 1. THE BRADY BILL

OBAMACSI.COM: After presidential assistant James Brady was injured during the Ronald Reagan assassination attempt of 1981, he became a staunch anti-gun pit-bull in Washington D.C. With the passage of his "Brady Bill" in 1993, millions of Americans had their Constitutional right to own guns stripped away. Title: James Brady Date: February 28, 1994 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: James Scott "Jim" Brady is a former Assistant to the President and White House Press Secretary under U.S. President Ronald Reagan. After nearly being killed and becoming permanently disabled as a result of an assassination attempt on Reagan in 1981, Brady became an ardent supporter of gun control.

591

Brady championed the Brady Bill, legally known as the "Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act" (Pub.L. 103-159, 107 Stat. 1536) which was ian Act of the United States Congress that, for the first time, instituted federal background checks on firearm purchasers in the United States. The Brady Bill was signed into law by President Bill Clinton on November 30, 1993, and went into effect on February 28, 1994. The "Brady Bill" prohibits guns to any American who: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Has been convicted in any court of a crime punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year; Is a fugitive from justice; Is an unlawful user of or addicted to any controlled substance; Has been adjudicated as a mental defective or committed to a mental institution; Is an alien illegally or unlawfully in the United States; Has been discharged from the Armed Forces under dishonorable conditions; Having been a citizen of the United States, has renounced U.S. citizenship; Is subject to a court order that restrains the person from harassing, stalking, or threatening an intimate partner or child of such intimate partner, or; 9. Has been convicted in any court of a misdemeanor crime of domestic violence, or 10. Has a record of being a felon (Wikipedia, 2011)

2. THE DHS GUN MEMO

OBAMACSI.COM: The U.S. Department of Homeland Security memo states that "Proposed imposition of firearms restrictions and weapons bans likely would attract new members into the ranks of rightwing extremist groups, as well as potentially spur some of them to begin planning and training for violence against the government." Clearly, the U.S. government is planning on further restricting firearms and ammunition. Title: Rightwing Extremism: Current Economic And Political Climate Fueling Resurgence In Radicalization and Recruitment Date: April 7, 2009 Source: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Abstract: Proposed imposition of firearms restrictions and weapons bans likely would attract new members into the ranks of rightwing extremist groups, as well as potentially spur some of them to begin planning and training for violence against the government. The high volume of purchases an stockpiling of weapons and ammunition by rightwing extremists in anticipation of restrictions and bans in some parts of the country continue to be a primary concern to law enforcement (U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2009).

3. THE GIFFORD'S BILL?

OBAMACSI.COM: The likely choice for the new anti-gun pit-bull post Obama assassination is none other than Jewish Congresswoman Gabrielle Giffords of Arizona. On January 8, 2011, Giffords was an alleged victim in the Tuscon Shooting in which Jewish gunman Jared Loughner killed 6 and injured 14. On August 2, 2011, roughly eight months after her near-death experience, Giffords made a surprise return to Washington D.C. for the historic Debt Ceiling vote and was greeted with a standing ovation. Exactly what role Mrs. Giffords will play in regards to gun control is not yet clear, but she was pro 2nd Amendment prior to the shooting.

Car Bombings
OBAMACSI.COM: In the 10 years since 9/11, America has gone from a relatively peaceful and prosperous nation to a broke, in debt, and terrorized nation with car bombs on the horizon. Before you listen to your TV that tells you it's Al Qaeda or some white guys in a militia, ask yourself why the alleged leader of Al Qaeda is dining at the Pentagon days after 9/11. As you can see, car bombs was advertised on 9/11 and a week later...BOOM! Car bomb! As usual, the ATF was there to clean up the mess. Until the American people stop the wars in the Middle East, the violence will continue to increase in America. 1. Car Bombs in America: Advertised in the run-up to the 10th anniversary of 9/11, car bombs will soon make their way into the American society and America will soon be the new Gaza Strip. Once this happens, checkpoints at every turn will be installed. 2. Anwar Al-Awlaki: Aside from dining at the Pentagon days after 9/11, Anwar al-Awlaki is alleged to be the Al Qaeda mastermind behind the London Bombing of 7/7, the Fort Hood massacre, the Christmas Day bombing, and the Times Square bombing. There is little doubt that the next "domestic terror attack" will be allegedly masterminded by the new leader of Al Qaeda 2.0, Anwar al-Awlaki.

1. CAR BOMBS IN AMERICA

592

Title: 9/11 Car Bomb Threat May Be Tied To Al Qaeda Leader Ayman Al-Zawahri Date: September 9, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: New details are being revealed about a credible, but unconfirmed terror plot on the anniversary of 9/11. A memo from the Department of Homeland Security and FBI reveals that the method of the attack would be a car bomb in either New York or Washington, D.C. Also, new reports are saying that the threat may be linked to Ayman al-Zawahri, who took over as the leader of Al Qaeda after Usama bin Ladens death. Catherine Herridge reports that the memo released by the DHS and FBI confirmed that FBI and intelligence community are seeking a handful of potential operatives, possibly American citizens. The memo reads, in part: such attacks may involve operatives carrying U.S. documentation. The attacks would be intended to cause panic within the pub lic and disarray among first responders. The intelligence is not more specific than to provide the possible timing of the attack this Sunday, the possible location of New York or Washington, D.C., and that the attack would be a car bomb. The source of this information is a single source who has a track record with the intelligence community. The bulletin includes specific references to Faisal Shahzad, the American of Pakistani descent who attempted to ignite a car bomb in Times Square in May of last year. While the bomb failed to detonate, it was seen by Al Qaeda as a somewhat successful attack because they were able to get an American citizen to train in Pakistan (Fox News, 2011).

Title: ATF: Car Bomb Behind Michigan Blast That Injured Father, 2 Kids Date: September 21, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: A spokesman for the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives says a car bomb caused a blast in Michigan that seriously injured a man and his two sons. Donald Dawkins said Wednesday that investigators were poring over the vehicle for clues who might have planted the device that detonated Tuesday on a street in Monroe. Authorities have not publicly identified the victims, but Dawkins says they are a father and his two sons. He says agents have spoken with the father. All three victims are listed in serious condition at St. Vincent Medical Center in Toledo, Ohio. Monroe is about 35 miles southwest of Detroit and 20 miles north of Toledo. Emergency responders rushed to the site of the Tuesday evening explosion near a highway underpass in Monroe, about 35 miles southwest of Detroit, the Monroe Police Department said in a statement. The vehicle's three occupants were taken to St. Vincent Medical Center in Toledo, Ohio, about 20 miles south of Monroe, and they were listed in critical condition. Television news footage showed that the vehicle had been turned into a charred shell. There didn't appear to be homes or businesses in the area along a tree-lined street where the car burned. A man and two children were injured, Lt. Gary Werner said in an email. Police did not publicly identify the victims or say who owns the vehicle. The investigation was in the "very early stages," police said in the statement, and additional information would be released by the department when it is available. A news conference was planned for later Wednesday, Werner said. Monroe is a city of more than 20,000 that is one of Michigan's oldest communities. It has a historic downtown and is home to furniture maker La-Z-Boy Inc. An FBI spokeswoman in Detroit on Wednesday referred questions to local police and the ATF. State police and ATF investigators were assisting in the investigation, Monroe police said. State police referred questions to the local police department, and the ATF didn't immediately respond to a message seeking comment left early Wednesday morning. The ATF is offering a reward of up to $10,000 for anyone who provides information leading to an arrest (Fox News, 2011).

593

2. ANWAR AL-AWLAKI

OBAMACSI.COM: 1. Aside from dining at the Pentagon days after 9/11, Anwar al-Awlaki is alleged to be the Al Qaeda mastermind behind the London Bombing of 7/7, the Fort Hood massacre, the Christmas Day bombing, and the Times Square bombing. There is little doubt that the next "domestic terror attack" will be allegedly masterminded by the new leader of Al Qaeda 2.0, Anwar al-Awlaki. Title: EXCLUSIVE: Al Qaeda Leader Dined At The Pentagon Just Months After 9/11 Date: October 20, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: Anwar Al-Awlaki may be the first American on the CIA's kill or capture list, but he was also a lunch guest of military brass at the Pentagon within months of the Sept. 11, 2001, terror attacks, Fox News has learned. Documents exclusively obtained by Fox News, including an FBI interview conducted after the Fort Hood shooting in November 2009, state that Awlaki was taken to the Pentagon as part of the militarys outreach to the Muslim comm unity in the immediate aftermath of the attacks. YouTube-Video The incident was flagged by a current Defense Department employee who came forward and told investigators she helped arrange the meeting after she saw Awlaki speak in Alexandria, Va. The employee "attended this talk and while she arrived late she recalls being impressed by this imam. He condemned Al Qaeda and the terrorist attacks. During his talk he was 'harassed' by members of the audience and suffered it well," reads one document. According to the documents, obtained as part of an ongoing investigation by the specials unit "Fox News Reporting," there was a push within the Defense Department to reach out to the Muslim community. "At that period in time, the secretary of the Army (redacted) was eager to have a presentation from a moderate Muslim." In addition, Awlaki "was considered to be an 'up and coming' member of the Islamic community. After her vetting, Aulaqi (Awlaki) was invited to and attended a luncheon at the Pentagon in the secretary of the Army's Office of Government Counsel." Awlaki, a Yemeni-American who was born in Las Cruces, N.M., was interviewed at least four times by the FBI in the first week after the attacks because of his ties to the three hijackers Nawaf al-Hazmi, Khalid al-Mihdhar and Hani Hanjour. The three hijackers were all onboard Flight 77 that slammed into the Pentagon. YouTube-Video Awlaki is now believed to be hiding in Yemen after he was linked to the alleged Ft. Hood shooter Major Nidal Malik Hasan, who e-mailed Awlaki prior to the attack. Sources told Fox News that Awlaki, who is a former Muslim chaplain at George Washington University, met with the Christmas Day bomber Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab in Yemen and was the middle-man between the young Nigerian and the bombmaker. Awlaki was also said to inspire would-be Times Square bomber Faisal Shahzad. Apparently, none of the FBI's information about Awlaki was shared with the Pentagon. Former Army Secretary Tommy White, who led the Army in 2001, said he doesn't have any recollection of the luncheon or any contact with Awlaki. "If this was a luncheon at the Office of Government Counsel, I would not necessarily be there," he said. The Pentagon has offered no explanation of how a man, now on the CIA kills or capture list, ended up at a special lunch for Muslim outreach. After repeated requests for comment on the vetting process beginning on October 13th, an Army spokesman insisted Wednesday that the lunch was not an Army event. "The Army has found no evidence that the Army either sponsored or participated in the event described in this report," spokesman Thomas Collins said. Collins also noted that the FBI document referred to the Office of Government Counsel but should read Office of General Counsel. Collins said he believed the event was sponsored by the office of the Secretary of Defense. A spokeswoman there said she would look into it and get back to Fox News.

594

A former high-ranking FBI agent told Fox News that at the time Awlaki went to lunch at the Pentagon, there was tremendous "arrogance" about the vetting process at the Pentagon. "They vetted people politically and showed indifference toward security and intelligence advice of others," the former agent said (Fox News, 2010).

Title: Fox News Reporting: The American Terrorist Date: May 28, 2010 Source: Fox News Abstract: This Fox News investigative special goes deep inside the mysterious and deadly world of American born terrorist Anwar al-Awlaki. Fox News correspondents Catherine Herridge and Greg Palkot follow Awlaki's twisted and destructive trail from suburban communities in the U.S. to his hideout in Yemen. New evidence emerging in the details about the Times Square bomber, the failed attempt to blow up a plane on Christmas Day and the massacre at Fort Hood has put for the first time a U.S. citizen on the CIA's "capture or kill" list. Evidence includes documents that relate to the investigation of Anwar Al-Awlaki, the Muslim cleric who has been associated with 9/11 hijackers, Major Nidal Hasan, the alleged-Fort Hood shooter, and Umar Abdulmutallab, the so-called Christmas Day bomber. They include declassified memoranda for the record from the 9/11 Commission, the warrant for Awlaki's arrest from June 2002 as well as the motion to dismiss the warrant from October 2002. Also included is the Justice Department's statement to Fox News regarding our inquiry into the decision to rescind Awlaki's arrest warrant. Exclusive interviews with former and current government agents raise several questions: Was Awlaki part of a terrorist cell within this country that attacked America on 9/11? And following the attacks, was there an attempt by our government to turn Awlaki into an informant or track him for intelligence? Following last week's original airing of "Fox News Reporting: The American Terrorist," Rep. Frank Wolf, R-Va., wrote a letter to FBI direct Robert Mueller where he raised "troubling" issues about the handling of the investigation into terror suspect Anwar Awlaki and called to bring back the 9/11 Commission to review purported flaws in national security. You will see for yourself how this American terrorist is using our system against us (Fox News, 2010).

Check Points
OBAMACSI.COM: Should Barack Obama be targeted for assassination or even worse assassinated, it is highly likely that checkpoints looking for weapons will be resurrected everywhere across America. Unfortunately, checkpoints are a growing trend in America as a once free nation becomes more and more like the West Bank. Checkpoints are 100% unconstitutional and serve no purpose but to harass and terrorize the American population. 1. Military Checkpoints: In cities across America, military-type checkpoints that are being resurrected. Drivers' identification is checked and those who don't have a "legitimate purpose" in the area, such as a church visit or doctor's appointment, are turned away. 2. Border Patrol Checkpoints: The United States Border Patrol operates 71 traffic checkpoints, including 32 permanent traffic checkpoints, near the southern border of the United States, as well as an unspecified number of checkpoint nears the Canadian border. 3. Soft Target Checkpoints: Security consultants state that in the near future there will be security check points entering all soft targets like your local department store, hotels, places of worship and mass transit hubs. 4. Random Checkpoints: Under the guise of making the road safer from drunk drivers, random security checkpoints are starting to pop up everywhere in America. Ads are being run on television to program the American people that checkpoints are a good idea, despite their illegality under the Constitution of the United States. 5. TSA Checkpoints: In a blatantly tyrannical move, the TSA (Transportation Safety Administration) is now conducting random vehicle searches on various highways throughout America. No probable cause, bold faced tyranny. 1. MILITARY CHECKPOINTS

OBAMACSI.COM: In cities across America, military-type checkpoints that are being resurrected. Drivers' identification is checked and those who don't have a "legitimate purpose" in the area, such as a church visit or doctor's appointment, are turned away. Title: Baghdad-Style Checkpoints In US Capital Date: June 8, 2008 Source: Telegraph

595

Abstract: Police in Washington DC have set up vehicle checkpoint in the American capital in a controversial measure aimed at tackling a wave of gun violence. In a move that critics have compared to the security clampdown in Baghdad, police are stopping motorists traveling through the main thoroughfare of Trinidad, a neighborhood near the National Arboretum in the city's northeast section. Drivers' identification are checked and those who didn't have a "legitimate purpose" in the area, such as a church visit or doctor's appointment, are turned away. The checkpoints were set up after eight people were killed in the city last weekend. Most of the killings occurred in the police district that includes Trinidad which has already seen 22 murders this year. But civil liberties groups have criticized the measures and have dispatched a team of lawyers and law students to monitor the situation. "Trinidad should not be treated like Baghdad," said Mark Thompson of the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People. The group and various other organizations have threatened legal action if residents' constitutional rights are violated. "It seems interesting that police are willing to easily cast aside fundamental freedoms for quick-fix, lazy law enforcement tactics," said Johnny Barnes, executive director of the local American Civil Liberties Union. Washington's police chief and mayor have insisted that the checkpoints are a legal and necessary step to stop a spike in violence. "It would be unconscionable, maybe even a dereliction of our duty, for the police chief and I to not do something different, to not turn up the heat," said Adrian Fenty, the District of Columbia's mayor. The checkpoints will be enforced at random hours for at least five days, though it could be extended to 10 days, police said. Officers will search cars only if they observe guns or drugs and pedestrians will not be affected (Telegraph, 2008).

Title: Checkpoints In Iraq, Checkpoints In Pittsburgh. Date: September 24, 2009 Source: Prison Planet Abstract: America, just like Iraq, is a conquered country occupied by troops manning checkpoints and searching vehicles and as our recent article documents, this is not just for special security events, its now routine all over the U.S. The Infowars crew are now on the ground in Pittsburgh. After first being treated as terrorists for asking military media representatives questions, they are now being targeted with LRAD sound cannons as police and national guard shout through loudspeakers that unlawful assemblies should immediately disperse or people will be arrested (Prison Planet, 2009).

2. BORDER PATROL CHECKPOINTS

OBAMACSI.COM: The United States Border Patrol operates 71 traffic checkpoints, including 32 permanent traffic checkpoints near the southern border of the United States, as well as an unspecified number of checkpoint nears the Canadian border. Title: United States Border Patrol Interior Checkpoints Date: Present Day Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The United States Border Patrol operates 71 traffic checkpoints, including 32 permanent traffic checkpoints, near the southern border of the United States. The primary purpose of these inspection stations is to deter illegal immigration and smuggling activities. After 9/11 they took on the additional role of terrorism deterrence. These checkpoints are located between 25 and 75 miles of the Mexico United States border along major U.S. highways. Their situation at interior locations allow them to deter illegal activities that may have bypassed official border crossings along the frontier. The checkpoints are divided among nine Border Patrol sectors: west to east, these are San Diego, El Centro, Yuma, Tucson, El Paso, Marfa, Del Rio, Laredo, and Rio Grande Valley. There are a number of Border Patrol checkpoints in the northern states (such as New York or Maine), within 100 miles from the Canadian border.

596

Role of Checkpoints: The checkpoints are described as "the third layer in the Border Patrol's three-layer strategy", following "line watch" and "roving patrol" operations near the border. According to the U.S. General Accounting Office, "Border Patrol agents at checkpoints have legal authority that agents do not have when patrolling areas away from the border. The United States Supreme Court ruled that Border Patrol agents may stop a vehicle at fixed checkpoints for brief questioning of its occupants even if there is no reason to believe that the particular vehicle contains illegal aliens. The Court further held that Border Patrol agents "have wide discretion" to refer motorists selectively to a secondary inspection area for additional brief questioning. In contrast, the Supreme Court held that Border Patrol agents on roving patrol may stop a vehicle only if they have reasonable suspicion that the vehicle contains aliens who may be illegally in the United States a higher threshold for stopping and questioning motorists than at checkpoints. The constitutional threshold for searching a vehicle is the same, however, and must be supported by either consent or probable cause, whether in the context of a roving patrol or a checkpoint search". Permanent Checkpoints along the Mexico-U.S. Border California 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Arizona 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. I-8 East - located 15 miles east of Yuma on Interstate 8. I-19 heading North from Nogales,just north of Tubac. I-10 Heading West from Phoenix, just east of Blythe, California Hwy 90 heading north from Whetstone to Benson. Hwy 80 heading north from Tombstone to Benson. San Clemente - located 7 miles south of San Clemente on Interstate 5. Temecula - located 24 miles north of Escondido on Interstate 15. I-8 West - located 3 miles east of Pine Valley on Interstate 8. Highway 94 - located 24 miles east of San Diego on California State Route 94. Highway 78/86 - located just south of the intersection of California State Routes 78 and 86 on northbound side. Highway 111 - located between Niland and Bombay Beach.

New Mexico 1. 2. 3. Texas 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Sierra Blanca - located 5 miles west of Sierra Blanca on Interstate 10. Eagle Pass - located 11 miles east of Eagle Pass on U.S. Route 57. Eagle Pass/Carrizo Springs - located 30 miles West Southwest of Eagle Pass, Texas on U.S. Route 277. Bracketville/Uvalde - located 60 miles east of Del Rio, Texas on Highway 90. New I-35 - located 30 miles north of Laredo on Interstate 35. Freer - located 16 miles west of Freer on U.S. Route 59. Oilton - located 6 miles east of Oilton on Highway 359. Falfurias - located 14 miles south of Falfurrias on U.S. Highway 281. Sarita - located 14 miles south of Sarita on U.S. Route 77. Hebbronville - located 1 mile south of Hebbronville on TX 16 S Alpine - located 10 miles south of Alpine on U.S. Route 118. I-10 West - located 22 miles west of Las Cruces on Interstate 10. Truth or Consequences - located 11 miles south of Truth or Consequences on Interstate 25.05.68W US 70 East - located of 50 miles East of Las Cruces on U.S. Route 70.

Tactical Checkpoints: In fiscal year 2008, thirty-nine tactical checkpoints were in operation. Tactical checkpoints lack permanent buildings, and "support permanent checkpoints by monitoring and inspecting traffic on secondary roads that the Border Patrol determined are likely to be used by illegal aliens or smugglers to evade apprehension at permanent checkpoints." A tactical checkpoint might consist of vehicles, traffic cones, signs, a portable water supply, a cage for canines (if deployed), and portable rest facilities. Due to Congressional restrictions against the funding of permanent checkpoints in the Tucson sector, all of its checkpoints are tactical checkpoints. These were required to relocate every seven days, amended to every 14 days in 2005. Due to the need for road shoulder space and restrictions on placing checkpoints near curves, the number of sites is limited, and the relocation in practice means that checkpoints are periodically shut down. In 2005, the median tactical checkpoint nationally was active for 2 hours daily, as opposed to over 23 hours daily for permanent checkpoints; however the Tucson sector's checkpoint on Highway 19 was active 22 hours daily. A draft plan for the I-19 checkpoint in 2009 proposed to model it on the largest previous permanent checkpoint, the I-35 checkpoint north of Laredo, Texas, but would surpass it in size (18 acres) and inspection lanes (8 primary, 7 secondary). A number of community concerns were addressed, such as placement of canopies for dark sky restrictions for a local observatory, off-highway location, rumble strips, signage, and mitigation of traffic congestion. A community recommendation to "seek to mitigate noise" was to be "researched and considered" (Wikipedia, 2011).

3. SOFT TARGET CHECKPOINTS

597

OBAMACSI.COM: Security consultants state that in the near future there will be security check points entering all soft targets like your local department store, hotels, places of worship and mass transit hubs. Title: Expert: Security Checkpoints Near Soft Targets May Soon Become The Norm Date: May 3, 2011 Source: CBS News Abstract: A Day May Come When You'll Be Patted Down Going Into Stores. Counter terrorism experts say a retaliation attack for Osama bin Ladens death is inevitable. Terrorists are expected to aim for more vulnerable soft targets like shopping malls or museums. They are places jam-packed with people pedestrian malls, shopping centers and stadiums. Yeah, I feel safe. But of course in the back of my head I know that things can happen, one person told CBS 2s Hazel Sanchez. Counter terrorism expert Juval Aviv said terrorists seeking revenge for Osama bin Ladens death will turn to attacks less dramatic than the destruction on Sept. 11 focusing instead on soft targets like hotels, places of worship and mass transit hubs. Its easier and less complicated to carry out, Aviv said. What theyre going to achieve if theyre successful is to kill a s many people as possible. Security consultant David Boehm said the future could include security check points entering all soft targets like your local department store. Boehm said even with a police presence, the areas are vulnerable. The reason theyre called soft is because its so easily accessible to anyone. There has to be security checks for the safety of all people, Broehm said. Added security is a turn-off for some New Yorkers. Theres a police presence and they search someone with a backpack. Somebody that looks suspicious, but its random. I would go if that if that is the case; not if everybody is being searched, one New Yorker said. Its better to be safe than to be sorry, another person sai d. Despite the challenges to secure high-volume soft targets like Times Square, security experts said one of the best lines of defense is already in place and doesnt cost a thing. We are millions and millions of eyes and ears. We need to assist the police. We need to assist each other and keep each other safe, Boehm said. Its freedom, coming with an increasingly heavy price (CBS News, 2011).

4. RANDOM CHECKPOINTS

OBAMACSI.COM: Under the guise of making the road safer from drunk drivers, random security checkpoints are starting to pop up everywhere in America. Ads are being run on television to program the American people that checkpoints are a good idea, despite their illegality under the Constitution of the United States. Title: Random Checkpoints Date: Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Fourth Amendment to the United States Constitution states that: The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized. At a sobriety checkpoint, drivers are necessarily stopped without reasonable suspicion, and may be tested summarily and without probable cause. Thus the Constitution would appear to prohibit people from being stopped without a search warrant or at least without probable cause that they have committed a crime; however, the warrant requirement only attaches should the search be unreasonable and the Supreme Court, as shown below, decided that such stops are not unreasonable under certain circumstances. Driving under the Influence of alcohol is a special type of crime, as driving with a blood alcohol content (BAC) over a set limit is defined as the crime; it is not necessary to drive recklessly or cause an accident in order to be convicted. To determine BAC accurately, it is generally necessary for the driver to subject themselves to tests that are self incriminating, and drivers sometimes exercise their right against self incrimination to refuse these tests.

598

To discourage this, some jurisdictions set the legal penalties for refusing a BAC test to equal or worse than those for a failing a BAC test. In other jurisdictions, the legal system may consider refusing the roadside alcohol breath test to be probable cause, allowing police to arrest the driver and conduct an involuntary BAC test. The Michigan Supreme Court had found sobriety roadblocks to be a violation of the Fourth Amendment. However, by a 6-3 decision in Michigan Dept. of State Police v. Sitz (1990), the United States Supreme Court found properly conducted sobriety checkpoints to be constitutional. While acknowledging that such checkpoints infringed on a constitutional right, Chief Justice Rehnquist argued the state interest in reducing drunk driving outweighed this minor infringement. Dissenting justices argued that the Constitution doesnt provide exceptions. "That stopping every car might make it easier to prevent drunken driving...is an insufficient justification for abandoning the requirement of individualized suspicion", dissenting Justice Brennan insisted. Chief Justice Rehnquist argued that an exception was justified because sobriety roadblocks were effective and necessary. On the other hand, dissenting Justice Stevens countered that "the findings of the trial court, based on an extensive record and affirmed by the Michigan Court of Appeals, indicate that the net effect of sobriety checkpoints on traffic safety is infinitesimal and possibly negative." Jurisdictions that allow sobriety checkpoints often carve out specific exceptions to their normal civil protections, in order to allow sobriety checkpoints. Although the U.S. Supreme Court has found sobriety checkpoints to be constitutionally permissible, ten states (Idaho, Iowa, Michigan, Minnesota, Oregon, Rhode Island, Texas, Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming) have found that sobriety roadblocks violate their own state constitutions or have outlawed them. Two other states (Alaska and Montana) do not use checkpoints even though they have not made them illegal. Legal Guidelines for Checkpoint Procedures: In approving "properly conducted" checkpoints, Chief Justice Rehnquist implicitly acknowledged that there must be guidelines in order to avoid becoming overly intrusive. In other words, checkpoints cannot simply be set up when, where and how police officers choose. As often happens in Supreme Court decisions, however, the Chief Justice left it to the states to determine what those minimal safeguards must be, presumably to be reviewed by the courts on a caseby-case basis. In an effort to provide standards for use by the states, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration subsequently issued a report that reviewed recommended checkpoint procedures in keeping with federal and state legal decisions. ("The Use of Sobriety Checkpoints for Impaired Driving Enforcement", DOT HS-807-656, Nov. 1990) An additional source of guidelines can be found in an earlier decision by the California Supreme Court (Ingersoll v. Palmer (43 Cal.3d 1321 (1987)) wherein the Court set forth what it felt to be necessary standards in planning and administering a sobriety checkpoint: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Decision making must be at a supervisory level, rather than by officers in the field. A neutral formula must be used to select vehicles to be stopped, such as every vehicle or every third vehicle, rather than leaving it up the officer in the field. Primary consideration must be given to public and officer safety. The site should be selected by policy-making officials, based upon areas having a high incidence of drunk driving. Limitations on when the checkpoint is to be conducted and for how long, bearing in mind both effectiveness and intrusiveness. Warning lights and signs should be clearly visible. Length of detention of motorists should be minimized. Advance publicity is necessary to reduce the intrusiveness of the checkpoint and increase its deterrent effect.

Effectiveness: The Centers for Disease Control, in a 2002 Traffic Injury Prevention report, found that in general, the number of alcohol related crashes was reduced by 20% in states that implement sobriety checkpoints compared to those that do not. Public Health Law Research, an independent organization, reported in a 2009 evidence brief summarizing the research assessing the effect of a specific law or policy on public health, that there is strong evidence supporting the effectiveness of selective breath testing sobriety checkpoints as a public health intervention aimed at reducing the harms associated with alcohol impaired driving. The debate regarding saturation patrols versus checkpoints favors saturation patrols being more effective, both in terms of number of arrests and cost. The FBI compared saturation patrols vs. checkpoints in Ohio, Missouri, and Tennessee. The study showed that, Overall, measur ed in arrests per hour, a dedicated saturation patrol is the most effective method of apprehending offenders. Another survey found that "States with infrequent checkpoints claimed a lack of funding and police resources for not conducting more checkpoints, preferred saturation patrols over checkpoints because they were more 'productive,' and used large number of police officers at checkpoints." There is a dearth of research regarding the deterrent effect of checkpoints. The only formally documented research regarding deterrence is a survey of Maryland's "Checkpoint Strikeforce" program. The survey found no deterrent effect: "To date, there is no evidence to indicate that this campaign, which involves a number of sobriety checkpoints and media activities to promote these efforts, has had any impact on public perceptions, driver behaviors, or alcohol-related motor vehicle crashes and injuries. This conclusion is drawn after examining statistics for alcohol-related crashes, police citations for impaired driving, and public perceptions of alcohol-impaired driving risk" (Wikipedia, 2011).

599

5. TSA CHECKPOINTS

OBAMACSI.COM: In a blatantly tyrannical move, the TSA (Transportation Safety Administration) is now conducting random vehicle searches on various highways throughout America. No probable cause, bold faced tyranny. Title: TSA Checkpoints Now On TN Highways Date: October 19, 2011 Source: Sky 5 News Abstract: You're probably used to seeing TSA's signature blue uniforms at the airport, but now agents are hitting the interstates to fight terrorism with Visible Intermodal Prevention and Response (VIPR). "Where is a terrorist more apt to be found? Not these days on an airplane more likely on the interstate," said Tennessee Department of Safety & Homeland Security Commissioner Bill Gibbons. Tuesday Tennessee was first to deploy VIPR simultaneously at five weigh stations and two bus stations across the state. Agents are recruiting truck drivers, like Rudy Gonzales, into the First Observer Highway Security Program to say something if they see something. "Not only truck drivers, but cars, everybody should be aware of what's going on, on the road," said Gonzales. It's all meant to urge every driver to call authorities if they see something suspicious. "Somebody sees something somewhere and we want them to be responsible citizens, report that and let us work it through our processes to abet the concern that they had when they saw something suspicious," said Paul Armes, TSA Federal Security Director for Nashville International Airport. The Tennessee Highway Patrol checked trucks with drug and bomb sniffing dogs during random inspections. "The bottom line is this: if you see something suspicious say something about it," Gibbons said Tuesday. The random inspections really aren't any more thorough normal, according to Tennessee Highway Patrol Colonel Tracy Trott who says paying attention to details can make a difference. Trott pointed out it was an Oklahoma state trooper who stopped Timothy McVeigh for not having a license plate after the Oklahoma City bombing in the early 1990s. Tuesday's statewide "VIPR" operation isn't in response to any particular threat, according to officials. Armes said intelligence indicates law enforcement should focus on the highways as well as the airports (Sky 5 News, 2011).

COG, Martial Law, & FEMA Camps

OBAMACSI.COM: Most Americans are totally unaware of COG (Continuity of Government) plans and their impact on a free and open society. COG basically means that all forms of checks and balances in government would be removed and the military would take 100% control over all functions of government. Should U.S. President Barack Obama be assassinated, it is highly likely that a naked COG type militaristic form of government, like that of China, would replace the Constitutional Republic of the United States of America. While this idea and concept may seem absurd, the groundwork for this type of government was instituted on September 11, 2001, and will likely be fully activated after an Obama assassination. In the post Obama assassination atmosphere, a race war, martial law, and COG are all possibilities. Should the situation get out of hand, the FEMA concentration camps will be opened and utilized in the extermination of political dissidents. The only way to avoid this impending scenario is to immediately share this information globally in hopes that the International Community will informed and up-to-date regarding the political situation in America. 1. FEMA Concentration Camps: Yes, there are concentration camps in the United States of America. These camps have now been confirmed by both mainstream and alternative news sources and have been built for the wholesale slaughter of the American public. Bard-wire fences facing inward, human transport rail cars, mass coffins, and human incinerators reminiscent of Nazi Germany's death camps are all present at these FEMA facilities. When these camps will open for business is a question the whole world should be asking. 2. Operation ENDGAME: "Operation ENDGAME" is a 2003-2012 plan under implementation by the Office of Detention and Removal Operations of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement. The goal of "Operation Endgame" is to detain and deport all removable aliens and "suspected terrorists" currently living in the United States by 2012. The aliens and "suspected terrorists" removed from the United States will likely suffer the same fate that aliens and "suspected terrorists" faced in Nazi Germany; gas chambers. 3. COG (Continuity of Government): The "Continuity of Operations Plan" refers to the preparations and institutions maintained by the United States government for the survival of federal government operations in the case of catastrophic events. The George W. Bush administration put the "Continuity

600

of Operations Plan" into effect for the first time directly following the September 11, 2001, attacks. This plan will be fully implemented in the event of an Obama assassination. 4. REX 84: "Readiness Exercise 1984", is a contingency plan developed by the United States federal government to suspend the United States Constitution, declare martial law, place military commanders in charge of state and local governments, and detain large numbers of American citizens who were deemed to be "national security threats". This plan will be enacted in the event that the President of the United States declares a "State of Domestic National Emergency". 5. Violent Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act of 2007: Senate bill "S-1959" permits the U.S. government to classify many types of venerated American political activity, such as civil disobedience, as terrorism. This law will be used to round-up any person that chooses to disobey orders, regardless of their constitutionality. 6. Presidential Directive 51: The "White House National Security and Homeland Security Presidential Directive 51" allows the President to execute procedures for continuity of the federal government in the event of a "catastrophic emergency". Such an emergency is construed as "any incident, regardless of location, that results in extraordinary levels of mass casualties, damage, or disruption severely affecting the U.S. population, infrastructure, environment, economy, or government functions. Should Obama be assassinated, there is no doubt that new president Joe Biden will enact this law. 7. Enemy Belligerent Act: Senate bill "S-3081" allows for the infinite detention of any person, including American citizens, who is deemed to be an unprivileged enemy belligerent without criminal charges or trial for the duration of hostilities against the United States or its coalition partners in which the individual has engaged or which the individual has purposely and materially supported. This law basically allows any person at any time to be arrested and held without bail or trial for any amount of time deemed necessary by the U.S. government. This law paves the way for mass arrests and the wholesale extermination that is sure to follow. 8. Human Cattle Cars: The U.S. government has contracted with several companies, namely KBR, to build thousands of railcars for human transportation which are reportedly equipped with shackles to transport political detainees. Unfortunately, history repeats and this is the exact same scenario that was used in Nazi Germany to transport victims to the gas chambers. According to diplomat and author Peter Dale Scott, the KBR contract is part of a Homeland Security plan titled "Operation ENDGAME", which sets as its goal the removal of "all removable aliens" and "potential terrorists" from the United States. 9. Mass Graves: Mass coffins have been appearing in strategic locations throughout the Unites States over the last couple of years. While U.S. government officials explain that the coffins are for catastrophic emergencies, there is a growing suspicion amongst Americans that something far more sinister may be going on. Whatever catastrophic event is about to transpire, the U.S. federal government will be able to bury hundreds of thousands, if not millions, of people in an extremely short amount of time.

1. FEMA CONCENTRATION CAMPS

OBAMACSI.COM: Yes, there are concentration camps in the United States of America. These camps have now been confirmed by both mainstream and alternative news sources and have been built for the wholesale slaughter of the American public. Bard-wire fences facing inward, human transport rail cars, mass coffins, and human incinerators reminiscent of Nazi Germany's death camps are all present at these FEMA facilities. When these camps will open for business is a question the whole world should be asking.

Title: Bombshell: FEMA Camps Confirmed Date: November 10, 2010 Source: Infowars Abstract: Former Gov. Jesse Ventura and his crew at Conspiracy Theory have blown the FEMA camp issue wide open in a truly groundbreaking episode from the programs second season on TruTV. The Police State episode proves once and for all that the feds ha ve trained to take on American citizens, planned for riots and disasters and made preparations to maintain order at any cost. Tune in this Friday, Nov. 12 at 10 PM Eastern/ 9 PM Central and leave the denial at the door. This powerful episode is the largest and most in-depth investigation into FEMA camps to date and it is scheduled to air on television. Radio host and filmmaker Alex Jones returns to the series yet again, as the team takes you to confirmed on-the-ground facilities, confronts the legislators who authorized FEMA camps and breaks down the full-scale technologically-integrated police state that includes Fusion Centers, FEMA, the Department of Homeland Security and more. At one of many real and verified FEMA locations, Jesse Ventura and Alex J ones approach a Residential Center run by Homeland Security in central Texas where they find locked doors, double-fences and escape warnings around the entire perimeter. Further inside the facility, they witness a playground complex, swings and slides for children. The crew walks up to the front door and attempts to get some answers. But the officials refuse to either confirm or deny the facilitys purpose, including whether or not American citizens are bei ng held inside. However, our past investigations into this facility reveal that it has confined both children and adults, including immigrants, refugee seekers and American citizens. Despite hundreds of government documents identifying emergency and contingency plans, including plans to deal with mass fatalities, insurrection, internment and quarantines, Ventura and his team repeatedly encounter outrageous denial and avoidance by officials at every level.

601

The mainstream media have avoided and downplayed these on-the-record plans for FEMA Camps and Homeland Security Emergency Facilities for years. Clearly, it is not meant to be a public relations talking point, and it is no surprise that members of Congress, including those who wrote the bill to create FEMA camps in America, are reluctant to discuss the matter. So, Jesse Ventura, former Mayor and Governor, descends upon Washington to confront two important figures behind H.R. 645, the National Emergency Centers Establishment Act. Despite going through official channels, Ventura finds that Jim Gerlach (P-Pennsylvania) repeatedly ducks TV cameras and refuses to answer questions about H.R. 645. Another Congressman who co-sponsored the bill starkly admits that FEMA camps exist, but rationalizes that they were put in place to deal with happy children. This bizarre admission is another confirmation that Congress and the leadership in Washi ngton are out of touch with the oppressive measures that have been authorized against the American people. Later, Ventura and Jones visit the Deep South and discover what appears to be an active cover-up to keep them from the truth. Outside the Atlanta, Georgia area is another confirmed location in FEMAs disaster preparation network. They pay a visit to a facility storing thousands of plastic coffins where video has already confirmed the coffins in large numbers. Ventura and Jones discover upon arrival that a convoy of trucks has just left hauling away the evidence thousands and thousands of liners the facility wanted to keep out of the way of cameras and public knowledge. Various plastic coffin locations affiliated with FEMA, as well as plans for mass graves and large-scale fatalities, have been previously exposed and reported upon including photographs sent by an Infowars listener of an Alabama facility in 2009 with thousands and thousands of plastic coffin liners. Why then would the officials in Georgia engage in such a desperate and hurried cover-up? Further, the plans are already confirmed. DMORT and other divisions of Homeland Security have a contingency-structure in place to deal with mass fatalities and outbreaks in times of pandemics, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, national emergency or other disasters. Elements of these plans are in place on record, and coordinated via the 10 FEMA regions in the United States and via the Fusion Centers that are popping up at the Federal, State and Local levels all across the nation to spy on ordinary citizens. Concerned about the fact that these programs admittedly monitor returning veterans, Ron Paul, Bob Barr and Chuck Baldwin supporters and beyond, the TV show contacted a Fusion Center spokesman to find out more about why they are targeting ordinary Americans. Spokesman Lance Clem told the show point blank that these domestic intelligence gathering centers have no oversight. Clem shockingly admitted, We police ourselves. The shows producers have told Alex behind the scenes that this episode turned out to be the most exciting from its entire Second Season line-up. It not only confronts the FEMA camp issue head on, but uncovers significant reason to worry about the actions of Homeland Security and other agencies. At location after location, it is clear that its administrators are nervous to discuss what they are preparing, but it is clear from their records and public documents that they are preparing for something big. TruTvs Episode Guide: Its been said the government has a plan to declare martial law and round up millions of United State citizens into concentration camps. Jesse may have found a conspiracy in plain sight as he investigates the proliferation of law enforcement Fusion Centers around the country. And they may be connected to hundreds of detention centers ready to accept prisoners at the stroke of a Presidential pen (Infowars, 2010).

2. OPERATION ENDGAME

OBAMACSI.COM: "Operation ENDGAME" is a 2003-2012 plan under implementation by the Office of Detention and Removal Operations of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement. The goal of "Operation Endgame" is to detain and deport all removable aliens and "suspected terrorists" currently living in the United States by 2012. The aliens and "suspected terrorists" removed from the United States will likely suffer the same fate that aliens and "suspected terrorists" faced in Nazi Germany; gas chambers.

Title: Operation Endgame Date: 2003-2012 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: "Operation Endgame" is a 2003-2012 plan under implementation by the Office of Detention and Removal Operations of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement to detain and deport all removable aliens and "suspected terrorists" currently living in the United States by 2012.

The objectives of the plan are described in a memorandum from the director Anthony S. Tangemann to the Deputy Assistant Director of Field Operations dated June 27, 2003: The DRO provides the endgame to immigration enforcement and that is the removal of all removable aliens. This is also the essence of our mission statement and the 'golden measure' to our successes. A document issued by the Office of Detention and Removal Operations titled "Strategic Plan, 2003-2012 Detention and Removal Strategy for a Secure Homeland "describes Operation Engame as follows: Endgame is the Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), Office of Detention and Removal (DRO) multi-year strategic enforcement plan. It stresses the effective and efficient execution of the critical service DRO provides its partners and stakeholders to enforce the nations immigration and

602

naturalization laws. The DRO strategic plan sets in motion a cohesive enforcement program with a ten-year time horizon that will build the capacity to remove all removable aliens, eliminate the backlog of unexecuted final order removal cases, and realize its vision (Wikipedia, 2011).

3. CONTINUITY OF GOVERNMENT (COG)

OBAMACSI.COM: The "Continuity of Operations Plan" refers to the preparations and institutions maintained by the United States government for the survival of federal government operations in the case of catastrophic events. The George W. Bush administration put the "Continuity of Operations Plan" into effect for the first time directly following the September 11, 2001, attacks. This plan will be fully implemented in the event of an Obama assassination. Title: Continuity Of Operations Plan Date: September 11, 2001 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Continuity of Operations Plan refers to the preparations and institutions maintained by the United States government, providing survival of federal government operations in the case of catastrophic events. The George W. Bush administration put the Continuity of Operations plan into effect for the first time directly following the September 11 attacks. Their implementation involved a rotating staff of 75 to 150 senior officials and other government workers from every federal executive department and other parts of the executive branch in two secure bunkers on the East Coast. Friends, family and co-workers were only able to reach them through a tollfree number and personal extensions. The Bush administration did not acknowledge the implementation of the COG plan until March 1, 2002. Since September 11, 2001, the newly created Department of Homeland Security has conducted at least three exercises to test continuity plans. The first, named "Forward Challenge '04", took place from May 12 to May 13, 2004, and included more than 40 government agencies. The second major exercise took place from June 20 to June 24, 2005. Titled "Pinnacle", the exercise tested responses to various emergencies, including a hypothetical act of terrorism. "Forward Challenge '06" was the third major exercise, and took place on June 19, 2006. It reportedly involved nearly 4,000 government personnel. In September 2010, President Barack Obama informed Congress that the State of Emergency in effect since September 14, 2001, will be extended another year. The National Emergencies Act grants various powers to the president during times of emergency, and was intended to prevent a president from declaring a state of emergency of indefinite duration. In 2007, Professor Larry J. Sabato criticized the incomplete nature of the plan in his book A More Perfect Constitution. In particular, he objected to the fact that there is no Constitutional procedure for replacing U.S. House members in the case of a large-scale attack which could potentially kill a large number of representatives. In regard to the Continuity of Operations Plan, Sabato said it "failed outright" during the September 11 attacks. The NORAD- and USNORTHCOM-sponsored exercise "Vigilant Shield 2008" took place from October 15 to October 20, 2007 (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: Newsmax Calls For Military Coup In U.S. Date: September 30, 2009 Source: Newsmax Abstract: There is a remote, although gaining, possibility Americas military will intervene as a last resort to resolve the Obama problem. Dont dismiss it as unrealistic. America isnt the Third World. If a military coup does occur here it will be civilized. That it has never happened doesnt mean it wont. Describing what may be afoot is not to advocate it. So, view the following through military eyes: 1. Officers swear to support and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic. Unlike enlisted personnel, they do not swear to obey the orders of the president of the United States. 2. Top military officers can see the Constitution they are sworn to defend being trampled as American institutions and enterprises are nationalized. 3. They can see that Americans are increasingly alarmed that this nation, under President Barack Obama, may not even be recognizable as America by the 2012 election, in which he will surely seek continuation in office. 4. They can see that the economy ravaged by deficits, taxes, unemployment, and impending inflation is financially reliant on foreign lender governments. 5. They can see this president waging undeclared war on the intelligence community, without whose rigorous and independent functions the armed services are rendered blind in an ever-more hostile world overseas and at home. 6. They can see the dismantling of defenses against missiles targeted at this nation by avowed enemies, even as Americas troop strength is allowed to

603

sag. 7. They can see the horror of major warfare erupting simultaneously in two, and possibly three, far-flung theaters before America can react in time. 8. They can see the nations safety and their own military establishments and honor placed in jeopardy as never before Will the day come when patriotic general and flag officers sit down with the president, or with those who control him, and work out the national equivalent of a family intervention, with some form of limited, shared responsibility? Imagine a bloodless coup to restore and defend the Constitution through an interim administration that would do the serious business of governing and defending the nation. Skilled, military-trained, nation-builders would replace accountability-challenged, radical-left commissars. Having bonded with his twin teleprompters, the president would be detailed for ceremonial speech-making. Military intervention is what Obamas exponentially accelerating agenda for fundamental change toward a Marxist state is inviting upon America. A coup is not an ideal option, but Obamas radical ideal is not acceptable or reversible. Unthinkable? Then think up an alternative, non-violent solution to the Obama problem. Just dont shrug and say, We can always worry about that later (Newsmax, 2009).

Title: 'Continuity Of Government' Planning: War, Terror And The Supplanting Of The U.S. Constitution Date: May 30, 2010 Source: Peter Dale Scott Abstract: In July 1987, during the Iran-Contra Hearings grilling of Oliver North, the American public got a glimpse of highly sensitive emergency planning North had been involved in. Ostensibly these were emergency plans to suspend the American constitution in the event of a nuclear attack (a legitimate concern). But press accounts alleged that the planning was for a more generalized suspension of the constitution. As part of its routine Irancontra coverage, the following exchange was printed in the New York Times, but without journalistic comment or follow-up. Congressman Jack Brooks: Colonel North, in your work at the N.S.C. were you not assigned, at one time, to work on plans for the continuity of government in the event of a major disaster? Brendan Sullivan [North's counsel, agitatedly]: Mr. Chairman? Senator Daniel Inouye: I believe that question touches upon a highly sensitive and classified area so may I request that you not touch upon that? Congressman Jack Brooks: I was particularly concerned, Mr. Chairman, because I read in Miami papers, and several others, that there had been a plan developed, by that same agency, a contingency plan in the event of emergency, that would suspend the American constitution. And I was deeply concerned about it and wondered if that was an area in which he had worked. I believe that it was and I wanted to get his confirmation. Senator Daniel Inouye: May I most respectfully request that that matter not be touched upon at this stage. If we wish to get into this, Im certain arrangements can be made for an executive session. But we have never heard if there was or was not an executive session, or if the rest of Congress was ever aware of the matter. According to James Bamford, The existence of the secret government was so closely held that Congress was completely bypassed. Key individuals in Congress were almost certainly aware. Brooks was responding to a story by Alfonzo Chardy in the Miami H erald. Chardys story alleged that Oliver North was involved with the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) in plans to take over federal, state and local functions during a national emergency. This planning for Continuity of Government (COG) called for suspension of the Constitution, turning control of the government over to the Federal Emergency Management Agency, emergency appointment of military commanders to run state and local governments and declaration of martial law. To my knowledge no one in the public (including myself) attached enough importance to the Chardy story. Chardy himself suggested that Reagans Attorney General, William French Smith, had intervened to stop the COG plan from being presented to the President. Seven years later, in 1994, Tim Weiner reported in the New York Times that what he called The Doomsday Project the search for ways to keep the Government running after a sustained nuclear attack on Washington had less than six months to live. To say that nuclear attack planning was over was correct, But this statement was also very misleading. On the basis of Weiners report, the first two books on COG planning, by James Bamford and James Mann, books otherwise excell ent and wellinformed, reported that COG planning had been abandoned. They were wrong. Mann and Bamford did report that, from the beginning, two of the key COG planners on the secret committee were Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld, the two men who implemented COG under 9/11. What they and Weiner did not report was that under Reagan the purpose of COG planning had officially changed: it was no longer for arrangements after a nu clear war, but for any national security emergency. This was defined in Executive Order 12656 of 1988 as: any occurrence, incl uding natural disaster, military attack, technological emergency, or other emergency, that seriously degrades or seriously threatens the national security of the United States. In other words extraordinary emergency measures, originally designed for an America devastated in a nuclear attack, were now to be applied to anything the White House considered an emergency. Thus Cheney and Rumsfeld continued their secret planning when Clinton was president; both men, both Republicans, were heads of major corporations and not even in the government at that time. Moreover, Andrew Cockburn claims that the Clinton administration, according to a Pentagon source, had no idea what was going on. The expanded application of COG to any emergency was envisaged as early as 1984, when, according to Boston Globe reporter Ross Gelbspan, Lt. Col. Oliver North was working with officials of the Federal Emergency Management Agency . . . to draw up a secret

604

contingency plan to surveil political dissenters and to arrange for the detention of hundreds of thousands of undocumented aliens in case of an unspecified national emergency. The plan, part of which was codenamed Rex 84, called for the suspension of the Constitution under a number of scenarios, including a U.S. invasion of Nicaragua. Clearly 9/11 met the conditions for the imposition of COG measures, and we know for certain that COG planning was instituted on that day in 2001, before the last plane had crashed in Pennsylvania. The 9/11 Report confirms this twice, on pages 38 and 326. It was under the auspices of COG that Bush stayed out of Washington on that day, and other government leaders like Paul Wolfowitz were swiftly evacuated to Site R, inside a hollowed out mountain near Camp David. What few have recognized is that, nearly a decade later, some aspects of COG remain in effect. COG plans are still authorized by a proclamation of emergency that has been extended each year by presidential authority, most recently by President Obama in September 2009. COG plans are also the probable source for the 1000-page Patriot Act presented to Congress five days after 9/11, and also for the Department of Homeland Securitys Project Endgame a ten-year plan, initiated in September 2001, to expand detention camps, at a cost of $400 million in Fiscal Year 2007 alone. At the same time we have seen the implementation of the plans outlined by Chardy in 1987: the warrantless detentions that Oliver North had planned for in Rex 1984, the warrantless eavesdropping that is their logical counterpart, and the militarization of the domestic United States under a new military command, NORTHCOM. Through NORTHCOM the U.S. Army now is engaged with local enforcement to control America, in the same way that through CENTCOM it is engaged with local enforcement to control Afghanistan and Iraq. We learned that COG planning was still active in 2007, when President Bush issued National Security Presidential Directive 51 (NSPD 51). This, for the sixth time, extended for one year the emergency proclaimed on September 14, 2001. It empowered the President to personally ensure continuity of government in the event of any catastrophic emergency. He anno unced that NSPD 51 contains classified Continuity Annexes which shall be protected from unauthorized disclosure. Under pressure from his 911truth constituents, Congressman Peter DeFazio of the Homeland Security Committee twice requested to see these Annexes, the second time in a letter signed by the Chair of his committee. His request was denied. The National Emergencies Act, one of the postWatergate reforms that Vice-President Cheney so abhorred, specifies that: Not later than six months after a national emergency is declared, and not later than the end of each six-month period thereafter that such emergency continues, each House of Congress shall meet to consider a vote on a joint resolution to determine whether that emergency shall be terminated (50 U.S.C. 1622, 2002). Yet in nine years Congress has not once met to discuss the State of Emergency declared by George W. Bush in response to 9/11, a State of Emergency that remains in effect today. Appeals to the Congress to meet its responsibilities to review COG have fallen on deaf ears. It is clear that the planning by Cheney, Rumsfeld and others in the last two decades was not confined to an immediate response to 9/11. The 1000-page Patriot Act, dropped on Congress as promptly as the Tonkin Gulf Resolution had been back in 1964, is still with us; Congress has never seriously challenged it, and Obama quietly extended it on February 27 of this year. We should not forget that the Patriot Act was only passed after lethal anthrax letters were mailed to two crucial Democratic Senators Senators Daschle and Leahy who had initially questioned the bill. After the anthrax letters, however, they withdrew their initial opposition. Someone we still do not know who must have planned those anthrax letters well in advance. This is a fact most Americans do not want to think about. Someone also must have planned the unusual number of war games taking place on 9/11. COG planners and FEMA had been involved in war games planning over the previous two decades; and on 9/11 FEMA was again involved with other agencies in preparing for Operation Tripod, a bioterrorism exercise in New York City. Someone also must have planned the new more restrictive instructions, on June 1, 2001, determining that military interceptions of hijacked aircraft had to be approved at the highest levels of government (i.e. the President, Vice -President, or Secretary of Defense). The Report attributes this order to a JCS Memo of June 1, 2001, entitled Aircraft Piracy (Hijacking) and Destruction of Derelict Airborne Objects. But the written requirements had been less restrictive before June 1, 2001, and I am informed that the change was quietly revoked the following December. In The Road to 9/11 I suggest the change in the JCS memo came from the National Preparedness Review in which President Bush authorized VicePresident Cheney, together with FEMA, to tackle the task of dealing with terrorist attacks. Not noticed by the press was the fact that Cheney and FEMA had already been working on COG planning as a team throughout the 1980s and 1990s. Weiners article persuaded authors James Mann and James Bamford that Reagans COG plans had now been abandoned, because there was, it seemed, no longer any enemy in the world capable of . . . decapitating Americas leadership. In fact, however, only one phase of COG planning had been terminated, a Pentagon program for response to a nuclear attack. Instead, according to author Andrew Cockburn, a new target was found: Although the exercises continued, still budgeted at over $200 million a year in the Clinton era, the vanished Soviets were now replaced by terrorists. . . . There were other changes, too. In earlier times the specialists selected to run the shadow government had been drawn from across the political spectrum, Democrats and Republicans alike. But now, down in the bunkers, Rumsfeld found himself in politically congenial company, the players roster being filled almost exclusively with Republican hawks. . . .You could say this was a secret government -in-waiting. The Clinton administration was extraordinarily inattentive, [they had] no idea what was going on. The Pentagon officials description of a secret government -in-waiting (which still included both Cheney and Rumsfeld) is very close to the standard definition of a cabal, as a group of persons secretly united to bring about a change or overthrow of government. In the same era Cheney and Rumsfeld projected change also by their public lobbying, through the Project for the New American Century, for a more militant Middle East policy. In light of how COG was actually implemented in 2001, one can legitimately suspect that, however interested this group had been in continuity of government under Reagan, under Clinton the focus of Cheneys and Rumsfelds COG planning was now a change of government (Peter Dale Scott, 2010).

Title: USNORTHCOM Gears Up For Potential Attack On U.S. Soil

605

Date: June 9, 2010 Source: The Intel Hub Abstract: USNORTHCOM has admitted that they are preparing military operations within the United States. This is the first time in history this has been done and they will be working with DHS, state and local law enforcement on U.S. soil. The focus of this operation will be in our own back yard. Northcom is planning on defending against enemy attacks and supporting civilian authorities with fighting an unconventional foe, all on US soil. NORTHCOM went on to say that the drill will be in the Gulf area. They anticipate no infrastructure and possible extreme weather conditions. Even more significant, this inspection marked the first time that any Air Force unit has been wartime validated in support o f the security and defense of the United States of America. Thats huge, Nelson said. The survival of thousand Americans rests on this training. The Intel Hub believes that their could be a mass evacuation of the Gulf. The chemicals that are being used on this oil spill could, by themselves cause a tremendous amount of various health problems.We will keep you posted. This could be part of Operation Garden Plot. and possibly could be why there has been reports of hardened troops building up in the Gulf. BP is currently saying that the oil spill should be stopped by next week. One thing is for sure, the dispersant isnt going anywher e in months much less weeks (The Intel Hub, 2010).

Title: Poll: Americans Trust Military, But Not Congress Date: September 13, 2011 Source: ABC News Abstract: Congress may be in the doghouse with the American public, but a new poll suggests that the broader government especially the military gets high marks for keeping the nation safe and secure. What's more, nearly seven in 10 Americans are trying to make things better by volunteering, a sign that optimism survives in a nation riled by partisan policy fights and economic uncertainty. "It's very healthy because it indicates that although we are annoyed, skeptical and have less trust than we'd like in our institutions, we are not hopeless," said David Eisner, president and CEO of the National Constitution Center, which partnered on the poll with The Associated Press. "We believe that the bedrock values and principles that we built our society on are right." The public's contempt for Congress exceeds that of other American institutions, including banks, major corporations and the media. The broader government's performance "making sure that our nation is safe from foreign and domestic threats" received an uptick in confidence from 53 percent a year ago to 72 percent now. And a growing number of people said the government is doing a good job of "making sure all Americans feel safe, secure and free," up from 54 percent in August 2010 to 63 percent now. The military in particular earns the most respect of the survey, with 54 percent deeply confident in the institution. But deep contempt for Congress and aspects of President Barack Obama's health care law remain among Americans tired of partisan standoffs over basic pocketbook issues. The Associated Press-National Constitution Center poll of 1,000 adults, conducted Aug. 18-22, found that 57 percent have little or no confidence in Congress, up from 49 percent last year. So while Boise, Idaho, retiree Dale Shoemaker, 54, feels safer, he doesn't give the nation's political institutions credit. "I think we're more secure. There are a lot of professional, talented people doing a tremendous job," Shoemaker, who used to consider himself a Republican but now is more of an independent. "But the leadership of the Congress and the Senate are not making decisions about what to do, and they're leaving people hanging." It's notable news on the brink of an election year for Obama, the health care law's chief author and the one who made the call in May to take out terrorist chief Osama bin Laden. Congress, too, is taking note of its estimation in the eyes of the voting public as both parties gird for battle over control of the House and Senate. No party profited politically from the standoff over the nation's finances much of the year, especially by the unseemly debt limit dispute that earned the nation a credit rating downgrade and sank approval ratings for all policymakers involved. The bickering continued even as the unemployment rate refused to drop much below 10 percent. A poll last month found the infighting sank Congress' approval rating to 12 percent. Congress and the broader government give Americans heartburn, with one central feature of Obama's signature health care overhaul standing out as an example. More than eight in 10 people surveyed 82 percent say the federal government should not have the power to require Americans to buy health care insurance. Politically important independents were more aligned with Republicans on the mandate question, with 87 percent who don't identify with one of the two major parties saying government should have no right to require insurance; 95 percent of Republicans agreed, according to the poll.

606

"I just think that people should have the right to buy health insurance, or not," said Daisy Mallory, 78, a retired factory worker from of La Grange, Ill., who says Medicare covers her health care costs. Obama, she said, may have misjudged public's opposition to health care mandates. "I think he understands it better now," she said. Obama himself acknowledged that his party took a "shellacking" in the 2010 midterm elections, when Republicans made the health care law and the Democrats who muscled it through Congress their Issue No. 1 and won enough seats to control the House. Obama has said he believes the Supreme Court will uphold the law's constitutionality, but Republicans continue to mention it as a key example of government overreach that they would repeal. But after nine months in control of the House, Republicans haven't boosted the public's view of Congress. In the AP-NCC poll, just 8 percent say they are confident in the people running Congress, 10 percent in the federal government. Majorities of Republicans and Democrats lack confidence in congressional leaders, with politically crucial independents showing the sharpest increase in distrust of Congress over the past year. That's up from 49 percent in 2010 to 62 percent now Even so, most Americans feel safe and more have confidence in the government to keep it that way, the poll shows. The uptick in approval for the government's handling of national security crosses party lines, but Republicans have shifted sharply. Last year, just 32 percent of Republicans gave the government positive reviews on keeping the nation safe; now, 61 percent of Republicans agree on that. And on making sure Americans feel "safe, secure and free," the same group has jumped from 33 percent who said the government is doing a "good job" to 54 percent now, the poll shows. The urge to contribute through volunteerism remains strong, according to the poll. Nearly six in 10 Americans say the country needs more sense of community and people helping one another. Most 69 percent have volunteered in the past year. Eight in 10 said they have made a charitable donation of $25 or more during that time. The AP-National Constitution Center poll was conducted Aug. 18-22 by GfK Roper Public Affairs and Corporate Communications. It involved landline and cellular telephone interviews with 1,000 adults nationwide and has a sampling error of plus or minus 4.1 percentage points (ABC News, 2011).

Title: FEMA Communication Takeover Test Scheduled For November 9 Date: October 18, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: FEMA, the FCC, and Homeland Security plan to commandeer the airwaves next month. The Emergency Alert System (EAS) will be tested at 1 PM EST on November 9. EAS alerts are transmitted over radio and television broadcast stations, cable television and other media services. Local and state EAS components are tested weekly and monthly, but this will be the first national test of the system. It is significant that FEMA will conduct the mandatory test. FEMA was created by executive fiat. EO 12148 was signed into law by a stroke of Jimmy Carters pen on July 20, 1979. FEMA is described as a federal agency designed to coordinate government response to natural disasters that overwhelm the resources of local and state authorities. In fact, the federal agency was established as part of a martial law mechanism. Under Reagan, FEMA was headed by Louis O. Giuffrida, the former national guard general who contributed to the Garden Plot and Cable Splicer, two sub programs under REX 84, a plan to establish concentration camps in America. Operation Cable Splicer is described as the program for an orderly takeover of the state and local governments by the federal government. For more information on these martial law programs, s ee Mary Louise, Stalag 17, American Style Plans For Civilian Internment (& Worst). Giuffrida, a counterinsurgency enthusiast, focused the agencys resources on the civil disturbance aspect of its charter and worked to undermine Posse Comitatus. In 1982, Reagan formally militarized FEMA with National Security Decision Directive (NSDD 26). The result was a series of national training exercises led by the military. Under REX 82, civilian police from around the country received what FEMA euphemistically referred to as military police methods for quelling domestic political unrest. Under Reagan, with Giuffrida at the helm, FEMA mutated civil defense planning into a military/police version of civil society, a plan on a collision course with Posse Comitatus. Hidden behind FEMAs benevolent face as the body whose chief responsibility is disaster relief, another FEMA exists, Ritt Goldstein wrote in 2002, referring to Bushs effort to turn the agency into a counter-terrorism and enemy combatant detention outfit under the newly established Department of Homeland Security. At present, the final contents and disposition of the Reagan security initiatives, part of a national crisis plan, remains beyond public knowledge, Goldstein writes. But given the War On Terrors scope, even if a formal crisis is not declared, speculation exists that a de facto drift into an effective deployment of FEMAs crisis powers could occur.

607

Next months EAS test represents the public notification aspect of that national crisis plan. It is significant that EAS wil l be tested nationally. Natural disasters are usually regional affairs and do not require a nationwide response. The new national EAS system is designed for a more significant event that conforms to the implementation of martial law as envisioned under Garden Plot and Cable Splicer, a plan that was nearly revealed when Representative Jack Brooks of Texas grilled Oliver North during the Iran-Contra hearings in 1987 (Infowars, 2011).

4. REX 84

OBAMACSI.COM: "Readiness Exercise 1984", is a contingency plan developed by the United States federal government to suspend the United States Constitution, declare martial law, place military commanders in charge of state and local governments, and detain large numbers of American citizens who were deemed to be "national security threats". This plan will be enacted in the event that the President of the United States declares a "State of Domestic National Emergency".

Title: U.S. Federal Governmen's "Readiness Exercise 1984" Date: 1967 Present Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Short for Readiness Exercise 1984, is a contingency plan developed by the United States federal government to suspend the United States Constitution, declare martial law, place military commanders in charge of state and local governments, and detain large numbers of American citizens who were deemed to be "national security threats", in the event that the President declared a "State of Domestic National Emergency". The plan stated that events that might cause such a declaration would be widespread U.S. opposition to a U.S. military invasion abroad, such as if the United States were to directly invade Central America. To combat what the government perceived as "subversive activities", the plan also authorized the military to direct ordered movements of civilian populations at state and regional levels. Rex-84 was written by Lieutenant Colonel Oliver North, who was both the NSC White House Aide and NSC liaison to FEMA, and John Brinkerhoff, the deputy director of "national preparedness" programs for FEMA. They patterned the plan on a 1970 report written by FEMA chief Louis Giuffrida, at the Army War College, which proposed the detention of up to 21 million "American Negroes", if there were a black militant uprising in the United States. Existence of a master military contingency plan (of which REX-84 was a part), "Garden Plot" and a similar earlier exercise, "Lantern Spike" were originally revealed by journalist Ron Ridenhour, who summarized his findings in "Garden Plot and the New Action Army." Rex 84 was publicly mentioned during the Iran-Contra Hearings in 1987. Exercises similar to Rex 84 happen regularly. For example, from 1967 to 1971 the FBI kept a list of over 100,000 persons to be rounded up as subversive, dubbed the "ADEX" list. The basic facts about Rex 84 and other contingency planning readiness exercisesand the potential threat they pose to civil liberties if fully implemented in a real operationare taken seriously by scholars and civil libertarians (Wikipedia, 2010).

5. VIOLENT RADICALIZATION AND HOMEGROWN TERROR ACT

OBAMACSI.COM: Senate bill "S-1959" permits the U.S. government to classify many types of venerated American political activity, such as civil disobedience, as terrorism. This law will be used to round-up any person that chooses to disobey orders, regardless of their constitutionality.

Title: U.S. Congress' Violent Radicalization And Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act Of 2007 Date: April 19, 2007 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: A bill sponsored by Rep. Jane Harman (D-CA) in the 110th United States Congress. Its stated purpose is to deal with "homegrown terrorism and violent radicalization by establishing a national commission, establishing a center for study, and cooperating with othe r nations. The bill was introduced to the House on April 19 2007, and passed on Oct 23, 2007. It was introduced to the Senate on August 2, 2007 as S-1959. The bill defines some terms including "violent radicalization," "homegrown terrorism," and "ideologically based violence," which have provoked controversy from some quarters. Amended the Homeland Security Act of 2002 to add provisions concerning the prevention of homegrown terrorism (terrorism by individuals born, raised, or based and operating primarily in the United States). Directed the Secretary of Homeland Security to:

608

Establish a grant program to prevent radicalization (use of an extremist belief system for facilitating ideologically-based violence) and homegrown terrorism in the United States; Establish or designate a university-based Center of Excellence for the Study of Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism in the United States; Conduct a survey of methodologies implemented by foreign nations to prevent radicalization and homegrown terrorism. Prohibited the Department of Homeland Security's efforts to prevent ideologically-based violence and homegrown terrorism from violating the constitutional and civil rights, and civil liberties, of U.S. citizens and lawful permanent residents. Defined Terms Violent Radicalization: The process of adopting or promoting an extremist belief system for the purpose of facilitating ideologically based violence to advance political, religious, or social change. Homegrown Terrorism: The use, planned use, or threatened use, of force or violence by a group or individual born, raised, or based and operating primarily within the United States or any possession of the United States to intimidate or coerce the United States government, the civilian population of the United States, or any segment thereof, in furtherance of political or social objectives. Ideologically Based Violence: The use, planned use, or threatened use of force or violence by a group or individual to promote the group or individual's political, religious, or social beliefs (Wikipedia, 2010).

6. PRESIDENTIAL DIRECTIVE 51

OBAMACSI.COM: The "White House National Security and Homeland Security Presidential Directive 51" allows the President to execute procedures for continuity of the federal government in the event of a "catastrophic emergency". Such an emergency is construed as "any incident, regardless of location, that results in extraordinary levels of mass casualties, damage, or disruption severely affecting the U.S. population, infrastructure, environment, economy, or government functions. Should Obama be assassinated, there is no doubt that new president Joe Biden will enact this law.

Title: The White House National Security and Homeland Security Presidential Directive 51 Date: May 4, 2007 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: National Security Presidential Directive: NSPD 51 was created and signed by United States President George W. Bush on May 4, 2007, is a Presidential Directive which claims power to execute procedures for continuity of the federal government in the event of a "catastrophic emergency". Such an emergency is construed as "any incident, regardless of location, that results in extraordinary levels of mass casualties, damage, or disruption severely affecting the U.S. population, infrastructure, environment, economy, or government functions. The unclassified portion of the directive was posted on the White House website on May 9, 2007, without any further announcement or press briefings (Wikipedia, 2010).

7. ENEMY BELLIGERENT ACT

OBAMACSI.COM: Senate bill "S-3081" allows for the infinite detention of any person, including American citizens, who is deemed to be an unprivileged enemy belligerent without criminal charges or trial for the duration of hostilities against the United States or its coalition partners in which the individual has engaged or which the individual has purposely and materially supported. This law basically allows any person at any time to be arrested and held without bail or trial for any amount of time deemed necessary by the U.S. government. This law paves the way for mass arrests and the wholesale extermination that is sure to follow.

Title: The Enemy Belligerent Interrogation, Detention, And Prosecution Act Of 2010 Date: May 4, 2007 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Enemy Belligerent Interrogation, Detention, and Prosecution Act of 2010 (S. 3081) is a bill introduced by United States Senator John

609

McCain, sponsored by Joe Lieberman and eight other Republican Senators. Its counterpart in the House is H.R. 4892, introduced by Howard McKeon (R-CA). According to the bill's official summary, the bill requires that any person who is arrested on suspicion of terrorism against the Unites States or its coalition partners be placed in military custody for the purposes of initial interrogation and determination of status as an "unprivileged enemy belligerent". Such determination is to be made within 48 hours. The bill proceeds to define an "unprivileged enemy belligerent" as an individual who: 1. 2. 3. Has engaged in hostilities against the United States or its coalition partners; Has purposely and materially supported hostilities against the United States or its coalition partners; or Was a part of al Qaeda at the time of capture.

The bill authorizes the President to establish a "high-value detainee interrogation group" consisting of executive branch personnel with expertise in national security, terrorism, intelligence, interrogation, or law enforcement to perform the interrogation and status determination. The bill defines that the paramount purpose of such interrogations is the protection of U.S. civilians and facilities through thorough and professional interrogation for intelligence purposes. It further prohibits the use of Department of Justice (DOJ) appropriated funds to prosecute an unprivileged enemy belligerent in an Article III court. Finally, the bill allows for the detention of a person who is deemed to be an unprivileged enemy belligerent without criminal charges or trial for the duration of hostilities against the United States or its coalition partners in which the individual has engaged or which the individual has purposely and materially supported. S.3081 was co-sponsored in the Senate by: Scott Brown [MA], Saxby Chambliss [GA], James Inhofe [OK], George LeMieux [FL], Jeff Sessions [AL], John Thune [SD], David Vitter [LA], and Roger Wicker [MS] (Wikipedia, 2010).

8. HUMAN CATTLE CARS

OBAMACSI.COM: The U.S. government has contracted with several companies, namely KBR, to build thousands of railcars for human transportation which are reportedly equipped with shackles to transport political detainees. Unfortunately, history repeats and this is the exact same scenario that was used in Nazi Germany to transport victims to the gas chambers. According to diplomat and author Peter Dale Scott, the KBR contract is part of a Homeland Security plan titled "Operation ENDGAME", which sets as its goal the removal of "all removable aliens" and "potential terrorists" from the United States.

Title: Rule By Fear Or Rule By Law? Date: February 4, 2008 Source: San Francisco Chronicle Abstract: Since 9/11, and seemingly without the notice of most Americans, the federal government has assumed the authority to institute martial law, arrest a wide swath of dissidents (citizen and noncitizen alike), and detain people without legal or constitutional recourse in the event of "an emergency influx of immigrants in the U.S., or to support the rapid development of new programs." Beginning in 1999, the government has entered into a series of single-bid contracts with Halliburton subsidiary Kellogg, Brown and Root (KBR) to build detention camps at undisclosed locations within the United States. The government has also contracted with several companies to build thousands of railcars, some reportedly equipped with shackles, ostensibly to transport detainees. According to diplomat and author Peter Dale Scott, the KBR contract is part of a Homeland Security plan titled ENDGAME, which sets as its goal the removal of "all removable aliens" and "potential terrorists." Fraud-busters such as Rep. Henry Waxman, D-Los Angeles, have complained about these contracts, saying that more taxpayer dollars should not go to taxpayer-gouging Halliburton. But the real question is: What kind of "new programs" require the construction and refurbishment of detention facilities in nearly every state of the union with the capacity to house perhaps millions of people? Sect. 1042 of the 2007 National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA), "Use of the Armed Forces in Major Public Emergencies," gives the executive the power to invoke martial law. For the first time in more than a century, the president is now authorized to use the military in response to "a natural disaster, a disease outbreak, a terrorist attack or any other condition in which the President determines that domestic violence has occurred to the extent that state officials cannot maintain public order." The Military Commissions Act of 2006, rammed through Congress just before the 2006 midterm elections, allows for the indefinite imprisonment of anyone who donates money to a charity that turns up on a list of "terrorist" organizations, or who speaks out against the government's policies. The law calls for secret trials for citizens and noncitizens alike. Also in 2007, the White House quietly issued National Security Presidential Directive 51 (NSPD-51), to ensure "continuity of government" in the event of what the document vaguely calls a "catastrophic emergency." Should the president determine that such an emergency has occurred, he and he alone is empowered to do whatever he deems necessary to ensure "continuity of government." This could include everything from canceling elections to suspending the Constitution to launching a nuclear attack. Congress has yet to hold a single

610

hearing on NSPD-51. U.S. Rep. Jane Harman, D-Venice (Los Angeles County) has come up with a new way to expand the domestic "war on terror." Her Violent Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act of 2007 (HR1955), which passed the House by the lopsided vote of 404-6, would set up a commission to "examine and report upon the facts and causes" of so-called violent radicalism and extremist ideology, then make legislative recommendations on combating it. According to commentary in the Baltimore Sun, Rep. Harman and her colleagues from both sides of the aisle believe the country faces a native brand of terrorism, and needs a commission with sweeping investigative power to combat it. A clue as to where Harman's commission might be aiming is the Animal Enterprise Terrorism Act, a law that labels those who "engage in sit-ins, civil disobedience, trespass, or any other crime in the name of animal rights" as terrorists. Other groups in the crosshairs could be anti-abortion protesters, anti-tax agitators, immigration activists, environmentalists, peace demonstrators, Second Amendment rights supporters ... the list goes on and on. According to author Naomi Wolf, the National Counterterrorism Center holds the names of roughly 775,000 "terror suspects" with the number increasing by 20,000 per month. What could the government be contemplating that leads it to make contingency plans to detain without recourse millions of its own citizens? The Constitution does not allow the executive to have unchecked power under any circumstances. The people must not allow the president to use the war on terrorism to rule by fear instead of by law (San Francisco Chronicle, 2008).

9. MASS GRAVES

OBAMACSI.COM: Mass coffins have been appearing in strategic locations throughout the Unites States over the last couple of years. While U.S. government officials explain that the coffins are for catastrophic emergencies, there is a growing suspicion amongst Americans that something far more sinister may be going on. Whatever catastrophic event is about to transpire, the U.S. federal government will be able to bury hundreds of thousands, if not millions, of people in an extremely short amount of time.

Title: Military Industrial Complex Prepares Mass Graves For U.S. Citizens Date: March 25, 2009 Source: Infowars Abstract: A usually quiet U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs Cemetery, has been unusually active lately. The National Memorial Cemetery of Arizona is a beautiful 225 acre facility located in Phoenix. For the past 30-45 days in the early hours of the morning until sunset, a massive construction operation has been underway. Major amounts of earth have been excavated out about 9-10 feet deep and 600-1000 feet wide. There is multiple locations on the property like this. From the satellite view there appears to be more sections that have been covered with the concrete lids and backfilled to look as if nothing is there. ABC rock is put in place under the burial vaults for good drainage and solid bedding. This will help not contaminate ground water sources from decomposition of human bodies. The cleanliness of the heavy equipment operation and the large perfect cuts of earth is im pressive. These Massive concrete boxes are transported from a nearby storage yard on various privately owned flatbed semi-trucks, then unloaded and put into place a half mile away at the actual mass grave site. They are installed tight together side by side with no space in between. An interview was conducted between my friend and a truck driver involved in this operation. After beating around the bush for ten minutes, the driver admitted I got paid a whole lot of money to speak good english. Take it for what its worth but that sounds suspect. The t ruck driver also admitted Each burial vault holds four caskets. I took note that if caskets were not used you could fit 40 bodies or more in each one. So if these were to hold four troops each and the truck driver did know what he was talking about; this would mean that there are plans in advance for over 4000 U.S. soldiers deaths. If these are not to contain caskets and only bodies are inserted there could be room for over 40,000 civilians bodies (Infowars, 2009).

Title: Is FEMA & DHS Preparing For Mass Graves And Martial Law Near Chicago? Date: February 13, 2009 Source: Infowars Abstract: An Indiana county municipal official in the vicinity of Chicago reveals the contents of his meetings with FEMA and the Department of Homeland Security. The initial requests seem reasonable enough when FEMA asks the county officials to prepare a Hazard Mitigation Plan to deal with flooding, fires, high winds and tornadoes. But as the required meetings and calls with FEMA and DHS continue over a two year period their request become more unusual, raising suspicions of county officials

611

We want to know every important thing in this county. We want to know where police departments are. Where weapons are stored. Hazardous material. Where can we land a helicopter. Where are the airports. How big a plane can you land at the airport. Where are all the bridges. Where are all the power stations. Where are all the generating stations.Where are all the substations. They literally wanted to know where everything was. Im sitting there thinking man if there was ever martial law. This kind of information is exactly the kind of stuff they are going to want. Were just laying it all out for them right there. During the legally mandated meetings held with FEMA and DHS different disaster scenarios were reveled to county officials: In late December 2008 municipal officials were invited to Indianapolis for a briefing on the state of Indiana. There were told if industry were to collapse for example GM going bankrupt resulting in mass unemployment a depression would soon follow and municipalities could expect to loose 40% of their funds. Every county in the nation would be required to prepare a Hazard Mitigation Plan. The county should prepare a plan to vaccinate the entire population within 48 hours and practice the plan several times. FEMA inquired to where mass graves could be placed in the county and would they accept bodies from elsewhere. The sheriffs department via the state sheriff association was told that no .223 ammunition rounds would be available as th e military would be purchasing all stocks. The county was asked to make plans for hardening of police and fire stations, putting in hardened bunker type buildings around town. The county was asked to make plans for the possibility of up to 400,000 refugees from Chicago (Infowars, 2009).

The North American Union

OBAMACSI.COM: The North American Union (NAU) is the future merger of the United States, Canada, and Mexico as a political state entity. Had there been a nuclear terror attack at Super Bowl XLV as planned in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011, there would already be a North American Union in place today. However, since the nuclear terror plan was subverted, the North American Union will have to wait until the next major crisis in order to be instituted publicly. As evidenced below, the North American Union exists in every facet possible yet the American public is grossly unaware of its existence and what it means to the future of America as a sovereign nation. 1. The North American Union (NAU): The North American Union (NAU) is a theoretical economic union, in some instances a political union, of Canada, Mexico, and the United States. While the NAU is chalked up in the mainstream media as a conspiracy theory, the reality is that the NAU already exists, openly. The treasonous act was signed under the guise of the Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America (SPP) by former President of the United States, George W. Bush, former Prime Minister of Canada, Paul Martin, and former President of Mexico, Vicente Fox, in Waco, Texas, on March 23, 2005. 2. Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America (SPP): The Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America (SPP) is a region-level dialogue with the stated purpose of providing greater cooperation on security and economic issues. The SPP was founded in Waco, Texas on March 23, 2005, by Prime Minister of Canada, Paul Martin, President of Mexico, Vicente Fox, and former President of the United States, George W. Bush. 3. The Amero: The Amero is the proposed future currency of the North American Currency Union, a theoretical economic and monetary union of the three North American countries: Canada, the United States and Mexico. This currency has been allegedly minted and spoken about on television, but it is denied publicly. 4. Flag of the North American Union: The hypothetical or proposed flag of the North American Union is a blue flag with three stars representing the three former nations of Canada, United States and Mexico. The flag is further evidence that an economical and cultural union between Canada, United States and Mexico is only a matter of time. 5. Map of the North American Union: The hypothetical or proposed map of the North American Union depict a united North America with three stars representing the three former nations of Canada, United States and Mexico. The map is further evidence that an economical and cultural union between Canada, United States and Mexico is only a matter of time.

1. THE NORTH AMERICAN UNION

OBAMACSI.COM: The North American Union (NAU) is a theoretical economic union, in some instances a political union, of Canada, Mexico, and the United States. While the NAU is chalked up in the mainstream media as a conspiracy theory, the reality is that the NAU already exists, openly. The treasonous act was signed under the guise of the Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America (SPP) by former President of the United States, George W. Bush, former Prime Minister of Canada, Paul Martin, and former President of Mexico, Vicente Fox, in Waco, Texas, on March 23, 2005.

612

Title: North American Union Date: March 23, 2005 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The North American Union (NAU) is a theoretical economic union, in some instances also a political union, of Canada, Mexico, and the United States. YouTube Video The concept is loosely based on the European Union, occasionally including a common currency called the Amero or the North American Dollar. While the idea for some form of union has been discussed or proposed in academic, business and political circles for many decades, there are no plans to create such a union and no agreement to do so has been signed. The formation of a North American Union has been the subject of various conspiracy theories. Despite the claim that it does not exist, it actually does, and major steps have already taken place to cement this transition.

Title: U.S.-Canada Perimeter Security And The Consolidation Of North America Date: September 20, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: The U.S. and Canada are very close to unveiling a North American perimeter security deal that would promote greater integration between both countries. This includes expanding collaboration in areas of law enforcement and intelligence sharing which could dramatically affect sovereignty and privacy rights. While there is a need for more public scrutiny, incrementalism has been used to advance North American integration. In many ways this has kept the agenda under the radar. Much like NAFTA and the Security and Prosperity Partnership, a U.S.-Canada perimeter security agreement would represent another step in the consolidation of North America. During his speech at a recent meeting of northern border states, U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder told participants that the U.S. and Canada are set to launch a pilot project next year which will allow law enforcement officers to operate on both sides of the border. Holder explained that, th e creation of NextGen teams of cross-designated officers would allow us to more effectively identify, assess, and interdict persons and organizations involved in transnational crime. He went on to say, In conjunction with the other provisions included in the Beyond the Border Initiati ve, such a move would enhance our cross-border efforts and advance our information-sharing abilities. The declaration, Beyond the Border: Shared Vision for Perimeter Security and Economic Competitiveness issued by President Barack Obama and Prime Minister Stephen Harper last February, identified joint law enforcement operations and information sharing as a high priority. There are already examples of what we could expect from a security perimeter as some Canadians have been denied entry into the U.S. after their records of mental illness were shared with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security. While further details of the new joint law enforcement project are not yet available, Stuart Trew of the Council of Canadians pointed out that the plans are well advanced. This prompted him to question, why is Harper consulting with Canadians on a done deal? We havent had a chanc e to yea or nay the perimeter agreement which is expected to be released as an action plan within weeks. But a pilot project that legalizes and normalizes US policing activities in Canada is already set to begin next year. He added that this confirms, th e Harper government will use its limited public consultations earlier this year to move ahead quickly with whatever new cross-border policing and information sharing commitments it wants, regardless of privacy and other concerns. Last month, the Canadian government released two reports which summarized public input received concerning regulatory cooperation, as well as security and trade across the border. While improving the movement of goods and people was the priority for business groups, many individuals expressed concerns over the loss of sovereignty, along with the protection of personal information. On top of announcing plans to create teams of cross-designated officers, Attorney General Eric Holder took time to praise bilateral relations between the two countries, but acknowledged, there are areas in which t he U.S. and Canada can enhance cooperation in criminal investigations and prosecutions. And I believe we must consider how extradition, and mutual legal assistance, processes could be streamlined. He also stated, As Canadas national government considers various anti-crime policies and approaches, we will continue working to implement a comprehensive anti-crime framework. Does this mean that as part of a security perimeter, Canada would have to change its legal system to better reflect U.S. laws? As the fall session of Parliament gets underway, the Harper government is set to table tough new criminal reform legislation. In the report entitled Shared Vision or Myopia: The Politics of Perimeter Security and Economic Competitiveness, former Foreign Service officer Gar Pardy warns that a perimeter security deal with the U.S. could sacrifice Canadians privacy while doing nothing to improve the flow of trade across the border. In his report, Pardy reveals that The concessions the Americans want is the transfer of enormous amounts of informat ion about Canadians and others about whom Canada collects information. It is evident that to meet such expectations Canadian privacy laws will need to be ignored, violated or weakened. He also stated that, The Shared Vision approach essentially promotes the idea that in order to restore the status quo ante implicit in the free trade agreements there have to be large political concessions by Canada that will satisfy American security concerns. This could explain th e Conservative governments announcement that it will reintroduce anti-terrorism measures which have expired and are on par with sections of the libertystripping U.S. Patriot Act. The move is tied to plans for a security perimeter and is aimed more at satisfying U.S. fears. In his report released by the Rideau Institute, Gar Pardy also warns that, when CanadaUnited States privacy protection principles are under bilateral discussion, privacy protection will not be increased. A more likely result is that existing Canadian privacy laws, as flawed as they are, will erode to meet

613

the demands of the United States. As part of his report, he recommended measures that would better protect privacy rights and encourage transparency. This included all new agreements with the U.S. affecting the privacy rights of Canadians, be reviewed by the Privacy Commissioner. Pardy called for the creation of a single authority to oversee all federal police and security organizations participating in information transfers between both countries. He also recommended a separate treaty that would protect personal information transferred to the U.S. for national security purposes. With regards to a perimeter security deal, Pardy concluded that, If Canadian concessions on security and privacy rules do result in the lessening of American border restrictions and controls then such results would always be hostage to future events over which Canada has no control. It is important to keep in mind that the move towards a North American security perimeter is being done without congressional or parliamentary approval. There is no reason to trust that our governments will strike any kind of balance between security and freedom. That is why it is imperative that we demand more transparency and input. With a joint action plan expected to be released soon, it is my hope that Canadians and Americans will reject any perimeter security deal that reduces privacy rights and further puts our sovereignty at risk (Infowars, 2011).

2. SECURITY & PROSPERITY PARTNERSHIP OF N. AMERICA

OBAMACSI.COM: The Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America (SPP) is a region-level dialogue with the stated purpose of providing greater cooperation on security and economic issues. The SPP was founded in Waco, Texas on March 23, 2005, by Prime Minister of Canada, Paul Martin, President of Mexico, Vicente Fox, and former President of the United States, George W. Bush. Title: Security And Prosperity Partnership Of North America Date: March 23, 2005 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America (SPP) was a region-level dialogue with the stated purpose of providing greater cooperation on security and economic issues. The Partnership was founded in Waco, Texas on March 23, 2005 by Paul Martin, Prime Minister of Canada, Vicente Fox, President of Mexico, and George W. Bush, President of the United States. It was the second of such regional-level agreements involving the United States of America following the 1997 Partnership for Prosperity and Security in the Caribbean (PPS). Since August 2009 it is no longer an active initiative of any of the original dialogue partners. The initial SPP Working Groups were the Manufacture Goods and Sectoral and Regional Competitiveness Working Group, E-Commerce & ICT Working Group, Energy Working Group, Transportation Working Group, Food & Agriculture Working Group, Environment Working Group, Financial Services Working Group, Business Facilitation Working Group, Movement of Goods Working Group, Health, and Immigration. These working groups were tasked with implementing the SPP as initiated by the North American Heads of Government and 30 CEOs of the largest corporations from each respective country on March 23, 2005. They were to consult with stakeholders; set specific, measurable, and achievable goals and implementation dates; and issue semi-annual progress reports. A 24-month agenda was established to serve as a time line milestone to have the initial framework fully developed.

Goals The stated goals of the SPP were cooperation and information sharing, improving productivity, reducing the costs of trade, enhancing the joint stewardship of the environment, facilitating agricultural trade while creating a safer and more reliable food supply, and protecting people from disease. It was intended to assist, rather than replace, existing bilateral and trilateral institutions like the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) and to work towards the three North American countries working cooperatively in the face of common risks and economic competition from low cost, multimodal transportation system along the International Mid-Continent Trade Corridor to improving both the trade competitiveness and quality of life in North America. North American Facilitation of Transportation, Trade, Reduced Congestion & Security (NAFTRACS) was a three phase pilot project designed to focus on business processes and information as freight is transported from buyers to sellers. The project was intended to create a partnership between businesses and local, state, and federal governments, while claiming to foster cooperation among the same entities. Announced Funding On 26 February 2008, Canada's Minister of Finance, Jim Flaherty, announced his government's 2008 Budget, which includes "$29 million over two years to meet priorities under the Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America." North American Competitiveness Council The North American Competitiveness Council (NACC) was an official tri-national working group of the Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America (SPP). It was created at the second summit of the SPP in Cancn, Quintana Roo, Mexico, in March 2006. Composed of 30 corporate representatives from some of North America's largest companies, the North American Competitiveness Council has been mandated to set priorities for the SPP and to act as a stable driver of the integration process through changes in government in all three countries.

614

Criticism In 2006, CNN anchor Lou Dobbs argued that the SPP was part of a plan to merge the United States, Canada, and Mexico into a North American Union similar to the European Union. Dobbs claimed at the time that US President Bush, who left office on January 20, 2009, was to have bypassed Congress and ultimately create a Union based on a Texas highway corridor. One variation of this theory was that President Bush would declare a state of emergency to avoid leaving office, which, in fact, never came about; on January 20, 2009, his successor, Barack Obama, who had openly voiced misgivings about NAFTA, the predecessor to SPP, let alone SPP itself, took office as US President, but his anti-NAFTA views soon disappeared from his public persona. The Council of Canadians claimed that the SPP extended the controversial "no fly list" of the USA, made Canadian water a communal resource, and forced Canada and Mexico to adopt the USA's security policies - one of which would allow foreign military forces to neglect sovereignty in the case of a "civil emergency". In addition, it also touched on the issue of Albertan tar sands expansion to five times its current size. On May 10, 2007, Conservative MP Leon Benoit, chair of the Canadian House of Commons Standing Committee on International Trade, prevented University of Alberta professor Gordon Laxer from testifying that SPP would leave Canadians "to freeze in the dark" because "Canada itself unlike most industrialized nations has no national plan or reserves to protect its own supplies" by saying Laxer's testimony was not relevant, defying a majority vote to overrule his motion, shutting down the Committee meeting, and leaving with the other three out of four Conservative members; the meeting later continued presided by the Liberal vice-chair. After these disruptions, the National Post reported on a Conservative party manual to, among other things, usurp Parliamentary committees and cause chaos in unfavourable committees. The New Democratic Party also criticized SPP for being undemocratic, not open to Parliament, and opaque. New Democratic Party leader Jack Layton described the process as not simply unconstitutional, but "non-constitutional", held completely outside the usual mechanisms of oversight. Some thirty US-based organizations also sent an open letter to Congress on April 21, 2008 criticizing the secrecy and lack of any sort of democratic oversight: "What differentiates the SPP from other security and trade agreements is that it is not subject to Congressional oversight or approval. The SPP establishes a corporate/government bureaucracy for implementation that excludes civil society participation. ... Facing a worrisome pact pushed forward in secrecy, it is time for Congress to halt this undemocratic approach and establish a process based on openness, accountability, and the participation of civil society. Cancellation In August 2009, the SPP website was updated to say: "The Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America (SPP) is no longer an active initiative. There will not be any updates to this site." Subsequent to this the website link does not connect and the cache website links do not work. Currently, the website calls itself an archive for SPP documents and announces: "Going forward, we want to build on the accomplishments achieved by the SPP and further improve our cooperation." The NDP has called this a "victory" which is "the result of the active and sustained efforts across the country, and across North America, of Canadian, Mexican and American activists from the labour movement, civil society, progressive legislators and all those concerned and committed to build a better quality of life in our Canada and throughout North America." Renewed Security & Prosperity Discussions On February 4, 2011, Canadian Prime Minister Stephen Harper and US President Barack Obama announced a new security and prosperity initiative. In it they planned to "to pursue a perimeter approach to security in ways that support economic competitiveness, job creation, and prosperity". On March 13, 2011, the Canadian government announced it was beginning a five week consultation process "with all levels of government and with communities, non-governmental organizations and the private sector, as well as with our citizens" on the implementation of the shared vision for perimeter security and economic competitiveness" (Wikipedia, 2011).

3. THE AMERO

OBAMACSI.COM: The Amero is the proposed future currency of the North American Currency Union, a theoretical economic and monetary union of the three North American countries: Canada, the United States and Mexico. This currency has been allegedly minted and spoken about on television, but it is denied publicly. Title: North American Currency Union Date: Future Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The North American Currency Union is a theoretical economic and monetary union of three North American countries: Canada, the United States and Mexico.

615

Implementation would involve the three countries giving up their current currency units (U.S. dollar, Canadian dollar, and Mexican peso) and adopting a new one, created specifically for this purpose. (Some versions of the theory, particularly those circulating in Canada, assume only the United States and Canada would be included.) The hypothetical currency for the union is most often referred to as the amero. The concept is modeled on the common European Union currency (the euro), and it is argued to be a natural extension of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) and the Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America (SPP). Conspiracy theorists contend that the governments of the United States, Canada, and Mexico are already taking steps to implement such a currency, as part of a "North American Union (NAU) (Wikipedia, 2011).

4. FLAG OF THE NORTH AMERICAN UNION

OBAMACSI.COM: The hypothetical or proposed flag of the North American Union is a blue flag with three stars representing the three former nations of Canada, United States and Mexico. The flag is further evidence that an economical and cultural union between Canada, United States and Mexico is only a matter of time.

Title: Flag Of The North American Union Date: Future Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Hypothetical/proposed flag of the North American Union, an further economical and cultural union between the three countries of North America: Canada, United States and Mexico. The NAU is not intended to be a supranational government, but a consulting body to build similar laws, government procedures, a common currency (the North American Dollar), unified customs points, a North American visa for external visitors and tightening of security procedures in airports and roads, to fight against terrorism (Wikipedia, 2011).

5. MAP OF THE NORTH AMERICAN UNION

OBAMACSI.COM: The hypothetical or proposed map of the North American Union depict a united North America with three stars representing the three former nations of Canada, United States and Mexico. The map is further evidence that an economical and cultural union between Canada, United States and Mexico is only a matter of time. Title: Map Of The North American Union Date: Future Source: Wikipedia Abstract: The hypothetical/proposed map of the North American Union, an further economical and cultural union between the three countries of North America: Canada, United States and Mexico (Wikipedia, 2011).

Philadelphia Riots
OBAMACSI.COM: Philadelphia has historically and symbolically stood for the U.S. Constitution, the Liberty Bell and Independence Hall. All that American symbolism will forever be changed as the city of Philadelphia will likely host the most violent, deadly, and destructive riots America has ever seen. The iconic symbols of American Independence and Freedom will be forever trampled, if not burned, in the wake of mass riots.

When Martin Luther King Jr. was assassinated in 1964, riots broke out nationwide in America. If and when U.S President Barack Obama is assassinated, America can expect the same thing, only that this time around the riots will be super-charged and provocateured by the full force of the U.S. government and its media propaganda machine. The city of Philadelphia has been primed for riots over the last few years by combining abject poverty with organized crime (gangs) from New York City. These rioters will likely be paid to riot in the aftermath of an Obama assassination or major terror attack, just as they did in the London Riots of 2011. Recent news, reports, and events that have occurred in Philadelphia are not an accident, but rather a coordinated and contrived program meant to bring about Martial Law in the wake of mass riots. Preparation for riots in Philadelphia and America started immediately after the London riots subsided and riot drills by law enforcement are now occurring across America. Whether the Occupy Wall Street protests are part of these riot drills is secondary, for as Mark Potok of the Intelligence Project at the Southern Poverty Law Center recently stated, "I think there is a huge amount of anger out there...What

616

we're really lacking at this moment is a kind of spark."

1. Philly Gang Threat Assessment 2011: Prior to any flash mobs, curfews or random violence in Philadelphia, the U.S. Department of Justice predicted that due to "open" drug markets, the "20 nationally recognized gangs" would commit violence against law enforcement officials in East Pennsylvania. While this prediction has not yet come to fruition, it is likely only a matter of time. 2. The Riots: Based on the fallout from the London Riots of 2011, governmental provocation and instigation played heavily in the origination and fomentation of the riots. While the UK police stood down, rioters looted and caused mayhem with little or no regard for law enforcement. Based on the evidence and data available, the Obama administration, with or without Obama, will follow the London blueprint and pay rioters to burn American cities while the police watch. The London Riots were orchestrated to crack down on social media (Facebook, Twitter, YouTube), impose martial law, and set an example for things to come in America, namely Philadelphia. 3. The Flash Mobs: As if on a schedule, "flash mobs" started occurring in Philadelphia immediately after the conclusion of the London Riots. These "flash mobs" also appeared roughly 5 months after the U.S. Department of Justice's Gang Threat Assessment which predicts that violence will erupt in Eastern Pennsylvania. Just a coincidence or a contrived conspiracy? 4. The Curfew: To add gasoline to the fire, the mayor of Philadelphia has laid down an unrealistic curfew in response to the flash mobs. The 9pm curfew is obviously designed to punish and anger the law abiding citizens of Philadelphia so that when gang members are paid to riot, law abiding citizens will follow. 5. Random Unprecedented Violence: Out of seemingly nowhere, Philadelphia has garnered national and international attention for violence and thuggery. As if part of a larger sinister program, men, likely gang members, have begun attacking random people without cause or concern. 6. The Philadelphia Eagles: Aside from signing the best NFL free-agents available in 2011, Eagles quarterback Michael Vick has now stated that the NFL and commissioner Roger Goodell forced him to sign with Philadelphia. Before the 2011 NFL football season even started, back-up Eagles quarterback Vince Young glossed the Eagles the "Dream Team". All the attention the Eagles have garnered is uncharacteristic of their franchise, and the franchise may be part of a sinister plan, especially if a terror event occurs at a Philadephia Eagles game.

1. PHILLY GANG THREAT ASSESSMENT 2011

OBAMACSI.COM: Prior to any flash mobs, curfews or random violence in Philadelphia, the U.S. Department of Justice predicted that due to "open" drug markets, the "20 nationally recognized gangs" would commit violence against law enforcement officials in East Pennsylvania. While this prediction has not yet come to fruition, it is likely only a matter of time. Title: Eastern Pennsylvania Drug and Gang Threat Assessment 2011 Date: March 2011 Source: U.S. Department Of Justice, National Drug Intelligence Center, National Gang Intelligence Center Abstract: New York Area Gangs Previously significant but ad hoc suppliers of drugs to eastern Pennsylvania are becoming increasingly organized, entrenched, and dominant in many eastern Pennsylvania drug marketsThere are at least 20 nationally recogni zed gangs, some with multiple subgroups (or sets), active in at least 21 of the 42 counties in eastern Pennsylvania. Every gang and gang set is active to some degree in drug distribution, and several were originally based in the New York area. These gangs are now among the leading drug distributors in the region. The leading cause of gang migration into eastern Pennsylvania is the opportunity for members to profit from drug sales in open, uncontested markets Gang Violence Rival gangs and organized thieves are increasingly engaging in home invasions, ransom kidnappings, and organized thefts from drug dealers in many eastern Pennsylvania drug markets. Drug-related violent crime between some rival criminal groups in eastern Pennsylvania is increasingSuch violence is typically conducted by street gangs and independent robbery crews that target other criminals. Some gang violence has been directed against law enforcement officers, and in some areas such violence has increased. Furthermore, NDIC assesses with moderate confidence that incidents of drug related violence against law enforcement officers will increase, as evidenced by rising levels of aggression by some gang members (U.S. Department of Justice, 2011).

2. THE RIOTS

OBAMACSI.COM: Based on the fallout from the London Riots of 2011, governmental provocation and instigation played heavily in the origination and fomentation of the riots. While the UK police stood down, rioters looted and caused mayhem with little or no regard for law enforcement. Based on the evidence and data available, the Obama administration, with or without Obama, will follow the London blueprint and pay rioters to burn American cities while the police watch. The London Riots were orchestrated to crack down on social media (Facebook, Twitter, YouTube), impose martial law, and set an example for things to come in America, namely Philadelphia.

617

Title: Why Police Were So Soft On London Looters: They 'Were Ordered To Stand And Observe' As Capital Burned (But In Manchester They Were Hunting Looters Within hours) Date: August 10, 2011 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: Police were ordered to 'stand and observe' rioters as they laid waste to London's streets instead of confronting them, it was claimed today. Scotland Yard insiders have revealed teams were frustrated at their inability to wade in and arrest troublemakers while they looted and burnt out shops. They had apparently been told to try and contain any violence but not to haul away offenders who would instead be identified through video footage later, according to The Times. It was only on Monday night, when the riots escalated still further, that tactics changed and armoured vehicles called Jankels were used to disperse the crowds. On Tuesday night, some 16,000 officers also flooded London's streets - almost triple the previous night's deployment - and they were finally given the green light to confront the gangs. The Met has also come under fire for taking three days to issue any images of suspects - and then only releasing 12 grainy pictures. The Mail Online managed to produce another 30 with ease. In contrast, Greather Manchester Police were issuing images online via social network sites within hours of similar violence in their area. In Birmingham, police tracked down suspected rioters hours later and smashed into their homes to arrest them. Officers mounted raids on around a dozen properties across the city and made seven arrests. They also recovered apparently looted items. The police's tactics have led to much public criticism from residents and business owners, who are bemused at the 'soft' approach when their livelihoods are being ruined. Eye witnesses have told of ranks of police standing by while mobs of youths rampaged and stole from shop fronts and terrorised residents. However, it has been suggested that the approach may also have been dictated by the sheer scale of the problem with teams unable to spare officers to make arrests on the spot. There have also been calls for far more robust measures - including plastic bullets, water cannon and even the Army - to quell the chaos. It has been suggested that the softer approach has been sparked by controversy over the death of Ian Tomlinson during the G20 riots and wider criticism of policing during protests. Mr Tomlinson was struck by a policeman wielding a baton during the G20 protests in 2009 and shoved to the ground. He suffered massive internal bleeding and died minutes later. The officer involved is now awaiting trial for manslaughter over his death. Scotland Yard was also heavily criticised in the High Court in April for using 'kettling' during the G20 demonstrations. Judges ruled the Met had broken the law in the way it kettled 5,000 protesters because it was 'unjustified' and an unlawful deprivation of liberty. Deputy Assistant Commissioner Stephen insists 'nobody' gave any instruction to go soft. 'I'm now aware of any order to take things easy,' he told BBC's Radio 4 Today programme. He said: 'We have had this allegation made a few times. You have to realise we had over 3,000 officers on Sunday night. That is the size of two small forces combined. It is a significant asset that we put out there. 'We filled the cells of London on Sunday and Monday night, we drove Jankels at looters - if that is taking things easy, I don't understand that logic.' He admitted there were 'significant gaps' in the police response and that they were 'enormously stretched'. But he insisted: 'As far as I'm concerned Chris Allison and Lynne Owens who led this did not give any instruction and nobody else has either.'

618

On wider tactics, he said everything 'from local engagement to extreme use of force' had been considered. Officers trained in using baton rounds were ready if needed but there are currently no water cannon on the British mainland, he added. Baton rounds, or plastic bullets, can only be used if sanctioned by the commissioner of the Met Police and have never been fired on the British mainland. They were issued to police at the Broadwater Farm riots in Tottenham in 1985 but never used - although the weapons are apparently also issued annually for the Notting Hill Carnival (Daily Mail, 2011)

Title: NYPD Riot Units Conduct Drills Date: August 14, 2011 Source: Metro News Abstract: In the wake of the London riots, the NYPD Disorder Control Unit held a mobilization exercise on Randalls Island on Friday to rehearse its response should out-of-control riots break out here, Metro has learned. Approximately 180 police officers total from each boroughs task force, including the horseback and aviation units, came out for the drill, according to police. The London response wasnt that great they were outnumbered and taken by surprise, said Mike Codella, a retired NYPD detective. When he was on the force, riot drills happened once a year at most, he said. The training exercise comes the same week the NYPD has stepped up its monitoring of social media, used to organize mayhem across England and also to coordinate teen mobs in Philadelphia. Police will now troll sites like Twitter and Facebook for suspicious activity, gang feuds and house parties as part of a new juvenile justice unit (Metro News, 2011).

Title: Mayor Bloomberg Predicts Riots In The Streets If Economy Doesn't Create More Jobs Date: September 16, 2011 Source: NY Daily News Abstract: Mayor Bloomberg warned Friday there would be riots in the streets if Washington doesn't get serious about generating jobs. "We have a lot of kids graduating college, can't find jobs," Bloomberg said on his weekly WOR radio show. "That's what happened in Cairo. That's what happened in Madrid. You don't want those kinds of riots here." In Cairo, angry Egyptians took out their frustrations by toppling presidential strongman Hosni Mubarak - and more recently attacking the Israeli embassy. As for Madrid, the most recent street protests were sparked by widespread unhappiness that the Spanish government was spending millions on the visit of Pope Benedict instead of dealing with widespread unemployment. Bloomberg's unusually alarmist pronouncement came as President Obama has been pressuring reluctant Republicans to pass his proposed job creation plan. "The damage to a generation that can't find jobs will go on for many, many years," the normally-measured mayor said. Bloomberg gave Obama kudos for coming up with a jobs plan. "At least he's got some ideas on the table, whether you like those or not," he said. "Now everybody's got to sit down and say we're actually gonna do something and you have to do something on both the revenue and the expense side." And everybody's got to share in the pain. "When you start picking and choosing which groups do and do not, that's when it becomes unfair in a lot of people's minds," the mayor said. "But we're all in this together." Obama didn't create this economic mess, it developed "over long periods of time," Bloomberg said. Obama's approval rating has sunk along with the economy, but the ratings of the Republicans who have stymied his attempts repair the damage are even worse, most polls show. Already, House Speaker John Boehner, an Ohio Republican, has drawn a line on raising taxes on the rich to pay for Obama's proposed $447 billion jobs plan, which aims to help the middle class (NY Daily News, 2011).

619

Title: Rush Limbaugh: Obama White House Is Setting Up Riots Date: October 6, 2011 Source: Ology Abstract: On his program this afternoon, talk radio host Rush Limbaugh weighed in on the protests in Downtown Manhattan calling themselves Occupy Wall Street. He quoted an anonymous friend when he said that it is possible that the White House was behind the protests to some degree and claimed that the Obama Administration wanted to foment riots to advance an anti-corporatist agenda. Limbaugh clarified on his program that it was not his opinion, nor would he say that he shares this opinion, merely that he was giving voice to a prominent individual who shared this opinion with Limbaugh. Limbaugh was referencing President Obamas acknowledgement of the Occupy Wall Street protests during an hour -long press conference held today in which the president said that the protests represent the broad-based frustration among Americans with the financial system. This has widely been interpreted, albeit tentatively, with the ongoing protests in near Wall Street. The Occupy Wall Street protests also received a boost of support today from Vice President Joe Biden today at the Washington Ideas Forum: Lets be honest with one another, said Biden. What is the core of that protest? The core is: The bargain has been breached. The core is the American people do not think the system is fair, or on the level. That is the core is what youre seeing with Wall Street (Ology, 2011).

Title: Buckle Up: America Is Getting Very Angry And The Protests Are Going To Become Much More Frightening Date: October 12, 2011 Source: American Dream Abstract: The Occupy Wall Street protests and the rise of the Tea Party movement have both changed America, but you haven't seen anything yet. You better buckle up, because America is getting very angry and as the economy continues to decline the economic protests are going to become much more frightening in the years ahead. Americans have become very accustomed to prosperity. Now that our prosperity is vanishing, people are starting to become very angry. The scary thing is that the vast majority of our population now lives in tightly congested urban areas. That makes the potential for mass rioting and civil unrest much greater. Back in 1910, 72 percent of Americans lived in rural areas. Today, only 16 percent of Americans live in rural areas. So what happens when you have millions of incredibly angry people crammed into tightly congested metropolitan areas? Well, we are about to find out. Over the past 4 years, we have seen some unprecedented things happen in America. First we witnessed the rise of the Tea Party movement. Initially it pretty much was a true grassroots movement but now it has been mostly taken over by establishment Republicans. Now we are witnessing the rise of Occupy Wall Street. While there are some grassroots elements to it, the reality is that Occupy Wall Street seems to be pretty much controlled by the Democrats. In fact, one individual was recently told that "Ron Paul signs are not welcome here" at a recent protest. So we have the left and the right fighting with each other like cats and dogs. The Tea Party movement and Occupy Wall Street both pretty much hate each other. Meanwhile, those that control both political parties are enjoying the view. But the people that are expressing their anger through protest movements such as Occupy Wall Street are not going to be content with the status quo for long. The truth is that there is a lot of anger in the United States today, and that anger is rapidly growing. Millions upon millions of Americans are deeply upset about the economy and about our financial system. Right now, protests by both the Tea Party movement and Occupy Wall Street have been mostly peaceful. But that will not last indefinitely. In fact, there are already signs that Occupy Wall Street protesters are not content with simply sitting in the park and banging on drums. For example, protesters stormed the Senate Hart Office Building in Washington D.C. today. A handful of protesters were arrested. Also, more than 50 protesters from the Occupy Boston movement were arrested today when they would not do what police were ordering them to do. But most notable of all was the march to the homes of certain millionaires up in New York. Earlier today, Occupy Wall Street protesters marched to the homes of Jamie Dimon, David Koch, John Paulson, Howard Milstein, and Rupert Murdoch. Needless to say, that is going to seriously upset some people.

620

The home protests were not spontaneous. The truth is that they were highly organized. Organizers such as SEIU board member Stephen Lerner have been talking about them for quite some time. In fact, you can hear him discussing plans for the upcoming protests at the homes of these millionaires back on October 3rd right here. There is a lot about Occupy Wall Street that can be criticized (just check out this article), but one thing that Occupy Wall Street is actually doing right is that it is focusing on the role of money in politics. The big financial powers spend hundreds of millions of dollars on political campaigns. Just check out this infographic. All of that money buys a lot of influence over the political process. If it didn't, the big financial powers would not be spending that kind of money. But the big financial powers are not just spending money on political campaigns. It has now come out that the big Wall Street banks can order New York City police officers just like they would order pizzas. In fact, over a million dollars is going to be spent this way just this year alone. A recent article that was posted on counterpunch.org detailed how this works.... One of the ingenious methods that has remained below the publics radar was started by the Rudy Giuliani administration in Ne w York City in 1998. Its called the Paid Detail Unit and it allows the New York Stock Exchange and Wall Street corporations, including those repeatedly charged with crimes, to order up a flank of New Yorks finest with the ease of dialing the deli for a pastrami on rye. The corporations pay an average of $37 an hour (no medical, no pension benefit, no overtime pay) for a member of the NYPD, with gun, handcuffs and the ability to arrest. The officer is indemnified by the taxpayer, not the corporation. New York City gets a 10 percent administrative fee on top of the $37 per hour paid to the police. The Citys 2011 budget called for $1,184,000 in Paid Detail fees, meaning private corporations were paying wages of $11.8 million to police participating in the Paid Detail Unit. The program has more than doubled in revenue to the city since 2002. So expect the big Wall Street banks to be sending in orders for huge numbers of New York City cops to protect them from the half-crazed Occupy Wall Street protesters. Sadly, if recent poll numbers are any indication, the anger of the American people is not going to abate any time soon.... *According to Gallup, the percentage of Americans that lack confidence in U.S. banks is now at an all-time high of 36%. *According to a recent Washington Post-ABC News poll, 90 percent of Americans believe that the economy is performing poorly and approximately 80 percent of Americans believe that it is "difficult" to find a job right now. *According to a recent Rasmussen survey, 48 percent of all Americans believe that reductions in government spending are "at least somewhat likely" to result in civil unrest inside the United States. *Another recent survey found that 73 percent of all Americans believe that the nation is "on the wrong track". *According to a recent CBS News/New York Times poll, Congress has a disapproval rating of 82%. *A recent Rasmussen survey found that 85 percent of Americans believe that members of Congress "are more interested in helping their own careers than in helping other people", and that same survey found that 46 percent of the American people believe that most members of Congress are corrupt. *According to a different Rasmussen survey, only 17 percent of all Americans now believe that the U.S. government has the consent of the governed. *A recent Washington Post poll found that 78 percent of Americans are dissatisfied "with the way this countrys political system is working" and that only 26 percent of Americans now believe that the federal government can solve the economic problems that we are facing. So what does all of that add up to? It adds up to a U.S. population that is very frustrated and that is looking for outlets for that frustration. As the U.S. economy continues to fall apart, that frustration is going to continue to rise. What we are seeing all across America is only the beginning. We are going to see protest movements and explosions of anger that we can't even imagine right now. Dark days are coming for America. You better buckle up (American Dream, 2011).

621

3. FLASH MOBS

OBAMACSI.COM: As if on a schedule, "flash mobs" started occurring in Philadelphia immediately after the conclusion of the London Riots. These "flash mobs" also appeared roughly 5 months after the U.S. Department of Justice's Gang Threat Assessment which predicts that violence will erupt in Eastern Pennsylvania. Just a coincidence or a contrived conspiracy? Title: Philadelphia Mayor Talks Tough To Black Teenagers After Flash Mobs Date: August 8, 2011 Source: Washington Times Abstract: Mayor Michael A. Nutter, telling marauding black youths you have damaged your own race, imposed a tougher curfew Monday in response to the latest flash mob spontaneous groups of teens who attack people at random on the streets of the citys tourist and fashionable shopping districts. Take those God-darn hoodies down, especially in the summer, Mr. Nutter, the citys third black mayor, said in an angry lecture aimed at black teens. Pull your pants up and buy a belt cause no one wants to see your underwear or the crack of your butt. If you walk into somebodys office with your hair uncombed and a pick in the back, and your shoes untied, and your pants hal f down, tattoos up and down your arms and on your neck, and you wonder why somebody wont hire you? They dont hire you cause you look like youre crazy, the mayor said. You have damaged your own race. Mr. Nutter announced that he was beefing up police patrols in certain neighborhoods, enlisting volunteers to monitor the streets and moving up the weekend curfew for minors to 9 p.m. Parents will face increased fines for each time their child is caught violating the curfew. The head of Philadelphias chapter of the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People, J. Whyatt Mondesire, said it took courage for Mr. Nutter to deliver the message. These are majority African-American youths and they need to be called on it, Mr. Mondesire said. Mary Catherine Roper, a spokeswoman for the Philadelphia chapter of the American Civil Liberties Union, said her group sees the curfew move as legal with its sole caveat being that it not evolve into an excuse to hassle any youths on the street. The state ACLU filed a federal lawsuit last year challenging Philadelphia polices use of stop and frisk searches. A settlement announced i n June allowed the program to continue, along with safeguards to prevent the use of racial profiling. In the past two years, the City of Brotherly Love has been the scene of several flash mobs in which youths meet at planned locations by texting one another and then commit assorted mayhem. In one episode, teens knocked down passers-by on a Center City street and entered an upscale department store where they assaulted shoppers. On another occasion, hundreds of teens gathered in a restaurant district and menaced patrons, forcing some restaurant owners to lock customers inside temporarily for their own protection or to close early. In the latest event July 29, about 20 to 30 youths descended on Center City after dark, then punched, beat and robbed bystanders. One man was kicked so savagely that he was hospitalized with a fractured skull. Police arrested four people, including an 11-year-old. Other cities have grappled with the problem of destructive flash mobs. In Chicago on Memorial Day weekend, roving teens flashed gang signs, knocked cyclists off their bikes and harassed picnickers. Police closed a popular beach as the violence escalated. In January, dozens of young people stormed a popular Milwaukee mall late in the afternoon and scared customers and store employees (Washington Times, 2011)

4. THE PHILLY CURFEW

OBAMACSI.COM: To add gasoline to the fire, the mayor of Philadelphia has laid down an unrealistic curfew in response to the flash mobs. The 9pm curfew is obviously designed to punish and anger the law abiding citizens of Philadelphia so that when gang members are paid to riot, law abiding citizens will follow.

622

Title: Philly Curfew Begins Tonight To Combat 'Flash Mob' Violence Date: August 12, 2011 Source: USA Today A tough new 9 p.m. curfew for young people under 18 goes into effect in parts of Philadelphia tonight as the mayor and police try to break up "flash mob" violence that has plagued the city for almost two years, The Philadelphia Inquirer reports. The "flash mobs," organized via social media and text messages, mobilize hundreds and sometimes thousands of young people to a designated location where they harass and beat up people on the street. In one incident, the gangs of mostly black teens knocked down passers-by, then descended on a department store to assault shoppers, says a report by BET. In another case, hundreds of teens besieged the city's restaurant district, forcing owners to shut down for the night. In announcing the curfew, Mayor Michael Nutter blamed the "terrible acts" on a "small number of reckless teenagers who have damaged our city and our citizens." On Sunday, Nutter, who is African American, mounted the pulpit at Mount Carmel Baptist Church in West Philadelphia to scold the troublemakers by saying "you have damaged your race," BET reports. An excerpt from his remarks to the congregation: "If you walk into somebody's office with your hair uncombed and a pick in the back, and your shoes untied, and your pants half-down, tattoos up and down your arms and on your neck, and you wonder why somebody won't hire you? They don't hire you 'cause you look like you're crazy." Teens who violate the target curfew can be fined up to $300. Parents who have received a curfew-violation notice can be fined up to $500 for a new violation by their child (USA Today, 2011)

Title: Fifty Teens Arrested In Philadelphia Curfew To Fight 'Social Network Mobs' Date: August 13, 2011 Source: Telegraph Abstract: About 50 teenagers were arrested in Philadelphia on Friday night after breaking a new 9pm weekend curfew imposed to combat a spate of flash mob attacks. Michael Nutter, the city's mayor, has enacted the curfew on Friday and Saturday nights in three districts where bystanders have been attacked by marauding teens using social media networks to co-ordinate their meetings and movements. Unaccompanied teens aged between 13 and 18 were banned from the streets of the colonial Old City, the nation's birthplace whose historic sites include the hall where the Declaration of Independence and the US Constitution were adopted, and two other busy nightlife districts. Under-13s are already subject to a 10pm curfew across the City of Brotherly Love, as Philadelphia likes to call itself. The initiative is likely to be closely followed in Britain after a series of cities were hit by riots where youths used similar social media techniques to organise their rampages. The arrested teens face fines of up to $300 (185) for their first offence. Parents may be fined up to $500 (307) if their children are caught a second time and could also be charged with child neglect if they do not respond to police requests to collect arrested teenagers. The city has stepped up programmes at youth and recreation centres on the weekend nights in an attempt to keep teens off the streets. Mr Nutter blamed recent violence on a "relatively small number of complete knuckleheads". But Mr Nutter, who is black, also lectured parents and the African-American community about their social responsibilities. "If you want to act like an idiot - move," Mr Nutter said in a scathing speech from the pulpit of a predominantly black church in comments directed both at troublemakers and negligent parents. "You've damaged yourself; you've damaged another person; you've damaged your peers; and quite frankly you've damaged your race." To parents, he said: "Get your act together. Get it together, right now! ...[or] you're going to find yourself spending some quality time with your kids, in jail, together."

623

He aimed much of his fire at absentee fathers in a city with an high black illegitimacy rate: "You're not a father just because you have a kid, or two, or three. "That's part of the problem in our community. Let me speak plain: That's part of the problem in 'the black community'. "We have too many men, making too many babies that they don't want to take care of, and then we end up dealing with your children. We're not running a big baby-sitting service. "You were around for the sex - now, be around for the parenting." Philadelphia has in recent weeks witnessed swarms of minors, some as young as 11, who have converged in response to Twitter and text messages. In one rampage by two dozen youths, one man was left in hospital with a broken jaw. In another incident, a woman was punched in the face and suffered a broken leg as she fell. On Friday night, extra police patrols were deployed to check identities of anyone who looked as though they may have been under 18 (Telegraph, 2011).

Title: City Youth Curfew Is An Overreaction Date: August 18, 2011 Source: The Inquirer Abstract: Mayor Nutter has decided to take an ironfisted approach to the city's flash-mob problem. Although his motives and much of his response are commendable, his decision to institute a curfew for portions of the city is troubling. While last weekend's relative quiet was attributed to the curfew, its reported effectiveness does not necessarily make it right. Under the curfew, youths under 18 who are found out and about after 9 p.m. in Center City, the South Street area, and University City are subject to arrest. The problem with this is that it's a "status crime": a crime based not on what people do, but on who they are - in this case, children and adolescents. America has had plenty of experience with status crimes. The most obnoxious example is the Jim Crow laws of the South, which criminalized people based on the color of their skin. Another example is vagrancy laws, which in effect criminalized homelessness. Such laws were eventually abolished as an affront to constitutional principles. Although imposing a curfew on young people may not be as offensive as Jim Crow or vagrancy laws, it is nevertheless an extraordinary assertion of government power that dictates where certain people may lawfully be present. How can this be reconciled with our system of government? Usually, for such an assertion of power to be legitimate, there must be some emergency situation confronting local authorities - think riots and other civil disturbances. Do Philadelphia's flash mobs rise to that level? True, crimes are being committed and lives are being adversely affected, but there hasn't been the sort of wholesale disorder or full-blown rioting that typically justifies such a drastic remedy. Law enforcement officials have not been overwhelmed by the mobs. By the standards of this curfew, any group seen as having a propensity to commit crimes can be kept off the streets by simple government decree. If we really want to make the curfew effective, we should apply it to all men ages 16 to 25, as statistics show they account for most of the street crime in America. If there were any way to enforce such a law and defend it from constitutional challenge, Philadelphia's crime problem could be solved in one fell swoop. Authorities have many options for dealing with mobs short of a curfew. Outreach programs can help discourage them, as does an increased police presence in affected areas. Police must also develop intelligence on the formation of mobs and arrest those involved through good old-fashioned police work. The court system, too, must respond with quick, strong sanctions that send a clear message. It may not be easy, but a coordinated criminal-justice response will go a long way toward ending the flash-mob phenomenon. The mayor's frustration at the flash mobs and his sense of urgency in dealing with them is widely shared. Lawlessness cannot be tolerated. But it must be confronted in a manner consistent with our Constitution. The curfew is not, and it should be rescinded (The Inquirer, 2011).

Title: Philadelphia Extends Youth Curfew After Flash Mobs Date: August 22, 2011 Source: Fox News Abstract: Philadelphia officials are extending the curfew for minors for two more weeks until the regular school-year curfew takes effect.

624

The 9 p.m. curfew was put in place downtown and near the University of Pennsylvania in response to violent "flash mob" attacks that severely injured several people in recent months. Mayor Michael Nutter's administration says he's extending it another two weeks. Nutter spokesman Mark McDonald says there have been no major problems in the few weeks since the curfew was put into effect. Philadelphia police on Monday reported 32 curfew violations over the weekend. The school-year curfew starts Sept. 6 (Fox News, 2011).

5. RANDOM UNPRECEDENTED VIOLENCE

OBAMACSI.COM: Out of seemingly nowhere, Philadelphia has garnered national and international attention for violence and thuggery. As if part of a larger sinister program, men, likely gang members, have begun attacking random people without cause or concern. Title: Gunfire At Philly Basketball Court Injures 6 Date: August Source: Fox News Abstract: Police say gunfire erupted at a southwest Philadelphia basketball court during halftime of an adult league game with hundreds of spectators, injuring six people, one critically. Lt. John Walker of Southwest Detectives says about 500 people were at the 19-and-over league playoff game at Kingsessing Recreation Center when shots rang out at about 8:45 p.m. Monday. He says five men and one woman were taken to the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, where one man hit in the stomach was in surgery but the others were stable with injuries to their lower extremities. Walker said at least 11 shots were fired, and another person in the crowd may have returned fire. Police pursued a male who ditched a revolver before escaping, but that gun had not been fired (Fox News, 2011).

6. THE PHILADELPHIA EAGLES

OBAMACSI.COM: Aside from signing the best NFL free-agents available in 2011, Eagles quarterback Michael Vick has now stated that the NFL and commissioner Roger Goodell forced him to sign with Philadelphia. Before the 2011 NFL football season even started, back-up Eagles quarterback Vince Young glossed the Eagles the "Dream Team". All the attention the Eagles have garnered is uncharacteristic of their franchise, and the franchise may be part of a sinister plan, especially if a terror event occurs at a Philadephia Eagles game. Title: Vince Young: Eagles Are A 'Dream Team' Date: August 1, 2011 Source: Huffington Post Abstract: Vince Young, who recently signed a one-year deal to become the Eagles back-up quarterback, met with the Philadelphia media and had some brazen words to describe his new team. According to Philly Sports Daily, Young described his new squad as a "Dream Team." "From Nnamdi [Asomugha] to [Dominique Rodgers-] Cromartie, to Jason [Babin] to myself," Young said. "I know they are going to do some more things. Its just beautiful to see where were trying to go." While Young's words may seem bold, particularly for someone who will be a back up, his optimism may be warranted. The Eagles already had a team that was worthy of contending for the Superbowl prior to the free agency period, and all they've done since then is add world class talent to the roster. New Eagles cornerbacks Nnamdi Asomugha and Dominique Rodgers-Cromartie combine with perennial pro bowler Asante Samuel to give the squad arguably the best secondary in football.

625

While their coverage alone could result in several sacks, the Eagles also got an extra boost in the pass rush by signing pro bowler Jason Babin. Philadelphia already had an explosive offense, ranking third in the league in points per game last season, and now they may very well have a defense to match it. But as if the media needed motivation to compare the Eagles to the Miami Heat, Babin already did so for them, tweeting on Saturday, "I feel like we are the Miami Heat of the NFL..." (Huffington Post, 2011).

Title: Would It Be So Bad If The NFL Pushed Vick Toward The Eagles? Date: August 18, 2011 Source: Yahoo Abstract: Collusion is bad. I don't want the NFL to be a place where the league decides what players go where, because it suits their purposes. Teams should build their rosters according to the capabilities of their own scouting staffs and talent evaluators. So if what Michael Vick(notes) said happened -- that the league urged him to sign with Philadelphia and not Cincinnati or Buffalo -- really happened, then the league overstepped its bounds, and it's got some serious explaining to do to the Bills and Bengals organizations. However, in this particular case, I think there's a devil's advocate argument to be made for what the league did. It was a super-unique situation that certainly introduced some shades of gray into the equation. If anti-collusion is the rule, is it not possible that some situation out there might merit an exception? Rewind to 2009. You're Roger Goodell. You've got a player coming back into the league who is public relations thermite. With the previously unseen level of attention (and yes, hatred) aimed at him, his presence puts everyone in a dangerous position. If he makes one significant misstep, he, the team he plays for, and the entire league is under fire from every mainstream media source in the country. On top of that, there's the "right thing to do" aspect. Michael Vick has pretty clearly demonstrated that he's not always going to make the best decisions in regard to who he surrounds himself with. If you're in a position to do so, don't you have some kind of responsibility to put him in a situation where he's going to be supported and given proper guidance? And if you do, wouldn't it be the responsible thing to do to guide Vick away from Cincinnati and Buffalo? More Cincinnati than Buffalo, really. Neither is known as a cradle of player development, but do you really want Bengals owner Mike Brown(notes) to be the one guiding Michael Vick's life choices? You've got a two-time Pro Bowl quarterback there right now, and he'd rather retire from football entirely than play another down for that travesty of an organization. That's where you want Vick? You want him sharing a locker room with Pacman Jones? Or, you can steer him to the Eagles where the depth chart alone means that he'll be out of the spotlight for a little while. He's in one of the NFL's most stable organizations, playing for a coach who develops quarterbacks. If Vick was going to return to stardom, the process would be slow, and he wouldn't have to deal with the pressures of having to resurrect a team or being the face of anyone's franchise. The league did something (and for the record, the league has yet to respond to Vick's claim, and I'm sure it'll deny steering any player toward any organization) that makes sense. As it's turned out, it was best for pretty much everyone involved. Maybe not the Bills or Bengals, but who knows what would have become of Vick had he gone to either of those teams? Meanwhile, Vick has seemed to be on the right track, the league has another superstar, and because of the way Vick (and whoever else was helping steer the ship) handled his comeback, the league is a better, more interesting place UPDATE: As expected, Vick and the league have both denied today that the commissioner or the league steered Vick towards Philadelphia. You can decide for yourself. Was it a moment of honesty in Vick's GQ interview that both sides want to deny a day later, or did Vick simply misspeak and imply something that didn't happen? (Yahoo, 2011).

President Schwarzenegger
OBAMACSI.COM: Could Arnold Schwarzenegger become president of the United States or the new leader of the North American Union? While this scenario may seem too Hollywood, Schwarzenegger did become governor of California, formerly the world's 5th largest economy (before Schwarzenegger took over). An assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama would likely pave the way for a Schwarzenegger presidency, as he would attempt to cash in on his tough-guy image and pose as the savior of a fractured America in the post-assassination era. The following facts surrounding Schwarzenegger and his lust for power clearly show that he is intent on seeking the most powerful position in North America. Unfortunately, allowing Schwarzenegger back into public office will likely lead to genocidal policies similar to those enforced by his father as a head Nazi SS officer.

626

Obviously, Schwarzenegger must be stopped at all costs.

1. Who is Arnold Schwarzenegger?: Aside from sharing the same middle name with Adolf Alois Hitler, Arnold Schwarzenegger is a Nazi sympathizer and a man whose father was a head Nazi SS officer. In reality, Schwarzenegger is a really bad human being that has led a life filled with drug use, steroid use, sexual harassment, infidelity, racism, and pornography. Who Schwarzenegger is politically versus who Schwarzenegger is privately are two very different animals. 2. President Schwarzenegger?: Arnold Schwarzenegger has repeatedly stated that he would like to run for the office of President of the United States, which is strictly forbidden by the U.S. Constitution. Therefore Schwarzenegger and his backers would like nothing more than to do away with U.S. Constitution by ceding the United States as a sovereign nation to the new political entity known as the North American Union. Should Obama be assassinated, the North American Union with Schwarzenegger as its new leader is a real political possibility. 3. Schwarzenegger Quotes: The words spoken by Arnold Schwarzenegger speak to his character, his personality, and his ability to lead the Unites States or the future North American Union. As clearly evidenced by Schwarzenegger's heartfelt statements, he has psychopathic tendencies which must be exposed in order to avoid a future dictator scenario in North America. 4. Arnold's Mexican Love Child: Arnold Schwarzenegger has now fathered a love child with his Mexican housekeeper which appears to be a political move aimed at making the Nazi sympathizer more marketable in Mexico after a North American Union is installed. As evidenced by the obvious photo ops (see below), Mexican baby "Joseph" is getting a lot of attention at his baptism and while playing miniature golf from the Nazi sympathizer Schwarzenegger. The photos were obviously taken to convince the world, namely Mexico, that Arnold is not the racist Nazi we all know him to be and that he loves all babies, Mexicans included. Arnold's Mexican love child may be the cover he needs to make his next political move up and shake his racist past. After all, if Schwarzenegger's Nazi roots are ever exposed, his chance to lead a North American Union will go Hasta la vista, baby!

1. WHO IS ARNOLD SCHWARZENEGGER?

OBAMACSI.COM: Aside from sharing the same middle name with Adolf Alois Hitler, Arnold Schwarzenegger is a Nazi sympathizer and a man whose father was a head Nazi SS officer. In reality, Schwarzenegger is a really bad human being that has led a life filled with drug use, steroid use, sexual harassment, infidelity, racism, and pornography. Who Schwarzenegger is politically versus who Schwarzenegger is privately are two very different animals. Title: Records: Arnold's Father Was Member Of Nazi Storm Troops Date: August 24, 2003 Source: USA Today Abstract: It's just a tiny typewritten line tucked away in an immense archive, but it sheds further light on the Nazi past of Arnold Schwarzenegger's father. The brief entry in one of millions of documents stored at the Austrian State Archives shows that Gustav Schwarzenegger, the late father of the film star now running for governor of California, was a volunteer member of the Sturmabteilung, or SA the notorious Nazi storm troopers also known as brownshirts. The father's Nazi Party membership and combat record in the German army are not new, and his son's dismay about it is well known. The revelations of SA membership that emerged a week ago add another strand to the murky story. The "SA 1.5.1939" listing shows that the elder Schwarzenegger joined May 1, 1939, the year after Germany annexed Austria and six months after the brownshirts played a crucial role in the bloody Kristallnacht riots. The Simon Wiesenthal Center, which in 1990 investigated Gustav Schwarzenegger's wartime past at his son's request, plans to conduct new research before the Oct. 7 California recall election to establish what the father's unit did, said Rabbi Marvin Hier. Whatever it finds out, "We will give it to Arnold, then to the public," Hier told The Associated Press in a telephone interview from the center's Los Angeles headquarters. "Whatever the record shows, so may it show. Should that record have any bearing on Arnold Schwarzenegger himself? In my opinion, absolutely not." The Wiesenthal Center didn't find the storm trooper reference in its 1990 investigation because that record was sealed until last year, 30 years after Gustav Schwarzenegger's death in 1972. The new information was "negative," though SA membership is not considered a crime in itself, as membership in the Gestapo or the paramilitary SS would be, Hier said.

627

"We know what the SA and the Nazi Party stood for," he said. "Arnold knows this, and he's not proud of the fact that his father was a member of the Nazi Party and that his father was a member of the SA. This is a matter of deep embarrassment, but Arnold cannot be judged by his father." Schwarzenegger campaign spokesman Sean Walsh said Sunday the actor continues to fight for equality and humanitarian ideals. "His record regarding stamping out intolerance is absolutely rock-solid and he will continue to work closely with the Simon Wiesenthal Center to ensure that the attitudes and actions that occurred in the Nazi era never happen again," Walsh said.

Walsh doesn't believe the actions of Schwarzenegger's father will influence voters in the Oct. 7 recall election. Arnold Schwarzenegger has donated nearly $750,000 to the center, raised millions more, and helped the organization fight anti-Semitism. Born two years after World War II ended, he long ago distanced himself from his late father's views and in 1991 he received the Wiesenthal Center's National Leadership Award. Schwarzenegger successfully sued a British tabloid in 1989 and a journalist in 1993 for suggesting he held Nazi and anti-Semitic opinions. He won undisclosed libel damages. The storm troopers, a paramilitary organization tied to the Nazi Party, played a crucial role in expanding Adolf Hitler's power. They were part of the 1938 Kristallnacht rampage, during which more than 1,000 synagogues were destroyed. In its aftermath, about 30,000 Jewish men were dragged to Nazi concentration camps and several hundred people were killed or committed suicide. Gustav Schwarzenegger became a member the following year, at a time when SA membership was declining. The troops had 900,000 members in 1940, down from 4.2 million in 1934, according to the "Encyclopedia of the Holocaust," published in Germany and Switzerland. Austrian State Archives don't have details about the elder Schwarzenegger's SA activities, and don't provide enough information to determine whether he was any worse than most Nazis, said Ursula Schwarz, a researcher at the Documentation Archive of the Austrian Resistance. "You cannot judge that from these documents. You would need a whole lot more," she said. There's no doubt that Schwarzenegger's father was a convinced Nazi; Austrian records indicate he joined the party on March 1, 1938, two weeks before the country was annexed. A separate record obtained by the Wiesenthal Center indicates he sought membership before the annexation but was only accepted in 1941. But his past raises few eyebrows in Austria, where many have relatives who were Nazis. Austrian newspapers, in stories proudly describing their native son's successes in a U.S. state much larger than his home country, mention Gustav Schwarzenegger's Nazi ties only in passing, if at all. The Vienna daily Der Standard, in a recent story headlined "Arnie steps in: A man makes himself a legend," wrote that "Gustav, a high-ranking Nazi, brought up the bespectacled, rather frail boy with an iron fist and quite a few slaps in the face." The archive records also include the elder Schwarzenegger's tattered ID booklet, with a photo of him sporting slicked back hair and a Hitler-style mustache. It lists injuries, hospital stays and medals. Another document says he saw action in Poland, France, Lithuania and in Russia, where he was wounded. A health registry document describes him as a "calm and reliable person, not particularly outstanding" and assesses his intellect as "average." Austrian authorities in 1947 determined that the elder Schwarzenegger could work as a police officer despite his Nazi past because there was no evidence he had committed war crimes (USA Today, 2003).

2. PRESIDENT SCHWARZENEGGER?

OBAMACSI.COM: Arnold Schwarzenegger has repeatedly stated that he would like to run for the office of President of the United States, which is strictly forbidden by the U.S. Constitution. Therefore Schwarzenegger and his backers would like nothing more than to do away with U.S. Constitution by ceding the United States as a sovereign nation to the new political entity known as the North American Union. Should Obama be assassinated, the North American Union with Schwarzenegger as its new leader is a real political possibility. Title: Should The Constitution Be Amended For Arnold? Date: December 2, 2004 Source: USA Today

628

Abstract: Abolishing slavery. Giving women the vote. Establishing the income tax. Limiting presidents to two terms. Through more than two centuries, it usually has taken a weighty cause to survive the burdensome process of amending the U.S. Constitution. Americans hold the work of the Founding Fathers in such reverence that they've added to it only 17 times since 1791. That's when the first 10 amendments were codified as the Bill of Rights. Now, debate over a proposed 28th Amendment is focused on the popularity and political future of one man: macho Republican Arnold Schwarzenegger, the former bodybuilder and action-movie star who has been California's governor for barely a year. With a bit of encouragement from the Terminator himself, some of Schwarzenegger's supporters are pushing for a constitutional amendment that would allow the Austrian-born governor to run for the White House as soon as 2008. Schwarzenegger is blocked by Article 2, Section 1, Clause 5 of the Constitution. It reads, "No person except a natural born citizen ... shall be eligible to the office of president." The 12th Amendment says the vice president cannot be foreign-born. Could America's infatuation with Schwarzenegger lead to passage of a constitutional amendment that would drop those bans an idea that has died in Congress more than two dozen times since the 1870s? Probably not, but Schwarzenegger's rise in politics has led members of Congress and a few of the governor's wealthy California donors to launch a long-shot campaign that they have cast as an effort to guarantee equal rights for millions of foreignborn Americans. If the movement gains significant momentum, it might create some interesting political scenarios. It could become a test of American attitudes toward immigrants in the post-9/11 era, and put a spotlight on the depth of conservative Republicans' feelings about Schwarzenegger, who supports abortion rights and gay civil unions. The bar to the nation's highest offices is the only formal restriction on the rights of the USA's 12.8 million foreign-born, naturalized citizens, who are among the 34 million U.S. residents born abroad. Every year, 450,000 immigrants are naturalized, including 25,000 children adopted by citizens. Proponents of change note that 700 immigrants in uniform have been awarded the Medal of Honor since the Civil War, and that 60,000 now serve in the military. Sen. Orrin Hatch, R-Utah, a political ally of Schwarzenegger, introduced the Equal Right to Govern Amendment in July 2003, a few weeks before the actor declared his candidacy in the recall election in which Californians ousted Democrat Gray Davis as governor. If Hatch's amendment is adopted, an immigrant who has been a naturalized citizen for 20 years could run for president or vice president. Schwarzenegger, 57, has been a U.S. citizen since 1983. He has retained Austrian citizenship. Hatch's resolution must withstand daunting tests for proposed amendments: approval by two-thirds majorities in both houses of Congress, followed by ratification by three-quarters of the states 38 of them. As the departing chairman of the Senate Judiciary Committee, Hatch boosted the amendment with favorable testimony from academics and legislators at a public hearing Oct. 5. Sen. Arlen Specter, R-Pa., who will head the committee in the congressional session that begins in January, says he hasn't made up his mind on the issue but will put it on the panel's agenda. Few proposed constitutional amendments have fared well recently. The Equal Rights Amendment, which took aim at gender discrimination, died in 1982 after 35 states had ratified it. Amendments to ban burning the U.S. flag and gay marriage have died in Congress. The gay-marriage measure might be revived next year. Despite Schwarzenegger's wealth, fame and 65% voter approval rating in California, "it's the longest shot in a life full of long shots" for him, says Lissa Morgenthaler-Jones, 47, a Silicon Valley businesswoman and Schwarzenegger campaign donor. With her husband and a friend, Morgenthaler-Jones started the Web site www.amendforarnold.org in August to rally support for an amendment. The group paid $20,000 to run a TV ad in California over six days in November. "You cannot choose the land of your birth," Morgenthaler-Jones says in the ad. "You can choose the land you love." Schwarzenegger has said in interviews that he supports an amendment. So does his wife, Maria Shriver. But California's first lady says in the January issue of Vanity Fair, published Wednesday, that she doesn't expect much from the campaign on her husband's behalf. "Forget about it," she says. "It is not going to happen. The process takes years, and this is as far as it goes." Morgenthaler-Jones is more optimistic. She's counting on Schwarzenegger's high profile to draw attention to what she sees as a matter of individual rights, and she predicts an amendment will be ratified within six years, if not in time to qualify Schwarzenegger to run for president in 2008. Restriction 'Un-American'

629

The barrier to foreign-born citizens becoming president stems from fears that the Founding Fathers had during the Constitutional Convention of 1787. They were concerned that subversive enemies could force the fledgling republic back to foreign monarchical rule. Delegates didn't want the United States to suffer the same fate as Poland, which in 1772 had been partitioned among Austria, Prussia and Russia after agents of those countries bribed Polish nobles to elect a disloyal king. The restriction on the foreign-born "has become an anachronism that is decidedly un-American," Hatch said during the hearing in October. Akhil Amar, a professor of constitutional law at Yale Law School, agrees: "Today, to worry about foreign dukes and earls, it's really a little paranoid." But Sen. Dianne Feinstein, D-Calif., a Judiciary committee member, sees merit in the restriction. "I don't think it is unfair to say the president of the United States should be a native-born citizen," she said at the hearing. "Your allegiance is driven by your birth." Polls aren't showing a national groundswell for putting a foreign-born citizen in the Oval Office. In a USA TODAY/CNN/Gallup Poll taken Nov. 19-21, 31% favored such an amendment, and 67% opposed it. Opposition dropped slightly, to 58%, when Schwarzenegger's name was included in the question. Even among Republicans, the idea of an amendment hasn't taken hold. A Newsweek poll of 374 Republicans in September indicated that 30% would like to see Schwarzenegger run for president if the Constitution allowed it, while 57% said they wouldn't like it. "Some people are talking as if a Manchurian Candidate could emerge and take over," says Rep. Dana Rohrabacher, R-Calif., referring to the Richard Condon novel and the two movies it inspired, in which communists brainwash an American to assassinate a presidential candidate. Rohrabacher has introduced a House resolution that mirrors Hatch's proposal in the Senate. "Remember, the Manchurian Candidate was an American," Rohrabacher tells those who envision a foreign-born mole groomed for U.S. leadership. If the question reaches the floor of Congress, "it would be very hard to vote against it without looking small or mean or bigoted," Amar says. Supporters of an amendment often note that the Constitution disqualifies from top offices immigrants who have shown loyalty in positions of public trust. Henry Kissinger (who was born in Germany), Madeleine Albright (Czechoslovakia) and Christian Herter (France) were secretaries of State. Retired Army general John Shalikashvili, a former chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, was born in Poland. Schwarzenegger gets the attention, but others in high offices could benefit from what has become known on Capitol Hill as the "Arnold amendment." Michigan Gov. Jennifer Granholm, a Democrat, was born in Canada. (When online surfers reach amendforarnold.org, the Web site's message is a bipartisan "amend for Arnold and Jen.") Sen.-elect Mel Martinez, R-Fla., was born in Cuba. Labor Secretary Elaine Chao is from Taiwan. Rep. Pete Hoekstra, R-Mich., chairman of the House Intelligence Committee, was born in the Netherlands. So far, the most vocal opposition has come from people who simply don't like Schwarzenegger. Alex Jones, an Austin-based host of a syndicated radio talk show, says he is a former Republican turned "libertarian and independent." His Web site, www.arnoldexposed.com, features negative stories about the celebrity governor that Californians heard during last year's recall campaign. They include allegations that Schwarzenegger sexually harassed women during his Hollywood days, and that his father was a Nazi. "He's a bully and a preening peacock who is totally power-mad," Jones says. "For God's sake, don't let this megalomaniac become president." Pleased but Keeping Distance Morgenthaler-Jones says Schwarzenegger "made pleased noises" in August when she told him of her plans, and he gave her group a photo for its fundraising T-shirts. In April, he said in a joking manner that he would run if the opportunity arose. At an international travel-industry show in Los Angeles, he said, "I thank you very much for changing the Constitution of the United States of America, and I accept your nomination to run for president." Pause. "Oh, wrong delegation. Sorry, wrong speech." In some ways, Schwarzenegger already is "acting as if he wants to be president," the Los Angeles Times editorialized Nov. 20. On a trade mission to Japan last month, Schwarzenegger had his picture taken with Prime Minister Junichiro Koizumi, who called him "more popular than Bush." Schwarzenegger has visited King Abdullah II of Jordan and Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon. He's planning visits next year to China and Europe. His square-jawed face is on billboards in a dozen cities from Florida to Seattle, touting California as a place to do business. Lately, the governor has distanced himself from the presidential question. During a news conference in Sacramento on Nov. 3, he said, "This is a debate that people will have ... all over America, and I hope they leave me out of that debate. Otherwise, it becomes kind of a political debate between Democrats and Republicans."

630

He has a point. Matthew Spalding, director of the Center for American Studies at the conservative-oriented Heritage Foundation, says the amendment's prospects would "nosedive" if it were perceived to be designed to land Schwarzenegger in the Oval Office. "We don't amend the Constitution to advance someone's political career," Spalding says. Schwarzenegger faces an additional handicap, Spalding says: "You can't have a United States president who is a dual citizen." Proposals to end the Constitution's sole discrimination against the foreign-born have kicked around in Congress since the 1870s. But 26 proposed amendments have died in subcommittees. In the new Congress, the Hatch-Rohrabacher amendment will compete with a bipartisan House resolution that would impose a 35-year citizenship requirement. If that approach becomes law, Schwarzenegger would have to wait until 2020 to run for president. He'd be 73. A similar option: postponing an amendment's effective date for 10 years after it's ratified, essentially removing today's politicians from the equation. "Let's take Arnold Schwarzenegger and Gov. Granholm off the table," Spalding says. The highest barrier to an amendment could be a suspicion of foreigners that surveys suggest has deepened among Americans since the 9/11 terrorist attacks. "Most Americans have an instinctive distrust of foreigners," says Forrest McDonald, a retired University of Alabama professor of American history, "and this has not changed appreciably in the last two, three, four years, since almost everyone in the world is against us on the Iraq thing." Only Schwarzenegger's charisma has kept an amendment from being hooted down, says John Smolenski, an assistant professor of history at the University of California-Davis. "The idea that this would even be on the table is purely a testament to him." If identifying an amendment with Schwarzenegger "helps it pass, that's fine with me," says Rep. Vic Snyder, D-Ark., a sponsor of the plan with the 35year citizenship requirement. "But it's really about kids kids now in kindergarten or grade school or junior high, getting their dreams lined up" (USA Today, 2004).

Title: Schwarzenegger's Next Stop: EU President? Date: April 19, 2011 Source: Times of Malta Abstract: Arnold Schwarzenegger, who made a seamless transition from Hollywood film stardom to California governor, could have his sights set on a new job as next head of the European Union, US media reported. The Austrian-born former body builder, 63, at loose ends as he tries to figure out what his next act should be, reportedly is being advised by aides to return to his native Europe to run for the EU presidency, Newsweek reported. YouTube Video "In the next few years, the EU will be looking for a much more high-profile president -- somebody who can unify Europe," Schwarzenegger's chief of staff Terry Tamminen told the magazine. "The French won't want a German, and the Germans won't want an Italian. How about a European-born person who went off to America and -- could return to be the Washington or Jefferson of a new unified Europe?" said Tamminen, all but nominating his former boss for the job. Schwarzenegger, who in January ended two terms as California's governor, occupies a unique place as an American celebrity who is as much a politician as he is a movie star. When he ended his stint as California's Republican "Governator," observers were curious to see if the former action hero would return to the big screen or remain in the political fray. Even now, Schwarzenegger has remained mum on the question of whether he'll pursue a career in politics or movies. What is certain is that he will not be able to run for another political office he might like to vie for -- US president. Under American law, only native born Americans can stand for the highest US office. Still, Newsweek suggested that there are fans, both inside and outside America, who might not be averse to a US President "Ahnold."

631

The magazine cited a recent meeting in London between Schwarzenegger and Prime Minister David Cameron, in which the British politician joked: "We need to change the (US) Constitution and then you can run (for president). That's what we're going to do." Schwarzenegger came to the United States as a penniless 21-year-old in 1968, but became a millionaire and won the Mr Universe title four more times. He then shrugged off barbs about his thick accent as he turned to acting. Joining Hollywood's royalty, his ominous "Terminator" catchphrases "I'll be back" and "Hasta la vista, baby" have now entered the English lexicon -- and he still uses them frequently as a politician. Even if he quits both politics and acting, Newsweek wrote, he is plenty busy with his work for the United Nations and other organizations on climate change and numerous other charitable causes. A book deal also is said to be in the works, and he is reported to be in talks for a sequel to 1994 blockbuster "True Lies." But even Schwarzenegger's wife of 25 years, Maria Shriver, a member of the illustrious Kennedy political dynasty, told Newsweek that she had no clue what her mercurial husband's next move will be. "No matter what Arnold decides to do, I'm sure he'll have fun doing it, and it will have impact," she said (Times of Malta, 2011).

Title: Nazi Lover Schwarzenegger: Make Me President of European Union Date: April 23, 2011 Source: Sovereign Independent Abstract: Arnold Schwarzenegger, the washed up B-actor who served a disastrous stint as Californias governor, is now gunning for the presidency of the European Union. The Austrian-born former body builder, 63, at loose ends as he tries to figure out what his next act should be, reportedly is being advised by aides to return to his native Europe to run for the EU presidency, reports the AFP. In the next few years, the EU will be looking for a much more high-profile president somebody who can unify Europe, Schwarzeneggers chief of staff Terry Tamminen told Newsweek. The role of unelected unifier fits Schwarzeneggers aspirations perfectly. His high profile includes an admiration for one of the 20th centurys most brutal dictators, Adolph Hitler. A film producer who chronicled Schwarzeneggers rise to fame as a champion bodybuilder in the 1970s circulated a book proposal in the late 90 s that quoted the young Schwarzenegger expressing admiration for Hitler. The producer wrote in his book proposal that in the 1970s, he considered Mr. Schwarzenegger a flagrant, outspoken admirer of Hitler., the New York Times reported in 2003. In the proposal, Mr. Butler also said he had witnessed Schwarzenegger playing Nazi marching songs from lon g-playing records in his collection at home and said that the actor frequently clicked his heels and pretended to be an S.S. officer. Gustav Schwarzenegger, the actors father, was a member of the Sturmabteilung, or SA, the Nazi partys paramilitary wing. News reports about the elder Schwarzeneggers Nazi links first surfaced in 1990. Schwarzenegger was buddies with Kurt Waldheim, the former secretary general of the United Nations who had a past as a Nazi who participated in atrocities during World War II. The EU presidency is an unelected office. The current president, Herman van Rompuy, was taken to task last year by British MEP Nigel Farage who criticized the Bilderberg member as the quiet assassin of European nation states who has the charisma of a damp rag and th e appearance of a low grade bank clerk. Van Rompuy proclaimed 2009 as the year of world government. 2009 is also the first year of global governance, with the establishment of the G20 in the middle of the financial crisis. The climate conference in Copenhagen is another step towards the global management of our planet, he said. Prior to this declaration, he attended a Bilderberg meeting at Hertoginnendal, Brussels. The Nazi-loving Schwarzenegger would be the perfect president for a body that repeatedly calls for global governance, that is to say an authoritarian world government of the sort lorded over by unelected bureaucrats and run by a hereditary elite and a gaggle of international bankers. Newsweek reports that Schwarzenegger is preparing himself for the role by working with the United Nations and other organiza tions on climate change and numerous other charitable causes.

632

Prior to considering the EU post, Schwarzenegger expressed an interest in becoming the president of the United States. Fortunately, the U.S. Constitution stands between him and that office. During recent meeting in London between Schwarzenegger and Prime Minister David Cameron, the British le ader said: We need to change the (US) Constitution and then you can run (for president). Thats what were going to do. (Sovereign Independent, 2011).

3. SCHWARZENEGGER QUOTES

OBAMACSI.COM: The words spoken by Arnold Schwarzenegger speak to his character, his personality, and his ability to lead the Unites States or the future North American Union. As clearly evidenced by Schwarzenegger's heartfelt statements, he has psychopathic tendencies which must be exposed in order to avoid a future dictator scenario in North America.

OBAMACSI.COM: 1. 2. "My relationship to power and authority is that I'm all for it." ~Arnold Schwarzenegger at 44 to "US News and World Report" in 1990. "People need somebody to watch over them... Ninety-five percent of the people in the world need to be told what to do and how to behave." ~Arnold Schwarzenegger at 44 to "US News and World Report" in 1990. "I look down on people who waiting, who are helpless" ~Arnold Schwarzenegger "My friends don't want me to mention Kurt's name, because of all the recent Nazi stuff and the U.N. controversy, but I love him and Maria does too, and so thank you, Kurt." ~Arnold Schwarzenegger on his friend and fellow Austrian Kurt Waldheim, a Nazi war criminal "I was born to be a leader. I love the fact that millions of people look up to me." ~Arnold Schwarzenegger "I was always dreaming about very powerful people, dictators and things like that. I was just always impressed by people who could be remembered for hundreds of years, or even, like Jesus, be for thousands of years remembered." ~Arnold Schwarzenegger in the 1977 film "Pumping Iron" "I saw this toilet bowl. How many times do you get away with this, to take a woman, grab her upside down, and bury her face in a toilet bowl? I wanted to have something floating there ... The thing is, you can do it, because in the end, I didn't do it to a woman, she's a machine! We could get away with it without being crucified by who-knows-what group." ~Arnold Schwarzenegger describing a scene in "Terminator 3"

3. 4.

5. 6.

7.

4. ARNOLD'S MEXICAN LOVE CHILD

OBAMACSI.COM: Arnold Schwarzenegger has now fathered a love child with his Mexican housekeeper which appears to be a political move aimed at making the Nazi sympathizer more marketable in Mexico after a North American Union is installed. As evidenced by the obvious photo ops (see below), Mexican baby "Joseph" is getting a lot of attention at his baptism and while playing miniature golf from the Nazi sympathizer Schwarzenegger. The photos were obviously taken to convince the world, namely Mexico, that Arnold is not the racist Nazi we all know him to be and that he loves all babies, Mexicans included. Arnold's Mexican love child may be the cover he needs to make his next political move up and shake his racist past. After all, if Schwarzenegger's Nazi roots are ever exposed, his chance to lead a North American Union will go Hasta la vista, baby!

Race War
OBAMACSI.COM: If U.S. President Barack Obama is assassinated, there is a high probability that a Race War will be ignited by the U.S. government, the mainstream media, and the alternative media in the immediate aftermath. If the U.S. government's provocateur Hal Turner is any indication, there will be talking heads all over America playing the race card in an attempt to divide racially and conquer politically. Based on the political rhetoric and news articles produced since Obama has taken office, a full blown Race War may be the master plan rather than an organic bi-product of an Obama assassination.

633

1. The Obama Race War: Since Obama announced his bid for the U.S. presidency there have been countless news articles, news reports, and commentators on both radio and television speculating that Obama is attempting to instigate a race war. Should Obama be assassinated, these predictions may come true, likely overnight. 2. U.S. Government Prepares for Riots: When Martin Luther King Jr. was assassinated in 1964, riots broke out nationwide in America. If and when U.S President Barack Obama is assassinated, we can expect the same thing, only that this time around the riots will be super-charged and provocateured by the full force of the U.S. government and its media propaganda machine. Based on the fallout from the London Riots of 2011, governmental provocation and instigation played heavily in the origination and fomentation of the riots. While the UK police stood down, rioters looted and caused mayhem with little or no regard for law enforcement. Based on the evidence and data available, the Obama administration will follow the London blueprint. Preparation for violent riots in America started immediately after the London riots subsided and riot drills are occurring across the nation. Whether the Occupy Wall Street protests are part of these riot drills is secondary, for as Mark Potok of the Intelligence Project at the Southern Poverty Law Center recently stated, "I think there is a huge amount of anger out there...What we're really lacking at this moment is a kind of spark." 3. "Machete": The Fox funded and Fox distributed movie "Machete" is a violent race war film with endless racial killing. "Machete" was likely a beta-test aimed at testing the current race relations in America and is likely not the last race war film that Fox will fund and distribute. While there is no way to currently know, it is highly likely that racially charged films are sitting on the shelf right now awaiting the perfect time for release. 4. Hal Turner: In order to understand exactly how the U.S. government works its divide and conqueror methodology, look no further than Hal Turner. To the public, he was an ultra-right-wing radio talk show host and internet blogger with an audience of neo-Nazis and white supremacists, but was secretly working for the U.S. government the entire time. Should Obama be assassinated, count on Hal Turner types such as Alex Jones and Glenn Beck to incite racial riots and violence.

1. THE OBAMA RACE WAR

OBAMACSI.COM: Since Obama announced his bid for the U.S. presidency there have been countless news articles, news reports, and commentators on both radio and television speculating that Obama is attempting to instigate a race war. Should Obama be assassinated, these predictions may come true, likely overnight.

Title: Racist Attacks On Obama Growing More Heated Date: February 20, 2008 Source: Southern Poverty Law Center Abstract: With the selection of Barack Obama as the first black Democratic nominee for president seeming more possible by the day, racists and white supremacists are posting increasingly ugly and even threatening remarks on the Internet. OBAMA WILL DIE, KKK FOREVER, concludes a Feb. 15 post by Rodney to a blog run by a person identified only as Strider333. Above that signoff, Rodney wrote: The KKK or someone WILL assassinate Obama! If we get a NIGGER President all you NIGGERs [sic] will think you ve won and that the WHITE people will have to bow to you[.] FUCK THAT. On traditional white supremacist and neo-Nazi sites there are lengthy discussion threads about what would happen if Obama were elected president. Dozens of those posts are derogatory and employ all kinds of racist slurs. Others speculate that such an Obama victory would kick off a race war between whites and blacks. And some even raise the possibility that he could be assassinated. But talk like that is rare and extremely careful probable evidence that the white nationalists who inhabit these sites are deeply concerned that their comm ents are being monitored by law enforcement for any criminal threat relating to the presidential race. In fact, Obama reportedly received federal Secret Service protection unusually early in the campaign season because of concerns about a racially motivated attack. The most heated anti-Obama talk appears to be on Internet sites that allow people to post messages anonymously. One such site, JD Underground, is a list ostensibly devoted to lawyers, although further details were not available. It has carried a particularly venomous thread, entitled Nigger President, that has stretched from January into this month. Im hoping someone will do his public duty of putting a bullet through Obamas head, said a poster identified as Kill Da Nigga. Another poster suggests bring[ing] back lynchings and concludes with a warning: LOOK OUT NIGGER. THE KLAN IS GETTING BIGGER!!!!!! And a third, using the screen name amerikkkan, says only, The deep south is making plans (Southern Poverty Law Center, 2008).

Title: Savage: "I Fear That Obama Will Stir Up A Race War...In Order To Seize Absolute Power" Date: October 8, 2008 Source: Media Matters Abstract: During the October 8 broadcast of his nationally syndicated radio show, Michael Savage invited callers to discuss what they "fear the most if [Sen. Barack] Obama wins" the presidential election. After airing a clip of the Rev. Jeremiah Wright, Savage said: "I fear that Obama will stir up a race war. You want to ask me what I fear? I think Obama will empower the racists in this country and stir up a race war in order to seize absolute power." Savage later said: "I want you to call this show and tell me what you fear about Barack Hussein Obama as president."

634

YouTube Video As Media Matters for America has documented, Savage declared on the June 13, 2006, broadcast of his program that if Sen. Hillary Clinton ran for president, it would "stir up a race war, a civil war in the country to get that hag, that harridan elected." Savage added that a Clinton presidential campaign would provoke "race riots" and "will be one long hate crime against white people." From the October 8 [2008] Broadcast of Talk Radio Network's The Savage Nation: SAVAGE: What do you fear the most if Obama wins is the question. I think it's a very fair question. Kentucky, Sean, what do you fear about an Obama victory? CALLER 1: Well, I'll tell you. I'm very fearful and absolutely disgusted because, you know, Obama, he spends 20 years in this lunatic racist church, and people just think that -- you know, I mean, how can you sit there for 20 years listening to that guy and not hold some of his beliefs? It's not credible. It's just not credible. SAVAGE: Well, because the media made it sound as though it was an anomaly and anyone who pointed out Reverend Wright was a racist -- but we all know that that's false. In other words, Reverend Wright is the soul of Barack Hussein Obama. You know that and I know that. And on that note, I think we should play Reverend Wright so you remember who he really is. This is the inner Obama as let out of the box. Listen carefully. WRIGHT [audio clip]: The government gives them the drugs, pills, bigger prisons, passes a "three strike" law, and then wants us to sing, "God Bless America." No, no, no. Not "God Bless America," "God [beep] America." That's in the Bible. For killing innocent people -- God [beep] America -- for treating us citizens as less than human. SAVAGE: I fear that Obama will stir up a race war. You want to ask me what I fear? I think Obama will empower the racists in this country and stir up a race war in order to seize absolute power. I believe that's what he will do. It will not be as overt as you may think, but it'll be a subtle race war on every level imaginable. And what you just heard is the inner Obama. Because I wouldn't sit in a synagogue, a church, or any house of worship if the rabbi or the minister was that inflammatorily hateful. I would have gone in and walked out. You sit there for 20 years, he marries you? You baptized -- I think he christened the children, and then he says he has no idea why he was there? Is he joking? He sounds just like the corporate executives who say that they feel heartbroken about what happened to their company. I don't believe a word he says. I believe that's the real Obama, and I believe that's what we're gonna see if he wins. And this -- the shame of it all is, is the shmoo on the other side, the shmoo John McCain. Every time he gets up, he congratulates Obama for doing so well. He should get up there and point fingers, and say, "Look, you want us to forget Reverend Wright but you sat there for 20 years. How can you stand there and tell me that you didn't approve of him? He married" -- no, but McCain won't do it. McCain is a nice guy. McCain likes Obama more than he does Michael Savage. McCain is part of the system. Obama is the system candidate. He's an organization man. He can as much think his way out of the box as I can become a man thinking inside the box. I can't think like men inside the box. He can't think like men outside the box. And so, therefore, the twain shall never meet. San Diego, Jillian -- welcome to The Savage Nation. CALLER 2: I absolutely agree with you as far as the race war goes. I think the greatest thing that concerns me about Obama is his resentment toward this country. I feel that him and his wife feel that they have fought very hard against whites, and that everything that they have, they are entitled to versus being thankful and feeling privileged for living in this country, and what this country has provided in terms of opportunities. SAVAGE: Correct. And affirmative action helped both of them, there's no question about it. CALLER 2: And I -SAVAGE: And of course, that was because of social engineering on the left side. CALLER 2: I feel that he is, like you said, going to give a voice to all those people who feel resentment toward whites, essentially. And -- and it's going to be -SAVAGE: Oh no, I want everyone to strip off all of their social constraints right now on this show. And I want them to get down to the core fear that they have for Obama. I want to hear it on this show, and I thank you. And you can call me at 1-800-449-8255. Don't hold anything back. I mean, I don't want you to go over the top with language that I can't run. I want you to call this show and tell me what you fear about Barack Hussein Obama as president (Media Matters, 2008).

Title: KKK Warns Of Obama 'Race War'

635

Date: November 6, 2008 Source: The Telegraph Abstract: Just hours after his victory, the term "Obama assassination" appeared on the top 100 Google search terms. In a video shot before the outcome of the election was known, the national director of the Knights of the Ku Klux Klan, Thomas Robb, predicted "there may be a backlash" if Senator Obama won the presidential race. YouTube Video In a lengthy rant on the Klan's official website, the white supremacist said: "We are in a race war." The Ku Klux Klan website "welcomed" Obama's election because "it could mean an awakening of our spirit and blood". He went on to describe the poll as "the last real election this country is going to have" before describing Senator Obama as a Marxist whose intention was to redistribute the earnings of hard-working whites. On the other side, reports have emerged from the US that Black Panther members were intimidating voters in Philadelphia. The news comes as people scramble to get copies of Barack Obama's historic newspaper editions, paying up to $600 online. Although US President-elect Barack Obama will not take office until January, he will be guarded as he prepares to move into the White House. Throughout the 22-month campaign the secret service investigated more than 500 death threats against the 47-year-old African-American. Two white supremacist skinheads were arrested last month over plans to shoot Obama and kill other blacks. Accordingly, Senator Obama's closest relatives will also be affected. Family outings will be cut out and his daughters will receive protection on their way to and from school. While Obama's wife Michelle a corporate lawyer has expressed her concern over the threats facing their family, Obama has previously said it's "not something that I'm spending time thinking about day to day." "I think anybody who decides to run for president recognises that there are some risks involved," he said. As well as the KKK reaction, "Impeach Barack Obama" Facebook groups have already surfaced on the internet, with one attracting more than 700 members. Four US presidents have been assassinated Abraham Lincoln, James Garfield, William McKinley and John Kennedy (Telegraph, 2008).

Title: Is Obama Fomenting A Race War? Date: April 30, 2010 Source: Washington Times Abstract: President Obama is inciting racial division. He rightly fears that the Democrats will suffer huge losses in Novembers midter m congressional elections. Republicans are within reach of retaking control of the House of Representatives. Even the Senate ma y be in play. His partys grip on power is threatened - and with it, Mr. Obamas radical socialist agenda. Fear breeds desperation. Hence, Mr. Obama is resorting to the worst kind of demagoguery: playing the race card. In a video to Democrats, the president embraced identity politics; black, Hispanic and female voters are to be courted at the expense of white middle-class America. YouTube Video It will be up to each of you to make sure that the young people, African-Americans, Latinos and women, who powered our victory in 2008, stand together once again, he said. Mr. Obama conveniently ignored the large chunk of white voters - suburbanites, latte-sipping professionals, environmentalists, labor union members who voted for him in huge numbers. For Mr. Obama in the 2010 election, whites no longer matter - especially white Christian males. In recent memory, no president has so deliberately and publicly sought to pit racial and gender groups against each other. The president is not simply the titular head of a party or the leader of government. He is the head of state and embodies the collective will of the American people. He is the president of all Americans - not just certain segments of his electoral coalition. Mr. Obamas rhetoric is reckless. It is fo stering civil strife and racial animosity. Imagine the media uproar had President George W. Bush, for example, in 2006 called for whites, Southerners, Christians and veterans to vote for the Republican Party. Mr. Bush would have been excoriated (rightly) for racist and sectarian pandering.

636

Mr. Obama is fracturing America. He is calling on the primacy of race and gender in order to perpetuate his national socialist revolution. He is championing a revanchist tribalism - the politics of grievance and racial victimology that undermines our common national identity. Just like his old pastor, the Rev. Jeremiah Wright, Mr. Obama is an anti-American, virulent race-baiter. Instead of seeing Americans, he classifies people according to their race and gender. Modern liberal identity politics is rooted in fascist doctrine. The most influential philosopher of the 20th century was Martin Heidegger. His 1927 classic work, Being and Time, is widely ack nowledged as profoundly influencing Western thought - especially the academic left and its embrace of postmodernism. Its the very culture from which Mr. Obama - by his own admission - comes. The German thinker developed the theory of the primacy of race, blood and group identity in a secular, relativistic world. Heidegger rejected eternal Judeo-Christian principles of moral absolutes. Instead, he called for the will to power through racial communities and tribal solidarity. Heidegger adamantly opposed democracy, capitalism and market-oriented growth - denouncing them as unjust and oppressive. What is conveniently ignored is that Heidegger also was a passionate Nazi. He admired Adolf Hitler. He was a member of the National Socialist Party. Heidegger believed that fascism - with its racialism, neo-paganism, economic corporatism, worship of state power, rabid environmentalism and hatred of Western civilization - represented the true future. Sadly, he may have been right. Todays Western liberal elites are Heideggers heirs. For decades, the American left has been obsessed with race, class and gender. It despises Americas national heritage and common culture. The Founding Fathers dream of a republic based on limited government and rug ged individualism, the Constitution, the notion of American exceptionalism, our roots as an English-speaking, Christian civilization based on a distinct national identity - these idols must be smashed in the name of progressivism. Contrary to conventional wisdom, Mr. Obamas presidency is not simply about erecting European -style social democracy. It is more insidious and dangerous than that. It is an attempt at establishing a liberal fascist regime - Heidegger meets Jane Fonda. The results are similar to what exists in other fascist states: a pliant dominant media, greater government control over all aspects of national life, a bloated public sector, economic sclerosis, a corporatist economy, permanently high unemployment, crushing taxes, a hostility to Jews (Israel), a growing intolerance to dissent, the demonizing of critics and an irrational cult of personality. The most distinctive characteristic, however, is the incitement of racial conflict. Fascism thrives on fomenting ethnic divisions and hatred, targeting internal race enemies to galvanize supporters behind their leader. This is what Mr. Obama is doing today. He and his Democratic allies have deliberately fanned the flames of racial tensions over Arizonas i mmigration law. The state statute does nothing more than empower local police to enforce existing federal immigration laws. Overrun by Mexican drug cartels, a soaring crime wave and many illegal migrants, Arizonas authorities are taking action to protect the border in the wake of federal go vernment inaction. The states comprehensive immigration enforcement law is simply patriotic c ommon sense and self-defense. Mr. Obama, however, has blasted it as misguided. The liberal media is comparing the law to Hitlerism, a form of apartheid a nd white supremacy, supposedly for its racial profiling of Hispanics. The Rev. Al Sharpton is leadin g an economic boycott of the state. The attack on Arizonas immigration law is an attempt to frighten Hispanics into believing that white Arizonans are seeking to impose a racial caste system. It is deliberately playing the races against one another to help Mr. Obama get higher voter turnout among minorities in November. The consequences are the gradual Balkanization and breakup of America. The mainstream media refuses to report on one overriding reality: Racial violence has broken out in protest of Arizonas law. Gangs of Hispanic protesters in Arizona have been throwing rocks and bottles at police, spitting at them and denouncing them as pigs. Massive rallies are planned across the country this weekend to demand amnesty for illegal aliens. Event leaders will use Arizonas law as a rallying point to channel ethnic anger and rage. Mr. Obama is fueling greater ideological, political and racial polarization. Not since the Civil War have Americans been so divided. He is laying the groundwork for a possible race war. Welcome to Mr. Obamas fascist America (Washington Times, 2010).

Title: The Coming Race War Date: July 24, 2010 Source: Feministe Abstract: Well, Andrew Breitbart, smearing Shirley Sherrod in order to refute the NAACPs resolution against racist elements in the T ea Party turned out to be a pretty bad idea. Yes, you cost her her job, but shes making black people look good. Its too bad youre not like, a journalist, or something, and did some digging to find the full video before you declared it to be an example of reverse racism. Ms. Sherrod is actually a really worthwhile person, unlike yourself, and now the world knows it. So kudos to you for bringing our attention to a woman who was and is working to bring black people and white people together in solidarity during a time when so many are feverishly working towards the opposite. Anyway.

637

I try to avoid watching Fox News. I hear about it on the real news and I see its headli nes on my iGoogle page, but I cant bring myself to waste the electricity changing the channel on my TV to FNC. Apparently Glenn Beck has been heralding the coming race war. Ive always understood the coming race war to mean the time that racist white militias finally band together and kill off all the browns. I also thought it was a joke, and kind of funny. Beck, however, wants us to believe otherwise. Hes saying that the New Black Panthers are going to start a government -backed race war to kill off Big Whitey. Of course this is silly. Fox News has been complaining about the tiny group of New Black Panthers for like a decade. I dont know who they think Obama is, but if anything is true about him, its that hes not demonstrably a militant black man. Im more militant than he is, and Im a bougie tragic mulatto living in the suburbs. I dont see any medallions, dreadlocks or black fists adorning the Oval Office. But were supposed to believe that in between getting blamed for the oil spill and fomenting socialism, hes been training this small elite squad of brothers to take out the white menace with the U.S. Army at their disposal? Im really just speechless. There was a time when I wasnt always hearing about reverse racism, race wars, etc. in the mainstream media. It kind of seemed like most reasonable people had come to the conclusion that racism was bad, we needed to work against it, and that if you were a violent, loud mouthed racist you should just stay in your cabin and keep it to yourself. We didnt worry about them because they stayed in the woods, for the most part, and everyone thought they were crazy anyway. I was focused on rooting out insidious racism, the kind that you cant easily identify, the kind that ex ists in progressive communities, the institutional kind that deeply affects every person of color and which still exists today but has been obscured by all this blatant racism and the fact that we now have a black man in the White House. I could be romanticizing pre-2008, but it just seems like we wouldnt be seeing articles like Diversity and the Myth of White Privilege during the Bush years. They knew to keep their racism under wraps back then. Im almost laughing to myself remembering when the GOP was respe ctful of black people because they felt like if they tried hard enough, they could lure a few over the fence. Case in point: Michael Steele, head of the RNC. He became head of the RNC during the 2008 campaign as, I think, a way to say hey black people, weve got ourselves a Negro too!, and also as a way to criticize Obama without seeming racist. Unfortunately, things didnt work out the way they planned, and the black guy still won. So whats the point of respecting black people or other nonwhite people now? Theyre all just going to vote for the Colored, right? Because all people of color are a monolith, especially those predictable darkies. I think the racist elements of the Tea Party/GOP are playing their end game. Calling him any name they can think of, blami ng him for everything from AIDS to increased activity on the sun, doing anything they can think of to bring him down before the end game plays out. What happens then is yet to be seen. Will it be the repudiation of the Tea Party by the majority of U.S. citizens in this coming midterm election? Will it be the end (again) of acceptable blatant, virulent racism? Will something ominous happen to Obama? I couldnt tell you. But you cant be a right wing ideologu e with unstable, easily manipulated followers and go on and on about a coming race war without something happening at the end. I know what some of Becks followers would really like it to be, and thats scary. I live in California, Los Angeles to be exact. I saw this on a bumper sticker the other day: Wheres Lee Harvey Oswald When You Really Need Him? (Feministe, 2010).

Title: Black Caucus Incites Race War Against Tea Party Americans Date: August 31, 2011 Source: Infowars Abstract: Playing the race card against the Tea Party is the only ammo Democrats have to fight against the growing movement toward a restoration of our constitutional republic. But it is isnt simply Democrats who fear the Tea Party. Republicans hate it too, as the daughter of John McCain revealed last year. Neocons hate the Tea Party too. Thats why they are hyping the faux Tea Party candidate Rick Perry and have said nice things about Sarah Palin, who urged Obama to attack Iran. Perry is a Bilderberg elitist and Palin an outright neocon. The other supposed Tea Party candidate, Michele Bachman, who lavished praise on George W. Bush, is so desperate to win the election she is now promising to wave a magical wand and reduce gas prices. Establishment Republicans who are looters of wealth the same as their supposed ideological foes the Democrats went out of their way to sabotage the Tea Party and turn it into a cheering section for the One Party state. Hustlers of color are working overtime to rile up constituents who view the government as a magical ATM. They are inciting violence when they say Tea Party racists want to hang black people from trees and then instruct them to confront members at their homes. If they cant k eep their racket going, they will incite a riot. The Black Caucus is afraid Tea Party Americans will finally reduce the size of the federal government and end the wealth redistribution scam that has gone largely unchallenged for more than sixty years. It will take more than a few agents provocateurs at Tea Party rallies with racist signs to convince most Americans that those of us who want a return to the Constitution are members of the Ku Klux Klan (an organization taken over by the FBI under COINTELPRO). Most people know the Black Caucus is pimping racism and using imagery from an Antebellum South that no longer exists to stir up emotions and keep the grand theft larceny going.

638

In the video we are told the Tea Party stands against poor people. In fact, the Democrat Black Caucus stands against poor people and black Americans. It is a front for the global elite who are equal opportunity creative destructionists determined to turn America into a third world backwater (Infowars, 2011).

2. U.S. GOVERNMENT PREPARES FOR RIOTS

OBAMACSI.COM: When Martin Luther King Jr. was assassinated in 1964, riots broke out nationwide in America. If and when U.S President Barack Obama is assassinated, we can expect the same thing, only that this time around the riots will be super-charged and provocateured by the full force of the U.S. government and its media propaganda machine. Based on the fallout from the London Riots of 2011, governmental provocation and instigation played heavily in the origination and fomentation of the riots. While the UK police stood down, rioters looted and caused mayhem with little or no regard for law enforcement. Based on the evidence and data available, the Obama administration will follow the London blueprint. Preparation for violent riots in America started immediately after the London riots subsided and riot drills are occurring across the nation. Whether the Occupy Wall Street protests are part of these riot drills is secondary, for as Mark Potok of the Intelligence Project at the Southern Poverty Law Center recently stated, "I think there is a huge amount of anger out there...What we're really lacking at this moment is a kind of spark." Title: Why Police Were So Soft On London Looters: They 'Were Ordered To Stand And Observe' As Capital Burned (But In Manchester They Were Hunting Looters Within hours) Date: August 10, 2011 Source: Daily Mail Abstract: Police were ordered to 'stand and observe' rioters as they laid waste to London's streets instead of confronting them, it was claimed today. Scotland Yard insiders have revealed teams were frustrated at their inability to wade in and arrest troublemakers while they looted and burnt out shops. YouTube-Video They had apparently been told to try and contain any violence but not to haul away offenders who would instead be identified through video footage later, according to The Times. It was only on Monday night, when the riots escalated still further, that tactics changed and armoured vehicles called Jankels were used to disperse the crowds. On Tuesday night, some 16,000 officers also flooded London's streets - almost triple the previous night's deployment - and they were finally given the green light to confront the gangs. The Met has also come under fire for taking three days to issue any images of suspects - and then only releasing 12 grainy pictures. The Mail Online managed to produce another 30 with ease. In contrast, Greather Manchester Police were issuing images online via social network sites within hours of similar violence in their area. In Birmingham, police tracked down suspected rioters hours later and smashed into their homes to arrest them. Officers mounted raids on around a dozen properties across the city and made seven arrests. They also recovered apparently looted items. The police's tactics have led to much public criticism from residents and business owners, who are bemused at the 'soft' approach when their livelihoods are being ruined. Eye witnesses have told of ranks of police standing by while mobs of youths rampaged and stole from shop fronts and terrorised residents. However, it has been suggested that the approach may also have been dictated by the sheer scale of the problem with teams unable to spare officers to make arrests on the spot. There have also been calls for far more robust measures - including plastic bullets, water cannon and even the Army - to quell the chaos. It has been suggested that the softer approach has been sparked by controversy over the death of Ian Tomlinson during the G20 riots and wider criticism of policing during protests. Mr Tomlinson was struck by a policeman wielding a baton during the G20 protests in 2009 and shoved to the ground.

639

He suffered massive internal bleeding and died minutes later. The officer involved is now awaiting trial for manslaughter over his death. Scotland Yard was also heavily criticised in the High Court in April for using 'kettling' during the G20 demonstrations. Judges ruled the Met had broken the law in the way it kettled 5,000 protesters because it was 'unjustified' and an unlawful deprivation of liberty. Deputy Assistant Commissioner Stephen insists 'nobody' gave any instruction to go soft. 'I'm now aware of any order to take things easy,' he told BBC's Radio 4 Today programme. He said: 'We have had this allegation made a few times. You have to realise we had over 3,000 officers on Sunday night. That is the size of two small forces combined. It is a significant asset that we put out there. 'We filled the cells of London on Sunday and Monday night, we drove Jankels at looters - if that is taking things easy, I don't understand that logic.' He admitted there were 'significant gaps' in the police response and that they were 'enormously stretched'. But he insisted: 'As far as I'm concerned Chris Allison and Lynne Owens who led this did not give any instruction and nobody else has either.' On wider tactics, he said everything 'from local engagement to extreme use of force' had been considered. Officers trained in using baton rounds were ready if needed but there are currently no water cannon on the British mainland, he added. Baton rounds, or plastic bullets, can only be used if sanctioned by the commissioner of the Met Police and have never been fired on the British mainland. They were issued to police at the Broadwater Farm riots in Tottenham in 1985 but never used - although the weapons are apparently also issued annually for the Notting Hill Carnival (Daily Mail, 2011)

Title: NYPD Riot Units Conduct Drills Date: August 14, 2011 Source: Metro News Abstract: In the wake of the London riots, the NYPD Disorder Control Unit held a mobilization exercise on Randalls Island on Friday to rehearse its response should out-of-control riots break out here, Metro has learned. Approximately 180 police officers total from each boroughs task force, including the horseback and aviation units, came out for the drill, according to police. The London response wasnt that great they were outnumbered and taken by surprise, said Mike Codella, a retired NYPD detective. When he was on the force, riot drills happened once a year at most, he said. The training exercise comes the same week the NYPD has stepped up its monitoring of social media, used to organize mayhem across England and also to coordinate teen mobs in Philadelphia. Police will now troll sites like Twitter and Facebook for suspicious activity, gang feuds and house parties as part of a new juvenile justice unit (Metro News, 2011).

Title: Mayor Bloomberg Predicts Riots In The Streets If Economy Doesn't Create More Jobs Date: September 16, 2011 Source: NY Daily News Abstract: Mayor Bloomberg warned Friday there would be riots in the streets if Washington doesn't get serious about generating jobs. "We have a lot of kids graduating college, can't find jobs," Bloomberg said on his weekly WOR radio show. "That's what happened in Cairo. That's what happened in Madrid. You don't want those kinds of riots here." In Cairo, angry Egyptians took out their frustrations by toppling presidential strongman Hosni Mubarak - and more recently attacking the Israeli embassy. As for Madrid, the most recent street protests were sparked by widespread unhappiness that the Spanish government was spending millions on the visit

640

of Pope Benedict instead of dealing with widespread unemployment. Bloomberg's unusually alarmist pronouncement came as President Obama has been pressuring reluctant Republicans to pass his proposed job creation plan. "The damage to a generation that can't find jobs will go on for many, many years," the normally-measured mayor said. Bloomberg gave Obama kudos for coming up with a jobs plan. "At least he's got some ideas on the table, whether you like those or not," he said. "Now everybody's got to sit down and say we're actually gonna do something and you have to do something on both the revenue and the expense side." And everybody's got to share in the pain. "When you start picking and choosing which groups do and do not, that's when it becomes unfair in a lot of people's minds," the mayor said. "But we're all in this together." Obama didn't create this economic mess, it developed "over long periods of time," Bloomberg said. Obama's approval rating has sunk along with the economy, but the ratings of the Republicans who have stymied his attempts repair the damage are even worse, most polls show. Already, House Speaker John Boehner, an Ohio Republican, has drawn a line on raising taxes on the rich to pay for Obama's proposed $447 billion jobs plan, which aims to help the middle class (NY Daily News, 2011).

Title: Rush Limbaugh: Obama White House Is Setting Up Riots Date: October 6, 2011 Source: Ology Abstract: On his program this afternoon, talk radio host Rush Limbaugh weighed in on the protests in Downtown Manhattan calling themselves Occupy Wall Street. He quoted an anonymous friend when he said that it is possible that the White House was behind the protests to some degree and claimed that the Obama Administration wanted to foment riots to advance an anti-corporatist agenda. Limbaugh clarified on his program that it was not his opinion, nor would he say that he shares this opinion, merely that he was giving voice to a prominent individual who shared this opinion with Limbaugh. Limbaugh was referencing President Obamas acknowledgement of the Occupy Wall Street protests during an hour -long press conference held today in which the president said that the protests represent the broad-based frustration among Americans with the financial system. This has widely been interpreted, albeit tentatively, with the ongoing protests in near Wall Street. The Occupy Wall Street protests also received a boost of support today from Vice President Joe Biden today at the Washington Ideas Forum: Lets be honest with one another, said Biden. What is the core of that protest? The core is: The bargain has been breached. The core is the American people do not think the system is fair, or on the level. That is the core is what youre seeing with Wall Street (Ology, 2011).

3. "MACHETE"

OBAMACSI.COM: The Fox funded and Fox distributed movie "Machete" is a violent race war film with endless racial killing. "Machete" was likely a betatest aimed at testing the current race relations in America and is likely not the last race war film that Fox will fund and distribute. While there is no way to currently know, it is highly likely that racially charged films are sitting on the shelf right now awaiting the perfect time for release. Title: New Film Machete Evokes Race War Date: May 9, 2010 Source: Infowars Abstract: Director Robert Rodriguez new film Machete has created controversy after a promotional trailer released online makes provoking comments about Arizona namely its new immigration laws before depicting a machete-wielding vigilante who leads an uprising and massacre against Texas authorities. The filmmakers called it a special Cinco de Mayo message to Arizona, inviting viewers into a violent on -screen race war with red-saturated 70s exploitation violence and endless killing. YouTube Video While some critics have praised this message to Arizona as being most eloquent on the immigration issue, others have beco me concerned about the message truly sent by a bloody and racially-charged film.

641

The trailer insinuates that the films lead is hired to assassinate a Texas senator rallying so hard against illegal immigran ts that he calls their very presence on United States soil terrorism. However, Machete realizes hes been betrayed, and instead set-up as a patsy for a failed-assassination attempt to be blamed on what is termed crudely by the films villains to be Mexicans and cucarachas. From there, he develops a taste for revenge and initiates an out-and-out killing spree, recruiting an angry mob along the way, whose leader decries We didnt cross the border, the border crossed us in downtown Austin. The trailer shows a crowd all holding up machetes in preparation for battle. As the film is not scheduled for release until September, we cannot say whether the film will be as violent and over-the-top as the trailer implies, but if the wary crew members are any indication, this film could be an unwanted wedge of racial anger that no one wants unleashed. Curiously, FOX, who is Machetes distributor, blasted the film in a May 6 articled entitled, Violent movie declares war on Arizona for immigration law. However, the article was pulled and deep-sixed. The URL pulled up a page not found. Talking Points Memo blasts the fact in their article, Fox News Scrubs Article Criticizing Foxs Robert Rodriguez Film Machete as Racist & Declaring War on Arizona. Clearly, Rupert Murdoch & co. are playing both sides of a potentially explosive cultural-political issue. FOX won a bidding war for the film, which grew out of a parody trailer spliced into the 70scult throwback Grindhouse, a double-header release featuring works by Robert Rodriguez and Quentin Tarantino, both notable for their excessive and stylistic violence. It has been established that the Ford Foundation and other top organizations have funded and influenced groups like MEChA and La Raza. Border enforcement is lax because big businesses take advantage of the low wage labor; meanwhile, the same NAFTA, WTO and CAFTA visionaries ship jobs overseas and gut the industrial base in America. The clash of cultures is then pressured further by fiery rhetoric, mythically-driven liberation theology, perceived job opportunities, language barriers and political issues. For Machete to call for such violence a nd glorify killings in relation to such a sensitive political topic is potentially criminal if it caused people to act out in real life. So what of the role of cinema and television cultural products in the larger picture of shaping the opinions and habits of our increasingly naive and shallow population? One need only read between the lines, flip through the channels in a critically-evaluating way (rather than a hyponotic, dreamy way) and read the statements of the ruling elite, who have made sport of pushing our buttons. Public relations founder Edward Bernays makes some very naked admissions about controlling and steering the public in his book Propaganda: Those who manipulate the unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country. We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of. This is a logical result of the way in which our democratic society is organized In almost every act of our lives whether in the sphere of politics or b usiness in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires that control the public mind. (Ch. 1 Organizing Chaos) Propaganda is the executive arm of the invisible government (p. 20) If we understand the mechanism and motives of the group mind, it is now possible to control and regiment the masses according to our will without them knowing it (p.71). British aristocrat Bertrand Russell also makes some very compelling statements about the intentional manipulation of public thought in his seminal The Impact of Science on Society: I think the subject which will be of most importance politically is mass psychology. Mass psychology is, scientifically speaking, not a very advanced study This study is immensely useful to practical men, whether they wish to become rich or to acquire the governmen t. It is, of course, as a science, founded upon individual psychology, but hitherto it has employed rule-of-thumb methods which were based upon a kind of intuitive common sense. Its importance has been enormously increased by the growth of modern methods of propaganda. Of these the most influential is what is called education. Religion plays a part, though a diminishing one; the Press, the cinema and the radio play an increasing part. We now know that limelight and a brass band do more to persuade than can be done by the most elegant train of syllogisms. Threats and different types of attacks have already taken place by pro-illegal immigration protesters, particularly those incensed over the Arizona issue. Scares and potential threats have been made against political figures, including some white powder feared to be anthrax mailed to now Arizona Governor Jan Brewer. Surely Rodriguez does not mean to tie in fantastical acts of racial violence with the very contentious issues that many immigrants are angry enough to act upon? Divide & Conquer is an age old tactic, employed with skill by the British Empires Great Game strategists, who fr equently pitted one tribe or nation against another to maintain control over their colonies and to expand their conquest into other territories. Leaders have been caught up in racial divide in the history of Mexico & Texas, despite a long history of co-mingling and harmony among white and hispanic populations in that era. Machete proves all too evocative of the infamous 1915 Plan of San Diego one of the most insulting episodes in history, where a plan was made to kill all white males and use an all-out race war to re-conquer the Southwest. More recently, the CIA has been known for writing & disseminating racially & religiously-charged textbooks to places like Afghanistan a seed that grew well to destabilize the region. Alex Jones has spoken out against this frightening trailer because it appears like political dynamite likely to incite real violence, riots or killings. He hopes to diffuse its possible effect before anyone is hurt, injured or worse. To the Hollywood creators of our un-reality, please do not use your powerful weapon of film as a wedge against the people or to suggest that we turn inwardly, violently against ourselves. Machete projects a dangerous image, and it is only fair to warn against its potential.

642

Director Robert Rodriguez should recognize the problem of potentially inciting real violence, and clarify his intentions with this film. Perhaps the controversy will drive the publicity and box office sales of this film, but I doubt he wants to have blood on his hands. Lets hope the trailer is a poor indicator of the films message (Infowars, 2010).

4. HAL TURNER

OBAMACSI.COM: In order to understand exactly how the U.S. government works its divide and conqueror methodology, look no further than Hal Turner. To the public, he was an ultra-right-wing radio talk show host and internet blogger with an audience of neo-Nazis and white supremacists, but was secretly working for the U.S. government the entire time. Should Obama be assassinated, count on Hal Turner types such as Alex Jones and Glenn Beck to incite racial riots and violence.

Title: Neo-Nazi Threatmaker Accused Of Working For FBI Date: January 11, 2008 Source: Southern Poverty Law Center Abstract: New Jersey radio host Hal Turner is well known as one of the most vicious neo-Nazis in America, a man who routinely suggests killing his enemies. Railing against President Bush, he told his audience last June that a well-placed bullet can solve a lot of problems. He has written that we need to start SHOOTING AND KILLING Mexicans as they cross the border and argued that killing certain federal judges may be illegal, but it wouldnt be wrong. In 2006, after he published an attack on New Jersey Supreme Court justices that also included several of their home addresses, state police massively beefed up security for the members of the court, checking on one justices house more than 200 times. Hal Turner is one serious extremist. He may also be on the FBI payroll. On Jan. 1, unidentified hackers electronically confronted Turner in the forum of his website for The Hal Turner Show. After a heated exchange, they told Turner that they had successfully hacked into his E-mails and found correspondence with an FBI agent who is apparently Turners handler. Then they posted an alleged July 7 E-mail to the agent in which Turner hands over a message from someone who sent in a death threat against Sen. Russ Feingold (D-Wisc.). Once again, Turner writes to his handler, my fierce rhetoric has served to flush out a possible crazy. In what is allegedly a portion of another E-mail, Turner discusses the money he is paid. On Thursday, as the E-mail exchange was heatedly discussed on a major neo-Nazi website, Turner suddenly announced he was quitting political work.

I hereby separate from the pro-White movement, he said, adding that he was ending his radio show immediately. I will no longer involve myself in any aspect of it. The FBI declined comment. Longstanding FBI policy prohibits disclosing who may or may not provide information, Agent Richard Kolko of the agencys press unit said. Reached in New Jersey, Turner also declined all comment. The apparent revelation set off a torrent of criticism from experts in criminology and the use of informants. This is clearl y over the line, said James Nolan, an associate sociology professor at West Virginia University who is an expert in police procedure and a former unit ch ief in the FBIs Crime Analysis, Research and Development Unit. Informants may be involved in drugs, and you overlook that because of the greater good. However, these are viable threats they could be carried out that the FBI clearly knows about. I want to see the FBI stop it. Informants, of course, are commonly used by law enforcement agencies that have no other way of proving suspected criminal activity. These are frightening groups whose members deserve to be investigated and infiltrated, said Jack Levin, a criminology professor and ex pert on the radical right at Northeastern University. My concern is that Turners methods actually are more dangerous and destructive than the evil they are seeking to cure. His threatening messages may actually inspire neo-Nazis to up the ante, to engage in even more destructive behavior. Turner, 45, has developed a reputation as one of the hardest-line racists on the radical right since starting up his radio show seven years ago. He has routinely ranted about such things as a Portable Nigger Lyncher machine and slimed those he hates as savage Negro beasts, bull-dyke lesbians, faggots and worse. But it is his threats that are legendary. In 2006, Turner told his audience to clean your guns, have plenty of ammunition [and] then do what has to be done to undo cumented workers. Around the same time, he suggested that half the U.S. Congress may have to be assassinated. A year earlier, he suggested drawing up lists of yeshivas, or Jewish religious schools. He once started a website called www.killtheenemy.com for the purpose of posting phot os and names of those who marched in favor of immigrant rights. Hearing that anti-racist activist Floyd Cochran was visiting Newark, N.J., last June, Turner said he had arranged for a group of guys to physically intercept Cochran and added that Cochran would likely get such a beating tha t his next stop is going to be University Hospital. In a July letter, Turner wrote to the Southern Poverty Law Center, which publishes the Intelligence Report: If you do not change

643

your stance soon, you will face a wrath of fury that you will never be able to defend yourself against. We have the ability to reach out and touch someone. Last July, Turner posted photographs of a pro-immigrant activist being taken away by an ambulance outside Turners North Bergen home. Click the images below to see how I kicked the shit out of one such douchebag, he wrote. Reaction on the radical right to the apparent revelation was mixed, as activists tried to figure out if Turner really was an informant. But to many, there was little question it was Turner, based on the style of writing in the E-mails. It does sound like Hal, wrote Varg on the Vanguard News Network, a neo-Nazi website. I agree, responded Yankee Jim. The Email definitely sounds like Hal. Turners alleged E-mail to his FBI handler is also addressed to a detective sergeant with the New Jersey State Police who trained with the FBI Police Executive Fellowship Program in 2004. Interestingly, as long ago as May 2006, Turner wrote of a visit paid to him by the two men, saying they had come to his house to warn him that Washington has instructed us to close you down. In that same posting on his website, Turner described himse lf as the type to inspire a whole slew of potential Timothy McVeighs. I dont make bombs, he added, I make bombers. Its become so routine, Turner said of FBI visits in a 2005 interview with The (Hackensack, N.J.) Record, they are like my private FBI agents. (Southern Poverty Law Center, 2008).

Title: Hal Turner Date: July 28, 2009 Source: Wikipedia Abstract: Harold Charles "Hal" Turner (born March 15, 1962) is an American white nationalist, Holocaust denier and blogger from North Bergen, New Jersey. In August 2010, he was convicted for making threats against three federal judges with the 7th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals. Prior to Turner's arrest, his radio program, The Hal Turner Show, was a webcast from his home once a week. Turner was a paid FBI informant for several years, supplying information about right-wing groups to federal agents. The original allegations that Turner acted as an informant for the FBI surfaced in 2008 after unidentified hackers claimed on Turner's website's forums that they had read email correspondence between him and an FBI agent, apparently his handler. This led to a discussion on a neo-Nazi website on January 10, 2008, in which Turner revealed he was quitting political work, was ending his radio show and that he was separating "from the 'pro-White' movement". The FBI has declined to comment on the matter. The Southern Poverty Law Center and the Anti-Defamation League reported on the emails that "a neoNazi Website had posted material reportedly found by the hackers, including alleged exchanges between himself and law enforcement agents which indicated that Turner had been providing information to them." On July 28, 2009 in a Chicago courtroom, Turner's defense lawyer said that Turner worked as a paid informant for the FBI. In December 2009, The Record published an investigative report on Turner's "complex" relationship with the FBI and Federal Marshalls, noting that all parties broke off contact at several points (Wikipedia, 2011).

Title: Records Show Feds Used Ultra-Right Radio Host For Years Date: November 29, 2009 Source: North Jersey Abstract: They called him "Valhalla." But it was more than a nickname. For more than five years, Hal Turner of North Bergen lived a double life. The public knew him as an ultra-right-wing radio talk show host and Internet blogger with an audience of neo-Nazis and white supremacists attracted to his scorched-earth racism and bare-knuckles bashing of public figures. But to the FBI, and its expanding domestic counter-terror intelligence operations in the wake of the Sept. 11 attacks, Turner was "Valhalla" his code name as an informant who spied on his own controversial followers. YouTube Video Turner's clandestine past was confirmed this past summer when he was jailed on charges that he made threats on his blog against three federal judges in Chicago. In court after his arrest, federal prosecutors acknowledged Turner's FBI ties but downplayed his importance and even described him as "unproductive." But an investigation by The Record based on government documents, e-mails, court records and almost 20 hours of jailhouse interviews with Turner shows that federal authorities made frequent use of Turner in its battle against domestic terrorism. As Turner took to his radio show and blog to say that those who opposed his extremist views deserve to die, he received thousands of dollars from the FBI to report on such groups as the Aryan Nations and the white supremacist National Alliance, and even a member of the Blue Eyed Devils skinhead punk band.

644

Later, he was sent undercover to Brazil where he reported a plot to send non-military supplies to anti-American Iraqi resistance fighters. Sometimes he signed "Valhalla" on his FBI payment receipts instead of his own name. His dual life of shock jock and informant offers a window into the murky realm of domestic intelligence in the years after the Sept. 11 terror attacks in particular, the difficult choices for the FBI in penetrating controversial fringe groups with equally controversial informants. In interviews, conducted before Turner was released on bail, he said the FBI coached him to make racist, anti-Semitic and other threatening statements and now he feels double-crossed by the bureau after his arrest. The documents reviewed by The Record, however, show repeated instances of federal agents admonishing Turner for his extremism. Federal prosecutors in Newark and Chicago declined to respond to Turner's claims, as did FBI officials. "We do not comment on matters before the courts and will not address Mr. Turner's allegations in the press," said the FBI's Weysan Dun, who runs the bureau's Newark field office. Turner's "Valhalla" life will likely be on display this week when he is scheduled to go on trial for his alleged blog threats against three federal appeals court judges in Chicago who upheld a law banning handguns. The trial, originally set for Chicago, was switched to Brooklyn, with a judge flying in from Louisiana. The trial may have its share of political intrigue. Turner's defense attorney, Michael Orozco, said he plans to subpoena Governor-elect Chris Christie to testify about whether he advised the FBI about Turner while Christie was U.S. attorney in Newark. On Friday, Orozco filed a motion to dismiss the case, accusing the government of "outrageous conduct." But the center of the court battle will likely be the story of Hal Turner and his FBI connections, which began in 2003 with the Newark-based Joint Terrorism Task Force, and continued on and off until this year. Rumors of Turner's FBI work surfaced two years ago after unknown Internet hackers electronically broke into his Web site and found e-mails between Turner and an FBI agent. Turner never acknowledged his FBI role until after his arrest in June and then with a mix of anger and chagrin. "Imagine my surprise," he wrote in one of several letters from jail to The Record, "when agents from the very FBI that trained and paid me came to my house to arrest me." In a memo only two years earlier, the FBI said Turner "has proven highly reliable and is in a unique position to provide vital information on multiple subversive domestic organizations." The memo went on to say that Turner's "statistical accomplishments include over 100 subjects identified, over 10 acts of violence prevented and multiple subjects arrested." "I was not some street snitch," Turner said in one of several lengthy interviews at the Hudson County Jail, where he was kept until the terms of his bail were worked out in October terms that prevented him from talking to reporters after his release. "I was a deep undercover intelligence operative." Misgivings on Both Sides Whatever his role, one thing is clear: The relationship between Turner and the FBI often was rocky, with both sides cutting ties several times. In March 2005, Turner abruptly quit. In a letter to his FBI handlers, he cited a "complete failure" by the agency "to achieve the goals for which I began the relationship," the "dismal lack of arrests," the failure to track down a "threat to kill me and my family" and "exploitation" by the FBI "to interfere with content of my Internet Web site." By June, however, Turner was again on the FBI payroll. The FBI, meanwhile, harbored its own doubts about Turner. Five days after Turner's March 2005 letter, an internal FBI memo summarized rising concerns that his rhetoric was too controversial and possibly dangerous. "Is he a big mouth? Yes," the memo said. "Does he say really deplorable things? Yes. Is he a physical threat to anyone? I don't think so." Records show the FBI continued this kind of questioning throughout its connection to Turner valuing his ties to right-wing hate groups, but also worrying that his audience might follow up on his violence rhetoric. In a July 2007 memo, Turner's primary FBI handler, Special Agent Stephen Haug, wrote that Turner "will continue to be admonished in the strongest possible terms and on a periodic basis about his rhetoric and the potential of it inciting acts of violence." Haug went on to say that Turner would be "instructed to utilize his celebrity status to insure he continues to remind those who follow his rhetoric that such rhetoric is not intended to incite violence." "In balance," Haug wrote, "this source's value outweighs the discomfort associated with source's rhetoric. Source's unique access provides important intelligence which, if lost, would be irreplaceable."

645

Turner, meanwhile, often tried to assure the FBI that his shock jock rhetoric was not serious. "The audience loves the rip-roaring radio psycho," he wrote in one e-mail to the FBI. "They literally throw money at it. Just be confident that the personality you hear (or hear about) on radio is not real life. I have zero intention of doing anything stupid." Nonetheless, Turner's statements were closely watched. In February 2008, in the midst of the presidential primary season, Turner attracted the attention of federal officials when he turned against thenDemocratic candidate Barack Obama. "I'm starting to come to the realization that it may be up to a sole person, acting alone, to make certain this guy is never allowed to hold the most powerful office in the world," Turner wrote on his Web site. He later removed the statement. But later that year, court records show that he contacted federal authorities to say that he had heard of a possible assassination plot by white supremacists against the president-elect. "I didn't like Barack Obama," Turner explained in an interview. "But he won the election." Seven months after the possible threat to Obama, Turner was in FBI handcuffs for allegedly threatening the Chicago judges. "Let me be the first to say this plainly: These judges deserve to be killed," Turner wrote on his blog on June 2. "Their blood will replenish the tree of liberty." Turner also posted photos of the judges, their work phone numbers and office addresses as well as a map of the courthouse that pointed out "anti-truck bomb barriers." "The word 'deserve' is just an opinion," Turner later told The Record. As for posting the photos of the judges, he added: "I can't tell you to this day how sorry I am." Even if he wins his federal case, Turner's legal problems will not be over. In June, Connecticut authorities charged Turner with inciting violence against state officials who supported a proposed state law to give Roman Catholic parishioners greater control over church finances. In each case, Turner contends his words are protected as free speech under the First Amendment. Turner's attorney, Orozco, adds that other federal prosecutors routinely ignored his outlandish statements. "He has made other controversial remarks about judges, none of which have ever been prosecuted," wrote Orozco in a legal brief. "I never intended for anybody to feel threatened," Turner said. Longing to be Heard Whatever his intentions, it remains unclear who the real Hal Turner is. A fraud? A serious threat to homeland security? A white supremacist? A loyal citizen trying to help the FBI? A radio showman trying to build an audience and income with shocking statements? After he was arrested by FBI agents in June, Turner was sent on a journey that took him to jails in Newark, Oklahoma and Chicago often in solitary confinement. By late September, he was transferred back to New Jersey and sent to the Hudson County Jail in Kearny. In all, he spent 119 days behind bars. In the interviews at the Hudson County Jail, Turner offered many glimpses of his personality and motivation. "My country needed me," he said when asked why he accepted the FBI's offer in June 2003 to become an informant. "I'm a loyal, patriotic decent American citizen." But why did he say or hint that some judges and other officials should be killed? Turner blames the FBI, saying that while agents never said he could threaten judges, they coached him on the limits of what he could say. As a result, Turner said he felt he had wide latitude. "I was given specific instructions," he said. "Here, I am in prison, betrayed." In one of his more controversial statements, Turner gloated over the murder of the husband and mother of a federal judge in Chicago in 2005. But Turner described his rhetoric as fake, arguing he hoped it "would solidify my anti-government credentials" among ultra-right-wing groups he was spying on. As for hanging out with neo-Nazis and skinheads, Turner said, "That's not me. It never has been."

646

Raised in Ridgefield Park, the 47-year-old Turner labored more than a decade in a variety of positions with several moving-van companies. In 1988, while working for a moving company in Atlanta, Turner was arrested on a drug possession charge. In interviews, he said he had a cocaine addiction at the time and checked into a rehab program. By the early 1990s, Turner moved to North Bergen and worked as a real estate agent. Within a few years, however, he began to dabble in politics, trying to beef up the Republican Party in overwhelmingly Democratic Hudson County. He also was a campaign manager in New Jersey for Republican presidential candidate Pat Buchanan. Politics seemed to offer Turner something he never realized he had a voice and a need to speak out on hot topics. Now, however, several close associates question whether that voice is authentic or just the work of someone looking for the limelight. In 1997, when Ramapo College Finance Professor Murray Sabrin ran for governor on a libertarian platform, he hired Turner to manage his campaign. Turner was a frequent caller on WABC's popular talk radio shows with Bob Grant and Sean Hannity "Hal from North Bergen," as he came to be known. Turner surely had a conservative flair, especially on such issues as abortion and immigration. But Sabrin noticed a complete shift after Turner started his own talk radio show. In particular, Sabrin, who is Jewish, found some of Turner's remarks to be anti-Semitic. "People have a public face and a private face," said Sabrin. "Everything that he is doing now is a complete 180-degree shift. It's totally opposite from what I knew. I don't know where this is coming from. I certainly wouldn't have tolerated it." For several years, the Southern Poverty Law Center, an Alabama-based civil rights group, has regularly monitored Turner's radio broadcasts and blog. Indeed, the center was one of the first organizations to raise questions that Turner might be an FBI informant. Hearing now that Turner admits to being an informant, the center's director of research, Heidi Beirich, was especially critical of the FBI. "We've never seen anything like this with informants. It's essentially idiotic on the part of the FBI. Anybody who spent two seconds looking at Hal Turner's Web site would know he is a wild hare," she said. Indeed, Turner's own recounting of his life with the FBI does not always mirror what records show he did. Turner, for example, says the FBI asked him to participate in a mission to plug leaks of information inside the Department of Justice to a variety of groups including the Southern Poverty Law Center and the Anti Defamation League. Turner also says the FBI asked him to specifically criticize such African-American leaders as Jesse Jackson and Al Sharpton. "I was supposed to be a counterbalance to Sharpton," Turner said. Officially, the FBI declined comment on those unproven stories by Turner. The documents bear no trace of those operations. Expedition to Brazil Unofficially, FBI and other federal officials expressed a mix of dismay and outright anger when told of Turner's claims of being coached to make provocative statements. "Absurd," said one. Another added: "And pigs will fly beginning with the next full moon. It never happened." During interviews with The Record, Turner was at times unclear on some details. FBI records indicate, for example, that he did not become an informant until June 2003; Turner originally said he was recruited by federal agents in 2002, but later said he was mistaken. Along with Haug of the FBI, his other regular contact was Leonard Nerbetski, a New Jersey State Police detective assigned to the FBI's Joint Terrorism Task Force. Requests to interview Haug and Nerbetski were turned town by the FBI and by the state police. In an early communication, Turner reported to the FBI about a meeting in Elmwood Park by the National Alliance. A few months after that, FBI records show that Turner was reaching out to several national leaders of the alliance. FBI memos indicate that the bureau had appropriated as much as $100,000 for Turner's work as an informant. "It was good money," said Turner, who would not say how much he was ultimately paid by the FBI. Turner said he was earning about $15,000 a month from his suddenly popular radio show and blog.

647

As 2004 wore on, Turner found himself reporting to the FBI about a possible theft of evidence in a Bergen County drug case and about an attempt to set up a chapter of the Aryan Nations in northern New Jersey. A year later, with the FBI paying for his visa and passport renewal, Turner embarked on his most ambitious mission to confer with a wealthy white supremacist in Brazil who was considering making a $1 million donation to his American counterparts. While in Brazil, Turner also reported meeting a World War II German Luftwaffe flying ace and linking up with a representative of the Brazilian Arab Society, who discussed a plan to ship $10 million in consumer goods to anti-American Iraqi resistance fighters. After Turner returned to New Jersey, the records show that the FBI investigated the Arab Society representative and even reached out to U.S. officials in Brazil for help in monitoring his activities. But it's not clear if the $10 million shipment was attempted. The $1 million donation also never materialized, records show. The Brazilian benefactor backed out of the deal when an American white supremacist did not accompany Turner on the trip. Records indicate the FBI wanted Turner to return to Brazil to spy on white-supremacist training there. But Turner never went. While in Brazil, Turner said, he carried a gun for protection, which was not authorized by the FBI. Only a few weeks after returning to the United States from Brazil, Turner again found controversy. In a radio broadcast, he targeted African-Americans. "A full day of violence against blacks would be a really nice thing," he said. Turner went on to call for "lynchings, church burnings, drive-by shootings and bombings to put these subhuman animals back in their place," according to a report complied by the Anti-Defamation League. The episode illustrates the complicated relationship between the FBI and Turner. Despite Turner's racist radio rhetoric, the FBI also valued his undercover work and was apparently willing to take a risk with him again and pay him, too. For example, a July 2005 memo by the FBI said Turner had been paid $10,365 in the previous fiscal year and that he "provided information which continues to be highly accurate and sensitive." Turner continued to reach out intermittently to the FBI with tips including a possible KKK murder plot until June 2, 2009, the day he posted the alleged threats on his blog about the Chicago judges. In an e-mail that day to the FBI, Turner says he has heard reports that agents had interviewed skinheads and others about him. "Am I unapproachable?" Turner asked in the e-mail. "Geez, I'd think by now I would have proved myself. It's not like I'm gonna go postal or anything." Three weeks later, Turner was arrested. Four months after that, Turner, unshaven and wearing frayed green prison garb and fumbling with a loose tooth, sat in an interview room at the Hudson County Jail and pondered his journey from shock jock to FBI informant to inmate charged with a serious federal crime. "I can't believe this is happening to me," he said (North Jersey, 2009). The Hal Turner Timeline 1992: Serves as the North Jersey coordinator for Pat Buchanans presidential campaign. 1994: Organizes a rally in Trenton, attended by members of the white supremacist Nationalist Movement, in support of WABC radio host Bob Grant. 1996: On Curtis Sliwas radio show, reveals the name of a sex offender who had moved to Englewood, thus violating the confidentiality restrictions of Megans Law. 1997: Manages the New Jersey gubernatorial campaign of libertarian Murray Sabrin. 2000: Enters elective politics and comes in last in a three-way primary race for the Republican nomination to challenge U.S. Rep. Bob Menendez. 2002: Begins broadcasting daily radio show; speaks at rally of the Aryan Nations in north-central Pennsylvania. 2003: Recruited by the FBI as confidential informant Valhalla; attends National Alliance meeting in Elmwood Park and its leadership conference in West Virginia.

648

2004: Provides information on the National Alliance, Aryan Nations and Knights of the Ku Klux Klan, as well as on a white supremacist plotting to bribe a judge and steal the evidence in his cocaine trial in Bergen County. 2005: Designated an extra-territorial source by FBI headquarters, travels to So Paulo, Brazil, and meets a noted white supremacist who wanted to donate up to $1 million to the American National Alliance. He also reportedly meets a member of the Brazilian Arab Society who proposes a venture to ship U.S. consumer goods to the Iraqi resistance. 2006: Travels to rallies around the country and warns FBI about pending attacks on two white supremacists suspected of being informers, and a television news reporter. 2007: Citing serious control problems, the FBIs Detroit office closes Turner as a confidential informant after he refuses to call off a Rally Against Black Gang Terrorism he organized in Kalamazoo, Mich. While sources closing may negatively imp act the timeliness of future receipt of information concerning potential extremists, this information is not so valuable as to outweigh sources uncooperative and renegade behavior. It is not the end of his relationship with the FBI. 2008: Hackers break into Turners computers and post an exchange of e-mails between him and his FBI handlers. He is warned to close down his show and Web site or other e-mails would be made public. 2009: Turner is arrested in separate cases for allegedly posting threats against Connecticut lawmakers and three federal judges in Chicago (North Jersey, 2009).

CHAPTER 10: INFO

Press
David Chase Taylor is a peace activist, journalist and independent researcher best known as the founder and public face of Truther.org and author of The Nuclear Bible. To interview David Chase Taylor on print, radio or television, please contact: Email: truther(dot)org(at)gmail(dot)com Facebook: Facebook.com/DavidChaseTaylor Phone: 0041.076.497.74.26

FAQs
If you have a question for ObamaCSI, or David Chase Taylor, please email us at truther(dot)org(at)gmail(dot)com 1. Q: When did David Chase Taylor realize that Obama was a target for assassination? A: A few months after the Super Bowl XLV false-flag nuclear attack fail on February 6, 2011. Q: How can we support David Chase Taylor in his research and his bid for Swiss Asylum? A: You can support David Chase Taylor either digitally, time-wise, or financially by clicking here. Q: Did David Chase Taylor vote for Barack Obama in 2008? A: No, he voted for Texas Congressman Ron Paul.

2.

3.

About
1. Truther Truther is a not-for-profit media organization. Our goal is to bring important news and information to America and the world. Our most important activity is publishing documents and websites with original source material so that readers and historians alike can see evidence of the truth for themselves. Since 2007, when Truther.org was officially launched, Truther has worked to report on and publish relevant information in an attempt to bring about Peace on Earth.

2. How Truther Works Truther is fearless in our efforts to get the truth out to the public in a way that is understandable and helpful. Unlike most media organizations who reprint, regurgitate, and parrot other news sources, Truther is the only known media organization in the world that actively conducts Pro-Active

649

Journalism (as defined below) and publishes breaking news with original research material in order to enable the public to analyze the story in the context of the original source material. Our documents and websites are created in the same presentation style of Wikipedia and Wikileaks, in that they are free, user friendly, and triple sourced. 3. What is Pro-Active Journalism? Pro-Active Journalism is the act of writing about an event prior to it actually taking place. The process embodies the calculation, correlation and analyzation of news, propaganda, information and social trends in an attempt to predict future events. This process involves publishing the original source material to ultimately show the public that the story is authentic. Readers dont have to take our word for it; they can see it for themselves. In this way, we also support the work of other journalism organizations, for they can view and use the original documents freely as well. Most of all, we want readers know the truth so they can make up their own minds. 4. The People behind Truther Although Truther.org was launched in 2007 with the help of fellow 9/11 Truth activists in San Diego, California, David Chase Taylor is now responsible for all of Truther's contents, updates, and sister websites. In 2009, Truther relocated to Zurich, Switzerland, where it depends heavily on the political neutrality of Switzerland in order to operate harassment free. 5. Major Stories Truther has Broken 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. The false-flag nuclear terror attack planned for Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011 The set-up of Pakistan for as the scapegoat of nuclear terrorism The World War III scenario between the U.S. & Pakistan Real nuclear proliferation by the U.S., E.U, and Israeli Governments The Zionist control of America The future assassination of U.S. President Barack Obama

Donate
Why Help? Thanks in advance. One Love. Namaste.

David Chase Taylor and Truther bring Truth to the world via publishing fact-based books, websites, and without fear or bias. The occupation of being a truth teller is never without its inherent dangers, and it is only with the love, support, and help of like-minded people that David Chase Taylor will survive and thrive. You can help support our independent media by donating digitally, time-wise, or financially. Your donations are vital to pay for Truther's websites, materials, infrastructure, and for the legal protections and advice that David Chase Taylor needs to operate. Digitally Help digitally with just a few clicks: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Facebook: "Like" the ObamaCSI.com page Facebook: "Like" the Truther.org page Facebook: "Like" the David Chase Taylor for Swiss Asylum page Twitter: Follow David Chase Taylor on Twitter Share: Forward the websites and information to friends, family and co-workers via email, Facebook, and Twitter

Time-Wise Help time-wise by writing an email and/or letter on behalf of David Chase Taylor's case for Asylum: You can send an email to the following emails and/or post addresses and let them know you and the world are watching the case of David Chase Taylor and that you support Taylor's case for Asylum. For more on David Chase Taylor's case for Swiss Asylum, please go to the Facebook page. Please refer to: David Taylor / Swiss Asylum # ZH 2266202 Zurich Canton Asylum Office: info@ma.zh.ch Migration Office of the Canton of Zurich Berninastrasse 45 8057 Zurich, Switzerland Federal Asylum Office: digital contact form Federal Office for Migration

650

Quellenweg 6 3003 Bern-Wabern, Switzerland Non-Profit Swiss Asylum Office: asylzba@thenet.ch ZBA Bertastrasse 8 Postfach 8036 Zurich, Switzerland Financially Help financially by making a donation via PayPal:

Bank Transfer Help financially by making a donation via bank transfer: Name: David Taylor Bank: Credit Suisse AG Account Number: 187005-50 BIC: CRESCHZZ80A ACCOUNT/IBAN: CH17 0483 5018 7005 5000 0 Via Postal Mail Help financially by making a donation via snail mail: David Chase Taylor Bertastrasse 8 8003 Zurich, Switzerland

David Chase Taylor

OBAMACSI.COM Name: David Chase Taylor Born: April 15, 1977 Location: Fredrikstad, Norway Nationalities: U.S., German Residence: Zurich, Switzerland Profession: Teacher, Researcher, Writer Known For: Truther.org, The Nuclear Bible, ObamaCSI Favorite Quote: "It only takes one idea, one second in time, one friend, one dream, one leap of faith, to change everything, forever." ~Mike Dooley

Basic Info David Chase Taylor was born in 1977 in Fredrikstad, Norway, and currently resides in Zurich, Switzerland. Shortly after birth, his family moved from Europe to the United States where he lived until 2009 when he moved back to Europe. He holds a Bachelors Degree in Communication from San Diego State University and a minor in Political Science. Taylor now works full-time as a pro-active peace journalist and researcher. Getting Peaceful After voting for George W. Bush in both the 2000 and 2004 elections, David Chase Taylor, a life-long Republican, was horrified to find out in 2007 that the 9/11 Terror Attacks were perpetrated by criminal elements within the U.S. and Israeli governments rather than "Al Qaeda". Taylor, a firm believer in the Bush Doctrine of "Take the fight to the enemy overseas before they can attack us again here at home", was mortally embarrassed by his support of Bush and that of the Republican Party. An inner sorrow for the hundreds of thousands of innocent civilians killed as a result of the 9/11 policies prompted Taylor into a life of pro-active peace action. Since his shocking 9/11 epiphany in 2007, Taylor founded the website Truther.org, established the first official 9/11 Truth Group at an NCAA University, and has worked tirelessly to spread the message of 9/11 Truth to the world via keynote speakers, websites, protests, concerts, and flyers. Notable speakers brought to San Diego State University by Taylor include Dr. David Ray Griffin, Dr. Steven Jones, Richard Gage of Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth, Dylan Avery of Loose Change, Daniel Sunjata of Rescue Me, and countless other speakers, artists, musicians, and activists.

651

Swiss Asylum David Chase Taylor has a legal right to live and work in Switzerland due to German citizenship, but is seeking Asylum in Switzerland in a pre-emptive move to avoid possible future extradition by the U.S. and other NATO nations. While safety in any county is relative, gaining asylum in Switzerland would likely deter foul play by intelligence agencies such as the CIA or Mossad that would do Taylor harm. The real concern regarding the aforementioned agencies is that they may become desperate in their attempt to silence Taylor and may resort to setting him up or even assassinating him. Taylor's quest for Swiss Asylum is based on "political reasons" now evident in the backlash from The Nuclear Bible and undisclosed events that have occurred since the release of the book. The handling of his case for Asylum by Swiss authorities is unorthodox and labeled by many Swiss citizens as unimaginable due to their flat out refusal to acknowledge and process basic paperwork. Taylor applied for Asylum in Switzerland on March 8, 2011, but has only received a case number (ZH 2266202) to date. Despite applying for Asylum over 6 months ago, Taylor has yet to receive a formal hearing regarding his plea. I am 100% sure that should I ever leave Switzerland, I will disappear forever Taylor stated. The information in The Nuclea r Bible is so damning because it basically caught the U.S. Government red-handed attempting to execute a false-flag terror attack at the Super Bowl, and it lays out the entire World War III nuclear scenario between the U.S. and Pakistan. Taylor cites Julian Assange of Wikileaks as precedent for Asylum because Assange could face the death penalty and torture if extradited from Sweden to America. Taylor has provided the Swiss Government with information that the Obama Administration has authorized torture as well as the assassination of U.S. Citizens, regardless of where they live, but has never received a response to date. Taylor has asked friends, family and peace lovers worldwide to pay attention his case for Swiss Asylum by alerting both mainstream and alternative media outlets and taking the time to contact Swiss authorities to let them know that world is watching. David Chase Taylor has emphatically stated on numerous occasions that he will never commit suicide, and he truly believes that Switzerland is the only place where he will be safe due to the neutrality of the Swiss Government.

END

652

PLEASE FORWARD. ONE LOVE. NAMASTE.

www.obamacsi.com www.truther.org www.nuclearbible.com www.facebook.com/davidchasetaylor

653